Tk Source Code

Changes On Branch bug6e8afe516d-87
Login

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Changes In Branch bug6e8afe516d-87 Excluding Merge-Ins

This is equivalent to a diff from 8ad2b2d0 to b8fa3732

2019-08-28
19:34
Merge TIP #532 implementation for 8.7 now that [c1c842ef7792] (new tkBind.c: wrong assumption about ButtonRelease to match Button presses) is fixed. check-in: f3ae247a user: fvogel tags: trunk
2019-08-13
10:24
(cherry-pick): Final review: Don't use ALL_BUTTONS_MASK and ButtonNumberToMask() any more, since Tk has it's own macro/function for that now. Closed-Leaf check-in: b8fa3732 user: jan.nijtmans tags: bug6e8afe516d-87, tip-532
10:09
Final review: Don't use ALL_BUTTONS_MASK and ButtonNumberToMask() any more, since Tk has it's own macro/function for that now. check-in: 77c59955 user: jan.nijtmans tags: bug6e8afe516d, tip-532
09:37
Merge 8.7 check-in: 176c7b16 user: jan.nijtmans tags: bug6e8afe516d-87, tip-532
2019-03-29
19:40
Merge 8.6 check-in: fd419d47 user: jan.nijtmans tags: bug6e8afe516d, tip-532
2019-02-03
20:32
Propagate the call to TkpInitKeymapInfo in TkpOpenDisplay from Linux to Windows and macOS. check-in: fba343f0 user: fvogel tags: bug6e8afe516d-87, tip-532
20:31
Propagate the call to TkpInitKeymapInfo in TkpOpenDisplay from Linux to macOS. check-in: 8ad2b2d0 user: fvogel tags: bug6e8afe516d, tip-532
20:22
Propagate the call to TkpInitKeymapInfo in TkpOpenDisplay from Linux to Windows. check-in: a2d9055c user: fvogel tags: bug6e8afe516d, tip-532

Changes to .fossil-settings/encoding-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc


<
<

1
2


3
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc


win/rules.vc

Changes to .project.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tk8.6</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tk8.7</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>

Changes to ChangeLog.2002.

2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
	Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it
	was redundant.

	* unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of
	inputContext to null.

	* win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build
	all binaries before running (otherwise an error often occured).

2002-03-28  David Gravereaux <[email protected]>

	* win/.cvsignore (new):
	* win/lamp.bmp (new):
	* win/makefile.vc:
	* win/nmakehlp.c (new):







|







2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
	Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it
	was redundant.

	* unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of
	inputContext to null.

	* win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build
	all binaries before running (otherwise an error often occurred).

2002-03-28  David Gravereaux <[email protected]>

	* win/.cvsignore (new):
	* win/lamp.bmp (new):
	* win/makefile.vc:
	* win/nmakehlp.c (new):

Changes to ChangeLog.2004.

807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

	* doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the
	default canvas origin. [Bug 956681]

2004-07-05  George Peter Staplin <[email protected]>

	* generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified
	slightly to fix a bug that occured when TK_XIM_SPOT was defined as 0.
	Thanks to Joe Mistachkin for reporting this bug.

2004-07-05  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	TIP#158 IMPLEMENTATION

	* tests/bind.test:		   Allow Win apps to distinguish keys







|







807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

	* doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the
	default canvas origin. [Bug 956681]

2004-07-05  George Peter Staplin <[email protected]>

	* generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified
	slightly to fix a bug that occurred when TK_XIM_SPOT was defined as 0.
	Thanks to Joe Mistachkin for reporting this bug.

2004-07-05  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	TIP#158 IMPLEMENTATION

	* tests/bind.test:		   Allow Win apps to distinguish keys

Deleted README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
README:  Tk
    This is the Tk 8.6.9 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above.

1. Introduction
---------------

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11
toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language.

For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with
this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.6 Web page at

	http://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/8.6.html

or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a
historical record of all changes to Tk.

Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:

	http://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/

with the Tcl Developer Xchange at:

	http://www.tcl-lang.org/

Tk is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
"license.terms" for complete information.

2. See Tcl README
-----------------

Please see the README file that comes with the associated Tcl release
for more information.  There are pointers there to extensive
documentation.  In addition, there are additional README files
in the subdirectories of this distribution.
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


















































































Added README.md.











































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
# README:  Tk

This is the **Tk 8.7a2** source distribution.

You can get any source release of Tk from [our distribution
site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).


## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, a
cross-platform GUI toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language.

For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with
this release, see [the Tcl/Tk 8.7 Web page](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html)
or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a
historical record of all changes to Tk.

Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).
Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by
SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/)
with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at
[www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org).

Tk is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
`license.terms` for complete information.

## <a id="tcl">2.</a> See Tcl README.md

Please see the README.md file that comes with the associated Tcl release
for more information.  There are pointers there to extensive
documentation.  In addition, there are additional README files
in the subdirectories of this distribution.

Changes to changes.

5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
correctly. (hobbs)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) fixed tk_chooseDirectory crash on Win95. (baker)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) removed 2 second 'raise' delay seen by some Unix
window managers. (hobbs, baker)

2001-09-14 (bug fix) fixed memory leaks that occured if errors were
thrown while initializing the channel for an image. (darley)

2001-09-20 (new feature) --enable-64bit support was added for HP 11 when
using the native compiler.

2001-10-03 (new feature) finalized Win64 support with latest RC1 release
and SDK. (hobbs, stacy)







|







5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
correctly. (hobbs)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) fixed tk_chooseDirectory crash on Win95. (baker)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) removed 2 second 'raise' delay seen by some Unix
window managers. (hobbs, baker)

2001-09-14 (bug fix) fixed memory leaks that occurred if errors were
thrown while initializing the channel for an image. (darley)

2001-09-20 (new feature) --enable-64bit support was added for HP 11 when
using the native compiler.

2001-10-03 (new feature) finalized Win64 support with latest RC1 release
and SDK. (hobbs, stacy)
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571























2018-10-17 (bug)[4b555a] hang in [$text search -all] (vogel,danckaert)

2018-10-30 (new platform) port to system changes in Mac OSX 10.14 (culler)

2018-11-04 (bug)[6b22d4] [treeview] binding fix (ohagan)

- Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - http://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details -






























>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
2018-10-17 (bug)[4b555a] hang in [$text search -all] (vogel,danckaert)

2018-10-30 (new platform) port to system changes in Mac OSX 10.14 (culler)

2018-11-04 (bug)[6b22d4] [treeview] binding fix (ohagan)

- Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - http://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details -

Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

2016-03-07 (feature)[841280] spinbox autoswap -to/-from to get ordering (vogel)

2016-03-27 (feature)[38dc27] Support <Button-6> & <Button-7> (nijtmans)

2016-08-29 (TIP 449) [text] undo/redo return character range (vogel)

2016-11-02 (feature) Removed undocumented command [tk_getFileType] (vogel)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2017-02-05 (bug)[c0dbdd] Compatibility fonts shadowed system fonts (vogel)

2017-03-21 (TIP 442) display text in a progressbar (zaumseil)

2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)

2017-08-28 (TIP 166) Extended color notation for alpha channel (bachmann)

--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

Deleted compat/stdlib.h.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/*
 * stdlib.h --
 *
 *	Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of the C library.
 *	This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
 *	that are needed by Tk. This file is needed even on many systems with
 *	their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
 *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtod).
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _STDLIB
#define _STDLIB

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif

extern void		abort(void);
extern double		atof(const char *string);
extern int		atoi(const char *string);
extern long		atol(const char *string);
extern char *		calloc(unsigned int numElements, unsigned int size);
extern void		exit(int status);
extern int		free(char *blockPtr);
extern char *		getenv(const char *name);
extern char *		malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
extern void		qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
			    const void *element1, const void *element2));
extern char *		realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
extern double		strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
extern long		strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
extern unsigned long	strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);

#endif /* _STDLIB */
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
















































































Deleted compat/unistd.h.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
/*
 * unistd.h --
 *
 *      Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance.
 *
 * Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use,
 * copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any
 * purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 * copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes
 * no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
 * It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
 */

#ifndef _UNISTD
#define _UNISTD

#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif

#ifndef NULL
#define NULL    0
#endif

/*
 * Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef
 * _POSIX_SOURCE section.
 */

extern void		_exit(int status);
extern int		access(const char *path, int mode);
extern int		chdir(const char *path);
extern int		chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
extern int		close(int fd);
extern int		dup(int oldfd);
extern int		dup2(int oldfd, int newfd);
extern int		execl(const char *path, ...);
extern int		execle(const char *path, ...);
extern int		execlp(const char *file, ...);
extern int		execv(const char *path, char **argv);
extern int		execve(const char *path, char **argv, char **envp);
extern int		execvp(const char *file, char **argv);
extern pid_t		fork(void);
extern char *		getcwd(char *buf, size_t size);
extern gid_t		getegid(void);
extern uid_t		geteuid(void);
extern gid_t		getgid(void);
extern int		getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer);
extern pid_t		getpid(void);
extern uid_t		getuid(void);
extern int		isatty(int fd);
extern long		lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
extern int		pipe(int *fildes);
extern int		read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size);
extern int		setgid(gid_t group);
extern int		setuid(uid_t user);
extern unsigned		sleep(unsigned seconds);
extern char *		ttyname(int fd);
extern int		unlink(const char *path);
extern int		write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size);

#ifndef	_POSIX_SOURCE
extern char *		crypt(const char *, const char *);
extern int		fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
extern int		flock(int fd, int operation);
extern int		ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length);
extern int		ioctl(int fd, int request, ...);
extern int		readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize);
extern int		setegid(gid_t group);
extern int		seteuid(uid_t user);
extern int		setreuid(int ruid, int euid);
extern int		symlink(const char *, const char *);
extern int		ttyslot(void);
extern int		truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length);
extern int		vfork(void);
#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */

#endif /* _UNISTD */

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
































































































































































Changes to doc/3DBorder.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/BindTable.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvPsY.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvTkwin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvTxtInfo.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Clipboard.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ClrSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ConfigWidg.3.

103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
.CS
typedef struct {
    int \fItype\fR;
    const char *\fIargvName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
    const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
    int \fIoffset\fR;
    int \fIspecFlags\fR;
    const Tk_CustomOption *\fIcustomPtr\fR;
} \fBTk_ConfigSpec\fR;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what type of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR for
an integer value).  The \fItype\fR field indicates how to use the







|







103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
.CS
typedef struct {
    int \fItype\fR;
    const char *\fIargvName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
    const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
    size_t \fIoffset\fR;
    int \fIspecFlags\fR;
    const Tk_CustomOption *\fIcustomPtr\fR;
} \fBTk_ConfigSpec\fR;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what type of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR for
an integer value).  The \fItype\fR field indicates how to use the
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
form, such as a color if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR or an integer
if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR.  This value is then stored in the
record pointed to by \fIwidgRec\fR.  This record is assumed to
contain information relevant to the manager of the widget;  its exact
type is unknown to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR.  The \fIoffset\fR field
of each \fIspecs\fR entry indicates where in \fIwidgRec\fR to store
the information about this configuration option.  You should use the
\fBTk_Offset\fR macro to generate \fIoffset\fR values (see below for
a description of \fBTk_Offset\fR).  The location indicated by
\fIwidgRec\fR and \fIoffset\fR will be referred to as the
.QW target
in the descriptions below.
.PP
The \fItype\fR field of each entry in \fIspecs\fR determines what
to do with the string value of that configuration option.  The
legal values for \fItype\fR, and the corresponding actions, are:
.TP







|
<
|







157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164

165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
form, such as a color if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR or an integer
if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR.  This value is then stored in the
record pointed to by \fIwidgRec\fR.  This record is assumed to
contain information relevant to the manager of the widget;  its exact
type is unknown to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR.  The \fIoffset\fR field
of each \fIspecs\fR entry indicates where in \fIwidgRec\fR to store
the information about this configuration option.  You should use the
\fBoffsetof\fR macro to generate \fIoffset\fR values.  The location

indicated by \fIwidgRec\fR and \fIoffset\fR will be referred to as the
.QW target
in the descriptions below.
.PP
The \fItype\fR field of each entry in \fIspecs\fR determines what
to do with the string value of that configuration option.  The
legal values for \fItype\fR, and the corresponding actions, are:
.TP
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
for N different widget types, then N of the high-order bits will
be used.  Each \fIspecs\fR entry will have one of more of those
bits set in its \fIspecFlags\fR field to indicate the widget types
for which this entry is valid.  When calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR,
\fIflags\fR will have a single one of these bits set to select the
entries for the desired widget type.  For a working example of
this feature, see the code in tkButton.c.
.SH TK_OFFSET
.PP
The \fBTk_Offset\fR macro is provided as a safe way of generating
the \fIoffset\fR values for entries in Tk_ConfigSpec structures.
It takes two arguments:  the name of a type of record, and the
name of a field in that record.  It returns the byte offset of
the named field in records of the given type.
.SH TK_CONFIGUREINFO
.PP
The \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR procedure may be used to obtain
information about one or all of the options for a given widget.
Given a token for a window (\fItkwin\fR), a table describing the
configuration options for a class of widgets (\fIspecs\fR), a
pointer to a widget record containing the current information for







<
<
<
<
<
<
<







464
465
466
467
468
469
470







471
472
473
474
475
476
477
for N different widget types, then N of the high-order bits will
be used.  Each \fIspecs\fR entry will have one of more of those
bits set in its \fIspecFlags\fR field to indicate the widget types
for which this entry is valid.  When calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR,
\fIflags\fR will have a single one of these bits set to select the
entries for the desired widget type.  For a working example of
this feature, see the code in tkButton.c.







.SH TK_CONFIGUREINFO
.PP
The \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR procedure may be used to obtain
information about one or all of the options for a given widget.
Given a token for a window (\fItkwin\fR), a table describing the
configuration options for a class of widgets (\fIspecs\fR), a
pointer to a widget record containing the current information for

Changes to doc/ConfigWind.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CoordToWin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtCmHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
\fBWM_PROTOCOL\fR.  \fBTk_CreateClientMessageHandler\fR is intended for use
by applications which need to watch X ClientMessage events, such as drag and
drop applications.
.PP
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_ClientMessageProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int \fBTk_ClientMessageProc\fR(
        Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,







|







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
\fBWM_PROTOCOL\fR.  \fBTk_CreateClientMessageHandler\fR is intended for use
by applications which need to watch X ClientMessage events, such as drag and
drop applications.
.PP
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_ClientMessageProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int \fBTk_ClientMessageProc\fR(
        Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,

Changes to doc/CrtConsoleChan.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtErrHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtGenHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
as tracing X events, monitoring events on windows not owned by Tk,
accessing X-related libraries that were not originally designed for
use with Tk, and so on.
.PP
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_GenericProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int \fBTk_GenericProc\fR(
        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,







|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
as tracing X events, monitoring events on windows not owned by Tk,
accessing X-related libraries that were not originally designed for
use with Tk, and so on.
.PP
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_GenericProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int \fBTk_GenericProc\fR(
        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,

Changes to doc/CrtImgType.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtItemType.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85



86
87
88
89
90
91
92
The first data structure is a Tk_ItemType; it contains
information such as the name of the type and pointers to
the standard procedures implemented by the type manager:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
    const char *\fIname\fR;
    int \fIitemSize\fR;
    Tk_ItemCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *\fIconfigSpecs\fR;
    Tk_ItemConfigureProc *\fIconfigProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemCoordProc *\fIcoordProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemDisplayProc *\fIdisplayProc\fR;
    int \fIalwaysRedraw\fR;
    Tk_ItemPointProc *\fIpointProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemAreaProc *\fIareaProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemPostscriptProc *\fIpostscriptProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemScaleProc *\fIscaleProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemTranslateProc *\fItranslateProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemIndexProc *\fIindexProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemCursorProc *\fIicursorProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemSelectionProc *\fIselectionProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemInsertProc *\fIinsertProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemDCharsProc *\fIdCharsProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemType *\fInextPtr\fR;



} \fBTk_ItemType\fR;
.CE
.PP
The fields of a Tk_ItemType structure are described in more detail
later in this manual entry.
When \fBTk_CreateItemType\fR is called, its \fItypePtr\fR
argument must point to a structure with all of the fields initialized







|


















>
>
>







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
The first data structure is a Tk_ItemType; it contains
information such as the name of the type and pointers to
the standard procedures implemented by the type manager:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
    const char *\fIname\fR;
    size_t \fIitemSize\fR;
    Tk_ItemCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *\fIconfigSpecs\fR;
    Tk_ItemConfigureProc *\fIconfigProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemCoordProc *\fIcoordProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemDisplayProc *\fIdisplayProc\fR;
    int \fIalwaysRedraw\fR;
    Tk_ItemPointProc *\fIpointProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemAreaProc *\fIareaProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemPostscriptProc *\fIpostscriptProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemScaleProc *\fIscaleProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemTranslateProc *\fItranslateProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemIndexProc *\fIindexProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemCursorProc *\fIicursorProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemSelectionProc *\fIselectionProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemInsertProc *\fIinsertProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemDCharsProc *\fIdCharsProc\fR;
    Tk_ItemType *\fInextPtr\fR;
.VS "8.7, TIP164"
    Tk_ItemRotateProc *\fIrotateProc\fR;
.VE "8.7, TIP164"
} \fBTk_ItemType\fR;
.CE
.PP
The fields of a Tk_ItemType structure are described in more detail
later in this manual entry.
When \fBTk_CreateItemType\fR is called, its \fItypePtr\fR
argument must point to a structure with all of the fields initialized
545
546
547
548
549
550
551








































552
553
554
555
556
557
558
.CE
.PP
The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning,
and \fIdeltaX\fR and \fIdeltaY\fR give the amounts that should be
added to each x and y coordinate within the item.
The type manager should adjust the item's coordinates and
update the bounding box in the item's header.








































.SS INDEXPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr\->indexProc\fR is invoked by Tk to translate a string
index specification into a numerical index, for example during the
\fBindex\fR widget command.
It is only relevant for item types that support indexable text or coordinates;
\fItypePtr\->indexProc\fR may be specified as NULL for non-textual







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
.CE
.PP
The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning,
and \fIdeltaX\fR and \fIdeltaY\fR give the amounts that should be
added to each x and y coordinate within the item.
The type manager should adjust the item's coordinates and
update the bounding box in the item's header.
.SS ROTATEPROC
.VS "8.7, TIP164"
.PP
\fItypePtr\->rotateProc\fR is invoked by Tk to rotate a canvas item
during the \fBrotate\fR widget command.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTk_ItemRotateProc\fR(
        Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
        Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
        double \fIoriginX\fR,
        double \fIoriginY\fR,
        double \fIangleRad\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning.
\fIoriginX\fR and \fIoriginY\fR specify an origin relative to which
the item is to be rotated, and \fIangleRad\fR gives the anticlockwise
rotation to be applied in radians.
The item should adjust the coordinates of its control points so that where
they used to have coordinates \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, they will have new
coordinates \fIx\(fm\fR and \fIy\(fm\fR, where
.PP
.CS
\fIrelX\fR = \fIx\fR - \fIoriginX\fR
\fIrelY\fR = \fIy\fR - \fIoriginY\fR
\fIx\(fm\fR = \fIoriginX\fR + \fIrelX\fR \(mu cos(\fIangleRad\fR) + \fIrelY\fR \(mu sin(\fIangleRad\fR)
\fIy\(fm\fR = \fIoriginY\fR \(mi \fIrelX\fR \(mu sin(\fIangleRad\fR) + \fIrelY\fR \(mu cos(\fIangleRad\fR)
.CE
.PP
The control points for an item are not necessarily the coordinates provided to
the item when it is created (or via the \fItypePtr\->coordProc\fR), but could
instead be derived from them.
\fIrotateProc\fR must also update the bounding box in the item's header.
.PP
Item types do not need to provide a \fItypePtr\->rotateProc\fR. If the
\fItypePtr\->rotateProc\fR is NULL, the \fItypePtr\->coordProc\fR will be
used instead to retrieve and update the list of coordinates.
.VE "8.7, TIP164"
.SS INDEXPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr\->indexProc\fR is invoked by Tk to translate a string
index specification into a numerical index, for example during the
\fBindex\fR widget command.
It is only relevant for item types that support indexable text or coordinates;
\fItypePtr\->indexProc\fR may be specified as NULL for non-textual

Changes to doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS

Changes to doc/DeleteImg.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/DrawFocHlt.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/EventHndlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
.PP
\fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be
invoked in the future whenever one of the event types specified
by \fImask\fR occurs in the window specified by \fItkwin\fR.
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_EventProc\fR:
.CS
typedef void \fBTk_EventProc\fR(
        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,







|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
.PP
\fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be
invoked in the future whenever one of the event types specified
by \fImask\fR occurs in the window specified by \fItkwin\fR.
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_EventProc\fR:
.CS
typedef void \fBTk_EventProc\fR(
        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,

Changes to doc/FreeXId.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_FreeXId(\fIdisplay, id\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display out
.AP Display *display in
Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated.
.AP XID id in
Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics
context, or colormap) that is no longer in use.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The default allocator for resource identifiers provided by Xlib is very
simple-minded and does not allow resource identifiers to be re-used.
If a long-running application reaches the end of the resource id
space, it will generate an X protocol error and crash.
Tk replaces the default id allocator with its own allocator, which
allows identifiers to be reused.
In order for this to work, \fBTk_FreeXId\fR must be called to
tell the allocator about resources that have been freed.
Tk automatically calls \fBTk_FreeXId\fR whenever it frees a
resource, so if you use procedures like \fBTk_GetFont\fR,
\fBTk_GetGC\fR, and \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR then you need not call
\fBTk_FreeXId\fR.
However, if you allocate resources directly from Xlib, for example
by calling \fBXCreatePixmap\fR, then you should call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR
when you call the corresponding Xlib free procedure, such as
\fBXFreePixmap\fR.
If you do not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR then the resource identifier will
be lost, which could cause problems if the application runs long enough
to lose all of the available identifiers.
.SH KEYWORDS
resource identifier






|




















|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28


















29
30
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_FreeXId(\fIdisplay, id\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display out
.AP Display *display in
Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated.
.AP XID id in
Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics
context, or colormap) that is no longer in use.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This function is deprecated, it doesn't do anything since 2008-08-19.


















.SH KEYWORDS
resource identifier

Changes to doc/GeomReq.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetAnchor.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetBitmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetCapStyl.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetClrmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetDash.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetGC.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetHINSTANCE.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetHWND.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetImage.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetJoinStl.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetJustify.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetOption.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetPixels.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetPixmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetRelief.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetRootCrd.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetScroll.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetScrollInfoObj, Tk_GetScrollInfo \- parse arguments for scrolling commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
int
\fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj(\fIinterp, objc, objv, dblPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR
.sp
int
\fBTk_GetScrollInfo(\fIinterp, argc, argv, dblPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "Tcl_Interp" *fractionPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter to use for error reporting.
.AP int objc in
Number of Tcl_Obj's in \fIobjv\fR array.
.AP "Tcl_Obj *const" objv[] in






|










|


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetScrollInfoObj, Tk_GetScrollInfo \- parse arguments for scrolling commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
int
\fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj(\fIinterp, objc, objv, fractionPtr, stepsPtr\fB)\fR
.sp
int
\fBTk_GetScrollInfo(\fIinterp, argc, argv, fractionPtr, stepsPtr\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "Tcl_Interp" *fractionPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter to use for error reporting.
.AP int objc in
Number of Tcl_Obj's in \fIobjv\fR array.
.AP "Tcl_Obj *const" objv[] in
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
\fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR parses the arguments expected by widget
scrolling commands such as \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR.
It receives the entire list of words that make up a widget command
and parses the words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2].
The words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2] must have one of the following forms:
.CS
\fBmoveto \fIfraction\fR
\fBscroll \fInumber\fB units\fR
\fBscroll \fInumber\fB pages\fR
.CE
.LP
Any of the \fBmoveto\fR, \fBscroll\fR, \fBunits\fR, and \fBpages\fR
keywords may be abbreviated.
If \fIobjv\fR has the \fBmoveto\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_MOVETO\fR
is returned as result and \fI*fractionPtr\fR is filled in with the
\fIfraction\fR argument to the command, which must be a proper real
value.
If \fIobjv\fR has the \fBscroll\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_UNITS\fR
or \fBTK_SCROLL_PAGES\fR is returned and \fI*stepsPtr\fR is filled
in with the \fInumber\fR value, which must be a proper integer.
If an error occurs in parsing the arguments, \fBTK_SCROLL_ERROR\fR
is returned and an error message is left in interpreter
\fIinterp\fR's result.
.PP
\fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR is identical in function to
\fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR.  However, \fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR accepts
string arguments, making it more appropriate for use with legacy
widgets.
.SH KEYWORDS
parse, scrollbar, scrolling command, xview, yview







|
|


|





|
|











46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
\fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR parses the arguments expected by widget
scrolling commands such as \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR.
It receives the entire list of words that make up a widget command
and parses the words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2].
The words starting with \fIobjv\fR[2] must have one of the following forms:
.CS
\fBmoveto \fIfraction\fR
\fBscroll \fInumber\fB pages\fR
\fBscroll \fInumber\fB units\fR
.CE
.LP
Any of the \fBmoveto\fR, \fBscroll\fR, \fBpages\fR, and \fBunits\fR
keywords may be abbreviated.
If \fIobjv\fR has the \fBmoveto\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_MOVETO\fR
is returned as result and \fI*fractionPtr\fR is filled in with the
\fIfraction\fR argument to the command, which must be a proper real
value.
If \fIobjv\fR has the \fBscroll\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_PAGES\fR
or \fBTK_SCROLL_UNITS\fR is returned and \fI*stepsPtr\fR is filled
in with the \fInumber\fR value, which must be a proper integer.
If an error occurs in parsing the arguments, \fBTK_SCROLL_ERROR\fR
is returned and an error message is left in interpreter
\fIinterp\fR's result.
.PP
\fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR is identical in function to
\fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR.  However, \fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR accepts
string arguments, making it more appropriate for use with legacy
widgets.
.SH KEYWORDS
parse, scrollbar, scrolling command, xview, yview

Changes to doc/GetSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetUid.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetVRoot.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetVisual.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Grab.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/HWNDToWindow.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/HandleEvent.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_HandleEvent\fR(\fIeventPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS XEvent *eventPtr
.AP XEvent *eventPtr in
Pointer to X event to dispatch to relevant handler(s). It is important
that all unused fields of the structure be set to zero.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_HandleEvent\fR is a lower-level procedure that deals with window
events.  It is called by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR (and indirectly by
\fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR), and in a few other cases within Tk.
It makes callbacks to any window event
handlers (created by calls to \fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR)
that match \fIeventPtr\fR and then returns.  In some cases
it may be useful for an application to bypass the Tk event
queue and call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR directly instead of
calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR followed by
\fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR.






|




















|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_HandleEvent\fR(\fIeventPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS XEvent *eventPtr
.AP XEvent *eventPtr in
Pointer to X event to dispatch to relevant handler(s). It is important
that all unused fields of the structure be set to zero.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_HandleEvent\fR is a lower-level procedure that deals with window
events.  It is called by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR (and indirectly by
\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR), and in a few other cases within Tk.
It makes callbacks to any window event
handlers (created by calls to \fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR)
that match \fIeventPtr\fR and then returns.  In some cases
it may be useful for an application to bypass the Tk event
queue and call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR directly instead of
calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR followed by
\fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR.

Changes to doc/IdToWindow.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ImgChanged.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Inactive.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/InternAtom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MainLoop.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MainWin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MaintGeom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ManageGeom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MoveToplev.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
similar in function to the \fBwm geometry\fR Tcl command except that
negative offsets cannot be specified.  It is invoked by widgets such as
menus that want to appear at a particular place on the screen.
.PP
When \fBTk_MoveToplevelWindow\fR is called it does not immediately
pass on the new desired location to the window manager;  it defers
this action until all other outstanding work has been completed,
using the \fBTk_DoWhenIdle\fR mechanism.
.SH KEYWORDS
position, top-level window, window manager







|


42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
similar in function to the \fBwm geometry\fR Tcl command except that
negative offsets cannot be specified.  It is invoked by widgets such as
menus that want to appear at a particular place on the screen.
.PP
When \fBTk_MoveToplevelWindow\fR is called it does not immediately
pass on the new desired location to the window manager;  it defers
this action until all other outstanding work has been completed,
using the \fBTcl_DoWhenIdle\fR mechanism.
.SH KEYWORDS
position, top-level window, window manager

Changes to doc/Name.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/NameOfImg.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
const char *
\fBTk_NameOfImage\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_ImageMaster *masterPtr
.AP Tk_ImageMaster *masterPtr in
Token for image, which was passed to image manager's \fIcreateProc\fR when
the image was created.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This procedure is invoked by image managers to find out the name
of an image.  Given the token for the image, it returns the





|










|

|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
const char *
\fBTk_NameOfImage\fR(\fIimageMaster\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster
.AP Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster in
Token for image, which was passed to image manager's \fIcreateProc\fR when
the image was created.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This procedure is invoked by image managers to find out the name
of an image.  Given the token for the image, it returns the

Changes to doc/OwnSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ParseArgv.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
.PP
The \fIargTable\fR array specifies the kinds of arguments that are
expected;  each of its entries has the following structure:
.CS
typedef struct {
    const char *\fIkey\fR;
    int \fItype\fR;
    char *\fIsrc\fR;
    char *\fIdst\fR;
    const char *\fIhelp\fR;
} \fBTk_ArgvInfo\fR;
.CE
The \fIkey\fR field is a string such as
.QW \-display
or
.QW \-bg







|
|







68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
.PP
The \fIargTable\fR array specifies the kinds of arguments that are
expected;  each of its entries has the following structure:
.CS
typedef struct {
    const char *\fIkey\fR;
    int \fItype\fR;
    void *\fIsrc\fR;
    void *\fIdst\fR;
    const char *\fIhelp\fR;
} \fBTk_ArgvInfo\fR;
.CE
The \fIkey\fR field is a string such as
.QW \-display
or
.QW \-bg
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
char *fileName = defaultFileName;
Boolean exec = FALSE;

/*
 * Define option descriptions.
 */
Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
    {"\-X", TK_ARGV_CONSTANT, (char *) 1, (char *) &debugFlag,
        "Turn on debugging printfs"},
    {"\-N", TK_ARGV_INT, NULL, (char *) &numReps,
        "Number of repetitions"},
    {"\-of", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &fileName,
        "Name of file for output"},
    {"x", TK_ARGV_REST, NULL, (char *) &exec,
        "File to exec, followed by any arguments (must be last argument)."},
    {NULL, TK_ARGV_END, NULL, NULL,
        NULL}
};

main(argc, argv)
    int argc;







|

|

|

|







308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
char *fileName = defaultFileName;
Boolean exec = FALSE;

/*
 * Define option descriptions.
 */
Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
    {"\-X", TK_ARGV_CONSTANT, (char *) 1, &debugFlag,
        "Turn on debugging printfs"},
    {"\-N", TK_ARGV_INT, NULL, &numReps,
        "Number of repetitions"},
    {"\-of", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, &fileName,
        "Name of file for output"},
    {"x", TK_ARGV_REST, NULL, &exec,
        "File to exec, followed by any arguments (must be last argument)."},
    {NULL, TK_ARGV_END, NULL, NULL,
        NULL}
};

main(argc, argv)
    int argc;

Changes to doc/QWinEvent.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Restack.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/RestrictEv.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
.AP ClientData *prevArgPtr out
Pointer to place to save argument to previous restrict procedure.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This procedure is useful in certain situations where applications
are only prepared to receive certain X events.  After
\fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR is called, \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR (and
hence \fBTk_MainLoop\fR) will filter X input events through
\fIproc\fR.  \fIProc\fR indicates whether a
given event is to be processed immediately, deferred until some
later time (e.g. when the event restriction is lifted), or discarded.
\fIProc\fR
is a procedure with arguments and result that match
the type \fBTk_RestrictProc\fR:
.CS
typedef Tk_RestrictAction \fBTk_RestrictProc\fR(
        ClientData \fIarg\fR,
        XEvent *\fIeventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIarg\fR argument is a copy of the \fIarg\fR passed
to \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR; it may be used to provide \fIproc\fR with
information it needs to filter events.  The \fIeventPtr\fR points to
an event under consideration.  \fIProc\fR returns a restrict action
(enumerated type \fBTk_RestrictAction\fR) that indicates what
\fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR should do with the event.  If the return value is
\fBTK_PROCESS_EVENT\fR, then the event will be handled immediately.
If the return value is \fBTK_DEFER_EVENT\fR, then the event will be
left on the event queue for later processing.  If the return value is
\fBTK_DISCARD_EVENT\fR, then the event will be removed from the event
queue and discarded without being processed.
.PP
\fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR uses its return value and \fIprevArgPtr\fR







|

















|







26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
.AP ClientData *prevArgPtr out
Pointer to place to save argument to previous restrict procedure.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This procedure is useful in certain situations where applications
are only prepared to receive certain X events.  After
\fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR is called, \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR (and
hence \fBTk_MainLoop\fR) will filter X input events through
\fIproc\fR.  \fIProc\fR indicates whether a
given event is to be processed immediately, deferred until some
later time (e.g. when the event restriction is lifted), or discarded.
\fIProc\fR
is a procedure with arguments and result that match
the type \fBTk_RestrictProc\fR:
.CS
typedef Tk_RestrictAction \fBTk_RestrictProc\fR(
        ClientData \fIarg\fR,
        XEvent *\fIeventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIarg\fR argument is a copy of the \fIarg\fR passed
to \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR; it may be used to provide \fIproc\fR with
information it needs to filter events.  The \fIeventPtr\fR points to
an event under consideration.  \fIProc\fR returns a restrict action
(enumerated type \fBTk_RestrictAction\fR) that indicates what
\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR should do with the event.  If the return value is
\fBTK_PROCESS_EVENT\fR, then the event will be handled immediately.
If the return value is \fBTK_DEFER_EVENT\fR, then the event will be
left on the event queue for later processing.  If the return value is
\fBTK_DISCARD_EVENT\fR, then the event will be removed from the event
queue and discarded without being processed.
.PP
\fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR uses its return value and \fIprevArgPtr\fR
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
for a particular event to occur on a particular window but you do not
want to invoke any handlers for any other events).  The
.QW obvious
solution in these situations is to call \fBXNextEvent\fR or
\fBXWindowEvent\fR, but these procedures cannot be used because
Tk keeps its own event queue that is separate from the X event
queue.  Instead, call \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR to set up a filter,
then call \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR to retrieve the desired event(s).
.SH KEYWORDS
delay, event, filter, restriction







|


70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
for a particular event to occur on a particular window but you do not
want to invoke any handlers for any other events).  The
.QW obvious
solution in these situations is to call \fBXNextEvent\fR or
\fBXWindowEvent\fR, but these procedures cannot be used because
Tk keeps its own event queue that is separate from the X event
queue.  Instead, call \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR to set up a filter,
then call \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR to retrieve the desired event(s).
.SH KEYWORDS
delay, event, filter, restriction

Changes to doc/SetAppName.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetCaret.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetClass.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetClassProcs.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
.PP
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR is called to register a set of procedures that
are used as callbacks in different places.
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fIprocs\fR contains the following:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
    unsigned int \fIsize\fR;
    Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *\fIworldChangedProc\fR;
    Tk_ClassCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
    Tk_ClassModalProc *\fImodalProc\fR;
} \fBTk_ClassProcs\fR;
.CE
The \fIsize\fR field is used to simplify future expansion of the
structure. It should always be set to (literally) \fBsizeof(Tk_ClassProcs)\fR.







|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
.PP
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR is called to register a set of procedures that
are used as callbacks in different places.
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fIprocs\fR contains the following:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
    size_t \fIsize\fR;
    Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *\fIworldChangedProc\fR;
    Tk_ClassCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
    Tk_ClassModalProc *\fImodalProc\fR;
} \fBTk_ClassProcs\fR;
.CE
The \fIsize\fR field is used to simplify future expansion of the
structure. It should always be set to (literally) \fBsizeof(Tk_ClassProcs)\fR.

Changes to doc/SetGrid.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetOptions.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue,  Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
Tk_OptionTable
\fBTk_CreateOptionTable(\fIinterp, templatePtr\fB)\fR
.sp





|




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue,  Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions \- process configuration options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
Tk_OptionTable
\fBTk_CreateOptionTable(\fIinterp, templatePtr\fB)\fR
.sp
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTk_GetOptionValue(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTk_GetOptionInfo(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR
.sp
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions(\fIrecordPtr, optionTable, tkwin\fB)\fR
.sp
int
\fBTk_Offset(\fItype, field\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_SavedOptions "*const objv[]" in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
A Tcl interpreter.  Most procedures use this only for returning error
messages; if it is NULL then no error messages are returned.  For
\fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR the value cannot be NULL; it gives the
interpreter in which the option table will be used.
.AP "const Tk_OptionSpec" *templatePtr in
Points to an array of static information that describes the configuration
options that are supported.  Used to build a Tk_OptionTable.  The information
pointed to by this argument must exist for the lifetime of the Tk_OptionTable.
.AP Tk_OptionTable optionTable in
Token for an option table.  Must have been returned by a previous call
to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR.
.AP char *recordPtr in/out
Points to structure in which values of configuration options are stored;
fields of this record are modified by procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR
and read by procedures such as \fBTk_GetOptionValue\fR.
.AP Tk_Window tkwin in
For options such as \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR, this argument indicates
the window in which the option will be used.  If \fIoptionTable\fR uses
no window-dependent options, then a NULL value may be supplied for







<
<
<














|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37



38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTk_GetOptionValue(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTk_GetOptionInfo(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR
.sp
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions(\fIrecordPtr, optionTable, tkwin\fB)\fR



.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_SavedOptions "*const objv[]" in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
A Tcl interpreter.  Most procedures use this only for returning error
messages; if it is NULL then no error messages are returned.  For
\fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR the value cannot be NULL; it gives the
interpreter in which the option table will be used.
.AP "const Tk_OptionSpec" *templatePtr in
Points to an array of static information that describes the configuration
options that are supported.  Used to build a Tk_OptionTable.  The information
pointed to by this argument must exist for the lifetime of the Tk_OptionTable.
.AP Tk_OptionTable optionTable in
Token for an option table.  Must have been returned by a previous call
to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR.
.AP void *recordPtr in/out
Points to structure in which values of configuration options are stored;
fields of this record are modified by procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR
and read by procedures such as \fBTk_GetOptionValue\fR.
.AP Tk_Window tkwin in
For options such as \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR, this argument indicates
the window in which the option will be used.  If \fIoptionTable\fR uses
no window-dependent options, then a NULL value may be supplied for
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
(e.g., because \fInamePtr\fR contains an unknown option name) then NULL
is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result unless
\fIinterp\fR is NULL.
.PP
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions\fR must be invoked when a widget is deleted.
It frees all of the resources associated with any of the configuration
options defined in \fIrecordPtr\fR by \fIoptionTable\fR.
.PP
The \fBTk_Offset\fR macro is provided as a safe way of generating the
\fIobjOffset\fR and \fIinternalOffset\fR values for entries in
Tk_OptionSpec structures.  It takes two arguments: the name of a type
of record, and the name of a field in that record. It returns the byte
offset of the named field in records of the given type.
.SH "TEMPLATES"
.PP
The array of Tk_OptionSpec structures passed to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR
via its \fItemplatePtr\fR argument describes the configuration options
supported by a particular class of widgets.  Each structure specifies
one configuration option and has the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct {
    Tk_OptionType \fItype\fR;
    const char *\fIoptionName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
    const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
    int \fIobjOffset\fR;
    int \fIinternalOffset\fR;
    int \fIflags\fR;
    const void *\fIclientData\fR;
    int \fItypeMask\fR;
} \fBTk_OptionSpec\fR;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what kind of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_OPTION_INT\fR for







<
<
<
<
<
<













|
|







232
233
234
235
236
237
238






239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
(e.g., because \fInamePtr\fR contains an unknown option name) then NULL
is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result unless
\fIinterp\fR is NULL.
.PP
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions\fR must be invoked when a widget is deleted.
It frees all of the resources associated with any of the configuration
options defined in \fIrecordPtr\fR by \fIoptionTable\fR.






.SH "TEMPLATES"
.PP
The array of Tk_OptionSpec structures passed to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR
via its \fItemplatePtr\fR argument describes the configuration options
supported by a particular class of widgets.  Each structure specifies
one configuration option and has the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct {
    Tk_OptionType \fItype\fR;
    const char *\fIoptionName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbName\fR;
    const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
    const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
    size_t \fIobjOffset\fR;
    size_t \fIinternalOffset\fR;
    int \fIflags\fR;
    const void *\fIclientData\fR;
    int \fItypeMask\fR;
} \fBTk_OptionSpec\fR;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what kind of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_OPTION_INT\fR for
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
\fIdbName\fR is NULL then the option database is not used by
\fBTk_InitOptions\fR for this option.  The \fIdefValue\fR field
specifies a default value for this configuration option if no
value is specified in the option database.  The \fIobjOffset\fR and
\fIinternalOffset\fR fields indicate where to store the value of this
option in widget records (more on this below); values for the \fIobjOffset\fR
and \fIinternalOffset\fR fields should always be generated with the
\fBTk_Offset\fR macro.
The \fIflags\fR field contains additional information
to control the processing of this configuration option (see below
for details).
\fIClientData\fR provides additional type-specific data needed
by certain types.  For instance, for \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR types,
\fIclientData\fR is a string giving the default value to use on
monochrome displays.  See the descriptions of the different types







|







268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
\fIdbName\fR is NULL then the option database is not used by
\fBTk_InitOptions\fR for this option.  The \fIdefValue\fR field
specifies a default value for this configuration option if no
value is specified in the option database.  The \fIobjOffset\fR and
\fIinternalOffset\fR fields indicate where to store the value of this
option in widget records (more on this below); values for the \fIobjOffset\fR
and \fIinternalOffset\fR fields should always be generated with the
\fBoffsetof\fR macro.
The \fIflags\fR field contains additional information
to control the processing of this configuration option (see below
for details).
\fIClientData\fR provides additional type-specific data needed
by certain types.  For instance, for \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR types,
\fIclientData\fR is a string giving the default value to use on
monochrome displays.  See the descriptions of the different types

Changes to doc/SetVisual.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/StrictMotif.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/TkInitStubs.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Tk_Init.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/bell.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bell \- Ring a display's bell
.SH SYNOPSIS







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bell \- Ring a display's bell
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/bind.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bind \- Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bind \- Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's
position in the stacking order.
.RE
.SS "EVENT DETAILS"
.PP
The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR.  In the
case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the
number of a button (1\-5).  If a button number is given, then only an
event on that particular button will match;  if no button number is
given, then an event on any button will match.  Note:  giving a
specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier;
in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released,
while in the second it refers to some other button that is already
depressed when the matching event occurs.  If a button
number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted:  if will default







|







348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's
position in the stacking order.
.RE
.SS "EVENT DETAILS"
.PP
The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR.  In the
case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the
number of a button (1\-9).  If a button number is given, then only an
event on that particular button will match;  if no button number is
given, then an event on any button will match.  Note:  giving a
specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier;
in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released,
while in the second it refers to some other button that is already
depressed when the matching event occurs.  If a button
number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted:  if will default
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
The path name of the window to which the event was reported (the
\fIwindow\fR field from the event).  Valid for all event types.
.IP "\fB%X\fR, \fB%Y\fR" 5
The \fIx_root\fR and  \fIy_root\fR fields from the event.
If a virtual-root window manager is being used then the substituted
values are the corresponding x-coordinate and y-coordinate in the virtual root.
Valid only for
\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR,
and \fBMotion\fR events.
Same meaning as \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR, except relative to the (virtual) root
window.
.LP
The replacement string for a %-replacement is formatted as a proper
Tcl list element.
This means that spaces or special characters such as \fB$\fR and
\fB{\fR may be preceded by backslashes.







|
|







562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
The path name of the window to which the event was reported (the
\fIwindow\fR field from the event).  Valid for all event types.
.IP "\fB%X\fR, \fB%Y\fR" 5
The \fIx_root\fR and  \fIy_root\fR fields from the event.
If a virtual-root window manager is being used then the substituted
values are the corresponding x-coordinate and y-coordinate in the virtual root.
Valid only for
\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR,
\fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBLeave\fR and \fBMotion\fR events.
Same meaning as \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR, except relative to the (virtual) root
window.
.LP
The replacement string for a %-replacement is formatted as a proper
Tcl list element.
This means that spaces or special characters such as \fB$\fR and
\fB{\fR may be preceded by backslashes.
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637

638
639
640
641
642
643
644
The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of
several matching sequences is more specific:
.RS
.IP (a)
an event pattern that specifies a specific button or key is more specific
than one that does not;
.IP (b)
a longer sequence (in terms of number
of events matched) is more specific than a shorter sequence;

.IP (c)
if the modifiers specified in one pattern are a subset of the
modifiers in another pattern, then the pattern with more modifiers
is more specific;
.IP (d)
a virtual event whose physical pattern matches the sequence is less
specific than the same physical pattern that is not associated with a







|
|
>







629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of
several matching sequences is more specific:
.RS
.IP (a)
an event pattern that specifies a specific button or key is more specific
than one that does not;
.IP (b)
a sequence with the most highest-ordered patterns (in term of highest
repetition count) is more specific than a sequence with less
highest-ordered patterns;
.IP (c)
if the modifiers specified in one pattern are a subset of the
modifiers in another pattern, then the pattern with more modifiers
is more specific;
.IP (d)
a virtual event whose physical pattern matches the sequence is less
specific than the same physical pattern that is not associated with a

Changes to doc/bindtags.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bindtags \- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bindtags \- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/bitmap.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bitmap \- Images that display two colors
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bitmap \- Images that display two colors
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/busy.n.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33


34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- confine pointer events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?


.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block pointer events from
Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy
cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to
the widgets made busy.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run







|


>
>













|
|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block mouse pointer events
from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy
cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to
the widgets made busy.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
following configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the







|

<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<







126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134


135

136





137





138
139
140
141
142
143
144
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.


Returns the pathname of the busy window (i.e. the transparent window

shielding the window appearing busy) created by the \fBtk busy hold\fR





command for \fIwindow\fR, or the empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not busy.





.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
176
177
178
179
180
181
182






183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195





196










197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE






.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching





\fIpattern\fR are returned.










.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command, to handle
events in the busy window.
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind .frame.canvas_Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The name of the busy
window is
.QW \fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR .
The exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
where the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a child
of the widget named
.QW \fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB._Busy\fR .
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .
bind ._Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"







>
>
>
>
>
>









|

|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|
|



|


<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|







165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226

227













228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
\fIpattern\fR are returned.
.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
command returns the pathname of the busy window that was created (i.e. the
transparent window shielding the window appearing busy). The following
configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command to handle
events in the busy window:
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind [\fBtk busy\fR busywindow .frame.canvas] <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP

or













.CS
set busyWin [\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas]
bind $busyWin <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"

Changes to doc/canvas.n.

216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223




224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
It is possible to adjust the origin of the canvas
coordinate system relative to the origin of the window using the
\fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR widget commands; this is typically used
for scrolling.
Canvases do not support scaling or rotation of the canvas coordinate
system relative to the window coordinate system.
.PP
Individual items may be moved or scaled using widget commands




described below, but they may not be rotated.
.PP
Note that the default origin of the canvas's visible area is
coincident with the origin for the whole window as that makes bindings
using the mouse position easier to work with; you only need to use the
\fBcanvasx\fR and \fBcanvasy\fR widget commands if you adjust the
origin of the visible area. However, this also means that any focus
ring (as controlled by the \fB\-highlightthickness\fR option) and







|
>
>
>
>
|







216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
It is possible to adjust the origin of the canvas
coordinate system relative to the origin of the window using the
\fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR widget commands; this is typically used
for scrolling.
Canvases do not support scaling or rotation of the canvas coordinate
system relative to the window coordinate system.
.PP
Individual items may be moved, scaled
.VS "8.7, TIP164"
or rotated
.VE "8.7, TIP164"
using widget commands
described below.
.PP
Note that the default origin of the canvas's visible area is
coincident with the origin for the whole window as that makes bindings
using the mouse position easier to work with; you only need to use the
\fBcanvasx\fR and \fBcanvasy\fR widget commands if you adjust the
origin of the visible area. However, this also means that any focus
ring (as controlled by the \fB\-highlightthickness\fR option) and
309
310
311
312
313
314
315

316
317
318
319
320
321
322
.PP
The second possible syntax is a character list containing only
5 possible characters
.QW "\fB.,-_ \fR" .
The space can be used
to enlarge the space between other line elements, and cannot
occur as the first position in the string. Some examples:

.CS
\-dash .     \(-> \-dash {2 4}
\-dash -     \(-> \-dash {6 4}
\-dash -.    \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4}
\-dash -..   \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4 2 4}
\-dash {. }  \(-> \-dash {2 8}
\-dash ,     \(-> \-dash {4 4}







>







313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
.PP
The second possible syntax is a character list containing only
5 possible characters
.QW "\fB.,-_ \fR" .
The space can be used
to enlarge the space between other line elements, and cannot
occur as the first position in the string. Some examples:
.PP
.CS
\-dash .     \(-> \-dash {2 4}
\-dash -     \(-> \-dash {6 4}
\-dash -.    \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4}
\-dash -..   \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4 2 4}
\-dash {. }  \(-> \-dash {2 8}
\-dash ,     \(-> \-dash {4 4}
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660














661
662

663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP














\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR
.VS 8.6

This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line
and polygon items may have their coordinates relocated this way.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fIpathName \fBindex \fItagOrId index\fR
.
This command returns a decimal string giving the numerical index
within \fItagOrId\fR corresponding to \fIindex\fR.
\fIIndex\fR gives a textual description of the desired position
as described in \fBINDICES\fR above.








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
>





<







658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680

681
682
683
684
685
686

687
688
689
690
691
692
693
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage \fIimagename\fR ?\fIsubsample\fR? ?\fIzoom\fR?
.
Draw the canvas into the Tk photo image named \fIimagename\fR. If a \fB-scrollregion\fR
has been defined then this will be the boundaries of the canvas region drawn and the
final size of the photo image. Otherwise the widget width and height with an origin
of 0,0 will be the size of the canvas region drawn and the final size of the photo
image. Optionally an integer \fIsubsample\fR factor may be given and the photo image
will be reduced in size. In addition to the \fIsubsample\fR an integer \fIzoom\fR
factor can also be given and the photo image will be enlarged. The image background
will be filled with the canvas background colour. The canvas widget does not need to
be mapped for this widget command to work, but at least one of it's ancestors must be
mapped.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR

.
This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line
and polygon items may have their coordinates relocated this way.

.TP
\fIpathName \fBindex \fItagOrId index\fR
.
This command returns a decimal string giving the numerical index
within \fItagOrId\fR corresponding to \fIindex\fR.
\fIIndex\fR gives a textual description of the desired position
as described in \fBINDICES\fR above.
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754

755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
Move each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate
space by adding \fIxAmount\fR to the x-coordinate of each point
associated with the item and \fIyAmount\fR to the y-coordinate of
each point associated with the item.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmoveto \fItagOrId xPos yPos\fR
.VS 8.6

Move the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate
space so that the first coordinate pair of the bottommost item with
tag \fItagOrId\fR is located at
position (\fIxPos\fR,\fIyPos\fR). \fIxPos\fR and \fIyPos\fR may be
the empty string, in which case the corresponding coordinate
will be unchanged. All items matching
\fItagOrId\fR remain in the same positions relative to each other.
This command returns an empty string.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpostscript \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR?
.
Generate a Postscript representation for part or all of the canvas.
If the \fB\-file\fR option is specified then the Postscript is written
to a file and an empty string is returned; otherwise the Postscript
is returned as the result of the command.







<
>








<







765
766
767
768
769
770
771

772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780

781
782
783
784
785
786
787
Move each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate
space by adding \fIxAmount\fR to the x-coordinate of each point
associated with the item and \fIyAmount\fR to the y-coordinate of
each point associated with the item.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmoveto \fItagOrId xPos yPos\fR

.
Move the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate
space so that the first coordinate pair of the bottommost item with
tag \fItagOrId\fR is located at
position (\fIxPos\fR,\fIyPos\fR). \fIxPos\fR and \fIyPos\fR may be
the empty string, in which case the corresponding coordinate
will be unchanged. All items matching
\fItagOrId\fR remain in the same positions relative to each other.
This command returns an empty string.

.TP
\fIpathName \fBpostscript \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR?
.
Generate a Postscript representation for part or all of the canvas.
If the \fB\-file\fR option is specified then the Postscript is written
to a file and an empty string is returned; otherwise the Postscript
is returned as the result of the command.
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949

950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957




















958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
Note: this command has no effect on window items. Window items always
obscure other item types, and the stacking order of window items is
determined by the \fBraise\fR command and \fBlower\fR command, not the
\fBraise\fR widget command and \fBlower\fR widget command for canvases.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBrchars \fItagOrId first last string\fR
.VS 8.6

This command causes the text or coordinates between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR
for each of the items indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be replaced by
\fIstring\fR. Each item interprets \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR independently
according to the rules described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard
set of items, text items support this operation by altering their text as
directed, and line and polygon items support this operation by altering their
coordinate list (in which case \fIstring\fR should be a list of coordinates to
use as a replacement). The other items ignore this operation.




















.VE 8.6
.TP
\fIpathName \fBscale \fItagOrId xOrigin yOrigin xScale yScale\fR
.
Rescale the coordinates of all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in canvas
coordinate space.
\fIXOrigin\fR and \fIyOrigin\fR identify the origin for the scaling
operation and \fIxScale\fR and \fIyScale\fR identify the scale







<
>








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







959
960
961
962
963
964
965

966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
Note: this command has no effect on window items. Window items always
obscure other item types, and the stacking order of window items is
determined by the \fBraise\fR command and \fBlower\fR command, not the
\fBraise\fR widget command and \fBlower\fR widget command for canvases.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBrchars \fItagOrId first last string\fR

.
This command causes the text or coordinates between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR
for each of the items indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be replaced by
\fIstring\fR. Each item interprets \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR independently
according to the rules described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard
set of items, text items support this operation by altering their text as
directed, and line and polygon items support this operation by altering their
coordinate list (in which case \fIstring\fR should be a list of coordinates to
use as a replacement). The other items ignore this operation.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBrotate \fItagOrId xOrigin yOrigin angle\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP164"
Rotate the coordinates of all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in canvas
coordinate space.
\fIXOrigin\fR and \fIyOrigin\fR identify the origin for the rotation
operation and \fIangle\fR identifies the amount to rotate the coordinates
anticlockwise, in degrees. (Negative values rotate clockwise.)
This command returns an empty string.
.RS
.PP
Implementation note: not all item types work the same with rotations. In
particular,\fB bitmap\fR,\fB image\fR,\fB text\fR and\fB window\fR items only
rotate their anchor points and do not rotate the items themselves about those
points, and the \fBarc\fR, \fBoval\fR and \fBrectangle\fR types rotate about a
computed center point instead of moving the bounding box coordinates directly.
.PP
Some items (currently \fBarc\fR and\fB text\fR) have angles in their options;
this command \fIdoes not\fR affect those options.
.RE
.VE "8.7, TIP164"
.TP
\fIpathName \fBscale \fItagOrId xOrigin yOrigin xScale yScale\fR
.
Rescale the coordinates of all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in canvas
coordinate space.
\fIXOrigin\fR and \fIyOrigin\fR identify the origin for the scaling
operation and \fIxScale\fR and \fIyScale\fR identify the scale
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122



1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right in units
of the \fBxScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero,
or in units of one-tenth the window's width otherwise.
If \fIwhat is \fBpages\fR then the view
adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's width.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then information farther to the left
becomes visible; if it is positive then information farther to the right
becomes visible.



.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fI?args\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
information displayed in the canvas's window.
It can take any of the following forms:







|

<
<
<





>
>
>







1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151



1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.



If \fIwhat is \fBpages\fR then the view
adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's width.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then information farther to the left
becomes visible; if it is positive then information farther to the right
becomes visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right in units
of the \fBxScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero,
or in units of one-tenth the window's width otherwise.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fI?args\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
information displayed in the canvas's window.
It can take any of the following forms:
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162



1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
\fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down in units
of the \fByScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero,
or in units of one-tenth the window's height otherwise.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then
the view adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's height.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then higher information becomes
visible; if it is positive then lower information
becomes visible.



.RE
.SH "OVERVIEW OF ITEM TYPES"
.PP
The sections below describe the various types of items supported
by canvas widgets. Each item type is characterized by two things:
first, the form of the \fBcreate\fR command used to create
instances of the type; and second, a set of configuration options







|
<
<
<





>
>
>







1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191



1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
\fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR.



If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then
the view adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's height.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then higher information becomes
visible; if it is positive then lower information
becomes visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down in units
of the \fByScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero,
or in units of one-tenth the window's height otherwise.
.RE
.SH "OVERVIEW OF ITEM TYPES"
.PP
The sections below describe the various types of items supported
by canvas widgets. Each item type is characterized by two things:
first, the form of the \fBcreate\fR command used to create
instances of the type; and second, a set of configuration options
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335


1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
For arcs, wide outlines will be drawn centered on the edges of the
arc's region.
.SH "STANDARD ITEM TYPES"
.SS "ARC ITEMS"
.PP
Items of type \fBarc\fR appear on the display as arc-shaped regions.
An arc is a section of an oval delimited by two angles (specified
by the \fB\-start\fR and \fB\-extent\fR options) and displayed in
one of several ways (specified by the \fB\-style\fR option).
Arcs are created with widget commands of the following form:
.CS
\fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIx1 y1 x2 y2 \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
\fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.CE
The arguments \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR or \fIcoordList\fR give
the coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of a
rectangular region enclosing the oval that defines the arc.


After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR
pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options
for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's
configuration. An arc item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is
over any part that is painted or (when fully transparent) that would be
painted if both the \fB\-fill\fR and \fB\-outline\fR options were non-empty.







|
|







|
>
>







1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
For arcs, wide outlines will be drawn centered on the edges of the
arc's region.
.SH "STANDARD ITEM TYPES"
.SS "ARC ITEMS"
.PP
Items of type \fBarc\fR appear on the display as arc-shaped regions.
An arc is a section of an oval delimited by two angles (specified
by either the \fB\-start\fR and \fB\-extent\fR options or the \fB\-height\fR option)
and displayed in one of several ways (specified by the \fB\-style\fR option).
Arcs are created with widget commands of the following form:
.CS
\fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIx1 y1 x2 y2 \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
\fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.CE
The arguments \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR or \fIcoordList\fR give
the coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of a
rectangular region enclosing the oval that defines the arc (except when
\fB\-height\fR is specified - see below).
.
After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR
pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options
for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be
used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's
configuration. An arc item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is
over any part that is painted or (when fully transparent) that would be
painted if both the \fB\-fill\fR and \fB\-outline\fR options were non-empty.
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374




























1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
modulo 360 is used as the extent.
.TP
\fB\-start \fIdegrees\fR
Specifies the beginning of the angular range occupied by the
arc.
\fIDegrees\fR is given in units of degrees measured counter-clockwise
from the 3-o'clock position; it may be either positive or negative.




























.TP
\fB\-style \fItype\fR
Specifies how to draw the arc. If \fItype\fR is \fBpieslice\fR
(the default) then the arc's region is defined by a section
of the oval's perimeter plus two line segments, one between the center
of the oval and each end of the perimeter section.
If \fItype\fR is \fBchord\fR then the arc's region is defined







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
modulo 360 is used as the extent.
.TP
\fB\-start \fIdegrees\fR
Specifies the beginning of the angular range occupied by the
arc.
\fIDegrees\fR is given in units of degrees measured counter-clockwise
from the 3-o'clock position; it may be either positive or negative.
.TP
\fB\-height \fIdistance\fR
Provides a shortcut for creating a circular arc segment by defining the
distance of the mid-point of the arc from its chord. When this option
is used the coordinates are interpreted as the start and end coordinates
of the chord, and the options \fB\-start\fR and \fB-extent\fR are ignored.
The value of \fIdistance\fR has the following meaning:
.RS
.PP
.RS
\fIdistance\fR > 0 creates a clockwise arc
.br
\fIdistance\fR < 0 creates an counter-clockwise arc
.br
\fIdistance\fR = 0 creates an arc as if this option had not been specified
.RE
.PP
If you want the arc to have a specific radius, \fIr\fR, use the formula:
.PP
.RS
\fIdistance\fR = \fIr\fR \(+- sqrt(\fIr\fR**2 - (chordLength / 2)**2)
.RE
.PP
choosing the minus sign for the minor arc and the plus sign for the major arc.
.PP
Note that \fBitemcget \-height\fR always returns 0 so that introspection code
can be kept simple.
.RE
.TP
\fB\-style \fItype\fR
Specifies how to draw the arc. If \fItype\fR is \fBpieslice\fR
(the default) then the arc's region is defined by a section
of the oval's perimeter plus two line segments, one between the center
of the oval and each end of the perimeter section.
If \fItype\fR is \fBchord\fR then the arc's region is defined
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792

1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
\fB\-stipple\fR	\fB\-activestipple\fR
\fB\-disabledstipple\fR	\fB\-state\fR
\fB\-tags\fR
.DE
The following extra options are supported for text items:
.TP
\fB\-angle \fIrotationDegrees\fR
.VS 8.6

\fIRotationDegrees\fR tells how many degrees to rotate the text anticlockwise
about the positioning point for the text; it may have any floating-point value
from 0.0 to 360.0. For example, if \fIrotationDegrees\fR is \fB90\fR, then the
text will be drawn vertically from bottom to top.
This option defaults to \fB0.0\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
Specifies the font to use for the text item.
\fIFontName\fR may be any string acceptable to \fBTk_GetFont\fR.
If this option is not specified, it defaults to a system-dependent
font.
.TP







<
>





<







1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858

1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864

1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
\fB\-stipple\fR	\fB\-activestipple\fR
\fB\-disabledstipple\fR	\fB\-state\fR
\fB\-tags\fR
.DE
The following extra options are supported for text items:
.TP
\fB\-angle \fIrotationDegrees\fR

.
\fIRotationDegrees\fR tells how many degrees to rotate the text anticlockwise
about the positioning point for the text; it may have any floating-point value
from 0.0 to 360.0. For example, if \fIrotationDegrees\fR is \fB90\fR, then the
text will be drawn vertically from bottom to top.
This option defaults to \fB0.0\fR.

.TP
\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
Specifies the font to use for the text item.
\fIFontName\fR may be any string acceptable to \fBTk_GetFont\fR.
If this option is not specified, it defaults to a system-dependent
font.
.TP

Changes to doc/chooseColor.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseColor \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color.
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseColor \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color.
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/colors.n.

780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787

788
789

790
791
792
793
794
795
796
yellow4	139	139 	0
YellowGreen	154	205 	50
.DE
.SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
.TP
\fBMac OS X\fR
.
On Mac OS X, the following additional system colors are available

(note that the actual color values depend on the currently active OS theme,
and typically many of these will in fact be patterns rather than pure colors):

.RS
.DS
systemActiveAreaFill
systemAlertActiveText
systemAlertBackgroundActive
systemAlertBackgroundInactive
systemAlertInactiveText







|
>
|
<
>







780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789

790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
yellow4	139	139 	0
YellowGreen	154	205 	50
.DE
.SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
.TP
\fBMac OS X\fR
.
On macOS, the following additional system colors are available.
This first group contains all colors available in the HIToolbox library.
(Note that in some cases the actual color values may depend on the

current Appearance.)
.RS
.DS
systemActiveAreaFill
systemAlertActiveText
systemAlertBackgroundActive
systemAlertBackgroundInactive
systemAlertInactiveText
896
897
898
899
900
901
902

903
904
905
906
907
908
909
systemRootMenuActiveText
systemRootMenuDisabledText
systemRootMenuSelectedText
systemScrollBarDelimiterActive
systemScrollBarDelimiterInactive
systemSecondaryGroupBoxBackground
systemSecondaryHighlightColor

systemSheetBackground
systemSheetBackgroundOpaque
systemSheetBackgroundTransparent
systemStaticAreaFill
systemSystemDetailText
systemTabFrontActiveText
systemTabFrontInactiveText







>







897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
systemRootMenuActiveText
systemRootMenuDisabledText
systemRootMenuSelectedText
systemScrollBarDelimiterActive
systemScrollBarDelimiterInactive
systemSecondaryGroupBoxBackground
systemSecondaryHighlightColor
systemSelectedTabTextColor
systemSheetBackground
systemSheetBackgroundOpaque
systemSheetBackgroundTransparent
systemStaticAreaFill
systemSystemDetailText
systemTabFrontActiveText
systemTabFrontInactiveText
921
922
923
924
925
926
927































928


929
930
931
932
933
934
935
systemWhiteText
systemWindowBody
systemWindowHeaderActiveText
systemWindowHeaderBackground
systemWindowHeaderInactiveText
.DE
.RE































.TP


\fBWindows\fR
.
On Windows, the following additional system colors are available
(note that the actual color values depend on the currently active OS theme):
.RS
.DS
.ta 6c







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>







923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
systemWhiteText
systemWindowBody
systemWindowHeaderActiveText
systemWindowHeaderBackground
systemWindowHeaderInactiveText
.DE
.RE
.
The second group of MacOS colors below are based on Apple's "semantic"
NScolors.  On OSX 10.14 (Mojave) and later these colors change value
when Dark Mode is enabled.  However, the change is only observable
when the Apple window manager is drawing to the screen. So the
\fBwinfo rgb\fR command will return the color coordinates used in the
standard Aqua mode, even if Dark Mode has been selected in the system
preferences.  The numbered systemWindowBackgroundColors are used in
the \fBttk::notebook\fR and \fBttk::labelframe\fR widgets to provide a
contrasting background.  Each numbered color constrasts with its
predecessor.
.RS
.DS
systemControlAccentColor
systemControlTextColor
systemDisabledControlTextColor
systemLabelColor
systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor
systemSelectedTextColor
systemTextBackgroundColor
systemTextColor
systemWindowBackgroundColor
systemWindowBackgroundColor1
systemWindowBackgroundColor2
systemWindowBackgroundColor3
systemWindowBackgroundColor4
systemWindowBackgroundColor5
systemWindowBackgroundColor6
systemWindowBackgroundColor7
.DE
.RE
.TP


\fBWindows\fR
.
On Windows, the following additional system colors are available
(note that the actual color values depend on the currently active OS theme):
.RS
.DS
.ta 6c

Changes to doc/console.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
console \- Control the console on systems without a real console
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
console \- Control the console on systems without a real console
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/cursors.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\" 
.TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cursors \- mouse cursors available in Tk
.BE



|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
.TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cursors \- mouse cursors available in Tk
.BE

Changes to doc/destroy.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
destroy \- Destroy one or more windows
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
destroy \- Destroy one or more windows
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/dialog.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_dialog \- Create modal dialog and wait for response
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_dialog \- Create modal dialog and wait for response
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/entry.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
entry \- Create and manipulate 'entry' one-line text entry widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBentry\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-background	\-highlightthickness	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertbackground	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertofftime	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertontime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-insertwidth	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-justify
\-highlightcolor	\-relief

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled.  If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled.  If







|

















>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
entry \- Create and manipulate 'entry' one-line text entry widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBentry\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-background	\-highlightthickness	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertbackground	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertofftime	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertontime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-insertwidth	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-justify
\-highlightcolor	\-relief
\-placeholder	\-placeholderforeground
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled.  If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled.  If
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413


414
415
416
417
418
419
420
way through the text appears at the left edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display;  if it is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.


.RE
.SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS"
.PP
Tk automatically creates class bindings for entries that give them
the following default behavior. In the descriptions below,
.QW word
refers to a contiguous group of letters, digits, or







|

<
<
|
|
|

>
>







400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408


409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
way through the text appears at the left edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.


If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become
visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display.
.RE
.SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS"
.PP
Tk automatically creates class bindings for entries that give them
the following default behavior. In the descriptions below,
.QW word
refers to a contiguous group of letters, digits, or

Changes to doc/focus.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
focus \- Manage the input focus
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
focus \- Manage the input focus
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/focusNext.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse \- Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse \- Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/fontchooser.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fontchooser \- control font selection dialog
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fontchooser \- control font selection dialog
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/frame.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27










28
29
30
31
32
33
34
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
frame \- Create and manipulate 'frame' simple container widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBframe\fR \fIpathName\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-borderwidth	\-highlightcolor	\-pady
\-cursor	\-highlightthickness	\-relief
\-highlightbackground	\-padx	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-background background Background
This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option
except that its value may also be specified as an empty string.
In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and
no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background
and border.










.OP \-class class Class
Specifies a class for the window.
This class will be used when querying the option database for
the window's other options, and it will also be used later for
other purposes such as bindings.
The \fB\-class\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.






|




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
frame \- Create and manipulate 'frame' simple container widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBframe\fR \fIpathName\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-borderwidth	\-highlightcolor	\-pady
\-cursor	\-highlightthickness	\-relief
\-highlightbackground	\-padx	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-background background Background
This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option
except that its value may also be specified as an empty string.
In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and
no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background
and border.
.VS "8.7, TIP262"
An empty background will disable drawing the background image.
.OP \-backgroundimage backgroundImage BackgroundImage
This specifies an image to display on the frame's background within
the border of the frame (i.e., the image will be clipped by the
frame's highlight ring and border, if either are present); subwidgets
of the frame will be drawn on top. The image must have been created
with the \fBimage create\fR command. If specified as the empty string,
no image will be displayed.
.VE "8.7, TIP262"
.OP \-class class Class
Specifies a class for the window.
This class will be used when querying the option database for
the window's other options, and it will also be used later for
other purposes such as bindings.
The \fB\-class\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.
58
59
60
61
62
63
64









65
66
67
68
69
70
71
Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.  If this option is less than or equal
to zero then the window will not request any size at all.  Note that this
sets the total height of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is
not added.  Normally \fB\-height\fR should not be used if a propagating
geometry manager, such as \fBgrid\fR or \fBpack\fR, is used within the
frame since the geometry manager will override the height of the frame.









.OP \-visual visual Visual
Specifies visual information for the new window in any of the
forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR.
If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same
visual as its parent.
The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.  If this option is less than or equal
to zero then the window will not request any size at all.  Note that this
sets the total height of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is
not added.  Normally \fB\-height\fR should not be used if a propagating
geometry manager, such as \fBgrid\fR or \fBpack\fR, is used within the
frame since the geometry manager will override the height of the frame.
.OP \-tile tile Tile
.VS "8.7, TIP262"
This specifies how to draw the background image (see
\fB\-backgroundimage\fR) on the frame.
If true (according to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR), the image will be tiled
to fill the whole frame, with the origin of the first copy of the
image being the top left of the interior of the frame.
If false (the default), the image will be centered within the frame.
.VE "8.7, TIP262"
.OP \-visual visual Visual
Specifies visual information for the new window in any of the
forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR.
If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same
visual as its parent.
The \fB\-visual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101

102
103
104

105
106
107
108
109
110

111
112
113
114
115
116

117
118
119
120
121
122
123
or in the option database
to configure aspects of the frame such as its background color
and relief.  The \fBframe\fR command returns the
path name of the new window.
.PP
A frame is a simple widget.  Its primary purpose is to act as a
spacer or container for complex window layouts.  The only features
of a frame are its background color and an optional 3-D border to make the
frame appear raised or sunken.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is the same as the path name of the frame's window.  This
command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:

.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE

\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
the frame widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
commands are possible for frame widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR

Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBframe\fR
command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If







|







>



>






>






>







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
or in the option database
to configure aspects of the frame such as its background color
and relief.  The \fBframe\fR command returns the
path name of the new window.
.PP
A frame is a simple widget.  Its primary purpose is to act as a
spacer or container for complex window layouts.  The only features
of a frame are its background and an optional 3-D border to make the
frame appear raised or sunken.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is the same as the path name of the frame's window.  This
command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:
.PP
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
.PP
\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
the frame widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
commands are possible for frame widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBframe\fR
command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
.
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If

Changes to doc/grab.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/grid.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grid \- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grid \- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
.SH SYNOPSIS
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
.TP
\fB\-sticky \fIstyle\fR
.
If a slave's cell is larger than its requested dimensions, this
option may be used to position (or stretch) the slave within its cell.
\fIStyle\fR  is a string that contains zero or more of the characters
\fBn\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBe\fR or \fBw\fR.
The string can optionally contains spaces or
commas, but they are ignored.  Each letter refers to a side (north, south,
east, or west) that the slave will
.QW stick
to.  If both \fBn\fR and \fBs\fR (or \fBe\fR and \fBw\fR) are
specified, the slave will be stretched to fill the entire
height (or width) of its cavity.  The \fB\-sticky\fR option subsumes the
combination of \fB\-anchor\fR and \fB\-fill\fR that is used by \fBpack\fR.







|







173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
.TP
\fB\-sticky \fIstyle\fR
.
If a slave's cell is larger than its requested dimensions, this
option may be used to position (or stretch) the slave within its cell.
\fIStyle\fR  is a string that contains zero or more of the characters
\fBn\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBe\fR or \fBw\fR.
The string can optionally contain spaces or
commas, but they are ignored.  Each letter refers to a side (north, south,
east, or west) that the slave will
.QW stick
to.  If both \fBn\fR and \fBs\fR (or \fBe\fR and \fBw\fR) are
specified, the slave will be stretched to fill the entire
height (or width) of its cavity.  The \fB\-sticky\fR option subsumes the
combination of \fB\-anchor\fR and \fB\-fill\fR that is used by \fBpack\fR.
198
199
200
201
202
203
204








205
206
207
208
209
210
211
.
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
The configuration options for that window are forgotten, so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the initial
default settings are used.








.TP
\fBgrid info \fIslave\fR
.
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBgrid configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
.
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
The configuration options for that window are forgotten, so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the initial
default settings are used.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP518
If the last slave of the master becomes unmanaged, this will also send
the virtual event \fB<<NoManagedChild>>\fR to the master; the master
may choose to resize itself (or otherwise respond) to such a change.
.VE TIP518
.RE
.TP
\fBgrid info \fIslave\fR
.
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBgrid configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are
274
275
276
277
278
279
280








281
282
283
284
285
286
287
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
However, the configuration options for that window are remembered,
so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the previous
values are retained.








.TP
\fBgrid size \fImaster\fR
.
Returns the size of the grid (in columns then rows) for \fImaster\fR.
The size is determined either by the \fIslave\fR occupying the largest
row or column, or the largest column or row with a \fB\-minsize\fR,
\fB\-weight\fR, or \fB\-pad\fR that is non-zero.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
However, the configuration options for that window are remembered,
so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the previous
values are retained.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP518
If the last slave of the master becomes unmanaged, this will also send
the virtual event \fB<<NoManagedChild>>\fR to the master; the master
may choose to resize itself (or otherwise respond) to such a change.
.VE TIP518
.RE
.TP
\fBgrid size \fImaster\fR
.
Returns the size of the grid (in columns then rows) for \fImaster\fR.
The size is determined either by the \fIslave\fR occupying the largest
row or column, or the largest column or row with a \fB\-minsize\fR,
\fB\-weight\fR, or \fB\-pad\fR that is non-zero.

Changes to doc/image.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
image \- Create and manipulate images
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
image \- Create and manipulate images
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/label.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
label \- Create and manipulate 'label' non-interactive text or image widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
label \- Create and manipulate 'label' non-interactive text or image widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/listbox.n.

380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395



396
397
398
399
400
401
402
\fIfraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR character units (the width of the \fB0\fR character)
on the display;  if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by
\fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.



.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
text in the widget's window.
It can take any of the following forms:







|

<
<
|




>
>
>







380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388


389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
\fIfraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.


If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by
\fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR character units (the width of the \fB0\fR character)
on the display.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
text in the widget's window.
It can take any of the following forms:
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440


441
442
443
444
445
446
447
way through the listbox, and so on.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by
\fInumber\fR lines;  if it is \fBpages\fR then
the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then earlier elements
become visible;  if it is positive then later elements
become visible.


.RE
.SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS"
.PP
Tk automatically creates class bindings for listboxes that give them
Motif-like behavior.  Much of the behavior of a listbox is determined
by its \fB\-selectmode\fR option, which selects one of four ways
of dealing with the selection.







|
|
<




>
>







428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436

437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
way through the listbox, and so on.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then

the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then earlier elements
become visible;  if it is positive then later elements
become visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by
\fInumber\fR lines.
.RE
.SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS"
.PP
Tk automatically creates class bindings for listboxes that give them
Motif-like behavior.  Much of the behavior of a listbox is determined
by its \fB\-selectmode\fR option, which selects one of four ways
of dealing with the selection.

Changes to doc/lower.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lower \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lower \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/menu.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
.nf
\fBmenu\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
\fBtk_menuSetFocus\fR \fIpathName\fR
.SO
\-activebackground	\-borderwidth	\-foreground
\-activeborderwidth	\-cursor	\-relief
\-activeforeground	\-disabledforeground	\-takefocus
\-background	\-font
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-postcommand postCommand Command
If this option is specified then it provides a Tcl command to execute
each time the menu is posted.  The command is invoked by the \fBpost\fR
widget command before posting the menu. Note that in Tk 8.0 on Macintosh
and Windows, all post-commands in a system of menus are executed before any
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value, which specifies
whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the
top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other
entries will number starting at 1.  The default
menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off
entry is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by







|














|
|
|
|
|
|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
.nf
\fBmenu\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
\fBtk_menuSetFocus\fR \fIpathName\fR
.SO
\-activebackground	\-borderwidth	\-foreground
\-activeborderwidth	\-cursor	\-relief
\-activeforeground	\-disabledforeground	\-takefocus
\-background	\-font	\-activerelief
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-postcommand postCommand Command
If this option is specified then it provides a Tcl command to execute
each time the menu is posted.  The command is invoked by the \fBpost\fR
widget command before posting the menu. Note that in Tk 8.0 on Macintosh
and Windows, all post-commands in a system of menus are executed before any
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value (default is false),
which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off
entry at the top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and
the other entries will number starting at 1.  The default menu
bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry
is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
contents are inserted into the standard Window menu of the user's
menubar whenever the window's menubar is in front. The first items in
the menu are provided by Mac OS X, and the names of the current
toplevels are automatically appended after all the Tk-defined items and
a separator. The Window menu on the Mac also allows toggling the
window into a fullscreen state, and managing a tabbed window interface
(multiple windows grouped into a single window) if supported by that
version of the operating system. 
.PP
When Tk sees a .menubar.help menu on the Macintosh, the menu's contents
are appended to the standard Help menu of the user's menubar whenever
the window's menubar is in front. The first items in the menu
are provided by Mac OS X.
.PP
When Tk sees a System menu on Windows, its items are appended to the







|







263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
contents are inserted into the standard Window menu of the user's
menubar whenever the window's menubar is in front. The first items in
the menu are provided by Mac OS X, and the names of the current
toplevels are automatically appended after all the Tk-defined items and
a separator. The Window menu on the Mac also allows toggling the
window into a fullscreen state, and managing a tabbed window interface
(multiple windows grouped into a single window) if supported by that
version of the operating system.
.PP
When Tk sees a .menubar.help menu on the Macintosh, the menu's contents
are appended to the standard Help menu of the user's menubar whenever
the window's menubar is in front. The first items in the menu
are provided by Mac OS X.
.PP
When Tk sees a System menu on Windows, its items are appended to the
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476


477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
entry has a command associated with it then the result of that
command is returned as the result of the \fBinvoke\fR widget
command.  Otherwise the result is an empty string.  Note:  invoking
a menu entry does not automatically unpost the menu;  the default
bindings normally take care of this before invoking the \fBinvoke\fR
widget command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpost \fIx y\fR
.
Arrange for the menu to be displayed on the screen at the root-window
coordinates given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR.  These coordinates are


adjusted if necessary to guarantee that the entire menu is visible on
the screen.  This command normally returns an empty string.
If the \fB\-postcommand\fR option has been specified, then its value is
executed as a Tcl script before posting the menu and the result of
that script is returned as the result of the \fBpost\fR widget
command.
If an error returns while executing the command, then the error is
returned without posting the menu.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpostcascade \fIindex\fR
.
Posts the submenu associated with the cascade entry given by
\fIindex\fR, and unposts any previously posted submenu.
If \fIindex\fR does not correspond to a cascade entry,
or if \fIpathName\fR is not posted,







|


|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|







466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
entry has a command associated with it then the result of that
command is returned as the result of the \fBinvoke\fR widget
command.  Otherwise the result is an empty string.  Note:  invoking
a menu entry does not automatically unpost the menu;  the default
bindings normally take care of this before invoking the \fBinvoke\fR
widget command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpost \fIx y\fR ?\fIindex\fR?
.
Arrange for the menu to be displayed on the screen at the root-window
coordinates given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR.  If an index is specified
the menu will be located so that the entry with that index is
displayed at the point.  These coordinates are adjusted if necessary to
guarantee that the entire menu is visible on the screen.  This command
normally returns an empty string.  If the \fB\-postcommand\fR option
has been specified, then its value is executed as a Tcl script before
posting the menu and the result of that script is returned as the
result of the \fBpost\fR widget command.  If an error returns while

executing the command, then the error is returned without posting the
menu.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpostcascade \fIindex\fR
.
Posts the submenu associated with the cascade entry given by
\fIindex\fR, and unposts any previously posted submenu.
If \fIindex\fR does not correspond to a cascade entry,
or if \fIpathName\fR is not posted,

Changes to doc/menubar.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/menubutton.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/message.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
message \- Create and manipulate 'message' non-interactive text widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
message \- Create and manipulate 'message' non-interactive text widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/option.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
option \- Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
option \- Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/optionMenu.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_optionMenu \- Create an option menubutton and its menu
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_optionMenu \- Create an option menubutton and its menu
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/options.n.

54
55
56
57
58
59
60



61
62
63
64
65
66
67
definition of active elements.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more
than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons).
.OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background
Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements.
See above for definition of active elements.



.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap)
is to be displayed in the widget.
Must be one of the values \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR.
For example, \fBnw\fR means display the information such that its
top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget.







>
>
>







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
definition of active elements.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more
than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons).
.OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background
Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements.
See above for definition of active elements.
.OP \-activerelief activeRelief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the active item of the widget.
See the \fB-relief\fR option for details.
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap)
is to be displayed in the widget.
Must be one of the values \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR.
For example, \fBnw\fR means display the information such that its
top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget.
217
218
219
220
221
222
223








224
225
226
227
228
229
230
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by
the height of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.








.OP \-relief relief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget.  Acceptable
values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR.
The value
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative
to its exterior;  for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by
the height of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.
.OP \-placeholder placeHolder PlaceHolder
Specifies a help text string to display if no text is otherwise displayed,
that is when the widget is empty. The placeholder text is displayed using
the values of the \fB\-font\fR and \fB\-justify\fR options.
.OP \-placeholderforeground placeholderForeground PlaceholderForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the placeholder text is
displayed. If this option is the empty string, the default color gray70
is used.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget.  Acceptable
values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR.
The value
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative
to its exterior;  for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of

Changes to doc/pack-old.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack-old \- Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack-old \- Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/pack.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack \- Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack \- Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
.SH SYNOPSIS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131








132
133
134
135
136
137
138
than receiving default values.
.RE
.TP
\fBpack forget \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR?
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from the packing order for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the packer.








.TP
\fBpack info \fIslave\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBpack configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are
.QW "\fB\-in \fImaster\fR"







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
than receiving default values.
.RE
.TP
\fBpack forget \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR?
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from the packing order for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the packer.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP518
If the last slave of the master becomes unmanaged, this will also send
the virtual event \fB<<NoManagedChild>>\fR to the master; the master
may choose to resize itself (or otherwise respond) to such a change.
.VE TIP518
.RE
.TP
\fBpack info \fIslave\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBpack configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are
.QW "\fB\-in \fImaster\fR"

Changes to doc/palette.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque \- Modify the Tk color palette
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque \- Modify the Tk color palette
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/panedwindow.n.

327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
adjusted.
.PP
When a pane is resized from outside (e.g. it is packed to expand and
fill, and the containing toplevel is resized), space is added to the final
(rightmost or bottommost) pane in the window.
.PP
Unlike slave windows managed by e.g. pack or grid, the panes managed by a
panedwindow do not change width or height to accomodate changes in the
requested widths or heights of the panes, once these have become mapped.
Therefore it may be advisable, particularly when creating layouts
interactively, to not add a pane to the panedwindow widget until after the
geometry requests of that pane has been finalized (i.e., all components of
the pane inserted, all options affecting geometry set to their proper
values, etc.).
.SH "SEE ALSO"







|







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
adjusted.
.PP
When a pane is resized from outside (e.g. it is packed to expand and
fill, and the containing toplevel is resized), space is added to the final
(rightmost or bottommost) pane in the window.
.PP
Unlike slave windows managed by e.g. pack or grid, the panes managed by a
panedwindow do not change width or height to accommodate changes in the
requested widths or heights of the panes, once these have become mapped.
Therefore it may be advisable, particularly when creating layouts
interactively, to not add a pane to the panedwindow widget until after the
geometry requests of that pane has been finalized (i.e., all components of
the pane inserted, all options affecting geometry set to their proper
values, etc.).
.SH "SEE ALSO"

Changes to doc/photo.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60




61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72



73
74
75
76
77
78
79
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
photo \- Full-color images
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?

\fIimageName \fBblank\fR
\fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR
\fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBredither\fR
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color or be
transparent.  A photo image is stored internally in full color (32
bits per pixel), and is displayed using dithering if necessary.  Image
data for a photo image can be obtained from a file or a string, or it
can be supplied from
C code through a procedural interface.  At present, only
.VS 8.6
PNG,
.VE 8.6
GIF and PPM/PGM
formats are supported, but an interface exists to allow additional
image file formats to be added easily.  A photo image is transparent

in regions where no image data has been supplied
or where it has been set transparent by the \fBtransparency set\fR
subcommand.
.SH "CREATING PHOTOS"
.PP
Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR
command.
Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR:
.TP
\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
.
Specifies the contents of the image as a string.  The string should




contain binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is
currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The
format of the
string must be one of those for which there is an image file format
handler that will accept string data.  If both the \fB\-data\fR
and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR option takes
precedence.
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the
\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option.



.TP
\fB\-file \fIname\fR
.
\fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data
for the photo image.  The file format must be one of those for which
there is an image file format handler that can read data.
.TP






|



















|









|
|
|
|
|
|



<
|
|
>
|
|
|








|
>
>
>
>
|

<
|
|
|
|

|


|
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
photo \- Full-color images
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?

\fIimageName \fBblank\fR
\fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption\fR?
\fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBredither\fR
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color with a varying
degree of transparency (the alpha channel). A photo image is stored
internally in full color (32 bits per pixel), and is displayed using
dithering if necessary.  Image data for a photo image can be obtained
from a file or a string, or it can be supplied from C code through a
procedural interface.  At present, only
.VS 8.6
PNG,
.VE 8.6

GIF and PPM/PGM formats are supported, but an interface exists to
allow additional image file formats to be added easily.  A photo image
is (semi)transparent if the image data it was obtained from had
transparency informaton. In regions where no image data has been
supplied, it is fully transparent. Transparency may also be modified
with the \fBtransparency set\fR subcommand.
.SH "CREATING PHOTOS"
.PP
Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR
command.
Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR:
.TP
\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
.
Specifies the contents of the image as a string.
.VS 8.7
The string should
contain data in the default list-of-lists form,
.VE 8.7
binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is
currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The

format of the string must be one of those for which there is an image
file format handler that will accept string data.  If both the
\fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR
option takes precedence.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the
\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option and optional arguments passed to
the format handler. Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-file \fIname\fR
.
\fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data
for the photo image.  The file format must be one of those for which
there is an image file format handler that can read data.
.TP
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236






237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252

253
254
255
256
257
258




259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274

275
276
277
278
279
280




281
282
283
284

285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302



303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310


311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

329
330
331



332
333
334
335
336
337
338
is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and
the source image is used as-is.  The default compositing rule is
\fIoverlay\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Returns image data in the form of a string. The following options






may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used.
Specifically, this subcommand searches
for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of
\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write a string
containing this image data.

If this option is not given, this subcommand uses a format that
consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element per
pixel/column) of colors in
.QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR
format (where \fIrr\fR is a pair of hexadecimal digits for the red
channel, \fIgg\fR for green, and \fIbb\fR for blue).




.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned.
If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region, including x1,y1
and excluding x2,y2.  The default, if this option is not given, is the
whole image.
.TP
\fB\-grayscale\fR
.
If this options is specified, the data will not contain color
information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale.
.RE

.TP
\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR
.
Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the
image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the
red, green and blue components respectively.




.TP
\fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR.

This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for
a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads
the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image).
If \fIdata\fR does not match any known format, an attempt to interpret
it as a (top-to-bottom) list of scan-lines is made, with each
scan-line being a (left-to-right) list of pixel colors (see
\fBTk_GetColor\fR for a description of valid colors.)  Every scan-line
must be of the same length.  Note that when \fIdata\fR is a single
color name, you are instructing Tk to fill a rectangular region with
that color.  The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR.

Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.



.TP
\fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR?
.
Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR)
of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be
copied.  The default position is (0,0).  If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given
and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by
this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the


entire destination rectangle.  Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a
single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner
represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image.
This command first searches the list of
image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data
in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into
\fIimageName\fR (the destination image).  The following options may be
specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR.

Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.



.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied
to the destination image.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are
specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right
corner of the image in the image file.  If all four coordinates are







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








|

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|

|
<
>
>
>
>
















>

|



|
>
>
>
>




>
|


|
<
|
<
<
<
|


|

|
>



>
>
>








>
>
|














|

|
>



>
>
>







235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310

311



312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and
the source image is used as-is.  The default compositing rule is
\fIoverlay\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Returns image data in the form of a string.
.VS 8.7
The format of the string depends on the format handler. By default, a
human readable format as a list of lists of pixel data is used, other
formats can be chosen with the \fB-format\fR option.
See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details.
.VE 8.7
The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to use and,
optionally, arguments to the format handler.  Specifically, this
subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an
initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to
write a string containing this image data.
.VS 8.7
If this option is not given, this subcommand uses the default format
that consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element
per pixel/column) of colors in
.QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR
format (see \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below).

.VE 8.7
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned.
If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region, including x1,y1
and excluding x2,y2.  The default, if this option is not given, is the
whole image.
.TP
\fB\-grayscale\fR
.
If this options is specified, the data will not contain color
information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale.
.RE
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR ?\fB-withalpha\fR?
.
Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the
image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the
red, green and blue components respectively. If the \fB-withalpha\fR
option is specified, the returned list will have a fourth element
representing the alpha value of the pixel as an integer between 0 and
255.
.VE 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR.
.VS 8.7
This command searches the list of image file format handlers for
a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads
the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image).
See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details on formats for image data.

.VE 8.7



The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?}
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR and, optionally,
arguments to be passed to the format handler.
Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR?
.
Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR)
of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be
copied.  The default position is (0,0).  If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given
and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by
this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the
entire destination rectangle. If the region specified with this opion
is smaller than the supplied \fIdata\fR, the exceeding data is silently
discarded. Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a
single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner
represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image.
This command first searches the list of
image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data
in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into
\fIimageName\fR (the destination image).  The following options may be
specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?}
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR and,
optionally, additional options to the format handler.
Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied
to the destination image.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are
specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right
corner of the image in the image file.  If all four coordinates are
367
368
369
370
371
372
373

374
375
376
377



378

379
380
381
382


383



384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400

401
402
403
404
405
406



407
408
409
410
411
412
413
displayed.
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in
the photo image.  Several subcommands are available:
.RS

.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR
.
Returns a boolean indicating if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is



transparent.

.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y boolean\fR
.
Makes the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) transparent if \fIboolean\fR is


true, and makes that pixel opaque otherwise.



.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR.
The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to

write the data to the file.  Specifically, this subcommand searches
for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of
\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write an image
file.  If this option is not given, the format is guessed from
the file extension. If that cannot be determined, this subcommand
uses the first handler that has the capability to write an image file.



.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the
image file.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify







>

|

|
>
>
>
|
>

|

|
>
>
|
>
>
>














|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>







395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
displayed.
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in
the photo image.  Several subcommands are available:
.RS
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR?
.
Returns true if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is fully transparent,
false otherwise.  If the option \fB-alpha\fR is passed, returns the
alpha value of the pixel instead, as an integer in the range 0 to 255.
.VE 8.7

.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y\fR \fInewVal\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR?
.
Change the transparency of the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) to
\fInewVal.\fR If no additional option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is
interpreted as a boolean and the pixel is made fully transparent if
that value is true, fully opaque otherwise.  If the \fB-alpha\fR
option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is interpreted as an integral alpha
value for the pixel, which must be in the range 0 to 255.
.VE 8.7
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR.
The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to
write the data to the file and, optionally, options to pass to the
format handler.  Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first
handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR
and which has the capability to write an image file.  If this option
is not given, the format is guessed from the file extension. If that
cannot be determined, this subcommand uses the first handler that has
the capability to write an image file.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the
image file.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
422
423
424
425
426
427
428





429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452


















453
454
455
456
457








458







459
460
461

462
463
464
465
466
467
468

469
470
471
472





















































473















































474
475
476
477
478
479
480
.SH "IMAGE FORMATS"
.PP
The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional
image file formats to be added easily.  The photo image code maintains
a list of these handlers.  Handlers are added to the list by
registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR.  The
standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF





formats, which are automatically registered on initialization.
.PP
When reading an image file or processing
string data specified with the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the
photo image code invokes each handler in turn until one is
found that claims to be able to read the data in the file or string.
Usually this will find the correct handler, but if it does not, the
user may give a format name with the \fB\-format\fR option to specify
which handler to use.  In fact the photo image code will try those
handlers whose names begin with the string specified for the
\fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is case-insensitive).  For
example, if the user specifies \fB\-format gif\fR, then a handler
named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a handler
named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been
registered).
.PP
When writing image data to a file, the processing of the
\fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given
for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the
requested handler, and may contain additional information following
that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant
to use of the formats supported by the handler.
Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data
to a file, even where the target image format does.


















.SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS"
.PP
.VS 8.6
Some image formats support sub-options, which are specified at the time that
the image is loaded using additional words in the \fB\-format\fR option. At








the time of writing, the following are supported:







.TP
\fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR
.

When parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first
image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th value
may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer from 0 up to the
number of image parts in the GIF data.
.TP
\fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR
.

An additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the
background on which the image is displayed to show through. This usually also
has the effect of desaturating the image. The \fIalphaValue\fR must be between
0.0 and 1.0.





















































.VE 8.6















































.SH "COLOR ALLOCATION"
.PP
When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code
allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if
necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using
the colors that are available.  The colors are allocated as a color
cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the







>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
|
|
|
|



>
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484

485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
.SH "IMAGE FORMATS"
.PP
The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional
image file formats to be added easily.  The photo image code maintains
a list of these handlers.  Handlers are added to the list by
registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR.  The
standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF
formats,
.VS 8.7
as well as the \fBdefault\fR handler to encode/decode image
data in a human readable form.
.VE 8.7
These handlers are automatically registered on initialization.
.PP
When reading an image file or processing string data specified with
the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the photo image code invokes
each handler in turn until one is found that claims to be able to read
the data in the file or string.  Usually this will find the correct
handler, but if it does not, the user may give a format name with the
\fB\-format\fR option to specify which handler to use.  In this case,
the photo image code will try those handlers whose names begin with

the string specified for the \fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is
case-insensitive).  For example, if the user specifies \fB\-format
gif\fR, then a handler named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a
handler named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been
registered).
.PP
When writing image data to a file, the processing of the
\fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given
for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the
requested handler, and may contain additional information following
that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant
to use of the formats supported by the handler.
Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data
to a file, even where the target image format does.
.VS 8.7
.SS "THE DEFAULT IMAGE HANDLER"
.PP
The \fBdefault\fR image handler cannot be used to read or write data
from/to a file. Its sole purpose is to encode and decode image data in
string form in a clear text, human readable, form. The \fIimageName\fR
\fBdata\fR subcommand uses this handler when no other format is
specified. When reading image data from a string with \fIimageName\fR
\fBput\fR or the \fB-data\fR option, the default handler is treated
as the other handlers.
.PP
Image data in the \fBdefault\fR string format is a (top-to-bottom)
list of scan-lines, with each scan-line being a (left-to-right) list
of pixel data. Every scan-line has the same length. The color
and, optionally, alpha value of each pixel is specified in any of
the forms described in the \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR section below.
.VE 8.7

.SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS"
.PP
.VS 8.6
Image formats may support sub-options, wich ahre specified using
additional words in the value to the \fB\-format\fR option. These
suboptions can affect how image data is read or written to file or
string. The nature and values of these options is up to the format
handler.
The built-in handlers support these suboptions:
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fBdefault \-colorformat\fI formatType\fR
.
The option is allowed when writing image data to a string with
\fIimageName\fR \fBdata\fR. Specifies the format to use for the color
string of each pixel. \fIformatType\fR may be one of: \fBrgb\fR to
encode pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBB\fR, \fBrgba\fR to encode
pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBBAA\fR or \fBlist\fR to encode
pixel data as a list with four elements. See \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR
below for details. The default is \fBrgb\fR.
.VE 8.7
.TP
\fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR
.
The option has effect when reading image data from a file. When
parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first
image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th
value may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer
from 0 up to the number of image parts in the GIF data.
.TP
\fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR
.
The option has effect when reading image data from a file. Specifies
an additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the
background on which the image is displayed to show through.  This
usually also has the effect of desaturating the image.  The
\fIalphaValue\fR must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
.TP
\fBsvg \-dpi\fI dpiValue\fB \-scale\fI scaleValue\fB \-unit\fI unitValue\fR
.
\fIdpiValue\fR is used in conversion between given coordinates and
screen resolution. The value must be greater than 0 and the default
value is 96.
\fIscaleValue\fR is used to scale the resulting image. The value must
be greater than 0 and the default value is 1.
\fIunitValue\fR is the unit of all coordinates in the SVG data.
Available units are px (default, coordinates in pixel), pt (1/72 inch),
pc (12 pt), mm , cm and in.
The svg format supports a wide range of SVG features, but the
full SVG standard is not available, for instance the 'text' feature
is missing and silently ignores when reading the SVG data.
The supported SVG features are:
.
.RS
\fB elements:\fR g, path, rect, circle, ellipse, line, polyline, polygon,
linearGradient, radialGradient, stop, defs, svg, style
.PP
\fB attributes:\fR width, height, viewBox,
preserveAspectRatio with none, xMin, xMid, xMax, yMin, yMid, yMax, slice
.PP
\fB gradient attributes:\fR gradientUnits with objectBoundingBox,
gradientTransform, cx, cy, r fx, fy x1, y1, x2, y2
spreadMethod with pad, reflect or repeat,
xlink:href
.PP
\fB poly attributes: \fR points
.PP
\fB line attributes: \fR x1, y1, x2, y2
.PP
\fB ellipse attributes: \fR cx, cy, rx, ry
.PP
\fB circle attributes: \fR cx, cy, r
.PP
\fB rectangle attributes: \fR x, y, width, height, rx, ry
.PP
\fB path attributes: \fR d with m, M, l, L, h, H, v, V, c, C, s, S, q, Q, t, T, a, A, z, Z
.PP
\fB style attributes: \fR display with none, visibility, hidden, visible,
fill with nonzero and evenodd, opacity, fill-opacity,
stroke, stroke-width, stroke-dasharray, stroke-dashoffset, stroke-opacity,
stroke-linecap with butt, round and square,
stroke-linejoin with miter, round and  bevel, stroke-miterlimit
fill-rule, font-size,
transform with matrix, translate, scale, rotate, skewX and  skewY,
stop-color, stop-opacity, offset, id, class
.RE
.
Currently only SVG images reading and conversion into (pixel-based
format) photos is supported: Tk does not (yet) support bundling photo
images in SVG vector graphics.
.VE 8.6
.VS 8.7
.SH "COLOR FORMATS"
.PP
The default image handler can represent/parse color and alpha values
of a pixel in one of the formats listed below. If a color format does
not contain transparency information, full opacity is assumed.  The
available color formats are:
.IP \(bu 3
The empty string - interpreted as full transparency, the color value
is undefined.
.IP \(bu 3
Any value accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR, optionally followed by an
alpha suffix. The alpha suffix may be one of:
.RS
.TP
\fB@\fR\fIA\fR
.
The alpha value \fIA\fR must be a fractional value in the range  0.0
(fully transparent) to 1.0 (fully opaque).
.TP
\fB#\fR\fIX\fR
.
The alpha value \fIX\fR is a hexadecimal digit that specifies an integer
alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255 (fully opaque).
This is expanded in range from 4 bits wide to 8 bits wide by
multiplication by 0x11.
.TP
\fB#\fR\fIXX\fR
.
The alpha value \fIXX\fR is passed as two hexadecimal digits that
specify an integer alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255
(fully opaque).
.RE
.IP \(bu 3
A Tcl list with three or four integers in the range 0 to 255,
specifying the values for the red, green, blue and (optionally)
alpha channels respectively.
.IP \(bu 3
\fB#\fR\fIRGBA\fR format: a \fB#\fR followed by four hexadecimal digits,
where each digit is the value for the red, green, blue and alpha
channels respectively. Each digit will be expanded internally to
8 bits by multiplication by 0x11.
.IP \(bu 3
\fB#\fR\fIRRGGBBAA\fR format: \fB#\fR followed by eight hexadecimal digits,
where each pair of  subsequent digits represents the value for the red,
green, blue and alpha channels respectively.
.VE 8.7
.SH "COLOR ALLOCATION"
.PP
When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code
allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if
necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using
the colors that are available.  The colors are allocated as a color
cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the
530
531
532
533
534
535
536

















537
538
539
540
541
542
543
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
        \-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6

















.SH "SEE ALSO"
image(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image, color
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
        \-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6
.PP
.VS 8.7
Create a green box with a simple shadow effect
.PP
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR foo

# Make a simple graduated fill varying in alpha for the shadow
for {set i 14} {$i > 0} {incr i -1} {
   set i2 [expr {$i + 30}]
   foo \fBput\fR [format black#%x [expr {15-$i}]] -to $i $i $i2 $i2
}

# Put a solid green rectangle on top
foo \fBput\fR #F080 -to 0 0 30 30
.VE 8.7
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
image(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image, color
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/place.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
place \- Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
place \- Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/popup.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_popup \- Post a popup menu
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_popup \- Post a popup menu
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/raise.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
raise \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
raise \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/scale.n.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
Specifies the desired long dimension of the scale in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the scale's height;  for horizontal scales
it is the scale's width.
.OP \-resolution resolution Resolution
A real value specifying the resolution for the scale.
If this value is greater than zero then the scale's value will always be
rounded to an even multiple of this value, as will tick marks and
the endpoints of the scale.  If the value is less than zero then no
rounding occurs.  Defaults to 1 (i.e., the value will be integral).
.OP \-showvalue showValue ShowValue
Specifies a boolean value indicating whether or not the current
value of the scale is to be displayed.
.OP \-sliderlength sliderLength SliderLength
Specifies the size of the slider, measured in screen units along the slider's







|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
Specifies the desired long dimension of the scale in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the scale's height;  for horizontal scales
it is the scale's width.
.OP \-resolution resolution Resolution
A real value specifying the resolution for the scale.
If this value is greater than zero then the scale's value will always be
rounded to an even multiple of this value, as will
the endpoints of the scale.  If the value is less than zero then no
rounding occurs.  Defaults to 1 (i.e., the value will be integral).
.OP \-showvalue showValue ShowValue
Specifies a boolean value indicating whether or not the current
value of the scale is to be displayed.
.OP \-sliderlength sliderLength SliderLength
Specifies the size of the slider, measured in screen units along the slider's
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
If the scale is disabled then the value may not be changed and the scale
will not activate.
If the scale is active, the slider is displayed using the color
specified by the \fB\-activebackground\fR option.
.OP \-tickinterval tickInterval TickInterval
Must be a real value.
Determines the spacing between numerical
tick marks displayed below or to the left of the slider.
If 0, no tick marks will be displayed.
.OP \-to to To
Specifies a real value corresponding
to the right or bottom end of the scale.
This value may be either less than or greater than the \fB\-from\fR option.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the







|







74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
If the scale is disabled then the value may not be changed and the scale
will not activate.
If the scale is active, the slider is displayed using the color
specified by the \fB\-activebackground\fR option.
.OP \-tickinterval tickInterval TickInterval
Must be a real value.
Determines the spacing between numerical
tick marks displayed below or to the left of the slider. The values will all be displayed with the same number of decimal places, which will be enough to ensure they are all accurate to within 20% of a tick interval.
If 0, no tick marks will be displayed.
.OP \-to to To
Specifies a real value corresponding
to the right or bottom end of the scale.
This value may be either less than or greater than the \fB\-from\fR option.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the

Changes to doc/scrollbar.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235









236
237
238
239
240
241
242
The widget should adjust its view so that the point given
by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget.
If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the
document.  1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333
refers to a point one-third of the way through the document,
and so on.
.TP
\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR
.
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units.
The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget,
such as characters or lines in a text widget.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off
the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit
should scroll off the bottom or right of the window.
.TP
\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR
.
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages.
It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page;  typically
it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there
is a slight overlap between the old and new views.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should
become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should
become visible.









.SH "OLD COMMAND SYNTAX"
.PP
In versions of Tk before 4.0, the \fBset\fR and \fBget\fR widget
commands used a different form.
This form is still supported for backward compatibility, but it
is deprecated.
In the old command syntax, the \fBset\fR widget command has the







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







211
212
213
214
215
216
217









218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
The widget should adjust its view so that the point given
by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget.
If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the
document.  1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333
refers to a point one-third of the way through the document,
and so on.
.TP









\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR
.
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages.
It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page;  typically
it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there
is a slight overlap between the old and new views.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should
become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should
become visible.
.TP
\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR
.
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units.
The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget,
such as characters or lines in a text widget.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off
the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit
should scroll off the bottom or right of the window.
.SH "OLD COMMAND SYNTAX"
.PP
In versions of Tk before 4.0, the \fBset\fR and \fBget\fR widget
commands used a different form.
This form is still supported for backward compatibility, but it
is deprecated.
In the old command syntax, the \fBset\fR widget command has the

Changes to doc/send.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
send \- Execute a command in a different application
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
send \- Execute a command in a different application
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/spinbox.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
spinbox \- Create and manipulate 'spinbox' value spinner widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBspinbox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-activebackground	\-highlightthickness	\-repeatinterval
\-background	\-insertbackground	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertontime	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertwidth	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertofftime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-justify	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-relief
\-highlightcolor	\-repeatdelay

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background
The background color to be used for the spin buttons.
.OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor
The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons.  If this is empty
(the default), a default cursor will be used.






|


















>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
spinbox \- Create and manipulate 'spinbox' value spinner widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBspinbox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-activebackground	\-highlightthickness	\-repeatinterval
\-background	\-insertbackground	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertontime	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertwidth	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertofftime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-justify	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-relief
\-highlightcolor	\-repeatdelay
\-placeholder	\-placeholderforeground
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background
The background color to be used for the spin buttons.
.OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor
The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons.  If this is empty
(the default), a default cursor will be used.
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to
be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When all
are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its
contents.  This value must be less than the \fB\-to\fR option.

If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand
Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.  Setting
it to an empty string disables this feature (the default).  The best use of
this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for
more information.
.OP \-increment increment Increment







|
>







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to
be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When all
are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its
contents. If this value is greater than the \fB\-to\fR option, then
\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped.
If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand
Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.  Setting
it to an empty string disables this feature (the default).  The best use of
this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for
more information.
.OP \-increment increment Increment
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may
be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the
\fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options.
.OP \-to to To
A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox,
to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When
all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control
its contents.  This value must be greater than the \fB\-from\fR option.

If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP \-validate validate Validate
Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR,
\fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR.
It defaults to \fBnone\fR.  When you want validation, you must explicitly
state which mode you wish to use.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more.
.OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand







|
>







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may
be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the
\fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options.
.OP \-to to To
A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox,
to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When
all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control
its contents. If this value is less than the \fB\-from\fR option, then
\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped.
If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP \-validate validate Validate
Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR,
\fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR.
It defaults to \fBnone\fR.  When you want validation, you must explicitly
state which mode you wish to use.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more.
.OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478


479
480
481
482
483
484
485
way through the text appears at the left edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display;  if it is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.


.RE
.SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS"
.PP
Tk automatically creates class bindings for spinboxes that give them
the following default behavior.
In the descriptions below,
.QW word







|

<
<
|
|


>
>







467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475


476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
way through the text appears at the left edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR or an abbreviation
of one of these.


If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR
screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display.
.RE
.SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS"
.PP
Tk automatically creates class bindings for spinboxes that give them
the following default behavior.
In the descriptions below,
.QW word

Changes to doc/text.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
text, tk_textCopy, tk_textCut, tk_textPaste \- Create and manipulate 'text' hypertext editing widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
text, tk_textCopy, tk_textCut, tk_textPaste \- Create and manipulate 'text' hypertext editing widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312

1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326

1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then. Generates an error when the redo stack is

empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. An edit

action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded on
the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and







|
>
|












|
>
|
|







1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then, and returns a list of indices indicating
what ranges were changed by the redo operation. Generates an error when the
redo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, and returns a
list of indices indicating what ranges were changed by the undo operation. An
edit action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded
on the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939


1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the horizontal span
of the text is off-screen to the left. \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0
and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fIWhat\fR must be \fBunits\fR, \fBpages\fR or
\fBpixels\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR then \fInumber\fR
must be an integer, otherwise number may be specified in any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as
.QW 2.0c
or
.QW 1i
(the result is rounded to the nearest integer value. If no units are given,
pixels are assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or


right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is
\fBpixels\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR pixels. If \fInumber\fR is
negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive
then characters farther to the right become visible.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the text in







|
|
|
|




|
>
>
|
<
<







1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944


1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the horizontal span
of the text is off-screen to the left. \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0
and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fIWhat\fR must be \fBpages\fR,
\fBpixels\fR, or \fBunits\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR or
\fBunits\fR then \fInumber\fR must be an integer, otherwise number may be
specified in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as
.QW 2.0c
or
.QW 1i
(the result is rounded to the nearest integer value. If no units are given,
pixels are assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by
\fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is \fBpixels\fR then the view adjusts by
\fInumber\fR pixels; if it is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or
right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display. If \fInumber\fR is


negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive
then characters farther to the right become visible.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the text in
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
the widget will never scroll beyond the last pixel, and so a value of 1 will
effectively be rounded back to whatever fraction ensures the last pixel is at
the bottom of the window, and some other pixel is at the top.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command adjust the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fIWhat\fR must be \fBunits\fR, \fBpages\fR or
\fBpixels\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR then \fInumber\fR
must be an integer, otherwise number may be specified in any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as
.QW 2.0c
or
.QW 1i
(the result is rounded to the nearest integer value. If no units are given,
pixels are assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down
by \fInumber\fR lines on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view
adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is \fBpixels\fR then the view







|
|
|
|







1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
the widget will never scroll beyond the last pixel, and so a value of 1 will
effectively be rounded back to whatever fraction ensures the last pixel is at
the bottom of the window, and some other pixel is at the top.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
.
This command adjust the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fIWhat\fR must be \fBpages\fR,
\fBpixels\fR, or \fBunits\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR then
\fInumber\fR must be an integer, otherwise number may be specified in any of
the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as
.QW 2.0c
or
.QW 1i
(the result is rounded to the nearest integer value. If no units are given,
pixels are assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down
by \fInumber\fR lines on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view
adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is \fBpixels\fR then the view
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162



2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
.IP [28]
Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the
insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor.
.IP [29]
Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion
cursor.
.IP [30]
Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget after copying it to
the clipboard.
.IP [31]
Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of the
insertion cursor.



.IP [32]
Control-z undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true.
Does nothing otherwise.
.IP [33]
Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit action if
the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise.
.PP







<
<
<


>
>
>







2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159



2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
.IP [28]
Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the
insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor.
.IP [29]
Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion
cursor.
.IP [30]



Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of the
insertion cursor.
.IP [31]
Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget after copying it to
the clipboard.
.IP [32]
Control-z undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true.
Does nothing otherwise.
.IP [33]
Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit action if
the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise.
.PP

Changes to doc/tk.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/tk4.0.ps.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to [email protected]
%
% Known Problems:
%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def 
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White

/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
    % See if we're a NeWSprint printer
     /currentcanvas where {
        pop systemdict /separationdict known
	exit







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to [email protected]
%
% Known Problems:
%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White

/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
    % See if we're a NeWSprint printer
     /currentcanvas where {
        pop systemdict /separationdict known
	exit
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
%    } if
    systemdict /colorimage known
    systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def

% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
%   /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def 
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
		errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put 
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put 
FrameDict /bug false put 
mark 
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark 
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put 
FrameDict /bug get { 
	/readline {
		/gstring exch def
		/gfile exch def
		/gindex 0 def
		{
			gfile read pop 
			dup 10 eq {exit} if 
			dup 13 eq {exit} if 
			gstring exch gindex exch put 
			/gindex gindex 1 add def 
		} loop
		pop 
		gstring 0 gindex getinterval true 
		} def
	} if
/FMVERSION {
	FMversion ne {
		/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
		100 100 moveto
		(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
		dup =
		show showpage
		} if
	} def 
/FMLOCAL {
	FrameDict begin
	0 def 
	end 
	} def 
	/gstring FMLOCAL
	/gfile FMLOCAL
	/gindex FMLOCAL
	/orgxfer FMLOCAL
	/orgproc FMLOCAL
	/organgle FMLOCAL
	/orgfreq FMLOCAL
	/yscale FMLOCAL
	/xscale FMLOCAL
	/manualfeed FMLOCAL
	/paperheight FMLOCAL
	/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT { 
	array /FMfonts exch def 
	/#copies exch def
	FrameDict begin
	0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
	/manualfeed exch def
	/paperheight exch def
	/paperwidth exch def
	/yscale exch def
	/xscale exch def
	currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
	currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
	/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
	setpapername 
	manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse 
	{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse 
	{desperatepapersize} if
	end 
	} def 
	/pagesave FMLOCAL
	/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
	/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE { 
	FrameDict begin 
	/pagesave save def
	3.86 setmiterlimit
	/landscape exch 0 ne def
	landscape { 
		90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop 
		}
		{pop pop}
		ifelse
	xscale yscale scale
	/orgmatrix matrix def
	gsave 
	} def 
/FMENDPAGE {
	grestore 
	pagesave restore
	end 
	showpage
	} def 
/FMFONTDEFINE { 
	FrameDict begin
	findfont 
	ReEncode 
	1 index exch 
	definefont 
	FMfonts 3 1 roll 
	put
	end 
	} def 
/FMFILLS {
	FrameDict begin
	array /fillvals exch def
	end 
	} def 
/FMFILL {
	FrameDict begin
	 fillvals 3 1 roll put
	end 
	} def 
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS { 
	newpath
	0.0 0.0 moveto
	1 setlinewidth
	0 setlinecap
	0 0 0 sethsbcolor
	0 setgray 
	} bind def
	/fx FMLOCAL
	/fy FMLOCAL
	/fh FMLOCAL
	/fw FMLOCAL
	/llx FMLOCAL
	/lly FMLOCAL
	/urx FMLOCAL
	/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF { 
	end 
	/FMEPSF save def 
	/showpage {} def 
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS 
	[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall 
	fx fy translate 
	rotate
	fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale 
	llx neg lly neg translate 
	} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
	FMEPSF restore
	FrameDict begin 
	} bind def
FrameDict begin 
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
	 statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
	} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen { 
	paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch 
	paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
	{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
	} def
	/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername { 
	/papersizedict 14 dict def 
	papersizedict begin
	/papername /unknown def 
		/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
		/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
		/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
		/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
		/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen







|



|
|
|
|




|
|
|





|
|
|
|
|

|
|










|


|
|
|












|
|











|
|
|

|
|



|
|



|
|





|
|

|

|

|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|
|



|
|
|





|









|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|

|








|
|




|
|

|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
%    } if
    systemdict /colorimage known
    systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def

% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
%   /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
		errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put
FrameDict /bug false put
mark
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put
FrameDict /bug get {
	/readline {
		/gstring exch def
		/gfile exch def
		/gindex 0 def
		{
			gfile read pop
			dup 10 eq {exit} if
			dup 13 eq {exit} if
			gstring exch gindex exch put
			/gindex gindex 1 add def
		} loop
		pop
		gstring 0 gindex getinterval true
		} def
	} if
/FMVERSION {
	FMversion ne {
		/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
		100 100 moveto
		(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
		dup =
		show showpage
		} if
	} def
/FMLOCAL {
	FrameDict begin
	0 def
	end
	} def
	/gstring FMLOCAL
	/gfile FMLOCAL
	/gindex FMLOCAL
	/orgxfer FMLOCAL
	/orgproc FMLOCAL
	/organgle FMLOCAL
	/orgfreq FMLOCAL
	/yscale FMLOCAL
	/xscale FMLOCAL
	/manualfeed FMLOCAL
	/paperheight FMLOCAL
	/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT {
	array /FMfonts exch def
	/#copies exch def
	FrameDict begin
	0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
	/manualfeed exch def
	/paperheight exch def
	/paperwidth exch def
	/yscale exch def
	/xscale exch def
	currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
	currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
	/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
	setpapername
	manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse
	{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse
	{desperatepapersize} if
	end
	} def
	/pagesave FMLOCAL
	/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
	/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE {
	FrameDict begin
	/pagesave save def
	3.86 setmiterlimit
	/landscape exch 0 ne def
	landscape {
		90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop
		}
		{pop pop}
		ifelse
	xscale yscale scale
	/orgmatrix matrix def
	gsave
	} def
/FMENDPAGE {
	grestore
	pagesave restore
	end
	showpage
	} def
/FMFONTDEFINE {
	FrameDict begin
	findfont
	ReEncode
	1 index exch
	definefont
	FMfonts 3 1 roll
	put
	end
	} def
/FMFILLS {
	FrameDict begin
	array /fillvals exch def
	end
	} def
/FMFILL {
	FrameDict begin
	 fillvals 3 1 roll put
	end
	} def
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS {
	newpath
	0.0 0.0 moveto
	1 setlinewidth
	0 setlinecap
	0 0 0 sethsbcolor
	0 setgray
	} bind def
	/fx FMLOCAL
	/fy FMLOCAL
	/fh FMLOCAL
	/fw FMLOCAL
	/llx FMLOCAL
	/lly FMLOCAL
	/urx FMLOCAL
	/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF {
	end
	/FMEPSF save def
	/showpage {} def
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
	[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall
	fx fy translate
	rotate
	fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale
	llx neg lly neg translate
	} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
	FMEPSF restore
	FrameDict begin
	} bind def
FrameDict begin
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
	 statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
	} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen {
	paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch
	paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
	{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
	} def
	/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername {
	/papersizedict 14 dict def
	papersizedict begin
	/papername /unknown def
		/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
		/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
		/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
		/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
		/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
		/A4 {a4tray a4} def
		/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
		/B4 {b4tray b4} def
		/B5 {b5tray b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def 
	statusdict begin stopped end 
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for 
	} def
/manualpapersize {
	papersizedict begin
		/Letter {letter} def
		/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
		/Tabloid {11x17} def
		/Ledger {ledger} def
		/Legal {legal} def
		/Statement {statement} def
		/Executive {executive} def
		/A3 {a3} def
		/A4 {a4} def
		/A4Small {a4small} def
		/B4 {b4} def
		/B5 {b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	stopped 
	} def
/desperatepapersize {
	statusdict /setpageparams known
		{
		paperwidth paperheight 0 1 
		statusdict begin
		{setpageparams} stopped pop 
		end
		} if
	} def
/savematrix {
	orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
	} bind def
/restorematrix {







|
|
|


















|




|

|







233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
		/A4 {a4tray a4} def
		/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
		/B4 {b4tray b4} def
		/B5 {b5tray b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
	statusdict begin stopped end
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
	} def
/manualpapersize {
	papersizedict begin
		/Letter {letter} def
		/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
		/Tabloid {11x17} def
		/Ledger {ledger} def
		/Legal {legal} def
		/Statement {statement} def
		/Executive {executive} def
		/A3 {a3} def
		/A4 {a4} def
		/A4Small {a4small} def
		/B4 {b4} def
		/B5 {b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	stopped
	} def
/desperatepapersize {
	statusdict /setpageparams known
		{
		paperwidth paperheight 0 1
		statusdict begin
		{setpageparams} stopped pop
		end
		} if
	} def
/savematrix {
	orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
	} bind def
/restorematrix {
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode { 
	dup 
	length 
	dict begin 
	{
	1 index /FID ne 
		{def} 
		{pop pop} ifelse 
	} forall 
	0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if 
	currentdict 
	end 
	} bind def
/graymode true def
	/bwidth FMLOCAL
	/bpside FMLOCAL
	/bstring FMLOCAL
	/onbits FMLOCAL
	/offbits FMLOCAL
	/xindex FMLOCAL
	/yindex FMLOCAL
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
	 /bwidth  exch def
	 /bpside  exch def
	 /bstring exch def
	 /onbits 0 def  /offbits 0 def
	 freq sangle landscape {90 add} if 
		{/y exch def
		 /x exch def
		 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
		 1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
		 {/onbits  onbits  1 add def 1}







|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
















|







310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode {
	dup
	length
	dict begin
	{
	1 index /FID ne
		{def}
		{pop pop} ifelse
	} forall
	0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if
	currentdict
	end
	} bind def
/graymode true def
	/bwidth FMLOCAL
	/bpside FMLOCAL
	/bstring FMLOCAL
	/onbits FMLOCAL
	/offbits FMLOCAL
	/xindex FMLOCAL
	/yindex FMLOCAL
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
	 /bwidth  exch def
	 /bpside  exch def
	 /bstring exch def
	 /onbits 0 def  /offbits 0 def
	 freq sangle landscape {90 add} if
		{/y exch def
		 /x exch def
		 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
		 1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
		 {/onbits  onbits  1 add def 1}
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
		orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
		} if
	} bind def
	/HUE FMLOCAL
	/SAT FMLOCAL
	/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
	/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor 
	
	{
	/HUE 0 def
	/SAT 0 def
	/BRIGHT 0 def
	% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
	/Colors   
	[[0    0  ]    % black
	 [0    0  ]    % white
	 [0.00 1.0]    % red
	 [0.37 1.0]    % green
	 [0.60 1.0]    % blue
	 [0.50 1.0]    % cyan
	 [0.83 1.0]    % magenta
	 [0.16 1.0]    % comment / yellow
	 ] def
      
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { 
		BITMAPCOLOR} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { 
		BITMAPCOLORc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
		BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
		BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
	/K { 
		Colors exch get dup
		0 get /HUE exch store 
		1 get /BRIGHT exch store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} 
		  ifelse
		} def
	/FMsetgray { 
		/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store 
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} 
		  ifelse
		} bind def
	}
	
	{
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { 
		BITMAPGRAY} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { 
		BITMAPGRAYc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
		BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
		BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
	/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
	/K { 
		pop
		} def
	}
ifelse
/normalize {
	transform round exch round exch itransform
	} bind def
/dnormalize {
	dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
	} bind def
/lnormalize { 
	0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
	} bind def
/H { 
	lnormalize setlinewidth
	} bind def
/Z {
	setlinecap
	} bind def
	/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X { 
	fillvals exch get
	dup type /stringtype eq
	{8 1 setpattern} 
	{grayness}
	ifelse
	} bind def
/V { 
	gsave eofill grestore
	} bind def
/N { 
	stroke
	} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
	/n FMLOCAL
/L { 
 	/n exch def
	newpath
	normalize
	moveto 
	2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
	} bind def
/Y { 
	L 
	closepath
	} bind def
	/x1 FMLOCAL
	/x2 FMLOCAL
	/y1 FMLOCAL
	/y2 FMLOCAL
	/rad FMLOCAL
/R { 
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	x1 y1
	x2 y1
	x2 y2
	x1 y2
	4 Y 
	} bind def
/RR { 
	/rad exch def
	normalize
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	normalize
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	newpath
	x1 y1 rad add moveto
	x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
	x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
	x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
	x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
	closepath
	16 {pop} repeat
	} bind def
/C { 
	grestore
	gsave
	R 
	clip
	} bind def
	/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F { 
	FMfonts exch get
	FMpointsize scalefont
	setfont
	} bind def
/Q { 
	/FMpointsize exch def
	F 
	} bind def
/T { 
	moveto show
	} bind def
/RF { 
	rotate
	0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
	} bind def
/TF { 
	gsave
	moveto 
	RF
	show
	grestore
	} bind def
/P { 
	moveto
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	} bind def
/PF { 
	gsave
	moveto 
	RF
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/S { 
	moveto
	0 exch ashow
	} bind def
/SF { 
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 exch ashow
	grestore
	} bind def
/B { 
	moveto
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	} bind def
/BF { 
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/G { 
	gsave
	newpath
	normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto 
	dnormalize scale 
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc 
	closepath fill
	grestore
	} bind def
/A { 
	gsave
	savematrix
	newpath
	2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch 
	normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch 
	translate 
	scale 
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc 
	restorematrix
	stroke
	grestore
	} bind def
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/h FMLOCAL
	/xx FMLOCAL
	/yy FMLOCAL
	/ww FMLOCAL
	/hh FMLOCAL
	/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
	/FMoptop FMLOCAL
	/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE { 
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def 
	/FMoptop count 4 sub def 
	/FMsaveobject save def
	userdict begin 
	/showpage {} def 
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS 
	3 index neg 3 index neg translate
	} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
	count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for 
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for 
	FMsaveobject restore 
	} bind def
/gn { 
	0 
	{	46 mul 
		cf read pop 
		32 sub 
		dup 46 lt {exit} if 
		46 sub add 
		} loop
	add 
	} bind def
	/str FMLOCAL
/cfs { 
	/str sl string def 
	0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for 
	str def 
	} bind def
/ic [ 
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0
	{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
	{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
	{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
	{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}







|
|





|









|
|

|

|

|

|

|



|


|
|


|



|

|

|

|

|


|










|


|






|


|



|


|







|



|


|
|







|








|

|
















|


|



|




|

|

|


|



|

|




|



|

|




|



|






|



|






|


|
|
|



|



|
|
|
|
|















|
|
|

|
|
|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|


|
|
|
|

|







366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
		orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
		} if
	} bind def
	/HUE FMLOCAL
	/SAT FMLOCAL
	/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
	/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor

	{
	/HUE 0 def
	/SAT 0 def
	/BRIGHT 0 def
	% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
	/Colors
	[[0    0  ]    % black
	 [0    0  ]    % white
	 [0.00 1.0]    % red
	 [0.37 1.0]    % green
	 [0.60 1.0]    % blue
	 [0.50 1.0]    % cyan
	 [0.83 1.0]    % magenta
	 [0.16 1.0]    % comment / yellow
	 ] def

	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
		BITMAPCOLOR} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
		BITMAPCOLORc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
		BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
		BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
	/K {
		Colors exch get dup
		0 get /HUE exch store
		1 get /BRIGHT exch store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
		  ifelse
		} def
	/FMsetgray {
		/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
		  ifelse
		} bind def
	}

	{
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
		BITMAPGRAY} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
		BITMAPGRAYc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
		BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
		BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
	/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
	/K {
		pop
		} def
	}
ifelse
/normalize {
	transform round exch round exch itransform
	} bind def
/dnormalize {
	dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
	} bind def
/lnormalize {
	0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
	} bind def
/H {
	lnormalize setlinewidth
	} bind def
/Z {
	setlinecap
	} bind def
	/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X {
	fillvals exch get
	dup type /stringtype eq
	{8 1 setpattern}
	{grayness}
	ifelse
	} bind def
/V {
	gsave eofill grestore
	} bind def
/N {
	stroke
	} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
	/n FMLOCAL
/L {
 	/n exch def
	newpath
	normalize
	moveto
	2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
	} bind def
/Y {
	L
	closepath
	} bind def
	/x1 FMLOCAL
	/x2 FMLOCAL
	/y1 FMLOCAL
	/y2 FMLOCAL
	/rad FMLOCAL
/R {
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	x1 y1
	x2 y1
	x2 y2
	x1 y2
	4 Y
	} bind def
/RR {
	/rad exch def
	normalize
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	normalize
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	newpath
	x1 y1 rad add moveto
	x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
	x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
	x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
	x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
	closepath
	16 {pop} repeat
	} bind def
/C {
	grestore
	gsave
	R
	clip
	} bind def
	/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F {
	FMfonts exch get
	FMpointsize scalefont
	setfont
	} bind def
/Q {
	/FMpointsize exch def
	F
	} bind def
/T {
	moveto show
	} bind def
/RF {
	rotate
	0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
	} bind def
/TF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	show
	grestore
	} bind def
/P {
	moveto
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	} bind def
/PF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/S {
	moveto
	0 exch ashow
	} bind def
/SF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 exch ashow
	grestore
	} bind def
/B {
	moveto
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	} bind def
/BF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/G {
	gsave
	newpath
	normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto
	dnormalize scale
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
	closepath fill
	grestore
	} bind def
/A {
	gsave
	savematrix
	newpath
	2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch
	normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch
	translate
	scale
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
	restorematrix
	stroke
	grestore
	} bind def
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/h FMLOCAL
	/xx FMLOCAL
	/yy FMLOCAL
	/ww FMLOCAL
	/hh FMLOCAL
	/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
	/FMoptop FMLOCAL
	/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE {
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
	/FMoptop count 4 sub def
	/FMsaveobject save def
	userdict begin
	/showpage {} def
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
	3 index neg 3 index neg translate
	} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
	count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
	FMsaveobject restore
	} bind def
/gn {
	0
	{	46 mul
		cf read pop
		32 sub
		dup 46 lt {exit} if
		46 sub add
		} loop
	add
	} bind def
	/str FMLOCAL
/cfs {
	/str sl string def
	0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for
	str def
	} bind def
/ic [
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0
	{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
	{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
	{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
	{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
	/val FMLOCAL
	/ws FMLOCAL
	/im FMLOCAL
	/bs FMLOCAL
	/cs FMLOCAL
	/len FMLOCAL
	/pos FMLOCAL
/ms { 
	/sl exch def 
	/val 255 def 
	/ws cfs 
	/im cfs 
	/val 0 def 
	/bs cfs 
	/cs cfs 
	} bind def
400 ms 
/ip { 
	is 
	0 
	cf cs readline pop 
	{	ic exch get exec 
		add 
		} forall 
	pop 
	
	} bind def
/wh { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len 
	} bind def
/bl { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len 
	} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
	pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
	pos len 
	} bind def
/hx { 
	3 copy getinterval 
	cf exch readhexstring pop pop 
	} bind def
	/h FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/d FMLOCAL
	/lb FMLOCAL
	/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
	/is FMLOCAL
	/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes { 
	dup 
	8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc { 
	1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc { 
	8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc { 
	2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc { 
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def 
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if 
	/bitmapsave save def 
	r                    
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def 
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop 
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{ip} image 
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW { 
	1 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY { 
	8 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT { 
	2 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP { 
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def 
	r                    
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{cf is readhexstring pop} image
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
	/proc1 FMLOCAL
	/proc2 FMLOCAL
	/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
    /proc2 exch cvlit def







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|

|
|
|

|


|
|
|


|

|
|
|








|
|


|


|


|


|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|


|


|


|




|
|

|
|

|







651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
	/val FMLOCAL
	/ws FMLOCAL
	/im FMLOCAL
	/bs FMLOCAL
	/cs FMLOCAL
	/len FMLOCAL
	/pos FMLOCAL
/ms {
	/sl exch def
	/val 255 def
	/ws cfs
	/im cfs
	/val 0 def
	/bs cfs
	/cs cfs
	} bind def
400 ms
/ip {
	is
	0
	cf cs readline pop
	{	ic exch get exec
		add
		} forall
	pop

	} bind def
/wh {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len
	} bind def
/bl {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len
	} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
	pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
	pos len
	} bind def
/hx {
	3 copy getinterval
	cf exch readhexstring pop pop
	} bind def
	/h FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/d FMLOCAL
	/lb FMLOCAL
	/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
	/is FMLOCAL
	/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes {
	dup
	8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc {
	1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc {
	8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc {
	2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc {
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if
	/bitmapsave save def
	r
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{ip} image
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW {
	1 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY {
	8 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT {
	2 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP {
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def
	r
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{cf is readhexstring pop} image
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
	/proc1 FMLOCAL
	/proc2 FMLOCAL
	/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
    /proc2 exch cvlit def
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
	setcolortransfer
	{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
	{} setblackgeneration
	} bind def
	/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
	/tran 256 string def
	0 1 255 {/indx exch def 
		tran indx
		red indx get 77 mul
		green indx get 151 mul
		blue indx get 28 mul
		add add 256 idiv put} for
	currenttransfer
	{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
	exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR { 
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def 
	colorsetup
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage 
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc { 
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def 
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if 
	/bitmapsave save def 
	colorsetup
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def 
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop 
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        
        /is w string def
        
        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop 
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        { cf is readhexstring pop } 
        { cf gis readhexstring pop } 
        { cf bis readhexstring pop } 
        true 3 colorimage 
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        
        /is w string def
        
        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop 
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        {ip gip bip w gray} image
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray { 
        /ww exch def
        /b exch def
        /g exch def
        /r exch def
        0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
			b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
        r
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        { cf is readhexstring pop 
          cf gis readhexstring pop 
          cf bis readhexstring pop w gray}  image
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPGRAY { 
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc { 
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
	} bind def
end 
	/ALDsave FMLOCAL
	/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
	/ALDsave save def
	 savematrix
	 ALDmatrix setmatrix
	} bind def







|









|



|


|
|
|
|


|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|


|


|
|

|
|
|
|

|


|


|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|


|
|

|
|
|
|

|







|








|


|



|
|
|
|

|


|


|




|







809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
	setcolortransfer
	{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
	{} setblackgeneration
	} bind def
	/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
	/tran 256 string def
	0 1 255 {/indx exch def
		tran indx
		red indx get 77 mul
		green indx get 151 mul
		blue indx get 28 mul
		add add 256 idiv put} for
	currenttransfer
	{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
	exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR {
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def
	colorsetup
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc {
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if
	/bitmapsave save def
	colorsetup
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def

        /is w string def

        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        { cf is readhexstring pop }
        { cf gis readhexstring pop }
        { cf bis readhexstring pop }
        true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def

        /is w string def

        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        {ip gip bip w gray} image
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray {
        /ww exch def
        /b exch def
        /g exch def
        /r exch def
        0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
			b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
        r
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        { cf is readhexstring pop
          cf gis readhexstring pop
          cf bis readhexstring pop w gray}  image
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPGRAY {
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc {
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
	} bind def
end
	/ALDsave FMLOCAL
	/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
	/ALDsave save def
	 savematrix
	 ALDmatrix setmatrix
	} bind def

Changes to doc/tk_mac.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15


16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24



25
26
27
28
29
30
31

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42














43
44
45
46
47
48
49
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer.
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf


\fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR
\fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OpenDocument \fIfile...\fR
\fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR
\fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OnHide\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OnShow\fR
\fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR




\fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR

\fB::tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics \fIboolean\fR
\fB::tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit \fIlimit\fR
\fB::tk::mac::antialiasedtext \fInumber\fR
\fB::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel \fIboolean\fR


\fB::tk::mac::iconBitmap \fIname width height \-kind value\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH "EVENT HANDLER CALLBACKS"
.PP
The Aqua/Mac OS X application environment defines a number of additional
events that applications should respond to. These events are mapped by Tk to
calls to commands in the \fB::tk::mac\fR namespace; unless otherwise noted, if
the command is absent, no action will be taken.
.TP














\fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR
.
The default Apple Event handler for kAEShowPreferences,
.QW pref .
The application menu
.QW "Preferences"
menu item is only enabled when this proc is defined. Typically this command is






|








>
>









>
>
>







>











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer.
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB::tk::mac::DoScriptFile\fR
\fB::tk::mac::DoScriptText\fR
\fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR
\fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OpenDocument \fIfile...\fR
\fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR
\fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OnHide\fR
\fB::tk::mac::OnShow\fR
\fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR
\fB::tk::mac::PerformService\fR
\fB::tk::mac::LaunchURL \fIURL...\fR
\fB::tk::mac::GetAppPath\fR

\fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR

\fB::tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics \fIboolean\fR
\fB::tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit \fIlimit\fR
\fB::tk::mac::antialiasedtext \fInumber\fR
\fB::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel \fIboolean\fR


\fB::tk::mac::iconBitmap \fIname width height \-kind value\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH "EVENT HANDLER CALLBACKS"
.PP
The Aqua/Mac OS X application environment defines a number of additional
events that applications should respond to. These events are mapped by Tk to
calls to commands in the \fB::tk::mac\fR namespace; unless otherwise noted, if
the command is absent, no action will be taken.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::DoScriptFile\fR
.
The default Apple Event handler for AEDoScriptHandler. This command,
if defined, executes a Tcl file when an AppleScript sends a
.QW "do script"
command to Wish with a file path as a parameter.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::DoScriptText\fR
.
The default Apple Event handler for AEDoScriptHandler. This command,
if defined, executes Tcl code when an AppleScript sends a
.QW "do script"
command to Wish with Tcl code or a Tcl procedure as a parameter.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR
.
The default Apple Event handler for kAEShowPreferences,
.QW pref .
The application menu
.QW "Preferences"
menu item is only enabled when this proc is defined. Typically this command is
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
}
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined, this proc fill fire when your application
is intially opened. It is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEOpenApplication,
.QW oapp .
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEReopenApplication,







|







77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
}
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined, this proc fill fire when your application
is initially opened. It is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEOpenApplication,
.QW oapp .
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEReopenApplication,
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
.RE
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEPrintDocuments,
.QW pdoc ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to print one or more
documents (e.g., via the Print menu item in the Finder).  It works the same
way as \fBtk::mac::OpenDocument\fR in terms of arguments.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEQuitApplication,
.QW quit ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to be quit, e.g. via the







|
|
<







126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
.RE
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEPrintDocuments,
.QW pdoc ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to print a
document.  It takes a single absolute file path as an argument.

.TP
\fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR
.
If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for
kAEQuitApplication,
.QW quit ,
the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to be quit, e.g. via the
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144


















































145
146
147
148
149
150
151
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR
.
Customizes behavior of Apple Help menu; if this procedure is not defined, the
platform-specific standard Help menu item
.QW "YourApp Help"
performs the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set).


















































.SH "ADDITIONAL DIALOGS"
.PP
The Aqua/Mac OS X defines additional dialogs that applications should
support.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR
.







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR
.
Customizes behavior of Apple Help menu; if this procedure is not defined, the
platform-specific standard Help menu item
.QW "YourApp Help"
performs the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is
set).
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::PerformService\fR
.
Executes a Tcl procedure called from the macOS
.QW Services
menu in the Application menu item. The
.QW Services
menu item allows for inter-application communication; data from one
application, such as selected text, can be sent to another application
for processing, for example to Safari as a search item for Google, or
to TextEdit to be appended to a file. An example of the proc is below,
and should be rewritten in an application script for customization:
.RS
.PP
.CS
proc ::tk::mac::PerformService {} {
    set data [clipboard get]
    $w insert end $data
}
.CE
.RE
Note that the mechanism for retrieving the data is from the clipboard;
there is no other supported way to obtain the data.  If the Services
process is not desired, the NSServices keys can be deleted from
the application's Info.plist file. The underlying code supporting this
command also allows the text, entry and ttk::entry widgets to access
services from other applications via the Services menu. The NSPortName
key in Wish's Info.plist file is currently set as
.QW "Wish"
; if a developer changes the name of the Wish executable to something
  else, this key should be modified with the same name.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::LaunchURL \fIURL...\fR
.
If defined, launches a URL within Tk. This would be used if a Tk
application wants to handle a URL itself, such as displaying data from
an RSS feed, rather than launching a default application to handle the
URL, although it can defined as such. Wish includes a stub URL scheme
of
.QW foo://
in the CFBundleURLSchemes key of its Info.plist file; this should be customized for the specific URL
scheme the developer wants to support.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::GetAppPath\fR
.
Returns the current applications's file path.
.TP


.SH "ADDITIONAL DIALOGS"
.PP
The Aqua/Mac OS X defines additional dialogs that applications should
support.
.TP
\fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR
.

Changes to doc/tkvars.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
geometry, tk_library, tk_patchLevel, tk_strictMotif, tk_version \- Variables used or set by Tk
.BE






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
geometry, tk_library, tk_patchLevel, tk_strictMotif, tk_version \- Variables used or set by Tk
.BE

Changes to doc/tkwait.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tkwait \- Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tkwait \- Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/toplevel.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27











28
29
30
31
32
33
34
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
toplevel \- Create and manipulate 'toplevel' main and popup window widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtoplevel\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-borderwidth	\-highlightcolor	\-pady
\-cursor	\-highlightthickness	\-relief
\-highlightbackground	\-padx	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-background background Background
This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option
except that its value may also be specified as an empty string.
In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and
no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background
and border.











.OP \-class class Class
Specifies a class for the window.
This class will be used when querying the option database for
the window's other options, and it will also be used later for
other purposes such as bindings.
The \fB\-class\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.






|




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
toplevel \- Create and manipulate 'toplevel' main and popup window widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtoplevel\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-borderwidth	\-highlightcolor	\-pady
\-cursor	\-highlightthickness	\-relief
\-highlightbackground	\-padx	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-background background Background
This option is the same as the standard \fB\-background\fR option
except that its value may also be specified as an empty string.
In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and
no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background
and border.
.VS "8.7, TIP262"
An empty background will disable drawing the background image.
.OP \-backgroundimage backgroundImage BackgroundImage
This specifies an image to display on the toplevel's background within
the border of the toplevel (i.e., the image will be clipped by the
toplevel's highlight ring and border, if either are present) on top of
the background;
subwidgets of the toplevel will be drawn on top. The image must have
been created with the \fBimage create\fR command. If specified as the
empty string, no image will be displayed.
.VE "8.7, TIP262"
.OP \-class class Class
Specifies a class for the window.
This class will be used when querying the option database for
the window's other options, and it will also be used later for
other purposes such as bindings.
The \fB\-class\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.
67
68
69
70
71
72
73









74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Specifies the screen on which to place the new window.
Any valid screen name may be used, even one associated with a
different display.
Defaults to the same screen as its parent.
This option is special in that it may not be specified via the option
database, and it may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.









.OP \-use use Use
This option is used for embedding. If the value is not an empty string,
it must be the window identifier of a container window, specified as
a hexadecimal string like the ones returned by the \fBwinfo id\fR
command. The toplevel widget will be created as a child of the given
container instead of the root window for the screen.  If the container
window is in a Tk application, it must be a frame or toplevel widget for







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Specifies the screen on which to place the new window.
Any valid screen name may be used, even one associated with a
different display.
Defaults to the same screen as its parent.
This option is special in that it may not be specified via the option
database, and it may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR
widget command.
.OP \-tile tile Tile
.VS "8.7, TIP262"
This specifies how to draw the background image (see
\fB\-backgroundimage\fR) on the toplevel.
If true (according to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR), the image will be tiled
to fill the whole toplevel, with the origin of the first copy of the
image being the top left of the interior of the toplevel.
If false (the default), the image will be centered within the toplevel.
.VE "8.7, TIP262"
.OP \-use use Use
This option is used for embedding. If the value is not an empty string,
it must be the window identifier of a container window, specified as
a hexadecimal string like the ones returned by the \fBwinfo id\fR
command. The toplevel widget will be created as a child of the given
container instead of the root window for the screen.  If the container
window is in a Tk application, it must be a frame or toplevel widget for
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119

120
121
122

123
124
125
126
127
128

129
130
131
132
133
134

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150


151
152
153
154
155
156
157
by the \fIpathName\fR argument).  Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line
or in the option database
to configure aspects of the toplevel such as its background color
and relief.  The \fBtoplevel\fR command returns the
path name of the new window.
.PP
A toplevel is similar to a frame except that it is created as a
top-level window:  its X parent is the root window of a screen
rather than the logical parent from its path name.  The primary
purpose of a toplevel is to serve as a container for dialog boxes
and other collections of widgets.  The only visible features
of a toplevel are its background color and an optional 3-D border
to make the toplevel appear raised or sunken.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBtoplevel\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is the same as the path name of the toplevel's window.  This
command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:

.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE

\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
the toplevel widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
commands are possible for toplevel widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR

Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtoplevel\fR
command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s);  in
this case the command returns an empty string.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtoplevel\fR
command.
.SH BINDINGS
.PP
When a new toplevel is created, it has no default event bindings:
toplevels are not intended to be interactive.


.SH "SEE ALSO"
frame(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
toplevel, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|

|


|







>



>






>






>
















>
>

|





120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
by the \fIpathName\fR argument).  Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line
or in the option database
to configure aspects of the toplevel such as its background color
and relief.  The \fBtoplevel\fR command returns the
path name of the new window.
.PP
A toplevel is similar to a \fBframe\fR except that it is created as a
top-level window:  its X parent is the root window of a screen
rather than the logical parent from its Tk path name.  The primary
purpose of a toplevel is to serve as a container for dialog boxes
and other collections of widgets.  The only visible features
of a toplevel are its background and an optional 3-D border
to make the toplevel appear raised or sunken.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBtoplevel\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is the same as the path name of the toplevel's window.  This
command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:
.PP
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
.PP
\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
the toplevel widget's path name.  \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command.  The following
commands are possible for toplevel widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
.
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtoplevel\fR
command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
.
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list).  If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified).  If
one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s);  in
this case the command returns an empty string.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtoplevel\fR
command.
.SH BINDINGS
.PP
When a new toplevel is created, it has no default event bindings:
toplevels are not intended to be interactive.
.PP
Be aware that bindings on toplevels may receive events from subwidgets.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bind(n), bindtags(n), frame(n), wm(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
toplevel, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_Theme.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
\fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image,
and evaluates a command when pressed.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-textvariable
\-underline	\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked.
.OP \-default default Default







|







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
\fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image,
and evaluates a command when pressed.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-justify	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-textvariable
\-underline	\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked.
.OP \-default default Default

Changes to doc/ttk_combobox.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values;
the user may select the value of the text field from among the
values in the list.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style
.SE
.\" ALSO: Other entry widget options
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
Boolean value.
If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection.
.OP \-justify justify Justify







|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values;
the user may select the value of the text field from among the
values in the list.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style	\-placeholder
.SE
.\" ALSO: Other entry widget options
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
Boolean value.
If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70


71
72
73
74
75
76
77
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
'\"Modify or query widget options.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR?
If \fInewIndex\fR is supplied, sets the combobox value
to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR.


Otherwise, returns the index of the current value in the list of
\fB\-values\fR or \fB\-1\fR if the current value does not appear in the list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the current value of the combobox.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR







|
>
>







63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
'\"Modify or query widget options.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR?
If \fInewIndex\fR is supplied, sets the combobox value
to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR
(in addition to integers, the \fBend\fR index is supported and indicates
the last element of the list).
Otherwise, returns the index of the current value in the list of
\fB\-values\fR or \fB\-1\fR if the current value does not appear in the list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the current value of the combobox.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR
119
120
121
122
123
124
125


126
127
128
129
130
131
132
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTCombobox\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP


.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br







>
>







121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTCombobox\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br

Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26


27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
An \fBttk::entry\fR widget displays a one-line text string and
allows that string to be edited by the user.
The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-style


\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval
requests when it has a selection.
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-font font Font
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth
.OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand
A script template to evaluate whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
Specifies how the text is aligned within the entry widget.







|
>
>
|









<
<







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38


39
40
41
42
43
44
45
An \fBttk::entry\fR widget displays a one-line text string and
allows that string to be edited by the user.
The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand	\-placeholder
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval
requests when it has a selection.


.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth
.OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand
A script template to evaluate whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
Specifies how the text is aligned within the entry widget.
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
.TP
\fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR
Force revalidation, independent of the conditions specified
by the \fB\-validate\fR option.
Returns 0 if validation fails, 1 if it succeeds.
Sets or clears the \fBinvalid\fR state accordingly.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more details.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
text in the widget's window.  It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
Returns a list containing two elements.
Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe
the horizontal span that is visible in the window.
For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6,
20% of the entry's text is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible
in the window, and 40% of the text is off-screen to the right.
These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR
option.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the character given by \fIindex\fR
is displayed at the left edge of the window.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the
way through the text appears at the left edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR.
'\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display;  if it is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.
.RE
.PP
The entry widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR	\fBidentify\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR
.DE
.SH VALIDATION
.PP
The \fB\-validate\fR, \fB\-validatecommand\fR, and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR
options are used to enable entry widget validation.
.SS "VALIDATION MODES"
.PP







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






|







218
219
220
221
222
223
224







































225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
.TP
\fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR
Force revalidation, independent of the conditions specified
by the \fB\-validate\fR option.
Returns 0 if validation fails, 1 if it succeeds.
Sets or clears the \fBinvalid\fR state accordingly.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more details.







































.PP
The entry widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR	\fBidentify\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR	\fBxview\fR
.DE
.SH VALIDATION
.PP
The \fB\-validate\fR, \fB\-validatecommand\fR, and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR
options are used to enable entry widget validation.
.SS "VALIDATION MODES"
.PP
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475


476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTEntry\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP.


.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X).
.br
Some themes use a graphical background and their field background colors cannot be changed.
.RE
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP







|
>
>







<
<







429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445


446
447
448
449
450
451
452
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTEntry\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
For backwards compatibility, when using the aqua theme (for macOS), this
option behaves as an alias for the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP provided that no
value is specified for \fB\-fieldbackground\fP. Otherwise it is ignored.
.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS


Some themes use a graphical background and their field background colors cannot be changed.
.RE
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP

Changes to doc/ttk_frame.n.

54
55
56
57
58
59
60




61
62
63
64
65
66
67
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.




.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH BINDINGS
.PP
When a new \fBttk::frame\fR is created, it has no default event bindings;
\fBttk::frame\fRs are not intended to be interactive.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor

\-image	\-padding	\-state	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned
relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are
\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR.
See also \fB\-justify\fR.
.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-font font Font
Font to use for label text.
.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor
The widget's foreground color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how
the lines are laid out relative to one another.
One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR.
See also \fB\-anchor\fR.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
.\" Rewrite this:
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border.
Valid values are
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength







|
>
|

|


<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27






28
29
30










31
32
33
34
35
36
37
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-image	\-justify	\-padding	\-state	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"






.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.










.OP \-relief relief Relief
.\" Rewrite this:
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border.
Valid values are
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength

Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21






22
23
24

25
26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running
operation.  They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the
amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.






.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical).

.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.







>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
>




|
>







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running
operation.  They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the
amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.
.PP
If the value of \fB-orient\fR is \fBhorizontal\fR a text string can be
displayed inside the progressbar. This string can be configured using
the \fB-anchor\fR, \fB-font\fR, \fB-foreground\fR, \fB-justify\fR,
\fB-text\fR and \fB-wraplength\fR options. If the value of \fB-orient\fR
is \fBvertical\fR then these options are ignored.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground	\-justify	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical). The value may have any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.

Changes to doc/ttk_scale.n.

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?
.
Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTProgressbar\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP.
.PP
\fBTProgressbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP







|







89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?
.
Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTScale\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP.
.PP
\fBTProgressbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP

Changes to doc/ttk_scrollbar.n.

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are real fractions between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS"
.PP
The following widget commands are used internally
by the TScrollbar widget class bindings.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR
Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in
the scrollbar setting that corresponds to a given change
in thumb position.  For example, if the scrollbar is horizontal,
the result indicates how much the scrollbar setting must change
to move the thumb \fIdeltaX\fR pixels to the right (\fIdeltaY\fR is







|







72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are real fractions between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS"
.PP
The following widget commands are used internally
by the \fBTScrollbar\fP widget class bindings.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR
Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in
the scrollbar setting that corresponds to a given change
in thumb position.  For example, if the scrollbar is horizontal,
the result indicates how much the scrollbar setting must change
to move the thumb \fIdeltaX\fR pixels to the right (\fIdeltaY\fR is
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136








137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155

156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163

164
165
166


167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175


176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
The widget should adjust its view so that the point given
by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget.
If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the
document.  1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333
refers to a point one-third of the way through the document,
and so on.
.TP
\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units.
The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget,
such as characters or lines in a text widget.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off
the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit
should scroll off the bottom or right of the window.
.TP
\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages.
It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page;  typically
it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there
is a slight overlap between the old and new views.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should
become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should
become visible.








.SH "WIDGET STATES"
.PP
The scrollbar automatically sets the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
when the entire range is visible (range is 0.0 to 1.0),
and clears it otherwise.
It also sets the \fBactive\fR and \fBpressed\fR state flags
of individual elements, based on the position and state of the mouse pointer.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
.CS
set f [frame .f]
ttk::scrollbar $f.hsb \-orient horizontal \-command [list $f.t xview]
ttk::scrollbar $f.vsb \-orient vertical \-command [list $f.t yview]
text $f.t \-xscrollcommand [list $f.hsb set] \-yscrollcommand [list $f.vsb set]
grid $f.t \-row 0 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.vsb \-row 0 \-column 1 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1

.CE
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scrollbar\fP is \fBTScrollbar\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP.
.PP
\fBTScrollbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP

are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP


.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br


\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



















>







|
>
|


>
>





|



>
>
|







114
115
116
117
118
119
120








121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
The widget should adjust its view so that the point given
by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget.
If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the
document.  1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333
refers to a point one-third of the way through the document,
and so on.
.TP








\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages.
It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page;  typically
it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there
is a slight overlap between the old and new views.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should
become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should
become visible.
.TP
\fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR
The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units.
The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget,
such as characters or lines in a text widget.
\fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off
the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit
should scroll off the bottom or right of the window.
.SH "WIDGET STATES"
.PP
The scrollbar automatically sets the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
when the entire range is visible (range is 0.0 to 1.0),
and clears it otherwise.
It also sets the \fBactive\fR and \fBpressed\fR state flags
of individual elements, based on the position and state of the mouse pointer.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
.CS
set f [frame .f]
ttk::scrollbar $f.hsb \-orient horizontal \-command [list $f.t xview]
ttk::scrollbar $f.vsb \-orient vertical \-command [list $f.t yview]
text $f.t \-xscrollcommand [list $f.hsb set] \-yscrollcommand [list $f.vsb set]
grid $f.t \-row 0 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.vsb \-row 0 \-column 1 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
pack $f
.CE
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scrollbar\fP is \fBTScrollbar\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP.
.PP
\fBTScrollbar\fP (or more specifically \fBVertical.TScrollbar\fP and
\fBHorizontal.TScrollbar\fP) styling options that are configurable with
\fBttk::style\fP are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP (color of the dark part of the 3D relief)
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-gripcount\fP \fIcount\fP (number of lines on the thumb)
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP (color of the light part of the 3D relief)
.br
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.

Changes to doc/ttk_spinbox.n.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.







|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand	\-placeholder
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98


99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP.


.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X).
.RE
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP







|
>
>






|
<
<







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107


108
109
110
111
112
113
114
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
For backwards compatibility, when using the aqua theme (for macOS), this
option behaves as an alias for the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP provided that no
value is specified for \fB\-fieldbackground\fP. Otherwise it is ignored.
.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br


\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP

Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.

129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150


151
152
153


154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
.RS
.TP
\fB\-id \fIname\fR
The column name.  This is a read-only option.
For example, [\fI$pathname \fBcolumn #\fIn \fB\-id\fR]
returns the data column associated with display column #\fIn\fR.
.TP
\fB\-anchor\fR
Specifies how the text in this column should be aligned
with respect to the cell. One of
\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR.
.TP
\fB\-minwidth\fR
The minimum width of the column in pixels.
The treeview widget will not make the column any smaller than
\fB\-minwidth\fR when the widget is resized or the user drags a
column separator.
.TP
\fB\-stretch\fR
Specifies whether or not the column's width should be adjusted
when the widget is resized.


.TP
\fB\-width \fIw\fR
The width of the column in pixels.  Default is something reasonable,


probably 200 or so.
.PP
Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathname \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP







|

|



|



|

|
|
|
>
>

|
|
>
>
|







129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
.RS
.TP
\fB\-id \fIname\fR
The column name.  This is a read-only option.
For example, [\fI$pathname \fBcolumn #\fIn \fB\-id\fR]
returns the data column associated with display column #\fIn\fR.
.TP
\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR
Specifies how the text in this column should be aligned
with respect to the cell. \fIAnchor\fR is one of
\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR.
.TP
\fB\-minwidth \fIminwidth\fR
The minimum width of the column in pixels.
The treeview widget will not make the column any smaller than
\fB\-minwidth\fR when the widget is resized or the user drags a
column separator.  Default is 20 pixels.
.TP
\fB\-stretch \fIboolean\fR
Specifies whether or not the column width should be adjusted
when the widget is resized or the user drags a column separator.
\fIBoolean\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR.
By default columns are stretchable.
.TP
\fB\-width \fIwidth\fR
The width of the column in pixels.  Default is 200 pixels. The specified
column width may be changed by Tk in order to honor \fB\-stretch\fR
and/or \fB\-minwidth\fR, or when the widget is resized or the user drags a
column separator.
.PP
Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathname \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394

395
396

397
398
399
400
401
402
403
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR?
Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR.
If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree.
If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item,
then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
Standard command for horizontal scrolling; see \fIwidget(n)\fR.
.TP

\fIpathName \fByview \fIargs\fR
Standard command for vertical scrolling; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.

.SH "ITEM OPTIONS"
.PP
The following item options may be specified for items
in the \fBinsert\fR and \fBitem\fR widget commands.
.OP \-text text Text
The textual label to display for the item.
.OP \-image image Image







|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>







388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400

401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR?
Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR.
If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree.
If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item,
then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged.
.RE
.PP
The treeview widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBxview\fR	\fByview\fR

.DE
.SH "ITEM OPTIONS"
.PP
The following item options may be specified for items
in the \fBinsert\fR and \fBitem\fR widget commands.
.OP \-text text Text
The textual label to display for the item.
.OP \-image image Image
430
431
432
433
434
435
436



437
438
439
440
441
442
443
.\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-anchor
.\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-padding
.\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-text
.IP \fB\-image\fR
Specifies the item image, in case the item's \fB\-image\fR option is empty.
.\" .PP
.\" \fI(@@@ TODO: sort out order of precedence for options)\fR



.SH "COLUMN IDENTIFIERS"
.PP
Column identifiers take any of the following forms:
.IP \(bu
A symbolic name from the list of \fB\-columns\fR.
.IP \(bu
An integer \fIn\fR, specifying the \fIn\fRth data column.







>
>
>







435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
.\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-anchor
.\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-padding
.\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-text
.IP \fB\-image\fR
Specifies the item image, in case the item's \fB\-image\fR option is empty.
.\" .PP
.\" \fI(@@@ TODO: sort out order of precedence for options)\fR
.PP
Tag priority is decided by the creation order: tags created first receive
higher priority.
.SH "COLUMN IDENTIFIERS"
.PP
Column identifiers take any of the following forms:
.IP \(bu
A symbolic name from the list of \fB\-columns\fR.
.IP \(bu
An integer \fIn\fR, specifying the \fIn\fRth data column.

Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73






74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92





93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100





101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
















127
128
129
130
131
132
133
.RE
.OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand
A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars.
See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details.
.SH "LABEL OPTIONS"
The following options are supported by labels, buttons,
and other button-like widgets:






.OP \-compound compound Compound
Specifies how to display the image relative to the text,
in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present.
Valid values are:
.RS
.IP text
Display text only.
.IP image
Display image only.
.IP center
Display text centered on top of image.
.IP top
.IP bottom
.IP left
.IP right
Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively.
.IP none
The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text.
.RE





.OP \-image image Image
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when
the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.





.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
















.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.







>
>
>
>
>
>



















>
>
>
>
>








>
>
>
>
>













|












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
.RE
.OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand
A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars.
See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details.
.SH "LABEL OPTIONS"
The following options are supported by labels, buttons,
and other button-like widgets:
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned
relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are
\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR.
See also \fB\-justify\fR (for widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-compound compound Compound
Specifies how to display the image relative to the text,
in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present.
Valid values are:
.RS
.IP text
Display text only.
.IP image
Display image only.
.IP center
Display text centered on top of image.
.IP top
.IP bottom
.IP left
.IP right
Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively.
.IP none
The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text.
.RE
.OP \-font font Font
Font to use for the text displayed by the widget.
.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor
The widget's foreground color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-image image Image
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when
the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how
the lines are laid out relative to one another.
One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR.
See also \fB\-anchor\fR (for widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR for the widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
Note that some themes may specify a non-zero \fB\-width\fR
in the style.
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength
Specifies the maximum line length. The value may have any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal
to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "ENTRY OPTIONS"
The following option is supported by entry, spinbox and combobox:
.OP \-placeholder placeHolder PlaceHolder
Specifies a help text string to display if no text is otherwise displayed,
that is when the widget is empty. The placeholder text is displayed using
the values of the \fB\-font\fR and \fB\-justify\fR options. The foreground
color of the placeholder text can be changed using the
\fB\-placeholderforeground\fR style option.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
















































































195
196
197
198
199
200
201
set changes [\fIpathName \fRstate \fIspec\fR]
\fIpathName \fRstate $changes
.CE
will restore \fIpathName\fR to the original state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified,
returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags.
.RE
















































































.SH "WIDGET STATES"
The widget state is a bitmap of independent state flags.
Widget state flags include:
.TP
\fBactive\fR
.
The mouse cursor is over the widget







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
set changes [\fIpathName \fRstate \fIspec\fR]
\fIpathName \fRstate $changes
.CE
will restore \fIpathName\fR to the original state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified,
returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
content in the widget's window.  It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
Returns a list containing two elements.
Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe
the horizontal span that is visible in the window.
For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6,
20% of the widget's content is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible
in the window, and 40% of the content is off-screen to the right.
These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR
option.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the content given by \fIindex\fR
is displayed at the left edge of the window.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the
way through the content appears at the left edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR.
'\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that.
If \fIwhat\fR is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left
become visible;  if it is positive then characters farther to the right
become visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fIargs\fR
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
content in the widget's window.  It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview\fR
Returns a list containing two elements.
Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe
the vertical span that is visible in the window.
For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6,
20% of the widget's content is off-screen to the top, the middle 40% is visible
in the window, and 40% of the content is off-screen to the bottom.
These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR
option.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview\fR \fIindex\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the content given by \fIindex\fR
is displayed at the top edge of the window.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the item \fIfraction\fR of the
way through the content appears at the top edge of the window.
\fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
\fIWhat\fR must be either \fBpages\fR or \fBunits\fR.
'\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that.
If \fIwhat\fR is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls.
If \fInumber\fR is negative then items farther to the top
become visible;  if it is positive then items farther to the bottom
become visible.
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display.
.RE
.SH "WIDGET STATES"
The widget state is a bitmap of independent state flags.
Widget state flags include:
.TP
\fBactive\fR
.
The mouse cursor is over the widget

Changes to doc/winfo.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
winfo \- Return window-related information
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
winfo \- Return window-related information
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/wish.1.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
wish \- Simple windowing shell
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
wish \- Simple windowing shell
.SH SYNOPSIS
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.
If there exists a file
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR
in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a
Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input.
.PP
If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then 
\fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file.
\fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which
presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
until all windows have been deleted.
Commands will not be read from standard input.
There is no automatic evaluation of
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR







|







73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.
If there exists a file
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR
in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a
Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input.
.PP
If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then
\fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file.
\fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which
presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
until all windows have been deleted.
Commands will not be read from standard input.
There is no automatic evaluation of
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR

Changes to doc/wm.n.

490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
.PP
On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon
format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and
other contexts. At the
script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the
parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's
scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support
(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac. 
.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are







|







490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
.PP
On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon
format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and
other contexts. At the
script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the
parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's
scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support
(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac.
.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722

723
724

725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
should display this string in \fIwindow\fR's title bar).  In this
case the command returns an empty string.  If \fIstring\fR is not
specified then the command returns the current title for the
\fIwindow\fR.  The title for a window defaults to its name.
.TP
\fBwm transient \fIwindow\fR ?\fImaster\fR?
.
If \fImaster\fR is specified, then the window manager is informed
that \fIwindow\fR is a transient window (e.g. pull-down menu) working
on behalf of \fImaster\fR (where \fImaster\fR is the
path name for a top-level window).  If \fImaster\fR
is specified as an empty string then \fIwindow\fR is marked as not
being a transient window any more.  Otherwise the command
returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current master, or an
empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not currently a transient window.
A transient window will mirror state changes in the master and
inherit the state of the master when initially mapped. It is an

error to attempt to make a window a transient of itself.
The window manager may also decorate a transient window differently, removing

some features normally present (e.g., minimize and maximize buttons) though
this is entirely at the discretion of the window manager.
.TP
\fBwm withdraw \fIwindow\fR
.
Arranges for \fIwindow\fR to be withdrawn from the screen.  This
causes the window to be unmapped and forgotten about by the window
manager.  If the window
has never been mapped, then this command







|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
|
|







706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716

717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
should display this string in \fIwindow\fR's title bar).  In this
case the command returns an empty string.  If \fIstring\fR is not
specified then the command returns the current title for the
\fIwindow\fR.  The title for a window defaults to its name.
.TP
\fBwm transient \fIwindow\fR ?\fImaster\fR?
.
If \fImaster\fR is specified, then the window manager is informed that
\fIwindow\fR is a transient window (e.g. pull-down menu) working on
behalf of \fImaster\fR (where \fImaster\fR is the path name for a
top-level window).  If \fImaster\fR is specified as an empty string

then \fIwindow\fR is marked as not being a transient window any more.
Otherwise the command returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current
master, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not currently a
transient window.  A transient window will mirror state changes in the
master and inherit the state of the master when initially mapped. The
directed graph with an edge from each transient to its master must be
acyclic.  In particular, it is an error to attempt to make a window a
transient of itself.  The window manager may also decorate a transient
window differently, removing some features normally present (e.g.,
minimize and maximize buttons) though this is entirely at the
discretion of the window manager.
.TP
\fBwm withdraw \fIwindow\fR
.
Arranges for \fIwindow\fR to be withdrawn from the screen.  This
causes the window to be unmapped and forgotten about by the window
manager.  If the window
has never been mapped, then this command

Added generic/nanosvg.h.

























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2013-14 Mikko Mononen [email protected]
 *
 * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
 * warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
 * arising from the use of this software.
 *
 * Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
 * including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
 * freely, subject to the following restrictions:
 *
 * 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
 * claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
 * in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
 * appreciated but is not required.
 * 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
 * misrepresented as being the original software.
 * 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
 *
 * The SVG parser is based on Anti-Grain Geometry 2.4 SVG example
 * Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Maxim Shemanarev (McSeem) (http://www.antigrain.com/)
 *
 * Arc calculation code based on canvg (https://code.google.com/p/canvg/)
 *
 * Bounding box calculation based on http://blog.hackers-cafe.net/2009/06/how-to-calculate-bezier-curves-bounding.html
 *
 */

#ifndef NANOSVG_H
#define NANOSVG_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

// NanoSVG is a simple stupid single-header-file SVG parse. The output of the parser is a list of cubic bezier shapes.
//
// The library suits well for anything from rendering scalable icons in your editor application to prototyping a game.
//
// NanoSVG supports a wide range of SVG features, but something may be missing, feel free to create a pull request!
//
// The shapes in the SVG images are transformed by the viewBox and converted to specified units.
// That is, you should get the same looking data as your designed in your favorite app.
//
// NanoSVG can return the paths in few different units. For example if you want to render an image, you may choose
// to get the paths in pixels, or if you are feeding the data into a CNC-cutter, you may want to use millimeters.
//
// The units passed to NanoVG should be one of: 'px', 'pt', 'pc' 'mm', 'cm', or 'in'.
// DPI (dots-per-inch) controls how the unit conversion is done.
//
// If you don't know or care about the units stuff, "px" and 96 should get you going.


/* Example Usage:
	// Load
	NSVGImage* image;
	image = nsvgParseFromFile("test.svg", "px", 96);
	printf("size: %f x %f\n", image->width, image->height);
	// Use...
	for (NSVGshape *shape = image->shapes; shape != NULL; shape = shape->next) {
		for (NSVGpath *path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
			for (int i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
				float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
				drawCubicBez(p[0],p[1], p[2],p[3], p[4],p[5], p[6],p[7]);
			}
		}
	}
	// Delete
	nsvgDelete(image);
*/

#ifndef NANOSVG_SCOPE
#define NANOSVG_SCOPE
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_malloc
#define NANOSVG_malloc malloc
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_realloc
#define NANOSVG_realloc realloc
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_free
#define NANOSVG_free free
#endif

// float emulation for MS VC6++ compiler
#if (_MSC_VER == 1200)
#define tanf(a) (float)tan(a)
#define cosf(a) (float)cos(a)
#define sinf(a) (float)sin(a)
#define sqrtf(a) (float)sqrt(a)
#define fabsf(a) (float)abs(a)
#define acosf(a) (float)acos(a)
#define atan2f(a,b) (float)atan2(a,b)
#define ceilf(a) (float)ceil(a)
#define fmodf(a,b) (float)fmod(a,b)
#define floorf(a) (float)floor(a)
#endif

enum NSVGpaintType {
	NSVG_PAINT_NONE = 0,
	NSVG_PAINT_COLOR = 1,
	NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT = 2,
	NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT = 3
};

enum NSVGspreadType {
	NSVG_SPREAD_PAD = 0,
	NSVG_SPREAD_REFLECT = 1,
	NSVG_SPREAD_REPEAT = 2
};

enum NSVGlineJoin {
	NSVG_JOIN_MITER = 0,
	NSVG_JOIN_ROUND = 1,
	NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL = 2
};

enum NSVGlineCap {
	NSVG_CAP_BUTT = 0,
	NSVG_CAP_ROUND = 1,
	NSVG_CAP_SQUARE = 2
};

enum NSVGfillRule {
	NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO = 0,
	NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD = 1
};

enum NSVGflags {
	NSVG_FLAGS_VISIBLE = 0x01
};

typedef struct NSVGgradientStop {
	unsigned int color;
	float offset;
} NSVGgradientStop;

typedef struct NSVGgradient {
	float xform[6];
	char spread;
	float fx, fy;
	int nstops;
	NSVGgradientStop stops[1];
} NSVGgradient;

typedef struct NSVGpaint {
	char type;
	union {
		unsigned int color;
		NSVGgradient* gradient;
	};
} NSVGpaint;

typedef struct NSVGpath
{
	float* pts;					// Cubic bezier points: x0,y0, [cpx1,cpx1,cpx2,cpy2,x1,y1], ...
	int npts;					// Total number of bezier points.
	char closed;				// Flag indicating if shapes should be treated as closed.
	float bounds[4];			// Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy].
	struct NSVGpath* next;		// Pointer to next path, or NULL if last element.
} NSVGpath;

typedef struct NSVGshape
{
	char id[64];				// Optional 'id' attr of the shape or its group
	NSVGpaint fill;				// Fill paint
	NSVGpaint stroke;			// Stroke paint
	float opacity;				// Opacity of the shape.
	float strokeWidth;			// Stroke width (scaled).
	float strokeDashOffset;		// Stroke dash offset (scaled).
	float strokeDashArray[8];			// Stroke dash array (scaled).
	char strokeDashCount;				// Number of dash values in dash array.
	char strokeLineJoin;		// Stroke join type.
	char strokeLineCap;			// Stroke cap type.
	float miterLimit;			// Miter limit
	char fillRule;				// Fill rule, see NSVGfillRule.
	unsigned char flags;		// Logical or of NSVG_FLAGS_* flags
	float bounds[4];			// Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy].
	NSVGpath* paths;			// Linked list of paths in the image.
	struct NSVGshape* next;		// Pointer to next shape, or NULL if last element.
} NSVGshape;

typedef struct NSVGimage
{
	float width;				// Width of the image.
	float height;				// Height of the image.
	NSVGshape* shapes;			// Linked list of shapes in the image.
} NSVGimage;

// Parses SVG file from a file, returns SVG image as paths.
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParseFromFile(const char* filename, const char* units, float dpi);

// Parses SVG file from a null terminated string, returns SVG image as paths.
// Important note: changes the string.
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParse(char* input, const char* units, float dpi);

// Deletes list of paths.
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDelete(NSVGimage* image);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif // NANOSVG_H

#ifdef NANOSVG_IMPLEMENTATION

#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <math.h>

#define NSVG_PI (3.14159265358979323846264338327f)
#define NSVG_KAPPA90 (0.5522847493f)	// Length proportional to radius of a cubic bezier handle for 90deg arcs.

#define NSVG_ALIGN_MIN 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MID 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MAX 2
#define NSVG_ALIGN_NONE 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MEET 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE 2

#define NSVG_NOTUSED(v) do { (void)(1 ? (void)0 : ( (void)(v) ) ); } while(0)
#define NSVG_RGB(r, g, b) (((unsigned int)r) | ((unsigned int)g << 8) | ((unsigned int)b << 16))

#ifdef _MSC_VER
	#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // Switch off security warnings
	#pragma warning (disable: 4100) // Switch off unreferenced formal parameter warnings
	#ifdef __cplusplus
	#define NSVG_INLINE inline
	#else
	#define NSVG_INLINE
	#endif
	#if !defined(strtoll)           // old MSVC versions do not have strtoll()
		#define strtoll _strtoi64
	#endif
#else
	#define NSVG_INLINE inline
#endif


static int nsvg__isspace(char c)
{
	return strchr(" \t\n\v\f\r", c) != 0;
}

static int nsvg__isdigit(char c)
{
	return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}

static int nsvg__isnum(char c)
{
	return strchr("0123456789+-.eE", c) != 0;
}

static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__minf(float a, float b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__maxf(float a, float b) { return a > b ? a : b; }


// Simple XML parser

#define NSVG_XML_TAG 1
#define NSVG_XML_CONTENT 2
#define NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS 256

static void nsvg__parseContent(char* s,
							   void (*contentCb)(void* ud, const char* s),
							   void* ud)
{
	// Trim start white spaces
	while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
	if (!*s) return;

	if (contentCb)
		(*contentCb)(ud, s);
}

static void nsvg__parseElement(char* s,
							   void (*startelCb)(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr),
							   void (*endelCb)(void* ud, const char* el),
							   void* ud)
{
	const char* attr[NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS];
	int nattr = 0;
	char* name;
	int start = 0;
	int end = 0;
	char quote;

	// Skip white space after the '<'
	while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;

	// Check if the tag is end tag
	if (*s == '/') {
		s++;
		end = 1;
	} else {
		start = 1;
	}

	// Skip comments, data and preprocessor stuff.
	if (!*s || *s == '?' || *s == '!')
		return;

	// Get tag name
	name = s;
	while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
	if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }

	// Get attribs
	while (!end && *s && nattr < NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS-3) {
		char* name = NULL;
		char* value = NULL;

		// Skip white space before the attrib name
		while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
		if (!*s) break;
		if (*s == '/') {
			end = 1;
			break;
		}
		name = s;
		// Find end of the attrib name.
		while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != '=') s++;
		if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }
		// Skip until the beginning of the value.
		while (*s && *s != '\"' && *s != '\'') s++;
		if (!*s) break;
		quote = *s;
		s++;
		// Store value and find the end of it.
		value = s;
		while (*s && *s != quote) s++;
		if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }

		// Store only well formed attributes
		if (name && value) {
			attr[nattr++] = name;
			attr[nattr++] = value;
		}
	}

	// List terminator
	attr[nattr++] = 0;
	attr[nattr++] = 0;

	// Call callbacks.
	if (start && startelCb)
		(*startelCb)(ud, name, attr);
	if (end && endelCb)
		(*endelCb)(ud, name);
}

NANOSVG_SCOPE
int nsvg__parseXML(char* input,
				   void (*startelCb)(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr),
				   void (*endelCb)(void* ud, const char* el),
				   void (*contentCb)(void* ud, const char* s),
				   void* ud)
{
	char* s = input;
	char* mark = s;
	int state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
	while (*s) {
		if (*s == '<' && state == NSVG_XML_CONTENT) {
			// Start of a tag
			*s++ = '\0';
			nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
			mark = s;
			state = NSVG_XML_TAG;
		} else if (*s == '>' && state == NSVG_XML_TAG) {
			// Start of a content or new tag.
			*s++ = '\0';
			nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
			nsvg__parseElement(mark, startelCb, endelCb, ud);
			mark = s;
			state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
		} else {
			s++;
		}
	}

	return 1;
}


/* Simple SVG parser. */

#define NSVG_MAX_ATTR 128

enum NSVGgradientUnits {
	NSVG_USER_SPACE = 0,
	NSVG_OBJECT_SPACE = 1
};

#define NSVG_MAX_DASHES 8

enum NSVGunits {
	NSVG_UNITS_USER,
	NSVG_UNITS_PX,
	NSVG_UNITS_PT,
	NSVG_UNITS_PC,
	NSVG_UNITS_MM,
	NSVG_UNITS_CM,
	NSVG_UNITS_IN,
	NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT,
	NSVG_UNITS_EM,
	NSVG_UNITS_EX
};

enum NSVGvisible {
	NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY = 1,
	NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE = 2
};

typedef struct NSVGcoordinate {
	float value;
	int units;
} NSVGcoordinate;

typedef struct NSVGlinearData {
	NSVGcoordinate x1, y1, x2, y2;
} NSVGlinearData;

typedef struct NSVGradialData {
	NSVGcoordinate cx, cy, r, fx, fy;
} NSVGradialData;

typedef struct NSVGgradientData
{
	char id[64];
	char ref[64];
	char type;
	union {
		NSVGlinearData linear;
		NSVGradialData radial;
	};
	char spread;
	char units;
	float xform[6];
	int nstops;
	NSVGgradientStop* stops;
	struct NSVGgradientData* next;
} NSVGgradientData;

typedef struct NSVGattrib
{
	char id[64];
	float xform[6];
	unsigned int fillColor;
	unsigned int strokeColor;
	float opacity;
	float fillOpacity;
	float strokeOpacity;
	char fillGradient[64];
	char strokeGradient[64];
	float strokeWidth;
	float strokeDashOffset;
	float strokeDashArray[NSVG_MAX_DASHES];
	int strokeDashCount;
	char strokeLineJoin;
	char strokeLineCap;
	float miterLimit;
	char fillRule;
	float fontSize;
	unsigned int stopColor;
	float stopOpacity;
	float stopOffset;
	char hasFill;
	char hasStroke;
	char visible;
} NSVGattrib;

typedef struct NSVGstyles
{
	char*	name;
	char* description;
	struct NSVGstyles* next;
} NSVGstyles;

typedef struct NSVGparser
{
	NSVGattrib attr[NSVG_MAX_ATTR];
	int attrHead;
	float* pts;
	int npts;
	int cpts;
	NSVGpath* plist;
	NSVGimage* image;
	NSVGstyles* styles;
	NSVGgradientData* gradients;
	NSVGshape* shapesTail;
	float viewMinx, viewMiny, viewWidth, viewHeight;
	int alignX, alignY, alignType;
	float dpi;
	char pathFlag;
	char defsFlag;
	char styleFlag;
} NSVGparser;

static void nsvg__xformIdentity(float* t)
{
	t[0] = 1.0f; t[1] = 0.0f;
	t[2] = 0.0f; t[3] = 1.0f;
	t[4] = 0.0f; t[5] = 0.0f;
}

static void nsvg__xformSetTranslation(float* t, float tx, float ty)
{
	t[0] = 1.0f; t[1] = 0.0f;
	t[2] = 0.0f; t[3] = 1.0f;
	t[4] = tx; t[5] = ty;
}

static void nsvg__xformSetScale(float* t, float sx, float sy)
{
	t[0] = sx; t[1] = 0.0f;
	t[2] = 0.0f; t[3] = sy;
	t[4] = 0.0f; t[5] = 0.0f;
}

static void nsvg__xformSetSkewX(float* t, float a)
{
	t[0] = 1.0f; t[1] = 0.0f;
	t[2] = tanf(a); t[3] = 1.0f;
	t[4] = 0.0f; t[5] = 0.0f;
}

static void nsvg__xformSetSkewY(float* t, float a)
{
	t[0] = 1.0f; t[1] = tanf(a);
	t[2] = 0.0f; t[3] = 1.0f;
	t[4] = 0.0f; t[5] = 0.0f;
}

static void nsvg__xformSetRotation(float* t, float a)
{
	float cs = cosf(a), sn = sinf(a);
	t[0] = cs; t[1] = sn;
	t[2] = -sn; t[3] = cs;
	t[4] = 0.0f; t[5] = 0.0f;
}

static void nsvg__xformMultiply(float* t, float* s)
{
	float t0 = t[0] * s[0] + t[1] * s[2];
	float t2 = t[2] * s[0] + t[3] * s[2];
	float t4 = t[4] * s[0] + t[5] * s[2] + s[4];
	t[1] = t[0] * s[1] + t[1] * s[3];
	t[3] = t[2] * s[1] + t[3] * s[3];
	t[5] = t[4] * s[1] + t[5] * s[3] + s[5];
	t[0] = t0;
	t[2] = t2;
	t[4] = t4;
}

static void nsvg__xformInverse(float* inv, float* t)
{
	double invdet, det = (double)t[0] * t[3] - (double)t[2] * t[1];
	if (det > -1e-6 && det < 1e-6) {
		nsvg__xformIdentity(t);
		return;
	}
	invdet = 1.0 / det;
	inv[0] = (float)(t[3] * invdet);
	inv[2] = (float)(-t[2] * invdet);
	inv[4] = (float)(((double)t[2] * t[5] - (double)t[3] * t[4]) * invdet);
	inv[1] = (float)(-t[1] * invdet);
	inv[3] = (float)(t[0] * invdet);
	inv[5] = (float)(((double)t[1] * t[4] - (double)t[0] * t[5]) * invdet);
}

static void nsvg__xformPremultiply(float* t, float* s)
{
	float s2[6];
	memcpy(s2, s, sizeof(float)*6);
	nsvg__xformMultiply(s2, t);
	memcpy(t, s2, sizeof(float)*6);
}

static void nsvg__xformPoint(float* dx, float* dy, float x, float y, float* t)
{
	*dx = x*t[0] + y*t[2] + t[4];
	*dy = x*t[1] + y*t[3] + t[5];
}

static void nsvg__xformVec(float* dx, float* dy, float x, float y, float* t)
{
	*dx = x*t[0] + y*t[2];
	*dy = x*t[1] + y*t[3];
}

#define NSVG_EPSILON (1e-12)

static int nsvg__ptInBounds(float* pt, float* bounds)
{
	return pt[0] >= bounds[0] && pt[0] <= bounds[2] && pt[1] >= bounds[1] && pt[1] <= bounds[3];
}


static double nsvg__evalBezier(double t, double p0, double p1, double p2, double p3)
{
	double it = 1.0-t;
	return it*it*it*p0 + 3.0*it*it*t*p1 + 3.0*it*t*t*p2 + t*t*t*p3;
}

static void nsvg__curveBounds(float* bounds, float* curve)
{
	int i, j, count;
	double roots[2], a, b, c, b2ac, t, v;
	float* v0 = &curve[0];
	float* v1 = &curve[2];
	float* v2 = &curve[4];
	float* v3 = &curve[6];

	// Start the bounding box by end points
	bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(v0[0], v3[0]);
	bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(v0[1], v3[1]);
	bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(v0[0], v3[0]);
	bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(v0[1], v3[1]);

	// Bezier curve fits inside the convex hull of it's control points.
	// If control points are inside the bounds, we're done.
	if (nsvg__ptInBounds(v1, bounds) && nsvg__ptInBounds(v2, bounds))
		return;

	// Add bezier curve inflection points in X and Y.
	for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
		a = -3.0 * v0[i] + 9.0 * v1[i] - 9.0 * v2[i] + 3.0 * v3[i];
		b = 6.0 * v0[i] - 12.0 * v1[i] + 6.0 * v2[i];
		c = 3.0 * v1[i] - 3.0 * v0[i];
		count = 0;
		if (fabs(a) < NSVG_EPSILON) {
			if (fabs(b) > NSVG_EPSILON) {
				t = -c / b;
				if (t > NSVG_EPSILON && t < 1.0-NSVG_EPSILON)
					roots[count++] = t;
			}
		} else {
			b2ac = b*b - 4.0*c*a;
			if (b2ac > NSVG_EPSILON) {
				t = (-b + sqrt(b2ac)) / (2.0 * a);
				if (t > NSVG_EPSILON && t < 1.0-NSVG_EPSILON)
					roots[count++] = t;
				t = (-b - sqrt(b2ac)) / (2.0 * a);
				if (t > NSVG_EPSILON && t < 1.0-NSVG_EPSILON)
					roots[count++] = t;
			}
		}
		for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
			v = nsvg__evalBezier(roots[j], v0[i], v1[i], v2[i], v3[i]);
			bounds[0+i] = nsvg__minf(bounds[0+i], (float)v);
			bounds[2+i] = nsvg__maxf(bounds[2+i], (float)v);
		}
	}
}

static NSVGparser* nsvg__createParser()
{
	NSVGparser* p;
	p = (NSVGparser*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGparser));
	if (p == NULL) goto error;
	memset(p, 0, sizeof(NSVGparser));

	p->image = (NSVGimage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGimage));
	if (p->image == NULL) goto error;
	memset(p->image, 0, sizeof(NSVGimage));

	// Init style
	nsvg__xformIdentity(p->attr[0].xform);
	memset(p->attr[0].id, 0, sizeof p->attr[0].id);
	p->attr[0].fillColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0);
	p->attr[0].strokeColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0);
	p->attr[0].opacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].fillOpacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].strokeOpacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].stopOpacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].strokeWidth = 1;
	p->attr[0].strokeLineJoin = NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
	p->attr[0].strokeLineCap = NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
	p->attr[0].miterLimit = 4;
	p->attr[0].fillRule = NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
	p->attr[0].hasFill = 1;
	p->attr[0].visible = NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY | NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;

	return p;

error:
	if (p) {
		if (p->image) NANOSVG_free(p->image);
		NANOSVG_free(p);
	}
	return NULL;
}

static void nsvg__deleteStyles(NSVGstyles* style) {
	while (style) {
		NSVGstyles *next = style->next;
		if (style->name!= NULL)
			free(style->name);
		if (style->description != NULL)
			free(style->description);
		free(style);
		style = next;
	}
}

static void nsvg__deletePaths(NSVGpath* path)
{
	while (path) {
		NSVGpath *next = path->next;
		if (path->pts != NULL)
			NANOSVG_free(path->pts);
		NANOSVG_free(path);
		path = next;
	}
}

static void nsvg__deletePaint(NSVGpaint* paint)
{
	if (paint->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT || paint->type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT)
		NANOSVG_free(paint->gradient);
}

static void nsvg__deleteGradientData(NSVGgradientData* grad)
{
	NSVGgradientData* next;
	while (grad != NULL) {
		next = grad->next;
		NANOSVG_free(grad->stops);
		NANOSVG_free(grad);
		grad = next;
	}
}

static void nsvg__deleteParser(NSVGparser* p)
{
	if (p != NULL) {
		nsvg__deleteStyles(p->styles);
		nsvg__deletePaths(p->plist);
		nsvg__deleteGradientData(p->gradients);
		nsvgDelete(p->image);
		NANOSVG_free(p->pts);
		NANOSVG_free(p);
	}
}

static void nsvg__resetPath(NSVGparser* p)
{
	p->npts = 0;
}

static void nsvg__addPoint(NSVGparser* p, float x, float y)
{
	if (p->npts+1 > p->cpts) {
		p->cpts = p->cpts ? p->cpts*2 : 8;
		p->pts = (float*)NANOSVG_realloc(p->pts, p->cpts*2*sizeof(float));
		if (!p->pts) return;
	}
	p->pts[p->npts*2+0] = x;
	p->pts[p->npts*2+1] = y;
	p->npts++;
}

static void nsvg__moveTo(NSVGparser* p, float x, float y)
{
	if (p->npts > 0) {
		p->pts[(p->npts-1)*2+0] = x;
		p->pts[(p->npts-1)*2+1] = y;
	} else {
		nsvg__addPoint(p, x, y);
	}
}

static void nsvg__lineTo(NSVGparser* p, float x, float y)
{
	float px,py, dx,dy;
	if (p->npts > 0) {
		px = p->pts[(p->npts-1)*2+0];
		py = p->pts[(p->npts-1)*2+1];
		dx = x - px;
		dy = y - py;
		nsvg__addPoint(p, px + dx/3.0f, py + dy/3.0f);
		nsvg__addPoint(p, x - dx/3.0f, y - dy/3.0f);
		nsvg__addPoint(p, x, y);
	}
}

static void nsvg__cubicBezTo(NSVGparser* p, float cpx1, float cpy1, float cpx2, float cpy2, float x, float y)
{
	nsvg__addPoint(p, cpx1, cpy1);
	nsvg__addPoint(p, cpx2, cpy2);
	nsvg__addPoint(p, x, y);
}

static NSVGattrib* nsvg__getAttr(NSVGparser* p)
{
	return &p->attr[p->attrHead];
}

static void nsvg__pushAttr(NSVGparser* p)
{
	if (p->attrHead < NSVG_MAX_ATTR-1) {
		p->attrHead++;
		memcpy(&p->attr[p->attrHead], &p->attr[p->attrHead-1], sizeof(NSVGattrib));
	}
}

static void nsvg__popAttr(NSVGparser* p)
{
	if (p->attrHead > 0)
		p->attrHead--;
}

static float nsvg__actualOrigX(NSVGparser* p)
{
	return p->viewMinx;
}

static float nsvg__actualOrigY(NSVGparser* p)
{
	return p->viewMiny;
}

static float nsvg__actualWidth(NSVGparser* p)
{
	return p->viewWidth;
}

static float nsvg__actualHeight(NSVGparser* p)
{
	return p->viewHeight;
}

static float nsvg__actualLength(NSVGparser* p)
{
	float w = nsvg__actualWidth(p), h = nsvg__actualHeight(p);
	return sqrtf(w*w + h*h) / sqrtf(2.0f);
}

static float nsvg__convertToPixels(NSVGparser* p, NSVGcoordinate c, float orig, float length)
{
	NSVGattrib* attr = nsvg__getAttr(p);
	switch (c.units) {
		case NSVG_UNITS_USER:		return c.value;
		case NSVG_UNITS_PX:			return c.value;
		case NSVG_UNITS_PT:			return c.value / 72.0f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_PC:			return c.value / 6.0f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_MM:			return c.value / 25.4f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_CM:			return c.value / 2.54f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_IN:			return c.value * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_EM:			return c.value * attr->fontSize;
		case NSVG_UNITS_EX:			return c.value * attr->fontSize * 0.52f; // x-height of Helvetica.
		case NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT:	return orig + c.value / 100.0f * length;
		default:					return c.value;
	}
	return c.value;
}

static NSVGgradientData* nsvg__findGradientData(NSVGparser* p, const char* id)
{
	NSVGgradientData* grad = p->gradients;
	while (grad) {
		if (strcmp(grad->id, id) == 0)
			return grad;
		grad = grad->next;
	}
	return NULL;
}

static NSVGgradient* nsvg__createGradient(NSVGparser* p, const char* id, const float* localBounds, char* paintType)
{
	NSVGattrib* attr = nsvg__getAttr(p);
	NSVGgradientData* data = NULL;
	NSVGgradientData* ref = NULL;
	NSVGgradientStop* stops = NULL;
	NSVGgradient* grad;
	float ox, oy, sw, sh, sl;
	int nstops = 0;

	data = nsvg__findGradientData(p, id);
	if (data == NULL) return NULL;

	// TODO: use ref to fill in all unset values too.
	ref = data;
	while (ref != NULL) {
		if (stops == NULL && ref->stops != NULL) {
			stops = ref->stops;
			nstops = ref->nstops;
			break;
		}
		ref = nsvg__findGradientData(p, ref->ref);
	}
	if (stops == NULL) return NULL;

	grad = (NSVGgradient*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGgradient) + sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*(nstops-1));
	if (grad == NULL) return NULL;

	// The shape width and height.
	if (data->units == NSVG_OBJECT_SPACE) {
		ox = localBounds[0];
		oy = localBounds[1];
		sw = localBounds[2] - localBounds[0];
		sh = localBounds[3] - localBounds[1];
	} else {
		ox = nsvg__actualOrigX(p);
		oy = nsvg__actualOrigY(p);
		sw = nsvg__actualWidth(p);
		sh = nsvg__actualHeight(p);
	}
	sl = sqrtf(sw*sw + sh*sh) / sqrtf(2.0f);

	if (data->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
		float x1, y1, x2, y2, dx, dy;
		x1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x1, ox, sw);
		y1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y1, oy, sh);
		x2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x2, ox, sw);
		y2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y2, oy, sh);
		// Calculate transform aligned to the line
		dx = x2 - x1;
		dy = y2 - y1;
		grad->xform[0] = dy; grad->xform[1] = -dx;
		grad->xform[2] = dx; grad->xform[3] = dy;
		grad->xform[4] = x1; grad->xform[5] = y1;
	} else {
		float cx, cy, fx, fy, r;
		cx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cx, ox, sw);
		cy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cy, oy, sh);
		fx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fx, ox, sw);
		fy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fy, oy, sh);
		r = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.r, 0, sl);
		// Calculate transform aligned to the circle
		grad->xform[0] = r; grad->xform[1] = 0;
		grad->xform[2] = 0; grad->xform[3] = r;
		grad->xform[4] = cx; grad->xform[5] = cy;
		grad->fx = fx / r;
		grad->fy = fy / r;
	}

	nsvg__xformMultiply(grad->xform, data->xform);
	nsvg__xformMultiply(grad->xform, attr->xform);

	grad->spread = data->spread;
	memcpy(grad->stops, stops, nstops*sizeof(NSVGgradientStop));
	grad->nstops = nstops;

	*paintType = data->type;

	return grad;
}

static float nsvg__getAverageScale(float* t)
{
	float sx = sqrtf(t[0]*t[0] + t[2]*t[2]);
	float sy = sqrtf(t[1]*t[1] + t[3]*t[3]);
	return (sx + sy) * 0.5f;
}

static void nsvg__getLocalBounds(float* bounds, NSVGshape *shape, float* xform)
{
	NSVGpath* path;
	float curve[4*2], curveBounds[4];
	int i, first = 1;
	for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		nsvg__xformPoint(&curve[0], &curve[1], path->pts[0], path->pts[1], xform);
		for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
			nsvg__xformPoint(&curve[2], &curve[3], path->pts[(i+1)*2], path->pts[(i+1)*2+1], xform);
			nsvg__xformPoint(&curve[4], &curve[5], path->pts[(i+2)*2], path->pts[(i+2)*2+1], xform);
			nsvg__xformPoint(&curve[6], &curve[7], path->pts[(i+3)*2], path->pts[(i+3)*2+1], xform);
			nsvg__curveBounds(curveBounds, curve);
			if (first) {
				bounds[0] = curveBounds[0];
				bounds[1] = curveBounds[1];
				bounds[2] = curveBounds[2];
				bounds[3] = curveBounds[3];
				first = 0;
			} else {
				bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(bounds[0], curveBounds[0]);
				bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(bounds[1], curveBounds[1]);
				bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(bounds[2], curveBounds[2]);
				bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(bounds[3], curveBounds[3]);
			}
			curve[0] = curve[6];
			curve[1] = curve[7];
		}
	}
}

static void nsvg__addShape(NSVGparser* p)
{
	NSVGattrib* attr = nsvg__getAttr(p);
	float scale = 1.0f;
	NSVGshape* shape;
	NSVGpath* path;
	int i;

	if (p->plist == NULL)
		return;

	shape = (NSVGshape*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGshape));
	if (shape == NULL) goto error;
	memset(shape, 0, sizeof(NSVGshape));

	memcpy(shape->id, attr->id, sizeof shape->id);
	scale = nsvg__getAverageScale(attr->xform);
	shape->strokeWidth = attr->strokeWidth * scale;
	shape->strokeDashOffset = attr->strokeDashOffset * scale;
	shape->strokeDashCount = (char)attr->strokeDashCount;
	for (i = 0; i < attr->strokeDashCount; i++)
		shape->strokeDashArray[i] = attr->strokeDashArray[i] * scale;
	shape->strokeLineJoin = attr->strokeLineJoin;
	shape->strokeLineCap = attr->strokeLineCap;
	shape->miterLimit = attr->miterLimit;
	shape->fillRule = attr->fillRule;
	shape->opacity = attr->opacity;

	shape->paths = p->plist;
	p->plist = NULL;

	// Calculate shape bounds
	shape->bounds[0] = shape->paths->bounds[0];
	shape->bounds[1] = shape->paths->bounds[1];
	shape->bounds[2] = shape->paths->bounds[2];
	shape->bounds[3] = shape->paths->bounds[3];
	for (path = shape->paths->next; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		shape->bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[0], path->bounds[0]);
		shape->bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[1], path->bounds[1]);
		shape->bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[2], path->bounds[2]);
		shape->bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[3], path->bounds[3]);
	}

	// Set fill
	if (attr->hasFill == 0) {
		shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	} else if (attr->hasFill == 1) {
		shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
		shape->fill.color = attr->fillColor;
		shape->fill.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->fillOpacity*255) << 24;
	} else if (attr->hasFill == 2) {
		float inv[6], localBounds[4];
		nsvg__xformInverse(inv, attr->xform);
		nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
		shape->fill.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->fillGradient, localBounds, &shape->fill.type);
		if (shape->fill.gradient == NULL) {
			shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
		}
	}

	// Set stroke
	if (attr->hasStroke == 0) {
		shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	} else if (attr->hasStroke == 1) {
		shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
		shape->stroke.color = attr->strokeColor;
		shape->stroke.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->strokeOpacity*255) << 24;
	} else if (attr->hasStroke == 2) {
		float inv[6], localBounds[4];
		nsvg__xformInverse(inv, attr->xform);
		nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
		shape->stroke.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->strokeGradient, localBounds, &shape->stroke.type);
		if (shape->stroke.gradient == NULL)
			shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	}

	// Set flags
	shape->flags = ((attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY) && (attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE) ? NSVG_FLAGS_VISIBLE : 0x00);

	// Add to tail
	if (p->image->shapes == NULL)
		p->image->shapes = shape;
	else
		p->shapesTail->next = shape;
	p->shapesTail = shape;

	return;

error:
	if (shape) NANOSVG_free(shape);
}

static void nsvg__addPath(NSVGparser* p, char closed)
{
	NSVGattrib* attr = nsvg__getAttr(p);
	NSVGpath* path = NULL;
	float bounds[4];
	float* curve;
	int i;

	if (p->npts < 4)
		return;

	if (closed)
		nsvg__lineTo(p, p->pts[0], p->pts[1]);

	path = (NSVGpath*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGpath));
	if (path == NULL) goto error;
	memset(path, 0, sizeof(NSVGpath));

	path->pts = (float*)NANOSVG_malloc(p->npts*2*sizeof(float));
	if (path->pts == NULL) goto error;
	path->closed = closed;
	path->npts = p->npts;

	// Transform path.
	for (i = 0; i < p->npts; ++i)
		nsvg__xformPoint(&path->pts[i*2], &path->pts[i*2+1], p->pts[i*2], p->pts[i*2+1], attr->xform);

	// Find bounds
	for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
		curve = &path->pts[i*2];
		nsvg__curveBounds(bounds, curve);
		if (i == 0) {
			path->bounds[0] = bounds[0];
			path->bounds[1] = bounds[1];
			path->bounds[2] = bounds[2];
			path->bounds[3] = bounds[3];
		} else {
			path->bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(path->bounds[0], bounds[0]);
			path->bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(path->bounds[1], bounds[1]);
			path->bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(path->bounds[2], bounds[2]);
			path->bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(path->bounds[3], bounds[3]);
		}
	}

	path->next = p->plist;
	p->plist = path;

	return;

error:
	if (path != NULL) {
		if (path->pts != NULL) NANOSVG_free(path->pts);
		NANOSVG_free(path);
	}
}

// We roll our own string to float because the std library one uses locale and messes things up.
static double nsvg__atof(const char* s)
{
	char* cur = (char*)s;
	char* end = NULL;
	double res = 0.0, sign = 1.0;
#if (_MSC_VER == 1200)
	__int64 intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#else
	long long intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#endif
	char hasIntPart = 0, hasFracPart = 0;

	// Parse optional sign
	if (*cur == '+') {
		cur++;
	} else if (*cur == '-') {
		sign = -1;
		cur++;
	}

	// Parse integer part
	if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
		// Parse digit sequence
#if (_MSC_VER == 1200)
		intPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
		intPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
		if (cur != end) {
			res = (double)intPart;
			hasIntPart = 1;
			cur = end;
		}
	}

	// Parse fractional part.
	if (*cur == '.') {
		cur++; // Skip '.'
		if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
			// Parse digit sequence
#if (_MSC_VER == 1200)
			fracPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
			fracPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
			if (cur != end) {
				res += (double)fracPart / pow(10.0, (double)(end - cur));
				hasFracPart = 1;
				cur = end;
			}
		}
	}

	// A valid number should have integer or fractional part.
	if (!hasIntPart && !hasFracPart)
		return 0.0;

	// Parse optional exponent
	if (*cur == 'e' || *cur == 'E') {
		int expPart = 0;
		cur++; // skip 'E'
		expPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10); // Parse digit sequence with sign
		if (cur != end) {
			res *= pow(10.0, (double)expPart);
		}
	}

	return res * sign;
}


static const char* nsvg__parseNumber(const char* s, char* it, const int size)
{
	const int last = size-1;
	int i = 0;

	// sign
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	// integer part
	while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	if (*s == '.') {
		// decimal point
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
		// fraction part
		while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
			if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
			s++;
		}
	}
	// exponent
	if (*s == 'e' || *s == 'E') {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
		if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
			if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
			s++;
		}
		while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
			if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
			s++;
		}
	}
	it[i] = '\0';

	return s;
}

static const char* nsvg__getNextPathItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
	it[0] = '\0';
	// Skip white spaces and commas
	while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
	if (!*s) return s;
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+' || *s == '.' || nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
		s = nsvg__parseNumber(s, it, 64);
	} else {
		// Parse command
		it[0] = *s++;
		it[1] = '\0';
		return s;
	}

	return s;
}

static unsigned int nsvg__parseColorHex(const char* str)
{
	unsigned int c = 0, r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;
	int n = 0;
	str++; // skip #
	// Calculate number of characters.
	while(str[n] && !nsvg__isspace(str[n]))
		n++;
	if (n == 6) {
		sscanf(str, "%x", &c);
	} else if (n == 3) {
		sscanf(str, "%x", &c);
		c = (c&0xf) | ((c&0xf0) << 4) | ((c&0xf00) << 8);
		c |= c<<4;
	}
	r = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
	g = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
	b = c & 0xff;
	return NSVG_RGB(r,g,b);
}

static unsigned int nsvg__parseColorRGB(const char* str)
{
	int r = -1, g = -1, b = -1;
	char s1[32]="", s2[32]="";
	sscanf(str + 4, "%d%[%%, \t]%d%[%%, \t]%d", &r, s1, &g, s2, &b);
	if (strchr(s1, '%')) {
		return NSVG_RGB((r*255)/100,(g*255)/100,(b*255)/100);
	} else {
		return NSVG_RGB(r,g,b);
	}
}

typedef struct NSVGNamedColor {
	const char* name;
	unsigned int color;
} NSVGNamedColor;

NSVGNamedColor nsvg__colors[] = {

	{ "red", NSVG_RGB(255, 0, 0) },
	{ "green", NSVG_RGB( 0, 128, 0) },
	{ "blue", NSVG_RGB( 0, 0, 255) },
	{ "yellow", NSVG_RGB(255, 255, 0) },
	{ "cyan", NSVG_RGB( 0, 255, 255) },
	{ "magenta", NSVG_RGB(255, 0, 255) },
	{ "black", NSVG_RGB( 0, 0, 0) },
	{ "grey", NSVG_RGB(128, 128, 128) },
	{ "gray", NSVG_RGB(128, 128, 128) },
	{ "white", NSVG_RGB(255, 255, 255) },

#ifdef NANOSVG_ALL_COLOR_KEYWORDS
	{ "aliceblue", NSVG_RGB(240, 248, 255) },
	{ "antiquewhite", NSVG_RGB(250, 235, 215) },
	{ "aqua", NSVG_RGB( 0, 255, 255) },
	{ "aquamarine", NSVG_RGB(127, 255, 212) },
	{ "azure", NSVG_RGB(240, 255, 255) },
	{ "beige", NSVG_RGB(245, 245, 220) },
	{ "bisque", NSVG_RGB(255, 228, 196) },
	{ "blanchedalmond", NSVG_RGB(255, 235, 205) },
	{ "blueviolet", NSVG_RGB(138, 43, 226) },
	{ "brown", NSVG_RGB(165, 42, 42) },
	{ "burlywood", NSVG_RGB(222, 184, 135) },
	{ "cadetblue", NSVG_RGB( 95, 158, 160) },
	{ "chartreuse", NSVG_RGB(127, 255, 0) },
	{ "chocolate", NSVG_RGB(210, 105, 30) },
	{ "coral", NSVG_RGB(255, 127, 80) },
	{ "cornflowerblue", NSVG_RGB(100, 149, 237) },
	{ "cornsilk", NSVG_RGB(255, 248, 220) },
	{ "crimson", NSVG_RGB(220, 20, 60) },
	{ "darkblue", NSVG_RGB( 0, 0, 139) },
	{ "darkcyan", NSVG_RGB( 0, 139, 139) },
	{ "darkgoldenrod", NSVG_RGB(184, 134, 11) },
	{ "darkgray", NSVG_RGB(169, 169, 169) },
	{ "darkgreen", NSVG_RGB( 0, 100, 0) },
	{ "darkgrey", NSVG_RGB(169, 169, 169) },
	{ "darkkhaki", NSVG_RGB(189, 183, 107) },
	{ "darkmagenta", NSVG_RGB(139, 0, 139) },
	{ "darkolivegreen", NSVG_RGB( 85, 107, 47) },
	{ "darkorange", NSVG_RGB(255, 140, 0) },
	{ "darkorchid", NSVG_RGB(153, 50, 204) },
	{ "darkred", NSVG_RGB(139, 0, 0) },
	{ "darksalmon", NSVG_RGB(233, 150, 122) },
	{ "darkseagreen", NSVG_RGB(143, 188, 143) },
	{ "darkslateblue", NSVG_RGB( 72, 61, 139) },
	{ "darkslategray", NSVG_RGB( 47, 79, 79) },
	{ "darkslategrey", NSVG_RGB( 47, 79, 79) },
	{ "darkturquoise", NSVG_RGB( 0, 206, 209) },
	{ "darkviolet", NSVG_RGB(148, 0, 211) },
	{ "deeppink", NSVG_RGB(255, 20, 147) },
	{ "deepskyblue", NSVG_RGB( 0, 191, 255) },
	{ "dimgray", NSVG_RGB(105, 105, 105) },
	{ "dimgrey", NSVG_RGB(105, 105, 105) },
	{ "dodgerblue", NSVG_RGB( 30, 144, 255) },
	{ "firebrick", NSVG_RGB(178, 34, 34) },
	{ "floralwhite", NSVG_RGB(255, 250, 240) },
	{ "forestgreen", NSVG_RGB( 34, 139, 34) },
	{ "fuchsia", NSVG_RGB(255, 0, 255) },
	{ "gainsboro", NSVG_RGB(220, 220, 220) },
	{ "ghostwhite", NSVG_RGB(248, 248, 255) },
	{ "gold", NSVG_RGB(255, 215, 0) },
	{ "goldenrod", NSVG_RGB(218, 165, 32) },
	{ "greenyellow", NSVG_RGB(173, 255, 47) },
	{ "honeydew", NSVG_RGB(240, 255, 240) },
	{ "hotpink", NSVG_RGB(255, 105, 180) },
	{ "indianred", NSVG_RGB(205, 92, 92) },
	{ "indigo", NSVG_RGB( 75, 0, 130) },
	{ "ivory", NSVG_RGB(255, 255, 240) },
	{ "khaki", NSVG_RGB(240, 230, 140) },
	{ "lavender", NSVG_RGB(230, 230, 250) },
	{ "lavenderblush", NSVG_RGB(255, 240, 245) },
	{ "lawngreen", NSVG_RGB(124, 252, 0) },
	{ "lemonchiffon", NSVG_RGB(255, 250, 205) },
	{ "lightblue", NSVG_RGB(173, 216, 230) },
	{ "lightcoral", NSVG_RGB(240, 128, 128) },
	{ "lightcyan", NSVG_RGB(224, 255, 255) },
	{ "lightgoldenrodyellow", NSVG_RGB(250, 250, 210) },
	{ "lightgray", NSVG_RGB(211, 211, 211) },
	{ "lightgreen", NSVG_RGB(144, 238, 144) },
	{ "lightgrey", NSVG_RGB(211, 211, 211) },
	{ "lightpink", NSVG_RGB(255, 182, 193) },
	{ "lightsalmon", NSVG_RGB(255, 160, 122) },
	{ "lightseagreen", NSVG_RGB( 32, 178, 170) },
	{ "lightskyblue", NSVG_RGB(135, 206, 250) },
	{ "lightslategray", NSVG_RGB(119, 136, 153) },
	{ "lightslategrey", NSVG_RGB(119, 136, 153) },
	{ "lightsteelblue", NSVG_RGB(176, 196, 222) },
	{ "lightyellow", NSVG_RGB(255, 255, 224) },
	{ "lime", NSVG_RGB( 0, 255, 0) },
	{ "limegreen", NSVG_RGB( 50, 205, 50) },
	{ "linen", NSVG_RGB(250, 240, 230) },
	{ "maroon", NSVG_RGB(128, 0, 0) },
	{ "mediumaquamarine", NSVG_RGB(102, 205, 170) },
	{ "mediumblue", NSVG_RGB( 0, 0, 205) },
	{ "mediumorchid", NSVG_RGB(186, 85, 211) },
	{ "mediumpurple", NSVG_RGB(147, 112, 219) },
	{ "mediumseagreen", NSVG_RGB( 60, 179, 113) },
	{ "mediumslateblue", NSVG_RGB(123, 104, 238) },
	{ "mediumspringgreen", NSVG_RGB( 0, 250, 154) },
	{ "mediumturquoise", NSVG_RGB( 72, 209, 204) },
	{ "mediumvioletred", NSVG_RGB(199, 21, 133) },
	{ "midnightblue", NSVG_RGB( 25, 25, 112) },
	{ "mintcream", NSVG_RGB(245, 255, 250) },
	{ "mistyrose", NSVG_RGB(255, 228, 225) },
	{ "moccasin", NSVG_RGB(255, 228, 181) },
	{ "navajowhite", NSVG_RGB(255, 222, 173) },
	{ "navy", NSVG_RGB( 0, 0, 128) },
	{ "oldlace", NSVG_RGB(253, 245, 230) },
	{ "olive", NSVG_RGB(128, 128, 0) },
	{ "olivedrab", NSVG_RGB(107, 142, 35) },
	{ "orange", NSVG_RGB(255, 165, 0) },
	{ "orangered", NSVG_RGB(255, 69, 0) },
	{ "orchid", NSVG_RGB(218, 112, 214) },
	{ "palegoldenrod", NSVG_RGB(238, 232, 170) },
	{ "palegreen", NSVG_RGB(152, 251, 152) },
	{ "paleturquoise", NSVG_RGB(175, 238, 238) },
	{ "palevioletred", NSVG_RGB(219, 112, 147) },
	{ "papayawhip", NSVG_RGB(255, 239, 213) },
	{ "peachpuff", NSVG_RGB(255, 218, 185) },
	{ "peru", NSVG_RGB(205, 133, 63) },
	{ "pink", NSVG_RGB(255, 192, 203) },
	{ "plum", NSVG_RGB(221, 160, 221) },
	{ "powderblue", NSVG_RGB(176, 224, 230) },
	{ "purple", NSVG_RGB(128, 0, 128) },
	{ "rosybrown", NSVG_RGB(188, 143, 143) },
	{ "royalblue", NSVG_RGB( 65, 105, 225) },
	{ "saddlebrown", NSVG_RGB(139, 69, 19) },
	{ "salmon", NSVG_RGB(250, 128, 114) },
	{ "sandybrown", NSVG_RGB(244, 164, 96) },
	{ "seagreen", NSVG_RGB( 46, 139, 87) },
	{ "seashell", NSVG_RGB(255, 245, 238) },
	{ "sienna", NSVG_RGB(160, 82, 45) },
	{ "silver", NSVG_RGB(192, 192, 192) },
	{ "skyblue", NSVG_RGB(135, 206, 235) },
	{ "slateblue", NSVG_RGB(106, 90, 205) },
	{ "slategray", NSVG_RGB(112, 128, 144) },
	{ "slategrey", NSVG_RGB(112, 128, 144) },
	{ "snow", NSVG_RGB(255, 250, 250) },
	{ "springgreen", NSVG_RGB( 0, 255, 127) },
	{ "steelblue", NSVG_RGB( 70, 130, 180) },
	{ "tan", NSVG_RGB(210, 180, 140) },
	{ "teal", NSVG_RGB( 0, 128, 128) },
	{ "thistle", NSVG_RGB(216, 191, 216) },
	{ "tomato", NSVG_RGB(255, 99, 71) },
	{ "turquoise", NSVG_RGB( 64, 224, 208) },
	{ "violet", NSVG_RGB(238, 130, 238) },
	{ "wheat", NSVG_RGB(245, 222, 179) },
	{ "whitesmoke", NSVG_RGB(245, 245, 245) },
	{ "yellowgreen", NSVG_RGB(154, 205, 50) },
#endif
};

static unsigned int nsvg__parseColorName(const char* str)
{
	int i, ncolors = sizeof(nsvg__colors) / sizeof(NSVGNamedColor);

	for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i++) {
		if (strcmp(nsvg__colors[i].name, str) == 0) {
			return nsvg__colors[i].color;
		}
	}

	return NSVG_RGB(128, 128, 128);
}

static unsigned int nsvg__parseColor(const char* str)
{
	size_t len = 0;
	while(*str == ' ') ++str;
	len = strlen(str);
	if (len >= 1 && *str == '#')
		return nsvg__parseColorHex(str);
	else if (len >= 4 && str[0] == 'r' && str[1] == 'g' && str[2] == 'b' && str[3] == '(')
		return nsvg__parseColorRGB(str);
	return nsvg__parseColorName(str);
}

static float nsvg__parseOpacity(const char* str)
{
	float val = 0;
	sscanf(str, "%f", &val);
	if (val < 0.0f) val = 0.0f;
	if (val > 1.0f) val = 1.0f;
	return val;
}

static float nsvg__parseMiterLimit(const char* str)
{
	float val = 0;
	sscanf(str, "%f", &val);
	if (val < 0.0f) val = 0.0f;
	return val;
}

static int nsvg__parseUnits(const char* units)
{
	if (units[0] == 'p' && units[1] == 'x')
		return NSVG_UNITS_PX;
	else if (units[0] == 'p' && units[1] == 't')
		return NSVG_UNITS_PT;
	else if (units[0] == 'p' && units[1] == 'c')
		return NSVG_UNITS_PC;
	else if (units[0] == 'm' && units[1] == 'm')
		return NSVG_UNITS_MM;
	else if (units[0] == 'c' && units[1] == 'm')
		return NSVG_UNITS_CM;
	else if (units[0] == 'i' && units[1] == 'n')
		return NSVG_UNITS_IN;
	else if (units[0] == '%')
		return NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT;
	else if (units[0] == 'e' && units[1] == 'm')
		return NSVG_UNITS_EM;
	else if (units[0] == 'e' && units[1] == 'x')
		return NSVG_UNITS_EX;
	return NSVG_UNITS_USER;
}

static NSVGcoordinate nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(const char* str)
{
	NSVGcoordinate coord = {0, NSVG_UNITS_USER};
	char units[32]="";
	sscanf(str, "%f%s", &coord.value, units);
	coord.units = nsvg__parseUnits(units);
	return coord;
}

static NSVGcoordinate nsvg__coord(float v, int units)
{
	NSVGcoordinate coord = {v, units};
	return coord;
}

static float nsvg__parseCoordinate(NSVGparser* p, const char* str, float orig, float length)
{
	NSVGcoordinate coord = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(str);
	return nsvg__convertToPixels(p, coord, orig, length);
}

static int nsvg__parseTransformArgs(const char* str, float* args, int maxNa, int* na)
{
	const char* end;
	const char* ptr;
	char it[64];

	*na = 0;
	ptr = str;
	while (*ptr && *ptr != '(') ++ptr;
	if (*ptr == 0)
		return 1;
	end = ptr;
	while (*end && *end != ')') ++end;
	if (*end == 0)
		return 1;

	while (ptr < end) {
		if (*ptr == '-' || *ptr == '+' || *ptr == '.' || nsvg__isdigit(*ptr)) {
			if (*na >= maxNa) return 0;
			ptr = nsvg__parseNumber(ptr, it, 64);
			args[(*na)++] = (float)nsvg__atof(it);
		} else {
			++ptr;
		}
	}
	return (int)(end - str);
}


static int nsvg__parseMatrix(float* xform, const char* str)
{
	float t[6];
	int na = 0;
	int len = nsvg__parseTransformArgs(str, t, 6, &na);
	if (na != 6) return len;
	memcpy(xform, t, sizeof(float)*6);
	return len;
}

static int nsvg__parseTranslate(float* xform, const char* str)
{
	float args[2];
	float t[6];
	int na = 0;
	int len = nsvg__parseTransformArgs(str, args, 2, &na);
	if (na == 1) args[1] = 0.0;

	nsvg__xformSetTranslation(t, args[0], args[1]);
	memcpy(xform, t, sizeof(float)*6);
	return len;
}

static int nsvg__parseScale(float* xform, const char* str)
{
	float args[2];
	int na = 0;
	float t[6];
	int len = nsvg__parseTransformArgs(str, args, 2, &na);
	if (na == 1) args[1] = args[0];
	nsvg__xformSetScale(t, args[0], args[1]);
	memcpy(xform, t, sizeof(float)*6);
	return len;
}

static int nsvg__parseSkewX(float* xform, const char* str)
{
	float args[1];
	int na = 0;
	float t[6];
	int len = nsvg__parseTransformArgs(str, args, 1, &na);
	nsvg__xformSetSkewX(t, args[0]/180.0f*NSVG_PI);
	memcpy(xform, t, sizeof(float)*6);
	return len;
}

static int nsvg__parseSkewY(float* xform, const char* str)
{
	float args[1];
	int na = 0;
	float t[6];
	int len = nsvg__parseTransformArgs(str, args, 1, &na);
	nsvg__xformSetSkewY(t, args[0]/180.0f*NSVG_PI);
	memcpy(xform, t, sizeof(float)*6);
	return len;
}

static int nsvg__parseRotate(float* xform, const char* str)
{
	float args[3];
	int na = 0;
	float m[6];
	float t[6];
	int len = nsvg__parseTransformArgs(str, args, 3, &na);
	if (na == 1)
		args[1] = args[2] = 0.0f;
	nsvg__xformIdentity(m);

	if (na > 1) {
		nsvg__xformSetTranslation(t, -args[1], -args[2]);
		nsvg__xformMultiply(m, t);
	}

	nsvg__xformSetRotation(t, args[0]/180.0f*NSVG_PI);
	nsvg__xformMultiply(m, t);

	if (na > 1) {
		nsvg__xformSetTranslation(t, args[1], args[2]);
		nsvg__xformMultiply(m, t);
	}

	memcpy(xform, m, sizeof(float)*6);

	return len;
}

static void nsvg__parseTransform(float* xform, const char* str)
{
	float t[6];
	nsvg__xformIdentity(xform);
	while (*str)
	{
		if (strncmp(str, "matrix", 6) == 0)
			str += nsvg__parseMatrix(t, str);
		else if (strncmp(str, "translate", 9) == 0)
			str += nsvg__parseTranslate(t, str);
		else if (strncmp(str, "scale", 5) == 0)
			str += nsvg__parseScale(t, str);
		else if (strncmp(str, "rotate", 6) == 0)
			str += nsvg__parseRotate(t, str);
		else if (strncmp(str, "skewX", 5) == 0)
			str += nsvg__parseSkewX(t, str);
		else if (strncmp(str, "skewY", 5) == 0)
			str += nsvg__parseSkewY(t, str);
		else{
			++str;
			continue;
		}

		nsvg__xformPremultiply(xform, t);
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseUrl(char* id, const char* str)
{
	int i = 0;
	str += 4; // "url(";
	if (*str == '#')
		str++;
	while (i < 63 && *str != ')') {
		id[i] = *str++;
		i++;
	}
	id[i] = '\0';
}

static char nsvg__parseLineCap(const char* str)
{
	if (strcmp(str, "butt") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
	else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_ROUND;
	else if (strcmp(str, "square") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_SQUARE;
	// TODO: handle inherit.
	return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
}

static char nsvg__parseLineJoin(const char* str)
{
	if (strcmp(str, "miter") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
	else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_ROUND;
	else if (strcmp(str, "bevel") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL;
	// TODO: handle inherit.
	return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
}

static char nsvg__parseFillRule(const char* str)
{
	if (strcmp(str, "nonzero") == 0)
		return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
	else if (strcmp(str, "evenodd") == 0)
		return NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD;
	// TODO: handle inherit.
	return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
}

static const char* nsvg__getNextDashItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
	int n = 0;
	it[0] = '\0';
	// Skip white spaces and commas
	while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
	// Advance until whitespace, comma or end.
	while (*s && (!nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != ',')) {
		if (n < 63)
			it[n++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	it[n++] = '\0';
	return s;
}

static int nsvg__parseStrokeDashArray(NSVGparser* p, const char* str, float* strokeDashArray)
{
	char item[64];
	int count = 0, i;
	float sum = 0.0f;

	// Handle "none"
	if (str[0] == 'n')
		return 0;

	// Parse dashes
	while (*str) {
		str = nsvg__getNextDashItem(str, item);
		if (!*item) break;
		if (count < NSVG_MAX_DASHES)
			strokeDashArray[count++] = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, item, 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p)));
	}

	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
		sum += strokeDashArray[i];
	if (sum <= 1e-6f)
		count = 0;

	return count;
}

static void nsvg__parseStyle(NSVGparser* p, const char* str);

static int nsvg__parseAttr(NSVGparser* p, const char* name, const char* value)
{
	float xform[6];
	NSVGattrib* attr = nsvg__getAttr(p);
	if (!attr) return 0;

	if (strcmp(name, "style") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseStyle(p, value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "display") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "none") == 0)
			attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY;
		// Don't reset ->visible on display:inline, one display:none hides the whole subtree

	} else if (strcmp(name, "visibility") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "hidden") == 0) {
			attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
		} else if (strcmp(value, "visible") == 0) {
			attr->visible |= NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
		}
	} else if (strcmp(name, "fill") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "none") == 0) {
			attr->hasFill = 0;
		} else if (strncmp(value, "url(", 4) == 0) {
			attr->hasFill = 2;
			nsvg__parseUrl(attr->fillGradient, value);
		} else {
			attr->hasFill = 1;
			attr->fillColor = nsvg__parseColor(value);
		}
	} else if (strcmp(name, "opacity") == 0) {
		attr->opacity = nsvg__parseOpacity(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "fill-opacity") == 0) {
		attr->fillOpacity = nsvg__parseOpacity(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "none") == 0) {
			attr->hasStroke = 0;
		} else if (strncmp(value, "url(", 4) == 0) {
			attr->hasStroke = 2;
			nsvg__parseUrl(attr->strokeGradient, value);
		} else {
			attr->hasStroke = 1;
			attr->strokeColor = nsvg__parseColor(value);
		}
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke-width") == 0) {
		attr->strokeWidth = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, value, 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p));
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke-dasharray") == 0) {
		attr->strokeDashCount = nsvg__parseStrokeDashArray(p, value, attr->strokeDashArray);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke-dashoffset") == 0) {
		attr->strokeDashOffset = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, value, 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p));
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke-opacity") == 0) {
		attr->strokeOpacity = nsvg__parseOpacity(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke-linecap") == 0) {
		attr->strokeLineCap = nsvg__parseLineCap(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke-linejoin") == 0) {
		attr->strokeLineJoin = nsvg__parseLineJoin(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stroke-miterlimit") == 0) {
		attr->miterLimit = nsvg__parseMiterLimit(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "fill-rule") == 0) {
		attr->fillRule = nsvg__parseFillRule(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "font-size") == 0) {
		attr->fontSize = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, value, 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p));
	} else if (strcmp(name, "transform") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseTransform(xform, value);
		nsvg__xformPremultiply(attr->xform, xform);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stop-color") == 0) {
		attr->stopColor = nsvg__parseColor(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "stop-opacity") == 0) {
		attr->stopOpacity = nsvg__parseOpacity(value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "offset") == 0) {
		attr->stopOffset = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, value, 0.0f, 1.0f);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "id") == 0) {
		strncpy(attr->id, value, 63);
		attr->id[63] = '\0';
	} else if (strcmp(name, "class") == 0) {
		NSVGstyles* style = p->styles;
		while (style) {
			if (strcmp(style->name + 1, value) == 0) {
				break;
			}
			style = style->next;
		}
		if (style) {
			nsvg__parseStyle(p, style->description);
		}
	} else {
		return 0;
	}
	return 1;
}

static int nsvg__parseNameValue(NSVGparser* p, const char* start, const char* end)
{
	const char* str;
	const char* val;
	char name[512];
	char value[512];
	int n;

	str = start;
	while (str < end && *str != ':') ++str;

	val = str;

	// Right Trim
	while (str > start &&  (*str == ':' || nsvg__isspace(*str))) --str;
	++str;

	n = (int)(str - start);
	if (n > 511) n = 511;
	if (n) memcpy(name, start, n);
	name[n] = 0;

	while (val < end && (*val == ':' || nsvg__isspace(*val))) ++val;

	n = (int)(end - val);
	if (n > 511) n = 511;
	if (n) memcpy(value, val, n);
	value[n] = 0;

	return nsvg__parseAttr(p, name, value);
}

static void nsvg__parseStyle(NSVGparser* p, const char* str)
{
	const char* start;
	const char* end;

	while (*str) {
		// Left Trim
		while(*str && nsvg__isspace(*str)) ++str;
		start = str;
		while(*str && *str != ';') ++str;
		end = str;

		// Right Trim
		while (end > start &&  (*end == ';' || nsvg__isspace(*end))) --end;
		++end;

		nsvg__parseNameValue(p, start, end);
		if (*str) ++str;
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseAttribs(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	int i;
	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2)
	{
		if (strcmp(attr[i], "style") == 0)
			nsvg__parseStyle(p, attr[i + 1]);
		else
			nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1]);
	}
}

static int nsvg__getArgsPerElement(char cmd)
{
	switch (cmd) {
		case 'v':
		case 'V':
		case 'h':
		case 'H':
			return 1;
		case 'm':
		case 'M':
		case 'l':
		case 'L':
		case 't':
		case 'T':
			return 2;
		case 'q':
		case 'Q':
		case 's':
		case 'S':
			return 4;
		case 'c':
		case 'C':
			return 6;
		case 'a':
		case 'A':
			return 7;
	}
	return 0;
}

static void nsvg__pathMoveTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
	if (rel) {
		*cpx += args[0];
		*cpy += args[1];
	} else {
		*cpx = args[0];
		*cpy = args[1];
	}
	nsvg__moveTo(p, *cpx, *cpy);
}

static void nsvg__pathLineTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
	if (rel) {
		*cpx += args[0];
		*cpy += args[1];
	} else {
		*cpx = args[0];
		*cpy = args[1];
	}
	nsvg__lineTo(p, *cpx, *cpy);
}

static void nsvg__pathHLineTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
	if (rel)
		*cpx += args[0];
	else
		*cpx = args[0];
	nsvg__lineTo(p, *cpx, *cpy);
}

static void nsvg__pathVLineTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
	if (rel)
		*cpy += args[0];
	else
		*cpy = args[0];
	nsvg__lineTo(p, *cpx, *cpy);
}

static void nsvg__pathCubicBezTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy,
								 float* cpx2, float* cpy2, float* args, int rel)
{
	float x2, y2, cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2;

	if (rel) {
		cx1 = *cpx + args[0];
		cy1 = *cpy + args[1];
		cx2 = *cpx + args[2];
		cy2 = *cpy + args[3];
		x2 = *cpx + args[4];
		y2 = *cpy + args[5];
	} else {
		cx1 = args[0];
		cy1 = args[1];
		cx2 = args[2];
		cy2 = args[3];
		x2 = args[4];
		y2 = args[5];
	}

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

	*cpx2 = cx2;
	*cpy2 = cy2;
	*cpx = x2;
	*cpy = y2;
}

static void nsvg__pathCubicBezShortTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy,
									  float* cpx2, float* cpy2, float* args, int rel)
{
	float x1, y1, x2, y2, cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2;

	x1 = *cpx;
	y1 = *cpy;
	if (rel) {
		cx2 = *cpx + args[0];
		cy2 = *cpy + args[1];
		x2 = *cpx + args[2];
		y2 = *cpy + args[3];
	} else {
		cx2 = args[0];
		cy2 = args[1];
		x2 = args[2];
		y2 = args[3];
	}

	cx1 = 2*x1 - *cpx2;
	cy1 = 2*y1 - *cpy2;

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

	*cpx2 = cx2;
	*cpy2 = cy2;
	*cpx = x2;
	*cpy = y2;
}

static void nsvg__pathQuadBezTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy,
								float* cpx2, float* cpy2, float* args, int rel)
{
	float x1, y1, x2, y2, cx, cy;
	float cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2;

	x1 = *cpx;
	y1 = *cpy;
	if (rel) {
		cx = *cpx + args[0];
		cy = *cpy + args[1];
		x2 = *cpx + args[2];
		y2 = *cpy + args[3];
	} else {
		cx = args[0];
		cy = args[1];
		x2 = args[2];
		y2 = args[3];
	}

	// Convert to cubic bezier
	cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1);
	cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1);
	cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2);
	cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2);

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

	*cpx2 = cx;
	*cpy2 = cy;
	*cpx = x2;
	*cpy = y2;
}

static void nsvg__pathQuadBezShortTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy,
									 float* cpx2, float* cpy2, float* args, int rel)
{
	float x1, y1, x2, y2, cx, cy;
	float cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2;

	x1 = *cpx;
	y1 = *cpy;
	if (rel) {
		x2 = *cpx + args[0];
		y2 = *cpy + args[1];
	} else {
		x2 = args[0];
		y2 = args[1];
	}

	cx = 2*x1 - *cpx2;
	cy = 2*y1 - *cpy2;

	// Convert to cubix bezier
	cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1);
	cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1);
	cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2);
	cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2);

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

	*cpx2 = cx;
	*cpy2 = cy;
	*cpx = x2;
	*cpy = y2;
}

static float nsvg__sqr(float x) { return x*x; }
static float nsvg__vmag(float x, float y) { return sqrtf(x*x + y*y); }

static float nsvg__vecrat(float ux, float uy, float vx, float vy)
{
	return (ux*vx + uy*vy) / (nsvg__vmag(ux,uy) * nsvg__vmag(vx,vy));
}

static float nsvg__vecang(float ux, float uy, float vx, float vy)
{
	float r = nsvg__vecrat(ux,uy, vx,vy);
	if (r < -1.0f) r = -1.0f;
	if (r > 1.0f) r = 1.0f;
	return ((ux*vy < uy*vx) ? -1.0f : 1.0f) * acosf(r);
}

static void nsvg__pathArcTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
	// Ported from canvg (https://code.google.com/p/canvg/)
	float rx, ry, rotx;
	float x1, y1, x2, y2, cx, cy, dx, dy, d;
	float x1p, y1p, cxp, cyp, s, sa, sb;
	float ux, uy, vx, vy, a1, da;
	float x, y, tanx, tany, a, px = 0, py = 0, ptanx = 0, ptany = 0, t[6];
	float sinrx, cosrx;
	int fa, fs;
	int i, ndivs;
	float hda, kappa;

	rx = fabsf(args[0]);				// y radius
	ry = fabsf(args[1]);				// x radius
	rotx = args[2] / 180.0f * NSVG_PI;		// x rotation angle
	fa = fabsf(args[3]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0;	// Large arc
	fs = fabsf(args[4]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0;	// Sweep direction
	x1 = *cpx;							// start point
	y1 = *cpy;
	if (rel) {							// end point
		x2 = *cpx + args[5];
		y2 = *cpy + args[6];
	} else {
		x2 = args[5];
		y2 = args[6];
	}

	dx = x1 - x2;
	dy = y1 - y2;
	d = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);
	if (d < 1e-6f || rx < 1e-6f || ry < 1e-6f) {
		// The arc degenerates to a line
		nsvg__lineTo(p, x2, y2);
		*cpx = x2;
		*cpy = y2;
		return;
	}

	sinrx = sinf(rotx);
	cosrx = cosf(rotx);

	// Convert to center point parameterization.
	// http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/implnote.html#ArcImplementationNotes
	// 1) Compute x1', y1'
	x1p = cosrx * dx / 2.0f + sinrx * dy / 2.0f;
	y1p = -sinrx * dx / 2.0f + cosrx * dy / 2.0f;
	d = nsvg__sqr(x1p)/nsvg__sqr(rx) + nsvg__sqr(y1p)/nsvg__sqr(ry);
	if (d > 1) {
		d = sqrtf(d);
		rx *= d;
		ry *= d;
	}
	// 2) Compute cx', cy'
	s = 0.0f;
	sa = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(ry) - nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) - nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
	sb = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) + nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
	if (sa < 0.0f) sa = 0.0f;
	if (sb > 0.0f)
		s = sqrtf(sa / sb);
	if (fa == fs)
		s = -s;
	cxp = s * rx * y1p / ry;
	cyp = s * -ry * x1p / rx;

	// 3) Compute cx,cy from cx',cy'
	cx = (x1 + x2)/2.0f + cosrx*cxp - sinrx*cyp;
	cy = (y1 + y2)/2.0f + sinrx*cxp + cosrx*cyp;

	// 4) Calculate theta1, and delta theta.
	ux = (x1p - cxp) / rx;
	uy = (y1p - cyp) / ry;
	vx = (-x1p - cxp) / rx;
	vy = (-y1p - cyp) / ry;
	a1 = nsvg__vecang(1.0f,0.0f, ux,uy);	// Initial angle
	da = nsvg__vecang(ux,uy, vx,vy);		// Delta angle

//	if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) <= -1.0f) da = NSVG_PI;
//	if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) >= 1.0f) da = 0;

	if (fs == 0 && da > 0)
		da -= 2 * NSVG_PI;
	else if (fs == 1 && da < 0)
		da += 2 * NSVG_PI;

	// Approximate the arc using cubic spline segments.
	t[0] = cosrx; t[1] = sinrx;
	t[2] = -sinrx; t[3] = cosrx;
	t[4] = cx; t[5] = cy;

	// Split arc into max 90 degree segments.
	// The loop assumes an iteration per end point (including start and end), this +1.
	ndivs = (int)(fabsf(da) / (NSVG_PI*0.5f) + 1.0f);
	hda = (da / (float)ndivs) / 2.0f;
	kappa = fabsf(4.0f / 3.0f * (1.0f - cosf(hda)) / sinf(hda));
	if (da < 0.0f)
		kappa = -kappa;

	for (i = 0; i <= ndivs; i++) {
		a = a1 + da * ((float)i/(float)ndivs);
		dx = cosf(a);
		dy = sinf(a);
		nsvg__xformPoint(&x, &y, dx*rx, dy*ry, t); // position
		nsvg__xformVec(&tanx, &tany, -dy*rx * kappa, dx*ry * kappa, t); // tangent
		if (i > 0)
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, px+ptanx,py+ptany, x-tanx, y-tany, x, y);
		px = x;
		py = y;
		ptanx = tanx;
		ptany = tany;
	}

	*cpx = x2;
	*cpy = y2;
}

static void nsvg__parsePath(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	const char* s = NULL;
	char cmd = '\0';
	float args[10];
	int nargs;
	int rargs = 0;
	float cpx, cpy, cpx2, cpy2;
	const char* tmp[4];
	char closedFlag;
	int i;
	char item[64];

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (strcmp(attr[i], "d") == 0) {
			s = attr[i + 1];
		} else {
			tmp[0] = attr[i];
			tmp[1] = attr[i + 1];
			tmp[2] = 0;
			tmp[3] = 0;
			nsvg__parseAttribs(p, tmp);
		}
	}

	if (s) {
		nsvg__resetPath(p);
		cpx = 0; cpy = 0;
		cpx2 = 0; cpy2 = 0;
		closedFlag = 0;
		nargs = 0;

		while (*s) {
			s = nsvg__getNextPathItem(s, item);
			if (!*item) break;
			if (nsvg__isnum(item[0])) {
				if (nargs < 10)
					args[nargs++] = (float)nsvg__atof(item);
				if (nargs >= rargs) {
					switch (cmd) {
						case 'm':
						case 'M':
							nsvg__pathMoveTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'm' ? 1 : 0);
							// Moveto can be followed by multiple coordinate pairs,
							// which should be treated as linetos.
							cmd = (cmd == 'm') ? 'l' : 'L';
							rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
							cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							break;
						case 'l':
						case 'L':
							nsvg__pathLineTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'l' ? 1 : 0);
							cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							break;
						case 'H':
						case 'h':
							nsvg__pathHLineTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'h' ? 1 : 0);
							cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							break;
						case 'V':
						case 'v':
							nsvg__pathVLineTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'v' ? 1 : 0);
							cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							break;
						case 'C':
						case 'c':
							nsvg__pathCubicBezTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, &cpx2, &cpy2, args, cmd == 'c' ? 1 : 0);
							break;
						case 'S':
						case 's':
							nsvg__pathCubicBezShortTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, &cpx2, &cpy2, args, cmd == 's' ? 1 : 0);
							break;
						case 'Q':
						case 'q':
							nsvg__pathQuadBezTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, &cpx2, &cpy2, args, cmd == 'q' ? 1 : 0);
							break;
						case 'T':
						case 't':
							nsvg__pathQuadBezShortTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, &cpx2, &cpy2, args, cmd == 't' ? 1 : 0);
							break;
						case 'A':
						case 'a':
							nsvg__pathArcTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'a' ? 1 : 0);
							cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							break;
						default:
							if (nargs >= 2) {
								cpx = args[nargs-2];
								cpy = args[nargs-1];
								cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							}
							break;
					}
					nargs = 0;
				}
			} else {
				cmd = item[0];
				rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
				if (cmd == 'M' || cmd == 'm') {
					// Commit path.
					if (p->npts > 0)
						nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
					// Start new subpath.
					nsvg__resetPath(p);
					closedFlag = 0;
					nargs = 0;
				} else if (cmd == 'Z' || cmd == 'z') {
					closedFlag = 1;
					// Commit path.
					if (p->npts > 0) {
						// Move current point to first point
						cpx = p->pts[0];
						cpy = p->pts[1];
						cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
						nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
					}
					// Start new subpath.
					nsvg__resetPath(p);
					nsvg__moveTo(p, cpx, cpy);
					closedFlag = 0;
					nargs = 0;
				}
			}
		}
		// Commit path.
		if (p->npts)
			nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
	}

	nsvg__addShape(p);
}

static void nsvg__parseRect(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	float x = 0.0f;
	float y = 0.0f;
	float w = 0.0f;
	float h = 0.0f;
	float rx = -1.0f; // marks not set
	float ry = -1.0f;
	int i;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "x") == 0) x = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "y") == 0) y = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "width") == 0) w = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], 0.0f, nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "height") == 0) h = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], 0.0f, nsvg__actualHeight(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "rx") == 0) rx = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], 0.0f, nsvg__actualWidth(p)));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "ry") == 0) ry = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], 0.0f, nsvg__actualHeight(p)));
		}
	}

	if (rx < 0.0f && ry > 0.0f) rx = ry;
	if (ry < 0.0f && rx > 0.0f) ry = rx;
	if (rx < 0.0f) rx = 0.0f;
	if (ry < 0.0f) ry = 0.0f;
	if (rx > w/2.0f) rx = w/2.0f;
	if (ry > h/2.0f) ry = h/2.0f;

	if (w != 0.0f && h != 0.0f) {
		nsvg__resetPath(p);

		if (rx < 0.00001f || ry < 0.0001f) {
			nsvg__moveTo(p, x, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x, y+h);
		} else {
			// Rounded rectangle
			nsvg__moveTo(p, x+rx, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w-rx, y);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y, x+w, y+ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w, y+ry);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x+w-rx, y+h);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+rx, y+h);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x, y+h-ry);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x, y+ry);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x, y+ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y, x+rx, y);
		}

		nsvg__addPath(p, 1);

		nsvg__addShape(p);
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseCircle(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	float cx = 0.0f;
	float cy = 0.0f;
	float r = 0.0f;
	int i;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "cx") == 0) cx = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "cy") == 0) cy = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "r") == 0) r = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p)));
		}
	}

	if (r > 0.0f) {
		nsvg__resetPath(p);

		nsvg__moveTo(p, cx+r, cy);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx+r, cy+r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx+r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy+r, cx, cy+r);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx-r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy+r, cx-r, cy+r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx-r, cy);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx-r, cy-r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx-r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy-r, cx, cy-r);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx+r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy-r, cx+r, cy-r*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx+r, cy);

		nsvg__addPath(p, 1);

		nsvg__addShape(p);
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseEllipse(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	float cx = 0.0f;
	float cy = 0.0f;
	float rx = 0.0f;
	float ry = 0.0f;
	int i;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "cx") == 0) cx = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "cy") == 0) cy = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "rx") == 0) rx = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], 0.0f, nsvg__actualWidth(p)));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "ry") == 0) ry = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], 0.0f, nsvg__actualHeight(p)));
		}
	}

	if (rx > 0.0f && ry > 0.0f) {

		nsvg__resetPath(p);

		nsvg__moveTo(p, cx+rx, cy);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx+rx, cy+ry*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx+rx*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy+ry, cx, cy+ry);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx-rx*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy+ry, cx-rx, cy+ry*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx-rx, cy);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx-rx, cy-ry*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx-rx*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy-ry, cx, cy-ry);
		nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx+rx*NSVG_KAPPA90, cy-ry, cx+rx, cy-ry*NSVG_KAPPA90, cx+rx, cy);

		nsvg__addPath(p, 1);

		nsvg__addShape(p);
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseLine(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	float x1 = 0.0;
	float y1 = 0.0;
	float x2 = 0.0;
	float y2 = 0.0;
	int i;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "x1") == 0) x1 = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "y1") == 0) y1 = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "x2") == 0) x2 = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "y2") == 0) y2 = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
		}
	}

	nsvg__resetPath(p);

	nsvg__moveTo(p, x1, y1);
	nsvg__lineTo(p, x2, y2);

	nsvg__addPath(p, 0);

	nsvg__addShape(p);
}

static void nsvg__parsePoly(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr, int closeFlag)
{
	int i;
	const char* s;
	float args[2];
	int nargs, npts = 0;
	char item[64];

	nsvg__resetPath(p);

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "points") == 0) {
				s = attr[i + 1];
				nargs = 0;
				while (*s) {
					s = nsvg__getNextPathItem(s, item);
					args[nargs++] = (float)nsvg__atof(item);
					if (nargs >= 2) {
						if (npts == 0)
							nsvg__moveTo(p, args[0], args[1]);
						else
							nsvg__lineTo(p, args[0], args[1]);
						nargs = 0;
						npts++;
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}

	nsvg__addPath(p, (char)closeFlag);

	nsvg__addShape(p);
}

static void nsvg__parseSVG(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	int i;
	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "width") == 0) {
				p->image->width = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "height") == 0) {
				p->image->height = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "viewBox") == 0) {
				sscanf(attr[i + 1], "%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f", &p->viewMinx, &p->viewMiny, &p->viewWidth, &p->viewHeight);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "preserveAspectRatio") == 0) {
				if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "none") != 0) {
					// No uniform scaling
					p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_NONE;
				} else {
					// Parse X align
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMin") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMid") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMax") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
					// Parse X align
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMin") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMid") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMax") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
					// Parse meet/slice
					p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_MEET;
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "slice") != 0)
						p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE;
				}
			}
		}
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseGradient(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr, char type)
{
	int i;
	NSVGgradientData* grad = (NSVGgradientData*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGgradientData));
	if (grad == NULL) return;
	memset(grad, 0, sizeof(NSVGgradientData));
	grad->units = NSVG_OBJECT_SPACE;
	grad->type = type;
	if (grad->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
		grad->linear.x1 = nsvg__coord(0.0f, NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT);
		grad->linear.y1 = nsvg__coord(0.0f, NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT);
		grad->linear.x2 = nsvg__coord(100.0f, NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT);
		grad->linear.y2 = nsvg__coord(0.0f, NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT);
	} else if (grad->type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT) {
		grad->radial.cx = nsvg__coord(50.0f, NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT);
		grad->radial.cy = nsvg__coord(50.0f, NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT);
		grad->radial.r = nsvg__coord(50.0f, NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT);
	}

	nsvg__xformIdentity(grad->xform);

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (strcmp(attr[i], "id") == 0) {
			strncpy(grad->id, attr[i+1], 63);
			grad->id[63] = '\0';
		} else if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "gradientUnits") == 0) {
				if (strcmp(attr[i+1], "objectBoundingBox") == 0)
					grad->units = NSVG_OBJECT_SPACE;
				else
					grad->units = NSVG_USER_SPACE;
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "gradientTransform") == 0) {
				nsvg__parseTransform(grad->xform, attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "cx") == 0) {
				grad->radial.cx = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "cy") == 0) {
				grad->radial.cy = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "r") == 0) {
				grad->radial.r = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "fx") == 0) {
				grad->radial.fx = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "fy") == 0) {
				grad->radial.fy = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "x1") == 0) {
				grad->linear.x1 = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "y1") == 0) {
				grad->linear.y1 = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "x2") == 0) {
				grad->linear.x2 = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "y2") == 0) {
				grad->linear.y2 = nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(attr[i + 1]);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "spreadMethod") == 0) {
				if (strcmp(attr[i+1], "pad") == 0)
					grad->spread = NSVG_SPREAD_PAD;
				else if (strcmp(attr[i+1], "reflect") == 0)
					grad->spread = NSVG_SPREAD_REFLECT;
				else if (strcmp(attr[i+1], "repeat") == 0)
					grad->spread = NSVG_SPREAD_REPEAT;
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "xlink:href") == 0) {
				const char *href = attr[i+1];
				strncpy(grad->ref, href+1, 62);
				grad->ref[62] = '\0';
			}
		}
	}

	grad->next = p->gradients;
	p->gradients = grad;
}

static void nsvg__parseGradientStop(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	NSVGattrib* curAttr = nsvg__getAttr(p);
	NSVGgradientData* grad;
	NSVGgradientStop* stop;
	int i, idx;

	curAttr->stopOffset = 0;
	curAttr->stopColor = 0;
	curAttr->stopOpacity = 1.0f;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1]);
	}

	// Add stop to the last gradient.
	grad = p->gradients;
	if (grad == NULL) return;

	grad->nstops++;
	grad->stops = (NSVGgradientStop*)NANOSVG_realloc(grad->stops, sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*grad->nstops);
	if (grad->stops == NULL) return;

	// Insert
	idx = grad->nstops-1;
	for (i = 0; i < grad->nstops-1; i++) {
		if (curAttr->stopOffset < grad->stops[i].offset) {
			idx = i;
			break;
		}
	}
	if (idx != grad->nstops-1) {
		for (i = grad->nstops-1; i > idx; i--)
			grad->stops[i] = grad->stops[i-1];
	}

	stop = &grad->stops[idx];
	stop->color = curAttr->stopColor;
	stop->color |= (unsigned int)(curAttr->stopOpacity*255) << 24;
	stop->offset = curAttr->stopOffset;
}

static void nsvg__startElement(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr)
{
	NSVGparser* p = (NSVGparser*)ud;

	if (p->defsFlag) {
		// Skip everything but gradients in defs
		if (strcmp(el, "linearGradient") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT);
		} else if (strcmp(el, "radialGradient") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT);
		} else if (strcmp(el, "stop") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradientStop(p, attr);
		}
		return;
	}

	if (strcmp(el, "g") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseAttribs(p, attr);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "path") == 0) {
		if (p->pathFlag)	// Do not allow nested paths.
			return;
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parsePath(p, attr);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "rect") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseRect(p, attr);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "circle") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseCircle(p, attr);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "ellipse") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseEllipse(p, attr);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "line") == 0)  {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseLine(p, attr);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "polyline") == 0)  {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parsePoly(p, attr, 0);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "polygon") == 0)  {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parsePoly(p, attr, 1);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else  if (strcmp(el, "linearGradient") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "radialGradient") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "stop") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseGradientStop(p, attr);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "defs") == 0) {
		p->defsFlag = 1;
	} else if (strcmp(el, "svg") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseSVG(p, attr);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "style") == 0) {
		p->styleFlag = 1;
	}
}

static void nsvg__endElement(void* ud, const char* el)
{
	NSVGparser* p = (NSVGparser*)ud;

	if (strcmp(el, "g") == 0) {
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "path") == 0) {
		p->pathFlag = 0;
	} else if (strcmp(el, "defs") == 0) {
		p->defsFlag = 0;
	} else if (strcmp(el, "style") == 0) {
		p->styleFlag = 0;
	}
}

static char *nsvg__strndup(const char *s, size_t n)
{
	char *result;
	size_t len = strlen(s);

	if (n < len)
		len = n;

	result = (char*)NANOSVG_malloc(len+1);
	if (!result)
		return 0;

	result[len] = '\0';
	return (char *)memcpy(result, s, len);
}

static void nsvg__content(void* ud, const char* s)
{
	NSVGparser* p = (NSVGparser*)ud;
	if (p->styleFlag) {

		int state = 0;
		const char* start = NULL;
		while (*s) {
			char c = *s;
			if (nsvg__isspace(c) || c == '{') {
				if (state == 1) {
					NSVGstyles* next = p->styles;

					p->styles = (NSVGstyles*)malloc(sizeof(NSVGstyles));
					p->styles->next = next;
					p->styles->name = nsvg__strndup(start, (size_t)(s - start));
					start = s + 1;
					state = 2;
				}
			} else if (state == 2 && c == '}') {
				p->styles->description = nsvg__strndup(start, (size_t)(s - start));
				state = 0;
			}
			else if (state == 0) {
				start = s;
				state = 1;
			}
			s++;
		/*
			if (*s == '{' && state == NSVG_XML_CONTENT) {
				// Start of a tag
				*s++ = '\0';
				nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
				mark = s;
				state = NSVG_XML_TAG;
			}
			else if (*s == '>' && state == NSVG_XML_TAG) {
				// Start of a content or new tag.
				*s++ = '\0';
				nsvg__parseElement(mark, startelCb, endelCb, ud);
				mark = s;
				state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
			}
			else {
				s++;
			}
		*/
		}

	}
}

static void nsvg__imageBounds(NSVGparser* p, float* bounds)
{
	NSVGshape* shape;
	shape = p->image->shapes;
	if (shape == NULL) {
		bounds[0] = bounds[1] = bounds[2] = bounds[3] = 0.0;
		return;
	}
	bounds[0] = shape->bounds[0];
	bounds[1] = shape->bounds[1];
	bounds[2] = shape->bounds[2];
	bounds[3] = shape->bounds[3];
	for (shape = shape->next; shape != NULL; shape = shape->next) {
		bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(bounds[0], shape->bounds[0]);
		bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(bounds[1], shape->bounds[1]);
		bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(bounds[2], shape->bounds[2]);
		bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(bounds[3], shape->bounds[3]);
	}
}

static float nsvg__viewAlign(float content, float container, int type)
{
	if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MIN)
		return 0;
	else if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MAX)
		return container - content;
	// mid
	return (container - content) * 0.5f;
}

static void nsvg__scaleGradient(NSVGgradient* grad, float tx, float ty, float sx, float sy)
{
	float t[6];
	nsvg__xformSetTranslation(t, tx, ty);
	nsvg__xformMultiply (grad->xform, t);

	nsvg__xformSetScale(t, sx, sy);
	nsvg__xformMultiply (grad->xform, t);
}

static void nsvg__scaleToViewbox(NSVGparser* p, const char* units)
{
	NSVGshape* shape;
	NSVGpath* path;
	float tx, ty, sx, sy, us, bounds[4], t[6], avgs;
	int i;
	float* pt;

	// Guess image size if not set completely.
	nsvg__imageBounds(p, bounds);

	if (p->viewWidth == 0) {
		if (p->image->width > 0) {
			p->viewWidth = p->image->width;
		} else {
			p->viewMinx = bounds[0];
			p->viewWidth = bounds[2] - bounds[0];
		}
	}
	if (p->viewHeight == 0) {
		if (p->image->height > 0) {
			p->viewHeight = p->image->height;
		} else {
			p->viewMiny = bounds[1];
			p->viewHeight = bounds[3] - bounds[1];
		}
	}
	if (p->image->width == 0)
		p->image->width = p->viewWidth;
	if (p->image->height == 0)
		p->image->height = p->viewHeight;

	tx = -p->viewMinx;
	ty = -p->viewMiny;
	sx = p->viewWidth > 0 ? p->image->width / p->viewWidth : 0;
	sy = p->viewHeight > 0 ? p->image->height / p->viewHeight : 0;
	// Unit scaling
	us = 1.0f / nsvg__convertToPixels(p, nsvg__coord(1.0f, nsvg__parseUnits(units)), 0.0f, 1.0f);

	// Fix aspect ratio
	if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_MEET) {
		// fit whole image into viewbox
		sx = sy = nsvg__minf(sx, sy);
		tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
		ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
	} else if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE) {
		// fill whole viewbox with image
		sx = sy = nsvg__maxf(sx, sy);
		tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
		ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
	}

	// Transform
	sx *= us;
	sy *= us;
	avgs = (sx+sy) / 2.0f;
	for (shape = p->image->shapes; shape != NULL; shape = shape->next) {
		shape->bounds[0] = (shape->bounds[0] + tx) * sx;
		shape->bounds[1] = (shape->bounds[1] + ty) * sy;
		shape->bounds[2] = (shape->bounds[2] + tx) * sx;
		shape->bounds[3] = (shape->bounds[3] + ty) * sy;
		for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
			path->bounds[0] = (path->bounds[0] + tx) * sx;
			path->bounds[1] = (path->bounds[1] + ty) * sy;
			path->bounds[2] = (path->bounds[2] + tx) * sx;
			path->bounds[3] = (path->bounds[3] + ty) * sy;
			for (i =0; i < path->npts; i++) {
				pt = &path->pts[i*2];
				pt[0] = (pt[0] + tx) * sx;
				pt[1] = (pt[1] + ty) * sy;
			}
		}

		if (shape->fill.type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT || shape->fill.type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT) {
			nsvg__scaleGradient(shape->fill.gradient, tx,ty, sx,sy);
			memcpy(t, shape->fill.gradient->xform, sizeof(float)*6);
			nsvg__xformInverse(shape->fill.gradient->xform, t);
		}
		if (shape->stroke.type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT || shape->stroke.type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT) {
			nsvg__scaleGradient(shape->stroke.gradient, tx,ty, sx,sy);
			memcpy(t, shape->stroke.gradient->xform, sizeof(float)*6);
			nsvg__xformInverse(shape->stroke.gradient->xform, t);
		}

		shape->strokeWidth *= avgs;
		shape->strokeDashOffset *= avgs;
		for (i = 0; i < shape->strokeDashCount; i++)
			shape->strokeDashArray[i] *= avgs;
	}
}

NANOSVG_SCOPE
NSVGimage* nsvgParse(char* input, const char* units, float dpi)
{
	NSVGparser* p;
	NSVGimage* ret = 0;

	p = nsvg__createParser();
	if (p == NULL) {
		return NULL;
	}
	p->dpi = dpi;

	nsvg__parseXML(input, nsvg__startElement, nsvg__endElement, nsvg__content, p);

	// Scale to viewBox
	nsvg__scaleToViewbox(p, units);

	ret = p->image;
	p->image = NULL;

	nsvg__deleteParser(p);

	return ret;
}

NANOSVG_SCOPE
NSVGimage* nsvgParseFromFile(const char* filename, const char* units, float dpi)
{
	FILE* fp = NULL;
	size_t size;
	char* data = NULL;
	NSVGimage* image = NULL;

	fp = fopen(filename, "rb");
	if (!fp) goto error;
	fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END);
	size = ftell(fp);
	fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
	data = (char*)NANOSVG_malloc(size+1);
	if (data == NULL) goto error;
	if (fread(data, 1, size, fp) != size) goto error;
	data[size] = '\0';	// Must be null terminated.
	fclose(fp);
	image = nsvgParse(data, units, dpi);
	NANOSVG_free(data);

	return image;

error:
	if (fp) fclose(fp);
	if (data) NANOSVG_free(data);
	if (image) nsvgDelete(image);
	return NULL;
}

NANOSVG_SCOPE
void nsvgDelete(NSVGimage* image)
{
	NSVGshape *snext, *shape;
	if (image == NULL) return;
	shape = image->shapes;
	while (shape != NULL) {
		snext = shape->next;
		nsvg__deletePaths(shape->paths);
		nsvg__deletePaint(&shape->fill);
		nsvg__deletePaint(&shape->stroke);
		NANOSVG_free(shape);
		shape = snext;
	}
	NANOSVG_free(image);
}

#endif

Added generic/nanosvgrast.h.























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2013-14 Mikko Mononen [email protected]
 *
 * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
 * warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
 * arising from the use of this software.
 *
 * Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
 * including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
 * freely, subject to the following restrictions:
 *
 * 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
 * claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
 * in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
 * appreciated but is not required.
 * 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
 * misrepresented as being the original software.
 * 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
 *
 * The polygon rasterization is heavily based on stb_truetype rasterizer
 * by Sean Barrett - http://nothings.org/
 *
 */

#ifndef NANOSVGRAST_H
#define NANOSVGRAST_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_SCOPE
#define NANOSVG_SCOPE
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_malloc
#define NANOSVG_malloc malloc
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_realloc
#define NANOSVG_realloc realloc
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_free
#define NANOSVG_free free
#endif

typedef struct NSVGrasterizer NSVGrasterizer;

/* Example Usage:
	// Load SVG
	struct SNVGImage* image = nsvgParseFromFile("test.svg.");

	// Create rasterizer (can be used to render multiple images).
	struct NSVGrasterizer* rast = nsvgCreateRasterizer();
	// Allocate memory for image
	unsigned char* img = malloc(w*h*4);
	// Rasterize
	nsvgRasterize(rast, image, 0,0,1, img, w, h, w*4);
*/

// Allocated rasterizer context.
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGrasterizer* nsvgCreateRasterizer();

// Rasterizes SVG image, returns RGBA image (non-premultiplied alpha)
//   r - pointer to rasterizer context
//   image - pointer to image to rasterize
//   tx,ty - image offset (applied after scaling)
//   scale - image scale
//   dst - pointer to destination image data, 4 bytes per pixel (RGBA)
//   w - width of the image to render
//   h - height of the image to render
//   stride - number of bytes per scaleline in the destination buffer
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgRasterize(NSVGrasterizer* r,
				   NSVGimage* image, float tx, float ty, float scale,
				   unsigned char* dst, int w, int h, int stride);

// Deletes rasterizer context.
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDeleteRasterizer(NSVGrasterizer*);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif // NANOSVGRAST_H

#ifdef NANOSVGRAST_IMPLEMENTATION

#include <math.h>

#define NSVG__SUBSAMPLES	5
#define NSVG__FIXSHIFT		10
#define NSVG__FIX			(1 << NSVG__FIXSHIFT)
#define NSVG__FIXMASK		(NSVG__FIX-1)
#define NSVG__MEMPAGE_SIZE	1024

typedef struct NSVGedge {
	float x0,y0, x1,y1;
	int dir;
	struct NSVGedge* next;
} NSVGedge;

typedef struct NSVGpoint {
	float x, y;
	float dx, dy;
	float len;
	float dmx, dmy;
	unsigned char flags;
} NSVGpoint;

typedef struct NSVGactiveEdge {
	int x,dx;
	float ey;
	int dir;
	struct NSVGactiveEdge *next;
} NSVGactiveEdge;

typedef struct NSVGmemPage {
	unsigned char mem[NSVG__MEMPAGE_SIZE];
	int size;
	struct NSVGmemPage* next;
} NSVGmemPage;

typedef struct NSVGcachedPaint {
	char type;
	char spread;
	float xform[6];
	unsigned int colors[256];
} NSVGcachedPaint;

struct NSVGrasterizer
{
	float px, py;

	float tessTol;
	float distTol;

	NSVGedge* edges;
	int nedges;
	int cedges;

	NSVGpoint* points;
	int npoints;
	int cpoints;

	NSVGpoint* points2;
	int npoints2;
	int cpoints2;

	NSVGactiveEdge* freelist;
	NSVGmemPage* pages;
	NSVGmemPage* curpage;

	unsigned char* scanline;
	int cscanline;

	unsigned char* bitmap;
	int width, height, stride;
};

NANOSVG_SCOPE
NSVGrasterizer* nsvgCreateRasterizer()
{
	NSVGrasterizer* r = (NSVGrasterizer*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGrasterizer));
	if (r == NULL) goto error;
	memset(r, 0, sizeof(NSVGrasterizer));

	r->tessTol = 0.25f;
	r->distTol = 0.01f;

	return r;

error:
	nsvgDeleteRasterizer(r);
	return NULL;
}

NANOSVG_SCOPE
void nsvgDeleteRasterizer(NSVGrasterizer* r)
{
	NSVGmemPage* p;

	if (r == NULL) return;

	p = r->pages;
	while (p != NULL) {
		NSVGmemPage* next = p->next;
		NANOSVG_free(p);
		p = next;
	}

	if (r->edges) NANOSVG_free(r->edges);
	if (r->points) NANOSVG_free(r->points);
	if (r->points2) NANOSVG_free(r->points2);
	if (r->scanline) NANOSVG_free(r->scanline);

	NANOSVG_free(r);
}

static NSVGmemPage* nsvg__nextPage(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGmemPage* cur)
{
	NSVGmemPage *newp;

	// If using existing chain, return the next page in chain
	if (cur != NULL && cur->next != NULL) {
		return cur->next;
	}

	// Alloc new page
	newp = (NSVGmemPage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGmemPage));
	if (newp == NULL) return NULL;
	memset(newp, 0, sizeof(NSVGmemPage));

	// Add to linked list
	if (cur != NULL)
		cur->next = newp;
	else
		r->pages = newp;

	return newp;
}

static void nsvg__resetPool(NSVGrasterizer* r)
{
	NSVGmemPage* p = r->pages;
	while (p != NULL) {
		p->size = 0;
		p = p->next;
	}
	r->curpage = r->pages;
}

static unsigned char* nsvg__alloc(NSVGrasterizer* r, int size)
{
	unsigned char* buf;
	if (size > NSVG__MEMPAGE_SIZE) return NULL;
	if (r->curpage == NULL || r->curpage->size+size > NSVG__MEMPAGE_SIZE) {
		r->curpage = nsvg__nextPage(r, r->curpage);
	}
	buf = &r->curpage->mem[r->curpage->size];
	r->curpage->size += size;
	return buf;
}

static int nsvg__ptEquals(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float tol)
{
	float dx = x2 - x1;
	float dy = y2 - y1;
	return dx*dx + dy*dy < tol*tol;
}

static void nsvg__addPathPoint(NSVGrasterizer* r, float x, float y, int flags)
{
	NSVGpoint* pt;

	if (r->npoints > 0) {
		pt = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
		if (nsvg__ptEquals(pt->x,pt->y, x,y, r->distTol)) {
			pt->flags = (unsigned char)(pt->flags | flags);
			return;
		}
	}

	if (r->npoints+1 > r->cpoints) {
		r->cpoints = r->cpoints > 0 ? r->cpoints * 2 : 64;
		r->points = (NSVGpoint*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->points, sizeof(NSVGpoint) * r->cpoints);
		if (r->points == NULL) return;
	}

	pt = &r->points[r->npoints];
	pt->x = x;
	pt->y = y;
	pt->flags = (unsigned char)flags;
	r->npoints++;
}

static void nsvg__appendPathPoint(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint pt)
{
	if (r->npoints+1 > r->cpoints) {
		r->cpoints = r->cpoints > 0 ? r->cpoints * 2 : 64;
		r->points = (NSVGpoint*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->points, sizeof(NSVGpoint) * r->cpoints);
		if (r->points == NULL) return;
	}
	r->points[r->npoints] = pt;
	r->npoints++;
}

static void nsvg__duplicatePoints(NSVGrasterizer* r)
{
	if (r->npoints > r->cpoints2) {
		r->cpoints2 = r->npoints;
		r->points2 = (NSVGpoint*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->points2, sizeof(NSVGpoint) * r->cpoints2);
		if (r->points2 == NULL) return;
	}

	memcpy(r->points2, r->points, sizeof(NSVGpoint) * r->npoints);
	r->npoints2 = r->npoints;
}

static void nsvg__addEdge(NSVGrasterizer* r, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1)
{
	NSVGedge* e;

	// Skip horizontal edges
	if (y0 == y1)
		return;

	if (r->nedges+1 > r->cedges) {
		r->cedges = r->cedges > 0 ? r->cedges * 2 : 64;
		r->edges = (NSVGedge*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->edges, sizeof(NSVGedge) * r->cedges);
		if (r->edges == NULL) return;
	}

	e = &r->edges[r->nedges];
	r->nedges++;

	if (y0 < y1) {
		e->x0 = x0;
		e->y0 = y0;
		e->x1 = x1;
		e->y1 = y1;
		e->dir = 1;
	} else {
		e->x0 = x1;
		e->y0 = y1;
		e->x1 = x0;
		e->y1 = y0;
		e->dir = -1;
	}
}

static float nsvg__normalize(float *x, float* y)
{
	float d = sqrtf((*x)*(*x) + (*y)*(*y));
	if (d > 1e-6f) {
		float id = 1.0f / d;
		*x *= id;
		*y *= id;
	}
	return d;
}

static float nsvg__absf(float x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; }

static void nsvg__flattenCubicBez(NSVGrasterizer* r,
								  float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2,
								  float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4,
								  int level, int type)
{
	float x12,y12,x23,y23,x34,y34,x123,y123,x234,y234,x1234,y1234;
	float dx,dy,d2,d3;

	if (level > 10) return;

	x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f;
	y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f;
	x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f;
	y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f;
	x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f;
	y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f;
	x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f;
	y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f;

	dx = x4 - x1;
	dy = y4 - y1;
	d2 = nsvg__absf(((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx));
	d3 = nsvg__absf(((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx));

	if ((d2 + d3)*(d2 + d3) < r->tessTol * (dx*dx + dy*dy)) {
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, x4, y4, type);
		return;
	}

	x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f;
	y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f;
	x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f;
	y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f;

	nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, x1,y1, x12,y12, x123,y123, x1234,y1234, level+1, 0);
	nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, x1234,y1234, x234,y234, x34,y34, x4,y4, level+1, type);
}

static void nsvg__flattenShape(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGshape* shape, float scale)
{
	int i, j;
	NSVGpath* path;

	for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		r->npoints = 0;
		// Flatten path
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
		for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
			float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
			nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, 0);
		}
		// Close path
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
		// Build edges
		for (i = 0, j = r->npoints-1; i < r->npoints; j = i++)
			nsvg__addEdge(r, r->points[j].x, r->points[j].y, r->points[i].x, r->points[i].y);
	}
}

enum NSVGpointFlags
{
	NSVG_PT_CORNER = 0x01,
	NSVG_PT_BEVEL = 0x02,
	NSVG_PT_LEFT = 0x04
};

static void nsvg__initClosed(NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p0, NSVGpoint* p1, float lineWidth)
{
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
	float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
	float len = nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
	float px = p0->x + dx*len*0.5f, py = p0->y + dy*len*0.5f;
	float dlx = dy, dly = -dx;
	float lx = px - dlx*w, ly = py - dly*w;
	float rx = px + dlx*w, ry = py + dly*w;
	left->x = lx; left->y = ly;
	right->x = rx; right->y = ry;
}

static void nsvg__buttCap(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p, float dx, float dy, float lineWidth, int connect)
{
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float px = p->x, py = p->y;
	float dlx = dy, dly = -dx;
	float lx = px - dlx*w, ly = py - dly*w;
	float rx = px + dlx*w, ry = py + dly*w;

	nsvg__addEdge(r, lx, ly, rx, ry);

	if (connect) {
		nsvg__addEdge(r, left->x, left->y, lx, ly);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, rx, ry, right->x, right->y);
	}
	left->x = lx; left->y = ly;
	right->x = rx; right->y = ry;
}

static void nsvg__squareCap(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p, float dx, float dy, float lineWidth, int connect)
{
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float px = p->x - dx*w, py = p->y - dy*w;
	float dlx = dy, dly = -dx;
	float lx = px - dlx*w, ly = py - dly*w;
	float rx = px + dlx*w, ry = py + dly*w;

	nsvg__addEdge(r, lx, ly, rx, ry);

	if (connect) {
		nsvg__addEdge(r, left->x, left->y, lx, ly);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, rx, ry, right->x, right->y);
	}
	left->x = lx; left->y = ly;
	right->x = rx; right->y = ry;
}

#ifndef NSVG_PI
#define NSVG_PI (3.14159265358979323846264338327f)
#endif

static void nsvg__roundCap(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p, float dx, float dy, float lineWidth, int ncap, int connect)
{
	int i;
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float px = p->x, py = p->y;
	float dlx = dy, dly = -dx;
	float lx = 0, ly = 0, rx = 0, ry = 0, prevx = 0, prevy = 0;

	for (i = 0; i < ncap; i++) {
		float a = (float)i/(float)(ncap-1)*NSVG_PI;
		float ax = cosf(a) * w, ay = sinf(a) * w;
		float x = px - dlx*ax - dx*ay;
		float y = py - dly*ax - dy*ay;

		if (i > 0)
			nsvg__addEdge(r, prevx, prevy, x, y);

		prevx = x;
		prevy = y;

		if (i == 0) {
			lx = x; ly = y;
		} else if (i == ncap-1) {
			rx = x; ry = y;
		}
	}

	if (connect) {
		nsvg__addEdge(r, left->x, left->y, lx, ly);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, rx, ry, right->x, right->y);
	}

	left->x = lx; left->y = ly;
	right->x = rx; right->y = ry;
}

static void nsvg__bevelJoin(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p0, NSVGpoint* p1, float lineWidth)
{
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float dlx0 = p0->dy, dly0 = -p0->dx;
	float dlx1 = p1->dy, dly1 = -p1->dx;
	float lx0 = p1->x - (dlx0 * w), ly0 = p1->y - (dly0 * w);
	float rx0 = p1->x + (dlx0 * w), ry0 = p1->y + (dly0 * w);
	float lx1 = p1->x - (dlx1 * w), ly1 = p1->y - (dly1 * w);
	float rx1 = p1->x + (dlx1 * w), ry1 = p1->y + (dly1 * w);

	nsvg__addEdge(r, lx0, ly0, left->x, left->y);
	nsvg__addEdge(r, lx1, ly1, lx0, ly0);

	nsvg__addEdge(r, right->x, right->y, rx0, ry0);
	nsvg__addEdge(r, rx0, ry0, rx1, ry1);

	left->x = lx1; left->y = ly1;
	right->x = rx1; right->y = ry1;
}

static void nsvg__miterJoin(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p0, NSVGpoint* p1, float lineWidth)
{
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float dlx0 = p0->dy, dly0 = -p0->dx;
	float dlx1 = p1->dy, dly1 = -p1->dx;
	float lx0, rx0, lx1, rx1;
	float ly0, ry0, ly1, ry1;

	if (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_LEFT) {
		lx0 = lx1 = p1->x - p1->dmx * w;
		ly0 = ly1 = p1->y - p1->dmy * w;
		nsvg__addEdge(r, lx1, ly1, left->x, left->y);

		rx0 = p1->x + (dlx0 * w);
		ry0 = p1->y + (dly0 * w);
		rx1 = p1->x + (dlx1 * w);
		ry1 = p1->y + (dly1 * w);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, right->x, right->y, rx0, ry0);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, rx0, ry0, rx1, ry1);
	} else {
		lx0 = p1->x - (dlx0 * w);
		ly0 = p1->y - (dly0 * w);
		lx1 = p1->x - (dlx1 * w);
		ly1 = p1->y - (dly1 * w);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, lx0, ly0, left->x, left->y);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, lx1, ly1, lx0, ly0);

		rx0 = rx1 = p1->x + p1->dmx * w;
		ry0 = ry1 = p1->y + p1->dmy * w;
		nsvg__addEdge(r, right->x, right->y, rx1, ry1);
	}

	left->x = lx1; left->y = ly1;
	right->x = rx1; right->y = ry1;
}

static void nsvg__roundJoin(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p0, NSVGpoint* p1, float lineWidth, int ncap)
{
	int i, n;
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float dlx0 = p0->dy, dly0 = -p0->dx;
	float dlx1 = p1->dy, dly1 = -p1->dx;
	float a0 = atan2f(dly0, dlx0);
	float a1 = atan2f(dly1, dlx1);
	float da = a1 - a0;
	float lx, ly, rx, ry;

	if (da < NSVG_PI) da += NSVG_PI*2;
	if (da > NSVG_PI) da -= NSVG_PI*2;

	n = (int)ceilf((nsvg__absf(da) / NSVG_PI) * (float)ncap);
	if (n < 2) n = 2;
	if (n > ncap) n = ncap;

	lx = left->x;
	ly = left->y;
	rx = right->x;
	ry = right->y;

	for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
		float u = (float)i/(float)(n-1);
		float a = a0 + u*da;
		float ax = cosf(a) * w, ay = sinf(a) * w;
		float lx1 = p1->x - ax, ly1 = p1->y - ay;
		float rx1 = p1->x + ax, ry1 = p1->y + ay;

		nsvg__addEdge(r, lx1, ly1, lx, ly);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, rx, ry, rx1, ry1);

		lx = lx1; ly = ly1;
		rx = rx1; ry = ry1;
	}

	left->x = lx; left->y = ly;
	right->x = rx; right->y = ry;
}

static void nsvg__straightJoin(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* left, NSVGpoint* right, NSVGpoint* p1, float lineWidth)
{
	float w = lineWidth * 0.5f;
	float lx = p1->x - (p1->dmx * w), ly = p1->y - (p1->dmy * w);
	float rx = p1->x + (p1->dmx * w), ry = p1->y + (p1->dmy * w);

	nsvg__addEdge(r, lx, ly, left->x, left->y);
	nsvg__addEdge(r, right->x, right->y, rx, ry);

	left->x = lx; left->y = ly;
	right->x = rx; right->y = ry;
}

static int nsvg__curveDivs(float r, float arc, float tol)
{
	float da = acosf(r / (r + tol)) * 2.0f;
	int divs = (int)ceilf(arc / da);
	if (divs < 2) divs = 2;
	return divs;
}

static void nsvg__expandStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* points, int npoints, int closed, int lineJoin, int lineCap, float lineWidth)
{
	int ncap = nsvg__curveDivs(lineWidth*0.5f, NSVG_PI, r->tessTol);	// Calculate divisions per half circle.
	NSVGpoint left = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, right = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstLeft = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstRight = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
	int j, s, e;

	// Build stroke edges
	if (closed) {
		// Looping
		p0 = &points[npoints-1];
		p1 = &points[0];
		s = 0;
		e = npoints;
	} else {
		// Add cap
		p0 = &points[0];
		p1 = &points[1];
		s = 1;
		e = npoints-1;
	}

	if (closed) {
		nsvg__initClosed(&left, &right, p0, p1, lineWidth);
		firstLeft = left;
		firstRight = right;
	} else {
		// Add cap
		float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
		if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
			nsvg__buttCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
			nsvg__squareCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_ROUND)
			nsvg__roundCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, ncap, 0);
	}

	for (j = s; j < e; ++j) {
		if (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) {
			if (lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_ROUND)
				nsvg__roundJoin(r, &left, &right, p0, p1, lineWidth, ncap);
			else if (lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL || (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_BEVEL))
				nsvg__bevelJoin(r, &left, &right, p0, p1, lineWidth);
			else
				nsvg__miterJoin(r, &left, &right, p0, p1, lineWidth);
		} else {
			nsvg__straightJoin(r, &left, &right, p1, lineWidth);
		}
		p0 = p1++;
	}

	if (closed) {
		// Loop it
		nsvg__addEdge(r, firstLeft.x, firstLeft.y, left.x, left.y);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, right.x, right.y, firstRight.x, firstRight.y);
	} else {
		// Add cap
		float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
		if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
			nsvg__buttCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
			nsvg__squareCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_ROUND)
			nsvg__roundCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, ncap, 1);
	}
}

static void nsvg__prepareStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, float miterLimit, int lineJoin)
{
	int i, j;
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;

	p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
	p1 = &r->points[0];
	for (i = 0; i < r->npoints; i++) {
		// Calculate segment direction and length
		p0->dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		p0->dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		p0->len = nsvg__normalize(&p0->dx, &p0->dy);
		// Advance
		p0 = p1++;
	}

	// calculate joins
	p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
	p1 = &r->points[0];
	for (j = 0; j < r->npoints; j++) {
		float dlx0, dly0, dlx1, dly1, dmr2, cross;
		dlx0 = p0->dy;
		dly0 = -p0->dx;
		dlx1 = p1->dy;
		dly1 = -p1->dx;
		// Calculate extrusions
		p1->dmx = (dlx0 + dlx1) * 0.5f;
		p1->dmy = (dly0 + dly1) * 0.5f;
		dmr2 = p1->dmx*p1->dmx + p1->dmy*p1->dmy;
		if (dmr2 > 0.000001f) {
			float s2 = 1.0f / dmr2;
			if (s2 > 600.0f) {
				s2 = 600.0f;
			}
			p1->dmx *= s2;
			p1->dmy *= s2;
		}

		// Clear flags, but keep the corner.
		p1->flags = (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) ? NSVG_PT_CORNER : 0;

		// Keep track of left turns.
		cross = p1->dx * p0->dy - p0->dx * p1->dy;
		if (cross > 0.0f)
			p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_LEFT;

		// Check to see if the corner needs to be beveled.
		if (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) {
			if ((dmr2 * miterLimit*miterLimit) < 1.0f || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_ROUND) {
				p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_BEVEL;
			}
		}

		p0 = p1++;
	}
}

static void nsvg__flattenShapeStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGshape* shape, float scale)
{
	int i, j, closed;
	NSVGpath* path;
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
	float miterLimit = shape->miterLimit;
	int lineJoin = shape->strokeLineJoin;
	int lineCap = shape->strokeLineCap;
	float lineWidth = shape->strokeWidth * scale;

	for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		// Flatten path
		r->npoints = 0;
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
		for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
			float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
			nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
		}
		if (r->npoints < 2)
			continue;

		closed = path->closed;

		// If the first and last points are the same, remove the last, mark as closed path.
		p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
		p1 = &r->points[0];
		if (nsvg__ptEquals(p0->x,p0->y, p1->x,p1->y, r->distTol)) {
			r->npoints--;
			p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
			closed = 1;
		}

		if (shape->strokeDashCount > 0) {
			int idash = 0, dashState = 1;
			float totalDist = 0, dashLen, allDashLen, dashOffset;
			NSVGpoint cur;

			if (closed)
				nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, r->points[0]);

			// Duplicate points -> points2.
			nsvg__duplicatePoints(r);

			r->npoints = 0;
 			cur = r->points2[0];
			nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);

			// Figure out dash offset.
			allDashLen = 0;
			for (j = 0; j < shape->strokeDashCount; j++)
				allDashLen += shape->strokeDashArray[j];
			if (shape->strokeDashCount & 1)
				allDashLen *= 2.0f;
			// Find location inside pattern
			dashOffset = fmodf(shape->strokeDashOffset, allDashLen);
			if (dashOffset < 0.0f)
				dashOffset += allDashLen;

			while (dashOffset > shape->strokeDashArray[idash]) {
				dashOffset -= shape->strokeDashArray[idash];
				idash = (idash + 1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
			}
			dashLen = (shape->strokeDashArray[idash] - dashOffset) * scale;

			for (j = 1; j < r->npoints2; ) {
				float dx = r->points2[j].x - cur.x;
				float dy = r->points2[j].y - cur.y;
				float dist = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);

				if ((totalDist + dist) > dashLen) {
					// Calculate intermediate point
					float d = (dashLen - totalDist) / dist;
					float x = cur.x + dx * d;
					float y = cur.y + dy * d;
					nsvg__addPathPoint(r, x, y, NSVG_PT_CORNER);

					// Stroke
					if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState) {
						nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
						nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
					}
					// Advance dash pattern
					dashState = !dashState;
					idash = (idash+1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
					dashLen = shape->strokeDashArray[idash] * scale;
					// Restart
					cur.x = x;
					cur.y = y;
					cur.flags = NSVG_PT_CORNER;
					totalDist = 0.0f;
					r->npoints = 0;
					nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
				} else {
					totalDist += dist;
					cur = r->points2[j];
					nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
					j++;
				}
			}
			// Stroke any leftover path
			if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState)
				nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
		} else {
			nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
			nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, closed, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
		}
	}
}

static int nsvg__cmpEdge(const void *p, const void *q)
{
	const NSVGedge* a = (const NSVGedge*)p;
	const NSVGedge* b = (const NSVGedge*)q;

	if (a->y0 < b->y0) return -1;
	if (a->y0 > b->y0) return  1;
	return 0;
}


static NSVGactiveEdge* nsvg__addActive(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGedge* e, float startPoint)
{
	 NSVGactiveEdge* z;
	float dxdy;

	if (r->freelist != NULL) {
		// Restore from freelist.
		z = r->freelist;
		r->freelist = z->next;
	} else {
		// Alloc new edge.
		z = (NSVGactiveEdge*)nsvg__alloc(r, sizeof(NSVGactiveEdge));
		if (z == NULL) return NULL;
	}

	dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
//	STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point);
	// round dx down to avoid going too far
	if (dxdy < 0)
		z->dx = (int)(-floorf(NSVG__FIX * -dxdy));
	else
		z->dx = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * dxdy);
	z->x = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * (e->x0 + dxdy * (startPoint - e->y0)));
//	z->x -= off_x * FIX;
	z->ey = e->y1;
	z->next = 0;
	z->dir = e->dir;

	return z;
}

static void nsvg__freeActive(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGactiveEdge* z)
{
	z->next = r->freelist;
	r->freelist = z;
}

static void nsvg__fillScanline(unsigned char* scanline, int len, int x0, int x1, int maxWeight, int* xmin, int* xmax)
{
	int i = x0 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
	int j = x1 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
	if (i < *xmin) *xmin = i;
	if (j > *xmax) *xmax = j;
	if (i < len && j >= 0) {
		if (i == j) {
			// x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage
			scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + ((x1 - x0) * maxWeight >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
		} else {
			if (i >= 0) // add antialiasing for x0
				scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + (((NSVG__FIX - (x0 & NSVG__FIXMASK)) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
			else
				i = -1; // clip

			if (j < len) // add antialiasing for x1
				scanline[j] = (unsigned char)(scanline[j] + (((x1 & NSVG__FIXMASK) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
			else
				j = len; // clip

			for (++i; i < j; ++i) // fill pixels between x0 and x1
				scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + maxWeight);
		}
	}
}

// note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this
// wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes
// are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap
static void nsvg__fillActiveEdges(unsigned char* scanline, int len, NSVGactiveEdge* e, int maxWeight, int* xmin, int* xmax, char fillRule)
{
	// non-zero winding fill
	int x0 = 0, w = 0;

	if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO) {
		// Non-zero
		while (e != NULL) {
			if (w == 0) {
				// if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point
				x0 = e->x; w += e->dir;
			} else {
				int x1 = e->x; w += e->dir;
				// if we went to zero, we need to draw
				if (w == 0)
					nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
			}
			e = e->next;
		}
	} else if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD) {
		// Even-odd
		while (e != NULL) {
			if (w == 0) {
				// if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point
				x0 = e->x; w = 1;
			} else {
				int x1 = e->x; w = 0;
				nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
			}
			e = e->next;
		}
	}
}

static float nsvg__clampf(float a, float mn, float mx) { return a < mn ? mn : (a > mx ? mx : a); }

static unsigned int nsvg__RGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a)
{
	return (r) | (g << 8) | (b << 16) | (a << 24);
}

static unsigned int nsvg__lerpRGBA(unsigned int c0, unsigned int c1, float u)
{
	int iu = (int)(nsvg__clampf(u, 0.0f, 1.0f) * 256.0f);
	int r = (((c0) & 0xff)*(256-iu) + (((c1) & 0xff)*iu)) >> 8;
	int g = (((c0>>8) & 0xff)*(256-iu) + (((c1>>8) & 0xff)*iu)) >> 8;
	int b = (((c0>>16) & 0xff)*(256-iu) + (((c1>>16) & 0xff)*iu)) >> 8;
	int a = (((c0>>24) & 0xff)*(256-iu) + (((c1>>24) & 0xff)*iu)) >> 8;
	return nsvg__RGBA((unsigned char)r, (unsigned char)g, (unsigned char)b, (unsigned char)a);
}

static unsigned int nsvg__applyOpacity(unsigned int c, float u)
{
	int iu = (int)(nsvg__clampf(u, 0.0f, 1.0f) * 256.0f);
	int r = (c) & 0xff;
	int g = (c>>8) & 0xff;
	int b = (c>>16) & 0xff;
	int a = (((c>>24) & 0xff)*iu) >> 8;
	return nsvg__RGBA((unsigned char)r, (unsigned char)g, (unsigned char)b, (unsigned char)a);
}

static inline int nsvg__div255(int x)
{
    return ((x+1) * 257) >> 16;
}

static void nsvg__scanlineSolid(unsigned char* dst, int count, unsigned char* cover, int x, int y,
								float tx, float ty, float scale, NSVGcachedPaint* cache)
{

	if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_COLOR) {
		int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
		cr = cache->colors[0] & 0xff;
		cg = (cache->colors[0] >> 8) & 0xff;
		cb = (cache->colors[0] >> 16) & 0xff;
		ca = (cache->colors[0] >> 24) & 0xff;

		for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
			int r,g,b;
			int a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			int ia = 255 - a;
			// Premultiply
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			// Blend over
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
			dst[2] = (unsigned char)b;
			dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;

			cover++;
			dst += 4;
		}
	} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
		// TODO: spread modes.
		// TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize.
		float fx, fy, dx, gy;
		float* t = cache->xform;
		int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
		unsigned int c;

		fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
		fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
		dx = 1.0f / scale;

		for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
			int r,g,b,a,ia;
			gy = fx*t[1] + fy*t[3] + t[5];
			c = cache->colors[(int)nsvg__clampf(gy*255.0f, 0, 255.0f)];
			cr = (c) & 0xff;
			cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
			cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
			ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff;

			a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			ia = 255 - a;

			// Premultiply
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			// Blend over
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
			dst[2] = (unsigned char)b;
			dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;

			cover++;
			dst += 4;
			fx += dx;
		}
	} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT) {
		// TODO: spread modes.
		// TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize.
		// TODO: focus (fx,fy)
		float fx, fy, dx, gx, gy, gd;
		float* t = cache->xform;
		int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
		unsigned int c;

		fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
		fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
		dx = 1.0f / scale;

		for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
			int r,g,b,a,ia;
			gx = fx*t[0] + fy*t[2] + t[4];
			gy = fx*t[1] + fy*t[3] + t[5];
			gd = sqrtf(gx*gx + gy*gy);
			c = cache->colors[(int)nsvg__clampf(gd*255.0f, 0, 255.0f)];
			cr = (c) & 0xff;
			cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
			cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
			ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff;

			a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			ia = 255 - a;

			// Premultiply
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			// Blend over
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
			dst[2] = (unsigned char)b;
			dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;

			cover++;
			dst += 4;
			fx += dx;
		}
	}
}

static void nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(NSVGrasterizer *r, float tx, float ty, float scale, NSVGcachedPaint* cache, char fillRule)
{
	NSVGactiveEdge *active = NULL;
	int y, s;
	int e = 0;
	int maxWeight = (255 / NSVG__SUBSAMPLES);  // weight per vertical scanline
	int xmin, xmax;

	for (y = 0; y < r->height; y++) {
		memset(r->scanline, 0, r->width);
		xmin = r->width;
		xmax = 0;
		for (s = 0; s < NSVG__SUBSAMPLES; ++s) {
			// find center of pixel for this scanline
			float scany = (float)(y*NSVG__SUBSAMPLES + s) + 0.5f;
			NSVGactiveEdge **step = &active;

			// update all active edges;
			// remove all active edges that terminate before the center of this scanline
			while (*step) {
				NSVGactiveEdge *z = *step;
				if (z->ey <= scany) {
					*step = z->next; // delete from list
//					NSVG__assert(z->valid);
					nsvg__freeActive(r, z);
				} else {
					z->x += z->dx; // advance to position for current scanline
					step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list
				}
			}

			// resort the list if needed
			for (;;) {
				int changed = 0;
				step = &active;
				while (*step && (*step)->next) {
					if ((*step)->x > (*step)->next->x) {
						NSVGactiveEdge* t = *step;
						NSVGactiveEdge* q = t->next;
						t->next = q->next;
						q->next = t;
						*step = q;
						changed = 1;
					}
					step = &(*step)->next;
				}
				if (!changed) break;
			}

			// insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline
			while (e < r->nedges && r->edges[e].y0 <= scany) {
				if (r->edges[e].y1 > scany) {
					NSVGactiveEdge* z = nsvg__addActive(r, &r->edges[e], scany);
					if (z == NULL) break;
					// find insertion point
					if (active == NULL) {
						active = z;
					} else if (z->x < active->x) {
						// insert at front
						z->next = active;
						active = z;
					} else {
						// find thing to insert AFTER
						NSVGactiveEdge* p = active;
						while (p->next && p->next->x < z->x)
							p = p->next;
						// at this point, p->next->x is NOT < z->x
						z->next = p->next;
						p->next = z;
					}
				}
				e++;
			}

			// now process all active edges in non-zero fashion
			if (active != NULL)
				nsvg__fillActiveEdges(r->scanline, r->width, active, maxWeight, &xmin, &xmax, fillRule);
		}
		// Blit
		if (xmin < 0) xmin = 0;
		if (xmax > r->width-1) xmax = r->width-1;
		if (xmin <= xmax) {
			nsvg__scanlineSolid(&r->bitmap[y * r->stride] + xmin*4, xmax-xmin+1, &r->scanline[xmin], xmin, y, tx,ty, scale, cache);
		}
	}

}

static void nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(unsigned char* image, int w, int h, int stride)
{
	int x,y;

	// Unpremultiply
	for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
		unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
		for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
			int r = row[0], g = row[1], b = row[2], a = row[3];
			if (a != 0) {
				row[0] = (unsigned char)(r*255/a);
				row[1] = (unsigned char)(g*255/a);
				row[2] = (unsigned char)(b*255/a);
			}
			row += 4;
		}
	}

	// Defringe
	for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
		unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
		for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
			int r = 0, g = 0, b = 0, a = row[3], n = 0;
			if (a == 0) {
				if (x-1 > 0 && row[-1] != 0) {
					r += row[-4];
					g += row[-3];
					b += row[-2];
					n++;
				}
				if (x+1 < w && row[7] != 0) {
					r += row[4];
					g += row[5];
					b += row[6];
					n++;
				}
				if (y-1 > 0 && row[-stride+3] != 0) {
					r += row[-stride];
					g += row[-stride+1];
					b += row[-stride+2];
					n++;
				}
				if (y+1 < h && row[stride+3] != 0) {
					r += row[stride];
					g += row[stride+1];
					b += row[stride+2];
					n++;
				}
				if (n > 0) {
					row[0] = (unsigned char)(r/n);
					row[1] = (unsigned char)(g/n);
					row[2] = (unsigned char)(b/n);
				}
			}
			row += 4;
		}
	}
}


static void nsvg__initPaint(NSVGcachedPaint* cache, NSVGpaint* paint, float opacity)
{
	int i, j;
	NSVGgradient* grad;

	cache->type = paint->type;

	if (paint->type == NSVG_PAINT_COLOR) {
		cache->colors[0] = nsvg__applyOpacity(paint->color, opacity);
		return;
	}

	grad = paint->gradient;

	cache->spread = grad->spread;
	memcpy(cache->xform, grad->xform, sizeof(float)*6);

	if (grad->nstops == 0) {
		for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
			cache->colors[i] = 0;
	} if (grad->nstops == 1) {
		for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
			cache->colors[i] = nsvg__applyOpacity(grad->stops[i].color, opacity);
	} else {
		unsigned int ca, cb = 0;
		float ua, ub, du, u;
		int ia, ib, count;

		ca = nsvg__applyOpacity(grad->stops[0].color, opacity);
		ua = nsvg__clampf(grad->stops[0].offset, 0, 1);
		ub = nsvg__clampf(grad->stops[grad->nstops-1].offset, ua, 1);
		ia = (int)(ua * 255.0f);
		ib = (int)(ub * 255.0f);
		for (i = 0; i < ia; i++) {
			cache->colors[i] = ca;
		}

		for (i = 0; i < grad->nstops-1; i++) {
			ca = nsvg__applyOpacity(grad->stops[i].color, opacity);
			cb = nsvg__applyOpacity(grad->stops[i+1].color, opacity);
			ua = nsvg__clampf(grad->stops[i].offset, 0, 1);
			ub = nsvg__clampf(grad->stops[i+1].offset, 0, 1);
			ia = (int)(ua * 255.0f);
			ib = (int)(ub * 255.0f);
			count = ib - ia;
			if (count <= 0) continue;
			u = 0;
			du = 1.0f / (float)count;
			for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
				cache->colors[ia+j] = nsvg__lerpRGBA(ca,cb,u);
				u += du;
			}
		}

		for (i = ib; i < 256; i++)
			cache->colors[i] = cb;
	}

}

/*
static void dumpEdges(NSVGrasterizer* r, const char* name)
{
	float xmin = 0, xmax = 0, ymin = 0, ymax = 0;
	NSVGedge *e = NULL;
	int i;
	if (r->nedges == 0) return;
	FILE* fp = fopen(name, "w");
	if (fp == NULL) return;

	xmin = xmax = r->edges[0].x0;
	ymin = ymax = r->edges[0].y0;
	for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
		e = &r->edges[i];
		xmin = nsvg__minf(xmin, e->x0);
		xmin = nsvg__minf(xmin, e->x1);
		xmax = nsvg__maxf(xmax, e->x0);
		xmax = nsvg__maxf(xmax, e->x1);
		ymin = nsvg__minf(ymin, e->y0);
		ymin = nsvg__minf(ymin, e->y1);
		ymax = nsvg__maxf(ymax, e->y0);
		ymax = nsvg__maxf(ymax, e->y1);
	}

	fprintf(fp, "<svg viewBox=\"%f %f %f %f\" xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/2000/svg\">", xmin, ymin, (xmax - xmin), (ymax - ymin));

	for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
		e = &r->edges[i];
		fprintf(fp ,"<line x1=\"%f\" y1=\"%f\" x2=\"%f\" y2=\"%f\" style=\"stroke:#000;\" />", e->x0,e->y0, e->x1,e->y1);
	}

	for (i = 0; i < r->npoints; i++) {
		if (i+1 < r->npoints)
			fprintf(fp ,"<line x1=\"%f\" y1=\"%f\" x2=\"%f\" y2=\"%f\" style=\"stroke:#f00;\" />", r->points[i].x, r->points[i].y, r->points[i+1].x, r->points[i+1].y);
		fprintf(fp ,"<circle cx=\"%f\" cy=\"%f\" r=\"1\" style=\"fill:%s;\" />", r->points[i].x, r->points[i].y, r->points[i].flags == 0 ? "#f00" : "#0f0");
	}

	fprintf(fp, "</svg>");
	fclose(fp);
}
*/

NANOSVG_SCOPE
void nsvgRasterize(NSVGrasterizer* r,
				   NSVGimage* image, float tx, float ty, float scale,
				   unsigned char* dst, int w, int h, int stride)
{
	NSVGshape *shape = NULL;
	NSVGedge *e = NULL;
	NSVGcachedPaint cache;
	int i;

	r->bitmap = dst;
	r->width = w;
	r->height = h;
	r->stride = stride;

	if (w > r->cscanline) {
		r->cscanline = w;
		r->scanline = (unsigned char*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->scanline, w);
		if (r->scanline == NULL) return;
	}

	for (i = 0; i < h; i++)
		memset(&dst[i*stride], 0, w*4);

	for (shape = image->shapes; shape != NULL; shape = shape->next) {
		if (!(shape->flags & NSVG_FLAGS_VISIBLE))
			continue;

		if (shape->fill.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE) {
			nsvg__resetPool(r);
			r->freelist = NULL;
			r->nedges = 0;

			nsvg__flattenShape(r, shape, scale);

			// Scale and translate edges
			for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
				e = &r->edges[i];
				e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
				e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
				e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
				e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
			}

			// Rasterize edges
			qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);

			// now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule
			nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->fill, shape->opacity);

			nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, shape->fillRule);
		}
		if (shape->stroke.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE && (shape->strokeWidth * scale) > 0.01f) {
			nsvg__resetPool(r);
			r->freelist = NULL;
			r->nedges = 0;

			nsvg__flattenShapeStroke(r, shape, scale);

//			dumpEdges(r, "edge.svg");

			// Scale and translate edges
			for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
				e = &r->edges[i];
				e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
				e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
				e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
				e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
			}

			// Rasterize edges
			qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);

			// now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule
			nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->stroke, shape->opacity);

			nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO);
		}
	}

	nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(dst, w, h, stride);

	r->bitmap = NULL;
	r->width = 0;
	r->height = 0;
	r->stride = 0;
}

#endif

Changes to generic/tk.decls.

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
    void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
    int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
    CONST86 char *Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 20 {
    Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas)
}
declare 21 {
    void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y,







|







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
    void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
    int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
    const char *Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 20 {
    Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas)
}
declare 21 {
    void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y,
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
    int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 29 {
    int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec,
	    int flags)
}
declare 30 {
    void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr)
}
declare 31 {







|







142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
    int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 29 {
    int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    int argc, const char **argv, char *widgRec,
	    int flags)
}
declare 30 {
    void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr)
}
declare 31 {
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
declare 53 {
    void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
    void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 56 {
    int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 57 {
    void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border,







|







241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
declare 53 {
    void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
    void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
    const char *Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 56 {
    int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 57 {
    void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border,
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)







|







322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {deprecated {function does nothing, call can be removed}} {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
    int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom)
}
declare 84 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
	    const char *eventStr)
}
declare 85 {
    Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str)
}
declare 86 {







|


|







344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
    int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
    const char *Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom)
}
declare 84 {
    const char *Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
	    const char *eventStr)
}
declare 85 {
    Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str)
}
declare 86 {
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
}
declare 97 {
    Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
	    Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
    ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr)
}
declare 99 {
    Tk_ItemType *Tk_GetItemTypes(void)
}
declare 100 {
    int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr)
}







|







400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
}
declare 97 {
    Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
	    Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
    ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr)
}
declare 99 {
    Tk_ItemType *Tk_GetItemTypes(void)
}
declare 100 {
    int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr)
}
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
    int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
    void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
    int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 110 {
    int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp,







|







435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
    int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
    void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
    int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int argc, const char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 110 {
    int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp,
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
declare 128 {
    void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
    void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border)
}
declare 131 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor)
}
declare 132 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap)
}
declare 133 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap)
}
declare 134 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 135 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor)
}
declare 136 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font)
}
declare 137 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster)
}
declare 138 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join)
}
declare 139 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify)
}
declare 140 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief)
}
declare 141 {
    Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 142 {
    void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
    int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
	    const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
    int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {
    void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
    void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {
    void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
    int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
    int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)







|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|












|


|




|











|





|







514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
declare 128 {
    void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
    void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
    const char *Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border)
}
declare 131 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor)
}
declare 132 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap)
}
declare 133 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap)
}
declare 134 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 135 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor)
}
declare 136 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font)
}
declare 137 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster)
}
declare 138 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join)
}
declare 139 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify)
}
declare 140 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief)
}
declare 141 {
    Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 142 {
    void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
    int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, const char **argv,
	    const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
    int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
    void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
    int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
    int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
declare 193 {
    void  Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
    void  Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
    void  Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken,
	    Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 196 {
    void  Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 197 {
    void  Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)







|







740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
declare 193 {
    void  Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
    void  Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
    void  Tk_FreeConfigOptions(void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken,
	    Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 196 {
    void  Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 197 {
    void  Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
    Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
	    Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 205 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 206 {
    int	 Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr)
}
declare 207 {







|



|







770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
    Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
	    Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 205 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 206 {
    int	 Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr)
}
declare 207 {
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
    int	 Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
    int	 Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 212 {
    void  Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
	    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 213 {
    void  Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 214 {
    int	 Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr)
}
declare 215 {
    void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}







|


|







|







798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
    int	 Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
    int	 Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 212 {nostub {Don't use this function in a stub-enabled extension}} {
    void  Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
	    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 213 {
    void  Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 214 {
    int	 Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr)
}
declare 215 {
    void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
}

# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
    void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)







|




|







939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
}

# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
    void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
}
declare 260 {
    Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
    void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
	    int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 262 {
    void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
	    int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr,
	    int *heightPtr)
}
declare 263 {
    int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 264 {
    void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int state)
}

# TIP#116
declare 265 {
    int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    int width, int height)







|




|





|



|







997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
}
declare 260 {
    Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
    void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
	    int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 262 {
    void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
	    int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr,
	    int *heightPtr)
}
declare 263 {
    int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 264 {
    void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int state)
}

# TIP#116
declare 265 {
    int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    int width, int height)
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150








1151
1152
1153
1154

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    const char *Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	    int exact)
}









# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    const char *Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	    int exact)
}
export {
    void Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
	    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
export {
    void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
}

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to generic/tk.h.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TK
#define _TK

#include <tcl.h>
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION != 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6)
#	error Tk 8.6 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
#endif

#ifndef CONST84
#   define CONST84 const
#   define CONST84_RETURN const
#endif
#ifndef CONST86
#   define CONST86 CONST84
#endif
#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/*
 * Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
 * quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.







|
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TK
#define _TK

#include <tcl.h>
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 8) || (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6)
#	error Tk 8.7 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
#endif








#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/*
 * Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
 * quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
#endif

/*
 * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files
 * and update the version numbers:
 *
 * library/tk.tcl	(1 LOC patch)
 * unix/configure.in	(2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch)
 * win/configure.in	(as above)
 * README		(sections 0 and 1)
 * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/tk.spec		(1 LOC patch)
 * win/tcl.m4		(not patchlevel)
 *
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	6
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	9

#define TK_VERSION		"8.6"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.6.9"

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *







|
|












|
|
|

|
|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
#endif

/*
 * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files
 * and update the version numbers:
 *
 * library/tk.tcl	(1 LOC patch)
 * unix/configure.ac	(2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch)
 * win/configure.ac	(as above)
 * README		(sections 0 and 1)
 * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/tk.spec		(1 LOC patch)
 * win/tcl.m4		(not patchlevel)
 *
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	7
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	2

#define TK_VERSION		"8.7"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.7a2"

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *
101
102
103
104
105
106
107




108
109
110
111
112
113
114
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT




#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */







>
>
>
>







94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT
#else
# ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#   define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
# endif
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */
186
187
188
189
190
191
192

193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206




207
208
209
210
211
212
213
    const char *optionName;	/* Name used to specify option in Tcl
				 * commands. */
    const char *dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    const char *dbClass;	/* Class for option in database. */
    const char *defValue;	/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line, the option database, or
				 * the system. */

    int objOffset;		/* Where in record to store a Tcl_Obj * that
				 * holds the value of this option, specified
				 * as an offset in bytes from the start of the
				 * record. Use the Tk_Offset macro to generate
				 * values for this. -1 means don't store the
				 * Tcl_Obj in the record. */
    int internalOffset;		/* Where in record to store the internal
				 * representation of the value of this option,
				 * such as an int or XColor *. This field is
				 * specified as an offset in bytes from the
				 * start of the record. Use the Tk_Offset
				 * macro to generate values for it. -1 means
				 * don't store the internal representation in
				 * the record. */




    int flags;			/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below. */
    const void *clientData;	/* An alternate place to put option-specific
				 * data. Used for the monochrome default value
				 * for colors, etc. */
    int typeMask;		/* An arbitrary bit mask defined by the class
				 * manager; typically bits correspond to







>
|


|


|



|



>
>
>
>







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
    const char *optionName;	/* Name used to specify option in Tcl
				 * commands. */
    const char *dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    const char *dbClass;	/* Class for option in database. */
    const char *defValue;	/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line, the option database, or
				 * the system. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t objOffset;		/* Where in record to store a Tcl_Obj * that
				 * holds the value of this option, specified
				 * as an offset in bytes from the start of the
				 * record. Use the offsetof macro to generate
				 * values for this. -1 means don't store the
				 * Tcl_Obj in the record. */
    size_t internalOffset;		/* Where in record to store the internal
				 * representation of the value of this option,
				 * such as an int or XColor *. This field is
				 * specified as an offset in bytes from the
				 * start of the record. Use the offsetof
				 * macro to generate values for it. -1 means
				 * don't store the internal representation in
				 * the record. */
#else
    int objOffset;
    int internalOffset;
#endif
    int flags;			/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below. */
    const void *clientData;	/* An alternate place to put option-specific
				 * data. Used for the monochrome default value
				 * for colors, etc. */
    int typeMask;		/* An arbitrary bit mask defined by the class
				 * manager; typically bits correspond to
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271


272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312

313



314
315
316
317
318
319
320
} Tk_ObjCustomOption;

/*
 * Macro to use to fill in "offset" fields of the Tk_OptionSpec structure.
 * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field.
 */

#ifdef offsetof
#define Tk_Offset(type, field) ((int) offsetof(type, field))
#else


#define Tk_Offset(type, field) ((int) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field))
#endif

/*
 * The following two structures are used for error handling. When config
 * options are being modified, the old values are saved in a Tk_SavedOptions
 * structure. If an error occurs, then the contents of the structure can be
 * used to restore all of the old values. The contents of this structure are
 * for the private use Tk. No-one outside Tk should ever read or write any of
 * the fields of these structures.
 */

typedef struct Tk_SavedOption {
    struct TkOption *optionPtr;	/* Points to information that describes the
				 * option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;		/* The old value of the option, in the form of
				 * a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
				 * not saved as an object. */
    double internalForm;	/* The old value of the option, in some
				 * internal representation such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Valid only if the field
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset is < 0. The
				 * space must be large enough to accommodate a
				 * double, a long, or a pointer; right now it
				 * looks like a double (i.e., 8 bytes) is big
				 * enough. Also, using a double guarantees
				 * that the field is properly aligned for
				 * storing large values. */
} Tk_SavedOption;

#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 2
#else
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 20
#endif

typedef struct Tk_SavedOptions {
    char *recordPtr;		/* The data structure in which to restore
				 * configuration options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * restore certain options. */

    int numItems;		/* The number of valid items in items field. */



    Tk_SavedOption items[TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS];
				/* Items used to hold old values. */
    struct Tk_SavedOptions *nextPtr;
				/* Points to next structure in list; needed if
				 * too many options changed to hold all the
				 * old values in a single structure. NULL
				 * means no more structures. */







|
|
|
>
>
|




















|















|



>
|
>
>
>







264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
} Tk_ObjCustomOption;

/*
 * Macro to use to fill in "offset" fields of the Tk_OptionSpec structure.
 * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field.
 */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#   define Tk_Offset(type, field) ((int) offsetof(type, field))
#endif
/* Workaround for platforms missing offsetof(), e.g. VC++ 6.0 */
#ifndef offsetof
#   define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field))
#endif

/*
 * The following two structures are used for error handling. When config
 * options are being modified, the old values are saved in a Tk_SavedOptions
 * structure. If an error occurs, then the contents of the structure can be
 * used to restore all of the old values. The contents of this structure are
 * for the private use Tk. No-one outside Tk should ever read or write any of
 * the fields of these structures.
 */

typedef struct Tk_SavedOption {
    struct TkOption *optionPtr;	/* Points to information that describes the
				 * option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;		/* The old value of the option, in the form of
				 * a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
				 * not saved as an object. */
    double internalForm;	/* The old value of the option, in some
				 * internal representation such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Valid only if the field
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset is -1. The
				 * space must be large enough to accommodate a
				 * double, a long, or a pointer; right now it
				 * looks like a double (i.e., 8 bytes) is big
				 * enough. Also, using a double guarantees
				 * that the field is properly aligned for
				 * storing large values. */
} Tk_SavedOption;

#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 2
#else
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 20
#endif

typedef struct Tk_SavedOptions {
    void *recordPtr;		/* The data structure in which to restore
				 * configuration options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * restore certain options. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t numItems;		/* The number of valid items in items field. */
#else
    int numItems;
#endif
    Tk_SavedOption items[TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS];
				/* Items used to hold old values. */
    struct Tk_SavedOptions *nextPtr;
				/* Points to next structure in list; needed if
				 * too many options changed to hold all the
				 * old values in a single structure. NULL
				 * means no more structures. */
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
 * This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in
 * development.
 */

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef int (Tk_OptionParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
typedef CONST86 char *(Tk_OptionPrintProc) (ClientData clientData,
	Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);

typedef struct Tk_CustomOption {
    Tk_OptionParseProc *parseProc;
				/* Procedure to call to parse an option and
				 * store it in converted form. */
    Tk_OptionPrintProc *printProc;







|
|







339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
 * This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in
 * development.
 */

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef int (Tk_OptionParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
typedef const char *(Tk_OptionPrintProc) (ClientData clientData,
	Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);

typedef struct Tk_CustomOption {
    Tk_OptionParseProc *parseProc;
				/* Procedure to call to parse an option and
				 * store it in converted form. */
    Tk_OptionPrintProc *printProc;
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

371
372
373



374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
 * database, etc.
 */

typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
    int type;			/* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
				 * see definitions below. Last option in table
				 * must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
    CONST86 char *argvName;	/* Switch used to specify option in argv. NULL
				 * means this spec is part of a group. */
    Tk_Uid dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    Tk_Uid dbClass;		/* Class for option in database. */
    Tk_Uid defValue;		/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line or database. */

    int offset;			/* Where in widget record to store value; use
				 * Tk_Offset macro to generate values for
				 * this. */



    int specFlags;		/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below; other bits are used internally by
				 * tkConfig.c. */
    CONST86 Tk_CustomOption *customPtr;
				/* If type is TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM then this is a
				 * pointer to info about how to parse and
				 * print the option. Otherwise it is
				 * irrelevant. */
} Tk_ConfigSpec;

/*







|





>
|
|

>
>
>



|







366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
 * database, etc.
 */

typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
    int type;			/* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
				 * see definitions below. Last option in table
				 * must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
    const char *argvName;	/* Switch used to specify option in argv. NULL
				 * means this spec is part of a group. */
    Tk_Uid dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    Tk_Uid dbClass;		/* Class for option in database. */
    Tk_Uid defValue;		/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line or database. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t offset;			/* Where in widget record to store value; use
				 * offsetof macro to generate values for
				 * this. */
#else
    int offset;
#endif
    int specFlags;		/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below; other bits are used internally by
				 * tkConfig.c. */
    const Tk_CustomOption *customPtr;
				/* If type is TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM then this is a
				 * pointer to info about how to parse and
				 * print the option. Otherwise it is
				 * irrelevant. */
} Tk_ConfigSpec;

/*
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417

418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)

#define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)

#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */

/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

typedef struct {
    CONST86 char *key;		/* The key string that flags the option in the
				 * argv array. */
    int type;			/* Indicates option type; see below. */
    char *src;			/* Value to be used in setting dst; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    char *dst;			/* Address of value to be modified; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    CONST86 char *help;		/* Documentation message describing this
				 * option. */
} Tk_ArgvInfo;

/*
 * Legal values for the type field of a Tk_ArgvInfo: see the user
 * documentation for details.
 */







>
|
>








|


|

|

|







422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#  define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */

/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *key;		/* The key string that flags the option in the
				 * argv array. */
    int type;			/* Indicates option type; see below. */
    void *src;			/* Value to be used in setting dst; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    void *dst;			/* Address of value to be modified; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    const char *help;		/* Documentation message describing this
				 * option. */
} Tk_ArgvInfo;

/*
 * Legal values for the type field of a Tk_ArgvInfo: see the user
 * documentation for details.
 */
571
572
573
574
575
576
577



578

579
580
581
582
583
584
585

typedef Window (Tk_ClassCreateProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent,
	ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc) (ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassModalProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);

typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {



    unsigned int size;

    Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *worldChangedProc;
				/* Procedure to invoke when the widget needs
				 * to respond in some way to a change in the
				 * world (font changes, etc.) */
    Tk_ClassCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to invoke when the platform-
				 * dependent window needs to be created. */







>
>
>

>







585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603

typedef Window (Tk_ClassCreateProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent,
	ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc) (ClientData instanceData);
typedef void (Tk_ClassModalProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);

typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t size;
#else
    unsigned int size;
#endif
    Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *worldChangedProc;
				/* Procedure to invoke when the widget needs
				 * to respond in some way to a change in the
				 * world (font changes, etc.) */
    Tk_ClassCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to invoke when the platform-
				 * dependent window needs to be created. */
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
 * (or NULL if the structure is NULL).
 *
 * A more general version of this function may be useful if other
 * size-versioned structure pop up in the future:
 *
 *	#define Tk_GetField(name, who, which) \
 *	    (((who) == NULL) ? NULL :
 *	    (((who)->size <= Tk_Offset(name, which)) ? NULL :(name)->which))
 */

#define Tk_GetClassProc(procs, which) \
    (((procs) == NULL) ? NULL : \
    (((procs)->size <= Tk_Offset(Tk_ClassProcs, which)) ? NULL:(procs)->which))

/*
 * Each geometry manager (the packer, the placer, etc.) is represented by a
 * structure of the following form, which indicates procedures to invoke in
 * the geometry manager to carry out certain functions.
 */








|




|







614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
 * (or NULL if the structure is NULL).
 *
 * A more general version of this function may be useful if other
 * size-versioned structure pop up in the future:
 *
 *	#define Tk_GetField(name, who, which) \
 *	    (((who) == NULL) ? NULL :
 *	    (((who)->size <= offsetof(name, which)) ? NULL :(name)->which))
 */

#define Tk_GetClassProc(procs, which) \
    (((procs) == NULL) ? NULL : \
    (((procs)->size <= offsetof(Tk_ClassProcs, which)) ? NULL:(procs)->which))

/*
 * Each geometry manager (the packer, the placer, etc.) is represented by a
 * structure of the following form, which indicates procedures to invoke in
 * the geometry manager to carry out certain functions.
 */

672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
typedef struct {
    int type;
    unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server. */
    Bool send_event;		/* True if this came from a SendEvent
				 * request. */
    Display *display;		/* Display the event was read from. */
    Window event;		/* Window on which event was requested. */
    Window root;		/* Root window that the event occured on. */
    Window subwindow;		/* Child window. */
    Time time;			/* Milliseconds. */
    int x, y;			/* Pointer x, y coordinates in event
				 * window. */
    int x_root, y_root;		/* Coordinates relative to root. */
    unsigned int state;		/* Key or button mask */
    Tk_Uid name;		/* Name of virtual event. */







|







690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
typedef struct {
    int type;
    unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server. */
    Bool send_event;		/* True if this came from a SendEvent
				 * request. */
    Display *display;		/* Display the event was read from. */
    Window event;		/* Window on which event was requested. */
    Window root;		/* Root window that the event occurred on. */
    Window subwindow;		/* Child window. */
    Time time;			/* Milliseconds. */
    int x, y;			/* Pointer x, y coordinates in event
				 * window. */
    int x_root, y_root;		/* Coordinates relative to root. */
    unsigned int state;		/* Key or button mask */
    Tk_Uid name;		/* Name of virtual event. */
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751

752
753
754
755
756
757
758
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
/* Tk_InternalBorderWidth is deprecated */
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)

#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \







|


>







760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819


820
821
822
823
824
825
826
    ClientData dummy18;		/* instanceData */
    char *dummy19;		/* privatePtr */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;
    int minReqWidth;
    int minReqHeight;
    char *dummy20;		/* geometryMaster */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int dummy21;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */


} Tk_FakeWin;

/*
 * Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
 *
 * TK_MAPPED:			1 means window is currently mapped,
 *				0 means unmapped.







<

|

>
>







828
829
830
831
832
833
834

835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
    ClientData dummy18;		/* instanceData */
    char *dummy19;		/* privatePtr */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;
    int minReqWidth;
    int minReqHeight;

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int dummy20;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    char *dummy21;		/* geomMgrName */
    Tk_Window dummy22;		/* maintainerPtr */
} Tk_FakeWin;

/*
 * Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
 *
 * TK_MAPPED:			1 means window is currently mapped,
 *				0 means unmapped.
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928

typedef enum {
    TK_STATE_NULL = -1, TK_STATE_ACTIVE, TK_STATE_DISABLED,
    TK_STATE_NORMAL, TK_STATE_HIDDEN
} Tk_State;

typedef struct Tk_SmoothMethod {
    CONST86 char *name;
    int (*coordProc) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints,
	    int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]);
    void (*postscriptProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
	    double *coordPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps);
} Tk_SmoothMethod;

/*







|







934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948

typedef enum {
    TK_STATE_NULL = -1, TK_STATE_ACTIVE, TK_STATE_DISABLED,
    TK_STATE_NORMAL, TK_STATE_HIDDEN
} Tk_State;

typedef struct Tk_SmoothMethod {
    const char *name;
    int (*coordProc) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints,
	    int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]);
    void (*postscriptProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
	    double *coordPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps);
} Tk_SmoothMethod;

/*
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019


1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
		    int height);
typedef double	(Tk_ItemPointProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double *pointPtr);
typedef int	(Tk_ItemAreaProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double *rectPtr);
typedef int	(Tk_ItemPostscriptProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
		    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);


typedef void	(Tk_ItemScaleProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double originX, double originY, double scaleX,
		    double scaleY);
typedef void	(Tk_ItemTranslateProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double deltaX, double deltaY);
#ifdef USE_OLD_CANVAS
typedef int	(Tk_ItemIndexProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,







>
>







1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
		    int height);
typedef double	(Tk_ItemPointProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double *pointPtr);
typedef int	(Tk_ItemAreaProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double *rectPtr);
typedef int	(Tk_ItemPostscriptProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
		    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
typedef void	(Tk_ItemRotateProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double originX, double originY, double angleRadians);
typedef void	(Tk_ItemScaleProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double originX, double originY, double scaleX,
		    double scaleY);
typedef void	(Tk_ItemTranslateProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    double deltaX, double deltaY);
#ifdef USE_OLD_CANVAS
typedef int	(Tk_ItemIndexProc)(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050

1051
1052



1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
#endif /* USE_OLD_CANVAS */
typedef void	(Tk_ItemDCharsProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    int first, int last);

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
    CONST86 char *name;		/* The name of this type of item, such as
				 * "line". */

    int itemSize;		/* Total amount of space needed for item's
				 * record. */



    Tk_ItemCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to create a new item of this
				 * type. */
    CONST86 Tk_ConfigSpec *configSpecs; /* Pointer to array of configuration specs for
				 * this type. Used for returning configuration
				 * info. */
    Tk_ItemConfigureProc *configProc;
				/* Procedure to call to change configuration
				 * options. */
    Tk_ItemCoordProc *coordProc;/* Procedure to call to get and set the item's
				 * coordinates. */







|

>
|

>
>
>



|







1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
#endif /* USE_OLD_CANVAS */
typedef void	(Tk_ItemDCharsProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    int first, int last);

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
    const char *name;		/* The name of this type of item, such as
				 * "line". */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t itemSize;		/* Total amount of space needed for item's
				 * record. */
#else
    int itemSize;
#endif
    Tk_ItemCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to create a new item of this
				 * type. */
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *configSpecs; /* Pointer to array of configuration specs for
				 * this type. Used for returning configuration
				 * info. */
    Tk_ItemConfigureProc *configProc;
				/* Procedure to call to change configuration
				 * options. */
    Tk_ItemCoordProc *coordProc;/* Procedure to call to get and set the item's
				 * coordinates. */
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098


1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
    Tk_ItemInsertProc *insertProc;
				/* Procedure to insert something into an
				 * item. */
    Tk_ItemDCharsProc *dCharsProc;
				/* Procedure to delete characters from an
				 * item. */
    struct Tk_ItemType *nextPtr;/* Used to link types together into a list. */


    char *reserved1;		/* Reserved for future extension. */
    int reserved2;		/* Carefully compatible with */
    char *reserved3;		/* Jan Nijtmans dash patch */
    char *reserved4;
} Tk_ItemType;

/*
 * Flag (used in the alwaysRedraw field) to say whether an item supports







>
>
|







1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
    Tk_ItemInsertProc *insertProc;
				/* Procedure to insert something into an
				 * item. */
    Tk_ItemDCharsProc *dCharsProc;
				/* Procedure to delete characters from an
				 * item. */
    struct Tk_ItemType *nextPtr;/* Used to link types together into a list. */
    Tk_ItemRotateProc *rotateProc;
				/* Procedure to rotate an item's coordinates
				 * about a point. */
    int reserved2;		/* Carefully compatible with */
    char *reserved3;		/* Jan Nijtmans dash patch */
    char *reserved4;
} Tk_ItemType;

/*
 * Flag (used in the alwaysRedraw field) to say whether an item supports
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234

typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType;
#ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name, int argc,
	char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#else
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST86 char *name, int objc,
	Tcl_Obj *const objv[], CONST86 Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */
typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData masterData);
typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display,
	Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
	int drawableX, int drawableY);
typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display);







|
|







1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262

typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType;
#ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name, int argc,
	char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#else
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int objc,
	Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */
typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData masterData);
typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display,
	Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
	int drawableX, int drawableY);
typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display);
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
 * image, etc.). It provides information common to all images of that type,
 * such as the type name and a collection of procedures in the image manager
 * that respond to various events. Each image manager is represented by one of
 * these structures.
 */

struct Tk_ImageType {
    CONST86 char *name;		/* Name of image type. */
    Tk_ImageCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to call to create a new image of
				 * this type. */
    Tk_ImageGetProc *getProc;	/* Procedure to call the first time
				 * Tk_GetImage is called in a new way (new
				 * visual or screen). */
    Tk_ImageDisplayProc *displayProc;







|







1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
 * image, etc.). It provides information common to all images of that type,
 * such as the type name and a collection of procedures in the image manager
 * that respond to various events. Each image manager is represented by one of
 * these structures.
 */

struct Tk_ImageType {
    const char *name;		/* Name of image type. */
    Tk_ImageCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to call to create a new image of
				 * this type. */
    Tk_ImageGetProc *getProc;	/* Procedure to call the first time
				 * Tk_GetImage is called in a new way (new
				 * visual or screen). */
    Tk_ImageDisplayProc *displayProc;
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
/*
 * The following structure represents a particular file format for storing
 * images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image
 * files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image.
 */

struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
    CONST86 char *name;		/* Name of image file format */
    Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *fileMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether an
				 * image file matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *stringMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether the
				 * data in a string matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageFileReadProc *fileReadProc;







|







1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
/*
 * The following structure represents a particular file format for storing
 * images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image
 * files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image.
 */

struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
    const char *name;		/* Name of image file format */
    Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *fileMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether an
				 * image file matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *stringMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether the
				 * data in a string matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageFileReadProc *fileReadProc;
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466

1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
 * The definitions below provide backward compatibility for functions and
 * types related to event handling that used to be in Tk but have moved to
 * Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


#define TK_READABLE		TCL_READABLE
#define TK_WRITABLE		TCL_WRITABLE
#define TK_EXCEPTION		TCL_EXCEPTION

#define TK_DONT_WAIT		TCL_DONT_WAIT
#define TK_X_EVENTS		TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS
#define TK_WINDOW_EVENTS	TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS







>







1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
 * The definitions below provide backward compatibility for functions and
 * types related to event handling that used to be in Tk but have moved to
 * Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#define TK_READABLE		TCL_READABLE
#define TK_WRITABLE		TCL_WRITABLE
#define TK_EXCEPTION		TCL_EXCEPTION

#define TK_DONT_WAIT		TCL_DONT_WAIT
#define TK_X_EVENTS		TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS
#define TK_WINDOW_EVENTS	TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499

1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506

/* Additional stuff that has moved to Tcl: */

#define Tk_EventuallyFree	Tcl_EventuallyFree
#define Tk_FreeProc		Tcl_FreeProc
#define Tk_Preserve		Tcl_Preserve
#define Tk_Release		Tcl_Release


/* Removed Tk_Main, use macro instead */
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
	(Tcl_FindExecutable(0), (Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
#else
#define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \







>







1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536

/* Additional stuff that has moved to Tcl: */

#define Tk_EventuallyFree	Tcl_EventuallyFree
#define Tk_FreeProc		Tcl_FreeProc
#define Tk_Preserve		Tcl_Preserve
#define Tk_Release		Tcl_Release
#endif

/* Removed Tk_Main, use macro instead */
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
	(Tcl_FindExecutable(0), (Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
#else
#define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
 */

typedef int (Tk_ErrorProc) (ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr);
typedef void (Tk_EventProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GenericProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_ClientMessageProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GetSelProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	CONST86 char *portion);
typedef void (Tk_LostSelProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef Tk_RestrictAction (Tk_RestrictProc) (ClientData clientData,
	XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_SelectionProc) (ClientData clientData, int offset,
	char *buffer, int maxBytes);

/*







|







1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
 */

typedef int (Tk_ErrorProc) (ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr);
typedef void (Tk_EventProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GenericProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_ClientMessageProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GetSelProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	const char *portion);
typedef void (Tk_LostSelProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef Tk_RestrictAction (Tk_RestrictProc) (ClientData clientData,
	XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_SelectionProc) (ClientData clientData, int offset,
	char *buffer, int maxBytes);

/*
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567

1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat	Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra
 * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al; DO NOT DEFINE THIS WHEN BUILDING TK.
 *
 * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations
 * of what is actually there can be correct.
 */


#ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoPutBlock		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock







|





>







1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat	Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra
 * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al.
 *
 * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations
 * of what is actually there can be correct.
 */

#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoPutBlock		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599

1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoExpand		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#	undef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoSetSize		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */


#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* RC_INVOKED */

/*







>







1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoExpand		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#	undef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoSetSize		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* RC_INVOKED */

/*

Changes to generic/tk3d.c.

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs during
 *	conversion, an error message is left in the interpreter's result
 *	unless "interp" is NULL.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If no error occurs, a blank internal format for a border value is
 *	intialized. The final form cannot be done without a Tk_Window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
InitBorderObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */







|







1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs during
 *	conversion, an error message is left in the interpreter's result
 *	unless "interp" is NULL.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If no error occurs, a blank internal format for a border value is
 *	initialized. The final form cannot be done without a Tk_Window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
InitBorderObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
	if (borderPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBorder found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (borderPtr != NULL); borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(borderPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(borderPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|

|













1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
	if (borderPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBorder found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (borderPtr != NULL); borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(borderPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(borderPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tk3d.h.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen on which the border will be used. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
				 * the border. */
    int depth;			/* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
				 * the border will be used. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap out of which pixels are
				 * allocated. */
    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
				 * If this count is 0, then this structure is
				 * no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * borderTable: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when objRefCount and
				 * resourceRefCount are both 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    XColor *bgColorPtr;		/* Background color (intensity between
				 * lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
    XColor *darkColorPtr;	/* Color for darker areas (must free when
				 * deleting structure). NULL means shadows
				 * haven't been allocated yet.*/
    XColor *lightColorPtr;	/* Color used for lighter areas of border







|








|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen on which the border will be used. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
				 * the border. */
    int depth;			/* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
				 * the border will be used. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap out of which pixels are
				 * allocated. */
    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
				 * If this count is 0, then this structure is
				 * no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * borderTable: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when objRefCount and
				 * resourceRefCount are both 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    XColor *bgColorPtr;		/* Background color (intensity between
				 * lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
    XColor *darkColorPtr;	/* Color for darker areas (must free when
				 * deleting structure). NULL means shadows
				 * haven't been allocated yet.*/
    XColor *lightColorPtr;	/* Color used for lighter areas of border

Changes to generic/tkArgv.c.

224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    srcIndex++;
	    argc--;
	    break;
	case TK_ARGV_FUNC: {
	    typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, const char *, const char *);
	    ArgvFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvFunc *) infoPtr->src;

	    if (handlerProc(infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->key, argv[srcIndex])) {
		srcIndex++;
		argc--;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case TK_ARGV_GENFUNC: {
	    typedef int (ArgvGenFunc)(char *, Tcl_Interp *, const char *, int,
		    const char **);
	    ArgvGenFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvGenFunc *) infoPtr->src;

	    argc = handlerProc(infoPtr->dst, interp, infoPtr->key, argc,
		    argv+srcIndex);
	    if (argc < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;







|










|







224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    srcIndex++;
	    argc--;
	    break;
	case TK_ARGV_FUNC: {
	    typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, const char *, const char *);
	    ArgvFunc *handlerProc = infoPtr->src;

	    if (handlerProc(infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->key, argv[srcIndex])) {
		srcIndex++;
		argc--;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case TK_ARGV_GENFUNC: {
	    typedef int (ArgvGenFunc)(char *, Tcl_Interp *, const char *, int,
		    const char **);
	    ArgvGenFunc *handlerProc = infoPtr->src;

	    argc = handlerProc(infoPtr->dst, interp, infoPtr->key, argc,
		    argv+srcIndex);
	    if (argc < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;

Changes to generic/tkArray.h.

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
 * argument. If not found then -1 will be returned.
 */
/*************************************************************************/

#ifndef TK_ARRAY_DEFINED
#define TK_ARRAY_DEFINED

#include <stddef.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>

#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED
#endif








|
<
<







157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164


165
166
167
168
169
170
171
 * argument. If not found then -1 will be returned.
 */
/*************************************************************************/

#ifndef TK_ARRAY_DEFINED
#define TK_ARRAY_DEFINED

#include "tkInt.h"



#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED
#endif

Changes to generic/tkAtom.c.

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	if (mustFree) {
	    XFree(mustFree);
	}
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	if (mustFree) {
	    XFree(mustFree);
	}
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (char *)name);
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
	}

	name = atomNameArray[atom - 1];
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|










198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
	}

	name = atomNameArray[atom - 1];
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (char *)name);
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkBind.c.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#else /* if defined(__unix__) */
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif

#include <assert.h>

#if NDEBUG
# define DEBUG(expr)
#else
# define DEBUG(expr) expr
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
/*
 * Earlier versions of MSVC don't know snprintf, but _snprintf is compatible.
 * Note that sprintf is deprecated.
 */
# define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

#define SIZE_OF_ARRAY(arr) (sizeof(arr)/sizeof(arr[0]))

/*
 * Simple boolean type support.
 */

#ifdef bool
# undef bool /* needed for Mac */
#endif
#define bool int
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK /* Mac provides 'true' and 'false' */
enum { true = (bool) 1, false = (bool) 0 };
#endif

/*
 * File structure:
 *
 * Structure definitions and static variables.
 *
 * Init/Free this package.
 *
 * Tcl "bind" command (actually located in tkCmds.c) core implementation, plus helpers.
 *
 * Tcl "event" command implementation, plus helpers.
 *
 * Package-specific common helpers.
 *
 * Non-package-specific helpers.
 */

/*
 * In old implementation (the one that used an event ring), <Double-1> and <1><1> were
 * equivalent sequences. However it is logical to give <Double-1> higher precedence.
 * This can be achieved by setting PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT to 1.
 */

#ifndef PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT
# define PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT 0
#endif

/*
 * Traditionally motion events can be combined with buttons in this way: <B1-B2-Motion>.
 * However it should be allowed to express this as <Motion-1-2> in addition. This can be
 * achieved by setting SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1.
 */

#ifndef SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX
# define SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX 0 /* set to 1 if wanted */
#endif

/*
 * The output for motion events is of the type <B1-Motion>. This can be changed to become
 * <Motion-1> instead by setting PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1, however this would be a
 * backwards incompatibility.
 */







<
<
















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



















|



|




|
|



|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27


28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43












44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#else /* if defined(__unix__) */
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif



#if NDEBUG
# define DEBUG(expr)
#else
# define DEBUG(expr) expr
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
/*
 * Earlier versions of MSVC don't know snprintf, but _snprintf is compatible.
 * Note that sprintf is deprecated.
 */
# define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

#define SIZE_OF_ARRAY(arr) (sizeof(arr)/sizeof(arr[0]))













/*
 * File structure:
 *
 * Structure definitions and static variables.
 *
 * Init/Free this package.
 *
 * Tcl "bind" command (actually located in tkCmds.c) core implementation, plus helpers.
 *
 * Tcl "event" command implementation, plus helpers.
 *
 * Package-specific common helpers.
 *
 * Non-package-specific helpers.
 */

/*
 * In old implementation (the one that used an event ring), <Double-1> and <1><1> were
 * equivalent sequences. However it is logical to give <Double-1> higher precedence.
 * This is achieved by setting PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT to 1.
 */

#ifndef PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT
# define PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT 1
#endif

/*
 * Traditionally motion events can be combined with buttons in this way: <B1-B2-Motion>.
 * However it should be allowed to express this as <Motion-1-2> in addition. This is achieved
 * by setting SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1.
 */

#ifndef SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX
# define SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX 1
#endif

/*
 * The output for motion events is of the type <B1-Motion>. This can be changed to become
 * <Motion-1> instead by setting PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1, however this would be a
 * backwards incompatibility.
 */
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
    Window window;		/* Window of last match. */
    struct PatSeq* psPtr;	/* Pointer to pattern sequence. */
    PSModMaskArr *lastModMaskArr;
    				/* Last matching modifier mask per pattern (except last pattern).
    				 * Only needed if pattern sequence is not single (more than one
				 * pattern), and if one of these patterns contains a non-zero
				 * modifier mask. */
    unsigned count:30;		/* Only promote to next level if this count has reached count of
    				 * pattern. */
    unsigned expired:1;		/* Whether this entry is expired, this means it has to be removed
    				 * from promotion list. */
    unsigned keepIt:1;		/* Whether to keep this entry, even if expired. */
} PSEntry;

/* Defining the whole PSList_* stuff (list of PSEntry items). */







|







152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
    Window window;		/* Window of last match. */
    struct PatSeq* psPtr;	/* Pointer to pattern sequence. */
    PSModMaskArr *lastModMaskArr;
    				/* Last matching modifier mask per pattern (except last pattern).
    				 * Only needed if pattern sequence is not single (more than one
				 * pattern), and if one of these patterns contains a non-zero
				 * modifier mask. */
    unsigned count;		/* Only promote to next level if this count has reached count of
    				 * pattern. */
    unsigned expired:1;		/* Whether this entry is expired, this means it has to be removed
    				 * from promotion list. */
    unsigned keepIt:1;		/* Whether to keep this entry, even if expired. */
} PSEntry;

/* Defining the whole PSList_* stuff (list of PSEntry items). */
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
 * Constants that define how close together two events must be in milliseconds
 * or pixels to meet the PAT_NEARBY constraint:
 */

#define NEARBY_PIXELS	5
#define NEARBY_MS	500

/*
 * Constant for any (non-zero) button.
 */

#define ALL_BUTTONS_MASK (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask)

/*
 * Needed as "no-number" constant for integers. The value of this constant is
 * outside of integer range (type "int"). (Unfortunatly current version of
 * Tcl/Tk does not provide C99 integer support.)
 */

#define NO_NUMBER (((Tcl_WideInt) (~ (unsigned) 0)) + 1)







<
<
<
<
<
<







339
340
341
342
343
344
345






346
347
348
349
350
351
352
 * Constants that define how close together two events must be in milliseconds
 * or pixels to meet the PAT_NEARBY constraint:
 */

#define NEARBY_PIXELS	5
#define NEARBY_MS	500







/*
 * Needed as "no-number" constant for integers. The value of this constant is
 * outside of integer range (type "int"). (Unfortunatly current version of
 * Tcl/Tk does not provide C99 integer support.)
 */

#define NO_NUMBER (((Tcl_WideInt) (~ (unsigned) 0)) + 1)
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
 */

typedef struct TkBindInfo_ {
    VirtualEventTable virtualEventTable;
				/* The virtual events that exist in this interpreter. */
    ScreenInfo screenInfo;	/* Keeps track of the current display and screen, so it can be
    				 * restored after a binding has executed. */
    bool deleted;		/* True if the application has been deleted but the structure has been
    				 * preserved. */
    Time lastEventTime;		/* Needed for time measurement. */
    Time lastCurrentTime;	/* Needed for time measurement. */
} BindInfo;

/*
 * In X11R4 and earlier versions, XStringToKeysym is ridiculously slow. The







|







378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
 */

typedef struct TkBindInfo_ {
    VirtualEventTable virtualEventTable;
				/* The virtual events that exist in this interpreter. */
    ScreenInfo screenInfo;	/* Keeps track of the current display and screen, so it can be
    				 * restored after a binding has executed. */
    int deleted;		/* 1 if the application has been deleted but the structure has been
    				 * preserved. */
    Time lastEventTime;		/* Needed for time measurement. */
    Time lastCurrentTime;	/* Needed for time measurement. */
} BindInfo;

/*
 * In X11R4 and earlier versions, XStringToKeysym is ridiculously slow. The
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
 * information about those modifiers. The structure for storing this
 * information, and the hash table built at initialization time, are defined
 * below.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;	/* Name of modifier. */
    unsigned mask;	/* Button/modifier mask value, such as Button1Mask. */
    unsigned flags;	/* Various flags; see below for definitions. */
} ModInfo;

/*
 * Flags for ModInfo structures:
 *
 * DOUBLE -		Non-zero means duplicate this event, e.g. for double-clicks.







|







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
 * information about those modifiers. The structure for storing this
 * information, and the hash table built at initialization time, are defined
 * below.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;	/* Name of modifier. */
    ModMask mask;	/* Button/modifier mask value, such as Button1Mask. */
    unsigned flags;	/* Various flags; see below for definitions. */
} ModInfo;

/*
 * Flags for ModInfo structures:
 *
 * DOUBLE -		Non-zero means duplicate this event, e.g. for double-clicks.
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
DEBUG(static int countSeqItems = 0);

/*
 * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
 */

static void		ChangeScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *dispName, int screenIndex);
static bool		CreateVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
			    char *virtString, const char *eventString);
static int		DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
			    char *virtString, const char *eventString);
static void		DeleteVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static void		ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before, Event *eventPtr,
			    unsigned scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static PatSeq *		FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp, LookupTables *lookupTables,
			    ClientData object, const char *eventString, bool create,
			    bool allowVirtual, EventMask *maskPtr);
static void		GetAllVirtualEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static const char *	GetField(const char *p, char *copy, unsigned size);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetPatternObj(const PatSeq *psPtr);
static int		GetVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *virtName);
static Tk_Uid		GetVirtualEventUid(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *virtString);
static int		HandleEventGenerate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		InitVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static PatSeq *		MatchPatterns(TkDisplay *dispPtr, Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PSList *psList,
			    PSList *psSuccList, unsigned patIndex, const Event *eventPtr,
			    ClientData object, PatSeq **physPtrPtr);
static bool		NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *tkwinPtr);
static unsigned		ParseEventDescription(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char **eventStringPtr,
			    TkPattern *patPtr, EventMask *eventMaskPtr);
static void		DoWarp(ClientData clientData);
static PSList *		GetLookupForEvent(LookupTables* lookupPtr, const Event *eventPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *object, bool onlyConsiderDetailedEvents);
static void		ClearLookupTable(LookupTables *lookupTables, ClientData object);
static void		ClearPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, ClientData object);
static PSEntry *	MakeListEntry(PSList *pool, PatSeq *psPtr, bool needModMasks);
static void		RemovePatSeqFromLookup(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr);
static void		RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PatSeq *psPtr);
static PatSeq *		DeletePatSeq(PatSeq *psPtr);
static void		InsertPatSeq(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr);
#if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
void			TkpDumpPS(const PatSeq *psPtr);
void			TkpDumpPSList(const PSList *psList);
#endif

/*
 * Some useful helper functions.
 */
#ifdef SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
static int BindCount = 0;
#endif

static unsigned Max(unsigned a, unsigned b) { return a < b ? b : a; }
static int Abs(int n) { return n < 0 ? -n : n; }
static bool IsOdd(int n) { return n & 1; }

static bool TestNearbyTime(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_MS; }
static bool TestNearbyCoords(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_PIXELS; }

static bool
IsSubsetOf(
    ModMask lhsMask,	/* this is a subset */
    ModMask rhsMask)	/* of this bit field? */
{
    return (lhsMask & rhsMask) == lhsMask;
}








|







|
|












|





|


|


















|

|
|

|







687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
DEBUG(static int countSeqItems = 0);

/*
 * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
 */

static void		ChangeScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *dispName, int screenIndex);
static int		CreateVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
			    char *virtString, const char *eventString);
static int		DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
			    char *virtString, const char *eventString);
static void		DeleteVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static void		ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before, Event *eventPtr,
			    unsigned scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static PatSeq *		FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp, LookupTables *lookupTables,
			    ClientData object, const char *eventString, int create,
			    int allowVirtual, EventMask *maskPtr);
static void		GetAllVirtualEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static const char *	GetField(const char *p, char *copy, unsigned size);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetPatternObj(const PatSeq *psPtr);
static int		GetVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *virtName);
static Tk_Uid		GetVirtualEventUid(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *virtString);
static int		HandleEventGenerate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		InitVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static PatSeq *		MatchPatterns(TkDisplay *dispPtr, Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PSList *psList,
			    PSList *psSuccList, unsigned patIndex, const Event *eventPtr,
			    ClientData object, PatSeq **physPtrPtr);
static int		NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *tkwinPtr);
static unsigned		ParseEventDescription(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char **eventStringPtr,
			    TkPattern *patPtr, EventMask *eventMaskPtr);
static void		DoWarp(ClientData clientData);
static PSList *		GetLookupForEvent(LookupTables* lookupPtr, const Event *eventPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *object, int onlyConsiderDetailedEvents);
static void		ClearLookupTable(LookupTables *lookupTables, ClientData object);
static void		ClearPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, ClientData object);
static PSEntry *	MakeListEntry(PSList *pool, PatSeq *psPtr, int needModMasks);
static void		RemovePatSeqFromLookup(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr);
static void		RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PatSeq *psPtr);
static PatSeq *		DeletePatSeq(PatSeq *psPtr);
static void		InsertPatSeq(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr);
#if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
void			TkpDumpPS(const PatSeq *psPtr);
void			TkpDumpPSList(const PSList *psList);
#endif

/*
 * Some useful helper functions.
 */
#ifdef SUPPORT_DEBUGGING
static int BindCount = 0;
#endif

static unsigned Max(unsigned a, unsigned b) { return a < b ? b : a; }
static int Abs(int n) { return n < 0 ? -n : n; }
static int IsOdd(int n) { return n & 1; }

static int TestNearbyTime(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_MS; }
static int TestNearbyCoords(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_PIXELS; }

static int
IsSubsetOf(
    ModMask lhsMask,	/* this is a subset */
    ModMask rhsMask)	/* of this bit field? */
{
    return (lhsMask & rhsMask) == lhsMask;
}

851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
    for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) {
	if (GetInfo(sndMatchPtr, i)) { sndCount += GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i); }
    }

    return sndCount - fstCount;
}

static bool
MatchEventNearby(
    const XEvent *lhs,	/* previous button event */
    const XEvent *rhs)	/* current button event */
{
    assert(lhs);
    assert(rhs);
    assert(lhs->type == ButtonPress || lhs->type == ButtonRelease);
    assert(lhs->type == rhs->type);

    /* assert: lhs->xbutton.time <= rhs->xbutton.time */

    return TestNearbyTime(rhs->xbutton.time, lhs->xbutton.time)
	    && TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.x_root, lhs->xbutton.x_root)
	    && TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.y_root, lhs->xbutton.y_root);
}

static bool
MatchEventRepeat(
    const XEvent *lhs,	/* previous key event */
    const XEvent *rhs)	/* current key event */
{
    assert(lhs);
    assert(rhs);
    assert(lhs->type == KeyPress || lhs->type == KeyRelease);







|
















|







831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
    for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) {
	if (GetInfo(sndMatchPtr, i)) { sndCount += GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i); }
    }

    return sndCount - fstCount;
}

static int
MatchEventNearby(
    const XEvent *lhs,	/* previous button event */
    const XEvent *rhs)	/* current button event */
{
    assert(lhs);
    assert(rhs);
    assert(lhs->type == ButtonPress || lhs->type == ButtonRelease);
    assert(lhs->type == rhs->type);

    /* assert: lhs->xbutton.time <= rhs->xbutton.time */

    return TestNearbyTime(rhs->xbutton.time, lhs->xbutton.time)
	    && TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.x_root, lhs->xbutton.x_root)
	    && TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.y_root, lhs->xbutton.y_root);
}

static int
MatchEventRepeat(
    const XEvent *lhs,	/* previous key event */
    const XEvent *rhs)	/* current key event */
{
    assert(lhs);
    assert(rhs);
    assert(lhs->type == KeyPress || lhs->type == KeyRelease);
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
    TkDisplay *dispPtr,
    unsigned modMask)
{
    assert(dispPtr);

    if (dispPtr->metaModMask) {
	if (modMask & META_MASK) {
	    modMask &= ~META_MASK;
	    modMask |= dispPtr->metaModMask;
	}
    }
    if (dispPtr->altModMask) {
	if (modMask & ALT_MASK) {
	    modMask &= ~ALT_MASK;
	    modMask |= dispPtr->altModMask;
	}
    }

    return modMask;
}

static unsigned
ButtonNumberFromState(
    unsigned state)
{
    if (!(state & ALL_BUTTONS_MASK)) { return 0; }
    if (state & Button1Mask) { return 1; }
    if (state & Button2Mask) { return 2; }
    if (state & Button3Mask) { return 3; }
    if (state & Button4Mask) { return 4; }
    return 5;
}

#if SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX
static unsigned
ButtonNumberToMask(
    unsigned button)
{
    assert(button > 0);
    return Button1Mask << (button - 1);
}
#endif

static void
SetupPatternKey(
    PatternTableKey *key,
    const PatSeq *psPtr)
{
    const TkPattern *patPtr;







|





|







|

|

|




|
<
|
<
<
|
|
<
<
|

<







936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966

967


968
969


970
971

972
973
974
975
976
977
978
    TkDisplay *dispPtr,
    unsigned modMask)
{
    assert(dispPtr);

    if (dispPtr->metaModMask) {
	if (modMask & META_MASK) {
	    modMask &= ~(ModMask)META_MASK;
	    modMask |= dispPtr->metaModMask;
	}
    }
    if (dispPtr->altModMask) {
	if (modMask & ALT_MASK) {
	    modMask &= ~(ModMask)ALT_MASK;
	    modMask |= dispPtr->altModMask;
	}
    }

    return modMask;
}

static int
ButtonNumberFromState(
    ModMask state)
{
    if (!(state & ALL_BUTTONS)) { return 0; }
    if (state & Button1Mask) { return 1; }
    if (state & Button2Mask) { return 2; }
    if (state & Button3Mask) { return 3; }
    if (state & Button4Mask) { return 4; }
    if (state & Button5Mask) { return 5; }

    if (state & Button6Mask) { return 6; }


    if (state & Button7Mask) { return 7; }
    if (state & Button8Mask) { return 8; }


    return 9;
}


static void
SetupPatternKey(
    PatternTableKey *key,
    const PatSeq *psPtr)
{
    const TkPattern *patPtr;
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static PSEntry *
MakeListEntry(
    PSList *pool,
    PatSeq *psPtr,
    bool needModMasks)
{
    PSEntry *newEntry = NULL;

    assert(pool);
    assert(psPtr);
    assert(psPtr->numPats > 0);
    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));







|







1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static PSEntry *
MakeListEntry(
    PSList *pool,
    PatSeq *psPtr,
    int needModMasks)
{
    PSEntry *newEntry = NULL;

    assert(pool);
    assert(psPtr);
    assert(psPtr->numPats > 0);
    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
	    PSModMaskArr_Resize(&newEntry->lastModMaskArr, psPtr->numPats - 1);
	}
	PSModMaskArr_SetSize(newEntry->lastModMaskArr, psPtr->numPats - 1);
    }

    newEntry->psPtr = psPtr;
    newEntry->window = None;
    newEntry->expired = false;
    newEntry->keepIt = true;
    newEntry->count = 1;
    DEBUG(psPtr->owned = false);

    return newEntry;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|
|

|







1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
	    PSModMaskArr_Resize(&newEntry->lastModMaskArr, psPtr->numPats - 1);
	}
	PSModMaskArr_SetSize(newEntry->lastModMaskArr, psPtr->numPats - 1);
    }

    newEntry->psPtr = psPtr;
    newEntry->window = None;
    newEntry->expired = 0;
    newEntry->keepIt = 1;
    newEntry->count = 1;
    DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0);

    return newEntry;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
 */

static PSList *
GetLookupForEvent(
    LookupTables* lookupTables,
    const Event *eventPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *object,
    bool onlyConsiderDetailedEvents)
{
    PatternTableKey key;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;

    assert(lookupTables);
    assert(eventPtr);








|







1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
 */

static PSList *
GetLookupForEvent(
    LookupTables* lookupTables,
    const Event *eventPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *object,
    int onlyConsiderDetailedEvents)
{
    PatternTableKey key;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;

    assert(lookupTables);
    assert(eventPtr);

1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
 */

/*
 * Windoze compiler does not allow the definition of these static variables inside a function,
 * otherwise this should belong to function TkBindInit().
 */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(bindMutex);
static bool initialized = false;

void
TkBindInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The newly created application. */
{
    BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;

    assert(mainPtr);

    /* otherwise virtual events can't be supported */
    assert(sizeof(XEvent) >= sizeof(XVirtualEvent));

    /* type of TkPattern.info is well defined? */
    assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(KeySym));
    assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(unsigned));

    /* ensure that our matching algorithm is working (when testing detail) */
    assert(sizeof(Detail) == sizeof(Tk_Uid));

    /* test boolean support for safety, because used for 1 bit fields */
    assert(false == 0 && true == 1);

    /* test that constant NO_NUMBER is indeed out of integer range */
    assert(sizeof(NO_NUMBER) > sizeof(int));
    assert(((int) NO_NUMBER) == 0 && NO_NUMBER != 0);

    /* test expected indices of Button1..Button5, otherwise our button handling is not working */
    assert(Button1 == 1 && Button2 == 2 && Button3 == 3 && Button4 == 4 && Button5 == 5);
    assert(Button2Mask == (Button1Mask << 1));







|



















<
<
<







1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240



1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
 */

/*
 * Windoze compiler does not allow the definition of these static variables inside a function,
 * otherwise this should belong to function TkBindInit().
 */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(bindMutex);
static int initialized = 0;

void
TkBindInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The newly created application. */
{
    BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;

    assert(mainPtr);

    /* otherwise virtual events can't be supported */
    assert(sizeof(XEvent) >= sizeof(XVirtualEvent));

    /* type of TkPattern.info is well defined? */
    assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(KeySym));
    assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(unsigned));

    /* ensure that our matching algorithm is working (when testing detail) */
    assert(sizeof(Detail) == sizeof(Tk_Uid));




    /* test that constant NO_NUMBER is indeed out of integer range */
    assert(sizeof(NO_NUMBER) > sizeof(int));
    assert(((int) NO_NUMBER) == 0 && NO_NUMBER != 0);

    /* test expected indices of Button1..Button5, otherwise our button handling is not working */
    assert(Button1 == 1 && Button2 == 2 && Button3 == 3 && Button4 == 4 && Button5 == 5);
    assert(Button2Mask == (Button1Mask << 1));
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
    assert(Button4MotionMask == Button4Mask);
    assert(Button5MotionMask == Button5Mask);

    /* because we expect zero if keySym is empty */
    assert(NoSymbol == 0L);

    /* this must be a union, not a struct, otherwise comparison with NULL will not work */
    assert(Tk_Offset(Detail, name) == Tk_Offset(Detail, info));

    /* we use some constraints about X*Event */
    assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, time));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x_root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y_root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, border_width) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, border_width));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, width) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, width));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XCirculateRequestEvent, window));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, window));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, window));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XMapEvent, window));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XReparentEvent, window));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XUnmapEvent, window));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, x));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, x));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, y));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, y));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XEnterWindowEvent, time));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XLeaveWindowEvent, time));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, state) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, state));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, state) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, state));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, subwindow));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, subwindow));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, subwindow));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, time));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, time));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, x));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x_root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, x_root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x_root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, y));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y_root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, y_root));
    assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y_root));

    /*
     * Initialize the static data structures used by the binding package. They
     * are only initialized once, no matter how many interps are created.
     */

    if (!initialized) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&bindMutex);
	if (!initialized) {
	    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	    const ModInfo *modPtr;
	    const EventInfo *eiPtr;
	    bool newEntry;
	    unsigned i;
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
	    const KeySymInfo *kPtr;

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keySymTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->name; ++kPtr) {







|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|












|







1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
    assert(Button4MotionMask == Button4Mask);
    assert(Button5MotionMask == Button5Mask);

    /* because we expect zero if keySym is empty */
    assert(NoSymbol == 0L);

    /* this must be a union, not a struct, otherwise comparison with NULL will not work */
    assert(offsetof(Detail, name) == offsetof(Detail, info));

    /* we use some constraints about X*Event */
    assert(offsetof(XButtonEvent, time) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, time));
    assert(offsetof(XButtonEvent, x_root) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, x_root));
    assert(offsetof(XButtonEvent, y_root) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, y_root));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, border_width) == offsetof(XConfigureEvent, border_width));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, width) == offsetof(XConfigureEvent, width));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == offsetof(XCirculateRequestEvent, window));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == offsetof(XConfigureEvent, window));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == offsetof(XGravityEvent, window));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == offsetof(XMapEvent, window));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == offsetof(XReparentEvent, window));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == offsetof(XUnmapEvent, window));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == offsetof(XConfigureEvent, x));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == offsetof(XGravityEvent, x));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == offsetof(XConfigureEvent, y));
    assert(offsetof(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == offsetof(XGravityEvent, y));
    assert(offsetof(XCrossingEvent, time) == offsetof(XEnterWindowEvent, time));
    assert(offsetof(XCrossingEvent, time) == offsetof(XLeaveWindowEvent, time));
    assert(offsetof(XCrossingEvent, time) == offsetof(XKeyEvent, time));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, root) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, root) == offsetof(XCrossingEvent, root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, root) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, state) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, state));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, state) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, state));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, subwindow));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == offsetof(XCrossingEvent, subwindow));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, subwindow));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, time) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, time));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, time) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, time));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, x) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, x));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, x) == offsetof(XCrossingEvent, x));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, x) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, x));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, x_root) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, x_root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, x_root) == offsetof(XCrossingEvent, x_root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, x_root) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, x_root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, y) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, y));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, y) == offsetof(XCrossingEvent, y));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, y) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, y));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, y_root) == offsetof(XButtonEvent, y_root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, y_root) == offsetof(XCrossingEvent, y_root));
    assert(offsetof(XKeyEvent, y_root) == offsetof(XMotionEvent, y_root));

    /*
     * Initialize the static data structures used by the binding package. They
     * are only initialized once, no matter how many interps are created.
     */

    if (!initialized) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&bindMutex);
	if (!initialized) {
	    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	    const ModInfo *modPtr;
	    const EventInfo *eiPtr;
	    int newEntry;
	    unsigned i;
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
	    const KeySymInfo *kPtr;

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keySymTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->name; ++kPtr) {
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&eventTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name; ++eiPtr) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&eventTable, eiPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, eiPtr);
	    }

	    initialized = true;
	}
	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&bindMutex);
    }

    mainPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(mainPtr->interp);

    bindInfoPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(BindInfo));
    InitVirtualEventTable(&bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable);
    bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.curDispPtr = NULL;
    bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.curScreenIndex = -1;
    bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.bindingDepth = 0;
    bindInfoPtr->deleted = false;
    bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs();
    bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = 0;
    mainPtr->bindInfo = bindInfoPtr;
    DEBUG(countBindItems += 1);

    TkpInitializeMenuBindings(mainPtr->interp, mainPtr->bindingTable);
}







|











|







1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&eventTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name; ++eiPtr) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&eventTable, eiPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, eiPtr);
	    }

	    initialized = 1;
	}
	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&bindMutex);
    }

    mainPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(mainPtr->interp);

    bindInfoPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(BindInfo));
    InitVirtualEventTable(&bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable);
    bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.curDispPtr = NULL;
    bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.curScreenIndex = -1;
    bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.bindingDepth = 0;
    bindInfoPtr->deleted = 0;
    bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs();
    bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = 0;
    mainPtr->bindInfo = bindInfoPtr;
    DEBUG(countBindItems += 1);

    TkpInitializeMenuBindings(mainPtr->interp, mainPtr->bindingTable);
}
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445

    assert(mainPtr);

    Tk_DeleteBindingTable(mainPtr->bindingTable);
    mainPtr->bindingTable = NULL;
    bindInfoPtr = mainPtr->bindInfo;
    DeleteVirtualEventTable(&bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable);
    bindInfoPtr->deleted = true;
    Tcl_EventuallyFree(bindInfoPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
    mainPtr->bindInfo = NULL;

    DEBUG(countBindItems -= 1);
    assert(countBindItems > 0 || countTableItems == 0);
    assert(countBindItems > 0 || countEntryItems == 0);
    assert(countBindItems > 0 || countListItems == 0);







|







1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416

    assert(mainPtr);

    Tk_DeleteBindingTable(mainPtr->bindingTable);
    mainPtr->bindingTable = NULL;
    bindInfoPtr = mainPtr->bindInfo;
    DeleteVirtualEventTable(&bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable);
    bindInfoPtr->deleted = 1;
    Tcl_EventuallyFree(bindInfoPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
    mainPtr->bindInfo = NULL;

    DEBUG(countBindItems -= 1);
    assert(countBindItems > 0 || countTableItems == 0);
    assert(countBindItems > 0 || countEntryItems == 0);
    assert(countBindItems > 0 || countListItems == 0);
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
    assert(psPtr);
    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
    assert(psPtr->numPats >= 1u);

    if (!(psPtr->added)) {
	PatternTableKey key;
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	bool isNew;
	PSList *psList;
	PSEntry *psEntry;

	SetupPatternKey(&key, psPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, (char *) &key, &isNew);

	if (isNew) {
	    psList = ckalloc(sizeof(PSList));
	    PSList_Init(psList);
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psList);
	    DEBUG(countListItems += 1);
	} else {
	    psList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
	}

	psEntry = MakeListEntry(&lookupTables->entryPool, psPtr, false);
	PSList_Append(psList, psEntry);
	psPtr->added = true;
    }
}
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_CreateBinding --
 *







|















|

|







1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
    assert(psPtr);
    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
    assert(psPtr->numPats >= 1u);

    if (!(psPtr->added)) {
	PatternTableKey key;
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	int isNew;
	PSList *psList;
	PSEntry *psEntry;

	SetupPatternKey(&key, psPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, (char *) &key, &isNew);

	if (isNew) {
	    psList = ckalloc(sizeof(PSList));
	    PSList_Init(psList);
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psList);
	    DEBUG(countListItems += 1);
	} else {
	    psList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
	}

	psEntry = MakeListEntry(&lookupTables->entryPool, psPtr, 0);
	PSList_Append(psList, psEntry);
	psPtr->added = 1;
    }
}
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_CreateBinding --
 *
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
unsigned long
Tk_CreateBinding(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tk_BindingTable bindPtr,	/* Table in which to create binding. */
    ClientData object,		/* Token for object with which binding is associated. */
    const char *eventString,	/* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */
    const char *script,		/* Contains Tcl script to execute when binding triggers. */
    bool append)		/* False means replace any existing binding for eventString;
    				 * True means append to that binding. If the existing binding is
				 * for a callback function and not a Tcl command string, the
				 * existing binding will always be replaced. */
{
    PatSeq *psPtr;
    EventMask eventMask;
    char *oldStr;
    char *newStr;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(object);
    assert(eventString);
    assert(script);

    psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString,
	    !!*script, true, &eventMask);

    if (!*script) {
	assert(!psPtr || psPtr->added);
	/* Silently ignore empty scripts -- see SF#3006842 */
	return eventMask;
    }
    if (!psPtr) {







|
|














|







1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
unsigned long
Tk_CreateBinding(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tk_BindingTable bindPtr,	/* Table in which to create binding. */
    ClientData object,		/* Token for object with which binding is associated. */
    const char *eventString,	/* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */
    const char *script,		/* Contains Tcl script to execute when binding triggers. */
    int append)			/* 0 means replace any existing binding for eventString;
    				 * 1 means append to that binding. If the existing binding is
				 * for a callback function and not a Tcl command string, the
				 * existing binding will always be replaced. */
{
    PatSeq *psPtr;
    EventMask eventMask;
    char *oldStr;
    char *newStr;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(object);
    assert(eventString);
    assert(script);

    psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString,
	    !!*script, 1, &eventMask);

    if (!*script) {
	assert(!psPtr || psPtr->added);
	/* Silently ignore empty scripts -- see SF#3006842 */
	return eventMask;
    }
    if (!psPtr) {
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
	 * maximal size.
	 */
	PromArr_ResizeAndClear(&bindPtr->promArr, psPtr->numPats);
    }

    if (!psPtr->script) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	bool isNew;

	/*
	 * This pattern sequence was just created. Link the pattern into the
	 * list associated with the object, so that if the object goes away,
	 * these bindings will all automatically be deleted.
	 */








|







1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
	 * maximal size.
	 */
	PromArr_ResizeAndClear(&bindPtr->promArr, psPtr->numPats);
    }

    if (!psPtr->script) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	int isNew;

	/*
	 * This pattern sequence was just created. Link the pattern into the
	 * list associated with the object, so that if the object goes away,
	 * these bindings will all automatically be deleted.
	 */

1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
{
    PatSeq *psPtr;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(object);
    assert(eventString);

    psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString, false, true, NULL);
    if (!psPtr) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    } else {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	PatSeq *prevPtr;

	assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));







|







1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
{
    PatSeq *psPtr;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(object);
    assert(eventString);

    psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString, 0, 1, NULL);
    if (!psPtr) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    } else {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	PatSeq *prevPtr;

	assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
{
    const PatSeq *psPtr;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(object);
    assert(eventString);

    psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString, false, true, NULL);
    assert(!psPtr || TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
    return psPtr ? psPtr->script : NULL;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
{
    const PatSeq *psPtr;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(object);
    assert(eventString);

    psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString, 0, 1, NULL);
    assert(!psPtr || TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
    return psPtr ? psPtr->script : NULL;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914

    if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, (char *) &key))) {
	PSList *psList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
	PSEntry *psEntry;

	TK_DLIST_FOREACH(psEntry, psList) {
	    if (psEntry->psPtr == psPtr) {
		psPtr->added = false;
		RemoveListEntry(&lookupTables->entryPool, psEntry);
		return;
	    }
	}
    }

    assert(!"couldn't find pattern sequence in lookup");







|







1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885

    if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, (char *) &key))) {
	PSList *psList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
	PSEntry *psEntry;

	TK_DLIST_FOREACH(psEntry, psList) {
	    if (psEntry->psPtr == psPtr) {
		psPtr->added = 0;
		RemoveListEntry(&lookupTables->entryPool, psEntry);
		return;
	    }
	}
    }

    assert(!"couldn't find pattern sequence in lookup");
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
     */

    ClearLookupTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables, object);
    ClearPromotionLists(bindPtr, object);

    for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = nextPtr) {
	assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
	DEBUG(psPtr->added = false);
	nextPtr = DeletePatSeq(psPtr);
    }

    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
}

/*







|







2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
     */

    ClearLookupTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables, object);
    ClearPromotionLists(bindPtr, object);

    for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = nextPtr) {
	assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
	DEBUG(psPtr->added = 0);
	nextPtr = DeletePatSeq(psPtr);
    }

    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
}

/*
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
	curEvent->xev.xany.window = None;
	eventInfo[eventType].countAny = 0;
	eventInfo[eventType].countDetailed = 0;
    }
}

/* helper function */
static bool
IsBetterMatch(
    const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr,
    const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr)	/* this is a better match? */
{
    int diff;

    if (!sndMatchPtr) { return false; }
    if (!fstMatchPtr) { return true; }
    
    diff = CountSpecialized(fstMatchPtr, sndMatchPtr);
    if (diff > 0) { return true; }
    if (diff < 0) { return false; }

#if PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT
    {	/* local scope */
#define M (Tcl_WideUInt)1000000
	static const Tcl_WideUInt weight[5] = { 0, 1, M, M*M, M*M*M };
#undef M
	Tcl_WideUInt fstCount = 0;







|






|
|


|
|







2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
	curEvent->xev.xany.window = None;
	eventInfo[eventType].countAny = 0;
	eventInfo[eventType].countDetailed = 0;
    }
}

/* helper function */
static int
IsBetterMatch(
    const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr,
    const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr)	/* this is a better match? */
{
    int diff;

    if (!sndMatchPtr) { return 0; }
    if (!fstMatchPtr) { return 1; }
    
    diff = CountSpecialized(fstMatchPtr, sndMatchPtr);
    if (diff > 0) { return 1; }
    if (diff < 0) { return 0; }

#if PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT
    {	/* local scope */
#define M (Tcl_WideUInt)1000000
	static const Tcl_WideUInt weight[5] = { 0, 1, M, M*M, M*M*M };
#undef M
	Tcl_WideUInt fstCount = 0;
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
	    assert(GetCount(fstMatchPtr, i) < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(weight));
	    fstCount += weight[GetCount(fstMatchPtr, i)];
	}
	for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) {
	    assert(GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i) < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(weight));
	    sndCount += weight[GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i)];
	}
	if (sndCount > fstCount) { return true; }
	if (sndCount < fstCount) { return false; }
    }
#endif

    return sndMatchPtr->number > fstMatchPtr->number;
}

void







|
|







2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
	    assert(GetCount(fstMatchPtr, i) < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(weight));
	    fstCount += weight[GetCount(fstMatchPtr, i)];
	}
	for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) {
	    assert(GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i) < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(weight));
	    sndCount += weight[GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i)];
	}
	if (sndCount > fstCount) { return 1; }
	if (sndCount < fstCount) { return 0; }
    }
#endif

    return sndMatchPtr->number > fstMatchPtr->number;
}

void
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
    unsigned arraySize;
    unsigned newArraySize;
    unsigned i, k;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(eventPtr);
    assert(tkwin);
    assert(numObjects > 0);

    /*
     * Ignore events on windows that don't have names: these are windows like
     * wrapper windows that shouldn't be visible to the application.
     */

    if (!winPtr->pathName) {







|







2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
    unsigned arraySize;
    unsigned newArraySize;
    unsigned i, k;

    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(eventPtr);
    assert(tkwin);
    assert(numObjects >= 0);

    /*
     * Ignore events on windows that don't have names: these are windows like
     * wrapper windows that shouldn't be visible to the application.
     */

    if (!winPtr->pathName) {
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
    case FocusOut:
	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) {
	    return;
	}
	break;
    case KeyPress:
    case KeyRelease: {
	bool reset = true;

	if (eventPtr->xkey.time) {
	    bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs();
	    bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xkey.time;
	}
	/* modifier keys should not influence button events */
	for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; ++i) {
	    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) {
		reset = false;
	    }
	}
	if (reset) {
	    /* reset repetition count for button events */
	    bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countAny = 0;
	    bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countDetailed = 0;
	    bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonRelease].countAny = 0;







|








|







2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
    case FocusOut:
	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) {
	    return;
	}
	break;
    case KeyPress:
    case KeyRelease: {
	int reset = 1;

	if (eventPtr->xkey.time) {
	    bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs();
	    bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xkey.time;
	}
	/* modifier keys should not influence button events */
	for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; ++i) {
	    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) {
		reset = 0;
	    }
	}
	if (reset) {
	    /* reset repetition count for button events */
	    bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countAny = 0;
	    bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countDetailed = 0;
	    bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonRelease].countAny = 0;
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
     * 2. Look for bindings without detail.
     */

    for (k = 0; k < (unsigned) numObjects; ++k) {
	PSList *psSuccList = PromArr_First(bindPtr->promArr);
	PatSeq *bestPtr;

	psl[0] = GetLookupForEvent(physTables, curEvent, objArr[k], true);
	psl[1] = GetLookupForEvent(physTables, curEvent, objArr[k], false);

	assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]);

	psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
	psPtr[1] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[1], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);

	if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psSuccList)) {







|
|







2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
     * 2. Look for bindings without detail.
     */

    for (k = 0; k < (unsigned) numObjects; ++k) {
	PSList *psSuccList = PromArr_First(bindPtr->promArr);
	PatSeq *bestPtr;

	psl[0] = GetLookupForEvent(physTables, curEvent, objArr[k], 1);
	psl[1] = GetLookupForEvent(physTables, curEvent, objArr[k], 0);

	assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]);

	psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);
	psPtr[1] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[1], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL);

	if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psSuccList)) {
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
		PatSeq *mPtr;
		PSList *psl[2];

		/*
		 * Note that virtual events cannot promote.
		 */

		psl[0] = GetLookupForEvent(virtTables, curEvent, NULL, true);
		psl[1] = GetLookupForEvent(virtTables, curEvent, NULL, false);

		assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]);

		mPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], NULL, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], &matchPtr);
		if (mPtr) {
		    matchPtrArr[k] = matchPtr;
		    matchPtr = mPtr;







|
|







2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
		PatSeq *mPtr;
		PSList *psl[2];

		/*
		 * Note that virtual events cannot promote.
		 */

		psl[0] = GetLookupForEvent(virtTables, curEvent, NULL, 1);
		psl[1] = GetLookupForEvent(virtTables, curEvent, NULL, 0);

		assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]);

		mPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], NULL, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], &matchPtr);
		if (mPtr) {
		    matchPtrArr[k] = matchPtr;
		    matchPtr = mPtr;
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
	     * 4) If we have a detailed event, current entry it is also detailed,
	     *    we have matching event types, but the details are different.
	     * 5) Current entry has been matched with a different window.
	     */

	    if (psEntry->keepIt) {
		assert(!psEntry->expired);
		psEntry->keepIt = false;
	    } else if (psEntry->expired
		    || psEntry->window != curEvent->xev.xany.window
		    || (patPtr->info
			&& curEvent->detail.info
			&& patPtr->eventType == (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type
			&& patPtr->info != curEvent->detail.info)) {
		RemoveListEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psEntry);







|







2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
	     * 4) If we have a detailed event, current entry it is also detailed,
	     *    we have matching event types, but the details are different.
	     * 5) Current entry has been matched with a different window.
	     */

	    if (psEntry->keepIt) {
		assert(!psEntry->expired);
		psEntry->keepIt = 0;
	    } else if (psEntry->expired
		    || psEntry->window != curEvent->xev.xany.window
		    || (patPtr->info
			&& curEvent->detail.info
			&& patPtr->eventType == (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type
			&& patPtr->info != curEvent->detail.info)) {
		RemoveListEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psEntry);
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

/* helper function */
static bool
VirtPatIsBound(
    Tk_BindingTable bindPtr,	/* Table in which to look for bindings. */
    PatSeq *psPtr,		/* Test this pattern. */
    ClientData object,		/* Check for this binding tag. */
    PatSeq **physPtrPtr)	/* Input: the best physical event.
    				 * Output: the physical event associated with matching virtual event. */
{







|







2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

/* helper function */
static int
VirtPatIsBound(
    Tk_BindingTable bindPtr,	/* Table in which to look for bindings. */
    PatSeq *psPtr,		/* Test this pattern. */
    ClientData object,		/* Check for this binding tag. */
    PatSeq **physPtrPtr)	/* Input: the best physical event.
    				 * Output: the physical event associated with matching virtual event. */
{
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743

    if (*physPtrPtr) {
	const TkPattern *physPatPtr = (*physPtrPtr)->pats;
	const TkPattern *virtPatPtr = psPtr->pats;

	if (physPatPtr->info || !virtPatPtr->info) {
	    if (IsSubsetOf(virtPatPtr->modMask, physPatPtr->modMask)) {
		return false; /* we cannot surpass this match */
	    }
	}
    }

    /* otherwise on some systems the key contains uninitialized bytes */
    memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key));

    key.object = object;
    key.type = VirtualEvent;
    owners = psPtr->ptr.owners;

    for (i = 0; i < VirtOwners_Size(owners); ++i) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = VirtOwners_Get(owners, i);

	key.detail.name = (Tk_Uid) Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr, hPtr);

	if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.patternTable, (char *) &key))) {
	    /* The physical event matches this virtual event's definition. */
	    *physPtrPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
	    return true;
	}
    }

    return false;
}

/* helper function */
static int
Compare(
    const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr,
    const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr) /* most recent match */
{
    int diff;

    if (!fstMatchPtr) { return +1; }
    assert(sndMatchPtr);
    diff = CountSpecialized(fstMatchPtr, sndMatchPtr);
    return diff ? diff : (int) sndMatchPtr->count - (int) fstMatchPtr->count;
}

/* helper function */
static bool
CompareModMasks(
    const PSModMaskArr *fstModMaskArr,
    const PSModMaskArr *sndModMaskArr,
    ModMask fstModMask,
    ModMask sndModMask)
{
    int fstCount = 0;







|



















|



|

















|







2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714

    if (*physPtrPtr) {
	const TkPattern *physPatPtr = (*physPtrPtr)->pats;
	const TkPattern *virtPatPtr = psPtr->pats;

	if (physPatPtr->info || !virtPatPtr->info) {
	    if (IsSubsetOf(virtPatPtr->modMask, physPatPtr->modMask)) {
		return 0; /* we cannot surpass this match */
	    }
	}
    }

    /* otherwise on some systems the key contains uninitialized bytes */
    memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key));

    key.object = object;
    key.type = VirtualEvent;
    owners = psPtr->ptr.owners;

    for (i = 0; i < VirtOwners_Size(owners); ++i) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = VirtOwners_Get(owners, i);

	key.detail.name = (Tk_Uid) Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr, hPtr);

	if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.patternTable, (char *) &key))) {
	    /* The physical event matches this virtual event's definition. */
	    *physPtrPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
	    return 1;
	}
    }

    return 0;
}

/* helper function */
static int
Compare(
    const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr,
    const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr) /* most recent match */
{
    int diff;

    if (!fstMatchPtr) { return +1; }
    assert(sndMatchPtr);
    diff = CountSpecialized(fstMatchPtr, sndMatchPtr);
    return diff ? diff : (int) sndMatchPtr->count - (int) fstMatchPtr->count;
}

/* helper function */
static int
CompareModMasks(
    const PSModMaskArr *fstModMaskArr,
    const PSModMaskArr *sndModMaskArr,
    ModMask fstModMask,
    ModMask sndModMask)
{
    int fstCount = 0;
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
				 * event; NULL when we match physical events. */
{
    Window window;
    PSEntry *psEntry;
    PatSeq *bestPtr;
    PatSeq *bestPhysPtr;
    ModMask bestModMask;
    const PSModMaskArr *bestModMaskArr;

    assert(dispPtr);
    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(curEvent);

    if (!psList) {
	return NULL;







|







2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
				 * event; NULL when we match physical events. */
{
    Window window;
    PSEntry *psEntry;
    PatSeq *bestPtr;
    PatSeq *bestPhysPtr;
    ModMask bestModMask;
    const PSModMaskArr *bestModMaskArr = NULL;

    assert(dispPtr);
    assert(bindPtr);
    assert(curEvent);

    if (!psList) {
	return NULL;
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849

	    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
	    assert((psPtr->object == NULL) == (physPtrPtr != NULL));
	    assert(psPtr->object || patIndex == 0);
	    assert(psPtr->numPats > patIndex);

	    if (psPtr->object
		    ? psPtr->object == object 
		    : VirtPatIsBound(bindPtr, psPtr, object, physPtrPtr)) {
		TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats + patIndex;

		if (patPtr->eventType == (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type
			&& (curEvent->xev.type != CreateNotify
				|| curEvent->xev.xcreatewindow.parent == window)
			&& (!patPtr->name || patPtr->name == curEvent->detail.name)
			&& (!patPtr->info || patPtr->info == curEvent->detail.info)) {
		    /*
		     * Resolve the modifier mask for Alt and Mod keys. Unfortunately this
		     * cannot be done in ParseEventDescription, otherwise this function would
		     * be the better place.
		     */
		    ModMask modMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, patPtr->modMask);
		    ModMask curModMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, bindPtr->curModMask);

		    psEntry->expired = true; /* remove it from promotion list */

		    if ((modMask & ~curModMask) == 0) {
			unsigned count = patPtr->info ? curEvent->countDetailed : curEvent->countAny;

			if (patIndex < PSModMaskArr_Size(psEntry->lastModMaskArr)) {
			    PSModMaskArr_Set(psEntry->lastModMaskArr, patIndex, &modMask);
			}







|
















|







2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820

	    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
	    assert((psPtr->object == NULL) == (physPtrPtr != NULL));
	    assert(psPtr->object || patIndex == 0);
	    assert(psPtr->numPats > patIndex);

	    if (psPtr->object
		    ? psPtr->object == object
		    : VirtPatIsBound(bindPtr, psPtr, object, physPtrPtr)) {
		TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats + patIndex;

		if (patPtr->eventType == (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type
			&& (curEvent->xev.type != CreateNotify
				|| curEvent->xev.xcreatewindow.parent == window)
			&& (!patPtr->name || patPtr->name == curEvent->detail.name)
			&& (!patPtr->info || patPtr->info == curEvent->detail.info)) {
		    /*
		     * Resolve the modifier mask for Alt and Mod keys. Unfortunately this
		     * cannot be done in ParseEventDescription, otherwise this function would
		     * be the better place.
		     */
		    ModMask modMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, patPtr->modMask);
		    ModMask curModMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, bindPtr->curModMask);

		    psEntry->expired = 1; /* remove it from promotion list */

		    if ((modMask & ~curModMask) == 0) {
			unsigned count = patPtr->info ? curEvent->countDetailed : curEvent->countAny;

			if (patIndex < PSModMaskArr_Size(psEntry->lastModMaskArr)) {
			    PSModMaskArr_Set(psEntry->lastModMaskArr, patIndex, &modMask);
			}
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
				    bestModMask = modMask;
				    bestModMaskArr = psEntry->lastModMaskArr;
				    if (physPtrPtr) {
					bestPhysPtr = *physPtrPtr;
				    }
				}
			    } else {
				DEBUG(psEntry->expired = false);
				psEntry->keepIt = true; /* don't remove it from promotion list */
			    }
			} else if (psSuccList) {
			    /*
			     * Not a final pattern, but matching, so promote it to next level.
			     * But do not promote if count of current pattern is not yet reached.
			     */
			    if (patPtr->count == psEntry->count) {







|
|







2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
				    bestModMask = modMask;
				    bestModMaskArr = psEntry->lastModMaskArr;
				    if (physPtrPtr) {
					bestPhysPtr = *physPtrPtr;
				    }
				}
			    } else {
				DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0);
				psEntry->keepIt = 1; /* don't remove it from promotion list */
			    }
			} else if (psSuccList) {
			    /*
			     * Not a final pattern, but matching, so promote it to next level.
			     * But do not promote if count of current pattern is not yet reached.
			     */
			    if (patPtr->count == psEntry->count) {
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
				}
				assert(psNewEntry->keepIt);
				assert(psNewEntry->count == 1u);
				PSList_Append(psSuccList, psNewEntry);
				psNewEntry->window = window; /* bind to current window */
			    } else {
				assert(psEntry->count < patPtr->count);
				DEBUG(psEntry->expired = false);
				psEntry->count += 1;
				psEntry->keepIt = true; /* don't remove it from promotion list */
			    }
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    }







|

|







2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
				}
				assert(psNewEntry->keepIt);
				assert(psNewEntry->count == 1u);
				PSList_Append(psSuccList, psNewEntry);
				psNewEntry->window = window; /* bind to current window */
			    } else {
				assert(psEntry->count < patPtr->count);
				DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0);
				psEntry->count += 1;
				psEntry->keepIt = 1; /* don't remove it from promotion list */
			    }
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    }
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
    assert(eventPtr);
    assert(dsPtr);

    Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
    evPtr = &eventPtr->xev;
    flags = (evPtr->type < TK_LASTEVENT) ? flagArray[evPtr->type] : 0;

    while (true) {
	char numStorage[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
	const char *string;
	Tcl_WideInt number;

	/*
	 * Find everything up to the next % character and append it to the
	 * result string.







|







2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
    assert(eventPtr);
    assert(dsPtr);

    Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
    evPtr = &eventPtr->xev;
    flags = (evPtr->type < TK_LASTEVENT) ? flagArray[evPtr->type] : 0;

    while (1) {
	char numStorage[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
	const char *string;
	Tcl_WideInt number;

	/*
	 * Find everything up to the next % character and append it to the
	 * result string.
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
    for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	PatSeq *nextPtr;
	PatSeq *psPtr;

	for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = nextPtr) {
	    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
	    nextPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr;
	    DEBUG(psPtr->owned = false);
	    FreePatSeq(psPtr);
	}
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->lookupTables.patternTable);

    hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, &search);
    for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {







|







3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
    for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	PatSeq *nextPtr;
	PatSeq *psPtr;

	for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = nextPtr) {
	    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));
	    nextPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr;
	    DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0);
	    FreePatSeq(psPtr);
	}
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->lookupTables.patternTable);

    hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, &search);
    for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
 * Side effects:
 *	The virtual event may cause future calls to Tk_BindEvent to behave
 *	differently than they did previously.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static bool
CreateVirtualEvent(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,	/* Table in which to augment virtual event. */
    char *virtString,		/* Name of new virtual event. */
    const char *eventString)	/* String describing physical event that triggers virtual event. */
{
    PatSeq *psPtr;
    int dummy;
    Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr;
    PhysOwned *owned;
    Tk_Uid virtUid;

    assert(vetPtr);
    assert(virtString);
    assert(eventString);

    if (!(virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString))) {
	return false;
    }

    /*
     * Find/create physical event
     */

    if (!(psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->lookupTables, NULL, eventString, true, false, NULL))) {
	return false;
    }
    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));

    /*
     * Find/create virtual event.
     */

    vhPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid, &dummy);

    /*
     * Make virtual event own the physical event.
     */

    owned = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr);

    if (!PhysOwned_Contains(owned, psPtr)) {
	PhysOwned_Append(&owned, psPtr);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(vhPtr, owned);
	DEBUG(psPtr->owned = true);
	InsertPatSeq(&vetPtr->lookupTables, psPtr);
	/* Make physical event so it can trigger the virtual event. */
	VirtOwners_Append(&psPtr->ptr.owners, vhPtr);
    }

    return true;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DeleteVirtualEvent --
 *







|

















|






|
|


















|





|







3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
 * Side effects:
 *	The virtual event may cause future calls to Tk_BindEvent to behave
 *	differently than they did previously.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
CreateVirtualEvent(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    VirtualEventTable *vetPtr,	/* Table in which to augment virtual event. */
    char *virtString,		/* Name of new virtual event. */
    const char *eventString)	/* String describing physical event that triggers virtual event. */
{
    PatSeq *psPtr;
    int dummy;
    Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr;
    PhysOwned *owned;
    Tk_Uid virtUid;

    assert(vetPtr);
    assert(virtString);
    assert(eventString);

    if (!(virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString))) {
	return 0;
    }

    /*
     * Find/create physical event
     */

    if (!(psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->lookupTables, NULL, eventString, 1, 0, NULL))) {
	return 0;
    }
    assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr));

    /*
     * Find/create virtual event.
     */

    vhPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid, &dummy);

    /*
     * Make virtual event own the physical event.
     */

    owned = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr);

    if (!PhysOwned_Contains(owned, psPtr)) {
	PhysOwned_Append(&owned, psPtr);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(vhPtr, owned);
	DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 1);
	InsertPatSeq(&vetPtr->lookupTables, psPtr);
	/* Make physical event so it can trigger the virtual event. */
	VirtOwners_Append(&psPtr->ptr.owners, vhPtr);
    }

    return 1;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DeleteVirtualEvent --
 *
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628

	/*
	 * Delete only the specific physical event associated with the virtual
	 * event. If the physical event doesn't already exist, or the virtual
	 * event doesn't own that physical event, return w/o doing anything.
	 */

	eventPSPtr = FindSequence(interp, lookupTables, NULL, eventString, false, false, NULL);
	if (!eventPSPtr) {
	    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    return string[0] ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK;
	}
    }

    for (iPhys = PhysOwned_Size(owned); --iPhys >= 0; ) {







|







3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599

	/*
	 * Delete only the specific physical event associated with the virtual
	 * event. If the physical event doesn't already exist, or the virtual
	 * event doesn't own that physical event, return w/o doing anything.
	 */

	eventPSPtr = FindSequence(interp, lookupTables, NULL, eventString, 0, 0, NULL);
	if (!eventPSPtr) {
	    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    return string[0] ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK;
	}
    }

    for (iPhys = PhysOwned_Size(owned); --iPhys >= 0; ) {
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
		VirtOwners_Set(owners, iVirt, VirtOwners_Back(owners));
		VirtOwners_PopBack(owners);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Removed last reference to this physical event, so remove it
		 * from lookup table.
		 */
		DEBUG(psPtr->owned = false);
		RemovePatSeqFromLookup(&vetPtr->lookupTables, psPtr);
		DeletePatSeq(psPtr);
	    }

	    /*
	     * Now delete the virtual event's reference to the physical event.
	     */







|







3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
		VirtOwners_Set(owners, iVirt, VirtOwners_Back(owners));
		VirtOwners_PopBack(owners);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Removed last reference to this physical event, so remove it
		 * from lookup table.
		 */
		DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0);
		RemovePatSeqFromLookup(&vetPtr->lookupTables, psPtr);
		DeletePatSeq(psPtr);
	    }

	    /*
	     * Now delete the virtual event's reference to the physical event.
	     */
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
    Tcl_QueuePosition pos;
    TkPattern pat;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    TkWindow *mainPtr;
    EventMask eventMask;
    Tcl_Obj *userDataObj;
    bool synch;
    bool warp;
    unsigned count;
    unsigned flags;
    int number;
    unsigned i;

    static const char *const fieldStrings[] = {
	"-when",	"-above",	"-borderwidth",	"-button",







|
|







3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
    Tcl_QueuePosition pos;
    TkPattern pat;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    TkWindow *mainPtr;
    EventMask eventMask;
    Tcl_Obj *userDataObj;
    int synch;
    int warp;
    unsigned count;
    unsigned flags;
    int number;
    unsigned i;

    static const char *const fieldStrings[] = {
	"-when",	"-above",	"-borderwidth",	"-button",
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "MULTIPLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
    event.general.xany.type = pat.eventType;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
    if (windowName[0]) {
	event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    } else {
	event.general.xany.window = RootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin));
    }
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);








|







3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "MULTIPLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
    event.general.xany.type = pat.eventType;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    event.general.xany.send_event = 0;
    if (windowName[0]) {
	event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    } else {
	event.general.xany.window = RootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin));
    }
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);

3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
	event.general.xany.send_event = GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC;
    }

    /*
     * Process the remaining arguments to fill in additional fields of the event.
     */

    synch = true;
    warp = 0;
    pos = TCL_QUEUE_TAIL;

    for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) objc; i += 2) {
	Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
	bool badOpt = false;
	int index;

	optionPtr = objv[i];
	valuePtr = objv[i + 1];

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, fieldStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {







|





|







3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
	event.general.xany.send_event = GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC;
    }

    /*
     * Process the remaining arguments to fill in additional fields of the event.
     */

    synch = 1;
    warp = 0;
    pos = TCL_QUEUE_TAIL;

    for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) objc; i += 2) {
	Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
	int badOpt = 0;
	int index;

	optionPtr = objv[i];
	valuePtr = objv[i + 1];

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, fieldStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110

	switch ((enum field) index) {
	case EVENT_WARP:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &warp) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (!(flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL)) {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WHEN:
	    pos = (Tcl_QueuePosition) TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, queuePosition, valuePtr);
	    if ((int) pos < -1) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    synch = ((int) pos == -1);
	    break;
	case EVENT_ABOVE:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CONFIG) {
		event.general.xconfigure.above = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_BORDER:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.border_width = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_BUTTON:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & BUTTON) {
		event.general.xbutton.button = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_COUNT:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.count = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_DATA:
	    if (flags & VIRTUAL) {
		/*
		 * Do not increment reference count until after parsing
		 * completes and we know that the event generation is really
		 * going to happen.
		 */
		userDataObj = valuePtr;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_DELTA:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((flags & KEY) && event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent) {
		event.general.xkey.keycode = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_DETAIL:
	    number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyDetail, valuePtr);
	    if (number < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & FOCUS) {
		event.general.xfocus.detail = number;
	    } else if (flags & CROSSING) {
		event.general.xcrossing.detail = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_FOCUS:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CROSSING) {
		event.general.xcrossing.focus = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_HEIGHT:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.height = number;
	    } else if (flags & CONFIG) {
		event.general.xconfigure.height = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_KEYCODE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((flags & KEY) && event.general.xkey.type != MouseWheelEvent) {
		event.general.xkey.keycode = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_KEYSYM: {
	    KeySym keysym;
	    const char *value;

	    value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);







|
















|









|









|









|











|









|












|









|











|









|







3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081

	switch ((enum field) index) {
	case EVENT_WARP:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &warp) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (!(flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL)) {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WHEN:
	    pos = (Tcl_QueuePosition) TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, queuePosition, valuePtr);
	    if ((int) pos < -1) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    synch = ((int) pos == -1);
	    break;
	case EVENT_ABOVE:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CONFIG) {
		event.general.xconfigure.above = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_BORDER:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.border_width = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_BUTTON:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & BUTTON) {
		event.general.xbutton.button = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_COUNT:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.count = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_DATA:
	    if (flags & VIRTUAL) {
		/*
		 * Do not increment reference count until after parsing
		 * completes and we know that the event generation is really
		 * going to happen.
		 */
		userDataObj = valuePtr;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_DELTA:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((flags & KEY) && event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent) {
		event.general.xkey.keycode = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_DETAIL:
	    number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyDetail, valuePtr);
	    if (number < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & FOCUS) {
		event.general.xfocus.detail = number;
	    } else if (flags & CROSSING) {
		event.general.xcrossing.detail = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_FOCUS:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CROSSING) {
		event.general.xcrossing.focus = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_HEIGHT:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.height = number;
	    } else if (flags & CONFIG) {
		event.general.xconfigure.height = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_KEYCODE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((flags & KEY) && event.general.xkey.type != MouseWheelEvent) {
		event.general.xkey.keycode = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_KEYSYM: {
	    KeySym keysym;
	    const char *value;

	    value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
	    TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keysym, &event.general);
	    if (event.general.xkey.keycode == 0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("no keycode for keysym \"%s\"", value));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "KEYCODE", value, NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (!(flags & KEY) || (event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent)) {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case EVENT_MODE:
	    if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyMode, valuePtr)) < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CROSSING) {
		event.general.xcrossing.mode = number;
	    } else if (flags & FOCUS) {
		event.general.xfocus.mode = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_OVERRIDE:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CREATE) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.override_redirect = number;
	    } else if (flags & MAP) {
		event.general.xmap.override_redirect = number;
	    } else if (flags & REPARENT) {
		event.general.xreparent.override_redirect = number;
	    } else if (flags & CONFIG) {
		event.general.xconfigure.override_redirect = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_PLACE:
	    if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, circPlace, valuePtr)) < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CIRC) {
		event.general.xcirculate.place = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_ROOT:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.root = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_ROOTX:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.x_root = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_ROOTY:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.y_root = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_SEND: {
	    const char *value;

	    value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
	    if (isdigit(UCHAR(value[0]))) {
		/*
		 * Allow arbitrary integer values for the field; they are
		 * needed by a few of the tests in the Tk test suite.
		 */
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (number) {
		    /*
		     * send_event only expects True or False. We cannot allow arbitrary non-zero
		     * values, otherwise the thing with GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC will not
		     * work.
		     */
		    number = True;
		}
	    } else if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    event.general.xany.send_event |= number;
	    break;
	}







|












|















|









|









|









|









|
















|



|







4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
	    TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keysym, &event.general);
	    if (event.general.xkey.keycode == 0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("no keycode for keysym \"%s\"", value));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "KEYCODE", value, NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (!(flags & KEY) || (event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent)) {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case EVENT_MODE:
	    if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyMode, valuePtr)) < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CROSSING) {
		event.general.xcrossing.mode = number;
	    } else if (flags & FOCUS) {
		event.general.xfocus.mode = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_OVERRIDE:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CREATE) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.override_redirect = number;
	    } else if (flags & MAP) {
		event.general.xmap.override_redirect = number;
	    } else if (flags & REPARENT) {
		event.general.xreparent.override_redirect = number;
	    } else if (flags & CONFIG) {
		event.general.xconfigure.override_redirect = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_PLACE:
	    if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, circPlace, valuePtr)) < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & CIRC) {
		event.general.xcirculate.place = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_ROOT:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.root = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_ROOTX:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.x_root = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_ROOTY:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.y_root = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_SEND: {
	    const char *value;

	    value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
	    if (isdigit(UCHAR(value[0]))) {
		/*
		 * Allow arbitrary integer values for the field; they are
		 * needed by a few of the tests in the Tk test suite.
		 */
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (number) {
		    /*
		     * send_event only expects 1 or 0. We cannot allow arbitrary non-zero
		     * values, otherwise the thing with GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC will not
		     * work.
		     */
		    number = 1;
		}
	    } else if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    event.general.xany.send_event |= number;
	    break;
	}
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
		}
	    } else if (flags & VISIBILITY) {
		if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, visNotify, valuePtr)) < 0) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		event.general.xvisibility.state = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_SUBWINDOW:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.subwindow = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME: {
	    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(valuePtr), "current") == 0) {
		TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
		BindInfo *biPtr = mainPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;
		number = dispPtr->lastEventTime + (CurrentTimeInMilliSecs() - biPtr->lastCurrentTime);
	    } else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.width = number;
	    } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.width = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WINDOW:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & (CREATE|UNMAP|MAP|REPARENT|CONFIG|GRAVITY|CIRC)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_X:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {







|









|















|












|









|







4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
		}
	    } else if (flags & VISIBILITY) {
		if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, visNotify, valuePtr)) < 0) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		event.general.xvisibility.state = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_SUBWINDOW:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.subwindow = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME: {
	    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(valuePtr), "current") == 0) {
		TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
		BindInfo *biPtr = mainPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;
		number = dispPtr->lastEventTime + (CurrentTimeInMilliSecs() - biPtr->lastCurrentTime);
	    } else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.width = number;
	    } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.width = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WINDOW:
	    if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & (CREATE|UNMAP|MAP|REPARENT|CONFIG|GRAVITY|CIRC)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_X:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
	    } else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.x = number;
	    } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.x = number;
	    } else if (flags & REPARENT) {
		event.general.xreparent.x = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_Y:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {







|







4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
	    } else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.x = number;
	    } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.x = number;
	    } else if (flags & REPARENT) {
		event.general.xreparent.x = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_Y:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
	    } else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.y = number;
	    } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.y = number;
	    } else if (flags & REPARENT) {
		event.general.xreparent.y = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = true;
	    }
	    break;
	}

    	if (badOpt) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "%s event doesn't accept \"%s\" option", name, Tcl_GetString(optionPtr)));







|







4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
	    } else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
		event.general.xexpose.y = number;
	    } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
		event.general.xcreatewindow.y = number;
	    } else if (flags & REPARENT) {
		event.general.xreparent.y = number;
	    } else {
		badOpt = 1;
	    }
	    break;
	}

    	if (badOpt) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "%s event doesn't accept \"%s\" option", name, Tcl_GetString(optionPtr)));
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static bool
NameToWindow(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return and name lookup. */
    Tk_Window mainWin,		/* Main window of application. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Contains name or id string of window. */
    Tk_Window *tkwinPtr)	/* Filled with token for window. */
{
    const char *name;
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    assert(mainWin);
    assert(objPtr);
    assert(tkwinPtr);

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    if (name[0] == '.') {
	if (!(tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, name, mainWin))) {
	    return false;
	}
    } else {
	Window id;

	tkwin = NULL;

	/*
	 * Check for the winPtr being valid, even if it looks okay to
	 * TkpScanWindowId. [Bug #411307]
	 */

	if (TkpScanWindowId(NULL, name, &id) == TCL_OK) {
	    tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(Tk_Display(mainWin), id);
	}

	if (!tkwin) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad window name/identifier \"%s\"", name));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "WINDOW_ID", name, NULL);
	    return false;
	}
    }

    assert(tkwin);
    *tkwinPtr = tkwin;
    return true;
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoWarp --
 *







|

















|


















|





|







4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NameToWindow(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return and name lookup. */
    Tk_Window mainWin,		/* Main window of application. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Contains name or id string of window. */
    Tk_Window *tkwinPtr)	/* Filled with token for window. */
{
    const char *name;
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    assert(mainWin);
    assert(objPtr);
    assert(tkwinPtr);

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    if (name[0] == '.') {
	if (!(tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, name, mainWin))) {
	    return 0;
	}
    } else {
	Window id;

	tkwin = NULL;

	/*
	 * Check for the winPtr being valid, even if it looks okay to
	 * TkpScanWindowId. [Bug #411307]
	 */

	if (TkpScanWindowId(NULL, name, &id) == TCL_OK) {
	    tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(Tk_Display(mainWin), id);
	}

	if (!tkwin) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad window name/identifier \"%s\"", name));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "WINDOW_ID", name, NULL);
	    return 0;
	}
    }

    assert(tkwin);
    *tkwinPtr = tkwin;
    return 1;
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoWarp --
 *
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
FindSequence(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
    LookupTables *lookupTables,	/* Tables used for lookup. */
    ClientData object,		/* For binding table, token for object with which binding is
    				 * associated. For virtual event table, NULL. */
    const char *eventString,	/* String description of pattern to match on. See user
    				 * documentation for details. */
    bool create,		/* False means don't create the entry if it doesn't already exist.
    				 * True means create. */
    bool allowVirtual,		/* False means that virtual events are not allowed in the sequence.
    				 * True otherwise. */
    EventMask *maskPtr)		/* *maskPtr is filled in with the event types on which this
    				 * pattern sequence depends. */
{
    unsigned patsBufSize = 1;
    unsigned numPats;
    unsigned totalCount = 0;
    bool virtualFound = false;
    const char *p = eventString;
    TkPattern *patPtr;
    PatSeq *psPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    bool isNew;
    unsigned count;
    unsigned maxCount = 0;
    EventMask eventMask = 0;
    ModMask modMask = 0;
    PatternTableKey key;

    assert(lookupTables);







|
|
|
|






|




|







4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
FindSequence(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
    LookupTables *lookupTables,	/* Tables used for lookup. */
    ClientData object,		/* For binding table, token for object with which binding is
    				 * associated. For virtual event table, NULL. */
    const char *eventString,	/* String description of pattern to match on. See user
    				 * documentation for details. */
    int create,			/* 0 means don't create the entry if it doesn't already exist.
    				 * 1 means create. */
    int allowVirtual,		/* 0 means that virtual events are not allowed in the sequence.
    				 * 1 otherwise. */
    EventMask *maskPtr)		/* *maskPtr is filled in with the event types on which this
    				 * pattern sequence depends. */
{
    unsigned patsBufSize = 1;
    unsigned numPats;
    unsigned totalCount = 0;
    int virtualFound = 0;
    const char *p = eventString;
    TkPattern *patPtr;
    PatSeq *psPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    int isNew;
    unsigned count;
    unsigned maxCount = 0;
    EventMask eventMask = 0;
    ModMask modMask = 0;
    PatternTableKey key;

    assert(lookupTables);
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
	    if (!allowVirtual) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "INNER", NULL);
		ckfree(psPtr);
		return NULL;
	    }
	    virtualFound = true;
	}

	if (count > 1u) {
	    maxCount = Max(count, maxCount);
	}

	totalCount += count;







|







4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
	    if (!allowVirtual) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "INNER", NULL);
		ckfree(psPtr);
		return NULL;
	    }
	    virtualFound = 1;
	}

	if (count > 1u) {
	    maxCount = Max(count, maxCount);
	}

	totalCount += count;
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
    }

    DEBUG(countSeqItems += 1);

    psPtr->numPats = numPats;
    psPtr->count = totalCount;
    psPtr->number = lookupTables->number++;
    psPtr->added = false;
    psPtr->modMaskUsed = (modMask != 0);
    psPtr->script = NULL;
    psPtr->nextSeqPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
    psPtr->hPtr = hPtr;
    psPtr->ptr.nextObj = NULL;
    assert(psPtr->ptr.owners == NULL);
    DEBUG(psPtr->owned = false);
    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr);

    if (maskPtr) {
	*maskPtr = eventMask;
    }
    return psPtr;
}







|






|







4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
    }

    DEBUG(countSeqItems += 1);

    psPtr->numPats = numPats;
    psPtr->count = totalCount;
    psPtr->number = lookupTables->number++;
    psPtr->added = 0;
    psPtr->modMaskUsed = (modMask != 0);
    psPtr->script = NULL;
    psPtr->nextSeqPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
    psPtr->hPtr = hPtr;
    psPtr->ptr.nextObj = NULL;
    assert(psPtr->ptr.owners == NULL);
    DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0);
    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr);

    if (maskPtr) {
	*maskPtr = eventMask;
    }
    return psPtr;
}
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
	    }
	    p += 2;
	} else {
	    unsigned eventFlags;
	    char field[512];
	    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;

	    while (true) {
		ModInfo *modPtr;

		p = GetField(p, field, sizeof(field));
		if (*p == '>') {
		    /*
		     * This solves the problem of, e.g., <Control-M> being
		     * misinterpreted as Control + Meta + missing keysym instead of







|







4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
	    }
	    p += 2;
	} else {
	    unsigned eventFlags;
	    char field[512];
	    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;

	    while (1) {
		ModInfo *modPtr;

		p = GetField(p, field, sizeof(field));
		if (*p == '>') {
		    /*
		     * This solves the problem of, e.g., <Control-M> being
		     * misinterpreted as Control + Meta + missing keysym instead of
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
			return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
				interp,
				patPtr, 0,
				Tcl_ObjPrintf("specified button \"%s\" for non-button event", field),
				"NON_BUTTON");
		    }
#if SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX
		    patPtr->modMask |= ButtonNumberToMask(button);
		    p = SkipFieldDelims(p);
		    while (*p && *p != '>') {
			p = SkipFieldDelims(GetField(p, field, sizeof(field)));
			if ((button = GetButtonNumber(field)) == 0) {
			    return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
				    interp,
				    patPtr, 0,
				    Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad button number \"%s\"", field), "BUTTON");
			}
			patPtr->modMask |= ButtonNumberToMask(button);
		    }
		    patPtr->info = ButtonNumberFromState(patPtr->modMask);
#endif
		} else {
		    return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
			    interp,
			    patPtr, 0,







|









|







4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
			return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
				interp,
				patPtr, 0,
				Tcl_ObjPrintf("specified button \"%s\" for non-button event", field),
				"NON_BUTTON");
		    }
#if SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX
		    patPtr->modMask |= TkGetButtonMask(button);
		    p = SkipFieldDelims(p);
		    while (*p && *p != '>') {
			p = SkipFieldDelims(GetField(p, field, sizeof(field)));
			if ((button = GetButtonNumber(field)) == 0) {
			    return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
				    interp,
				    patPtr, 0,
				    Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad button number \"%s\"", field), "BUTTON");
			}
			patPtr->modMask |= TkGetButtonMask(button);
		    }
		    patPtr->info = ButtonNumberFromState(patPtr->modMask);
#endif
		} else {
		    return FinalizeParseEventDescription(
			    interp,
			    patPtr, 0,
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
		&& patPtr->info != ' ') {
	    char c = (char) patPtr->info;
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, &c, 1);
	} else if (patPtr->eventType == VirtualEvent) {
	    assert(patPtr->name);
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "<<%s>>", patPtr->name);
	} else {
	    unsigned modMask;
	    const ModInfo *modPtr;

	    /*
	     * It's a more general event specification. First check for "Double",
	     * "Triple", "Quadruple", then modifiers, then event type, then keysym
	     * or button detail.
	     */

	    Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "<", 1);

	    switch (patPtr->count) {
	    case 2: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Double-", 7); break;
	    case 3: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Triple-", 7); break;
	    case 4: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Quadruple-", 10); break;
	    }

	    modMask = patPtr->modMask;
#if PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX
	    if (patPtr->eventType == MotionNotify) {
		modMask &= ~ALL_BUTTONS_MASK;
	    }
#endif

	    for (modPtr = modArray; modMask; ++modPtr) {
		if (modPtr->mask & modMask) {
		    modMask &= ~modPtr->mask;
		    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "%s-", modPtr->name);







|



















|







5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
		&& patPtr->info != ' ') {
	    char c = (char) patPtr->info;
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, &c, 1);
	} else if (patPtr->eventType == VirtualEvent) {
	    assert(patPtr->name);
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "<<%s>>", patPtr->name);
	} else {
	    ModMask modMask;
	    const ModInfo *modPtr;

	    /*
	     * It's a more general event specification. First check for "Double",
	     * "Triple", "Quadruple", then modifiers, then event type, then keysym
	     * or button detail.
	     */

	    Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "<", 1);

	    switch (patPtr->count) {
	    case 2: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Double-", 7); break;
	    case 3: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Triple-", 7); break;
	    case 4: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Quadruple-", 10); break;
	    }

	    modMask = patPtr->modMask;
#if PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX
	    if (patPtr->eventType == MotionNotify) {
		modMask &= ~(ModMask)ALL_BUTTONS;
	    }
#endif

	    for (modPtr = modArray; modMask; ++modPtr) {
		if (modPtr->mask & modMask) {
		    modMask &= ~modPtr->mask;
		    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "%s-", modPtr->name);
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
			Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "-", 1);
			Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, string, -1);
		    }
		    break;
		}
		case ButtonPress:
		case ButtonRelease:
		    assert(patPtr->info <= Button5);
		    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%d", (int) patPtr->info);
		    break;
#if PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX
		case MotionNotify: {
		    unsigned mask = patPtr->modMask;
		    while (mask & ALL_BUTTONS_MASK) {
			unsigned button = ButtonNumberFromState(mask);
			Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%u", button);
			mask &= ~ButtonNumberToMask(button);
		    }
		    break;
		}
#endif
		}
	    }








|




|
|
|
|
|







5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
			Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "-", 1);
			Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, string, -1);
		    }
		    break;
		}
		case ButtonPress:
		case ButtonRelease:
		    assert(patPtr->info <= Button9);
		    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%d", (int) patPtr->info);
		    break;
#if PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX
		case MotionNotify: {
		    ModMask mask = patPtr->modMask;
		    while (mask & ALL_BUTTONS) {
			int button = ButtonNumberFromState(mask);
			Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%d", button);
			mask &= ~TkGetButtonMask(button);
		    }
		    break;
		}
#endif
		}
	    }

Changes to generic/tkBitmap.c.

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *source;		/* Bitmap bits. */
    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of bitmap. */
} DataKey;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
    Tcl_HashTable predefBitmapTable;
				/* Hash table created by Tk_DefineBitmap to
				 * map from a name to a collection of in-core
				 * data about a bitmap. The table is indexed
				 * by the address of the data for the bitmap,
				 * and the entries contain pointers to







|







84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *source;		/* Bitmap bits. */
    int width, height;		/* Dimensions of bitmap. */
} DataKey;

typedef struct {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
    Tcl_HashTable predefBitmapTable;
				/* Hash table created by Tk_DefineBitmap to
				 * map from a name to a collection of in-core
				 * data about a bitmap. The table is indexed
				 * by the address of the data for the bitmap,
				 * and the entries contain pointers to
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (dispPtr == NULL || !dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
    unknown:
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_NameOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	goto unknown;
    }
    bitmapPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    return bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr->key.string;
}








|







532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (dispPtr == NULL || !dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
    unknown:
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_NameOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, bitmap);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	goto unknown;
    }
    bitmapPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    return bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr->key.string;
}

574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
    unknownBitmap:
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_SizeOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	goto unknownBitmap;
    }
    bitmapPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    *widthPtr = bitmapPtr->width;
    *heightPtr = bitmapPtr->height;
}







|







574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
    unknownBitmap:
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_SizeOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, bitmap);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	goto unknownBitmap;
    }
    bitmapPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    *widthPtr = bitmapPtr->width;
    *heightPtr = bitmapPtr->height;
}
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap called before Tk_GetBitmap");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
    }
    FreeBitmap(Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}

/*







|







663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap called before Tk_GetBitmap");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, bitmap);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
    }
    FreeBitmap(Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}

/*
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
	bitmapPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (bitmapPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBitmap found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (bitmapPtr != NULL); bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(bitmapPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*







|

|







1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
	bitmapPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (bitmapPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBitmap found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (bitmapPtr != NULL); bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(bitmapPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*

Changes to generic/tkBusy.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that on some
 * platforms this may or may not have an effect.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that on some
 * platforms this may or may not have an effect.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
    busyPtr->width = Tk_Width(tkRef);
    busyPtr->height = Tk_Height(tkRef);
    busyPtr->x = Tk_X(tkRef);
    busyPtr->y = Tk_Y(tkRef);
    busyPtr->cursor = NULL;
    Tk_SetClass(tkBusy, "Busy");
    busyPtr->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, busyOptionSpecs);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable,
	    tkBusy) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkBusy);
	return NULL;
    }
    SetWindowInstanceData(tkBusy, busyPtr);
    winPtr = (Tk_FakeWin *) tkRef;








|







568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
    busyPtr->width = Tk_Width(tkRef);
    busyPtr->height = Tk_Height(tkRef);
    busyPtr->x = Tk_X(tkRef);
    busyPtr->y = Tk_Y(tkRef);
    busyPtr->cursor = NULL;
    Tk_SetClass(tkBusy, "Busy");
    busyPtr->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, busyOptionSpecs);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable,
	    tkBusy) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkBusy);
	return NULL;
    }
    SetWindowInstanceData(tkBusy, busyPtr);
    winPtr = (Tk_FakeWin *) tkRef;

635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Busy *busyPtr,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_Cursor oldCursor = busyPtr->cursor;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable, objc,
	    objv, busyPtr->tkBusy, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (busyPtr->cursor != oldCursor) {
	if (busyPtr->cursor == NULL) {
	    Tk_UndefineCursor(busyPtr->tkBusy);
	} else {







|







635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Busy *busyPtr,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_Cursor oldCursor = busyPtr->cursor;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable, objc,
	    objv, busyPtr->tkBusy, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (busyPtr->cursor != oldCursor) {
	if (busyPtr->cursor == NULL) {
	    Tk_UndefineCursor(busyPtr->tkBusy);
	} else {
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), windowObj,
	    &tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	return NULL;
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(busyTablePtr, (char *) tkwin);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't find busy window \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(windowObj)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "BUSY",
		Tcl_GetString(windowObj), NULL);
	return NULL;
    }







|







684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), windowObj,
	    &tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	return NULL;
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(busyTablePtr, tkwin);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't find busy window \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(windowObj)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "BUSY",
		Tcl_GetString(windowObj), NULL);
	return NULL;
    }
758
759
760
761
762
763
764



765
766
767
768
769
770
771
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }



    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --







>
>
>







758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798

799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold", "status", NULL

    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET, BUSY_HOLD,
	BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }








|
>


|
|







794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"busywindow", "cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold",
        "status", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_BUSYWINDOW, BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET,
	BUSY_HOLD, BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

820
821
822
823
824
825
826













827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {













    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) busyPtr,
		busyPtr->optionTable, objv[3], busyPtr->tkBusy);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	}
	Tcl_Release(busyPtr);
	return result;

    case BUSY_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?option? ?value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) busyPtr,
		    busyPtr->optionTable, (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
		    busyPtr->tkBusy);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|




















|







824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case BUSY_BUSYWINDOW:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
            return TCL_OK;
	}
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
        return TCL_OK;

    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, busyPtr,
		busyPtr->optionTable, objv[3], busyPtr->tkBusy);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	}
	Tcl_Release(busyPtr);
	return result;

    case BUSY_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?option? ?value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, busyPtr,
		    busyPtr->optionTable, (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
		    busyPtr->tkBusy);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    }

Changes to generic/tkButton.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "default.h"

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int defaultsInitialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Class names for buttons, indexed by one of the type values defined in
 * tkButton.h.







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "default.h"

typedef struct {
    int defaultsInitialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Class names for buttons, indexed by one of the type values defined in
 * tkButton.h.
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration options.  There is a
 * separate table for each of the four widget classes.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec labelOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefLabelHighlightWidth,
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec buttonOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
        DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, defaultState),
	0, defaultStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefButtonPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefButtonPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	 DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, repeatDelay),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	 DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, repeatInterval),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec checkbuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
	DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, indicatorOn), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "Value",
	DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "Value",
	DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectBorder),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
	DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec radiobuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
	DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, indicatorOn),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectBorder),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
	DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "value", "Value",
	DEF_BUTTON_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following table maps from one of the type values defined in tkButton.h,
 * such as TYPE_LABEL, to the option template for that class of widgets.
 */







|


|


|

|






|


|
|

|


|



|




|

|

|


|


|



|
|

|


|

|
|

|
|

|

|


|


|

|


|

|

|
|





|


|


|

|






|


|
|

|


|


|


|



|




|

|

|


|


|



|
|

|


|

|


|
|

|
|

|


|


|


|


|


|

|


|

|

|
|





|


|


|

|






|


|
|

|


|


|



|




|

|

|


|


|



|
|

|


|

|

|

|

|

|


|
|

|
|

|

|


|


|


|


|

|


|


|

|

|


|

|
|





|


|


|

|






|


|
|

|


|


|



|




|

|

|


|


|



|
|

|


|


|

|

|


|
|

|
|

|

|


|


|


|


|

|


|


|

|

|

|


|

|
|







66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration options.  There is a
 * separate table for each of the four widget classes.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec labelOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, offsetof(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, offsetof(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, offsetof(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_FG, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, offsetof(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefLabelHighlightWidth,
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPadx, offsetof(TkButton, padXPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPady, offsetof(TkButton, padYPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, offsetof(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec buttonOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, offsetof(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, offsetof(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, offsetof(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, offsetof(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
        DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, defaultState),
	0, defaultStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_FG, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, offsetof(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, overRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefButtonPadx, offsetof(TkButton, padXPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefButtonPady, offsetof(TkButton, padYPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, relief),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	 DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, offsetof(TkButton, repeatDelay),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	 DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, offsetof(TkButton, repeatInterval),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, offsetof(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec checkbuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, offsetof(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, offsetof(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, offsetof(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, offsetof(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, offsetof(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
	DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, indicatorOn), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "Value",
	DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, offValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "Value",
	DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, overRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPadx, offsetof(TkButton, padXPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPady, offsetof(TkButton, padYPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, selectBorder),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
	DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, offsetof(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec radiobuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, activeFg),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, offsetof(TkButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	tkDefButtonBorderWidth, offsetof(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, offsetof(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, offsetof(TkButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, offsetof(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, offsetof(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
	DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, indicatorOn),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
	 DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, overRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPadx, offsetof(TkButton, padXPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	tkDefLabelPady, offsetof(TkButton, padYPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkButton, selectBorder),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
	DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
	DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, offsetof(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "value", "Value",
	DEF_BUTTON_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, offsetof(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
	offsetof(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following table maps from one of the type values defined in tkButton.h,
 * such as TYPE_LABEL, to the option template for that class of widgets.
 */
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
    butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
    butPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ButtonEventProc, butPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureButton(interp, butPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
    butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
    butPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ButtonEventProc, butPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, butPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureButton(interp, butPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830

    switch (map[butPtr->type][index]) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) butPtr,
		butPtr->optionTable, objv[2], butPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    butPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|









|







806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830

    switch (map[butPtr->type][index]) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, butPtr,
		butPtr->optionTable, objv[2], butPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    butPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    butPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    butPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185

		/*
		 * If a radiobutton has the empty string as value it should be
		 * selected.
		 */

 		if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) &&
			(*Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr) == 0)) {
		    butPtr->flags |= SELECTED;
		}
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Get the images for the widget, if there are any. Allocate the new







|







1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185

		/*
		 * If a radiobutton has the empty string as value it should be
		 * selected.
		 */

 		if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) &&
			(*Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr) == '\0')) {
		    butPtr->flags |= SELECTED;
		}
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Get the images for the widget, if there are any. Allocate the new
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638


1639


















1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED);


	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {


















	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonVarProc, clientData);
	}
	goto redisplay;
    }








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618













1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;














    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED);
	if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
	    ClientData probe = NULL;

	    do {
		probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
			TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
			ButtonVarProc, probe);
		if (probe == (ClientData)butPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    } while (probe);
	    if (probe) {
		/*
		 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
		 * selVarNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not
		 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
		 * former variable must be, and we should ignore it.
		 */
		goto redisplay;
	    }
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonVarProc, clientData);
	}
	goto redisplay;
    }

1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743

1744


























1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {


























	    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, butPtr->textVarNamePtr, NULL,
		    butPtr->textPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;







|
|









<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731













1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {

	    /*
	     * An unset trace on some variable brought us here, but is it
	     * the variable we have stored in butPtr->textVarNamePtr ?
	     */

	    ClientData probe = NULL;

	    do {
		probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
			TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
			ButtonTextVarProc, probe);
		if (probe == (ClientData)butPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    } while (probe);
	    if (probe) {
		/*
		 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
		 * textVarNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not
		 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
		 * former textvariable must be, and we should ignore it.
		 */
		return NULL;
	    }

	    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, butPtr->textVarNamePtr, NULL,
		    butPtr->textPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;

Changes to generic/tkCanvArc.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15


16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"



/*
 * The structure below defines the record for each arc item.
 */

typedef enum {
    PIESLICE_STYLE, CHORD_STYLE, ARC_STYLE
} Style;







>
>







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"

#include "float.h"

/*
 * The structure below defines the record for each arc item.
 */

typedef enum {
    PIESLICE_STYLE, CHORD_STYLE, ARC_STYLE
} Style;
58
59
60
61
62
63
64






65
66
67
68
69
70
71
    Style style;		/* How to draw arc: arc, chord, or
				 * pieslice. */
    GC fillGC;			/* Graphics context for filling item. */
    double center1[2];		/* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
				 * start (see ComputeArcOutline). */
    double center2[2];		/* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
				 * start+extent (see ComputeArcOutline). */






} ArcItem;

/*
 * The definitions below define the sizes of the polygons used to display
 * outline information for various styles of arcs:
 */








>
>
>
>
>
>







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
    Style style;		/* How to draw arc: arc, chord, or
				 * pieslice. */
    GC fillGC;			/* Graphics context for filling item. */
    double center1[2];		/* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
				 * start (see ComputeArcOutline). */
    double center2[2];		/* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
				 * start+extent (see ComputeArcOutline). */
    double height;              /* Distance from the arc's chord to its
				 * mid-point. */
    double startPoint[2];       /* Start point of arc used when specifying
				 * height. */
    double endPoint[2];         /* End point of arc used when specifying
				 * height. */
} ArcItem;

/*
 * The definitions below define the sizes of the polygons used to display
 * outline information for various styles of arcs:
 */

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142


143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177

178
179
180
181
182
183
184
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-extent", NULL, NULL,
	"90", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, extent), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},


    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
	"black", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-start", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, start), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, style), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&styleOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static void		ComputeArcBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int		ConfigureArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);

static int		CreateArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,







|


|

|

|

|

|


|


|

|


|

|

|

|

|


|

|
>
>

|


|

|


|

|

|

|

|




|












>







108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(ArcItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(ArcItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(ArcItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-extent", NULL, NULL,
	"90", offsetof(ArcItem, extent), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	0, offsetof(ArcItem, height), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(ArcItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
	"black", offsetof(ArcItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(ArcItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-start", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(ArcItem, start), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ArcItem, style), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&styleOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", offsetof(ArcItem, outline.width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static void		ComputeArcBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int		ConfigureArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static void		ComputeArcParametersFromHeight(ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int		CreateArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
201
202
203
204
205
206
207


208
209
210
211
212
213
214
static void		ComputeArcOutline(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int		HorizLineToArc(double x1, double x2,
			    double y, double rx, double ry,
			    double start, double extent);
static int		VertLineToArc(double x, double y1,
			    double y2, double rx, double ry,
			    double start, double extent);



/*
 * The structures below defines the arc item types by means of functions that
 * can be invoked by generic item code.
 */

Tk_ItemType tkArcType = {







>
>







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
static void		ComputeArcOutline(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int		HorizLineToArc(double x1, double x2,
			    double y, double rx, double ry,
			    double start, double extent);
static int		VertLineToArc(double x, double y1,
			    double y2, double rx, double ry,
			    double start, double extent);
static void		RotateArc(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);

/*
 * The structures below defines the arc item types by means of functions that
 * can be invoked by generic item code.
 */

Tk_ItemType tkArcType = {
228
229
230
231
232
233
234

235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
    TranslateArc,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateArc --
 *







>
|







241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
    TranslateArc,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    RotateArc,			/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateArc --
 *
287
288
289
290
291
292
293

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    arcPtr->activeFillColor = NULL;
    arcPtr->disabledFillColor = NULL;
    arcPtr->fillStipple = None;
    arcPtr->activeFillStipple = None;
    arcPtr->disabledFillStipple = None;
    arcPtr->style = PIESLICE_STYLE;
    arcPtr->fillGC = NULL;


    /*
     * Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
     */

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
	const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);







>







301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
    arcPtr->activeFillColor = NULL;
    arcPtr->disabledFillColor = NULL;
    arcPtr->fillStipple = None;
    arcPtr->activeFillStipple = None;
    arcPtr->disabledFillStipple = None;
    arcPtr->style = PIESLICE_STYLE;
    arcPtr->fillGC = NULL;
    arcPtr->height = 0;

    /*
     * Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
     */

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
	const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
	Tcl_Obj *objs[4];

	objs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[0]);
	objs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[1]);
	objs[2] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[2]);
	objs[3] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[3]);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, objs));
    } else if ((objc == 1)||(objc == 4)) {
	if (objc==1) {
	    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
		    (Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    } else if (objc != 4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"wrong # coordinates: expected 4, got %d", objc));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "ARC",







|
|







362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
	Tcl_Obj *objs[4];

	objs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[0]);
	objs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[1]);
	objs[2] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[2]);
	objs[3] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[3]);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, objs));
    } else if ((objc == 1) || (objc == 4)) {
	if (objc == 1) {
	    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
		    (Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    } else if (objc != 4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"wrong # coordinates: expected 4, got %d", objc));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "ARC",
370
371
372
373
374
375
376











377
378
379
380
381
382
383
		    &arcPtr->bbox[1]) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[2],
			&arcPtr->bbox[2]) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[3],
			&arcPtr->bbox[3]) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}











	ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 4, got %d", objc));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "ARC", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
		    &arcPtr->bbox[1]) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[2],
			&arcPtr->bbox[2]) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[3],
			&arcPtr->bbox[3]) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Store bbox as start and end points so they can be used if either
	 * radius or height is specified.
	 */

	arcPtr->startPoint[0] = arcPtr->bbox[0];
	arcPtr->startPoint[1] = arcPtr->bbox[1];
	arcPtr->endPoint[0] = arcPtr->bbox[2];
	arcPtr->endPoint[1] = arcPtr->bbox[3];

	ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 4, got %d", objc));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "COORDS", "ARC", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
















450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
	    arcPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
	    arcPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
	itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
    } else {
	itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
    }

















    tsoffset = &arcPtr->outline.tsoffset;
    flags = tsoffset->flags;
    if (flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
	tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[0] + 0.5);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
	tsoffset->xoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[0]+arcPtr->bbox[2]+1)/2);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
	tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
    }
    if (flags & TK_OFFSET_TOP) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[1] + 0.5);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[1]+arcPtr->bbox[3]+1)/2);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
    }

    i = (int) (arcPtr->start/360.0);
    arcPtr->start -= i*360.0;
    if (arcPtr->start < 0) {
	arcPtr->start += 360.0;
    }
    i = (int) (arcPtr->extent/360.0);
    arcPtr->extent -= i*360.0;

    mask = Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(&gcValues, canvas, itemPtr, &(arcPtr->outline));
    if (mask) {
	gcValues.cap_style = CapButt;
	mask |= GCCapStyle;
	newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    } else {
	newGC = NULL;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508








509
510
511
512
513
514
515
	    arcPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
	    arcPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
	itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
    } else {
	itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
    }

    /*
     * Override the start and extent if the height is given.
     */

    ComputeArcParametersFromHeight(arcPtr);

    ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);

    i = (int) (arcPtr->start/360.0);
    arcPtr->start -= i*360.0;
    if (arcPtr->start < 0) {
	arcPtr->start += 360.0;
    }
    i = (int) (arcPtr->extent/360.0);
    arcPtr->extent -= i*360.0;

    tsoffset = &arcPtr->outline.tsoffset;
    flags = tsoffset->flags;
    if (flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
	tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[0] + 0.5);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
	tsoffset->xoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[0]+arcPtr->bbox[2]+1)/2);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
	tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
    }
    if (flags & TK_OFFSET_TOP) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[1] + 0.5);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[1]+arcPtr->bbox[3]+1)/2);
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
    }









    mask = Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(&gcValues, canvas, itemPtr, &(arcPtr->outline));
    if (mask) {
	gcValues.cap_style = CapButt;
	mask |= GCCapStyle;
	newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    } else {
	newGC = NULL;
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
    } else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (arcPtr->disabledFillColor!=NULL) {
	    color = arcPtr->disabledFillColor;
	}
	if (arcPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
	    stipple = arcPtr->disabledFillStipple;
	}
      }

    if (arcPtr->style == ARC_STYLE) {
	newGC = NULL;
    } else if (color == NULL) {
	newGC = NULL;
    } else {
	gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;







|







539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
    } else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (arcPtr->disabledFillColor!=NULL) {
	    color = arcPtr->disabledFillColor;
	}
	if (arcPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
	    stipple = arcPtr->disabledFillStipple;
	}
    }

    if (arcPtr->style == ARC_STYLE) {
	newGC = NULL;
    } else if (color == NULL) {
	newGC = NULL;
    } else {
	gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
551
552
553
554
555
556
557

































































































558
559
560
561
562
563
564
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[3] + 0.5);
    }

    ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}


































































































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DeleteArc --
 *
 *	This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
    } else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
	tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[3] + 0.5);
    }

    ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ComputeArcParametersFromHeight --
 *
 *	This function calculates the arc parameters given start-point,
 *	end-point and height (!= 0).
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The height parameter is set to 0 on exit.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ComputeArcParametersFromHeight(
    ArcItem* arcPtr)
{
    double chordLen, chordDir[2], chordCen[2], arcCen[2], d, radToDeg, radius;

    /*
     * Do nothing if no height has been specified.
     */

    if (arcPtr->height == 0)
        return;

    /*
     * Calculate the chord length, return early if it is too small.
     */

    chordLen = hypot(arcPtr->endPoint[1] - arcPtr->startPoint[1],
	    arcPtr->startPoint[0] - arcPtr->endPoint[0]);

    if (chordLen < DBL_EPSILON) {
        arcPtr->start = arcPtr->extent = arcPtr->height = 0;
        return;
    }

    chordDir[0] = (arcPtr->endPoint[0] - arcPtr->startPoint[0]) / chordLen;
    chordDir[1] = (arcPtr->endPoint[1] - arcPtr->startPoint[1]) / chordLen;
    chordCen[0] = (arcPtr->startPoint[0] + arcPtr->endPoint[0]) / 2;
    chordCen[1] = (arcPtr->startPoint[1] + arcPtr->endPoint[1]) / 2;

    /*
     * Calculate the radius (assumes height != 0).
     */

    radius = (4*pow(arcPtr->height, 2) + pow(chordLen, 2))
	    / (8 * arcPtr->height);

    /*
     * The arc centre.
     */

    d = radius - arcPtr->height;
    arcCen[0] = chordCen[0] - d * chordDir[1];
    arcCen[1] = chordCen[1] + d * chordDir[0];

    /*
     * The arc start and span. Angles are negated because the coordinate
     * system is left-handed.
     */

    radToDeg = 45 / atan(1);
    arcPtr->start = atan2(arcCen[1] - arcPtr->startPoint[1],
	    arcPtr->startPoint[0] - arcCen[0]) * radToDeg;
    arcPtr->extent = -2 * asin(chordLen / (2 * radius)) * radToDeg;

    /*
     * Handle spans > 180.
     */

    if (fabs(2 * arcPtr->height) > chordLen) {
	arcPtr->extent = arcPtr->extent > 0 ? (360 - arcPtr->extent)
		: -(360 + arcPtr->extent);
    }

    /*
     * Create the bounding box.
     */

    arcPtr->bbox[0] = arcCen[0] - radius;
    arcPtr->bbox[1] = arcCen[1] - radius;
    arcPtr->bbox[2] = arcCen[0] + radius;
    arcPtr->bbox[3] = arcCen[1] + radius;

    /*
     * Set the height to 0 so that itemcget -height returns 0.
     */

    arcPtr->height = 0;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DeleteArc --
 *
 *	This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
	arcPtr->bbox[2] = arcPtr->bbox[0];
	arcPtr->bbox[0] = tmp;
    }

    ComputeArcOutline(canvas,arcPtr);

    /*
     * To compute the bounding box, start with the the bbox formed by the two
     * endpoints of the arc. Then add in the center of the arc's oval (if
     * relevant) and the 3-o'clock, 6-o'clock, 9-o'clock, and 12-o'clock
     * positions, if they are relevant.
     */

    arcPtr->header.x1 = arcPtr->header.x2 = (int) arcPtr->center1[0];
    arcPtr->header.y1 = arcPtr->header.y2 = (int) arcPtr->center1[1];







|







804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
	arcPtr->bbox[2] = arcPtr->bbox[0];
	arcPtr->bbox[0] = tmp;
    }

    ComputeArcOutline(canvas,arcPtr);

    /*
     * To compute the bounding box, start with the bbox formed by the two
     * endpoints of the arc. Then add in the center of the arc's oval (if
     * relevant) and the 3-o'clock, 6-o'clock, 9-o'clock, and 12-o'clock
     * positions, if they are relevant.
     */

    arcPtr->header.x1 = arcPtr->header.x2 = (int) arcPtr->center1[0];
    arcPtr->header.y1 = arcPtr->header.y2 = (int) arcPtr->center1[1];
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375






















































1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
{
    ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;

    arcPtr->bbox[0] = originX + scaleX*(arcPtr->bbox[0] - originX);
    arcPtr->bbox[1] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[1] - originY);
    arcPtr->bbox[2] = originX + scaleX*(arcPtr->bbox[2] - originX);
    arcPtr->bbox[3] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[3] - originY);






















































    ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TranslateArc --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
{
    ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;

    arcPtr->bbox[0] = originX + scaleX*(arcPtr->bbox[0] - originX);
    arcPtr->bbox[1] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[1] - originY);
    arcPtr->bbox[2] = originX + scaleX*(arcPtr->bbox[2] - originX);
    arcPtr->bbox[3] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[3] - originY);
    ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotateArc --
 *
 *	This function is called to rotate an arc by a given amount.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the arc is rotated by angleRad radians about (originX,
 *	originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
 *	item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotateArc(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,
    double originX,
    double originY,
    double angleRad)
{
    ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
    double newX, newY, oldX, oldY;

    /*
     * Compute the centre of the box, then rotate that about the origin.
     */

    newX = oldX = (arcPtr->bbox[0] + arcPtr->bbox[2]) / 2.0;
    newY = oldY = (arcPtr->bbox[1] + arcPtr->bbox[3]) / 2.0;
    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, sin(angleRad), cos(angleRad),
	    &newX, &newY);

    /*
     * Apply the translation to the box.
     */

    arcPtr->bbox[0] += newX - oldX;
    arcPtr->bbox[1] += newY - oldY;
    arcPtr->bbox[2] += newX - oldX;
    arcPtr->bbox[3] += newY - oldY;

    /*
     * TODO: update the arc endpoints?
     */

    ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TranslateArc --

Changes to generic/tkCanvBmap.c.

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
    Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activebitmap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledbackground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBgColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledbitmap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBitmap),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledFgColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	"black", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, fgColor), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
	&stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*







|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|


|


|

|







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
    Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, activeBgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activebitmap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, activeBitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", offsetof(BitmapItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, bgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledbackground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, disabledBgColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledbitmap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, disabledBitmap),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapItem, disabledFgColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	"black", offsetof(BitmapItem, fgColor), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
	&stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
101
102
103
104
105
106
107


108
109
110
111
112
113
114
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height);


static void		ScaleBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*







>
>







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void		RotateBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);
static void		ScaleBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*
133
134
135
136
137
138
139

140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
    TranslateBitmap,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkcCreateBitmap --
 *







>
|







135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
    TranslateBitmap,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    RotateBitmap,		/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkcCreateBitmap --
 *
782
783
784
785
786
787
788

































789
790
791
792
793
794
795
{
    BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;

    bmapPtr->x = originX + scaleX*(bmapPtr->x - originX);
    bmapPtr->y = originY + scaleY*(bmapPtr->y - originY);
    ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
}


































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TranslateBitmap --
 *
 *	This function is called to move an item by a given amount.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
{
    BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;

    bmapPtr->x = originX + scaleX*(bmapPtr->x - originX);
    bmapPtr->y = originY + scaleY*(bmapPtr->y - originY);
    ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotateBitmap --
 *
 *	This function is called to rotate a bitmap's origin by a given amount.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the bitmap is rotated by angleRad radians about
 *	(originX, originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic
 *	part of the item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotateBitmap(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,
    double originX,
    double originY,
    double angleRad)
{
    BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;

    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, sin(angleRad), cos(angleRad),
	    &bmapPtr->x, &bmapPtr->y);
    ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TranslateBitmap --
 *
 *	This function is called to move an item by a given amount.

Changes to generic/tkCanvImg.c.

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
    Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-activeimage", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, activeImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", Tk_Offset(ImageItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-disabledimage", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, disabledImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, imageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:







|

|

|

|

|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
    Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-activeimage", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ImageItem, activeImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", offsetof(ImageItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-disabledimage", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ImageItem, disabledImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(ImageItem, imageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
90
91
92
93
94
95
96


97
98
99
100
101
102
103
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[]);
static void		DeleteImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height);


static void		ScaleImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*







>
>







90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[]);
static void		DeleteImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void		RotateImage(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);
static void		ScaleImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
    TranslateImage,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateImage --
 *







>
|







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
    TranslateImage,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    RotateImage,		/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateImage --
 *
753
754
755
756
757
758
759


































760
761
762
763
764
765
766

	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%.15g %.15g translate\n", x, y);
    }

    return Tk_PostscriptImage(image, interp, canvasWin,
	    ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, 0, 0, width, height, prepass);
}



































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleImage --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale an item.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803

	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, "%.15g %.15g translate\n", x, y);
    }

    return Tk_PostscriptImage(image, interp, canvasWin,
	    ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, 0, 0, width, height, prepass);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotateImage --
 *
 *	This function is called to rotate an image's origin by a given amount.
 *	This does *not* rotate the contents of the image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the image anchor is rotated by angleRad radians about
 *	(originX, originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic
 *	part of the item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotateImage(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,
    double originX,
    double originY,
    double angleRad)
{
    ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;

    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, sin(angleRad), cos(angleRad),
	    &imgPtr->x, &imgPtr->y);
    ComputeImageBbox(canvas, imgPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleImage --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale an item.

Changes to generic/tkCanvLine.c.

113
114
115
116
117
118
119


120
121
122
123
124
125
126
			    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static int		ParseArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
static const char * PrintArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
			    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);


static void		ScaleLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*







>
>







113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
			    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static int		ParseArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
static const char * PrintArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
			    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static void		RotateLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);
static void		ScaleLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrow", NULL, NULL,
	"none", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrow),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrowshape", NULL, NULL,
	"8 10 3", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowShapeOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE, "-capstyle", NULL, NULL,
	"butt", Tk_Offset(LineItem, capStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	"black", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
	"round", Tk_Offset(LineItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, smooth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
	"12", Tk_Offset(LineItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.width),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * The structures below defines the line item type by means of functions that
 * can be invoked by generic item code.







|


|

|

|


|


|


|

|

|


|

|


|

|

|


|

|


|


|

|

|



|







155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(LineItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrow", NULL, NULL,
	"none", offsetof(LineItem, arrow),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrowshape", NULL, NULL,
	"8 10 3", offsetof(LineItem, arrowShapeA),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowShapeOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE, "-capstyle", NULL, NULL,
	"butt", offsetof(LineItem, capStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	"black", offsetof(LineItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(LineItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(LineItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
	"round", offsetof(LineItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(LineItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(LineItem, smooth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
	"12", offsetof(LineItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(LineItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", offsetof(LineItem, outline.width),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * The structures below defines the line item type by means of functions that
 * can be invoked by generic item code.
235
236
237
238
239
240
241

242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
    TranslateLine,			/* translateProc */
    GetLineIndex,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,				/* icursorProc */
    NULL,				/* selectionProc */
    LineInsert,				/* insertProc */
    LineDeleteCoords,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,				/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 * The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
 * spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
 * malloc-ed).
 */







>
|







237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
    TranslateLine,			/* translateProc */
    GetLineIndex,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,				/* icursorProc */
    NULL,				/* selectionProc */
    LineInsert,				/* insertProc */
    LineDeleteCoords,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,				/* nextPtr */
    RotateLine,				/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 * The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
 * spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
 * malloc-ed).
 */
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858


















































1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
    }
    ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *


















































 * ParseArrowShape --
 *
 *	This function is called back during option parsing to parse arrow
 *	shape information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a standard Tcl result: TCL_OK means that the arrow







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
    }
    ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotateLine --
 *
 *	This function is called to rotate a line by a given amount about a
 *	point.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the line is rotated by angleRad about (originX,
 *	originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
 *	item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotateLine(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item that is being moved. */
    double originX, double originY,
    double angleRad)		/* Amount by which item is to be rotated. */
{
    LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
    double *coordPtr;
    int i;
    double s = sin(angleRad), c = cos(angleRad);

    for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr; i < linePtr->numPoints;
	    i++, coordPtr += 2) {
	TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, s, c, &coordPtr[0], &coordPtr[1]);
    }
    if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
	for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
		i++, coordPtr += 2) {
	    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, s, c, &coordPtr[0], &coordPtr[1]);
	}
    }
    if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
	for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
		i++, coordPtr += 2) {
	    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, s, c, &coordPtr[0], &coordPtr[1]);
	}
    }
    ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseArrowShape --
 *
 *	This function is called back during option parsing to parse arrow
 *	shape information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a standard Tcl result: TCL_OK means that the arrow
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
				 * record. */
{
    LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
    double a, b, c;
    int argc;
    const char **argv = NULL;

    if (offset != Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA)) {
	Tcl_Panic("ParseArrowShape received bogus offset");
    }

    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, (char *) value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
	goto syntaxError;
    } else if (argc != 3) {
	goto syntaxError;







|







1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
				 * record. */
{
    LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
    double a, b, c;
    int argc;
    const char **argv = NULL;

    if ((size_t)offset != offsetof(LineItem, arrowShapeA)) {
	Tcl_Panic("ParseArrowShape received bogus offset");
    }

    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, (char *) value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
	goto syntaxError;
    } else if (argc != 3) {
	goto syntaxError;

Changes to generic/tkCanvPoly.c.

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.offset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	"black", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
	"round", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, smooth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
	"12", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.width),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */







|


|

|

|


|

|


|


|


|


|

|


|


|

|


|

|

|


|

|


|

|


|

|

|



|







72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.activeStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.offset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.disabledColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.disabledStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	"black", offsetof(PolygonItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
	"round", offsetof(PolygonItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(PolygonItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(PolygonItem, smooth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
	"12", offsetof(PolygonItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(PolygonItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", offsetof(PolygonItem, outline.width),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */
172
173
174
175
176
177
178


179
180
181
182
183
184
185
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static int		PolygonToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double		PolygonToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
static int		PolygonToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);


static void		ScalePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslatePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*







>
>







172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static int		PolygonToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double		PolygonToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
static int		PolygonToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void		RotatePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);
static void		ScalePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslatePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
    DisplayPolygon,			/* displayProc */
    TK_CONFIG_OBJS | TK_MOVABLE_POINTS,	/* flags */
    PolygonToPoint,			/* pointProc */
    PolygonToArea,			/* areaProc */
    PolygonToPostscript,		/* postscriptProc */
    ScalePolygon,			/* scaleProc */
    TranslatePolygon,			/* translateProc */
    GetPolygonIndex,	/* indexProc */
    NULL,				/* icursorProc */
    NULL,				/* selectionProc */
    PolygonInsert,		/* insertProc */
    PolygonDeleteCoords,		/* dTextProc */
    NULL,				/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 * The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
 * spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
 * malloc-ed).
 */







|


|


>
|







200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
    DisplayPolygon,			/* displayProc */
    TK_CONFIG_OBJS | TK_MOVABLE_POINTS,	/* flags */
    PolygonToPoint,			/* pointProc */
    PolygonToArea,			/* areaProc */
    PolygonToPostscript,		/* postscriptProc */
    ScalePolygon,			/* scaleProc */
    TranslatePolygon,			/* translateProc */
    GetPolygonIndex,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,				/* icursorProc */
    NULL,				/* selectionProc */
    PolygonInsert,			/* insertProc */
    PolygonDeleteCoords,		/* dTextProc */
    NULL,				/* nextPtr */
    RotatePolygon,			/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 * The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
 * spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
 * malloc-ed).
 */
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
	    mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
	}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	/*
	 * Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to the outline linewidth
	 * even for fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing).
	 */
	gcValues.line_width = polyPtr->outline.gc != None ?
		polyPtr->outline.gc->line_width : 0;
	mask |= GCLineWidth;
#endif
	newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    }
    if (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), polyPtr->fillGC);







|







517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
	    mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
	}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	/*
	 * Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to the outline linewidth
	 * even for fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing).
	 */
	gcValues.line_width = polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL ?
		polyPtr->outline.gc->line_width : 0;
	mask |= GCLineWidth;
#endif
	newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    }
    if (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), polyPtr->fillGC);
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736






































1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
     */

  badIndex:
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad index \"%s\"", string));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "ITEM_INDEX", "POLY", NULL);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}







































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TranslatePolygon --
 *
 *	This function is called to move a polygon by a given amount.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
     */

  badIndex:
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad index \"%s\"", string));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "ITEM_INDEX", "POLY", NULL);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotatePolygon --
 *
 *	This function is called to rotate a polygon by a given amount about a
 *	point.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the polygon is rotated by angleRad about (originX,
 *	originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
 *	item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotatePolygon(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item that is being moved. */
    double originX, double originY,
    double angleRad)		/* Amount by which item is to be rotated. */
{
    PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
    double *coordPtr;
    int i;
    double s = sin(angleRad), c = cos(angleRad);

    for (i = 0, coordPtr = polyPtr->coordPtr; i < polyPtr->numPoints;
	    i++, coordPtr += 2) {
	TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, s, c, &coordPtr[0], &coordPtr[1]);
    }
    ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TranslatePolygon --
 *
 *	This function is called to move a polygon by a given amount.

Changes to generic/tkCanvPs.c.

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
/*
 * The table below provides a template that's used to process arguments to the
 * canvas "postscript" command and fill in TkPostscriptInfo structures.
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormap", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorVar), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormode", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorMode), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fileName), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-channel", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, channelName), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-fontmap", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fontVar), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, height), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-pageanchor", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageAnchor), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pageheight", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageHeightString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageWidthString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagex", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageXString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagey", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageYString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-prolog", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, prolog), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-rotate", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, rotate), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, width), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, x), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, y), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */








|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|







90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
/*
 * The table below provides a template that's used to process arguments to the
 * canvas "postscript" command and fill in TkPostscriptInfo structures.
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormap", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, colorVar), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormode", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, colorMode), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, fileName), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-channel", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, channelName), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-fontmap", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, fontVar), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, height), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-pageanchor", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, pageAnchor), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pageheight", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, pageHeightString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, pageWidthString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagex", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, pageXString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagey", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, pageYString), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-prolog", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, prolog), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-rotate", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, rotate), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, width), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, x), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TkPostscriptInfo, y), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391

	/*
	 * Check that the channel is found in this interpreter and that it is
	 * open for writing.
	 */

	psInfo.chan = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, psInfo.channelName, &mode);
	if (psInfo.chan == (Tcl_Channel) NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto cleanup;
	}
	if (!(mode & TCL_WRITABLE)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "channel \"%s\" wasn't opened for writing",
		    psInfo.channelName));







|







377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391

	/*
	 * Check that the channel is found in this interpreter and that it is
	 * open for writing.
	 */

	psInfo.chan = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, psInfo.channelName, &mode);
	if (psInfo.chan == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto cleanup;
	}
	if (!(mode & TCL_WRITABLE)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "channel \"%s\" wasn't opened for writing",
		    psInfo.channelName));
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
	/*
	 * Insert the prolog
	 */

	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, preambleObj);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
	    channelWriteFailed:
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"problem writing postscript data to channel: %s",
			Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto cleanup;
	    }







|







487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
	/*
	 * Insert the prolog
	 */

	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, preambleObj);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	    channelWriteFailed:
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"problem writing postscript data to channel: %s",
			Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto cleanup;
	    }
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr));
	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }








|







541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr));
	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }

583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
	}

	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "gsave\n", -1);
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }

    /*
     * Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page and
     * document trailer stuff.
     */

    if (psInfo.prolog) {
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj,
		"restore showpage\n\n"
		"%%Trailer\n"
		"end\n"
		"%%EOF\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (psInfo.chan == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, psObj);







|




















|







583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
	}

	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "gsave\n", -1);
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }

    /*
     * Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page and
     * document trailer stuff.
     */

    if (psInfo.prolog) {
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj,
		"restore showpage\n\n"
		"%%Trailer\n"
		"end\n"
		"%%EOF\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (psInfo.chan == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, psObj);

Changes to generic/tkCanvText.c.

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
    TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", Tk_Offset(TextItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-angle", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, angle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	"black", Tk_Offset(TextItem, color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT, Tk_Offset(TextItem, tkfont), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
	"left", Tk_Offset(TextItem, justify), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(TextItem, text), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
	"-1", Tk_Offset(TextItem, underline), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */








|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|

|



|

|

|







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
    TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", offsetof(TextItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-angle", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(TextItem, angle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(TextItem, disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(TextItem, disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	"black", offsetof(TextItem, color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT, offsetof(TextItem, tkfont), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
	"left", offsetof(TextItem, justify), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(TextItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(TextItem, text), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
	"-1", offsetof(TextItem, underline), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(TextItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

166
167
168
169
170
171
172


173
174
175
176
177
178
179
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static int		TextToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double		TextToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
static int		TextToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);


static void		TranslateText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*
 * The structures below defines the rectangle and oval item types by means of
 * functions that can be invoked by generic item code.
 */







>
>







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static int		TextToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double		TextToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
static int		TextToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void		RotateText(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);
static void		TranslateText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*
 * The structures below defines the rectangle and oval item types by means of
 * functions that can be invoked by generic item code.
 */
195
196
197
198
199
200
201

202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
    TranslateText,		/* translateProc */
    GetTextIndex,		/* indexProc */
    SetTextCursor,		/* icursorProc */
    GetSelText,			/* selectionProc */
    TextInsert,			/* insertProc */
    TextDeleteChars,		/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

#define ROUND(d) ((int) floor((d) + 0.5))

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
|







197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
    TranslateText,		/* translateProc */
    GetTextIndex,		/* indexProc */
    SetTextCursor,		/* icursorProc */
    GetSelText,			/* selectionProc */
    TextInsert,			/* insertProc */
    TextDeleteChars,		/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    RotateText,			/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

#define ROUND(d) ((int) floor((d) + 0.5))

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009

1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing text item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Text item to be modified. */
    int index,			/* Character index before which string is to
				 * be inserted. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj)		/* New characters to be inserted. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    int byteIndex, byteCount, charsAdded;

    char *newStr, *text;
    const char *string;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;

    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &byteCount);

    text = textPtr->text;

    if (index < 0) {
	index = 0;
    }
    if (index > textPtr->numChars) {
	index = textPtr->numChars;
    }
    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, index) - text;
    byteCount = strlen(string);
    if (byteCount == 0) {
	return;
    }

    newStr = ckalloc(textPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1);
    memcpy(newStr, text, (size_t) byteIndex);
    strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, string);
    strcpy(newStr + byteIndex + byteCount, text + byteIndex);

    ckfree(text);
    textPtr->text = newStr;
    charsAdded = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, byteCount);
    textPtr->numChars += charsAdded;







|
>




|
















|







1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing text item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Text item to be modified. */
    int index,			/* Character index before which string is to
				 * be inserted. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj)		/* New characters to be inserted. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    int byteIndex, charsAdded;
    TkSizeT byteCount;
    char *newStr, *text;
    const char *string;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;

    string = TkGetStringFromObj(obj, &byteCount);

    text = textPtr->text;

    if (index < 0) {
	index = 0;
    }
    if (index > textPtr->numChars) {
	index = textPtr->numChars;
    }
    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, index) - text;
    byteCount = strlen(string);
    if (byteCount == 0) {
	return;
    }

    newStr = ckalloc(textPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1);
    memcpy(newStr, text, byteIndex);
    strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, string);
    strcpy(newStr + byteIndex + byteCount, text + byteIndex);

    ckfree(text);
    textPtr->text = newStr;
    charsAdded = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, byteCount);
    textPtr->numChars += charsAdded;
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
    charsRemoved = last + 1 - first;

    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, first) - text;
    byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text + byteIndex, charsRemoved)
	- (text + byteIndex);

    newStr = ckalloc(textPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount);
    memcpy(newStr, text, (size_t) byteIndex);
    strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, text + byteIndex + byteCount);

    ckfree(text);
    textPtr->text = newStr;
    textPtr->numChars -= charsRemoved;
    textPtr->numBytes -= byteCount;








|







1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
    charsRemoved = last + 1 - first;

    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, first) - text;
    byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text + byteIndex, charsRemoved)
	- (text + byteIndex);

    newStr = ckalloc(textPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount);
    memcpy(newStr, text, byteIndex);
    strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, text + byteIndex + byteCount);

    ckfree(text);
    textPtr->text = newStr;
    textPtr->numChars -= charsRemoved;
    textPtr->numBytes -= byteCount;

1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251

































1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
	    (int) (rectPtr[3] - rectPtr[1] + 0.5),
	    textPtr->angle);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *

































 * ScaleText --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale a text item.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
	    (int) (rectPtr[3] - rectPtr[1] + 0.5),
	    textPtr->angle);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotateText --
 *
 *	This function is called to rotate a text item by a given amount about a
 *	point. Note that this does *not* rotate the text of the item.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the text anchor is rotated by angleRad about (originX,
 *	originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
 *	item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotateText(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item that is being rotated. */
    double originX, double originY,
    double angleRad)		/* Amount by which item is to be rotated. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;

    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, sin(angleRad), cos(angleRad),
	    &textPtr->x, &textPtr->y);
    ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleText --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale a text item.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
				 * specified. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj,		/* Specification of a particular character in
				 * itemPtr's text. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted character
				 * index. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    int length;
    int c;
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);

    c = string[0];

    if ((c == 'e') && (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
    } else if ((c == 'i')
	    && (strncmp(string, "insert", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = textPtr->insertPos;
    } else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
	    && (strncmp(string, "sel.first", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "selection isn't in item", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "UNSELECTED", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*indexPtr = textInfoPtr->selectFirst;
    } else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
	    && (strncmp(string, "sel.last", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "selection isn't in item", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "UNSELECTED", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*indexPtr = textInfoPtr->selectLast;







|



|



|


|


|








|







1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
				 * specified. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj,		/* Specification of a particular character in
				 * itemPtr's text. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted character
				 * index. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    TkSizeT length;
    int c;
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
    const char *string = TkGetStringFromObj(obj, &length);

    c = string[0];

    if ((c == 'e') && (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
    } else if ((c == 'i')
	    && (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = textPtr->insertPos;
    } else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
	    && (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0)) {
	if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "selection isn't in item", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "UNSELECTED", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*indexPtr = textInfoPtr->selectFirst;
    } else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
	    && (strncmp(string, "sel.last", length) == 0)) {
	if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "selection isn't in item", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CANVAS", "UNSELECTED", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*indexPtr = textInfoPtr->selectLast;
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
    if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
	byteCount = maxBytes;
    }
    if (byteCount <= 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, (size_t) byteCount);
    buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
    return byteCount;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
    if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
	byteCount = maxBytes;
    }
    if (byteCount <= 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, byteCount);
    buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
    return byteCount;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkCanvUtil.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#include <assert.h>

/*
 * Structures defined only in this file.
 */

typedef struct SmoothAssocData {
    struct SmoothAssocData *nextPtr;







<







8
9
10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"


/*
 * Structures defined only in this file.
 */

typedef struct SmoothAssocData {
    struct SmoothAssocData *nextPtr;
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
	Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, outline->gc, tsoffset);
	tsoffset->xoffset += w;
	tsoffset->yoffset += h;
	return 1;
    }
    return 0;
}


/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_ResetOutlineGC
 *
 *	Restores the GC to the situation before Tk_ChangeOutlineGC() was







<







1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266

1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
	Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, outline->gc, tsoffset);
	tsoffset->xoffset += w;
	tsoffset->yoffset += h;
	return 1;
    }
    return 0;
}


/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_ResetOutlineGC
 *
 *	Restores the GC to the situation before Tk_ChangeOutlineGC() was
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865





































1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
	TranslateAndAppendCoords(canvPtr, a[i*2], a[i*2+1], outArr, i);
    }
    if (tempArr != staticSpace) {
	ckfree(tempArr);
    }
    return numOutput;
}






































/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
	TranslateAndAppendCoords(canvPtr, a[i*2], a[i*2+1], outArr, i);
    }
    if (tempArr != staticSpace) {
	ckfree(tempArr);
    }
    return numOutput;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkRotatePoint --
 *
 *	Rotate a point about another point. The angle should be converted into
 *	its sine and cosine before calling this function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The point in (*xPtr,*yPtr) is updated to be rotated about
 *	(originX,originY) by the amount given by the sine and cosine of the
 *	angle to rotate.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkRotatePoint(
    double originX, double originY,	/* The point about which to rotate. */
    double sine, double cosine,		/* How much to rotate? */
    double *xPtr, double *yPtr)		/* The point to be rotated. (INOUT) */
{
    double x = *xPtr - originX;
    double y = *yPtr - originY;

    /*
     * Beware! The canvas coordinate space is flipped vertically, so rotations
     * go the "wrong" way with respect to mathematics.
     */

    *xPtr = originX + x * cosine + y * sine;
    *yPtr = originY - x * sine + y * cosine;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkCanvWind.c.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79


80
81
82
83
84
85
86
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
    Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, height), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(WindowItem, tkwin), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static void		ComputeWindowBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    WindowItem *winItemPtr);
static int		ConfigureWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		CreateWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height);


static void		ScaleWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
static int		WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,







|

|

|



|

|




















>
>







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
};
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
    Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
	"center", offsetof(WindowItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(WindowItem, height), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(WindowItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(WindowItem, tkwin), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static void		ComputeWindowBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    WindowItem *winItemPtr);
static int		ConfigureWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		CreateWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void		DisplayWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void		RotateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);
static void		ScaleWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
static int		WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
    TranslateWinItem,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* cursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 * The structure below defines the official type record for the canvas (as
 * geometry manager):
 */








>
|







128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
    TranslateWinItem,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* cursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    RotateWinItem,		/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 * The structure below defines the official type record for the canvas (as
 * geometry manager):
 */

907
908
909
910
911
912
913


































914
915
916
917
918
919
920
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), psObj);
    } else {
	Tcl_DiscardInterpState(interpState);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
    return result;
}



































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleWinItem --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale a window item.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), psObj);
    } else {
	Tcl_DiscardInterpState(interpState);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
    return result;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotateWinItem --
 *
 *	This function is called to rotate a window item by a given amount
 *	about a point. Note that this does *not* rotate the window of the
 *	item.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the window anchor is rotated by angleRad about (originX,
 *	originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic part of the
 *	item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotateWinItem(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item that is being rotated. */
    double originX, double originY,
    double angleRad)		/* Amount by which item is to be rotated. */
{
    WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;

    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, sin(angleRad), cos(angleRad),
	    &winItemPtr->x, &winItemPtr->y);
    ComputeWindowBbox(canvas, winItemPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleWinItem --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale a window item.

Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

/* #define USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH 1 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#ifdef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */

/*
 * See tkCanvas.h for key data structures used to implement canvases.
 */

#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
 * The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in
 * progress. No field should be accessed by anyone other than StartTagSearch
 * and NextItem.
 */

typedef struct TagSearch {
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr;	/* Canvas widget being searched. */
    Tk_Uid tag;			/* Tag to search for. 0 means return all
				 * items. */
    Tk_Item *currentPtr;	/* Pointer to last item returned. */
    Tk_Item *lastPtr;		/* The item right before the currentPtr is
				 * tracked so if the currentPtr is deleted we
				 * don't have to start from the beginning. */
    int searchOver;		/* Non-zero means NextItem should always
				 * return NULL. */
} TagSearch;

#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
 * The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in
 * progress. No field should be accessed by anyone other than TagSearchScan,
 * TagSearchFirst, TagSearchNext, TagSearchScanExpr, TagSearchEvalExpr,
 * TagSearchExprInit, TagSearchExprDestroy, TagSearchDestroy.
 * (
 *   Not quite accurate: the TagSearch structure is also accessed from:







<
<
|
|
|










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







9
10
11
12
13
14
15


16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28




















29
30
31
32
33
34
35
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */



#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#include "default.h"
#ifdef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */

/*
 * See tkCanvas.h for key data structures used to implement canvases.
 */





















/*
 * The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in
 * progress. No field should be accessed by anyone other than TagSearchScan,
 * TagSearchFirst, TagSearchNext, TagSearchScanExpr, TagSearchEvalExpr,
 * TagSearchExprInit, TagSearchExprDestroy, TagSearchDestroy.
 * (
 *   Not quite accurate: the TagSearch structure is also accessed from:
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246

#define SEARCH_TYPE_EMPTY	0	/* Looking for empty tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ID		1	/* Looking for an item by id */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ALL		2	/* Looking for all items */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_TAG		3	/* Looking for an item by simple tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR	4	/* Compound search */

#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

/*
 * Custom option for handling "-state" and "-offset"
 */

static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
    TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc,
    NULL		/* Only "normal" and "disabled". */
};

static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
    TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, borderWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-closeenough", "closeEnough", "CloseEnough",
	DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, closeEnough), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-confine", "confine", "Confine",
	DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, confine), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, height), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness",
	DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorder), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO,
	Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, insertOffTime), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, insertOnTime), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", "offset", "Offset", "0,0",
	Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, tsoffset),TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_CANVAS_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, relief), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-scrollregion", "scrollRegion", "ScrollRegion",
	DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, regionString),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, canvas_state), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, takeFocus),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, width), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, xScrollCmd),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-xscrollincrement", "xScrollIncrement",
	"ScrollIncrement",
	DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, xScrollIncrement),
	0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, yScrollCmd),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-yscrollincrement", "yScrollIncrement",
	"ScrollIncrement",
	DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, yScrollIncrement),
	0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * List of all the item types known at present. This is *global* and is
 * protected by typeListMutex.
 */

static Tk_ItemType *typeList = NULL;
				/* NULL means initialization hasn't been done
				 * yet. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(typeListMutex)

#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
 * Uids for operands in compiled advanced tag search expressions.
 * Initialization is done by GetStaticUids()
 */

typedef struct {
    Tk_Uid allUid;
    Tk_Uid currentUid;
    Tk_Uid andUid;
    Tk_Uid orUid;
    Tk_Uid xorUid;
    Tk_Uid parenUid;
    Tk_Uid negparenUid;
    Tk_Uid endparenUid;
    Tk_Uid tagvalUid;
    Tk_Uid negtagvalUid;
} SearchUids;

static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
static SearchUids *	GetStaticUids(void);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		CanvasBindProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);







<
<



















|


|




|

|

|

|

|


|

|


|

|


|


|

|

|

|

|


|

|


|


|



|

|


|


|


|


|


|

|



|


|



|














<




















<







68
69
70
71
72
73
74


75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193

194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213

214
215
216
217
218
219
220

#define SEARCH_TYPE_EMPTY	0	/* Looking for empty tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ID		1	/* Looking for an item by id */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ALL		2	/* Looking for all items */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_TAG		3	/* Looking for an item by simple tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR	4	/* Compound search */



/*
 * Custom option for handling "-state" and "-offset"
 */

static const Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
    TkStateParseProc, TkStatePrintProc,
    NULL		/* Only "normal" and "disabled". */
};

static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
    TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_BG_COLOR, offsetof(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO, offsetof(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH, offsetof(TkCanvas, borderWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-closeenough", "closeEnough", "CloseEnough",
	DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH, offsetof(TkCanvas, closeEnough), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-confine", "confine", "Confine",
	DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE, offsetof(TkCanvas, confine), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR, offsetof(TkCanvas, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT, offsetof(TkCanvas, height), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	offsetof(TkCanvas, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT, offsetof(TkCanvas, highlightColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness",
	DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, offsetof(TkCanvas, highlightWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG, offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorder), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR,
	offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO,
	offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME, offsetof(TkCanvas, insertOffTime), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME, offsetof(TkCanvas, insertOnTime), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH, offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", "offset", "Offset", "0,0",
	offsetof(TkCanvas, tsoffset),TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_CANVAS_RELIEF, offsetof(TkCanvas, relief), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-scrollregion", "scrollRegion", "ScrollRegion",
	DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION, offsetof(TkCanvas, regionString),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR, offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO, offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
	offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO, offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR, offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO, offsetof(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", offsetof(TkCanvas, canvas_state), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
	&stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkCanvas, takeFocus),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH, offsetof(TkCanvas, width), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD, offsetof(TkCanvas, xScrollCmd),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-xscrollincrement", "xScrollIncrement",
	"ScrollIncrement",
	DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT, offsetof(TkCanvas, xScrollIncrement),
	0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD, offsetof(TkCanvas, yScrollCmd),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-yscrollincrement", "yScrollIncrement",
	"ScrollIncrement",
	DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT, offsetof(TkCanvas, yScrollIncrement),
	0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * List of all the item types known at present. This is *global* and is
 * protected by typeListMutex.
 */

static Tk_ItemType *typeList = NULL;
				/* NULL means initialization hasn't been done
				 * yet. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(typeListMutex)


/*
 * Uids for operands in compiled advanced tag search expressions.
 * Initialization is done by GetStaticUids()
 */

typedef struct {
    Tk_Uid allUid;
    Tk_Uid currentUid;
    Tk_Uid andUid;
    Tk_Uid orUid;
    Tk_Uid xorUid;
    Tk_Uid parenUid;
    Tk_Uid negparenUid;
    Tk_Uid endparenUid;
    Tk_Uid tagvalUid;
    Tk_Uid negtagvalUid;
} SearchUids;

static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
static SearchUids *	GetStaticUids(void);


/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		CanvasBindProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
263
264
265
266
267
268
269



270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
static int		CanvasWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);



static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);

static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv,
			    Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv,
			    Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first,
			    TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int		FindArea(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed);
static double		GridAlign(double coord, double spacing);
static const char**	TkGetStringsFromObjs(int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static void		InitCanvas(void);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static Tk_Item *	NextItem(TagSearch *searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static void		PickCurrentItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
static Tcl_Obj *	ScrollFractions(int screen1,
			    int screen2, int object1, int object2);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static void		RelinkItems(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *tag, Tk_Item *prevPtr);
static Tk_Item *	StartTagSearch(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *tag, TagSearch *searchPtr);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int		RelinkItems(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, Tcl_Obj *tag,
			    Tk_Item *prevPtr, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static void 		TagSearchExprInit(TagSearchExpr **exprPtrPtr);
static void		TagSearchExprDestroy(TagSearchExpr *expr);
static void		TagSearchDestroy(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static int		TagSearchScan(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *tag, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static int		TagSearchScanExpr(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TagSearch *searchPtr, TagSearchExpr *expr);
static int		TagSearchEvalExpr(TagSearchExpr *expr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
static Tk_Item *	TagSearchFirst(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static Tk_Item *	TagSearchNext(TagSearch *searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

/*
 * The structure below defines canvas class behavior by means of functions
 * that can be invoked from generic window code.
 */

static const Tk_ClassProcs canvasClass = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    CanvasWorldChanged,		/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,					/* createProc */
    NULL					/* modalProc */
};

/*
 * Macros that significantly simplify all code that finds items.
 */

#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
#define FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
    itemPtr = StartTagSearch(canvasPtr,(objPtr),&search)
#define FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
    for (itemPtr = StartTagSearch(canvasPtr, (objPtr), &search); \
	    itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = NextItem(&search))
#define FIND_ITEMS(objPtr, n) \
    FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, (objPtr), (n))
#define RELINK_ITEMS(objPtr, itemPtr) \
    RelinkItems(canvasPtr, (objPtr), (itemPtr))
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
#define FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
    if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
	errorExitClause; \
    } \
    itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr));
#define FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
    if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
	errorExitClause; \
    } \
    for (itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr)); \
	    itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = TagSearchNext(*(searchPtrPtr)))
#define FIND_ITEMS(objPtr, n) \
    FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, (objPtr), (n), &searchPtr)
#define RELINK_ITEMS(objPtr, itemPtr) \
    result = RelinkItems(canvasPtr, (objPtr), (itemPtr), &searchPtr)
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * AlwaysRedraw, ItemConfigure, ItemCoords, etc. --
 *
 *	Helper functions that make access to canvas item functions simpler.







>
>
>
|
>





<
<
<
<
<




<





<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<













<

















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<















<







237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253





254
255
256
257

258
259
260
261
262



263
264
265






266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278

279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295











296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310

311
312
313
314
315
316
317
static int		CanvasWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
static void		DefaultRotateImplementation(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double x, double y,
			    double angleRadians);
static void		DestroyCanvas(void *memPtr);
static int		DrawCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData, Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle, int subsample, int zoom);
static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);





static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv,
			    Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first,
			    TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);

static int		FindArea(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed);
static double		GridAlign(double coord, double spacing);
static const char**	TkGetStringsFromObjs(int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static void		InitCanvas(void);



static void		PickCurrentItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
static Tcl_Obj *	ScrollFractions(int screen1,
			    int screen2, int object1, int object2);






static int		RelinkItems(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, Tcl_Obj *tag,
			    Tk_Item *prevPtr, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static void 		TagSearchExprInit(TagSearchExpr **exprPtrPtr);
static void		TagSearchExprDestroy(TagSearchExpr *expr);
static void		TagSearchDestroy(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static int		TagSearchScan(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *tag, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static int		TagSearchScanExpr(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TagSearch *searchPtr, TagSearchExpr *expr);
static int		TagSearchEvalExpr(TagSearchExpr *expr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
static Tk_Item *	TagSearchFirst(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static Tk_Item *	TagSearchNext(TagSearch *searchPtr);


/*
 * The structure below defines canvas class behavior by means of functions
 * that can be invoked from generic window code.
 */

static const Tk_ClassProcs canvasClass = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    CanvasWorldChanged,		/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,					/* createProc */
    NULL					/* modalProc */
};

/*
 * Macros that significantly simplify all code that finds items.
 */












#define FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
    if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
	errorExitClause; \
    } \
    itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr));
#define FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
    if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
	errorExitClause; \
    } \
    for (itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr)); \
	    itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = TagSearchNext(*(searchPtrPtr)))
#define FIND_ITEMS(objPtr, n) \
    FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, (objPtr), (n), &searchPtr)
#define RELINK_ITEMS(objPtr, itemPtr) \
    result = RelinkItems(canvasPtr, (objPtr), (itemPtr), &searchPtr)


/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * AlwaysRedraw, ItemConfigure, ItemCoords, etc. --
 *
 *	Helper functions that make access to canvas item functions simpler.
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
































































































616
617
618
619
620
621
622
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,
    double xDelta,
    double yDelta)
{
    itemPtr->typePtr->translateProc((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
	    xDelta, yDelta);
}

































































































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_CanvasObjCmd --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process the "canvas" Tcl command. See the







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,
    double xDelta,
    double yDelta)
{
    itemPtr->typePtr->translateProc((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
	    xDelta, yDelta);
}

static inline void
ItemRotate(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,
    double x,
    double y,
    double angleRadians)
{
    if (itemPtr->typePtr->rotateProc != NULL) {
	itemPtr->typePtr->rotateProc((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
		itemPtr, x, y, angleRadians);
    } else {
	DefaultRotateImplementation(canvasPtr, itemPtr, x, y, angleRadians);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DefaultRotateImplementation --
 *
 *	The default implementation of the rotation operation, used when items
 *	do not provide their own version.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DefaultRotateImplementation(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,
    double x,
    double y,
    double angleRadians)
{
    int objc, i, ok = 1;
    Tcl_Obj **objv, **newObjv;
    double *coordv;
    double s = sin(angleRadians);
    double c = cos(angleRadians);
    Tcl_Interp *interp = canvasPtr->interp;

    /*
     * Get the coordinates out of the item.
     */

    if (ItemCoords(canvasPtr, itemPtr, 0, NULL) == TCL_OK &&
	    Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
		    &objc, &objv) == TCL_OK) {
	coordv = (double *) ckalloc(sizeof(double) * objc);
	for (i=0 ; i<objc ; i++) {
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i], &coordv[i]) != TCL_OK) {
		ok = 0;
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (ok) {
	    /*
	     * Apply the rotation.
	     */

	    for (i=0 ; i<objc ; i+=2) {
		double px = coordv[i+0] - x;
		double py = coordv[i+1] - y;
		double nx = px * c - py * s;
		double ny = px * s + py * c;

		coordv[i+0] = nx + x;
		coordv[i+1] = ny + y;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Write the coordinates back into the item.
	     */

	    newObjv = (Tcl_Obj **) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * objc);
	    for (i=0 ; i<objc ; i++) {
		newObjv[i] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(coordv[i]);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[i]);
	    }
	    ItemCoords(canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc, newObjv);
	    for (i=0 ; i<objc ; i++) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[i]);
	    }
	    ckfree((char *) newObjv);
	}
	ckfree((char *) coordv);
    }

    /*
     * The interpreter result was (probably) modified above; reset it.
     */

    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_CanvasObjCmd --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process the "canvas" Tcl command. See the
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
    canvasPtr->textInfo.insertWidth = 0;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.insertBorderWidth = 0;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr = NULL;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
    canvasPtr->insertOnTime = 0;
    canvasPtr->insertOffTime = 0;
    canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
    canvasPtr->xOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin = 0;
    canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = 0;
    canvasPtr->bindingTable = NULL;
    canvasPtr->currentItemPtr = NULL;
    canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr = NULL;
    canvasPtr->closeEnough = 0.0;
    canvasPtr->pickEvent.type = LeaveNotify;







|







740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
    canvasPtr->textInfo.insertWidth = 0;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.insertBorderWidth = 0;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr = NULL;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
    canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
    canvasPtr->insertOnTime = 0;
    canvasPtr->insertOffTime = 0;
    canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = NULL;
    canvasPtr->xOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin = 0;
    canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = 0;
    canvasPtr->bindingTable = NULL;
    canvasPtr->currentItemPtr = NULL;
    canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr = NULL;
    canvasPtr->closeEnough = 0.0;
    canvasPtr->pickEvent.type = LeaveNotify;
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
    canvasPtr->flags = 0;
    canvasPtr->nextId = 1;
    canvasPtr->psInfo = NULL;
    canvasPtr->canvas_state = TK_STATE_NORMAL;
    canvasPtr->tsoffset.flags = 0;
    canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
    canvasPtr->tsoffset.yoffset = 0;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    canvasPtr->bindTagExprs = NULL;
#endif
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

    Tk_SetClass(canvasPtr->tkwin, "Canvas");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(canvasPtr->tkwin, &canvasClass, canvasPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    CanvasEventProc, canvasPtr);







<

<







777
778
779
780
781
782
783

784

785
786
787
788
789
790
791
    canvasPtr->flags = 0;
    canvasPtr->nextId = 1;
    canvasPtr->psInfo = NULL;
    canvasPtr->canvas_state = TK_STATE_NORMAL;
    canvasPtr->tsoffset.flags = 0;
    canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
    canvasPtr->tsoffset.yoffset = 0;

    canvasPtr->bindTagExprs = NULL;

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

    Tk_SetClass(canvasPtr->tkwin, "Canvas");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(canvasPtr->tkwin, &canvasClass, canvasPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    CanvasEventProc, canvasPtr);
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824

825
826
827
828
829
830
831
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
    int c, result;
    Tk_Item *itemPtr = NULL;	/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearch search;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    TagSearch *searchPtr = NULL;/* Allocated by first TagSearchScan, freed by
				 * TagSearchDestroy */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",
	"imove",	"index",	"insert",	"itemcget",
	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"scale",	"scan",
	"select",	"type",		"xview",	"yview",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,
	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,	CANV_ITEMCGET,
	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_SCALE,	CANV_SCAN,
	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,	CANV_YVIEW

    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,







<
<
<


<







|
|

|
|
|






|
|

|
|
>







832
833
834
835
836
837
838



839
840

841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
    int c, result;
    Tk_Item *itemPtr = NULL;	/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */



    TagSearch *searchPtr = NULL;/* Allocated by first TagSearchScan, freed by
				 * TagSearchDestroy */


    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",
        "image",	"imove",	"index",	"insert",
	"itemcget",	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"rotate",	"scale",
	"scan",		"select",	"type",		"xview",
	"yview",	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,
        CANV_IMAGE,	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,
	CANV_ITEMCGET,	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_ROTATE,	CANV_SCALE,
	CANV_SCAN,	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,
	CANV_YVIEW
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
	if (gotAny) {
	    Tcl_Obj *resultObjs[4];

	    resultObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x1);
	    resultObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y1);
	    resultObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x2);
	    resultObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y2);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resultObjs));
	}
	break;
    }
    case CANV_BIND: {
	ClientData object;

	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?sequence? ?command?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * Figure out what object to use for the binding (individual item vs.
	 * tag).
	 */

	object = NULL;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
	if (isdigit(UCHAR(Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0]))) {
	    int id;
	    char *end;
	    Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;

	    id = strtoul(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &end, 0);
	    if (*end != 0) {
		goto bindByTag;
	    }
	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable, (char *) id);
	    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
		itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
		object = itemPtr;
	    }

	    if (object == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"item \"%s\" doesn't exist", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "CANVAS_ITEM",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	} else {
	bindByTag:
	    object = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
	}
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
	result = TagSearchScan(canvasPtr, objv[2], &searchPtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_ID) {
	    Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;

	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
		    (char *) INT2PTR(searchPtr->id));
	    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
		itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
		object = itemPtr;
	    }

	    if (object == 0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"item \"%s\" doesn't exist", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "CANVAS_ITEM",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	} else {
    	    object = (ClientData) searchPtr->expr->uid;
	}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

	/*
	 * Make a binding table if the canvas doesn't already have one.
	 */

	if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
	    canvasPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(interp);
	}

	if (objc == 5) {
	    int append = 0;
	    unsigned long mask;
	    const char *argv4 = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);

	    if (argv4[0] == 0) {
		result = Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
			object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
		goto done;
	    }
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
	    if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR) {
		/*
		 * If new tag expression, then insert in linked list.
		 */

	    	TagSearchExpr *expr, **lastPtr;








|
|
|
|





|













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








|














|

<



















<







925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954





























955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979

980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998

999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
	if (gotAny) {
	    Tcl_Obj *resultObjs[4];

	    resultObjs[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x1);
	    resultObjs[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y1);
	    resultObjs[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x2);
	    resultObjs[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y2);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resultObjs));
	}
	break;
    }
    case CANV_BIND: {
	void *object;

	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?sequence? ?command?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * Figure out what object to use for the binding (individual item vs.
	 * tag).
	 */

	object = NULL;





























	result = TagSearchScan(canvasPtr, objv[2], &searchPtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_ID) {
	    Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;

	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
		    INT2PTR(searchPtr->id));
	    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
		itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
		object = itemPtr;
	    }

	    if (object == 0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"item \"%s\" doesn't exist", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "CANVAS_ITEM",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	} else {
	    object = (char *)searchPtr->expr->uid;
	}


	/*
	 * Make a binding table if the canvas doesn't already have one.
	 */

	if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
	    canvasPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(interp);
	}

	if (objc == 5) {
	    int append = 0;
	    unsigned long mask;
	    const char *argv4 = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);

	    if (argv4[0] == 0) {
		result = Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
			object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
		goto done;
	    }

	    if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR) {
		/*
		 * If new tag expression, then insert in linked list.
		 */

	    	TagSearchExpr *expr, **lastPtr;

1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
		     * Flag in TagSearch that expr has changed ownership so
		     * that TagSearchDestroy doesn't try to free it.
		     */

		    searchPtr->expr = NULL;
		}
	    }
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
	    if (argv4[0] == '+') {
		argv4++;
		append = 1;
	    }
	    mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
		    object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), argv4, append);
	    if (mask == 0) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (mask & (unsigned long) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask
		    |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask
		    |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
		    |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask
		    |KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) {
		Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
			object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(







<










|







1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028

1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
		     * Flag in TagSearch that expr has changed ownership so
		     * that TagSearchDestroy doesn't try to free it.
		     */

		    searchPtr->expr = NULL;
		}
	    }

	    if (argv4[0] == '+') {
		argv4++;
		append = 1;
	    }
	    mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
		    object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), argv4, append);
	    if (mask == 0) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (mask & ~(unsigned long)(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask
		    |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask
		    |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
		    |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask
		    |KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) {
		Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
			object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
    case CANV_CREATE: {
	Tk_ItemType *typePtr;
	Tk_ItemType *matchPtr = NULL;
	Tk_Item *itemPtr;
	int isNew = 0;
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
	const char *arg;
	size_t length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
	length = objv[2]->length;
	c = arg[0];

	/*
	 * Lock because the list of types is a global resource that could be
	 * updated by another thread. That's fairly unlikely, but not
	 * impossible.
	 */







|






|
<







1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261

1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
    case CANV_CREATE: {
	Tk_ItemType *typePtr;
	Tk_ItemType *matchPtr = NULL;
	Tk_Item *itemPtr;
	int isNew = 0;
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
	const char *arg;
	TkSizeT length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);

	c = arg[0];

	/*
	 * Lock because the list of types is a global resource that could be
	 * updated by another thread. That's fairly unlikely, but not
	 * impossible.
	 */
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
	    ckfree(itemPtr);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
		(char *) INT2PTR(itemPtr->id), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, itemPtr);
	itemPtr->prevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
	canvasPtr->hotPtr = itemPtr;
	canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
	if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == NULL) {
	    canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = itemPtr;
	} else {
	    canvasPtr->lastItemPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr;
	}
	canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = itemPtr;
	itemPtr->redraw_flags |= FORCE_REDRAW;
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_DCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {







|













|







1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
	    ckfree(itemPtr);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
		INT2PTR(itemPtr->id), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, itemPtr);
	itemPtr->prevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
	canvasPtr->hotPtr = itemPtr;
	canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
	if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == NULL) {
	    canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = itemPtr;
	} else {
	    canvasPtr->lastItemPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr;
	}
	canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = itemPtr;
	itemPtr->redraw_flags |= FORCE_REDRAW;
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_DCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
		    Tk_DeleteAllBindings(canvasPtr->bindingTable, itemPtr);
		}
		ItemDelete(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
		if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
		    ckfree(itemPtr->tagPtr);
		}
		entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
			(char *) INT2PTR(itemPtr->id));
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
		if (itemPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
		    itemPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
		}
		if (itemPtr->prevPtr != NULL) {
		    itemPtr->prevPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
		}







|







1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
		    Tk_DeleteAllBindings(canvasPtr->bindingTable, itemPtr);
		}
		ItemDelete(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
		if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
		    ckfree(itemPtr->tagPtr);
		}
		entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
			INT2PTR(itemPtr->id));
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
		if (itemPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
		    itemPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
		}
		if (itemPtr->prevPtr != NULL) {
		    itemPtr->prevPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
		}
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?tagOrId?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
	if (objc == 2) {
	    if (itemPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	    }
	    goto done;
	}
	if (canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus) {
	    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	}
	if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == 0) {







|







1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?tagOrId?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
	if (objc == 2) {
	    if (itemPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	    }
	    goto done;
	}
	if (canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus) {
	    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	}
	if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == 0) {
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	result = ItemIndex(canvasPtr, itemPtr, objv[3], &index);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_INSERT: {
	int beforeThis;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if (objc != 5) {







|







1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	result = ItemIndex(canvasPtr, itemPtr, objv[3], &index);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(index));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_INSERT: {
	int beforeThis;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if (objc != 5) {
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
























1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
            if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	}
























	break;
    }
    case CANV_SCALE: {
	double xOrigin, yOrigin, xScale, yScale;

	if (objc != 7) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
            if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	}
	break;
    }
    case CANV_ROTATE: {
	double x, y, angle;
	Tk_Canvas canvas = (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr;

	if (objc != 6) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId x y angle");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	if (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK ||
		Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK ||
		Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[5], &angle) != TCL_OK) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	angle = angle * 3.1415927 / 180.0;
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
	    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    ItemRotate(canvasPtr, itemPtr, x, y, angle);
	    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
	}
	break;
    }
    case CANV_SCALE: {
	double xOrigin, yOrigin, xScale, yScale;

	if (objc != 7) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
	    if (objc != 3) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr->id));
	    }
	    break;
	case CANV_TO:
	    if (objc != 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId index");
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;







|







2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
	    if (objc != 3) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr->id));
	    }
	    break;
	case CANV_TO:
	    if (objc != 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId index");
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133



2134




2135

































2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }



    }






































  done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<

<







2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208

2209

2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_IMAGE: {
        Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle;
        int subsample = 1, zoom = 1;

        if (objc < 3 || objc > 5) {
            Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "imagename ?subsample? ?zoom?");
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((photohandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]) )) == 0) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * If we are given a subsample or a zoom then grab them.
         */

        if (objc >= 4 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &subsample) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }
        if (objc >= 5 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &zoom) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * Set the image size to zero, which allows the DrawCanvas() function
         * to expand the image automatically when it copies the pixmap into it.
         */

        if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(interp, photohandle, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        result = DrawCanvas(interp, clientData, photohandle, subsample, zoom);
    }
    }

  done:

    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);

    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
 *	Everything associated with the canvas is freed up.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DestroyCanvas(
    char *memPtr)		/* Info about canvas widget. */
{
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) memPtr;
    Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchExpr *expr, *next;
#endif

    /*
     * Free up all of the items in the canvas.
     */

    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
	    itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr) {







|

|

<

<







2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237

2238

2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
 *	Everything associated with the canvas is freed up.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DestroyCanvas(
    void *memPtr)		/* Info about canvas widget. */
{
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = memPtr;
    Tk_Item *itemPtr;

    TagSearchExpr *expr, *next;


    /*
     * Free up all of the items in the canvas.
     */

    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
	    itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr) {
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
     * Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
     */

    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable);
    if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(canvasPtr->display, canvasPtr->pixmapGC);
    }
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
    while (expr) {
	next = expr->next;
	TagSearchExprDestroy(expr);
	expr = next;
    }
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
    if (canvasPtr->bindingTable != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteBindingTable(canvasPtr->bindingTable);
    }
    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->display, 0);
    canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
    ckfree(canvasPtr);







<






<







2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262

2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268

2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
     * Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
     */

    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable);
    if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(canvasPtr->display, canvasPtr->pixmapGC);
    }

    expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
    while (expr) {
	next = expr->next;
	TagSearchExprDestroy(expr);
	expr = next;
    }

    Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
    if (canvasPtr->bindingTable != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteBindingTable(canvasPtr->bindingTable);
    }
    Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->display, 0);
    canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
    ckfree(canvasPtr);
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418














































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits --
 *
 *      Given a 32 bit pixel mask, we find the position of the lowest bit and the
 *      width of the mask bits.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
*       None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(
    unsigned long mask,     /* The pixel mask to examine */
    int *shift,             /* Where to put the shift count (position of lowest bit) */
    int *bits)              /* Where to put the bit count (width of the pixel mask) */
{
    int i;

    *shift = 0;
    *bits = 0;

    /*
     * Find the lowest '1' bit in the mask.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) {
        if (mask & 1 << i)
            break;
    }
    if (i < 32) {
        *shift = i;

        /*
        * Now find the next '0' bit and the width of the mask.
        */

        for ( ; i < 32; ++i) {
            if ((mask & 1 << i) == 0)
                break;
            else
                ++*bits;
        }

        /*
        * Limit to the top 8 bits if the mask was wider than 8.
        */

        if (*bits > 8) {
            *shift += *bits - 8;
            *bits = 8;
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawCanvas --
 *
 *      This function draws the contents of a canvas into the given Photo image.
 *      This function is called from the widget "image" subcommand.
 *      The canvas does not need to be mapped (one of it's ancestors must be)
 *      in order for this function to work.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Canvas contents from within the -scrollregion or widget size are rendered
 *      into the Photo. Any errors are left in the result.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define OVERDRAW_PIXELS 32        /* How much larger we make the pixmap
                                   * that the canvas objects are drawn into */

/* From stackoverflow.com/questions/2100331/c-macro-definition-to-determine-big-endian-or-little-endian-machine */
#define IS_BIG_ENDIAN (*(unsigned short *)"\0\xff" < 0x100)

#define BYTE_SWAP16(n) ((((unsigned short)n)>>8) | (((unsigned short)n)<<8))
#define BYTE_SWAP32(n) (((n>>24)&0x000000FF) | ((n<<8)&0x00FF0000) | ((n>>8)&0x0000FF00) | ((n<<24)&0xFF000000))

static int
DrawCanvas(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,           /* As passed to the widget command, and we will leave errors here */
    ClientData clientData,
    Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle,   /* The photo we are rendering into */
    int subsample,                /* If either subsample or zoom are not 1 then we call Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock() */
    int zoom)
{
    TkCanvas * canvasPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Display *displayPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock blockPtr = {0};
    Window wid;
    Tk_Item * itemPtr;
    Pixmap pixmap = 0;
    XImage *ximagePtr = NULL;
    Visual *visualPtr;
    GC xgc = 0;
    XGCValues xgcValues;
    int canvasX1, canvasY1, canvasX2, canvasY2, cWidth, cHeight,
        pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pixmapX2, pixmapY2, pmWidth, pmHeight,
        bitsPerPixel, bytesPerPixel, x, y, result = TCL_OK,
        rshift, gshift, bshift, rbits, gbits, bbits;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    char buffer[128];
#endif

    if ((tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas tkwin is NULL!", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * If this canvas is unmapped, then we won't have a window id, so we will
     * try the ancestors of the canvas until we find a window that has a
     * valid window id. The Tk_GetPixmap() call requires a valid window id.
     */

    do {

        if ((displayPtr = Tk_Display(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas (or parent) display is NULL!", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((wid = Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) != 0) {
            continue;
        }

        if ((tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas has no parent with a valid window id! Is the toplevel window mapped?", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

    } while (wid == 0);

    bitsPerPixel = Tk_Depth(tkwin);
    visualPtr = Tk_Visual(tkwin);

    if (subsample == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "subsample cannot be zero", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
    * Scan through the item list, registering the bounding box for all items
    * that didn't do that for the final coordinates yet. This can be
    * determined by the FORCE_REDRAW flag.
    */

    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr -> firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
            itemPtr = itemPtr -> nextPtr) {
        if (itemPtr -> redraw_flags & FORCE_REDRAW) {
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
            EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
        }
    }

    /*
     * The DisplayCanvas() function works out the region that needs redrawing,
     * but we don't do this. We grab the whole scrollregion or canvas window
     * area. If we have a defined -scrollregion we use that as the drawing
     * region, otherwise use the canvas window height and width with an origin
     * of 0,0.
     */
    if (canvasPtr->scrollX1 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY1 != 0 ||
            canvasPtr->scrollX2 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY2 != 0) {

        canvasX1 = canvasPtr->scrollX1;
        canvasY1 = canvasPtr->scrollY1;
        canvasX2 = canvasPtr->scrollX2;
        canvasY2 = canvasPtr->scrollY2;
        cWidth = canvasX2 - canvasX1 + 1;
        cHeight = canvasY2 - canvasY1 + 1;

    } else {

        cWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
        cHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin);
        canvasX1 = 0;
        canvasY1 = 0;
        canvasX2 = canvasX1 + cWidth - 1;
        canvasY2 = canvasY1 + cHeight - 1;
    }

    /*
     * Allocate a pixmap to draw into. We add OVERDRAW_PIXELS in the same way
     * that DisplayCanvas() does to avoid problems on some systems when objects
     * are being drawn too close to the edge.
     */

    pixmapX1 = canvasX1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY1 = canvasY1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapX2 = canvasX2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY2 = canvasY2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pmWidth = pixmapX2 - pixmapX1 + 1;
    pmHeight = pixmapY2 - pixmapY1 + 1;
    if ((pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(displayPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), pmWidth, pmHeight,
            bitsPerPixel)) == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create drawing Pixmap", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Before we can draw the canvas objects into the pixmap it's background
     * should be filled with canvas background colour.
     */

    xgcValues.function = GXcopy;
    xgcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(canvasPtr->bgBorder)->pixel;
    xgc = XCreateGC(displayPtr, pixmap, GCFunction|GCForeground, &xgcValues);
    XFillRectangle(displayPtr,pixmap,xgc,0,0,pmWidth,pmHeight);

    /*
     * Draw all the cavas items into the pixmap
     */

    canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = pixmapX1;
    canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = pixmapY1;
    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
            itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
        if ((itemPtr->x1 >= pixmapX2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= pixmapY2) ||
                (itemPtr->x2 < pixmapX1) || (itemPtr->y2 < pixmapY1)) {
            if (!AlwaysRedraw(itemPtr)) {
                continue;
            }
        }
        if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN ||
                (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL && canvasPtr->canvas_state
                == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
            continue;
        }
        ItemDisplay(canvasPtr, itemPtr, pixmap, pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pmWidth,
                pmHeight);
    }

    /*
     * Copy the Pixmap into an ZPixmap format XImage so we can copy it across
     * to the photo image. This seems to be the only way to get Pixmap image
     * data out of an image. Note we have to account for the OVERDRAW_PIXELS
     * border width.
     */

    if ((ximagePtr = XGetImage(displayPtr, pixmap, -pixmapX1, -pixmapY1, cWidth,
            cHeight, AllPlanes, ZPixmap)) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to copy Pixmap to XImage", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ximagePtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->width);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " width ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->height);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " height ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->xoffset); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " xoffset ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->format);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " format ", buffer, NULL);
                                             Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ximagePtr->data", NULL);
    if (ximagePtr->data != NULL) {
	int ix, iy;

        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	for (iy = 0; iy < ximagePtr->height; ++ iy) {
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	    for (ix = 0; ix < ximagePtr->bytes_per_line; ++ ix) {
	        if (ix > 0) {
                    if (ix % 4 == 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
                    else
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
                }
	        sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",ximagePtr->data[ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * iy + ix]&0xFF);
	        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
	    }
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
	}
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    } else
	sprintf(buffer," NULL");
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->byte_order);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " byte_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_unit);      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_unit ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_bit_order); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_bit_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_pad);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_pad ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->depth);            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " depth ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bytes_per_line);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bytes_per_line ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bits_per_pixel ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);

    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nvisualPtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);

#endif

    /*
     * Fill in the PhotoImageBlock structure abd allocate a block of memory
     * for the converted image data. Note we allocate an alpha channel even
     * though we don't use one, because this layout helps Tk_PhotoPutBlock()
     * use memcpy() instead of the slow pixel or line copy.
     */

    blockPtr.width = cWidth;
    blockPtr.height = cHeight;
    blockPtr.pixelSize = 4;
    blockPtr.pitch = blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.width;
    blockPtr.offset[0] = 0;
    blockPtr.offset[1] = 1;
    blockPtr.offset[2] = 2;
    blockPtr.offset[3] = 3;
    blockPtr.pixelPtr = ckalloc(blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.height * blockPtr.width);

    /*
     * Now convert the image data pixel by pixel from XImage to 32bit RGBA
     * format suitable for Tk_PhotoPutBlock().
     */

    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->red_mask,&rshift,&rbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->green_mask,&gshift,&gbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->blue_mask,&bshift,&bbits);

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nbits { rshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " rbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bbits ", buffer, " }", NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nConverted_image {", NULL);
#endif

    /* Ok, had to use ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel here and in the switch (...)
     * below to get this to work on Windows. X11 correctly sets the bitmap
     *_pad and bitmap_unit fields to 32, but on Windows they are 0 and 8
     * respectively!
     */

    bytesPerPixel = ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel/8;
    for (y = 0; y < blockPtr.height; ++y) {

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
#endif

        for(x = 0; x < blockPtr.width; ++x) {
            unsigned long pixel = 0;

            switch (ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel) {

                /*
                 * Get an 8 bit pixel from the XImage.
                 */

                case 8 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned char *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    break;

                /*
                 * Get a 16 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 16 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned short *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP16(pixel);
                    break;

                /*
                 * Grab a 32 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 32 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned long *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP32(pixel);
                    break;
            }

            /*
             * We have a pixel with the correct byte order, so pull out the
             * colours and place them in the photo block. Perhaps we could
             * just not bother with the alpha byte because we are using
             * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET later?
             * ***Windows: We have to swap the red and blue values. The
             * XImage storage is B - G - R - A which becomes a 32bit ARGB
             * quad. However the visual mask is a 32bit ABGR quad. And
             * Tk_PhotoPutBlock() wants R-G-B-A which is a 32bit ABGR quad.
             * If the visual mask was correct there would be no need to
             * swap anything here.
             */

#ifdef _WIN32
#define   R_OFFSET 2
#define   B_OFFSET 0
#else
#define   R_OFFSET 0
#define   B_OFFSET 2
#endif
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + R_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->red_mask) >> rshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +1] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->green_mask) >> gshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + B_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->blue_mask) >> bshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +3] = 0xFF;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
            {
		int ix;
                if (x > 0)
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
	        for (ix = 0; ix < 4; ++ix) {
                    if (ix > 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
		    sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y
                            + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + ix]&0xFF);
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
                }
            }
#endif

        }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    /*
     * Now put the copied pixmap into the photo.
     * If either zoom or subsample are not 1, we use the zoom function.
     */

    if (subsample != 1 || zoom != 1) {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr,
                0, 0, cWidth * zoom / subsample, cHeight * zoom / subsample,
                zoom, zoom, subsample, subsample, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET))
                != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    } else {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr, 0, 0,
            cWidth, cHeight, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Clean up anything we have allocated and exit.
     */

done:
    if (blockPtr.pixelPtr)
        ckfree(blockPtr.pixelPtr);
    if (pixmap)
        Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pixmap);
    if (ximagePtr)
        XDestroyImage(ximagePtr);
    if (xgc)
        XFreeGC(displayPtr,xgc);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
    tkOvalType.nextPtr = &tkBitmapType;
    tkBitmapType.nextPtr = &tkArcType;
    tkArcType.nextPtr = &tkWindowType;
    tkWindowType.nextPtr = NULL;
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
}

#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StartTagSearch --
 *
 *	This function is called to initiate an enumeration of all items in a
 *	given canvas that contain a given tag.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a pointer to the first item in canvasPtr that
 *	matches tag, or NULL if there is no such item. The information at
 *	*searchPtr is initialized such that successive calls to NextItem will
 *	return successive items that match tag.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	SearchPtr is linked into a list of searches in progress on canvasPtr,
 *	so that elements can safely be deleted while the search is in
 *	progress. EndTagSearch must be called at the end of the search to
 *	unlink searchPtr from this list.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tk_Item *
StartTagSearch(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
    Tcl_Obj *tagObj,		/* Object giving tag value. */
    TagSearch *searchPtr)	/* Record describing tag search; will be
				 * initialized here. */
{
    int id;
    Tk_Item *itemPtr, *lastPtr;
    Tk_Uid *tagPtr;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    char *tag = Tcl_GetString(tagObj);
    int count;
    TkWindow *tkwin = (TkWindow *) canvasPtr->tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = tkwin->dispPtr;

    /*
     * Initialize the search.
     */

    searchPtr->canvasPtr = canvasPtr;
    searchPtr->searchOver = 0;

    /*
     * Find the first matching item in one of several ways. If the tag is a
     * number then it selects the single item with the matching identifier.
     * In this case see if the item being requested is the hot item, in which
     * case the search can be skipped.
     */

    if (isdigit(UCHAR(*tag))) {
	char *end;
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;

	dispPtr->numIdSearches++;
	id = strtoul(tag, &end, 0);
	if (*end == 0) {
	    itemPtr = canvasPtr->hotPtr;
	    lastPtr = canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr;
	    if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (itemPtr->id != id) || (lastPtr == NULL)
		    || (lastPtr->nextPtr != itemPtr)) {
		dispPtr->numSlowSearches++;
		entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable, (char*) id);
		if (entryPtr != NULL) {
		    itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
		    lastPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
		} else {
		    lastPtr = itemPtr = NULL;
		}
	    }
	    searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
	    searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
	    canvasPtr->hotPtr = itemPtr;
	    canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr = lastPtr;
	    return itemPtr;
	}
    }

    searchPtr->tag = uid = Tk_GetUid(tag);
    if (uid == Tk_GetUid("all")) {
	/*
	 * All items match.
	 */

	searchPtr->tag = NULL;
	searchPtr->lastPtr = NULL;
	searchPtr->currentPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
	return canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
    }

    /*
     * None of the above. Search for an item with a matching tag.
     */

    for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
	    lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
	for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
		count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
	    if (*tagPtr == uid) {
		searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
		searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
		return itemPtr;
	    }
	}
    }
    searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
    searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NextItem --
 *
 *	This function returns successive items that match a given tag; it
 *	should be called only after StartTagSearch has been used to begin a
 *	search.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a pointer to the next item that matches the tag
 *	specified to StartTagSearch, or NULL if no such item exists.
 *	*SearchPtr is updated so that the next call to this function will
 *	return the next item.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tk_Item *
NextItem(
    TagSearch *searchPtr)	/* Record describing search in progress. */
{
    Tk_Item *itemPtr, *lastPtr;
    int count;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    Tk_Uid *tagPtr;

    /*
     * Find next item in list (this may not actually be a suitable one to
     * return), and return if there are no items left.
     */

    lastPtr = searchPtr->lastPtr;
    if (lastPtr == NULL) {
	itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
    } else {
	itemPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
    }
    if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (searchPtr->searchOver)) {
	searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
	return NULL;
    }
    if (itemPtr != searchPtr->currentPtr) {
	/*
	 * The structure of the list has changed. Probably the previously-
	 * returned item was removed from the list. In this case, don't
	 * advance lastPtr; just return its new successor (i.e. do nothing
	 * here).
	 */
    } else {
	lastPtr = itemPtr;
	itemPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Handle special case of "all" search by returning next item.
     */

    uid = searchPtr->tag;
    if (uid == NULL) {
	searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
	searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
	return itemPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Look for an item with a particular tag.
     */

    for ( ; itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
	for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
		count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
	    if (*tagPtr == uid) {
		searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
		searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
		return itemPtr;
	    }
	}
    }
    searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
    searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
    return NULL;
}

#else /* !USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetStaticUids --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to return a structure filled with the Uids
 *	used when doing tag searching. If it was never before called in the







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612










































































































































































































3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
    tkOvalType.nextPtr = &tkBitmapType;
    tkBitmapType.nextPtr = &tkArcType;
    tkArcType.nextPtr = &tkWindowType;
    tkWindowType.nextPtr = NULL;
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
}











































































































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetStaticUids --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to return a structure filled with the Uids
 *	used when doing tag searching. If it was never before called in the
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;

	itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPtr;
	lastPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr;
	if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (itemPtr->id != searchPtr->id)
		|| (lastPtr == NULL) || (lastPtr->nextPtr != itemPtr)) {
	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&searchPtr->canvasPtr->idTable,
		    (char *) INT2PTR(searchPtr->id));
	    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
		itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
		lastPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
	    } else {
		lastPtr = itemPtr = NULL;
	    }
	}







|







4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;

	itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPtr;
	lastPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr;
	if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (itemPtr->id != searchPtr->id)
		|| (lastPtr == NULL) || (lastPtr->nextPtr != itemPtr)) {
	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&searchPtr->canvasPtr->idTable,
		    INT2PTR(searchPtr->id));
	    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
		itemPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
		lastPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
	    } else {
		lastPtr = itemPtr = NULL;
	    }
	}
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
	    return itemPtr;
	}
    }
    searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
    searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
    return NULL;
}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoItem --
 *
 *	This is a utility function called by FindItems. It either adds







<







4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540

4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
	    return itemPtr;
	}
    }
    searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
    searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
    return NULL;
}


/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoItem --
 *
 *	This is a utility function called by FindItems. It either adds
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
    int count;

    /*
     * Handle the "add-to-result" case and return, if appropriate.
     */

    if (tag == NULL) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, accumObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	return;
    }

    for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
	    count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
	if (tag == *tagPtr) {
	    return;







|







4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
    int count;

    /*
     * Handle the "add-to-result" case and return, if appropriate.
     */

    if (tag == NULL) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, accumObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	return;
    }

    for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
	    count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
	if (tag == *tagPtr) {
	    return;
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
    Tcl_Obj *newTag,		/* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
				 * found items; if NULL, then ids of found
				 * items are returned in the interp's
				 * result. */
    int first			/* For error messages: gives number of
				 * elements of objv which are already
				 * handled. */
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    ,TagSearch **searchPtrPtr	/* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars*/
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    )
{
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearch search;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    int index, result;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"above", "all", "below", "closest",
	"enclosed", "overlapping", "withtag", NULL







<

<


<
<
<







4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652

4653

4654
4655



4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
    Tcl_Obj *newTag,		/* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
				 * found items; if NULL, then ids of found
				 * items are returned in the interp's
				 * result. */
    int first			/* For error messages: gives number of
				 * elements of objv which are already
				 * handled. */

    ,TagSearch **searchPtrPtr	/* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars*/

    )
{



    Tk_Item *itemPtr;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    int index, result;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"above", "all", "below", "closest",
	"enclosed", "overlapping", "withtag", NULL
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
 *	The items identified by "tag" are moved so that they are all together
 *	in the display list and immediately after prevPtr. The order of the
 *	moved items relative to each other is not changed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static void
RelinkItems(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas to be modified. */
    Tcl_Obj *tag,		/* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
				 * redisplay list. */
    Tk_Item *prevPtr)		/* Reposition the items so that they go just
				 * after this item (NULL means put at
				 * beginning of list). */
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int
RelinkItems(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas to be modified. */
    Tcl_Obj *tag,		/* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
				 * redisplay list. */
    Tk_Item *prevPtr,		/* Reposition the items so that they go just
				 * after this item (NULL means put at
				 * beginning of list). */
    TagSearch **searchPtrPtr)	/* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
{
    Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearch search;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tk_Item *firstMovePtr, *lastMovePtr;
    int result;

    /*
     * Find all of the items to be moved and remove them from the list, making
     * an auxiliary list running from firstMovePtr to lastMovePtr. Record
     * their areas for redisplay.







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









<


<
<
<







4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971










4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980

4981
4982



4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
 *	The items identified by "tag" are moved so that they are all together
 *	in the display list and immediately after prevPtr. The order of the
 *	moved items relative to each other is not changed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */











static int
RelinkItems(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas to be modified. */
    Tcl_Obj *tag,		/* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
				 * redisplay list. */
    Tk_Item *prevPtr,		/* Reposition the items so that they go just
				 * after this item (NULL means put at
				 * beginning of list). */
    TagSearch **searchPtrPtr)	/* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars */

{
    Tk_Item *itemPtr;



    Tk_Item *firstMovePtr, *lastMovePtr;
    int result;

    /*
     * Find all of the items to be moved and remove them from the list, making
     * an auxiliary list running from firstMovePtr to lastMovePtr. Record
     * their areas for redisplay.
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730

    /*
     * Insert the list of to-be-moved items back into the canvas's at the
     * desired position.
     */

    if (firstMovePtr == NULL) {
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
	return;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
	return TCL_OK;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    }
    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
	if (canvasPtr->firstItemPtr != NULL) {
	    canvasPtr->firstItemPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
	}
	lastMovePtr->nextPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
	canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = firstMovePtr;
    } else {
	if (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	    prevPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
	}
	lastMovePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
	if (firstMovePtr != NULL) {
	    firstMovePtr->prevPtr = prevPtr;
	}
	prevPtr->nextPtr = firstMovePtr;
    }
    if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == prevPtr) {
	canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = lastMovePtr;
    }
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    return TCL_OK;
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CanvasBindProc --
 *







<
<
<

<




















<

<







5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033



5034

5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054

5055

5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062

    /*
     * Insert the list of to-be-moved items back into the canvas's at the
     * desired position.
     */

    if (firstMovePtr == NULL) {



	return TCL_OK;

    }
    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
	if (canvasPtr->firstItemPtr != NULL) {
	    canvasPtr->firstItemPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
	}
	lastMovePtr->nextPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
	canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = firstMovePtr;
    } else {
	if (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	    prevPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
	}
	lastMovePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
	if (firstMovePtr != NULL) {
	    firstMovePtr->prevPtr = prevPtr;
	}
	prevPtr->nextPtr = firstMovePtr;
    }
    if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == prevPtr) {
	canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = lastMovePtr;
    }

    return TCL_OK;

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CanvasBindProc --
 *
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
     * canvasPtr>state. This information is used to defer repicks of the
     * current item while buttons are down.
     */

    switch (eventPtr->type) {
    case ButtonPress:
    case ButtonRelease:
	switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) {
	case Button1:
	    mask = Button1Mask;
	    break;
	case Button2:
	    mask = Button2Mask;
	    break;
	case Button3:
	    mask = Button3Mask;
	    break;
	case Button4:
	    mask = Button4Mask;
	    break;
	case Button5:
	    mask = Button5Mask;
	    break;
	default:
	    mask = 0;
	    break;
	}

	/*
	 * For button press events, repick the current item using the button
	 * state before the event, then process the event. For button release
	 * events, first process the event, then repick the current item using
	 * the button state *after* the event (the button has logically gone
	 * up before we change the current item).







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095



















5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
     * canvasPtr>state. This information is used to defer repicks of the
     * current item while buttons are down.
     */

    switch (eventPtr->type) {
    case ButtonPress:
    case ButtonRelease:
	mask = TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);




















	/*
	 * For button press events, repick the current item using the button
	 * state before the event, then process the event. For button release
	 * events, first process the event, then repick the current item using
	 * the button state *after* the event (the button has logically gone
	 * up before we change the current item).
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas widget in which to select current
				 * item. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event describing location of mouse cursor.
				 * Must be EnterWindow, LeaveWindow,
				 * ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
    double coords[2];
    int buttonDown;
    Tk_Item *prevItemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
#endif

    /*
     * Check whether or not a button is down. If so, we'll log entry and exit
     * into and out of the current item, but not entry into any other item.
     * This implements a form of grabbing equivalent to what the X server does
     * for windows.
     */

    buttonDown = canvasPtr->state
	    & (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask);

    /*
     * Save information about this event in the canvas. The event in the
     * canvas is used for two purposes:
     *
     * 1. Event bindings: if the current item changes, fake events are
     *    generated to allow item-enter and item-leave bindings to trigger.







|

<

<








|
<







5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179

5180

5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189

5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas widget in which to select current
				 * item. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event describing location of mouse cursor.
				 * Must be EnterWindow, LeaveWindow,
				 * ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
    double coords[2];
    unsigned long buttonDown;
    Tk_Item *prevItemPtr;

    SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();


    /*
     * Check whether or not a button is down. If so, we'll log entry and exit
     * into and out of the current item, but not entry into any other item.
     * This implements a form of grabbing equivalent to what the X server does
     * for windows.
     */

    buttonDown = canvasPtr->state & ALL_BUTTONS;


    /*
     * Save information about this event in the canvas. The event in the
     * canvas is used for two purposes:
     *
     * 1. Event bindings: if the current item changes, fake events are
     *    generated to allow item-enter and item-leave bindings to trigger.
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
	/*
	 * The check below is needed because there could be an event handler
	 * for <LeaveNotify> that deletes the current item.
	 */

	if ((itemPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr) && !buttonDown) {
	    for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
		if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == Tk_GetUid("current"))
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
		if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == searchUids->currentUid)
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
		    /* then */ {
		    itemPtr->tagPtr[i] = itemPtr->tagPtr[itemPtr->numTags-1];
		    itemPtr->numTags--;
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}







<
<
<

<







5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301



5302

5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
	/*
	 * The check below is needed because there could be an event handler
	 * for <LeaveNotify> that deletes the current item.
	 */

	if ((itemPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr) && !buttonDown) {
	    for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {



		if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == searchUids->currentUid)

		    /* then */ {
		    itemPtr->tagPtr[i] = itemPtr->tagPtr[itemPtr->numTags-1];
		    itemPtr->numTags--;
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
	    (prevItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT)) {
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr);
	ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr, 0, NULL);
    }
    if (canvasPtr->currentItemPtr != NULL) {
	XEvent event;

#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
	DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, Tk_GetUid("current"));
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
	DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, searchUids->currentUid);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
	if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT
		&& prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) {
	    ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, 0, NULL);
	    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr);
	}
	event = canvasPtr->pickEvent;
	event.type = EnterNotify;







<
<
<

<







5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338



5339

5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
	    (prevItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT)) {
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr);
	ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, prevItemPtr, 0, NULL);
    }
    if (canvasPtr->currentItemPtr != NULL) {
	XEvent event;




	DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, searchUids->currentUid);

	if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT
		&& prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) {
	    ItemConfigure(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, 0, NULL);
	    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr);
	}
	event = canvasPtr->pickEvent;
	event.type = EnterNotify;
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
static void
CanvasDoEvent(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas widget in which event occurred. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Real or simulated X event that is to be
				 * processed. */
{
#define NUM_STATIC 3
    ClientData staticObjects[NUM_STATIC];
    ClientData *objectPtr;
    int numObjects, i;
    Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchExpr *expr;
    int numExprs;
    SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

    if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    itemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr;
    if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) {
	itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
    }
    if (itemPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    /*
     * Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
     * event. The relevant objects are (a) the event's item, (b) the tags
     * associated with the event's item, and (c) the tag "all". If there are a
     * lot of tags then malloc an array to hold all of the objects.
     */

    numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + 2;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    /*
     * Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
     * event. The relevant objects are:
     * (a) the event's item,
     * (b) the tags associated with the event's item,
     * (c) the expressions that are true for the event's item's tags, and
     * (d) the tag "all".







|
|


<



<













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436

5437
5438
5439

5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452










5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
static void
CanvasDoEvent(
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas widget in which event occurred. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Real or simulated X event that is to be
				 * processed. */
{
#define NUM_STATIC 3
    void *staticObjects[NUM_STATIC];
    void **objectPtr;
    int numObjects, i;
    Tk_Item *itemPtr;

    TagSearchExpr *expr;
    int numExprs;
    SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();


    if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    itemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr;
    if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) {
	itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
    }
    if (itemPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }











    /*
     * Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
     * event. The relevant objects are:
     * (a) the event's item,
     * (b) the tags associated with the event's item,
     * (c) the expressions that are true for the event's item's tags, and
     * (d) the tag "all".
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
	if (expr->match) {
	    numExprs++;
	}
	expr = expr->next;
    }

    numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + numExprs + 2;
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    if (numObjects <= NUM_STATIC) {
	objectPtr = staticObjects;
    } else {
	objectPtr = ckalloc(numObjects * sizeof(ClientData));
    }
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid("all");
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) searchUids->allUid;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
	objectPtr[i+1] = (ClientData) itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
    }
    objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags+1] = itemPtr;

#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    /*
     * Copy uids of matching expressions into object array
     */

    i = itemPtr->numTags+2;
    expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
    while (expr) {
    	if (expr->match) {
	    objectPtr[i++] = (int *) expr->uid;
	}
	expr = expr->next;
    }
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */

    /*
     * Invoke the binding system, then free up the object array if it was
     * malloc-ed.
     */

    if (canvasPtr->tkwin != NULL) {







<



|

<
<
<
|
<

|



<












<







5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480

5481
5482
5483
5484
5485



5486

5487
5488
5489
5490
5491

5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503

5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
	if (expr->match) {
	    numExprs++;
	}
	expr = expr->next;
    }

    numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + numExprs + 2;

    if (numObjects <= NUM_STATIC) {
	objectPtr = staticObjects;
    } else {
	objectPtr = ckalloc(numObjects * sizeof(void *));
    }



    objectPtr[0] = (char *)searchUids->allUid;

    for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
	objectPtr[i+1] = (char *)itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
    }
    objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags+1] = itemPtr;


    /*
     * Copy uids of matching expressions into object array
     */

    i = itemPtr->numTags+2;
    expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
    while (expr) {
    	if (expr->match) {
	    objectPtr[i++] = (int *) expr->uid;
	}
	expr = expr->next;
    }


    /*
     * Invoke the binding system, then free up the object array if it was
     * malloc-ed.
     */

    if (canvasPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
	if (canvasPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
	    canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
		    canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr);
	}
    } else {
	canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
	canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
	canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
    }
    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr);
    if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
	canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_BORDERS;
	if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, canvasPtr);
	    canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;







|







5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
	if (canvasPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
	    canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
		    canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr);
	}
    } else {
	canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
	canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
	canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = NULL;
    }
    EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr);
    if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
	canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_BORDERS;
	if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, canvasPtr);
	    canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;

Changes to generic/tkCanvas.h.

143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
				 * of the previous current item. */
    double closeEnough;		/* The mouse is assumed to be inside an item
				 * if it is this close to it. */
    XEvent pickEvent;		/* The event upon which the current choice of
				 * currentItem is based. Must be saved so that
				 * if the currentItem is deleted, can pick
				 * another. */
    int state;			/* Last known modifier state. Used to defer
				 * picking a new current object while buttons
				 * are down. */

    /*
     * Information used for managing scrollbars:
     */








|







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
				 * of the previous current item. */
    double closeEnough;		/* The mouse is assumed to be inside an item
				 * if it is this close to it. */
    XEvent pickEvent;		/* The event upon which the current choice of
				 * currentItem is based. Must be saved so that
				 * if the currentItem is deleted, can pick
				 * another. */
    unsigned int state;		/* Last known modifier state. Used to defer
				 * picking a new current object while buttons
				 * are down. */

    /*
     * Information used for managing scrollbars:
     */

Changes to generic/tkClipboard.c.

418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
int
Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
    const char *path = NULL;
    Atom selection;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = { "append", "clear", "get", NULL };
    enum options { CLIPBOARD_APPEND, CLIPBOARD_CLEAR, CLIPBOARD_GET };
    int index, i;

    if (objc < 2) {







|







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
int
Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *path = NULL;
    Atom selection;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = { "append", "clear", "get", NULL };
    enum options { CLIPBOARD_APPEND, CLIPBOARD_CLEAR, CLIPBOARD_GET };
    int index, i;

    if (objc < 2) {
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452

453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	const char *string;
	static const char *const appendOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
	int subIndex, length;


	for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
	    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	    if (string[0] != '-') {
		break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * If the argument is "--", it signifies the end of arguments.
	     */







|
>


|







445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	const char *string;
	static const char *const appendOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
	int subIndex;
	TkSizeT length;

	for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
	    string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	    if (string[0] != '-') {
		break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * If the argument is "--", it signifies the end of arguments.
	     */
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
ClipboardGetProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
				 * selection. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
				 * used). */
    const char *portion)	/* New information to be appended. */
{
    Tcl_DStringAppend((Tcl_DString *) clientData, portion, -1);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|










705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
ClipboardGetProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
				 * selection. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
				 * used). */
    const char *portion)	/* New information to be appended. */
{
    Tcl_DStringAppend(clientData, portion, -1);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.

742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
	 * Return all the current values
	 */

	objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-height", 7));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->height));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-x", 2));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->x));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-y", 2));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->y));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
    } else if (objc == 3) {
	int value;

	/*
	 * Return the current value of the selected option
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], caretStrings,
		"caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == TK_CARET_X) {
	    value = caretPtr->x;
	} else if (index == TK_CARET_Y) {
	    value = caretPtr->y;
	} else /* if (index == TK_CARET_HEIGHT) -- last case */ {
	    value = caretPtr->height;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
    } else {
	int i, value, x = 0, y = 0, height = -1;

	for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
	    if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], caretStrings,
		    "caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) ||
		    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i+1],&value) != TCL_OK) {







|



|



|



















|







742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
	 * Return all the current values
	 */

	objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-height", 7));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(caretPtr->height));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-x", 2));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(caretPtr->x));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-y", 2));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(caretPtr->y));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
    } else if (objc == 3) {
	int value;

	/*
	 * Return the current value of the selected option
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], caretStrings,
		"caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == TK_CARET_X) {
	    value = caretPtr->x;
	} else if (index == TK_CARET_Y) {
	    value = caretPtr->y;
	} else /* if (index == TK_CARET_HEIGHT) -- last case */ {
	    value = caretPtr->height;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(value));
    } else {
	int i, value, x = 0, y = 0, height = -1;

	for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
	    if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], caretStrings,
		    "caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) ||
		    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i+1],&value) != TCL_OK) {
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    int skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 1, objv + 1, &tkwin);

    if (skip < 0) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc - skip == 1) {
	long inactive;

	inactive = (Tcl_IsSafe(interp) ? -1 :
		Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(inactive));
    } else if (objc - skip == 2) {
	const char *string;

	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-1]);
	if (strcmp(string, "reset") != 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad option \"%s\": must be reset", string));







|



|







938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    int skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 1, objv + 1, &tkwin);

    if (skip < 0) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc - skip == 1) {
	Tcl_WideInt inactive;

	inactive = (Tcl_IsSafe(interp) ? -1 :
		Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(inactive));
    } else if (objc - skip == 2) {
	const char *string;

	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-1]);
	if (strcmp(string, "reset") != 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad option \"%s\": must be reset", string));
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
	}
    }
    winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case WIN_CELLS:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Visual(tkwin)->map_entries));
	break;
    case WIN_CHILDREN: {
	Tcl_Obj *strPtr, *resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	winPtr = winPtr->childList;
	for ( ; winPtr != NULL; winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) {
	    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW)) {







|







1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
	}
    }
    winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case WIN_CELLS:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_Visual(tkwin)->map_entries));
	break;
    case WIN_CHILDREN: {
	Tcl_Obj *strPtr, *resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	winPtr = winPtr->childList;
	for ( ; winPtr != NULL; winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) {
	    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW)) {
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_Class(tkwin), -1));
	break;
    case WIN_COLORMAPFULL:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,Tk_Colormap(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_DEPTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Depth(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_GEOMETRY:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d+%d+%d",
		Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_HEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Height(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_ID: {
	char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
	TkpPrintWindowId(buf, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));







|






|







1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_Class(tkwin), -1));
	break;
    case WIN_COLORMAPFULL:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,Tk_Colormap(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_DEPTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_Depth(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_GEOMETRY:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d+%d+%d",
		Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_HEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_Height(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_ID: {
	char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
	TkpPrintWindowId(buf, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
	    y = -1;
	} else {
	    TkGetPointerCoords((Tk_Window) winPtr, &x, &y);
	}
	if (useX & useY) {
	    Tcl_Obj *xyObj[2];

	    xyObj[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
	    xyObj[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, xyObj));
	} else if (useX) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
	}
	break;
    case WIN_REQHEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_REQWIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_ROOTX:
	Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
	break;
    case WIN_ROOTY:
	Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREEN:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%s.%d",
		Tk_DisplayName(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENCELLS:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(CellsOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENDEPTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(DefaultDepthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENHEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENWIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENMMHEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(HeightMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENMMWIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewIntObj(WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENVISUAL:
	class = DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))->class;
	goto visual;
    case WIN_SERVER:
	TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin);
	break;







|
|


|

|



|


|



|



|







|



|



|



|



|



|







1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
	    y = -1;
	} else {
	    TkGetPointerCoords((Tk_Window) winPtr, &x, &y);
	}
	if (useX & useY) {
	    Tcl_Obj *xyObj[2];

	    xyObj[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x);
	    xyObj[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, xyObj));
	} else if (useX) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y));
	}
	break;
    case WIN_REQHEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_REQWIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_ROOTX:
	Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
	break;
    case WIN_ROOTY:
	Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREEN:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%s.%d",
		Tk_DisplayName(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENCELLS:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(CellsOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENDEPTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(DefaultDepthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENHEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENWIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENMMHEIGHT:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(HeightMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENMMWIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_SCREENVISUAL:
	class = DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))->class;
	goto visual;
    case WIN_SERVER:
	TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin);
	break;
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
	break;
    case WIN_VISUALID:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", (unsigned)
		XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTHEIGHT:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTWIDTH:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTX:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTY:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
	break;
    case WIN_WIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Width(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_X:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_X(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_Y:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tk_Y(tkwin)));
	break;

	/*
	 * Uses -displayof.
	 */

    case WIN_ATOM:
	skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
	if (skip < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc - skip != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? name");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objv += skip;
	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewLongObj((long) Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, string)));
	break;
    case WIN_ATOMNAME: {
	const char *name;
	long id;

	skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
	if (skip < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc - skip != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? id");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objv += skip;
	if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &id) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	name = Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, (Atom) id);
	if (strcmp(name, "?bad atom?") == 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "no atom exists with id \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "ATOM",







|



|



|



|


|


|


|


















|



|










|







1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
	break;
    case WIN_VISUALID:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", (unsigned)
		XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin))));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTHEIGHT:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTWIDTH:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTX:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
	break;
    case WIN_VROOTY:
	Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y));
	break;
    case WIN_WIDTH:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_Width(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_X:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_X(tkwin)));
	break;
    case WIN_Y:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_Y(tkwin)));
	break;

	/*
	 * Uses -displayof.
	 */

    case WIN_ATOM:
	skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
	if (skip < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc - skip != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? name");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objv += skip;
	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, string)));
	break;
    case WIN_ATOMNAME: {
	const char *name;
	Tcl_WideInt id;

	skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
	if (skip < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc - skip != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? id");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objv += skip;
	if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &id) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	name = Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, (Atom) id);
	if (strcmp(name, "?bad atom?") == 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "no atom exists with id \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "ATOM",
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, string, &pixels) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pixels));
	break;
    }
    case WIN_RGB: {
	XColor *colorPtr;

	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window colorName");







|







1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, string, &pixels) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pixels));
	break;
    }
    case WIN_RGB: {
	XColor *colorPtr;

	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window colorName");
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
	TKWM_GROUP,	TKWM_ICONBMP,	TKWM_ICONIFY,	TKWM_ICONMASK,
	TKWM_ICONNAME,	TKWM_ICONPOS,	TKWM_ICONWIN,	TKWM_MAXSIZE,
	TKWM_MINSIZE,	TKWM_OVERRIDE,	TKWM_POSFROM,	TKWM_PROTOCOL,
	TKWM_RESIZABLE,	TKWM_SIZEFROM,	TKWM_STATE,	TKWM_TITLE,
	TKWM_TRACING,	TKWM_TRANSIENT,	TKWM_WITHDRAW
    };

    tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
	    &index) != TCL_OK) {







|







1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
	TKWM_GROUP,	TKWM_ICONBMP,	TKWM_ICONIFY,	TKWM_ICONMASK,
	TKWM_ICONNAME,	TKWM_ICONPOS,	TKWM_ICONWIN,	TKWM_MAXSIZE,
	TKWM_MINSIZE,	TKWM_OVERRIDE,	TKWM_POSFROM,	TKWM_PROTOCOL,
	TKWM_RESIZABLE,	TKWM_SIZEFROM,	TKWM_STATE,	TKWM_TITLE,
	TKWM_TRACING,	TKWM_TRANSIENT,	TKWM_WITHDRAW
    };

    tkwin = clientData;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;
    int length;

    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
    if ((length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);







|




|

|







2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;
    TkSizeT length;

    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
    if ((length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);

Changes to generic/tkColor.c.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
    Display *display;		/* Display for colormap. */
} ValueKey;

/*
 * The structure below is used to allocate thread-local data.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    char rgbString[20];		/* */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
 */







|







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
    Display *display;		/* Display for colormap. */
} ValueKey;

/*
 * The structure below is used to allocate thread-local data.
 */

typedef struct {
    char rgbString[20];		/* */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
 */
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
     * Tk_GetColor.
     */

    if (tkColPtr->magic != COLOR_MAGIC) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeColor called with bogus color");
    }

    tkColPtr->resourceRefCount--;
    if (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * This color is no longer being actively used, so free the color
     * resources associated with it and remove it from the hash table. No
     * longer any objects referencing it.







<
|







476
477
478
479
480
481
482

483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
     * Tk_GetColor.
     */

    if (tkColPtr->magic != COLOR_MAGIC) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeColor called with bogus color");
    }


    if (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * This color is no longer being actively used, so free the color
     * resources associated with it and remove it from the hash table. No
     * longer any objects referencing it.
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
static void
FreeColorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkColor *tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
	tkColPtr->objRefCount--;
	if ((tkColPtr->objRefCount == 0)
		&& (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(tkColPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}








<
|







582
583
584
585
586
587
588

589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
static void
FreeColorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkColor *tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (tkColPtr != NULL) {

	if ((tkColPtr->objRefCount-- <= 1)
		&& (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(tkColPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}

816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
	if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

#ifndef _WIN32







|

|







814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
	if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tkColPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tkColPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

#ifndef _WIN32

Changes to generic/tkColor.h.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
				 * color and all other fields defaulted. May
				 * be NULL. */
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
				 * delete it, and to find its display. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap from which this entry was
				 * allocated. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual associated with colormap. */
    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocColorFromObj or Tk_GetColor). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkColor
				 * structure is no longer valid and it isn't
				 * present in a hash table: it is being kept
				 * around only because there are objects
				 * referring to it. The structure is freed
				 * when resourceRefCount and objRefCount are
				 * both 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    int type;			/* TK_COLOR_BY_NAME or TK_COLOR_BY_VALUE. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Pointer to hash table entry for this
				 * structure. (for use in deleting entry). */
    struct TkColor *nextPtr;	/* Points to the next TkColor structure with
				 * the same color name. Colors with the same
				 * name but different screens or colormaps are







|









|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
				 * color and all other fields defaulted. May
				 * be NULL. */
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
				 * delete it, and to find its display. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap from which this entry was
				 * allocated. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual associated with colormap. */
    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocColorFromObj or Tk_GetColor). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkColor
				 * structure is no longer valid and it isn't
				 * present in a hash table: it is being kept
				 * around only because there are objects
				 * referring to it. The structure is freed
				 * when resourceRefCount and objRefCount are
				 * both 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    int type;			/* TK_COLOR_BY_NAME or TK_COLOR_BY_VALUE. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Pointer to hash table entry for this
				 * structure. (for use in deleting entry). */
    struct TkColor *nextPtr;	/* Points to the next TkColor structure with
				 * the same color name. Colors with the same
				 * name but different screens or colormaps are

Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
#include "tkFont.h"

/*
 * The following definition keeps track of all of
 * the option tables that have been created for a thread.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
    Tcl_HashTable hashTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;


/*







|







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
#include "tkFont.h"

/*
 * The following definition keeps track of all of
 * the option tables that have been created for a thread.
 */

typedef struct {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
    Tcl_HashTable hashTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;


/*
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    int refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    int numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoObjConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOption *savePtr);
static void		FreeResources(Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    char *internalPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetConfigList(char *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetObjectForOption(char *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Option *		GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static Option *		GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		FreeOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		DupOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *, Tcl_Obj *);







|











|











|



|
|

|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    size_t refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    size_t numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoObjConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOption *savePtr);
static void		FreeResources(Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    void *internalPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetConfigList(void *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetObjectForOption(void *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Option *		GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static Option *		GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		FreeOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		DupOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *, Tcl_Obj *);
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).







|







173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
		 * Get the custom parsing, etc., functions.
		 */

		optionPtr->extra.custom = specPtr->clientData;
	    }
	}
	if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING)
		&& (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0))
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_FONT)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BITMAP)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CURSOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CUSTOM)) {
	    optionPtr->flags |= OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING;







|







275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
		 * Get the custom parsing, etc., functions.
		 */

		optionPtr->extra.custom = specPtr->clientData;
	    }
	}
	if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING)
		&& (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH))
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_FONT)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BITMAP)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CURSOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CUSTOM)) {
	    optionPtr->flags |= OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING;
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    tablePtr->refCount--;
    if (tablePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }








|

<
|







326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;


    if (tablePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }

378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_InitOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
				 * don't leave an error message. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to the record to configure. Note:
				 * the caller should have properly initialized
				 * the record with NULL pointers for each
				 * option value. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* The token which matches the config specs
				 * for the widget in question. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Certain options types (such as
				 * TK_OPTION_COLOR) need fields out of the







|







377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_InitOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
				 * don't leave an error message. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to the record to configure. Note:
				 * the caller should have properly initialized
				 * the record with NULL pointers for each
				 * option value. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* The token which matches the config specs
				 * for the widget in question. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Certain options types (such as
				 * TK_OPTION_COLOR) need fields out of the
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
 */

static int
DoObjConfig(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no message is left if an error
				 * occurs. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The record to modify to hold the new option
				 * value. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information about the option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,		/* New value for option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which option will be used (needed
				 * to allocate resources for some options).
				 * May be NULL if the option doesn't require
				 * window-related resources. */
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr)
				/* If NULL, the old value for the option will
				 * be freed. If non-NULL, the old value will
				 * be stored here, and it becomes the property
				 * of the caller (the caller must eventually
				 * free the old value). */
{
    Tcl_Obj **slotPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *internalPtr;		/* Points to location in record where internal
				 * representation of value should be stored,
				 * or NULL. */
    char *oldInternalPtr;	/* Points to location in which to save old
				 * internal representation of value. */
    Tk_SavedOption internal;	/* Used to save the old internal
				 * representation of the value if
				 * savedOptionPtr is NULL. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
    int nullOK;

    /*
     * Save the old object form for the value, if there is one.
     */

    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
    if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	slotPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
	oldPtr = *slotPtrPtr;
    } else {
	slotPtrPtr = NULL;
	oldPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Apply the new value in a type-specific way. Also remember the old
     * object and internal forms, if they exist.
     */

    if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }
    if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) {
	savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr;
	savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr;
	oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm;







|















|


|












|
|











|
|







548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
 */

static int
DoObjConfig(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no message is left if an error
				 * occurs. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The record to modify to hold the new option
				 * value. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information about the option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,		/* New value for option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which option will be used (needed
				 * to allocate resources for some options).
				 * May be NULL if the option doesn't require
				 * window-related resources. */
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr)
				/* If NULL, the old value for the option will
				 * be freed. If non-NULL, the old value will
				 * be stored here, and it becomes the property
				 * of the caller (the caller must eventually
				 * free the old value). */
{
    Tcl_Obj **slotPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    void *internalPtr;		/* Points to location in record where internal
				 * representation of value should be stored,
				 * or NULL. */
    void *oldInternalPtr;	/* Points to location in which to save old
				 * internal representation of value. */
    Tk_SavedOption internal;	/* Used to save the old internal
				 * representation of the value if
				 * savedOptionPtr is NULL. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
    int nullOK;

    /*
     * Save the old object form for the value, if there is one.
     */

    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
    if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	slotPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
	oldPtr = *slotPtrPtr;
    } else {
	slotPtrPtr = NULL;
	oldPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Apply the new value in a type-specific way. Also remember the old
     * object and internal forms, if they exist.
     */

    if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }
    if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) {
	savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr;
	savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr;
	oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm;
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
	    *((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
	}
	break;
    }
    case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
	char *newStr;
	const char *value;
	int length;

	if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
	    valuePtr = NULL;
	}
	if (internalPtr != NULL) {
	    if (valuePtr != NULL) {
		value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
		newStr = ckalloc(length + 1);
		strcpy(newStr, value);
	    } else {
		newStr = NULL;
	    }
	    *((char **) oldInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
	    *((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;







|






|







652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
	    *((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
	}
	break;
    }
    case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
	char *newStr;
	const char *value;
	TkSizeT length;

	if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
	    valuePtr = NULL;
	}
	if (internalPtr != NULL) {
	    if (valuePtr != NULL) {
		value = TkGetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
		newStr = ckalloc(length + 1);
		strcpy(newStr, value);
	    } else {
		newStr = NULL;
	    }
	    *((char **) oldInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
	    *((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    int count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this







|







970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_SetOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is returned.*/
    char *recordPtr,	    	/* The record to configure. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes valid options. */
    int objc,			/* The number of elements in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window associated with the thing being
				 * configured; needed for some options (such
				 * as colors). */
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr,	/* If non-NULL, the old values of modified







|







1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_SetOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is returned.*/
    void *recordPtr,	    	/* The record to configure. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes valid options. */
    int objc,			/* The number of elements in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window associated with the thing being
				 * configured; needed for some options (such
				 * as colors). */
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr,	/* If non-NULL, the old values of modified
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
 */

void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Holds saved option information; must have
				 * been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int i;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *newPtr;		/* New object value of option, which we
				 * replace with old value and free. Taken from
				 * record. */
    char *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    /*
     * Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set.
     * This is important because it's possible that the same option name was
     * used twice in a single call to Tk_SetOptions.
     */

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
	savePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
    }
    for (i = savePtr->numItems - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
	optionPtr = savePtr->items[i].optionPtr;
	specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;

	/*
	 * First free the new value of the option, which is currently in the
	 * record.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	    newPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset));
	} else {
	    newPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
	    internalPtr = savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	} else {
	    internalPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
	    FreeResources(optionPtr, newPtr, internalPtr, savePtr->tkwin);
	}
	if (newPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(newPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Now restore the old value of the option.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	    *((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset))
		    = savePtr->items[i].valuePtr;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
	    register char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;

	    CLANG_ASSERT(internalPtr);
	    switch (specPtr->type) {
	    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
		*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
		break;







|




|














|








|
|



|
|














|
|


|







1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
 */

void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Holds saved option information; must have
				 * been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    size_t i;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *newPtr;		/* New object value of option, which we
				 * replace with old value and free. Taken from
				 * record. */
    void *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    /*
     * Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set.
     * This is important because it's possible that the same option name was
     * used twice in a single call to Tk_SetOptions.
     */

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
	savePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
    }
    for (i = savePtr->numItems - 1; i != (size_t)-1; i--) {
	optionPtr = savePtr->items[i].optionPtr;
	specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;

	/*
	 * First free the new value of the option, which is currently in the
	 * record.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    newPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset));
	} else {
	    newPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    internalPtr = (char *)savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	} else {
	    internalPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
	    FreeResources(optionPtr, newPtr, internalPtr, savePtr->tkwin);
	}
	if (newPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(newPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Now restore the old value of the option.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset))
		    = savePtr->items[i].valuePtr;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    register char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;

	    CLANG_ASSERT(internalPtr);
	    switch (specPtr->type) {
	    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
		*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
		break;
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
 */

void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Contains options saved in a previous call
				 * to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int count;
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr;

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
    }
    for (count = savePtr->numItems,







|







1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
 */

void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Contains options saved in a previous call
				 * to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    size_t count;
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr;

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
    }
    for (count = savePtr->numItems,
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
void
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
    char *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
		count > 0; optionPtr++, count--) {
	    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
	    if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
		continue;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
		oldPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
		oldPtr = *oldPtrPtr;
		*oldPtrPtr = NULL;
	    } else {
		oldPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
		oldInternalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	    } else {
		oldInternalPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
		FreeResources(optionPtr, oldPtr, oldInternalPtr, tkwin);
	    }
	    if (oldPtr != NULL) {







|







|

|










|
|





|
|







1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
void
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
    void *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    void *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
		count > 0; optionPtr++, count--) {
	    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
	    if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
		continue;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
		oldPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
		oldPtr = *oldPtrPtr;
		*oldPtrPtr = NULL;
	    } else {
		oldPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
		oldInternalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	    } else {
		oldInternalPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
		FreeResources(optionPtr, oldPtr, oldInternalPtr, tkwin);
	    }
	    if (oldPtr != NULL) {
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
 */

static void
FreeResources(
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Description of the configuration option. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* The current value of the option, specified
				 * as an object. */
    char *internalPtr,		/* A pointer to an internal representation for
				 * the option's value, such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Only valid if
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The window in which this option is used. */
{
    int internalFormExists;

    /*
     * If there exists an internal form for the value, use it to free
     * resources (also zero out the internal form). If there is no internal
     * form, then use the object form.
     */

    internalFormExists = optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_STRING:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((char **) internalPtr) != NULL) {
		ckfree(*((char **) internalPtr));
		*((char **) internalPtr) = NULL;
	    }







|


|










|







1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
 */

static void
FreeResources(
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Description of the configuration option. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* The current value of the option, specified
				 * as an object. */
    void *internalPtr,		/* A pointer to an internal representation for
				 * the option's value, such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Only valid if
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset != -1. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The window in which this option is used. */
{
    int internalFormExists;

    /*
     * If there exists an internal form for the value, use it to free
     * resources (also zero out the internal form). If there is no internal
     * form, then use the object form.
     */

    internalFormExists = optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_STRING:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((char **) internalPtr) != NULL) {
		ckfree(*((char **) internalPtr));
		*((char **) internalPtr) = NULL;
	    }
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;
	} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;







<
<







1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641


1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;


	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is created. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes all the legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* If non-NULL, the string value selects a
				 * single option whose info is to be returned.
				 * Otherwise info is returned for all options
				 * in optionTable. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {







|













|







1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is created. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes all the legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* If non-NULL, the string value selects a
				 * single option whose info is to be returned.
				 * Otherwise info is returned for all options
				 * in optionTable. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
 *	Memory is allocated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetConfigList(
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing a
				 * particular option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *elementPtr;








|







1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
 *	Memory is allocated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetConfigList(
    void *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing a
				 * particular option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *elementPtr;

1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
	} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
	    elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
	} else {
	    elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);

	if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	    elementPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr
		    + optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	    if (elementPtr == NULL) {
		elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    }
	} else {
	    elementPtr = GetObjectForOption(recordPtr, optionPtr, tkwin);
	}







|
|







1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
	} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
	    elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
	} else {
	    elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);

	if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    elementPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr
		    + optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	    if (elementPtr == NULL) {
		elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    }
	} else {
	    elementPtr = GetObjectForOption(recordPtr, optionPtr, tkwin);
	}
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetObjectForOption(
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing an option
				 * whose internal value is stored in
				 * *recordPtr. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    char *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */

    internalPtr = recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
    objPtr = NULL;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_INT:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*((double *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STRING:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(*((char **) internalPtr), -1);
	break;







|







|


|



|


|







1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetObjectForOption(
    void *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing an option
				 * whose internal value is stored in
				 * *recordPtr. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    void *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */

    internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
    objPtr = NULL;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_INT:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*((double *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STRING:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(*((char **) internalPtr), -1);
	break;
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
		*((Tk_Justify *) internalPtr)), -1);
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_ANCHOR:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(
		*((Tk_Anchor *) internalPtr)), -1);
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_PIXELS:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_WINDOW: {
	Tk_Window tkwin = *((Tk_Window *) internalPtr);

	if (tkwin != NULL) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1);
	}







|







1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
		*((Tk_Justify *) internalPtr)), -1);
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_ANCHOR:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(
		*((Tk_Anchor *) internalPtr)), -1);
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_PIXELS:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_WINDOW: {
	Tk_Window tkwin = *((Tk_Window *) internalPtr);

	if (tkwin != NULL) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1);
	}
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
				 * then no messages are provided for
				 * errors. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* Gives the command-line name for the option
				 * whose value is to be returned. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

    optionPtr = GetOptionFromObj(interp, namePtr, tablePtr);
    if (optionPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
	optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	resultPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr+optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * This option has a null value and is represented by a null
	     * object pointer. We can't return the null pointer, since that
	     * would indicate an error. Instead, return a new empty object.
	     */








|

















|
|







1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
				 * then no messages are provided for
				 * errors. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* Gives the command-line name for the option
				 * whose value is to be returned. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

    optionPtr = GetOptionFromObj(interp, namePtr, tablePtr);
    if (optionPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
	optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	resultPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr+optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * This option has a null value and is represented by a null
	     * object pointer. We can't return the null pointer, since that
	     * would indicate an error. Instead, return a new empty object.
	     */

2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;







|

|







2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;

Changes to generic/tkConsole.c.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    int refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.







|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    size_t refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.







|







219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;








|







452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;

592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }







|







592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|












949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkCursor.c.

424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
    printid:
	sprintf(dispPtr->cursorString, "cursor id %p", cursor);
	return dispPtr->cursorString;
    }
    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, (char *) cursor);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	goto printid;
    }
    cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    if (cursorPtr->otherTable != &dispPtr->cursorNameTable) {
	goto printid;
    }







|







424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
    printid:
	sprintf(dispPtr->cursorString, "cursor id %p", cursor);
	return dispPtr->cursorString;
    }
    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, cursor);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	goto printid;
    }
    cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    if (cursorPtr->otherTable != &dispPtr->cursorNameTable) {
	goto printid;
    }
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474

static void
FreeCursor(
    TkCursor *cursorPtr)	/* Cursor to be released. */
{
    TkCursor *prevPtr;

    cursorPtr->resourceRefCount--;
    if (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->idHashPtr);
    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == cursorPtr) {
	if (cursorPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {







<
|







459
460
461
462
463
464
465

466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473

static void
FreeCursor(
    TkCursor *cursorPtr)	/* Cursor to be released. */
{
    TkCursor *prevPtr;


    if (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->idHashPtr);
    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == cursorPtr) {
	if (cursorPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor called before Tk_GetCursor");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, (char *) cursor);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor received unknown cursor argument");
    }
    FreeCursor(Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}

/*







|







513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

    if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor called before Tk_GetCursor");
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, cursor);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor received unknown cursor argument");
    }
    FreeCursor(Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}

/*
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
static void
FreeCursorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkCursor *cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
	cursorPtr->objRefCount--;
	if ((cursorPtr->objRefCount == 0)
		&& (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(cursorPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}








<
|







585
586
587
588
589
590
591

592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
static void
FreeCursorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkCursor *cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (cursorPtr != NULL) {

	if ((cursorPtr->objRefCount-- <= 1)
		&& (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(cursorPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}

860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
	cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (cursorPtr != NULL); cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|

|













858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
	cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (cursorPtr != NULL); cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(cursorPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(cursorPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkDList.h.

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
 * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * IMPORTANT NOTE: TK_DLIST_LINKS must be used at start of struct!
 */

#ifndef TK_DLIST_DEFINED
#define TK_DLIST_DEFINED

#include <stddef.h>
#include <assert.h>

/*
 * List definitions.
 */

#define TK_DLIST_LINKS(ElemType)						\
struct {									\







|
<







38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
 * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * IMPORTANT NOTE: TK_DLIST_LINKS must be used at start of struct!
 */

#ifndef TK_DLIST_DEFINED
#define TK_DLIST_DEFINED

#include "tkInt.h"


/*
 * List definitions.
 */

#define TK_DLIST_LINKS(ElemType)						\
struct {									\

Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19








20
21
22
23
24
25
26
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif









/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif

#if !defined(BUILD_tk)
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN TCL_DEPRECATED_API(msg)
#elif defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED)
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) MODULE_SCOPE
#else
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN
#endif

/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
/* 17 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc);
/* 18 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 19 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 20 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas);
/* 21 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x,
				double y, short *screenXPtr,







|







99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
/* 17 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc);
/* 18 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 19 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 20 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas);
/* 21 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x,
				double y, short *screenXPtr,
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				char *widgRec, const char *argvName,
				int flags);
/* 29 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec,
				int flags);
/* 30 */
EXTERN void		Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
				unsigned int valueMask,
				XWindowChanges *valuePtr);
/* 31 */
EXTERN Tk_TextLayout	Tk_ComputeTextLayout(Tk_Font font, const char *str,







|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				char *widgRec, const char *argvName,
				int flags);
/* 29 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				int argc, const char **argv, char *widgRec,
				int flags);
/* 30 */
EXTERN void		Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
				unsigned int valueMask,
				XWindowChanges *valuePtr);
/* 31 */
EXTERN Tk_TextLayout	Tk_ComputeTextLayout(Tk_Font font, const char *str,
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
/* 53 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Atom target);
/* 54 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 55 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 56 */
EXTERN int		Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x,
				int y);
/* 57 */
EXTERN void		Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable,
				Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr,
				int numPoints, int borderWidth,







|







219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
/* 53 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Atom target);
/* 54 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 55 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 56 */
EXTERN int		Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x,
				int y);
/* 57 */
EXTERN void		Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable,
				Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr,
				int numPoints, int borderWidth,
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */

EXTERN void		Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_Uid colorName);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetAllBindings(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr);
/* 83 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom);
/* 84 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object, const char *eventStr);
/* 85 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str);
/* 86 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp,







>
|
















|

|







285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function does nothing, call can be removed")
void			Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_Uid colorName);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetAllBindings(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr);
/* 83 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom);
/* 84 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object, const char *eventStr);
/* 85 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str);
/* 86 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
EXTERN Tk_Image		Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *name,
				Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 98 */
EXTERN ClientData	Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name,
				CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr);
/* 99 */
EXTERN Tk_ItemType *	Tk_GetItemTypes(void);
/* 100 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				int *joinPtr);
/* 101 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustify(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,







|







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
EXTERN Tk_Image		Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *name,
				Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 98 */
EXTERN ClientData	Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name,
				const Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr);
/* 99 */
EXTERN Tk_ItemType *	Tk_GetItemTypes(void);
/* 100 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				int *joinPtr);
/* 101 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustify(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
EXTERN int		Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				int *reliefPtr);
/* 107 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr,
				int *yPtr);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
				CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str, double *doublePtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Atom selection, Atom target,







|







381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
EXTERN int		Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				int *reliefPtr);
/* 107 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr,
				int *yPtr);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
				const char **argv, double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str, double *doublePtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Atom selection, Atom target,
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473

474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493
494

495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 128 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 129 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 130 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border);
/* 131 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor);
/* 132 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap);
/* 133 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap);
/* 134 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr);
/* 135 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display,
				Tk_Cursor cursor);
/* 136 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font);
/* 137 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster);
/* 138 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join);
/* 139 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify);
/* 140 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief);
/* 141 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 142 */
EXTERN void		Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
/* 143 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
				const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags);
/* 144 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 145 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY);
/* 146 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
/* 147 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
/* 148 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 149 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr,
				int *heightPtr);
/* 150 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 151 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y);
/* 152 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 153 */







|

|

|

|

|

|
<

|

|

|

|

|








|


>
|



>
|










>
|





>
|







443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 128 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 129 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 130 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border);
/* 131 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor);
/* 132 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap);
/* 133 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap);
/* 134 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr);
/* 135 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor);

/* 136 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font);
/* 137 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster);
/* 138 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join);
/* 139 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify);
/* 140 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief);
/* 141 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 142 */
EXTERN void		Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
/* 143 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				int *argcPtr, const char **argv,
				const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags);
/* 144 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 145 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY);
/* 146 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
/* 147 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
/* 148 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 149 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr,
				int *heightPtr);
/* 150 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 151 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y);
/* 152 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 153 */
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 193 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 194 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 195 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 196 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 197 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 198 */







|







628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 193 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 194 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 195 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 196 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 197 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 198 */
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
/* 201 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 202 */
EXTERN XColor *		Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 203 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor	Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 204 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 205 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
				Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 206 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr);
/* 207 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetMMFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
/* 208 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 209 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetReliefFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr);
/* 210 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 211 */
EXTERN int		Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 212 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
				Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
				Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 213 */
EXTERN void		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 214 */
EXTERN int		Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr);
/* 215 */
EXTERN void		Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 216 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp);







|




|



















|








|







650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
/* 201 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 202 */
EXTERN XColor *		Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 203 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor	Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 204 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 205 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
				Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 206 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr);
/* 207 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetMMFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
/* 208 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 209 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetReliefFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr);
/* 210 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 211 */
EXTERN int		Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 212 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
				Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
				Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 213 */
EXTERN void		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 214 */
EXTERN int		Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr);
/* 215 */
EXTERN void		Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 216 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp);
772
773
774
775
776
777
778

779
780
781
782

783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
/* 244 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
				int minWidth, int minHeight);
/* 245 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int height);
/* 246 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int compRule);
/* 247 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display,
				int collapse);
/* 249 */







>
|



>
|







784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
/* 244 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
				int minWidth, int minHeight);
/* 245 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int height);
/* 246 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int compRule);
/* 247 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display,
				int collapse);
/* 249 */
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
/* 259 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 260 */
EXTERN Tk_StyledElement	 Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
/* 261 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
				int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 262 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
				int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
				int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 263 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 264 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int state);
/* 265 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height);
/* 266 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoPutBlock(Tcl_Interp *interp,







|




|





|



|







828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
/* 259 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 260 */
EXTERN Tk_StyledElement	 Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
/* 261 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
				int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 262 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
				int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
				int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 263 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 264 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int state);
/* 265 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height);
/* 266 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoPutBlock(Tcl_Interp *interp,
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
    int (*tk_CanvasPsColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr); /* 12 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Font font); /* 13 */
    void (*tk_CanvasPsPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 14 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap); /* 15 */
    double (*tk_CanvasPsY) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double y); /* 16 */
    void (*tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 17 */
    int (*tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 18 */
    CONST86 char * (*tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 19 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CanvasTkwin) (Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 20 */
    void (*tk_CanvasWindowCoords) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *screenXPtr, short *screenYPtr); /* 21 */
    void (*tk_ChangeWindowAttributes) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr); /* 22 */
    int (*tk_CharBbox) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int index, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 23 */
    void (*tk_ClearSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection); /* 24 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardAppend) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom target, Atom format, const char *buffer); /* 25 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardClear) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 26 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 27 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 28 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureWidget) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec, int flags); /* 29 */
    void (*tk_ConfigureWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr); /* 30 */
    Tk_TextLayout (*tk_ComputeTextLayout) (Tk_Font font, const char *str, int numChars, int wrapLength, Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 31 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CoordsToWindow) (int rootX, int rootY, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 32 */
    unsigned long (*tk_CreateBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr, const char *script, int append); /* 33 */
    Tk_BindingTable (*tk_CreateBindingTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 34 */
    Tk_ErrorHandler (*tk_CreateErrorHandler) (Display *display, int errNum, int request, int minorCode, Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, ClientData clientData); /* 35 */
    void (*tk_CreateEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 36 */







|









|







905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
    int (*tk_CanvasPsColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr); /* 12 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Font font); /* 13 */
    void (*tk_CanvasPsPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 14 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap); /* 15 */
    double (*tk_CanvasPsY) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double y); /* 16 */
    void (*tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 17 */
    int (*tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 18 */
    const char * (*tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 19 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CanvasTkwin) (Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 20 */
    void (*tk_CanvasWindowCoords) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *screenXPtr, short *screenYPtr); /* 21 */
    void (*tk_ChangeWindowAttributes) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr); /* 22 */
    int (*tk_CharBbox) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int index, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 23 */
    void (*tk_ClearSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection); /* 24 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardAppend) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom target, Atom format, const char *buffer); /* 25 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardClear) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 26 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 27 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 28 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureWidget) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, int argc, const char **argv, char *widgRec, int flags); /* 29 */
    void (*tk_ConfigureWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr); /* 30 */
    Tk_TextLayout (*tk_ComputeTextLayout) (Tk_Font font, const char *str, int numChars, int wrapLength, Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 31 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CoordsToWindow) (int rootX, int rootY, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 32 */
    unsigned long (*tk_CreateBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr, const char *script, int append); /* 33 */
    Tk_BindingTable (*tk_CreateBindingTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 34 */
    Tk_ErrorHandler (*tk_CreateErrorHandler) (Display *display, int errNum, int request, int minorCode, Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, ClientData clientData); /* 35 */
    void (*tk_CreateEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 36 */
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
    void (*tk_DeleteBindingTable) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 48 */
    void (*tk_DeleteErrorHandler) (Tk_ErrorHandler handler); /* 49 */
    void (*tk_DeleteEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 50 */
    void (*tk_DeleteGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 51 */
    void (*tk_DeleteImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 52 */
    void (*tk_DeleteSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 53 */
    void (*tk_DestroyWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 54 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_DisplayName) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */
    int (*tk_DistanceToTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 56 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 57 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DRectangle) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 58 */
    void (*tk_DrawChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); /* 59 */
    void (*tk_DrawFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable); /* 60 */
    void (*tk_DrawTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 61 */
    void (*tk_Fill3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 62 */







|







941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
    void (*tk_DeleteBindingTable) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 48 */
    void (*tk_DeleteErrorHandler) (Tk_ErrorHandler handler); /* 49 */
    void (*tk_DeleteEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 50 */
    void (*tk_DeleteGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 51 */
    void (*tk_DeleteImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 52 */
    void (*tk_DeleteSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 53 */
    void (*tk_DestroyWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 54 */
    const char * (*tk_DisplayName) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */
    int (*tk_DistanceToTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 56 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 57 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DRectangle) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 58 */
    void (*tk_DrawChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); /* 59 */
    void (*tk_DrawFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable); /* 60 */
    void (*tk_DrawTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 61 */
    void (*tk_Fill3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 62 */
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
    void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
    void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
    void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
    void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
    void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
    void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
    void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
    void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
    GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
    void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
    void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 84 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 85 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const void *source, int width, int height); /* 86 */
    int (*tk_GetCapStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *capPtr); /* 87 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); /* 88 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorByValue) (Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); /* 89 */
    Colormap (*tk_GetColormap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 90 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid str); /* 91 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *source, const char *mask, int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot, Tk_Uid fg, Tk_Uid bg); /* 92 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 93 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 94 */
    void (*tk_GetFontMetrics) (Tk_Font font, Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr); /* 95 */
    GC (*tk_GetGC) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 96 */
    Tk_Image (*tk_GetImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 97 */
    ClientData (*tk_GetImageMasterData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr); /* 98 */
    Tk_ItemType * (*tk_GetItemTypes) (void); /* 99 */
    int (*tk_GetJoinStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr); /* 100 */
    int (*tk_GetJustify) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 101 */
    int (*tk_GetNumMainWindows) (void); /* 102 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetOption) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, const char *className); /* 103 */
    int (*tk_GetPixels) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *intPtr); /* 104 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetPixmap) (Display *display, Drawable d, int width, int height, int depth); /* 105 */
    int (*tk_GetRelief) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 106 */
    void (*tk_GetRootCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 107 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 108 */
    int (*tk_GetScreenMM) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 109 */
    int (*tk_GetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 110 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetUid) (const char *str); /* 111 */
    Visual * (*tk_GetVisual) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *depthPtr, Colormap *colormapPtr); /* 112 */
    void (*tk_GetVRootGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 113 */
    int (*tk_Grab) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 114 */
    void (*tk_HandleEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 115 */







|





|
|













|









|







963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
    void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
    void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
    void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
    void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
    void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
    void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
    void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function does nothing, call can be removed") void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
    GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
    void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
    void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
    const char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
    const char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 84 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 85 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const void *source, int width, int height); /* 86 */
    int (*tk_GetCapStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *capPtr); /* 87 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); /* 88 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorByValue) (Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); /* 89 */
    Colormap (*tk_GetColormap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 90 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid str); /* 91 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *source, const char *mask, int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot, Tk_Uid fg, Tk_Uid bg); /* 92 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 93 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 94 */
    void (*tk_GetFontMetrics) (Tk_Font font, Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr); /* 95 */
    GC (*tk_GetGC) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 96 */
    Tk_Image (*tk_GetImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 97 */
    ClientData (*tk_GetImageMasterData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr); /* 98 */
    Tk_ItemType * (*tk_GetItemTypes) (void); /* 99 */
    int (*tk_GetJoinStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr); /* 100 */
    int (*tk_GetJustify) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 101 */
    int (*tk_GetNumMainWindows) (void); /* 102 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetOption) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, const char *className); /* 103 */
    int (*tk_GetPixels) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *intPtr); /* 104 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetPixmap) (Display *display, Drawable d, int width, int height, int depth); /* 105 */
    int (*tk_GetRelief) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 106 */
    void (*tk_GetRootCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 107 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 108 */
    int (*tk_GetScreenMM) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 109 */
    int (*tk_GetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 110 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetUid) (const char *str); /* 111 */
    Visual * (*tk_GetVisual) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *depthPtr, Colormap *colormapPtr); /* 112 */
    void (*tk_GetVRootGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 113 */
    int (*tk_Grab) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 114 */
    void (*tk_HandleEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 115 */
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
    void (*tk_MakeWindowExist) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 123 */
    void (*tk_ManageGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, ClientData clientData); /* 124 */
    void (*tk_MapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 125 */
    int (*tk_MeasureChars) (Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int maxPixels, int flags, int *lengthPtr); /* 126 */
    void (*tk_MoveResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 127 */
    void (*tk_MoveWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 128 */
    void (*tk_MoveToplevelWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOf3DBorder) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 130 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfAnchor) (Tk_Anchor anchor); /* 131 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 132 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCapStyle) (int cap); /* 133 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 134 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 135 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfFont) (Tk_Font font); /* 136 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster); /* 137 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
    void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
    int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
    int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
    void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
    void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
    void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
    void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
    int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
    int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
    void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
    void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
    void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
    void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
    int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|


|

|







1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
    void (*tk_MakeWindowExist) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 123 */
    void (*tk_ManageGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, ClientData clientData); /* 124 */
    void (*tk_MapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 125 */
    int (*tk_MeasureChars) (Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int maxPixels, int flags, int *lengthPtr); /* 126 */
    void (*tk_MoveResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 127 */
    void (*tk_MoveWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 128 */
    void (*tk_MoveToplevelWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOf3DBorder) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 130 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfAnchor) (Tk_Anchor anchor); /* 131 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 132 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfCapStyle) (int cap); /* 133 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 134 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 135 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfFont) (Tk_Font font); /* 136 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster); /* 137 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
    void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
    int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, const char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
    int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
    void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
    void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
    int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
    int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
    void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
    void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
    void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
    void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
    int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_AllocCursorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 188 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_AllocFontFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 189 */
    Tk_OptionTable (*tk_CreateOptionTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr); /* 190 */
    void (*tk_DeleteOptionTable) (Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 191 */
    void (*tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 192 */
    void (*tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */
    void (*tk_FreeColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */
    void (*tk_FreeConfigOptions) (char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 195 */
    void (*tk_FreeSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 196 */
    void (*tk_FreeCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 197 */
    void (*tk_FreeFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 198 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 199 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 200 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 201 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 204 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 205 */
    int (*tk_GetJustifyFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 206 */
    int (*tk_GetMMFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 207 */
    int (*tk_GetPixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 208 */
    int (*tk_GetReliefFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr); /* 209 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfoObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 210 */
    int (*tk_InitOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 211 */
    void (*tk_MainEx) (int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 212 */
    void (*tk_RestoreSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 213 */
    int (*tk_SetOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr); /* 214 */
    void (*tk_InitConsoleChannels) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 215 */
    int (*tk_CreateConsoleWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 216 */
    void (*tk_CreateSmoothMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_SmoothMethod *method); /* 217 */
    void (*reserved218)(void);
    void (*reserved219)(void);
    int (*tk_GetDash) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *value, Tk_Dash *dash); /* 220 */
    void (*tk_CreateOutline) (Tk_Outline *outline); /* 221 */







|








|
|





|
|

|







1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_AllocCursorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 188 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_AllocFontFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 189 */
    Tk_OptionTable (*tk_CreateOptionTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr); /* 190 */
    void (*tk_DeleteOptionTable) (Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 191 */
    void (*tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 192 */
    void (*tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */
    void (*tk_FreeColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */
    void (*tk_FreeConfigOptions) (void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 195 */
    void (*tk_FreeSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 196 */
    void (*tk_FreeCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 197 */
    void (*tk_FreeFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 198 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 199 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 200 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 201 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 204 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 205 */
    int (*tk_GetJustifyFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 206 */
    int (*tk_GetMMFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 207 */
    int (*tk_GetPixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 208 */
    int (*tk_GetReliefFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr); /* 209 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfoObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 210 */
    int (*tk_InitOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 211 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Don't use this function in a stub-enabled extension") void (*tk_MainEx) (int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 212 */
    void (*tk_RestoreSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 213 */
    int (*tk_SetOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr); /* 214 */
    void (*tk_InitConsoleChannels) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 215 */
    int (*tk_CreateConsoleWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 216 */
    void (*tk_CreateSmoothMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_SmoothMethod *method); /* 217 */
    void (*reserved218)(void);
    void (*reserved219)(void);
    int (*tk_GetDash) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *value, Tk_Dash *dash); /* 220 */
    void (*tk_CreateOutline) (Tk_Outline *outline); /* 221 */
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
    void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
    void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
    void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
    void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
    void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
    void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
    int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */
    int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
    int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 254 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 255 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 256 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_AllocStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 257 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 258 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 259 */
    Tk_StyledElement (*tk_GetStyledElement) (Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 260 */
    void (*tk_GetElementSize) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 261 */
    void (*tk_GetElementBox) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 262 */
    int (*tk_GetElementBorderWidth) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 263 */
    void (*tk_DrawElement) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state); /* 264 */
    int (*tk_PhotoExpand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 265 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 266 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 267 */
    int (*tk_PhotoSetSize) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 268 */
    long (*tk_GetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 269 */
    void (*tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 270 */
    Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */







|
|













|
|
|
|







1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
    void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
    void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
    void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
    void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
    void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
    void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
    int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */
    int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
    int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 254 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 255 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 256 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_AllocStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 257 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 258 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 259 */
    Tk_StyledElement (*tk_GetStyledElement) (Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 260 */
    void (*tk_GetElementSize) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 261 */
    void (*tk_GetElementBox) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 262 */
    int (*tk_GetElementBorderWidth) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 263 */
    void (*tk_DrawElement) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state); /* 264 */
    int (*tk_PhotoExpand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 265 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 266 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 267 */
    int (*tk_PhotoSetSize) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 268 */
    long (*tk_GetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 269 */
    void (*tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 270 */
    Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722








1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729










1730
1731
1732
1733
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

/* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow









#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif











#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TKDECLS */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

/* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow

#undef Tk_FreeXId
#define Tk_FreeXId(display,xid)
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj(obj) Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(obj) /* no-op */


#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif


#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite
#undef Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TKDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"
#include "tkEntry.h"


/*
 * The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each side of
 * the text in the entry.
 */

#define XPAD 1







<

>







12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "tkEntry.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each side of
 * the text in the entry.
 */

#define XPAD 1
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120






121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166

/*
 * Information used for Entry objv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec entryOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
	"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},






    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
	DEF_ENTRY_SHOW, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
	DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate),
	0, validateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-validatecommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Information used for Spinbox objv parsing.
 */







|






|

|



|



|


|



|

|


|

|


|

|


|


|


|

|

|




|
>
>
>
>
>
>


|


|

|



|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|



|

|







59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172

/*
 * Information used for Entry objv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec entryOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
	"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, offsetof(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, offsetof(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	-1, offsetof(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertOffTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, offsetof(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER, -1, offsetof(Entry, placeholderString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG, -1,
        offsetof(Entry, placeholderColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, selBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, selBorderWidth),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
	DEF_ENTRY_SHOW, -1, offsetof(Entry, showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, offsetof(Entry, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, offsetof(Entry, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, offsetof(Entry, textVarName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
	DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, offsetof(Entry, validate),
	0, validateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-validatecommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, offsetof(Entry, scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Information used for Spinbox objv parsing.
 */
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260






261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
#define DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT		""

#define DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES		""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP		"0"

static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-buttonbackground", "Button.background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, buttonBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-buttoncursor", "Button.cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, bCursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttondownrelief", "Button.relief", "Relief",
	DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, bdRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttonuprelief", "Button.relief", "Relief",
	DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, buRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_SPINBOX_CMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, command),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
	"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
	DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, reqFormat),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
	DEF_SPINBOX_FROM, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
	DEF_SPINBOX_INCREMENT, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, increment), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},






    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, repeatDelay),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, repeatInterval),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
	DEF_SPINBOX_TO, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
	DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate),
	0, validateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
	DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, valueStr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-validatecommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
	DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, wrap), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the entry widget commands (and sub-commands)
 * and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to







|


|






|

|


|


|

|

|


|



|



|


|



|

|

|


|


|

|


|

|

|


|


|


|

|

|




|
>
>
>
>
>
>

|


|


|


|


|



|


|


|


|


|


|

|


|

|




|

|

|







182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
#define DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT		""

#define DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES		""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP		"0"

static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-buttonbackground", "Button.background", "Background",
	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, buttonBorder),
	0, DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-buttoncursor", "Button.cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, bCursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttondownrelief", "Button.relief", "Relief",
	DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, bdRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttonuprelief", "Button.relief", "Relief",
	DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, buRelief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_SPINBOX_CMD, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, command),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
	"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, offsetof(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, offsetof(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
	DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, reqFormat),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
	DEF_SPINBOX_FROM, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	-1, offsetof(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
	DEF_SPINBOX_INCREMENT, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, increment), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertOffTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, offsetof(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER, -1, offsetof(Entry, placeholderString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG, -1,
        offsetof(Entry, placeholderColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, repeatDelay),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, repeatInterval),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, selBorder),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(Entry, selBorderWidth),
	0, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, offsetof(Entry, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, offsetof(Entry, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, offsetof(Entry, textVarName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
	DEF_SPINBOX_TO, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
	DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, offsetof(Entry, validate),
	0, validateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
	DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, valueStr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-validatecommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
	DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP, -1, offsetof(Spinbox, wrap), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, offsetof(Entry, scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the entry widget commands (and sub-commands)
 * and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to
533
534
535
536
537
538
539


540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
    entryPtr->inset		= XPAD;
    entryPtr->textGC		= NULL;
    entryPtr->selTextGC		= NULL;
    entryPtr->highlightGC	= NULL;
    entryPtr->avgWidth		= 1;
    entryPtr->validate		= VALIDATE_NONE;



    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(entryPtr->tkwin));







>
>















|







545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
    entryPtr->inset		= XPAD;
    entryPtr->textGC		= NULL;
    entryPtr->selTextGC		= NULL;
    entryPtr->highlightGC	= NULL;
    entryPtr->avgWidth		= 1;
    entryPtr->validate		= VALIDATE_NONE;

    entryPtr->placeholderGC	= NULL;

    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(entryPtr->tkwin));
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
	    index--;
	}
	Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	bbox[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x + entryPtr->layoutX);
	bbox[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y + entryPtr->layoutY);
	bbox[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
	bbox[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, bbox));
	break;
    }

    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|
|
|
|










|









|







636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
	    index--;
	}
	Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	bbox[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x + entryPtr->layoutX);
	bbox[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y + entryPtr->layoutY);
	bbox[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
	bbox[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, bbox));
	break;
    }

    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	break;
    }

    case COMMAND_INSERT: {
	int index, code;

	if (objc != 4) {







|







730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(index));
	break;
    }

    case COMMAND_INSERT: {
	int index, code;

	if (objc != 4) {
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180

1181

1182

1183
1184

1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
	}
	if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
	    entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
	}

	if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	    if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(

			"-to value must be greater than -from value",

			-1));

		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SPINBOX", "RANGE_SANITY",
			NULL);

		continue;
	    }

	    if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
		/*
		 * Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
		 * calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
		 * strings.
		 */







<
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
>
|
|







1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193

1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199

1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
	}
	if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
	    entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
	}

	if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	    if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {

                /*
                 * Swap -from and -to values.
                 */

                double tmpFromTo = sbPtr->fromValue;


                sbPtr->fromValue = sbPtr->toValue;
                sbPtr->toValue = tmpFromTo;
            }

	    if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
		/*
		 * Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
		 * calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
		 * strings.
		 */
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488










1489
1490
1491


1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
    }
    entryPtr->textGC = gc;











    if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;


    }
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->selTextGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
>







1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
    }
    entryPtr->textGC = gc;

    if (entryPtr->placeholderColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->placeholderColorPtr->pixel;
    }
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->placeholderGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->placeholderGC);
    }
    entryPtr->placeholderGC = gc;

    if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;
    } else {
        gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
    }
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->selTextGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
    }
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523

1524
1525
1526

1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552

1553
1554
1555

1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562

#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus --
 *
 *	This function redraws the border of an entry widget. It overrides the
 *	generic border drawing code if the entry widget parameters are such
 *	that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just
 *	returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't
 *	have to implement it.
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May draw the entry border into pixmap.

 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus(
    Entry *entryPtr,
    Drawable pixmap,
    int isSpinbox)
{
    return 0;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawSpinboxButtons --
 *
 *	This function redraws the buttons of an spinbox widget. It overrides
 *	the generic button drawing code if the spinbox widget parameters are
 *	such that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just
 *	returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't
 *	have to implement it.
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May draw the entry border into pixmap.

 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(
    Spinbox *sbPtr,







|
|
|
<
<


<
>


<
>


















|
|
|
<
<


<
>


<
>







1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546


1547
1548

1549
1550
1551

1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573


1574
1575

1576
1577
1578

1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586

#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus --
 *
 *	Stub function for Tk on platforms other than Aqua
 *	(Windows and X11), which do not draw native entry borders.
 *	See macosx/tkMacOSXEntry.c for function definition in Tk Aqua.


 *
 * Results:

 *	Returns 0.
 *
 * Side effects:

 *	None.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus(
    Entry *entryPtr,
    Drawable pixmap,
    int isSpinbox)
{
    return 0;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawSpinboxButtons --
 *
 *	Stub function for Tk on platforms other than Aqua
 *	(Windows and X11), which do not draw native spinbox buttons.
 *	See macosx/tkMacOSXEntry.c for function definition in Tk Aqua.


 *
 * Results:

 *	Returns 0.
 *
 * Side effects:

 *	None.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(
    Spinbox *sbPtr,
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738

1739
1740
1741





1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
    }

    /*
     * Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the
     * selected portion on top of it.
     */


    Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
	    entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);






    if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
	    && (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
	int selFirst;

	if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {







>
|


>
>
>
>
>







1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
    }

    /*
     * Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the
     * selected portion on top of it.
     */

    if ((entryPtr->numChars != 0) || (entryPtr->placeholderChars == 0)) {
        Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
	    entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);
    } else {
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->placeholderGC,
	    entryPtr->placeholderLayout, entryPtr->placeholderX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex, entryPtr->placeholderChars);
    }

    if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
	    && (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
	int selFirst;

	if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952




















































1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    memcpy(p, buf, size);
	    p += size;
	}
	*p = '\0';
    }





















































    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
	    entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);

    entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    memcpy(p, buf, size);
	    p += size;
	}
	*p = '\0';
    }

    /* Recompute layout of placeholder text.
     * Only the placeholderX and placeholderLeftIndex value is needed.
     * We use the same font so we can use the layoutY value from below.
     */

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->placeholderLayout);
    if (entryPtr->placeholderString) {
        entryPtr->placeholderChars = strlen(entryPtr->placeholderString);
        entryPtr->placeholderLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	        entryPtr->placeholderString, entryPtr->placeholderChars, 0,
	        entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, NULL);
	overflow = totalLength -
	        (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - 2*entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth);
	if (overflow <= 0) {
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex = 0;
	    if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset;
	    } else if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
		        - entryPtr->xWidth - totalLength;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin)
		        - entryPtr->xWidth - totalLength)/2;
	    }
    	} else {

	    /*
	     * The whole string can't fit in the window. Compute the maximum
	     * number of characters that may be off-screen to the left without
	     * leaving empty space on the right of the window, then don't let
	     * placeholderLeftIndex be any greater than that.
	     */

	    maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, overflow, 0);
	    Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, maxOffScreen,
		&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    if (rightX < overflow) {
		maxOffScreen++;
	    }
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex = maxOffScreen;
	    Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex, &rightX,
		NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset -rightX;
        }
    } else {
        entryPtr->placeholderChars = 0;
        entryPtr->placeholderLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	        entryPtr->placeholderString, 0, 0,
	        entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, NULL, NULL);
	entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset;
    }

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
	    entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);

    entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
InsertChars(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this character
				 * index. */
    const char *value)		/* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
				 * string). */
{
    ptrdiff_t byteIndex;
    size_t byteCount, newByteCount;
    int oldChars, charsAdded;
    const char *string;
    char *newStr;

    string = entryPtr->string;
    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
    byteCount = strlen(value);
    if (byteCount == 0) {







<
<
|







2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130


2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
InsertChars(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this character
				 * index. */
    const char *value)		/* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
				 * string). */
{


    size_t byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount, oldChars, charsAdded;
    const char *string;
    char *newStr;

    string = entryPtr->string;
    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
    byteCount = strlen(value);
    if (byteCount == 0) {
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170


3171


















3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {


	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {


















	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
	    entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Update the entry's text with the value of the variable, unless the
     * entry already has that value (this happens when the variable changes
     * value because we changed it because someone typed in the entry).







|
|












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






|







3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231













3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
        if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && entryPtr->textVarName) {
            ClientData probe = NULL;

            do {
                probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
                        entryPtr->textVarName,
                        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
                        EntryTextVarProc, probe);
                if (probe == (ClientData)entryPtr) {
                    break;
                }
            } while (probe);
            if (probe) {
                /*
                 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
                 * textVarName, which means it is not unset and not
                 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
                 * former variable must be, and we should ignore it.
                 */
                return NULL;
            }
	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
	    entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
        }
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Update the entry's text with the value of the variable, unless the
     * entry already has that value (this happens when the variable changes
     * value because we changed it because someone typed in the entry).
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
 * EntryValidateChange --
 *
 *	This function is invoked when any character is added or removed from
 *	the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TCL_OK if the validatecommand accepts the new string, TCL_ERROR if any
 *	problems occured with validatecommand.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The insertion/deletion may be aborted, and the validatecommand might
 *	turn itself off (if an error or loop condition arises).
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */







|







3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
 * EntryValidateChange --
 *
 *	This function is invoked when any character is added or removed from
 *	the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TCL_OK if the validatecommand accepts the new string, TCL_ERROR if any
 *	problems occurred with validatecommand.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The insertion/deletion may be aborted, and the validatecommand might
 *	turn itself off (if an error or loop condition arises).
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
    p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script);
    code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&script);

    /*
     * If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or we
     * now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, it
     * means that a loop condition almost occured. Do not allow this
     * validation result to finish.
     */

    if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE
	    || (!varValidate && (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR))) {
	code = TCL_ERROR;
    }







|







3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
    p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script);
    code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&script);

    /*
     * If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or we
     * now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, it
     * means that a loop condition almost occurred. Do not allow this
     * validation result to finish.
     */

    if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE
	    || (!varValidate && (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR))) {
	code = TCL_ERROR;
    }
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660


3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
    sbPtr->fromValue		= 0.0;
    sbPtr->toValue		= 100.0;
    sbPtr->increment		= 1.0;
    sbPtr->formatBuf		= ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
    sbPtr->bdRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
    sbPtr->buRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;



    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }







>
>















|







3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
    sbPtr->fromValue		= 0.0;
    sbPtr->toValue		= 100.0;
    sbPtr->increment		= 1.0;
    sbPtr->formatBuf		= ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
    sbPtr->bdRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
    sbPtr->buRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;

    entryPtr->placeholderGC	= NULL;

    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
	    index--;
	}
	Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	bbox[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x + entryPtr->layoutX);
	bbox[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y + entryPtr->layoutY);
	bbox[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
	bbox[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, bbox));
	break;
    }

    case SB_CMD_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|
|
|
|










|









|







3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
	    index--;
	}
	Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
	bbox[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x + entryPtr->layoutX);
	bbox[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y + entryPtr->layoutY);
	bbox[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
	bbox[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, bbox));
	break;
    }

    case SB_CMD_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	break;
    }

    case SB_CMD_INSERT: {
	int index, code;

	if (objc != 4) {







|







3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(index));
	break;
    }

    case SB_CMD_INSERT: {
	int index, code;

	if (objc != 4) {
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300

4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
	    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objPtr), entryPtr->string)) {
		/*
		 * Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's
		 * do a search on the list to see if the current value is
		 * there. If not, move to the first element of the list.
		 */


		int i, listc, elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
		const char *bytes;
		Tcl_Obj **listv;

		Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
		for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
		    bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(listv[i], &elemLen);
		    if ((length == elemLen) &&
			    (memcmp(bytes, entryPtr->string,
				    (size_t) length) == 0)) {
			sbPtr->eIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (up) {
		if (++sbPtr->eIndex >= sbPtr->nElements) {







>
|





|


|







4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
	    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objPtr), entryPtr->string)) {
		/*
		 * Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's
		 * do a search on the list to see if the current value is
		 * there. If not, move to the first element of the list.
		 */

		int i, listc;
		TkSizeT elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
		const char *bytes;
		Tcl_Obj **listv;

		Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
		for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
		    bytes = TkGetStringFromObj(listv[i], &elemLen);
		    if ((length == elemLen) &&
			    (memcmp(bytes, entryPtr->string,
				    length) == 0)) {
			sbPtr->eIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (up) {
		if (++sbPtr->eIndex >= sbPtr->nElements) {

Changes to generic/tkEntry.h.

124
125
126
127
128
129
130













131
132
133
134
135
136
137
				 * scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
				 * command to issue. */
    char *showChar;		/* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
				 * character is used for displaying all
				 * characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
				 * only used by the Entry widget. */














    /*
     * Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
     * configuration settings above.
     */

    const char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying. This may be
				 * a pointer to string, or a pointer to







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
				 * scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
				 * command to issue. */
    char *showChar;		/* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
				 * character is used for displaying all
				 * characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
				 * only used by the Entry widget. */

    /*
     * Fields used in displaying help text if entry value is empty
     */

    Tk_TextLayout placeholderLayout;/* Cached placeholder text layout information. */
    char *placeholderString;	/* String value of placeholder. */
    int placeholderChars;	/* Number of chars in placeholder. */
    XColor *placeholderColorPtr;/* Color value of placeholder foreground. */
    GC placeholderGC;		/* For drawing placeholder text. */
    int placeholderX;		/* Origin for layout. */
    int placeholderLeftIndex;	/* Character index of left-most character
				 * visible in window. */

    /*
     * Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
     * configuration settings above.
     */

    const char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying. This may be
				 * a pointer to string, or a pointer to

Changes to generic/tkError.c.

160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
     * collection. To reduce the cost of the cleanup, let a few dead handlers
     * pile up, then clean them all at once. This adds a bit of overhead to
     * errors that might occur while the dead handlers are hanging around, but
     * reduces the overhead of scanning the list to clean up (particularly if
     * there are many handlers that stay around forever).
     */

    dispPtr->deleteCount += 1;
    if (dispPtr->deleteCount >= 10) {
	TkErrorHandler *prevPtr;
	TkErrorHandler *nextPtr;
	int lastSerial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display);

	/*
	 * Last chance to catch errors for this handler: if no event/error
	 * processing took place to follow up the end of this error handler
	 * we need a round trip with the X server now.
	 */

	if (errorPtr->lastRequest > (unsigned long) lastSerial) {
	    XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
	}
	dispPtr->deleteCount = 0;
	errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
	for (prevPtr = NULL; errorPtr != NULL; errorPtr = nextPtr) {
	    nextPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
	    if ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
		    && (errorPtr->lastRequest <= (unsigned long) lastSerial)) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->errorPtr = nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(errorPtr);
		continue;







<
|


|







|







|







160
161
162
163
164
165
166

167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
     * collection. To reduce the cost of the cleanup, let a few dead handlers
     * pile up, then clean them all at once. This adds a bit of overhead to
     * errors that might occur while the dead handlers are hanging around, but
     * reduces the overhead of scanning the list to clean up (particularly if
     * there are many handlers that stay around forever).
     */


    if (dispPtr->deleteCount++ >= 9) {
	TkErrorHandler *prevPtr;
	TkErrorHandler *nextPtr;
	unsigned long lastSerial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display);

	/*
	 * Last chance to catch errors for this handler: if no event/error
	 * processing took place to follow up the end of this error handler
	 * we need a round trip with the X server now.
	 */

	if (errorPtr->lastRequest > lastSerial) {
	    XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
	}
	dispPtr->deleteCount = 0;
	errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
	for (prevPtr = NULL; errorPtr != NULL; errorPtr = nextPtr) {
	    nextPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
	    if ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
		    && (errorPtr->lastRequest <= lastSerial)) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->errorPtr = nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(errorPtr);
		continue;

Changes to generic/tkEvent.c.

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149

/*
 * The structure below is used to store Data for the Event module that must be
 * kept thread-local. The "dataKey" is used to fetch the thread-specific
 * storage for the current thread.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int handlersActive;		/* The following variable has a non-zero value
				 * when a handler is active. */
    InProgress *pendingPtr;	/* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if
				 * none. */

    /*
     * List of generic handler records.







|







135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149

/*
 * The structure below is used to store Data for the Event module that must be
 * kept thread-local. The "dataKey" is used to fetch the thread-specific
 * storage for the current thread.
 */

typedef struct {
    int handlersActive;		/* The following variable has a non-zero value
				 * when a handler is active. */
    InProgress *pendingPtr;	/* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if
				 * none. */

    /*
     * List of generic handler records.
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218

/*
 * Prototypes for functions that are only referenced locally within this file.
 */

static void		CleanUpTkEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		DelayedMotionProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		GetButtonMask(unsigned int Button);
static unsigned long    GetEventMaskFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
static TkWindow *	GetTkWindowFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		InvokeClientMessageHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		InvokeFocusHandlers(TkWindow **winPtrPtr,
			    unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		InvokeGenericHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		InvokeMouseHandlers(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr);
static Window		ParentXId(Display *display, Window w);
static int		RefreshKeyboardMappingIfNeeded(XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		TkXErrorHandler(ClientData clientData,
			    XErrorEvent *errEventPtr);
static void		UpdateButtonEventState(XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		WindowEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
static void		CreateXIC(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







<














<







189
190
191
192
193
194
195

196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209

210
211
212
213
214
215
216

/*
 * Prototypes for functions that are only referenced locally within this file.
 */

static void		CleanUpTkEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		DelayedMotionProc(ClientData clientData);

static unsigned long    GetEventMaskFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
static TkWindow *	GetTkWindowFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		InvokeClientMessageHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		InvokeFocusHandlers(TkWindow **winPtrPtr,
			    unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		InvokeGenericHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		InvokeMouseHandlers(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr);
static Window		ParentXId(Display *display, Window w);
static int		RefreshKeyboardMappingIfNeeded(XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		TkXErrorHandler(ClientData clientData,
			    XErrorEvent *errEventPtr);

static int		WindowEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
static void		CreateXIC(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetButtonMask --
 *
 *	Return the proper Button${n}Mask for the button.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A button mask.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
GetButtonMask(
    unsigned int button)
{
    switch (button) {
    case 1:
	return Button1Mask;
    case 2:
	return Button2Mask;
    case 3:
	return Button3Mask;
    case 4:
	return Button4Mask;
    case 5:
	return Button5Mask;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UpdateButtonEventState --
 *
 *	Update the button event state in our TkDisplay using the XEvent
 *	passed. We also may modify the the XEvent passed to fit some aspects
 *	of our TkDisplay.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The TkDisplay's private button state may be modified. The eventPtr's
 *	state may be updated to reflect masks stored in our TkDisplay that the
 *	event doesn't contain. The eventPtr may also be modified to not
 *	contain a button state for the window in which it was not pressed in.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateButtonEventState(
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    int allButtonsMask = Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask
	    | Button4Mask | Button5Mask;

    switch (eventPtr->type) {
    case ButtonPress:
	dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xbutton.display);
	dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = eventPtr->xbutton.window;
	eventPtr->xbutton.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState;

	dispPtr->mouseButtonState |= GetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);
	break;

    case ButtonRelease:
	dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xbutton.display);
	dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = None;
	dispPtr->mouseButtonState &= ~GetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);
	eventPtr->xbutton.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState;
	break;

    case MotionNotify:
	dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xmotion.display);
	if (dispPtr->mouseButtonState & allButtonsMask) {
	    if (eventPtr->xbutton.window != dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow) {
		/*
		 * This motion event should not be interpreted as a button
		 * press + motion event since this is not the same window the
		 * button was pressed down in.
		 */

		dispPtr->mouseButtonState &= ~allButtonsMask;
		dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = None;
	    } else {
		eventPtr->xmotion.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState;
	    }
	}
	break;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * InvokeClientMessageHandlers --
 *







|












|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538





539

540






541

542
543






























544



545


546






547


















548
549
550
551
552
553
554
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetButtonMask --
 *
 *	Return the proper Button${n}Mask for the button.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A button mask.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static const unsigned long buttonMasks[] = {





    0, Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask,

    Button6Mask, Button7Mask, Button8Mask, Button9Mask






};


unsigned long






























TkGetButtonMask(



    unsigned int button)


{






    return (button > Button9) ? 0 : buttonMasks[button];


















}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * InvokeClientMessageHandlers --
 *
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    unsigned long mask;
    InProgress ip;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = NULL;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    UpdateButtonEventState(eventPtr);

    /*
     * If the generic handler processed this event we are done and can return.
     */

    if (InvokeGenericHandlers(tsdPtr, eventPtr)) {
	goto releaseEventResources;
    }







<
<







1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148


1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    unsigned long mask;
    InProgress ip;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = NULL;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));



    /*
     * If the generic handler processed this event we are done and can return.
     */

    if (InvokeGenericHandlers(tsdPtr, eventPtr)) {
	goto releaseEventResources;
    }

Changes to generic/tkFileFilter.c.

258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
	/*
	 * Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
	 * static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
	 * require further code refactoring.
	 */

	for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
	    int len;
	    const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);

	    /*
	     * If len is < 4, it is definitely an error. If equal or longer,
	     * we need to use the macRoman encoding to determine the correct
	     * length (assuming there may be non-ascii characters, e.g.,
	     * embedded nulls or accented characters in the string, the
	     * macRoman length will be different).







|
|







258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
	/*
	 * Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
	 * static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
	 * require further code refactoring.
	 */

	for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
	    TkSizeT len;
	    const char *strType = TkGetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);

	    /*
	     * If len is < 4, it is definitely an error. If equal or longer,
	     * we need to use the macRoman encoding to determine the correct
	     * length (assuming there may be non-ascii characters, e.g.,
	     * embedded nulls or accented characters in the string, the
	     * macRoman length will be different).
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
	filterPtr->clausesTail = clausePtr;
    }
    clausePtr->next = NULL;

    if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) {
	for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) {
	    GlobPattern *globPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
	    int len;
	    const char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len);

	    len = (len + 1) * sizeof(char);
	    if (str[0] && str[0] != '*') {
		/*
		 * Prepend a "*" to patterns that do not have a leading "*"
		 */








|
|







318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
	filterPtr->clausesTail = clausePtr;
    }
    clausePtr->next = NULL;

    if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) {
	for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) {
	    GlobPattern *globPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
	    TkSizeT len;
	    const char *str = TkGetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len);

	    len = (len + 1) * sizeof(char);
	    if (str[0] && str[0] != '*') {
		/*
		 * Prepend a "*" to patterns that do not have a leading "*"
		 */

371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
    }
    if (ostypeList != NULL && ostypeCount > 0) {
	if (macRoman == NULL) {
	    macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
	}
	for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
	    Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
	    int len;
	    MacFileType *mfPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType));
	    const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
	    char *string;

	    /*
	     * Convert utf to macRoman, since MacOS types are defined to be 4
	     * macRoman characters long
	     */








|

|







371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
    }
    if (ostypeList != NULL && ostypeCount > 0) {
	if (macRoman == NULL) {
	    macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
	}
	for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
	    Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
	    TkSizeT len;
	    MacFileType *mfPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType));
	    const char *strType = TkGetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
	    char *string;

	    /*
	     * Convert utf to macRoman, since MacOS types are defined to be 4
	     * macRoman characters long
	     */

Changes to generic/tkFocus.c.

547
548
549
550
551
552
553





554
555
556

557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574

575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
     * Don't set focus if window is already dead. [Bug 3574708]
     */

    if (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
	return;
    }






    displayFocusPtr = FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr, winPtr->dispPtr);

    /*

     * If force is set, we should make sure we grab the focus regardless of
     * the current focus window since under Windows, we may need to take
     * control away from another application.
     */

    if (winPtr == displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr && !force) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create) a record
     * for the top-level. Also see whether winPtr and all its ancestors are
     * mapped.
     */

    allMapped = 1;
    for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
	if (topLevelPtr == NULL) {

	    /*
	     * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving
	     * it the focus.
	     */

	    return;
	}
	if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
	    allMapped = 0;
	}
	if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
	    break;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If the new focus window isn't mapped, then we can't focus on it (X will
     * generate an error, for example). Instead, create an event handler that
     * will set the focus to this window once it gets mapped. At the same
     * time, delete any old handler that might be around; it's no longer
     * relevant.
     */

    if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr,
		StructureNotifyMask, FocusMapProc,
		displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr);
	displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL;







>
>
>
>
>



>
|
<
|







|
|






>
















|
|
|
|
|







547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563

564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
     * Don't set focus if window is already dead. [Bug 3574708]
     */

    if (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Get the current focus window with the same display and application
     * as winPtr.
     */

    displayFocusPtr = FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr, winPtr->dispPtr);

    /*
     * Do nothing if the window already has focus and force is not set.  If
     * force is set, we need to grab the focus, since under Windows or macOS

     * this may involve taking control away from another application.
     */

    if (winPtr == displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr && !force) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Find the toplevel window for winPtr, then find (or create) a record
     * for the toplevel. Also see whether winPtr and all its ancestors are
     * mapped.
     */

    allMapped = 1;
    for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
	if (topLevelPtr == NULL) {

	    /*
	     * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving
	     * it the focus.
	     */

	    return;
	}
	if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
	    allMapped = 0;
	}
	if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
	    break;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If any ancestor of the new focus window isn't mapped, then we can't set
     * focus for it (X will generate an error, for example). Instead, create
     * an event handler that will set the focus to this window once it gets
     * mapped. At the same time, delete any old handler that might be around;
     * it's no longer relevant.
     */

    if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr,
		StructureNotifyMask, FocusMapProc,
		displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr);
	displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL;
619
620
621
622
623
624
625


626
627

628


629
630


631

632
633
634
635
636
637
638


639

640


641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
	tlFocusPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo));
	tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr;
	tlFocusPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
	winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr;
    }
    tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = winPtr;



    /*
     * Reset the window system's focus window and generate focus events, with

     * two special cases:


     *
     * 1. If the application is embedded and doesn't currently have the focus,


     *    don't set the focus directly. Instead, see if the embedding code can

     *    claim the focus from the enclosing container.
     * 2. Otherwise, if the application doesn't currently have the focus,
     *    don't change the window system's focus unless it was already in this
     *    application or "force" was specified.
     */

    if ((topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)


	    && (displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == NULL)) {

	TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force);


    } else if ((displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr != NULL) || force) {
	/*
	 * Generate events to shift focus between Tk windows. We do this
	 * regardless of what TkpChangeFocus does with the real X focus so
	 * that Tk widgets track focus commands when there is no window
	 * manager. GenerateFocusEvents will set up a serial number marker so
	 * we discard focus events that are triggered by the ChangeFocus.
	 */

	serial = TkpChangeFocus(TkpGetWrapperWindow(topLevelPtr), force);
	if (serial != 0) {
	    displayFocusPtr->focusSerial = serial;
	}
	GenerateFocusEvents(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr, winPtr);







>
>
|
<
>
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
|
|
<
|
|

|
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
|

<
|
|
<
<







625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634

635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646

647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659

660
661


662
663
664
665
666
667
668
	tlFocusPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo));
	tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr;
	tlFocusPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
	winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr;
    }
    tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = winPtr;

    if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {

	/*

	 * We are assigning focus to an embedded toplevel.  The platform
	 * specific function TkpClaimFocus needs to handle the job of
	 * assigning focus to the container, since we have no way to find the
	 * contaiuner.
	 */

	TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force);
    } else if ((displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr != NULL) || force) {

	/*
	 * If we are forcing removal of focus from a container hosting a
	 * toplevel from a different application, clear the focus in that

	 * application.
	 */

    	if (force) {
	    TkWindow *focusPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
	    if (focusPtr && focusPtr->mainPtr != winPtr->mainPtr) {
		DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr2 = FindDisplayFocusInfo(
		    focusPtr->mainPtr, focusPtr->dispPtr);
		displayFocusPtr2->focusWinPtr = NULL;
	    }
    	}

	/*

	 * Call the platform specific function TkpChangeFocus to move the
	 * window manager's focus to a new toplevel.


	 */

	serial = TkpChangeFocus(TkpGetWrapperWindow(topLevelPtr), force);
	if (serial != 0) {
	    displayFocusPtr->focusSerial = serial;
	}
	GenerateFocusEvents(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr, winPtr);

Changes to generic/tkFont.c.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    int refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement







|







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetFontFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *







|







347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575

	/*
	 * The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
	 */

	if (charPtr != NULL) {
	    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(charPtr);
	    int len = TkUtfToUniChar(string, &uniChar);

	    if (len != charPtr->length) {
		resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
		Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, string,
			-1, 40, "...");
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FONT_SAMPLE", NULL);







|

|







559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575

	/*
	 * The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
	 */

	if (charPtr != NULL) {
	    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(charPtr);
	    size_t len = TkUtfToUniChar(string, &uniChar);

	    if (len != (size_t)charPtr->length) {
		resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
		Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, string,
			-1, 40, "...");
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FONT_SAMPLE", NULL);
708
709
710
711
712
713
714

715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
	}
	TkpGetFontFamilies(interp, tkwin);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_MEASURE: {
	const char *string;
	Tk_Font tkfont;

	int length = 0, skip = 0;

	if (objc > 4) {
	    skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
	    if (skip < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	if (objc - skip != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "font ?-displayof window? text");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
	if (tkfont == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3 + skip], &length);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
		Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, string, length)));
	Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_METRICS: {
	Tk_Font tkfont;
	int skip, index, i;







>
|
















|
|







708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
	}
	TkpGetFontFamilies(interp, tkwin);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_MEASURE: {
	const char *string;
	Tk_Font tkfont;
	TkSizeT length = 0;
	int skip = 0;

	if (objc > 4) {
	    skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
	    if (skip < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	if (objc - skip != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "font ?-displayof window? text");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
	if (tkfont == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3 + skip], &length);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, string, length)));
	Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_METRICS: {
	Tk_Font tkfont;
	int skip, index, i;
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
	    i = 0;		/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
	    switch (index) {
	    case 0: i = fmPtr->ascent;			break;
	    case 1: i = fmPtr->descent;			break;
	    case 2: i = fmPtr->ascent + fmPtr->descent;	break;
	    case 3: i = fmPtr->fixed;			break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
	}
	Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_NAMES: {
	Tcl_HashSearch search;
	Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;







|







774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
	    i = 0;		/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
	    switch (index) {
	    case 0: i = fmPtr->ascent;			break;
	    case 1: i = fmPtr->descent;			break;
	    case 2: i = fmPtr->ascent + fmPtr->descent;	break;
	    case 3: i = fmPtr->fixed;			break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(i));
	}
	Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_NAMES: {
	Tcl_HashSearch search;
	Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont, *prevPtr;
    NamedFont *nfPtr;

    if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    fontPtr->resourceRefCount--;
    if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
	return;
    }
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	nfPtr->refCount--;
	if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {







<
|









<
|







1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426

1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436

1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont, *prevPtr;
    NamedFont *nfPtr;

    if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);

	if ((nfPtr->refCount-- <= 1) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
static void
FreeFontObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (fontPtr != NULL) {
	fontPtr->objRefCount--;
	if ((fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) && (fontPtr->objRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(fontPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
    }
}








|
<







1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524

1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
static void
FreeFontObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (fontPtr != NULL) {
	if ((fontPtr->objRefCount-- <= 1) && (fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {

	    ckfree(fontPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
    }
}

1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	    if (ch <= 0xffff) {
		if (upper) {
		    ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		    upper = 0;
		} else {
		    ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
		}
	    } else {
		upper = 0;
	    }
	    dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }







<
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<







1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715

1716
1717
1718
1719
1720



1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);

	    if (upper) {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		upper = 0;
	    } else {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);



	    }
	    dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253

3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Filled with Postscript code. */
    Tk_TextLayout layout)	/* The layout to be rendered. */
{
    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
    LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
    Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int i, j, len;

    const char *p, *glyphname;
    char uindex[5], c, *ps;
    int ch;

    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "[(", -1);
    for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++, chunkPtr++) {
	if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {







|
>







3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Filled with Postscript code. */
    Tk_TextLayout layout)	/* The layout to be rendered. */
{
    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
    LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
    Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int i, j;
    TkSizeT len;
    const char *p, *glyphname;
    char uindex[5], c, *ps;
    int ch;

    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "[(", -1);
    for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++, chunkPtr++) {
	if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318

	    if (ch > 0xffff) {
		goto noMapping;
	    }
	    sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch);		/* endianness? */
	    glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
	    if (glyphname) {
		ps = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
		if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
		    /*
		     * In-place edit. Ewww!
		     */

		    ps[len-1] = '/';
		} else {







|







3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313

	    if (ch > 0xffff) {
		goto noMapping;
	    }
	    sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch);		/* endianness? */
	    glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
	    if (glyphname) {
		ps = TkGetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
		if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
		    /*
		     * In-place edit. Ewww!
		     */

		    ps[len-1] = '/';
		} else {
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
	case FONT_FAMILY:
	    str = faPtr->family;
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, ((str == NULL) ? 0 : -1));
	    break;

	case FONT_SIZE:
	    if (faPtr->size >= 0.0) {
		valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(faPtr->size + 0.5));
	    } else {
		valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(-(int)(-faPtr->size + 0.5));
	    }
	    break;

	case FONT_WEIGHT:
	    str = TkFindStateString(weightMap, faPtr->weight);
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, -1);
	    break;







|

|







3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
	case FONT_FAMILY:
	    str = faPtr->family;
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, ((str == NULL) ? 0 : -1));
	    break;

	case FONT_SIZE:
	    if (faPtr->size >= 0.0) {
		valuePtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)(faPtr->size + 0.5));
	    } else {
		valuePtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(-(Tcl_WideInt)(-faPtr->size + 0.5));
	    }
	    break;

	case FONT_WEIGHT:
	    str = TkFindStateString(weightMap, faPtr->weight);
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, -1);
	    break;
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
	fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (fontPtr != NULL); fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*







|

|







4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
	fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (fontPtr != NULL); fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(fontPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(fontPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
    if ((layoutPtr == NULL) || (layoutPtr->numChunks == 0)
	    || (layoutPtr->chunks->numDisplayChars <= 0)) {
	dst[0] = '\0';
	return 0;
    }
    chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    numBytesInChunk = chunkPtr->numBytes;
    strncpy(dst, chunkPtr->start, (size_t) numBytesInChunk);
    *font = layoutPtr->tkfont;
    return numBytesInChunk;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|











4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
    if ((layoutPtr == NULL) || (layoutPtr->numChunks == 0)
	    || (layoutPtr->chunks->numDisplayChars <= 0)) {
	dst[0] = '\0';
	return 0;
    }
    chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    numBytesInChunk = chunkPtr->numBytes;
    strncpy(dst, chunkPtr->start, numBytesInChunk);
    *font = layoutPtr->tkfont;
    return numBytesInChunk;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkFont.h.

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
 */

typedef struct TkFont {
    /*
     * Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
     */

    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this font (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocFontFromTable or Tk_GetFont). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkFont structure
				 * is no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * a hash table: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when
				 * resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
				 * 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;/* Entry in font cache for this structure,
				 * used when deleting it. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;/* Pointer to hash table entry that
				 * corresponds to the named font that the
				 * tkfont was based on, or NULL if the tkfont
				 * was not based on a named font. */







|









|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
 */

typedef struct TkFont {
    /*
     * Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
     */

    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this font (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocFontFromTable or Tk_GetFont). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkFont structure
				 * is no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * a hash table: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when
				 * resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
				 * 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;/* Entry in font cache for this structure,
				 * used when deleting it. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;/* Pointer to hash table entry that
				 * corresponds to the named font that the
				 * tkfont was based on, or NULL if the tkfont
				 * was not based on a named font. */

Changes to generic/tkFrame.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * The following enum is used to define the type of the frame.
 */

enum FrameType {
    TYPE_FRAME, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, TYPE_LABELFRAME







|
|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * The following enum is used to define the type of the frame.
 */

enum FrameType {
    TYPE_FRAME, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, TYPE_LABELFRAME
90
91
92
93
94
95
96










97
98
99
100
101
102
103
				 * pixels of extra space to leave on left and
				 * right of child area. */
    int padX;			/* Integer value corresponding to padXPtr. */
    Tcl_Obj *padYPtr;		/* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
				 * pixels of extra space to leave above and
				 * below child area. */
    int padY;			/* Integer value corresponding to padYPtr. */










} Frame;

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is kept for each labelframe widget
 * managed by this file:
 */








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
				 * pixels of extra space to leave on left and
				 * right of child area. */
    int padX;			/* Integer value corresponding to padXPtr. */
    Tcl_Obj *padYPtr;		/* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
				 * pixels of extra space to leave above and
				 * below child area. */
    int padY;			/* Integer value corresponding to padYPtr. */
    Tcl_Obj *bgimgPtr;		/* Value of -backgroundimage option: specifies
				 * image to display on window's background, or
				 * NULL if none. */
    Tk_Image bgimg;		/* Derived from bgimgPtr by calling
				 * Tk_GetImage, or NULL if bgimgPtr is
				 * NULL. */
    int tile;			/* Whether to tile the bgimg. */
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
    GC copyGC;			/* GC for copying when double-buffering. */
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
} Frame;

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is kept for each labelframe widget
 * managed by this file:
 */

170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221



222
223


224
225
226
227
228
229


230
231
232
233
234



235
236


237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248


249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration options. There are one common
 * table used by all and one table for each widget class.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec commonOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, border),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-colormap", "colormap", "Colormap",
	DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, colormapName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    /*
     * Having -container is useless in a labelframe since a container has
     * no border. It should be deprecated.
     */
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-container", "container", "Container",
	DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, isContainer), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_FRAME_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, height), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	DEF_FRAME_PADX, Tk_Offset(Frame, padXPtr),
	Tk_Offset(Frame, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	DEF_FRAME_PADY, Tk_Offset(Frame, padYPtr),
	Tk_Offset(Frame, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-visual", "visual", "Visual",
	DEF_FRAME_VISUAL, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, visualName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_FRAME_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, width), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec frameOptSpec[] = {



    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},


    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
	DEF_FRAME_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},


    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec toplevelOptSpec[] = {



    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},


    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, menuName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-screen", "screen", "Screen",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, screenName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},


    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-use", "use", "Use",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, useThis),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec labelframeOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, textColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, labelAnchor),
	0, labelAnchorStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, labelWin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, textPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};

/*
 * Class names for widgets, indexed by FrameType.







|




|






|

|


|


|

|



|

|
|

|
|

|


|


|




>
>
>


>
>

|

|

|
>
>





>
>
>


>
>

|

|

|


|

|

>
>

|









|


|



|

|

|


|

|

|







180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration options. There are one common
 * table used by all and one table for each widget class.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec commonOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Frame, border),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-colormap", "colormap", "Colormap",
	DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP, -1, offsetof(Frame, colormapName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    /*
     * Having -container is useless in a labelframe since a container has
     * no border. It should be deprecated.
     */
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-container", "container", "Container",
	DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER, -1, offsetof(Frame, isContainer), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_FRAME_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(Frame, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT, -1, offsetof(Frame, height), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
	offsetof(Frame, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(Frame, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	offsetof(Frame, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	DEF_FRAME_PADX, offsetof(Frame, padXPtr),
	offsetof(Frame, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	DEF_FRAME_PADY, offsetof(Frame, padYPtr),
	offsetof(Frame, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, offsetof(Frame, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-visual", "visual", "Visual",
	DEF_FRAME_VISUAL, -1, offsetof(Frame, visualName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_FRAME_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Frame, width), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec frameOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-backgroundimage", "backgroundImage", "BackgroundImage",
	DEF_FRAME_BG_IMAGE, offsetof(Frame, bgimgPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bgimg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-backgroundimage", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
	DEF_FRAME_CLASS, -1, offsetof(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tile", "tile", "Tile",
	DEF_FRAME_BG_TILE, -1, offsetof(Frame, tile), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec toplevelOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-backgroundimage", "backgroundImage", "BackgroundImage",
	DEF_FRAME_BG_IMAGE, offsetof(Frame, bgimgPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bgimg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-backgroundimage", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS, -1, offsetof(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU, -1, offsetof(Frame, menuName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-screen", "screen", "Screen",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN, -1, offsetof(Frame, screenName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tile", "tile", "Tile",
	DEF_FRAME_BG_TILE, -1, offsetof(Frame, tile), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-use", "use", "Use",
	DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE, -1, offsetof(Frame, useThis),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec labelframeOptSpec[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Frame, borderWidth),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS, -1, offsetof(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT, -1, offsetof(Labelframe, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_FG, -1, offsetof(Labelframe, textColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR, -1, offsetof(Labelframe, labelAnchor),
	0, labelAnchorStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Labelframe, labelWin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT, offsetof(Labelframe, textPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, 0, 0, commonOptSpec, 0}
};

/*
 * Class names for widgets, indexed by FrameType.
307
308
309
310
311
312
313






314
315
316
317
318
319
320
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		CreateFrame(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[],
			    enum FrameType type, const char *appName);
static void		DestroyFrame(void *memPtr);
static void		DestroyFramePartly(Frame *framePtr);
static void		DisplayFrame(ClientData clientData);






static void		FrameCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void		FrameEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		FrameLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin);
static void		FrameRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin);







>
>
>
>
>
>







331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		CreateFrame(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[],
			    enum FrameType type, const char *appName);
static void		DestroyFrame(void *memPtr);
static void		DestroyFramePartly(Frame *framePtr);
static void		DisplayFrame(ClientData clientData);
static void		DrawFrameBackground(Tk_Window tkwin, Pixmap pixmap,
			    int highlightWidth, int borderWidth,
			    Tk_Image bgimg, int bgtile);
static void		FrameBgImageProc(ClientData clientData,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height,
			    int imgWidth, int imgHeight);
static void		FrameCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void		FrameEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		FrameLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin);
static void		FrameRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin);
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491

492
493
494
495
496
497
498
{
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Frame *framePtr;
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
    Tk_Window newWin;
    const char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName;
    const char *arg, *useOption;
    int i, length, depth;

    unsigned int mask;
    Colormap colormap;
    Visual *visual;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;







|
>







514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
{
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Frame *framePtr;
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
    Tk_Window newWin;
    const char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName;
    const char *arg, *useOption;
    int i, depth;
    TkSizeT length;
    unsigned int mask;
    Colormap colormap;
    Visual *visual;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
     * be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
     * Tk mechanisms.
     */

    className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
    colormap = None;
    for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
	arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if (length < 2) {
	    continue;
	}
	if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    className = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    colormapName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 's') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    screenName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'u') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    useOption = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'v')
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    visualName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Create the window, and deal with the special options -use, -classname,
     * -colormap, -screenname, and -visual. These options must be handle







|




|


|


|


|


|







542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
     * be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
     * Tk mechanisms.
     */

    className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
    colormap = None;
    for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if (length < 2) {
	    continue;
	}
	if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", length) == 0)) {
	    className = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", length) == 0)) {
	    colormapName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 's') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", length) == 0)) {
	    screenName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'u') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", length) == 0)) {
	    useOption = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'v')
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", length) == 0)) {
	    visualName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Create the window, and deal with the special options -use, -classname,
     * -colormap, -screenname, and -visual. These options must be handle
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr);

    mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
    if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
	mask |= ActivateMask;
    }
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr);
    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr, optionTable, newWin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (framePtr->isContainer) {
	if (framePtr->useThis != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(







|







709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr);

    mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
    if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
	mask |= ActivateMask;
    }
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr);
    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, framePtr, optionTable, newWin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (framePtr->isContainer) {
	if (framePtr->useThis != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746

747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
	"cget", "configure", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE
    };
    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK, index;
    int c, i, length;

    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], frameOptions,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case FRAME_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) framePtr,
		framePtr->optionTable, objv[2], framePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case FRAME_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) framePtr,
		    framePtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    framePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
	     * -use, or -visual to be changed.
	     */

	    for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
		const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

		if (length < 2) {
		    continue;
		}
		c = arg[1];
		if (((c == 'c') && (length >= 2)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", (unsigned)length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", (unsigned)length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-container", (unsigned)length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 's') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", (unsigned)length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'u') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", (unsigned)length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'v')
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", (unsigned)length) == 0))) {

#ifdef SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED
		    if (c == 'u') {
			const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);

			if (TkpUseWindow(interp, framePtr->tkwin,
				string) != TCL_OK) {







|
>


















|









|














|






|

|

|

|

|

|







770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
	"cget", "configure", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE
    };
    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK, index;
    int c, i;
    TkSizeT length;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], frameOptions,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case FRAME_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, framePtr,
		framePtr->optionTable, objv[2], framePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case FRAME_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, framePtr,
		    framePtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    framePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
	     * -use, or -visual to be changed.
	     */

	    for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
		const char *arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

		if (length < 2) {
		    continue;
		}
		c = arg[1];
		if (((c == 'c') && (length >= 2)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-container", length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 's') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'u') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", length) == 0))
		    || ((c == 'v')
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", length) == 0))) {

#ifdef SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED
		    if (c == 'u') {
			const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);

			if (TkpUseWindow(interp, framePtr->tkwin,
				string) != TCL_OK) {
864
865
866
867
868
869
870





871
872
873



874
875
876
877
878
879
880

    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
	if (labelframePtr->textGC != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC);
	}
    }





    if (framePtr->colormap != None) {
	Tk_FreeColormap(framePtr->display, framePtr->colormap);
    }



    ckfree(framePtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyFramePartly --







>
>
>
>
>



>
>
>







896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920

    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
	if (labelframePtr->textGC != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC);
	}
    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
    if (framePtr->copyGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, framePtr->copyGC);
    }
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
    if (framePtr->colormap != None) {
	Tk_FreeColormap(framePtr->display, framePtr->colormap);
    }
    if (framePtr->bgimg) {
	Tk_FreeImage(framePtr->bgimg);
    }
    ckfree(framePtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyFramePartly --
941
942
943
944
945
946
947

948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970














971
972
973
974
975
976
977
    int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    char *oldMenuName;
    Tk_Window oldWindow = NULL;
    Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;


    /*
     * Need the old menubar name for the menu code to delete it.
     */

    if (framePtr->menuName == NULL) {
    	oldMenuName = NULL;
    } else {
    	oldMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(framePtr->menuName) + 1);
    	strcpy(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName);
    }

    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	oldWindow = labelframePtr->labelWin;
    }
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr,
	    framePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    framePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	if (oldMenuName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(oldMenuName);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }














    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);

    /*
     * A few of the options require additional processing.
     */

    if ((((oldMenuName == NULL) && (framePtr->menuName != NULL))







>















|







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
    int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    char *oldMenuName;
    Tk_Window oldWindow = NULL;
    Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
    Tk_Image image = NULL;

    /*
     * Need the old menubar name for the menu code to delete it.
     */

    if (framePtr->menuName == NULL) {
    	oldMenuName = NULL;
    } else {
    	oldMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(framePtr->menuName) + 1);
    	strcpy(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName);
    }

    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	oldWindow = labelframePtr->labelWin;
    }
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, framePtr,
	    framePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    framePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	if (oldMenuName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(oldMenuName);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (framePtr->bgimgPtr) {
	image = Tk_GetImage(interp, framePtr->tkwin,
		Tcl_GetString(framePtr->bgimgPtr), FrameBgImageProc, framePtr);
	if (image == NULL) {
	    Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    if (framePtr->bgimg) {
	Tk_FreeImage(framePtr->bgimg);
    }
    framePtr->bgimg = image;

    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);

    /*
     * A few of the options require additional processing.
     */

    if ((((oldMenuName == NULL) && (framePtr->menuName != NULL))
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111









1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118

    anyTextLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
	    (labelframePtr->textPtr != NULL) &&
	    (labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL);
    anyWindowLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
	    (labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL);










    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	/*
	 * The textGC is needed even in the labelWin case, so it's always
	 * created for a labelframe.
	 */

	gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(labelframePtr->tkfont);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182

    anyTextLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
	    (labelframePtr->textPtr != NULL) &&
	    (labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL);
    anyWindowLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
	    (labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL);

#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
    if (framePtr->copyGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, framePtr->copyGC);
    }
    framePtr->copyGC = gc;
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */

    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	/*
	 * The textGC is needed even in the labelWin case, so it's always
	 * created for a labelframe.
	 */

	gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(labelframePtr->tkfont);
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455














1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464




1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
     * If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn.
     */

    if (framePtr->border == NULL) {
	return;
    }















    if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	/*
	 * Pass to platform specific draw function. In general, it just draws
	 * a simple rectangle, but it may "theme" the background.
	 */

    noLabel:
	TkpDrawFrame(tkwin, framePtr->border, hlWidth,
		framePtr->borderWidth, framePtr->relief);




    } else {
	Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;

	if ((labelframePtr->textPtr == NULL) &&
		(labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL)) {
	    goto noLabel;
	}

#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
	/*
	 * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the frame
	 * into off-screen memory, then copies it back on-screen in a single
	 * operation. This means there's no point in time where the on-screen
	 * image has been cleared.
	 */

	pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(framePtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
		Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
#else
	pixmap = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */

	/*
	 * Clear the pixmap.
	 */

	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, framePtr->border, 0, 0,
		Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







|

>
>
>
>








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554














1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
     * If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn.
     */

    if (framePtr->border == NULL) {
	return;
    }

#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
    /*
     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the frame into
     * off-screen memory, then copies it back on-screen in a single operation.
     * This means there's no point in time where the on-screen image has been
     * cleared.
     */

    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(framePtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
	    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
#else
    pixmap = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */

    if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	/*
	 * Pass to platform specific draw function. In general, it just draws
	 * a simple rectangle, but it may "theme" the background.
	 */

    noLabel:
	TkpDrawFrameEx(tkwin, pixmap, framePtr->border, hlWidth,
		framePtr->borderWidth, framePtr->relief);
	if (framePtr->bgimg) {
	    DrawFrameBackground(tkwin, pixmap, hlWidth, framePtr->borderWidth,
		    framePtr->bgimg, framePtr->tile);
	}
    } else {
	Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;

	if ((labelframePtr->textPtr == NULL) &&
		(labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL)) {
	    goto noLabel;
	}















	/*
	 * Clear the pixmap.
	 */

	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, framePtr->border, 0, 0,
		Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);

1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598

1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613































1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
	    } else {
		Tk_MaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin,
			labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
			labelframePtr->labelBox.width,
			labelframePtr->labelBox.height);
	    }
	}


#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
	/*
	 * Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen
	 * and free up the pixmap.
	 */

	XCopyArea(framePtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
		labelframePtr->textGC, hlWidth, hlWidth,
		(unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
		(unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
		hlWidth, hlWidth);
	Tk_FreePixmap(framePtr->display, pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
    }
































}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FrameEventProc --
 *







|
>

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
	    } else {
		Tk_MaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin,
			labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
			labelframePtr->labelBox.width,
			labelframePtr->labelBox.height);
	    }
	}
    }

#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
    /*
     * Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen and
     * free up the pixmap.
     */

    XCopyArea(framePtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
	    framePtr->copyGC, hlWidth, hlWidth,
	    (unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
	    (unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
	    hlWidth, hlWidth);
    Tk_FreePixmap(framePtr->display, pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawFrame --
 *
 *	This procedure draws the rectangular frame area.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawFrame(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Tk_3DBorder border,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    int relief)
{
    /*
     * Legacy shim to allow for external callers. Internal ones use
     * non-exposed TkpDrawFrameEx directly so they can use double-buffering.
     */

    TkpDrawFrameEx(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border,
	    highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FrameEventProc --
 *
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032


























































































































2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
    }
    framePtr = cmdInfo.objClientData;
    if (framePtr->type != TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return framePtr->tkwin;
}

/*


























































































































 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
    }
    framePtr = cmdInfo.objClientData;
    if (framePtr->type != TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return framePtr->tkwin;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FrameBgImageProc --
 *
 *	This function is invoked by the image code whenever the manager for an
 *	image does something that affects the size or contents of an image
 *	displayed on a frame's background.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Arranges for the button to get redisplayed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
FrameBgImageProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to widget record. */
    int x, int y,		/* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
				 * be redisplayed. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
				 * <= 0). */
    int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;

    /*
     * Changing the background image never alters the dimensions of the frame.
     */

    if (framePtr->tkwin && Tk_IsMapped(framePtr->tkwin) &&
	    !(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, framePtr);
	framePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawFrameBackground --
 *
 *	This function draws the background image of a rectangular frame area.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DrawFrameBackground(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Pixmap pixmap,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    Tk_Image bgimg,
    int bgtile)
{
    int width, height;			/* Area to paint on. */
    int imageWidth, imageHeight;	/* Dimensions of image. */
    const int bw = highlightWidth + borderWidth;

    Tk_SizeOfImage(bgimg, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
    width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*bw;
    height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*bw;

    if (bgtile) {
	/*
	 * Draw the image tiled in the widget (inside the border).
	 */

	int x, y;

	for (x = bw; x - bw < width; x += imageWidth) {
	    int w = imageWidth;
	    if (x - bw + imageWidth > width) {
		w = (width + bw) - x;
	    }
	    for (y = bw; y < height + bw; y += imageHeight) {
		int h = imageHeight;
		if (y - bw + imageHeight > height) {
		    h = (height + bw) - y;
		}
		Tk_RedrawImage(bgimg, 0, 0, w, h, pixmap, x, y);
	    }
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * Draw the image centred in the widget (inside the border).
	 */

	int x, y, xOff, yOff, w, h;

	if (width > imageWidth) {
	    x = 0;
	    xOff = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - imageWidth) / 2;
	    w = imageWidth;
	} else {
	    x = (imageWidth - width) / 2;
	    xOff = bw;
	    w = width;
	}
	if (height > imageHeight) {
	    y = 0;
	    yOff = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - imageHeight) / 2;
	    h = imageHeight;
	} else {
	    y = (imageHeight - height) / 2;
	    yOff = bw;
	    h = height;
	}
	Tk_RedrawImage(bgimg, x, y, w, h, pixmap, xOff, yOff);
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkGC.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
	 * This may still get called by other things shutting down, but the
	 * GCs should no longer be in use.
	 */

	return;
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    gcPtr->refCount--;
    if (gcPtr->refCount == 0) {
	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}








|




<
|







303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314

315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
	 * This may still get called by other things shutting down, but the
	 * GCs should no longer be in use.
	 */

	return;
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);

    if (gcPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}


Changes to generic/tkGeometry.c.

323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter, for error. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry master
				 * set. */
    const char *master)		/* The master identity. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

    if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL &&
	    strcmp(winPtr->geometryMaster, master) == 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "cannot use geometry manager %s inside %s which already"
		    " has slaves managed by %s",
		    master, Tk_PathName(tkwin), winPtr->geometryMaster));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "FIGHT", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    winPtr->geometryMaster = ckalloc(strlen(master) + 1);
    strcpy(winPtr->geometryMaster, master);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFreeGeometryMaster --







|
|


|




|





|
|







323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter, for error. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry master
				 * set. */
    const char *master)		/* The master identity. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

    if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL &&
	    strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, master) == 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "cannot use geometry manager %s inside %s which already"
		    " has slaves managed by %s",
		    master, Tk_PathName(tkwin), winPtr->geomMgrName));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "FIGHT", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    winPtr->geomMgrName = ckalloc(strlen(master) + 1);
    strcpy(winPtr->geomMgrName, master);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFreeGeometryMaster --
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
TkFreeGeometryMaster(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry master
				 * cleared. */
    const char *master)		/* The master identity. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

    if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL &&
	    strcmp(winPtr->geometryMaster, master) != 0) {
	Tcl_Panic("Trying to free %s from geometry manager %s",
		winPtr->geometryMaster, master);
    }
    if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL) {
	ckfree(winPtr->geometryMaster);
	winPtr->geometryMaster = NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_MaintainGeometry --







|
|

|

|
|
|







368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
TkFreeGeometryMaster(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry master
				 * cleared. */
    const char *master)		/* The master identity. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

    if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL &&
	    strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, master) != 0) {
	Tcl_Panic("Trying to free %s from geometry manager %s",
		winPtr->geomMgrName, master);
    }
    if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
	ckfree(winPtr->geomMgrName);
	winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_MaintainGeometry --
421
422
423
424
425
426
427



428
429
430
431
432
433
434
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
    register MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
    int isNew, map;
    Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) master)->dispPtr;




    if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
	/*
	 * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master, don't bother
	 * setting up the extra infrastructure for management, just make a
	 * call to Tk_MoveResizeWindow; the parent/child relationship will
	 * take care of the rest.
	 */







>
>
>







421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
    register MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
    int isNew, map;
    Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) master)->dispPtr;

    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)master;

    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)master;
    if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
	/*
	 * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master, don't bother
	 * setting up the extra infrastructure for management, just make a
	 * call to Tk_MoveResizeWindow; the parent/child relationship will
	 * take care of the rest.
	 */
566
567
568
569
570
571
572



573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
    register MaintainSlave *slavePtr, *prevPtr;
    Tk_Window ancestor;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slave)->dispPtr;




    if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
	/*
	 * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master,
	 * Tk_MaintainGeometry will not have set up any of the extra
	 * infrastructure. Don't even bother to look for it, just return.
	 */
	return;
    }

    if (!dispPtr->geomInit) {
	dispPtr->geomInit = 1;
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    }

    if (!(((TkWindow *) slave)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow(slave);
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, (char *) master);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
    slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
    if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
	masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;







>
>
>

















|







569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
    register MaintainSlave *slavePtr, *prevPtr;
    Tk_Window ancestor;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slave)->dispPtr;

    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = NULL;

    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = NULL;
    if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
	/*
	 * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master,
	 * Tk_MaintainGeometry will not have set up any of the extra
	 * infrastructure. Don't even bother to look for it, just return.
	 */
	return;
    }

    if (!dispPtr->geomInit) {
	dispPtr->geomInit = 1;
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    }

    if (!(((TkWindow *) slave)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow(slave);
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, master);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
    slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
    if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
	masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;

Changes to generic/tkGet.c.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
/*
 * One of these structures is created per thread to store thread-specific
 * data. In this case, it is used to house the Tk_Uid structs used by each
 * thread. The "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for
 * the current thread.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;
    Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

static void		FreeUidThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);








|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
/*
 * One of these structures is created per thread to store thread-specific
 * data. In this case, it is used to house the Tk_Uid structs used by each
 * thread. The "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for
 * the current thread.
 */

typedef struct {
    int initialized;
    Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

static void		FreeUidThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);

Changes to generic/tkGrab.c.

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
 * EnterNotify and LeaveNotify events that are generated in this file. This
 * allows us to separate "real" events coming from the server from those that
 * we generated.
 */

#define GENERATED_GRAB_EVENT_MAGIC ((Bool) 0x147321ac)

/*
 * Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus
 * masks that select individual buttons' bits:
 */

#define ALL_BUTTONS \
	(Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask)
static const unsigned int buttonStates[] = {
    Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file:
 */

static void		EatGrabEvents(TkDisplay *dispPtr, unsigned int serial);
static TkWindow *	FindCommonAncestor(TkWindow *winPtr1,
			    TkWindow *winPtr2, int *countPtr1, int *countPtr2);







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







130
131
132
133
134
135
136











137
138
139
140
141
142
143
 * EnterNotify and LeaveNotify events that are generated in this file. This
 * allows us to separate "real" events coming from the server from those that
 * we generated.
 */

#define GENERATED_GRAB_EVENT_MAGIC ((Bool) 0x147321ac)












/*
 * Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file:
 */

static void		EatGrabEvents(TkDisplay *dispPtr, unsigned int serial);
static TkWindow *	FindCommonAncestor(TkWindow *winPtr1,
			    TkWindow *winPtr2, int *countPtr1, int *countPtr2);
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int globalGrab;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    const char *arg;
    int index;
    int len;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"current", "release", "set", "status", NULL
    };
    static const char *const flagStrings[] = {
	"-global", NULL
    };
    enum options {







|







175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int globalGrab;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    const char *arg;
    int index;
    TkSizeT len;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"current", "release", "set", "status", NULL
    };
    static const char *const flagStrings[] = {
	"-global", NULL
    };
    enum options {
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
     */

    arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
    if (arg[0] == '.') {
	/* [grab window] */
	if (objc != 2) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, clientData);







|







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
     */

    arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
    if (arg[0] == '.') {
	/* [grab window] */
	if (objc != 2) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, clientData);
877
878
879
880
881
882
883

884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
			}
		    }
		}
		dispPtr->buttonWinPtr = winPtr;
		return 1;
	    }
	} else {

	    if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS)
		    == buttonStates[eventPtr->xbutton.button - Button1]) {
		ReleaseButtonGrab(dispPtr);			/* Note 4. */
	    }
	}
	if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
	    TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
	    return 0;						/* Note 3. */







>
|
|







866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
			}
		    }
		}
		dispPtr->buttonWinPtr = winPtr;
		return 1;
	    }
	} else {
	    if (eventPtr->xbutton.button != AnyButton &&
		    ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS)
		    == TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button))) {
		ReleaseButtonGrab(dispPtr);			/* Note 4. */
	    }
	}
	if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
	    TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
	    return 0;						/* Note 3. */
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
GrabWinEventProc(
    Tcl_Event *evPtr,		/* Event of type NewGrabWinEvent. */
    int flags)			/* Flags argument to Tk_DoOneEvent: indicates
				 * what kinds of events are being processed
				 * right now. */
{
    NewGrabWinEvent *grabEvPtr = (NewGrabWinEvent *) evPtr;

    grabEvPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(
	    grabEvPtr->dispPtr->display, grabEvPtr->grabWindow);







|







1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
GrabWinEventProc(
    Tcl_Event *evPtr,		/* Event of type NewGrabWinEvent. */
    int flags)			/* Flags argument to Tcl_DoOneEvent: indicates
				 * what kinds of events are being processed
				 * right now. */
{
    NewGrabWinEvent *grabEvPtr = (NewGrabWinEvent *) evPtr;

    grabEvPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(
	    grabEvPtr->dispPtr->display, grabEvPtr->grabWindow);

Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.

288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		GridLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin);
static void		GridReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void		InitMasterData(Gridder *masterPtr);
static Tcl_Obj *	NewPairObj(int, int);
static Tcl_Obj *	NewQuadObj(int, int, int, int);
static int		ResolveConstraints(Gridder *gridPtr, int rowOrColumn,
			    int maxOffset);
static void		SetGridSize(Gridder *gridPtr);
static int		SetSlaveColumn(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
			    int column, int numCols);
static int		SetSlaveRow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
			    int row, int numRows);







|
|







288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		GridLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin);
static void		GridReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void		InitMasterData(Gridder *masterPtr);
static Tcl_Obj *	NewPairObj(Tcl_WideInt, Tcl_WideInt);
static Tcl_Obj *	NewQuadObj(Tcl_WideInt, Tcl_WideInt, Tcl_WideInt, Tcl_WideInt);
static int		ResolveConstraints(Gridder *gridPtr, int rowOrColumn,
			    int maxOffset);
static void		SetGridSize(Gridder *gridPtr);
static int		SetSlaveColumn(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
			    int column, int numCols);
static int		SetSlaveRow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
			    int row, int numRows);
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-in", -1),
	    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-column", -1),
	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->column));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-row", -1),
	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->row));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-columnspan", -1),
	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->numCols));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-rowspan", -1),
	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->numRows));
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipadx", slavePtr->iPadX/2, slavePtr->iPadX);
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipady", slavePtr->iPadY/2, slavePtr->iPadY);
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-padx", slavePtr->padLeft, slavePtr->padX);
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-pady", slavePtr->padTop, slavePtr->padY);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-sticky", -1),
	    StickyToObj(slavePtr->sticky));
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, infoObj);







|

|

|

|







737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-in", -1),
	    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-column", -1),
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(slavePtr->column));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-row", -1),
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(slavePtr->row));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-columnspan", -1),
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(slavePtr->numCols));
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-rowspan", -1),
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(slavePtr->numRows));
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipadx", slavePtr->iPadX/2, slavePtr->iPadX);
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipady", slavePtr->iPadY/2, slavePtr->iPadY);
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-padx", slavePtr->padLeft, slavePtr->padX);
    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-pady", slavePtr->padTop, slavePtr->padY);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-sticky", -1),
	    StickyToObj(slavePtr->sticky));
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, infoObj);
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
		pad     = slotPtr[slot].pad;
		weight  = slotPtr[slot].weight;
		uniform = slotPtr[slot].uniform;
	    }

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-minsize", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(minsize));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-pad", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(pad));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-uniform", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(uniform == NULL ? "" : uniform, -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-weight", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(weight));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	/*
	 * If only one option is given, with no value, the current value is
	 * returned.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], optionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
		    (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].minSize : 0));
	} else if (index == ROWCOL_WEIGHT) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
		    (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].weight : 0));
	} else if (index == ROWCOL_UNIFORM) {
	    Tk_Uid value = (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].uniform : "";

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    (value == NULL) ? "" : value, -1));
	} else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
		    (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].pad : 0));
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    for (j = 0; j < lObjc; j++) {







|


|






|
















|


|







|







1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
		pad     = slotPtr[slot].pad;
		weight  = slotPtr[slot].weight;
		uniform = slotPtr[slot].uniform;
	    }

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-minsize", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(minsize));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-pad", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pad));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-uniform", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(uniform == NULL ? "" : uniform, -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("-weight", -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(weight));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	/*
	 * If only one option is given, with no value, the current value is
	 * returned.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], optionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		    (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].minSize : 0));
	} else if (index == ROWCOL_WEIGHT) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		    (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].weight : 0));
	} else if (index == ROWCOL_UNIFORM) {
	    Tk_Uid value = (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].uniform : "";

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    (value == NULL) ? "" : value, -1));
	} else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		    (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].pad : 0));
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    for (j = 0; j < lObjc; j++) {
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
    int width, height;		/* Requested size of layout, in pixels. */
    int realWidth, realHeight;	/* Actual size layout should take-up. */
    int usedX, usedY;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
     * just leave the master's size as-is. Otherwise there is no way to
     * "relinquish" control over the master so another geometry manager can
     * take over.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {







|
|
|
<







1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737

1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
    int width, height;		/* Requested size of layout, in pixels. */
    int realWidth, realHeight;	/* Actual size layout should take-up. */
    int usedX, usedY;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't change the master size.
     * Otherwise there is no way to "relinquish" control over the master
     * so another geometry manager can take over.

     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
				 * constraints. */
    int slotCount;		/* Last occupied row or column. */
    int gridCount;		/* The larger of slotCount and
				 * constraintCount. */
    GridLayout *layoutPtr;	/* Temporary layout structure. */
    int requiredSize;		/* The natural size of the grid (pixels).
				 * This is the minimum size needed to
				 * accomodate all of the slaves at their
				 * requested sizes. */
    int offset;			/* The pixel offset of the right edge of the
				 * current slot from the beginning of the
				 * layout. */
    int slot;			/* The current slot. */
    int start;			/* The first slot of a contiguous set whose
				 * constraints are not yet fully resolved. */







|







1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
				 * constraints. */
    int slotCount;		/* Last occupied row or column. */
    int gridCount;		/* The larger of slotCount and
				 * constraintCount. */
    GridLayout *layoutPtr;	/* Temporary layout structure. */
    int requiredSize;		/* The natural size of the grid (pixels).
				 * This is the minimum size needed to
				 * accommodate all of the slaves at their
				 * requested sizes. */
    int offset;			/* The pixel offset of the right edge of the
				 * current slot from the beginning of the
				 * layout. */
    int slot;			/* The current slot. */
    int start;			/* The first slot of a contiguous set whose
				 * constraints are not yet fully resolved. */
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The width and height arguments are filled in the master data
 *	structure. Additional space is allocated for the constraints to
 *	accomodate the offsets.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
SetGridSize(
    Gridder *masterPtr)		/* The geometry master for this grid. */







|







2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The width and height arguments are filled in the master data
 *	structure. Additional space is allocated for the constraints to
 *	accommodate the offsets.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
SetGridSize(
    Gridder *masterPtr)		/* The geometry master for this grid. */
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779



2780
2781
2782
2783
2784

2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791

    SetGridSize(slavePtr->masterPtr);
    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.



     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;

    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyGrid --







>
>
>





>







2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

    SetGridSize(slavePtr->masterPtr);
    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     *
     * Send the event "NoManagedChild" to the master to inform it about there
     * being no managed children inside it.
     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
	TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "NoManagedChild", NULL);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyGrid --
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)







|







2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940

2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
				 * window names followed by any number of
				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
				 * that there is at least one window name. */
{
    Gridder *masterPtr = NULL;
    Gridder *slavePtr;
    Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;

    int i, j, tmp;
    int numWindows;
    int width;
    int defaultRow = -1;
    int defaultColumn = 0;	/* Default column number */
    int defaultColumnSpan = 1;	/* Default number of columns */
    const char *lastWindow;	/* Use this window to base current row/col







>







2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
				 * window names followed by any number of
				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
				 * that there is at least one window name. */
{
    Gridder *masterPtr = NULL;
    Gridder *slavePtr;
    Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;
    TkWindow *master;
    int i, j, tmp;
    int numWindows;
    int width;
    int defaultRow = -1;
    int defaultColumn = 0;	/* Default column number */
    int defaultColumnSpan = 1;	/* Default number of columns */
    const char *lastWindow;	/* Use this window to base current row/col
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978

    /*
     * Count the number of windows, or window short-cuts.
     */

    firstChar = 0;
    for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
	int length;
	char prevChar = firstChar;

	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
    	firstChar = string[0];

	if (firstChar == '.') {
	    /*
	     * Check that windows are valid, and locate the first slave's
	     * parent window (default for -in).
	     */







|


|







2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982

    /*
     * Count the number of windows, or window short-cuts.
     */

    firstChar = 0;
    for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
	TkSizeT length;
	char prevChar = firstChar;

	string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
    	firstChar = string[0];

	if (firstChar == '.') {
	    /*
	     * Check that windows are valid, and locate the first slave's
	     * parent window (default for -in).
	     */
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357


3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365




3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
		Unlink(slavePtr);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Try to make sure our master isn't managed by us.
	 */



     	if (masterPtr->masterPtr == slavePtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
	    Unlink(slavePtr);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
     	}





	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, slavePtr);

	if (!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
	    if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, masterPtr->tkwin, "grid")
		    != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);







|


>
>
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>







3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
		Unlink(slavePtr);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Check for management loops.
	 */

	for (master = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; master != NULL;
	     master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) {
	    if (master == (TkWindow *)slave) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
	            Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
		Unlink(slavePtr);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	if (masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slave)) {
	    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin;
	}

	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, slavePtr);

	if (!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
	    if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, masterPtr->tkwin, "grid")
		    != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511



3512
3513
3514
3515
3516

3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    SetGridSize(masterPtr);

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.



     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;

    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







>
>
>





>







3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    SetGridSize(masterPtr);

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     *
     * Send the event "NoManagedChild" to the master to inform it about there
     * being no managed children inside it.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
	TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "NoManagedChild", NULL);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
NewPairObj(
    int val1, int val2)
{
    Tcl_Obj *ary[2];

    ary[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val1);
    ary[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val2);
    return Tcl_NewListObj(2, ary);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NewQuadObj --







|



|
|







3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
NewPairObj(
    Tcl_WideInt val1, Tcl_WideInt val2)
{
    Tcl_Obj *ary[2];

    ary[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val1);
    ary[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val2);
    return Tcl_NewListObj(2, ary);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NewQuadObj --
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
NewQuadObj(
    int val1, int val2, int val3, int val4)
{
    Tcl_Obj *ary[4];

    ary[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val1);
    ary[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val2);
    ary[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val3);
    ary[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val4);
    return Tcl_NewListObj(4, ary);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|



|
|
|
|










3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
NewQuadObj(
    Tcl_WideInt val1, Tcl_WideInt val2, Tcl_WideInt val3, Tcl_WideInt val4)
{
    Tcl_Obj *ary[4];

    ary[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val1);
    ary[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val2);
    ary[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val3);
    ary[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val4);
    return Tcl_NewListObj(4, ary);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkImage.c.

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
    Image *instancePtr;		/* Pointer to first in list of instances
				 * derived from this name. */
    int deleted;		/* Flag set when image is being deleted. */
    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Main window of interpreter (used to detect
				 * when the world is falling apart.) */
} ImageMaster;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    Tk_ImageType *imageTypeList;/* First in a list of all known image
				 * types. */
    Tk_ImageType *oldImageTypeList;
				/* First in a list of all known old-style
				 * image types. */
    int initialized;		/* Set to 1 if we've initialized the
				 * structure. */







|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
    Image *instancePtr;		/* Pointer to first in list of instances
				 * derived from this name. */
    int deleted;		/* Flag set when image is being deleted. */
    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Main window of interpreter (used to detect
				 * when the world is falling apart.) */
} ImageMaster;

typedef struct {
    Tk_ImageType *imageTypeList;/* First in a list of all known image
				 * types. */
    Tk_ImageType *oldImageTypeList;
				/* First in a list of all known old-style
				 * image types. */
    int initialized;		/* Set to 1 if we've initialized the
				 * structure. */
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497

	/*
	 * Now we read off the specific piece of data we were asked for.
	 */

	switch ((enum options) index) {
	case IMAGE_HEIGHT:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(masterPtr->height));
	    break;
	case IMAGE_INUSE:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		    masterPtr->typePtr && masterPtr->instancePtr));
	    break;
	case IMAGE_TYPE:
	    if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
			Tcl_NewStringObj(masterPtr->typePtr->name, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	case IMAGE_WIDTH:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(masterPtr->width));
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("can't happen");
	}
	break;
    }
    return TCL_OK;







|












|







470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497

	/*
	 * Now we read off the specific piece of data we were asked for.
	 */

	switch ((enum options) index) {
	case IMAGE_HEIGHT:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(masterPtr->height));
	    break;
	case IMAGE_INUSE:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		    masterPtr->typePtr && masterPtr->instancePtr));
	    break;
	case IMAGE_TYPE:
	    if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
			Tcl_NewStringObj(masterPtr->typePtr->name, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	case IMAGE_WIDTH:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(masterPtr->width));
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("can't happen");
	}
	break;
    }
    return TCL_OK;

Changes to generic/tkImgBmap.c.

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    int refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */







|







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration specs:
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	"", Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, bgUid), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-data", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, dataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	"#000000", Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, fgUid), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskdata", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, maskDataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskfile", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, maskFileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * The following data structure is used to describe the state of parsing a
 * bitmap file or string. It is used for communication between TkGetBitmapData
 * and NextBitmapWord.







|

|

|

|

|

|







104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration specs:
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	"", offsetof(BitmapMaster, bgUid), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-data", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapMaster, dataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapMaster, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	"#000000", offsetof(BitmapMaster, fgUid), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskdata", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapMaster, maskDataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskfile", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(BitmapMaster, maskFileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * The following data structure is used to describe the state of parsing a
 * bitmap file or string. It is used for communication between TkGetBitmapData
 * and NextBitmapWord.
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;

    instancePtr->refCount--;
    if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */







<
|







947
948
949
950
951
952
953

954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;


    if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
 */

static int
GetByte(
    Tcl_Channel chan)	/* The channel we read from. */
{
    char buffer;
    int size;

    size = Tcl_Read(chan, &buffer, 1);
    if (size <= 0) {
	return EOF;
    } else {
	return buffer;
    }
}

/*







|


|







1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
 */

static int
GetByte(
    Tcl_Channel chan)	/* The channel we read from. */
{
    char buffer;
    size_t size;

    size = Tcl_Read(chan, &buffer, 1);
    if ((size + 1) < 2) {
	return EOF;
    } else {
	return buffer;
    }
}

/*

Changes to generic/tkImgGIF.c.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
 * state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
 */

typedef struct mFile {
    unsigned char *data;	/* mmencoded source string */
    int c;			/* bits left over from previous character */
    int state;			/* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
    int length;			/* Total amount of bytes in data */
} MFile;

/*
 * Non-ASCII encoding support:
 * Most data in a GIF image is binary and is treated as such. However, a few
 * key bits are stashed in ASCII. If we try to compare those pieces to the
 * char they represent, it will fail on any non-ASCII (eg, EBCDIC) system. To
 * accomodate these systems, we test against the numeric value of the ASCII
 * characters instead of the characters themselves. This is encoding
 * independant.
 */

static const char GIF87a[] = {			/* ASCII GIF87a */
    0x47, 0x49, 0x46, 0x38, 0x37, 0x61, 0x00
};
static const char GIF89a[] = {			/* ASCII GIF89a */
    0x47, 0x49, 0x46, 0x38, 0x39, 0x61, 0x00







|







|

|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
 * state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
 */

typedef struct mFile {
    unsigned char *data;	/* mmencoded source string */
    int c;			/* bits left over from previous character */
    int state;			/* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
    size_t length;			/* Total amount of bytes in data */
} MFile;

/*
 * Non-ASCII encoding support:
 * Most data in a GIF image is binary and is treated as such. However, a few
 * key bits are stashed in ASCII. If we try to compare those pieces to the
 * char they represent, it will fail on any non-ASCII (eg, EBCDIC) system. To
 * accommodate these systems, we test against the numeric value of the ASCII
 * characters instead of the characters themselves. This is encoding
 * independent.
 */

static const char GIF87a[] = {			/* ASCII GIF87a */
    0x47, 0x49, 0x46, 0x38, 0x37, 0x61, 0x00
};
static const char GIF89a[] = {			/* ASCII GIF89a */
    0x47, 0x49, 0x46, 0x38, 0x39, 0x61, 0x00
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
} GIFImageConfig;

/*
 * Type of a function used to do the writing to a file or buffer when
 * serializing in the GIF format.
 */

typedef int (WriteBytesFunc) (ClientData clientData, const char *bytes,
			    int byteCount);

/*
 * The format record for the GIF file format:
 */

static int		FileMatchGIF(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName,
			    Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,







|
|







107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
} GIFImageConfig;

/*
 * Type of a function used to do the writing to a file or buffer when
 * serializing in the GIF format.
 */

typedef size_t (WriteBytesFunc) (ClientData clientData, const char *bytes,
			    size_t byteCount);

/*
 * The format record for the GIF file format:
 */

static int		FileMatchGIF(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName,
			    Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
			    unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX,
			    int srcY, int interlace, int transparent);

/*
 * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only
 */

static int		Fread(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, unsigned char *dst,
			    size_t size, size_t count, Tcl_Channel chan);
static int		Mread(unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count,
			    MFile *handle);
static int		Mgetc(MFile *handle);
static int		char64(int c);
static void		mInit(unsigned char *string, MFile *handle,
			    int length);

/*
 * Types, defines and variables needed to write and compress a GIF.
 */

#define LSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) & 0x00FF))
#define MSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) >> 8))







|

|




|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
			    unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX,
			    int srcY, int interlace, int transparent);

/*
 * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only
 */

static size_t		Fread(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, unsigned char *dst,
			    size_t size, size_t count, Tcl_Channel chan);
static size_t		Mread(unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count,
			    MFile *handle);
static int		Mgetc(MFile *handle);
static int		char64(int c);
static void		mInit(unsigned char *string, MFile *handle,
			    size_t length);

/*
 * Types, defines and variables needed to write and compress a GIF.
 */

#define LSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) & 0x00FF))
#define MSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) >> 8))
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
    Tcl_Obj *dataObj,		/* the object containing the image data */
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* the image format object, or NULL */
    int *widthPtr,		/* where to put the string width */
    int *heightPtr,		/* where to put the string height */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* not used */
{
    unsigned char *data, header[10];
    int got, length;
    MFile handle;

    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    /*
     * Header is a minimum of 10 bytes.
     */

    if (length < 10) {
	return 0;







|


|







753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
    Tcl_Obj *dataObj,		/* the object containing the image data */
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* the image format object, or NULL */
    int *widthPtr,		/* where to put the string width */
    int *heightPtr,		/* where to put the string height */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* not used */
{
    unsigned char *data, header[10];
    TkSizeT got, length;
    MFile handle;

    data = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    /*
     * Header is a minimum of 10 bytes.
     */

    if (length < 10) {
	return 0;
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* format object, or NULL */
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,	/* the image to write this data into */
    int destX, int destY,	/* The rectangular region of the */
    int width, int height,	/* image to copy */
    int srcX, int srcY)
{
    MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
    int length;
    const char *xferFormat;
    unsigned char *data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    mInit(data, hdlPtr, length);

    /*
     * Check whether the data is Base64 encoded by doing a character-by-
     * charcter comparison with the binary-format headers; BASE64-encoded
     * never matches (matching the other way is harder because of potential







|

|







822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* format object, or NULL */
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,	/* the image to write this data into */
    int destX, int destY,	/* The rectangular region of the */
    int width, int height,	/* image to copy */
    int srcX, int srcY)
{
    MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *xferFormat;
    unsigned char *data = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    mInit(data, hdlPtr, length);

    /*
     * Check whether the data is Base64 encoded by doing a character-by-
     * charcter comparison with the binary-format headers; BASE64-encoded
     * never matches (matching the other way is harder because of potential
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
    int number,
    unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
    int i;
    unsigned char rgb[3];

    for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
	if (Fread(gifConfPtr, rgb, sizeof(rgb), 1, chan) <= 0) {
	    return 0;
	}

	if (buffer) {
	    buffer[i][CM_RED] = rgb[0];
	    buffer[i][CM_GREEN] = rgb[1];
	    buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];







|







913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
    int number,
    unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
    int i;
    unsigned char rgb[3];

    for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
	if (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, rgb, sizeof(rgb), 1, chan) + 1) < 2) {
	    return 0;
	}

	if (buffer) {
	    buffer[i][CM_RED] = rgb[0];
	    buffer[i][CM_GREEN] = rgb[1];
	    buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
GetDataBlock(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    Tcl_Channel chan,
    unsigned char *buf)
{
    unsigned char count;

    if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &count, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    if ((count != 0) && (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, count, 1, chan) <= 0)) {
	return -1;
    }

    return count;
}

/*







|



|







979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
GetDataBlock(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    Tcl_Channel chan,
    unsigned char *buf)
{
    unsigned char count;

    if (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, &count, 1, 1, chan) + 1) < 2) {
	return -1;
    }

    if ((count != 0) && (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, count, 1, chan) + 1) < 2)) {
	return -1;
    }

    return count;
}

/*
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
    int len, int rows,
    unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
    int srcX, int srcY,
    int interlace,
    int transparent)
{
    unsigned char initialCodeSize;
    int xpos = 0, ypos = 0, pass = 0, i;
    register unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    static const int interlaceStep[] = { 8, 8, 4, 2 };
    static const int interlaceStart[] = { 0, 4, 2, 1 };
    unsigned short prefix[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
    unsigned char append[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
    unsigned char stack[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)*2];
    register unsigned char *top;
    int codeSize, clearCode, inCode, endCode, oldCode, maxCode;
    int code, firstCode, v;

    /*
     * Initialize the decoder
     */

    if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &initialCodeSize, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading GIF image: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (initialCodeSize > MAX_LWZ_BITS) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("malformed image", -1));







|














|







1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
    int len, int rows,
    unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
    int srcX, int srcY,
    int interlace,
    int transparent)
{
    unsigned char initialCodeSize;
    int xpos = 0, ypos = 0, pass = 0, i, count;
    register unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    static const int interlaceStep[] = { 8, 8, 4, 2 };
    static const int interlaceStart[] = { 0, 4, 2, 1 };
    unsigned short prefix[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
    unsigned char append[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
    unsigned char stack[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)*2];
    register unsigned char *top;
    int codeSize, clearCode, inCode, endCode, oldCode, maxCode;
    int code, firstCode, v;

    /*
     * Initialize the decoder
     */

    if (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, &initialCodeSize, 1, 1, chan) + 1) < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading GIF image: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (initialCodeSize > MAX_LWZ_BITS) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("malformed image", -1));
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254



















1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
		ypos = interlaceStart[pass];
	    }
	} else {
	    ypos++;
	}
	pixelPtr = imagePtr + (ypos) * len * ((transparent>=0)?4:3);
    }



















    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetCode --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
		ypos = interlaceStart[pass];
	    }
	} else {
	    ypos++;
	}
	pixelPtr = imagePtr + (ypos) * len * ((transparent>=0)?4:3);
    }

    /*
     * Now read until the final zero byte.
     * It was observed that there might be 1 length blocks
     * (test imgPhoto-14.1) which are not read.
     *
     * The field "stack" is abused for temporary buffer. it has 4096 bytes
     * and we need 256.
     *
     * Loop until we hit a 0 length block which is the end sign.
     */
    while ( 0 < (count = GetDataBlock(gifConfPtr, chan, stack)))
    {
	if (-1 == count ) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "error reading GIF image: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetCode --
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
mInit(
    unsigned char *string,	/* string containing initial mmencoded data */
    MFile *handle,		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
    int length)			/* Number of bytes in string */
{
    handle->data = string;
    handle->state = 0;
    handle->c = 0;
    handle->length = length;
}








|







1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
mInit(
    unsigned char *string,	/* string containing initial mmencoded data */
    MFile *handle,		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
    size_t length)			/* Number of bytes in string */
{
    handle->data = string;
    handle->state = 0;
    handle->c = 0;
    handle->length = length;
}

1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The base64 handle will change state.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
Mread(
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t chunkSize,		/* size of each transfer */
    size_t numChunks,		/* number of chunks */
    MFile *handle)		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
{
    register int i, c;
    int count = chunkSize * numChunks;

    for (i=0; i<count && (c=Mgetc(handle)) != GIF_DONE; i++) {
	*dst++ = c;
    }
    return i;
}








|






|
|







1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The base64 handle will change state.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static size_t
Mread(
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t chunkSize,		/* size of each transfer */
    size_t numChunks,		/* number of chunks */
    MFile *handle)		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
{
    int c;
    size_t i, count = chunkSize * numChunks;

    for (i=0; i<count && (c=Mgetc(handle)) != GIF_DONE; i++) {
	*dst++ = c;
    }
    return i;
}

1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
 *	a base64 encoded string.
 *
 * Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read()
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
Fread(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t hunk, size_t count,	/* how many */
    Tcl_Channel chan)
{
    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
	return Mread(dst, hunk, count, (MFile *) chan);
    }

    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BINARY) {
	MFile *handle = (MFile *) chan;

	if (handle->length <= 0 || (size_t) handle->length < hunk*count) {
	    return -1;
	}
	memcpy(dst, handle->data, (size_t) (hunk * count));
	handle->data += hunk * count;
	handle->length -= hunk * count;
	return (int)(hunk * count);
    }

    /*
     * Otherwise we've got a real file to read.
     */

    return Tcl_Read(chan, (char *) dst, (int) (hunk * count));
}

/*
 * ChanWriteGIF - writes a image in GIF format.
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Author:		Lolo
 *			Engeneering Projects Area







|













|
|

|


|






|







1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
 *	a base64 encoded string.
 *
 * Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read()
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static size_t
Fread(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t hunk, size_t count,	/* how many */
    Tcl_Channel chan)
{
    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
	return Mread(dst, hunk, count, (MFile *) chan);
    }

    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BINARY) {
	MFile *handle = (MFile *) chan;

	if ((handle->length + 1 < 2) || (handle->length < hunk*count)) {
	    return (size_t)-1;
	}
	memcpy(dst, handle->data, hunk * count);
	handle->data += hunk * count;
	handle->length -= hunk * count;
	return hunk * count;
    }

    /*
     * Otherwise we've got a real file to read.
     */

    return Tcl_Read(chan, (char *) dst, hunk * count);
}

/*
 * ChanWriteGIF - writes a image in GIF format.
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Author:		Lolo
 *			Engeneering Projects Area
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    return result;
}

static int
WriteToChannel(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    int byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Channel handle = clientData;

    return Tcl_Write(handle, bytes, byteCount);
}

static int
WriteToByteArray(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    int byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((unsigned char *) bytes, byteCount);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(objPtr, tmpObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);







|



|






|



|







1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    return result;
}

static size_t
WriteToChannel(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    size_t byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Channel handle = clientData;

    return Tcl_Write(handle, bytes, byteCount);
}

static size_t
WriteToByteArray(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    size_t byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((unsigned char *) bytes, byteCount);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(objPtr, tmpObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);

Added generic/tkImgListFormat.c.











































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
/*
 * tkImgListFormat.c --
 *
 *      Implements the default image data format. I.e. the format used for
 *      [imageName data] and [imageName put] if no other format is specified.
 *
 *      The default format consits of a list of scan lines (rows) with each
 *      list element being itself a list of pixels (or columns). For details,
 *      see the manpage photo.n
 *
 *      This image format cannot read/write files, it is meant for string
 *      data only.
 *
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Donal K. Fellows
 * Copyright (c) 2003 ActiveState Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
 * Authors:
 *      Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
 *              Department of Computer Science,
 *              Australian National University.
 *
 *      Simon Bachmann ([email protected])
 */


#include "tkImgPhoto.h"

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to allocate memory for an image fails.
 */

#define TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE \
        "not enough free memory for image buffer"


/*
 * Color name length limit: do not attempt to parse as color strings that are
 * longer than this limit
 */

#define TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS 99

/*
 * Symbols for the different formats of a color string.
 */

enum ColorFormatType {
    COLORFORMAT_TKCOLOR,
    COLORFORMAT_EMPTYSTRING,
    COLORFORMAT_LIST,
    COLORFORMAT_RGB1,
    COLORFORMAT_RGB2,
    COLORFORMAT_RGBA1,
    COLORFORMAT_RGBA2
};

/*
 * Names for the color format types above.
 * Order must match the one in enum ColorFormatType
 */

static const char *const colorFormatNames[] = {
    "tkcolor",
    "emptystring",
    "list",
    "rgb-short",
    "rgb",
    "rgba-short",
    "rgba",
    NULL
};

/*
 * The following data structure is used to return information from
 * ParseFormatOptions:
 */

struct FormatOptions {
    int options;         /* Individual bits indicate which options were
                          * specified - see below. */
    Tcl_Obj *formatName; /* Name specified without an option. */
    enum ColorFormatType colorFormat;
                         /* The color format type given with the
                          * -colorformat option */
};

/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseFormatOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseFormatOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the FormatOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *
 * OPT_COLORFORMAT:         Set if -alpha option allowed/specified.
 */

#define OPT_COLORFORMAT     1

/*
 * List of format option names. The order here must match the order of
 * declarations of the FMT_OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const formatOptionNames[] = {
    "-colorformat",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Forward declarations
 */

static int      ParseFormatOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions,
                    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int *indexPtr,
                    struct FormatOptions *optPtr);
static Tcl_Obj  *GetBadOptMsg(const char *badValue, int allowedOpts);
static int      StringMatchDef(Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
                    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int      StringReadDef(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *data,
                    Tcl_Obj *formatString, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
                    int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
                    int srcX, int srcY);
static int      StringWriteDef(Tcl_Interp *interp,
                    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
                    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int      ParseColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *specObj,
                    Display *display, Colormap colormap, unsigned char *redPtr,
                    unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr,
                    unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsList(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString,
                    int colorStrLen, unsigned char *redPtr,
                    unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr,
                    unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsHex(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString,
                    int colorStrLen, Display *display, Colormap colormap,
                    unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr,
                    unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsStandard(Tcl_Interp *interp,
                    const char *colorString, int colorStrLen,
                    Display *display, Colormap colormap,
                    unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr,
                    unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr);

/*
 * The format record for the default image handler
 */

Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault = {
    "default",      /* name */
    NULL,           /* fileMatchProc: format doesn't support file ops */
    StringMatchDef, /* stringMatchProc */
    NULL,           /* fileReadProc: format doesn't support file read */
    StringReadDef,  /* stringReadProc */
    NULL,           /* fileWriteProc: format doesn't support file write */
    StringWriteDef  /* stringWriteProc */
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseFormatOptions --
 *
 *      Parse the options passed to the image format handler.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, the structure pointed to by optPtr is filled with the
 *      values passed or with the defaults and TCL_OK returned.
 *      If an error occurs, leaves an error message in interp and returns
 *      TCL_ERROR.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The value in *indexPtr is updated to the index of the fist
 *      element in argv[] that does not look like an option/value, or to
 *      argc if parsing reached the end of argv[].
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseFormatOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,               /* For error messages */
    int allowedOptions,               /* Bitfield specifying which options are
                                       * to be considered allowed */
    int objc,                         /* Number of elements in argv[] */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],            /* The arguments to parse */
    int *indexPtr,                    /* Index giving the first element to
                                       * parse. The value is updated to the
                                       * index where parsing ended */
    struct FormatOptions *optPtr)     /* Parsed option values are written to
                                       * this struct */

{
    int index, optIndex, typeIndex, first;
    const char *option;

    first = 1;

    /*
     * Fill in default values
     */
    optPtr->options = 0;
    optPtr->formatName = NULL;
    optPtr->colorFormat = COLORFORMAT_RGB2;
    for (index = *indexPtr; index < objc; *indexPtr = ++index) {
        int optionExists;

        /*
         * The first value can be the format handler's name. It goes to
         * optPtr->name.
         */
        option = Tcl_GetString(objv[index]);
        if (option[0] != '-') {
            if (first) {
                optPtr->formatName = objv[index];
                first = 0;
                continue;
            } else {
                break;
            }
        }
        first = 0;

        /*
         * Check if option is known and allowed
         */

        optionExists = 1;
        if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], formatOptionNames,
                "format option", 0, &optIndex) != TCL_OK) {
            optionExists = 0;
        }
        if (!optionExists || !((1 << optIndex) & allowedOptions)) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[index]),
                    allowedOptions));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }

        /*
         * Option-specific checks
         */

        switch (1 << optIndex) {
        case OPT_COLORFORMAT:
            *indexPtr = ++index;
            if (index >= objc) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("the \"%s\" option "
                        "requires a value", Tcl_GetString(objv[index - 1])));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "MISSING_VALUE", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], colorFormatNames, "",
                    TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK
                    || (typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_LIST
                    && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGB2
                    && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGBA2) ) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad color format "
                        "\"%s\": must be rgb, rgba, or list",
                        Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "BAD_COLOR_FORMAT", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            optPtr->colorFormat = typeIndex;
            break;
        default:
            Tcl_Panic("ParseFormatOptions: unexpected switch fallthrough");
        }

        /*
         * Add option to bitfield in optPtr
         */
        optPtr->options |= (1 << optIndex);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 *  GetBadOptMsg --
 *
 *      Build a Tcl_Obj containing an error message in the form "bad option
 *      "xx": must be y, or z", based on the bits set in allowedOpts.
 *
 * Results:
 *      A Tcl Object containig the error message.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static Tcl_Obj *
GetBadOptMsg(
    const char *badValue,   /* the erroneous option */
    int allowedOpts)        /* bitfield specifying the allowed options */
{
    int i, bit;
    Tcl_Obj *resObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad format option \"%s\": ", badValue);

    if (allowedOpts == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "no options allowed", -1);
    } else {
        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "must be ", -1);
        bit = 1;
        for (i = 0; formatOptionNames[i] != NULL; i++) {
            if (allowedOpts & bit) {
                if (allowedOpts & (bit -1)) {
                    /*
                     * not the first option
                     */
                    if (allowedOpts & ~((bit << 1) - 1)) {
                        /*
                         * not the last option
                         */
                        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", ", -1);
                    } else {
                        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", or ", -1);
                    }
                }
                Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, formatOptionNames[i], -1);
            }
            bit <<=1;
        }
    }
    return resObj;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringMatchDef --
 *
 *      Default string match function. Test if image data in string form
 *      appears to be in the default list-of-list-of-pixel-data format
 *      accepted by the "<img> put" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *      If thte data is in the default format, writes the size of the image
 *      to widthPtr and heightPtr and returns 1. Otherwise, leaves an error
 *      message in interp (if not NULL) and returns 0.
 *      Note that this function does not parse all data points. A return
 *      value of 1 does not guarantee that the data can be read without
 *      errors.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
StringMatchDef(
    Tcl_Obj *data,          /* The data to check */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,  /* Value of the -format option, not used here */
    int *widthPtr,          /* Width of image is written to this location */
    int *heightPtr,         /* Height of image is written to this location */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)     /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */
{
    int y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount;
    unsigned char dummy;
    Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, *pixelData;

    /*
     * See if data can be parsed as a list, if every element is itself a valid
     * list and all sublists have the same length.
     */

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (rowCount == 0) {
        /*
         * empty list is valid data
         */

        *widthPtr = 0;
        *heightPtr = 0;
        return 1;
    }
    colCount = -1;
    for (y = 0; y < rowCount; y++) {
        if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount) != TCL_OK) {
            return 0;
        }
        if (colCount < 0) {
            colCount = curColCount;
        } else if (curColCount != colCount) {
            if (interp != NULL) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid row # %d: "
                        "all rows must have the same number of elements", y));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "INVALID_DATA", NULL);
            }
            return 0;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Data in base64 encoding (or even binary data), might actually pass
     * these tests. To avoid parsing it as list of lists format, check one
     * pixel for validity.
     */
    if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, rowListPtr[0], 0, &pixelData) != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(pixelData) > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (ParseColor(interp, pixelData, Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)),
            Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }

    /*
     * Looks like we have valid data for this format.
     * We do not check any pixel values - that's the job of ImgStringRead()
     */

    *widthPtr = colCount;
    *heightPtr = rowCount;

    return 1;

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringReadDef --
 *
 *      String read function for default format. (see manpage for details on
 *      the format).
 *
 * Results:
 *      A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      If the data has valid format, write it to the image identified by
 *      imageHandle.
 *      If the image data cannot be parsed, an error message is left in
 *      interp.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/

static int
StringReadDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* leave error messages here */
    Tcl_Obj *data,              /* the data to parse */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,      /* value of the -format option */
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* write data to this image */
    int destX, int destY,       /* start writing data at this point
                                 * in destination image*/
    int width, int height,      /* dimensions of area to write to */
    int srcX, int srcY)         /* start reading source data at these
                                 * coordinates */
{
    Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, **colListPtr;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    int objc;
    unsigned char *curPixelPtr;
    int x, y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock srcBlock;
    Display *display;
    Colormap colormap;
    struct FormatOptions opts;
    int optIndex;

    /*
     * Parse format suboptions
     * We don't use any format suboptions, but we still need to provide useful
     * error messages if suboptions were specified.
     */

    memset(&opts, 0, sizeof(opts));
    if (formatString != NULL) {
        if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv)
                != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        optIndex = 0;
        if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, 0, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts)
                != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (optIndex < objc) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
                    GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), 0));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Check input data
     */

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr)
            != TCL_OK ) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if ( rowCount > 0 && Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[0], &colCount)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0 || rowCount == 0 || colCount == 0) {
        /*
         * No changes with zero sized input or zero sized output region
         */

        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (srcX < 0 || srcY < 0 || srcX >= rowCount || srcY >= colCount) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("source coordinates out of range"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Memory allocation overflow protection.
     * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
     */

    if (colCount > (int)(UINT_MAX / 4 / rowCount)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                        "photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                "OVERFLOW", NULL);
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Read data and put it to imageHandle
     */

    srcBlock.width = colCount - srcX;
    srcBlock.height = rowCount - srcY;
    srcBlock.pixelSize = 4;
    srcBlock.pitch = srcBlock.width * 4;
    srcBlock.offset[0] = 0;
    srcBlock.offset[1] = 1;
    srcBlock.offset[2] = 2;
    srcBlock.offset[3] = 3;
    srcBlock.pixelPtr = attemptckalloc(srcBlock.pitch * srcBlock.height);
    if (srcBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    curPixelPtr = srcBlock.pixelPtr;
    display = Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp));
    colormap = Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp));
    for (y = srcY; y < rowCount; y++) {
        /*
         * We don't test the length of row, as that's been done in
         * ImgStringMatch()
         */

        if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount,
                &colListPtr) != TCL_OK) {
            goto errorExit;
        }
        for (x = srcX; x < colCount; x++) {
            if (ParseColor(interp, colListPtr[x], display, colormap,
                    curPixelPtr, curPixelPtr + 1, curPixelPtr + 2,
                    curPixelPtr + 3) != TCL_OK) {
                goto errorExit;
            }
            curPixelPtr += 4;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Write image data to destHandle
     */
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &srcBlock, destX, destY,
            width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
        goto errorExit;
    }

    ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr);

    return TCL_OK;

  errorExit:
    ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr);

    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringWriteDef --
 *
 *      String write function for default image data format. See the user
 *      documentation for details.
 *
 * Results:
 *      The converted data is set as the result of interp. Returns a standard
 *      Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
StringWriteDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,                 /* For the result and errors */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,              /* The value of the -format option */
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)       /* The image data to convert */
{
    int greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset, hasAlpha;
    Tcl_Obj *result, **objv = NULL;
    int objc, allowedOpts, optIndex;
    struct FormatOptions opts;

    /*
     * Parse format suboptions
     */
    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    allowedOpts = OPT_COLORFORMAT;
    optIndex = 0;
    if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, allowedOpts, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (optIndex < objc) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
                GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), allowedOpts));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    /*
     * A negative alpha offset signals that the image is fully opaque.
     * That's not really documented anywhere, but it's the way it is!
     */

    if (blockPtr->offset[3] < 0) {
        hasAlpha = 0;
        alphaOffset = 0;
    } else {
        hasAlpha = 1;
        alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    }

    if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
        int row, col;
        Tcl_DString data, line;
        char colorBuf[11];
        unsigned char *pixelPtr;
        unsigned char alphaVal = 255;

        Tcl_DStringInit(&data);
        for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
            pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
                    + row * blockPtr->pitch;
            Tcl_DStringInit(&line);
            for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
                if (hasAlpha) {
                    alphaVal = pixelPtr[alphaOffset];
                }

                /*
                 * We don't build lines as a list for #RGBA and #RGB. Since
                 * these color formats look like comments, the first element
                 * of the list would get quoted with an additional {} .
                 * While this is not a problem if the data is used as
                 * a list, it would cause problems if someone decides to parse
                 * it as a string (and it looks kinda strange)
                 */

                switch (opts.colorFormat) {
                case COLORFORMAT_RGB2:
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x ",  pixelPtr[0],
                            pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1);
                    break;
                case COLORFORMAT_RGBA2:
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x%02x ",
                            pixelPtr[0], pixelPtr[greenOffset],
                            pixelPtr[blueOffset], alphaVal);
                    Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1);
                    break;
                case COLORFORMAT_LIST:
                    Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&line);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[0]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[greenOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", alphaVal);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&line);
                    break;
                default:
                    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
                }
                pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
            }
            if (opts.colorFormat != COLORFORMAT_LIST) {
                /*
                 * For the #XXX formats, we need to remove the last
                 * whitespace.
                 */

                *(Tcl_DStringValue(&line) + Tcl_DStringLength(&line) - 1)
                        = '\0';
            }
            Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&data, Tcl_DStringValue(&line));
            Tcl_DStringFree(&line);
        }
        result = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&data), -1);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&data);
    } else {
        result = Tcl_NewObj();
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColor --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a string. It
 *      understands standard Tk color formats, alpha suffixes and the color
 *      formats specific to photo images, which include alpha data.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      If the input cannot be parsed, leaves an error message in
 *      interp. Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColor(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages go there */
    Tcl_Obj *specObj,           /* the color data to parse */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window, needed to parse
                                 * standard Tk colors */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    const char *specString;
    TkSizeT charCount;

    /*
     * Find out which color format we have
     */

    specString = TkGetStringFromObj(specObj, &charCount);

    if (charCount == 0) {
        /* Empty string */
        *redPtr = *greenPtr = *bluePtr = *alphaPtr = 0;
        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (charCount > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid color"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (specString[0] == '#') {
        return ParseColorAsHex(interp, specString, charCount, display,
                colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
    }
    if (ParseColorAsList(interp, specString, charCount,
            redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr) == TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Parsing the color as standard Tk color always is the last option tried
     * because TkParseColor() is very slow with values it cannot parse.
     */

    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, specString, charCount, display,
            colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsList --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a list of 3 or 4
 *      integers (the list color format).
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Does *not* leave error messages in interp. The reason is that
 *      it is not always possible to tell if the list format was even
 *      intended and thus it is hard to return meaningful messages.
 *      A general error message from the caller is probably the best
 *      alternative.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsList(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* not used */
    const char *colorString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int colorStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{

    /*
     * This is kinda ugly. The code would be certainly nicer if it
     * used Tcl_ListObjGetElements() and Tcl_GetIntFromObj(). But with
     * strtol() it's *much* faster.
     */

    const char *curPos;
    int values[4];
    int i;

    curPos = colorString;
    i = 0;

    /*
     * strtol can give false positives with a sequence of space chars.
     * To avoid that, avance the pointer to the next non-blank char.
     */

    while(isspace(*curPos)) {
        ++curPos;
    }
    while (i < 4 && *curPos != '\0') {
        values[i] = strtol(curPos, (char **)&curPos, 0);
        if (values[i] < 0 || values[i] > 255) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        while(isspace(*curPos)) {
            ++curPos;
        }
        ++i;
    }

    if (i < 3 || *curPos != '\0') {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (i < 4) {
        values[3] = 255;
    }

    *redPtr = (unsigned char) values[0];
    *greenPtr = (unsigned char) values[1];
    *bluePtr = (unsigned char) values[2];
    *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) values[3];

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsHex --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a string
 *      starting with '#', followed by hex digits. It undestands both
 *      the #RGBA form and the #RBG (with optional suffix)
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsHex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages are left here */
    const char *colorString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int colorStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    int i;
    unsigned long int colorValue = 0;

    if (colorStrLen - 1 != 4 && colorStrLen - 1 != 8) {
        return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen,
                display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
    }
    for (i = 1; i < colorStrLen; i++) {
        if (!isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[i]))) {
            /*
             * There still is a chance that this is a Tk color with
             * an alpha suffix
             */

            return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen,
                    display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
        }
    }

    colorValue = strtoul(colorString + 1, NULL, 16);
    switch (colorStrLen - 1) {
    case 4:
        /* #RGBA format */
        *redPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 12) * 0x11);
        *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 8) & 0xf) * 0x11);
        *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 4) & 0xf) * 0x11);
        *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue & 0xf) * 0x11);
        return TCL_OK;
    case 8:
        /* #RRGGBBAA format */
        *redPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue >> 24);
        *greenPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 16) & 0xff);
        *bluePtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 8) & 0xff);
        *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue & 0xff);
        return TCL_OK;
    default:
        Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
    }

    /* Shouldn't get here */
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsStandard --
 *
 *      This function tries to split a color stirng in a color and a
 *      suffix part and to extract color and alpha values from them. The
 *      color part is treated as regular Tk color.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsStandard(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages are left here */
    const char *specString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int specStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    XColor parsedColor;
    const char *suffixString, *colorString;
    char colorBuffer[TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS + 1];
    char *tmpString;
    double fracAlpha;
    unsigned int suffixAlpha;
    int i;

    /*
     * Split color data string in color and suffix parts
     */

    if ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '@')) == NULL
            && ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '#')) == NULL
                    || suffixString == specString)) {
        suffixString = specString + specStrLen;
        colorString = specString;
    } else {
        strncpy(colorBuffer, specString, suffixString - specString);
        colorBuffer[suffixString - specString] = '\0';
        colorString = (const char*)colorBuffer;
    }

    /*
     * Try to parse as standard Tk color.
     *
     * We don't use Tk_GetColor() et al. here, as those functions
     * migth return a color that does not exaxtly match the given name
     * if the colormap is full. Also, we don't really want the color to be
     * added to the colormap.
     */

    if ( ! TkParseColor(display, colormap, colorString, &parsedColor)) {
         Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
            "invalid color name \"%s\"", specString));
         Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                 "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
         return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * parse the Suffix
     */

    switch (suffixString[0]) {
    case '\0':
        suffixAlpha = 255;
        break;
    case '@':
        fracAlpha = strtod(suffixString + 1, &tmpString);
        if (*tmpString != '\0') {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha "
                    "suffix \"%s\": expected floating-point value",
                    suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (fracAlpha < 0 || fracAlpha > 1) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha suffix"
                    " \"%s\": value must be in the range from 0 to 1",
                    suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        suffixAlpha = (unsigned int) floor(fracAlpha * 255 + 0.5);
        break;
    case '#':
        if (strlen(suffixString + 1) < 1 || strlen(suffixString + 1)> 2) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                    "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\"", suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        for (i = 1; i <= (int)strlen(suffixString + 1); i++) {
            if ( ! isxdigit(UCHAR(suffixString[i]))) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                        "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\": expected hex digit",
                        suffixString));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
        }
        if (strlen(suffixString + 1) == 1) {
            sscanf(suffixString, "#%1x", &suffixAlpha);
            suffixAlpha *= 0x11;
        } else {
            sscanf(suffixString, "#%2x", &suffixAlpha);
        }
        break;
    default:
        Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
    }

    *redPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.red >> 8);
    *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.green >> 8);
    *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.blue >> 8);
    *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) suffixAlpha;

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkDebugStringMatchDef --
 *
 *      Debugging function for StringMatchDef. Basically just an alias for
 *      that function, intended to expose it directly to tests, as
 *      StirngMatchDef cannot be sufficiently tested otherwise.
 *
 * Results:
 *      See StringMatchDef.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
int
TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,     /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */
    Tcl_Obj *data,          /* The data to check */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,  /* Value of the -format option, not used here */
    int *widthPtr,          /* Width of image is written to this location */
    int *heightPtr)         /* Height of image is written to this location */
{
    return StringMatchDef(data, formatString, widthPtr, heightPtr, interp);
}


/* Local Variables: */
/* mode: c */
/* fill-column: 78 */
/* c-basic-offset: 4 */
/* tab-width: 8 */
/* indent-tabs-mode: nil */
/* End: */

Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
/*
 * tkImgPNG.c --
 *
 *	A Tk photo image file handler for PNG files.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Muonics, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "assert.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

#define	PNG_INT32(a,b,c,d)	\
	(((long)(a) << 24) | ((long)(b) << 16) | ((long)(c) << 8) | (long)(d))
#define	PNG_BLOCK_SZ	1024		/* Process up to 1k at a time. */
#define PNG_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))













<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
/*
 * tkImgPNG.c --
 *
 *	A Tk photo image file handler for PNG files.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Muonics, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"

#define	PNG_INT32(a,b,c,d)	\
	(((long)(a) << 24) | ((long)(b) << 16) | ((long)(c) << 8) | (long)(d))
#define	PNG_BLOCK_SZ	1024		/* Process up to 1k at a time. */
#define PNG_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))

123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
    /*
     * PNG data source/destination channel/object/byte array.
     */

    Tcl_Channel channel;	/* Channel for from-file reads. */
    Tcl_Obj *objDataPtr;
    unsigned char *strDataBuf;	/* Raw source data for from-string reads. */
    int strDataLen;		/* Length of source data. */
    unsigned char *base64Data;	/* base64 encoded string data. */
    unsigned char base64Bits;	/* Remaining bits from last base64 read. */
    unsigned char base64State;	/* Current state of base64 decoder. */
    double alpha;		/* Alpha from -format option. */

    /*
     * Image header information.







|







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
    /*
     * PNG data source/destination channel/object/byte array.
     */

    Tcl_Channel channel;	/* Channel for from-file reads. */
    Tcl_Obj *objDataPtr;
    unsigned char *strDataBuf;	/* Raw source data for from-string reads. */
    TkSizeT strDataLen;		/* Length of source data. */
    unsigned char *base64Data;	/* base64 encoded string data. */
    unsigned char base64Bits;	/* Remaining bits from last base64 read. */
    unsigned char base64State;	/* Current state of base64 decoder. */
    double alpha;		/* Alpha from -format option. */

    /*
     * Image header information.
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
			    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		InitPNGImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int dir);
static inline unsigned char Paeth(int a, int b, int c);
static int		ParseFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		ReadBase64(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadByteArray(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadChunkHeader(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    int *sizePtr, unsigned long *typePtr,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    int chunkSz, unsigned long crc);
static int		ReadIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	ReadInt32(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long *resultPtr, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadPLTE(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,







|


|


|


|







210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
			    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		InitPNGImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int dir);
static inline unsigned char Paeth(int a, int b, int c);
static int		ParseFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		ReadBase64(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, size_t destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadByteArray(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, size_t destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, size_t destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadChunkHeader(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    size_t *sizePtr, unsigned long *typePtr,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    int chunkSz, unsigned long crc);
static int		ReadIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	ReadInt32(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long *resultPtr, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadPLTE(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
static int		StringWritePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		UnfilterLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	WriteByte(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char c, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static inline int	WriteChunk(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long chunkType,
			    const unsigned char *dataPtr, int dataSize);
static int		WriteData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    const unsigned char *srcPtr, int srcSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		WriteExtraChunks(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		WriteIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		WriteIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);







|

|







246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
static int		StringWritePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		UnfilterLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	WriteByte(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char c, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static inline int	WriteChunk(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long chunkType,
			    const unsigned char *dataPtr, size_t dataSize);
static int		WriteData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    const unsigned char *srcPtr, size_t srcSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		WriteExtraChunks(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		WriteIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		WriteIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
     * reading with ReadData().
     */

    if (objPtr) {
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	pngPtr->objDataPtr = objPtr;
	pngPtr->strDataBuf =
		Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &pngPtr->strDataLen);
    }

    /*
     * Initialize the palette transparency table to fully opaque.
     */

    memset(pngPtr->palette, 255, sizeof(pngPtr->palette));







|







315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
     * reading with ReadData().
     */

    if (objPtr) {
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	pngPtr->objDataPtr = objPtr;
	pngPtr->strDataBuf =
		TkGetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &pngPtr->strDataLen);
    }

    /*
     * Initialize the palette transparency table to fully opaque.
     */

    memset(pngPtr->palette, 255, sizeof(pngPtr->palette));
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
 */

static int
ReadBase64(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    int destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    static const unsigned char from64[] = {
	0x82, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x80, 0x80, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x3e,







|







426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
 */

static int
ReadBase64(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    size_t destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    static const unsigned char from64[] = {
	0x82, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x80, 0x80, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x3e,
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
 */

static int
ReadByteArray(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    int destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    /*
     * Check to make sure the number of requested bytes are available.
     */

    if (pngPtr->strDataLen < destSz) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"unexpected end of image data", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EARLY_END", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    while (destSz) {
	int blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	memcpy(destPtr, pngPtr->strDataBuf, blockSz);

	pngPtr->strDataBuf += blockSz;
	pngPtr->strDataLen -= blockSz;

	if (crcPtr) {







|






|







|







551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
 */

static int
ReadByteArray(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    size_t destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    /*
     * Check to make sure the number of requested bytes are available.
     */

    if ((size_t)pngPtr->strDataLen < destSz) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"unexpected end of image data", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EARLY_END", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    while (destSz) {
	size_t blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	memcpy(destPtr, pngPtr->strDataBuf, blockSz);

	pngPtr->strDataBuf += blockSz;
	pngPtr->strDataLen -= blockSz;

	if (crcPtr) {
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
 */

static int
ReadData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    int destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (pngPtr->base64Data) {
	return ReadBase64(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    } else if (pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	return ReadByteArray(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    }

    while (destSz) {
	int blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	blockSz = Tcl_Read(pngPtr->channel, (char *)destPtr, blockSz);
	if (blockSz < 0) {
	    /* TODO: failure info... */
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "channel read failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*







|









|

|
|







609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
 */

static int
ReadData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    size_t destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (pngPtr->base64Data) {
	return ReadBase64(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    } else if (pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	return ReadByteArray(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    }

    while (destSz) {
	size_t blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	blockSz = (size_t)Tcl_Read(pngPtr->channel, (char *)destPtr, blockSz);
	if (blockSz == (size_t)-1) {
	    /* TODO: failure info... */
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "channel read failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ReadChunkHeader(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    int *sizePtr,
    unsigned long *typePtr,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    unsigned long chunkType = 0;
    int chunkSz = 0;
    unsigned long crc = 0;








|







854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ReadChunkHeader(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    size_t *sizePtr,
    unsigned long *typePtr,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    unsigned long chunkType = 0;
    int chunkSz = 0;
    unsigned long crc = 0;

1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
static int
ReadIHDR(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
    unsigned char sigBuf[PNG_SIG_SZ];
    unsigned long chunkType;
    int chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;
    unsigned long width, height;
    int mismatch;

    /*
     * Read the appropriate number of bytes for the PNG signature.
     */







|







1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
static int
ReadIHDR(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
    unsigned char sigBuf[PNG_SIG_SZ];
    unsigned long chunkType;
    size_t chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;
    unsigned long width, height;
    int mismatch;

    /*
     * Read the appropriate number of bytes for the PNG signature.
     */
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
    mismatch = memcmp(sigBuf, pngSignature, PNG_SIG_SZ);

    /*
     * If reading from string, reset position and try base64 decode.
     */

    if (mismatch && pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	pngPtr->strDataBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr,
		&pngPtr->strDataLen);
	pngPtr->base64Data = pngPtr->strDataBuf;

	if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, sigBuf, PNG_SIG_SZ, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}








|







1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
    mismatch = memcmp(sigBuf, pngSignature, PNG_SIG_SZ);

    /*
     * If reading from string, reset position and try base64 decode.
     */

    if (mismatch && pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	pngPtr->strDataBuf = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr,
		&pngPtr->strDataLen);
	pngPtr->base64Data = pngPtr->strDataBuf;

	if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, sigBuf, PNG_SIG_SZ, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
    unsigned long crc)
{
    /*
     * Process IDAT contents until there is no more in this chunk.
     */

    while (chunkSz && !Tcl_ZlibStreamEof(pngPtr->stream)) {
	int len1, len2;

	/*
	 * Read another block of input into the zlib stream if data remains.
	 */

	if (chunkSz) {
	    Tcl_Obj *inputObj = NULL;







|







2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
    unsigned long crc)
{
    /*
     * Process IDAT contents until there is no more in this chunk.
     */

    while (chunkSz && !Tcl_ZlibStreamEof(pngPtr->stream)) {
	TkSizeT len1, len2;

	/*
	 * Read another block of input into the zlib stream if data remains.
	 */

	if (chunkSz) {
	    Tcl_Obj *inputObj = NULL;
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164

	/*
	 * Inflate, processing each output buffer's worth as a line of pixels,
	 * until we cannot fill the buffer any more.
	 */

    getNextLine:
	Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len1);
	if (Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, pngPtr->thisLineObj,
		pngPtr->phaseSize - len1) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len2);

	if (len2 == pngPtr->phaseSize) {
	    if (pngPtr->phase > 7) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"extra data after final scan line of final phase",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EXTRA_DATA",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;







|




|

|







2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163

	/*
	 * Inflate, processing each output buffer's worth as a line of pixels,
	 * until we cannot fill the buffer any more.
	 */

    getNextLine:
	TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len1);
	if (Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, pngPtr->thisLineObj,
		pngPtr->phaseSize - len1) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len2);

	if (len2 == (TkSizeT)pngPtr->phaseSize) {
	    if (pngPtr->phase > 7) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"extra data after final scan line of final phase",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EXTRA_DATA",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
    int destX,
    int destY)
{
    unsigned long chunkType;
    int chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;

    /*
     * Parse the PNG signature and IHDR (header) chunk.
     */

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, pngPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {







|







2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
    int destX,
    int destY)
{
    unsigned long chunkType;
    size_t chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;

    /*
     * Parse the PNG signature and IHDR (header) chunk.
     */

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, pngPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    PNGImage png;
    int match = 0;

    InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);

    png.strDataBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pObjData, &png.strDataLen);

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, &png) == TCL_OK) {
	*widthPtr = png.block.width;
	*heightPtr = png.block.height;
	match = 1;
    }








|







2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    PNGImage png;
    int match = 0;

    InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);

    png.strDataBuf = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pObjData, &png.strDataLen);

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, &png) == TCL_OK) {
	*widthPtr = png.block.width;
	*heightPtr = png.block.height;
	match = 1;
    }

2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
 */

static int
WriteData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    const unsigned char *srcPtr,
    int srcSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (!srcPtr || !srcSz) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (crcPtr) {
	*crcPtr = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(*crcPtr, srcPtr, srcSz);
    }

    /*
     * TODO: is Tcl_AppendObjToObj faster here? i.e., does Tcl join the
     * objects immediately or store them in a multi-object rep?
     */

    if (pngPtr->objDataPtr) {
	int objSz;
	unsigned char *destPtr;

	Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr, &objSz);

	if (objSz > INT_MAX - srcSz) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "image too large to store completely in byte array", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "TOO_LARGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	destPtr = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(pngPtr->objDataPtr, objSz + srcSz);

	if (!destPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "memory allocation failed", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	memcpy(destPtr+objSz, srcPtr, srcSz);
    } else if (Tcl_Write(pngPtr->channel, (const char *) srcPtr, srcSz) < 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"write to channel failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}







|
















|


|

|
















|







2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
 */

static int
WriteData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    const unsigned char *srcPtr,
    size_t srcSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (!srcPtr || !srcSz) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (crcPtr) {
	*crcPtr = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(*crcPtr, srcPtr, srcSz);
    }

    /*
     * TODO: is Tcl_AppendObjToObj faster here? i.e., does Tcl join the
     * objects immediately or store them in a multi-object rep?
     */

    if (pngPtr->objDataPtr) {
	TkSizeT objSz;
	unsigned char *destPtr;

	TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr, &objSz);

	if (objSz + srcSz > INT_MAX) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "image too large to store completely in byte array", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "TOO_LARGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	destPtr = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(pngPtr->objDataPtr, objSz + srcSz);

	if (!destPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "memory allocation failed", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	memcpy(destPtr+objSz, srcPtr, srcSz);
    } else if (Tcl_Write(pngPtr->channel, (const char *) srcPtr, srcSz) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"write to channel failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971

static inline int
WriteChunk(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned long chunkType,
    const unsigned char *dataPtr,
    int dataSize)
{
    unsigned long crc = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(0, NULL, 0);
    int result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Write the length field for the chunk.
     */







|







2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970

static inline int
WriteChunk(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned long chunkType,
    const unsigned char *dataPtr,
    size_t dataSize)
{
    unsigned long crc = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(0, NULL, 0);
    int result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Write the length field for the chunk.
     */
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137

3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144

static int
WriteIDAT(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    int rowNum, flush = TCL_ZLIB_NO_FLUSH, outputSize, result;
    Tcl_Obj *outputObj;
    unsigned char *outputBytes;


    /*
     * Filter and compress each row one at a time.
     */

    for (rowNum=0 ; rowNum < blockPtr->height ; rowNum++) {
	int colNum;







|


>







3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144

static int
WriteIDAT(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    int rowNum, flush = TCL_ZLIB_NO_FLUSH, result;
    Tcl_Obj *outputObj;
    unsigned char *outputBytes;
    TkSizeT outputSize;

    /*
     * Filter and compress each row one at a time.
     */

    for (rowNum=0 ; rowNum < blockPtr->height ; rowNum++) {
	int colNum;
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236

    /*
     * Now get the compressed data and write it as one big IDAT chunk.
     */

    outputObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    (void) Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, outputObj, -1);
    outputBytes = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(outputObj, &outputSize);
    result = WriteChunk(interp, pngPtr, CHUNK_IDAT, outputBytes, outputSize);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(outputObj);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236

    /*
     * Now get the compressed data and write it as one big IDAT chunk.
     */

    outputObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    (void) Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, outputObj, -1);
    outputBytes = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(outputObj, &outputSize);
    result = WriteChunk(interp, pngPtr, CHUNK_IDAT, outputBytes, outputSize);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(outputObj);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to generic/tkImgPPM.c.

137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

145
146
147
148
149
150
151
				 * image to be written to. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
				 * written to. */
    int srcX, int srcY)		/* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
				 * image being read. */
{
    int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
    int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count, bytesPerChannel = 1;

    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;

    type = ReadPPMFileHeader(chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight, &maxIntensity);
    if (type == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read raw PPM header from file \"%s\"", fileName));







|
>







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
				 * image to be written to. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
				 * written to. */
    int srcX, int srcY)		/* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
				 * image being read. */
{
    int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
    int nLines, h, type, bytesPerChannel = 1;
    size_t nBytes, count;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;

    type = ReadPPMFileHeader(chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight, &maxIntensity);
    if (type == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read raw PPM header from file \"%s\"", fileName));
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

289
290
291
292
293
294
295
FileWritePPM(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *fileName,
    Tcl_Obj *format,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    int w, h, greenOffset, blueOffset, nBytes;

    unsigned char *pixelPtr, *pixLinePtr;
    char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];

    chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666);
    if (chan == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
>







282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
FileWritePPM(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *fileName,
    Tcl_Obj *format,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    int w, h, greenOffset, blueOffset;
    size_t nBytes;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr, *pixLinePtr;
    char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];

    chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666);
    if (chan == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
    pixLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    if ((greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (blockPtr->pixelSize == 3)
	    && (blockPtr->pitch == (blockPtr->width * 3))) {
	nBytes = blockPtr->height * blockPtr->pitch;
	if (Tcl_Write(chan, (char *) pixLinePtr, nBytes) != nBytes) {
	    goto writeerror;
	}
    } else {
	for (h = blockPtr->height; h > 0; h--) {
	    pixelPtr = pixLinePtr;
	    for (w = blockPtr->width; w > 0; w--) {
		if (    Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[0], 1) == -1 ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[greenOffset],1)==-1 ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[blueOffset],1) ==-1) {
		    goto writeerror;
		}
		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
	    }
	    pixLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
	}
    }







|






|
|
|







313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
    pixLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    if ((greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (blockPtr->pixelSize == 3)
	    && (blockPtr->pitch == (blockPtr->width * 3))) {
	nBytes = blockPtr->height * blockPtr->pitch;
	if ((size_t)Tcl_Write(chan, (char *) pixLinePtr, nBytes) != nBytes) {
	    goto writeerror;
	}
    } else {
	for (h = blockPtr->height; h > 0; h--) {
	    pixelPtr = pixLinePtr;
	    for (w = blockPtr->width; w > 0; w--) {
		if (Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[0], 1) == TCL_IO_FAILURE ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[greenOffset],1) == TCL_IO_FAILURE ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[blueOffset],1) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		    goto writeerror;
		}
		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
	    }
	    pixLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
	}
    }
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
    int *maxIntensityPtr,	/* The maximum intensity value for the image
				 * is stored here. */
    unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
    int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
    char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
    int i, numFields, dataSize, type = 0;

    unsigned char *dataBuffer;

    dataBuffer = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataPtr, &dataSize);

    /*
     * Read 4 space-separated fields from the string, ignoring comments (any
     * line that starts with "#").
     */

    if (dataSize-- < 1) {







|
>


|







760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
    int *maxIntensityPtr,	/* The maximum intensity value for the image
				 * is stored here. */
    unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
    int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
    char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
    int i, numFields, type = 0;
    TkSizeT dataSize;
    unsigned char *dataBuffer;

    dataBuffer = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(dataPtr, &dataSize);

    /*
     * Read 4 space-separated fields from the string, ignoring comments (any
     * line that starts with "#").
     */

    if (dataSize-- < 1) {

Changes to generic/tkImgPhInstance.c.

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
	    || (instancePtr->palette != colorTablePtr->id.palette)
	    || (instancePtr->gamma != colorTablePtr->id.gamma)) {
	/*
	 * Free up our old color table, and get a new one.
	 */

	if (colorTablePtr != NULL) {
	    colorTablePtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
	    FreeColorTable(colorTablePtr, 0);
	}
	GetColorTable(instancePtr);

	/*
	 * Create a new XImage structure for sending data to the X server, if
	 * necessary.







|







111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
	    || (instancePtr->palette != colorTablePtr->id.palette)
	    || (instancePtr->gamma != colorTablePtr->id.gamma)) {
	/*
	 * Free up our old color table, and get a new one.
	 */

	if (colorTablePtr != NULL) {
	    colorTablePtr->liveRefCount--;
	    FreeColorTable(colorTablePtr, 0);
	}
	GetColorTable(instancePtr);

	/*
	 * Create a new XImage structure for sending data to the X server, if
	 * necessary.
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
     * count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
     * reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance
     * structure.
     */

    colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
    if (colorPtr != NULL) {
	colorPtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
    }

    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkImgDisposeInstance, instancePtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
     * count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
     * reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance
     * structure.
     */

    colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
    if (colorPtr != NULL) {
	colorPtr->liveRefCount--;
    }

    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkImgDisposeInstance, instancePtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
	     * Copy the common area over to the new array and free the old
	     * array.
	     */

	    if (masterPtr->width == instancePtr->width) {
		offset = validBox.y * masterPtr->width * 3;
		memcpy(newError + offset, instancePtr->error + offset,
			(size_t) (validBox.height
			* masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar)));

	    } else if (validBox.width > 0 && validBox.height > 0) {
		errDestPtr = newError +
			(validBox.y * masterPtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
		errSrcPtr = instancePtr->error +
			(validBox.y * instancePtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;








|
|







863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
	     * Copy the common area over to the new array and free the old
	     * array.
	     */

	    if (masterPtr->width == instancePtr->width) {
		offset = validBox.y * masterPtr->width * 3;
		memcpy(newError + offset, instancePtr->error + offset,
			(size_t) validBox.height
			* masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));

	    } else if (validBox.width > 0 && validBox.height > 0) {
		errDestPtr = newError +
			(validBox.y * masterPtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
		errSrcPtr = instancePtr->error +
			(validBox.y * instancePtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;

1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139

static void
FreeColorTable(
    ColorTable *colorPtr,	/* Pointer to the color table which is no
				 * longer required by an instance. */
    int force)			/* Force free to happen immediately. */
{
    colorPtr->refCount--;
    if (colorPtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    if (force) {
	if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
	    colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;







<
|







1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130

1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138

static void
FreeColorTable(
    ColorTable *colorPtr,	/* Pointer to the color table which is no
				 * longer required by an instance. */
    int force)			/* Force free to happen immediately. */
{

    if (colorPtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    if (force) {
	if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
	    colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
	    XFreeColors(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap,
		    colorPtr->pixelMap, colorPtr->numColors, 0);
	    Tk_FreeColormap(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap);
	}
	ckfree(colorPtr->pixelMap);
    }

    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, (char *) &colorPtr->id);
    if (entry == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("DisposeColorTable couldn't find hash entry");
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);

    ckfree(colorPtr);
}







|







1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
	    XFreeColors(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap,
		    colorPtr->pixelMap, colorPtr->numColors, 0);
	    Tk_FreeColormap(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap);
	}
	ckfree(colorPtr->pixelMap);
    }

    entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &colorPtr->id);
    if (entry == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("DisposeColorTable couldn't find hash entry");
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);

    ckfree(colorPtr);
}
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997

void
TkImgResetDither(
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr)
{
    if (instancePtr->error) {
	memset(instancePtr->error, 0,
	       /*(size_t)*/ (instancePtr->masterPtr->width
		* instancePtr->masterPtr->height * 3 * sizeof(schar)));
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|
|










1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996

void
TkImgResetDither(
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr)
{
    if (instancePtr->error) {
	memset(instancePtr->error, 0,
		(size_t) instancePtr->masterPtr->width
		* instancePtr->masterPtr->height * 3 * sizeof(schar));
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

59
60
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89
90
91
92
/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *

 * OPT_BACKGROUND:		Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_COMPOSITE:		Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_FORMAT:			Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_FROM:			Set if -from option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_GRAYSCALE:		Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SHRINK:			Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SUBSAMPLE:		Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_TO:			Set if -to option allowed/specified.

 * OPT_ZOOM:			Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
 */


#define OPT_BACKGROUND	1
#define OPT_COMPOSITE	2
#define OPT_FORMAT	4
#define OPT_FROM	8
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE	0x10
#define OPT_SHRINK	0x20
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE	0x40
#define OPT_TO		0x80

#define OPT_ZOOM	0x100

/*
 * List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
 * of the OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const optionNames[] = {

    "-background",
    "-compositingrule",
    "-format",
    "-from",
    "-grayscale",
    "-shrink",
    "-subsample",
    "-to",

    "-zoom",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
 * problems.







>








>



>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|







>








>







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *
 * OPT_ALPHA:			Set if -alpha option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_BACKGROUND:		Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_COMPOSITE:		Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_FORMAT:			Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_FROM:			Set if -from option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_GRAYSCALE:		Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SHRINK:			Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SUBSAMPLE:		Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_TO:			Set if -to option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_WITHALPHA:		Set if -withalpha option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_ZOOM:			Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
 */

#define OPT_ALPHA	1
#define OPT_BACKGROUND	2
#define OPT_COMPOSITE	4
#define OPT_FORMAT	8
#define OPT_FROM	0x10
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE	0x20
#define OPT_SHRINK	0x40
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE	0x80
#define OPT_TO		0x100
#define OPT_WITHALPHA	0x200
#define OPT_ZOOM	0x400

/*
 * List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
 * of the OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const optionNames[] = {
    "-alpha",
    "-background",
    "-compositingrule",
    "-format",
    "-from",
    "-grayscale",
    "-shrink",
    "-subsample",
    "-to",
    "-withalpha",
    "-zoom",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
 * problems.
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    TkImgPhotoFree,		/* freeProc */
    ImgPhotoDelete,		/* deleteProc */
    ImgPhotoPostscript,		/* postscriptProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    NULL
};

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatList;
				/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
				 * photo image formats.*/
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *oldFormatList;
				/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
				 * photo image formats.*/
    int initialized;		/* Set to 1 if we've initialized the







|







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
    TkImgPhotoFree,		/* freeProc */
    ImgPhotoDelete,		/* deleteProc */
    ImgPhotoPostscript,		/* postscriptProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    NULL
};

typedef struct {
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatList;
				/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
				 * photo image formats.*/
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *oldFormatList;
				/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
				 * photo image formats.*/
    int initialized;		/* Set to 1 if we've initialized the
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170

/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration specifications:
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-gamma", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_GAMMA, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, gamma), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, userHeight), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-palette", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_PALETTE, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, palette), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, userWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations
 */








|

|

|

|

|







154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176

/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration specifications:
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, offsetof(PhotoMaster, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-gamma", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_GAMMA, offsetof(PhotoMaster, gamma), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_HEIGHT, offsetof(PhotoMaster, userHeight), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_UID, "-palette", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_PALETTE, offsetof(PhotoMaster, palette), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PHOTO_WIDTH, offsetof(PhotoMaster, userWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations
 */

178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
static void		ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr);
static int		ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width,
			    int height);
static int		ImgStringWrite(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static char *		ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
			    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int		MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);







<
<
<







184
185
186
187
188
189
190



191
192
193
194
195
196
197
static void		ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr);
static int		ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width,
			    int height);



static char *		ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
			    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int		MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
    enum PhotoOptions {
	PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
	PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
	PHOTO_WRITE
    };

    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
    int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;
    Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    size_t length;
    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (objc < 2) {







|

<


<

|







401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409

410
411

412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
    enum PhotoOptions {
	PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
	PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
	PHOTO_WRITE
    };

    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
    int result, index, x, y, width, height;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;

    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;

    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    TkSizeT length;
    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (objc < 2) {
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
    case PHOTO_CGET: {
	const char *arg;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
	length = objv[2]->length;
	if (strncmp(arg,"-data", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->dataString);
	    }
	} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->format) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->format);







|
<







444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451

452
453
454
455
456
457
458
    case PHOTO_CGET: {
	const char *arg;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);

	if (strncmp(arg,"-data", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->dataString);
	    }
	} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->format) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->format);
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
	    return TCL_OK;

	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);

	    length = objv[2]->length;
	    if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */








|

<







493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501

502
503
504
505
506
507
508
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
	    return TCL_OK;

	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    const char *arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);


	    if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671

672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
	char *data;


	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */

	Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	options.fromX = 0;
	options.fromY = 0;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name != NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {







|
>







|










|







663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
        char *data = NULL;
        Tcl_Obj *freeObj = NULL;

	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */

	Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;

	index = 1;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	options.fromX = 0;
	options.fromY = 0;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {
705
706
707
708
709
710
711




712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
	 * Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
	    options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
	    options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
	}





	/*
	 * Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
	    matched = 0;
	    for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
	 	imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
		if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
		    matched = 1;
		    if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
			stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
		oldformat = 1;
		for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
			imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
		    if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			    imageFormat->name,
			    strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
			matched = 1;
			if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
			    stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
			    break;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"image string format \"%s\" is %s",
			Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			(matched ? "not supported" : "unknown")));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
			Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    stringWriteProc = ImgStringWrite;
	}

	/*
	 * Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
	 */

	data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);







>
>
>
>





<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<







705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720

721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755



756
757
758
759
760
761
762
	 * Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
	    options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
	    options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
	}
	if (!(options.options & OPT_FORMAT)) {
            options.format = Tcl_NewStringObj("default", -1);
            freeObj = options.format;
	}

	/*
	 * Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
	 */


	matched = 0;
	for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
                imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
	    if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                    imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
                matched = 1;
                if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
                    stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
                    break;
                }
	    }
	}
	if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
	    oldformat = 1;
	    for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
                    imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
                if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                        imageFormat->name,
                        strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
                    matched = 1;
                    if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
                        stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
                        break;
                    }
                }
	    }
	}
	if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                    "image string format \"%s\" is %s",
                    Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                    (matched ? "not supported" : "unknown")));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
                    Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL);
	    goto dataErrorExit;



	}

	/*
	 * Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
	 */

	data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);
785
786
787
788
789
790
791



792












793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800

801







802
803
804
805




806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827

828
829
830
831
832


833
834
835
836
837
838
839

840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848



849
850
851
852


853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871

872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
	}
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}



	return result;












    }

    case PHOTO_GET: {
	/*
	 * photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *channels[3];









	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}




	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "%s get: coordinates out of range",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
		    NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a string.
	 */

	pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	channels[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[0]);
	channels[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[1]);
	channels[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[2]);

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(3, channels));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    case PHOTO_PUT:


	/*
	 * photo put command - first parse the options and colors specified.
	 */

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;

	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}




	if (MatchStringFormat(interp, options.name ? objv[2]:NULL,
		options.format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
		&imageHeight, &oldformat) == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_Obj *format, *data;



	    if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
		options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
		options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
	    }
	    if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
		imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
	    }
	    if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
		imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
	    }
	    format = options.format;
	    data = objv[2];
	    if (oldformat) {
		if (format) {
		    format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
		}
		data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
	    }

	    if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format,
		    (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY,
		    imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, options.name,
		&dataHeight, &srcObjv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	block.pixelPtr = NULL;
	dataWidth = 0;
	pixelPtr = NULL;
	for (y = 0; y < dataHeight; ++y) {
	    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, srcObjv[y],
		    &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
		break;
	    }

	    if (y == 0) {
		if (listObjc == 0) {
		    /*
		     * Lines must be non-empty...
		     */

		    break;
		}
		dataWidth = listObjc;
		/*
 		 * Memory allocation overflow protection.
 		 * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
 		 */

		if (dataWidth > (int)((UINT_MAX/3) / dataHeight)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"OVERFLOW", NULL);
		    break;
		}

		pixelPtr = ckalloc(dataWidth * dataHeight * 3);
		block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr;
	    } else if (listObjc != dataWidth) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"all elements of color list must have the same"
			" number of elements", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NON_RECTANGULAR", NULL);
		break;
	    }

	    for (x = 0; x < dataWidth; ++x) {
		const char *colorString = Tcl_GetString(listObjv[x]);
		XColor color;
		int tmpr, tmpg, tmpb;

		/*
		 * We do not use Tk_GetColorFromObj() because we absolutely do
		 * not want to invoke the fallback code.
		 */

		if (colorString[0] == '#') {
		    if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[1])) &&
			    isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[2])) &&
			    isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[3]))) {
			if (colorString[4] == '\0') {
			    /* Got #rgb */
			    sscanf(colorString+1, "%1x%1x%1x",
				    &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpr * 0x11;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpg * 0x11;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpb * 0x11;
			    continue;
			} else if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[4])) &&
				isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[5])) &&
				isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[6])) &&
				colorString[7] == '\0') {
			    /* Got #rrggbb */
			    sscanf(colorString+1, "%2x%2x%2x",
				    &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpr;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpg;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpb;
			    continue;
			}
		    }
		}

		if (!TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin),
			colorString, &color)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "can't parse color \"%s\"", colorString));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COLOR", NULL);
		    break;
		}
		*pixelPtr++ = color.red >> 8;
		*pixelPtr++ = color.green >> 8;
		*pixelPtr++ = color.blue >> 8;
	    }
	    if (x < dataWidth) {
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (y < dataHeight || dataHeight == 0 || dataWidth == 0) {
	    if (block.pixelPtr != NULL) {
		ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
	    }
	    if (y < dataHeight) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	/*
	 * Fill in default values for the -to option, then copy the block in
	 * using Tk_PhotoPutBlock.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
	    options.toX2 = options.toX + dataWidth;
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + dataHeight;
	}
	block.width = dataWidth;
	block.height = dataHeight;
	block.pitch = dataWidth * 3;
	block.pixelSize = 3;
	block.offset[0] = 0;
	block.offset[1] = 1;
	block.offset[2] = 2;
	block.offset[3] = 0;
	result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, masterPtr, &block,
		options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY,
		TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
	ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
	return result;

    case PHOTO_READ: {
	Tcl_Obj *format;

	/*
	 * photo read command - first parse the options specified.
	 */








>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







|
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|


>
>
>
>















|



|
|
|
>
|



|
>
>

|





>









>
>
>
|
|
|
<
>
>

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885

886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909






910




911
912
913












914


915







916







917










918








919
920























921

























922
923

























924
925
926
927
928
929
930
	}
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}
        if (freeObj != NULL) {
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj);
        }
	return result;

      dataErrorExit:
        if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}
        if (freeObj != NULL) {
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj);
        }
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    case PHOTO_GET: {
	/*
	 * photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *channels[4];
	int channelCount = 3;

        index = 3;
        memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
        options.name = NULL;
        if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_WITHALPHA,
                &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (options.name == NULL || index < objc) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y ?-withalpha?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
        if (options.options & OPT_WITHALPHA) {
            channelCount = 4;
        }

	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "%s get: coordinates out of range",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
		    NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a list.
	 */

	pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	channels[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pixelPtr[0]);
	channels[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pixelPtr[1]);
	channels[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pixelPtr[2]);
	channels[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pixelPtr[3]);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(channelCount, channels));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    case PHOTO_PUT: {
	Tcl_Obj *format, *data;

	/*
	 * photo put command - first parse the options.
	 */

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * See if there's a format that can read the data
	 */

	if (MatchStringFormat(interp, objv[2], options.format, &imageFormat,
		&imageWidth, &imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) {

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
	    options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
	}
	if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
	    imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
	}
	if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
	    imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
	}
	format = options.format;
	data = objv[2];
	if (oldformat) {
	    if (format) {
		format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
	    }
	    data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
	}

	if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format,
		(Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY,






		options.toX2 - options.toX,




		options.toY2 - options.toY, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}












	/*


	 * SB: is the next line really needed? The stringReadProc







	 * writes image data with Tk_PhotoPutBlock(), which in turn







	 * takes care to notify the changed image and to set/unset the










	 * IMAGE_CHANGED bit.








	 */
	masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;

















































	return TCL_OK;
    }

























    case PHOTO_READ: {
	Tcl_Obj *format;

	/*
	 * photo read command - first parse the options specified.
	 */

1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185

1186

1187

1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196




















1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207

1208

1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219

1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225

1226




1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232


1233



1234
1235
1236













1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246

1247
1248

1249

1250
1251
1252
1253
1254





1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268


1269
1270



1271
1272

1273
1274







1275
1276
1277


1278

1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
		0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
	case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {

	    XRectangle testBox;

	    TkRegion testRegion;


	    if (objc != 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }




















	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		    || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency get: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    testBox.x = x;

	    testBox.y = y;

	    testBox.width = 1;
	    testBox.height = 1;
	    /* What a way to do a test! */
	    testRegion = TkCreateRegion();
	    TkUnionRectWithRegion(&testBox, testRegion, testRegion);
	    TkIntersectRegion(testRegion, masterPtr->validRegion, testRegion);
	    TkClipBox(testRegion, &testBox);
	    TkDestroyRegion(testRegion);

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		    testBox.width==0 && testBox.height==0));

	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
	    int transFlag;
	    XRectangle setBox;






	    if (objc != 6) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y boolean");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)


		    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5],



		    &transFlag) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }













	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency set: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }


	    setBox.x = x;
	    setBox.y = y;

	    setBox.width = 1;

	    setBox.height = 1;
	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;

	    if (transFlag) {
		/*





		 * Make pixel transparent.
		 */

		TkRegion clearRegion = TkCreateRegion();

		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, clearRegion, clearRegion);
		TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, clearRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
		TkDestroyRegion(clearRegion);

		/*
		 * Set the alpha value correctly.
		 */



		pixelPtr[3] = 0;
	    } else {



		/*
		 * Make pixel opaque.

		 */








		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
		pixelPtr[3] = 255;


	    }


	    /*
	     * Inform the generic image code that the image
	     * has (potentially) changed.
	     */

	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,







>
|
>
|
>

|
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










<
>
|
>
|
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
>




|

>

>
>
>
>
|
|



|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










>
|
|
>
|
>
|
<
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<

|
|
|

>
>
|

>
>
>
|
<
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|
>
>

>







1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136

1137
1138
1139
1140

1141
1142




1143
1144

1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202

1203
1204

1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210

1211

1212




1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225

1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
		0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
	case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {
	    int boolMode;

	    /*
	     * parse fixed args and option
	     */

	    if (objc > 6 || objc < 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y ?-option?");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    index = 4;
	    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	    if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		    OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (index < objc) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    boolMode = 1;
	    if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) {
		boolMode = 0;
	    }

	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		    || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency get: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }


	    /*
	     * Extract and return the desired value
	     */
	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;

	    if (boolMode) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj( ! pixelPtr[3]));




	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pixelPtr[3]));

	    }
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
	    int newVal, boolMode;
	    XRectangle setBox;
	    TkRegion modRegion;

	    /*
	     * Parse args and option, check for valid values
	     */

	    if (objc < 6 || objc > 7) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y newVal ?-option?");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    index = 5;
	    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	    if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		    OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (index < objc) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    boolMode = 1;
	    if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) {
		boolMode = 0;
	    }

	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency set: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    if (boolMode) {
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    } else {
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;

		}
		if (newVal < 0 || newVal > 255) {

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "invalid alpha value \"%d\": "
			    "must be integer between 0 and 255", newVal));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			    "BAD_VALUE", NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;

		}

	    }





	    /*
	     * Set new alpha value for the pixel
	     */

	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	    if (boolMode) {
		pixelPtr[3] = newVal ? 0 : 255;
	    } else {
		pixelPtr[3] = newVal;
	    }

	    /*

	     * Update the validRegion of the image
	     */

	    setBox.x = x;
	    setBox.y = y;
	    setBox.width = 1;
	    setBox.height = 1;
	    modRegion = TkCreateRegion();
	    TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, modRegion, modRegion);
	    if (pixelPtr[3]) {
		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
	    } else {
		TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, modRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
	    }
	    TkDestroyRegion(modRegion);

	    /*
	     * Inform the generic image code that the image
	     * has (potentially) changed.
	     */

	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480



1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486


1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseSubcommandOptions --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
 *	specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
 *	-subsample, -format, -shrink, and -compositingrule.



 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Fields in *optPtr get filled in.


 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,







|
>
>
>





|
>
>







1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseSubcommandOptions --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
 *	specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
 *	-subsample, -format, -shrink, -compositingrule, -alpha, -boolean and
 *	-withalpha.
 *	Parsing starts at the index in *optIndexPtr and stops at the end of
 *	objv[] or at the first value that does not belong to an option.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Fields in *optPtr get filled in. The value of optIndexPtr is updated
 *	to contain the index of the first element in argv[] that was not
 *	parsed, or argc if the end of objv[] was reached.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
    static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
	"overlay", "set",	/* Note that these must match the
				 * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
	NULL
    };
    size_t length;
    int index, c, bit, currentBit;
    int values[4], numValues, maxValues, argIndex;
    const char *option, *expandedOption, *needed;
    const char *const *listPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *msgObj;

    for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
	/*
	 * We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
	 * optPtr->name.
	 */

	expandedOption = option = Tcl_GetString(objv[index]);
	length = objv[index]->length;
	if (option[0] != '-') {
	    if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
		optPtr->name = objv[index];
		continue;
	    }
	    break;
	}







|












|
<







1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492

1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
    static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
	"overlay", "set",	/* Note that these must match the
				 * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
	NULL
    };
    TkSizeT length;
    int index, c, bit, currentBit;
    int values[4], numValues, maxValues, argIndex;
    const char *option, *expandedOption, *needed;
    const char *const *listPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *msgObj;

    for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
	/*
	 * We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
	 * optPtr->name.
	 */

	expandedOption = option = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[index], &length);

	if (option[0] != '-') {
	    if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
		optPtr->name = objv[index];
		continue;
	    }
	    break;
	}
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611

1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
	    index++;
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
		    "compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
		    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    *optIndexPtr = index;
	} else if ((bit != OPT_SHRINK) && (bit != OPT_GRAYSCALE)) {

	    const char *val;

	    maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2;
	    argIndex = index + 1;
	    for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
		if (argIndex >= objc) {
		    break;







|
>







1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
	    index++;
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
		    "compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
		    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    *optIndexPtr = index;
	} else if (bit == OPT_TO || bit == OPT_FROM
		|| bit == OPT_SUBSAMPLE || bit == OPT_ZOOM) {
	    const char *val;

	    maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2;
	    argIndex = index + 1;
	    for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
		if (argIndex >= objc) {
		    break;
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
				 * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
    const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
    Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;
    size_t length;
    int i, j, result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
    double oldGamma;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    const char **args;

    args = ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < objc; i++,j++) {
	args[j] = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
	length = objv[i]->length;
	if ((length > 1) && (args[j][0] == '-')) {
	    if ((args[j][1] == 'd') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-data", length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    data = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {







|








|
<







1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770

1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
				 * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
    const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
    Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;
    TkSizeT length;
    int i, j, result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
    double oldGamma;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    const char **args;

    args = ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < objc; i++,j++) {
	args[j] = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

	if ((length > 1) && (args[j][0] == '-')) {
	    if ((args[j][1] == 'd') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-data", length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    data = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
	masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
    }
    if (data) {
	/*
	 * Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
	 * use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
	 */
	int bytesize;

	(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(data, &bytesize);
	if (bytesize) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
	} else {
	    data = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->dataString) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);







|

|







1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
	masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
    }
    if (data) {
	/*
	 * Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
	 * use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
	 */
	TkSizeT bytesize;

	(void) TkGetByteArrayFromObj(data, &bytesize);
	if (bytesize) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
	} else {
	    data = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->dataString) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582










2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597










2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
				 * is returned here. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
				/* The dimensions of the image are returned
				 * here. */
    int *oldformat)		/* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
    int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    const char *formatString = NULL;

    if (formatObj) {
	formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
    }

    /*
     * Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
     * handle the image.
     */

    for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
	    formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {










	if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    if (strncasecmp(formatString,
		    formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
		continue;
	    }
	    matched = 1;
	    if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
			formatString));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}










	if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
		&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
		&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
			widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
	    break;
	}
    }







|















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
				 * is returned here. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
				/* The dimensions of the image are returned
				 * here. */
    int *oldformat)		/* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
    int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr, *defaultFormatPtr = NULL;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    const char *formatString = NULL;

    if (formatObj) {
	formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
    }

    /*
     * Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
     * handle the image.
     */

    for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
	    formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
	/*
	 * To keep the behaviour of older versions (Tk <= 8.6), the default
	 * list-of-lists string format is checked last. Remember its position.
	 */

	if (strncasecmp("default", formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name))
		== 0) {
	    defaultFormatPtr = formatPtr;
	}

	if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    if (strncasecmp(formatString,
		    formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
		continue;
	    }
	    matched = 1;
	    if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
			formatString));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * If this is the default format, and it was not passed as -format
	 * option, skip the stringMatchProc test. It'll be done later
	 */

	if (formatObj == NULL && formatPtr == defaultFormatPtr) {
	    continue;
	}

	if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
		&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
		&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
			widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
	    break;
	}
    }
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634

2635















2636
2637
2638
2639
2640

2641








2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647

2648
2649
2650
2651






2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
			    (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
			    (Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
			    widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (formatPtr == NULL) {















	if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
		    formatString, NULL);

	} else {








	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "couldn't recognize image data", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
		    "UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    *imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
    *oldformat = useoldformat;






    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FindPhoto --







>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>




>
>
>
>
>
>







2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
			    (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
			    (Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
			    widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (formatPtr == NULL) {
	/*
	 * Try the default format as last resort (only if no -format option
	 * was passed).
	 */

	if ( formatObj == NULL && defaultFormatPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("default image format handler not registered");
	}
	if ( formatObj == NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
		widthPtr, heightPtr, interp) != 0) {
	    useoldformat = 0;
	    formatPtr = defaultFormatPtr;
	} else if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
		    formatString, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	} else {

            /*
             * Some lower level routine (stringMatchProc) may have already set
             * a specific error message, so just return this. Otherwise return
             * a generic image data error.
             */

            if (Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp))[0] == '\0') {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                        "couldn't recognize image data", -1));
	        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
		        "UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", NULL);
            }
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    *imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
    *oldformat = useoldformat;

    /*
     * Some stringMatchProc might have left error messages and error codes in
     * interp.	Clear them before return.
     */
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FindPhoto --
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImgStringWrite --
 *
 *	Default string write function. The data is formatted in the default
 *	format as accepted by the "<img> put" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImgStringWrite(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    int greenOffset, blueOffset;
    Tcl_Obj *data;

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    data = Tcl_NewObj();
    if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
	int row, col;

	for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *line = Tcl_NewObj();
	    unsigned char *pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
		    + row * blockPtr->pitch;

	    for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(line, "%s#%02x%02x%02x",
			col ? " " : "", *pixelPtr,
			pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, data, line);
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, data);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoGetImage --
 *
 *	This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
 *	function fills in the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by
 *	`blockPtr' with details of the address and layout of the image data in
 *	memory.
 *







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962



















































3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *



















































 * Tk_PhotoGetImage --
 *
 *	This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
 *	function fills in the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by
 *	`blockPtr' with details of the address and layout of the image data in
 *	memory.
 *
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
    blockPtr->offset[3] = 3;
    return 1;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPostscriptPhoto --
 *
 *	This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
 *	Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl return value.
 *







|







3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
    blockPtr->offset[3] = 3;
    return 1;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImgPostscriptPhoto --
 *
 *	This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
 *	Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl return value.
 *
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
    int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,







|







4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
    int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166

4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172

4173
4174
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78

 * End:
 */







>






>


4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
    }
}
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.h.

89
90
91
92
93
94
95




96


97
98
99

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
 * structure of the following type is used to store the allocated pixel values
 * and other information:
 */

struct ColorTable {
    ColorTableId id;		/* Information used in selecting this color
				 * table. */




    int	flags;			/* See below. */


    int	refCount;		/* Number of instances using this map. */
    int liveRefCount;		/* Number of instances which are actually in
				 * use, using this map. */

    int	numColors;		/* Number of colors allocated for this map. */

    XVisualInfo	visualInfo;	/* Information about the visual for windows
				 * using this color table. */

    pixel redValues[256];	/* Maps 8-bit values of red intensity to a
				 * pixel value or index in pixelMap. */







>
>
>
>

>
>
|
|

>







89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
 * structure of the following type is used to store the allocated pixel values
 * and other information:
 */

struct ColorTable {
    ColorTableId id;		/* Information used in selecting this color
				 * table. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t	refCount;		/* Number of instances using this map. */
    size_t liveRefCount;		/* Number of instances which are actually in
				 * use, using this map. */
    int	flags;			/* See below. */
#else
    int	flags;			/* See below. */
    unsigned int	refCount;		/* Number of instances using this map. */
    unsigned int liveRefCount;		/* Number of instances which are actually in
				 * use, using this map. */
#endif
    int	numColors;		/* Number of colors allocated for this map. */

    XVisualInfo	visualInfo;	/* Information about the visual for windows
				 * using this color table. */

    pixel redValues[256];	/* Maps 8-bit values of red intensity to a
				 * pixel value or index in pixelMap. */
197
198
199
200
201
202
203

204



205
206
207
208
209
210
211
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */

    int refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */



    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */







>
|
>
>
>







204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */
#else
    unsigned int refCount;	/* Number of instances using this structure. */
#endif
    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */

Added generic/tkImgSVGnano.c.





















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
/*
 * tkImgSVGnano.c
 *
 *	A photo file handler for SVG files.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2013-14 Mikko Mononen [email protected]
 * Copyright (c) 2018 Christian Gollwitzer [email protected]
 * Copyright (c) 2018 Rene Zaumseil [email protected]
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
 * This handler is build using the original nanosvg library files from
 * https://github.com/memononen/nanosvg and the tcl extension files from
 * https://github.com/auriocus/tksvg
 *
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#define NANOSVG_malloc	ckalloc
#define NANOSVG_realloc	ckrealloc
#define NANOSVG_free	ckfree
#define NANOSVG_SCOPE MODULE_SCOPE
#define NANOSVG_ALL_COLOR_KEYWORDS
#define NANOSVG_IMPLEMENTATION
#include "nanosvg.h"
#define NANOSVGRAST_IMPLEMENTATION
#include "nanosvgrast.h"

/* Additional parameters to nsvgRasterize() */

typedef struct {
    double x;
    double y;
    double scale;
} RastOpts;

/*
 * Per interp cache of last NSVGimage which was matched to
 * be immediately rasterized after the match. This helps to
 * eliminate double parsing of the SVG file/string.
 */

typedef struct {
    ClientData dataOrChan;
    Tcl_DString formatString;
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage;
    RastOpts ropts;
} NSVGcache;

static int		FileMatchSVG(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName,
			    Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int		FileReadSVG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
			    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY,
			    int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY);
static int		StringMatchSVG(Tcl_Obj *dataObj, Tcl_Obj *format,
			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int		StringReadSVG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
			    Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
			    int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
			    int srcX, int srcY);
static NSVGimage *	ParseSVGWithOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *input, TkSizeT length, Tcl_Obj *format,
			    RastOpts *ropts);
static int		RasterizeSVG(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, NSVGimage *nsvgImage,
			    int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
			    int srcX, int srcY, RastOpts *ropts);
static NSVGcache *	GetCachePtr(Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int		CacheSVG(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData dataOrChan,
			    Tcl_Obj *formatObj, NSVGimage *nsvgImage,
			    RastOpts *ropts);
static NSVGimage *	GetCachedSVG(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData dataOrChan,
			    Tcl_Obj *formatObj, RastOpts *ropts);
static void		CleanCache(Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void		FreeCache(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp);

/*
 * The format record for the SVG nano file format:
 */

Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtSVGnano = {
    "svg",			/* name */
    FileMatchSVG,		/* fileMatchProc */
    StringMatchSVG,		/* stringMatchProc */
    FileReadSVG,		/* fileReadProc */
    StringReadSVG,		/* stringReadProc */
    NULL,			/* fileWriteProc */
    NULL,			/* stringWriteProc */
    NULL
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileMatchSVG --
 *
 *	This function is invoked by the photo image type to see if a file
 *	contains image data in SVG format.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is >0 if the file can be successfully parsed,
 *	and 0 otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The file is saved in the internal cache for further use.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
FileMatchSVG(
    Tcl_Channel chan,
    const char *fileName,
    Tcl_Obj *formatObj,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    TkSizeT length;
    Tcl_Obj *dataObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    const char *data;
    RastOpts ropts;
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage;

    CleanCache(interp);
    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, dataObj, -1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	/* in case of an error reading the file */
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dataObj);
	return 0;
    }
    data = TkGetStringFromObj(dataObj, &length);
    nsvgImage = ParseSVGWithOptions(interp, data, length, formatObj, &ropts);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(dataObj);
    if (nsvgImage != NULL) {
	*widthPtr = (int) ceil(nsvgImage->width * ropts.scale);
	*heightPtr = (int) ceil(nsvgImage->height * ropts.scale);
        if ((*widthPtr <= 0) || (*heightPtr <= 0)) {
            nsvgDelete(nsvgImage);
            return 0;
        }
	if (!CacheSVG(interp, chan, formatObj, nsvgImage, &ropts)) {
	    nsvgDelete(nsvgImage);
	}
	return 1;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileReadSVG --
 *
 *	This function is called by the photo image type to read SVG format
 *	data from a file and write it into a given photo image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard TCL completion code. If TCL_ERROR is returned then an error
 *	message is left in the interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The access position in file f is changed, and new data is added to the
 *	image given by imageHandle.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
FileReadSVG(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Channel chan,
    const char *fileName,
    Tcl_Obj *formatObj,
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
    int destX, int destY,
    int width, int height,
    int srcX, int srcY)
{
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *data;
    RastOpts ropts;
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage = GetCachedSVG(interp, chan, formatObj, &ropts);

    if (nsvgImage == NULL) {
        Tcl_Obj *dataObj = Tcl_NewObj();

	if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, dataObj, -1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	    /* in case of an error reading the file */
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(dataObj);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("read error", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "SVG", "READ_ERROR", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	data = TkGetStringFromObj(dataObj, &length);
	nsvgImage = ParseSVGWithOptions(interp, data, length, formatObj,
			    &ropts);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dataObj);
	if (nsvgImage == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    return RasterizeSVG(interp, imageHandle, nsvgImage, destX, destY,
		width, height, srcX, srcY, &ropts);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringMatchSVG --
 *
 *	This function is invoked by the photo image type to see if a string
 *	contains image data in SVG format.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is >0 if the file can be successfully parsed,
 *	and 0 otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The file is saved in the internal cache for further use.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
StringMatchSVG(
    Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
    Tcl_Obj *formatObj,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *data;
    RastOpts ropts;
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage;

    CleanCache(interp);
    data = TkGetStringFromObj(dataObj, &length);
    nsvgImage = ParseSVGWithOptions(interp, data, length, formatObj, &ropts);
    if (nsvgImage != NULL) {
	*widthPtr = (int) ceil(nsvgImage->width * ropts.scale);
	*heightPtr = (int) ceil(nsvgImage->height * ropts.scale);
        if ((*widthPtr <= 0) || (*heightPtr <= 0)) {
            nsvgDelete(nsvgImage);
            return 0;
        }
	if (!CacheSVG(interp, dataObj, formatObj, nsvgImage, &ropts)) {
	    nsvgDelete(nsvgImage);
	}
	return 1;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringReadSVG --
 *
 *	This function is called by the photo image type to read SVG format
 *	data from a string and write it into a given photo image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard TCL completion code. If TCL_ERROR is returned then an error
 *	message is left in the interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	New data is added to the image given by imageHandle.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
StringReadSVG(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
    Tcl_Obj *formatObj,
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
    int destX, int destY,
    int width, int height,
    int srcX, int srcY)
{
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *data;
    RastOpts ropts;
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage = GetCachedSVG(interp, dataObj, formatObj, &ropts);

    if (nsvgImage == NULL) {
        data = TkGetStringFromObj(dataObj, &length);
	nsvgImage = ParseSVGWithOptions(interp, data, length, formatObj,
			    &ropts);
    }
    if (nsvgImage == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return RasterizeSVG(interp, imageHandle, nsvgImage, destX, destY,
		width, height, srcX, srcY, &ropts);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseSVGWithOptions --
 *
 *	This function is called to parse the given input string as SVG.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Return a newly create NSVGimage on success, and NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static NSVGimage *
ParseSVGWithOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *input,
    TkSizeT length,
    Tcl_Obj *formatObj,
    RastOpts *ropts)
{
    Tcl_Obj **objv = NULL;
    int objc = 0;
    double dpi = 96.0;
    char unit[3], *p;
    char *inputCopy = NULL;
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage;
    static const char *const fmtOptions[] = {
        "-dpi", "-scale", "-unit", NULL
    };
    enum fmtOptions {
	OPT_DPI, OPT_SCALE, OPT_UNIT
    };

    /*
     * The parser destroys the original input string,
     * therefore first duplicate.
     */

    inputCopy = attemptckalloc(length+1);
    if (inputCopy == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("cannot alloc data buffer", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "SVG", "OUT_OF_MEMORY", NULL);
	goto error;
    }
    memcpy(inputCopy, input, length);
    inputCopy[length] = '\0';

    /*
     * Process elements of format specification as a list.
     */

    strcpy(unit, "px");
    ropts->x = ropts->y = 0.0;
    ropts->scale = 1.0;
    if ((formatObj != NULL) &&
	    Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatObj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
        goto error;
    }
    for (; objc > 0 ; objc--, objv++) {
	int optIndex;

	/*
	 * Ignore the "svg" part of the format specification.
	 */

	if (!strcasecmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), "svg")) {
	    continue;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[0], fmtOptions,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &optIndex) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    goto error;
	}

	if (objc < 2) {
	    ckfree(inputCopy);
	    inputCopy = NULL;
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "value");
	    goto error;
	}

	objc--;
	objv++;

	switch ((enum fmtOptions) optIndex) {
	case OPT_DPI:
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[0], &dpi) == TCL_ERROR) {
	        goto error;
	    }
	    if (dpi < 0.0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"-dpi value must be positive", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "SVG", "BAD_DPI",
			NULL);
		goto error;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPT_SCALE:
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[0], &ropts->scale) ==
		TCL_ERROR) {
	        goto error;
	    }
	    if (ropts->scale <= 0.0) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"-scale value must be positive", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "SVG", "BAD_SCALE",
			NULL);
		goto error;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPT_UNIT:
	    p = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
	    if ((p != NULL) && (p[0])) {
	        strncpy(unit, p, 3);
		unit[2] = '\0';
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    nsvgImage = nsvgParse(inputCopy, unit, (float) dpi);
    if (nsvgImage == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("cannot parse SVG image", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "SVG", "PARSE_ERROR", NULL);
	goto error;
    }
    ckfree(inputCopy);
    return nsvgImage;

error:
    if (inputCopy != NULL) {
        ckfree(inputCopy);
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RasterizeSVG --
 *
 *	This function is called to rasterize the given nsvgImage and
 *	fill the imageHandle with data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard TCL completion code. If TCL_ERROR is returned then an error
 *	message is left in the interp's result.
 *
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	On error the given nsvgImage will be deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
RasterizeSVG(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage,
    int destX, int destY,
    int width, int height,
    int srcX, int srcY,
    RastOpts *ropts)
{
    int w, h, c;
    NSVGrasterizer *rast;
    unsigned char *imgData;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock svgblock;

    w = (int) ceil(nsvgImage->width * ropts->scale);
    h = (int) ceil(nsvgImage->height * ropts->scale);
    rast = nsvgCreateRasterizer();
    if (rast == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("cannot initialize rasterizer", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "SVG", "RASTERIZER_ERROR",
		NULL);
	goto cleanAST;
    }
    imgData = attemptckalloc(w * h *4);
    if (imgData == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("cannot alloc image buffer", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "SVG", "OUT_OF_MEMORY", NULL);
	goto cleanRAST;
    }
    nsvgRasterize(rast, nsvgImage, (float) ropts->x, (float) ropts->y,
	    (float) ropts->scale, imgData, w, h, w * 4);
    /* transfer the data to a photo block */
    svgblock.pixelPtr = imgData;
    svgblock.width = w;
    svgblock.height = h;
    svgblock.pitch = w * 4;
    svgblock.pixelSize = 4;
    for (c = 0; c <= 3; c++) {
	svgblock.offset[c] = c;
    }
    if (Tk_PhotoExpand(interp, imageHandle,
		destX + width, destY + height) != TCL_OK) {
	goto cleanRAST;
    }
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &svgblock, destX, destY,
		width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
	goto cleanimg;
    }
    ckfree(imgData);
    nsvgDeleteRasterizer(rast);
    nsvgDelete(nsvgImage);
    return TCL_OK;

cleanimg:
    ckfree(imgData);

cleanRAST:
    nsvgDeleteRasterizer(rast);

cleanAST:
    nsvgDelete(nsvgImage);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetCachePtr --
 *
 *	This function is called to get the per interpreter used
 *	svg image cache.
 *
 * Results:
 * 	Return a pointer to the used cache.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Initialize the cache on the first call.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static NSVGcache *
GetCachePtr(
    Tcl_Interp *interp
) {
    NSVGcache *cachePtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tksvgnano", NULL);
    if (cachePtr == NULL) {
	cachePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(NSVGcache));
	cachePtr->dataOrChan = NULL;
	Tcl_DStringInit(&cachePtr->formatString);
	cachePtr->nsvgImage = NULL;
	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "tksvgnano", FreeCache, cachePtr);
    }
    return cachePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CacheSVG --
 *
 *	Add the given svg image informations to the cache for further usage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Return 1 on success, and 0 otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
CacheSVG(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    ClientData dataOrChan,
    Tcl_Obj *formatObj,
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage,
    RastOpts *ropts)
{
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *data;
    NSVGcache *cachePtr = GetCachePtr(interp);

    if (cachePtr != NULL) {
        cachePtr->dataOrChan = dataOrChan;
	if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    data = TkGetStringFromObj(formatObj, &length);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&cachePtr->formatString, data, length);
	}
	cachePtr->nsvgImage = nsvgImage;
	cachePtr->ropts = *ropts;
	return 1;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetCachedSVG --
 *
 *	Try to get the NSVGimage from the internal cache.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Return the found NSVGimage on success, and NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Calls the CleanCache() function.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static NSVGimage *
GetCachedSVG(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    ClientData dataOrChan,
    Tcl_Obj *formatObj,
    RastOpts *ropts)
{
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *data;
    NSVGcache *cachePtr = GetCachePtr(interp);
    NSVGimage *nsvgImage = NULL;

    if ((cachePtr != NULL) && (cachePtr->nsvgImage != NULL) &&
	(cachePtr->dataOrChan == dataOrChan)) {
        if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    data = TkGetStringFromObj(formatObj, &length);
	    if (strcmp(data, Tcl_DStringValue(&cachePtr->formatString)) == 0) {
	        nsvgImage = cachePtr->nsvgImage;
		*ropts = cachePtr->ropts;
		cachePtr->nsvgImage = NULL;
	    }
	} else if (Tcl_DStringLength(&cachePtr->formatString) == 0) {
	    nsvgImage = cachePtr->nsvgImage;
	    *ropts = cachePtr->ropts;
	    cachePtr->nsvgImage = NULL;
	}
    }
    CleanCache(interp);
    return nsvgImage;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CleanCache --
 *
 *	Reset the cache and delete the saved image in it.
 *
 * Results:
 *
 * Side effects:
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
CleanCache(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    NSVGcache *cachePtr = GetCachePtr(interp);

    if (cachePtr != NULL) {
        cachePtr->dataOrChan = NULL;
        Tcl_DStringSetLength(&cachePtr->formatString, 0);
	if (cachePtr->nsvgImage != NULL) {
	    nsvgDelete(cachePtr->nsvgImage);
	    cachePtr->nsvgImage = NULL;
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FreeCache --
 *
 *	This function is called to clean up the internal cache data.
 *
 * Results:
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Existing image data in the cache and the cache will be deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
FreeCache(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    NSVGcache *cachePtr = clientData;

    Tcl_DStringFree(&cachePtr->formatString);
    if (cachePtr->nsvgImage != NULL) {
        nsvgDelete(cachePtr->nsvgImage);
    }
    ckfree(cachePtr);
}

Changes to generic/tkInt.decls.

95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
	    Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
    int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
	    const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
    CONST86 char *TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey)
}
declare 23 {
    void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 24 {
    int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}







|







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
	    Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
    int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
	    const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
    const char *TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey)
}
declare 23 {
    void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 24 {
    int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
	    TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
	    Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
    void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
    CONST86 char *TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym)
}
declare 47 {
    int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[])
}
declare 48 {
    double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[])
}







|







178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
	    TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
	    Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
    void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
    const char *TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym)
}
declare 47 {
    int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[])
}
declare 48 {
    double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[])
}
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    TkMainInfo *TkGetMainInfoList(void)
}
declare 108 {
    int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    CONST86 char *TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 110 {
    void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont)
}
declare 111 {
    Tcl_Obj *TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    const char *dbName, const char *className)







|







385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    TkMainInfo *TkGetMainInfoList(void)
}
declare 108 {
    int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    const char *TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 110 {
    void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont)
}
declare 111 {
    Tcl_Obj *TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    const char *dbName, const char *className)
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
}
# Next group of functions exposed due to [Bug 2768945].
declare 169 {
    int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 170 {
    CONST86 char *TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 171 {
    int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 172 {
    CONST86 char *TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 173 {
    int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 174 {
    CONST86 char *TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 175 {
    int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 176 {
    CONST86 char *TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 177 {
    int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 178 {
    CONST86 char *TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 180 {
    CONST86 char *TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}

# Angled text API, exposed for Emiliano Gavilán's RBC work.
declare 181 {
    void TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar,







|







|







|







|







|







|







566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
}
# Next group of functions exposed due to [Bug 2768945].
declare 169 {
    int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 170 {
    const char *TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 171 {
    int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 172 {
    const char *TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 173 {
    int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 174 {
    const char *TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 175 {
    int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 176 {
    const char *TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 177 {
    int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 178 {
    const char *TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 180 {
    const char *TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}

# Angled text API, exposed for Emiliano Gavilán's RBC work.
declare 181 {
    void TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar,
630
631
632
633
634
635
636







637
638
639
640
641
642
643
	    int width, int height, double angle)
}
declare 184 {
    void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
	    double y, double angle)
}








##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tkIntPlat







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
	    int width, int height, double angle)
}
declare 184 {
    void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
	    double y, double angle)
}

# Debugging / testing functions for photo images
declare 185 {
    int TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data,
            Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}


##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tkIntPlat
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
declare 46 aqua {
    int TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window)
}
declare 47 aqua {
    Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
}
declare 49 aqua {
    Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 50 aqua {
    int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state)
}
declare 51 aqua {
    void TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin)
}







|







1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
declare 46 aqua {
    int TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window)
}
declare 47 aqua {
    Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
}
declare 49 aqua {
    Tk_Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 50 aqua {
    int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state)
}
declare 51 aqua {
    void TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495






1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
    int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
    int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
	    int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
	    unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}







################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
	    _Xconst char *dash_list, int n)







>
>
>
>
>
>







1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
    int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
    int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
	    int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
	    unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}
declare 138 win {
    Region XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule)
}
declare 139 win {
    int XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y)
}

################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
	    _Xconst char *dash_list, int n)

Changes to generic/tkInt.h.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

/*
 * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correctly:
 * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on
 * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures).
 */

#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#    include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#    include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifdef BYTE_ORDER







<







21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33
34

/*
 * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correctly:
 * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on
 * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures).
 */


#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#    include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#    include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifdef BYTE_ORDER
55
56
57
58
59
60
61








62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85














86
87
88
89
90
91
92
#   ifdef __cplusplus
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
#   else
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#   endif
#endif









/*
 * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
 * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
 * to/from pointer from/to integer of different size".
 */

#if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT)
#   if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t)
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(intptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(intptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(p))
#   endif
#endif
#if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT)
#   if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t)
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(uintptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(uintptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(p))
#   endif
#endif















/*
 * Opaque type declarations:
 */

typedef struct TkColormap TkColormap;
typedef struct TkFontAttributes TkFontAttributes;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









|


|





|


|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
#   ifdef __cplusplus
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
#   else
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#   endif
#endif

#ifndef TkSizeT
#   if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#	define TkSizeT size_t
#   else
#	define TkSizeT int
#   endif
#endif

/*
 * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
 * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
 * to/from pointer from/to integer of different size".
 */

#if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT)
#   if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t)
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(intptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((intptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((long)(p))
#   endif
#endif
#if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT)
#   if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t)
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(uintptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((uintptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned long)(p))
#   endif
#endif

#ifndef TCL_AUTO_LENGTH
#   define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH (-1)
#endif

#ifndef TCL_Z_MODIFIER
#   if defined(_WIN64)
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"I"
#   elif defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_WIN32)
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
#   else
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	""
#   endif
#endif /* !TCL_Z_MODIFIER */

/*
 * Opaque type declarations:
 */

typedef struct TkColormap TkColormap;
typedef struct TkFontAttributes TkFontAttributes;
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
 * specific cursor files.
 */

typedef struct TkCursor {
    Tk_Cursor cursor;		/* System specific identifier for cursor. */
    Display *display;		/* Display containing cursor. Needed for
				 * disposal and retrieval of cursors. */
    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this cursor (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocPreserveFromObj or Tk_Preserve). If
				 * this count is 0, then this structure is no
				 * longer valid and it isn't present in a hash
				 * table: it is being kept around only because
				 * there are objects referring to it. The
				 * structure is freed when resourceRefCount
				 * and objRefCount are both 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* Number of Tcl objects that reference this
				 * structure.. */
    Tcl_HashTable *otherTable;	/* Second table (other than idTable) used to
				 * index this entry. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Entry in otherTable for this structure
				 * (needed when deleting). */
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;	/* Entry in idTable for this structure (needed
				 * when deleting). */







|








|







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
 * specific cursor files.
 */

typedef struct TkCursor {
    Tk_Cursor cursor;		/* System specific identifier for cursor. */
    Display *display;		/* Display containing cursor. Needed for
				 * disposal and retrieval of cursors. */
    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this cursor (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocPreserveFromObj or Tk_Preserve). If
				 * this count is 0, then this structure is no
				 * longer valid and it isn't present in a hash
				 * table: it is being kept around only because
				 * there are objects referring to it. The
				 * structure is freed when resourceRefCount
				 * and objRefCount are both 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* Number of Tcl objects that reference this
				 * structure.. */
    Tcl_HashTable *otherTable;	/* Second table (other than idTable) used to
				 * index this entry. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Entry in otherTable for this structure
				 * (needed when deleting). */
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;	/* Entry in idTable for this structure (needed
				 * when deleting). */
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
     * Information used by tkError.c only:
     */

    struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
				/* First in list of error handlers for this
				 * display. NULL means no handlers exist at
				 * present. */
    int deleteCount;		/* Counts # of handlers deleted since last
				 * time inactive handlers were garbage-
				 * collected. When this number gets big,
				 * handlers get cleaned up. */

    /*
     * Used by tkEvent.c only:
     */







|







283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
     * Information used by tkError.c only:
     */

    struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
				/* First in list of error handlers for this
				 * display. NULL means no handlers exist at
				 * present. */
    TkSizeT deleteCount;		/* Counts # of handlers deleted since last
				 * time inactive handlers were garbage-
				 * collected. When this number gets big,
				 * handlers get cleaned up. */

    /*
     * Used by tkEvent.c only:
     */
318
319
320
321
322
323
324



325
326
327
328
329
330
331
     */

    Tcl_HashTable maintainHashTable;
				/* Hash table that maps from a master's
				 * Tk_Window token to a list of slaves managed
				 * by that master. */
    int geomInit;




    /*
     * Information used by tkGet.c only:
     */

    Tcl_HashTable uidTable;	/* Stores all Tk_Uid used in a thread. */
    int uidInit;		/* 0 means uidTable needs initializing. */







>
>
>







339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
     */

    Tcl_HashTable maintainHashTable;
				/* Hash table that maps from a master's
				 * Tk_Window token to a list of slaves managed
				 * by that master. */
    int geomInit;

#define TkGetGeomMaster(tkwin) (((TkWindow *)tkwin)->maintainerPtr != NULL ? \
    ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->maintainerPtr : ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->parentPtr)

    /*
     * Information used by tkGet.c only:
     */

    Tcl_HashTable uidTable;	/* Stores all Tk_Uid used in a thread. */
    int uidInit;		/* 0 means uidTable needs initializing. */
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490


491
492
493
494





495
496
497
498
499
500
501
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    int refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */



    int mouseButtonState;	/* Current mouse button state for this
				 * display. */
    Window mouseButtonWindow;	/* Window the button state was set in, added
				 * in Tk 8.4. */





    Tk_Window warpWindow;
    Tk_Window warpMainwin;	/* For finding the root window for warping
				 * purposes. */
    int warpX;
    int warpY;

    /*







|








>
>

|


>
>
>
>
>







499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */

#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED)
    int mouseButtonState;	/* Current mouse button state for this
				 * display. NOT USED as of 8.6.10 */
    Window mouseButtonWindow;	/* Window the button state was set in, added
				 * in Tk 8.4. */
#else
    int notused1;
    XID notused2;
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#endif
    Tk_Window warpWindow;
    Tk_Window warpMainwin;	/* For finding the root window for warping
				 * purposes. */
    int warpX;
    int warpY;

    /*
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596

597



598
599
600
601
602
603
604
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    int refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
    Tcl_HashTable nameTable;	/* Hash table mapping path names to TkWindow
				 * structs for all windows related to this
				 * main window. Managed by tkWindow.c. */

    long deletionEpoch;		/* Incremented by window deletions. */



    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Used in conjunction with "bind" command to
				 * bind events to Tcl commands. */
    TkBindInfo bindInfo;	/* Information used by tkBind.c on a per
				 * application basis. */
    struct TkFontInfo *fontInfoPtr;
				/* Information used by tkFont.c on a per







|










>
|
>
>
>







610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
    Tcl_HashTable nameTable;	/* Hash table mapping path names to TkWindow
				 * structs for all windows related to this
				 * main window. Managed by tkWindow.c. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t deletionEpoch;		/* Incremented by window deletions. */
#else
    long deletionEpoch;
#endif
    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Used in conjunction with "bind" command to
				 * bind events to Tcl commands. */
    TkBindInfo bindInfo;	/* Information used by tkBind.c on a per
				 * application basis. */
    struct TkFontInfo *fontInfoPtr;
				/* Information used by tkFont.c on a per
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818





819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845









846
847
848
849
850
851
852
    /* The remaining fields of internal border. */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;

    int minReqWidth;		/* Minimum requested width. */
    int minReqHeight;		/* Minimum requested height. */
    char *geometryMaster;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int ximGeneration;          /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */





} TkWindow;

/*
 * Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
 * but have internally generated pieces added to them.
 */

typedef struct {
    XKeyEvent keyEvent;		/* The real event from X11. */
    char *charValuePtr;		/* A pointer to a string that holds the key's
				 * %A substitution text (before backslash
				 * adding), or NULL if that has not been
				 * computed yet. If non-NULL, this string was
				 * allocated with ckalloc(). */
    int charValueLen;		/* Length of string in charValuePtr when that
				 * is non-NULL. */
    KeySym keysym;		/* Key symbol computed after input methods
				 * have been invoked */
} TkKeyEvent;

/*
 * Flags passed to TkpMakeMenuWindow's 'transient' argument.
 */

#define TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF	0	/* Only non-transient case. */
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP	1
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN	2










/*
 * The following structure is used with TkMakeEnsemble to create ensemble
 * commands and optionally to create sub-ensembles.
 */

typedef struct TkEnsemble {







<



>
>
>
>
>








|
|




|












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







843
844
845
846
847
848
849

850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
    /* The remaining fields of internal border. */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;

    int minReqWidth;		/* Minimum requested width. */
    int minReqHeight;		/* Minimum requested height. */

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int ximGeneration;          /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    char *geomMgrName;          /* Records the name of the geometry manager. */
    struct TkWindow *maintainerPtr;
				/* The geometry master for this window. The
				 * value is NULL if the window has no master or
				 * if its master is its parent. */
} TkWindow;

/*
 * Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
 * but have internally generated pieces added to them.
 */

typedef struct {
    XKeyEvent keyEvent;	/* The real event from X11. */
    char *charValuePtr;	/* A pointer to a string that holds the key's
				 * %A substitution text (before backslash
				 * adding), or NULL if that has not been
				 * computed yet. If non-NULL, this string was
				 * allocated with ckalloc(). */
    TkSizeT charValueLen;	/* Length of string in charValuePtr when that
				 * is non-NULL. */
    KeySym keysym;		/* Key symbol computed after input methods
				 * have been invoked */
} TkKeyEvent;

/*
 * Flags passed to TkpMakeMenuWindow's 'transient' argument.
 */

#define TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF	0	/* Only non-transient case. */
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP	1
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN	2

/* See TIP #494 */
#ifndef TCL_IO_FAILURE
#   define TCL_IO_FAILURE (-1)
#endif
/* See TIP #537 */
#ifndef TCL_INDEX_NONE
#   define TCL_INDEX_NONE (-1)
#endif

/*
 * The following structure is used with TkMakeEnsemble to create ensemble
 * commands and optionally to create sub-ensembles.
 */

typedef struct TkEnsemble {
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
































927
928
929
930
931
932
933
 * bits.
 */

#define META_MASK	(AnyModifier<<1)
#define ALT_MASK	(AnyModifier<<2)
#define EXTENDED_MASK	(AnyModifier<<3)

































/*
 * Object types not declared in tkObj.c need to be mentioned here so they can
 * be properly registered with Tcl:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tcl_ObjType tkBorderObjType;
MODULE_SCOPE const Tcl_ObjType tkBitmapObjType;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
 * bits.
 */

#define META_MASK	(AnyModifier<<1)
#define ALT_MASK	(AnyModifier<<2)
#define EXTENDED_MASK	(AnyModifier<<3)

#ifndef Button8
# define Button8 8
#endif
#ifndef Button9
# define Button9 9
#endif

#ifndef Button6Mask
# define Button6Mask (1<<13)
#endif
#ifndef Button7Mask
# define Button7Mask (1<<14)
#endif
#ifndef Button8Mask
# define Button8Mask (AnyModifier<<4)
#endif
#ifndef Button9Mask
# define Button9Mask (AnyModifier<<5)
#endif

/*
 * Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus
 * masks that select individual buttons' bits:
 */

#define ALL_BUTTONS \
	(Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask \
		|Button6Mask|Button7Mask|Button8Mask|Button9Mask)


MODULE_SCOPE unsigned long TkGetButtonMask(unsigned int);

/*
 * Object types not declared in tkObj.c need to be mentioned here so they can
 * be properly registered with Tcl:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tcl_ObjType tkBorderObjType;
MODULE_SCOPE const Tcl_ObjType tkBitmapObjType;
942
943
944
945
946
947
948

949
950

951
952
953
954
955
956
957
 * outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkBitmapImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF;
MODULE_SCOPE void		(*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM;

MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo		*tkMainWindowList;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkPhotoImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable	tkPredefBitmapTable;

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkWebColors[20];

/*







>


>







1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
 * outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkBitmapImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF;
MODULE_SCOPE void		(*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtSVGnano;
MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo		*tkMainWindowList;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkPhotoImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable	tkPredefBitmapTable;

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkWebColors[20];

/*
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987

#if defined(PURIFY) && defined(__clang__)
#if __has_feature(attribute_analyzer_noreturn) && \
	!defined(Tcl_Panic) && defined(Tcl_Panic_TCL_DECLARED)
void Tcl_Panic(const char *, ...) __attribute__((analyzer_noreturn));
#endif
#if !defined(CLANG_ASSERT)
#include <assert.h>
#define CLANG_ASSERT(x) assert(x)
#endif
#elif !defined(CLANG_ASSERT)
#define CLANG_ASSERT(x)
#endif /* PURIFY && __clang__ */

/*







<







1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061

1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068

#if defined(PURIFY) && defined(__clang__)
#if __has_feature(attribute_analyzer_noreturn) && \
	!defined(Tcl_Panic) && defined(Tcl_Panic_TCL_DECLARED)
void Tcl_Panic(const char *, ...) __attribute__((analyzer_noreturn));
#endif
#if !defined(CLANG_ASSERT)

#define CLANG_ASSERT(x) assert(x)
#endif
#elif !defined(CLANG_ASSERT)
#define CLANG_ASSERT(x)
#endif /* PURIFY && __clang__ */

/*
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206



1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225


1226
1227
1228
1229
1230



1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249












1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
			    int *lengthPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnderlineCharsInContext(Display *display,
			    Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    const char *string, int numBytes, int x, int y,
			    int firstByte, int lastByte);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    int c, struct TkFontAttributes *faPtr);



MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TkNewWindowObj(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpShowBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpHideBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Window parent);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpCreateBusy(Tk_FakeWin *winPtr, Tk_Window tkRef,
			    Window *parentPtr, Tk_Window tkParent,
			    TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkBackgroundEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int flags);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin,
			    const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TkMakeEnsemble(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *nsname, const char *name,
			    ClientData clientData, const TkEnsemble *map);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitTkCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitFontchooser(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);


MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpWarpPointer(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpCancelWarp(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkListCreateFrame(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listObj,
			    int toplevel, Tcl_Obj *nameObj);




#ifdef _WIN32
#define TkParseColor XParseColor
#else
MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
				Colormap map, const char* spec,
				XColor * colorPtr);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion);
#endif

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
#   define TkUtfToUniChar Tcl_UtfToUniChar
#   define TkUniCharToUtf Tcl_UniCharToUtf
#else
    MODULE_SCOPE int TkUtfToUniChar(const char *, int *);
    MODULE_SCOPE int TkUniCharToUtf(int, char *);
#endif













/*
 * Unsupported commands.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,







>
>
>



















>
>





>
>
>













|
|

|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
			    int *lengthPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnderlineCharsInContext(Display *display,
			    Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    const char *string, int numBytes, int x, int y,
			    int firstByte, int lastByte);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    int c, struct TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDrawFrameEx(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable,
			    Tk_3DBorder border, int highlightWidth,
			    int borderWidth, int relief);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TkNewWindowObj(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpShowBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpHideBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Window parent);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpCreateBusy(Tk_FakeWin *winPtr, Tk_Window tkRef,
			    Window *parentPtr, Tk_Window tkParent,
			    TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkBackgroundEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int flags);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin,
			    const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TkMakeEnsemble(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *nsname, const char *name,
			    ClientData clientData, const TkEnsemble *map);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitTkCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitFontchooser(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkInitEmbeddedConfigurationInformation(
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpWarpPointer(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpCancelWarp(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkListCreateFrame(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listObj,
			    int toplevel, Tcl_Obj *nameObj);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkRotatePoint(double originX, double originY,
			    double sine, double cosine, double *xPtr,
			    double *yPtr);

#ifdef _WIN32
#define TkParseColor XParseColor
#else
MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
				Colormap map, const char* spec,
				XColor * colorPtr);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion);
#endif

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
#   define TkUtfToUniChar (size_t)Tcl_UtfToUniChar
#   define TkUniCharToUtf (size_t)Tcl_UniCharToUtf
#else
    MODULE_SCOPE size_t TkUtfToUniChar(const char *, int *);
    MODULE_SCOPE size_t TkUniCharToUtf(int, char *);
#endif

#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#define TkGetStringFromObj(objPtr, lenPtr) \
	(((objPtr)->bytes ? 0 : Tcl_GetString(objPtr)), \
	*(lenPtr) = (objPtr)->length, (objPtr)->bytes)
MODULE_SCOPE unsigned char *TkGetByteArrayFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	size_t *lengthPtr);
#else
#define TkGetStringFromObj Tcl_GetStringFromObj
#define TkGetByteArrayFromObj Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj
#endif


/*
 * Unsupported commands.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,

Changes to generic/tkIntDecls.h.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
				int numPoints, Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC);
/* 21 */
EXTERN int		TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				const char *strKey);
/* 22 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				int numKey);
/* 23 */
EXTERN void		TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
/* 24 */
EXTERN int		TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
				XEvent *eventPtr);
/* 25 */







|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
				int numPoints, Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC);
/* 21 */
EXTERN int		TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				const char *strKey);
/* 22 */
EXTERN const char *	TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				int numKey);
/* 23 */
EXTERN void		TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
/* 24 */
EXTERN int		TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
				XEvent *eventPtr);
/* 25 */
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
/* 44 */
EXTERN void		TkInOutEvents(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr,
				TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType,
				int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position);
/* 45 */
EXTERN void		TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 46 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym);
/* 47 */
EXTERN int		TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double rectPtr[]);
/* 48 */
EXTERN double		TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double pointPtr[]);
/* 49 */







|







163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
/* 44 */
EXTERN void		TkInOutEvents(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr,
				TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType,
				int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position);
/* 45 */
EXTERN void		TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 46 */
EXTERN const char *	TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym);
/* 47 */
EXTERN int		TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double rectPtr[]);
/* 48 */
EXTERN double		TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double pointPtr[]);
/* 49 */
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
/* 107 */
EXTERN TkMainInfo *	TkGetMainInfoList(void);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				Tk_Window *windowPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN void		TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont);
/* 111 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *dbName, const char *className);
/* 112 */







|







320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
/* 107 */
EXTERN TkMainInfo *	TkGetMainInfoList(void);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				Tk_Window *windowPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN const char *	TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN void		TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont);
/* 111 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *dbName, const char *className);
/* 112 */
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
				int y, int height, int baseline,
				Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY);
/* 169 */
EXTERN int		TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 170 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 171 */
EXTERN int		TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 172 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 173 */
EXTERN int		TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 174 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 175 */
EXTERN int		TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 176 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 177 */
EXTERN int		TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 178 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 179 */
EXTERN int		TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 180 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 181 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc,
				Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
				double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar);







|







|







|







|







|







|







484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
				int y, int height, int baseline,
				Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY);
/* 169 */
EXTERN int		TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 170 */
EXTERN const char *	TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 171 */
EXTERN int		TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 172 */
EXTERN const char *	TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 173 */
EXTERN int		TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 174 */
EXTERN const char *	TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 175 */
EXTERN int		TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 176 */
EXTERN const char *	TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 177 */
EXTERN int		TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 178 */
EXTERN const char *	TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 179 */
EXTERN int		TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 180 */
EXTERN const char *	TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 181 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc,
				Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
				double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar);
546
547
548
549
550
551
552




553
554
555
556
557
558
559
				int x, int y, int width, int height,
				double angle);
/* 184 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
				const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
				double y, double angle);





typedef struct TkIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
    void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */







>
>
>
>







546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
				int x, int y, int width, int height,
				double angle);
/* 184 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
				const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
				double y, double angle);
/* 185 */
EXTERN int		TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter,
				Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
				int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);

typedef struct TkIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
    void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
    Time (*tkCurrentTime) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 15 */
    void (*tkDeleteAllImages) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 16 */
    void (*tkDoConfigureNotify) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 17 */
    void (*tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable, int padding); /* 18 */
    void (*tkEventDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 19 */
    void (*tkFillPolygon) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 20 */
    int (*tkFindStateNum) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 21 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkFindStateString) (const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey); /* 22 */
    void (*tkFocusDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
    int (*tkFocusFilterEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 24 */
    TkWindow * (*tkFocusKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 25 */
    void (*tkFontPkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 26 */
    void (*tkFontPkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 27 */
    void (*tkFreeBindingTags) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 28 */
    void (*tkpFreeCursor) (TkCursor *cursorPtr); /* 29 */







|







577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
    Time (*tkCurrentTime) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 15 */
    void (*tkDeleteAllImages) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 16 */
    void (*tkDoConfigureNotify) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 17 */
    void (*tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable, int padding); /* 18 */
    void (*tkEventDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 19 */
    void (*tkFillPolygon) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 20 */
    int (*tkFindStateNum) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 21 */
    const char * (*tkFindStateString) (const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey); /* 22 */
    void (*tkFocusDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
    int (*tkFocusFilterEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 24 */
    TkWindow * (*tkFocusKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 25 */
    void (*tkFontPkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 26 */
    void (*tkFontPkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 27 */
    void (*tkFreeBindingTags) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 28 */
    void (*tkpFreeCursor) (TkCursor *cursorPtr); /* 29 */
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
    void (*tkGetPointerCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 39 */
    void (*tkGetServerInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 40 */
    void (*tkGrabDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 41 */
    int (*tkGrabState) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 42 */
    void (*tkIncludePoint) (Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); /* 43 */
    void (*tkInOutEvents) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 44 */
    void (*tkInstallFrameMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 45 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkKeysymToString) (KeySym keysym); /* 46 */
    int (*tkLineToArea) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[]); /* 47 */
    double (*tkLineToPoint) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[]); /* 48 */
    int (*tkMakeBezierCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 49 */
    void (*tkMakeBezierPostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 50 */
    void (*tkOptionClassChanged) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 51 */
    void (*tkOptionDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 52 */
    int (*tkOvalToArea) (double *ovalPtr, double *rectPtr); /* 53 */







|







601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
    void (*tkGetPointerCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 39 */
    void (*tkGetServerInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 40 */
    void (*tkGrabDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 41 */
    int (*tkGrabState) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 42 */
    void (*tkIncludePoint) (Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); /* 43 */
    void (*tkInOutEvents) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 44 */
    void (*tkInstallFrameMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 45 */
    const char * (*tkKeysymToString) (KeySym keysym); /* 46 */
    int (*tkLineToArea) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[]); /* 47 */
    double (*tkLineToPoint) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[]); /* 48 */
    int (*tkMakeBezierCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 49 */
    void (*tkMakeBezierPostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 50 */
    void (*tkOptionClassChanged) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 51 */
    void (*tkOptionDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 52 */
    int (*tkOvalToArea) (double *ovalPtr, double *rectPtr); /* 53 */
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugConfig) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table); /* 102 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugFont) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 103 */
    int (*tkFindStateNumObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr); /* 104 */
    Tcl_HashTable * (*tkGetBitmapPredefTable) (void); /* 105 */
    TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplayList) (void); /* 106 */
    TkMainInfo * (*tkGetMainInfoList) (void); /* 107 */
    int (*tkGetWindowFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 108 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkpGetString) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 109 */
    void (*tkpGetSubFonts) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 110 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkpGetSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *dbName, const char *className); /* 111 */
    void (*tkpMenuThreadInit) (void); /* 112 */
    void (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */
    TkRegion (*tkCreateRegion) (void); /* 114 */
    void (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */
    void (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */







|







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugConfig) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table); /* 102 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugFont) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 103 */
    int (*tkFindStateNumObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr); /* 104 */
    Tcl_HashTable * (*tkGetBitmapPredefTable) (void); /* 105 */
    TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplayList) (void); /* 106 */
    TkMainInfo * (*tkGetMainInfoList) (void); /* 107 */
    int (*tkGetWindowFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 108 */
    const char * (*tkpGetString) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 109 */
    void (*tkpGetSubFonts) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 110 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkpGetSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *dbName, const char *className); /* 111 */
    void (*tkpMenuThreadInit) (void); /* 112 */
    void (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */
    TkRegion (*tkCreateRegion) (void); /* 114 */
    void (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */
    void (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
    int (*tkTextPrintIndex) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string); /* 163 */
    struct TkTextSegment * (*tkTextSetMark) (struct TkText *textPtr, const char *name, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 164 */
    int (*tkTextXviewCmd) (struct TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 165 */
    void (*tkTextChanged) (struct TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const struct TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); /* 166 */
    int (*tkBTreeNumLines) (TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr); /* 167 */
    void (*tkTextInsertDisplayProc) (struct TkText *textPtr, struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); /* 168 */
    int (*tkStateParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 169 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkStatePrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 170 */
    int (*tkCanvasDashParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 171 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkCanvasDashPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 172 */
    int (*tkOffsetParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 173 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkOffsetPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 174 */
    int (*tkPixelParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 175 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkPixelPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 176 */
    int (*tkOrientParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 177 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */
    void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
    int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */

} TkIntStubs;

extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif







|

|

|

|

|

|




>







752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
    int (*tkTextPrintIndex) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string); /* 163 */
    struct TkTextSegment * (*tkTextSetMark) (struct TkText *textPtr, const char *name, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 164 */
    int (*tkTextXviewCmd) (struct TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 165 */
    void (*tkTextChanged) (struct TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const struct TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); /* 166 */
    int (*tkBTreeNumLines) (TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr); /* 167 */
    void (*tkTextInsertDisplayProc) (struct TkText *textPtr, struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); /* 168 */
    int (*tkStateParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 169 */
    const char * (*tkStatePrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 170 */
    int (*tkCanvasDashParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 171 */
    const char * (*tkCanvasDashPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 172 */
    int (*tkOffsetParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 173 */
    const char * (*tkOffsetPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 174 */
    int (*tkPixelParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 175 */
    const char * (*tkPixelPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 176 */
    int (*tkOrientParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 177 */
    const char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
    const char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */
    void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
    int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */
    int (*tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) (Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 185 */
} TkIntStubs;

extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141


1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledTextLayout) /* 181 */
#define TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) /* 182 */
#define TkIntersectAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */
#define TkDrawAngledChars \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */



#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT







>
>







1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledTextLayout) /* 181 */
#define TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) /* 182 */
#define TkIntersectAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */
#define TkDrawAngledChars \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */
#define TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) /* 185 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

Changes to generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h.

239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
EXTERN void		TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void);
/* 46 */
EXTERN int		TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window);
/* 47 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	TkMacOSXGetCapture(void);
/* Slot 48 is reserved */
/* 49 */
EXTERN Window		TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr);
/* 50 */
EXTERN int		TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window,
				unsigned int state);
/* 51 */
EXTERN void		TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 52 */
EXTERN void		TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag);







|







239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
EXTERN void		TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void);
/* 46 */
EXTERN int		TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window);
/* 47 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	TkMacOSXGetCapture(void);
/* Slot 48 is reserved */
/* 49 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr);
/* 50 */
EXTERN int		TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window,
				unsigned int state);
/* 51 */
EXTERN void		TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 52 */
EXTERN void		TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag);
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
    Tk_Window (*tk_TopCoordsToWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY, int *newX, int *newY); /* 42 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 43 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 44 */
    void (*tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) (void); /* 45 */
    int (*tkpIsWindowFloating) (void *window); /* 46 */
    Tk_Window (*tkMacOSXGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */
    void (*reserved48)(void);
    Window (*tkGetTransientMaster) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 49 */
    int (*tkGenerateButtonEvent) (int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state); /* 50 */
    void (*tkGenWMDestroyEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 51 */
    void (*tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 52 */
    unsigned long (*tkpGetMS) (void); /* 53 */
    void * (*tkMacOSXDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 54 */
    int (*tkpScanWindowId) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, Window *idPtr); /* 55 */
#endif /* AQUA */







|







388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
    Tk_Window (*tk_TopCoordsToWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY, int *newX, int *newY); /* 42 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 43 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 44 */
    void (*tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) (void); /* 45 */
    int (*tkpIsWindowFloating) (void *window); /* 46 */
    Tk_Window (*tkMacOSXGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */
    void (*reserved48)(void);
    Tk_Window (*tkGetTransientMaster) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 49 */
    int (*tkGenerateButtonEvent) (int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state); /* 50 */
    void (*tkGenWMDestroyEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 51 */
    void (*tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 52 */
    unsigned long (*tkpGetMS) (void); /* 53 */
    void * (*tkMacOSXDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 54 */
    int (*tkpScanWindowId) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, Window *idPtr); /* 55 */
#endif /* AQUA */
660
661
662
663
664
665
666



667
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT




#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */







>
>
>

660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#undef TkWinGetPlatformId
#define TkWinGetPlatformId() (2) /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT */

#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24




25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36




37
38
39
40
41
42
43
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif





/* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those
   two functions, so move them out of the way temporarly. */
#define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion
#define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#undef XOffsetRegion
#undef XUnionRegion

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT




#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */







>
>
>
>










|
|
>
>
>
>







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif

#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those
   two functions, so move them out of the way temporarly. */
#define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion
#define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#undef XOffsetRegion
#undef XUnionRegion

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#  undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#  define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#else
#  ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#    define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#  endif
#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
409
410
411
412
413
414
415




416
417
418
419
420
421
422
/* 136 */
EXTERN int		XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p,
				int x, int y);
/* 137 */
EXTERN int		XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
				int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
				unsigned int w, unsigned int h);




#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);







>
>
>
>







417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
/* 136 */
EXTERN int		XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p,
				int x, int y);
/* 137 */
EXTERN int		XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
				int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
				unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/* 138 */
EXTERN Region		XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule);
/* 139 */
EXTERN int		XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
818
819
820
821
822
823
824


825
826
827
828
829
830
831
    int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
    int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
    int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
    int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */


#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */







>
>







830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
    int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
    int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
    int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
    int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */
    Region (*xPolygonRegion) (XPoint *pts, int n, int rule); /* 138 */
    int (*xPointInRegion) (Region rgn, int x, int y); /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198




1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */
#define XDrawPoints \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */
#define XReparentWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */
#define XPutImage \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */




#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \







>
>
>
>







1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */
#define XDrawPoints \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */
#define XReparentWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */
#define XPutImage \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */
#define XPolygonRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPolygonRegion) /* 138 */
#define XPointInRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPointInRegion) /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \

Changes to generic/tkListbox.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif

typedef struct {
    Tk_OptionTable listboxOptionTable;







|
|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif

typedef struct {
    Tk_OptionTable listboxOptionTable;
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
/*
 * The optionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for the
 * listbox widget.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-activestyle", "activeStyle", "ActiveStyle",
	DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, activeStyle),
	0, activeStyleStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, normalBorder),
	 0, DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, borderWidth),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, cursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	 "DisabledForeground", DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Listbox, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	 "ExportSelection", DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Listbox, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, height), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	 "HighlightBackground", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightColorPtr),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	 "HighlightThickness", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selBorder),
	 0, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	 "BorderWidth", DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Listbox, selBorderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selFgColorPtr),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selectMode),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_LISTBOX_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, takeFocus),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, width), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, xScrollCmd),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, yScrollCmd),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-listvariable", "listVariable", "Variable",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, listVarName),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The itemAttrOptionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for
 * listbox items.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec itemAttrOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
     NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, border),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
     DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
     NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
     NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, fgColor),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
     NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, selBorder),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
     DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
     NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, selFgColor),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
     DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the listbox widget commands (and sub-commands)







|


|






|


|



|


|



|

|

|


|

|



|

|

|

|



|

|


|


|

|


|


|

|


|


|











|







|


|



|







235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
/*
 * The optionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for the
 * listbox widget.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-activestyle", "activeStyle", "ActiveStyle",
	DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE, -1, offsetof(Listbox, activeStyle),
	0, activeStyleStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Listbox, normalBorder),
	 0, DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Listbox, borderWidth),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(Listbox, cursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	 "DisabledForeground", DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG, -1,
	 offsetof(Listbox, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	 "ExportSelection", DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	 offsetof(Listbox, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_FONT, -1, offsetof(Listbox, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_FG, -1, offsetof(Listbox, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT, -1, offsetof(Listbox, height), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	 "HighlightBackground", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
	 offsetof(Listbox, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(Listbox, highlightColorPtr),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	 "HighlightThickness", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	 offsetof(Listbox, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(Listbox, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Listbox, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Listbox, selBorder),
	 0, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	 "BorderWidth", DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD, -1,
	 offsetof(Listbox, selBorderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Listbox, selFgColorPtr),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE, -1, offsetof(Listbox, selectMode),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID, -1, offsetof(Listbox, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_LISTBOX_STATE, -1, offsetof(Listbox, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, offsetof(Listbox, takeFocus),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Listbox, width), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, offsetof(Listbox, xScrollCmd),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, offsetof(Listbox, yScrollCmd),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-listvariable", "listVariable", "Variable",
	 DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE, -1, offsetof(Listbox, listVarName),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The itemAttrOptionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for
 * listbox items.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec itemAttrOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
     NULL, -1, offsetof(ItemAttr, border),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
     DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
     NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
     NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     NULL, -1, offsetof(ItemAttr, fgColor),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
     NULL, -1, offsetof(ItemAttr, selBorder),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
     DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
     NULL, -1, offsetof(ItemAttr, selFgColor),
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
     DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the listbox widget commands (and sub-commands)
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
    Tk_SetClass(listPtr->tkwin, "Listbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(listPtr->tkwin, &listboxClass, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(listPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ListboxEventProc, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    ListboxFetchSelection, listPtr, XA_STRING);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)listPtr,
	    optionTables->listboxOptionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);







|







563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
    Tk_SetClass(listPtr->tkwin, "Listbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(listPtr->tkwin, &listboxClass, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(listPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ListboxEventProc, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    ListboxFetchSelection, listPtr, XA_STRING);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, listPtr,
	    optionTables->listboxOptionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) listPtr,
		listPtr->optionTable, objv[2], listPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|











|







678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, listPtr,
		listPtr->optionTable, objv[2], listPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
	 * the indices in order, adding them to the result if they are
	 * selected.
	 */

	objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	    if (Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i))) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
	    }
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;
    }








|







724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
	 * the indices in order, adding them to the result if they are
	 * selected.
	 */

	objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	    if (Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i))) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(i));
	    }
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;
    }

837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 1, &index);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;

    case COMMAND_INSERT:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?element ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;







|







837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 1, &index);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(index));
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;

    case COMMAND_INSERT:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?element ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LISTBOX", "ITEM_INDEX", NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	attrPtr = ListboxGetItemAttributes(interp, listPtr, index);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) attrPtr,
		    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|







922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LISTBOX", "ITEM_INDEX", NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	attrPtr = ListboxGetItemAttributes(interp, listPtr, index);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, attrPtr,
		    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
	}

	result = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &y);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    break;
	}
	index = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;
    }

    case COMMAND_SCAN: {
	int x, y, scanCmdIndex;








|







952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
	}

	result = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &y);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    break;
	}
	index = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(index));
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;
    }

    case COMMAND_SCAN: {
	int x, y, scanCmdIndex;

1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
	break;
    case COMMAND_SIZE:
	if (objc != 2) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(listPtr->nElements));
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;
    case COMMAND_XVIEW:
	result = ListboxXviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
	break;
    case COMMAND_YVIEW:
	result = ListboxYviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);







|







1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
	break;
    case COMMAND_SIZE:
	if (objc != 2) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(listPtr->nElements));
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;
    case COMMAND_XVIEW:
	result = ListboxXviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
	break;
    case COMMAND_YVIEW:
	result = ListboxYviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105

1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
    /*
     * Only allow bbox requests for indices that are visible.
     */

    if ((listPtr->topIndex <= index) && (index < lastVisibleIndex)) {
	Tcl_Obj *el, *results[4];
	const char *stringRep;
	int pixelWidth, stringLen, x, y, result;

	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	/*
	 * Compute the pixel width of the requested element.
	 */

	result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, listPtr->listObj, index, &el);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    return result;
	}

	stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(el, &stringLen);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
        } else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
            x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)
                    - pixelWidth - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
        } else {
            x = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - pixelWidth)/2
                    - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr)/2;
        }
	y = ((index - listPtr->topIndex)*listPtr->lineHeight)
		+ listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
	results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelWidth);
	results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(fm.linespace);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|
>











|














|
|
|
|







1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
    /*
     * Only allow bbox requests for indices that are visible.
     */

    if ((listPtr->topIndex <= index) && (index < lastVisibleIndex)) {
	Tcl_Obj *el, *results[4];
	const char *stringRep;
	int pixelWidth, x, y, result;
	TkSizeT stringLen;
	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	/*
	 * Compute the pixel width of the requested element.
	 */

	result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, listPtr->listObj, index, &el);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    return result;
	}

	stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(el, &stringLen);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
        } else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
            x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)
                    - pixelWidth - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr);
        } else {
            x = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - pixelWidth)/2
                    - listPtr->xOffset + GetMaxOffset(listPtr)/2;
        }
	y = ((index - listPtr->topIndex)*listPtr->lineHeight)
		+ listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y);
	results[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pixelWidth);
	results[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(fm.linespace);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
    entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, KEY(index), &isNew);
    if (isNew) {
	attrs = ckalloc(sizeof(ItemAttr));
	attrs->border = NULL;
	attrs->selBorder = NULL;
	attrs->fgColor = NULL;
	attrs->selFgColor = NULL;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)attrs, listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		listPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, attrs);
    } else {
	attrs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
    }
    return attrs;
}







|







1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
    entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, KEY(index), &isNew);
    if (isNew) {
	attrs = ckalloc(sizeof(ItemAttr));
	attrs->border = NULL;
	attrs->selBorder = NULL;
	attrs->fgColor = NULL;
	attrs->selFgColor = NULL;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, attrs, listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		listPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, attrs);
    } else {
	attrs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
    }
    return attrs;
}
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    listPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    listPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
    ItemAttr *attrs,		/* Information about the item to configure */
    int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments. */
    int index)			/* Index of the listbox item being configure */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)attrs,
	    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable, objc, objv, listPtr->tkwin,
	    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);








|







1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
    ItemAttr *attrs,		/* Information about the item to configure */
    int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments. */
    int index)			/* Index of the listbox item being configure */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, attrs,
	    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable, objc, objv, listPtr->tkwin,
	    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);

1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843

1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
static void
DisplayListbox(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = listPtr->tkwin;
    GC gc;
    int i, limit, x, y, prevSelected, freeGC, stringLen;

    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
    const char *stringRep;
    ItemAttr *attrs;
    Tk_3DBorder selectedBg;
    XGCValues gcValues;







|
>







1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
static void
DisplayListbox(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = listPtr->tkwin;
    GC gc;
    int i, limit, x, y, prevSelected, freeGC;
    TkSizeT stringLen;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
    const char *stringRep;
    ItemAttr *attrs;
    Tk_3DBorder selectedBg;
    XGCValues gcValues;
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
	}

	/*
	 * Draw the actual text of this item.
	 */

        Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
        stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
        textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	y += fm.ascent + listPtr->selBorderWidth;

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;







|







2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
	}

	/*
	 * Draw the actual text of this item.
	 */

        Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
        stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
        textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	y += fm.ascent + listPtr->selBorderWidth;

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239

2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
				 * longer be up-to-date and must be
				 * recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
				 * must be 1. */
    int updateGrid)		/* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
				 * Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
				 * window. */
{
    int width, height, pixelWidth, pixelHeight, textLength, i, result;

    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *element;
    const char *text;

    if (fontChanged || maxIsStale) {
	listPtr->xScrollUnit = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	if (listPtr->xScrollUnit == 0) {
	    listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
	}
	listPtr->maxWidth = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	    /*
	     * Compute the pixel width of the current element.
	     */

	    result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &element);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	    text = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &textLength);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, text, textLength);
	    if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
		listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	    }
	}
    }







|
>




















|







2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
				 * longer be up-to-date and must be
				 * recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
				 * must be 1. */
    int updateGrid)		/* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
				 * Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
				 * window. */
{
    int width, height, pixelWidth, pixelHeight, i, result;
    TkSizeT textLength;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *element;
    const char *text;

    if (fontChanged || maxIsStale) {
	listPtr->xScrollUnit = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	if (listPtr->xScrollUnit == 0) {
	    listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
	}
	listPtr->maxWidth = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	    /*
	     * Compute the pixel width of the current element.
	     */

	    result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &element);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	    text = TkGetStringFromObj(element, &textLength);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, text, textLength);
	    if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
		listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	    }
	}
    }
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326

2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
ListboxInsertSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this
				 * element. */
    int objc,			/* Number of new elements to add. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* New elements (one per entry). */
{
    int i, oldMaxWidth, pixelWidth, result, length;

    Tcl_Obj *newListObj;
    const char *stringRep;

    oldMaxWidth = listPtr->maxWidth;
    for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
	/*
	 * Check if any of the new elements are wider than the current widest;
	 * if so, update our notion of "widest."
	 */

	stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
	    listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	}
    }

    /*







|
>










|







2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
ListboxInsertSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this
				 * element. */
    int objc,			/* Number of new elements to add. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* New elements (one per entry). */
{
    int i, oldMaxWidth, pixelWidth, result;
    TkSizeT length;
    Tcl_Obj *newListObj;
    const char *stringRep;

    oldMaxWidth = listPtr->maxWidth;
    for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
	/*
	 * Check if any of the new elements are wider than the current widest;
	 * if so, update our notion of "widest."
	 */

	stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
	    listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	}
    }

    /*
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440

2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447

static int
ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox widget to modify. */
    int first,			/* Index of first element to delete. */
    int last)			/* Index of last element to delete. */
{
    int count, i, widthChanged, length, result, pixelWidth;

    Tcl_Obj *newListObj, *element;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * Adjust the range to fit within the existing elements of the listbox,
     * and make sure there's something to delete.







|
>







2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452

static int
ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox widget to modify. */
    int first,			/* Index of first element to delete. */
    int last)			/* Index of last element to delete. */
{
    int count, i, widthChanged, result, pixelWidth;
    TkSizeT length;
    Tcl_Obj *newListObj, *element;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * Adjust the range to fit within the existing elements of the listbox,
     * and make sure there's something to delete.
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
	 * Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
	 * has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
	 * element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width.
	 */

	if (widthChanged == 0) {
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &element);
	    stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &length);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	    if (pixelWidth == listPtr->maxWidth) {
		widthChanged = 1;
	    }
	}
    }








|







2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
	 * Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
	 * has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
	 * element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width.
	 */

	if (widthChanged == 0) {
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &element);
	    stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(element, &length);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	    if (pixelWidth == listPtr->maxWidth) {
		widthChanged = 1;
	    }
	}
    }

3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125

3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
    char *buffer,		/* Location in which to place selection. */
    int maxBytes)		/* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
				 * not including terminating NULL
				 * character. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;

    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if ((!listPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }







|
>







3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
    char *buffer,		/* Location in which to place selection. */
    int maxBytes)		/* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
				 * not including terminating NULL
				 * character. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int count, needNewline, i;
    TkSizeT length, stringLen;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if ((!listPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166

3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i));
	if (entry != NULL) {
	    if (needNewline) {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, "\n", 1);
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &curElement);
	    stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, stringRep, stringLen);
	    needNewline = 1;
	}
    }

    length = Tcl_DStringLength(&selection);
    if (length == 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the requested portion of the selection to the buffer.
     */

    count = length - offset;
    if (count <= 0) {
	count = 0;
    } else {

	if (count > maxBytes) {
	    count = maxBytes;
	}
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&selection) + offset, (size_t) count);
    }
    buffer[count] = '\0';
    Tcl_DStringFree(&selection);
    return count;
}

/*







|














|
<


>



|







3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169

3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i));
	if (entry != NULL) {
	    if (needNewline) {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, "\n", 1);
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &curElement);
	    stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, stringRep, stringLen);
	    needNewline = 1;
	}
    }

    length = Tcl_DStringLength(&selection);
    if (length == 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the requested portion of the selection to the buffer.
     */

    if (length <= (TkSizeT)offset) {

	count = 0;
    } else {
	count = length - offset;
	if (count > maxBytes) {
	    count = maxBytes;
	}
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&selection) + offset, count);
    }
    buffer[count] = '\0';
    Tcl_DStringFree(&selection);
    return count;
}

/*
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461





















3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (listPtr->listVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {





















	    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		    listPtr->listObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName,
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
	    return NULL;
	}







|
|







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448













3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;














    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

        if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && listPtr->listVarName) {
            ClientData probe = NULL;

            do {
                probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
                        listPtr->listVarName,
                        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
                        ListboxListVarProc, probe);
                if (probe == (ClientData)listPtr) {
                    break;
                }
            } while (probe);
            if (probe) {
                /*
                 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
                 * listVarName, which means it is not unset and not
                 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
                 * former variable must be, and we should ignore it.
                 */
                return NULL;
            }
	    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		    listPtr->listObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName,
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
	    return NULL;
	}

Changes to generic/tkMacWinMenu.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int postCommandGeneration;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

static int		PreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);

/*







|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

typedef struct {
    int postCommandGeneration;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

static int		PreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);

/*
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
     * Now, we go through structure and process all of the commands. Since the
     * structure is changing, we stop after we do one command, and start over.
     * When we get through without doing any, we are done.
     */

    do {
	finished = 1;
	for (index = 0; index < menuPtr->numEntries; index++) {
	    register TkMenuEntry *entryPtr = menuPtr->entries[index];

	    if ((entryPtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
		    && (entryPtr->namePtr != NULL)
		    && (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
		    && (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
		TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr = entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;







|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
     * Now, we go through structure and process all of the commands. Since the
     * structure is changing, we stop after we do one command, and start over.
     * When we get through without doing any, we are done.
     */

    do {
	finished = 1;
	for (index = 0; index < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; index++) {
	    register TkMenuEntry *entryPtr = menuPtr->entries[index];

	    if ((entryPtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
		    && (entryPtr->namePtr != NULL)
		    && (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
		    && (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
		TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr = entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;

Changes to generic/tkMain.c.

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
#   else
#	define UNICODE
#	define _UNICODE
#   endif
#endif

#include "tkInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef NO_STDLIB_H
#   include "../compat/stdlib.h"
#else
#   include <stdlib.h>
#endif

extern int TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);

/*
 * The default prompt used when the user has not overridden it.
 */








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







26
27
28
29
30
31
32








33
34
35
36
37
38
39
#   else
#	define UNICODE
#	define _UNICODE
#   endif
#endif

#include "tkInt.h"









extern int TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);

/*
 * The default prompt used when the user has not overridden it.
 */

75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86

87
88
89

90
91







92

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif

/*
 * Further on, in UNICODE mode, we need to use Tcl_NewUnicodeObj,
 * while otherwise NewNativeObj is needed (which provides proper
 * conversion from native encoding to UTF-8).
 */
#ifdef UNICODE

#   define NewNativeObj Tcl_NewUnicodeObj
#else /* !UNICODE */
    static Tcl_Obj *NewNativeObj(char *string, int length) {

	Tcl_Obj *obj;
	Tcl_DString ds;







	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, string, length, &ds);

	obj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	return obj;
}
#endif /* !UNICODE */

/*
 * Declarations for various library functions and variables (don't want to
 * include tkInt.h or tkPort.h here, because people might copy this file out
 * of the Tk source directory to make their own modified versions). Note: do
 * not declare "exit" here even though a declaration is really needed, because
 * it will conflict with a declaration elsewhere on some systems.







|
|
|

|
>
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
|

<







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif

/*
 * Further on, in UNICODE mode we just use Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, otherwise
 * NewNativeObj is needed (which provides proper conversion from native
 * encoding to UTF-8).
 */

static inline Tcl_Obj *
NewNativeObj(
    TCHAR *string,
    int length)
{
    Tcl_Obj *obj;
    Tcl_DString ds;

#ifdef UNICODE
    if (length > 0) {
	length *= sizeof(WCHAR);
    }
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(string, length, &ds);
#else
    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *) string, length, &ds);
#endif
    obj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    return obj;
}


/*
 * Declarations for various library functions and variables (don't want to
 * include tkInt.h or tkPort.h here, because people might copy this file out
 * of the Tk source directory to make their own modified versions). Note: do
 * not declare "exit" here even though a declaration is really needed, because
 * it will conflict with a declaration elsewhere on some systems.
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }








|







193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }

231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245

    Tcl_InitMemory(interp);

    is.interp = interp;
    is.gotPartial = 0;
    Tcl_Preserve(interp);

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#if !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
    /* If compiled for Win32 but running on Cygwin, don't use console */
    if (!tclStubsPtr->reserved9)
#endif
    Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
#endif








|







232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246

    Tcl_InitMemory(interp);

    is.interp = interp;
    is.gotPartial = 0;
    Tcl_Preserve(interp);

#if defined(_WIN32)
#if !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
    /* If compiled for Win32 but running on Cygwin, don't use console */
    if (!tclStubsPtr->reserved9)
#endif
    Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
#endif

293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
    } else {
	appName = path;
    }
    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv0", NULL, appName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    argc--;
    argv++;

    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argc", NULL, Tcl_NewIntObj(argc), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    argvPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    while (argc--) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, argvPtr, NewNativeObj(*argv++, -1));
    }
    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv", NULL, argvPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);








|







294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
    } else {
	appName = path;
    }
    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv0", NULL, appName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    argc--;
    argv++;

    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argc", NULL, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(argc), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    argvPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    while (argc--) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, argvPtr, NewNativeObj(*argv++, -1));
    }
    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv", NULL, argvPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
    if (!is.tty) {
	struct stat st;

	nullStdin = fstat(0, &st) || (S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && !st.st_blocks);
    }
#endif
    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "tcl_interactive", NULL,
	    Tcl_NewIntObj(!path && (is.tty || nullStdin)), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    /*
     * Invoke application-specific initialization.
     */

    if (appInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)),







|







321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
    if (!is.tty) {
	struct stat st;

	nullStdin = fstat(0, &st) || (S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && !st.st_blocks);
    }
#endif
    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "tcl_interactive", NULL,
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(!path && (is.tty || nullStdin)), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    /*
     * Invoke application-specific initialization.
     */

    if (appInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)),
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427

428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
    /* ARGSUSED */
static void
StdinProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* The state of interactive cmd line */
    int mask)			/* Not used. */
{
    char *cmd;
    int code, count;

    InteractiveState *isPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Channel chan = isPtr->input;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = isPtr->interp;

    count = Tcl_Gets(chan, &isPtr->line);

    if (count < 0 && !isPtr->gotPartial) {
	if (isPtr->tty) {
	    Tcl_Exit(0);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, isPtr);
	}
	return;
    }







|
>






|







421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
    /* ARGSUSED */
static void
StdinProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* The state of interactive cmd line */
    int mask)			/* Not used. */
{
    char *cmd;
    int code;
    size_t count;
    InteractiveState *isPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Channel chan = isPtr->input;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = isPtr->interp;

    count = Tcl_Gets(chan, &isPtr->line);

    if (count == (size_t)-1 && !isPtr->gotPartial) {
	if (isPtr->tty) {
	    Tcl_Exit(0);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, isPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

Changes to generic/tkMenu.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a
 * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu.
 *
 * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are
 * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own
 * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a
 * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the
 * original menu that they were cloned from. The reflect the attributes of the
 * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that
 * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also.
 * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a
 * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure
 * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but
 * when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This
 * allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating and







|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a
 * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu.
 *
 * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are
 * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own
 * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a
 * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the
 * original menu that they were cloned from. They reflect the attributes of the
 * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that
 * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also.
 * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a
 * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure
 * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but
 * when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This
 * allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating and
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
#endif

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

#define MENU_HASH_KEY "tkMenus"

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int menusInitialized;	/* Flag indicates whether thread-specific
				 * elements of the Windows Menu module have
				 * been initialized. */
    Tk_OptionTable menuOptionTable;
				/* The option table for menus. */
    Tk_OptionTable entryOptionTables[6];
				/* The tables for menu entries. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The following flag indicates whether the process-wide state for the Menu
 * module has been intialized. The Mutex protects access to that flag.
 */

static int menusInitialized;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(menuMutex)

/*
 * Configuration specs for individual menu entries. If this changes, be sure







|












|







73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
#endif

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

#define MENU_HASH_KEY "tkMenus"

typedef struct {
    int menusInitialized;	/* Flag indicates whether thread-specific
				 * elements of the Windows Menu module have
				 * been initialized. */
    Tk_OptionTable menuOptionTable;
				/* The option table for menus. */
    Tk_OptionTable entryOptionTables[6];
				/* The tables for menu entries. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The following flag indicates whether the process-wide state for the Menu
 * module has been initialized. The Mutex protects access to that flag.
 */

static int menusInitialized;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(menuMutex)

/*
 * Configuration specs for individual menu entries. If this changes, be sure
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

static const char *const compoundStrings[] = {
    "bottom", "center", "left", "none", "right", "top", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeBorderPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-accelerator", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, accelPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, bitmapPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-columnbreak", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, columnBreak), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, commandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, compound), 0,
	(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fontPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hidemargin", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, hideMargin), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, imagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, labelPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0,
	(ClientData) menuStateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, underline), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, offValuePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0,
	(ClientData) menuStateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec *specsArray[] = {
    tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs, tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs,
    tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs,







|



|


|


|


|


|


|

|



|


|


|


|


|


|


|






|






|


|


|


|


|


|







|


|


|


|


|







|







|

|







114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238

static const char *const compoundStrings[] = {
    "bottom", "center", "left", "none", "right", "top", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, activeBorderPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, activeFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-accelerator", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, accelPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, bitmapPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-columnbreak", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, columnBreak), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, commandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND, -1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, compound), 0,
	(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, fontPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, fgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hidemargin", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, hideMargin), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, imagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, labelPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, state), 0,
	(ClientData) menuStateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE, -1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, underline), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, offValuePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
	offsetof(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkMenuEntry, state), 0,
	(ClientData) menuStateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec *specsArray[] = {
    tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs, tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs,
    tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs,
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261



262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
static const char *const menuTypeStrings[] = {
    "normal", "tearoff", "menubar", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
	"Foreground", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
	"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},



    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_MENU_CURSOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, cursorPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, disabledFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_MENU_FONT, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fontPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MENU_FG, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fgPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "Command",
	DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, postCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_MENU_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, reliefPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
	DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, indicatorFgPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, takeFocusPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tearoff", "tearOff", "TearOff",
	DEF_MENU_TEAROFF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoff), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tearoffcommand", "tearOffCommand",
	"TearOffCommand", DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoffCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
	DEF_MENU_TITLE,	 Tk_Offset(TkMenu, titlePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-type", "type", "Type",
	DEF_MENU_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, menuTypePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) menuTypeStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

/*
 * Command line options. Put here because MenuCmd has to look at them along
 * with MenuWidgetObjCmd.







|



|


|

>
>
>

|







|


|


|




|

|


|

|

|



|

|


|

|


|







246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
static const char *const menuTypeStrings[] = {
    "normal", "tearoff", "menubar", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
	"Foreground", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
	offsetof(TkMenu, activeBorderPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH,
	offsetof(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
	"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
	offsetof(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief",
	DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF, offsetof(TkMenu, activeReliefPtr),
	-1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, offsetof(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH,
	offsetof(TkMenu, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_MENU_CURSOR,
	offsetof(TkMenu, cursorPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	offsetof(TkMenu, disabledFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_MENU_FONT, offsetof(TkMenu, fontPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MENU_FG, offsetof(TkMenu, fgPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "Command",
	DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND,
	offsetof(TkMenu, postCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_MENU_RELIEF, offsetof(TkMenu, reliefPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
	DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR, offsetof(TkMenu, indicatorFgPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS,
	offsetof(TkMenu, takeFocusPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tearoff", "tearOff", "TearOff",
	DEF_MENU_TEAROFF, -1, offsetof(TkMenu, tearoff), 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tearoffcommand", "tearOffCommand",
	"TearOffCommand", DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD,
	offsetof(TkMenu, tearoffCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
	DEF_MENU_TITLE,	 offsetof(TkMenu, titlePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-type", "type", "Type",
	DEF_MENU_TYPE, offsetof(TkMenu, menuTypePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) menuTypeStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

/*
 * Command line options. Put here because MenuCmd has to look at them along
 * with MenuWidgetObjCmd.
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    int first, int last);
static void		DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void		DestroyMenuInstance(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static void		DestroyMenuEntry(void *memPtr);
static int		GetIndexFromCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, const char *string,
			    int *indexPtr);
static int		MenuDoYPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		MenuDoXPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		MenuAddOrInsert(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		MenuCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static TkMenuEntry *	MenuNewEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, int type);
static char *		MenuVarProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
			    const char *name2, int flags);
static int		MenuWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		MenuWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);







|

|








|







342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    int first, int last);
static void		DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void		DestroyMenuInstance(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static void		DestroyMenuEntry(void *memPtr);
static TkSizeT	GetIndexFromCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, const char *string,
			    TkSizeT *indexPtr);
static int		MenuDoYPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		MenuDoXPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		MenuAddOrInsert(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		MenuCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static TkMenuEntry *	MenuNewEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkSizeT index, int type);
static char *		MenuVarProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
			    const char *name2, int flags);
static int		MenuWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		MenuWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
    memset(menuPtr, 0, sizeof(TkMenu));
    menuPtr->tkwin = newWin;
    menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
    menuPtr->interp = interp;
    menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
	    Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, menuPtr,
	    MenuCmdDeletedProc);
    menuPtr->active = -1;
    menuPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
    menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr;
    menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE;
    TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);

    Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, menuPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
	    TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
	    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
    	Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }









|










|







453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
    memset(menuPtr, 0, sizeof(TkMenu));
    menuPtr->tkwin = newWin;
    menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
    menuPtr->interp = interp;
    menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
	    Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, menuPtr,
	    MenuCmdDeletedProc);
    menuPtr->active = TCL_INDEX_NONE;
    menuPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
    menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr;
    menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE;
    TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);

    Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, menuPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
	    TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, menuPtr,
	    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
    	Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);

    switch ((enum options) option) {
    case MENU_ACTIVATE: {
	int index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (menuPtr->active == index) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if ((index >= 0) && ((menuPtr->entries[index]->type==SEPARATOR_ENTRY)
		|| (menuPtr->entries[index]->state == ENTRY_DISABLED))) {
	    index = -1;
	}
	result = TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_ADD:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type ?-option value ...?");







|











|

|







635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);

    switch ((enum options) option) {
    case MENU_ACTIVATE: {
	TkSizeT index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (menuPtr->active == index) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if ((index != TCL_INDEX_NONE) && ((menuPtr->entries[index]->type==SEPARATOR_ENTRY)
		|| (menuPtr->entries[index]->state == ENTRY_DISABLED))) {
	    index = TCL_INDEX_NONE;
	}
	result = TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_ADD:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type ?-option value ...?");
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723

724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736

737
738
739
740
741
742
743
    case MENU_CGET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		menuPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_CLONE:
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "newMenuName ?menuType?");
	    goto error;
	}
	result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]);
	break;
    case MENU_CONFIGURE: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2);
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_DELETE: {
	int first, last;


	if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "first ?last?");
	    goto error;
	}

	/*
	 * If 'first' explicitly refers to past the end of the menu, we don't
	 * do anything. [Bug 220950]
	 */

	if (isdigit(UCHAR(Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0]))
		&& Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[2], &first) == TCL_OK) {

	    if (first >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
		goto done;
	    }
	} else if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],0,&first) != TCL_OK){
	    goto error;
	}
	if (objc == 3) {







|



















|









|

















|
>












|
>







671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
    case MENU_CGET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, menuPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		menuPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_CLONE:
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "newMenuName ?menuType?");
	    goto error;
	}
	result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]);
	break;
    case MENU_CONFIGURE: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2);
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_DELETE: {
	TkSizeT first, last;
	Tcl_WideInt w;

	if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "first ?last?");
	    goto error;
	}

	/*
	 * If 'first' explicitly refers to past the end of the menu, we don't
	 * do anything. [Bug 220950]
	 */

	if (isdigit(UCHAR(Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0]))
		&& Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objv[2], &w) == TCL_OK) {
	    first = w;
	    if (first >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
		goto done;
	    }
	} else if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],0,&first) != TCL_OK){
	    goto error;
	}
	if (objc == 3) {
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873

874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882



883


884

885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
	if ((first < 0) || (last < first)) {
	    goto done;
	}
	DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_ENTRYCGET: {
	int index;
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index option");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE: {
	int index;
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?-option value ...?");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 4) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index,
		    objc-3, objv+3);
	}
	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_INDEX: {
	int index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("none", -1));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_INSERT:
	if (objc < 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "index type ?-option value ...?");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	break;
    case MENU_INVOKE: {
	int index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_POST: {
	int x, y;


	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    goto error;
	}






	/*

	 * Tearoff menus are posted differently on Mac and Windows than
	 * non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu does not actually map the menu's window
	 * on those platforms, and popup menus have to be handled specially.
         * Also, menubar menues are not intended to be posted (bug 1567681,
         * 2160206).
	 */

	if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "a menubar menu cannot be posted", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        } else if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) {
	    result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);
	} else {
	    result = TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_POSTCASCADE: {
	int index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}

	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((index < 0) || (menuPtr->entries[index]->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
	    result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, NULL);
	} else {
	    result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[index]);
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_TYPE: {
	int index;
	const char *typeStr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (menuPtr->entries[index]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    typeStr = "tearoff";
	} else {
	    typeStr = menuEntryTypeStrings[menuPtr->entries[index]->type];
	}







|









|




|









|









|





|








|















|








|


|














|








|







>

|
|






>
>
>
|
>
>

>
|
|
|
|
<






|

|




|









|







|









|







762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900

901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
	if ((first < 0) || (last < first)) {
	    goto done;
	}
	DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_ENTRYCGET: {
	TkSizeT index;
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index option");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE: {
	TkSizeT index;
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?-option value ...?");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 4) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index,
		    objc-3, objv+3);
	}
	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_INDEX: {
	TkSizeT index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("none", -1));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(index));
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_INSERT:
	if (objc < 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "index type ?-option value ...?");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	break;
    case MENU_INVOKE: {
	TkSizeT index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	    goto done;
	}
	result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_POST: {
	int x, y;
	TkSizeT index = TCL_INDEX_NONE;

	if (objc != 4 && objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y ?index?");
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (objc == 5) {
            if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[4], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
                goto error;
            }
	}

	/*
	 * Tearoff menus are the same as ordinary menus on the Mac and are
	 * posted differently on Windows than non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu
	 * does not actually map the menu's window on those platforms, and
	 * popup menus have to be handled specially.  Also, menubar menus are
	 * not intended to be posted (bug 1567681, 2160206).

	 */

	if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "a menubar menu cannot be posted", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        } else if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) {
	    result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
	} else {
	    result = TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_POSTCASCADE: {
	TkSizeT index;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}

	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if ((index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) || (menuPtr->entries[index]->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
	    result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, NULL);
	} else {
	    result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[index]);
	}
	break;
    }
    case MENU_TYPE: {
	TkSizeT index;
	const char *typeStr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (menuPtr->entries[index]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    typeStr = "tearoff";
	} else {
	    typeStr = menuEntryTypeStrings[menuPtr->entries[index]->type];
	}
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkInvokeMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interp that the menu lives in. */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are invoking. */
    int index)			/* The zero based index of the item we are
    				 * invoking. */
{
    int result = TCL_OK;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

    if (index < 0) {
    	goto done;
    }
    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
	goto done;
    }








|





|







1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkInvokeMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interp that the menu lives in. */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are invoking. */
    TkSizeT index)			/* The zero based index of the item we are
    				 * invoking. */
{
    int result = TCL_OK;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

    if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
    	goto done;
    }
    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
	goto done;
    }

1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
 */

static void
MenuWorldChanged(
    ClientData instanceData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    TkMenu *menuPtr = instanceData;
    int i;

    TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr);
    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
    	TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(menuPtr->entries[i],
		menuPtr->entries[i]->index);
	TkpConfigureMenuEntry(menuPtr->entries[i]);
    }







|







1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
 */

static void
MenuWorldChanged(
    ClientData instanceData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    TkMenu *menuPtr = instanceData;
    TkSizeT i;

    TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr);
    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
    	TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(menuPtr->entries[i],
		menuPtr->entries[i]->index);
	TkpConfigureMenuEntry(menuPtr->entries[i]);
    }
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
    int result;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
	menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) menuListPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
		menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, NULL);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
		    cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
		    cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);







|







1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
    int result;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
	menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, menuListPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
		menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, NULL);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
		    cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
		    cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
	    }
	} else if ((menuListPtr->numEntries > 0)
		&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
	    int i;

	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[0], (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);

	    for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
		menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1];
		menuListPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
	    }
	    menuListPtr->numEntries--;
	    if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
		ckfree(menuListPtr->entries);
		menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
	    }
	}

	TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuListPtr);

	/*
	 * After reconfiguring a menu, we need to reconfigure all of the
	 * entries in the menu, since some of the things in the children (such
	 * as graphics contexts) may have to change to reflect changes in the
	 * parent.
	 */

	for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

	    mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[i];
	    ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 0, NULL);
	}

	TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);







|



<
|














|







1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639

1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
	    }
	} else if ((menuListPtr->numEntries > 0)
		&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
	    int i;

	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[0], (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);

	    for (i = 0; i < (int)menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
		menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1];
		menuListPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
	    }

	    if (--menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
		ckfree(menuListPtr->entries);
		menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
	    }
	}

	TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuListPtr);

	/*
	 * After reconfiguring a menu, we need to reconfigure all of the
	 * entries in the menu, since some of the things in the children (such
	 * as graphics contexts) may have to change to reflect changes in the
	 * parent.
	 */

	for (i = 0; i < (int)menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

	    mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[i];
	    ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 0, NULL);
	}

	TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
     * Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for defaults, sizing
     * strings, graphics contexts, etc.
     */

    if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->labelLength = 0;
    } else {
	Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
    }
    if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->accelLength = 0;
    } else {
	Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
    }

    /*
     * If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child
     * menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and
     * cascades have to be updated.
     */







|




|







1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
     * Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for defaults, sizing
     * strings, graphics contexts, etc.
     */

    if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->labelLength = 0;
    } else {
	(void)TkGetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
    }
    if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->accelLength = 0;
    } else {
	(void)TkGetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
    }

    /*
     * If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child
     * menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and
     * cascades have to be updated.
     */
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
    }

    result = TCL_OK;
    if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin,
		&errorStruct, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct);







|







1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
    }

    result = TCL_OK;
    if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin,
		&errorStruct, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct);
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* Menu for which the index is being
				 * specified. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Specification of an entry in menu. See
				 * manual entry for valid .*/
    int lastOK,			/* Non-zero means its OK to return index just
				 * *after* last entry. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted index. */
{
    int i;
    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    if ((string[0] == 'a') && (strcmp(string, "active") == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = menuPtr->active;
	goto success;
    }

    if (((string[0] == 'l') && (strcmp(string, "last") == 0))
	    || ((string[0] == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0))) {
	*indexPtr = menuPtr->numEntries - ((lastOK) ? 0 : 1);
	goto success;
    }

    if ((string[0] == 'n') && (strcmp(string, "none") == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = -1;
	goto success;
    }

    if (string[0] == '@') {
	if (GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr)
		== TCL_OK) {
	    goto success;
	}
    }

    if (isdigit(UCHAR(string[0]))) {
	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &i) == TCL_OK) {
	    if (i >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
		if (lastOK) {
		    i = menuPtr->numEntries;
		} else {
		    i = menuPtr->numEntries-1;
		}
	    } else if (i < 0) {
		i = -1;
	    }
	    *indexPtr = i;
	    goto success;
	}
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }

    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	Tcl_Obj *labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
	const char *label = (labelPtr == NULL) ? NULL : Tcl_GetString(labelPtr);

	if ((label != NULL) && (Tcl_StringMatch(label, string))) {
	    *indexPtr = i;
	    goto success;
	}







|
















|












|














|







2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* Menu for which the index is being
				 * specified. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Specification of an entry in menu. See
				 * manual entry for valid .*/
    int lastOK,			/* Non-zero means its OK to return index just
				 * *after* last entry. */
    TkSizeT *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted index. */
{
    int i;
    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    if ((string[0] == 'a') && (strcmp(string, "active") == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = menuPtr->active;
	goto success;
    }

    if (((string[0] == 'l') && (strcmp(string, "last") == 0))
	    || ((string[0] == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0))) {
	*indexPtr = menuPtr->numEntries - ((lastOK) ? 0 : 1);
	goto success;
    }

    if ((string[0] == 'n') && (strcmp(string, "none") == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = TCL_INDEX_NONE;
	goto success;
    }

    if (string[0] == '@') {
	if (GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr)
		== TCL_OK) {
	    goto success;
	}
    }

    if (isdigit(UCHAR(string[0]))) {
	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &i) == TCL_OK) {
	    if (i >= (int)menuPtr->numEntries) {
		if (lastOK) {
		    i = menuPtr->numEntries;
		} else {
		    i = menuPtr->numEntries-1;
		}
	    } else if (i < 0) {
		i = -1;
	    }
	    *indexPtr = i;
	    goto success;
	}
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }

    for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	Tcl_Obj *labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
	const char *label = (labelPtr == NULL) ? NULL : Tcl_GetString(labelPtr);

	if ((label != NULL) && (Tcl_StringMatch(label, string))) {
	    *indexPtr = i;
	    goto success;
	}
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static TkMenuEntry *
MenuNewEntry(
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* Menu that will hold the new entry. */
    int index,			/* Where in the menu the new entry is to
				 * go. */
    int type)			/* The type of the new entry. */
{
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    TkMenuEntry **newEntries;
    int i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * Create a new array of entries with an empty slot for the new entry.
     */








|





|







2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static TkMenuEntry *
MenuNewEntry(
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* Menu that will hold the new entry. */
    TkSizeT index,			/* Where in the menu the new entry is to
				 * go. */
    int type)			/* The type of the new entry. */
{
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    TkMenuEntry **newEntries;
    TkSizeT i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * Create a new array of entries with an empty slot for the new entry.
     */

2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
    mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
    mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
    mePtr->index = index;
    mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
    if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
	    mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	ckfree(mePtr);
	return NULL;
    }
    TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr);
    if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable,







|







2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
    mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
    mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
    mePtr->index = index;
    mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
    if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, mePtr,
	    mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	ckfree(mePtr);
	return NULL;
    }
    TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr);
    if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable,
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344

2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* Widget in which to create new entry. */
    Tcl_Obj *indexPtr,		/* Object describing index at which to insert.
				 * NULL means insert at end. */
    int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
				 * entry, others are config options. */
{
    int type, index;

    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    TkMenu *menuListPtr;

    if (indexPtr != NULL) {
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, 1, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else {
	index = menuPtr->numEntries;
    }
    if (index < 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad index \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(indexPtr)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MENU", "INDEX", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (menuPtr->tearoff && (index == 0)) {
	index = 1;







|
>










|







2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* Widget in which to create new entry. */
    Tcl_Obj *indexPtr,		/* Object describing index at which to insert.
				 * NULL means insert at end. */
    int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
				 * entry, others are config options. */
{
    int type;
    TkSizeT index;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    TkMenu *menuListPtr;

    if (indexPtr != NULL) {
	if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, 1, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else {
	index = menuPtr->numEntries;
    }
    if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad index \"%s\"", Tcl_GetString(indexPtr)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MENU", "INDEX", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (menuPtr->tearoff && (index == 0)) {
	index = 1;
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406

    	mePtr = MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, index, type);
    	if (mePtr == NULL) {
    	    return TCL_ERROR;
    	}
    	if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc - 1, objv + 1) != TCL_OK) {
	    TkMenu *errorMenuPtr;
	    int i;

	    for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
		    errorMenuPtr != NULL;
		    errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
    		Tcl_EventuallyFree(errorMenuPtr->entries[index],
    	    		(Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);
		for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
		    errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1];
		    errorMenuPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
		}
		errorMenuPtr->numEntries--;
		if (errorMenuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
		    ckfree(errorMenuPtr->entries);
		    errorMenuPtr->entries = NULL;
		}
		if (errorMenuPtr == menuListPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }







|










<
|







2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408

2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416

    	mePtr = MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, index, type);
    	if (mePtr == NULL) {
    	    return TCL_ERROR;
    	}
    	if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc - 1, objv + 1) != TCL_OK) {
	    TkMenu *errorMenuPtr;
	    TkSizeT i;

	    for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
		    errorMenuPtr != NULL;
		    errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
    		Tcl_EventuallyFree(errorMenuPtr->entries[index],
    	    		(Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);
		for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
		    errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1];
		    errorMenuPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
		}

		if (--errorMenuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
		    ckfree(errorMenuPtr->entries);
		    errorMenuPtr->entries = NULL;
		}
		if (errorMenuPtr == menuListPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491

2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520

2521
2522

2523
2524
2525


2526













2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
    int flags)			/* Describes what just happened. */
{
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr = clientData;
    TkMenu *menuPtr;
    const char *value;
    const char *name, *onValue;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	/*
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.

	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;

    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) {
    	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
     }

    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

	mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED;
	if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {

	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, name, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MenuVarProc, clientData);


	}













	TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr);
	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL);
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Use the value of the variable to update the selected status of the menu







|

|
>











<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







>

|
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513











2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
    int flags)			/* Describes what just happened. */
{
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr = clientData;
    TkMenu *menuPtr;
    const char *value;
    const char *name, *onValue;

    if (Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) || (mePtr->namePtr == NULL)) {
	/*
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away or we have
	 * no variable name.
	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;

    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) {
    	return NULL;
    }












    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
        ClientData probe = NULL;
	mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED;

        do {
                probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, name,
                        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
                        MenuVarProc, probe);
                if (probe == (ClientData)mePtr) {
                    break;
                }
        } while (probe);
        if (probe) {
                /*
                 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
                 * namePtr, which means it is not unset and not
                 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
                 * former variable must be, and we should ignore it.
                 */
		return NULL;
        }
	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, name, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, clientData);
	TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr);
	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL);
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Use the value of the variable to update the selected status of the menu
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkActivateMenuEntry(
    register TkMenu *menuPtr,	/* Menu in which to activate. */
    int index)			/* Index of entry to activate, or -1 to
				 * deactivate all entries. */
{
    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    int result = TCL_OK;

    if (menuPtr->active >= 0) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active];

	/*
	 * Don't change the state unless it's currently active (state might
	 * already have been changed to disabled).
	 */

	if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
	    mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL;
	}
	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]);
    }
    menuPtr->active = index;
    if (index >= 0) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	mePtr->state = ENTRY_ACTIVE;
	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr);
    }
    return result;
}








|
|




|













|







2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkActivateMenuEntry(
    register TkMenu *menuPtr,	/* Menu in which to activate. */
    TkSizeT index)			/* Index of entry to activate, or
				 * TCL_INDEX_NONE to deactivate all entries. */
{
    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    int result = TCL_OK;

    if (menuPtr->active != TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active];

	/*
	 * Don't change the state unless it's currently active (state might
	 * already have been changed to disabled).
	 */

	if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
	    mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL;
	}
	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]);
    }
    menuPtr->active = index;
    if (index != TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	mePtr->state = ENTRY_ACTIVE;
	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr);
    }
    return result;
}

2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
	Tcl_ResetResult(menuPtr->interp);

	/*
	 * Clone all of the cascade menus that this menu points to.
	 */

	for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    TkMenuReferences *cascadeRefPtr;
	    TkMenu *oldCascadePtr;

	    if ((menuPtr->entries[i]->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
		&& (menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr != NULL)) {
		cascadeRefPtr =
			TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp,







|







2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
	Tcl_ResetResult(menuPtr->interp);

	/*
	 * Clone all of the cascade menus that this menu points to.
	 */

	for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    TkMenuReferences *cascadeRefPtr;
	    TkMenu *oldCascadePtr;

	    if ((menuPtr->entries[i]->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
		&& (menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr != NULL)) {
		cascadeRefPtr =
			TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp,
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875

static int
MenuDoXPosition(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    int index;

    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    if (index < 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0));
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->x));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|






|
|

|







2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892

static int
MenuDoXPosition(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    TkSizeT index;

    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(0));
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->x));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912

static int
MenuDoYPosition(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    int index;

    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    if (index < 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0));
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->y));
    }

    return TCL_OK;

  error:
    return TCL_ERROR;
}







|






|
|

|







2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929

static int
MenuDoYPosition(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    TkSizeT index;

    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(0));
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->y));
    }

    return TCL_OK;

  error:
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If int is invalid, interp's result will be set to NULL.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
GetIndexFromCoords(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter of menu. */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are searching. */
    const char *string,		/* The @string we are parsing. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* The index of the item that matches. */
{
    int x, y, i;
    const char *p;
    char *end;
    int x2, borderwidth, max;

    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);







|




|







2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If int is invalid, interp's result will be set to NULL.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static TkSizeT
GetIndexFromCoords(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter of menu. */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are searching. */
    const char *string,		/* The @string we are parsing. */
    TkSizeT *indexPtr)		/* The index of the item that matches. */
{
    int x, y, i;
    const char *p;
    char *end;
    int x2, borderwidth, max;

    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
    /* set the width of the final column to the remainder of the window
     * being aware of windows that may not be mapped yet.
     */
    max = Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)
      ? Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin) : Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
    max -= borderwidth;

    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->entryFlags & ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN) {
	    x2 = max;
	} else {
	    x2 = menuPtr->entries[i]->x + menuPtr->entries[i]->width;
	}
	if ((x >= menuPtr->entries[i]->x) && (y >= menuPtr->entries[i]->y)
		&& (x < x2)







|







2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
    /* set the width of the final column to the remainder of the window
     * being aware of windows that may not be mapped yet.
     */
    max = Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)
      ? Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin) : Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
    max -= borderwidth;

    for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->entryFlags & ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN) {
	    x2 = max;
	} else {
	    x2 = menuPtr->entries[i]->x + menuPtr->entries[i]->width;
	}
	if ((x >= menuPtr->entries[i]->x) && (y >= menuPtr->entries[i]->y)
		&& (x < x2)
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menubar instance we are deleting. */
{
    int i;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

    /*
     * It is not 100% clear that this preserve/release pair is required, but
     * we have added them for safety in this very complex code.
     */








|







3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menubar instance we are deleting. */
{
    TkSizeT i;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

    /*
     * It is not 100% clear that this preserve/release pair is required, but
     * we have added them for safety in this very complex code.
     */

3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110

	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	    resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr);
	    if (doDot) {
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1);
	    }
	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr);
	    intPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i);
	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, intPtr);
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(intPtr);
    	}
	destString = Tcl_GetString(resultPtr);
    	if ((Tcl_FindCommand(interp, destString, NULL, 0) == NULL)
		&& ((nameTablePtr == NULL)
		|| (Tcl_FindHashEntry(nameTablePtr, destString) == NULL))) {







|







3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127

	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	    resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr);
	    if (doDot) {
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1);
	    }
	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr);
	    intPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(i);
	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, intPtr);
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(intPtr);
    	}
	destString = Tcl_GetString(resultPtr);
    	if ((Tcl_FindCommand(interp, destString, NULL, 0) == NULL)
		&& ((nameTablePtr == NULL)
		|| (Tcl_FindHashEntry(nameTablePtr, destString) == NULL))) {
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540

    numDeleted = last + 1 - first;
    for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
	for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[i], (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);
	}
	for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    j = i - numDeleted;
	    menuListPtr->entries[j] = menuListPtr->entries[i];
	    menuListPtr->entries[j]->index = j;
	}
	menuListPtr->numEntries -= numDeleted;
	if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
	    ckfree(menuListPtr->entries);
	    menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
	}
	if ((menuListPtr->active >= first)
		&& (menuListPtr->active <= last)) {
	    menuListPtr->active = -1;
	} else if (menuListPtr->active > last) {
	    menuListPtr->active -= numDeleted;
	}
	TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);
    }
}

/*







|









|
|

|







3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557

    numDeleted = last + 1 - first;
    for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
	for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[i], (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyMenuEntry);
	}
	for (i = last + 1; i < (int)menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    j = i - numDeleted;
	    menuListPtr->entries[j] = menuListPtr->entries[i];
	    menuListPtr->entries[j]->index = j;
	}
	menuListPtr->numEntries -= numDeleted;
	if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
	    ckfree(menuListPtr->entries);
	    menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
	}
	if (((int)menuListPtr->active >= first)
		&& ((int)menuListPtr->active <= last)) {
	    menuListPtr->active = -1;
	} else if ((int)menuListPtr->active > last) {
	    menuListPtr->active -= numDeleted;
	}
	TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);
    }
}

/*

Changes to generic/tkMenu.h.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    int type;			/* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
				 * types. */
    struct TkMenu *menuPtr;	/* Menu with which this entry is
				 * associated. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Option table for this menu entry. */
    Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;		/* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
				 * no label). */
    int labelLength;		/* Number of non-NULL characters in label. */
    int state;			/* State of button for display purposes:
				 * normal, active, or disabled. */
    int underline;		/* Value of -underline option: specifies index
				 * of character to underline (<0 means don't
				 * underline anything). */
    Tcl_Obj *underlinePtr;	/* Index of character to underline. */
    Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr;		/* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or NULL.
				 * If not NULL then label is ignored. */
    Tcl_Obj *imagePtr;		/* Name of image to display, or NULL. If not
				 * NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are
				 * ignored. */
    Tk_Image image;		/* Image to display in menu entry, or NULL if
				 * none. */
    Tcl_Obj *selectImagePtr;	/* Name of image to display when selected, or
				 * NULL. */
    Tk_Image selectImage;	/* Image to display in entry when selected, or
				 * NULL if none. Ignored if image is NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *accelPtr;		/* Accelerator string displayed at right of
				 * menu entry. NULL means no such accelerator.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    int accelLength;		/* Number of non-NULL characters in
				 * accelerator. */
    int indicatorOn;		/* True means draw indicator, false means
				 * don't draw it. This field is ignored unless
				 * the entry is a radio or check button. */
    /*
     * Display attributes
     */







|



|
















|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    int type;			/* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
				 * types. */
    struct TkMenu *menuPtr;	/* Menu with which this entry is
				 * associated. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Option table for this menu entry. */
    Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;		/* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
				 * no label). */
    TkSizeT labelLength;	/* Number of non-NULL characters in label. */
    int state;			/* State of button for display purposes:
				 * normal, active, or disabled. */
    int underline;		/* Value of -underline option: specifies index
				 * of character to underline (-1 means don't
				 * underline anything). */
    Tcl_Obj *underlinePtr;	/* Index of character to underline. */
    Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr;		/* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or NULL.
				 * If not NULL then label is ignored. */
    Tcl_Obj *imagePtr;		/* Name of image to display, or NULL. If not
				 * NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are
				 * ignored. */
    Tk_Image image;		/* Image to display in menu entry, or NULL if
				 * none. */
    Tcl_Obj *selectImagePtr;	/* Name of image to display when selected, or
				 * NULL. */
    Tk_Image selectImage;	/* Image to display in entry when selected, or
				 * NULL if none. Ignored if image is NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *accelPtr;		/* Accelerator string displayed at right of
				 * menu entry. NULL means no such accelerator.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    TkSizeT accelLength;	/* Number of non-NULL characters in
				 * accelerator. */
    int indicatorOn;		/* True means draw indicator, false means
				 * don't draw it. This field is ignored unless
				 * the entry is a radio or check button. */
    /*
     * Display attributes
     */
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
				 * overall font for menu. */
    int columnBreak;		/* If this is 0, this item appears below the
				 * item in front of it. If this is 1, this
				 * item starts a new column. This field is
				 * always 0 for tearoff and separator
				 * entries. */
    int hideMargin;		/* If this is 0, then the item has enough
    				 * margin to accomodate a standard check mark
    				 * and a default right margin. If this is 1,
    				 * then the item has no such margins, and
    				 * checkbuttons and radiobuttons with this set
    				 * will have a rectangle drawn in the
    				 * indicator around the item if the item is
    				 * checked. This is useful for palette menus.
    				 * This field is ignored for separators and







|







116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
				 * overall font for menu. */
    int columnBreak;		/* If this is 0, this item appears below the
				 * item in front of it. If this is 1, this
				 * item starts a new column. This field is
				 * always 0 for tearoff and separator
				 * entries. */
    int hideMargin;		/* If this is 0, then the item has enough
    				 * margin to accommodate a standard check mark
    				 * and a default right margin. If this is 1,
    				 * then the item has no such margins, and
    				 * checkbuttons and radiobuttons with this set
    				 * will have a rectangle drawn in the
    				 * indicator around the item if the item is
    				 * checked. This is useful for palette menus.
    				 * This field is ignored for separators and
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
    Display *display;		/* Display containing widget. Needed, among
				 * other things, so that resources can be
				 * freed up even after tkwin has gone away. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with menu. */
    Tcl_Command widgetCmd;	/* Token for menu's widget command. */
    TkMenuEntry **entries;	/* Array of pointers to all the entries in the
				 * menu. NULL means no entries. */
    int numEntries;		/* Number of elements in entries. */
    int active;			/* Index of active entry. -1 means nothing
				 * active. */
    int menuType;		/* MASTER_MENU, TEAROFF_MENU, or MENUBAR. See
    				 * below for definitions. */
    Tcl_Obj *menuTypePtr;	/* Used to control whether created tkwin is a
				 * toplevel or not. "normal", "menubar", or
				 * "toplevel" */

    /*







|
|
|







263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
    Display *display;		/* Display containing widget. Needed, among
				 * other things, so that resources can be
				 * freed up even after tkwin has gone away. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with menu. */
    Tcl_Command widgetCmd;	/* Token for menu's widget command. */
    TkMenuEntry **entries;	/* Array of pointers to all the entries in the
				 * menu. NULL means no entries. */
    TkSizeT numEntries;		/* Number of elements in entries. */
    TkSizeT active;			/* Index of active entry. TCL_INDEX_NONE means
				 * nothing active. */
    int menuType;		/* MASTER_MENU, TEAROFF_MENU, or MENUBAR. See
    				 * below for definitions. */
    Tcl_Obj *menuTypePtr;	/* Used to control whether created tkwin is a
				 * toplevel or not. "normal", "menubar", or
				 * "toplevel" */

    /*
378
379
380
381
382
383
384

385
386
387
388
389
390
391
				 * of options are in this structure. */
    Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
				 * this widget to be extended. */
    Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
				/* We actually have to allocate these because
				 * multiple menus get changed during one
				 * ConfigureMenu call. */

} TkMenu;

/*
 * When the toplevel configure -menu command is executed, the menu may not
 * exist yet. We need to keep a linked list of windows that reference a
 * particular menu.
 */







>







378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
				 * of options are in this structure. */
    Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
				 * this widget to be extended. */
    Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
				/* We actually have to allocate these because
				 * multiple menus get changed during one
				 * ConfigureMenu call. */
    Tcl_Obj *activeReliefPtr;	/* 3-d effect for active element. */
} TkMenu;

/*
 * When the toplevel configure -menu command is executed, the menu may not
 * exist yet. We need to keep a linked list of windows that reference a
 * particular menu.
 */
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
#define DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH	2

/*
 * Menu-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported to
 * the outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkActivateMenuEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBindMenu(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkCreateMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkDestroyMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferencesObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *namePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFreeMenuReferences(TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable *TkGetMenuHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGetMenuIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int lastOK, int *indexPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInvokeMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuEventProc(ClientData clientData,
    			    XEvent *eventPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x, int y,
			    int width, int height, int imgWidth,
			    int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuInit(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuSelectImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x,
			    int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
			    int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TkNewMenuName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *parentNamePtr, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPostCommand(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPostSubmenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);

/*
 * These routines are the platform-dependent routines called by the common
 * code.
 */







|













|



|


|

















|







478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
#define DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH	2

/*
 * Menu-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported to
 * the outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkActivateMenuEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkSizeT index);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBindMenu(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkCreateMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkDestroyMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferencesObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *namePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFreeMenuReferences(TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable *TkGetMenuHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGetMenuIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int lastOK, TkSizeT *indexPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInvokeMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkSizeT index);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, TkSizeT index);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuEventProc(ClientData clientData,
    			    XEvent *eventPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x, int y,
			    int width, int height, int imgWidth,
			    int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuInit(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMenuSelectImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x,
			    int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
			    int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TkNewMenuName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *parentNamePtr, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPostCommand(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPostSubmenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
					   int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkPreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);

/*
 * These routines are the platform-dependent routines called by the common
 * code.
 */
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546


547
548
549
			    const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, int x,
			    int y, int width, int height, int strictMotif,
			    int drawingParameters);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpMenuInit(void);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpMenuNewEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpNewMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpPostMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    int x, int y);


MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpSetWindowMenuBar(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr);

#endif /* _TKMENU */







|
>
>



540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
			    const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, int x,
			    int y, int width, int height, int strictMotif,
			    int drawingParameters);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpMenuInit(void);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpMenuNewEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpNewMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpPostMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    int x, int y, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
					   int x, int y, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpSetWindowMenuBar(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr);

#endif /* _TKMENU */

Changes to generic/tkMenuDraw.c.

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
    int index)
{
    XGCValues gcValues;
    GC newGC, newActiveGC, newDisabledGC, newIndicatorGC;
    unsigned long mask;
    Tk_Font tkfont;
    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;








|







294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
    TkSizeT index)
{
    XGCValues gcValues;
    GC newGC, newActiveGC, newDisabledGC, newIndicatorGC;
    unsigned long mask;
    Tk_Font tkfont;
    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;

471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
 *	Arrange for an entry of a menu, or the whole menu, to be redisplayed
 *	at some point in the future.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A when-idle hander is scheduled to do the redisplay, if there isn't
 *	one already scheduled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(
    register TkMenu *menuPtr,	/* Information about menu to redraw. */
    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Entry to redraw. NULL means redraw all the
				 * entries in the menu. */
{
    int i;

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    if (mePtr != NULL) {
	mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;
    } else {







|











|







471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
 *	Arrange for an entry of a menu, or the whole menu, to be redisplayed
 *	at some point in the future.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A when-idle handler is scheduled to do the redisplay, if there isn't
 *	one already scheduled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(
    register TkMenu *menuPtr,	/* Information about menu to redraw. */
    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Entry to redraw. NULL means redraw all the
				 * entries in the menu. */
{
    TkSizeT i;

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    if (mePtr != NULL) {
	mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;
    } else {
614
615
616
617
618
619
620

621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
static void
DisplayMenu(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;

    int index, strictMotif;
    Tk_Font tkfont;
    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics;
    int width;
    int borderWidth;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief;








>
|







614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
static void
DisplayMenu(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
    TkSizeT index;
    int strictMotif;
    Tk_Font tkfont;
    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics;
    int width;
    int borderWidth;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief;

803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPostTearoffMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a menu on the screen. Used to post tearoff menus. On Unix, all
 *	menus are posted this way. Adjusts the menu's position so that it fits
 *	on the screen, and maps and raises the menu.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl Error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPostTearoffMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the menu */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
    int x, int y)		/* The root X,Y coordinates where we are
				 * posting */
{
    int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
    int result;

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
    	return result;
    }

    /*
     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
     * and should go away.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
    	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
     * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
     *
     * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
     *    are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
     *    uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for
     *    the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root
     *    (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu
     *    itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead
     *    (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use
     *    for this...).
     * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be
     *    the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its
     *    requested size, not its actual size.
     */

    Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY,
	&vRootWidth, &vRootHeight);
    vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) {
	x = vRootX + vRootWidth;
    }
    if (x < vRootX) {
	x = vRootX;
    }
    vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) {
	y = vRootY + vRootHeight;
    }
    if (y < vRootY) {
	y = vRootY;
    }
    Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y);
    if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) {
	Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    }
    TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPostSubmenu --
 *







<
|
|

















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







804
805
806
807
808
809
810

811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
















830









































831
832
833
834
835
836
837
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPostTearoffMenu --
 *

 *	Posts a tearoff menu on the screen. Adjusts the menu's position so
 *	that it fits on the screen, and maps and raises the menu.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl Error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPostTearoffMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the menu */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
    int x, int y)		/* The root X,Y coordinates where we are
				 * posting */
{
















    return TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, -1);









































}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPostSubmenu --
 *
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980

	Tk_GetRootCoords(menuPtr->tkwin, &x, &y);
	AdjustMenuCoords(menuPtr, mePtr, &x, &y);

	menuPtr->postedCascade = mePtr;
	subary[0] = mePtr->namePtr;
	subary[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj("post", -1);
	subary[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
	subary[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[1]);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[2]);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[3]);
	result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, 4, subary, 0);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[1]);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[2]);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[3]);







|
|







908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923

	Tk_GetRootCoords(menuPtr->tkwin, &x, &y);
	AdjustMenuCoords(menuPtr, mePtr, &x, &y);

	menuPtr->postedCascade = mePtr;
	subary[0] = mePtr->namePtr;
	subary[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj("post", -1);
	subary[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x);
	subary[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[1]);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[2]);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[3]);
	result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, 4, subary, 0);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[1]);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[2]);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[3]);

Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.c.

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration specs:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, activeBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, activeFg),
	 0, DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	(ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	(ClientData) "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, direction),
	0, directionStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	(ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, heightString),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightColorPtr),	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, imageString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, indicatorOn),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, menuName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, padX),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, padY),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, relief),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, takeFocus), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, text), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, textVarName), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, underline),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, widthString),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, wrapLength),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the menubutton widget commands and map the
 * indexes into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to







|



|



|

|






|



|

|


|



|




|

|

|



|


|


|

|


|


|

|


|


|


|


|


|



|

|


|

|


|


|







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
/*
 * Information used for parsing configuration specs:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(TkMenuButton, activeBorder), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1,
	 offsetof(TkMenuButton, activeFg),
	 0, DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR, -1,
	offsetof(TkMenuButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, normalBorder),
	0, DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	(ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	(ClientData) "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, bitmap),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
	offsetof(TkMenuButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, direction),
	0, directionStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
	"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	(ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, heightString),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1,
	offsetof(TkMenuButton, highlightColorPtr),	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH,
	-1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, imageString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, indicatorOn),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, menuName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, padX),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, padY),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, relief),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, compound), 0,
	 compoundStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, -1,
	offsetof(TkMenuButton, takeFocus), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, text), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1,
	offsetof(TkMenuButton, textVarName), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, underline),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, widthString),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, -1, offsetof(TkMenuButton, wrapLength),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the menubutton widget commands and map the
 * indexes into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
    mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    mbPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMenuButton(interp, mbPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
    mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    mbPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMenuButton(interp, mbPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
		mbPtr->optionTable, objv[2], mbPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    mbPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|









|







365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, mbPtr,
		mbPtr->optionTable, objv[2], mbPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    mbPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    mbPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    mbPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902


903


















904
905
906
907
908
909
910
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mbPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {


	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {


















	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, mbPtr->text,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







877
878
879
880
881
882
883













884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
        if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && mbPtr->textVarName) {
            ClientData probe = NULL;

            do {
                probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
                        mbPtr->textVarName,
                        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
                        MenuButtonTextVarProc, probe);
                if (probe == (ClientData)mbPtr) {
                    break;
                }
            } while (probe);
            if (probe) {
                /*
                 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
                 * textVarName, which means it is not unset and not
                 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
                 * former variable must be, and we should ignore it.
                 */
                return NULL;
            }
	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, mbPtr->text,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;

Changes to generic/tkMessage.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is kept for each message widget
 * managed by this file:
 */

typedef struct {







|
|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is kept for each message widget
 * managed by this file:
 */

typedef struct {
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR,
	 -1, Tk_Offset(Message, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect", DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT,
	 -1, Tk_Offset(Message, aspect), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, border), 0,
	 DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL,
	 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
	 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Message, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, cursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
	 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_MESSAGE_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MESSAGE_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	 "HighlightBackground", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Message, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, highlightColorPtr),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Message, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_PADX, Tk_Offset(Message, padXPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Message, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_PADY, Tk_Offset(Message, padYPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Message, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, string), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, textVarName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, width), 0, 0 ,0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */








|

|

|







|

|




|

|


|

|



|

|

|
|

|
|

|

|


|

|


|







105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR,
	 -1, offsetof(Message, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect", DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT,
	 -1, offsetof(Message, aspect), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(Message, border), 0,
	 DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL,
	 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
	 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
	 offsetof(Message, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(Message, cursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
	 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_MESSAGE_FONT, -1, offsetof(Message, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_MESSAGE_FG, -1, offsetof(Message, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	 "HighlightBackground", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
	 offsetof(Message, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(Message, highlightColorPtr),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	 offsetof(Message, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY, -1, offsetof(Message, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_PADX, offsetof(Message, padXPtr),
	 offsetof(Message, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	 DEF_MESSAGE_PADY, offsetof(Message, padYPtr),
	 offsetof(Message, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(Message, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, offsetof(Message, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT, -1, offsetof(Message, string), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, offsetof(Message, textVarName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(Message, width), 0, 0 ,0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
     * Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
     * created, the cached pointer will be returned.
     */

    optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);

    msgPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Message));
    memset(msgPtr, 0, (size_t) sizeof(Message));

    /*
     * Set values for those fields that don't take a 0 or NULL value.
     */

    msgPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
    msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);







|







238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
     * Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
     * created, the cached pointer will be returned.
     */

    optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);

    msgPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Message));
    memset(msgPtr, 0, sizeof(Message));

    /*
     * Set values for those fields that don't take a 0 or NULL value.
     */

    msgPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
    msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
    msgPtr->cursor = NULL;

    Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MessageEventProc, msgPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMessage(interp, msgPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
    msgPtr->cursor = NULL;

    Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MessageEventProc, msgPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMessage(interp, msgPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case MESSAGE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, objv[2], msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;
	    }
	}
	break;
    case MESSAGE_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;







|











|







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case MESSAGE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, objv[2], msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;
	    }
	}
	break;
    case MESSAGE_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465

    if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
    }

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    msgPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If the message is to display the value of a variable, then set up a







|







451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465

    if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
    }

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    msgPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If the message is to display the value of a variable, then set up a
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859


860


















861
862
863
864
865
866
867
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (msgPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {


	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {


















	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







834
835
836
837
838
839
840













841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
        if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && msgPtr->textVarName) {
            ClientData probe = NULL;

            do {
                probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
                        msgPtr->textVarName,
                        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
                        MessageTextVarProc, probe);
                if (probe == (ClientData)msgPtr) {
                    break;
                }
            } while (probe);
            if (probe) {
                /*
                 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
                 * textVarName, which means it is not unset and not
                 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
                 * former variable must be, and we should ignore it.
                 */
                return NULL;
            }
	    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;

Changes to generic/tkObj.c.

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
 * One of these structures is created per thread to store thread-specific
 * data. In this case, it is used to contain references to selected
 * Tcl_ObjTypes that we can use as screen distances without conversion. The
 * "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for the current
 * thread.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    const Tcl_ObjType *doubleTypePtr;
    const Tcl_ObjType *intTypePtr;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The following structure is the internal representation for mm objects.







|







43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
 * One of these structures is created per thread to store thread-specific
 * data. In this case, it is used to contain references to selected
 * Tcl_ObjTypes that we can use as screen distances without conversion. The
 * "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for the current
 * thread.
 */

typedef struct {
    const Tcl_ObjType *doubleTypePtr;
    const Tcl_ObjType *intTypePtr;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The following structure is the internal representation for mm objects.
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76
77



78
79
80
81
82
83
84
 * A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
 * NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
 */

typedef struct WindowRep {
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr;	/* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */

    long epoch;			/* Value of mainPtr->deletionEpoch at last
				 * successful lookup. */



} WindowRep;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DupMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);







>
|

>
>
>







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
 * A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
 * NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
 */

typedef struct WindowRep {
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr;	/* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t epoch;			/* Value of mainPtr->deletionEpoch at last
				 * successful lookup. */
#else
    long epoch;
#endif
} WindowRep;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DupMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
static int		SetMMFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		SetPixelFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		SetWindowFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetPixelFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    SetMMFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetWindowFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *







|







|





|







|












|







96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
static int		SetMMFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		SetPixelFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		SetWindowFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independent settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independent settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678

static void
UpdateStringOfMM(
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)   /* pixel obj with string rep to update. */
{
    MMRep *mmPtr;
    char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    size_t len;

    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
    /* assert( mmPtr->units == -1 && objPtr->bytes == NULL ); */
    if ((mmPtr->units != -1) || (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringOfMM: false precondition");
    }








|







668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682

static void
UpdateStringOfMM(
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)   /* pixel obj with string rep to update. */
{
    MMRep *mmPtr;
    char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    TkSizeT len;

    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
    /* assert( mmPtr->units == -1 && objPtr->bytes == NULL ); */
    if ((mmPtr->units != -1) || (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringOfMM: false precondition");
    }

Changes to generic/tkOldConfig.c.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27




28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 *
 * INIT -		Non-zero means (char *) things have been converted to
 *			Tk_Uid's.
 */

#define INIT		0x20





/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value,
			    int valueIsUid, char *widgRec);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, const char *argvName,
			    int needFlags, int hateFlags);
static char *		FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec);
static const char *	FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec,
			    char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *staticSpecs);
static void		DeleteSpecCacheTable(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);

/*







>
>
>
>






|




|

|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
 *
 * INIT -		Non-zero means (char *) things have been converted to
 *			Tk_Uid's.
 */

#define INIT		0x20

#ifndef TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED
#  define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)
#endif

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value,
			    int valueIsUid, void *widgRec);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, const char *argvName,
			    int needFlags, int hateFlags);
static char *		FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, void *widgRec);
static const char *	FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, void *widgRec,
			    char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *staticSpecs);
static void		DeleteSpecCacheTable(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);

/*
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing widget (needed to set up
				 * X resources). */
    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,	/* Specifier to apply. */
    Tk_Uid value,		/* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
    int valueIsUid,		/* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
				 * means it's an ordinary string. */
    char *widgRec)		/* Record whose fields are to be modified.
				 * Values must be properly initialized. */
{
    char *ptr;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    int nullValue;

    nullValue = 0;
    if ((*value == 0) && (specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK)) {
	nullValue = 1;
    }

    do {
	ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
	switch (specPtr->type) {
	case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	    if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, value, (int *) ptr) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_CONFIG_INT:







|


|









|







340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing widget (needed to set up
				 * X resources). */
    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,	/* Specifier to apply. */
    Tk_Uid value,		/* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
    int valueIsUid,		/* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
				 * means it's an ordinary string. */
    void *widgRec)		/* Record whose fields are to be modified.
				 * Values must be properly initialized. */
{
    void *ptr;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    int nullValue;

    nullValue = 0;
    if ((*value == 0) && (specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK)) {
	nullValue = 1;
    }

    do {
	ptr = (char *)widgRec + specPtr->offset;
	switch (specPtr->type) {
	case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	    if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, value, (int *) ptr) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_CONFIG_INT:
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
FormatConfigInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for things like
				 * floating-point precision. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    register const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,
				/* Pointer to information describing
				 * option. */
    char *widgRec)		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
{
    const char *argv[6];
    char *result;
    char buffer[200];
    Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL;








|







689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
FormatConfigInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for things like
				 * floating-point precision. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    register const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,
				/* Pointer to information describing
				 * option. */
    void *widgRec)		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
{
    const char *argv[6];
    char *result;
    char buffer[200];
    Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL;

751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776

static const char *
FormatConfigValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Pointer to information describing option.
				 * Must not point to a synonym option. */
    char *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
    char *buffer,		/* Static buffer to use for small values.
				 * Must have at least 200 bytes of storage. */
    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)	/* Pointer to word to fill in with address of
				 * function to free the result, or NULL if
				 * result is static. */
{

    const char *ptr, *result;

    *freeProcPtr = NULL;
    ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
    result = "";
    switch (specPtr->type) {
    case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	if (*((int *) ptr) == 0) {
	    result = "0";
	} else {
	    result = "1";







|







>
|


|







755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781

static const char *
FormatConfigValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Pointer to information describing option.
				 * Must not point to a synonym option. */
    void *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
    char *buffer,		/* Static buffer to use for small values.
				 * Must have at least 200 bytes of storage. */
    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)	/* Pointer to word to fill in with address of
				 * function to free the result, or NULL if
				 * result is static. */
{
    void *ptr;
    const char *result;

    *freeProcPtr = NULL;
    ptr = (char *)widgRec + specPtr->offset;
    result = "";
    switch (specPtr->type) {
    case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	if (*((int *) ptr) == 0) {
	    result = "0";
	} else {
	    result = "1";

Changes to generic/tkOldTest.c.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkOldTestInit --
 *
 *	This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite
 *	extensions for testing support for legacy interfaces.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
 *	the interp's result if an error occurs.
 *
 * Side effects:







|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkOldTestInit --
 *
 *	This function performs initialization for the Tk test suite
 *	extensions for testing support for legacy interfaces.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
 *	the interp's result if an error occurs.
 *
 * Side effects:

Changes to generic/tkOption.c.

172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
				 * level. */
    int bases[NUM_STACKS];	/* For each stack, index of first element on
				 * stack corresponding to this level (used to
				 * restore "numUsed" fields when popping out
				 * of a level. */
} StackLevel;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means the ThreadSpecific Data structure
				 * for the current thread needs to be
				 * initialized. */
    ElArray *stacks[NUM_STACKS];
    TkWindow *cachedWindow;	/* Lowest-level window currently loaded in
				 * stacks at present. NULL means stacks have
				 * never been used, or have been invalidated







|







172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
				 * level. */
    int bases[NUM_STACKS];	/* For each stack, index of first element on
				 * stack corresponding to this level (used to
				 * restore "numUsed" fields when popping out
				 * of a level. */
} StackLevel;

typedef struct {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means the ThreadSpecific Data structure
				 * for the current thread needs to be
				 * initialized. */
    ElArray *stacks[NUM_STACKS];
    TkWindow *cachedWindow;	/* Lowest-level window currently loaded in
				 * stacks at present. NULL means stacks have
				 * never been used, or have been invalidated
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
    TkWindow *winPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
    register ElArray **arrayPtrPtr;
    register Element *elPtr;
    Element newEl;
    register const char *p;
    const char *field;
    int count, firstField;
    ptrdiff_t length;
#define TMP_SIZE 100
    char tmp[TMP_SIZE+1];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) {
	OptionInit(winPtr->mainPtr);







|







256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
    TkWindow *winPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
    register ElArray **arrayPtrPtr;
    register Element *elPtr;
    Element newEl;
    register const char *p;
    const char *field;
    int count, firstField;
    size_t length;
#define TMP_SIZE 100
    char tmp[TMP_SIZE+1];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) {
	OptionInit(winPtr->mainPtr);
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
	while ((*p != 0) && (*p != '.') && (*p != '*')) {
	    p++;
	}
	length = p - field;
	if (length > TMP_SIZE) {
	    length = TMP_SIZE;
	}
	strncpy(tmp, field, (size_t) length);
	tmp[length] = 0;
	newEl.nameUid = Tk_GetUid(tmp);
	if (isupper(UCHAR(*field))) {
	    newEl.flags |= CLASS;
	}

	if (*p != 0) {







|







307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
	while ((*p != 0) && (*p != '.') && (*p != '*')) {
	    p++;
	}
	length = p - field;
	if (length > TMP_SIZE) {
	    length = TMP_SIZE;
	}
	strncpy(tmp, field, length);
	tmp[length] = 0;
	newEl.nameUid = Tk_GetUid(tmp);
	if (isupper(UCHAR(*field))) {
	    newEl.flags |= CLASS;
	}

	if (*p != 0) {
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087

1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
    int priority)		/* Priority level to use for options in this
				 * file, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
				 * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
				 * TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
    const char *realName;
    Tcl_Obj *buffer;
    int result, bufferSize;

    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tcl_DString newName;

    /*
     * Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
     */








|
>







1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
    int priority)		/* Priority level to use for options in this
				 * file, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
				 * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
				 * TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
    const char *realName;
    Tcl_Obj *buffer;
    int result;
    size_t bufferSize;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tcl_DString newName;

    /*
     * Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
     */

1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    buffer = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(buffer);
    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, chan, "-encoding", "utf-8");
    bufferSize = Tcl_ReadChars(chan, buffer, -1, 0);
    if (bufferSize < 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading file \"%s\": %s",
		fileName, Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);







|







1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    buffer = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(buffer);
    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, chan, "-encoding", "utf-8");
    bufferSize = Tcl_ReadChars(chan, buffer, -1, 0);
    if (bufferSize == (size_t)-1) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading file \"%s\": %s",
		fileName, Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);

Changes to generic/tkPack.c.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124

125
126

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);

static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);

static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);

/*







>


>







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);

/*
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
    int halfSpace,		/* The left or top padding amount */
    int allSpace)		/* The total amount of padding */
{
    Tcl_Obj *padding[2];

    if (halfSpace*2 == allSpace) {
	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, bufferObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(switchName, -1),
		Tcl_NewIntObj(halfSpace));
    } else {
	padding[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(halfSpace);
	padding[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(allSpace - halfSpace);
	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, bufferObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(switchName, -1),
		Tcl_NewListObj(2, padding));
    }
}

/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------







|

|
|







159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
    int halfSpace,		/* The left or top padding amount */
    int allSpace)		/* The total amount of padding */
{
    Tcl_Obj *padding[2];

    if (halfSpace*2 == allSpace) {
	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, bufferObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(switchName, -1),
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj(halfSpace));
    } else {
	padding[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(halfSpace);
	padding[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(allSpace - halfSpace);
	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, bufferObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(switchName, -1),
		Tcl_NewListObj(2, padding));
    }
}

/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201

202
203

204

205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",

	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {

	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,

	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
	    return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
	}
    }
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {

	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);

	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {

    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}







|

>


>

>

















>









>





>







195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
	    return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
	}
    }
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302
303
304
305
306
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }

    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}







>







301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461
462
463
464
465
466
467
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }

    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;







>







463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
477
478
479
480
481
482
483

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }

    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------







>







487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603

604
605
606
607
608
609
610
    int borderTop, borderBtm;
    int borderLeft, borderRight;
    int maxWidth, maxHeight, tmp;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_REPACK;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
     * just leave the master's size as-is.

     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    /*







|
|
>







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
    int borderTop, borderBtm;
    int borderLeft, borderRight;
    int maxWidth, maxHeight, tmp;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_REPACK;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then leave the master's size as-is.
     * Otherwise there is no way to "relinquish" control over the master
     * so another geometry manager can take over.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    /*
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089

1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */







>







1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171

1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
	packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
	packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
	packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
	packPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
	packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
	for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];

	    const char *curOpt = Tcl_GetString(curOptPtr);
	    size_t length = curOptPtr->length;

	    c = curOpt[0];

	    if ((c == 't')
		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "top", length)) == 0) {
		packPtr->side = TOP;
	    } else if ((c == 'b')







>
|
<







1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186

1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
	packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
	packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
	packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
	packPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
	packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
	for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];
	    TkSizeT length;
	    const char *curOpt = TkGetStringFromObj(curOptPtr, &length);


	    c = curOpt[0];

	    if ((c == 't')
		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "top", length)) == 0) {
		packPtr->side = TOP;
	    } else if ((c == 'b')
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		packPtr->padY /= 2;
		packPtr->padTop /= 2;
		packPtr->iPadY = 0;
		index++;
	    } else if ((c == 'f') && (length > 1)
		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "frame", (size_t) length) == 0)) {
		if (optionCount < (index+2)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "wrong # args: \"frame\""
			    " option must be followed by anchor point", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "OLDPACK", "BAD_PARAMETER",
			    NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;







|







1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		packPtr->padY /= 2;
		packPtr->padTop /= 2;
		packPtr->iPadY = 0;
		index++;
	    } else if ((c == 'f') && (length > 1)
		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "frame", length) == 0)) {
		if (optionCount < (index+2)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "wrong # args: \"frame\""
			    " option must be followed by anchor point", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "OLDPACK", "BAD_PARAMETER",
			    NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309

1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.







>







1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362



1363
1364
1365
1366
1367

1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
    }

    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.



     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;

    }

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>





>







1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
    }

    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     *
     * Send the event "NoManagedChild" to the master to inform it about there
     * being no managed children inside it.
     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
	TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "NoManagedChild", NULL);
    }

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}

	if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
            Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable,
		    (char *) packPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
	}
	packPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyPacker);







|







1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}

	if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
            Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable,
		    packPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
	}
	packPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyPacker);
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524

1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
				 * window names followed by any number of
				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
				 * that there is at least one window name. */
{
    Packer *masterPtr, *slavePtr, *prevPtr, *otherPtr;
    Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;

    int i, j, numWindows, tmp, positionGiven;
    const char *string;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"-after", "-anchor", "-before", "-expand", "-fill",
	"-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady", "-padx", "-pady", "-side", NULL };
    enum options {
	CONF_AFTER, CONF_ANCHOR, CONF_BEFORE, CONF_EXPAND, CONF_FILL,







>







1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
				 * window names followed by any number of
				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
				 * that there is at least one window name. */
{
    Packer *masterPtr, *slavePtr, *prevPtr, *otherPtr;
    Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;
    TkWindow *master;
    int i, j, numWindows, tmp, positionGiven;
    const char *string;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"-after", "-anchor", "-before", "-expand", "-fill",
	"-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady", "-padx", "-pady", "-side", NULL };
    enum options {
	CONF_AFTER, CONF_ANCHOR, CONF_BEFORE, CONF_EXPAND, CONF_FILL,
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799


















1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
	}
	if (slave == masterPtr->tkwin) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't pack %s inside itself", Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "SELF", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}



















	/*
	 * Unpack the slave if it's currently packed, then position it after
	 * prevPtr.
	 */

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
	}
	if (slave == masterPtr->tkwin) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't pack %s inside itself", Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "SELF", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Check for management loops.
	 */

	for (master = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; master != NULL;
	     master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) {
	    if (master == (TkWindow *)slave) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
	            Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	if (masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slave)) {
	    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin;
	}

	/*
	 * Unpack the slave if it's currently packed, then position it after
	 * prevPtr.
	 */

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {

Changes to generic/tkPanedWindow.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * Flag values for "sticky"ness. The 16 combinations subsume the packer's
 * notion of anchor and fill.
 *
 * STICK_NORTH  	This window sticks to the top of its cavity.
 * STICK_EAST		This window sticks to the right edge of its cavity.







|
|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Flag values for "sticky"ness. The 16 combinations subsume the packer's
 * notion of anchor and fill.
 *
 * STICK_NORTH  	This window sticks to the top of its cavity.
 * STICK_EAST		This window sticks to the right edge of its cavity.
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
static void		RestoreSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    char *internalPtr, char *oldInternalPtr);
static void		AdjustForSticky(int sticky, int cavityWidth,
			    int cavityHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
			    int *slaveWidthPtr, int *slaveHeightPtr);
static void		MoveSash(PanedWindow *pwPtr, int sash, int diff);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static char *		ComputeSlotAddress(char *recordPtr, int offset);
static int		PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int x, int y);

/*
 * Sashes are between panes only, so there is one less sash than slaves
 */








|







232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
static void		RestoreSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    char *internalPtr, char *oldInternalPtr);
static void		AdjustForSticky(int sticky, int cavityWidth,
			    int cavityHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
			    int *slaveWidthPtr, int *slaveHeightPtr);
static void		MoveSash(PanedWindow *pwPtr, int sash, int diff);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void *	ComputeSlotAddress(void *recordPtr, size_t offset);
static int		PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int x, int y);

/*
 * Sashes are between panes only, so there is one less sash than slaves
 */

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
    RestoreSticky,		/* restoreProc */
    NULL,			/* freeProc */
    0
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, background), 0,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, borderWidth),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, cursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlepad", "handlePad", "HandlePad",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handlePad),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlesize", "handleSize", "HandleSize",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handleSizePtr),
	 Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handleSize), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, heightPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-opaqueresize", "opaqueResize", "OpaqueResize",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE, -1,
	 Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, resizeOpaque), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, orient),
	 0, orientStrings, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-proxybackground", "proxyBackground", "ProxyBackground",
	 0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBackground), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	 (ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-proxyborderwidth", "proxyBorderWidth", "ProxyBorderWidth",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidthPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-proxyrelief", "proxyRelief", "Relief",
	 0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-sashcursor", "sashCursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashCursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashpad", "sashPad", "SashPad",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashPad),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sashrelief", "sashRelief", "Relief",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashRelief),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashwidth", "sashWidth", "Width",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashWidthPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showhandle", "showHandle", "ShowHandle",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, showHandle),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, widthPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec slaveOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-after", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, after),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-before", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, before),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Slave, heightPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, hide), 0,0,GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-minsize", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, minSize), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, padx), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, pady), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-sticky", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, sticky), 0,
	 &stickyOption, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
	DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, stretch), 0,
	(ClientData) stretchStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Slave, widthPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd --







|






|


|


|


|
|

|
|


|

|


|


|
|

|


|

|


|


|


|
|

|


|
|





|


|


|
|

|

|

|

|

|


|


|
|







271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
    RestoreSticky,		/* restoreProc */
    NULL,			/* freeProc */
    0
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, background), 0,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, borderWidth),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, cursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlepad", "handlePad", "HandlePad",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, handlePad),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlesize", "handleSize", "HandleSize",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE, offsetof(PanedWindow, handleSizePtr),
	 offsetof(PanedWindow, handleSize), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT, offsetof(PanedWindow, heightPtr),
	 offsetof(PanedWindow, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-opaqueresize", "opaqueResize", "OpaqueResize",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE, -1,
	 offsetof(PanedWindow, resizeOpaque), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, orient),
	 0, orientStrings, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-proxybackground", "proxyBackground", "ProxyBackground",
	 0, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, proxyBackground), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	 (ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-proxyborderwidth", "proxyBorderWidth", "ProxyBorderWidth",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER, offsetof(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidthPtr),
	 offsetof(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-proxyrelief", "proxyRelief", "Relief",
	 0, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, proxyRelief),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-sashcursor", "sashCursor", "Cursor",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, sashCursor),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashpad", "sashPad", "SashPad",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, sashPad),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sashrelief", "sashRelief", "Relief",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, sashRelief),
	 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashwidth", "sashWidth", "Width",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH, offsetof(PanedWindow, sashWidthPtr),
	 offsetof(PanedWindow, sashWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showhandle", "showHandle", "ShowHandle",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE, -1, offsetof(PanedWindow, showHandle),
	 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH, offsetof(PanedWindow, widthPtr),
	 offsetof(PanedWindow, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec slaveOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-after", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER, -1, offsetof(Slave, after),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-before", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE, -1, offsetof(Slave, before),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT, offsetof(Slave, heightPtr),
	 offsetof(Slave, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE, -1, offsetof(Slave, hide), 0,0,GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-minsize", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE, -1, offsetof(Slave, minSize), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX, -1, offsetof(Slave, padx), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY, -1, offsetof(Slave, pady), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-sticky", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY, -1, offsetof(Slave, sticky), 0,
	 &stickyOption, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
	DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH, -1, offsetof(Slave, stretch), 0,
	(ClientData) stretchStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	 DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH, offsetof(Slave, widthPtr),
	 offsetof(Slave, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd --
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions,
	    tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    PanedWindowEventProc, pwPtr);







|







455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions,
	    tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    PanedWindowEventProc, pwPtr);
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600

    case PW_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
		pwPtr->optionTable, objv[2], pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	}
	break;

    case PW_CONFIGURE:
	resultObj = NULL;
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
		    pwPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, pwPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObj == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	    }







|











|







574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600

    case PW_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, pwPtr,
		pwPtr->optionTable, objv[2], pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	}
	break;

    case PW_CONFIGURE:
	resultObj = NULL;
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, pwPtr,
		    pwPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, pwPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObj == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	    }
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = NULL;
	for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
			(char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			objv[3], tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    if (i == pwPtr->numSlaves) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"not managed by this window", -1));







|







665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = NULL;
	for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
			pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			objv[3], tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    if (i == pwPtr->numSlaves) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"not managed by this window", -1));
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719

                result = TCL_ERROR;
                break;
            }
	    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
		if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
			    (char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
			    pwPtr->tkwin);
		    if (resultObj == NULL) {
			result = TCL_ERROR;
		    } else {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
		    }







|







705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719

                result = TCL_ERROR;
                break;
            }
	    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
		if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
			    pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
			    pwPtr->tkwin);
		    if (resultObj == NULL) {
			result = TCL_ERROR;
		    } else {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
		    }
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
     * Pre-parse the configuration options, to get the before/after specifiers
     * into an easy-to-find location (a local variable). Also, check the
     * return from Tk_SetOptions once, here, so we can save a little bit of
     * extra testing in the for loop below.
     */

    memset((void *)&options, 0, sizeof(Slave));
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &options, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
	    objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If either -after or -before was given, find the numerical index that







|







844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
     * Pre-parse the configuration options, to get the before/after specifiers
     * into an easy-to-find location (a local variable). Also, check the
     * return from Tk_SetOptions once, here, so we can save a little bit of
     * extra testing in the for loop below.
     */

    memset((void *)&options, 0, sizeof(Slave));
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, &options, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
	    objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If either -after or -before was given, find the numerical index that
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935

	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 2]),
		pwPtr->tkwin);

	found = 0;
	for (j = 0; j < pwPtr->numSlaves; j++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[j] != NULL && pwPtr->slaves[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr->slaves[j],
			pwPtr->slaveOpts, objc - firstOptionArg,
			objv + firstOptionArg, pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
		if (pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize < 0) {
		    pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize = 0;
		}
		found = 1;








|







921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935

	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 2]),
		pwPtr->tkwin);

	found = 0;
	for (j = 0; j < pwPtr->numSlaves; j++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[j] != NULL && pwPtr->slaves[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		Tk_SetOptions(interp, pwPtr->slaves[j],
			pwPtr->slaveOpts, objc - firstOptionArg,
			objv + firstOptionArg, pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
		if (pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize < 0) {
		    pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize = 0;
		}
		found = 1;

968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
	/*
	 * Create a new slave structure and initialize it. All slaves start
	 * out with their "natural" dimensions.
	 */

	slavePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Slave));
	memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave));
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		pwPtr->tkwin);
	Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
		pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
	slavePtr->masterPtr = pwPtr;
	doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
	if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
	    slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width;







|

|







968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
	/*
	 * Create a new slave structure and initialize it. All slaves start
	 * out with their "natural" dimensions.
	 */

	slavePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Slave));
	memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave));
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		pwPtr->tkwin);
	Tk_SetOptions(interp, slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
		pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
	slavePtr->masterPtr = pwPtr;
	doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
	if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
	    slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width;
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021

    /*
     * Allocate the new slaves array, then copy the slaves into it, in order.
     */

    i = sizeof(Slave *) * (pwPtr->numSlaves + numNewSlaves);
    newSlaves = ckalloc(i);
    memset(newSlaves, 0, (size_t) i);
    if (index == -1) {
	/*
	 * If none of the existing slaves have to be moved, just copy the old
	 * and append the new.
	 */
	memcpy((void *)&(newSlaves[0]), pwPtr->slaves,
		sizeof(Slave *) * pwPtr->numSlaves);







|







1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021

    /*
     * Allocate the new slaves array, then copy the slaves into it, in order.
     */

    i = sizeof(Slave *) * (pwPtr->numSlaves + numNewSlaves);
    newSlaves = ckalloc(i);
    memset(newSlaves, 0, i);
    if (index == -1) {
	/*
	 * If none of the existing slaves have to be moved, just copy the old
	 * and append the new.
	 */
	memcpy((void *)&(newSlaves[0]), pwPtr->slaves,
		sizeof(Slave *) * pwPtr->numSlaves);
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "invalid sash index", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SASH_INDEX", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[sash];

	coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->sashx);
	coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->sashy);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	break;

    case SASH_MARK:
	if (objc != 6 && objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?x y?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;







|
|







1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "invalid sash index", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SASH_INDEX", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[sash];

	coords[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(slavePtr->sashx);
	coords[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(slavePtr->sashy);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	break;

    case SASH_MARK:
	if (objc != 6 && objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?x y?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &y) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    pwPtr->slaves[sash]->markx = x;
	    pwPtr->slaves[sash]->marky = y;
	} else {
	    coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->slaves[sash]->markx);
	    coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->slaves[sash]->marky);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	}
	break;

    case SASH_DRAGTO:
    case SASH_PLACE:
	if (objc != 6) {







|
|







1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &y) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    pwPtr->slaves[sash]->markx = x;
	    pwPtr->slaves[sash]->marky = y;
	} else {
	    coords[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pwPtr->slaves[sash]->markx);
	    coords[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pwPtr->slaves[sash]->marky);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	}
	break;

    case SASH_DRAGTO:
    case SASH_PLACE:
	if (objc != 6) {
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
    PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Information about widget. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int typemask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &typemask) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);








|







1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
    PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Information about widget. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int typemask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &typemask) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);

1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497

    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */








|


|







1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497

    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */

1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash







|







1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).







|







2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457

2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
    int internalOffset,		/* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
				 * internal value is to be stored. */
    char *oldInternalPtr,	/* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int sticky = 0;

    char c, *internalPtr;
    const char *string;

    internalPtr = ComputeSlotAddress(recordPtr, internalOffset);

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {







>
|







2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
    int internalOffset,		/* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
				 * internal value is to be stored. */
    char *oldInternalPtr,	/* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int sticky = 0;
    char c;
    void *internalPtr;
    const char *string;

    internalPtr = ComputeSlotAddress(recordPtr, internalOffset);

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case PROXY_COORD:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->proxyx);
	coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->proxyy);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	break;

    case PROXY_FORGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;







|
|







2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case PROXY_COORD:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	coords[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pwPtr->proxyx);
	coords[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pwPtr->proxyy);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	break;

    case PROXY_FORGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;







|








|


|








|


|







2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ComputeSlotAddress(
    char *recordPtr,	/* Pointer to the start of a record. */
    int offset)		/* Offset of a slot within that record; may be < 0. */
{
    if (offset >= 0) {
	return recordPtr + offset;
    } else {
	return NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|

|
|

|
|







3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void *
ComputeSlotAddress(
    void *recordPtr,	/* Pointer to the start of a record. */
    size_t offset)		/* Offset of a slot within that record; may be -1. */
{
    if (offset != (size_t)-1) {
	return (char *)recordPtr + offset;
    } else {
	return NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {







|







3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {







|







3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
     * Set results. Note that the empty string is the default (this function
     * is called inside the implementation of a command).
     */

    if (found != -1) {
	Tcl_Obj *list[2];

	list[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(found);
	list[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj((isHandle ? "handle" : "sash"), -1);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, list));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|













3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
     * Set results. Note that the empty string is the default (this function
     * is called inside the implementation of a command).
     */

    if (found != -1) {
	Tcl_Obj *list[2];

	list[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(found);
	list[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj((isHandle ? "handle" : "sash"), -1);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, list));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Added generic/tkPkgConfig.c.













































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
/*
 * tkPkgConfig.c --
 *
 *	This file contains the configuration information to embed into the tcl
 *	binary library.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Stuart Cassoff <[email protected]>
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

/* Note, the definitions in this module are influenced by the following C
 * preprocessor macros:
 *
 * OSCMa  = shortcut for "old style configuration macro activates"
 * NSCMdt = shortcut for "new style configuration macro declares that"
 *
 * - TCL_THREADS		OSCMa compilation as threaded.
 * - TCL_MEM_DEBUG		OSCMa memory debugging.
 *
 * - TCL_CFG_DO64BIT		NSCMdt tk is compiled for a 64bit system.
 * - NDEBUG			NSCMdt tk is compiled with symbol info off.
 * - TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED		NSCMdt tk is compiled with cc optimizations on
 * - TCL_CFG_PROFILED		NSCMdt tk is compiled with profiling info.
 *
 * - _WIN32 || __CYGWIN__	The value for the fontsytem key will be
 *   MAC_OSX_TK			chosen based on these macros/defines.
 *   HAVE_XFT			NSCMdt xft font support was requested.
 *
 * - CFG_RUNTIME_*		Paths to various stuff at runtime.
 * - CFG_INSTALL_*		Paths to various stuff at installation time.
 *
 * - TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING	string containing the encoding used for the
 *				configuration values.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"


#ifndef TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
#endif

/*
 * Use C preprocessor statements to define the various values for the embedded
 * configuration information.
 */

#ifdef TCL_THREADS
#  define  CFG_THREADED		"1"
#else
#  define  CFG_THREADED		"0"
#endif

#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
#  define CFG_MEMDEBUG		"1"
#else
#  define CFG_MEMDEBUG		"0"
#endif

#ifdef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT
#  define CFG_64		"1"
#else
#  define CFG_64		"0"
#endif

#ifndef NDEBUG
#  define CFG_DEBUG		"1"
#else
#  define CFG_DEBUG		"0"
#endif

#ifdef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
#  define CFG_OPTIMIZED		"1"
#else
#  define CFG_OPTIMIZED		"0"
#endif

#ifdef TCL_CFG_PROFILED
#  define CFG_PROFILED		"1"
#else
#  define CFG_PROFILED		"0"
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#  define CFG_FONTSYSTEM	"gdi"
#elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#  define CFG_FONTSYSTEM	"cocoa"
#elif defined(HAVE_XFT)
#  define CFG_FONTSYSTEM	"xft"
#else
#  define CFG_FONTSYSTEM	"x11"
#endif

static Tcl_Config const cfg[] = {
    {"debug",			CFG_DEBUG},
    {"threaded",		CFG_THREADED},
    {"profiled",		CFG_PROFILED},
    {"64bit",			CFG_64},
    {"optimized",		CFG_OPTIMIZED},
    {"mem_debug",		CFG_MEMDEBUG},
    {"fontsystem",		CFG_FONTSYSTEM},

    /* Runtime paths to various stuff */

#ifdef CFG_RUNTIME_LIBDIR
    {"libdir,runtime",		CFG_RUNTIME_LIBDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_RUNTIME_BINDIR
    {"bindir,runtime",		CFG_RUNTIME_BINDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR
    {"scriptdir,runtime",	CFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR
    {"includedir,runtime",	CFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR
    {"docdir,runtime",		CFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_RUNTIME_DEMODIR
    {"demodir,runtime",		CFG_RUNTIME_DEMODIR},
#endif

    /* Installation paths to various stuff */

#ifdef CFG_INSTALL_LIBDIR
    {"libdir,install",		CFG_INSTALL_LIBDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_INSTALL_BINDIR
    {"bindir,install",		CFG_INSTALL_BINDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_INSTALL_SCRDIR
    {"scriptdir,install",	CFG_INSTALL_SCRDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_INSTALL_INCDIR
    {"includedir,install",	CFG_INSTALL_INCDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_INSTALL_DOCDIR
    {"docdir,install",		CFG_INSTALL_DOCDIR},
#endif
#ifdef CFG_INSTALL_DEMODIR
    {"demodir,install",		CFG_INSTALL_DEMODIR},
#endif

    /* Last entry, closes the array */
    {NULL, NULL}
};

void
TkInitEmbeddedConfigurationInformation(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter the configuration command is
				 * registered in. */
{
    Tcl_RegisterConfig(interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkPlace.c.

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
 * Type masks for options:
 */

#define IN_MASK		1

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL, "nw", -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-bordermode", NULL, NULL, "inside", -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, borderMode), 0, borderModeStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Slave, heightPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-in", NULL, NULL, "", -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, inTkwin),
	 0, 0, IN_MASK},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relheight", NULL, NULL, "",
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relHeightPtr), Tk_Offset(Slave, relHeight),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relwidth", NULL, NULL, "",
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(Slave, relWidth),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relx", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rely", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Slave, widthPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Slave, xPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, x), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Slave, yPtr),
	 Tk_Offset(Slave, y), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Flag definitions for Slave structures:
 *
 * CHILD_WIDTH -		1 means -width was specified;







|

|
|
|
|


|


|


|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|







78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
 * Type masks for options:
 */

#define IN_MASK		1

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL, "nw", -1,
	 offsetof(Slave, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-bordermode", NULL, NULL, "inside", -1,
	 offsetof(Slave, borderMode), 0, borderModeStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, "", offsetof(Slave, heightPtr),
	 offsetof(Slave, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-in", NULL, NULL, "", -1, offsetof(Slave, inTkwin),
	 0, 0, IN_MASK},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relheight", NULL, NULL, "",
	 offsetof(Slave, relHeightPtr), offsetof(Slave, relHeight),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relwidth", NULL, NULL, "",
	 offsetof(Slave, relWidthPtr), offsetof(Slave, relWidth),
	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relx", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
	 offsetof(Slave, relX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rely", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
	 offsetof(Slave, relY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, "", offsetof(Slave, widthPtr),
	 offsetof(Slave, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL, "0", offsetof(Slave, xPtr),
	 offsetof(Slave, x), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL, "0", offsetof(Slave, yPtr),
	 offsetof(Slave, y), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Flag definitions for Slave structures:
 *
 * CHILD_WIDTH -		1 means -width was specified;
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
	if (objc == 3 || objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
	    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_OK;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) slavePtr, optionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}







|







286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
	if (objc == 3 || objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
	    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_OK;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, slavePtr, optionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
	}
	if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
		(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	}
	UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
		(char *) tkwin));
	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
		slavePtr);
	Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
	FreeSlave(slavePtr);
	break;








|







311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
	}
	if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
		(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	}
	UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
		tkwin));
	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
		slavePtr);
	Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
	FreeSlave(slavePtr);
	break;

451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
static Slave *
FindSlave(
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired slave. */
{
    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*







|







451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
static Slave *
FindSlave(
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired slave. */
{
    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, tkwin);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
static Master *
FindMaster(
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired master. */
{
    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *) tkwin);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*







|







574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
static Master *
FindMaster(
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired master. */
{
    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, tkwin);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619

620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
    int objc,			/* Number of config arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Object values for arguments. */
{
    register Master *masterPtr;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    Tk_Window masterWin = (Tk_Window) NULL;


    if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't use placer on top-level window \"%s\"; use "
		"wm command instead", Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    slavePtr = CreateSlave(tkwin, table);

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) slavePtr, table, objc, objv,
	    slavePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*
     * Set slave flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
     */







|
>











|







612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
    int objc,			/* Number of config arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Object values for arguments. */
{
    register Master *masterPtr;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    Tk_Window masterWin = NULL;
    TkWindow *master;

    if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't use placer on top-level window \"%s\"; use "
		"wm command instead", Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    slavePtr = CreateSlave(tkwin, table);

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, slavePtr, table, objc, objv,
	    slavePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*
     * Set slave flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
     */
690
691
692
693
694
695
696



















697
698
699
700
701
702
703
	if (slavePtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't place %s relative to itself",
		    Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
	    goto error;
	}



















	if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)
		&& (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin == tkwin)) {
	    /*
	     * Re-using same old master. Nothing to do.
	     */

	    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
	if (slavePtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't place %s relative to itself",
		    Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
	    goto error;
	}

	/*
	 * Check for management loops.
	 */

	for (master = (TkWindow *)tkwin; master != NULL;
	     master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) {
	    if (master == (TkWindow *)slavePtr->tkwin) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
	            Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
		goto error;
	    }
	}
	if (tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
	    ((TkWindow *)slavePtr->tkwin)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
	}

	if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)
		&& (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin == tkwin)) {
	    /*
	     * Re-using same old master. Nothing to do.
	     */

	    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable,
		(char *) masterPtr->tkwin));
	if (masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
	}
	masterPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
	}







|







1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable,
		masterPtr->tkwin));
	if (masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
	}
	masterPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
	}
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
		(char *) slavePtr->tkwin));
	FreeSlave(slavePtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
		slavePtr->tkwin));
	FreeSlave(slavePtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187






1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
    Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
    Master *masterPtr;

    if ((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH))
	    && (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT))) {






	return;
    }
    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {







>
>
>
>
>
>







1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
    Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
    Master *masterPtr;

    if ((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH))
	    && (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT))) {
        /*
         * Send a ConfigureNotify to indicate that the size change
         * request was rejected.
         */

        TkDoConfigureNotify((TkWindow *)(slavePtr->tkwin));
	return;
    }
    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245

    if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
    }
    Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
    UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
	    (char *) tkwin));
    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
	    slavePtr);
    FreeSlave(slavePtr);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|












1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271

    if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
    }
    Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
    UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
	    tkwin));
    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
	    slavePtr);
    FreeSlave(slavePtr);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkPointer.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
#endif

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#define Cursor XCursor
#endif

/*
 * Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus
 * masks that select individual buttons' bits:
 */

#define ALL_BUTTONS \
	(Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask)
static const unsigned int buttonMasks[] = {
    Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask
};
#define ButtonMask(b) (buttonMasks[(b)-Button1])

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    TkWindow *grabWinPtr;	/* Window that defines the top of the grab
				 * tree in a global grab. */
    int lastState;		/* Last known state flags. */
    XPoint lastPos;		/* Last reported mouse position. */
    TkWindow *lastWinPtr;	/* Last reported mouse window. */
    TkWindow *restrictWinPtr;	/* Window to which all mouse events will be
				 * reported. */







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25












26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
#endif

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#define Cursor XCursor
#endif













typedef struct {
    TkWindow *grabWinPtr;	/* Window that defines the top of the grab
				 * tree in a global grab. */
    int lastState;		/* Last known state flags. */
    XPoint lastPos;		/* Last reported mouse position. */
    TkWindow *lastWinPtr;	/* Last reported mouse window. */
    TkWindow *restrictWinPtr;	/* Window to which all mouse events will be
				 * reported. */
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
    }

    /*
     * Generate ButtonPress/ButtonRelease events based on the differences
     * between the current button state and the last known button state.
     */

    for (b = Button1; b <= Button5; b++) {
	mask = ButtonMask(b);
	if (changes & mask) {
	    if (state & mask) {
		type = ButtonPress;

		/*
		 * ButtonPress - Set restrict window if we aren't grabbed, or
		 * if this is the first button down.







|
|







250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
    }

    /*
     * Generate ButtonPress/ButtonRelease events based on the differences
     * between the current button state and the last known button state.
     */

    for (b = Button1; b <= Button9; b++) {
	mask = TkGetButtonMask(b);
	if (changes & mask) {
	    if (state & mask) {
		type = ButtonPress;

		/*
		 * ButtonPress - Set restrict window if we aren't grabbed, or
		 * if this is the first button down.

Changes to generic/tkRectOval.c.

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.offset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
	"black", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, fillStipple),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.width),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */







|


|

|

|


|

|


|


|


|


|

|


|


|

|


|

|


|

|


|

|

|



|







56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
};
static const Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
    TkPixelParseProc, TkPixelPrintProc, NULL
};

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.activeDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.activeStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.activeWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.dash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0", offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.offset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledDash),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledColor),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledStipple),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
	"0.0", offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledWidth),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(RectOvalItem, tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
	"black", offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
	"0,0", offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.tsoffset),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(RectOvalItem, fillStipple),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
	"1.0", offsetof(RectOvalItem, outline.width),
	TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */
144
145
146
147
148
149
150


151
152
153
154
155
156
157
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		RectOvalToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static int		RectToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double *areaPtr);
static double		RectToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double *pointPtr);


static void		ScaleRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*







>
>







144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		RectOvalToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static int		RectToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double *areaPtr);
static double		RectToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double *pointPtr);
static void		RotateRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY, double angleRad);
static void		ScaleRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double originX, double originY,
			    double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void		TranslateRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
			    double deltaX, double deltaY);

/*
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
    TranslateRectOval,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

Tk_ItemType tkOvalType = {
    "oval",			/* name */
    sizeof(RectOvalItem),	/* itemSize */
    CreateRectOval,		/* createProc */
    configSpecs,		/* configSpecs */







>
|







178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
    TranslateRectOval,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* icursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    RotateRectOval,		/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

Tk_ItemType tkOvalType = {
    "oval",			/* name */
    sizeof(RectOvalItem),	/* itemSize */
    CreateRectOval,		/* createProc */
    configSpecs,		/* configSpecs */
200
201
202
203
204
205
206

207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
    TranslateRectOval,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* cursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */

    NULL, 0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateRectOval --
 *







>
|







203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
    TranslateRectOval,		/* translateProc */
    NULL,			/* indexProc */
    NULL,			/* cursorProc */
    NULL,			/* selectionProc */
    NULL,			/* insertProc */
    NULL,			/* dTextProc */
    NULL,			/* nextPtr */
    RotateRectOval,		/* rotateProc */
    0, NULL, NULL
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateRectOval --
 *
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
	    mask = GCForeground;
	}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	/*
	 * Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to the outline linewidth even for
	 * fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing).
	 */

	gcValues.line_width = rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != None ?
		rectOvalPtr->outline.gc->line_width : 0;
	mask |= GCLineWidth;
#endif
	newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    }
    if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), rectOvalPtr->fillGC);







<
|







515
516
517
518
519
520
521

522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
	    mask = GCForeground;
	}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	/*
	 * Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to the outline linewidth even for
	 * fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing).
	 */

	gcValues.line_width = rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != NULL ?
		rectOvalPtr->outline.gc->line_width : 0;
	mask |= GCLineWidth;
#endif
	newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    }
    if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), rectOvalPtr->fillGC);
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284



















































1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
		&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta1) < 1.0)
		&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta2) < 1.0)) {
	    return -1;
	}
    }
    return result;
}




















































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleRectOval --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale a rectangle or oval item.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
		&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta1) < 1.0)
		&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta2) < 1.0)) {
	    return -1;
	}
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RotateRectOval --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rotate a rectangle or oval item's
 *	coordinates. It works by rotating a computed point in the centre of
 *	the bounding box, NOT by rotating the corners of the bounding box.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The position of the rectangle or oval is rotated by angleRad about
 *	(originX, originY), and the bounding box is updated in the generic
 *	part of the item structure.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RotateRectOval(
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing rectangle. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Rectangle to be scaled. */
    double originX, double originY,
				/* Origin about which to rotate rect. */
    double angleRad)		/* Amount to scale in X direction. */
{
    RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
    double newX, newY, oldX, oldY;

    /*
     * Compute the centre of the box, then rotate that about the origin.
     */

    newX = oldX = (rectOvalPtr->bbox[0] + rectOvalPtr->bbox[2]) / 2.0;
    newY = oldY = (rectOvalPtr->bbox[1] + rectOvalPtr->bbox[3]) / 2.0;
    TkRotatePoint(originX, originY, sin(angleRad), cos(angleRad),
	    &newX, &newY);

    /*
     * Apply the translation to the box.
     */

    rectOvalPtr->bbox[0] += newX - oldX;
    rectOvalPtr->bbox[1] += newY - oldY;
    rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] += newX - oldX;
    rectOvalPtr->bbox[3] += newY - oldY;
    ComputeRectOvalBbox(canvas, rectOvalPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleRectOval --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to rescale a rectangle or oval item.

Changes to generic/tkScale.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

/*
 * The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is







|
|
|







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"
#include "default.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

/*
 * The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

static const char *const stateStrings[] = {
    "active", "disabled", "normal", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, bgBorder),
	0, DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-bigincrement", "bigIncrement", "BigIncrement",
	DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, bigIncrement),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, borderWidth),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_SCALE_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, command),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_SCALE_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-digits", "digits", "Digits",
	DEF_SCALE_DIGITS, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, digits),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_SCALE_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, textColorPtr), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", DEF_SCALE_FROM, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkScale, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightBorder),
	0, DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label",
	DEF_SCALE_LABEL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, label),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, length), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	DEF_SCALE_ORIENT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, orient),
	0, orientStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_SCALE_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, repeatDelay),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, repeatInterval),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-resolution", "resolution", "Resolution",
	DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, resolution),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showvalue", "showValue", "ShowValue",
	DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, showValue),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sliderlength", "sliderLength", "SliderLength",
	DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, sliderLength),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sliderrelief", "sliderRelief", "SliderRelief",
	DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, sliderRelief),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_SCALE_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkScale, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-tickinterval", "tickInterval", "TickInterval",
	DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, tickInterval),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
	DEF_SCALE_TO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
	DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, troughColorPtr),
	0, DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkScale, varNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_SCALE_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, width), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the scale widget commands and map the indexes
 * into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to dispatch the
 * scale widget command.







|


|


|






|


|


|


|




|

|


|


|


|



|

|


|

|


|

|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|

|


|


|







41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

static const char *const stateStrings[] = {
    "active", "disabled", "normal", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkScale, activeBorder),
	0, DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkScale, bgBorder),
	0, DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-bigincrement", "bigIncrement", "BigIncrement",
	DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT, -1, offsetof(TkScale, bigIncrement),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(TkScale, borderWidth),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_SCALE_COMMAND, -1, offsetof(TkScale, command),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_SCALE_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(TkScale, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-digits", "digits", "Digits",
	DEF_SCALE_DIGITS, -1, offsetof(TkScale, digits),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_SCALE_FONT, -1, offsetof(TkScale, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkScale, textColorPtr), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", DEF_SCALE_FROM, -1,
	offsetof(TkScale, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkScale, highlightBorder),
	0, DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkScale, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	offsetof(TkScale, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label",
	DEF_SCALE_LABEL, -1, offsetof(TkScale, label),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, -1, offsetof(TkScale, length), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	DEF_SCALE_ORIENT, -1, offsetof(TkScale, orient),
	0, orientStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_SCALE_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkScale, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, offsetof(TkScale, repeatDelay),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, offsetof(TkScale, repeatInterval),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-resolution", "resolution", "Resolution",
	DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION, -1, offsetof(TkScale, resolution),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showvalue", "showValue", "ShowValue",
	DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE, -1, offsetof(TkScale, showValue),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sliderlength", "sliderLength", "SliderLength",
	DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH, -1, offsetof(TkScale, sliderLength),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sliderrelief", "sliderRelief", "SliderRelief",
	DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkScale, sliderRelief),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_SCALE_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkScale, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkScale, takeFocusPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-tickinterval", "tickInterval", "TickInterval",
	DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL, -1, offsetof(TkScale, tickInterval),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
	DEF_SCALE_TO, -1, offsetof(TkScale, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
	DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkScale, troughColorPtr),
	0, DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkScale, varNamePtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_SCALE_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(TkScale, width), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * The following tables define the scale widget commands and map the indexes
 * into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to dispatch the
 * scale widget command.
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164


165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187









































188
189
190
191
192
193
194
    COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

static void		ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr);
static void		ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr);
static int		ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyScale(char *memPtr);


static void		ScaleCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void		ScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static char *		ScaleVarProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
			    const char *name2, int flags);
static int		ScaleWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		ScaleWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static void		ScaleSetVariable(TkScale *scalePtr);

/*
 * The structure below defines scale class behavior by means of procedures
 * that can be invoked from generic window code.
 */

static const Tk_ClassProcs scaleClass = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    ScaleWorldChanged,		/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,					/* createProc */
    NULL					/* modalProc */
};










































/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_ScaleObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "scale" Tcl command. See the







|




>
>




















|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
    COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

static void		ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr, int forTicks);
static void		ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr);
static int		ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyScale(char *memPtr);
static double		MaxTickRoundingError(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    double tickResolution);
static void		ScaleCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void		ScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static char *		ScaleVarProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
			    const char *name2, int flags);
static int		ScaleWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		ScaleWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static void		ScaleSetVariable(TkScale *scalePtr);

/*
 * The structure below defines scale class behavior by means of procedures
 * that can be invoked from generic window code.
 */

static const Tk_ClassProcs scaleClass = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    ScaleWorldChanged,		/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,			/* createProc */
    NULL			/* modalProc */
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleDigit, ScaleMax, ScaleMin, ScaleRound --
 *
 *	Simple math helper functions, designed to be automatically inlined by
 *	the compiler most of the time.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static inline int
ScaleDigit(
    double value)
{
    return (int) floor(log10(fabs(value)));
}

static inline double
ScaleMax(
    double a,
    double b)
{
    return (a > b) ? a : b;
}

static inline double
ScaleMin(
    double a,
    double b)
{
    return (a < b) ? a : b;
}

static inline int
ScaleRound(
    double value)
{
    return (int) floor(value + 0.5);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_ScaleObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "scale" Tcl command. See the
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
    scalePtr->flags		= NEVER_SET;

    Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ScaleEventProc, scalePtr);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureScale(interp, scalePtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(scalePtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*







|







339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
    scalePtr->flags		= NEVER_SET;

    Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ScaleEventProc, scalePtr);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureScale(interp, scalePtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(scalePtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382

    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
		scalePtr->optionTable, objv[2], scalePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, scalePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|








|







402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425

    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, scalePtr,
		scalePtr->optionTable, objv[2], scalePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, scalePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
		    + scalePtr->borderWidth;
	    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
	} else {
	    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
	    y = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width/2
		    + scalePtr->borderWidth;
	}
	coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
	coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	double value;
	int x, y;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get ?x y?");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    value = scalePtr->value;
	} else {
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
		    (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    value = TkScalePixelToValue(scalePtr, x, y);
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(scalePtr->format, value));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {







|
|




















|







447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
		    + scalePtr->borderWidth;
	    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
	} else {
	    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
	    y = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width/2
		    + scalePtr->borderWidth;
	}
	coords[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x);
	coords[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, coords));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	double value;
	int x, y;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get ?x y?");
	    goto error;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    value = scalePtr->value;
	} else {
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
		    (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    value = TkScalePixelToValue(scalePtr, x, y);
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, value));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, scalePtr->tkwin,
		    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, scalePtr->tkwin,
		    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639

640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
	    double value;
	    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

	    valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    if ((valuePtr != NULL) &&
		    (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &value) == TCL_OK)) {
		scalePtr->value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Several options need special processing, such as parsing the
	 * orientation and creating GCs.
	 */

	scalePtr->fromValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr,
		scalePtr->fromValue);
	scalePtr->toValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, scalePtr->toValue);
	scalePtr->tickInterval = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr,
		scalePtr->tickInterval);

	/*
	 * Make sure that the tick interval has the right sign so that
	 * addition moves from fromValue to toValue.
	 */

	if ((scalePtr->tickInterval < 0)
		^ ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0)) {
	    scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval;
	}

	ComputeFormat(scalePtr);


	scalePtr->labelLength = scalePtr->label ? (int)strlen(scalePtr->label) : 0;

	Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scalePtr->tkwin, scalePtr->bgBorder);

	if (scalePtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    scalePtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	scalePtr->inset = scalePtr->highlightWidth + scalePtr->borderWidth;







|








|

|
|












|
>

|







650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
	    double value;
	    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

	    valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    if ((valuePtr != NULL) &&
		    (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &value) == TCL_OK)) {
		scalePtr->value = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value);
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Several options need special processing, such as parsing the
	 * orientation and creating GCs.
	 */

	scalePtr->fromValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr,
		scalePtr->fromValue);
	scalePtr->toValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, scalePtr->toValue);
	scalePtr->tickInterval = TkRoundIntervalToResolution(scalePtr,
		scalePtr->tickInterval);

	/*
	 * Make sure that the tick interval has the right sign so that
	 * addition moves from fromValue to toValue.
	 */

	if ((scalePtr->tickInterval < 0)
		^ ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0)) {
	    scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval;
	}

	ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 0);
	ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 1);

	scalePtr->labelLength = scalePtr->label ? strlen(scalePtr->label) : 0;

	Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scalePtr->tkwin, scalePtr->bgBorder);

	if (scalePtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    scalePtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	scalePtr->inset = scalePtr->highlightWidth + scalePtr->borderWidth;
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764


















































765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782

783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802

803






















804
805
806
807
808
809

810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842

843
844
845
846
847
848
849
     * know how much space is needed now.
     */

    ComputeScaleGeometry(scalePtr);

    TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *


















































 * ComputeFormat --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to recompute the "format" field of a scale's
 *	widget record, which determines how the value of the scale is
 *	converted to a string.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The format field of scalePtr is modified.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ComputeFormat(
    TkScale *scalePtr)		/* Information about scale widget. */

{
    double maxValue, x;
    int mostSigDigit, numDigits, leastSigDigit, afterDecimal;
    int eDigits, fDigits;

    /*
     * Compute the displacement from the decimal of the most significant digit
     * required for any number in the scale's range.
     */

    maxValue = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue);
    x = fabs(scalePtr->toValue);
    if (x > maxValue) {
	maxValue = x;
    }
    if (maxValue == 0) {
	maxValue = 1;
    }
    mostSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(maxValue));


    /*






















     * If the number of significant digits wasn't specified explicitly,
     * compute it. It's the difference between the most significant digit
     * needed to represent any number on the scale and the most significant
     * digit of the smallest difference between numbers on the scale. In other
     * words, display enough digits so that at least one digit will be
     * different between any two adjacent positions of the scale.

     */

    numDigits = scalePtr->digits;
    if (numDigits > TCL_MAX_PREC) {
	numDigits = 0;
    }
    if (numDigits <= 0) {
	if (scalePtr->resolution > 0) {
	    /*
	     * A resolution was specified for the scale, so just use it.
	     */

	    leastSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(scalePtr->resolution));
	} else {
	    /*
	     * No resolution was specified, so compute the difference in value
	     * between adjacent pixels and use it for the least significant
	     * digit.
	     */

	    x = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue - scalePtr->toValue);
	    if (scalePtr->length > 0) {
		x /= scalePtr->length;
	    }
	    if (x > 0){
		leastSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(x));
	    } else {
		leastSigDigit = 0;
	    }
	}
	numDigits = mostSigDigit - leastSigDigit + 1;
	if (numDigits < 1) {
	    numDigits = 1;

	}
    }

    /*
     * Compute the number of characters required using "e" format and "f"
     * format, and then choose whichever one takes fewer characters.
     */








|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|
|
|




|
<






|
>


















|

>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>







798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868

869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
     * know how much space is needed now.
     */

    ComputeScaleGeometry(scalePtr);

    TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
}

 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * MaxTickRoundingError --
  *
  *      Given the separation between values that can be displayed on ticks,
  *      this calculates the maximum magnitude of error for the displayed
  *      value. Tries to be clever by working out the increment in error
  *      between ticks rather than testing all of them, so may overestimate
  *      error if it is greater than 0.25 x the value separation.
  *
  * Results:
  *      Maximum error magnitude of tick numbers.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *      None.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */

static double
MaxTickRoundingError(
    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Information about scale widget. */
    double tickResolution)      /* Separation between displayable values. */
{
    double tickPosn, firstTickError, lastTickError, intervalError;
    int tickCount;

    /*
     * Compute the error for each tick-related measure.
     */

    tickPosn = scalePtr->fromValue / tickResolution;
    firstTickError = tickPosn - ScaleRound(tickPosn);

    tickPosn = scalePtr->tickInterval / tickResolution;
    intervalError = tickPosn - ScaleRound(tickPosn);

    tickCount = (int) ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) /
	    scalePtr->tickInterval);	/* not including first */
    lastTickError = ScaleMin(0.5,
	    fabs(firstTickError + tickCount * intervalError));

    /*
     * Compute the maximum cumulative rounding error.
     */

    return ScaleMax(fabs(firstTickError), lastTickError) * tickResolution;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ComputeFormat --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to recompute the "valueFormat" or
 *	"tickFormat" field of a scale's widget record, which determines how
 *	the value of the scale or one of its ticks is converted to a string.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects: The valueFormat or tickFormat field of scalePtr is modified.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ComputeFormat(
    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Information about scale widget. */
    int forTicks)               /* Do for ticks rather than value */
{
    double maxValue, x;
    int mostSigDigit, numDigits, leastSigDigit, afterDecimal;
    int eDigits, fDigits;

    /*
     * Compute the displacement from the decimal of the most significant digit
     * required for any number in the scale's range.
     */

    maxValue = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue);
    x = fabs(scalePtr->toValue);
    if (x > maxValue) {
	maxValue = x;
    }
    if (maxValue == 0) {
	maxValue = 1;
    }
    mostSigDigit = ScaleDigit(maxValue);

    if (forTicks) {
	/*
	 * Display only enough digits to ensure adjacent ticks have different
	 * values.
	 */

	if (scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) {
	    leastSigDigit = ScaleDigit(scalePtr->tickInterval);

	    /*
	     * Now add more digits until max error is less than
	     * TICK_VALUES_DISPLAY_ACCURACY intervals
	     */

	    while (MaxTickRoundingError(scalePtr, pow(10, leastSigDigit))
		    > fabs(TICK_VALUES_DISPLAY_ACCURACY * scalePtr->tickInterval)) {
		--leastSigDigit;
	    }
	    numDigits = 1 + mostSigDigit - leastSigDigit;
	} else {
	    numDigits = 1;
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * If the number of significant digits wasn't specified explicitly,
	 * compute it. It's the difference between the most significant digit
	 * needed to represent any number on the scale and the most
	 * significant digit of the smallest difference between numbers on the
	 * scale. In other words, display enough digits so that at least one
	 * digit will be different between any two adjacent positions of the
	 * scale.
	 */

	numDigits = scalePtr->digits;
	if (numDigits > TCL_MAX_PREC) {
	    numDigits = 0;
	}
	if (numDigits <= 0) {
	    if (scalePtr->resolution > 0) {
		/*
		 * A resolution was specified for the scale, so just use it.
		 */

		leastSigDigit = ScaleDigit(scalePtr->resolution);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * No resolution was specified, so compute the difference in
		 * value between adjacent pixels and use it for the least
		 * significant digit.
		 */

		x = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue - scalePtr->toValue);
		if (scalePtr->length > 0) {
		    x /= scalePtr->length;
		}
		if (x > 0) {
		    leastSigDigit = ScaleDigit(x);
		} else {
		    leastSigDigit = 0;
		}
	    }
	    numDigits = mostSigDigit - leastSigDigit + 1;
	    if (numDigits < 1) {
		numDigits = 1;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Compute the number of characters required using "e" format and "f"
     * format, and then choose whichever one takes fewer characters.
     */
859
860
861
862
863
864
865


866
867
868
869







870
871
872
873
874
875
876
    fDigits = (mostSigDigit >= 0) ? mostSigDigit + afterDecimal : afterDecimal;
    if (afterDecimal > 0) {
	fDigits++;			/* Decimal point. */
    }
    if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
	fDigits++;			/* Zero to left of decimal point. */
    }


    if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
	sprintf(scalePtr->format, "%%.%df", afterDecimal);
    } else {
	sprintf(scalePtr->format, "%%.%de", numDigits-1);







    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ComputeScaleGeometry --







>
>
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
    fDigits = (mostSigDigit >= 0) ? mostSigDigit + afterDecimal : afterDecimal;
    if (afterDecimal > 0) {
	fDigits++;			/* Decimal point. */
    }
    if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
	fDigits++;			/* Zero to left of decimal point. */
    }

    if (forTicks) {
	if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
	    sprintf(scalePtr->tickFormat, "%%.%df", afterDecimal);
	} else {
	    sprintf(scalePtr->tickFormat, "%%.%de", numDigits - 1);
	}
    } else {
	if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
	    sprintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, "%%.%df", afterDecimal);
	} else {
	    sprintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, "%%.%de", numDigits - 1);
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ComputeScaleGeometry --
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
 */

static void
ComputeScaleGeometry(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    int tmp, valuePixels, x, y, extraSpace;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    scalePtr->fontHeight = fm.linespace + SPACING;

    /*
     * Horizontal scales are simpler than vertical ones because all sizes are







|







1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
 */

static void
ComputeScaleGeometry(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    int tmp, valuePixels, tickPixels, x, y, extraSpace;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    scalePtr->fontHeight = fm.linespace + SPACING;

    /*
     * Horizontal scales are simpler than vertical ones because all sizes are
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956



















957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977

    /*
     * Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
     * scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
     * whichever length is longer.
     */

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
            scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
            scalePtr->toValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
    if (valuePixels < tmp) {
	valuePixels = tmp;
    }




















    /*
     * Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to
     * right.
     */

    x = scalePtr->inset;
    if ((scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) && (scalePtr->showValue)) {
	scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels;
	scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + valuePixels
		+ fm.ascent/2;
	x = scalePtr->vertValueRightX + SPACING;
    } else if (scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) {
	scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels;
	scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX;
	x = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + SPACING;
    } else if (scalePtr->showValue) {
	scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x;
	scalePtr->vertValueRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels;
	x = scalePtr->vertValueRightX + SPACING;
    } else {







|





|







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








|




|







1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124

    /*
     * Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
     * scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
     * whichever length is longer.
     */

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat,
            scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat,
            scalePtr->toValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
    if (valuePixels < tmp) {
	valuePixels = tmp;
    }

    /*
     * Now do the same thing for the tick values
     */

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->tickFormat,
            scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    tickPixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->tickFormat,
            scalePtr->toValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
    if (tickPixels < tmp) {
	tickPixels = tmp;
    }

    /*
     * Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to
     * right.
     */

    x = scalePtr->inset;
    if ((scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) && (scalePtr->showValue)) {
	scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + tickPixels;
	scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + valuePixels
		+ fm.ascent/2;
	x = scalePtr->vertValueRightX + SPACING;
    } else if (scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) {
	scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + tickPixels;
	scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX;
	x = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + SPACING;
    } else if (scalePtr->showValue) {
	scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x;
	scalePtr->vertValueRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels;
	x = scalePtr->vertValueRightX + SPACING;
    } else {
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125




1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137









1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
    }
    scalePtr->flags |= what;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkRoundToResolution --
 *
 *	Round a given floating-point value to the nearest multiple of the
 *	scale's resolution.




 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is the rounded result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

double
TkRoundToResolution(









    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Information about scale widget. */
    double value)		/* Value to round. */
{
    double rem, rounded, tick;

    if (scalePtr->resolution <= 0) {
	return value;
    }
    tick = floor(value/scalePtr->resolution);
    rounded = scalePtr->resolution * tick;
    rem = value - rounded;
    if (rem < 0) {
	if (rem <= -scalePtr->resolution/2) {
	    rounded = (tick - 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution;
	}
    } else {
	if (rem >= scalePtr->resolution/2) {
	    rounded = (tick + 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution;
	}
    }
    return rounded;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|



>
>
>
>











|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|
|
|

|
|
|







1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
    }
    scalePtr->flags |= what;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkRoundValueToResolution, TkRoundIntervalToResolution --
 *
 *	Round a given floating-point value to the nearest multiple of the
 *	scale's resolution.
 *	TkRoundValueToResolution rounds an absolute value based on the from
 *	value as a reference.
 *	TkRoundIntervalToResolution rounds a relative value without
 *	reference, i.e.	it rounds an interval.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is the rounded result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

double
TkRoundValueToResolution(
    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Information about scale widget. */
    double value)		/* Value to round. */
{
    return TkRoundIntervalToResolution(scalePtr, value - scalePtr->fromValue)
            + scalePtr->fromValue;
}

double
TkRoundIntervalToResolution(
    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Information about scale widget. */
    double value)		/* Value to round. */
{
    double rem, rounded, tick;

    if (scalePtr->resolution <= 0) {
	return value;
    }
    tick = floor(value/scalePtr->resolution);
    rounded = scalePtr->resolution * tick;
    rem = value - rounded;
    if (rem < 0) {
        if (rem <= -scalePtr->resolution/2) {
            rounded = (tick - 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution;
        }
    } else {
        if (rem >= scalePtr->resolution/2) {
            rounded = (tick + 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution;
        }
    }
    return rounded;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213


1214


















1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ScaleVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {


	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {


















	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ScaleVarProc, clientData);
	    scalePtr->flags |= NEVER_SET;
	    TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, scalePtr->value, 1, 0);
	}
	return NULL;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354













1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
        if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && scalePtr->varNamePtr) {
            ClientData probe = NULL;

            do {
                probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp,
                        Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
                        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
                        ScaleVarProc, probe);
                if (probe == (ClientData)scalePtr) {
                    break;
                }
            } while (probe);
            if (probe) {
                /*
                 * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our
                 * varNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not
                 * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated
                 * former variable must be, and we should ignore it.
                 */
                return NULL;
            }
	    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
		    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ScaleVarProc, clientData);
	    scalePtr->flags |= NEVER_SET;
	    TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, scalePtr->value, 1, 0);
	}
	return NULL;
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
    valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    result = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &value);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	resultStr = "can't assign non-numeric value to scale variable";
	ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
    } else {
	scalePtr->value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);

	/*
	 * This code is a bit tricky because it sets the scale's value before
	 * calling TkScaleSetValue. This way, TkScaleSetValue won't bother to
	 * set the variable again or to invoke the -command. However, it also
	 * won't redisplay the scale, so we have to ask for that explicitly.
	 */







|







1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
    valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    result = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &value);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	resultStr = "can't assign non-numeric value to scale variable";
	ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
    } else {
	scalePtr->value = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value);

	/*
	 * This code is a bit tricky because it sets the scale's value before
	 * calling TkScaleSetValue. This way, TkScaleSetValue won't bother to
	 * set the variable again or to invoke the -command. However, it also
	 * won't redisplay the scale, so we have to ask for that explicitly.
	 */
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
    double value,		/* New value for scale. Gets adjusted if it's
				 * off the scale. */
    int setVar,			/* Non-zero means reflect new value through to
				 * associated variable, if any. */
    int invokeCommand)		/* Non-zero means invoked -command option to
				 * notify of new value, 0 means don't. */
{
    value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);
    if ((value < scalePtr->fromValue)
	    ^ (scalePtr->toValue < scalePtr->fromValue)) {
	value = scalePtr->fromValue;
    }
    if ((value > scalePtr->toValue)
	    ^ (scalePtr->toValue < scalePtr->fromValue)) {
	value = scalePtr->toValue;







|







1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
    double value,		/* New value for scale. Gets adjusted if it's
				 * off the scale. */
    int setVar,			/* Non-zero means reflect new value through to
				 * associated variable, if any. */
    int invokeCommand)		/* Non-zero means invoked -command option to
				 * notify of new value, 0 means don't. */
{
    value = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value);
    if ((value < scalePtr->fromValue)
	    ^ (scalePtr->toValue < scalePtr->fromValue)) {
	value = scalePtr->fromValue;
    }
    if ((value > scalePtr->toValue)
	    ^ (scalePtr->toValue < scalePtr->fromValue)) {
	value = scalePtr->toValue;
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
static void
ScaleSetVariable(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Info about widget. */
{
    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
	char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	scalePtr->flags &= ~SETTING_VAR;







|







1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
static void
ScaleSetVariable(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Info about widget. */
{
    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
	char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	scalePtr->flags &= ~SETTING_VAR;
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
	value = 0;
    }
    if (value > 1) {
	value = 1;
    }
    value = scalePtr->fromValue +
		value * (scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue);
    return TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkScaleValueToPixel --
 *







|







1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
	value = 0;
    }
    if (value > 1) {
	value = 1;
    }
    value = scalePtr->fromValue +
		value * (scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue);
    return TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkScaleValueToPixel --
 *
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
    valueRange = scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue;
    pixelRange = ((scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL)
	    ? Tk_Height(scalePtr->tkwin) : Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin))
	- scalePtr->sliderLength - 2*scalePtr->inset - 2*scalePtr->borderWidth;
    if (valueRange == 0) {
	y = 0;
    } else {
	y = (int) ((value - scalePtr->fromValue) * pixelRange
		/ valueRange + 0.5);
	if (y < 0) {
	    y = 0;
	} else if (y > pixelRange) {
	    y = pixelRange;
	}
    }
    y += scalePtr->sliderLength/2 + scalePtr->inset + scalePtr->borderWidth;







|
|







1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
    valueRange = scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue;
    pixelRange = ((scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL)
	    ? Tk_Height(scalePtr->tkwin) : Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin))
	- scalePtr->sliderLength - 2*scalePtr->inset - 2*scalePtr->borderWidth;
    if (valueRange == 0) {
	y = 0;
    } else {
	y = ScaleRound((value - scalePtr->fromValue) * pixelRange
		/ valueRange);
	if (y < 0) {
	    y = 0;
	} else if (y > pixelRange) {
	    y = pixelRange;
	}
    }
    y += scalePtr->sliderLength/2 + scalePtr->inset + scalePtr->borderWidth;

Changes to generic/tkScale.h.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77


78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
				 * display any tick marks. */
    double resolution;		/* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
				 * multiple of this value. */
    int digits;			/* Number of significant digits to print in
				 * values. 0 means we get to choose the number
				 * based on resolution and/or the range of the
				 * scale. */
    char format[16];		/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information. */


    double bigIncrement;	/* Amount to use for large increments to scale
				 * value. (0 means we pick a value). */
    char *command;		/* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
				 * commands because the scale value changed.
				 * NULL means don't invoke commands. */
    int repeatDelay;		/* How long to wait before auto-repeating on
				 * scrolling actions (in ms). */
    int repeatInterval;		/* Interval between autorepeats (in ms). */
    char *label;		/* Label to display above or to right of
				 * scale; NULL means don't display a label. */
    int labelLength;		/* Number of non-NULL chars. in label. */
    enum state state;		/* Values are active, normal, or disabled.
				 * Value of scale cannot be changed when
				 * disabled. */

    /*
     * Information used when displaying widget:
     */







|

>
>










|







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
				 * display any tick marks. */
    double resolution;		/* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
				 * multiple of this value. */
    int digits;			/* Number of significant digits to print in
				 * values. 0 means we get to choose the number
				 * based on resolution and/or the range of the
				 * scale. */
    char valueFormat[16];	/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information. */
    char tickFormat[16];	/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * tick interval. */
    double bigIncrement;	/* Amount to use for large increments to scale
				 * value. (0 means we pick a value). */
    char *command;		/* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
				 * commands because the scale value changed.
				 * NULL means don't invoke commands. */
    int repeatDelay;		/* How long to wait before auto-repeating on
				 * scrolling actions (in ms). */
    int repeatInterval;		/* Interval between autorepeats (in ms). */
    char *label;		/* Label to display above or to right of
				 * scale; NULL means don't display a label. */
    TkSizeT labelLength;	/* Number of non-NULL chars. in label. */
    enum state state;		/* Values are active, normal, or disabled.
				 * Value of scale cannot be changed when
				 * disabled. */

    /*
     * Information used when displaying widget:
     */
210
211
212
213
214
215
216








217
218
219
220
221
222

223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
/*
 * Space to leave between scale area and text, and between text and edge of
 * window.
 */

#define SPACING 2









/*
 * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the scale widget.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventuallyRedrawScale(TkScale *scalePtr, int what);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TkRoundToResolution(TkScale *scalePtr, double value);

MODULE_SCOPE TkScale *	TkpCreateScale(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDestroyScale(TkScale *scalePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDisplayScale(ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpScaleElement(TkScale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkScaleSetValue(TkScale *scalePtr, double value,
			    int setVar, int invokeCommand);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TkScalePixelToValue(TkScale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkScaleValueToPixel(TkScale *scalePtr, double value);

#endif /* _TKSCALE */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|
>










212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
/*
 * Space to leave between scale area and text, and between text and edge of
 * window.
 */

#define SPACING 2

/*
 * The tick values are all displayed with the same number of decimal places.
 * This number of decimal places is such that the displayed values are all
 * accurate to within the following proportion of a tick interval.
 */

#define TICK_VALUES_DISPLAY_ACCURACY 0.2

/*
 * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the scale widget.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventuallyRedrawScale(TkScale *scalePtr, int what);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TkRoundValueToResolution(TkScale *scalePtr, double value);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TkRoundIntervalToResolution(TkScale *scalePtr, double value);
MODULE_SCOPE TkScale *	TkpCreateScale(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDestroyScale(TkScale *scalePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDisplayScale(ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkpScaleElement(TkScale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkScaleSetValue(TkScale *scalePtr, double value,
			    int setVar, int invokeCommand);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TkScalePixelToValue(TkScale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkScaleValueToPixel(TkScale *scalePtr, double value);

#endif /* _TKSCALE */

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.c.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeRelief), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, borderWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, command),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-elementborderwidth", "elementBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH,
	Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, elementBorderWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT,
	Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-jump", "jump", "Jump",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, jump), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, vertical), 0,
	&orientOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, relief), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, repeatDelay), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, repeatInterval), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, takeFocus),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	tkDefScrollbarWidth, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, width), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */








|


|


|

|


|




|

|


|


|


|


|


|

|

|


|

|

|

|


|


|


|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, offsetof(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, offsetof(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF, offsetof(TkScrollbar, activeRelief), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR, offsetof(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO, offsetof(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH, offsetof(TkScrollbar, borderWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND, offsetof(TkScrollbar, command),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR, offsetof(TkScrollbar, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-elementborderwidth", "elementBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH,
	offsetof(TkScrollbar, elementBorderWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	offsetof(TkScrollbar, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT,
	offsetof(TkScrollbar, highlightColorPtr), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, offsetof(TkScrollbar, highlightWidth), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-jump", "jump", "Jump",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP, offsetof(TkScrollbar, jump), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT, offsetof(TkScrollbar, vertical), 0,
	&orientOption},
    {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF, offsetof(TkScrollbar, relief), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY, offsetof(TkScrollbar, repeatDelay), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL, offsetof(TkScrollbar, repeatInterval), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkScrollbar, takeFocus),
	TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR, offsetof(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
	DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO, offsetof(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
	TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
	tkDefScrollbarWidth, offsetof(TkScrollbar, width), 0, NULL},
    {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;

    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;

    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = NULL;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {







>




>







175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = NULL;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about scrollbar widget. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK;
    int length, cmdIndex;
    static const char *const commandNames[] = {
        "activate", "cget", "configure", "delta", "fraction",
        "get", "identify", "set", NULL
    };
    enum command {
        COMMAND_ACTIVATE, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELTA,
        COMMAND_FRACTION, COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET







|
|







222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about scrollbar widget. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK, cmdIndex;
    TkSizeT length;
    static const char *const commandNames[] = {
        "activate", "cget", "configure", "delta", "fraction",
        "get", "identify", "set", NULL
    };
    enum command {
        COMMAND_ACTIVATE, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELTA,
        COMMAND_FRACTION, COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	    goto done;
	}
	if (objc != 3) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate element");
	    goto error;
	}
	c = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length)[0];
	oldActiveField = scrollPtr->activeField;
	if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow1") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = TOP_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow2") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = BOTTOM_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "slider", length) == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = SLIDER;







|







267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	    goto done;
	}
	if (objc != 3) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate element");
	    goto error;
	}
	c = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length)[0];
	oldActiveField = scrollPtr->activeField;
	if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow1") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = TOP_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow2") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = BOTTOM_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "slider", length) == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = SLIDER;
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389

390




391
392
393
394
395
396
397
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}

	if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));
	} else {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));

	}




	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {







>
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|

>

>
>
>
>







375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383




384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	if (scrollPtr->flags & OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS) {




	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
	    break;
	}
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {
	int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;

	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {







<
<







413
414
415
416
417
418
419


420
421
422
423
424
425
426
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {


	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

441
442

443
444
445
446
447
448
449
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }

	    scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {

	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {







>
|

>







436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {
	    int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479

480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
	    if (scrollPtr->totalUnits == 0) {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;

	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
			" set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL);
	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }







|
>


<
<







476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486


487
488
489
490
491
492
493
	    if (scrollPtr->totalUnits == 0) {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS;
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");


	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.h.

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110



111
112
113
114
115
116
117
    /*
     * Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
     * information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
     */


    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */



    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */








|


>

|
|


|


|

|

>
>
>







89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
    /*
     * Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
     * information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 1.
     */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * is set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
#else
    int dummy1,dummy2,dummy3,dummy4; /* sizeof(TkScrollbar) should not depend on TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */

140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148

149
150
151
152
153
154
155

156

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
#define BOTTOM_ARROW	5

/*
 * Flag bits for scrollbars:
 *
 * REDRAW_PENDING:		Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
 *				already been queued to redraw this window.
 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS:		Non-zero means the new style of commands
 *				should be used to communicate with the widget:

 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of
 *				".t yview 40", for example.
 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1

#define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS	2

#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */








|

>
|
<





>
|
>







144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
#define BOTTOM_ARROW	5

/*
 * Flag bits for scrollbars:
 *
 * REDRAW_PENDING:		Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
 *				already been queued to redraw this window.
 * OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS:		Non-zero means the old style of commands
 *				should be used to communicate with the widget:
 *				".t yview 40", instead of
 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", for example.

 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#   define OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS	2
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */

Changes to generic/tkSelect.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*







|







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[4];		/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;		/* Reference to command to invoke. */
} LostCommand;

/*
 * The structure below is used to keep each thread's pending list separate.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    TkSelInProgress *pendingPtr;
				/* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if
				 * none. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*







|







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;		/* Reference to command to invoke. */
} LostCommand;

/*
 * The structure below is used to keep each thread's pending list separate.
 */

typedef struct {
    TkSelInProgress *pendingPtr;
				/* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if
				 * none. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
		selPtr->proc = proc;
		if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
		    /*
		     * The clientData is selection controlled memory, so we
		     * should make a copy for this selPtr.
		     */

		    unsigned cmdInfoLen = Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command) + 1 +
			    ((CommandInfo *)clientData)->cmdLength;

		    selPtr->clientData = ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
		    memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen);
		} else {
		    selPtr->clientData = clientData;
		}







|







186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
		selPtr->proc = proc;
		if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
		    /*
		     * The clientData is selection controlled memory, so we
		     * should make a copy for this selPtr.
		     */

		    size_t cmdInfoLen = offsetof(CommandInfo, command) + 1 +
			    ((CommandInfo *)clientData)->cmdLength;

		    selPtr->clientData = ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
		    memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen);
		} else {
		    selPtr->clientData = clientData;
		}
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
				 * proc. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }
    Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);








|







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
				 * proc. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    void *clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }
    Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);

462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }

    for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr, prevPtr = NULL;







|







462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    void *clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }

    for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr, prevPtr = NULL;
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
    }

    case SELECTION_HANDLE: {
	Atom target, format;
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	register CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
	int cmdLength;
	static const char *const handleOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum handleOptions {
	    HANDLE_FORMAT, HANDLE_SELECTION, HANDLE_TYPE
	};
	int handleIndex;







|







827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
    }

    case SELECTION_HANDLE: {
	Atom target, format;
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	register CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
	TkSizeT cmdLength;
	static const char *const handleOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum handleOptions {
	    HANDLE_FORMAT, HANDLE_SELECTION, HANDLE_TYPE
	};
	int handleIndex;
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
	if (count > 3) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
	} else if (formatName != NULL) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
	} else {
	    format = XA_STRING;
	}
	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objs[1], &cmdLength);
	if (cmdLength == 0) {
	    Tk_DeleteSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target);
	} else {
	    cmdInfoPtr = ckalloc(Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command)
		    + 1 + cmdLength);
	    cmdInfoPtr->interp = interp;
	    cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;
	    cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset = 0;
	    cmdInfoPtr->buffer[0] = '\0';
	    cmdInfoPtr->cmdLength = cmdLength;
	    memcpy(cmdInfoPtr->command, string, cmdLength + 1);







|



|







896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
	if (count > 3) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
	} else if (formatName != NULL) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
	} else {
	    format = XA_STRING;
	}
	string = TkGetStringFromObj(objs[1], &cmdLength);
	if (cmdLength == 0) {
	    Tk_DeleteSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target);
	} else {
	    cmdInfoPtr = ckalloc(offsetof(CommandInfo, command)
		    + 1 + cmdLength);
	    cmdInfoPtr->interp = interp;
	    cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;
	    cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset = 0;
	    cmdInfoPtr->buffer[0] = '\0';
	    cmdInfoPtr->cmdLength = cmdLength;
	    memcpy(cmdInfoPtr->command, string, cmdLength + 1);
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
	if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
	    break;
	}
	prevPtr = infoPtr;
    }

    if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
	    (eventPtr->xselectionclear.serial >= (unsigned) infoPtr->serial)) {
	if (prevPtr == NULL) {
	    dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	} else {
	    prevPtr->nextPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*







|







1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
	if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
	    break;
	}
	prevPtr = infoPtr;
    }

    if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
	    (eventPtr->xselectionclear.serial >= (unsigned long) infoPtr->serial)) {
	if (prevPtr == NULL) {
	    dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	} else {
	    prevPtr->nextPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
    if (code == TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * TODO: This assumes that bytes are characters; that's not true!
	 */

	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &length);
	count = (length > maxBytes) ? maxBytes : length;
	memcpy(buffer, string, (size_t) count);
	buffer[count] = '\0';

	/*
	 * Update the partial character information for the next retrieval if
	 * the command has not been deleted.
	 */








|







1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
    if (code == TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * TODO: This assumes that bytes are characters; that's not true!
	 */

	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &length);
	count = (length > maxBytes) ? maxBytes : length;
	memcpy(buffer, string, count);
	buffer[count] = '\0';

	/*
	 * Update the partial character information for the next retrieval if
	 * the command has not been deleted.
	 */

1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
		while (p < string) {
		    p = Tcl_UtfNext(p);
		    numChars++;
		}
		cmdInfoPtr->charOffset += numChars;
		length = p - string;
		if (length > 0) {
		    strncpy(cmdInfoPtr->buffer, string, (size_t) length);
		}
		cmdInfoPtr->buffer[length] = '\0';
	    }
	    cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset += count + extraBytes;
	}
	count += extraBytes;
    } else {







|







1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
		while (p < string) {
		    p = Tcl_UtfNext(p);
		    numChars++;
		}
		cmdInfoPtr->charOffset += numChars;
		length = p - string;
		if (length > 0) {
		    strncpy(cmdInfoPtr->buffer, string, length);
		}
		cmdInfoPtr->buffer[length] = '\0';
	    }
	    cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset += count + extraBytes;
	}
	count += extraBytes;
    } else {
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
	    }
	}
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);
	if (length >= maxBytes) {
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    return -1;
	}
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (unsigned) (1+length));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	*typePtr = XA_ATOM;
	return length;
    }

    if (target == dispPtr->applicationAtom) {
	int length;







|







1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
	    }
	}
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);
	if (length >= maxBytes) {
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    return -1;
	}
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), length + 1);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	*typePtr = XA_ATOM;
	return length;
    }

    if (target == dispPtr->applicationAtom) {
	int length;

Changes to generic/tkSelect.h.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31



32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
 * structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
 * at the same time.
 */

typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Tk_Window owner;		/* Current owner of this selection. */

    int serial;			/* Serial number of last XSelectionSetOwner
				 * request made to server for this selection
				 * (used to filter out redundant
				 * SelectionClear events). */



    Time time;			/* Timestamp used to acquire selection. */
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc;	/* Procedure to call when owner loses
				 * selection. */
    ClientData clearData;	/* Info to pass to clearProc. */
    struct TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of current selections on this
				 * display. NULL means end of list. */
} TkSelectionInfo;

/*
 * One of the following structures exists for each selection handler created
 * for a window by calling Tk_CreateSelHandler. The handlers are linked in a
 * list rooted in the TkWindow structure.
 */

typedef struct TkSelHandler {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Atom target;		/* Target type for selection conversion, such
				 * as TARGETS or STRING. */
    Atom format;		/* Format in which selection info will be
				 * returned, such as STRING or ATOM. */
    Tk_SelectionProc *proc;	/* Procedure to generate selection in this
				 * format. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Argument to pass to proc. */
    int size;			/* Size of units returned by proc (8 for
				 * STRING, 32 for almost anything else). */
    struct TkSelHandler *nextPtr;
				/* Next selection handler associated with same
				 * window (NULL for end of list). */
} TkSelHandler;

/*







>
|



>
>
>



|



















|
|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
 * structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
 * at the same time.
 */

typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Tk_Window owner;		/* Current owner of this selection. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    unsigned long serial;	/* Serial number of last XSelectionSetOwner
				 * request made to server for this selection
				 * (used to filter out redundant
				 * SelectionClear events). */
#else
    int serial;
#endif
    Time time;			/* Timestamp used to acquire selection. */
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc;	/* Procedure to call when owner loses
				 * selection. */
    void *clearData;	/* Info to pass to clearProc. */
    struct TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of current selections on this
				 * display. NULL means end of list. */
} TkSelectionInfo;

/*
 * One of the following structures exists for each selection handler created
 * for a window by calling Tk_CreateSelHandler. The handlers are linked in a
 * list rooted in the TkWindow structure.
 */

typedef struct TkSelHandler {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Atom target;		/* Target type for selection conversion, such
				 * as TARGETS or STRING. */
    Atom format;		/* Format in which selection info will be
				 * returned, such as STRING or ATOM. */
    Tk_SelectionProc *proc;	/* Procedure to generate selection in this
				 * format. */
    void *clientData;	/* Argument to pass to proc. */
    TkSizeT size;			/* Size of units returned by proc (8 for
				 * STRING, 32 for almost anything else). */
    struct TkSelHandler *nextPtr;
				/* Next selection handler associated with same
				 * window (NULL for end of list). */
} TkSelHandler;

/*

Changes to generic/tkSquare.c.

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	    "#d9d9d9", Tk_Offset(Square, bgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
	    "white", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	    "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	    "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	    "2", Tk_Offset(Square, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-dbl", "doubleBuffer", "DoubleBuffer",
	    "1", Tk_Offset(Square, doubleBufferPtr), -1, 0 , NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	    "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	    "#b03060", Tk_Offset(Square, fgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
	    "black", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posx", "posx", "PosX", "0",
	    Tk_Offset(Square, xPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posy", "posy", "PosY", "0",
	    Tk_Offset(Square, yPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	    "raised", Tk_Offset(Square, reliefPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-size", "size", "Size", "20",
	    Tk_Offset(Square, sizeObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */








|






|

|



|


|

|

|

|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

/*
 * Information used for argv parsing.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	    "#d9d9d9", offsetof(Square, bgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
	    "white", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	    "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	    "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	    "2", offsetof(Square, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-dbl", "doubleBuffer", "DoubleBuffer",
	    "1", offsetof(Square, doubleBufferPtr), -1, 0 , NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
	    "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	    "#b03060", offsetof(Square, fgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
	    "black", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posx", "posx", "PosX", "0",
	    offsetof(Square, xPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posy", "posy", "PosY", "0",
	    offsetof(Square, yPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	    "raised", offsetof(Square, reliefPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-size", "size", "Size", "20",
	    offsetof(Square, sizeObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
    squarePtr->interp = interp;
    squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
	    Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr,
	    SquareDeletedProc);
    squarePtr->gc = NULL;
    squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable;

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(squarePtr->tkwin);
	ckfree(squarePtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    SquareObjEventProc, squarePtr);
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2,
	    objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }








|








|







168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
    squarePtr->interp = interp;
    squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
	    Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr,
	    SquareDeletedProc);
    squarePtr->gc = NULL;
    squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable;

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, squarePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(squarePtr->tkwin);
	ckfree(squarePtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    SquareObjEventProc, squarePtr);
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2,
	    objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

    switch (index) {
    case SQUARE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	}
	break;
    case SQUARE_CONFIGURE:
	resultObjPtr = NULL;
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, NULL, squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    squarePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr);
	    }
	    if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);







|










|





|





|







246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

    switch (index) {
    case SQUARE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, squarePtr,
		squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	}
	break;
    case SQUARE_CONFIGURE:
	resultObjPtr = NULL;
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, NULL, squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    squarePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr);
	    }
	    if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
     */

    bgBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(squarePtr->tkwin,
	    squarePtr->bgBorderPtr);
    Tk_SetWindowBackground(squarePtr->tkwin,
	    Tk_3DBorderColor(bgBorder)->pixel);
    Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->doubleBufferPtr, &doubleBuffer);
    if ((squarePtr->gc == NULL) && (doubleBuffer)) {
	XGCValues gcValues;
	gcValues.function = GXcopy;
	gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
	squarePtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(squarePtr->tkwin,
		GCFunction|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
    }








|







331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
     */

    bgBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(squarePtr->tkwin,
	    squarePtr->bgBorderPtr);
    Tk_SetWindowBackground(squarePtr->tkwin,
	    Tk_3DBorderColor(bgBorder)->pixel);
    Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->doubleBufferPtr, &doubleBuffer);
    if ((squarePtr->gc == NULL) && doubleBuffer) {
	XGCValues gcValues;
	gcValues.function = GXcopy;
	gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
	squarePtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(squarePtr->tkwin,
		GCFunction|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
    }

Changes to generic/tkStubInit.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40





































41
42
43
44
45
46
47
MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx






































#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_FreeXId
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef TkWinGetPlatformId

#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#define Tk_MainEx 0
#define Tk_FreeXId 0
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj 0
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj 0
#define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic 0
#else
static void
doNothing(void)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}
#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj ((void (*)(Tcl_Obj *)) doNothing)
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj getStyleFromObj
static Tk_Style Tk_GetStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *obj)
{
	return Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj);
}
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define TkWinGetPlatformId winGetPlatformId
static int TkWinGetPlatformId(void) {
    return 2;
}
#endif /* defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) */
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68
69
70
71
72
73
74

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
#   define XCreateWindow 0
#   define XOffsetRegion 0
#   define XUnionRegion 0


#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*







>
>







98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
#   define XCreateWindow 0
#   define XOffsetRegion 0
#   define XUnionRegion 0
#   define XPolygonRegion 0
#   define XPointInRegion 0
#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox







<







238
239
240
241
242
243
244

245
246
247
248
249
250
251
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0

#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox
232
233
234
235
236
237
238








239
240
241
242
243
244
245

/*
 * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the
 * tools/genStubs.tcl script. Any modifications to the function declarations
 * below should be made in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */









/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */

static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
    TkAllocWindow, /* 0 */
    TkBezierPoints, /* 1 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291

/*
 * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the
 * tools/genStubs.tcl script. Any modifications to the function declarations
 * below should be made in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

#ifdef __GNUC__
/*
 * The rest of this file shouldn't warn about deprecated functions; they're
 * there because we intend them to be so and know that this file is OK to
 * touch those fields.
 */
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
#endif
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */

static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
    TkAllocWindow, /* 0 */
    TkBezierPoints, /* 1 */
449
450
451
452
453
454
455

456
457
458
459
460
461
462
    TkOrientPrintProc, /* 178 */
    TkSmoothParseProc, /* 179 */
    TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */
    TkDrawAngledTextLayout, /* 181 */
    TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */
    TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */
    TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */

};

static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
    TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */







>







495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    TkOrientPrintProc, /* 178 */
    TkSmoothParseProc, /* 179 */
    TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */
    TkDrawAngledTextLayout, /* 181 */
    TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */
    TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */
    TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */
    TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef, /* 185 */
};

static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
    TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */
720
721
722
723
724
725
726


727
728
729
730
731
732
733
    XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
    XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
    XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
    XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
    XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
    XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
    XPutImage, /* 137 */


#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */







>
>







767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
    XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
    XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
    XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
    XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
    XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
    XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
    XPutImage, /* 137 */
    XPolygonRegion, /* 138 */
    XPointInRegion, /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */

Changes to generic/tkStyle.c.

94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
				 * (by a derived element). */
} Element;

/*
 * Thread-local data.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int nbInit;			/* Number of calls to the init proc. */
    Tcl_HashTable engineTable;	/* Map a name to a style engine. Keys are
				 * strings, values are Tk_StyleEngine
				 * pointers. */
    StyleEngine *defaultEnginePtr;
				/* Default, core-defined style engine. Global
				 * fallback for all engines. */







|







94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
				 * (by a derived element). */
} Element;

/*
 * Thread-local data.
 */

typedef struct {
    int nbInit;			/* Number of calls to the init proc. */
    Tcl_HashTable engineTable;	/* Map a name to a style engine. Keys are
				 * strings, values are Tk_StyleEngine
				 * pointers. */
    StyleEngine *defaultEnginePtr;
				/* Default, core-defined style engine. Global
				 * fallback for all engines. */
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetStyleFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *







|







151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
 */

void
Tk_GetElementSize(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int width, int height,	/* Requested size. */
    int inner,			/* If TRUE, compute the outer size according
				 * to the requested minimum inner size. If
				 * FALSE, compute the inner size according to
				 * the requested maximum outer size. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)







|







1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
 */

void
Tk_GetElementSize(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int width, int height,	/* Requested size. */
    int inner,			/* If TRUE, compute the outer size according
				 * to the requested minimum inner size. If
				 * FALSE, compute the inner size according to
				 * the requested maximum outer size. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
 */

void
Tk_GetElementBox(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of available area. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of available area. */
    int inner,			/* Boolean. If TRUE, compute the bounding box
				 * according to the requested inscribed box
				 * size. If FALSE, compute the inscribed box
				 * according to the requested bounding box. */







|







1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
 */

void
Tk_GetElementBox(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of available area. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of available area. */
    int inner,			/* Boolean. If TRUE, compute the bounding box
				 * according to the requested inscribed box
				 * size. If FALSE, compute the inscribed box
				 * according to the requested bounding box. */
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
 */

int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The widget window. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
    StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;

    return widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBorderWidth(
	    stylePtr->clientData, recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin);







|







1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
 */

int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The widget window. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
    StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;

    return widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBorderWidth(
	    stylePtr->clientData, recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin);
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
 */

void
Tk_DrawElement(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,			/* Where to draw element. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of element. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of element. */
    int state)			/* Drawing state flags. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;







|







1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
 */

void
Tk_DrawElement(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,			/* Where to draw element. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of element. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of element. */
    int state)			/* Drawing state flags. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->styleTable, (name!=NULL?name:""));
    if (entryPtr == NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "style \"%s\" doesn't exist", name));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "STYLE", name, NULL);
	}
	return (Tk_Style) NULL;
    }
    stylePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);

    return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}

/*







|







1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->styleTable, (name!=NULL?name:""));
    if (entryPtr == NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "style \"%s\" doesn't exist", name));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "STYLE", name, NULL);
	}
	return NULL;
    }
    stylePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);

    return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}

/*
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487

1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498




1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{
    Style *stylePtr;

    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
    }
    stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	Find the style that corresponds to a given object. The style must have
 *	already been created by Tk_CreateStyle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a token for the style that matches objPtr, or NULL
 *	if none found.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If the object is not already a style ref, the conversion will free any
 *	old internal representation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tk_Style
Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object from which to get the style. */
{
    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
    }

    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
void
Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Always returns TCL_OK. If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style
 *	doesn't exist), an error message will be left in interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;


    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }





    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<
<

|
<
<
<
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











|
|














>











>
>
>
>

|







1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407


1408
1409



1410
1411
1412



























1413















1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{


    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	if (SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr) != TCL_OK) {



	    return NULL;
	}
    }



























    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;















}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style doesn't exist), an
 *	error message will be left in interp's result and TCL_ERROR is returned.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;
    Tk_Style style;

    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }

    style = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
    if (style == NULL) {
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = style;

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkTest.c.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#define APP_IS_DRAWING TkTestAppIsDrawing()
#else
#define APP_IS_DRAWING 0
#endif

#ifdef __UNIX__
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif

/*







|

|







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#define LOG_DISPLAY TkTestLogDisplay()
#else
#define LOG_DISPLAY 1
#endif

#ifdef __UNIX__
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif

/*
190
191
192
193
194
195
196



197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208



209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
			    char *saveInternalPtr);
static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
static int		TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,



			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void		TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);




/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tktest_Init --
 *
 *	This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite exensions.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
 *	the interp's result if an error occurs.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Creates several test commands.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create additional commands for testing Tk.
     */

    if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testborder", TestborderObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);







>
>
>












>
>
>






|

















|











|







190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
			    char *saveInternalPtr);
static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
static int		TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int		TestprintfObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void		TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static int              TestPhotoStringMatchCmd(ClientData dummy,
                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
                            Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tktest_Init --
 *
 *	This function performs initialization for the Tk test suite extensions.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
 *	the interp's result if an error occurs.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Creates several test commands.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create additional commands for testing Tk.
     */

    if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testborder", TestborderObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
262
263
264
265
266
267
268

269
270



271
272
273
274
275
276
277
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);




#if defined(_WIN32)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);







>


>
>
>







268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprintf", TestprintfObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testphotostringmatch",
            TestPhotoStringMatchCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp),
            NULL);

#if defined(_WIN32)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the intepreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int







|







461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the interpreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
	"custom option",
	CustomOptionSet,
	CustomOptionGet,
	CustomOptionRestore,
	CustomOptionFree,
	INT2PTR(1)
    };
    Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Structures used by the "chain1" subcommand and also shared by the
     * "chain2" subcommand:
     */

    typedef struct ExtensionWidgetRecord {
	TrivialCommandHeader header;
	Tcl_Obj *base1ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *base2ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *extension3ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *extension4ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *extension5ObjPtr;
    } ExtensionWidgetRecord;
    static const Tk_OptionSpec baseSpecs[] = {
	{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-one", "one", "One", "one",
		Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base1ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two",
		Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "command");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|


















|

|







533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
	"custom option",
	CustomOptionSet,
	CustomOptionGet,
	CustomOptionRestore,
	CustomOptionFree,
	INT2PTR(1)
    };
    Tk_Window mainWin = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Structures used by the "chain1" subcommand and also shared by the
     * "chain2" subcommand:
     */

    typedef struct ExtensionWidgetRecord {
	TrivialCommandHeader header;
	Tcl_Obj *base1ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *base2ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *extension3ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *extension4ObjPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *extension5ObjPtr;
    } ExtensionWidgetRecord;
    static const Tk_OptionSpec baseSpecs[] = {
	{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-one", "one", "One", "one",
		offsetof(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base1ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two",
		offsetof(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "command");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
	} TypesRecord;
	TypesRecord *recordPtr;
	static const char *const stringTable[] = {
	    "one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
	};
	static const Tk_OptionSpec typesSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, booleanPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x1},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "7",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, integerPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x2},
	    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, doublePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x4},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String",
		"foo", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, stringPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
		"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable",
		"one", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, stringTablePtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, stringTable, 0x10},
	    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
		"red", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, colorPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "black", 0x20},
	    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, fontPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
	    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, bitmapPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
	    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border",
		"blue", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, borderPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "white", 0x100},
	    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", "raised",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, reliefPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
	    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, cursorPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
	    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, justifyPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x800},
	    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", NULL,
		Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, anchorPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x1000},
	    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel",
		"1", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, pixelPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
	    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL,
		"", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, customPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &CustomOption, 0x4000},
	    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
		NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-color", 0x8000},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
	Tk_Window tkwin;

	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, typesSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TypesRecord));







|

|

|

|



|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|










|







596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
	} TypesRecord;
	TypesRecord *recordPtr;
	static const char *const stringTable[] = {
	    "one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
	};
	static const Tk_OptionSpec typesSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, booleanPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x1},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "7",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, integerPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x2},
	    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, doublePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x4},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String",
		"foo", offsetof(TypesRecord, stringPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
		"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable",
		"one", offsetof(TypesRecord, stringTablePtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, stringTable, 0x10},
	    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
		"red", offsetof(TypesRecord, colorPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "black", 0x20},
	    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, fontPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
	    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, bitmapPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
	    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border",
		"blue", offsetof(TypesRecord, borderPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "white", 0x100},
	    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", "raised",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, reliefPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
	    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, cursorPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
	    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
		offsetof(TypesRecord, justifyPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x800},
	    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", NULL,
		offsetof(TypesRecord, anchorPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x1000},
	    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel",
		"1", offsetof(TypesRecord, pixelPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
	    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL,
		"", offsetof(TypesRecord, customPtr), -1,
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &CustomOption, 0x4000},
	    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
		NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-color", 0x8000},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
	Tk_Window tkwin;

	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, typesSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TypesRecord));
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
	recordPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->justifyPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->anchorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->pixelPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->mmPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->stringTablePtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->customPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	}
	break;
    }

    case CHAIN1: {
	ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin;
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, baseSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	}
	break;
    }

    case CHAIN2:
    case CHAIN3: {
	ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec extensionSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-three", "three", "Three", "three",
		Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension3ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-four", "four", "Four", "four",
		Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension4ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two and a half",
		Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING,
		"-oneAgain", "oneAgain", "OneAgain", "one again",
		Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension5ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
		(ClientData) baseSpecs, 0}
	};
	Tk_Window tkwin;
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, extensionSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension5ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,







|







|



















|














|

|


|


















|

|

|


|






|















|

|







674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
	recordPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->justifyPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->anchorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->pixelPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->mmPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->stringTablePtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->customPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	}
	break;
    }

    case CHAIN1: {
	ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin;
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, baseSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	}
	break;
    }

    case CHAIN2:
    case CHAIN3: {
	ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec extensionSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-three", "three", "Three", "three",
		offsetof(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension3ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-four", "four", "Four", "four",
		offsetof(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension4ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two and a half",
		offsetof(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING,
		"-oneAgain", "oneAgain", "OneAgain", "one again",
		offsetof(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension5ObjPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
		(ClientData) baseSpecs, 0}
	};
	Tk_Window tkwin;
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, extensionSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension5ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
    case CONFIG_ERROR: {
	typedef struct ErrorWidgetRecord {
	    Tcl_Obj *intPtr;
	} ErrorWidgetRecord;
	ErrorWidgetRecord widgetRecord;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-int", "integer", "Integer", "bogus",
		Tk_Offset(ErrorWidgetRecord, intPtr), 0, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	widgetRecord.intPtr = NULL;
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	return Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &widgetRecord, optionTable,
		(Tk_Window) NULL);
    }

    case DEL:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
	    return TCL_ERROR;







|







|







797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
    case CONFIG_ERROR: {
	typedef struct ErrorWidgetRecord {
	    Tcl_Obj *intPtr;
	} ErrorWidgetRecord;
	ErrorWidgetRecord widgetRecord;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-int", "integer", "Integer", "bogus",
		offsetof(ErrorWidgetRecord, intPtr), 0, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	widgetRecord.intPtr = NULL;
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	return Tk_InitOptions(interp, &widgetRecord, optionTable,
		(Tk_Window) NULL);
    }

    case DEL:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
	} InternalRecord;
	InternalRecord *recordPtr;
	static const char *const internalStringTable[] = {
	    "one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
	};
	static const Tk_OptionSpec internalSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, boolean), 0, 0, 0x1},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "148962237",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, integer), 0, 0, 0x2},
	    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, doubleValue), 0, 0, 0x4},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String", "foo",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, string),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
		"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable", "one",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, index),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, internalStringTable, 0x10},
	    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", "red",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, colorPtr),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "black", 0x20},
	    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, tkfont),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
	    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, bitmap),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
	    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border", "blue",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, border),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "white", 0x100},
	    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", "raised",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, relief),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
	    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, cursor),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
	    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, justify),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x800},
	    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", NULL,
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, anchor),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x1000},
	    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel", "1",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, pixels),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
	    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", NULL,
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, tkwin),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL, "",
		-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, custom),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &CustomOption, 0x4000},
	    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
		NULL, -1, -1, 0, "-color", 0x8000},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
	Tk_Window tkwin;

	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, internalSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(InternalRecord));







|

|

|

|



|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|










|







871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
	} InternalRecord;
	InternalRecord *recordPtr;
	static const char *const internalStringTable[] = {
	    "one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
	};
	static const Tk_OptionSpec internalSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, boolean), 0, 0, 0x1},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "148962237",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, integer), 0, 0, 0x2},
	    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, doubleValue), 0, 0, 0x4},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String", "foo",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, string),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
		"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable", "one",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, index),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, internalStringTable, 0x10},
	    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", "red",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, colorPtr),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "black", 0x20},
	    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, tkfont),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
	    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, bitmap),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
	    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border", "blue",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, border),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, "white", 0x100},
	    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", "raised",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, relief),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
	    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, cursor),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
	    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, justify),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x800},
	    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", NULL,
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, anchor),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x1000},
	    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel", "1",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, pixels),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
	    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", NULL,
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, tkwin),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL, "",
		-1, offsetof(InternalRecord, custom),
		TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &CustomOption, 0x4000},
	    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
		NULL, -1, -1, 0, "-color", 0x8000},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
	Tk_Window tkwin;

	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, internalSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, clientData,
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(InternalRecord));
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
	recordPtr->cursor = NULL;
	recordPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
	recordPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N;
	recordPtr->pixels = 0;
	recordPtr->mm = 0.0;
	recordPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->custom = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc - 3, objv + 3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);







|







|







953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
	recordPtr->cursor = NULL;
	recordPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
	recordPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N;
	recordPtr->pixels = 0;
	recordPtr->mm = 0.0;
	recordPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->custom = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc - 3, objv + 3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
	    Tcl_Obj *three;
	    Tcl_Obj *four;
	    Tcl_Obj *five;
	} FiveRecord;
	FiveRecord *recordPtr;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec smallSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-one", "one", "One", "1",
		Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, one), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-two", "two", "Two", "2",
		Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, two), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-three", "three", "Three", "3",
		Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, three), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-four", "four", "Four", "4",
		Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, four), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-five", NULL, NULL, NULL,
		Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, five), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "new name ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FiveRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		smallSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->one = recordPtr->two = recordPtr->three = NULL;
	recordPtr->four = recordPtr->five = NULL;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    (Tk_Window) NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}

	break;
    }
    case NOT_ENOUGH_PARAMS: {
	typedef struct NotEnoughRecord {
	    Tcl_Obj *fooObjPtr;
	} NotEnoughRecord;
	NotEnoughRecord record;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-foo", "foo", "Foo", "0",
		Tk_Offset(NotEnoughRecord, fooObjPtr), 0, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-foo", -1);
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	record.fooObjPtr = NULL;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainWin, ".config", NULL);
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Config");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, 1,
		&newObjPtr, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjPtr);
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions( (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	return result;
    }

    case TWO_WINDOWS: {
	typedef struct SlaveRecord {
	    TrivialCommandHeader header;
	    Tcl_Obj *windowPtr;
	} SlaveRecord;
	SlaveRecord *recordPtr;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec slaveSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", ".bar",
		Tk_Offset(SlaveRecord, windowPtr), -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp,
		(Tk_Window) clientData, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);

	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SlaveRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		slaveSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->windowPtr = NULL;

	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp,  (char *) recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
		Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
			TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}







|

|

|

|

|

















|


|







|
















|











|
|

















|



|














|


|










|







988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
	    Tcl_Obj *three;
	    Tcl_Obj *four;
	    Tcl_Obj *five;
	} FiveRecord;
	FiveRecord *recordPtr;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec smallSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-one", "one", "One", "1",
		offsetof(FiveRecord, one), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-two", "two", "Two", "2",
		offsetof(FiveRecord, two), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-three", "three", "Three", "3",
		offsetof(FiveRecord, three), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-four", "four", "Four", "4",
		offsetof(FiveRecord, four), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-five", NULL, NULL, NULL,
		offsetof(FiveRecord, five), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "new name ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FiveRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		smallSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->one = recordPtr->two = recordPtr->three = NULL;
	recordPtr->four = recordPtr->five = NULL;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    (Tk_Window) NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}

	break;
    }
    case NOT_ENOUGH_PARAMS: {
	typedef struct NotEnoughRecord {
	    Tcl_Obj *fooObjPtr;
	} NotEnoughRecord;
	NotEnoughRecord record;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-foo", "foo", "Foo", "0",
		offsetof(NotEnoughRecord, fooObjPtr), 0, 0, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-foo", -1);
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	record.fooObjPtr = NULL;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainWin, ".config", NULL);
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Config");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, &record, optionTable, 1,
		&newObjPtr, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjPtr);
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions( (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	return result;
    }

    case TWO_WINDOWS: {
	typedef struct SlaveRecord {
	    TrivialCommandHeader header;
	    Tcl_Obj *windowPtr;
	} SlaveRecord;
	SlaveRecord *recordPtr;
	static const Tk_OptionSpec slaveSpecs[] = {
	    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", ".bar",
		offsetof(SlaveRecord, windowPtr), -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp,
		clientData, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);

	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SlaveRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		slaveSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->windowPtr = NULL;

	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
		Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
			TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
	"cget", "configure", "csave", NULL
    };
    enum {
	CGET, CONFIGURE, CSAVE
    };
    Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr;
    int index, mask;
    TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = headerPtr->tkwin;
    Tk_SavedOptions saved;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|







1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
	"cget", "configure", "csave", NULL
    };
    enum {
	CGET, CONFIGURE, CSAVE
    };
    Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr;
    int index, mask;
    TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = headerPtr->tkwin;
    Tk_SavedOptions saved;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
    switch (index) {
    case CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    result = TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break;
    case CONFIGURE:
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, NULL, tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    tkwin, NULL, &mask);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
	    }
	}
	break;
    case CSAVE:
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		tkwin, &saved, &mask);
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&saved);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
	}
	break;
    }
  done:
    Tcl_Release(clientData);
    return result;
}







|










|







|







|



|




|




|







1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
    switch (index) {
    case CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    result = TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break;
    case CONFIGURE:
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, NULL, tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    tkwin, NULL, &mask);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(mask));
	    }
	}
	break;
    case CSAVE:
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		tkwin, &saved, &mask);
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&saved);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(mask));
	}
	break;
    }
  done:
    Tcl_Release(clientData);
    return result;
}
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TrivialCmdDeletedProc(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
    TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = headerPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin != NULL) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
    } else if (headerPtr->optionTable != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This is a "new" object, which doesn't have a window, so we can't
	 * depend on cleaning up in the event function. Free its resources
	 * here.
	 */

	Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|











|
|







1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TrivialCmdDeletedProc(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
    TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = headerPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin != NULL) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
    } else if (headerPtr->optionTable != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This is a "new" object, which doesn't have a window, so we can't
	 * depend on cleaning up in the event function. Free its resources
	 * here.
	 */

	Tk_FreeConfigOptions(clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, NULL);
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
 */

static void
TrivialEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *) clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	if (headerPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, headerPtr->tkwin);
	    headerPtr->optionTable = NULL;
	    headerPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	    Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(headerPtr->interp,
		    headerPtr->widgetCmd);
	}
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);







|



|







1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
 */

static void
TrivialEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	if (headerPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeConfigOptions(clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, headerPtr->tkwin);
	    headerPtr->optionTable = NULL;
	    headerPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	    Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(headerPtr->interp,
		    headerPtr->widgetCmd);
	}
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
{
    static const char *const options[] = {"counts", "subfonts", NULL};
    enum option {COUNTS, SUBFONTS};
    int index;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_Font tkfont;

    tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option fontName");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,







|







1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
{
    static const char *const options[] = {"counts", "subfonts", NULL};
    enum option {COUNTS, SUBFONTS};
    int index;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_Font tkfont;

    tkwin = clientData;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option fontName");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
static int
ImageObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
    int x, y, width, height;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "changed") == 0) {







|







1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
static int
ImageObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData;
    int x, y, width, height;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "changed") == 0) {
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513

static ClientData
ImageGet(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window in which image will be
				 * used. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. */
{
    TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
    TImageInstance *instPtr;
    char buffer[100];
    XGCValues gcValues;

    sprintf(buffer, "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);







|







1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523

static ClientData
ImageGet(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window in which image will be
				 * used. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. */
{
    TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData;
    TImageInstance *instPtr;
    char buffer[100];
    XGCValues gcValues;

    sprintf(buffer, "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564


1565



1566


1567
1568
1569
1570









1571
1572

1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
    int imageX, int imageY,	/* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
				 * origin of image. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
    int drawableX, int drawableY)
				/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
				 * imageX and imageY. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
    char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];

    /*
     * The purpose of the test image type is to track the calls to an image
     * display proc and record the parameters passed in each call.  On macOS
     * these tests will fail because of the asynchronous drawing.  The low
     * level graphics calls below which are supposed to draw a rectangle will
     * not draw anything to the screen because the idle task will not be
     * processed inside of the drawRect method and hence will not be able to
     * obtain a valid graphics context. Instead, the window will be marked as
     * needing display, and will be redrawn during a future asynchronous call


     * to drawRect.  This will generate an other call to this display proc,



     * and the recorded data will show extra calls, causing the test to fail.


     * To avoid this, we can set the [NSApp simulateDrawing] flag, which will
     * cause all low level drawing routines to return immediately and not
     * schedule the window for drawing later.  This flag is cleared by the
     * next call to XSync, which is called by the update command.









     */


    sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d",
	    instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height);
    if (!APP_IS_DRAWING) {
	Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName,
	    NULL, buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    }
    if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
    }
    if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
	height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;
    }







|





<
<
<
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
|
|
<

|







1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568



1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581

1582

1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596

1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
    int imageX, int imageY,	/* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
				 * origin of image. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
    int drawableX, int drawableY)
				/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
				 * imageX and imageY. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData;
    char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];

    /*
     * The purpose of the test image type is to track the calls to an image
     * display proc and record the parameters passed in each call.  On macOS



     * a display proc must be run inside of the drawRect method of an NSView
     * in order for the graphics operations to have any effect.  To deal with
     * this, whenever a display proc is called outside of any drawRect method
     * it schedules a redraw of the NSView by calling [view setNeedsDisplay:YES].
     * This will trigger a later call to the view's drawRect method which will
     * run the display proc a second time.
     *
     * This complicates testing, since it can result in more calls to the display
     * proc than are expected by the test.  It can also result in an inconsistent
     * number of calls unless the test waits until the call to drawRect actually
     * occurs before validating its results.
     *
     * In an attempt to work around this, this display proc only logs those

     * calls which occur within a drawRect method.  This means that tests must

     * be written so as to ensure that the drawRect method is run before
     * results are validated.  In practice it usually suffices to run update
     * idletasks (to run the display proc the first time) followed by update
     * (to run the display proc in drawRect).
     *
     * This also has the consequence that the image changed command will log
     * different results on Aqua than on other systems, because when the image
     * is redisplayed in the drawRect method the entire image will be drawn,
     * not just the changed portion.  Tests must account for this.
     */

    if (LOG_DISPLAY) {
	sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d",
		instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height);

	Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName,
		    NULL, buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    }
    if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
    }
    if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
	height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;
    }
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
 */

static void
ImageFree(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
    Display *display)		/* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
    char buffer[200];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName);
    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
    Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);







|







1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
 */

static void
ImageFree(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
    Display *display)		/* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData;
    char buffer[200];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName);
    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
    Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658

static void
ImageDelete(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. When
				 * this function is called, no more instances
				 * exist. */
{
    TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
    char buffer[100];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);

    Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);







|







1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679

static void
ImageDelete(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. When
				 * this function is called, no more instances
				 * exist. */
{
    TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData;
    char buffer[100];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
    Tcl_SetVar2(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, NULL, buffer,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);

    Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
static int
TestmakeexistObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
    int i;
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), mainWin);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;







|







1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
static int
TestmakeexistObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tk_Window mainWin = clientData;
    int i;
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), mainWin);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
TestmenubarObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
#ifdef __UNIX__
    Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin, menubar;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }








|







1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
TestmenubarObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
#ifdef __UNIX__
    Tk_Window mainWin = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin, menubar;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
static int
TestpropObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
    int result, actualFormat;
    unsigned long bytesAfter, length, value;
    Atom actualType, propName;
    unsigned char *property, *p;
    char *end;
    Window w;
    char buffer[30];







|







1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
static int
TestpropObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tk_Window mainWin = clientData;
    int result, actualFormat;
    unsigned long bytesAfter, length, value;
    Atom actualType, propName;
    unsigned char *property, *p;
    char *end;
    Window w;
    char buffer[30];
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896






















































1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
	}
    }
    if (property != NULL) {
	XFree(property);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}























































#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestwrapperObjCmd --
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
	}
    }
    if (property != NULL) {
	XFree(property);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestpropObjCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "testprop" command. It fetches and prints
 *	the value of a property on a window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestprintfObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
{
    char buffer[256];
    Tcl_WideInt wideInt;
#ifdef _WIN32
    __int64 longLongInt;
#else
    long long longLongInt;
#endif

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "wideint");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &wideInt) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    longLongInt = wideInt;

    /* Just add a lot of arguments to sprintf. Reason: on AMD64, the first
     * 4 or 6 arguments (we assume 8, just in case) might be put in registers,
     * which still woudn't tell if the assumed size is correct: We want this
     * test-case to fail if the 64-bit value is printed as truncated to 32-bit.
     */
    sprintf(buffer, "%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d %"
	    TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "",
	    (Tcl_WideInt)longLongInt, (Tcl_WideUInt)longLongInt);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestwrapperObjCmd --
 *
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    wrapperPtr = TkpGetWrapperWindow(winPtr);
    if (wrapperPtr != NULL) {







|







2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
    Tk_Window tkwin;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    tkwin = clientData;
    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    wrapperPtr = TkpGetWrapperWindow(winPtr);
    if (wrapperPtr != NULL) {
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
    int flags)
{
    int objEmpty;
    char *newStr, *string, *internalPtr;

    objEmpty = 0;

    if (internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See if the object is empty.







|







2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
    int flags)
{
    int objEmpty;
    char *newStr, *string, *internalPtr;

    objEmpty = 0;

    if (internalOffset != -1) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See if the object is empty.
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
















































2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    char *internalPtr)
{
    if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
	ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
    }
}

















































/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    char *internalPtr)
{
    if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
	ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
    }
}
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestPhotoStringMatchCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "testphotostringmatch" command. It
 *	provides a way from Tcl to call the string match function for the
 *	default image handler directly.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result. If data is in the proper format, the result in
 *	interp will contain width and height as a list. If the data cannot be
 *	parsed as default image format, returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an
 *	appropriate error message in interp.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestPhotoStringMatchCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *dummy = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj[2];
    int width, height;

    if (objc != 2) {
        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "imageData");
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(interp, objv[1], dummy, &width, &height)) {
        resultObj[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
        resultObj[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resultObj));
        return TCL_OK;
    } else {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}



/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkText.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkUndo.h"

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#define Style TkStyle
#define DInfo TkDInfo
#endif

/*







|
|
|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkUndo.h"
#include "default.h"

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#define Style TkStyle
#define DInfo TkDInfo
#endif

/*
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
/*
 * Information used to parse text configuration options:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-autoseparators", "autoSeparators",
	"AutoSeparators", DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkText, autoSeparators),
	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, border),
	0, DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth",
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-blockcursor", "blockCursor",
	"BlockCursor", DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkText, insertCursorType), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, borderWidth),
	0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_TEXT_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-endline", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, end), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	 &lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	"ExportSelection", DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkText, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_TEXT_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, tkfont), 0, 0,
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, fgColor), 0,
	0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, height), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightBgColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightWidth), 0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-inactiveselectbackground","inactiveSelectBackground",
	"Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, inactiveSelBorder),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG,
	-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertBorder),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(TkText, insertBorderWidth), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertOffTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertOnTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
	"-insertunfocussed", "insertUnfocussed", "InsertUnfocussed",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertUnfocussed),
	0, insertUnfocussedStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertWidth),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-maxundo", "maxUndo", "MaxUndo",
	DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, maxUndo),
	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	DEF_TEXT_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, padX), 0, 0,
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	DEF_TEXT_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_TEXT_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorder),
	0, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorderWidthPtr),
	Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorderWidth),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, selFgColorPtr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
	DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing1", "spacing1", "Spacing",
	DEF_TEXT_SPACING1, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing1),
	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing2", "spacing2", "Spacing",
	DEF_TEXT_SPACING2, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing2),
	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing3", "spacing3", "Spacing",
	DEF_TEXT_SPACING3, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing3),
	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-startline", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, start), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	 &lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_TEXT_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", "tabs", "Tabs",
	DEF_TEXT_TABS, Tk_Offset(TkText, tabOptionPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", "tabStyle", "TabStyle",
	DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, tabStyle),
	0, tabStyleStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-undo", "undo", "Undo",
	DEF_TEXT_UNDO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, undo),
	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0 , 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_TEXT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, width), 0, 0,
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
	DEF_TEXT_WRAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, wrapMode),
	0, wrapStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, xScrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, yScrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * These three typedefs, the structure and the SearchPerform, SearchCore
 * functions below are used for line-based searches of the text widget, and,







|


|








|

|


|


|



|



|


|


|


|


|



|



|



|



|


|


|



|


|


|


|


|

|

|



|
|


|


|

|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
/*
 * Information used to parse text configuration options:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-autoseparators", "autoSeparators",
	"AutoSeparators", DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS, -1,
	offsetof(TkText, autoSeparators),
	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkText, border),
	0, DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth",
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-blockcursor", "blockCursor",
	"BlockCursor", DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR, -1,
	offsetof(TkText, insertCursorType), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(TkText, borderWidth),
	0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_TEXT_CURSOR, -1, offsetof(TkText, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-endline", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, -1, offsetof(TkText, end), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	 &lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
	"ExportSelection", DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
	offsetof(TkText, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-foreground", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_TEXT_FONT, -1, offsetof(TkText, tkfont), 0, 0,
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_FG, -1, offsetof(TkText, fgColor), 0,
	0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkText, height), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
	"HighlightBackground", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
	-1, offsetof(TkText, highlightBgColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
	DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT, -1, offsetof(TkText, highlightColorPtr),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
	"HighlightThickness", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
	offsetof(TkText, highlightWidth), 0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-inactiveselectbackground","inactiveSelectBackground",
	"Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR,
	-1, offsetof(TkText, inactiveSelBorder),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG,
	-1, offsetof(TkText, insertBorder),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
	offsetof(TkText, insertBorderWidth), 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, offsetof(TkText, insertOffTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, offsetof(TkText, insertOnTime),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
	"-insertunfocussed", "insertUnfocussed", "InsertUnfocussed",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED, -1, offsetof(TkText, insertUnfocussed),
	0, insertUnfocussedStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
	DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(TkText, insertWidth),
	0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-maxundo", "maxUndo", "MaxUndo",
	DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO, -1, offsetof(TkText, maxUndo),
	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
	DEF_TEXT_PADX, -1, offsetof(TkText, padX), 0, 0,
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
	DEF_TEXT_PADY, -1, offsetof(TkText, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_TEXT_RELIEF, -1, offsetof(TkText, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
	DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkText, selBorder),
	0, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
	offsetof(TkText, selBorderWidthPtr),
	offsetof(TkText, selBorderWidth),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
	DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, offsetof(TkText, selFgColorPtr),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
	DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID, -1, offsetof(TkText, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing1", "spacing1", "Spacing",
	DEF_TEXT_SPACING1, -1, offsetof(TkText, spacing1),
	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing2", "spacing2", "Spacing",
	DEF_TEXT_SPACING2, -1, offsetof(TkText, spacing2),
	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing3", "spacing3", "Spacing",
	DEF_TEXT_SPACING3, -1, offsetof(TkText, spacing3),
	0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
    {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-startline", NULL, NULL,
	 NULL, -1, offsetof(TkText, start), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	 &lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
	DEF_TEXT_STATE, -1, offsetof(TkText, state),
	0, stateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", "tabs", "Tabs",
	DEF_TEXT_TABS, offsetof(TkText, tabOptionPtr), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", "tabStyle", "TabStyle",
	DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE, -1, offsetof(TkText, tabStyle),
	0, tabStyleStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
	DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, offsetof(TkText, takeFocus),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-undo", "undo", "Undo",
	DEF_TEXT_UNDO, -1, offsetof(TkText, undo),
	TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0 , 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_TEXT_WIDTH, -1, offsetof(TkText, width), 0, 0,
	TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
	DEF_TEXT_WRAP, -1, offsetof(TkText, wrapMode),
	0, wrapStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, offsetof(TkText, xScrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, offsetof(TkText, yScrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * These three typedefs, the structure and the SearchPerform, SearchCore
 * functions below are used for line-based searches of the text widget, and,
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
	    |ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
	    |LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
	    TkTextBindProc, textPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    TextFetchSelection, textPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, optionTable, textPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureText(interp, textPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
	    |ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
	    |LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
	    TkTextBindProc, textPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    TextFetchSelection, textPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, textPtr, optionTable, textPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureText(interp, textPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	if (TkTextIndexBbox(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
		NULL) == 0) {
	    Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
	}
	break;
    }
    case TEXT_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, objv[2], textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|
|
|
|











|







744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	if (TkTextIndexBbox(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
		NULL) == 0) {
	    Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height));

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
	}
	break;
    }
    case TEXT_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, objv[2], textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
		" <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=", Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COMPARISON", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }
    case TEXT_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, ((objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL),
		    textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }







|







822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
		" <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=", Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COMPARISON", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }
    case TEXT_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, ((objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL),
		    textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
	if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
	    int value;
	    size_t length;
	    const char *option = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
	    char c;

	    length = objv[i]->length;
	    if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
		goto badOption;
	    }
	    c = option[1];
	    if (c == 'c' && !strncmp("-chars", option, length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_CHARS);







|
|


<







860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870

871
872
873
874
875
876
877
	if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
	    int value;
	    TkSizeT length;
	    const char *option = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	    char c;


	    if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
		goto badOption;
	    }
	    c = option[1];
	    if (c == 'c' && !strncmp("-chars", option, length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_CHARS);
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
	    } else {
		goto badOption;
	    }

	countDone:
	    found++;
	    if (found == 1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
	    } else {
		if (found == 2) {
		    /*
		     * Move the first item we put into the result into the
		     * first element of the list object.
		     */

		    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			    Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
	    }
	}

	if (found == 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the default '-indices'.
	     */

	    int value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
		    COUNT_INDICES);

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
	} else if (found > 1) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	}
	break;

    badOption:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(







|











|











|







1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
	    } else {
		goto badOption;
	    }

	countDone:
	    found++;
	    if (found == 1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(value));
	    } else {
		if (found == 2) {
		    /*
		     * Move the first item we put into the result into the
		     * first element of the list object.
		     */

		    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			    Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(value));
	    }
	}

	if (found == 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the default '-indices'.
	     */

	    int value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
		    COUNT_INDICES);

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(value));
	} else if (found > 1) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	}
	break;

    badOption:
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
		if (objc & 1) {
		    indices[i] = indices[i-1];
		    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &indices[i], 1, &indices[i],
			    COUNT_INDICES);
		    objc++;
		}
		useIdx = ckalloc(objc);
		memset(useIdx, 0, (size_t) objc);

		/*
		 * Do a decreasing order sort so that we delete the end ranges
		 * first to maintain index consistency.
		 */

		qsort(indices, (size_t) objc / 2,
			2 * sizeof(TkTextIndex), TextIndexSortProc);
		lastStart = NULL;

		/*
		 * Second pass will handle bogus ranges (end < start) and
		 * overlapping ranges.
		 */







|






|







1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
		if (objc & 1) {
		    indices[i] = indices[i-1];
		    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &indices[i], 1, &indices[i],
			    COUNT_INDICES);
		    objc++;
		}
		useIdx = ckalloc(objc);
		memset(useIdx, 0, objc);

		/*
		 * Do a decreasing order sort so that we delete the end ranges
		 * first to maintain index consistency.
		 */

		qsort(indices, objc / 2,
			2 * sizeof(TkTextIndex), TextIndexSortProc);
		lastStart = NULL;

		/*
		 * Second pass will handle bogus ranges (end < start) and
		 * overlapping ranges.
		 */
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	if (TkTextDLineInfo(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
		&base) == 0) {
	    Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(base));

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
	}
	break;
    }
    case TEXT_DUMP:
	result = TextDumpCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    case TEXT_EDIT:
	result = TextEditCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    case TEXT_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
	int i, found = 0, visible = 0;
	const char *name;
	size_t length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "?-displaychars? ?--? index1 ?index2 ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * Simple, restrictive argument parsing. The only options are -- and
	 * -displaychars (or any unique prefix).
	 */

	i = 2;
	if (objc > 3) {
	    name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
	    length = objv[i]->length;
	    if (length > 1 && name[0] == '-') {
		if (strncmp("-displaychars", name, length) == 0) {
		    i++;
		    visible = 1;
		    name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
		    length = objv[i]->length;
		}
		if ((i < objc-1) && (length == 2) && !strcmp("--", name)) {
		    i++;
		}
	    }
	}








|
|
|
|
|















|















|
<




|
<







1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278

1279
1280
1281
1282
1283

1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	if (TkTextDLineInfo(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
		&base) == 0) {
	    Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(x));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(y));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(base));

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
	}
	break;
    }
    case TEXT_DUMP:
	result = TextDumpCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    case TEXT_EDIT:
	result = TextEditCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    case TEXT_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
	int i, found = 0, visible = 0;
	const char *name;
	TkSizeT length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "?-displaychars? ?--? index1 ?index2 ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * Simple, restrictive argument parsing. The only options are -- and
	 * -displaychars (or any unique prefix).
	 */

	i = 2;
	if (objc > 3) {
	    name = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

	    if (length > 1 && name[0] == '-') {
		if (strncmp("-displaychars", name, length) == 0) {
		    i++;
		    visible = 1;
		    name = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

		}
		if ((i < objc-1) && (length == 2) && !strcmp("--", name)) {
		    i++;
		}
	    }
	}

2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
				 * modified if the index is not valid for
				 * insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr,		/* Null-terminated string containing new
				 * information to add to text. */
    int viewUpdate)		/* Update the view if set. */
{
    int lineIndex;
    size_t length;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(stringPtr);

    length = stringPtr->length;
    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Don't allow insertions on the last (dummy) line of the text. This is
     * the only place in this function where the indexPtr is modified.







|




|

<







2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640

2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
				 * modified if the index is not valid for
				 * insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr,		/* Null-terminated string containing new
				 * information to add to text. */
    int viewUpdate)		/* Update the view if set. */
{
    int lineIndex;
    TkSizeT length;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
    const char *string = TkGetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length);


    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Don't allow insertions on the last (dummy) line of the text. This is
     * the only place in this function where the indexPtr is modified.
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784



2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794




2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;




    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();





    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);







>
>
>










>
>
>
>







2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;
    char lMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkL";
    char rMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkR";
    char stringUndoMarkId[16] = "";

    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;

    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843


































2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860




2861
2862
2863
2864
2865




2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);



































    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
     *
     * For the 'insert' and 'delete' actions, we have to register a functional
     * callback, because these actions are defined to operate on the
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);





    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);





    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

















>
>
>
>





>
>
>
>







2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("set", 3));
    markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId++;
    sprintf(stringUndoMarkId, "%d", textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId);
    strcat(lMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    strcat(rMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("gravity", 7));
    markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("left", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("right", 5));

    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
     *
     * For the 'insert' and 'delete' actions, we have to register a functional
     * callback, because these actions are defined to operate on the
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);

    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
		    && !TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &textPtr->selIndex, NULL)) {
		memcpy(buffer, segPtr->body.chars + offsetInSeg,
			(size_t) chunkSize);
		buffer += chunkSize;
		maxBytes -= chunkSize;
		count += chunkSize;
	    }
	    TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &textPtr->selIndex, chunkSize,
		    &textPtr->selIndex);
	}







|







3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
		    && !TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &textPtr->selIndex, NULL)) {
		memcpy(buffer, segPtr->body.chars + offsetInSeg,
			chunkSize);
		buffer += chunkSize;
		maxBytes -= chunkSize;
		count += chunkSize;
	    }
	    TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &textPtr->selIndex, chunkSize,
		    &textPtr->selIndex);
	}
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
				 * exact searches, and is allowed to be NULL
				 * for regexp searches. */
    int matchOffset,		/* Offset of found item in utf-8 bytes for
				 * exact search, Unicode chars for regexp. */
    int matchLength)		/* Length also in bytes/chars as per search
				 * type. */
{
    int numChars;
    int leftToScan;
    TkTextIndex curIndex, foundIndex;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;
    TkText *textPtr = searchSpecPtr->clientData;

    if (lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {







|







4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
				 * exact searches, and is allowed to be NULL
				 * for regexp searches. */
    int matchOffset,		/* Offset of found item in utf-8 bytes for
				 * exact search, Unicode chars for regexp. */
    int matchLength)		/* Length also in bytes/chars as per search
				 * type. */
{
    TkSizeT numChars;
    int leftToScan;
    TkTextIndex curIndex, foundIndex;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;
    TkText *textPtr = searchSpecPtr->clientData;

    if (lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
    /*
     * If we're using strict limits checking, ensure that the match with its
     * full length fits inside the given range.
     */

    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits && lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
	if (searchSpecPtr->backwards ^
		((matchOffset + numChars) > searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }

    /*
     * The index information returned by the regular expression parser only
     * considers textual information: it doesn't account for embedded windows,







|







4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
    /*
     * If we're using strict limits checking, ensure that the match with its
     * full length fits inside the given range.
     */

    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits && lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
	if (searchSpecPtr->backwards ^
		((matchOffset + numChars + 1) > (TkSizeT) searchSpecPtr->stopOffset + 1)) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }

    /*
     * The index information returned by the regular expression parser only
     * considers textual information: it doesn't account for embedded windows,
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
    }

    /*
     * Now store the count result, if it is wanted.
     */

    if (searchSpecPtr->varPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *tmpPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(numChars);
	if (searchSpecPtr->all) {
	    if (searchSpecPtr->countPtr == NULL) {
		searchSpecPtr->countPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, searchSpecPtr->countPtr, tmpPtr);
	} else {
	    searchSpecPtr->countPtr = tmpPtr;







|







4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
    }

    /*
     * Now store the count result, if it is wanted.
     */

    if (searchSpecPtr->varPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *tmpPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(numChars);
	if (searchSpecPtr->all) {
	    if (searchSpecPtr->countPtr == NULL) {
		searchSpecPtr->countPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, searchSpecPtr->countPtr, tmpPtr);
	} else {
	    searchSpecPtr->countPtr = tmpPtr;
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    arg++;
    atEnd = 0;
    if (objc == arg) {
	TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
    } else {
	size_t length;
	const char *str;

	if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = Tcl_GetString(objv[arg]);
	length = objv[arg]->length;
	if (strncmp(str, "end", length) == 0) {
	    atEnd = 1;
	}
    }
    if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index1, &index2) >= 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }







|





|
<







4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762

4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    arg++;
    atEnd = 0;
    if (objc == arg) {
	TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
    } else {
	TkSizeT length;
	const char *str;

	if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[arg], &length);

	if (strncmp(str, "end", length) == 0) {
	    atEnd = 1;
	}
    }
    if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index1, &index2) >= 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
		lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "image", name,
			command, &index, what);
	    } else if ((what & TK_DUMP_WIN) &&
		    (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextEmbWindowType)) {
		TkTextEmbWindow *ewPtr = &segPtr->body.ew;
		const char *pathname;

		if (ewPtr->tkwin == (Tk_Window) NULL) {
		    pathname = "";
		} else {
		    pathname = Tk_PathName(ewPtr->tkwin);
		}
		TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
			lineno, offset, &index);
		lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "window", pathname,







|







4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
		lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "image", name,
			command, &index, what);
	    } else if ((what & TK_DUMP_WIN) &&
		    (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextEmbWindowType)) {
		TkTextEmbWindow *ewPtr = &segPtr->body.ew;
		const char *pathname;

		if (ewPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
		    pathname = "";
		} else {
		    pathname = Tk_PathName(ewPtr->tkwin);
		}
		TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
			lineno, offset, &index);
		lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "window", pathname,
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
    values[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, -1);
    tuple = Tcl_NewListObj(3, values);
    if (command == NULL) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), tuple);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tuple);
	return 0;
    } else {
	int oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
	Tcl_DString buf;
	int code;

	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(command), -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(tuple), -1);







|







5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
    values[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, -1);
    tuple = Tcl_NewListObj(3, values);
    if (command == NULL) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), tuple);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tuple);
	return 0;
    } else {
	TkSizeT oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
	Tcl_DString buf;
	int code;

	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(command), -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(tuple), -1);
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076


5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting







>
>







5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
















5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoRevert() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124


5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously







>
>







5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146

















5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoApply() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd(
    ClientData clientData)		/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
    int code;

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	* The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
	*/

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree((char *) textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n    (text sync)");
	Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
    }
    Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
    textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
}

/*







|

















|







5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd(
    ClientData clientData)		/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    int code;

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	* The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
	*/

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree((char *) textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n    (text sync)");
	Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, TCL_ERROR);
    }
    Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
    textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
}

/*
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681

5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
				 * pattern. Must have a refCount > 0. */
{
    /*
     * For exact searches these are utf-8 char* offsets, for regexp searches
     * they are Unicode char offsets.
     */

    int firstOffset, lastOffset, matchOffset, matchLength;

    int passes;
    int lineNum = searchSpecPtr->startLine;
    int code = TCL_OK;
    Tcl_Obj *theLine;
    int alreadySearchOffset = -1;

    const char *pattern = NULL;	/* For exact searches only. */
    int firstNewLine = -1; 	/* For exact searches only. */
    Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;	/* For regexp searches only. */

    /*
     * These items are for backward regexp searches only. They are for two
     * purposes: to allow us to report backwards matches in the correct order,
     * even though the implementation uses repeated forward searches; and to
     * provide for overlap checking between backwards matches on different
     * text lines.
     */

#define LOTS_OF_MATCHES 20
    int matchNum = LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
    int smArray[2 * LOTS_OF_MATCHES];
    int *storeMatch = smArray;
    int *storeLength = smArray + LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
    int lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
    int lastBackwardsMatchOffset = -1;

    if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	/*
	 * Convert the pattern to lower-case if we're supposed to ignore case.
	 */







|
>




















|
|
|







5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
				 * pattern. Must have a refCount > 0. */
{
    /*
     * For exact searches these are utf-8 char* offsets, for regexp searches
     * they are Unicode char offsets.
     */

    int firstOffset, lastOffset;
    TkSizeT matchOffset,  matchLength;
    int passes;
    int lineNum = searchSpecPtr->startLine;
    int code = TCL_OK;
    Tcl_Obj *theLine;
    int alreadySearchOffset = -1;

    const char *pattern = NULL;	/* For exact searches only. */
    int firstNewLine = -1; 	/* For exact searches only. */
    Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;	/* For regexp searches only. */

    /*
     * These items are for backward regexp searches only. They are for two
     * purposes: to allow us to report backwards matches in the correct order,
     * even though the implementation uses repeated forward searches; and to
     * provide for overlap checking between backwards matches on different
     * text lines.
     */

#define LOTS_OF_MATCHES 20
    int matchNum = LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
    TkSizeT smArray[2 * LOTS_OF_MATCHES];
    TkSizeT *storeMatch = smArray;
    TkSizeT *storeLength = smArray + LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
    int lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
    int lastBackwardsMatchOffset = -1;

    if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	/*
	 * Convert the pattern to lower-case if we're supposed to ignore case.
	 */
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762

	/*
	 * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we
	 * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so
	 * it has dual purpose.
	 */

	pattern = Tcl_GetString(patObj);
	matchLength = patObj->length;
	nl = strchr(pattern, '\n');

	/*
	 * If there is no newline, or it is the very end of the string, then
	 * we don't need any special treatment, since single-line matching
	 * will work fine.
	 */







<
|







5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835

5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843

	/*
	 * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we
	 * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so
	 * it has dual purpose.
	 */


	pattern = TkGetStringFromObj(patObj, &matchLength);
	nl = strchr(pattern, '\n');

	/*
	 * If there is no newline, or it is the very end of the string, then
	 * we don't need any special treatment, since single-line matching
	 * will work fine.
	 */
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
	 * Check for matches within the current line 'lineNum'. If so, and if
	 * we're searching backwards or for all matches, repeat the search
	 * until we find the last match in the line. The 'lastOffset' is one
	 * beyond the last position in the line at which a match is allowed to
	 * begin.
	 */

	matchOffset = -1;

	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);

	    CLANG_ASSERT(pattern);
	    do {
		int ch;
		const char *p;
		int lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		if (firstNewLine == -1) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
			    && (firstOffset + matchLength > lastOffset)) {
			/*
			 * Not enough characters to match.
			 */

			break;
		    }








|









|



|







5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
	 * Check for matches within the current line 'lineNum'. If so, and if
	 * we're searching backwards or for all matches, repeat the search
	 * until we find the last match in the line. The 'lastOffset' is one
	 * beyond the last position in the line at which a match is allowed to
	 * begin.
	 */

	matchOffset = TCL_INDEX_NONE;

	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);

	    CLANG_ASSERT(pattern);
	    do {
		int ch;
		const char *p;
		TkSizeT lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		if (firstNewLine == -1) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
			    && (firstOffset + matchLength + 1 > (TkSizeT)lastOffset + 1)) {
			/*
			 * Not enough characters to match.
			 */

			break;
		    }

5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
			    p = startOfLine + alreadySearchOffset;
			    alreadySearchOffset = -1;
			} else {
			    p = startOfLine + lastOffset -1;
			}
			while (p >= startOfLine + firstOffset) {
			    if (matchLength == 0 || (p[0] == c && !strncmp(
				     p, pattern, (size_t) matchLength))) {
				goto backwardsMatch;
			    }
			    p--;
			}
			break;
		    } else {
			p = strstr(startOfLine + firstOffset, pattern);







|







5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
			    p = startOfLine + alreadySearchOffset;
			    alreadySearchOffset = -1;
			} else {
			    p = startOfLine + lastOffset -1;
			}
			while (p >= startOfLine + firstOffset) {
			    if (matchLength == 0 || (p[0] == c && !strncmp(
				     p, pattern, matchLength))) {
				goto backwardsMatch;
			    }
			    p--;
			}
			break;
		    } else {
			p = strstr(startOfLine + firstOffset, pattern);
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
		} else {
		    /*
		     * Multi-line match has only one possible match position,
		     * because we know where the '\n' is.
		     */

		    p = startOfLine + lastOffset - firstNewLine - 1;
		    if (strncmp(p, pattern, (unsigned) firstNewLine + 1)) {
			/*
			 * No match.
			 */

			break;
		    } else {
			int extraLines = 1;







|







6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
		} else {
		    /*
		     * Multi-line match has only one possible match position,
		     * because we know where the '\n' is.
		     */

		    p = startOfLine + lastOffset - firstNewLine - 1;
		    if (strncmp(p, pattern, firstNewLine + 1)) {
			/*
			 * No match.
			 */

			break;
		    } else {
			int extraLines = 1;
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
			    p = startOfLine + skipFirst;

			    /*
			     * Use the fact that 'matchLength = patLength' for
			     * exact searches.
			     */

			    if ((lastTotal - skipFirst) >= matchLength) {
				/*
				 * We now have enough text to match, so we
				 * make a final test and break whatever the
				 * result.
				 */

				if (strncmp(p,pattern,(size_t)matchLength)) {
				    p = NULL;
				}
				break;
			    } else {
				/*
				 * Not enough text yet, but check the prefix.
				 */







|






|







6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
			    p = startOfLine + skipFirst;

			    /*
			     * Use the fact that 'matchLength = patLength' for
			     * exact searches.
			     */

			    if ((TkSizeT)lastTotal - skipFirst + 1 >= matchLength + 1) {
				/*
				 * We now have enough text to match, so we
				 * make a final test and break whatever the
				 * result.
				 */

				if (strncmp(p, pattern, matchLength)) {
				    p = NULL;
				}
				break;
			    } else {
				/*
				 * Not enough text yet, but check the prefix.
				 */
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
			    alreadySearchOffset -= (matchLength ? matchLength : 1);
                            if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
                                break;
                            }
			}
		    } else {
                        firstOffset = matchLength ? p - startOfLine + matchLength
                                                  : p - startOfLine + 1;
			if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
			    /*
			     * Now, we have to be careful not to find
			     * overlapping matches either on the same or
			     * following lines. Assume that if we did find
			     * something, it goes until the last extra line we
			     * added.







|







6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
			    alreadySearchOffset -= (matchLength ? matchLength : 1);
                            if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
                                break;
                            }
			}
		    } else {
                        firstOffset = matchLength ? p - startOfLine + matchLength
                                                  : p - startOfLine + (TkSizeT)1;
			if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
			    /*
			     * Now, we have to be careful not to find
			     * overlapping matches either on the same or
			     * following lines. Assume that if we did find
			     * something, it goes until the last extra line we
			     * added.
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    int matches = 0;
	    int lastNonOverlap = -1;

	    do {
		Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
		int match;
		int lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regexp, theLine,
			firstOffset, 1, (firstOffset>0 ? TCL_REG_NOTBOL : 0));
		if (match < 0) {
		    code = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto searchDone;
		}
		Tcl_RegExpGetInfo(regexp, &info);

		/*
		 * If we don't have a match, or if we do, but it extends to
		 * the end of the line, we must try to add more lines to get a
		 * full greedy match.
		 */

		if (!match ||
			((info.extendStart == info.matches[0].start)
			&& (info.matches[0].end == lastOffset-firstOffset))) {
		    int extraLines = 0;
		    int prevFullLine;

		    /*
		     * If we find a match that overlaps more than one line, we
		     * will use this value to determine the first allowed
		     * starting offset for the following search (to avoid
		     * overlapping results).
		     */

		    int lastTotal = lastOffset;

		    if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1)
			    && (lastBackwardsLineMatch == (lineNum + 1))) {
			lastNonOverlap = lastTotal;
		    }

		    if (info.extendStart < 0) {
			/*
			 * No multi-line match is possible.
			 */

			break;
		    }








|

















|

|















|







6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    int matches = 0;
	    int lastNonOverlap = -1;

	    do {
		Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
		int match;
		TkSizeT lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regexp, theLine,
			firstOffset, 1, (firstOffset>0 ? TCL_REG_NOTBOL : 0));
		if (match < 0) {
		    code = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto searchDone;
		}
		Tcl_RegExpGetInfo(regexp, &info);

		/*
		 * If we don't have a match, or if we do, but it extends to
		 * the end of the line, we must try to add more lines to get a
		 * full greedy match.
		 */

		if (!match ||
			((info.extendStart == info.matches[0].start)
			&& (info.matches[0].end == (TkSizeT) (lastOffset - firstOffset)))) {
		    int extraLines = 0;
		    TkSizeT prevFullLine;

		    /*
		     * If we find a match that overlaps more than one line, we
		     * will use this value to determine the first allowed
		     * starting offset for the following search (to avoid
		     * overlapping results).
		     */

		    int lastTotal = lastOffset;

		    if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1)
			    && (lastBackwardsLineMatch == (lineNum + 1))) {
			lastNonOverlap = lastTotal;
		    }

		    if (info.extendStart == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
			/*
			 * No multi-line match is possible.
			 */

			break;
		    }

6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
			 * This means we often add and search one more line
			 * than might be necessary if Tcl were able to give us
			 * a correct value of info.extendStart under all
			 * circumstances.
			 */

			if ((match &&
				firstOffset+info.matches[0].end != lastTotal &&
				firstOffset+info.matches[0].end < prevFullLine)
				|| info.extendStart < 0) {
			    break;
			}

			/*
			 * If there is a match, but that match starts after
			 * the end of the first line, then we'll handle that
			 * next time around, when we're actually looking at
			 * that line.
			 */

			if (match && (info.matches[0].start >= lastOffset)) {
			    break;
			}
			if (match && ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end)
				>= prevFullLine)) {
			    if (extraLines > 0) {
				extraLinesSearched = extraLines - 1;
			    }







|
|
|










|







6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
			 * This means we often add and search one more line
			 * than might be necessary if Tcl were able to give us
			 * a correct value of info.extendStart under all
			 * circumstances.
			 */

			if ((match &&
				firstOffset + info.matches[0].end != (TkSizeT) lastTotal &&
				firstOffset + info.matches[0].end + 1 < prevFullLine + 1)
				|| info.extendStart == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
			    break;
			}

			/*
			 * If there is a match, but that match starts after
			 * the end of the first line, then we'll handle that
			 * next time around, when we're actually looking at
			 * that line.
			 */

			if (match && (info.matches[0].start + 1 >= (TkSizeT) lastOffset + 1)) {
			    break;
			}
			if (match && ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end)
				>= prevFullLine)) {
			    if (extraLines > 0) {
				extraLinesSearched = extraLines - 1;
			    }
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
				    - info.matches[0].start;

			    if (lastNonOverlap != -1) {
				/*
				 * Possible overlap or enclosure.
				 */

				if (thisOffset-lastNonOverlap >=
					lastBackwardsMatchOffset+matchLength){
				    /*
				     * Totally encloses previous match, so
				     * forget the previous match.
				     */

				    lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
				} else if ((thisOffset - lastNonOverlap)







|
|







6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
				    - info.matches[0].start;

			    if (lastNonOverlap != -1) {
				/*
				 * Possible overlap or enclosure.
				 */

				if ((TkSizeT)thisOffset - lastNonOverlap >=
					lastBackwardsMatchOffset + matchLength + 1){
				    /*
				     * Totally encloses previous match, so
				     * forget the previous match.
				     */

				    lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
				} else if ((thisOffset - lastNonOverlap)
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
		/*
		 * Update our local variables with the match, if we haven't
		 * yet found anything, or if we're doing '-all' or
		 * '-backwards' _and_ this match isn't fully enclosed in the
		 * previous match.
		 */

		if (matchOffset == -1 ||
			((searchSpecPtr->all || searchSpecPtr->backwards)
			&& ((firstOffset < matchOffset)
			|| ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end
				- info.matches[0].start)
				> (matchOffset + matchLength))))) {

		    matchOffset = firstOffset;
		    matchLength = info.matches[0].end - info.matches[0].start;

		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			/*
			 * To get backwards searches in the correct order, we
			 * must store them away here.
			 */

			if (matches == matchNum) {
			    /*
			     * We've run out of space in our normal store, so
			     * we must allocate space for these backwards
			     * matches on the heap.
			     */

			    int *newArray =
				    ckalloc(4 * matchNum * sizeof(int));
			    memcpy(newArray, storeMatch, matchNum*sizeof(int));
			    memcpy(newArray + 2*matchNum, storeLength,
				    matchNum * sizeof(int));
			    if (storeMatch != smArray) {
				ckfree(storeMatch);
			    }
			    matchNum *= 2;
			    storeMatch = newArray;
			    storeLength = newArray + matchNum;
			}







|

|


|

















|
|
|

|







6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
		/*
		 * Update our local variables with the match, if we haven't
		 * yet found anything, or if we're doing '-all' or
		 * '-backwards' _and_ this match isn't fully enclosed in the
		 * previous match.
		 */

		if (matchOffset == TCL_INDEX_NONE ||
			((searchSpecPtr->all || searchSpecPtr->backwards)
			&& (((TkSizeT)firstOffset + 1 < matchOffset + 1)
			|| ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end
				- info.matches[0].start)
				> matchOffset + matchLength)))) {

		    matchOffset = firstOffset;
		    matchLength = info.matches[0].end - info.matches[0].start;

		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			/*
			 * To get backwards searches in the correct order, we
			 * must store them away here.
			 */

			if (matches == matchNum) {
			    /*
			     * We've run out of space in our normal store, so
			     * we must allocate space for these backwards
			     * matches on the heap.
			     */

			    TkSizeT *newArray =
				    ckalloc(4 * matchNum * sizeof(TkSizeT));
			    memcpy(newArray, storeMatch, matchNum*sizeof(TkSizeT));
			    memcpy(newArray + 2*matchNum, storeLength,
				    matchNum * sizeof(TkSizeT));
			    if (storeMatch != smArray) {
				ckfree(storeMatch);
			    }
			    matchNum *= 2;
			    storeMatch = newArray;
			    storeLength = newArray + matchNum;
			}
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488

		    /*
		     * For forward matches, unless we allow overlaps, we move
		     * this on by the length of the current match so that we
		     * explicitly disallow overlapping matches.
		     */

		    if (matchLength > 0 && !searchSpecPtr->overlap
			    && !searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			firstOffset += matchLength;
			if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
			    /*
			     * Now, we have to be careful not to find
			     * overlapping matches either on the same or
			     * following lines. Assume that if we did find







|







6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569

		    /*
		     * For forward matches, unless we allow overlaps, we move
		     * this on by the length of the current match so that we
		     * explicitly disallow overlapping matches.
		     */

		    if (matchLength + 1 > 1 && !searchSpecPtr->overlap
			    && !searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			firstOffset += matchLength;
			if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
			    /*
			     * Now, we have to be careful not to find
			     * overlapping matches either on the same or
			     * following lines. Assume that if we did find
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
			 * if (storeMatch[matches]<searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)
			 *	break;
			 *
			 * might be needed here, but no test case has been
			 * found which would exercise such a problem.
			 */
		    }
		    if (storeMatch[matches] + storeLength[matches]
			    >= matchOffset + matchLength) {
			/*
			 * The new match totally encloses the previous one, so
			 * we overwrite the previous one.
			 */

			matchOffset = storeMatch[matches];
			matchLength = storeLength[matches];







|
|







6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
			 * if (storeMatch[matches]<searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)
			 *	break;
			 *
			 * might be needed here, but no test case has been
			 * found which would exercise such a problem.
			 */
		    }
		    if (storeMatch[matches] + storeLength[matches] + 1
			    >= matchOffset + matchLength + 1) {
			/*
			 * The new match totally encloses the previous one, so
			 * we overwrite the previous one.
			 */

			matchOffset = storeMatch[matches];
			matchLength = storeLength[matches];
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
	 * If the 'all' flag is set, we will already have stored all matches,
	 * so we just proceed to the next line.
	 *
	 * If not, and there is a match we need to store that information and
	 * we are done.
	 */

	if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch == -1) && (matchOffset >= 0)
		&& !searchSpecPtr->all) {
	    searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc(lineNum, searchSpecPtr, lineInfo,
		    theLine, matchOffset, matchLength);
	    goto searchDone;
	}

	/*







|







6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
	 * If the 'all' flag is set, we will already have stored all matches,
	 * so we just proceed to the next line.
	 *
	 * If not, and there is a match we need to store that information and
	 * we are done.
	 */

	if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch == -1) && (matchOffset != TCL_INDEX_NONE)
		&& !searchSpecPtr->all) {
	    searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc(lineNum, searchSpecPtr, lineInfo,
		    theLine, matchOffset, matchLength);
	    goto searchDone;
	}

	/*
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
				 * line value. */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr = *(TkTextLine **)(recordPtr + internalOffset);

    if (linePtr == NULL) {
	return Tcl_NewObj();
    }
    return Tcl_NewIntObj(1 + TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, linePtr));
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetLineStartEnd --
 *







|







6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
				 * line value. */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr = *(TkTextLine **)(recordPtr + internalOffset);

    if (linePtr == NULL) {
	return Tcl_NewObj();
    }
    return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(1 + TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, linePtr));
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetLineStartEnd --
 *
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
    char *internalPtr;
    TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) recordPtr;

    if (internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {







|







6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
    char *internalPtr;
    TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) recordPtr;

    if (internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
TkpTesttextCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    TkText *textPtr;
    size_t len;
    int lineIndex, byteIndex, byteOffset;
    TkTextIndex index;
    char buf[64];
    Tcl_CmdInfo info;

    if (objc < 3) {
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
TkpTesttextCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    TkText *textPtr;
    TkSizeT len;
    int lineIndex, byteIndex, byteOffset;
    TkTextIndex index;
    char buf[64];
    Tcl_CmdInfo info;

    if (objc < 3) {
	return TCL_ERROR;

Changes to generic/tkText.h.

527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534








535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
    TK_TEXT_STATE_DISABLED, TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL
} TkTextState;

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget
 * that are peers.
 */









typedef struct TkSharedText {
    int refCount;		/* Reference count this shared object. */
    TkTextBTree tree;		/* B-tree representation of text and tags for
				 * widget. */
    Tcl_HashTable tagTable;	/* Hash table that maps from tag names to
				 * pointers to TkTextTag structures. The "sel"
				 * tag does not feature in this table, since
				 * there's one of those for each text peer. */
    int numTags;		/* Number of tags currently defined for








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|







527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
    TK_TEXT_STATE_DISABLED, TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL
} TkTextState;

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget
 * that are peers.
 */

#ifndef TkSizeT
#   if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#	define TkSizeT size_t
#   else
#	define TkSizeT int
#   endif
#endif

typedef struct TkSharedText {
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Reference count this shared object. */
    TkTextBTree tree;		/* B-tree representation of text and tags for
				 * widget. */
    Tcl_HashTable tagTable;	/* Hash table that maps from tag names to
				 * pointers to TkTextTag structures. The "sel"
				 * tag does not feature in this table, since
				 * there's one of those for each text peer. */
    int numTags;		/* Number of tags currently defined for
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582


583
584
585
586
587
588
589
				 * image, there is no entry for it here. */
    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
				 * this widget. NULL means that no bindings
				 * exist, so the table hasn't been created.
				 * Each "object" used for this table is the
				 * name of a tag. */
    int stateEpoch;		/* This is incremented each time the B-tree's
				 * contents change structurally, or when the
				 * start/end limits change, and means that any
				 * cached TkTextIndex objects are no longer
				 * valid. */

    /*
     * Information related to the undo/redo functionality.
     */

    TkUndoRedoStack *undoStack;	/* The undo/redo stack. */
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */


    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode







|

















>
>







566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
				 * image, there is no entry for it here. */
    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
				 * this widget. NULL means that no bindings
				 * exist, so the table hasn't been created.
				 * Each "object" used for this table is the
				 * name of a tag. */
    TkSizeT stateEpoch;	/* This is incremented each time the B-tree's
				 * contents change structurally, or when the
				 * start/end limits change, and means that any
				 * cached TkTextIndex objects are no longer
				 * valid. */

    /*
     * Information related to the undo/redo functionality.
     */

    TkUndoRedoStack *undoStack;	/* The undo/redo stack. */
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */
    int undoMarkId;             /* Counts undo marks temporarily used during
                                   undo and redo operations. */
    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
				 * horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
    char *yScrollCmd;		/* Prefix of command to issue to update
				 * vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
    int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
				 * definitions. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Token representing the configuration
				 * specifications. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of cached TkTextIndex objects
				 * refering to us. */
    int insertCursorType;	/* 0 = standard insertion cursor, 1 = block
				 * cursor. */

    /*
     * Copies of information from the shared section relating to the undo/redo
     * functonality







|







787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
				 * horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
    char *yScrollCmd;		/* Prefix of command to issue to update
				 * vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
    int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
				 * definitions. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Token representing the configuration
				 * specifications. */
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Number of cached TkTextIndex objects
				 * refering to us. */
    int insertCursorType;	/* 0 = standard insertion cursor, 1 = block
				 * cursor. */

    /*
     * Copies of information from the shared section relating to the undo/redo
     * functonality
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr,
			    int defaultHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkText *textPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkBTreeEpoch(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int line);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindPixelLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int pixels,
			    int *pixelOffset);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTag **TkBTreeGetTags(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int *numTagsPtr);







|







1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr,
			    int defaultHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkText *textPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkSizeT	TkBTreeEpoch(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int line);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindPixelLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int pixels,
			    int *pixelOffset);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTag **TkBTreeGetTags(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int *numTagsPtr);

Changes to generic/tkTextBTree.c.

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
 */

typedef struct BTree {
    Node *rootPtr;		/* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
    int clients;		/* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
    int pixelReferences;	/* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
				 * about pixel heights. */
    int stateEpoch;		/* Updated each time any aspect of the B-tree
				 * changes. */
    TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr;/* Used to find tagTable in consistency
				 * checking code, and to access list of all
				 * B-tree clients. */
    int startEndCount;
    TkTextLine **startEnd;
    TkText **startEndRef;







|







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
 */

typedef struct BTree {
    Node *rootPtr;		/* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
    int clients;		/* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
    int pixelReferences;	/* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
				 * about pixel heights. */
    TkSizeT stateEpoch;	 /* Updated each time any aspect of the B-tree
				 * changes. */
    TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr;/* Used to find tagTable in consistency
				 * checking code, and to access list of all
				 * B-tree clients. */
    int startEndCount;
    TkTextLine **startEnd;
    TkText **startEndRef;
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153

int tkBTreeDebug = 0;

/*
 * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments:
 */

#define CSEG_SIZE(chars) ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ 1 + (chars)))
#define TSEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextToggle)))

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
 */

static int		AdjustPixelClient(BTree *treePtr, int defaultHeight,
			    Node *nodePtr, TkTextLine *start, TkTextLine *end,







|
|
|
|







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153

int tkBTreeDebug = 0;

/*
 * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments:
 */

#define CSEG_SIZE(chars) (offsetof(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ 1 + (chars))
#define TSEG_SIZE (offsetof(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextToggle))

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
 */

static int		AdjustPixelClient(BTree *treePtr, int defaultHeight,
			    Node *nodePtr, TkTextLine *start, TkTextLine *end,
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkBTreeEpoch(
    TkTextBTree tree)		/* Tree to get epoch for. */
{
    BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
    return treePtr->stateEpoch;
}








|







497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkSizeT
TkBTreeEpoch(
    TkTextBTree tree)		/* Tree to get epoch for. */
{
    BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
    return treePtr->stateEpoch;
}

1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
    TkTextSegment *curPtr;	/* Current segment; new characters are
				 * inserted just after this one. NULL means
				 * insert at beginning of line. */
    TkTextLine *linePtr;	/* Current line (new segments are added to
				 * this line). */
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextLine *newLinePtr;
    int chunkSize;		/* # characters in current chunk. */
    register const char *eol;	/* Pointer to character just after last one in
				 * current chunk. */
    int changeToLineCount;	/* Counts change to total number of lines in
				 * file. */
    int *changeToPixelCount;	/* Counts change to total number of pixels in
				 * file. */
    int ref;







|







1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
    TkTextSegment *curPtr;	/* Current segment; new characters are
				 * inserted just after this one. NULL means
				 * insert at beginning of line. */
    TkTextLine *linePtr;	/* Current line (new segments are added to
				 * this line). */
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextLine *newLinePtr;
    size_t chunkSize;		/* # characters in current chunk. */
    register const char *eol;	/* Pointer to character just after last one in
				 * current chunk. */
    int changeToLineCount;	/* Counts change to total number of lines in
				 * file. */
    int *changeToPixelCount;	/* Counts change to total number of pixels in
				 * file. */
    int ref;
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
	    segPtr->nextPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
	    linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
	} else {
	    segPtr->nextPtr = curPtr->nextPtr;
	    curPtr->nextPtr = segPtr;
	}
	segPtr->size = chunkSize;
	memcpy(segPtr->body.chars, string, (size_t) chunkSize);
	segPtr->body.chars[chunkSize] = 0;

	if (eol[-1] != '\n') {
	    break;
	}

	/*







|







1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
	    segPtr->nextPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
	    linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
	} else {
	    segPtr->nextPtr = curPtr->nextPtr;
	    curPtr->nextPtr = segPtr;
	}
	segPtr->size = chunkSize;
	memcpy(segPtr->body.chars, string, chunkSize);
	segPtr->body.chars[chunkSize] = 0;

	if (eol[-1] != '\n') {
	    break;
	}

	/*
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
    TkTextSegment *newPtr1, *newPtr2;

    newPtr1 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(index));
    newPtr2 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(segPtr->size - index));
    newPtr1->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr1->nextPtr = newPtr2;
    newPtr1->size = index;
    memcpy(newPtr1->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars, (size_t) index);
    newPtr1->body.chars[index] = 0;
    newPtr2->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr2->nextPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
    newPtr2->size = segPtr->size - index;
    memcpy(newPtr2->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars + index, newPtr2->size);
    newPtr2->body.chars[newPtr2->size] = 0;
    ckfree(segPtr);







|







4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
    TkTextSegment *newPtr1, *newPtr2;

    newPtr1 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(index));
    newPtr2 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(segPtr->size - index));
    newPtr1->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr1->nextPtr = newPtr2;
    newPtr1->size = index;
    memcpy(newPtr1->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars, index);
    newPtr1->body.chars[index] = 0;
    newPtr2->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr2->nextPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
    newPtr2->size = segPtr->size - index;
    memcpy(newPtr2->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars + index, newPtr2->size);
    newPtr2->body.chars[newPtr2->size] = 0;
    ckfree(segPtr);

Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#define OK_TO_LOG (!TkpAppIsDrawing())
#define FORCE_DISPLAY(winPtr) TkpDisplayWindow(winPtr)
#else
#define OK_TO_LOG 1
#define FORCE_DISPLAY(winPtr)







<
<
<
<
<
<







12
13
14
15
16
17
18






19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"







#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#define OK_TO_LOG (!TkpAppIsDrawing())
#define FORCE_DISPLAY(winPtr) TkpDisplayWindow(winPtr)
#else
#define OK_TO_LOG 1
#define FORCE_DISPLAY(winPtr)
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
/*
 * The following structure extends the StyleValues structure above with
 * graphics contexts used to actually draw the characters. The entries in
 * dInfoPtr->styleTable point to structures of this type.
 */

typedef struct TextStyle {
    int refCount;		/* Number of times this structure is
				 * referenced in Chunks. */
    GC bgGC;			/* Graphics context for background. None means
				 * use widget background. */
    GC fgGC;			/* Graphics context for foreground. */
    GC ulGC;			/* Graphics context for underline. */
    GC ovGC;			/* Graphics context for overstrike. */
    StyleValues *sValuePtr;	/* Raw information from which GCs were







|







163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
/*
 * The following structure extends the StyleValues structure above with
 * graphics contexts used to actually draw the characters. The entries in
 * dInfoPtr->styleTable point to structures of this type.
 */

typedef struct TextStyle {
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Number of times this structure is
				 * referenced in Chunks. */
    GC bgGC;			/* Graphics context for background. None means
				 * use widget background. */
    GC fgGC;			/* Graphics context for foreground. */
    GC ulGC;			/* Graphics context for underline. */
    GC ovGC;			/* Graphics context for overstrike. */
    StyleValues *sValuePtr;	/* Raw information from which GCs were
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
				 * calculations, if they are out of date. */
    TkTextIndex metricIndex;	/* If the current metric update line wraps
				 * into very many display lines, then this is
				 * used to keep track of what index we've got
				 * to so far... */
    int metricPixelHeight;	/* ...and this is for the height calculation
				 * so far...*/
    int metricEpoch;		/* ...and this for the epoch of the partial
				 * calculation so it can be cancelled if
				 * things change once more. This field will be
				 * -1 if there is no long-line calculation in
				 * progress, and take a non-negative value if
				 * there is such a calculation in progress. */
    int lastMetricUpdateLine;	/* When the current update line reaches this
				 * line, we are done and should stop the







|







410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
				 * calculations, if they are out of date. */
    TkTextIndex metricIndex;	/* If the current metric update line wraps
				 * into very many display lines, then this is
				 * used to keep track of what index we've got
				 * to so far... */
    int metricPixelHeight;	/* ...and this is for the height calculation
				 * so far...*/
    TkSizeT metricEpoch;		/* ...and this for the epoch of the partial
				 * calculation so it can be cancelled if
				 * things change once more. This field will be
				 * -1 if there is no long-line calculation in
				 * progress, and take a non-negative value if
				 * there is such a calculation in progress. */
    int lastMetricUpdateLine;	/* When the current update line reaches this
				 * line, we are done and should stop the
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
			    TkText *textPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
			    int *intPtr);
static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
static void		GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync);
static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
static int              IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);

/*
 * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
 */

#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO	1
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES	2







|







616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
			    TkText *textPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
			    int *intPtr);
static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
static void		GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync);
static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
static int              IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);

/*
 * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
 */

#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO	1
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES	2
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085

static void
FreeStyle(
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about overall widget. */
    register TextStyle *stylePtr)
				/* Information about style to free. */
{
    stylePtr->refCount--;
    if (stylePtr->refCount == 0) {
	if (stylePtr->bgGC != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->bgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->fgGC != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->fgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->ulGC != NULL) {







<
|







1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070

1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078

static void
FreeStyle(
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about overall widget. */
    register TextStyle *stylePtr)
				/* Information about style to free. */
{

    if (stylePtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	if (stylePtr->bgGC != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->bgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->fgGC != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->fgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->ulGC != NULL) {
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
    }

    /*
     * If we're not in the middle of a long-line calculation (metricEpoch==-1)
     * and we've reached the last line, then we're done.
     */

    if (dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1
	    && lineNum == dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine) {
	/*
	 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our
	 * refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL
	 * above). If there is a registered aftersync command, run that first.
	 * Cancel any pending idle task which would try to run the command
	 * after the afterSyncCmd pointer had been set to NULL.
	 */

        if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd) {
            int code;
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd, textPtr);
            Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
            code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd,
                    TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
                Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n    (text sync)");
                Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
	    }
            Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
            textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
	}

        /*







|

















|







3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
    }

    /*
     * If we're not in the middle of a long-line calculation (metricEpoch==-1)
     * and we've reached the last line, then we're done.
     */

    if (dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == TCL_AUTO_LENGTH
	    && lineNum == dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine) {
	/*
	 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our
	 * refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL
	 * above). If there is a registered aftersync command, run that first.
	 * Cancel any pending idle task which would try to run the command
	 * after the afterSyncCmd pointer had been set to NULL.
	 */

        if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd) {
            int code;
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd, textPtr);
            Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
            code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd,
                    TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	    if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
                Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, "\n    (text sync)");
                Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, TCL_ERROR);
	    }
            Tcl_Release((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
            textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
	}

        /*
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253

3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
	    }

	    /*
	     * If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation,
	     * then we can't be done.
	     */

	    if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1 && lineNum == endLine) {


		/*
		 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done.
		 */

		break;
	    }







|
>







3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
	    }

	    /*
	     * If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation,
	     * then we can't be done.
	     */

	    if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == TCL_AUTO_LENGTH && lineNum == endLine) {


		/*
		 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done.
		 */

		break;
	    }
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
				 * parsed this command enough to know that
				 * objv[1] is "yview". */
{
    TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
    int pickPlace, type;
    int pixels, count;
    int switchLength;
    double fraction;
    TkTextIndex index;

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
	UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
    }

    if (objc == 2) {
	GetYView(interp, textPtr, 0);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Next, handle the old syntax: "pathName yview ?-pickplace? where"
     */

    pickPlace = 0;
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') {
	register const char *switchStr =
		Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength);

	if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace",
		(unsigned) switchLength) == 0)) {
	    pickPlace = 1;
	    if (objc != 4) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "lineNum|index");
		return TCL_ERROR;







|


















|
|







6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
				 * parsed this command enough to know that
				 * objv[1] is "yview". */
{
    TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
    int pickPlace, type;
    int pixels, count;
    TkSizeT switchLength;
    double fraction;
    TkTextIndex index;

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
	UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
    }

    if (objc == 2) {
	GetYView(interp, textPtr, 0);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Next, handle the old syntax: "pathName yview ?-pickplace? where"
     */

    pickPlace = 0;
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') {
	const char *switchStr =
		TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength);

	if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace",
		(unsigned) switchLength) == 0)) {
	    pickPlace = 1;
	    if (objc != 4) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "lineNum|index");
		return TCL_ERROR;
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
      TkText *textPtr,              /* Widget record for text widget. */
      CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)  /* Index to check. */
{
    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;

    if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
        /*
         * Not the start of a logical line.
         */







|







6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
      TkText *textPtr,              /* Widget record for text widget. */
      const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)  /* Index to check. */
{
    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;

    if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
        /*
         * Not the start of a logical line.
         */
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
    chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
    chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
    chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;

#if !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    ciPtr = ckalloc((Tk_Offset(CharInfo, chars) + 1) + bytesThatFit);
    chunkPtr->clientData = ciPtr;
    memcpy(ciPtr->chars, p, (unsigned) bytesThatFit);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    ciPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
    if (p[bytesThatFit - 1] == '\n') {
	ciPtr->numBytes--;
    }








|

|







7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
    chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
    chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
    chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;

#if !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    ciPtr = ckalloc(offsetof(CharInfo, chars) + 1 + bytesThatFit);
    chunkPtr->clientData = ciPtr;
    memcpy(ciPtr->chars, p, bytesThatFit);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    ciPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
    if (p[bytesThatFit - 1] == '\n') {
	ciPtr->numBytes--;
    }

8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
    static const char *const subcommands[] = {
	"moveto", "scroll", NULL
    };
    enum viewSubcmds {
	VIEW_MOVETO, VIEW_SCROLL
    };
    static const char *const units[] = {
	"units", "pages", "pixels", NULL
    };
    enum viewUnits {
	VIEW_SCROLL_UNITS, VIEW_SCROLL_PAGES, VIEW_SCROLL_PIXELS
    };
    int index;

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], subcommands,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum viewSubcmds) index) {
    case VIEW_MOVETO:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "fraction");
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	return TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    case VIEW_SCROLL:
	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "number units|pages|pixels");
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], units,
		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum viewUnits) index) {







|


|




















|







8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
    static const char *const subcommands[] = {
	"moveto", "scroll", NULL
    };
    enum viewSubcmds {
	VIEW_MOVETO, VIEW_SCROLL
    };
    static const char *const units[] = {
	"pages", "pixels", "units", NULL
    };
    enum viewUnits {
	VIEW_SCROLL_PAGES, VIEW_SCROLL_PIXELS, VIEW_SCROLL_UNITS
    };
    int index;

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], subcommands,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum viewSubcmds) index) {
    case VIEW_MOVETO:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "fraction");
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	return TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    case VIEW_SCROLL:
	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "number pages|pixels|units");
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[4], units,
		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum viewUnits) index) {

Changes to generic/tkTextImage.c.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment:
 */

#define EI_SEG_SIZE \
	((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) + sizeof(TkTextEmbImage)))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbImageCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);







|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment:
 */

#define EI_SEG_SIZE \
	(offsetof(TkTextSegment, body) + sizeof(TkTextEmbImage))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbImageCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103

/*
 * Information used for parsing image configuration options:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
	"center", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, align),
	0, alignStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, imageString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-name", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, imageName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|


|

|

|


|







79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103

/*
 * Information used for parsing image configuration options:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
	"center", -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbImage, align),
	0, alignStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbImage, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbImage, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbImage, imageString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-name", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbImage, imageName),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
	if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) &eiPtr->body.ei,
		eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}







|







157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
	if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, &eiPtr->body.ei,
		eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
		    (char *) &eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		return TCL_OK;







|







184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
		    &eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		return TCL_OK;
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    char *name;
    int dummy;
    int count = 0;		/* The counter for picking a unique name */
    int conflict = 0;		/* True if we have a name conflict */
    size_t len;			/* length of image name */

    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char *) &eiPtr->body.ei,
	    eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until







|







333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    char *name;
    int dummy;
    int count = 0;		/* The counter for picking a unique name */
    int conflict = 0;		/* True if we have a name conflict */
    size_t len;			/* length of image name */

    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, &eiPtr->body.ei,
	    eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until

Changes to generic/tkTextIndex.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
/*
 * tkTextIndex.c --
 *
 *	This module provides functions that manipulate indices for text
 *	widgets.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * Index to use to select last character in line (very large integer):
 */

#define LAST_CHAR 1000000














|
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
/*
 * tkTextIndex.c --
 *
 *	This module provides functions that manipulate indices for text
 *	widgets.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Index to use to select last character in line (very large integer):
 */

#define LAST_CHAR 1000000

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
static const char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
static int              IndexCountBytesOrdered(CONST TkText *textPtr,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);

/*
 * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
 */

static void		DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);







|
|
|







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
static const char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
static int              IndexCountBytesOrdered(const TkText *textPtr,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);

/*
 * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
 */

static void		DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
#define GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr) \
	((TkTextIndex *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \
	(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2))
#define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (indexPtr))
#define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(epoch))

/*
 * Define the 'textindex' object type, which Tk uses to represent indices in
 * text widgets internally.
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType = {







|







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
#define GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr) \
	((TkTextIndex *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \
	(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2))
#define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (indexPtr))
#define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *) (size_t) (epoch))

/*
 * Define the 'textindex' object type, which Tk uses to represent indices in
 * text widgets internally.
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType = {
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
}

static void
DupTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to copy. */
    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to set. */
{
    int epoch;
    TkTextIndex *dupIndexPtr, *indexPtr;

    dupIndexPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
    indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(srcPtr);
    epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(srcPtr);

    dupIndexPtr->tree = indexPtr->tree;







|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
}

static void
DupTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to copy. */
    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to set. */
{
    TkSizeT epoch;
    TkTextIndex *dupIndexPtr, *indexPtr;

    dupIndexPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
    indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(srcPtr);
    epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(srcPtr);

    dupIndexPtr->tree = indexPtr->tree;
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
				 * position. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = NULL;
    int cache;

    if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkTextIndexType) {
	int epoch;

	indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
	epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr);

	if (epoch == textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch) {
	    if (indexPtr->textPtr == textPtr) {
		return indexPtr;







|







202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
				 * position. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = NULL;
    int cache;

    if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkTextIndexType) {
	TkSizeT epoch;

	indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
	epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr);

	if (epoch == textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch) {
	    if (indexPtr->textPtr == textPtr) {
		return indexPtr;
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
	*endOfBase = c;
	if (result != 0) {
	    goto gotBase;
	}
    }
    if ((string[0] == 'e')
	    && (strncmp(string, "end",
	    (size_t) (endOfBase-Tcl_DStringValue(&copy))) == 0)) {
	/*
	 * Base position is end of text.
	 */

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr), 0, indexPtr);
	canCache = 1;







|







919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
	*endOfBase = c;
	if (result != 0) {
	    goto gotBase;
	}
    }
    if ((string[0] == 'e')
	    && (strncmp(string, "end",
	    endOfBase-Tcl_DStringValue(&copy)) == 0)) {
	/*
	 * Base position is end of text.
	 */

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr), 0, indexPtr);
	canCache = 1;
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkTextIndexCountBytes(
    CONST TkText *textPtr,
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
{
    int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);

    if (compare == 0) {
	return 0;
    } else if (compare > 0) {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
    } else {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
    }
}

static int
IndexCountBytesOrdered(
    CONST TkText *textPtr,
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
				/* Index describing location of character from
				 * which to count. */
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
				/* Index describing location of last character
				 * at which to stop the count. */
{
    int byteCount, offset;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;








|
|
|














|
|


|







1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkTextIndexCountBytes(
    const TkText *textPtr,
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
{
    int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);

    if (compare == 0) {
	return 0;
    } else if (compare > 0) {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
    } else {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
    }
}

static int
IndexCountBytesOrdered(
    const TkText *textPtr,
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
				/* Index describing location of character from
				 * which to count. */
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
				/* Index describing location of last character
				 * at which to stop the count. */
{
    int byteCount, offset;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;

Changes to generic/tkTextMark.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
#include "tkText.h"
#include "tk3d.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of a mark segment:
 */

#define MSEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextMark)))

/*
 * Forward references for functions defined in this file:
 */

static Tcl_Obj *	GetMarkName(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr);
static void		InsertUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr,







|
|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
#include "tkText.h"
#include "tk3d.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of a mark segment:
 */

#define MSEG_SIZE (offsetof(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextMark))

/*
 * Forward references for functions defined in this file:
 */

static Tcl_Obj *	GetMarkName(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr);
static void		InsertUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr,
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
	    sizeof(char *), "mark option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum markOptions) optionIndex) {
    case MARK_GRAVITY: {
	char c;
	int length;
	const char *str;

	if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName ?gravity?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	if (length == 6 && !strcmp(str, "insert")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
	} else if (length == 7 && !strcmp(str, "current")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
	} else {
	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, str);
	    if (hPtr == NULL) {







|






|







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
	    sizeof(char *), "mark option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum markOptions) optionIndex) {
    case MARK_GRAVITY: {
	char c;
	TkSizeT length;
	const char *str;

	if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName ?gravity?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	if (length == 6 && !strcmp(str, "insert")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
	} else if (length == 7 && !strcmp(str, "current")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
	} else {
	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, str);
	    if (hPtr == NULL) {
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
		typeStr = "right";
	    } else {
		typeStr = "left";
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(typeStr, -1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4],&length);
	c = str[0];
	if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(str, "left", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextLeftMarkType;
	} else if ((c == 'r') &&
		(strncmp(str, "right", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextRightMarkType;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad mark gravity \"%s\": must be left or right", str));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "MARK_GRAVITY", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}







|

|


|







156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
		typeStr = "right";
	    } else {
		typeStr = "left";
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(typeStr, -1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	str = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[4],&length);
	c = str[0];
	if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(str, "left", length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextLeftMarkType;
	} else if ((c == 'r') &&
		(strncmp(str, "right", length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextRightMarkType;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad mark gravity \"%s\": must be left or right", str));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "MARK_GRAVITY", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

Changes to generic/tkTextTag.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * The 'TkWrapMode' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the -wrap
 * option of tags in a Text widget. These values are used as indices into the
 * string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the widget as
 * a whole is not.
 */







|
|
|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * The 'TkWrapMode' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the -wrap
 * option of tags in a Text widget. These values are used as indices into the
 * string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the widget as
 * a whole is not.
 */
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109

static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
    "tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tagOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, border), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bgstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, bgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidth),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-elide", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, elideString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-fgstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, fgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tkfont), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, fgColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, justifyString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-lmargin1", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMargin1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-lmargin2", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMargin2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-lmargincolor", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMarginColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, offsetString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-overstrike", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, overstrikeString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-overstrikefg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, overstrikeColor),
        TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-relief", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, reliefString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-rmargin", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, rMarginString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-rmargincolor", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, rMarginColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, selBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, selFgColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing1", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing2", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing3", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing3String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tabStringPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tabStyle),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, tabStyleStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, underlineString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-underlinefg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, underlineColor),
        TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, wrapMode),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, wrapStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */







|

|

|


|


|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|


|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|


|


|







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109

static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
    "tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};

static const Tk_OptionSpec tagOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, border), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bgstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, bgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(TkTextTag, borderWidthPtr), offsetof(TkTextTag, borderWidth),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-elide", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, elideString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-fgstipple", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, fgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, tkfont), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, fgColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, justifyString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-lmargin1", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, lMargin1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-lmargin2", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, lMargin2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-lmargincolor", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, lMarginColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, offsetString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-overstrike", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, overstrikeString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-overstrikefg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, overstrikeColor),
        TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-relief", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, reliefString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-rmargin", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, rMarginString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-rmargincolor", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, rMarginColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, selBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, selFgColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing1", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, spacing1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing2", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, spacing2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing3", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, spacing3String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, offsetof(TkTextTag, tabStringPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, tabStyle),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, tabStyleStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, underlineString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-underlinefg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, underlineColor),
        TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextTag, wrapMode),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, wrapStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
	    mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp,
		    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
		    (ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), fifth,
		    append);
	    if (mask == 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (mask & (unsigned long) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask
		    |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask
		    |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
		    |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask
		    |KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) {
		Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
			(ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(







|







288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
	    mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp,
		    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
		    (ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), fifth,
		    append);
	    if (mask == 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (mask & ~(unsigned long)(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask
		    |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask
		    |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
		    |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask
		    |KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) {
		Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
			(ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    tagPtr = FindTag(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
	    if (tagPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	break;
    case TAG_CONFIGURE: {
	int newTag;

	if (objc < 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
		    "tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &newTag);
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    int result = TCL_OK;

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) tagPtr, tagPtr->optionTable,
		    objc-4, objv+4, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Some of the configuration options, like -underline and
	     * -justify, require additional translation (this is needed







|


















|











|







339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    tagPtr = FindTag(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
	    if (tagPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	break;
    case TAG_CONFIGURE: {
	int newTag;

	if (objc < 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
		    "tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &newTag);
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    int result = TCL_OK;

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, tagPtr, tagPtr->optionTable,
		    objc-4, objv+4, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Some of the configuration options, like -underline and
	     * -justify, require additional translation (this is needed
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error message; if
				 * NULL, then don't record an error
				 * message. */
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget in which tag is being used. */
    Tcl_Obj *tagName)		/* Name of desired tag. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    int len;
    const char *str;

    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(tagName, &len);
    if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str, "sel")) {
	return textPtr->selTagPtr;
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
	    Tcl_GetString(tagName));
    if (hPtr != NULL) {
	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);







|


|







1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error message; if
				 * NULL, then don't record an error
				 * message. */
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget in which tag is being used. */
    Tcl_Obj *tagName)		/* Name of desired tag. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    TkSizeT len;
    const char *str;

    str = TkGetStringFromObj(tagName, &len);
    if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str, "sel")) {
	return textPtr->selTagPtr;
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
	    Tcl_GetString(tagName));
    if (hPtr != NULL) {
	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
TkTextBindProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to canvas structure. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Pointer to X event that just happened. */
{
    TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    int repick = 0;

# define AnyButtonMask \
	(Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask)

    textPtr->refCount++;

    /*
     * This code simulates grabs for mouse buttons by keeping track of whether
     * a button is pressed and refusing to pick a new current character while
     * a button is pressed.
     */

    if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
	textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
    } else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) {
	unsigned long mask;

	switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) {
	case Button1:
	    mask = Button1Mask;
	    break;
	case Button2:
	    mask = Button2Mask;
	    break;
	case Button3:
	    mask = Button3Mask;
	    break;
	case Button4:
	    mask = Button4Mask;
	    break;
	case Button5:
	    mask = Button5Mask;
	    break;
	default:
	    mask = 0;
	    break;
	}
	if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & AnyButtonMask) == mask) {
	    textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
	    repick = 1;
	}
    } else if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify)
	    || (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) {
	if (eventPtr->xcrossing.state & AnyButtonMask) {
	    textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
	} else {
	    textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
	}
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	goto done;
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
	if (eventPtr->xmotion.state & AnyButtonMask) {
	    textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
	} else {
	    textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
	}
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
    }
    if ((textPtr->numCurTags > 0)
	    && (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable != NULL)
	    && (textPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	TagBindEvent(textPtr, eventPtr, textPtr->numCurTags,
		textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
    }
    if (repick) {
	unsigned int oldState;

	oldState = eventPtr->xbutton.state;
	eventPtr->xbutton.state &= ~(Button1Mask|Button2Mask
		|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask);
	if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	}
	eventPtr->xbutton.state = oldState;
    }

  done:







<
<
<













|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|





|







|
















|
<







1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448



1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462



















1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494

1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
TkTextBindProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to canvas structure. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Pointer to X event that just happened. */
{
    TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    int repick = 0;




    textPtr->refCount++;

    /*
     * This code simulates grabs for mouse buttons by keeping track of whether
     * a button is pressed and refusing to pick a new current character while
     * a button is pressed.
     */

    if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
	textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
    } else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) {
	unsigned long mask;

	mask = TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);



















	if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS) == mask) {
	    textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
	    repick = 1;
	}
    } else if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify)
	    || (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) {
	if (eventPtr->xcrossing.state & ALL_BUTTONS) {
	    textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
	} else {
	    textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
	}
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	goto done;
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
	if (eventPtr->xmotion.state & ALL_BUTTONS) {
	    textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
	} else {
	    textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
	}
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
    }
    if ((textPtr->numCurTags > 0)
	    && (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable != NULL)
	    && (textPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	TagBindEvent(textPtr, eventPtr, textPtr->numCurTags,
		textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
    }
    if (repick) {
	unsigned int oldState;

	oldState = eventPtr->xbutton.state;
	eventPtr->xbutton.state &= ~(unsigned long)ALL_BUTTONS;

	if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	}
	eventPtr->xbutton.state = oldState;
    }

  done:
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566

1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
				 * ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextTag **oldArrayPtr, **newArrayPtr;
    TkTextTag **copyArrayPtr = NULL;
				/* Initialization needed to prevent compiler
				 * warning. */
    int numOldTags, numNewTags, i, j, size, nearby;

    XEvent event;

    /*
     * If a button is down, then don't do anything at all; we'll be called
     * again when all buttons are up, and we can repick then. This implements
     * a form of mouse grabbing.
     */







|
>







1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
				 * ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextTag **oldArrayPtr, **newArrayPtr;
    TkTextTag **copyArrayPtr = NULL;
				/* Initialization needed to prevent compiler
				 * warning. */
    int numOldTags, numNewTags, i, j, nearby;
    size_t size;
    XEvent event;

    /*
     * If a button is down, then don't do anything at all; we'll be called
     * again when all buttons are up, and we can repick then. This implements
     * a form of mouse grabbing.
     */
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
     * in both groups (i.e. the tags that haven't changed).
     */

    SortTags(textPtr->numCurTags, textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
    if (numNewTags > 0) {
	size = numNewTags * sizeof(TkTextTag *);
	copyArrayPtr = ckalloc(size);
	memcpy(copyArrayPtr, newArrayPtr, (size_t) size);
	for (i = 0; i < textPtr->numCurTags; i++) {
	    for (j = 0; j < numNewTags; j++) {
		if (textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] == copyArrayPtr[j]) {
		    textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] = NULL;
		    copyArrayPtr[j] = NULL;
		    break;
		}







|







1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
     * in both groups (i.e. the tags that haven't changed).
     */

    SortTags(textPtr->numCurTags, textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
    if (numNewTags > 0) {
	size = numNewTags * sizeof(TkTextTag *);
	copyArrayPtr = ckalloc(size);
	memcpy(copyArrayPtr, newArrayPtr, size);
	for (i = 0; i < textPtr->numCurTags; i++) {
	    for (j = 0; j < numNewTags; j++) {
		if (textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] == copyArrayPtr[j]) {
		    textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] = NULL;
		    copyArrayPtr[j] = NULL;
		    break;
		}

Changes to generic/tkTextWind.c.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
    EmbWinLostSlaveProc,	/* lostSlaveProc */
};

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded window segment:
 */

#define EW_SEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextEmbWindow)))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbWinCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);







|
|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
    EmbWinLostSlaveProc,	/* lostSlaveProc */
};

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded window segment:
 */

#define EW_SEG_SIZE (offsetof(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextEmbWindow))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbWinCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

/*
 * Information used for parsing window configuration options:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
	"center", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, align),
	0, alignStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-create", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, create), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, stretch), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, tkwin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkTextWindowCmd --







|


|

|

|

|

|







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

/*
 * Information used for parsing window configuration options:
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
	"center", -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbWindow, align),
	0, alignStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-create", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbWindow, create), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbWindow, padX), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbWindow, padY), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", NULL, NULL,
	"0", -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbWindow, stretch), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, -1, offsetof(TkTextEmbWindow, tkwin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkTextWindowCmd --
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
	client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	if (client != NULL) {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	} else {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
		ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }







|







187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
	client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	if (client != NULL) {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	} else {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, &ewPtr->body.ew,
		ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
	    client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	    if (client != NULL) {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	    } else {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	    }

	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
		    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
		    textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;







|







229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
	    client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	    if (client != NULL) {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	    } else {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	    }

	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, &ewPtr->body.ew,
		    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
		    textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
    if (client != NULL) {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
    } else {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
    }

    oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
	    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL,
	    NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (oldWindow != ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin) {
	if (oldWindow != NULL) {







|







399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
    if (client != NULL) {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
    } else {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
    }

    oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, &ewPtr->body.ew,
	    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL,
	    NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (oldWindow != ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin) {
	if (oldWindow != NULL) {

Changes to generic/tkUtil.c.

664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
	}
	return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    } else if ((c == 's')
	    && (strncmp(argv[2], "scroll", length) == 0)) {
	if (argc != 5) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s %s %s\"",
		    argv[0], argv[1], "scroll number units|pages"));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	length = strlen(argv[4]);
	c = argv[4][0];
	if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(argv[4], "pages", length) == 0)) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
	} else if ((c == 'u') && (strncmp(argv[4], "units", length) == 0)) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
	}

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad argument \"%s\": must be units or pages", argv[4]));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SCROLL_UNITS", NULL);
	return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	    "unknown option \"%s\": must be moveto or scroll", argv[2]));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option", argv[2],
	    NULL);







|















|







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
	}
	return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    } else if ((c == 's')
	    && (strncmp(argv[2], "scroll", length) == 0)) {
	if (argc != 5) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "wrong # args: should be \"%s %s %s\"",
		    argv[0], argv[1], "scroll number pages|units"));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	length = strlen(argv[4]);
	c = argv[4][0];
	if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(argv[4], "pages", length) == 0)) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
	} else if ((c == 'u') && (strncmp(argv[4], "units", length) == 0)) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
	}

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad argument \"%s\": must be pages or units", argv[4]));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SCROLL_UNITS", NULL);
	return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	    "unknown option \"%s\": must be moveto or scroll", argv[2]));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option", argv[2],
	    NULL);
725
726
727
728
729
730
731

732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
    int objc,			/* # arguments for command. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments for command. */
    double *dblPtr,		/* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
				 * any. */
    int *intPtr)		/* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
				 * scroll, if any. */
{

    const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    size_t length = objv[2]->length;

#define ArgPfxEq(str) \
	((arg[0] == str[0]) && !strncmp(arg, str, length))

    if (ArgPfxEq("moveto")) {
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "moveto fraction");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    } else if (ArgPfxEq("scroll")) {
	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "scroll number units|pages");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}

	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
	length = objv[4]->length;
	if (ArgPfxEq("pages")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
	} else if (ArgPfxEq("units")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
	}

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad argument \"%s\": must be units or pages", arg));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SCROLL_UNITS", NULL);
	return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	    "unknown option \"%s\": must be moveto or scroll", arg));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option", arg, NULL);
    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;







>
|
<















|






|
<







|







725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733

734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756

757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
    int objc,			/* # arguments for command. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments for command. */
    double *dblPtr,		/* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
				 * any. */
    int *intPtr)		/* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
				 * scroll, if any. */
{
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);


#define ArgPfxEq(str) \
	((arg[0] == str[0]) && !strncmp(arg, str, length))

    if (ArgPfxEq("moveto")) {
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "moveto fraction");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    } else if (ArgPfxEq("scroll")) {
	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "scroll number pages|units");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}

	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[4], &length);

	if (ArgPfxEq("pages")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
	} else if (ArgPfxEq("units")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
	}

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad argument \"%s\": must be pages or units", arg));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SCROLL_UNITS", NULL);
	return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	    "unknown option \"%s\": must be moveto or scroll", arg));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option", arg, NULL);
    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(target));
    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
        event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
/*







|







1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(target));
    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
	event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
/*
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkUtfToUniChar(
    const char *src,	/* The UTF-8 string. */
    int *chPtr)		/* Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by
			 * the UTF-8 string. */
{
    Tcl_UniChar uniChar = 0;

    int len = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &uniChar);
    if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
	Tcl_UniChar high = uniChar;
	/* This can only happen if Tcl is compiled with TCL_UTF_MAX=4,
	 * or when a high surrogate character is detected in UTF-8 form */
	int len2 = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src+len, &uniChar);
	if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
	    *chPtr = (((high & 0x3ff) << 10) | (uniChar & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    len += len2;
	} else {
	    *chPtr = high;
	}
    } else {







|







|




|







1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

size_t
TkUtfToUniChar(
    const char *src,	/* The UTF-8 string. */
    int *chPtr)		/* Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by
			 * the UTF-8 string. */
{
    Tcl_UniChar uniChar = 0;

    size_t len = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &uniChar);
    if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
	Tcl_UniChar high = uniChar;
	/* This can only happen if Tcl is compiled with TCL_UTF_MAX=4,
	 * or when a high surrogate character is detected in UTF-8 form */
	size_t len2 = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src+len, &uniChar);
	if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
	    *chPtr = (((high & 0x3ff) << 10) | (uniChar & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    len += len2;
	} else {
	    *chPtr = high;
	}
    } else {
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274













1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int TkUniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
{
    int size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    if ((((unsigned)(ch - 0x10000) <= 0xFFFFF)) && (size < 4)) {
	/* Hey, this is wrong, we must be running TCL_UTF_MAX==3
	 * The best thing we can do is spit out 2 surrogates */
	ch -= 0x10000;
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch >> 10) | 0xd800), buf);
	size += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00), buf+size);
    }
    return size;
}


#endif













/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|

|












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

size_t TkUniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
{
    size_t size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    if ((((unsigned)(ch - 0x10000) <= 0xFFFFF)) && (size < 4)) {
	/* Hey, this is wrong, we must be running TCL_UTF_MAX==3
	 * The best thing we can do is spit out 2 surrogates */
	ch -= 0x10000;
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch >> 10) | 0xd800), buf);
	size += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00), buf+size);
    }
    return size;
}


#endif

#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
unsigned char *
TkGetByteArrayFromObj(
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	size_t *lengthPtr
) {
    unsigned char *result = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, NULL);
    *lengthPtr = *(size_t *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
    return result;
}
#endif /* TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 */

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkVisual.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 * The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
 * associated X class symbols.
 */

typedef struct VisualDictionary {
    const char *name;		/* Textual name of class. */
    int minLength;		/* Minimum # characters that must be specified
				 * for an unambiguous match. */
    int class;			/* X symbol for class. */
} VisualDictionary;
static const VisualDictionary visualNames[] = {
    {"best",		1,	0},
    {"directcolor",	2,	DirectColor},
    {"grayscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"greyscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"pseudocolor",	1,	PseudoColor},







|

|







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 * The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
 * associated X class symbols.
 */

typedef struct VisualDictionary {
    const char *name;		/* Textual name of class. */
    unsigned short minLength;		/* Minimum # characters that must be specified
				 * for an unambiguous match. */
    short class;			/* X symbol for class. */
} VisualDictionary;
static const VisualDictionary visualNames[] = {
    {"best",		1,	0},
    {"directcolor",	2,	DirectColor},
    {"grayscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"greyscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"pseudocolor",	1,	PseudoColor},
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    int refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can







|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
				 * eventually be freed by calling
				 * Tk_FreeColormap. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    XVisualInfo template, *visInfoList, *bestPtr;
    long mask;
    Visual *visual;
    ptrdiff_t length;
    int c, numVisuals, prio, bestPrio, i;
    const char *p;
    const VisualDictionary *dictPtr;
    TkColormap *cmapPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    /*







|







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
				 * eventually be freed by calling
				 * Tk_FreeColormap. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    XVisualInfo template, *visInfoList, *bestPtr;
    long mask;
    Visual *visual;
    size_t length;
    int c, numVisuals, prio, bestPrio, i;
    const char *p;
    const VisualDictionary *dictPtr;
    TkColormap *cmapPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    /*
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);







|







133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount++;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
		break;
	    }
	}
	length = p - string;
	template.class = -1;
	for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
	    if ((dictPtr->name[0] == c) && (length >= dictPtr->minLength)
		    && (strncmp(string, dictPtr->name,
		    (size_t) length) == 0)) {
		template.class = dictPtr->class;
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (template.class == -1) {
	    Tcl_Obj *msgObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "unknown or ambiguous visual name \"%s\": class must be ",







|
<







191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198

199
200
201
202
203
204
205
		break;
	    }
	}
	length = p - string;
	template.class = -1;
	for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
	    if ((dictPtr->name[0] == c) && (length >= dictPtr->minLength)
		    && (strncmp(string, dictPtr->name, length) == 0)) {

		template.class = dictPtr->class;
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (template.class == -1) {
	    Tcl_Obj *msgObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "unknown or ambiguous visual name \"%s\": class must be ",
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);







|







319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount++;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount -= 1;
	    if (cmapPtr->refCount == 0) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);







<
|







471
472
473
474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {

	    if (cmapPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	    return;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|












528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	    return;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkWindow.c.

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

typedef struct TkHalfdeadWindow {
    int flags;
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;
    struct TkHalfdeadWindow *nextPtr;
} TkHalfdeadWindow;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int numMainWindows;		/* Count of numver of main windows currently
				 * open in this thread. */
    TkMainInfo *mainWindowList;
				/* First in list of all main windows managed
				 * by this thread. */
    TkHalfdeadWindow *halfdeadWindowList;
				/* First in list of partially deallocated







|







33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

typedef struct TkHalfdeadWindow {
    int flags;
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;
    struct TkHalfdeadWindow *nextPtr;
} TkHalfdeadWindow;

typedef struct {
    int numMainWindows;		/* Count of numver of main windows currently
				 * open in this thread. */
    TkMainInfo *mainWindowList;
				/* First in list of all main windows managed
				 * by this thread. */
    TkHalfdeadWindow *halfdeadWindowList;
				/* First in list of partially deallocated
332
333
334
335
336
337
338

339
340
341

342
343
344
345
346
347
348
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);

	/*
	 * Create built-in photo image formats.
	 */


	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);

    }

    if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;
	screenId = Tk_ScreenNumber(parent);
    } else {
	dispPtr = GetScreen(interp, screenName, &screenId);







>



>







332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);

	/*
	 * Create built-in photo image formats.
	 */

        Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtDefault);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtSVGnano);
    }

    if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;
	screenId = Tk_ScreenNumber(parent);
    } else {
	dispPtr = GetScreen(interp, screenName, &screenId);
660
661
662
663
664
665
666


667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->numTags = 0;
    winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
    winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
    winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->geomData = NULL;


    winPtr->reqWidth = winPtr->reqHeight = 1;
    winPtr->internalBorderLeft = 0;
    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->classProcsPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->instanceData = NULL;
    winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
    winPtr->internalBorderRight = 0;
    winPtr->internalBorderTop = 0;
    winPtr->internalBorderBottom = 0;
    winPtr->minReqWidth = 0;
    winPtr->minReqHeight = 0;
    winPtr->geometryMaster = NULL;

    return winPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>











<







662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681

682
683
684
685
686
687
688
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->numTags = 0;
    winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
    winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
    winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->geomData = NULL;
    winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL;
    winPtr->maintainerPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->reqWidth = winPtr->reqHeight = 1;
    winPtr->internalBorderLeft = 0;
    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->classProcsPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->instanceData = NULL;
    winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
    winPtr->internalBorderRight = 0;
    winPtr->internalBorderTop = 0;
    winPtr->internalBorderBottom = 0;
    winPtr->minReqWidth = 0;
    winPtr->minReqHeight = 0;


    return winPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
	Tcl_Panic("TkWindow and Tk_FakeWin are not the same size");
    }

    /*
     * Create the basic TkWindow structure.
     */

    tkwin = CreateTopLevelWindow(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL, baseName,
	    screenName, /* flags */ 0);
    if (tkwin == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Create the TkMainInfo structure for this application, and set up







|







850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
	Tcl_Panic("TkWindow and Tk_FakeWin are not the same size");
    }

    /*
     * Create the basic TkWindow structure.
     */

    tkwin = CreateTopLevelWindow(interp, NULL, baseName,
	    screenName, /* flags */ 0);
    if (tkwin == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Create the TkMainInfo structure for this application, and set up
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the intepreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;







|







948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the interpreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
				 * screen on which to create new window;
				 * window will be a top-level window. */
{
#define FIXED_SPACE 5
    char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
    char *p;
    Tk_Window parent;
    int numChars;

    /*
     * Strip the parent's name out of pathName (it's everything up to the last
     * dot). There are two tricky parts: (a) must copy the parent's name
     * somewhere else to avoid modifying the pathName string (for large names,
     * space for the copy will have to be malloc'ed); (b) must special-case
     * the situation where the parent is ".".
     */

    p = strrchr(pathName, '.');
    if (p == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad window path name \"%s\"", pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	return NULL;
    }
    numChars = (int) (p-pathName);
    if (numChars > FIXED_SPACE) {
	p = ckalloc(numChars + 1);
    } else {
	p = fixedSpace;
    }
    if (numChars == 0) {
	*p = '.';
	p[1] = '\0';
    } else {
	strncpy(p, pathName, (size_t) numChars);
	p[numChars] = '\0';
    }

    /*
     * Find the parent window.
     */








|
















|









|







1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
				 * screen on which to create new window;
				 * window will be a top-level window. */
{
#define FIXED_SPACE 5
    char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
    char *p;
    Tk_Window parent;
    size_t numChars;

    /*
     * Strip the parent's name out of pathName (it's everything up to the last
     * dot). There are two tricky parts: (a) must copy the parent's name
     * somewhere else to avoid modifying the pathName string (for large names,
     * space for the copy will have to be malloc'ed); (b) must special-case
     * the situation where the parent is ".".
     */

    p = strrchr(pathName, '.');
    if (p == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad window path name \"%s\"", pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	return NULL;
    }
    numChars = p-pathName;
    if (numChars > FIXED_SPACE) {
	p = ckalloc(numChars + 1);
    } else {
	p = fixedSpace;
    }
    if (numChars == 0) {
	*p = '.';
	p[1] = '\0';
    } else {
	strncpy(p, pathName, numChars);
	p[numChars] = '\0';
    }

    /*
     * Find the parent window.
     */

1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
	     * to do an explicit destroy of this X window.
	     */

	    XDestroyWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
	}
#endif
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
		(char *) winPtr->window));
	winPtr->window = None;
    }
    UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
    TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL &&
	    winPtr->ximGeneration == winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration) {
	XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);
    }
    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
	TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
    }
    TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);
    if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL) {
	ckfree(winPtr->geometryMaster);
	winPtr->geometryMaster = NULL;
    }
    if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
	if (winPtr->pathName != NULL) {
	    Tk_DeleteAllBindings(winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
		    winPtr->pathName);
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable,
		    winPtr->pathName));







|

















|
|
|







1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
	     * to do an explicit destroy of this X window.
	     */

	    XDestroyWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
	}
#endif
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
		winPtr->window));
	winPtr->window = None;
    }
    UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
    TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL &&
	    winPtr->ximGeneration == winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration) {
	XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);
    }
    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
	TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
    }
    TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);
    if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
	ckfree(winPtr->geomMgrName);
	winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL;
    }
    if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
	if (winPtr->pathName != NULL) {
	    Tk_DeleteAllBindings(winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
		    winPtr->pathName);
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable,
		    winPtr->pathName));
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (window == None) {
	return NULL;
    }

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable, (char *) window);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*







|







2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (window == None) {
	return NULL;
    }

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable, window);
    if (hPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
#if defined(_WIN32)

static HMODULE tkcygwindll = NULL;

/*
 * Run Tk_MainEx from libtk8.?.dll
 *
 * This function is only ever called from wish8.4.exe, the cygwin port of Tcl.
 * This means that the system encoding is utf-8, so we don't have to do any
 * encoding conversions.
 */

int
TkCygwinMainEx(
    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    char **argv,		/* Array of argument strings. */
    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
				/* Application-specific initialization
				 * procedure to call after most initialization
				 * but before starting to execute commands. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    TCHAR name[MAX_PATH];
    int len;
    void (*tkmainex)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);

    /* construct "<path>/libtk8.?.dll", from "<path>/tk8?.dll" */
    len = GetModuleFileNameW(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), name, MAX_PATH);
    name[len-2] = TEXT('.');
    name[len-1] = name[len-5];
    _tcscpy(name+len, TEXT(".dll"));
    memcpy(name+len-8, TEXT("libtk8"), 6 * sizeof(TCHAR));

    tkcygwindll = LoadLibrary(name);
    if (!tkcygwindll) {
	/* dll is not present */
	return 0;
    }
    tkmainex = (void (*)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *))







|














|
|




|

|
|







2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
#if defined(_WIN32)

static HMODULE tkcygwindll = NULL;

/*
 * Run Tk_MainEx from libtk8.?.dll
 *
 * This function is only ever called from wish8.?.exe, the cygwin port of Tcl.
 * This means that the system encoding is utf-8, so we don't have to do any
 * encoding conversions.
 */

int
TkCygwinMainEx(
    int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    char **argv,		/* Array of argument strings. */
    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
				/* Application-specific initialization
				 * procedure to call after most initialization
				 * but before starting to execute commands. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WCHAR name[MAX_PATH];
    size_t len;
    void (*tkmainex)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);

    /* construct "<path>/libtk8.?.dll", from "<path>/tk8?.dll" */
    len = GetModuleFileNameW(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), name, MAX_PATH);
    name[len-2] = '.';
    name[len-1] = name[len-5];
    wcscpy(name+len, L".dll");
    memcpy(name+len-8, L"libtk8", 6 * sizeof(WCHAR));

    tkcygwindll = LoadLibrary(name);
    if (!tkcygwindll) {
	/* dll is not present */
	return 0;
    }
    tkmainex = (void (*)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *))
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065






3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */

    TkRegisterObjTypes();

    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));







|



>
>
>
>
>
>







3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * TIP #59: Make embedded configuration information available.
     */

    TkInitEmbeddedConfigurationInformation(interp);

    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */

    TkRegisterObjTypes();

    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
		    "\n    (processing arguments in argv variable)");
	    code = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (code == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv", NULL,
		    Tcl_NewListObj(objc-1, rest+1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argc", NULL,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(objc-1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    ckfree(rest);
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(parseList);
	if (code != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
    }







|







3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
		    "\n    (processing arguments in argv variable)");
	    code = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (code == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv", NULL,
		    Tcl_NewListObj(objc-1, rest+1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argc", NULL,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(objc-1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	    ckfree(rest);
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(parseList);
	if (code != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
    }
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
    }

    /*
     * The -class argument is always the ToTitle of the -name
     */

    {
	int numBytes;
	const char *bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(nameObj, &numBytes);

	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, numBytes);

	numBytes = Tcl_UtfToTitle(Tcl_GetString(classObj));
	Tcl_SetObjLength(classObj, numBytes);
    }








|
|







3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
    }

    /*
     * The -class argument is always the ToTitle of the -name
     */

    {
	TkSizeT numBytes;
	const char *bytes = TkGetStringFromObj(nameObj, &numBytes);

	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, numBytes);

	numBytes = Tcl_UtfToTitle(Tcl_GetString(classObj));
	Tcl_SetObjLength(classObj, numBytes);
    }

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * 	to display the cursor or not (e.g., readonly or disabled states);
 * 	TtkBlinkCursor() does not account for this.
 *
 * TODO:
 * 	Add script-level access to configure application-wide blink rate.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME	600		/* milliseconds */
#define DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME	300		/* milliseconds */

/* Interp-specific data for tracking cursors:







|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * 	to display the cursor or not (e.g., readonly or disabled states);
 * 	TtkBlinkCursor() does not account for this.
 *
 * TODO:
 * 	Add script-level access to configure application-wide blink rate.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME	600		/* milliseconds */
#define DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME	300		/* milliseconds */

/* Interp-specific data for tracking cursors:
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78

/* CursorBlinkProc --
 *	Timer handler to blink the insert cursor on and off.
 */
static void
CursorBlinkProc(ClientData clientData)
{
    CursorManager *cm = (CursorManager*)clientData;
    int blinkTime;

    if (cm->owner->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
	cm->owner->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON;
	blinkTime = cm->offTime;
    } else {
	cm->owner->flags |= CURSOR_ON;







|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78

/* CursorBlinkProc --
 *	Timer handler to blink the insert cursor on and off.
 */
static void
CursorBlinkProc(ClientData clientData)
{
    CursorManager *cm = clientData;
    int blinkTime;

    if (cm->owner->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
	cm->owner->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON;
	blinkTime = cm->offTime;
    } else {
	cm->owner->flags |= CURSOR_ON;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
 */
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)		/* -state option changed */
#define DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED	(0x200)		/* -default option changed */

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Base resources for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, etc:
 */
typedef struct
{
    /*
     * Text element resources:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;

    Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
    Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;

    Ttk_TraceHandle	*textVariableTrace;
    Ttk_ImageSpec	*imageSpec;







<
|

















>







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
 */
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)		/* -state option changed */
#define DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED	(0x200)		/* -default option changed */

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Base resources for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, etc:
 */
typedef struct
{
    /*
     * Text element resources:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;
    Tcl_Obj *justifyObj;
    Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
    Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;

    Ttk_TraceHandle	*textVariableTrace;
    Ttk_ImageSpec	*imageSpec;

52
53
54
55
56
57
58



59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
{
    WidgetCore	core;
    BasePart	base;
} Base;

static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{



    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	"-1", Tk_Offset(Base,base.underlineObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    /* SB: OPTION_INT, see <<NOTE-NULLOPTIONS>> */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.widthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    /*
     * Image options
     */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.imageObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    /*
     * Compound base/image options
     */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 "none", Tk_Offset(Base,base.compoundObj), -1,
	 0,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.paddingObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    /*
     * Compatibility/legacy options
     */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	 "normal", Tk_Offset(Base,base.stateObj), -1,
	 0,0,STATE_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Variable trace procedure for -textvariable option:







>
>
>

|


|


|



|






|






|


|






|







52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
{
    WidgetCore	core;
    BasePart	base;
} Base;

static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
        "left", offsetof(Base,base.justifyObj), -1,
        TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	offsetof(Base,base.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
	offsetof(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	"-1", offsetof(Base,base.underlineObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    /* SB: OPTION_INT, see <<NOTE-NULLOPTIONS>> */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
	NULL, offsetof(Base,base.widthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    /*
     * Image options
     */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
	offsetof(Base,base.imageObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    /*
     * Compound base/image options
     */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	 "none", offsetof(Base,base.compoundObj), -1,
	 0,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
	NULL, offsetof(Base,base.paddingObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    /*
     * Compatibility/legacy options
     */
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	 "normal", offsetof(Base,base.stateObj), -1,
	 0,0,STATE_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Variable trace procedure for -textvariable option:
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
    BasePart	base;
    LabelPart	label;
} Label;

static Tk_OptionSpec LabelOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "frameColor", "FrameColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.fontObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.borderWidthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.reliefObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.anchorObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label, label.justifyObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Label, label.wrapLengthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*SB: SIZE_CHANGED*/ },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble LabelCommands[] = {







|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|







228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    BasePart	base;
    LabelPart	label;
} Label;

static Tk_OptionSpec LabelOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "frameColor", "FrameColor",
	NULL, offsetof(Label,label.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, offsetof(Label,label.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	NULL, offsetof(Label,label.fontObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
	NULL, offsetof(Label,label.borderWidthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	NULL, offsetof(Label,label.reliefObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	NULL, offsetof(Label,label.anchorObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	NULL, offsetof(Label, label.justifyObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	NULL, offsetof(Label, label.wrapLengthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*SB: SIZE_CHANGED*/ },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble LabelCommands[] = {
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324

/*
 * Option specifications:
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec ButtonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", Tk_Offset(Button, button.commandObj), -1, 0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Button, button.defaultStateObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData) ttkDefaultStrings, DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static int ButtonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)







|

|







311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327

/*
 * Option specifications:
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec ButtonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", offsetof(Button, button.commandObj), -1, 0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
	"normal", offsetof(Button, button.defaultStateObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData) ttkDefaultStrings, DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static int ButtonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441

/*
 * Option specifications:
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec CheckbuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "OnValue",
	"1", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.onValueObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "OffValue",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.offValueObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.commandObj), -1,
	0,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

/*







|


|


|


|







421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444

/*
 * Option specifications:
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec CheckbuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, offsetof(Checkbutton, checkbutton.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "OnValue",
	"1", offsetof(Checkbutton, checkbutton.onValueObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "OffValue",
	"0", offsetof(Checkbutton, checkbutton.offValueObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", offsetof(Checkbutton, checkbutton.commandObj), -1,
	0,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

/*
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *varName = checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = NULL;
        
    if (varName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(varName) != '\0') {
        vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp, varName,
	    CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);
        if (!vt) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }







|







490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *varName = checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = NULL;

    if (varName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(varName) != '\0') {
        vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp, varName,
	    CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);
        if (!vt) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646

/*
 * Option specifications:
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec RadiobuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	"::selectedButton", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.variableObj),-1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "Value", "Value",
	"1", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.valueObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.commandObj), -1,
	0,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

/*







|


|


|







629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649

/*
 * Option specifications:
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec RadiobuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	"::selectedButton", offsetof(Radiobutton, radiobutton.variableObj),-1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "Value", "Value",
	"1", offsetof(Radiobutton, radiobutton.valueObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", offsetof(Radiobutton, radiobutton.commandObj), -1,
	0,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

/*
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
 */
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
static Tk_OptionSpec MenubuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
	"", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.menuObj), -1, 0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
	"below", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.directionObj), -1,
	0,(ClientData)directionStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble MenubuttonCommands[] = {







|

|







804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
 */
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
static Tk_OptionSpec MenubuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
	"", offsetof(Menubutton, menubutton.menuObj), -1, 0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
	"below", offsetof(Menubutton, menubutton.directionObj), -1,
	0,(ClientData)directionStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble MenubuttonCommands[] = {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkCache.c.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
 * @@@ BUGS/TODO: Need distinct caches for each combination
 * of display, visual, and colormap.
 *
 * @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible,
 * but this will be a transient effect.
 */

#include <stdio.h>	/* for sprintf */
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
    Tcl_Interp	  *interp;	/* Interpreter for error reporting */
    Tk_Window	  tkwin;	/* Cache window. */
    Tcl_HashTable fontTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding FontObjs */
    Tcl_HashTable colorTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding ColorObjs */







<
|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 * @@@ BUGS/TODO: Need distinct caches for each combination
 * of display, visual, and colormap.
 *
 * @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible,
 * but this will be a transient effect.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
    Tcl_Interp	  *interp;	/* Interpreter for error reporting */
    Tk_Window	  tkwin;	/* Cache window. */
    Tcl_HashTable fontTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding FontObjs */
    Tcl_HashTable colorTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding ColorObjs */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/* 
 * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an 
 * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this
 * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case.
 */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
#else
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0






|


|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*
 * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an
 * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this
 * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case.
 */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
#else
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
    Tcl_Obj 	*darkColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*borderWidthObj;	/* See <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>> */
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
 * in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
 * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all; 
 * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used.  For -borderwidth > 2, 
 * the excess is used as padding.
 */

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|

|






|
|







104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
    Tcl_Obj 	*darkColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*borderWidthObj;	/* See <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>> */
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(BorderElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(BorderElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(BorderElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
 * in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
 * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all;
 * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used.  For -borderwidth > 2,
 * the excess is used as padding.
 */

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
    Tcl_Obj 	*lightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*darkColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|







194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
    Tcl_Obj 	*lightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*darkColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(FieldElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(FieldElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(FieldElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *upperColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lowerColorObj;
} IndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,sizeObj), "10" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "1" },
    { "-indicatorbackground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
    { "-indicatorforeground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
    { "-upperbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,upperColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lowerbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,lowerColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void IndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|

|

|







276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *upperColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lowerColorObj;
} IndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,sizeObj), "10" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "1" },
    { "-indicatorbackground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
    { "-indicatorforeground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
    { "-upperbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,upperColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lowerbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,lowerColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void IndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj), 
	STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
	"3" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|


|


|







398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj),
	STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
	"3" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
    Tcl_Obj 	*lightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*gripCountObj;
} GripElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec GripElementOptions[] = {
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(GripElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(GripElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(GripElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void GripElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|







467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
    Tcl_Obj 	*lightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*gripCountObj;
} GripElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec GripElementOptions[] = {
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(GripElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(GripElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(GripElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void GripElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
    Tcl_Obj 	*arrowSizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*gripCountObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*sliderlengthObj;
} ScrollbarElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,troughColorObj), DARKER_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,arrowColorObj), "#000000" },
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,arrowSizeObj), STR(SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS) },
    { "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
    { "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,sliderlengthObj), "30" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TroughElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{







|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|







552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
    Tcl_Obj 	*arrowSizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*gripCountObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*sliderlengthObj;
} ScrollbarElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,troughColorObj), DARKER_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,arrowColorObj), "#000000" },
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,arrowSizeObj), STR(SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS) },
    { "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
    { "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(ScrollbarElement,sliderlengthObj), "30" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TroughElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
    /*
     * Draw grip:
     */
    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
    lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
    darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);
    
    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	dx = 1; dy = 0;
	x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
	y1 = b.y + 2;
	y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w;
    } else {
	dx = 0; dy = 1;







|







626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
    /*
     * Draw grip:
     */
    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
    lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
    darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);

    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	dx = 1; dy = 0;
	x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
	y1 = b.y + 2;
	y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w;
    } else {
	dx = 0; dy = 1;
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
    
    b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
    if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
	DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
	    sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, 
	    BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
	    b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,







|




|







706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;

    b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
    if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
	DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
	    sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
	    BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
	    b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
    ArrowElementSize,
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 * 	
 * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to 
 * their right by one pixel.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
} NotebookElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec NotebookElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TabElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|
|












|

|

|

|







776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
    ArrowElementSize,
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 *
 * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to
 * their right by one pixel.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
} NotebookElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec NotebookElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(NotebookElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(NotebookElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(NotebookElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
    { "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(NotebookElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TabElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*highlightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*highlightThicknessObj;
} HighlightElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec HighlightElementOptions[] = {
    { "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(HighlightElement,highlightColorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-highlightthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(HighlightElement,highlightThicknessObj), "0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void HighlightElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*highlightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*highlightThicknessObj;
} HighlightElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec HighlightElementOptions[] = {
    { "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(HighlightElement,highlightColorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-highlightthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(HighlightElement,highlightThicknessObj), "0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void HighlightElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
    HighlightElementOptions,
    HighlightElementSize,
    HighlightElementDraw
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button Border element:
 * 
 * The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in):
 *
 * + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness),
 * + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal)
 * + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief)
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|
















|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
    HighlightElementOptions,
    HighlightElementSize,
    HighlightElementDraw
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button Border element:
 *
 * The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in):
 *
 * + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness),
 * + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal)
 * + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief)
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	offsetof(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
	borderWidth += 5;
    }
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}

/*
 * (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
 * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color 
 * when the button is active.)
 */
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;







|







109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
	borderWidth += 5;
    }
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}

/*
 * (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
 * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color
 * when the button is active.)
 */
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} ArrowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj),
	DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ArrowElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|







193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} ArrowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(ArrowElement,sizeObj),
	DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(ArrowElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ArrowElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow)
 *
 * NOTES: 
 *
 * panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa.
 *
 * Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
 * swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
 *
 * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default 
 * -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
 */

static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
    TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL 
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj;	/* sash relief */
    Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj;	/* overall thickness of sash */
    Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj;	/* padding on either side of handle */
    Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj;	/* handle width and height */
    Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj;	/* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
    { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
    { "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
    { "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SashElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|






|




|












|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|

|







275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow)
 *
 * NOTES:
 *
 * panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa.
 *
 * Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
 * swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
 *
 * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default
 * -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
 */

static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
    TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj;	/* sash relief */
    Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj;	/* overall thickness of sash */
    Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj;	/* padding on either side of handle */
    Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj;	/* handle width and height */
    Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj;	/* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
    { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
    { "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
    { "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SashElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: 
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: 
	default:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
	    break;
    }

    /* Draw sash line:
     */







|


|







361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:
	default:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
	    break;
    }

    /* Draw sash line:
     */
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
	if (horizontal) {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
	    hb.x += handlePad;
	} else {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
	    hb.y += handlePad;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, 
	    hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(SashElement),







|







392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
	if (horizontal) {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
	    hb.x += handlePad;
	} else {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
	    hb.y += handlePad;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
	    hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(SashElement),
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);

    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash", 
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);

    /*
     * Register layouts:
     */







|







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);

    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);

    /*
     * Register layouts:
     */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c.

241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    Tcl_Obj	*borderColorObj;	/* Extra border color */
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;	/* for buttons */
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,defaultStateObj),
    	"disabled" },
    { "-borderwidth",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj),
    	STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj),
    	"flat" },
        { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|


|
|

|

|







241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    Tcl_Obj	*borderColorObj;	/* Extra border color */
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;	/* for buttons */
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(BorderElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(BorderElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, offsetof(BorderElement,defaultStateObj),
    	"disabled" },
    { "-borderwidth",TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(BorderElement,borderWidthObj),
    	STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(BorderElement,reliefObj),
    	"flat" },
        { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
 */
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderColorObj;	/* Extra border color */
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderObj),
    	"white" },
    { "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderColorObj),
	"black" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|

|







321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
 */
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderColorObj;	/* Extra border color */
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(FieldElement,borderObj),
    	"white" },
    { "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR, offsetof(FieldElement,borderColorObj),
	"black" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
    Tcl_Obj *shadeColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} IndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
    { "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,colorObj), "#FFFFFF" },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,lightColorObj), "#DDDDDD" },
    { "-shadecolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,shadeColorObj), "#888888" },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	    Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
	    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void IndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|

|

|

|







463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
    Tcl_Obj *shadeColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} IndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    offsetof(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    offsetof(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
    { "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    offsetof(IndicatorElement,colorObj), "#FFFFFF" },
    { "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    offsetof(IndicatorElement,lightColorObj), "#DDDDDD" },
    { "-shadecolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    offsetof(IndicatorElement,shadeColorObj), "#888888" },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	    offsetof(IndicatorElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	    offsetof(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
	    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void IndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;	/* Extra color for borders */
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;		/* Arrow color */
} ArrowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised"},
    { "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,colorObj),"black"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * Note asymmetric padding:
 * top/left padding is 1 less than bottom/right,
 * since in this theme 2-pixel borders are asymmetric.







|

|

|

|

|







650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;	/* Extra color for borders */
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;		/* Arrow color */
} ArrowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised"},
    { "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,colorObj),"black"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * Note asymmetric padding:
 * top/left padding is 1 less than bottom/right,
 * since in this theme 2-pixel borders are asymmetric.
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,colorObj), "black"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static Ttk_Padding MenubuttonArrowPadding = { 3, 0, 3, 0 };

static void MenubuttonArrowElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,







|






|

|

|







727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *const directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(MenubuttonArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(MenubuttonArrowElement,colorObj), "black"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static Ttk_Padding MenubuttonArrowPadding = { 3, 0, 3, 0 };

static void MenubuttonArrowElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *grooveWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} TroughElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-troughborderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
    { "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-troughrelief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-groovewidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement,grooveWidthObj), "-1" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TroughElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|

|







818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *grooveWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} TroughElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	offsetof(TroughElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-troughborderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
    { "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-troughrelief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-groovewidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(TroughElement,grooveWidthObj), "-1" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TroughElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,sizeObj),
        STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderColorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ThumbElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|
|







897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(ThumbElement,sizeObj),
        STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(ThumbElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, offsetof(ThumbElement,borderColorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(ThumbElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, offsetof(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ThumbElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;		/* Border / background color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;	/* Additional border color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;		/* Orientation of overall slider */
} SliderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,lengthObj),
	"15" },
    { "-sliderthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,Tk_Offset(SliderElement,thicknessObj),
	"15" },
    { "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,reliefObj),
	"raised" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderWidthObj),
	STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderColorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
	"horizontal" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|

|

|

|

|

|

|







980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;		/* Border / background color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;	/* Additional border color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;		/* Orientation of overall slider */
} SliderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SliderElement,lengthObj),
	"15" },
    { "-sliderthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SliderElement,thicknessObj),
	"15" },
    { "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(SliderElement,reliefObj),
	"raised" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SliderElement,borderWidthObj),
	STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(SliderElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, offsetof(ThumbElement,borderColorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, offsetof(SliderElement,orientObj),
	"horizontal" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
    Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
    { "-diameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,diameterObj), "9" },
    { "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,marginObj), "2 2 4 2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|







1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
    Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
    { "-diameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(TreeitemIndicator,diameterObj), "9" },
    { "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(TreeitemIndicator,marginObj), "2 2 4 2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkElements.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Default implementation for themed elements.
 *
 */

#include <tcl.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"
#define MIN_THUMB_SIZE 10








<
|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Default implementation for themed elements.
 *
 */


#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"
#define MIN_THUMB_SIZE 10

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;
} BackgroundElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BackgroundElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	    Tk_Offset(BackgroundElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FillElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{







|







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;
} BackgroundElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BackgroundElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	    offsetof(BackgroundElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FillElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|







107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(BorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderObj), "white" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|







162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(FieldElement,borderObj), "white" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(FieldElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
    Tcl_Obj	*paddingObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*shiftreliefObj;
} PaddingElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PaddingElementOptions[] = {
    { "-padding", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,paddingObj), "0" },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-shiftrelief", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,shiftreliefObj), "0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void PaddingElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|







218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
    Tcl_Obj	*paddingObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*shiftreliefObj;
} PaddingElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PaddingElementOptions[] = {
    { "-padding", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(PaddingElement,paddingObj), "0" },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(PaddingElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-shiftrelief", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(PaddingElement,shiftreliefObj), "0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void PaddingElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
    gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcvalues);
    XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FocusElementOptions[] = {
    { "-focuscolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(FocusElement,focusColorObj), "black" },
    { "-focusthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(FocusElement,focusThicknessObj), "1" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FocusElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|







284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcvalues);
    XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FocusElementOptions[] = {
    { "-focuscolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(FocusElement,focusColorObj), "black" },
    { "-focusthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(FocusElement,focusThicknessObj), "1" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FocusElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
} SeparatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SeparatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(SeparatorElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(SeparatorElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SeparatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|







336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
} SeparatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SeparatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	offsetof(SeparatorElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(SeparatorElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SeparatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;
} SizegripElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SizegripOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(SizegripElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    {0,0,0,0}
};

static void SizegripSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|







428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;
} SizegripElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SizegripOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(SizegripElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    {0,0,0,0}
};

static void SizegripSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
    Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} IndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
    { "-indicatordiameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,diameterObj), "12" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * Checkbutton indicators (default): 3-D square.
 */
static void SquareIndicatorElementSize(







|

|

|

|

|

|







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
    Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} IndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
    { "-indicatordiameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,diameterObj), "12" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(IndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * Checkbutton indicators (default): 3-D square.
 */
static void SquareIndicatorElementSize(
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-indicatorwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,widthObj), "4.0m" },
    { "-indicatorheight", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,heightObj), "1.7m" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	    Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,marginObj), "5 0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|

|

|







635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-indicatorwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,widthObj), "4.0m" },
    { "-indicatorheight", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,heightObj), "1.7m" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
    { "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	    offsetof(MenuIndicatorElement,marginObj), "5 0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} ArrowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised"},
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,colorObj),"black"},
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj), "14" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static Ttk_Padding ArrowMargins = { 3,3,3,3 };

static void ArrowElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,







|

|

|

|

|







704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} ArrowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised"},
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,colorObj),"black"},
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(ArrowElement,sizeObj), "14" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static Ttk_Padding ArrowMargins = { 3,3,3,3 };

static void ArrowElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} TroughElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-troughrelief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TroughElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|







775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} TroughElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-troughrelief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TroughElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} ThumbElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(ThumbElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,thicknessObj), DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ThumbElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|

|

|







835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} ThumbElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	offsetof(ThumbElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(ThumbElement,thicknessObj), DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(ThumbElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(ThumbElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(ThumbElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ThumbElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
    Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;   /* slider thickness */
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;      /* the relief for this object */
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;      /* the background color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* the size of the border */
} SliderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,lengthObj),
	"30" },
    { "-sliderthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,Tk_Offset(SliderElement,thicknessObj),
	"15" },
    { "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,reliefObj),
	"raised" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderWidthObj),
	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
	"horizontal" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|

|

|

|

|

|







905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
    Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;   /* slider thickness */
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;      /* the relief for this object */
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;      /* the background color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* the size of the border */
} SliderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SliderElement,lengthObj),
	"30" },
    { "-sliderthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SliderElement,thicknessObj),
	"15" },
    { "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(SliderElement,reliefObj),
	"raised" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SliderElement,borderWidthObj),
	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(SliderElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, offsetof(SliderElement,orientObj),
	"horizontal" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
    Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;		/* default width/height of the bar */
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; 	/* border relief for this object */
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; 	/* thickness of the border */
} PbarElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,orientObj),
	"horizontal" },
    { "-thickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,thicknessObj),
	DEFAULT_PBAR_THICKNESS },
    { "-barsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,lengthObj),
	DEFAULT_PBAR_LENGTH },
    { "-pbarrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,reliefObj),
	"raised" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,borderWidthObj),
	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void PbarElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|

|

|

|

|

|







1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
    Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;		/* default width/height of the bar */
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; 	/* border relief for this object */
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; 	/* thickness of the border */
} PbarElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, offsetof(PbarElement,orientObj),
	"horizontal" },
    { "-thickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(PbarElement,thicknessObj),
	DEFAULT_PBAR_THICKNESS },
    { "-barsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(PbarElement,lengthObj),
	DEFAULT_PBAR_LENGTH },
    { "-pbarrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(PbarElement,reliefObj),
	"raised" },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(PbarElement,borderWidthObj),
	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(PbarElement,borderObj),
	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void PbarElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} TabElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TabElementOptions[] = {
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(TabElement,borderWidthObj),"1" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(TabElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    {0,0,0,0}
};

static void TabElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|







1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} TabElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TabElementOptions[] = {
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(TabElement,borderWidthObj),"1" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	offsetof(TabElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    {0,0,0,0}
};

static void TabElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.

65
66
67
68
69
70
71

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
 * displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
 * or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
 */

/* Style parameters:
 */
typedef struct {

    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;	/* Foreground color for normal text */
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* Entry widget background color */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj;	/* Border and background for selection */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj;	/* Width of selection border */
    Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj;	/* Foreground color for selected text */
    Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj;	/* Color of insertion cursor */
    Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj;	/* Insert cursor width */







>







65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
 * displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
 * or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
 */

/* Style parameters:
 */
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *placeholderForegroundObj;/* Foreground color for placeholder text */
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;	/* Foreground color for normal text */
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* Entry widget background color */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj;	/* Border and background for selection */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj;	/* Width of selection border */
    Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj;	/* Foreground color for selected text */
    Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj;	/* Color of insertion cursor */
    Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj;	/* Insert cursor width */
110
111
112
113
114
115
116


117
118
119
120
121
122
123
    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Text justification */

    EntryStyleData styleData;	/* Display style data (widget options) */
    EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */

    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;		/* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */



    /*
     * Derived resources:
     */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;

    char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying */
    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;	/* Cached text layout information. */







>
>







111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Text justification */

    EntryStyleData styleData;	/* Display style data (widget options) */
    EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */

    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;		/* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */

    Tcl_Obj *placeholderObj;	/* Text to display for placeholder text */

    /*
     * Derived resources:
     */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;

    char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying */
    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;	/* Cached text layout information. */
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147

148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165



166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189



190
191
192
193

194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214

215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)	/* -state option changed */
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED	 	(0x200)	/* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(0x400)	/* -xscrollcommand option changed */

/*
 * Default option values:
 */
#define DEF_SELECT_BG	"#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG	"#ffffff"

#define DEF_INSERT_BG	"black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH	"20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT	"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT	"10"

static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
        "ExportSelection", "1", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.justify),
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},



    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
        NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,TEXTVAR_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
	"none", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.validate),
	0, (ClientData) validateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand", "ValidateCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.validateCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.widthObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    /* EntryStyleData options:
     */



    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",

	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ EntryStyleData management.
 * 	This is still more awkward than it should be;
 * 	it should be able to use the Element API instead.
 */

/* EntryInitStyleDefaults --
 * 	Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
 */
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
	es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);

    INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
    INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
    INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}

static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}







|
|
>
|
|
|
|



|


|


|


|

>
>
>

|


|


|


|


|


|


|




>
>
>

|

|
>
|




















>











>







142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)	/* -state option changed */
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED	 	(0x200)	/* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(0x400)	/* -xscrollcommand option changed */

/*
 * Default option values:
 */
#define DEF_SELECT_BG		"#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG		"#ffffff"
#define DEF_PLACEHOLDER_FG	"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_INSERT_BG		"black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH		"20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT		"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT		"10"

static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
        "ExportSelection", "1", -1, offsetof(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, offsetof(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", -1, offsetof(Entry, entry.justify),
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	NULL, offsetof(Entry, entry.placeholderObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
        NULL, -1, offsetof(Entry, entry.showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", offsetof(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
	NULL, offsetof(Entry, entry.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,TEXTVAR_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
	"none", -1, offsetof(Entry, entry.validate),
	0, (ClientData) validateStrings, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand", "ValidateCommand",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Entry, entry.validateCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, offsetof(Entry, entry.widthObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    /* EntryStyleData options:
     */
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
	NULL, offsetof(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, offsetof(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", NULL,
        offsetof(Entry, entry.styleData.placeholderForegroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ EntryStyleData management.
 * 	This is still more awkward than it should be;
 * 	it should be able to use the Element API instead.
 */

/* EntryInitStyleDefaults --
 * 	Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
 */
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
	es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);
    INIT(placeholderForegroundObj, DEF_PLACEHOLDER_FG)
    INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
    INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
    INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}

static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->placeholderForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
    /* Initialize to fallback values:
     */
    *es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;

#   define INIT(member, name) \
    if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
    	es->member=tmp;

    INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
    INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
    INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
    INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT

    /* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
     */

    es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
    es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
    es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
    es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------







>










>







258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
    /* Initialize to fallback values:
     */
    *es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;

#   define INIT(member, name) \
    if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
    	es->member=tmp;
    INIT(placeholderForegroundObj, "-placeholderforeground");
    INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
    INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
    INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
    INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT

    /* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
     */
    es->placeholderForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->placeholderForegroundObj);
    es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
    es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
    es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
    es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
296
297
298
299
300
301
302


303

304
305
306
307
308








309
310
311
312
313
314
315

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
 * 	Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
 * 	from displayString and fontObj.
 */
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{


    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);

    entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);








}

/* EntryEditable --
 * 	Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
 */
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)







>
>

>
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
 * 	Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
 * 	from displayString and fontObj.
 */
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    TkSizeT length;
    char *text;
    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);
    if ((entryPtr->entry.numChars != 0) || (entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj == NULL)) {
        entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
    } else {
        text = TkGetStringFromObj(entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj, &length);
        entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    text, length,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
    }
}

/* EntryEditable --
 * 	Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
 */
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
/* EntryFetchSelection --
 *	Selection handler for entry widgets.
 */
static int
EntryFetchSelection(
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || (!entryPtr->entry.exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp)) {
	return -1;







|







350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
/* EntryFetchSelection --
 *	Selection handler for entry widgets.
 */
static int
EntryFetchSelection(
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || (!entryPtr->entry.exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp)) {
	return -1;
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371

/* EntryLostSelection --
 *	Tk_LostSelProc for Entry widgets; called when an entry
 *	loses ownership of the selection.
 */
static void EntryLostSelection(ClientData clientData)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,







|







383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397

/* EntryLostSelection --
 *	Tk_LostSelProc for Entry widgets; called when an entry
 *	loses ownership of the selection.
 */
static void EntryLostSelection(ClientData clientData)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
/* EntryValidateChange --
 *	Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required.
 *	Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if the change is accepted
 *	TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected
 *      TCL_ERROR if any errors occured
 *
 * The change will be rejected if -validatecommand returns 0,
 * or if -validatecommand or -invalidcommand modifies the value.
 */
static int
EntryValidateChange(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that needs validation. */







|







579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
/* EntryValidateChange --
 *	Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required.
 *	Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if the change is accepted
 *	TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected
 *      TCL_ERROR if any errors occurred
 *
 * The change will be rejected if -validatecommand returns 0,
 * or if -validatecommand or -invalidcommand modifies the value.
 */
static int
EntryValidateChange(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that needs validation. */
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
 *	Extra event handling for entry widgets:
 *	Triggers validation on FocusIn and FocusOut events.
 */
#define EntryEventMask (FocusChangeMask)
static void
EntryEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;

    Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
    switch (eventPtr->type) {
	case DestroyNotify:
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(entryPtr->core.tkwin,
		    EntryEventMask, EntryEventProc, clientData);
	    break;







|







918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
 *	Extra event handling for entry widgets:
 *	Triggers validation on FocusIn and FocusOut events.
 */
#define EntryEventMask (FocusChangeMask)
static void
EntryEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;

    Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
    switch (eventPtr->type) {
	case DestroyNotify:
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(entryPtr->core.tkwin,
		    EntryEventMask, EntryEventProc, clientData);
	    break;
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
static int EntryConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *textVarName = entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;

    if (mask & TEXTVAR_CHANGED) {
	if (textVarName && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName)) {
	    vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,
		    textVarName,EntryTextVariableTrace,entryPtr);
	    if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {







|







997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
static int EntryConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *textVarName = entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;

    if (mask & TEXTVAR_CHANGED) {
	if (textVarName && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName) != '\0') {
	    vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,
		    textVarName,EntryTextVariableTrace,entryPtr);
	    if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176

1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
	selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
    EntryStyleData es;
    GC gc;
    int showSelection, showCursor;
    Ttk_Box textarea;
    TkRegion clipRegion;
    XRectangle rect;


    EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);

    textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
    showCursor =
	   (entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON)
	&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)







>







1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
	selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
    EntryStyleData es;
    GC gc;
    int showSelection, showCursor;
    Ttk_Box textarea;
    TkRegion clipRegion;
    XRectangle rect;
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;

    EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);

    textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
    showCursor =
	   (entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON)
	&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271














1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
	    cursorX, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
    }

    /* Draw the text:
     */














    gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.foregroundObj, clipRegion);
    Tk_DrawTextLayout(
	Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
	entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	leftIndex, rightIndex);
    XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
	    cursorX, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
    }

    /* Draw the text:
     */
    if ((*(entryPtr->entry.displayString) == '\0')
		&& (entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj != NULL)) {
	/* No text displayed, but -placeholder is given */
	if (Tcl_GetCharLength(es.placeholderForegroundObj) > 0) {
	    foregroundObj = es.placeholderForegroundObj;
	} else {
            foregroundObj = es.foregroundObj;
	}
	/* Use placeholder text width */
	leftIndex = 0;
	Tcl_GetStringFromObj(entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj,&rightIndex);
    } else {
	foregroundObj = es.foregroundObj;
    }
    gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, foregroundObj, clipRegion);
    Tk_DrawTextLayout(
	Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
	entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	leftIndex, rightIndex);
    XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);

1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323

1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
EntryIndex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry widget to query */
    Tcl_Obj *indexObj,		/* Symbolic index name */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Return value */
{
#   define EntryWidth(e) (Tk_Width(entryPtr->core.tkwin)) /* Not Right */

    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(indexObj);
    size_t length = indexObj->length;

    if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.insertPos;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0) {	/* for debugging */
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;







>
|
<







1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366

1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
EntryIndex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry widget to query */
    Tcl_Obj *indexObj,		/* Symbolic index name */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Return value */
{
#   define EntryWidth(e) (Tk_Width(entryPtr->core.tkwin)) /* Not Right */
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *string = TkGetStringFromObj(indexObj, &length);


    if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.insertPos;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0) {	/* for debugging */
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364

1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
	if (x > maxWidth) {
	    x = maxWidth;
	    roundUp = 1;
	}
	*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
		x - entryPtr->entry.layoutX, 0);


	if (*indexPtr < entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first) {
	    *indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
	}

	/*
	 * Special trick:  if the x-position was off-screen to the right,
	 * round the index up to refer to the character just after the







>







1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
	if (x > maxWidth) {
	    x = maxWidth;
	    roundUp = 1;
	}
	*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
		x - entryPtr->entry.layoutX, 0);

        TtkUpdateScrollInfo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
	if (*indexPtr < entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first) {
	    *indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
	}

	/*
	 * Special trick:  if the x-position was off-screen to the right,
	 * round the index up to refer to the character just after the
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
{
    Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewBooleanObj(entryPtr->entry.selectFirst >= 0));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $entry selection range $start $end --
 * 	Explicitly set the selection range.
 */
static int EntrySelectionRangeCommand(







|







1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
{
    Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(entryPtr->entry.selectFirst >= 0));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $entry selection range $start $end --
 * 	Explicitly set the selection range.
 */
static int EntrySelectionRangeCommand(
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
    }

    code = EntryRevalidate(interp, entryPtr, VALIDATE_FORCED);

    if (code == TCL_ERROR)
	return code;

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(code == TCL_OK));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $entry xview	-- horizontal scrolling interface
 */
static int EntryXViewCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
    if (objc == 3) {
	int newFirst;
	if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &newFirst) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	TtkScrollTo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle, newFirst);
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble EntryCommands[] = {
    { "bbox", 		EntryBBoxCommand,0 },







|














|







1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
    }

    code = EntryRevalidate(interp, entryPtr, VALIDATE_FORCED);

    if (code == TCL_ERROR)
	return code;

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(code == TCL_OK));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $entry xview	-- horizontal scrolling interface
 */
static int EntryXViewCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
    if (objc == 3) {
	int newFirst;
	if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &newFirst) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	TtkScrollTo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle, newFirst, 1);
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble EntryCommands[] = {
    { "bbox", 		EntryBBoxCommand,0 },
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700










1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
    EntryConfigure,		/* configureProc */
    EntryPostConfigure,  	/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout, 	/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    EntryDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    EntryDisplay		/* displayProc */
};











/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Combobox widget record.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*postCommandObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*valuesObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*heightObj;
    int 	currentIndex;
} ComboboxPart;

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore core;
    EntryPart entry;
    ComboboxPart combobox;
} Combobox;

static Tk_OptionSpec ComboboxOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
        DEF_LIST_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.heightObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "PostCommand",
        "", Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.postCommandObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
        "", Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.valuesObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};

/* ComboboxInitialize --
 * 	Initialization hook for combobox widgets.
 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




















|


|


|







1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
    EntryConfigure,		/* configureProc */
    EntryPostConfigure,  	/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout, 	/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    EntryDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    EntryDisplay		/* displayProc */
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Named indices for the combobox "current" command
 */
static const char *const comboboxCurrentIndexNames[] = {
    "end", NULL
};
enum comboboxCurrentIndices {
    INDEX_END
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Combobox widget record.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*postCommandObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*valuesObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*heightObj;
    int 	currentIndex;
} ComboboxPart;

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore core;
    EntryPart entry;
    ComboboxPart combobox;
} Combobox;

static Tk_OptionSpec ComboboxOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
        DEF_LIST_HEIGHT, offsetof(Combobox, combobox.heightObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "PostCommand",
        "", offsetof(Combobox, combobox.postCommandObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
        "", offsetof(Combobox, combobox.valuesObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};

/* ComboboxInitialize --
 * 	Initialization hook for combobox widgets.
 */
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802






















1803



1804
1805

1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811

1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
		currentIndex = -1;
	    }
	}
	cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(currentIndex));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (objc == 3) {






















	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &currentIndex) != TCL_OK) {



	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (currentIndex < 0 || currentIndex >= nValues) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "Index %s out of range", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_RANGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}


	cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;

	return EntrySetValue(recordPtr, Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]));
    } else {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?newIndex?");
	return TCL_ERROR;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>







1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
		currentIndex = -1;
	    }
	}
	cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(currentIndex));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (objc == 3) {
        int result, index;

        result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[2], comboboxCurrentIndexNames,
                "", 0, &index);
        if (result == TCL_OK) {

            /*
             * The index is one of the named indices.
             */

	    switch (index) {
	    case INDEX_END:
	        /* "end" index */
                currentIndex = nValues - 1;
                break;
	    }
        } else {

            /*
             * The index should be just an integer.
             */

	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[2], &currentIndex) != TCL_OK) {
	        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		        "Incorrect index %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
	        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_VALUE", NULL);
	        return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    if (currentIndex < 0 || currentIndex >= nValues) {
	        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		        "Index %s out of range", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
	        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_RANGE", NULL);
	        return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
        }

	cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;

	return EntrySetValue(recordPtr, Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]));
    } else {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?newIndex?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
    WidgetCore core;
    EntryPart entry;
    SpinboxPart spinbox;
} Spinbox;

static Tk_OptionSpec SpinboxOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
        "", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.valuesObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.fromObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.toObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
	"1", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.incrementObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
	"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.formatObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.commandObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.wrapObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};

/* SpinboxInitialize --
 * 	Initialization hook for spinbox widgets.







|



|


|


|


|



|


|







1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
    WidgetCore core;
    EntryPart entry;
    SpinboxPart spinbox;
} Spinbox;

static Tk_OptionSpec SpinboxOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
        "", offsetof(Spinbox, spinbox.valuesObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
	"0", offsetof(Spinbox,spinbox.fromObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
	"0", offsetof(Spinbox,spinbox.toObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
	"1", offsetof(Spinbox,spinbox.incrementObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
	"", offsetof(Spinbox, spinbox.formatObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
	"", offsetof(Spinbox, spinbox.commandObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
	"0", offsetof(Spinbox,spinbox.wrapObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};

/* SpinboxInitialize --
 * 	Initialization hook for spinbox widgets.
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*fontObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*widthObj;
} TextareaElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextareaElementOptions[] = {
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	Tk_Offset(TextareaElement,fontObj), DEF_ENTRY_FONT },
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(TextareaElement,widthObj), "20" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TextareaElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|







2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*fontObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*widthObj;
} TextareaElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextareaElementOptions[] = {
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	offsetof(TextareaElement,fontObj), DEF_ENTRY_FONT },
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(TextareaElement,widthObj), "20" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TextareaElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::frame and ttk::labelframe widgets.
 */

#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

/* ======================================================================
 * +++ Frame widget:
 */






|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::frame and ttk::labelframe widgets.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

/* ======================================================================
 * +++ Frame widget:
 */
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
typedef struct {
    WidgetCore	core;
    FramePart	frame;
} Frame;

static Tk_OptionSpec FrameOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", NULL,
	Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.borderWidthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
	Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.paddingObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL,
	Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.reliefObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.widthObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.heightObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble FrameCommands[] = {







|


|


|


|


|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
typedef struct {
    WidgetCore	core;
    FramePart	frame;
} Frame;

static Tk_OptionSpec FrameOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", NULL,
	offsetof(Frame,frame.borderWidthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
	offsetof(Frame,frame.paddingObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL,
	offsetof(Frame,frame.reliefObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
	offsetof(Frame,frame.widthObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
	offsetof(Frame,frame.heightObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble FrameCommands[] = {
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
    LabelframePart	label;
} Labelframe;

#define LABELWIDGET_CHANGED 0x100

static Tk_OptionSpec LabelframeOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
	"nw", Tk_Offset(Labelframe, label.labelAnchorObj),-1,
        0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	"-1", Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.underlineObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget", NULL,
	-1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.labelWidget),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,LABELWIDGET_CHANGED|GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(FrameOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Labelframe style parameters:







|


|


|


|







245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
    LabelframePart	label;
} Labelframe;

#define LABELWIDGET_CHANGED 0x100

static Tk_OptionSpec LabelframeOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
	"nw", offsetof(Labelframe, label.labelAnchorObj),-1,
        0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	offsetof(Labelframe,label.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
	"-1", offsetof(Labelframe,label.underlineObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget", NULL,
	-1, offsetof(Labelframe,label.labelWidget),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,LABELWIDGET_CHANGED|GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(FrameOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Labelframe style parameters:

Deleted generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
# ttkGenStubs.tcl --
#
#	This script generates a set of stub files for a given
#	interface.
#
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.44
#
# CHANGES:
#	+ Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard
#	  instead of a platform guard.
#	+ Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations
#

namespace eval genStubs {
    # libraryName --
    #
    #	The name of the entire library.  This value is used to compute
    #	the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file.

    variable libraryName "UNKNOWN"

    # interfaces --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain
    #   the set of valid interfaces.  The value is empty.

    array set interfaces {}

    # curName --
    #
    #	The name of the interface currently being defined.

    variable curName "UNKNOWN"

    # scspec --
    #
    #	Storage class specifier for external function declarations.
    #	Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI
    #
    variable scspec "EXTERN"

    # epoch, revision --
    #
    #	The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined.
    #   (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers)
    #

    variable epoch {}
    variable revision 0

    # hooks --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of
    #	subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface.

    array set hooks {}

    # stubs --
    #
    #	This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name,
    #	second by field name, and third by a numeric offset or the
    #	constant "lastNum".  The lastNum entry contains the largest
    #	numeric offset used for a given interface.
    #
    #	Field "decl,$i" contains the C function specification that
    #	should be used for the given entry in the stub table.  The spec
    #	consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl.
    #   Other fields TBD later.

    array set stubs {}

    # outDir --
    #
    #	The directory where the generated files should be placed.

    variable outDir .
}

# genStubs::library --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl").
#	This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The library name.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::library {name} {
    variable libraryName $name
}

# genStubs::interface --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the interface currently being defined.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::interface {name} {
    variable curName $name
    variable interfaces
    variable stubs

    set interfaces($name) {}
    set stubs($name,lastNum) 0
    return
}

# genStubs::scspec --
#
#	Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations.
#	Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that
#	expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether
#	-DBUILD_XYZ has been set.
#
proc genStubs::scspec {value} {
    variable scspec $value
}

# genStubs::epoch --
#
#	Define the epoch number for this library.  The epoch
#	should be incrememented when a release is made that
#	contains incompatible changes to the public API.
#
proc genStubs::epoch {value} {
    variable epoch $value
}

# genStubs::hooks --
#
#	This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current
#	interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	names	The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the
#		hook vector.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::hooks {names} {
    variable curName
    variable hooks

    set hooks($curName) $names
    return
}

# genStubs::declare --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new
#	interface entry.
#
# Arguments:
#	index		The index number of the interface.
#	status  	Status of the interface: one of "current",
#		  	"deprecated", or "obsolete".
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::declare {args} {
    variable stubs
    variable curName
    variable revision

    incr revision
    if {[llength $args] == 2} {
	lassign $args index decl
	set status current
    } elseif {[llength $args] == 3} {
	lassign $args index status decl
    } else {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args"
	return
    }

    # Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and
    # bump the lastNum counter if necessary.

    if {[info exists stubs($curName,decl,$index)]} {
	puts stderr "Duplicate entry: $index"
    }
    regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl
    set decl [parseDecl $decl]

    set stubs($curName,status,$index) $status
    set stubs($curName,decl,$index) $decl

    if {$index > $stubs($curName,lastNum)} {
	set stubs($curName,lastNum) $index
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::export --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol
#	that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::export {args} {
    if {[llength $args] != 1} {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args"
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::rewriteFile --
#
#	This function replaces the machine generated portion of the
#	specified file with new contents.  It looks for the !BEGIN! and
#	!END! comments to determine where to place the new text.
#
# Arguments:
#	file	The name of the file to modify.
#	text	The new text to place in the file.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
    if {![file exists $file]} {
	puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file"
	return
    }
    set in [open ${file} r]
    set out [open ${file}.new w]
    fconfigure $out -translation lf

    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
	puts $out $line
    }
    puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */"
    puts $out $text
    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
    }
    puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */"
    puts -nonewline $out [read $in]
    close $in
    close $out
    file rename -force ${file}.new ${file}
    return
}

# genStubs::addPlatformGuard --
#
#	Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef.
#
# Arguments:
#	plat	Platform to test.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.

proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
    set text ""
    switch $plat {
	win {
	    append text "#ifdef _WIN32 /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
	}
	unix {
	    append text "#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
		    /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n"
	}
	macosx {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n"
	}
	aqua {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
	}
	x11 {
	    append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
		    /* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* X11 */\n"
	}
	default {
	    append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::emitSlots --
#
#	Generate the stub table slots for the given interface.  If there
#	are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each
#	platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    forAllStubs $name makeSlot noGuard text {"    void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"}
    return
}

# genStubs::parseDecl --
#
#	Parse a C function declaration into its component parts.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl	The function declaration.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}.  The args
#	element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single
#	element "void".  If the function declaration is malformed
#	then an error is displayed and the return value is {}.

proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} {
    if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\);?$} $decl all prefix args]} {
	set prefix $decl
	set args {}
    }
    set prefix [string trim $prefix]
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} {
	puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl"
	return
    }
    set rtype [string trim $rtype]
    if {$args eq ""} {
	return [list $rtype $fname {}]
    }
    foreach arg [split $args ,] {
	lappend argList [string trim $arg]
    }
    if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} {
	set args TCL_VARARGS
	foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    } else {
	set args {}
	foreach arg $argList {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} {
		lappend args "void"
		break
	    } elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    }
    return [list $rtype $fname $args]
}

# genStubs::parseArg --
#
#	This function parses a function argument into a type and name.
#
# Arguments:
#	arg	The argument to parse.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array
#	indicator.  If the argument is malformed, returns "".

proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} {
	if {$arg eq "void"} {
	    return $arg
	} else {
	    return
	}
    }
    set result [list [string trim $type] $name]
    if {$array ne ""} {
	lappend result $array
    }
    return $result
}

# genStubs::makeDecl --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
    variable scspec
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    append text "/* $index */\n"
    set line "$scspec $rtype"
    set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
    append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
    set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
    if {$pad <= 0} {
	append line " "
	set pad 0
    }
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append line $fname
	append text $line
	append text ";\n"
	return $text
    }
    append line $fname

    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append line "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ")"
	}
    }
    return "$text$line;\n"
}

# genStubs::makeMacro --
#
#	Generate the inline macro for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted macro definition.

proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "#define $fname \\\n\t("
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text "*"
    }
    append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)"
    append text " /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeSlot --
#
#	Generate the stub table entry for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted table entry.

proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "    "
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
	return $text
    }
    if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
    } else {
	append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
    }
    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append text "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ")"
	}
    }

    append text "; /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeInit --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} {
    if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} {
	append text "    &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    } else {
	append text "    " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::forAllStubs --
#
#	This function iterates over all of the slots and invokes
#	a callback for each slot.  The result of the callback is then
#	placed inside appropriate guards.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The interface name.
#	slotProc	The proc to invoke to handle the slot.  It will
#			have the interface name, the declaration,  and
#			the index appended.
#	guardProc	The proc to invoke to add guards.  It will have
#		        the slot status and text appended.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#	skipString	The string to emit if a slot is skipped.  This
#			string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can
#			be used to substitute the index value.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc guardProc textVar
	{skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} {
    variable stubs
    upvar $textVar text

    set lastNum $stubs($name,lastNum)

    for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
	if {[info exists stubs($name,decl,$i)]} {
	    append text [$guardProc $stubs($name,status,$i) \
	    			[$slotProc $name $stubs($name,decl,$i) $i]]
	} else {
	    eval {append text} $skipString
	}
    }
}

proc genStubs::noGuard  {status text} { return $text }

proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
    variable libraryName
    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]

    switch -- $status {
	current	{
	    # No change
	}
	deprecated {
	    set text [ifdeffed "${upName}_DEPRECATED" $text]
	}
	obsolete {
	    set text ""
	}
	default {
	    puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} {
    join [list "#ifdef $macro" $text "#endif" ""] \n
}

# genStubs::emitDeclarations --
#
#	This function emits the function declarations for this interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n"
    forAllStubs $name makeDecl noGuard text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitMacros --
#
#	This function emits the inline macros for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} {
    variable libraryName
    upvar $textVar text

    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
    append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n"
    append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n"

    forAllStubs $name makeMacro addGuard text

    append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitHeader --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
    variable outDir
    variable hooks
    variable epoch
    variable revision

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
    }

    append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"

    emitDeclarations $name text

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\ntypedef struct {\n"
	foreach hook $hooks($name) {
	    set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
	    append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
	    append text "    const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n"
	}
	append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n"
    }
    append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n"
    append text "    int magic;\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	append text "    int epoch;\n"
	append text "    int revision;\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
    } else {
	append text "    void *hooks;\n\n"
    }

    emitSlots $name text

    append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"

    append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
    append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"

    emitMacros $name text

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInit --
#
#	Generate the table initializers for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The name of the interface to initialize.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted output.

proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
    variable hooks
    variable interfaces
    variable epoch
    upvar $textVar text
    set root 1

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n"
	set sep "    "
	foreach sub $hooks($name) {
	    append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs"
	    set sep ",\n    "
	}
	append text "\n\};\n"
    }
    foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
	if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
	    if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} {
		set root 0
		break
	    }
	}
    }

    append text "\n"
    if {!$root} {
	append text "static "
    }
    append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n"
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    &${name}StubHooks,\n"
    } else {
	append text "    0,\n"
    }

    forAllStubs $name makeInit noGuard text {"    0, /* $i */\n"}

    append text "\};\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInits --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitInits {} {
    variable hooks
    variable outDir
    variable libraryName
    variable interfaces

    # Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit
    # all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations.

    set leaves {}
    set roots {}
    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	    lappend roots $name
	} else {
	    lappend leaves $name
	}
    }
    foreach name $leaves {
	emitInit $name text
    }
    foreach name $roots {
	emitInit $name text
    }

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text
}

# genStubs::init --
#
#	This is the main entry point.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::init {} {
    global argv argv0
    variable outDir
    variable interfaces

    if {[llength $argv] < 2} {
	puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?"
	exit 1
    }

    set outDir [lindex $argv 0]

    foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] {
	source $file
    }

    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	puts "Emitting $name"
	emitHeader $name
    }

    emitInits
}

# lassign --
#
#	This function emulates the TclX lassign command.
#
# Arguments:
#	valueList	A list containing the values to be assigned.
#	args		The list of variables to be assigned.
#
# Results:
#	Returns any values that were not assigned to variables.

if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} {
    proc lassign {valueList args} {
	if {[llength $args] == 0} {
	    error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\""
	}
	uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}]
	return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end]
    }
}

genStubs::init
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to generic/ttk/ttkImage.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
/*
 *	Image specifications and image element factory.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * An imageSpec is a multi-element list; the first element
 * is the name of the default image to use, the remainder of the
 * list is a sequence of statespec/imagename options as per
 * [style map].
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ ImageSpec management.
 */












<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
/*
 *	Image specifications and image element factory.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * An imageSpec is a multi-element list; the first element
 * is the name of the default image to use, the remainder of the
 * list is a sequence of statespec/imagename options as per
 * [style map].
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ ImageSpec management.
 */
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;







|







340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkInit.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*
 * Legal values for the button -default option.
 * See also: enum Ttk_ButtonDefaultState.
 */






<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*
 * Legal values for the button -default option.
 * See also: enum Ttk_ButtonDefaultState.
 */
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE







|







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *const ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
 * type name dbName dbClass default objOffset intOffset flags clientData mask
 */

/* public */
Tk_OptionSpec ttkCoreOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", NULL,
	Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, cursorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-style", "style", "Style", "",
	Tk_Offset(WidgetCore,styleObj), -1, 0,0,STYLE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "", "", NULL,
	Tk_Offset(WidgetCore,classObj), -1, 0,0,READONLY_OPTION},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Initialization: elements and element factories.
 */








|

|

|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
 * type name dbName dbClass default objOffset intOffset flags clientData mask
 */

/* public */
Tk_OptionSpec ttkCoreOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", NULL,
	offsetof(WidgetCore, cursorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-style", "style", "Style", "",
	offsetof(WidgetCore,styleObj), -1, 0,0,STYLE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "", "", NULL,
	offsetof(WidgetCore,classObj), -1, 0,0,READONLY_OPTION},
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Initialization: elements and element factories.
 */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
} TextElement;

/* Text element options table.
 * NB: Keep in sync with label element option table.
 */
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] = {
    { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" },
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
    { "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,underlineObj), "-1"},
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,widthObj), "-1"},
    { "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,anchorObj), "w"},
    { "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,justifyObj), "left" },
    { "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,wrapLengthObj), "0" },
    { "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,embossedObj), "0"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static int TextSetup(TextElement *text, Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(text->textObj);
    Tk_Justify justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;







|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
} TextElement;

/* Text element options table.
 * NB: Keep in sync with label element option table.
 */
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] = {
    { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(TextElement,textObj), "" },
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	offsetof(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(TextElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
    { "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(TextElement,underlineObj), "-1"},
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(TextElement,widthObj), "-1"},
    { "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
	offsetof(TextElement,anchorObj), "w"},
    { "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
	offsetof(TextElement,justifyObj), "left" },
    { "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(TextElement,wrapLengthObj), "0" },
    { "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(TextElement,embossedObj), "0"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static int TextSetup(TextElement *text, Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(text->textObj);
    Tk_Justify justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148

    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
    gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
    gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);

    /* 
     * Place text according to -anchor:
     */
    Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
    b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);

    /*
     * Clip text if it's too wide:







|







134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148

    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
    gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
    gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);

    /*
     * Place text according to -anchor:
     */
    Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
    b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);

    /*
     * Clip text if it's too wide:
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
    int		height;
} ImageElement;

/* ===> NB: Keep in sync with label element option table.  <===
 */
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ImageElementOptions[] = {
    { "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(ImageElement,imageObj), "" },
    { "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, 	/* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
	Tk_Offset(ImageElement,stippleObj), "gray50" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ImageElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * ImageSetup() --
 * 	Look up the Tk_Image from the image element's imageObj resource.
 * 	Caller must release the image with ImageCleanup().







|

|

|







244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
    int		height;
} ImageElement;

/* ===> NB: Keep in sync with label element option table.  <===
 */
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ImageElementOptions[] = {
    { "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(ImageElement,imageObj), "" },
    { "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, 	/* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
	offsetof(ImageElement,stippleObj), "gray50" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ImageElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * ImageSetup() --
 * 	Look up the Tk_Image from the image element's imageObj resource.
 * 	Caller must release the image with ImageCleanup().
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
	/* Completely clipped - bail out.
	 */
	return;
    }

    Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);

    /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image, 
     * stipple the image.
     * @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all;
     * @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
     * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up 
     * as a white rectangle otherwise.
     */

    
    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
	}
    }







|



|



|







337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
	/* Completely clipped - bail out.
	 */
	return;
    }

    Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);

    /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image,
     * stipple the image.
     * @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all;
     * @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
     * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up
     * as a white rectangle otherwise.
     */


    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
	}
    }
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
    Ttk_Compound	compound;
    int  		space;
    int 		totalWidth, totalHeight;
} LabelElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec LabelElementOptions[] = {
    { "-compound", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,compoundObj), "none" },
    { "-space", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,spaceObj), "4" },

    /* Text element part:
     * NB: Keep in sync with TextElementOptions.
     */
    { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.textObj), "" },
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.foregroundObj), "black" },
    { "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.underlineObj), "-1"},
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.widthObj), ""},
    { "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.anchorObj), "w"},
    { "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.justifyObj), "left" },
    { "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.wrapLengthObj), "0" },
    { "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.embossedObj), "0"},

    /* Image element part:
     * NB: Keep in sync with ImageElementOptions.
     */
    { "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.imageObj), "" },
    { "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, 	/* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.stippleObj), "gray50" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * LabelSetup --
 * 	Fills in computed fields of the label element.
 *







|

|





|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|





|

|

|







438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
    Ttk_Compound	compound;
    int  		space;
    int 		totalWidth, totalHeight;
} LabelElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec LabelElementOptions[] = {
    { "-compound", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	offsetof(LabelElement,compoundObj), "none" },
    { "-space", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(LabelElement,spaceObj), "4" },

    /* Text element part:
     * NB: Keep in sync with TextElementOptions.
     */
    { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.textObj), "" },
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.foregroundObj), "black" },
    { "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.underlineObj), "-1"},
    { "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.widthObj), ""},
    { "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.anchorObj), "w"},
    { "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.justifyObj), "left" },
    { "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.wrapLengthObj), "0" },
    { "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(LabelElement,text.embossedObj), "0"},

    /* Image element part:
     * NB: Keep in sync with ImageElementOptions.
     */
    { "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(LabelElement,image.imageObj), "" },
    { "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, 	/* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
	offsetof(LabelElement,image.stippleObj), "gray50" },
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(LabelElement,image.backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * LabelSetup --
 * 	Fills in computed fields of the label element.
 *
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
    *heightPtr = label->totalHeight;

    /* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width:
     */
    if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
	textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text);

    switch (label->compound) 
    {
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT:
	    *widthPtr = textReqWidth;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth); 
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space; 
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break; /* Can't happen */
    }

    LabelCleanup(label);
}







|










|



|







572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
    *heightPtr = label->totalHeight;

    /* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width:
     */
    if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
	textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text);

    switch (label->compound)
    {
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT:
	    *widthPtr = textReqWidth;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth);
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break; /* Can't happen */
    }

    LabelCleanup(label);
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * ttkLayout.c --
 *
 * Generic layout processing.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkThemeInt.h"

#define MAX(a,b) (a > b ? a : b)
#define MIN(a,b) (a < b ? a : b)

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------








<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * ttkLayout.c --
 *
 * Generic layout processing.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkThemeInt.h"

#define MAX(a,b) (a > b ? a : b)
#define MIN(a,b) (a < b ? a : b)

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)







|





|







599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *const packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * Support routines for geometry managers.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkManager.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ The Geometry Propagation Dance.
 *
 * When a slave window requests a new size or some other parameter changes,
 * the manager recomputes the required size for the master window and calls






<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * Support routines for geometry managers.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ The Geometry Propagation Dance.
 *
 * When a slave window requests a new size or some other parameter changes,
 * the manager recomputes the required size for the master window and calls
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
    int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);

    if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
		mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight)) 
    {
	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
    }
}

void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{







|







315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
    int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);

    if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
		mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight))
    {
	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
    }
}

void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.h.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 *
 * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
 * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
 *
 * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
 * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
 * routine is called.
 * 
 * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
 * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
 */
typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
    Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr;		/* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */

    int  (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);







|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 *
 * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
 * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
 *
 * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
 * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
 * routine is called.
 *
 * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
 * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
 */
typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
    Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr;		/* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */

    int  (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))





<
<
<
|
<







1
2
3
4



5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 */




#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
 *
 * PaneOptionSpecs includes additional options for child window placement
 * and is used to configure the slave.
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec TabOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "", "",
	"normal", -1,Tk_Offset(Tab,state),
	0,(ClientData)TabStateStrings,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Tab,textObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
	Tk_Offset(Tab,imageObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	"none", Tk_Offset(Tab,compoundObj), -1,
	0,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline", "-1",
	Tk_Offset(Tab,underlineObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
};

static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Tab,paddingObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-sticky", "sticky", "Sticky", "nsew",
	Tk_Offset(Tab,stickyObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(TabOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook resources.
 */







|


|

|

|


|






|

|







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
 *
 * PaneOptionSpecs includes additional options for child window placement
 * and is used to configure the slave.
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec TabOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "", "",
	"normal", -1, offsetof(Tab,state),
	0,(ClientData)TabStateStrings,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	offsetof(Tab,textObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
	offsetof(Tab,imageObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
	"none", offsetof(Tab,compoundObj), -1,
	0,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline", "-1",
	offsetof(Tab,underlineObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
};

static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", "0",
	offsetof(Tab,paddingObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-sticky", "sticky", "Sticky", "nsew",
	offsetof(Tab,stickyObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(TabOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook resources.
 */
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
    WidgetCore core;
    NotebookPart notebook;
} Notebook;

static Tk_OptionSpec NotebookOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.widthObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.heightObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", NULL,
	Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.paddingObj),-1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/* Notebook style options:







|


|


|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
    WidgetCore core;
    NotebookPart notebook;
} Notebook;

static Tk_OptionSpec NotebookOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
	offsetof(Notebook,notebook.widthObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
	offsetof(Notebook,notebook.heightObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", NULL,
	offsetof(Notebook,notebook.paddingObj),-1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/* Notebook style options:
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
    Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Check options:
     * @@@ TODO: validate -image option.







|







213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
    Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Check options:
     * @@@ TODO: validate -image option.
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063

/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {







|







1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059

/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * ttk::panedwindow widget implementation.
 *
 * TODO: track active/pressed sash.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkManager.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Layout algorithm.
 *








<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * ttk::panedwindow widget implementation.
 *
 * TODO: track active/pressed sash.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Layout algorithm.
 *
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
    PanedPart	paned;
} Paned;

/* @@@ NOTE: -orient is readonly 'cause dynamic oriention changes NYI
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec PanedOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
	Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orientObj), Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orient),
	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,READONLY_OPTION|STYLE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
	-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.width),
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
	-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.height),
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Slave pane record.
 */
typedef struct {
    int 	reqSize;		/* Pane request size */
    int 	sashPos;		/* Folowing sash position */
    int 	weight; 		/* Pane -weight, for resizing */
} Pane;

static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-weight", "weight", "Weight", "0",
	-1,Tk_Offset(Pane,weight), 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/* CreatePane --
 * 	Create a new pane record.
 */
static Pane *CreatePane(Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Tk_Window slaveWindow)







|


|


|

















|







72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
    PanedPart	paned;
} Paned;

/* @@@ NOTE: -orient is readonly 'cause dynamic oriention changes NYI
 */
static Tk_OptionSpec PanedOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
	offsetof(Paned,paned.orientObj), offsetof(Paned,paned.orient),
	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,READONLY_OPTION|STYLE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
	-1, offsetof(Paned,paned.width),
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
	-1, offsetof(Paned,paned.height),
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Slave pane record.
 */
typedef struct {
    int 	reqSize;		/* Pane request size */
    int 	sashPos;		/* Folowing sash position */
    int 	weight; 		/* Pane -weight, for resizing */
} Pane;

static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-weight", "weight", "Weight", "0",
	-1, offsetof(Pane,weight), 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/* CreatePane --
 * 	Create a new pane record.
 */
static Pane *CreatePane(Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void*)pane, pw->paned.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Sanity-check:
     */







|







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, pane, pw->paned.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Sanity-check:
     */
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725

/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;







|







710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724

/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashElementOptions[] = {
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_INT,
	    Tk_Offset(SashElement,thicknessObj), "5" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SashElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|







918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashElementOptions[] = {
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_INT,
	    offsetof(SashElement,thicknessObj), "5" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SashElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26


27

28

29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48








49

50
51
52
53
54



55
56
57
58



59
60
61
62
63
64

65
66
67
68
69
70



71
72
73
74
75
76
77
/*
 * Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham
 *
 * ttk::progressbar widget.
 */

#include <math.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget record:
 */

#define DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH "100"
enum {
    TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
    "determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};

typedef struct {

    Tcl_Obj 	*orientObj;


    Tcl_Obj 	*lengthObj;

    Tcl_Obj 	*modeObj;

    Tcl_Obj 	*variableObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*maximumObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*valueObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*phaseObj;


    int 	mode;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;	/* Trace handle for -variable option */
    int 	period;			/* Animation period */
    int 	maxPhase;		/* Max animation phase */
    Tcl_TimerToken timer;		/* Animation timer */

} ProgressbarPart;

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore 		core;
    ProgressbarPart	progress;
} Progressbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{








    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",

	"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
        DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },



    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
	0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },



    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
	"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },




    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Animation procedures:






<
|
<
















>
|
>
>

>

>
|
|

|
>
















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|

|

>
>
>

|
|

>
>
>
|
|

|
|
<
>

|

|
|
|
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6

7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82

83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
/*
 * Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham
 *
 * ttk::progressbar widget.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget record:
 */

#define DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH "100"
enum {
    TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
    "determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj 	*anchorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*fontObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*justifyObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*lengthObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*maximumObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*modeObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*orientObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*phaseObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*textObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*valueObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*variableObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*wrapLengthObj;

    int 	mode;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;	/* Trace handle for -variable option */
    int 	period;			/* Animation period */
    int 	maxPhase;		/* Max animation phase */
    Tcl_TimerToken timer;		/* Animation timer */

} ProgressbarPart;

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore 		core;
    ProgressbarPart	progress;
} Progressbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	"w", offsetof(Progressbar,progress.anchorObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEFAULT_FONT, offsetof(Progressbar,progress.fontObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	"black", offsetof(Progressbar,progress.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", offsetof(Progressbar,progress.justifyObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
        DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, offsetof(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
	"100", offsetof(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
	offsetof(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
	offsetof(Progressbar,progress.mode),
	0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	"horizontal", offsetof(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
	"0", offsetof(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	offsetof(Progressbar,progress.textObj), -1,

	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
	"0.0", offsetof(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, offsetof(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	"0", offsetof(Progressbar, progress.wrapLengthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Animation procedures:
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
 * 	If animation is disabled but scheduled, cancel it.
 */
static void CheckAnimation(Progressbar *pb)
{
    if (AnimationEnabled(pb)) {
	if (pb->progress.timer == 0) {
	    pb->progress.timer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
		pb->progress.period, AnimateProgressProc, (ClientData)pb);
	}
    } else {
	if (pb->progress.timer != 0) {
	    Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(pb->progress.timer);
	    pb->progress.timer = 0;
	}
    }







|







155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
 * 	If animation is disabled but scheduled, cancel it.
 */
static void CheckAnimation(Progressbar *pb)
{
    if (AnimationEnabled(pb)) {
	if (pb->progress.timer == 0) {
	    pb->progress.timer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
		pb->progress.period, AnimateProgressProc, pb);
	}
    } else {
	if (pb->progress.timer != 0) {
	    Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(pb->progress.timer);
	    pb->progress.timer = 0;
	}
    }
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
/* $sb step ?amount?
 */
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
    double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
    Tcl_Obj *newValueObj; 

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?stepAmount?");







|







416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
/* $sb step ?amount?
 */
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
    double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
    Tcl_Obj *newValueObj;

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?stepAmount?");
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);

    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one: 
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		        interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	        ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
        Tcl_DecrRefCount(newValueObj);
        return result;
    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb start|stop ?args? --
 * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...] 
 * and pass to interpreter.
 */
static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
    Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];







|




















|







443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);

    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one:
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		        interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	        ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
        Tcl_DecrRefCount(newValueObj);
        return result;
    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb start|stop ?args? --
 * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...]
 * and pass to interpreter.
 */
static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
    Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527

528
529
530
531
532
533
534
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y))

TTK_END_LAYOUT

/*
 * Initialization:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE







|
>







542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y)
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/*
 * Initialization:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * ttk::scale widget.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))






|
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7


8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * ttk::scale widget.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"


#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1, 
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1, 
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0, 
	(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, 
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);

/* ScaleVariableChanged --
 * 	Variable trace procedure for scale -variable;
 * 	Updates the scale's value.
 * 	If the linked variable is not a valid double, 
 * 	sets the 'invalid' state.
 */
static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
    Scale *scale = recordPtr;
    double v;








|


|


|
|



|

|

|

|



|












|







49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	offsetof(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
	offsetof(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	offsetof(Scale,scale.orientObj),
	offsetof(Scale,scale.orient), 0,
	(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
	offsetof(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	offsetof(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	offsetof(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, offsetof(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0,
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", offsetof(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);

/* ScaleVariableChanged --
 * 	Variable trace procedure for scale -variable;
 * 	Updates the scale's value.
 * 	If the linked variable is not a valid double,
 * 	sets the 'invalid' state.
 */
static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
    Scale *scale = recordPtr;
    double v;

185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199

    return status;
}

/* ScaleGetLayout --
 *	getLayout hook.
 */
static Ttk_Layout 
ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
    return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
	interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj);
}








|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197

    return status;
}

/* ScaleGetLayout --
 *	getLayout hook.
 */
static Ttk_Layout
ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
    return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
	interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj);
}

249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263

    fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);

    return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}

/* $scale get ?x y? --
 * 	Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and 
 * 	$y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y.
 */
static int
ScaleGetCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;







|







247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261

    fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);

    return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}

/* $scale get ?x y? --
 * 	Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and
 * 	$y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y.
 */
static int
ScaleGetCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c.

176
177
178
179
180
181
182













183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195



196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
 * 	-yscrollcommand has changed).
 */

void TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(ScrollHandle h)
{
    h->flags |= SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED;
}














/* TtkScrollviewCommand --
 * 	Widget [xy]view command implementation.
 *
 *  $w [xy]view -- return current view region
 *  $w [xy]view $index -- set topmost item
 *  $w [xy]view moveto $fraction
 *  $w [xy]view scroll $number $what -- scrollbar interface
 */
int TtkScrollviewCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle h)
{
    Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;



    int newFirst = s->first;

    if (objc == 2) {
	Tcl_Obj *result[2];
	result[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)s->first / s->total);
	result[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)s->last / s->total);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, result));
	return TCL_OK;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>













>
>
>
|







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
 * 	-yscrollcommand has changed).
 */

void TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(ScrollHandle h)
{
    h->flags |= SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED;
}

/* TtkUpdateScrollInfo --
 * 	Call the layoutProc to update the scroll info first, last, and total.
 * 	Do it only if needed, that is when a redisplay is pending (which
 * 	indicates scroll info are possibly out of date).
 */

void TtkUpdateScrollInfo(ScrollHandle h)
{
    if (h->corePtr->flags & REDISPLAY_PENDING) {
        h->corePtr->widgetSpec->layoutProc(h->corePtr);
    }
}

/* TtkScrollviewCommand --
 * 	Widget [xy]view command implementation.
 *
 *  $w [xy]view -- return current view region
 *  $w [xy]view $index -- set topmost item
 *  $w [xy]view moveto $fraction
 *  $w [xy]view scroll $number $what -- scrollbar interface
 */
int TtkScrollviewCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle h)
{
    Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;
    int newFirst;

    TtkUpdateScrollInfo(h);
    newFirst = s->first;

    if (objc == 2) {
	Tcl_Obj *result[2];
	result[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)s->first / s->total);
	result[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)s->last / s->total);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, result));
	return TCL_OK;
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236




237
238
239
240
241
242
243
		int perPage = s->last - s->first;	/* @@@ */
		newFirst = s->first + count * perPage;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    TtkScrollTo(h, newFirst);

    return TCL_OK;
}

void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle h, int newFirst)
{
    Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;





    if (newFirst >= s->total)
	newFirst = s->total - 1;
    if (newFirst > s->first && s->last >= s->total) /* don't scroll past end */
	newFirst = s->first;
    if (newFirst < 0)
	newFirst = 0;







|




|


>
>
>
>







238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
		int perPage = s->last - s->first;	/* @@@ */
		newFirst = s->first + count * perPage;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    TtkScrollTo(h, newFirst, 0);

    return TCL_OK;
}

void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle h, int newFirst, int updateScrollInfo)
{
    Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;

    if (updateScrollInfo) {
        TtkUpdateScrollInfo(h);
    }

    if (newFirst >= s->total)
	newFirst = s->total - 1;
    if (newFirst > s->first && s->last >= s->total) /* don't scroll past end */
	newFirst = s->first;
    if (newFirst < 0)
	newFirst = 0;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::scrollbar widget.
 */

#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Scrollbar widget record.
 */
typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj	*commandObj;

    int 	orient;
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;

    double	first;			/* top fraction */
    double	last;			/* bottom fraction */

    Ttk_Box	troughBox;		/* trough parcel */ 
    int 	minSize;		/* minimum size of thumb */
} ScrollbarPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
} Scrollbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScrollbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.commandObj), -1, 0,0,0},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
	Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orientObj),
	Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orient),
	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget hooks.
 */

static void 
ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0;
    sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0;

    TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);






|
<
















|












|


|
|










|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::scrollbar widget.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Scrollbar widget record.
 */
typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj	*commandObj;

    int 	orient;
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;

    double	first;			/* top fraction */
    double	last;			/* bottom fraction */

    Ttk_Box	troughBox;		/* trough parcel */
    int 	minSize;		/* minimum size of thumb */
} ScrollbarPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
} Scrollbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScrollbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	offsetof(Scrollbar,scrollbar.commandObj), -1, 0,0,0},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
	offsetof(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orientObj),
	offsetof(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orient),
	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget hooks.
 */

static void
ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0;
    sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0;

    TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb fraction $x $y --
 * 	Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating  where  the
 * 	point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar. 
 */
static int
ScrollbarFractionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;







|







236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb fraction $x $y --
 * 	Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating  where  the
 * 	point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar.
 */
static int
ScrollbarFractionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::separator and ttk::sizegrip widgets.
 */

#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* +++ Separator widget record:
 */
typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;
    int 	orient;
} SeparatorPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    SeparatorPart separator;
} Separator;

static Tk_OptionSpec SeparatorOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orientObj),
	Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orient),
	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*






|
<



















|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::separator and ttk::sizegrip widgets.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* +++ Separator widget record:
 */
typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;
    int 	orient;
} SeparatorPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    SeparatorPart separator;
} Separator;

static Tk_OptionSpec SeparatorOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	offsetof(Separator,separator.orientObj),
	offsetof(Separator,separator.orient),
	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/* square.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * Minimal sample ttk widget.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#if defined(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) || 1

#ifndef DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH
#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/* square.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * Minimal sample ttk widget.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#if defined(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) || 1

#ifndef DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH
#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
 * default values. At the bottom we bring in the standard widget option
 * defined for all widgets.
 */

static Tk_OptionSpec SquareOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
     DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
     0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj),
     -1, 0, 0, 0},
    
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
     Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1, 
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    
    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
 * widget code and the contained element. The one thing that we must handle







|


|

|

|


|

|

|

|

|
|

|
|







47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
 * default values. At the bottom we bring in the standard widget option
 * defined for all widgets.
 */

static Tk_OptionSpec SquareOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
     DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, offsetof(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
     0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, offsetof(Square,square.foregroundObj),
     -1, 0, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
     "50", offsetof(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
     "50", offsetof(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
     offsetof(Square,square.paddingObj), -1,
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
     NULL, offsetof(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
     NULL, offsetof(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
 * widget code and the contained element. The one thing that we must handle
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation 
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
 */

static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSquare",			/* className */
    sizeof(Square),		/* recordSize */
    SquareOptionSpecs,		/* optionSpecs */
    SquareCommands,		/* subcommands */
    TtkNullInitialize,		/* initializeProc */
    TtkNullCleanup,		/* cleanupProc */
    TtkCoreConfigure,		/* configureProc */
    TtkNullPostConfigure,		/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout,		/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    SquareDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    TtkWidgetDisplay		/* displayProc */
};

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 * Square element
 *
 * In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed
 * element.
 */

typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] = 
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,reliefObj),
    	"raised" },
    { "-width",  TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,widthObj), "20"},
    { "-height", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,heightObj), "20"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * The element geometry function is called when the layout code wishes to
 * find out how big this element wants to be. We must return our preferred
 * size and padding information







|




















|
















|

|

|

|

|

|
|







134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
 */

static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSquare",			/* className */
    sizeof(Square),		/* recordSize */
    SquareOptionSpecs,		/* optionSpecs */
    SquareCommands,		/* subcommands */
    TtkNullInitialize,		/* initializeProc */
    TtkNullCleanup,		/* cleanupProc */
    TtkCoreConfigure,		/* configureProc */
    TtkNullPostConfigure,		/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout,		/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    SquareDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    TtkWidgetDisplay		/* displayProc */
};

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Square element
 *
 * In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed
 * element.
 */

typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(SquareElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, offsetof(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(SquareElement,reliefObj),
    	"raised" },
    { "-width",  TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SquareElement,widthObj), "20"},
    { "-height", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, offsetof(SquareElement,heightObj), "20"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * The element geometry function is called when the layout code wishes to
 * find out how big this element wants to be. We must return our preferred
 * size and padding information
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
 * Layout section.
 *
 * Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements
 * are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout
 * engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation
 * for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element
 * that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will
 * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges. 
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout)
     TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
     TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	 TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 *
 * Widget initialization.
 *
 * This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register
 * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will 
 * register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance
 * tree. This means all themes will find this element.
 * We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout
 * specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we
 * could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have
 * one uparrow, in other themes there are two uparrow elements.
 * Finally we register the widget itself. This step creates a tcl command so







|








|




|







244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
 * Layout section.
 *
 * Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements
 * are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout
 * engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation
 * for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element
 * that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will
 * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges.
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout)
     TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
     TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	 TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Widget initialization.
 *
 * This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register
 * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will
 * register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance
 * tree. This means all themes will find this element.
 * We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout
 * specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we
 * could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have
 * one uparrow, in other themes there are two uparrow elements.
 * Finally we register the widget itself. This step creates a tcl command so
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);

    /* register the new elements for this theme engine */
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);
    
    /* register the layout for this theme */
    Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout);
    
    /* register the widget */
    RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec);

    return TCL_OK;
}

#endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */








|


|








283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);

    /* register the new elements for this theme engine */
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);

    /* register the layout for this theme */
    Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout);

    /* register the widget */
    RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec);

    return TCL_OK;
}

#endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkState.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Tk widget state utilities.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 */

#include <string.h>

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*
 * Table of state names.  Must be kept in sync with TTK_STATE_*
 * #defines in ttkTheme.h.
 */
static const char *const stateNames[] =







<
<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7


8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Tk widget state utilities.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 */



#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*
 * Table of state names.  Must be kept in sync with TTK_STATE_*
 * #defines in ttkTheme.h.
 */
static const char *const stateNames[] =

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c.

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

error:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
	"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
	" (requested version '", version,
	"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
	errMsg, 
	NULL);
    return NULL;
}








|




63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

error:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
	"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
	" (requested version '", version,
	"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
	errMsg,
	NULL);
    return NULL;
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Tag tables.  3/4-baked, work in progress.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */

#include <string.h>	/* for memset() */
#include <tcl.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Internal data structures.
 */
struct TtkTag {






<
<
|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6


7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Tag tables.  3/4-baked, work in progress.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */



#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Internal data structures.
 */
struct TtkTag {
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
{
    int i;
    for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
	if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }
    tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags, 
	    (tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0]));
    tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag;
    return 1;
}

/* Ttk_TagSetRemove -- remove a tag from a tag set.
 *







|







181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
{
    int i;
    for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
	if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }
    tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags,
	    (tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0]));
    tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag;
    return 1;
}

/* Ttk_TagSetRemove -- remove a tag from a tag set.
 *

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c.

145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
    const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);

    if (!optionSpec)
	return 0;

    /* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
     */
    if (optionSpec->objOffset < 0) {
	return 0;
    }

    /* Grrr.  Ignore accidental mismatches caused by prefix-matching:
     */
    if (strcmp(optionSpec->optionName, optionName)) {
	return 0;







|







145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
    const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);

    if (!optionSpec)
	return 0;

    /* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
     */
    if (optionSpec->objOffset == TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	return 0;
    }

    /* Grrr.  Ignore accidental mismatches caused by prefix-matching:
     */
    if (strcmp(optionSpec->optionName, optionName)) {
	return 0;
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
 * 	Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
 */

static
int InitializeElementRecord(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,	/* Element instance to initialize */
    Ttk_Style style,		/* Style table */
    char *widgetRecord,		/* Source of widget option values */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Option table describing widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Corresponding window */
    Ttk_State state)	/* Widget or element state */
{
    char *elementRecord = eclass->elementRecord;
    OptionMap optionMap = GetOptionMap(eclass,optionTable);
    int nResources = eclass->nResources;
    Ttk_ResourceCache cache = style->cache;
    Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOption = eclass->specPtr->options;

    int i;
    for (i=0; i<nResources; ++i, ++elementOption) {
	Tcl_Obj **dest = (Tcl_Obj **)
	    (elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
	const char *optionName = elementOption->optionName;
	Tcl_Obj *dynamicSetting = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
	Tcl_Obj *widgetValue = 0;
	Tcl_Obj *elementDefault = eclass->defaultValues[i];

	if (optionMap[i]) {
	    widgetValue = *(Tcl_Obj **)
		(widgetRecord + optionMap[i]->objOffset);
	}

	if (widgetValue) {
	    *dest = widgetValue;
	} else if (dynamicSetting) {
	    *dest = dynamicSetting;
	} else {







|




|








|







|







974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
 * 	Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
 */

static
int InitializeElementRecord(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,	/* Element instance to initialize */
    Ttk_Style style,		/* Style table */
    void *widgetRecord,		/* Source of widget option values */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Option table describing widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Corresponding window */
    Ttk_State state)	/* Widget or element state */
{
    void *elementRecord = eclass->elementRecord;
    OptionMap optionMap = GetOptionMap(eclass,optionTable);
    int nResources = eclass->nResources;
    Ttk_ResourceCache cache = style->cache;
    Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOption = eclass->specPtr->options;

    int i;
    for (i=0; i<nResources; ++i, ++elementOption) {
	Tcl_Obj **dest = (Tcl_Obj **)
	    ((char *)elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
	const char *optionName = elementOption->optionName;
	Tcl_Obj *dynamicSetting = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
	Tcl_Obj *widgetValue = 0;
	Tcl_Obj *elementDefault = eclass->defaultValues[i];

	if (optionMap[i]) {
	    widgetValue = *(Tcl_Obj **)
		((char *)widgetRecord + optionMap[i]->objOffset);
	}

	if (widgetValue) {
	    *dest = widgetValue;
	} else if (dynamicSetting) {
	    *dest = dynamicSetting;
	} else {
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
 *	Compute the requested size of the given element.
 */

void
Ttk_ElementSize(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element to query */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    char *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Ttk_State state,			/* Current widget state */
    int *widthPtr, 			/* Requested width */
    int *heightPtr,			/* Reqested height */
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)		/* Requested inner border */
{







|







1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
 *	Compute the requested size of the given element.
 */

void
Ttk_ElementSize(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element to query */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    void *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Ttk_State state,			/* Current widget state */
    int *widthPtr, 			/* Requested width */
    int *heightPtr,			/* Reqested height */
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)		/* Requested inner border */
{
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
 *	Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
 */

void
Ttk_DrawElement(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element instance */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    char *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of option table */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,				/* Where to draw element. */
    Ttk_Box b,				/* Element area */
    Ttk_State state)			/* Widget or element state flags. */
{
    if (b.width <= 0 || b.height <= 0)







|







1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
 *	Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
 */

void
Ttk_DrawElement(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element instance */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    void *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of option table */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,				/* Where to draw element. */
    Ttk_Box b,				/* Element area */
    Ttk_State state)			/* Widget or element state flags. */
{
    if (b.width <= 0 || b.height <= 0)
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392

/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;








|







1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392

/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *const optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.h.

25
26
27
28
29
30
31




32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
#define TTK_VERSION    TK_VERSION
#define TTK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_PATCH_LEVEL

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Defaults for element option specifications.
 */
#define DEFAULT_FONT 		"TkDefaultFont"




#define DEFAULT_BACKGROUND	"#d9d9d9"
#define DEFAULT_FOREGROUND	"black"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget states.
 * 	Keep in sync with stateNames[] in tkstate.c.
 */

typedef unsigned int Ttk_State;








>
>
>
>


|







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
#define TTK_VERSION    TK_VERSION
#define TTK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_PATCH_LEVEL

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Defaults for element option specifications.
 */
#define DEFAULT_FONT 		"TkDefaultFont"
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define DEFAULT_BACKGROUND	"systemTextBackgroundColor"
#define DEFAULT_FOREGROUND	"systemTextColor"
#else
#define DEFAULT_BACKGROUND	"#d9d9d9"
#define DEFAULT_FOREGROUND	"black"
#endif
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget states.
 * 	Keep in sync with stateNames[] in tkstate.c.
 */

typedef unsigned int Ttk_State;

229
230
231
232
233
234
235








236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248

enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };

typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);









typedef struct Ttk_ElementOptionSpec
{
    const char *optionName;		/* Command-line name of the widget option */
    Tk_OptionType type; 	/* Accepted option types */
    int offset;			/* Offset of Tcl_Obj* field in element record */
    const char *defaultValue;		/* Default value to used if resource missing */
} Ttk_ElementOptionSpec;

#define TK_OPTION_ANY TK_OPTION_STRING

typedef struct Ttk_ElementSpec {
    enum TTKStyleVersion2 version;	/* Version of the style support. */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|







233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260

enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };

typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);

#ifndef TkSizeT
#   if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#	define TkSizeT size_t
#   else
#	define TkSizeT int
#   endif
#endif

typedef struct Ttk_ElementOptionSpec
{
    const char *optionName;		/* Command-line name of the widget option */
    Tk_OptionType type; 	/* Accepted option types */
    TkSizeT offset;			/* Offset of Tcl_Obj* field in element record */
    const char *defaultValue;		/* Default value to used if resource missing */
} Ttk_ElementOptionSpec;

#define TK_OPTION_ANY TK_OPTION_STRING

typedef struct Ttk_ElementSpec {
    enum TTKStyleVersion2 version;	/* Version of the style support. */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkThemeInt.h.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate;

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *);

MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state,
	int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DrawElement(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_QueryStyle(
    Ttk_Style, void *, Tk_OptionTable, const char *, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(
	Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);







|



|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate;

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *);

MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state,
	int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DrawElement(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_QueryStyle(
    Ttk_Style, void *, Tk_OptionTable, const char *, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(
	Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
/*
 * Copyright 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable.
 *
 * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK) 
 * from other errors (which are not).
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

struct TtkTraceHandle_
{
    Tcl_Interp		*interp;	/* Containing interpreter */
    Tcl_Obj 		*varnameObj;	/* Name of variable being traced */
    Ttk_TraceProc	callback;	/* Callback procedure */
    void		*clientData;	/* Data to pass to callback */
};

/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (tracePtr->varnameObj == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		VarTraceProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
    }

    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:





|



|


















|
|






<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36



37








38
39
40
41
42
43
44
/*
 * Copyright 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable.
 *
 * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK)
 * from other errors (which are not).
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

struct TtkTraceHandle_
{
    Tcl_Interp		*interp;	/* Containing interpreter */
    Tcl_Obj 		*varnameObj;	/* Name of variable being traced */
    Ttk_TraceProc	callback;	/* Callback procedure */
    void		*clientData;	/* Data to pass to callback */
};

/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* (unused) */
    const char *name2,		/* (unused) */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;




    if (Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {








	return NULL;
    }

    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * The active element becomes "pressed" on <ButtonPress> events,
 * and remains "active" and "pressed" until the corresponding
 * <ButtonRelease> event.
 *
 * TODO: Handle "chords" properly (e.g., <B1-ButtonPress-2>)
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore		*corePtr;	/* widget to track */
    Ttk_Layout		tracking;	/* current layout being tracked */
    Ttk_Element 	activeElement;	/* element under the mouse cursor */







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * The active element becomes "pressed" on <ButtonPress> events,
 * and remains "active" and "pressed" until the corresponding
 * <ButtonRelease> event.
 *
 * TODO: Handle "chords" properly (e.g., <B1-ButtonPress-2>)
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore		*corePtr;	/* widget to track */
    Ttk_Layout		tracking;	/* current layout being tracked */
    Ttk_Element 	activeElement;	/* element under the mouse cursor */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::treeview widget implementation.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_TREE_ROWS		"10"
#define DEF_COLWIDTH		"200"
#define DEF_MINWIDTH		"20"






<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6


7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::treeview widget implementation.
 */



#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_TREE_ROWS		"10"
#define DEF_COLWIDTH		"200"
#define DEF_MINWIDTH		"20"
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
};

#define ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED	0x100
#define ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED	0x200

static Tk_OptionSpec ItemOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	"", Tk_Offset(TreeItem,textObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,imageObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,valuesObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-open", "open", "Open",
	"0", Tk_Offset(TreeItem,openObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tags", "tags", "Tags",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,tagsObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/* + NewItem --
 * 	Allocate a new, uninitialized, unlinked item







|


|


|


|


|







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
};

#define ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED	0x100
#define ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED	0x200

static Tk_OptionSpec ItemOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	"", offsetof(TreeItem,textObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	NULL, offsetof(TreeItem,imageObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
	NULL, offsetof(TreeItem,valuesObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-open", "open", "Open",
	"0", offsetof(TreeItem,openObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tags", "tags", "Tags",
	NULL, offsetof(TreeItem,tagsObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/* + NewItem --
 * 	Allocate a new, uninitialized, unlinked item
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* remainder from tag */
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} DisplayItem;

static Tk_OptionSpec TagOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,textObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,imageObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,anchorObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},	/* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,fontObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Columns.







|


|


|


|


|


|







185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* remainder from tag */
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} DisplayItem;

static Tk_OptionSpec TagOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	NULL, offsetof(DisplayItem,textObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	NULL, offsetof(DisplayItem,imageObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	NULL, offsetof(DisplayItem,anchorObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},	/* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
	NULL, offsetof(DisplayItem,backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, offsetof(DisplayItem,foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	NULL, offsetof(DisplayItem,fontObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Columns.
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
    if (column->headingCommandObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingCommandObj); }

    /* Don't touch column->data, it's scratch storage */
}

static Tk_OptionSpec ColumnOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_COLWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,width),
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-minwidth", "minWidth", "MinWidth",
	DEF_MINWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,minWidth),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
	"1", -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,stretch),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	"w", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,anchorObj), -1,	/* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-id", "id", "ID",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,idObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,READONLY_OPTION },
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

static Tk_OptionSpec HeadingOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingImageObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	"center", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingAnchorObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "", "",
	"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingCommandObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "state", "", "",
	"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingStateObj), -1,
	0,0,STATE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ -show option:
 * TODO: Implement SHOW_BRANCHES.
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)







|


|


|
|

|


|






|


|


|


|


|














|






|







269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
    if (column->headingCommandObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingCommandObj); }

    /* Don't touch column->data, it's scratch storage */
}

static Tk_OptionSpec ColumnOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
	DEF_COLWIDTH, -1, offsetof(TreeColumn,width),
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-minwidth", "minWidth", "MinWidth",
	DEF_MINWIDTH, -1, offsetof(TreeColumn,minWidth),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
	"1", -1, offsetof(TreeColumn,stretch),
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	"w", offsetof(TreeColumn,anchorObj), -1,	/* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-id", "id", "ID",
	NULL, offsetof(TreeColumn,idObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,READONLY_OPTION },
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

static Tk_OptionSpec HeadingOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
	"", offsetof(TreeColumn,headingObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
	"", offsetof(TreeColumn,headingImageObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	"center", offsetof(TreeColumn,headingAnchorObj), -1,
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "", "",
	"", offsetof(TreeColumn,headingCommandObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "state", "", "",
	"", offsetof(TreeColumn,headingStateObj), -1,
	0,0,STATE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ -show option:
 * TODO: Implement SHOW_BRANCHES.
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *const showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *const table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
	0,0,DCOLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
	DEFAULT_SHOW, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.showObj), -1,
	0,0,SHOW_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
	"extended", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.selectModeObj), -1,
	0,(ClientData)SelectModeStrings,0 },

    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_TREE_ROWS, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.heightObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.paddingObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Treeview, tree.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Treeview, tree.yscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------







|



|


|


|



|



|


|



|


|







429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *const SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", offsetof(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", offsetof(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
	0,0,DCOLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
	DEFAULT_SHOW, offsetof(Treeview,tree.showObj), -1,
	0,0,SHOW_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
	"extended", offsetof(Treeview,tree.selectModeObj), -1,
	0,(ClientData)SelectModeStrings,0 },

    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
	DEF_TREE_ROWS, offsetof(Treeview,tree.heightObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
	NULL, offsetof(Treeview,tree.paddingObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Treeview, tree.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, offsetof(Treeview, tree.yscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Event handlers.
 */

static TreeItem *IdentifyItem(Treeview *tv, int y); /*forward*/

static const unsigned int TreeviewBindEventMask =
      KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
    | ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
    | PointerMotionMask|ButtonMotionMask
    | VirtualEventMask
    ;

static void TreeviewBindEventProc(void *clientData, XEvent *event)







|







917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Event handlers.
 */

static TreeItem *IdentifyItem(Treeview *tv, int y); /*forward*/

static const unsigned long TreeviewBindEventMask =
      KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
    | ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
    | PointerMotionMask|ButtonMotionMask
    | VirtualEventMask
    ;

static void TreeviewBindEventProc(void *clientData, XEvent *event)
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
    if (tv->tree.cellLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.cellLayout);
    if (tv->tree.headingLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.headingLayout);
    if (tv->tree.rowLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.rowLayout);

    TreeviewFreeColumns(tv);

    if (tv->tree.displayColumns)
	Tcl_Free((ClientData)tv->tree.displayColumns);

    foreachHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, FreeItemCB);
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tv->tree.items);

    TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
    TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
}







|







1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
    if (tv->tree.cellLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.cellLayout);
    if (tv->tree.headingLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.headingLayout);
    if (tv->tree.rowLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.rowLayout);

    TreeviewFreeColumns(tv);

    if (tv->tree.displayColumns)
	ckfree((ClientData)tv->tree.displayColumns);

    foreachHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, FreeItemCB);
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tv->tree.items);

    TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
    TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
}
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
    Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)item, tv->tree.itemOptionTable,
		objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask)
		!= TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Make sure that -values is a valid list:







|







1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
    Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, item, tv->tree.itemOptionTable,
		objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask)
		!= TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Make sure that -values is a valid list:
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
static int ConfigureColumn(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)column,
	    tv->tree.columnOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (mask & READONLY_OPTION) {







|







1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
static int ConfigureColumn(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, column,
	    tv->tree.columnOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (mask & READONLY_OPTION) {
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236

1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
     * geometry jumping during interactive column resize.
     */
    if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) {
	if (!Tk_IsMapped(tv->core.tkwin)) {
	    TtkResizeWidget(&tv->core);
	}
	RecomputeSlack(tv);

    }
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);

    /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */

    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
    return TCL_OK;

error:
    Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/* + ConfigureHeading --
 * 	Set heading options.
 */
static int ConfigureHeading(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)column,
	    tv->tree.headingOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* @@@ testing ... */







>



<
<


















|







1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238


1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
     * geometry jumping during interactive column resize.
     */
    if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) {
	if (!Tk_IsMapped(tv->core.tkwin)) {
	    TtkResizeWidget(&tv->core);
	}
	RecomputeSlack(tv);
        ResizeColumns(tv, TreeWidth(tv));
    }
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);



    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
    return TCL_OK;

error:
    Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/* + ConfigureHeading --
 * 	Set heading options.
 */
static int ConfigureHeading(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, column,
	    tv->tree.headingOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* @@@ testing ... */
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;








|







1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *const regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;

1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
 * 	Invokes scroll callbacks.
 */
static void TreeviewDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
    Treeview *tv = clientData;
    int visibleRows;

    /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */

    Ttk_PlaceLayout(tv->core.layout,tv->core.state,Ttk_WinBox(tv->core.tkwin));
    tv->tree.treeArea = Ttk_ClientRegion(tv->core.layout, "treearea");

    ResizeColumns(tv, tv->tree.treeArea.width);
    /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */

    TtkScrolled(tv->tree.xscrollHandle,
	    tv->tree.xscroll.first,
	    tv->tree.xscroll.first + tv->tree.treeArea.width,
	    TreeWidth(tv));

    if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {







<
<




<







1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614


1615
1616
1617
1618

1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
 * 	Invokes scroll callbacks.
 */
static void TreeviewDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
    Treeview *tv = clientData;
    int visibleRows;



    Ttk_PlaceLayout(tv->core.layout,tv->core.state,Ttk_WinBox(tv->core.tkwin));
    tv->tree.treeArea = Ttk_ClientRegion(tv->core.layout, "treearea");

    ResizeColumns(tv, tv->tree.treeArea.width);


    TtkScrolled(tv->tree.xscrollHandle,
	    tv->tree.xscroll.first,
	    tv->tree.xscroll.first + tv->tree.treeArea.width,
	    TreeWidth(tv));

    if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156

    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "itemid");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(entryPtr != 0));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* + $tv bbox $itemid ?$column? --
 * 	Return bounding box [x y width height] of specified item.
 */
static int TreeviewBBoxCommand(







|







2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150

    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "itemid");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(entryPtr != 0));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* + $tv bbox $itemid ?$column? --
 * 	Return bounding box [x y width height] of specified item.
 */
static int TreeviewBBoxCommand(
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236


2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
	} else if (item) {
	    Ttk_Layout layout = tv->tree.itemLayout;
	    Ttk_Box itemBox;
	    DisplayItem displayItem;
	    Ttk_Element element;

	    BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox);
	    PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); /*@@@ FIX: -text, etc*/


	    Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
	    Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), itemBox);
	    element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);

	    if (element) {
		what = "item";
		detail = Ttk_ElementName(element);







|
>
>







2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
	} else if (item) {
	    Ttk_Layout layout = tv->tree.itemLayout;
	    Ttk_Box itemBox;
	    DisplayItem displayItem;
	    Ttk_Element element;

	    BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox);
	    PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem);
            if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; }
            if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; }
	    Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
	    Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), itemBox);
	    element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);

	    if (element) {
		what = "item";
		detail = Ttk_ElementName(element);
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;








|







2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;

2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348


2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
		    break;
	    }

	    if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) {
		return TCL_OK;
	    }

	    PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); /*@@@ FIX: fill in -text,etc */


	    Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
	    Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), bbox);
	    element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);

	    if (element) {
		const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));







|
>
>







2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
		    break;
	    }

	    if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) {
		return TCL_OK;
	    }

	    PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem);
            if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; }
            if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; }
	    Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
	    Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), bbox);
	    element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);

	    if (element) {
		const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
 */

static int TreeviewDeleteCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    TreeItem **items, *delq;
    int i;

    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "items");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (!(items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {







|







2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
 */

static int TreeviewDeleteCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    TreeItem **items, *delq;
    int i, selItemDeleted = 0;

    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "items");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (!(items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709



2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725



2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
	}
    }

    /* Remove items from hash table.
     */
    delq = 0;
    for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {



	delq = DeleteItems(items[i], delq);
    }

    /* Free items:
     */
    while (delq) {
	TreeItem *next = delq->next;
	if (tv->tree.focus == delq)
	    tv->tree.focus = 0;
	if (tv->tree.endPtr == delq)
	    tv->tree.endPtr = 0;
	FreeItem(delq);
	delq = next;
    }

    ckfree(items);



    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* + $tv move $item $parent $index
 * 	Move $item to the specified $index in $parent's child list.
 */







>
>
>
















>
>
>







2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
	}
    }

    /* Remove items from hash table.
     */
    delq = 0;
    for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
        if (items[i]->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
            selItemDeleted = 1;
        }
	delq = DeleteItems(items[i], delq);
    }

    /* Free items:
     */
    while (delq) {
	TreeItem *next = delq->next;
	if (tv->tree.focus == delq)
	    tv->tree.focus = 0;
	if (tv->tree.endPtr == delq)
	    tv->tree.endPtr = 0;
	FreeItem(delq);
	delq = next;
    }

    ckfree(items);
    if (selItemDeleted) {
        TtkSendVirtualEvent(tv->core.tkwin, "TreeviewSelect");
    }
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* + $tv move $item $parent $index
 * 	Move $item to the specified $index in $parent's child list.
 */
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
    }
    tv->tree.yscroll.total = CountRows(tv->tree.root) - 1;

    /* Make sure item is visible:
     */
    rowNumber = RowNumber(tv, item);
    if (rowNumber < tv->tree.yscroll.first) {
	TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, rowNumber);
    } else if (rowNumber >= tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
	TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle,
	    tv->tree.yscroll.first + (1+rowNumber - tv->tree.yscroll.last));
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget commands -- interactive column resize







|


|







2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
    }
    tv->tree.yscroll.total = CountRows(tv->tree.root) - 1;

    /* Make sure item is visible:
     */
    rowNumber = RowNumber(tv, item);
    if (rowNumber < tv->tree.yscroll.first) {
	TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, rowNumber, 1);
    } else if (rowNumber >= tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
	TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle,
	    tv->tree.yscroll.first + (1+rowNumber - tv->tree.yscroll.last), 1);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget commands -- interactive column resize
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883



















2884
2885
2886

2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896














2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (;i < tv->tree.nDisplayColumns; ++i) {
	TreeColumn *c = tv->tree.displayColumns[i];
	int right = left + c->width;
	if (c == column) {



















	    DragColumn(tv, i, newx - right);
	    /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */
	    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);

	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	left = right;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	"column %s is not displayed", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "COLUMN_INVISIBLE", NULL);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}















/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget commands -- focus and selection
 */

/* + $tree focus ?item?
 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
>










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907

2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (;i < tv->tree.nDisplayColumns; ++i) {
	TreeColumn *c = tv->tree.displayColumns[i];
	int right = left + c->width;
	if (c == column) {
            /* The limit not to exceed at the right is given by the tree width
               minus the sum of the min widths of the columns at the right of
               the one being resized (and don't forget possible x scrolling!).
               For stretchable columns, this min width really is the minWidth,
               for non-stretchable columns, this is the column width.
             */
            int newxRightLimit = tv->tree.treeArea.x - tv->tree.xscroll.first
                                 + tv->tree.treeArea.width;
            int j = i + 1;
            while (j < tv->tree.nDisplayColumns) {
                TreeColumn *cr = tv->tree.displayColumns[j];
                if (cr->stretch) {
                    newxRightLimit -= cr->minWidth;
                } else {
                    newxRightLimit -= cr->width;
                }
                ++j;
            }
            if (newx <= newxRightLimit) {
	        DragColumn(tv, i, newx - right);

	        TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
            }
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	left = right;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	"column %s is not displayed", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "COLUMN_INVISIBLE", NULL);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

static int TreeviewDropCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "drop");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    ResizeColumns(tv, TreeWidth(tv));
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget commands -- focus and selection
 */

/* + $tree focus ?item?
 */
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;








|







2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *const selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;

3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
    } else if (objc == 5) {	/* Test if item has specified tag */
	Ttk_Tag tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
	TreeItem *item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[4]);
	if (!item) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewBooleanObj(Ttk_TagSetContains(item->tagset, tag)));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
    	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?item?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}








|







3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
    } else if (objc == 5) {	/* Test if item has specified tag */
	Ttk_Tag tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
	TreeItem *item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[4]);
	if (!item) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Ttk_TagSetContains(item->tagset, tag)));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
    	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?item?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}

3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246

3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
    { "children",	TreeviewChildrenCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "column", 	TreeviewColumnCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "delete", 	TreeviewDeleteCommand,0 },
    { "detach", 	TreeviewDetachCommand,0 },
    { "drag",   	TreeviewDragCommand,0 },

    { "exists", 	TreeviewExistsCommand,0 },
    { "focus", 		TreeviewFocusCommand,0 },
    { "heading", 	TreeviewHeadingCommand,0 },
    { "identify",  	TreeviewIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index",  	TreeviewIndexCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	TreeviewInsertCommand,0 },







>







3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
    { "children",	TreeviewChildrenCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "column", 	TreeviewColumnCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "delete", 	TreeviewDeleteCommand,0 },
    { "detach", 	TreeviewDetachCommand,0 },
    { "drag",   	TreeviewDragCommand,0 },
    { "drop",   	TreeviewDropCommand,0 },
    { "exists", 	TreeviewExistsCommand,0 },
    { "focus", 		TreeviewFocusCommand,0 },
    { "heading", 	TreeviewHeadingCommand,0 },
    { "identify",  	TreeviewIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index",  	TreeviewIndexCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	TreeviewInsertCommand,0 },
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginsObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
    { "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,sizeObj), "12" },
    { "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,marginsObj), "2 2 4 2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|







3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *marginsObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
    { "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	offsetof(TreeitemIndicator,sizeObj), "12" },
    { "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(TreeitemIndicator,marginsObj), "2 2 4 2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *rowNumberObj;
} RowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec RowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(RowElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-rownumber", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(RowElement,rowNumberObj), "0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void RowElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{







|

|







3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *rowNumberObj;
} RowElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec RowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(RowElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-rownumber", TK_OPTION_INT,
	offsetof(RowElement,rowNumberObj), "0" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void RowElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Core widget utilities.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
#endif






<







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Core widget utilities.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
#endif
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
static void WidgetWorldChanged(ClientData clientData)
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
    SizeChanged(corePtr);
    TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
}

static Tk_ClassProcs widgetClassProcs = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    WidgetWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,					/* createProc */
    NULL					/* modalProc */
};

/*







|







330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
static void WidgetWorldChanged(ClientData clientData)
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
    SizeChanged(corePtr);
    TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
}

static const Tk_ClassProcs widgetClassProcs = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    WidgetWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,					/* createProc */
    NULL					/* modalProc */
};

/*
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
    }
    status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, objv[2], &spec);
    if (status != TCL_OK)
	return status;

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewBooleanObj(Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)));
    } else if (objc == 4) {
	if (Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)) {
	    status = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objv[3], 0);
	}
    }
    return status;
}

/* $w identify $x $y
 * $w identify element $x $y
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {







|

















|







734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
    }
    status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, objv[2], &spec);
    if (status != TCL_OK)
	return status;

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)));
    } else if (objc == 4) {
	if (Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)) {
	    status = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objv[3], 0);
	}
    }
    return status;
}

/* $w identify $x $y
 * $w identify element $x $y
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h.

107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130

#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
	TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)

/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
 * WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
 *	Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table 
 *	to indicate whether the widget should take focus 
 *	during keyboard traversal.
 */
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }

/* WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) --
 * Add this at the end of an OptionSpecs table to inherit
 * the options from 'baseOptionSpecs'.
 */
#define WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) \
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0, (ClientData)baseOptionSpecs, 0}







|
|




|


|







107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130

#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
	TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)

/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
 * WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
 *	Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table
 *	to indicate whether the widget should take focus
 *	during keyboard traversal.
 */
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"ttk::takefocus", offsetof(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"", offsetof(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }

/* WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) --
 * Add this at the end of an OptionSpecs table to inherit
 * the options from 'baseOptionSpecs'.
 */
#define WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) \
    {TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0, (ClientData)baseOptionSpecs, 0}
191
192
193
194
195
196
197

198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205

MODULE_SCOPE ScrollHandle TtkCreateScrollHandle(WidgetCore *, Scrollable *);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkFreeScrollHandle(ScrollHandle);

MODULE_SCOPE int TtkScrollviewCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle);


MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle, int newFirst);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrolled(ScrollHandle, int first, int last, int total);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(ScrollHandle);

/*
 * Tag sets (work in progress, half-baked)
 */








>
|







191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206

MODULE_SCOPE ScrollHandle TtkCreateScrollHandle(WidgetCore *, Scrollable *);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkFreeScrollHandle(ScrollHandle);

MODULE_SCOPE int TtkScrollviewCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle);

MODULE_SCOPE void TtkUpdateScrollInfo(ScrollHandle h);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle, int newFirst, int updateScrollInfo);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrolled(ScrollHandle, int first, int last, int total);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(ScrollHandle);

/*
 * Tag sets (work in progress, half-baked)
 */

Changes to library/bgerror.tcl.

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110



111
112
113
114

115
116
117


118
119
120
121
122
123
124
#	It tries to execute tkerror, if that fails it posts a dialog box
#	containing the error message and gives the user a chance to ask
#	to see a stack trace.
#
# Arguments:
#	err - The error message.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::error::bgerror err {
    global errorInfo
    variable button

    set info $errorInfo

    set ret [catch {::tkerror $err} msg];
    if {$ret != 1} {return -code $ret $msg}

    # Ok the application's tkerror either failed or was not found
    # we use the default dialog then :



    set windowingsystem [tk windowingsystem]
    if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
	set ok [mc Ok]
    } else {

	set ok [mc OK]
    }



    # Truncate the message if it is too wide (>maxLine characters) or
    # too tall (>4 lines).  Truncation occurs at the first point at
    # which one of those conditions is met.
    set displayedErr ""
    set lines 0
    set maxLine 45
    foreach line [split $err \n] {







|








|
|
>
>
>


<
|
>
|
|
|
>
>







93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
#	It tries to execute tkerror, if that fails it posts a dialog box
#	containing the error message and gives the user a chance to ask
#	to see a stack trace.
#
# Arguments:
#	err - The error message.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::error::bgerror {err {flag 1}} {
    global errorInfo
    variable button

    set info $errorInfo

    set ret [catch {::tkerror $err} msg];
    if {$ret != 1} {return -code $ret $msg}

    # The application's tkerror either failed or was not found
    # so we use the default dialog.  But on Aqua we cannot display
    # the dialog if the background error occurs in an idle task
    # being processed inside of [NSView drawRect].  In that case
    # we post the dialog as an after task instead.
    set windowingsystem [tk windowingsystem]
    if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {

	if $flag {
	    after 500 [list bgerror "$err" 0]
	    return
	}
    }

    set ok [mc OK]
    # Truncate the message if it is too wide (>maxLine characters) or
    # too tall (>4 lines).  Truncation occurs at the first point at
    # which one of those conditions is met.
    set displayedErr ""
    set lines 0
    set maxLine 45
    foreach line [split $err \n] {

Changes to library/button.tcl.

744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754



755

756
757
758
759
760
761
762

proc ::tk::CheckLeave {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv
    if {[$w cget -state] ne "disabled"} {
	$w configure -state normal
    }

    # Restore the original button "selected" color; assume that the user
    # wasn't monkeying around with things too much.

    if {![$w cget -indicatoron] && [info exist Priv($w,selectcolor)]} {



	$w configure -selectcolor $Priv($w,selectcolor)

    }
    unset -nocomplain Priv($w,selectcolor) Priv($w,aselectcolor)

    # Restore the original button relief if it was changed by Tk. That is
    # signaled by the existence of Priv($w,prelief).

    if {[info exists Priv($w,relief)]} {







|
|


>
>
>
|
>







744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766

proc ::tk::CheckLeave {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv
    if {[$w cget -state] ne "disabled"} {
	$w configure -state normal
    }

    # Restore the original button "selected" color; but only if the user
    # has not changed it in the meantime.

    if {![$w cget -indicatoron] && [info exist Priv($w,selectcolor)]} {
        if {[$w cget -selectcolor] eq $Priv($w,selectcolor)
                || ([info exist Priv($w,aselectcolor)] &&
                    [$w cget -selectcolor] eq $Priv($w,aselectcolor))} {
	    $w configure -selectcolor $Priv($w,selectcolor)
	}
    }
    unset -nocomplain Priv($w,selectcolor) Priv($w,aselectcolor)

    # Restore the original button relief if it was changed by Tk. That is
    # signaled by the existence of Priv($w,prelief).

    if {[info exists Priv($w,relief)]} {

Changes to library/demos/combo.tcl.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
    Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
    Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney

ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue

ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
	-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
    if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {







|
>







39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
    Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
    Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney

ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue -placeholder {Enter text here}
ttk::style configure TEntry -placeholderforeground gray50
ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
	-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
    if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {

Changes to library/demos/ctext.tcl.

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

set textFont {Helvetica 24}

$c create rectangle 245 195 255 205 -outline black -fill red

# First, create the text item and give it bindings so it can be edited.

$c addtag text withtag [$c create text 250 200 -text "This is just a string of text to demonstrate the text facilities of canvas widgets. Bindings have been been defined to support editing (see above)." -width 440 -anchor n -font $textFont -justify left]
$c bind text <1> "textB1Press $c %x %y"
$c bind text <B1-Motion> "textB1Move $c %x %y"
$c bind text <Shift-1> "$c select adjust current @%x,%y"
$c bind text <Shift-B1-Motion> "textB1Move $c %x %y"
$c bind text <KeyPress> "textInsert $c %A"
$c bind text <Return> "textInsert $c \\n"
$c bind text <Control-h> "textBs $c"







|







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

set textFont {Helvetica 24}

$c create rectangle 245 195 255 205 -outline black -fill red

# First, create the text item and give it bindings so it can be edited.

$c addtag text withtag [$c create text 250 200 -text "This is just a string of text to demonstrate the text facilities of canvas widgets. Bindings have been defined to support editing (see above)." -width 440 -anchor n -font $textFont -justify left]
$c bind text <1> "textB1Press $c %x %y"
$c bind text <B1-Motion> "textB1Move $c %x %y"
$c bind text <Shift-1> "$c select adjust current @%x,%y"
$c bind text <Shift-B1-Motion> "textB1Move $c %x %y"
$c bind text <KeyPress> "textInsert $c %A"
$c bind text <Return> "textInsert $c \\n"
$c bind text <Control-h> "textBs $c"

Changes to library/demos/entry1.tcl.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

entry $w.e1
entry $w.e2
entry $w.e3
pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x

$w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."







|






21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

entry $w.e1
entry $w.e2
entry $w.e3 -placeholder {Enter text here} -placeholderforeground gray75
pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x

$w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."

Changes to library/demos/entry2.tcl.

40
41
42
43
44
45
46

pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \
	$w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x

$w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."








>
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \
	$w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x

$w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."
$w.frame.e3 configure -placeholder {Enter text here} -placeholderforeground gray75

Changes to library/demos/menu.tcl.

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]








set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]







|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Does almost nothing also} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing also" -image lilearth -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a image and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]

Changes to library/demos/pendulum.tcl.

122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
}
bind $w.c <ButtonRelease-1> {
    showPendulum %W at %x %y
    set animationCallbacks(pendulum) [after 15 repeat [winfo toplevel %W]]
}
bind $w.c <Configure> {
    %W coords plate 0 25 %w 25
    set home [expr %w/2]
    %W coords pivot [expr $home-5] 20 [expr $home+5] 30
}
bind $w.k <Configure> {
    set psh [expr %h/2]
    set psw [expr %w/2]
    %W coords x_axis 2 $psh [expr %w-2] $psh
    %W coords y_axis $psw [expr %h-2] $psw 2
    %W coords label_dtheta [expr $psw-4] 6
    %W coords label_theta [expr %w-6] [expr $psh+4]
}

# This procedure is the "business" part of the simulation that does
# simple numerical integration of the formula for a simple rotational
# pendulum.
proc recomputeAngle {} {
    global Theta dTheta pi length







|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
}
bind $w.c <ButtonRelease-1> {
    showPendulum %W at %x %y
    set animationCallbacks(pendulum) [after 15 repeat [winfo toplevel %W]]
}
bind $w.c <Configure> {
    %W coords plate 0 25 %w 25
    set home [expr {%w/2}]
    %W coords pivot [expr {$home-5}] 20 [expr {$home+5}] 30
}
bind $w.k <Configure> {
    set psh [expr {%h/2}]
    set psw [expr {%w/2}]
    %W coords x_axis 2 $psh [expr {%w-2}] $psh
    %W coords y_axis $psw [expr {%h-2}] $psw 2
    %W coords label_dtheta [expr {$psw-4}] 6
    %W coords label_theta [expr {%w-6}] [expr {$psh+4}]
}

# This procedure is the "business" part of the simulation that does
# simple numerical integration of the formula for a simple rotational
# pendulum.
proc recomputeAngle {} {
    global Theta dTheta pi length

Changes to library/demos/puzzle.tcl.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
destroy $w.s

set order {3 1 6 2 5 7 15 13 4 11 8 9 14 10 12}
for {set i 0} {$i < 15} {set i [expr {$i+1}]} {
    set num [lindex $order $i]
    set xpos($num) [expr {($i%4)*.25}]
    set ypos($num) [expr {($i/4)*.25}]
    button $w.frame.$num -relief raised -text $num -highlightthickness 0 \
	    -command "puzzleSwitch $w $num"
    place $w.frame.$num -relx $xpos($num) -rely $ypos($num) \
	-relwidth .25 -relheight .25
}
set xpos(space) .75
set ypos(space) .75







|






69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
destroy $w.s

set order {3 1 6 2 5 7 15 13 4 11 8 9 14 10 12}
for {set i 0} {$i < 15} {set i [expr {$i+1}]} {
    set num [lindex $order $i]
    set xpos($num) [expr {($i%4)*.25}]
    set ypos($num) [expr {($i/4)*.25}]
    button $w.frame.$num -relief raised -text $num -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 \
	    -command "puzzleSwitch $w $num"
    place $w.frame.$num -relx $xpos($num) -rely $ypos($num) \
	-relwidth .25 -relheight .25
}
set xpos(space) .75
set ypos(space) .75

Changes to library/demos/square.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
bind .s a animate
focus .s

# The procedure below centers the square on a given position.

proc center {x y} {
    set a [.s size]
    .s position [expr $x-($a/2)] [expr $y-($a/2)]
}

# The procedures below provide a simple form of animation where
# the box changes size in a pulsing pattern: larger, smaller, larger,
# and so on.

set inc 0







|







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
bind .s a animate
focus .s

# The procedure below centers the square on a given position.

proc center {x y} {
    set a [.s size]
    .s position [expr {$x-($a/2)}] [expr {$y-($a/2)}]
}

# The procedures below provide a simple form of animation where
# the box changes size in a pulsing pattern: larger, smaller, larger,
# and so on.

set inc 0

Changes to library/demos/toolbar.tcl.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

## Set up the toolbar hull
set t [frame $w.toolbar]		;# Must be a frame!
ttk::separator $w.sep
ttk::frame $t.tearoff -cursor fleur
ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to -orient vertical
ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to2 -orient vertical
pack $t.tearoff.to -fill y -expand 1 -padx 2 -side left
pack $t.tearoff.to2 -fill y -expand 1 -side left
ttk::frame $t.contents
grid $t.tearoff $t.contents -sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $t $t.contents -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $t.contents 1000 -weight 1

## Bindings so that the toolbar can be torn off and reattached







|







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

## Set up the toolbar hull
set t [frame $w.toolbar]		;# Must be a frame!
ttk::separator $w.sep
ttk::frame $t.tearoff -cursor fleur
ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to -orient vertical
ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to2 -orient vertical
pack $t.tearoff.to -fill y -expand 1 -padx 4 -side left
pack $t.tearoff.to2 -fill y -expand 1 -side left
ttk::frame $t.contents
grid $t.tearoff $t.contents -sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $t $t.contents -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $t.contents 1000 -weight 1

## Bindings so that the toolbar can be torn off and reattached
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
}

## Some content for the rest of the toplevel
text $w.txt -width 40 -height 10
interp alias {} doInsert {} $w.txt insert end	;# Make bindings easy to write

## Arrange contents
grid $t.button $t.check $t.menu $t.combo -in $t.contents -padx 2 -sticky ns
grid $t -sticky ew
grid $w.sep -sticky ew
grid $w.msg -sticky ew
grid $w.txt -sticky nsew
grid rowconfigure $w $w.txt -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $w $w.txt -weight 1

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
grid $btns -sticky ew







|










75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
}

## Some content for the rest of the toplevel
text $w.txt -width 40 -height 10
interp alias {} doInsert {} $w.txt insert end	;# Make bindings easy to write

## Arrange contents
grid $t.button $t.check $t.menu $t.combo -in $t.contents -padx 2 -pady 4 -sticky ns
grid $t -sticky ew
grid $w.sep -sticky ew
grid $w.msg -sticky ew
grid $w.txt -sticky nsew
grid rowconfigure $w $w.txt -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $w $w.txt -weight 1

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
grid $btns -sticky ew

Changes to library/demos/tree.tcl.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {

	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy







>







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {
	set f [file normalize $f]
	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
## Create the tree and set it up
ttk::treeview $w.tree -columns {fullpath type size} -displaycolumns {size} \
	-yscroll "$w.vsb set" -xscroll "$w.hsb set"
ttk::scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -command "$w.tree yview"
ttk::scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -command "$w.tree xview"
$w.tree heading \#0 -text "Directory Structure"
$w.tree heading size -text "File Size"
$w.tree column size -stretch 0 -width 70
populateRoots $w.tree
bind $w.tree <<TreeviewOpen>> {populateTree %W [%W focus]}

## Arrange the tree and its scrollbars in the toplevel
lower [ttk::frame $w.dummy]
pack $w.dummy -fill both -expand 1
grid $w.tree $w.vsb -sticky nsew -in $w.dummy
grid $w.hsb -sticky nsew -in $w.dummy
grid columnconfigure $w.dummy 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure $w.dummy 0 -weight 1







|










72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
## Create the tree and set it up
ttk::treeview $w.tree -columns {fullpath type size} -displaycolumns {size} \
	-yscroll "$w.vsb set" -xscroll "$w.hsb set"
ttk::scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -command "$w.tree yview"
ttk::scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -command "$w.tree xview"
$w.tree heading \#0 -text "Directory Structure"
$w.tree heading size -text "File Size"
$w.tree column size -width 70
populateRoots $w.tree
bind $w.tree <<TreeviewOpen>> {populateTree %W [%W focus]}

## Arrange the tree and its scrollbars in the toplevel
lower [ttk::frame $w.dummy]
pack $w.dummy -fill both -expand 1
grid $w.tree $w.vsb -sticky nsew -in $w.dummy
grid $w.hsb -sticky nsew -in $w.dummy
grid columnconfigure $w.dummy 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure $w.dummy 0 -weight 1

Changes to library/demos/ttkpane.tcl.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
    pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot.f	-pady 2 -padx 2
    ttk::scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview"
    pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
    pack $w.outer.inRight.bot.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1
} else {
    text $w.txt -wrap word -yscroll "$w.sb set" -width 30 -borderwidth 0
    scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview"
    pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
    pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
    pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1 -padx 10 -pady {6 10}
}








|





100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
    pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot.f	-pady 2 -padx 2
    ttk::scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview"
    pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
    pack $w.outer.inRight.bot.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1
} else {
    text $w.txt -wrap word -yscroll "$w.sb set" -width 30 -borderwidth 0
    ttk::scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview"
    pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
    pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
    pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1 -padx 10 -pady {6 10}
}

Changes to library/demos/twind.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10








11
12
13
14
15
16
17
# twind.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a text widget with a bunch of
# embedded windows.

if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
    error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}

package require Tk









set w .twind
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Text Demonstration - Embedded Windows and Other Features"
wm iconname $w "Embedded Windows"
positionWindow $w










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
# twind.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a text widget with a bunch of
# embedded windows.

if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
    error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}

package require Tk

# Make an Aqua button's fill color match its parent's background
proc blend {bt} {
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
	$bt configure -highlightbackground [[winfo parent $bt] cget -background]
    }
    return $bt
}

set w .twind
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Text Demonstration - Embedded Windows and Other Features"
wm iconname $w "Embedded Windows"
positionWindow $w
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66


67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95

96
97
98
99
100
101
102
$t insert end "scrolling in all directions is provided.\n\n"

$t insert end "A text widget can contain other widgets embedded "
$t insert end "it.  These are called \"embedded windows\", "
$t insert end "and they can consist of arbitrary widgets.  "
$t insert end "For example, here are two embedded button "
$t insert end "widgets.  You can click on the first button to "
$t window create end -window $t.on
$t insert end " horizontal scrolling, which also turns off "
$t insert end "word wrapping.  Or, you can click on the second "
$t insert end "button to\n"
$t window create end -window $t.off
$t insert end " horizontal scrolling and turn back on word wrapping.\n\n"

$t insert end "Or, here is another example.  If you "
$t window create end -create {
    button %W.click -text "Click Here" -command "textWindPlot %W" \
	    -cursor top_left_arrow}



$t insert end " a canvas displaying an x-y plot will appear right here."
$t mark set plot insert
$t mark gravity plot left
$t insert end "  You can drag the data points around with the mouse, "
$t insert end "or you can click here to "
$t window create end -create {
    button %W.delete -text "Delete" -command "textWindDel %W" \
	    -cursor top_left_arrow

}
$t insert end " the plot again.\n\n"

$t insert end "You can also create multiple text widgets each of which "
$t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3

$t insert end " widget.  Notice how peer widgets can have different "
$t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images "
$t insert end "of the 'parent', but that the embedded windows, "
$t insert end "such as buttons may not appear in the peer.  To ensure "
$t insert end "that embedded windows appear in all peers you can set the "
$t insert end "'-create' option to a script or a string containing %W.  "
$t insert end "(The plot above and the 'Make A Peer' button are "
$t insert end "designed to show up in all peers.)  A good use of "
$t insert end "peers is for "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3

$t insert end " \n\n"

$t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested "
$t insert end "to note that now cursor movement is now by visual line by "
$t insert end "default, and that all scrolling of this widget is by pixel.\n\n"

$t insert end "You may also find it useful to put embedded windows in "







|



|





|
>
>








|
>







|
>











|
>







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
$t insert end "scrolling in all directions is provided.\n\n"

$t insert end "A text widget can contain other widgets embedded "
$t insert end "it.  These are called \"embedded windows\", "
$t insert end "and they can consist of arbitrary widgets.  "
$t insert end "For example, here are two embedded button "
$t insert end "widgets.  You can click on the first button to "
$t window create end -window [blend $t.on]
$t insert end " horizontal scrolling, which also turns off "
$t insert end "word wrapping.  Or, you can click on the second "
$t insert end "button to\n"
$t window create end -window [blend $t.off]
$t insert end " horizontal scrolling and turn back on word wrapping.\n\n"

$t insert end "Or, here is another example.  If you "
$t window create end -create {
    button %W.click -text "Click Here" -command "textWindPlot %W" \
	-cursor top_left_arrow
    blend %W.click
}

$t insert end " a canvas displaying an x-y plot will appear right here."
$t mark set plot insert
$t mark gravity plot left
$t insert end "  You can drag the data points around with the mouse, "
$t insert end "or you can click here to "
$t window create end -create {
    button %W.delete -text "Delete" -command "textWindDel %W" \
	-cursor top_left_arrow
    blend %W.delete
}
$t insert end " the plot again.\n\n"

$t insert end "You can also create multiple text widgets each of which "
$t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \
	       -cursor top_left_arrow
      blend %W.peer} -padx 3
$t insert end " widget.  Notice how peer widgets can have different "
$t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images "
$t insert end "of the 'parent', but that the embedded windows, "
$t insert end "such as buttons may not appear in the peer.  To ensure "
$t insert end "that embedded windows appear in all peers you can set the "
$t insert end "'-create' option to a script or a string containing %W.  "
$t insert end "(The plot above and the 'Make A Peer' button are "
$t insert end "designed to show up in all peers.)  A good use of "
$t insert end "peers is for "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \
	       -cursor top_left_arrow
      blend %W.split} -padx 3
$t insert end " \n\n"

$t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested "
$t insert end "to note that now cursor movement is now by visual line by "
$t insert end "default, and that all scrolling of this widget is by pixel.\n\n"

$t insert end "You may also find it useful to put embedded windows in "
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
$t window create end -window $t.toggle -padx 3 -pady 2
set i 1
foreach color {AntiqueWhite3 Bisque1 Bisque2 Bisque3 Bisque4
	SlateBlue3 RoyalBlue1 SteelBlue2 DeepSkyBlue3 LightBlue1
	DarkSlateGray1 Aquamarine2 DarkSeaGreen2 SeaGreen1
	Yellow1 IndianRed1 IndianRed2 Tan1 Tan4} {
    button $t.color$i -text $color -cursor top_left_arrow -command \
	    "$t configure -bg $color"
    $t window create end -window $t.color$i -padx 3 -pady 2
    incr i
}
$t tag add buttons $t.default end

button $t.bigB -text "Big borders" -command "textWindBigB $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallB -text "Small borders" -command "textWindSmallB $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.bigH -text "Big highlight" -command "textWindBigH $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallH -text "Small highlight" -command "textWindSmallH $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.bigP -text "Big pad" -command "textWindBigP $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallP -text "Small pad" -command "textWindSmallP $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow

set text_normal(border) [$t cget -borderwidth]
set text_normal(highlight) [$t cget -highlightthickness]
set text_normal(pad) [$t cget -padx]

$t insert end "\nYou can also change the usual border width and "
$t insert end "highlightthickness and padding.\n"
$t window create end -window $t.bigB
$t window create end -window $t.smallB
$t window create end -window $t.bigH
$t window create end -window $t.smallH
$t window create end -window $t.bigP
$t window create end -window $t.smallP

$t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:"

$t image create end -image \
    [image create photo -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png]]

proc textWindBigB w {







|
|


|




















|
|
|
|
|
|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
$t window create end -window $t.toggle -padx 3 -pady 2
set i 1
foreach color {AntiqueWhite3 Bisque1 Bisque2 Bisque3 Bisque4
	SlateBlue3 RoyalBlue1 SteelBlue2 DeepSkyBlue3 LightBlue1
	DarkSlateGray1 Aquamarine2 DarkSeaGreen2 SeaGreen1
	Yellow1 IndianRed1 IndianRed2 Tan1 Tan4} {
    button $t.color$i -text $color -cursor top_left_arrow -command \
	    "changeBg $t $color"
    $t window create end -window [blend $t.color$i] -padx 3 -pady 2
    incr i
}
$t tag add buttons [blend $t.default] end

button $t.bigB -text "Big borders" -command "textWindBigB $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallB -text "Small borders" -command "textWindSmallB $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.bigH -text "Big highlight" -command "textWindBigH $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallH -text "Small highlight" -command "textWindSmallH $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.bigP -text "Big pad" -command "textWindBigP $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallP -text "Small pad" -command "textWindSmallP $t" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow

set text_normal(border) [$t cget -borderwidth]
set text_normal(highlight) [$t cget -highlightthickness]
set text_normal(pad) [$t cget -padx]

$t insert end "\nYou can also change the usual border width and "
$t insert end "highlightthickness and padding.\n"
$t window create end -window [blend $t.bigB]
$t window create end -window [blend $t.smallB]
$t window create end -window [blend $t.bigH]
$t window create end -window [blend $t.smallH]
$t window create end -window [blend $t.bigP]
$t window create end -window [blend $t.smallP]

$t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:"

$t image create end -image \
    [image create photo -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png]]

proc textWindBigB w {
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
proc textWindSmallH w {
    $w configure -highlightthickness $::text_normal(highlight)
}

proc textWindSmallP w {
    $w configure -padx $::text_normal(pad) -pady $::text_normal(pad)
}


proc textWindOn w {
    catch {destroy $w.scroll2}
    set t $w.f.text
    ttk::scrollbar $w.scroll2 -orient horizontal -command "$t xview"
    pack $w.scroll2 -after $w.buttons -side bottom -fill x
    $t configure -xscrollcommand "$w.scroll2 set" -wrap none







<







197
198
199
200
201
202
203

204
205
206
207
208
209
210
proc textWindSmallH w {
    $w configure -highlightthickness $::text_normal(highlight)
}

proc textWindSmallP w {
    $w configure -padx $::text_normal(pad) -pady $::text_normal(pad)
}


proc textWindOn w {
    catch {destroy $w.scroll2}
    set t $w.f.text
    ttk::scrollbar $w.scroll2 -orient horizontal -command "$t xview"
    pack $w.scroll2 -after $w.buttons -side bottom -fill x
    $t configure -xscrollcommand "$w.scroll2 set" -wrap none
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292











293
294

295
296
297
298
299
300
301
	$t delete $t.c
	while {[string first [$t get plot] " \t\n"] >= 0} {
	    $t delete plot
	}
	$t insert plot "  "
    }
}












proc embDefBg t {
    $t configure -background [lindex [$t configure -background] 3]

}

proc textMakePeer {parent} {
    set n 1
    while {[winfo exists .peer$n]} { incr n }
    set w [toplevel .peer$n]
    wm title $w "Text Peer #$n"








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>







297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
	$t delete $t.c
	while {[string first [$t get plot] " \t\n"] >= 0} {
	    $t delete plot
	}
	$t insert plot "  "
    }
}

proc changeBg {t c} {
    $t configure -background $c
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
	foreach b [$t window names] {
	    if {[winfo class $b] eq "Button"} {
		$b configure -highlightbackground $c
	    }
	}
    }
}

proc embDefBg t {
    set bg [lindex [$t configure -background] 3]
    changeBg $t $bg
}

proc textMakePeer {parent} {
    set n 1
    while {[winfo exists .peer$n]} { incr n }
    set w [toplevel .peer$n]
    wm title $w "Text Peer #$n"

Changes to library/demos/unicodeout.tcl.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -anchor w -justify left \
	-text "This is a sample of Tk's support for languages that use\
	non-Western character sets.  However, what you will actually see\
	below depends largely on what character sets you have installed,\
	and what you see for characters that are not present varies greatly\
	between platforms as well.  The strings are written in Tcl using\
	UNICODE characters using the \\uXXXX escape so as to do so in a\
	portable fashion."
pack $w.msg -side top

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

## The frame that will contain the sample texts.







|
|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -anchor w -justify left \
	-text "This is a sample of Tk's support for languages that use\
	non-Western character sets.  However, what you will actually see\
	below depends largely on what character sets you have installed,\
	and what you see for characters that are not present varies greatly\
	between platforms as well.  The strings are written in Tcl using\
	UNICODE characters using the \\uXXXX (or \\UXXXXXX) escape so as to\
	do so in a portable fashion."
pack $w.msg -side top

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

## The frame that will contain the sample texts.
127
128
129
130
131
132
133


134
135
136
137
addSample $w Icelandic "\u00CDslenska"
addSample $w Japanese \
	 "\u65E5\u672C\u8A9E\u306E\u3072\u3089\u304C\u306A, " \
	 "\u6F22\u5B57\u3068\u30AB\u30BF\u30AB\u30CA"
addSample $w Korean "\uB300\uD55C\uBBFC\uAD6D\uC758 \uD55C\uAE00"
addSample $w Russian \
	"\u0420\u0443\u0441\u0441\u043A\u0438\u0439 \u044F\u0437\u044B\u043A"



## We're done processing, so change things back to normal running...
destroy $w.wait
$w conf -cursor $oldCursor







>
>




127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
addSample $w Icelandic "\u00CDslenska"
addSample $w Japanese \
	 "\u65E5\u672C\u8A9E\u306E\u3072\u3089\u304C\u306A, " \
	 "\u6F22\u5B57\u3068\u30AB\u30BF\u30AB\u30CA"
addSample $w Korean "\uB300\uD55C\uBBFC\uAD6D\uC758 \uD55C\uAE00"
addSample $w Russian \
	"\u0420\u0443\u0441\u0441\u043A\u0438\u0439 \u044F\u0437\u044B\u043A"
addSample $w Emoji \
	"\U1F600\U1F4A9\U1F44D\U1F1F3\U1F1F1"

## We're done processing, so change things back to normal running...
destroy $w.wait
$w conf -cursor $oldCursor

Changes to library/entry.tcl.

70
71
72
73
74
75
76





77
78
79
80
81
82
83
bind Entry <<TraverseIn>> {
    %W selection range 0 end
    %W icursor end
}

# Standard Motif bindings:






bind Entry <1> {
    tk::EntryButton1 %W %x
    %W selection clear
}
bind Entry <B1-Motion> {
    set tk::Priv(x) %x
    tk::EntryMouseSelect %W %x







>
>
>
>
>







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
bind Entry <<TraverseIn>> {
    %W selection range 0 end
    %W icursor end
}

# Standard Motif bindings:

bind Entry <Map> {
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    	::tk::RegisterServiceWidget %W
    }
}
bind Entry <1> {
    tk::EntryButton1 %W %x
    %W selection clear
}
bind Entry <B1-Motion> {
    set tk::Priv(x) %x
    tk::EntryMouseSelect %W %x
648
649
650
651
652
653
654









	    [expr {[$w index sel.last] - 1}]]
    if {[$w cget -show] ne ""} {
	return [string repeat [string index [$w cget -show] 0] \
		[string length $entryString]]
    }
    return $entryString
}
















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
	    [expr {[$w index sel.last] - 1}]]
    if {[$w cget -show] ne ""} {
	return [string repeat [string index [$w cget -show] 0] \
		[string length $entryString]]
    }
    return $entryString
}









Changes to library/images/logo.eps.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0 
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if
	
	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if







|







73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if

	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1 
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf







|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def
			
			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq







|







1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def

			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin
			
			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop







|







1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin

			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop

Changes to library/images/pwrdLogo.eps.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0 
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if
	
	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if







|







73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if

	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1 
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf







|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def
			
			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq







|







1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def

			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin
			
			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop







|







1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin

			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop

Changes to library/menu.tcl.

229
230
231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	return
    }
    if {[$w cget -state] eq "active" && [tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
	$w configure -state normal
    }
}


# ::tk::MbPost --
# Given a menubutton, this procedure does all the work of posting
# its associated menu and unposting any other menu that is currently
# posted.
#
# Arguments:







>







229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	return
    }
    if {[$w cget -state] eq "active" && [tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
	$w configure -state normal
    }
}


# ::tk::MbPost --
# Given a menubutton, this procedure does all the work of posting
# its associated menu and unposting any other menu that is currently
# posted.
#
# Arguments:
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
	$w configure -state active
    }

    set Priv(postedMb) $w
    set Priv(focus) [focus]
    $menu activate none
    GenerateMenuSelect $menu

    # If this looks like an option menubutton then post the menu so
    # that the current entry is on top of the mouse.  Otherwise post
    # the menu just below the menubutton, as for a pull-down.

    update idletasks
    if {[catch {
	switch [$w cget -direction] {
	    above {
		set x [winfo rootx $w]
		set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] - [winfo reqheight $menu]}]
		# if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below'
		if {$y < [winfo vrooty $w]} {
		    set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo reqheight $w]}]
		}
		PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
	    }
	    below {
		set x [winfo rootx $w]
		set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]}]
		# if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above'
		set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
		if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo vrootheight $w])} {
		    set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo vrootheight $w] + [winfo rooty $w] - $mh}]
		}
		PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
	    }
	    left {
		set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] - [winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
		set y [expr {(2 * [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]) / 2}]
		set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]]
		if {$entry eq ""} {
                    set entry 0
		}
		if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} {
		    if {$entry == [$menu index last]} {
			incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
				+ [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}]
		    } else {
			incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
			        + [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}]
		    }
		}
		PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
		if {$entry ne "" \
			&& [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
		    $menu activate $entry
		    GenerateMenuSelect $menu
		}
	    }
	    right {
		set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] + [winfo width $w]}]
		set y [expr {(2 * [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]) / 2}]
		set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]]
		if {$entry eq ""} {
                    set entry 0
		}
		if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} {
		    if {$entry == [$menu index last]} {
			incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
				+ [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}]
		    } else {
			incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
			        + [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}]
		    }
		}
		PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
		if {$entry ne "" \
			&& [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
		    $menu activate $entry
		    GenerateMenuSelect $menu
		}
	    }
	    default {
		if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} {
		    if {$y eq ""} {
			set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] + [winfo width $w]/2}]
			set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]/2}]
		    }
	            PostOverPoint $menu $x $y [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]]
		} else {
		    PostOverPoint $menu [winfo rootx $w] [expr {[winfo rooty $w]+[winfo height $w]}]
		}
	    }
	}
    } msg opt]} {
	# Error posting menu (e.g. bogus -postcommand). Unpost it and
	# reflect the error.

	MenuUnpost {}
	return -options $opt $msg
    }

    set Priv(tearoff) $tearoff
    if {$tearoff != 0} {
	focus $menu
	if {[winfo viewable $w]} {
	    SaveGrabInfo $w
	    grab -global $w
	}
    }
}







<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|


<





|







279
280
281
282
283
284
285





286








287






































































288
289
290

291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
	$w configure -state active
    }

    set Priv(postedMb) $w
    set Priv(focus) [focus]
    $menu activate none
    GenerateMenuSelect $menu





    update idletasks















































































    if {[catch {PostMenubuttonMenu $w $menu} msg opt]} {
	# Error posting menu (e.g. bogus -postcommand). Unpost it and
	# reflect the error.

	MenuUnpost {}
	return -options $opt $msg
    }

    set Priv(tearoff) $tearoff
    if {$tearoff != 0 && [tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
	focus $menu
	if {[winfo viewable $w]} {
	    SaveGrabInfo $w
	    grab -global $w
	}
    }
}
572
573
574
575
576
577
578


579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
        if {[info exists Priv(menuActivated)] \
                && $index ne "none" \
                && $index ne $activeindex} {
            set mode [option get $menu clickToFocus ClickToFocus]
            if {[string is false $mode]} {
                set delay [expr {[$menu cget -type] eq "menubar" ? 0 : 50}]
                if {[$menu type $index] eq "cascade"} {


                    set Priv(menuActivatedTimer) \
                        [after $delay [list $menu postcascade active]]
                } else {
                    set Priv(menuDeactivatedTimer) \
                        [after $delay [list $menu postcascade none]]
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

# ::tk::MenuButtonDown --







>
>

|


|







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
        if {[info exists Priv(menuActivated)] \
                && $index ne "none" \
                && $index ne $activeindex} {
            set mode [option get $menu clickToFocus ClickToFocus]
            if {[string is false $mode]} {
                set delay [expr {[$menu cget -type] eq "menubar" ? 0 : 50}]
                if {[$menu type $index] eq "cascade"} {
                    # Catch these postcascade commands since the menu could be
                    # destroyed before they run.
                    set Priv(menuActivatedTimer) \
                        [after $delay "catch {$menu postcascade active}"]
                } else {
                    set Priv(menuDeactivatedTimer) \
                        [after $delay "catch {$menu postcascade none}"]
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

# ::tk::MenuButtonDown --
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
































































































1211

1212

1213
1214

1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222

1223
1224
1225

1226
1227

1228
1229
1230
1231
1232

1233




1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267

1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
	    if {$label eq $s} {
		return $i
	    }
	}
    }
    return ""
}

































































































# ::tk::PostOverPoint --

# This procedure posts a given menu such that a given entry in the

# menu is centered over a given point in the root window.  It also
# activates the given entry.

#
# Arguments:
# menu -		Menu to post.
# x, y -		Root coordinates of point.
# entry -		Index of entry within menu to center over (x,y).
#			If omitted or specified as {}, then the menu's
#			upper-left corner goes at (x,y).


proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}}  {
    if {$entry ne ""} {
	if {$entry == [$menu index last]} {

	    incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
		    + [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}]

	} else {
	    incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
		    + [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}]
	}
	incr x [expr {-[winfo reqwidth $menu]/2}]

    }





    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
	# osVersion is not available in safe interps
	set ver 5
	if {[info exists ::tcl_platform(osVersion)]} {
	    scan $::tcl_platform(osVersion) %d ver
	}

	# We need to fix some problems with menu posting on Windows,
	# where, if the menu would overlap top or bottom of screen,
	# Windows puts it in the wrong place for us.  We must also
	# subtract an extra amount for half the height of the current
	# entry.  To be safe we subtract an extra 10.
	# NOTE: this issue appears to have been resolved in the Window
	# manager provided with Vista and Windows 7.
	if {$ver < 6} {
	    set yoffset [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] \
		    - $y - [winfo reqheight $menu] - 10}]
	    if {$yoffset < [winfo vrooty $menu]} {
		# The bottom of the menu is offscreen, so adjust upwards
		incr y [expr {$yoffset - [winfo vrooty $menu]}]
	    }
	    # If we're off the top of the screen (either because we were
	    # originally or because we just adjusted too far upwards),
	    # then make the menu popup on the top edge.
	    if {$y < [winfo vrooty $menu]} {
		set y [winfo vrooty $menu]
	    }
	}
    }
    $menu post $x $y
    if {$entry ne "" && [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
	$menu activate $entry
	GenerateMenuSelect $menu

    }
}

# ::tk::SaveGrabInfo --
# Sets the variables tk::Priv(oldGrab) and tk::Priv(grabStatus) to record
# the state of any existing grab on the w's display.
#








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
>
|
|
>








>
|
|
|
>
|
|
>

|
<

<
>

>
>
>
>
|
<















|











<
|
|
|
|
>







1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250

1251

1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258

1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285

1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
	    if {$label eq $s} {
		return $i
	    }
	}
    }
    return ""
}

# ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu --
#
# Given a menubutton and a menu, this procedure posts the menu at the
# appropriate location.  If the menubutton looks like an option
# menubutton, meaning that the indicator is on and the direction is
# neither above nor below, then the menu is posted so that the current
# entry is vertically aligned with the menubutton.  On the Mac this
# will expose a small amount of the blue indicator on the right hand
# side.  On other platforms the entry is centered over the button.

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    proc ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu {button menu} {
	set entry ""
	if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} {
	    set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$button cget -text]]
	    if {$entry eq ""} {
		set entry 0
	    }
	}
	set x [winfo rootx $button]
	set y [expr {2 + [winfo rooty $button]}]
	switch [$button cget -direction] {
	    above {
		set entry ""
		incr y [expr {4 - [winfo reqheight $menu]}]
	    }
	    below {
		set entry ""
		incr y [expr {2 + [winfo height $button]}]
	    }
	    left {
		incr x [expr {-[winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
	    }
	    right {
		incr x [winfo width $button]
	    }
	    default {
		incr x [expr {[winfo width $button] - [winfo reqwidth $menu] - 5}]
	    }
	}
	PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
    }
} else {
    proc ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu {button menu} {
	set entry ""
	if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} {
	    set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$button cget -text]]
	    if {$entry eq ""} {
		set entry 0
	    }
	}
	set x [winfo rootx $button]
	set y [winfo rooty $button]
	switch [$button cget -direction] {
	    above {
		incr y [expr {-[winfo reqheight $menu]}]
		# if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below'
		if {$y < [winfo vrooty $button]} {
		    set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo rooty $button]\
                           + [winfo reqheight $button]}]
		}
		set entry {}
	    }
	    below {
		incr y [winfo height $button]
		# if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above'
		set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
		if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo vrootheight $button])} {
		    set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo vrootheight $button] \
			   + [winfo rooty $button] - $mh}]
		}
		set entry {}
	    }
	    left {
		# It is not clear why this is needed.
		if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
		    incr x [expr {-4 - [winfo reqwidth $button] / 2}]
		}
		incr x [expr {- [winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
	    }
	    right {
		incr x [expr {[winfo width $button]}]
	    }
	    default {
		if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} {
		    incr x [expr {([winfo width $button] - \
				   [winfo reqwidth $menu])/ 2}]
		} else {
		    incr y [winfo height $button]
		}
	    }
	}
	PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
    }
}

# ::tk::PostOverPoint --
#
# This procedure posts a menu on the screen so that a given entry in
# the menu is positioned with its upper left corner at a given point
# in the root window.  The procedure also activates that entry.  If no
# entry is specified the upper left corner of the entire menu is
# placed at the point.
#
# Arguments:
# menu -		Menu to post.
# x, y -		Root coordinates of point.
# entry -		Index of entry within menu to center over (x,y).
#			If omitted or specified as {}, then the menu's
#			upper-left corner goes at (x,y).

if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} {
    proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}}  {
	if {$entry ne ""} {
	    $menu post $x $y $entry
	    if {[$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
		$menu activate $entry
		GenerateMenuSelect $menu
	    }
	} else {
	    $menu post $x $y

	}

	return
    }
} else {
    proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}}  {
	if {$entry ne ""} {
	    incr y [expr {-[$menu yposition $entry]}]
	}

	# osVersion is not available in safe interps
	set ver 5
	if {[info exists ::tcl_platform(osVersion)]} {
	    scan $::tcl_platform(osVersion) %d ver
	}

	# We need to fix some problems with menu posting on Windows,
	# where, if the menu would overlap top or bottom of screen,
	# Windows puts it in the wrong place for us.  We must also
	# subtract an extra amount for half the height of the current
	# entry.  To be safe we subtract an extra 10.
	# NOTE: this issue appears to have been resolved in the Window
	# manager provided with Vista and Windows 7.
	if {$ver < 6} {
	    set yoffset [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] \
				   - $y - [winfo reqheight $menu] - 10}]
	    if {$yoffset < [winfo vrooty $menu]} {
		# The bottom of the menu is offscreen, so adjust upwards
		incr y [expr {$yoffset - [winfo vrooty $menu]}]
	    }
	    # If we're off the top of the screen (either because we were
	    # originally or because we just adjusted too far upwards),
	    # then make the menu popup on the top edge.
	    if {$y < [winfo vrooty $menu]} {
		set y [winfo vrooty $menu]
	    }
	}

	$menu post $x $y
	if {$entry ne "" && [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
	    $menu activate $entry
	    GenerateMenuSelect $menu
	}
    }
}

# ::tk::SaveGrabInfo --
# Sets the variables tk::Priv(oldGrab) and tk::Priv(grabStatus) to record
# the state of any existing grab on the w's display.
#

Changes to library/msgs/cs.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&P\u0159eru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "V\u0161echny soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modr\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu zm\u011bnit atku\341ln\355 adres\341\u0159 na \"%1\$s\".\nP\u0159\355stup odm\355tnut."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "V\375b\u011br adres\341\u0159e"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Kop\355rovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&y\u0159\355znout"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adres\341\u0159 \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adres\341\u0159:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "&\332pravy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\nChcete jej p\u0159epsat?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jm\351no souboru:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jm\351na soubor\u016f:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy soubor\u016f:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&len\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&N\341pov\u011bda"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u0160patn\351 jm\351no souboru \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otev\u0159\355t"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otev\u0159\355t"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otev\u0159\355t v\355ce soubor\u016f"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vlo\u017eit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukon\u010dit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "\u010ce&rven\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit st\341vaj\355c\355 soubor?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Ulo\u017eit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Ulo\u017eit jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Ulo\u017eit do logu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k nahr\341n\355"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&V\375b\u011br:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "P\u0159esko\u010dit zpr\341vy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textov\351 soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "p\u0159eru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modr\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "p\u0159\355pona"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "p\u0159\355pony"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zelen\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "\u010derven\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}

|

|


|
|
|
|
|




|
|


|
|
|



|
|

|
|
|




|
|



|





|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&Přerušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "Všechny soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu změnit atkálí adreář na \"%1\$s\".\nPístup odítnut."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "ýběr adreáře"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Koírovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&yíznout"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adreář \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adreář:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "Úpravy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\nChcete jej přepsat?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jéno souboru:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jéna souborů:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy souborů:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&leá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&ápověda"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Špaté jéno souboru \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otevít"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otevít"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otevít íce souborů"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vložit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukončit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "Če&rveá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit sávaíí soubor?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Uložit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Uložit jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Uložit do logu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k naháí"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&ýběr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "Přeskočit zpávy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textoé soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "přerušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "pípona"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "pípony"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zeleá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "červeá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}

Changes to library/msgs/de.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&\u00dcber..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "W\u00e4hle Verzeichnis"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&R\u00fccksetzen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole l\u00f6schen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&L\u00f6schen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei \u00fcberschreiben ?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Gr\u00fcn"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ung\u00fcltiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "\u00d6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "\u00d6&ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&inf\u00fcgen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei ausw\u00e4hlen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuf\u00fchrende Datei ausw\u00e4hlen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten \u00fcberspringen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausf\u00fchren..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00fcr Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "gr\u00fcn"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}


|









|
|
|




|








|











|




|






|
|

|









|
|




|
|


|








|






1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&Über..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "Wähle Verzeichnis"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&Rücksetzen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole löschen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&Löschen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei überschreiben ?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Grün"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ungültiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "Öffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "Ö&ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&infügen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei auswählen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuführende Datei auswählen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten überspringen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausführen..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl für Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "grün"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}

Changes to library/msgs/el.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
##    [email protected]

namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort"              "\u03a4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "About..."           "\u03a3\u03c7\u03b5\u03c4\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files"          "\u038c\u03bb\u03b1 \u03c4\u03b1 \u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error"  "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2 \u0395\u03c6\u03b1\u03c1\u03bc\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue"               "\u039c\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel"             "\u0391\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"\u0394\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03af\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9 \u03b4\u03c5\u03bd\u03b1\u03c4\u03ae \u03b7 \u03b1\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03b3\u03ae \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5 \u03c3\u03b5 \"%1\$s\".\n\u0397 \u03c0\u03c1\u03cc\u03c3\u03b2\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7 \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03c4\u03c1\u03ad\u03c0\u03b5\u03c4\u03b1\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory"   "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear"              "\u039a\u03b1\u03b8\u03b1\u03c1\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Color"              "\u03a7\u03c1\u03ce\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Console"            "\u039a\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy"               "\u0391\u03bd\u03c4\u03b9\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut"                "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03ba\u03bf\u03c0\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete"             "\u0394\u03b9\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>"         "\u039b\u03b5\u03c0\u03c4\u03bf\u03bc\u03ad\u03c1\u03b5\u03b9\u03b5\u03c2 >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                                        "\u039f \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2 \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:"         "&\u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s"       "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit"               "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
               "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
               "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\u0398\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c4\u03b5 \u03bd\u03b1 \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03b1\u03bb\u03c5\u03c6\u03b8\u03b5\u03af;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
                   "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                   "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:"         "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:"        "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:"     "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u03c4\u03bf\u03c5 &\u03c4\u03cd\u03c0\u03bf\u03c5:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:"             "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter"             "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:"            "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green"              "\u03a0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi"                 "\u0393\u03b5\u03b9\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console"       "\u0391\u03c0\u03cc\u03ba\u03c1\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03ba\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore"             "\u0391\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
                   "\u0386\u03ba\u03c5\u03c1\u03bf \u03cc\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files"          "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&No"                 "\u038c\u03c7\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "OK"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open"               "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open"               "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
                                        "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1 \u03c0\u03bf\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03c0\u03bb\u03ce\u03bd \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste"              "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03cc\u03bb\u03bb\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit"               "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red"                "\u039a\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
                                        "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac\u03bb\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03bf\u03bd\u03c4\u03bf\u03c2 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry"              "\u03a0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save"               "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As"            "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03b1\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log"        "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03c4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File"    "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
                                        "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03ad\u03be\u03c4\u03b5 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 \u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:"         "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages"      "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03c6\u03c5\u03b3\u03ae\u03bc\u03b7\u03bd\u03c5\u03bc\u03ac\u03c4\u03c9\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..."          "\u0395\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts"        "Tcl Scripts"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows"    "Tcl \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files"         "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b5\u03b9\u03bc\u03ad\u03bd\u03bf\u03c5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes"                "\u039d\u03b1\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "abort"              "\u03c4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "blue"               "\u03bc\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel"             "\u03b1\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extension"          "\u03b5\u03c0\u03ad\u03ba\u03c4\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions"         "\u03b5\u03c0\u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ac\u03c3\u03b5\u03b9\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "green"              "\u03c0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore"             "\u03b1\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ok"                 "\u03b5\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "red"                "\u03ba\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "retry"              "\u03c0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "yes"                "\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9"
}





|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|


|

|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
##    [email protected]

namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort"              "Τερματισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "About..."           "Σχετικά..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files"          "Όλα τα Αρχεία"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error"  "Λάθος Εφαρμογής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue"               "Μπλε"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel"             "Ακύρωση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"Δεν είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή καταλόγου σε \"%1\$s\".\nΗ πρόσβαση δεν επιτρέπεται."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory"   "Επιλογή Καταλόγου"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear"              "Καθαρισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Color"              "Χρώμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Console"            "Κονσόλα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy"               "Αντιγραφή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut"                "Αποκοπή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete"             "Διαγραφή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>"         "Λεπτομέρειες >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                                        "Ο κατάλογος \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:"         "&Κατάλογος:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s"       "Λάθος: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit"               "Έξοδος"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
               "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
               "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\nΘέλετε να επικαλυφθεί;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
                   "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                   "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:"         "Ό&νομα αρχείου:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:"        "Ό&νομα αρχείων:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:"     "Αρχεία του &τύπου:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:"             "Αρχεία:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter"             "Φίλτρο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:"            "Φίλτρο:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green"              "Πράσινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi"                 "Γεια"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console"       "Απόκρυψη κονσόλας"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore"             "Αγνόηση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
                   "Άκυρο όνομα αρχείου \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files"          "Αρχεία Καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&No"                 "Όχι"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "OK"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open"               "Άνοιγμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open"               "Άνοιγμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
                                        "Άνοιγμα πολλαπλών αρχείων"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste"              "Επικόλληση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit"               "Έξοδος"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red"                "Κόκκινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
                                        "Επικάλυψη υπάρχοντος αρχείου;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry"              "Προσπάθησε ξανά"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save"               "Αποθήκευση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As"            "Αποθήκευση σαν"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log"        "Αποθήκευση στο αρχείο καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File"    "Επιλογή αρχείου καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
                                        "Επιλέξτε αρχείο για εκτέλεση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:"         "Επιλογή:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages"      "Αποφυγήμηνυμάτων"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..."          "Εκτέλεση..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts"        "Tcl Scripts"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows"    "Tcl για Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files"         "Αρχεία Κειμένου"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes"                "Ναι"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "abort"              "τερματισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "blue"               "μπλε"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel"             "ακύρωση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extension"          "επέκταση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions"         "επεκτάσεις"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "green"              "πράσινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore"             "αγνόηση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ok"                 "εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "red"                "κόκκινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "retry"              "προσπάθησε ξανά"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "yes"                "ναι"
}

Changes to library/msgs/eo.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&\u0108esigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "\u0108ioj dosieroj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble \u0109angi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Klaru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpo\u015digu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\n\u0108u vi volas anstata\u00fbigi la dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Ka\u015du konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpo\u015digi"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "\u0108u anstata\u00fbu ekzistantan dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesa\u011dojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "\u0109esigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ru\u011da"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}

|

|




|






|








|











|










|


|







|





|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&Ĉesigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "Ĉioj dosieroj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble ĉangi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Klaru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpoŝigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\nĈu vi volas anstataûigi la dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Kaŝu konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpoŝigi"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "Ĉu anstataûu ekzistantan dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesaĝojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "ĉesigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ruĝa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}

Changes to library/msgs/es.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicaci\u00f3n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Color"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Console" "Consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Copy" "&Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cu&t" "Cor&tar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Delete" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\u00bfDesea sobreescribirlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Hi"  "Hola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files"  "Ficheros de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&No"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiples archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "\u00bfReemplazar el archivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File"  "Elegir un archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selecci\u00f3n:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&S\u00ed"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extension"  "extensi\u00f3n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "s\u00ed"
}




|



















|













|







|



|






|





|



|






|

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicación"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Color"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Console" "Consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Copy" "&Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cu&t" "Cor&tar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Delete" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n¿Desea sobreescribirlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Hi"  "Hola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inválido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files"  "Ficheros de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&No"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir múltiples archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "¿Reemplazar el archivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File"  "Elegir un archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selección:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&Sí"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extension"  "extensión"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "sí"
}

Changes to library/msgs/fr.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "\u00c0 propos..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'acc\u00e9der au r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refus\u00e9e."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir r\u00e9pertoire"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "D\u00e9tails >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&R\u00e9pertoire:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\nVoulez-vous l'\u00e9craser?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"


|





|
|






|
|
|


|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "À propos..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'accéder au répertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refusée."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir répertoire"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "Détails >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le répertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&Répertoire:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\nVoulez-vous l'écraser?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&R\u00e9-essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier \u00e0 \u00e9valuer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&S\u00e9lection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "\u00c9valuer..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "r\u00e9essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}







|




|
|

|













|


41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&Ré-essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier à évaluer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&Sélection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "Évaluer..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "réessayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}

Changes to library/msgs/hu.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "N\u00e9vjegy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden f\u00e1jl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmaz\u00e1s hiba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&K\u00e9k"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "M\u00e9gsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "M\u00e9g&sem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rv\u00e1lt\u00e1s nem siker\u00fclt: \"%1\$s\".\nHozz\u00e1f\u00e9r\u00e9s megtagadva."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Sz\u00edn"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&M\u00e1sol\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kiv\u00e1g\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "R\u00e9szletek >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r nem l\u00e9tezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r:"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&F\u00e1jl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\nFel\u00fcl\u00edrjam?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl nem l\u00e9tezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "F\u00e1jl &neve:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "F\u00e1jlok &nevei:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "F\u00e1jlok &t\u00edpusa:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "F\u00e1j&lok:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Sz\u0171r\u0151"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&z\u0171r\u0151:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Z\u00f6ld"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "\u00dcdv"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagy\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u00c9rv\u00e9nytelen f\u00e1jln\u00e9v: \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log f\u00e1jlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyit\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyit\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "T\u00f6bb f\u00e1jl megnyit\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beilleszt\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&V\u00f6r\u00f6s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Megl\u00e9v\u0151 f\u00e1jl cser\u00e9je?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "\u00daj&ra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Ment\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Ment\u00e9s m\u00e1sk\u00e9nt"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Ment\u00e9s log f\u00e1jlba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log f\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forr\u00e1sf\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijel\u00f6l\u00e9s:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett f\u00e1jlok \u00e9s k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "\u00dczenetek kihagy\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forr\u00e1s..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Sz\u00f6vegf\u00e1jlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "k\u00e9k"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "m\u00e9gsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjeszt\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjeszt\u00e9sek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "z\u00f6ld"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "v\u00f6r\u00f6s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "\u00fajra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|

|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszakítás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "Névjegy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden fájl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmazás hiba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&Kék"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "Mégsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "Még&sem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A könyvtárváltás nem sikerült: \"%1\$s\".\nHozzáférés megtagadva."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "Könyvtár kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "Törlés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&Törlés Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Szín"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&Másolás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kivágás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&Törlés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "Részletek >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" könyvtár nem létezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&Könyvtár:"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kilépés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&Fájl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\nFelülírjam?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" fájl nem létezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "Fájl &neve:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "Fájlok &nevei:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "Fájlok &típusa:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "Fáj&lok:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Szűrő"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&zűrő:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Zöld"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "Üdv"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejtése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagyás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Érvénytelen fájlnév: \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log fájlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyitás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyitás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "Több fájl megnyitása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beillesztés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kilépés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&Vörös"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Meglévő fájl cseréje?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "Új&ra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Mentés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Mentés másként"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Mentés log fájlba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log fájl kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forrásfájl kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijelölés:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett könyvtárak megjelenítése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett fájlok és könyvtárak megjelenítése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "Üzenetek kihagyása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forrás..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Szövegfájlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszakítás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "kék"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "mégsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjesztés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjesztések"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "zöld"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "vörös"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "újra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}

Changes to library/msgs/it.msg.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"







|
|







16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&S\u00ec"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "s\u00ec"
}







|










|

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&Sì"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "sì"
}

Changes to library/msgs/nl.msg.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopi\u00ebren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Be\u00ebindigen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fi&les:" "&Bestanden:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "H\u00e9"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"







|








|















|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopiëren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Beëindigen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fi&les:" "&Bestanden:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "Hé"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"

Changes to library/msgs/pl.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "B\u0142\u0105d w programie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Apply" "Zastosuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold" "Pogrubienie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold Italic" "Pogrubiona kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cancel" "Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie mo\u017cna otworzy\u0107 katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dost\u0119pu."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107 konsol\u0119"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usu\u0144"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczeg\u00f3\u0142y >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Effects" "Efekty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "B\u0142\u0105d: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjd\u017a"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisa\u0107?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plik\u00f3w:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font" "Czcionka"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Font:" "Czcio&nka:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font st&yle:" "&Styl czcionki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsol\u0119"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niew\u0142a\u015bciwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Italic" "Kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otw\u00f3rz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otw\u00f3rz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otw\u00f3rz wiele plik\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zako\u0144cz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Regular" "Regularne"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zast\u0105pi\u0107 istniej\u0105cy plik?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Pon\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przyk\u0142ad"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wyb\u00f3r:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Size:" "&Rozmiar:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte pliki i katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomi\u0144 pozosta\u0142e komunikaty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod \u017ar\u00f3d\u0142owy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekre\u015blenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl Scripts" "Skrypty Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl dla Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Text Files" "Pliki tekstowe"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Underline" "Po&dkre\u015blenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Yes" "&Tak"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "abort" "przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "blue" "niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "cancel" "anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extension" "rozszerzenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extensions" "rozszerzenia"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "green" "zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ignore" "ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "red" "czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "pon\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "yes" "tak"
}




|






|

|
|




|
|




|
|

|
|


|










|

|






|
|
|

|


|
|
|





|

|
|
|
|
|



|










|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "Błąd w programie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Apply" "Zastosuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold" "Pogrubienie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold Italic" "Pogrubiona kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cancel" "Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie można otworzyć katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dostępu."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczyść"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczyść konsolę"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usuń"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczegóły >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Effects" "Efekty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "Błąd: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjdź"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" już istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisać?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" już istnieje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plików:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font" "Czcionka"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Font:" "Czcio&nka:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font st&yle:" "&Styl czcionki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsolę"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niewłaściwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Italic" "Kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otwórz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otwórz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otwórz wiele plików"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zakończ"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Regular" "Regularne"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zastąpić istniejący plik?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Ponów"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przykład"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wybór:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Size:" "&Rozmiar:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Pokaż &ukryte katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Pokaż &ukryte pliki i katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomiń pozostałe komunikaty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod źródłowy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekreślenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl Scripts" "Skrypty Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl dla Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Text Files" "Pliki tekstowe"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Underline" "Po&dkreślenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Yes" "&Tak"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "abort" "przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "blue" "niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "cancel" "anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extension" "rozszerzenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extensions" "rozszerzenia"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "green" "zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ignore" "ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "red" "czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "ponów"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "yes" "tak"
}

Changes to library/msgs/pt.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "About..." "Sobre ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "All Files" "Todos os arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Application Error" "Erro de aplica\u00e7\u00e3o"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "N\u00e3o foi poss\u00edvel mudar para o diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiss\u00e3o negada."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diret\u00f3rio"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cl&ear" "Apagar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Clear Console" "Apagar Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Color" "Cor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Copy" "Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cu&t" "Recortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Delete" "Excluir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Details >>" "Detalhes >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Directory:" "&Diret\u00f3rio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Error: %1\$s" "Erro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "E&xit" "Sair"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&File" "Arquivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &name:" "&Nome do arquivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &names:" "&Nomes dos arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Files of &type:" "Arquivos do &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fi&les:" "&Arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Hi" "Oi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Hide Console" "Ocultar console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo \u00e9 inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Log Files" "Arquivos de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&No" "&N\u00e3o"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiplos arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "P&aste" "Col&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Quit" "Encerrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Red" "&Vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Replace existing file?" "Substituir arquivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Retry" "Tenta&r novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Save" "&Salvar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save As" "Salvar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save To Log" "Salvar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select Log File" "Selecionar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select a file to source" "Selecione um arquivo como fonte"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Selection:" "&Sele\u00e7\u00e3o:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Skip Messages" "Omitir as mensagens"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Source..." "&Fonte..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Text Files" "Arquivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Yes" "&Sim"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extension" "extens\u00e3o"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extensions" "extens\u00f5es"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "red" "vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "retry" "tentar novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "yes" "sim"
}




|



|
|








|
|



|
|
|










|

|





|










|









|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "About..." "Sobre ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "All Files" "Todos os arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Application Error" "Erro de aplicação"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Não foi possível mudar para o diretório \"%1\$s\".\nPermissão negada."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diretório"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cl&ear" "Apagar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Clear Console" "Apagar Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Color" "Cor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Copy" "Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cu&t" "Recortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Delete" "Excluir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Details >>" "Detalhes >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diretório \"%1\$s\" não existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Directory:" "&Diretório:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Error: %1\$s" "Erro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "E&xit" "Sair"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&File" "Arquivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" já existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" já existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" não existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &name:" "&Nome do arquivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &names:" "&Nomes dos arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Files of &type:" "Arquivos do &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fi&les:" "&Arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Hi" "Oi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Hide Console" "Ocultar console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo é inválido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Log Files" "Arquivos de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&No" "&Não"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir múltiplos arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "P&aste" "Col&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Quit" "Encerrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Red" "&Vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Replace existing file?" "Substituir arquivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Retry" "Tenta&r novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Save" "&Salvar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save As" "Salvar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save To Log" "Salvar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select Log File" "Selecionar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select a file to source" "Selecione um arquivo como fonte"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Selection:" "&Seleção:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Skip Messages" "Omitir as mensagens"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Source..." "&Fonte..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Text Files" "Arquivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Yes" "&Sim"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extension" "extensão"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extensions" "extensões"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "red" "vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "retry" "tentar novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "yes" "sim"
}

Changes to library/msgs/ru.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&\u041e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&About..." "\u041f\u0440\u043e..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "\u0412\u0441\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430 \u0432 \u043f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0435"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &\u0413\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
			"\u041d\u0435 \u043c\u043e\u0433\u0443 \u043f\u0435\u0440\u0435\u0439\u0442\u0438 \u0432 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433 \"%1\$s\".\n\u041d\u0435\u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0442\u043e\u0447\u043d\u043e \u043f\u0440\u0430\u0432 \u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0443\u043f\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cl&ear" "\u041e\u0447\u0438\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "\u0426\u0432\u0435\u0442"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "\u041a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Copy" "\u041a\u043e\u043f\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cu&t" "\u0412\u044b\u0440\u0435\u0437\u0430\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Delete" "\u0423\u0434\u0430\u043b\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "\u041f\u043e\u0434\u0440\u043e\u0431\u043d\u0435\u0435 >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433\u0430 \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "E&xit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
			    "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0435\u0433\u043e?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u043d\u0430\u0439\u0434\u0435\u043d."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&\u0418\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&\u0418\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&\u0422\u0438\u043f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "\u0424\u0430\u0439&\u043b\u044b:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c\u0442\u0440"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c&\u0442\u0440:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &\u0417\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Hide Console" "\u0421\u043f\u0440\u044f\u0442\u0430\u0442\u044c \u043a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&\u0418\u0433\u043d\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u041d\u0435\u0432\u0435\u0440\u043d\u043e\u0435 \u0438\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430 \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&\u041d\u0435\u0442"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&\u041e\u041a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "OK" "\u041e\u041a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "\u0414\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c \u043d\u0435\u0441\u043a\u043e\u043b\u044c\u043a\u043e \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "P&aste" "\u0412\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0432\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Quit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &\u041a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u044e\u0449\u0438\u0439 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&\u041f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u043a\u0430\u043a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0432 \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0440\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b \u0434\u043b\u044f \u0438\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0430\u0446\u0438\u0438"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Selection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u043e\u043e\u0431\u0449\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Source..." "\u0418\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0430 \u043d\u0430 \u044f\u0437\u044b\u043a\u0435 TCL"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL \u0434\u043b\u044f Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "\u0422\u0435\u043a\u0441\u0442\u043e\u0432\u044b\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&\u0414\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " \u0433\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0435"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " \u0437\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "\u043f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "\u043e\u043a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " \u043a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "\u043f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "\u0434\u0430"
}


|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&Отменить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&About..." "Про..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "Все файлы"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "Ошибка в программе"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &Голубой"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cancel" "От&мена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "От&мена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
			"Не могу перейти в каталог \"%1\$s\".\nНедостаточно прав доступа"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "Выберите каталог"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cl&ear" "Очистить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "Цвет"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "Консоль"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Copy" "Копировать"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cu&t" "Вырезать"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Delete" "Удалить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "Подробнее >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Каталога \"%1\$s\" не существует."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&Каталог:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "Ошибка: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "E&xit" "Выход"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
			    "Файл \"%1\$s\" уже существует.\nЗаменить его?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Файл \"%1\$s\" уже существует.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Файл \"%1\$s\" не найден."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&Имя файла:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&Имена файлов:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&Тип файлов:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "Фай&лы:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&Фильтр"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "Филь&тр:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &Зеленый"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "Привет"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Hide Console" "Спрятать консоль"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&Игнорировать"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Неверное имя файла \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "Файлы журнала"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&Нет"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&ОК"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "OK" "ОК"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "Да"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "Открыть"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&Открыть"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "Открыть несколько файлов"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "P&aste" "Вставить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Quit" "Выход"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &Красный"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "Заменить существующий файл?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&Повторить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&Сохранить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "Сохранить как"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "Сохранить в журнал"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "Выбрать журнал"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "Выберите файл для интерпретации"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Selection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "Пропустить сообщения"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Source..." "Интерпретировать файл..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "Программа на языке TCL"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL для Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "Текстовые файлы"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&Да"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "отмена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " голубой"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "отмена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "расширение"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "расширения"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " зеленый"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "пропустить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "ок"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " красный"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "повторить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "да"
}

Changes to library/msgs/sv.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Bl\u00e5"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cancel" "Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Cancel" "&Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej n\u00e5 mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar r\u00e4ttigheter."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "V\u00e4lj mapp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cl&ear" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear Console" "&Radera konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "F\u00e4rg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Console" "Konsoll"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Copy" "&Kopiera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cu&t" "Klipp u&t"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Delete" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Details >>" "Detaljer >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Mappen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Directory:" "&Mapp:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Edit" "R&edigera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Error: %1\$s" "Fel: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "E&xit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&File" "&Fil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva \u00f6ver den?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &name:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &names:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Files of &type:" "Filer av &typ:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Gr\u00f6n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hj\u00e4lp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Hi" "Hej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&G\u00f6m konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Ignore" "&Ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ogiltigt filnamn \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Log Files" "Loggfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&No" "&Nej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "\u00d6ppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&\u00d6ppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "\u00d6ppna flera filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "P&aste" "&Klistra in"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Quit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&R\u00f6d"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ers\u00e4tt existerande fil?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&F\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Save" "&Spara"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save As" "Spara som"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save To Log" "Spara till logg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "V\u00e4lj loggfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "V\u00e4lj k\u00e4llfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Selection:" "&Val:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa \u00f6ver meddelanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&K\u00e4lla..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skript"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00f6r Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Text Files" "Textfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "abort" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "bl\u00e5"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "cancel" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extension" "utvidgning"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extensions" "utvidgningar"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "gr\u00f6n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ignore" "ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "r\u00f6d"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "f\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "yes" "ja"
}





|


|
|


|











|








|
|

|







|
|
|


|
|
|



|
|

|
|

|



|



|


|
|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Blå"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cancel" "Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Cancel" "&Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej nå mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar rättigheter."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "Välj mapp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cl&ear" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear Console" "&Radera konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "Färg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Console" "Konsoll"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Copy" "&Kopiera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cu&t" "Klipp u&t"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Delete" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Details >>" "Detaljer >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Mappen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Directory:" "&Mapp:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Edit" "R&edigera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Error: %1\$s" "Fel: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "E&xit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&File" "&Fil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva över den?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &name:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &names:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Files of &type:" "Filer av &typ:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Grön"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hjälp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Hi" "Hej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&Göm konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Ignore" "&Ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ogiltigt filnamn \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Log Files" "Loggfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&No" "&Nej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "Öppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&Öppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "Öppna flera filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "P&aste" "&Klistra in"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Quit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&Röd"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ersätt existerande fil?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&Försök igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Save" "&Spara"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save As" "Spara som"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save To Log" "Spara till logg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "Välj loggfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "Välj källfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Selection:" "&Val:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa över meddelanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&Källa..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skript"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl för Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Text Files" "Textfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "abort" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "blå"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "cancel" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extension" "utvidgning"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extensions" "utvidgningar"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "grön"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ignore" "ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "röd"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "försök igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "yes" "ja"
}

Changes to library/tclIndex.

243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(tk_getFileType) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]]







<



243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]

set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]]

Changes to library/text.tcl.

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40


41






42
43
44
45
46
47
48
#			and auto-scanning.
#
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The code below creates the default class bindings for text widgets.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------



# Standard Motif bindings:







bind Text <1> {
    tk::TextButton1 %W %x %y
    %W tag remove sel 0.0 end
}
bind Text <B1-Motion> {
    set tk::Priv(x) %x








>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>







33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
#			and auto-scanning.
#
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The code below creates the default class bindings for text widgets.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------



# Standard Motif bindings:

bind Text <Map> {
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    	::tk::RegisterServiceWidget %W
    }
}

bind Text <1> {
    tk::TextButton1 %W %x %y
    %W tag remove sel 0.0 end
}
bind Text <B1-Motion> {
    set tk::Priv(x) %x
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89
90
91
92
}
bind Text <B1-Enter> {
    tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Text <ButtonRelease-1> {
    tk::CancelRepeat
}

bind Text <Control-1> {
    %W mark set insert @%x,%y
    # An operation that moves the insert mark without making it
    # one end of the selection must insert an autoseparator
    if {[%W cget -autoseparators]} {
	%W edit separator
    }







>







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
}
bind Text <B1-Enter> {
    tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Text <ButtonRelease-1> {
    tk::CancelRepeat
}

bind Text <Control-1> {
    %W mark set insert @%x,%y
    # An operation that moves the insert mark without making it
    # one end of the selection must insert an autoseparator
    if {[%W cget -autoseparators]} {
	%W edit separator
    }
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207


























































































    if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
	set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
    }
    if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
	$w scan dragto $x $y
    }
}

































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
    if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
	set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
    }
    if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
	$w scan dragto $x $y
    }
}

# ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks --
#
# This proc is executed after an undo or redo action.
# It processes the list of undo/redo marks temporarily set in the
# text widget to positions delimiting where changes happened, and
# returns a flat list of ranges. The temporary marks are removed
# from the text widget.
#
# Arguments:
# w -	The text widget

proc ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks {w} {
    set indices {}
    set undoMarks {}

    # only consider the temporary marks set by an undo/redo action
    foreach mark [$w mark names] {
        if {[string range $mark 0 11] eq "tk::undoMark"} {
            lappend undoMarks $mark
        }
    }

    # transform marks into indices
    # the number of undo/redo marks is always even, each right mark
    # completes a left mark to give a range
    # this is true because:
    #   - undo/redo only deals with insertions and deletions of text
    #   - insertions may move marks but not delete them
    #   - when deleting text, marks located inside the deleted range
    #     are not erased but moved to the start of the deletion range
    #         . this is done in TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange ("This segment
    #           refuses to die...")
    #         . because MarkDeleteProc does nothing else than returning
    #           a value indicating that marks are not deleted by this
    #           deleteProc
    #         . mark deletion rather happen through [.text mark unset xxx]
    #           which was not used _up to this point of the code_ (it
    #           is a bit later just before exiting the present proc)
    set nUndoMarks [llength $undoMarks]
    set n [expr {$nUndoMarks / 2}]
    set undoMarks [lsort -dictionary $undoMarks]
    set Lmarks [lrange $undoMarks 0 [expr {$n - 1}]]
    set Rmarks [lrange $undoMarks $n [llength $undoMarks]]
    foreach Lmark $Lmarks Rmark $Rmarks {
        lappend indices [$w index $Lmark] [$w index $Rmark]
        $w mark unset $Lmark $Rmark
    }

    # process ranges to:
    #   - remove those already fully included in another range
    #   - merge overlapping ranges
    set ind [lsort -dictionary -stride 2 $indices]
    set indices {}

    for {set i 0} {$i < $nUndoMarks} {incr i 2} {
        set il1 [lindex $ind $i]
        set ir1 [lindex $ind [expr {$i + 1}]]
        lappend indices $il1 $ir1

        for {set j [expr {$i + 2}]} {$j < $nUndoMarks} {incr j 2} {
            set il2 [lindex $ind $j]
            set ir2 [lindex $ind [expr {$j + 1}]]

            if {[$w compare $il2 > $ir1]} {
                # second range starts after the end of first range
                # -> further second ranges do not need to be considered
                #    because ranges were sorted by increasing first index
                set j $nUndoMarks
            } else {
                if {[$w compare $ir2 > $ir1]} {
                    # second range overlaps first range
                    # -> merge them into a single range
                    set indices [lreplace $indices end-1 end]
                    lappend indices $il1 $ir2
                } else {
                    # second range is fully included in first range
                    # -> ignore it
                }
                # in both cases above, the second range shall be
                # trimmed out from the list of ranges
                set ind [lreplace $ind $j [expr {$j + 1}]]
                incr j -2
                incr nUndoMarks -2
            }
        }
    }

    return $indices
}

Changes to library/tk.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application.  Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk  8.6.9

# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
    # Set up the msgcat commands
    namespace eval msgcat {
	namespace export mc mcmax
        if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {













|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application.  Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk  8.7a2

# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
    # Set up the msgcat commands
    namespace eval msgcat {
	namespace export mc mcmax
        if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685







686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
	if {$length > $maxlen} {
	    set maxlen $length
	}
    }
    return $maxlen
}

# For now, turn off the custom mdef proc for the mac:

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    namespace eval ::tk::mac {
	set useCustomMDEF 0
    }
}








# Run the Ttk themed widget set initialization
if {$::ttk::library ne ""} {
    uplevel \#0 [list source $::ttk::library/ttk.tcl]
}

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:







|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>










672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
	if {$length > $maxlen} {
	    set maxlen $length
	}
    }
    return $maxlen
}

# For now, turn off the custom mdef proc for the Mac:

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    namespace eval ::tk::mac {
	set useCustomMDEF 0
    }
}

#register to send data to macOS Services
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
proc ::tk::RegisterServiceWidget {w} {
    ::tk::mac::registerServiceWidget $w
  }
}

# Run the Ttk themed widget set initialization
if {$::ttk::library ne ""} {
    uplevel \#0 [list source $::ttk::library/ttk.tcl]
}

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:

Changes to library/ttk/altTheme.tcl.

92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0







<


<







92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\

				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \

				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0

Changes to library/ttk/aquaTheme.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19
20

21
22

23











24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35






36
37
38















39




















40
41



42



43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
#
# Aqua theme (OSX native look and feel)
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::aqua {
    ttk::style theme settings aqua {

	ttk::style configure . \
	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    -background systemWindowBody \
	    -foreground systemModelessDialogActiveText \
	    -selectbackground systemHighlight \
	    -selectforeground systemModelessDialogActiveText \
	    -selectborderwidth 0 \
	    -insertwidth 1

	ttk::style map . \
	    -foreground {disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText

		    background systemModelessDialogInactiveText} \
	    -selectbackground {background systemHighlightSecondary

		    !focus systemHighlightSecondary} \
	    -selectforeground {background systemModelessDialogInactiveText

		    !focus systemDialogActiveText}












	# Workaround for #1100117:
	# Actually, on Aqua we probably shouldn't stipple images in
	# disabled buttons even if it did work...
	ttk::style configure . -stipple {}

	ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -width -6
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 4

	ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {10 0} -tabposition n
	ttk::style configure TNotebook -padding {18 8 18 17}
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {12 3 12 2}







	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}




































	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont



	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White



	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled systemDialogBackgroundInactive \
				{!disabled !selected} systemWindowBody \
				{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary \
				selected systemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected systemModelessDialogActiveText]


	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)









|
|

|




|
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






<
<
|



>
>
>
>
>
>


|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>

|
<
<
|
<
<
<
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43


44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103


104



105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
#
# Aqua theme (OSX native look and feel)
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::aqua {
    ttk::style theme settings aqua {

	ttk::style configure . \
	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    -background systemWindowBackgroundColor \
	    -foreground systemLabelColor \
	    -selectbackground systemHighlight \
	    -selectforeground systemLabelColor \
	    -selectborderwidth 0 \
	    -insertwidth 1

	ttk::style map . \
	    -foreground {
		disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
		background systemLabelColor} \
	    -selectbackground {
		background systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor
		!focus systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor} \
	    -selectforeground {
		background systemSelectedTextColor
		!focus systemSelectedTextColor}

	# Button
	ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -width -6\
	    -foreground systemControlTextColor
	ttk::style configure TMenubutton -anchor center -padding {2 0 0 2}
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -anchor center

	# Entry
	ttk::style configure TEntry \
	    -foreground systemTextColor \
	    -background systemTextBackgroundColor \

	# Workaround for #1100117:
	# Actually, on Aqua we probably shouldn't stipple images in
	# disabled buttons even if it did work...
	ttk::style configure . -stipple {}



	# Notebook
	ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {10 0} -tabposition n
	ttk::style configure TNotebook -padding {18 8 18 17}
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {12 3 12 2}
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -foreground systemControlTextColor
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -foreground {
		background systemControlTextColor
		disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
		selected systemSelectedTabTextColor}

	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox \
	    -foreground systemTextColor \
	    -background systemTransparent \
	    -selectforeground systemSelectedTextColor \
	    -selectbackground systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor
	ttk::style map TCombobox \
	    -foreground {
		disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
	    } \
	    -selectforeground {
		!active systemTextColor
	    } \
	    -selectbackground {
		!active systemTextBackgroundColor
		!focus systemTextBackgroundColor
		focus systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor
	    }

	# Spinbox
	ttk::style configure TSpinbox \
	    -foreground systemTextColor \
	    -background systemTextBackgroundColor \
	    -selectforeground systemSelectedTextColor \
	    -selectbackground systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -foreground {
		disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor
	    } \
	    -selectforeground {
		!active systemTextColor
	    } \
	    -selectbackground {
		!active systemTextBackgroundColor
		!focus systemTextBackgroundColor
		focus systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor
	    }

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont \
	    -foreground systemTextColor \
	    -background systemWindowBackgroundColor
	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 \
	    -background systemTextBackgroundColor \
	    -foreground systemTextColor \
	    -fieldbackground systemTextBackgroundColor
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background {


		selected systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor



	    }

	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)

Changes to library/ttk/button.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
#
# Bindings for Buttons, Checkbuttons, and Radiobuttons.
#
# Notes: <Button1-Leave>, <Button1-Enter> only control the "pressed"
# state; widgets remain "active" if the pointer is dragged out.
# This doesn't seem to be conventional, but it's a nice way
# to provide extra feedback while the grab is active.
# (If the button is released off the widget, the grab deactivates and
# we get a <Leave> event then, which turns off the "active" state)
#
# Normally, <ButtonRelease> and <ButtonN-Enter/Leave> events are 
# delivered to the widget which received the initial <ButtonPress>
# event.  However, Tk [grab]s (#1223103) and menu interactions
# (#1222605) can interfere with this.  To guard against spurious
# <Button1-Enter> events, the <Button1-Enter> binding only sets
# the pressed state if the button is currently active.
#











|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
#
# Bindings for Buttons, Checkbuttons, and Radiobuttons.
#
# Notes: <Button1-Leave>, <Button1-Enter> only control the "pressed"
# state; widgets remain "active" if the pointer is dragged out.
# This doesn't seem to be conventional, but it's a nice way
# to provide extra feedback while the grab is active.
# (If the button is released off the widget, the grab deactivates and
# we get a <Leave> event then, which turns off the "active" state)
#
# Normally, <ButtonRelease> and <ButtonN-Enter/Leave> events are
# delivered to the widget which received the initial <ButtonPress>
# event.  However, Tk [grab]s (#1223103) and menu interactions
# (#1222605) can interfere with this.  To guard against spurious
# <Button1-Enter> events, the <Button1-Enter> binding only sets
# the pressed state if the button is currently active.
#

Changes to library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
    variable colors 
    array set colors {
	-disabledfg		"#999999"
	-frame  		"#dcdad5"
	-window  		"#ffffff"
	-dark			"#cfcdc8"
	-darker 		"#bab5ab"
	-darkest		"#9e9a91"







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-disabledfg		"#999999"
	-frame  		"#dcdad5"
	-window  		"#ffffff"
	-dark			"#cfcdc8"
	-darker 		"#bab5ab"
	-darkest		"#9e9a91"
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)

	ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
    }
}







<


<











128
129
130
131
132
133
134

135
136

137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\

				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \

				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)

	ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/classicTheme.tcl.

95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \







<


<







95
96
97
98
99
100
101

102
103

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\

				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \

				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \

Changes to library/ttk/combobox.tcl.

247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
## UnmapPopdown -- <Unmap> binding for ComboboxPopdown
#
proc ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown {w} {
    [winfo parent $w] state !pressed
    ttk::releaseGrab $w
}

###
#

namespace eval ::ttk::combobox {
    # @@@ Until we have a proper native scrollbar on Aqua, use
    # @@@ the regular Tk one.  Use ttk::scrollbar on other platforms.
    variable scrollbar ttk::scrollbar
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
	set scrollbar ::scrollbar
    }
}

## PopdownWindow --
#	Returns the popdown widget associated with a combobox,
#	creating it if necessary.
#
proc ttk::combobox::PopdownWindow {cb} {
    variable scrollbar

    if {![winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
	set poplevel [PopdownToplevel $cb.popdown]
	set popdown [ttk::frame $poplevel.f -style ComboboxPopdownFrame]

	$scrollbar $popdown.sb \
	    -orient vertical -command [list $popdown.l yview]
	listbox $popdown.l \
	    -listvariable ttk::combobox::Values($cb) \
	    -yscrollcommand [list $popdown.sb set] \
	    -exportselection false \
	    -selectmode browse \
	    -activestyle none \







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





<
<




|







247
248
249
250
251
252
253












254
255
256
257
258


259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
## UnmapPopdown -- <Unmap> binding for ComboboxPopdown
#
proc ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown {w} {
    [winfo parent $w] state !pressed
    ttk::releaseGrab $w
}













## PopdownWindow --
#	Returns the popdown widget associated with a combobox,
#	creating it if necessary.
#
proc ttk::combobox::PopdownWindow {cb} {


    if {![winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
	set poplevel [PopdownToplevel $cb.popdown]
	set popdown [ttk::frame $poplevel.f -style ComboboxPopdownFrame]

	ttk::scrollbar $popdown.sb \
	    -orient vertical -command [list $popdown.l yview]
	listbox $popdown.l \
	    -listvariable ttk::combobox::Values($cb) \
	    -yscrollcommand [list $popdown.sb set] \
	    -exportselection false \
	    -selectmode browse \
	    -activestyle none \

Changes to library/ttk/defaults.tcl.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
	    [list disabled $colors(-frame)  active $colors(-activebg)]
	ttk::style map "." -foreground \
	    [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \
	    -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken] 

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \







|







39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
	    [list disabled $colors(-frame)  active $colors(-activebg)]
	ttk::style map "." -foreground \
	    [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \
	    -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \







<


<







107
108
109
110
111
112
113

114
115

116
117
118
119
120
121
122
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\

				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \

				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \

Changes to library/ttk/entry.tcl.

53
54
55
56
57
58
59







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
#	Judgment call.  If <Meta> happens to be assigned to the Alt key,
#	these could conflict with application accelerators.
#	(Plus, who has a Meta key these days?)
# <Control-Key-t>:
#	Another judgment call.  If anyone misses this, let me know
#	and I'll put it back.
#








## Clipboard events:
#
bind TEntry <<Cut>> 			{ ttk::entry::Cut %W }
bind TEntry <<Copy>> 			{ ttk::entry::Copy %W }
bind TEntry <<Paste>> 			{ ttk::entry::Paste %W }
bind TEntry <<Clear>> 			{ ttk::entry::Clear %W }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
#	Judgment call.  If <Meta> happens to be assigned to the Alt key,
#	these could conflict with application accelerators.
#	(Plus, who has a Meta key these days?)
# <Control-Key-t>:
#	Another judgment call.  If anyone misses this, let me know
#	and I'll put it back.
#

##Bindings to register with macOS Services API.
bind T.Entry <Map> {
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    	::tk::RegisterServiceWidget %W
    }
}

## Clipboard events:
#
bind TEntry <<Cut>> 			{ ttk::entry::Cut %W }
bind TEntry <<Copy>> 			{ ttk::entry::Copy %W }
bind TEntry <<Paste>> 			{ ttk::entry::Paste %W }
bind TEntry <<Clear>> 			{ ttk::entry::Clear %W }
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
    }
    return $pos
}

## See $index -- Make sure that the character at $index is visible.
#
proc ttk::entry::See {w {index insert}} {
    update idletasks	;# ensure scroll data up-to-date
    set c [$w index $index]
    # @@@ OR: check [$w index left] / [$w index right]
    if {$c < [$w index @0] || $c >= [$w index @[winfo width $w]]} {
	$w xview $c
    }
}








<







214
215
216
217
218
219
220

221
222
223
224
225
226
227
    }
    return $pos
}

## See $index -- Make sure that the character at $index is visible.
#
proc ttk::entry::See {w {index insert}} {

    set c [$w index $index]
    # @@@ OR: check [$w index left] / [$w index right]
    if {$c < [$w index @0] || $c >= [$w index @[winfo width $w]]} {
	$w xview $c
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/menubutton.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
#
# Bindings for Menubuttons.
#
# Menubuttons have three interaction modes:
#
# Pulldown: Press menubutton, drag over menu, release to activate menu entry
# Popdown: Click menubutton to post menu
# Keyboard: <Key-space> or accelerator key to post menu
#
# (In addition, when menu system is active, "dropdown" -- menu posts
# on mouse-over.  Ttk menubuttons don't implement this).
#
# For keyboard and popdown mode, we hand off to tk_popup and let 
# the built-in Tk bindings handle the rest of the interaction.
#
# ON X11:
#
# Standard Tk menubuttons use a global grab on the menubutton.
# This won't work for Ttk menubuttons in pulldown mode,
# since we need to process the final <ButtonRelease> event,
# and this might be delivered to the menu.  So instead we
# rely on the passive grab that occurs on <ButtonPress> events,
# and transition to popdown mode when the mouse is released
# or dragged outside the menubutton.
# 
# ON WINDOWS:
#
# I'm not sure what the hell is going on here.  [$menu post] apparently 
# sets up some kind of internal grab for native menus.
# On this platform, just use [tk_popup] for all menu actions.
# 
# ON MACOS:
#
# Same probably applies here.
#

namespace eval ttk {
    namespace eval menubutton {












|











|


|


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
#
# Bindings for Menubuttons.
#
# Menubuttons have three interaction modes:
#
# Pulldown: Press menubutton, drag over menu, release to activate menu entry
# Popdown: Click menubutton to post menu
# Keyboard: <Key-space> or accelerator key to post menu
#
# (In addition, when menu system is active, "dropdown" -- menu posts
# on mouse-over.  Ttk menubuttons don't implement this).
#
# For keyboard and popdown mode, we hand off to tk_popup and let
# the built-in Tk bindings handle the rest of the interaction.
#
# ON X11:
#
# Standard Tk menubuttons use a global grab on the menubutton.
# This won't work for Ttk menubuttons in pulldown mode,
# since we need to process the final <ButtonRelease> event,
# and this might be delivered to the menu.  So instead we
# rely on the passive grab that occurs on <ButtonPress> events,
# and transition to popdown mode when the mouse is released
# or dragged outside the menubutton.
#
# ON WINDOWS:
#
# I'm not sure what the hell is going on here.  [$menu post] apparently
# sets up some kind of internal grab for native menus.
# On this platform, just use [tk_popup] for all menu actions.
#
# ON MACOS:
#
# Same probably applies here.
#

namespace eval ttk {
    namespace eval menubutton {
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64



65
66

67
68
69
70


71














72
73
74



75

76



















77


78

79


80


81
82


83
84

85

86

87


88
89
90
91
92




93



94


95
96






97
98
99
100

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129




130

131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145

146
147
148
149
150
151
152
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonPress-1>  \
	{ %W state pressed ; ttk::menubutton::Popdown %W }
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonRelease-1>  \
	{ if {[winfo exists %W]} { %W state !pressed } }
}

# PostPosition --
#	Returns the x and y coordinates where the menu 



#	should be posted, based on the menubutton and menu size
#	and -direction option.

#
# TODO: adjust menu width to be at least as wide as the button
#	for -direction above, below.
#


proc ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} {














    set x [winfo rootx $mb]
    set y [winfo rooty $mb]
    set dir [$mb cget -direction]





    set bw [winfo width $mb]



















    set bh [winfo height $mb]


    set mw [winfo reqwidth $menu]

    set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]


    set sw [expr {[winfo screenwidth  $menu] - $bw - $mw}]


    set sh [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] - $bh - $mh}]



    switch -- $dir {
	above { if {$y >= $mh} { incr y -$mh } { incr y  $bh } }

	below { if {$y <= $sh} { incr y  $bh } { incr y -$mh } }

	left  { if {$x >= $mw} { incr x -$mw } { incr x  $bw } }

	right { if {$x <= $sw} { incr x  $bw } { incr x -$mw } }


	flush { 
	    # post menu atop menubutton.
	    # If there's a menu entry whose label matches the
	    # menubutton -text, assume this is an optionmenu
	    # and place that entry over the menubutton.




	    set index [FindMenuEntry $menu [$mb cget -text]]



	    if {$index ne ""} {


		incr y -[$menu yposition $index]
	    }






	}
    }

    return [list $x $y]

}

# Popdown --
#	Post the menu and set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Popdown {mb} {
    if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
	return
    }
    foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
    tk_popup $menu $x $y
}

# Pulldown (X11 only) --
#	Called when Button1 is pressed on a menubutton.
#	Posts the menu; a subsequent ButtonRelease 
#	or Leave event will set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Pulldown {mb} {
    variable State
    if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
	return
    }
    foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
    set State(pulldown) 1
    set State(oldcursor) [$mb cget -cursor]

    $mb state pressed
    $mb configure -cursor [$menu cget -cursor]




    $menu post $x $y

    tk_menuSetFocus $menu
}

# TransferGrab (X11 only) --
#	Switch from pulldown mode (menubutton has an implicit grab)
#	to popdown mode (menu has an explicit grab).
#
proc ttk::menubutton::TransferGrab {mb} {
    variable State
    if {$State(pulldown)} {
	$mb configure -cursor $State(oldcursor)
	$mb state {!pressed !active}
	set State(pulldown) 0

	set menu [$mb cget -menu]

    	tk_popup $menu [winfo rootx $menu] [winfo rooty $menu]
    }
}

# FindMenuEntry --
#	Hack to support tk_optionMenus.
#	Returns the index of the menu entry with a matching -label,







|
>
>
>
|
<
>




>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
|
>
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
<
<
<
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>









|
|




|







<





>
>
>
>
|
>















>







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144



145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192

193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonPress-1>  \
	{ %W state pressed ; ttk::menubutton::Popdown %W }
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonRelease-1>  \
	{ if {[winfo exists %W]} { %W state !pressed } }
}

# PostPosition --
#	Returns x and y coordinates and a menu item index.
#       If the index is not an empty string the menu should
#       be posted so that the upper left corner of the indexed
#       menu item is located at the point (x, y).  Otherwise
#       the top left corner of the menu itself should be located

#       at that point.
#
# TODO: adjust menu width to be at least as wide as the button
#	for -direction above, below.
#

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    proc ::ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} {
	set menuPad 5
	set buttonPad 1
	set bevelPad 4
	set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
	set bh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $buttonPad]
	set bbh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $bevelPad]
	set mw [winfo reqwidth $menu]
	set bw [winfo width $mb]
	set dF [expr {[winfo width $mb] - [winfo reqwidth $menu] - $menuPad}]
	set entry ""
	set entry [::tk::MenuFindName $menu [$mb cget -text]]
	if {$entry eq ""} {
	    set entry 0
	}
	set x [winfo rootx $mb]
	set y [winfo rooty $mb]
	switch [$mb cget -direction] {
	    above {
		set entry ""
		incr y [expr {-$mh + 2 * $menuPad}]
	    }
	    below {
		set entry ""
		incr y $bh
	    }
	    left {
		incr y $menuPad
		incr x -$mw
	    }
	    right {
		incr y $menuPad
		incr x $bw
	    }
	    default {
		incr y $bbh
	    }
	}
	return [list $x $y $entry]
    }
} else {
    proc ::ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} {
	set mh [expr {[winfo reqheight $menu]}]
	set bh [expr {[winfo height $mb]}]
	set mw [expr {[winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
	set bw [expr {[winfo width $mb]}]
	set dF [expr {[winfo width $mb] - [winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
	if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
	    incr mh 6
	    incr mw 16
	}
	set entry {}
	set entry [::tk::MenuFindName $menu [$mb cget -text]]
	if {$entry eq {}} {
	    set entry 0
	}
	set x [winfo rootx $mb]
	set y [winfo rooty $mb]
	switch [$mb cget -direction] {
	    above {
		set entry {}
		incr y -$mh
		# if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below'
		if {$y < [winfo vrooty $mb]} {
		    set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo rooty $mb]\
                           + [winfo reqheight $mb]}]
		}
	    }
	    below {



		set entry {}
		incr y $bh
		# if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above'
		if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo vrootheight $mb])} {
		    set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo vrootheight $mb] \
			   + [winfo rooty $mb] - $mh}]
		}
	    }
	    left {
		incr x -$mw
	    }
	    right {
		incr x $bw
	    }
	    default {
		if {[$mb cget -style] eq ""} {
		    incr x [expr {([winfo width $mb] - \
				   [winfo reqwidth $menu])/ 2}]
		} else {
		    incr y $bh
		}
	    }
	}
	return [list $x $y $entry]
    }
}

# Popdown --
#	Post the menu and set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Popdown {mb} {
    if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
	return
    }
    foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
    tk_popup $menu $x $y $entry
}

# Pulldown (X11 only) --
#	Called when Button1 is pressed on a menubutton.
#	Posts the menu; a subsequent ButtonRelease
#	or Leave event will set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Pulldown {mb} {
    variable State
    if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
	return
    }

    set State(pulldown) 1
    set State(oldcursor) [$mb cget -cursor]

    $mb state pressed
    $mb configure -cursor [$menu cget -cursor]
    foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
    if {$entry ne {}} {
	$menu post $x $y $entry
    } else {
	$menu post $x $y
    }
    tk_menuSetFocus $menu
}

# TransferGrab (X11 only) --
#	Switch from pulldown mode (menubutton has an implicit grab)
#	to popdown mode (menu has an explicit grab).
#
proc ttk::menubutton::TransferGrab {mb} {
    variable State
    if {$State(pulldown)} {
	$mb configure -cursor $State(oldcursor)
	$mb state {!pressed !active}
	set State(pulldown) 0

	set menu [$mb cget -menu]
	foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
    	tk_popup $menu [winfo rootx $menu] [winfo rooty $menu]
    }
}

# FindMenuEntry --
#	Hack to support tk_optionMenus.
#	Returns the index of the menu entry with a matching -label,

Changes to library/ttk/notebook.tcl.

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
	if {$select != $current} {
	    ActivateTab $w $select
	}
    }
}

# MnemonicTab $nb $key --
#	Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the 
#	specified mnemonic. If found, returns path name of tab;
#	otherwise returns ""
#
proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicTab {nb key} {
    set key [string toupper $key]
    foreach tab [$nb tabs] {
	set label [$nb tab $tab -text]







|







66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
	if {$select != $current} {
	    ActivateTab $w $select
	}
    }
}

# MnemonicTab $nb $key --
#	Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the
#	specified mnemonic. If found, returns path name of tab;
#	otherwise returns ""
#
proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicTab {nb key} {
    set key [string toupper $key]
    foreach tab [$nb tabs] {
	set label [$nb tab $tab -text]
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
# +++ Toplevel keyboard traversal.
#

# enableTraversal --
#	Enable keyboard traversal for a notebook widget
#	by adding bindings to the containing toplevel window.
#
#	TLNotebooks($top) keeps track of the list of all traversal-enabled 
#	notebooks contained in the toplevel 
#
proc ttk::notebook::enableTraversal {nb} {
    variable TLNotebooks

    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]

    if {![info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {







|
|







90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
# +++ Toplevel keyboard traversal.
#

# enableTraversal --
#	Enable keyboard traversal for a notebook widget
#	by adding bindings to the containing toplevel window.
#
#	TLNotebooks($top) keeps track of the list of all traversal-enabled
#	notebooks contained in the toplevel
#
proc ttk::notebook::enableTraversal {nb} {
    variable TLNotebooks

    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]

    if {![info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]
    if {[info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
	set index [lsearch -exact $TLNotebooks($top) $nb]
        set TLNotebooks($top) [lreplace $TLNotebooks($top) $index $index]
    }
}

# EnclosingNotebook $w -- 
#	Return the nearest traversal-enabled notebook widget
#	that contains $w.
#
# BUGS: this only works properly for tabs that are direct children
#	of the notebook widget.  This routine should follow the
#	geometry manager hierarchy, not window ancestry, but that
#	information is not available in Tk.







|







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]
    if {[info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
	set index [lsearch -exact $TLNotebooks($top) $nb]
        set TLNotebooks($top) [lreplace $TLNotebooks($top) $index $index]
    }
}

# EnclosingNotebook $w --
#	Return the nearest traversal-enabled notebook widget
#	that contains $w.
#
# BUGS: this only works properly for tabs that are direct children
#	of the notebook widget.  This routine should follow the
#	geometry manager hierarchy, not window ancestry, but that
#	information is not available in Tk.
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
	set w [winfo parent $w]
    }
    return ""
}

# TLCycleTab --
#	toplevel binding procedure for Control-Tab / Control-Shift-Tab
#	Select the next/previous tab in the nearest ancestor notebook. 
#
proc ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab {w dir} {
    set nb [EnclosingNotebook $w]
    if {$nb ne ""} {
	CycleTab $nb $dir
	return -code break
    }







|







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
	set w [winfo parent $w]
    }
    return ""
}

# TLCycleTab --
#	toplevel binding procedure for Control-Tab / Control-Shift-Tab
#	Select the next/previous tab in the nearest ancestor notebook.
#
proc ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab {w dir} {
    set nb [EnclosingNotebook $w]
    if {$nb ne ""} {
	CycleTab $nb $dir
	return -code break
    }

Changes to library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
#
# Bindings for TScrollbar widget
#

# Still don't have a working ttk::scrollbar under OSX -
# Swap in a [tk::scrollbar] on that platform,
# unless user specifies -class or -style.
#
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    rename ::ttk::scrollbar ::ttk::_scrollbar
    proc ttk::scrollbar {w args} {
	set constructor ::tk::scrollbar
	foreach {option _} $args {
	    if {$option eq "-class" || $option eq "-style"} {
		set constructor ::ttk::_scrollbar
		break
	    }
	}
	return [$constructor $w {*}$args]
    }
}

namespace eval ttk::scrollbar {
    variable State
    # State(xPress)	--
    # State(yPress)	-- initial position of mouse at start of drag.
    # State(first)	-- value of -first at start of drag.
}





<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1
2
3
4


















5
6
7
8
9
10
11
#
# Bindings for TScrollbar widget
#



















namespace eval ttk::scrollbar {
    variable State
    # State(xPress)	--
    # State(yPress)	-- initial position of mouse at start of drag.
    # State(first)	-- value of -first at start of drag.
}

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
	}
    }
}

proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
    variable State
    if {![info exists State(first)]} {
    	# Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb, 
	# or something screwy has happened.  In either case, ignore:
	return;
    }
    set xDelta [expr {$x - $State(xPress)}]
    set yDelta [expr {$y - $State(yPress)}]
    Moveto $w [expr {$State(first) + [$w delta $xDelta $yDelta]}]
}







|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
	}
    }
}

proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
    variable State
    if {![info exists State(first)]} {
    	# Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb,
	# or something screwy has happened.  In either case, ignore:
	return;
    }
    set xDelta [expr {$x - $State(xPress)}]
    set yDelta [expr {$y - $State(yPress)}]
    Moveto $w [expr {$State(first) + [$w delta $xDelta $yDelta]}]
}

Changes to library/ttk/treeview.tcl.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
bind Treeview	<KeyPress-space>	{ ttk::treeview::ToggleFocus %W }

bind Treeview	<Shift-ButtonPress-1> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y extend }
bind Treeview	<<ToggleSelection>> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y toggle }

ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable Treeview 

### Binding procedures.
#

## Keynav -- Keyboard navigation
#
# @@@ TODO: verify/rewrite up and down code.







|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
bind Treeview	<KeyPress-space>	{ ttk::treeview::ToggleFocus %W }

bind Treeview	<Shift-ButtonPress-1> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y extend }
bind Treeview	<<ToggleSelection>> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y toggle }

ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable Treeview

### Binding procedures.
#

## Keynav -- Keyboard navigation
#
# @@@ TODO: verify/rewrite up and down code.
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215

proc ttk::treeview::resize.drag {w x} {
    variable State
    $w drag $State(resizeColumn) $x
}

proc ttk::treeview::resize.release {w x} {
    # no-op
}

### Heading activation.
#

proc ttk::treeview::heading.press {w x y} {
    variable State







|







201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215

proc ttk::treeview::resize.drag {w x} {
    variable State
    $w drag $State(resizeColumn) $x
}

proc ttk::treeview::resize.release {w x} {
    $w drop
}

### Heading activation.
#

proc ttk::treeview::heading.press {w x y} {
    variable State
332
333
334
335
336
337
338






339
340
341
342
343
344
345
    $w focus $item
    event generate $w <<TreeviewClose>>
}

## Toggle -- toggle opened/closed state of item
#
proc ttk::treeview::Toggle {w item} {






    if {[$w item $item -open]} {
	CloseItem $w $item
    } else {
	OpenItem $w $item
    }
}








>
>
>
>
>
>







332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
    $w focus $item
    event generate $w <<TreeviewClose>>
}

## Toggle -- toggle opened/closed state of item
#
proc ttk::treeview::Toggle {w item} {
    # don't allow toggling on indicators that
    # are not present in front of leaf items
    if {[$w children $item] == {}} {
        return
    }
    # not a leaf, toggle!
    if {[$w item $item -open]} {
	CloseItem $w $item
    } else {
	OpenItem $w $item
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/ttk.tcl.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

### Load settings for built-in themes:
#
proc ttk::LoadThemes {} {
    variable library

    # "default" always present:
    uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library defaults.tcl]] 

    set builtinThemes [style theme names]
    foreach {theme scripts} {
	classic 	classicTheme.tcl
	alt 		altTheme.tcl
	clam 		clamTheme.tcl
	winnative	winTheme.tcl







|







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

### Load settings for built-in themes:
#
proc ttk::LoadThemes {} {
    variable library

    # "default" always present:
    uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library defaults.tcl]]

    set builtinThemes [style theme names]
    foreach {theme scripts} {
	classic 	classicTheme.tcl
	alt 		altTheme.tcl
	clam 		clamTheme.tcl
	winnative	winTheme.tcl

Changes to library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
#
# Settings for Microsoft Windows Vista and Server 2008
#

# The Vista theme can only be defined on Windows Vista and above. The theme
# is created in C due to the need to assign a theme-enabled function for 
# detecting when themeing is disabled. On systems that cannot support the
# Vista theme, there will be no such theme created and we must not
# evaluate this script.

if {"vista" ni [ttk::style theme names]} {
    return
}





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
#
# Settings for Microsoft Windows Vista and Server 2008
#

# The Vista theme can only be defined on Windows Vista and above. The theme
# is created in C due to the need to assign a theme-enabled function for
# detecting when themeing is disabled. On systems that cannot support the
# Vista theme, there will be no such theme created and we must not
# evaluate this script.

if {"vista" ni [ttk::style theme names]} {
    return
}
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground SystemButtonText

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}








<


<







44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52

53
54
55
56
57
58
59
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \

				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \

				selected SystemHighlightText]

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground SystemButtonText

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
            }
        }
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

        
        # SCROLLBAR elements (Vista includes a state for 'hover')
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 hover 17 {} 1} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 8 pressed 7 active 6 hover 18 {} 5} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}







|







147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
            }
        }
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;


        # SCROLLBAR elements (Vista includes a state for 'hover')
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 hover 17 {} 1} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 8 pressed 7 active 6 hover 18 {} 5} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
185
186
187
188
189
190
191

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208

        # Progressbar
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
            Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns

            }
        }
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Vertical.TProgressbar {
            Vertical.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Progressbar.pbar -side bottom -sticky we
            }
        }
        
        # Scale
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Scale.slider vsapi \
            TRACKBAR 3 {disabled 5 focus 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
            -width 6 -height 12
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TScale {
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {







>









|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207

        # Progressbar
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
            Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns
                Horizontal.Progressbar.text -sticky nesw
            }
        }
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Vertical.TProgressbar {
            Vertical.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Progressbar.pbar -side bottom -sticky we
            }
        }

        # Scale
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Scale.slider vsapi \
            TRACKBAR 3 {disabled 5 focus 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
            -width 6 -height 12
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TScale {
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                    Vertical.Scale.track -sticky ns
                    Vertical.Scale.slider -side top -sticky {}
                }
            }
        }
        
        # Treeview
        ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0}
        
        package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0
    }
}







|


|



217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                    Vertical.Scale.track -sticky ns
                    Vertical.Scale.slider -side top -sticky {}
                }
            }
        }

        # Treeview
        ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0}

        package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/winTheme.tcl.

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}







<


<






70
71
72
73
74
75
76

77
78

79
80
81
82
83
84
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \

				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \

				selected SystemHighlightText]

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/xpTheme.tcl.

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText];
    }
}







<


<



63
64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71

72
73
74
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \

				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \

				selected SystemHighlightText];
    }
}

Changes to library/xmfbox.tcl.

206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
    upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
    variable ::tk::Priv

    set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
    set Priv(selectFileType) [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]

    MotifFDialog_Update $w
}

# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
#	Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option







<







206
207
208
209
210
211
212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
    upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
    variable ::tk::Priv

    set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]


    MotifFDialog_Update $w
}

# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
#	Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989

proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}

proc ::tk_getFileType {} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    return $Priv(selectFileType)
}








<
<
<
<
<
<
976
977
978
979
980
981
982







proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}







Changes to macosx/GNUmakefile.

98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings

PROJECT			:= tk
PRODUCT_NAME		:= Tk

UNIX_DIR		:= ${CURDIR}/../unix
VERSION			:= $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.in)
TCL_VERSION		:= ${VERSION}
wish			:= wish
WISH			= wish${VERSION}

BUILD_TARGET		:= all tktest
INSTALL_TARGET		:= install








|







98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings

PROJECT			:= tk
PRODUCT_NAME		:= Tk

UNIX_DIR		:= ${CURDIR}/../unix
VERSION			:= $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.ac)
TCL_VERSION		:= ${VERSION}
wish			:= wish
WISH			= wish${VERSION}

BUILD_TARGET		:= all tktest
INSTALL_TARGET		:= install

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
	${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"

${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
		     ${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
	mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
	if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
	--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
	--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-threads --enable-framework \
	--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
	${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
	@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
	tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif








|







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
	${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"

${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
		     ${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
	mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
	if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
	--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
	--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-framework \
	--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
	${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
	@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
	tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif

Changes to macosx/README.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
- Please report bugs with Tk on macOS to the tracker:
	http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist

2. Using Tcl/Tk on macOS
---------------------------

- There are two versions of Tk available on macOS: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent macOS).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, macOS 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires macOS 10.6 or later.








|







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
- Please report bugs with Tk on macOS to the tracker:
	http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist

2. Using Tcl/Tk on macOS
---------------------------

- There are two versions of Tk available on macOS: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 widgets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent macOS).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, macOS 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires macOS 10.6 or later.

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
	$HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks /System/Library/Frameworks
	(searched in that order).
Given a potential package directory $pkg, Tcl on OSX checks for the file
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.

- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required).

- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.

- The Tcl and Tk frameworks can be installed in any of the system's standard







<
<
<
<
<







55
56
57
58
59
60
61





62
63
64
65
66
67
68
	$HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks /System/Library/Frameworks
	(searched in that order).
Given a potential package directory $pkg, Tcl on OSX checks for the file
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.






- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.

- The Tcl and Tk frameworks can be installed in any of the system's standard
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

- the env array is different when Wish is started from the Finder (i.e. via
LaunchServices) than when it (or tclsh) is invoked from the Terminal, in
particular PATH may not be what you expect. (Wish started by LaunchServices
inherits loginwindow's environment variables, which are essentially those set in
$HOME/.MacOSX/environment.plist, and are unrelated to those set in your shell).

- TkAqua drawing is antialiased by default, but (outline) linewidth can be used
to control whether a line/shape is drawn antialiased. The antialiasing threshold
is 0 by default (i.e. antialias everything), it can be changed by setting
	set tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit <limit>
in your script before drawing, in which case lines (or shapes with outlines)
thinner than <limit> pixels will not be antialiased.

- Text antialiasing by default uses the standard OS antialising settings.
Setting the global variable '::tk::mac::antialiasedtext' allows to control text
antialiasing from Tcl: a value of 1 enables AA, 0 disables AA and -1 restores
the default behaviour of respecting the OS settings.

- Scrollbars: There are two scrollbar variants in Aqua, normal & small. The
normal scrollbar has a small dimension of 15, the small variant 11.
Access to the small variant was added in Tk 8.4.2.

- The default metrics of native buttons, radiobuttons, checkboxes and
menubuttons in the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7 and later preserve compatibility with
the older Carbon-based implementation, you can turn off the compatibility
metrics to get more native-looking spacing by setting:
	set tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics 0

- TkAqua provides access to native OS X images via the Tk native bitmap facility
(including any image file readable by NSImage). A native bitmap name is
interpreted as follows (in order):
    - predefined builtin 32x32 icon name (stop, caution, document, etc)
    - name defined by [tk::mac::iconBitmap]
    - NSImage named image name
    - NSImage url string







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







78
79
80
81
82
83
84






















85
86
87
88
89
90
91

- the env array is different when Wish is started from the Finder (i.e. via
LaunchServices) than when it (or tclsh) is invoked from the Terminal, in
particular PATH may not be what you expect. (Wish started by LaunchServices
inherits loginwindow's environment variables, which are essentially those set in
$HOME/.MacOSX/environment.plist, and are unrelated to those set in your shell).























- TkAqua provides access to native OS X images via the Tk native bitmap facility
(including any image file readable by NSImage). A native bitmap name is
interpreted as follows (in order):
    - predefined builtin 32x32 icon name (stop, caution, document, etc)
    - name defined by [tk::mac::iconBitmap]
    - NSImage named image name
    - NSImage url string
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190

















191
192
193
194
195
196
197
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating

Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.  Support for the
3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the same time
support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was removed
(they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

- Another command available in the tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle namespace is
tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newId?  which can be used to
get or set the tabbingIdentifier for the NSWindow associated with a Tk Window.
See section 3 for details.


















- If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.

3. FullScreen, Split View and Tabbed Windows







|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating

Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.  Support for the
3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the same time
support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was removed
(they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

- Another command available in the tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle namespace is:
  tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newId?
which can be used to get or set the tabbingIdentifier for the NSWindow
associated with a Tk Window.  See section 3 for details.

- The command:
  tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle appearance window ?newAppearance?
is available when Tk is built and run on macOS 10.14 (Mojave) or later.  In
that case the Ttk widgets all support the "Dark Mode" appearance which was
introduced in 10.14. The command accepts the following values for the optional
newAppearance option: "aqua", "darkaqua", or "auto".  If the appearance is set
to aqua or darkaqua then the window will be displayed with the corresponding
appearance independent of any preferences settings.  If it is set to "auto"
the appearance will be determined by the preferences.  This command can be
used to opt out of Dark Mode on a per-window basis.

- To determine the current appearance of a window in macOS 10.14 (Mojave) and
higher, one can use the command:
  tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle isdark
The boolean return value is true if the window is currently displayed with the
dark appearance.

- If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.

3. FullScreen, Split View and Tabbed Windows
271
272
273
274
275
276
277


278






































279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
Since NSWindows can only be grouped together as tabs if they all have the same
tabbingIdentifier, one can prevent a window from becoming a tab by giving it a
unique tabbingIdentifier. This is independent of any preferences setting. To
ensure that we maintain consistency, changing the tabbingIdentifier of a window
which is already displayed as a tab will also cause it to become a separate
window.










































4. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS
------------------------------

- At least macOS 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and macOS 10.6
is required to build TkAqua.  The XCode application provides everything
needed to build Tk, but it is not necessary to install the full XCode.
It suffices to install the Command Line Tools package, which can be done
by running the command:
xcode-select --install

- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as macOS frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any







>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


<
<
|







261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311


312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
Since NSWindows can only be grouped together as tabs if they all have the same
tabbingIdentifier, one can prevent a window from becoming a tab by giving it a
unique tabbingIdentifier. This is independent of any preferences setting. To
ensure that we maintain consistency, changing the tabbingIdentifier of a window
which is already displayed as a tab will also cause it to become a separate
window.

4. Ttk, Dark Mode and semantic colors
---------------------------------------

With the release of OSX 10.14 (Mojave), Apple introduced the DarkAqua
appearance.  Part of the implementation of the Dark Mode was to make
some of the named NSColors have dynamic values.  Apple calls these
"semantic colors" because the name does not specify a specific color,
but rather refers to the context in which the color should be used.
Tk now provides the following semantic colors as system colors:
systemTextColor, systemTextBackgroundColor, systemSelectedTextColor,
systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor, systemControlTextColor,
systemDisabledControlTextColor, systemLabelColor, and
systemControlAccentColor.  All of these except the last two were
present in OSX 10.0 (and those two are simulated in systems where they
do not exist).  The change in 10.14 was that the RGB color value of
these colors became dynamic, meaning that the color value can change
when the application appearance changes.  In particular, when a user
selects Dark Mode in the system preferences these colors change
appearance.  For example systemTextColor is dark in Aqua and light in
DarkAqua.  One additional color, systemSelectedTabTextColor, does not
exist in macOS but is used by Tk to match the different colors used
for Notebook tab text in different OS versions.

The default background and foreground colors of most of the Tk widgets
have been set to semantic colors, which means that the widgets will change
appearance, and remain usable, when Dark Mode is selected in the system
preferences.  However, to get a close match to the native Dark Mode style it
is recommended to use Ttk widgets when possible.

Apple's tab view and GroupBox objects delimit their content by
displaying it within a rounded rectangle with a background color that
contrasts with the background of the containing object.  This means
that the background color of a Ttk widget depends on how deeply it is
nested inside of other widgets that use contrasting backgrounds.  To
support this, there are 8 contrasting system colors named
systemWindowBackgroundColor, and systemWindowBackgroundColor1 - 7.
The systemWindowBackgroundColor is the standard background for a
dialog window and the others match the contrasting background colors
used in ttk::notebooks and ttk::labelframes which are nested to the
corresponding depth.

5. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS
------------------------------



- macOS 10.6 is required to build TkAqua and TkX11.  The XCode application provides everything needed to build Tk, but it is not necessary to install the full XCode.
It suffices to install the Command Line Tools package, which can be done
by running the command:
xcode-select --install

- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as macOS frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT user build settings, by default these are set to
the project-relative paths '../../tcl' and '../../tk', if your source
directories are named differently, e.g. '../../tcl8.6' and '../../tk8.6', you
need to manually change the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT settings by editing your
${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a
text editor.

- To build universal binaries outside of the Xcode IDE, set CFLAGS as follows:
	export CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc"
This requires macOS 10.4 and Xcode 2.4 (or Xcode 2.2 if -arch x86_64 is
omitted, but _not_ Xcode 2.1) and will work on any architecture (on PowerPC
Tiger you need to add "-isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.4u.sdk").
Note that configure requires CFLAGS to contain a least one architecture that can
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.

- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.6
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.6"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







364
365
366
367
368
369
370











371
372
373
374
375
376
377
the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT user build settings, by default these are set to
the project-relative paths '../../tcl' and '../../tk', if your source
directories are named differently, e.g. '../../tcl8.6' and '../../tk8.6', you
need to manually change the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT settings by editing your
${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a
text editor.












- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.6
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.6"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.

469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
all assume that an autorelease pool is in scope and will be drained
when the event processing cycle ends.

The macOS Tk application does not call the [NSApp run] method at
all.  Instead it uses the event loop built in to Tk.  So the
application must take care to replicate the important features of the
method ourselves.  The way that autorelease pools are handled is
discussed in 4.2 below.  Here we discuss the event handling itself.

The Tcl event loop simply consists of repeated calls to TclDoOneEvent.
Each call to TclDoOneEvent begins by collecting all pending events from
an "event source", converting them to Tcl events and adding them
to the Tcl event queue. For macOS, the event source is the NSApp
object, which maintains an event queue even though its run method
will never be called to process them.  The NSApp provides methods for







|







486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
all assume that an autorelease pool is in scope and will be drained
when the event processing cycle ends.

The macOS Tk application does not call the [NSApp run] method at
all.  Instead it uses the event loop built in to Tk.  So the
application must take care to replicate the important features of the
method ourselves.  The way that autorelease pools are handled is
discussed in 5.2 below.  Here we discuss the event handling itself.

The Tcl event loop simply consists of repeated calls to TclDoOneEvent.
Each call to TclDoOneEvent begins by collecting all pending events from
an "event source", converting them to Tcl events and adding them
to the Tcl event queue. For macOS, the event source is the NSApp
object, which maintains an event queue even though its run method
will never be called to process them.  The NSApp provides methods for
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516


5.2 Autorelease pools
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

In order to carry out the job of managing autorelease pools, which
would normally be handled by the [NSApp run] method, a private
NSAUtoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of
NSApplication. The TkpInit function calls [NSApp _setup] which
initializes this property by creating an NSAutoreleasePool prior to
calling [NSApp finishLaunching].  This mimics the behavior of the
[NSApp run] method, which calls [NSApp finishLaunching] just before
starting the event loop.

Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an







|







519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533


5.2 Autorelease pools
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

In order to carry out the job of managing autorelease pools, which
would normally be handled by the [NSApp run] method, a private
NSAutoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of
NSApplication. The TkpInit function calls [NSApp _setup] which
initializes this property by creating an NSAutoreleasePool prior to
calling [NSApp finishLaunching].  This mimics the behavior of the
[NSApp run] method, which calls [NSApp finishLaunching] just before
starting the event loop.

Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
gets posted by a Tk Application.  To address this, the NSApp object
also implements a semaphore to prevent draining the autorelease pool
in nested calls to CheckProc.

One additional minor caveat for developers is that there are several
steps of the Tk initialization which precede the call to TkpInit.
Notably, the font package is initialized first.  Since there is no
NSAUtoreleasePool in scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions
called in these preliminary stages need to create and drain their own
NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects
(e.g. NSFont).

5.3 Clipping regions and "ghost windows"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Another unusual aspect of the macOS port is its use of clipping
regions.  It was part of Daniel Steffen's original design that the
TkWindowPrivate struct maintains three HIShapeRef regions, named
visRgn, aboveVisRgn and drawRgn.  These regions are used as clipping
masks whenever drawing into an NSView.  The visRgn is the bounding box
of the window with a rectangle removed for each subwindow and for each
sibling window at a higher stacking level.  The drawRgn is the
intersection of the visRgn with the clipping rectangle of the
window. (Normally, the clipping rectangle is the same as the bounding
rectangle, but drawing can be clipped to a smaller rectangle by
calling TkpClipDrawableToRect.) The aboveVisRgn is the intersection of
the window's bounding rectangle with the bounding rectangle of the
parent window.  Much of the code in tkMacOSXSubindows.c is devoted to
rebuilding these clipping regions whenever something changes in the
layout of the windows.  This turns out to be a tricky thing to do and
it is extremely prone to errors which can be difficult to trace.

It is not entirely clear what the original reason for using these
clipping regions was.  But one benefit is that if they are correctly
maintained then it allows windows to be drawn in any order.  You do







|



















|







544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
gets posted by a Tk Application.  To address this, the NSApp object
also implements a semaphore to prevent draining the autorelease pool
in nested calls to CheckProc.

One additional minor caveat for developers is that there are several
steps of the Tk initialization which precede the call to TkpInit.
Notably, the font package is initialized first.  Since there is no
NSAutoreleasePool in scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions
called in these preliminary stages need to create and drain their own
NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects
(e.g. NSFont).

5.3 Clipping regions and "ghost windows"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Another unusual aspect of the macOS port is its use of clipping
regions.  It was part of Daniel Steffen's original design that the
TkWindowPrivate struct maintains three HIShapeRef regions, named
visRgn, aboveVisRgn and drawRgn.  These regions are used as clipping
masks whenever drawing into an NSView.  The visRgn is the bounding box
of the window with a rectangle removed for each subwindow and for each
sibling window at a higher stacking level.  The drawRgn is the
intersection of the visRgn with the clipping rectangle of the
window. (Normally, the clipping rectangle is the same as the bounding
rectangle, but drawing can be clipped to a smaller rectangle by
calling TkpClipDrawableToRect.) The aboveVisRgn is the intersection of
the window's bounding rectangle with the bounding rectangle of the
parent window.  Much of the code in tkMacOSXSubwindows.c is devoted to
rebuilding these clipping regions whenever something changes in the
layout of the windows.  This turns out to be a tricky thing to do and
it is extremely prone to errors which can be difficult to trace.

It is not entirely clear what the original reason for using these
clipping regions was.  But one benefit is that if they are correctly
maintained then it allows windows to be drawn in any order.  You do
651
652
653
654
655
656
657




















































10.14 supports system appearance changes, and has added a "Dark Mode"
that casts all window frames and menus as black. Tk 8.6.9 has added two
virtual events, <<LightAqua>> and <<DarkAqua>>, to allow you to update
your Tk app's appearance when the system appearance changes. Just bind
your appearance-updating code to these virtual events and you will see
it triggered when the system appearance toggles between dark and light.


























































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725

10.14 supports system appearance changes, and has added a "Dark Mode"
that casts all window frames and menus as black. Tk 8.6.9 has added two
virtual events, <<LightAqua>> and <<DarkAqua>>, to allow you to update
your Tk app's appearance when the system appearance changes. Just bind
your appearance-updating code to these virtual events and you will see
it triggered when the system appearance toggles between dark and light.

7.0 Mac Services
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

With 8.6.10, Tk supports the Mac's NSServices API, documented at
https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/Cocoa/Conceptual/SysServices/introduction.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/10000101-SW1
and in TIP 536 and Tk's man page. Tk presents a simple,
straightforward API to implement the Services functionality.

The Tk implementation of the NSServices API is intended for standalone
applications, such as one wrapped by the standalone version of Wish
and re-named into a different application.  In particular such an
application would specify its own unique CFBundleIdentifier in its
Info.plist file.  During development, however, if Wish itself is being
used as the receiver, it may be necessary to take some care to ensure
that the correct version of Wish.app is available as a receiver of
NSServices data.

When one macOS app uses NSServices to send data to another app that is
not running, LaunchServices will launch the receiver.  LaunchServices
assumes that the CFBundleIdentifier uniquely identifies an app among
all of the apps installed on a system.  But this may not be the case
for Wish.app if, for example, you have compiled Tk from source at some
time in the past.  In that case the Tk build directory will contain
its own copy of Wish.app that will be visible to LaunchServices.  It
may be necessary when testing your app to take some steps to ensure
that LaunchServices is launching the correct Wish.app.  Instructions
for doing this are provided below.

The command line tool which manages the LaunchServices database has
an amazingly unwieldy path name.  So, first, run this command:

alias lsregister='/System/Library/Frameworks/CoreServices.framework/Versions/A/Frameworks/LaunchServices.framework/Versions/A/Support/lsregister'

Then you can reset the LaunchServices database like this:

$ lsregister -kill
$ lsregister -seed

To find out which versions of Wish.app have been located by
LaunchServices, run:

$ lsregister -dump | grep path | grep Wish

If more than one version of Wish is showing up in this list, eliminate
all of the unintended targets by running

lsregister -u /path/to/bad/Wish.app

Continue this until only the correct version of Wish shows up in the
list.

Changes to macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks
INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include
LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man
PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc)
PREFIX = /usr/local
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-threads --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H
VERSION = 8.6







|





|
|
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks
INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include
LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man
PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc)
PREFIX = /usr/local
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
VERSION = 8.7

Changes to macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj.

1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|


<





<







1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216

1217
1218
1219
1220
1221

1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,







|







2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
				F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,







|


<







2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790

2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,

				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,







|







3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,







|







3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,







|







3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;







|












|









|










|









|












|









|










|







3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;

Changes to macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj.

1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|


<





<







1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216

1217
1218
1219
1220
1221

1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,







|







2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
				F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
				F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
				F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
				F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,







|


<



<







2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790

2791
2792
2793

2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,

				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,

				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
				F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
				F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
				F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,







|







3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,







|







3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,







|







3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;







|












|









|










|









|












|









|










|







3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;

Changes to macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38













39
40
41
42
43
44
45
				<string>TEXT</string>
				<string>****</string>
			</array>
			<key>CFBundleTypeRole</key>
			<string>Viewer</string>
		</dict>
	</array>













	<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
	<string>Wish</string>
	<key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
	<string>Wish Shell @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,
	Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team,
	Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Contributors,
	Copyright © 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
				<string>TEXT</string>
				<string>****</string>
			</array>
			<key>CFBundleTypeRole</key>
			<string>Viewer</string>
		</dict>
	</array>
 <key>CFBundleURLTypes</key>
  <array>
    <dict>
     <key>CFBundleTypeRole</key>
        <string>Viewer</string>
        <key>CFBundleURLSchemes</key>
        <array>
            <string>foo</string>
        </array>
        <key>CFBundleURLName</key>
        <string>Get Foo</string>
    </dict>
  </array>
	<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
	<string>Wish</string>
	<key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
	<string>Wish Shell @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,
	Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team,
	Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Contributors,
	Copyright © 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech
74
75
76
77
78
79
80







81














82
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>
	<string>True</string>







</dict>














</plist>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>
	<string>True</string>
	 <key>NSServices</key>
	 <array>
	   <dict>
            <key>NSMenuItem</key>
            <dict>
                <key>default</key>
                <string>Wish: Display Test Data</string>
            </dict>
            <key>NSMessage</key>
            <string>provideService</string>
            <key>NSPortName</key>
            <string>Wish</string>

            <key>NSSendTypes</key>
            <array>
                <string>NSStringPboardType</string>
                <string>NSPasteboardTypeString</string>
            </array>
        </dict>
    </array>

</dict>
</plist>

Changes to macosx/Wish.sdef.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30









31
32
33
34
35
36
37
		</command>
		<command name="quit" code="aevtquit" description="Quit the application."/>
	</suite>
	<suite name="Wish Suite" code="WIsH" description="Commands for the Wish application.">
		<command name="do script" code="miscdosc" description="Execute a Tcl script.">
			<direct-parameter description="Script to execute" type="text">
				<type type="text"/>









			</direct-parameter>
			<result description="Result">
				<type type="text"/>
			</result>
		</command>
	</suite>
</dictionary>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
		</command>
		<command name="quit" code="aevtquit" description="Quit the application."/>
	</suite>
	<suite name="Wish Suite" code="WIsH" description="Commands for the Wish application.">
		<command name="do script" code="miscdosc" description="Execute a Tcl script.">
			<direct-parameter description="Script to execute" type="text">
				<type type="text"/>
			</direct-parameter>
			<result description="Result">
				<type type="text"/>
			</result>
		</command>
			<command name="open location" code="GURLGURL"
				 description="Open a URL.">
			<direct-parameter description="URL" type="text">
				<type type="text"/>
			</direct-parameter>
			<result description="Result">
				<type type="text"/>
			</result>
		</command>
	</suite>
</dictionary>

Changes to macosx/configure.ac.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

dnl	Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just
dnl	include the configure sources from ../unix:

m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4)
m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS)
m4_include(../unix/configure.in)










|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

dnl	Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just
dnl	include the configure sources from ../unix:

m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4)
m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS)
m4_include(../unix/configure.ac)

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c.

45
46
47
48
49
50
51



52
53
54
55
56
57
58
    {"note",		kAlertNoteIcon},
    {"caution",		kAlertCautionIcon},
    {NULL}
};

#define builtInIconSize 32




static Tcl_HashTable iconBitmapTable = {};
typedef struct {
    int kind, width, height;
    char *value;
} IconBitmap;

static const char *const iconBitmapOptionStrings[] = {







>
>
>







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
    {"note",		kAlertNoteIcon},
    {"caution",		kAlertCautionIcon},
    {NULL}
};

#define builtInIconSize 32

#define OSTYPE_TO_UTI(x) (NSString *)UTTypeCreatePreferredIdentifierForTag( \
     kUTTagClassOSType, UTCreateStringForOSType(x), nil)

static Tcl_HashTable iconBitmapTable = {};
typedef struct {
    int kind, width, height;
    char *value;
} IconBitmap;

static const char *const iconBitmapOptionStrings[] = {
103
104
105
106
107
108
109

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141


142
143



144
145
146
147
148

149
150
151
152
153
154
155
	    predefPtr->width = builtInIconSize;
	    predefPtr->height = builtInIconSize;
	    predefPtr->native = 1;
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(predefHashPtr, predefPtr);
	}
    }
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetBitmapForIcon --
 *
 * Results:
 *	Bitmap for the given IconRef.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Pixmap
GetBitmapForIcon(
    Display *display,
    IconRef icon,
    CGSize size)
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    Pixmap pixmap;

    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, size.width, size.height, 0);
    if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
	if (dc.context) {
	    const CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1,
		    .tx = 0, .ty = size.height };
	    const CGRect r = { .origin = { .x = 0, .y = 0 }, .size = size };

	    CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);


	    PlotIconRefInContext(dc.context, &r, kAlignAbsoluteCenter,
		    kTransformNone, NULL, kPlotIconRefNormalFlags, icon);



	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    }
    return pixmap;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateNativeBitmap --
 *
 *	Create native bitmap.







>




|


|








|

|








|
|
<
<

>
>
|
|
>
>
>





>







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142


143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
	    predefPtr->width = builtInIconSize;
	    predefPtr->height = builtInIconSize;
	    predefPtr->native = 1;
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(predefHashPtr, predefPtr);
	}
    }
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * PixmapFromImage --
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a Pixmap with an NSImage drawn into it.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Pixmap
PixmapFromImage(
    Display *display,
    NSImage* image,
    CGSize size)
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    Pixmap pixmap;

    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, size.width, size.height, 0);
    if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
	if (dc.context) {
	    CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1,
				    .tx = 0, .ty = size.height};


	    CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	    [NSGraphicsContext saveGraphicsState];
	    [NSGraphicsContext setCurrentContext:[NSGraphicsContext
		graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:dc.context
		flipped:NO]];
	    [image drawAtPoint:NSZeroPoint fromRect:NSZeroRect
		operation:NSCompositeCopy fraction:1.0];
	    [NSGraphicsContext restoreGraphicsState];
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    }
    return pixmap;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateNativeBitmap --
 *
 *	Create native bitmap.
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
 */

Pixmap
TkpCreateNativeBitmap(
    Display *display,
    const void *source)		/* Info about the icon to build. */
{
    Pixmap pixmap;
    IconRef icon;
    OSErr err;

    err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator,
	    PTR2UINT(source), &icon);
    if (err == noErr) {
	pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize,
		builtInIconSize));
	ReleaseIconRef(icon);
    } else {

	pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, builtInIconSize,
		builtInIconSize, 0);
    }
    return pixmap;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * OSTypeFromString --
 *
 *	Helper to convert string to OSType.







<
<
<
|
<
|
<
|
|
<
<
>
|
<
|
<
|







172
173
174
175
176
177
178



179

180

181
182


183
184

185

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
 */

Pixmap
TkpCreateNativeBitmap(
    Display *display,
    const void *source)		/* Info about the icon to build. */
{



    NSString *iconUTI = OSTYPE_TO_UTI(PTR2UINT(source));

    NSImage *iconImage = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace]

			     iconForFileType: iconUTI];
    CGSize size = CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize, builtInIconSize);


    Pixmap pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, iconImage, NSSizeToCGSize(size));
    return pixmap;

}



/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * OSTypeFromString --
 *
 *	Helper to convert string to OSType.
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, s, -1, &ds);
    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) <= 4) {
	char string[4] = {};
	memcpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (size_t) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	*t = (OSType) string[0] << 24 | (OSType) string[1] << 16 |
	     (OSType) string[2] <<  8 | (OSType) string[3];
	result = TCL_OK;
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
    return result;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeAppBitmap --
 *
 *	Get a named native bitmap.







|








>







206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, s, -1, &ds);
    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) <= 4) {
	char string[4] = {};
	memcpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	*t = (OSType) string[0] << 24 | (OSType) string[1] << 16 |
	     (OSType) string[2] <<  8 | (OSType) string[3];
	result = TCL_OK;
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
    return result;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeAppBitmap --
 *
 *	Get a named native bitmap.
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346


347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];
	}
    }
    if (image) {
	TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
	int depth = 0;

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK_TODO
	for (NSImageRep *r in [image representations]) {
	    NSInteger bitsPerSample = [r bitsPerSample];
	    if (bitsPerSample && bitsPerSample > depth) {
		depth = bitsPerSample;
	    };
	}
	if (depth == 1) {
	    /* TODO: convert BW NSImage to CGImageMask */
	}
#endif
	pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, size.width, size.height, depth);
	*width = size.width;
	*height = size.height;
	if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
	    if (dc.context) {
		CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1,
			.tx = 0, .ty = size.height};

		CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
		[NSGraphicsContext saveGraphicsState];
		[NSGraphicsContext setCurrentContext:[NSGraphicsContext
			graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:dc.context flipped:NO]];
		[image drawAtPoint:NSZeroPoint fromRect:NSZeroRect
			operation:NSCompositeCopy fraction:1.0];
		[NSGraphicsContext restoreGraphicsState];
	    }
	    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
	}
    } else if (name) {
	OSType iconType;
	if (OSTypeFromString(name, &iconType) == TCL_OK) {


	    IconRef icon;
	    OSErr err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator,
		    iconType, &icon);
	    if (err == noErr) {
		pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, NSSizeToCGSize(size));
		*width = size.width;
		*height = size.height;
		ReleaseIconRef(icon);
	    }
	}
    }
    return pixmap;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



>
>
|
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<







306
307
308
309
310
311
312















313
314




315










316
317
318
319
320
321

322

323




324
325
326
327
328
329
330
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];
	}
    }
    if (image) {















	*width = size.width;
	*height = size.height;




	pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, image, NSSizeToCGSize(size));










    } else if (name) {
	OSType iconType;
	if (OSTypeFromString(name, &iconType) == TCL_OK) {
	    NSString *iconUTI = OSTYPE_TO_UTI(iconType);
	    printf("Found image for UTI %s\n", iconUTI.UTF8String);
	    NSImage *iconImage = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace]

				     iconForFileType: iconUTI];

	    pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, iconImage, NSSizeToCGSize(size));




	}
    }
    return pixmap;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * tkMacOSXButton.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the
 *	button widgets.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2007 Revar Desmera.
 * Copyright 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright 2015 Marc Culler.



|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * tkMacOSXButton.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the button
 *	widgets.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2007 Revar Desmera.
 * Copyright 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright 2015 Marc Culler.
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
#define ACTIVE		    4

/*
 * Extra padding used for computing the content size that should
 * be allowed when drawing the HITheme button.
 */

#define HI_PADX 2
#define HI_PADY 1

/*
 * Some defines used to control what type of control is drawn.
 */

#define DRAW_LABEL	0	/* Labels are treated genericly. */
#define DRAW_CONTROL	1	/* Draw using the Native control. */
#define DRAW_CUSTOM	2	/* Make our own button drawing. */
#define DRAW_BEVEL	3

/*
 * The delay in milliseconds between pulsing default button redraws.
 */
#define PULSE_TIMER_MSECS 62   /* Largest value that didn't look stuttery */

/*
 * Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
 */


typedef struct {
    int drawType;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief;
    int offset;			/* 0 means this is a normal widget. 1 means
				 * it is an image button, so we offset the
				 * image to make the button appear to move
				 * up and down as the relief changes. */
    GC gc;







|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











<







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34









35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
#define ACTIVE		    4

/*
 * Extra padding used for computing the content size that should
 * be allowed when drawing the HITheme button.
 */

#define HI_PADX 14
#define HI_PADY 1










/*
 * The delay in milliseconds between pulsing default button redraws.
 */
#define PULSE_TIMER_MSECS 62   /* Largest value that didn't look stuttery */

/*
 * Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
 */


typedef struct {

    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief;
    int offset;			/* 0 means this is a normal widget. 1 means
				 * it is an image button, so we offset the
				 * image to make the button appear to move
				 * up and down as the relief changes. */
    GC gc;
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89

90

91
92

93

94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
    Tcl_TimerToken defaultPulseHandler;
} MacButton;

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */


static void ButtonBackgroundDrawCB (const HIRect *btnbounds, MacButton *ptr,
        SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);

static void ButtonContentDrawCB (const HIRect *bounds, ThemeButtonKind kind,
        const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, MacButton *ptr, SInt16 depth,
	Boolean isColorDev);
static void ButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);

static void TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams (TkButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,

	HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo);
static int TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams (TkButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr);

static void TkMacOSXDrawButton (MacButton *butPtr, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);

static void DrawButtonImageAndText(TkButton* butPtr);
static void PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData);


/*
 * The class procedure table for the button widgets.
 */

const Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    TkButtonWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
};

static int bCount;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpButtonSetDefaults --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for
 *	buttons. It modifies some of the default values to match the current
 *	values defined for this platform.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Some of the default values in *specPtr are modified.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Updates some of.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpButtonSetDefaults()
{
/*No-op.*/
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateButton --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkButton structure.







<
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
>
|
>
|
|
>
|
>
|
|
<











|





|
|
|













|

<







66
67
68
69
70
71
72

73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124

125
126
127
128
129
130
131
    Tcl_TimerToken defaultPulseHandler;
} MacButton;

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */


static void	ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(const HIRect *btnbounds,
		    MacButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
static void	ButtonContentDrawCB(const HIRect *bounds,
		    ThemeButtonKind kind,
		    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, MacButton *ptr,
		    SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
static void	ButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData,
		    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void	TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(TkButton *butPtr,
		    ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
		    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo);
static int	TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(TkButton *butPtr,
		    DrawParams * dpPtr);
static void	TkMacOSXDrawButton(MacButton *butPtr, GC gc,
		    Pixmap pixmap);
static void	DrawButtonImageAndText(TkButton *butPtr);
static void	PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData);


/*
 * The class procedure table for the button widgets.
 */

const Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    TkButtonWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
};

static int bCount;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpButtonSetDefaults --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for buttons.
 *	It modifies some of the default values to match the current values
 *	defined for this platform.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Some of the default values in *specPtr are modified.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Updates some of.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpButtonSetDefaults()
{
    /*No-op.*/
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateButton --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkButton structure.
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196



197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215







216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224

225


226
227
228

229


230
231

232


233
234
235
236
237

238


239

240

241
242



243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289

290
291
292

293
294
295
296


297


298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360






361
362
363
364
365

366
367
368

369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385

386



387
388
389
390
391




392

393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487

488


489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacButton));

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask,
	    ButtonEventProc, (ClientData) macButtonPtr);
    macButtonPtr->id = bCount++;
    macButtonPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
    macButtonPtr->btnkind = kThemePushButton;
    macButtonPtr->defaultPulseHandler = NULL;
    bzero(&macButtonPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->drawinfo));
    bzero(&macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo));

    return (TkButton *)macButtonPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayButton --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is
 *	normally invoked as an idle handler.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands are output to X to display the button in its
 *	current mode. The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) clientData;
    TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    DrawParams* dpPtr = &macButtonPtr->drawParams;
    int needhighlight = 0;




    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	return;
    }
    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));

    if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr) ) {
	macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0;
    } else {
	macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1;
    }


    /*
     * Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port
     * for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
     */








    if (macButtonPtr->useTkText) {
	if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0,
		    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	} else {
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
		    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	}


        /* Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls.  */


	DrawButtonImageAndText(butPtr);
        needhighlight  = 1;
    } else {

        /* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */


        TkMacOSXDrawButton(macButtonPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap);


        /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */


        if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
            needhighlight = 1;
        }
    }


    /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */


    if (needhighlight) {

        if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {

            Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
                Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),



                butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID);
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeButtonGeometry --
 *
 *	After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure
 *	recomputes the button's geometry and passes this information
 *	along to the geometry manager for the window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The button's window may change size.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
    TkButton *butPtr)		/* Button whose geometry may have changed. */
{
    int width = 0, height = 0, charWidth = 1, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
    int txtWidth = 0, txtHeight = 0;
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    DrawParams drawParams;

    /*
     * First figure out the size of the contents of the button.
     */

    TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);

    /*
     * If the indicator is on, get its size.
     */

    if ( butPtr->indicatorOn ) {
      switch (butPtr->type) {
      case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
	GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricRadioButtonWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter);

	  break;
      case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
	GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricCheckBoxWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter);

	  break;
      default:
	break;
      }


      /* Allow 2px extra space next to the indicator. */


      butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + 2;
    } else {
      butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0;
      butPtr->indicatorDiameter = 0;
    }

    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
	Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
	haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
	haveImage = 1;
    }

    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
	butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
		Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
		butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);

	txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
	txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
	charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
    }

    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
	    case COMPOUND_TOP:
	    case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
		/*
		 * Image is above or below text.
		 */

		height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
		width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
		break;
	    case COMPOUND_LEFT:
	    case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
		/*
		 * Image is left or right of text.
		 */

		width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
		height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
		break;
	    case COMPOUND_CENTER:
		/*
		 * Image and text are superimposed.
		 */

		width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
		height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
		break;
	    default:
		break;
	}
	width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
      width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
      height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;







    } else { /* Text only */
        width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	height = txtHeight;
	if (butPtr->width > 0) {

	   width = butPtr->width * charWidth;
	}
	if (butPtr->height > 0) {

	  height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
	}
    }

    /* Add padding */
    width  += 2 * butPtr->padX;
    height += 2 * butPtr->padY;

    /*
     * Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button.
     */

    if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	butPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }

    butPtr->inset = 0;

    butPtr->inset += butPtr->highlightWidth;




    if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams)) {
        HIRect tmpRect;
    	HIRect contBounds;
        int paddingx = 0;




        int paddingy = 0;


    	tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY);

        HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
        /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
        if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
    	  height = contBounds.size.height;
        }

        /* If the content region has a minimum width, match it. */
        if (width < contBounds.size.width) {
    	  width = contBounds.size.width;
        }

        /* Pad to fill difference between content bounds and button bounds. */
    	paddingx = contBounds.origin.x;
    	paddingy = contBounds.origin.y;

        if (height < paddingx - 4) {
            /* can't have buttons much shorter than button side diameter. */
            height = paddingx - 4;
    	}

    } else {
        height += butPtr->borderWidth*2;
        width += butPtr->borderWidth*2;
    }

    width += butPtr->inset*2;
    height += butPtr->inset*2;
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) {
      width += 12;
    }

    Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawButtonImageAndText --
 *
 *        Draws the image and text associated with a button or label.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        The image and text are drawn.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
DrawButtonImageAndText(
    TkButton* butPtr)
{

    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap     pixmap;
    int        haveImage = 0;
    int        haveText = 0;
    int        imageWidth = 0;
    int        imageHeight = 0;
    int        imageXOffset = 0;
    int        imageYOffset = 0;
    int        textXOffset = 0;
    int        textYOffset = 0;
    int        width = 0;
    int        height = 0;
    int        fullWidth = 0;
    int        fullHeight = 0;
    int        pressed = 0;


    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    if (butPtr->image != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    }

    imageWidth  = width;
    imageHeight = height;

    if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) {

        /* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */


        pressed = 1;
    }

    haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
        int x;
        int y;
        textXOffset = 0;
        textYOffset = 0;
        fullWidth = 0;
        fullHeight = 0;

        switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
	case COMPOUND_TOP:
	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
	  /* Image is above or below text */
	  if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
	    textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
	  } else {
	    imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
	  }
	  fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
	  fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
		       butPtr->textWidth);
	  textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
	  imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
	  break;
	}
	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
	  /*
	   * Image is left or right of text
	   */

	  if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
	    textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX;
	  } else {
	    imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
	  }
	  fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
	  fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
                        butPtr->textHeight);
	  textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
	  imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
	  break;
	}
	case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
	  /*
	   * Image and text are superimposed
	   */

	  fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
		       butPtr->textWidth);
	  fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
                        butPtr->textHeight);
	  textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
	  imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
	  textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
	  imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
	  break;
	}
	default:
	  break;
	}

        TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
                butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
                butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
                fullWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace, fullHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;







|


|







|







|
|





|
|








|
|





>
>
>





<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






>
>
>
>
>
>
>









>
|
>
>

|

>
|
>
>


>
|
>
>





>
|
>
>

>
|
>
|
<
>
>
>
|
|








|
|
|
















|

<
|
<
<
<







|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
|

|
|













|
|

|
|
<
<
|




|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|


<

|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




>
|


>
|



<
<
<
<








|
>
|
>
>
>
|
|


|
>
>
>
>
|
>

|
<

<

|

<
<

|

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|

<



|





|


|


|





|


|
|
|
|
<
|
<
|
<
|
<
|
<
|
<
<
<





|
|









|



>
|
>
>





|
<
<
<
<
<



|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
<

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<

|







139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196








197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

284



285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331


332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366

367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389




390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417

418
419
420


421
422
423
















424

425
426

427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454

455

456

457

458

459



460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489





490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501

502
503
504

505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521

522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535

536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    MacButton *macButtonPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacButton));

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask,
	    ButtonEventProc, macButtonPtr);
    macButtonPtr->id = bCount++;
    macButtonPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
    macButtonPtr->btnkind = kThemePushButton;
    macButtonPtr->defaultPulseHandler = NULL;
    bzero(&macButtonPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->drawinfo));
    bzero(&macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo));

    return (TkButton *) macButtonPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayButton --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally
 *	invoked as an idle handler.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode. The
 *	REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    MacButton *macButtonPtr = clientData;
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    DrawParams* dpPtr = &macButtonPtr->drawParams;
    int needhighlight = 0;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return;
    }
    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	return;
    }
    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);









    /*
     * Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port
     * for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
     */

    TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));

    if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr)) {
	macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0;
    } else {
	macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1;
    }
    if (macButtonPtr->useTkText) {
	if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0,
		    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	} else {
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
		    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	}

        /*
	 * Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls.
	 */

	DrawButtonImageAndText(butPtr);
        needhighlight = 1;
    } else {
        /*
	 * Draw the native portion of the buttons.
	 */

        TkMacOSXDrawButton(macButtonPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap);

        /*
	 * Ask for the highlight border, if needed.
	 */

        if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
            needhighlight = 1;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Draw highlight border, if needed.
     */

    if (needhighlight) {
	GC gc = NULL;
        if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) && butPtr->highlightColorPtr) {
	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
	} else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) {

	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder), pixmap);
	}
	if (gc) {
	    TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(tkwin, gc, 0, butPtr->highlightWidth);
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeButtonGeometry --
 *
 *	After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure recomputes
 *	the button's geometry and passes this information along to the geometry
 *	manager for the window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The button's window may change size.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
    TkButton *butPtr)		/* Button whose geometry may have changed. */
{
    int width = 0, height = 0, charWidth = 1, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
    int txtWidth = 0, txtHeight = 0;
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    char *text = Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr);




    TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);

    /*
     * If the indicator is on, get its size.
     */

    if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
	switch (butPtr->type) {
	case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
	    GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricRadioButtonWidth,
		    (SInt32 *) &butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
	    break;
	case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
	    GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricCheckBoxWidth,
		    (SInt32 *) &butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
	    break;
	default:
	    break;
	}

	/*
	 * Allow 2px extra space next to the indicator.
	 */

	butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + 2;
    } else {
	butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0;
	butPtr->indicatorDiameter = 0;
    }

    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
	Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
	haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
	haveImage = 1;
    }

    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
	butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
		text, -1, butPtr->wrapLength, butPtr->justify, 0,
		&butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);

	txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth + 2*butPtr->padX;
	txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight + 2*butPtr->padY;


	haveText = 1;
    }

    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
	case COMPOUND_TOP:
	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	    /*
	     * Image is above or below text.
	     */

	    height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
	    break;
	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    /*
	     * Image is left or right of text.
	     */

	    width += txtWidth + 2*butPtr->padX;
	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
	    break;
	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    /*
	     * Image and text are superimposed.
	     */

	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
	    break;
	default:
	    break;
	}
	width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
	width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;
	if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
	    /*
	     * Allow room to shift the image.
	     */
	    width += 2;
	    height += 2;
	}
    } else { /* Text only */
        width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	height = txtHeight;
	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
	    charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	    width = butPtr->width * charWidth + 2*butPtr->padX;
	}
	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	    height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace + 2*butPtr->padY;
	}
    }





    /*
     * Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button.
     */

    if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	butPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }

    butPtr->inset = butPtr->borderWidth + butPtr->highlightWidth;

    width += butPtr->inset*2;
    height += butPtr->inset*2;
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) {
	width += 12;
    }
    if (mbPtr->btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
        HIRect tmpRect;
    	HIRect contBounds;

	/*
	 * A PushButton has a minimum size.  We make sure that we are not
	 * underestimating the size by requesting the content size of a
	 * Pushbutton whose overall size is our content size expanded by the
	 * standard padding.
	 */

	tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY);

        HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);

        if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
	    height = contBounds.size.height;
        }


        if (width < contBounds.size.width) {
	    width = contBounds.size.width;
        }
















	height += 2*HI_PADY;

	width += 2*HI_PADX;
    }

    Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawButtonImageAndText --
 *
 *	Draws the image and text associated with a button or label.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The image and text are drawn.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
DrawButtonImageAndText(
    TkButton *butPtr)
{

    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, pressed = 0;

    int imageWidth = 0, imageHeight = 0;

    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;

    int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;

    int width = 0, height = 0;

    int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0;




    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    if (butPtr->image != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    }

    imageWidth = width;
    imageHeight = height;

    if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) {
        /*
	 * Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed.
	 */

        pressed = 1;
    }

    haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
        int x, y;






        switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
	case COMPOUND_TOP:
	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	    /* Image is above or below text */
	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
		textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
	    } else {
		imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
	    }
	    fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : butPtr->textWidth);

	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    /*
	     * Image is left or right of text
	     */

	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
		textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX;
	    } else {
		imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
	    }
	    fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
		    butPtr->textHeight);
	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    /*
	     * Image and text are superimposed
	     */

	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
		    butPtr->textWidth);
	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
		    butPtr->textHeight);
	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
	    break;

	default:
	    break;
	}

        TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
                butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
                butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
                fullWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace, fullHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596

597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644

645
646
647
648

649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
        }
        if (pressed) {
            x += dpPtr->offset;
            y += dpPtr->offset;
        }
        imageXOffset += x;
        imageYOffset += y;
        textYOffset -= 1;

        if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
	  if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
	      (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
	    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
			   width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	  } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
		     (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
	    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0,
			   width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	  } else {
	    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
			   height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	  }
        } else {
	  XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
			 imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	  XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
		     0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
		     imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
	  XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
        }


        Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap,
                dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
                x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
        Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
                butPtr->textLayout,
                x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
                butPtr->underline);
    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
        int x = 0;
	int y;
	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
			butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
			butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
			width + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
			height, &x, &y);
        x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	if (pressed) {
	  x += dpPtr->offset;
	  y += dpPtr->offset;
	}
	imageXOffset += x;
	imageYOffset += y;

	if (butPtr->image != NULL) {

	  if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
	      (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
	    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width,
			   height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	  } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
		     (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
	    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width,
			   height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	  } else {
	    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
			   pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	  }
	} else {
	  XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
	  XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap,
		     pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
		     0, 0, (unsigned int) width,
		     (unsigned int) height,
		     imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
	  XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
	}
    } else { /* Text only */
        int x, y;

	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
			butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
			  butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
			  x, y, 0, -1);
    }

    /*
     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect.  If the widget
     * is selected and we use a different background color when selected,
     * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
     */

    if (mbPtr->useTkText) {
        if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)
                && ((butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (butPtr->image != NULL))) {
            if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn
                    && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) {







<


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|


>








|
|

|
|
|
<


|
|





<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
<
|
<
|
|



>

|
|

>
|
|




|
|
|







552
553
554
555
556
557
558

559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596

597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605

606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620

621

622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
        }
        if (pressed) {
            x += dpPtr->offset;
            y += dpPtr->offset;
        }
        imageXOffset += x;
        imageYOffset += y;


        if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
	    if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
		    (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
			width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	    } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
		    (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0,
			width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	    } else {
		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
			height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	    }
        } else {
	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	    XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
		    0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
        }

	y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons. */
        Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap,
                dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
                x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
        Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
                butPtr->textLayout,
                x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
                butPtr->underline);
    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
        int x = 0, y;

	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
		butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
		butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
		width + butPtr->indicatorSpace, height, &x, &y);

        x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	if (pressed) {
	    x += dpPtr->offset;
	    y += dpPtr->offset;
	}
	imageXOffset += x;
	imageYOffset += y;

	if (butPtr->image != NULL) {

	    if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
		    (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width,
			height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	    } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
		    (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width,
			height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	    } else {
		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
			pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
	    }
	} else {
	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
	    XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,

		    0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,

		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
	}
    } else { /* Text only */
        int x, y;

	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
		butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
		butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons */
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
		butPtr->textLayout, x, y, 0, -1);
    }

    /*
     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect.  If the widget is
     * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must
     * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
     */

    if (mbPtr->useTkText) {
        if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)
                && ((butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (butPtr->image != NULL))) {
            if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn
                    && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) {
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695

696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713

        /*
         * Draw the border and traversal highlight last.  This way, if the
         * button's contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border.
         */

        if (dpPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
            int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth;

            Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset,
                Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
                butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief);
        }
    }

   }




/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyButton --
 *
 *	Free data structures associated with the button control.
 *







|
>
|
|
|


|
|
<
<
<
<







672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687




688
689
690
691
692
693
694

        /*
         * Draw the border and traversal highlight last.  This way, if the
         * button's contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border.
         */

        if (dpPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
	    int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth;

	    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset,
		    Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
		    butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief);
        }
    }
}





/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyButton --
 *
 *	Free data structures associated with the button control.
 *
721
722
723
724
725
726
727

728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796









797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829

830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
 */

void
TkpDestroyButton(
    TkButton *butPtr)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */

    if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
        Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawButton --
 *
 *        This function draws the tk button using Mac controls
 *        In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed
 *        in the TkButton.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The control is created, or reinitialised as needed
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXDrawButton(
    MacButton *mbPtr,    /* Mac button. */
    GC gc,               /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for
                          * the bevel button */
    Pixmap pixmap)       /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed
                          * for the bevel button */
{
    TkButton * butPtr = ( TkButton *)mbPtr;
    TkWindow * winPtr;
    HIRect      cntrRect;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    int useNewerHITools = 1;

    winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin;

    TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);

    cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff,
			  winPtr->privatePtr->yOff,
			  Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin),
			  Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));

     cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect,  butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset);

    if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
        HIRect contHIRec;
        static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo;

        ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}

        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind  = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
            hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current;
        }










	HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal,
			  &contHIRec);

	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
        ButtonContentDrawCB(&contHIRec, mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
			    (MacButton *)mbPtr, 32, true);

    } else {
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}

	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    }
    mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
 *
 *        This function draws the background that
 *        lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        The background gets updated to the current color.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
    const HIRect * btnbounds,
    MacButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    MacButton* mbPtr = (MacButton*)ptr;
    TkButton* butPtr = (TkButton*)mbPtr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int usehlborder = 0;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }
    pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
        switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
            case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
            case kThemeBevelButton:
            case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
            case kThemePushButton:
                usehlborder = 1;
                break;
        }
    }
    if (usehlborder) {
        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0,
            Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    } else {
        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,







>










|
|
<


















|
|
|

|


<
<


|
<
|
<

|













|







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|



|
<















|
|









>

|
|




|
|
|






|



|
|
|
|
|
|







702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721

722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746


747
748
749

750

751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788

789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
 */

void
TkpDestroyButton(
    TkButton *butPtr)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */

    if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
        Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawButton --
 *
 *        This function draws the tk button using Mac controls. In addition,
 *        this code may apply custom colors passed in the TkButton.

 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The control is created, or reinitialised as needed
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXDrawButton(
    MacButton *mbPtr,    /* Mac button. */
    GC gc,               /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for
                          * the bevel button */
    Pixmap pixmap)       /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed
                          * for the bevel button */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr;
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) butPtr->tkwin;
    HIRect cntrRect;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    int useNewerHITools = 1;



    TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);

    cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff,

	    Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));


    cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset);

    if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
        HIRect contHIRec;
        static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo;

        ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}

        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
            hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current;
        }

	/*
	 * To avoid buttons with white text on a white background, we always
	 * set the state to inactive in Dark Mode.  It isn't perfect but it is
	 * usable.  Using a ttk::button would be a better choice, however.
	 */

	if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(butPtr->tkwin)) {
	    hiinfo.state = kThemeStateInactive;
	}
	HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context,
		kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);

	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
        ButtonContentDrawCB(&contHIRec, mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
		(MacButton *) mbPtr, 32, true);

    } else {
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}

	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    }
    mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
 *
 *        This function draws the background that lies under checkboxes and
 *        radiobuttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        The background gets updated to the current color.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(
    const HIRect *btnbounds,
    MacButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) ptr;
    TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int usehlborder = 0;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }
    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
        switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
	case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
	case kThemeBevelButton:
	case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
	case kThemePushButton:
	    usehlborder = 1;
	    break;
        }
    }
    if (usehlborder) {
        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0,
            Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    } else {
        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901

902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
    const HIRect * btnbounds,
    ThemeButtonKind kind,
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo,
    MacButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    TkButton  *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    /*
     * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements
     * within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.
     */

    DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
 *	events on buttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ButtonEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TkButton *buttonPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
	    || eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
	if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
	    return;
	}
	if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
	    mbPtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
	} else {
	    mbPtr->flags &= ~ACTIVE;
	}
	if ((buttonPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) buttonPtr);
	    buttonPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams --
 *
 *      This procedure computes the various parameters used
 *        when creating a Carbon Appearance control.
 *	These are determined by the various tk button parameters
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        Sets the btnkind and drawinfo parameters
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(
        TkButton * butPtr,
        ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,
	HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr;

    if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 2) {
        *btnkind = kThemeSmallBevelButton;
    } else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 3) {
        *btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
    } else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 4) {
        *btnkind = kThemeRoundedBevelButton;
    } else {
        *btnkind = kThemePushButton;
    }

    if ((butPtr->image == None) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) {
        switch (butPtr->type) {
            case TYPE_BUTTON:
                *btnkind = kThemePushButton;
                break;
            case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
                if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
                    *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
		} else {
                    *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
		}
		break;
	    case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
                if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
                    *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
	        } else {
                    *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
		}
		break;
	}
    }

    if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
        switch (butPtr->type) {
            case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
                if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
                    *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
                } else {
                    *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
                }
                break;
            case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
                if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
                    *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
                } else {
                    *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
                }
                break;
        }
    } else {
        if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON ||
	    butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON
	) {
	    if (*btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
		*btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
	    }
        }
    }

    if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {







|
|






|
|

>








|
|















|
|












|










|
|
|












|
|
|

|













|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|





|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|



|
<







870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011

1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
    const HIRect * btnbounds,
    ThemeButtonKind kind,
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo,
    MacButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) ptr;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    /*
     * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements within
     * button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.
     */

    DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
 *	buttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ButtonEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TkButton *buttonPtr = clientData;
    MacButton *mbPtr = clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
	    || eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
	if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
	    return;
	}
	if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
	    mbPtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
	} else {
	    mbPtr->flags &= ~ACTIVE;
	}
	if ((buttonPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, buttonPtr);
	    buttonPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams --
 *
 *      This procedure computes the various parameters used when creating a
 *      Carbon Appearance control.  These are determined by the various tk
 *      button parameters
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        Sets the btnkind and drawinfo parameters
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(
    TkButton *butPtr,
    ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;

    if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 2) {
        *btnkind = kThemeSmallBevelButton;
    } else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 3) {
        *btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
    } else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 4) {
        *btnkind = kThemeRoundedBevelButton;
    } else {
        *btnkind = kThemePushButton;
    }

    if ((butPtr->image == None) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) {
        switch (butPtr->type) {
	case TYPE_BUTTON:
	    *btnkind = kThemePushButton;
	    break;
	case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
	    if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
		*btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
	    } else {
		*btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
	    }
	    break;
	case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
	    if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
		*btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
	    } else {
		*btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
        switch (butPtr->type) {
	case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
	    if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
		*btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
	    } else {
		*btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
	    }
	    break;
	case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
	    if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
		*btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
	    } else {
		*btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
	    }
	    break;
        }
    } else {
        if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON ||
		butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {

	    if (*btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
		*btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
	    }
        }
    }

    if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151


1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168

1169

1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194

1195
1196
1197
1198

1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
    }

    drawinfo->adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone;
    if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
        drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentDefault;
        if (!mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
            mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
                    PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc,
                    (ClientData) butPtr);
        }
    } else if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
        Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
    }
    if (butPtr->highlightWidth >= 3) {
        if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
            drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentFocus;
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams --
 *
 *	This procedure computes the various parameters used
 *	when drawing a button
 *	These are determined by the various tk button parameters
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets the button draw parameters
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
    TkButton *butPtr,
    DrawParams *dpPtr)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr;

    dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL)
	    || (butPtr->bitmap != None));

    if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
        dpPtr->offset = 0;
        if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
            switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
                case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
                case kThemeBevelButton:
                case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
                case kThemePushButton:
                    dpPtr->offset = 1;
                    break;
            }
        }
    }


    dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder;
    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
	dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
    } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON && butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
	dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
	dpPtr->border = butPtr->activeBorder;
    } else {
	dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
    }

    if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && (butPtr->state != STATE_ACTIVE)
	    && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
	dpPtr->border = butPtr->selectBorder;
    }

    /*
     * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a
     * checkbutton or radiobutton and there's no indicator.
     */

    dpPtr->relief = butPtr->relief;

    if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
	if (!dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
	    dpPtr->relief = (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN
		    : TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
	}
    }



    /*
     * Determine the draw type
     */

    if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) {
	dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_LABEL;
    } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
	if (!dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
	    dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CONTROL;
	} else {
            dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_BEVEL;
	}
    } else if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
      dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CONTROL;
    } else if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
	dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_BEVEL;
    } else {

	dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CUSTOM;

    }

    if ((dpPtr->drawType == DRAW_CONTROL) || (dpPtr->drawType == DRAW_BEVEL)) {
	return 1;
    } else {
	return 0;
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * PulseDefaultButtonProc --
 *
 *     This function redraws the button on a timer, to pulse
 *     default buttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *     None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     Sets a timer to run itself again.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)clientData;

    TkpDisplayButton(clientData);
    mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
            PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, clientData);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|
<
















|
<
|















|








|
|
|
|
|
|



<

















|
|











>
>
|
|
|

<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

>
|
>
|
<
<
<
<




















>



|
>




|








1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053

1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070

1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104

1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140





1141






1142
1143
1144
1145
1146




1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
    }

    drawinfo->adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone;
    if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
        drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentDefault;
        if (!mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
            mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
                    PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, butPtr);

        }
    } else if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
        Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
    }
    if (butPtr->highlightWidth >= 3) {
        if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
            drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentFocus;
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams --
 *
 *	This procedure computes the various parameters used when drawing a

 *	button. These are determined by the various tk button parameters
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets the button draw parameters
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
    TkButton *butPtr,
    DrawParams *dpPtr)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;

    dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL)
	    || (butPtr->bitmap != None));

    if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
        dpPtr->offset = 0;
        if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
            switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
	    case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
	    case kThemeBevelButton:
	    case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
	    case kThemePushButton:
		dpPtr->offset = 1;
		break;
            }
        }
    }


    dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder;
    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
	dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
    } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON && butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
	dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
	dpPtr->border = butPtr->activeBorder;
    } else {
	dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
    }

    if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && (butPtr->state != STATE_ACTIVE)
	    && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
	dpPtr->border = butPtr->selectBorder;
    }

    /*
     * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a checkbutton or
     * radiobutton and there's no indicator.
     */

    dpPtr->relief = butPtr->relief;

    if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
	if (!dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
	    dpPtr->relief = (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN
		    : TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
	}
    }

    if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL && (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON ||
	    butPtr->indicatorOn || dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap)) {
	/*
	 * Draw this widget as a native control.
	 */






	return 1;






    } else {
	/*
	 * Draw this widget from scratch.
	 */





	return 0;
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * PulseDefaultButtonProc --
 *
 *     This function redraws the button on a timer, to pulse
 *     default buttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *     None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     Sets a timer to run itself again.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData)
{
    MacButton *mbPtr = clientData;

    TkpDisplayButton(clientData);
    mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
            PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, clientData);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c.

119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

128
129
130
131
132
133
134
				 * returned. */
    Tk_GetSelProc *proc,	/* Procedure to call to process the selection,
				 * once it has been retrieved. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    int haveExternalClip = ([[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] != changeCount);

    if (dispPtr && (haveExternalClip || dispPtr->clipboardActive)
	        && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom
	        && (target == XA_STRING || target == dispPtr->utf8Atom)) {
	NSString *string = nil;
	NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
	NSString *type = [pb availableTypeFromArray:[NSArray arrayWithObject:
		NSStringPboardType]];







|
|
>







119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
				 * returned. */
    Tk_GetSelProc *proc,	/* Procedure to call to process the selection,
				 * once it has been retrieved. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
    int haveExternalClip =
	    ([[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] != changeCount);

    if (dispPtr && (haveExternalClip || dispPtr->clipboardActive)
	        && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom
	        && (target == XA_STRING || target == dispPtr->utf8Atom)) {
	NSString *string = nil;
	NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
	NSString *type = [pb availableTypeFromArray:[NSArray arrayWithObject:
		NSStringPboardType]];
173
174
175
176
177
178
179

180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();

    if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom) {
	clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL;
	if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
	    NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];

	    changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp];
	}
    }
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow --
 *
 *	This function is invoked just before a TkWindow is deleted. It
 *	performs selection-related cleanup.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	clipboardOwner is cleared.
 *







>











|
|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();

    if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom) {
	clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL;
	if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
	    NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];

	    changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp];
	}
    }
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow --
 *
 *	This function is invoked just before a TkWindow is deleted. It performs
 *	selection-related cleanup.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	clipboardOwner is cleared.
 *

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXColor.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19






















20
21
22
23
24

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142











143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170






















171
172

173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222


223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232





233
234

235
236
237
238
239
240
241







242



243









244







245




246




247




248


249
250
251
252
253
254
255


256

257
258

259
260
261

262





263

264


265



266







267


















268




269













270











271





272





273


274































275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283



284
285

286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkColor.h"























struct SystemColorMapEntry {
    const char *name;
    ThemeBrush brush;
    ThemeTextColor textColor;
    ThemeBackgroundKind background;

};  /* unsigned char pixelCode; */

/*
 * Array of system color definitions: the array index is required to equal the
 * color's (pixelCode - MIN_PIXELCODE), i.e. the array order needs to be kept
 * in sync with the public pixel code values in tkMacOSXPort.h !
 */

#define MIN_PIXELCODE  30
static const struct SystemColorMapEntry systemColorMap[] = {
    { "Transparent",			    0, 0, 0 },							/*  30: TRANSPARENT_PIXEL */
    { "Highlight",			    kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 },			/*  31: HIGHLIGHT_PIXEL */
    { "HighlightSecondary",		    kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 },			/*  32: HIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_PIXEL */
    { "HighlightText",			    kThemeBrushBlack, 0, 0 },					/*  33: HIGHLIGHT_TEXT_PIXEL */
    { "HighlightAlternate",		    kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 },		/*  34: HIGHLIGHT_ALTERNATE_PIXEL */
    { "ButtonText",			    0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, 0 },			/*  35: CONTROL_TEXT_PIXEL */
    { "PrimaryHighlightColor",		    kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 },			/*  36 */
    { "ButtonFace",			    kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive, 0, 0 },			/*  37: CONTROL_BODY_PIXEL */
    { "SecondaryHighlightColor",	    kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 },			/*  38 */
    { "ButtonFrame",			    kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive, 0, 0 },			/*  39: CONTROL_FRAME_PIXEL */
    { "AlternatePrimaryHighlightColor",	    kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 },		/*  40 */
    { "WindowBody",			    kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, 0, 0 },		/*  41: WINDOW_BODY_PIXEL */
    { "SheetBackground",		    kThemeBrushSheetBackground, 0, 0 },				/*  42 */
    { "MenuActive",			    kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 },			/*  43: MENU_ACTIVE_PIXEL */
    { "Black",				    kThemeBrushBlack, 0, 0 },					/*  44 */
    { "MenuActiveText",			    0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, 0 },			/*  45: MENU_ACTIVE_TEXT_PIXEL */
    { "White",				    kThemeBrushWhite, 0, 0 },					/*  46 */
    { "Menu",				    kThemeBrushMenuBackground, 0, 0 },				/*  47: MENU_BACKGROUND_PIXEL */
    { "DialogBackgroundActive",		    kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundActive, 0, 0 },			/*  48 */
    { "MenuDisabled",			    0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, 0 },			/*  49: MENU_DISABLED_PIXEL */
    { "DialogBackgroundInactive",	    kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 },		/*  50 */
    { "MenuText",			    0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, 0 },			/*  51: MENU_TEXT_PIXEL */
    { "AppearanceColor",		    0, 0, 0 },							/*  52: APPEARANCE_PIXEL */
    { "AlertBackgroundActive",		    kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundActive, 0, 0 },			/*  53 */
    { "AlertBackgroundInactive",	    kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 },			/*  54 */
    { "ModelessDialogBackgroundActive",	    kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive, 0, 0 },		/*  55 */
    { "ModelessDialogBackgroundInactive",   kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 },	/*  56 */
    { "UtilityWindowBackgroundActive",	    kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundActive, 0, 0 },		/*  57 */
    { "UtilityWindowBackgroundInactive",    kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 },		/*  58 */
    { "ListViewSortColumnBackground",	    kThemeBrushListViewSortColumnBackground, 0, 0 },		/*  59 */
    { "ListViewBackground",		    kThemeBrushListViewBackground, 0, 0 },			/*  60 */
    { "IconLabelBackground",		    kThemeBrushIconLabelBackground, 0, 0 },			/*  61 */
    { "ListViewSeparator",		    kThemeBrushListViewSeparator, 0, 0 },			/*  62 */
    { "ChasingArrows",			    kThemeBrushChasingArrows, 0, 0 },				/*  63 */
    { "DragHilite",			    kThemeBrushDragHilite, 0, 0 },				/*  64 */
    { "DocumentWindowBackground",	    kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, 0, 0 },		/*  65 */
    { "FinderWindowBackground",		    kThemeBrushFinderWindowBackground, 0, 0 },			/*  66 */
    { "ScrollBarDelimiterActive",	    kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterActive, 0, 0 },		/*  67 */
    { "ScrollBarDelimiterInactive",	    kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterInactive, 0, 0 },		/*  68 */
    { "FocusHighlight",			    kThemeBrushFocusHighlight, 0, 0 },				/*  69 */
    { "PopupArrowActive",		    kThemeBrushPopupArrowActive, 0, 0 },			/*  70 */
    { "PopupArrowPressed",		    kThemeBrushPopupArrowPressed, 0, 0 },			/*  71 */
    { "PopupArrowInactive",		    kThemeBrushPopupArrowInactive, 0, 0 },			/*  72 */
    { "AppleGuideCoachmark",		    kThemeBrushAppleGuideCoachmark, 0, 0 },			/*  73 */
    { "IconLabelBackgroundSelected",	    kThemeBrushIconLabelBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 },		/*  74 */
    { "StaticAreaFill",			    kThemeBrushStaticAreaFill, 0, 0 },				/*  75 */
    { "ActiveAreaFill",			    kThemeBrushActiveAreaFill, 0, 0 },				/*  76 */
    { "ButtonFrameActive",		    kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive, 0, 0 },			/*  77 */
    { "ButtonFrameInactive",		    kThemeBrushButtonFrameInactive, 0, 0 },			/*  78 */
    { "ButtonFaceActive",		    kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive, 0, 0 },			/*  79 */
    { "ButtonFaceInactive",		    kThemeBrushButtonFaceInactive, 0, 0 },			/*  80 */
    { "ButtonFacePressed",		    kThemeBrushButtonFacePressed, 0, 0 },			/*  81 */
    { "ButtonActiveDarkShadow",		    kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkShadow, 0, 0 },			/*  82 */
    { "ButtonActiveDarkHighlight",	    kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkHighlight, 0, 0 },		/*  83 */
    { "ButtonActiveLightShadow",	    kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightShadow, 0, 0 },			/*  84 */
    { "ButtonActiveLightHighlight",	    kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightHighlight, 0, 0 },		/*  85 */
    { "ButtonInactiveDarkShadow",	    kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkShadow, 0, 0 },		/*  86 */
    { "ButtonInactiveDarkHighlight",	    kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkHighlight, 0, 0 },		/*  87 */
    { "ButtonInactiveLightShadow",	    kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightShadow, 0, 0 },		/*  88 */
    { "ButtonInactiveLightHighlight",	    kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightHighlight, 0, 0 },		/*  89 */
    { "ButtonPressedDarkShadow",	    kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkShadow, 0, 0 },			/*  90 */
    { "ButtonPressedDarkHighlight",	    kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkHighlight, 0, 0 },		/*  91 */
    { "ButtonPressedLightShadow",	    kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightShadow, 0, 0 },		/*  92 */
    { "ButtonPressedLightHighlight",	    kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightHighlight, 0, 0 },		/*  93 */
    { "BevelActiveLight",		    kThemeBrushBevelActiveLight, 0, 0 },			/*  94 */
    { "BevelActiveDark",		    kThemeBrushBevelActiveDark, 0, 0 },				/*  95 */
    { "BevelInactiveLight",		    kThemeBrushBevelInactiveLight, 0, 0 },			/*  96 */
    { "BevelInactiveDark",		    kThemeBrushBevelInactiveDark, 0, 0 },			/*  97 */
    { "NotificationWindowBackground",	    kThemeBrushNotificationWindowBackground, 0, 0 },		/*  98 */
    { "MovableModalBackground",		    kThemeBrushMovableModalBackground, 0, 0 },			/*  99 */
    { "SheetBackgroundOpaque",		    kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundOpaque, 0, 0 },			/* 100 */
    { "DrawerBackground",		    kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, 0, 0 },			/* 101 */
    { "ToolbarBackground",		    kThemeBrushToolbarBackground, 0, 0 },			/* 102 */
    { "SheetBackgroundTransparent",	    kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundTransparent, 0, 0 },		/* 103 */
    { "MenuBackground",			    kThemeBrushMenuBackground, 0, 0 },				/* 104 */
    { "Pixel",				    0, 0, 0 },							/* 105: PIXEL_MAGIC */
    { "MenuBackgroundSelected",		    kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 },			/* 106 */
    { "ListViewOddRowBackground",	    kThemeBrushListViewOddRowBackground, 0, 0 },		/* 107 */
    { "ListViewEvenRowBackground",	    kThemeBrushListViewEvenRowBackground, 0, 0 },		/* 108 */
    { "ListViewColumnDivider",		    kThemeBrushListViewColumnDivider, 0, 0 },			/* 109 */
    { "BlackText",			    0, kThemeTextColorBlack, 0 },				/* 110 */
    { "DialogActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorDialogActive, 0 },			/* 111 */
    { "DialogInactiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorDialogInactive, 0 },			/* 112 */
    { "AlertActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorAlertActive, 0 },				/* 113 */
    { "AlertInactiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorAlertInactive, 0 },			/* 114 */
    { "ModelessDialogActiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogActive, 0 },		/* 115 */
    { "ModelessDialogInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogInactive, 0 },		/* 116 */
    { "WindowHeaderActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderActive, 0 },			/* 117 */
    { "WindowHeaderInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderInactive, 0 },		/* 118 */
    { "PlacardActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPlacardActive, 0 },			/* 119 */
    { "PlacardInactiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPlacardInactive, 0 },			/* 120 */
    { "PlacardPressedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPlacardPressed, 0 },			/* 121 */
    { "PushButtonActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, 0 },			/* 122 */
    { "PushButtonInactiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonInactive, 0 },			/* 123 */
    { "PushButtonPressedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonPressed, 0 },			/* 124 */
    { "BevelButtonActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonActive, 0 },			/* 125 */
    { "BevelButtonInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonInactive, 0 },			/* 126 */
    { "BevelButtonPressedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonPressed, 0 },			/* 127 */
    { "PopupButtonActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonActive, 0 },			/* 128 */
    { "PopupButtonInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonInactive, 0 },			/* 129 */
    { "PopupButtonPressedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonPressed, 0 },			/* 130 */
    { "IconLabelText",			    0, kThemeTextColorIconLabel, 0 },				/* 131 */
    { "ListViewText",			    0, kThemeTextColorListView, 0 },				/* 132 */
    { "DocumentWindowTitleActiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleActive, 0 },		/* 133 */
    { "DocumentWindowTitleInactiveText",    0, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleInactive, 0 },		/* 134 */
    { "MovableModalWindowTitleActiveText",  0, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleActive, 0 },	/* 135 */
    { "MovableModalWindowTitleInactiveText",0, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleInactive, 0 },	/* 136 */
    { "UtilityWindowTitleActiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleActive, 0 },		/* 137 */











    { "UtilityWindowTitleInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleInactive, 0 },		/* 138 */
    { "PopupWindowTitleActiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleActive, 0 },		/* 139 */
    { "PopupWindowTitleInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleInactive, 0 },		/* 140 */
    { "RootMenuActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuActive, 0 },			/* 141 */
    { "RootMenuSelectedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuSelected, 0 },			/* 142 */
    { "RootMenuDisabledText",		    0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuDisabled, 0 },			/* 143 */
    { "MenuItemActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, 0 },			/* 144 */
    { "MenuItemSelectedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, 0 },			/* 145 */
    { "MenuItemDisabledText",		    0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, 0 },			/* 146 */
    { "PopupLabelActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelActive, 0 },			/* 147 */
    { "PopupLabelInactiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelInactive, 0 },			/* 148 */
    { "TabFrontActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorTabFrontActive, 0 },			/* 149 */
    { "TabNonFrontActiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontActive, 0 },			/* 150 */
    { "TabNonFrontPressedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontPressed, 0 },			/* 151 */
    { "TabFrontInactiveText",		    0, kThemeTextColorTabFrontInactive, 0 },			/* 152 */
    { "TabNonFrontInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontInactive, 0 },			/* 153 */
    { "IconLabelSelectedText",		    0, kThemeTextColorIconLabelSelected, 0 },			/* 154 */
    { "BevelButtonStickyActiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyActive, 0 },		/* 155 */
    { "BevelButtonStickyInactiveText",	    0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyInactive, 0 },		/* 156 */
    { "NotificationText",		    0, kThemeTextColorNotification, 0 },			/* 157 */
    { "SystemDetailText",		    0, kThemeTextColorSystemDetail, 0 },			/* 158 */
    { "WhiteText",			    0, kThemeTextColorWhite, 0 },				/* 159 */
    { "TabPaneBackground",		    0, 0, kThemeBackgroundTabPane },				/* 160 */
    { "PlacardBackground",		    0, 0, kThemeBackgroundPlacard },				/* 161 */
    { "WindowHeaderBackground",		    0, 0, kThemeBackgroundWindowHeader },			/* 162 */
    { "ListViewWindowHeaderBackground",	    0, 0, kThemeBackgroundListViewWindowHeader },		/* 163 */
    { "SecondaryGroupBoxBackground",	    0, 0, kThemeBackgroundSecondaryGroupBox },			/* 164 */
    { "MetalBackground",		    0, 0, kThemeBackgroundMetal },				/* 165 */






















    { NULL,				    0, 0, 0 }
};

#define MAX_PIXELCODE 165

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetThemeFromPixelCode --
 *
 *	When given a pixel code corresponding to a theme system color,
 *	set one of brush, textColor or background to the corresponding
 *	Appearance Mgr theme constant.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns false if not a real pixel, true otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
GetThemeFromPixelCode(
    unsigned char code,
    ThemeBrush *brush,
    ThemeTextColor *textColor,
    ThemeBackgroundKind *background)
{
    if (code >= MIN_PIXELCODE && code <= MAX_PIXELCODE) {
	*brush = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].brush;
	*textColor = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].textColor;
	*background = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].background;
    } else {
	*brush = 0;
	*textColor = 0;
	*background = 0;
    }
    if (!*brush && !*textColor && !*background && code != PIXEL_MAGIC &&
	    code != TRANSPARENT_PIXEL) {
	return false;
    } else {
	return true;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetThemeColor --
 *

 *	Get RGB color for a given system color or pixel value.


 *
 * Results:
 *	OSStatus
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */






static OSStatus
GetThemeColor(

    unsigned long pixel,
    ThemeBrush brush,
    ThemeTextColor textColor,
    ThemeBackgroundKind background,
    CGColorRef *c)
{
    OSStatus err = noErr;











    if (brush) {









	err = ChkErr(HIThemeBrushCreateCGColor, brush, c);







    /*} else if (textColor) {




	err = ChkErr(GetThemeTextColor, textColor, 32, true, c);*/




    } else {




	CGFloat rgba[4] = {0, 0, 0, 1};



	switch ((pixel >> 24) & 0xff) {
	case PIXEL_MAGIC: {
	    unsigned short red, green, blue;
	    red		= (pixel >> 16) & 0xff;
	    green	= (pixel >>  8) & 0xff;
	    blue	= (pixel      ) & 0xff;


	    red		|= red   << 8;

	    green	|= green << 8;
	    blue	|= blue  << 8;

	    rgba[0]	= red	/ 65535.0;
	    rgba[1]	= green / 65535.0;
	    rgba[2]	= blue  / 65535.0;

	    break;





	    }

	case TRANSPARENT_PIXEL:


	    rgba[3]	= 0.0;



	    break;







	}























	static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL;













	if (!deviceRGBSpace) {











	    deviceRGBSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();





	}





	*c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGBSpace, rgba );


    }































    return err;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkSetMacColor --
 *
 *	Creates a CGColorRef from a X style pixel value.



 *
 * Results:

 *	Returns false if not a real pixel, true otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The variable macColor is set to a new CGColorRef, the caller is
 *	responsible for releasing it!
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkSetMacColor(
    unsigned long pixel,		/* Pixel value to convert. */
    void *macColor)			/* CGColorRef to modify. */
{
    CGColorRef *color = (CGColorRef*)macColor;
    OSStatus err = -1;
    ThemeBrush brush;
    ThemeTextColor textColor;
    ThemeBackgroundKind background;

    if (GetThemeFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &brush, &textColor,
	    &background)) {
	err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, pixel, brush, textColor, background,
		color);
    }
    return (err == noErr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpInitGCCache, TkpFreeGCCache, CopyCachedColor, SetCachedColor --
 *
 *	Maintain a per-GC cache of previously converted CGColorRefs
 *
 * Results:
 *	None resp. retained CGColorRef for CopyCachedColor()
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpInitGCCache(







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
|
<
>










|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

>
|




|

|
<
<


|







|
|

<
|
<


|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

|






|

>
|
>
>










>
>
>
>
>

|
>

<
<
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
|
<
|
<
|
>
>
|
>
|
|
>
|
<
|
>

>
>
>
>
>

>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







|
>
>
>


>
|















<
|
<

|
<
<
|














|







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

44

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174











175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224


225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237

238

239
240
241









242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275



276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326

327

328

329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337

338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490

491

492
493


494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkColor.h"

/*
 * The colorType specifies how the color value should be interpreted.  For the
 * unique rgbColor entry, the RGB values are generated from the pixel value of
 * an XColor.  The ttkBackground and semantic types are dynamic, meaning
 * that they change when dark mode is enabled on OSX 10.13 and later.
 */

enum colorType {
    clearColor,    /* There should be only one of these. */
    rgbColor,      /* There should be only one of these. */
    appearance,    /* There should be only one of these. */
    HIBrush,       /* The value is a HITheme brush color table index. */
    HIText,        /* The value is a HITheme text color table index. */
    HIBackground,  /* The value is a HITheme background color table index. */
    ttkBackground, /* The value can be used as a parameter.*/
    semantic, /* The value can be used as a parameter.*/
};

/*

 */

struct SystemColorMapEntry {
    const char *name;

    enum colorType type;

    long value;
};  /* unsigned char pixelCode; */

/*
 * Array of system color definitions: the array index is required to equal the
 * color's (pixelCode - MIN_PIXELCODE), i.e. the array order needs to be kept
 * in sync with the public pixel code values in tkMacOSXPort.h !
 */

#define MIN_PIXELCODE  30
static const struct SystemColorMapEntry systemColorMap[] = {
    { "Transparent",			    clearColor,   0 },						    /*  30: TRANSPARENT_PIXEL */
    { "Highlight",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor },		    /*  31 */
    { "HighlightSecondary",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor },		    /*  32 */
    { "HighlightText",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushBlack },				    /*  33 */
    { "HighlightAlternate",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor },	    /*  34 */
    { "ButtonText",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive },	       	    /*  35 */
    { "PrimaryHighlightColor",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor },		    /*  36 */
    { "ButtonFace",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive },	       	    /*  37 */
    { "SecondaryHighlightColor",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor },		    /*  38 */
    { "ButtonFrame",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive },	       	    /*  39 */
    { "AlternatePrimaryHighlightColor",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor },	    /*  40 */
    { "WindowBody",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground },       	    /*  41 */
    { "SheetBackground",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushSheetBackground },			    /*  42 */
    { "MenuActive",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected },		    /*  43 */
    { "Black",				    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushBlack },				    /*  44 */
    { "MenuActiveText",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected },	       	    /*  45 */
    { "White",				    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushWhite },				    /*  46 */
    { "Menu",				    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushMenuBackground },			    /*  47 */
    { "DialogBackgroundActive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundActive },		    /*  48 */
    { "MenuDisabled",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled },	       	    /*  49 */
    { "DialogBackgroundInactive",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundInactive },       	    /*  50 */
    { "MenuText",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive },	       	    /*  51 */
    { "AppearanceColor",		    appearance,   0 },						    /*  52: APPEARANCE_PIXEL */
    { "AlertBackgroundActive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundActive },		    /*  53 */
    { "AlertBackgroundInactive",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundInactive },		    /*  54 */
    { "ModelessDialogBackgroundActive",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive },	    /*  55 */
    { "ModelessDialogBackgroundInactive",   HIBrush,      kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive },    /*  56 */
    { "UtilityWindowBackgroundActive",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundActive },	    /*  57 */
    { "UtilityWindowBackgroundInactive",    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundInactive },	    /*  58 */
    { "ListViewSortColumnBackground",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushListViewSortColumnBackground },	    /*  59 */
    { "ListViewBackground",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushListViewBackground },	       	    /*  60 */
    { "IconLabelBackground",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushIconLabelBackground },    		    /*  61 */
    { "ListViewSeparator",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushListViewSeparator },      		    /*  62 */
    { "ChasingArrows",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushChasingArrows },			    /*  63 */
    { "DragHilite",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushDragHilite },	       		    /*  64 */
    { "DocumentWindowBackground",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground },       	    /*  65 */
    { "FinderWindowBackground",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushFinderWindowBackground },		    /*  66 */
    { "ScrollBarDelimiterActive",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterActive },       	    /*  67 */
    { "ScrollBarDelimiterInactive",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterInactive },     	    /*  68 */
    { "FocusHighlight",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushFocusHighlight },			    /*  69 */
    { "PopupArrowActive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushPopupArrowActive },	       	    /*  70 */
    { "PopupArrowPressed",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushPopupArrowPressed },	       	    /*  71 */
    { "PopupArrowInactive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushPopupArrowInactive },	       	    /*  72 */
    { "AppleGuideCoachmark",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushAppleGuideCoachmark },	       	    /*  73 */
    { "IconLabelBackgroundSelected",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushIconLabelBackgroundSelected },    	    /*  74 */
    { "StaticAreaFill",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushStaticAreaFill },			    /*  75 */
    { "ActiveAreaFill",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushActiveAreaFill },			    /*  76 */
    { "ButtonFrameActive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive },		    /*  77 */
    { "ButtonFrameInactive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonFrameInactive },	       	    /*  78 */
    { "ButtonFaceActive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive },       		    /*  79 */
    { "ButtonFaceInactive",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonFaceInactive },	       	    /*  80 */
    { "ButtonFacePressed",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonFacePressed },	       	    /*  81 */
    { "ButtonActiveDarkShadow",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkShadow },		    /*  82 */
    { "ButtonActiveDarkHighlight",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkHighlight },	    /*  83 */
    { "ButtonActiveLightShadow",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightShadow },		    /*  84 */
    { "ButtonActiveLightHighlight",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightHighlight },	    /*  85 */
    { "ButtonInactiveDarkShadow",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkShadow },	    /*  86 */
    { "ButtonInactiveDarkHighlight",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkHighlight },	    /*  87 */
    { "ButtonInactiveLightShadow",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightShadow },	    /*  88 */
    { "ButtonInactiveLightHighlight",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightHighlight },	    /*  89 */
    { "ButtonPressedDarkShadow",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkShadow },		    /*  90 */
    { "ButtonPressedDarkHighlight",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkHighlight },	    /*  91 */
    { "ButtonPressedLightShadow",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightShadow },	    /*  92 */
    { "ButtonPressedLightHighlight",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightHighlight },	    /*  93 */
    { "BevelActiveLight",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushBevelActiveLight },		    /*  94 */
    { "BevelActiveDark",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushBevelActiveDark },			    /*  95 */
    { "BevelInactiveLight",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushBevelInactiveLight },		    /*  96 */
    { "BevelInactiveDark",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushBevelInactiveDark },		    /*  97 */
    { "NotificationWindowBackground",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushNotificationWindowBackground },	    /*  98 */
    { "MovableModalBackground",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushMovableModalBackground },		    /*  99 */
    { "SheetBackgroundOpaque",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundOpaque },		    /* 100 */
    { "DrawerBackground",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushDrawerBackground },		    /* 101 */
    { "ToolbarBackground",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushToolbarBackground },		    /* 102 */
    { "SheetBackgroundTransparent",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundTransparent },	    /* 103 */
    { "MenuBackground",			    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushMenuBackground },			    /* 104 */
    { "Pixel",				    rgbColor,     0 },						    /* 105: PIXEL_MAGIC */
    { "MenuBackgroundSelected",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected },		    /* 106 */
    { "ListViewOddRowBackground",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushListViewOddRowBackground },	    /* 107 */
    { "ListViewEvenRowBackground",	    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushListViewEvenRowBackground },	    /* 108 */
    { "ListViewColumnDivider",		    HIBrush,      kThemeBrushListViewColumnDivider },		    /* 109 */
    { "BlackText",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorBlack },			    /* 110 */
    { "DialogActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorDialogActive },		    /* 111 */
    { "DialogInactiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorDialogInactive },		    /* 112 */
    { "AlertActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorAlertActive },			    /* 113 */
    { "AlertInactiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorAlertInactive },		    /* 114 */
    { "ModelessDialogActiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorModelessDialogActive },	    /* 115 */
    { "ModelessDialogInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorModelessDialogInactive },	    /* 116 */
    { "WindowHeaderActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderActive },		    /* 117 */
    { "WindowHeaderInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderInactive },	    /* 118 */
    { "PlacardActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPlacardActive },		    /* 119 */
    { "PlacardInactiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPlacardInactive },		    /* 120 */
    { "PlacardPressedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPlacardPressed },		    /* 121 */
    { "PushButtonActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive },		    /* 122 */
    { "PushButtonInactiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPushButtonInactive },		    /* 123 */
    { "PushButtonPressedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPushButtonPressed },		    /* 124 */
    { "BevelButtonActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorBevelButtonActive },		    /* 125 */
    { "BevelButtonInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorBevelButtonInactive },		    /* 126 */
    { "BevelButtonPressedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorBevelButtonPressed },		    /* 127 */
    { "PopupButtonActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPopupButtonActive },		    /* 128 */
    { "PopupButtonInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPopupButtonInactive },		    /* 129 */
    { "PopupButtonPressedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPopupButtonPressed },		    /* 130 */
    { "IconLabelText",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorIconLabel },			    /* 131 */
    { "ListViewText",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorListView },			    /* 132 */
    { "DocumentWindowTitleActiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleActive },	    /* 133 */
    { "DocumentWindowTitleInactiveText",    HIText,       kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleInactive },	    /* 134 */
    { "MovableModalWindowTitleActiveText",  HIText,       kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleActive },   /* 135 */
    { "MovableModalWindowTitleInactiveText",HIText,       kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleInactive }, /* 136 */
    { "UtilityWindowTitleActiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleActive },	    /* 137 */
    { "UtilityWindowTitleInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleInactive },	    /* 138 */
    { "PopupWindowTitleActiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleActive },	    /* 139 */
    { "PopupWindowTitleInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleInactive },	    /* 140 */
    { "RootMenuActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorRootMenuActive },		    /* 141 */
    { "RootMenuSelectedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorRootMenuSelected },		    /* 142 */
    { "RootMenuDisabledText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorRootMenuDisabled },		    /* 143 */
    { "MenuItemActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive },		    /* 144 */
    { "MenuItemSelectedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected },		    /* 145 */
    { "MenuItemDisabledText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled },		    /* 146 */
    { "PopupLabelActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPopupLabelActive },		    /* 147 */
    { "PopupLabelInactiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorPopupLabelInactive },		    /* 148 */











    { "TabFrontActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorTabFrontActive },		    /* 149 */
    { "TabNonFrontActiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontActive },		    /* 150 */
    { "TabNonFrontPressedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontPressed },		    /* 151 */
    { "TabFrontInactiveText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorTabFrontInactive },		    /* 152 */
    { "TabNonFrontInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontInactive },		    /* 153 */
    { "IconLabelSelectedText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorIconLabelSelected },		    /* 154 */
    { "BevelButtonStickyActiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyActive },	    /* 155 */
    { "BevelButtonStickyInactiveText",	    HIText,       kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyInactive },	    /* 156 */
    { "NotificationText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorNotification },		    /* 157 */
    { "SystemDetailText",		    HIText,       kThemeTextColorSystemDetail },		    /* 158 */
    { "WhiteText",			    HIText,       kThemeTextColorWhite },			    /* 159 */
    { "TabPaneBackground",		    HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundTabPane },			    /* 160 */
    { "PlacardBackground",		    HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundPlacard },			    /* 161 */
    { "WindowHeaderBackground",		    HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundWindowHeader },		    /* 162 */
    { "ListViewWindowHeaderBackground",	    HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundListViewWindowHeader },	    /* 163 */
    { "SecondaryGroupBoxBackground",	    HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundSecondaryGroupBox },		    /* 164 */
    { "MetalBackground",		    HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundMetal },			    /* 165 */

    /*
     * Colors based on "semantic" NSColors.
     */

    { "WindowBackgroundColor",		    ttkBackground, 0 },	    					    /* 166 */
    { "WindowBackgroundColor1",		    ttkBackground, 1 },						    /* 167 */
    { "WindowBackgroundColor2",		    ttkBackground, 2 },						    /* 168 */
    { "WindowBackgroundColor3",		    ttkBackground, 3 },						    /* 169 */
    { "WindowBackgroundColor4",		    ttkBackground, 4 },						    /* 170 */
    { "WindowBackgroundColor5",		    ttkBackground, 5 },						    /* 171 */
    { "WindowBackgroundColor6",		    ttkBackground, 6 },						    /* 172 */
    { "WindowBackgroundColor7",		    ttkBackground, 7 },						    /* 173 */
    { "TextColor",			    semantic, 0 },						    /* 174 */
    { "SelectedTextColor",		    semantic, 1 },						    /* 175 */
    { "LabelColor",			    semantic, 2 },						    /* 176 */
    { "ControlTextColor",      		    semantic, 3 },						    /* 177 */
    { "DisabledControlTextColor",	    semantic, 4 },						    /* 178 */
    { "SelectedTabTextColor",		    semantic, 5 },						    /* 179 */
    { "TextBackgroundColor",		    semantic, 6 },						    /* 180 */
    { "SelectedTextBackgroundColor",	    semantic, 7 },						    /* 181 */
    { "ControlAccentColor",		    semantic, 8 },						    /* 182 */
    { NULL,				    0, 0 }
};
#define FIRST_SEMANTIC_COLOR 166
#define MAX_PIXELCODE 182

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetEntryFromPixelCode --
 *
 *	Extract a SystemColorMapEntry from the table.


 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns false if the code is out of bounds.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static bool
GetEntryFromPixelCode(
    unsigned char code,

    struct SystemColorMapEntry *entry)

{
    if (code >= MIN_PIXELCODE && code <= MAX_PIXELCODE) {
	*entry = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE];









	return true;
    } else {
	return false;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetCGColorComponents --
 *
 *	Set the components of a CGColorRef from an XColor pixel value and a
 *      system color map entry.  The pixel value is only used in the case where
 *      the color is of type rgbColor.  In that case the normalized XColor RGB
 *      values are copied into the CGColorRef.
 *
 * Results:
 *	OSStatus
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static NSColorSpace* deviceRGB = NULL;
static CGFloat blueAccentRGBA[4] = {0, 122.0 / 255, 1.0, 1.0};
static CGFloat windowBackground[4] =
    {236.0 / 255, 236.0 / 255, 236.0 / 255, 1.0};

static OSStatus
SetCGColorComponents(
    struct SystemColorMapEntry entry,
    unsigned long pixel,



    CGColorRef *c)
{
    OSStatus err = noErr;
    NSColor *bgColor, *color;
    CGFloat rgba[4] = {0, 0, 0, 1};
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101400
    NSInteger colorVariant;
    static CGFloat graphiteAccentRGBA[4] =
	{152.0 / 255, 152.0 / 255, 152.0 / 255, 1.0};
#endif

    if (!deviceRGB) {
	deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    }

    /*
     * This function is called before our autorelease pool is set up,
     * so it needs its own pool.
     */

    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];

    switch (entry.type) {
    case HIBrush:
	err = ChkErr(HIThemeBrushCreateCGColor, entry.value, c);
	return err;
    case rgbColor:
	rgba[0] = ((pixel >> 16) & 0xff) / 255.0;
	rgba[1] = ((pixel >>  8) & 0xff) / 255.0;
	rgba[2] = ((pixel      ) & 0xff) / 255.0;
	break;
    case ttkBackground:

	/*
	 * Prior to OSX 10.14, getComponents returns black when applied to
	 * windowBackGroundColor.
	 */

	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 14) {
	    for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
		rgba[i] = windowBackground[i];
	    }
	} else {
	    bgColor = [[NSColor windowBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
			    deviceRGB];
	    [bgColor getComponents: rgba];
	}
	if (rgba[0] + rgba[1] + rgba[2] < 1.5) {
	    for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
		rgba[i] += entry.value*8.0 / 255.0;
	    }

	} else {

	    for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {

		rgba[i] -= entry.value*8.0 / 255.0;
	    }
	}
	break;
    case semantic:
	switch (entry.value) {
	case 0:
	    color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB];
	    break;

	case 1:
	    color = [[NSColor selectedTextColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB];
	    break;
	case 2:
	    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 9) {
		color = [[NSColor labelColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB];
	    } else {
		color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB];
	    }
	    break;
	case 3:
	    color = [[NSColor controlTextColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
			  deviceRGB];
	    break;
	case 4:
	    color = [[NSColor disabledControlTextColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
			  deviceRGB];
	    break;
	case 5:
	    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 6) {
		color = [[NSColor whiteColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
						  deviceRGB];
	    } else {
		color = [[NSColor blackColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
						  deviceRGB];
	    }
	    break;
	case 6:
	    color = [[NSColor textBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
			  deviceRGB];
	    break;
	case 7:
	    color = [[NSColor selectedTextBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
			  deviceRGB];
	    break;
	case 8:
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
	    if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
		color = [[NSColor controlAccentColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
							  deviceRGB];
	    } else {
		color = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
				 components: blueAccentRGBA
				 count: 4];
	    }
#else
	    colorVariant = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
			       integerForKey:@"AppleAquaColorVariant"];
	    if (colorVariant == 6) {
		color = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
				 components: graphiteAccentRGBA
				 count: 4];
	    } else {
		color = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
				 components: blueAccentRGBA
				 count: 4];
	    }
#endif
	    break;
	default:
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101000
	    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] >= 10) {
		color = [[NSColor labelColor] colorUsingColorSpace:
			      deviceRGB];
		break;
	    }
#endif
	    color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB];
	    break;
	}
	[color getComponents: rgba];
	break;
    case clearColor:
	rgba[3]	= 0.0;
	break;

    /*
     * There are no HITheme functions which convert Text or background colors
     * to CGColors.  (GetThemeTextColor has been removed, and it was never
     * possible with backgrounds.)  If we get one of these we return black.
     */

    case HIText:
    case HIBackground:
    default:
	break;
    }
    *c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, rgba);
    [pool drain];
    return err;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInDarkMode --
 *
 *      Tests whether the given window's NSView has a DarkAqua Appearance.
 *
 * Results:
 *      Returns true if the NSView is in DarkMode, false if not.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkMacOSXInDarkMode(Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    int result = false;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] >= 14) {
        static NSAppearanceName darkAqua = @"NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua";
        TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*) tkwin;
        NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(winPtr->privatePtr);
        result = (view &&
                  [view.effectiveAppearance.name isEqualToString:darkAqua]);
    }
#endif
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkSetMacColor --
 *
 *	Sets the components of a CGColorRef from an XColor pixel value.
 *      The high order byte of the pixel value is used as an index into
 *      the system color table, and then SetCGColorComponents is called
 *      with the table entry and the pixel value.
 *
 * Results:
 *      Returns false if the high order byte is not a valid index, true
 *	otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The variable macColor is set to a new CGColorRef, the caller is
 *	responsible for releasing it!
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkSetMacColor(
    unsigned long pixel,		/* Pixel value to convert. */
    void *macColor)			/* CGColorRef to modify. */
{
    CGColorRef *color = (CGColorRef*)macColor;
    OSStatus err = -1;

    struct SystemColorMapEntry entry;


    if (GetEntryFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &entry)) {


	err = ChkErr(SetCGColorComponents, entry, pixel, color);
    }
    return (err == noErr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpInitGCCache, TkpFreeGCCache, CopyCachedColor, SetCachedColor --
 *
 *	Maintain a per-GC cache of previously converted CGColorRefs
 *
 * Results:
 *	None resp. retained CGColorRef for CopyCachedColor()
 *
 * Side effects:M
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpInitGCCache(
446
447
448
449
450
451
452

453
454
455
456
457
458
459
{
    CGColorRef cgColor = TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(gc, pixel);
    NSColor *nsColor = nil;

    if (cgColor) {
	NSColorSpace *colorSpace = [[NSColorSpace alloc]
		initWithCGColorSpace:CGColorGetColorSpace(cgColor)];

	nsColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace:colorSpace
		components:CGColorGetComponents(cgColor)
		count:CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(cgColor)];
	[colorSpace release];
	CFRelease(cgColor);
    }
    return nsColor;







>







631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
{
    CGColorRef cgColor = TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(gc, pixel);
    NSColor *nsColor = nil;

    if (cgColor) {
	NSColorSpace *colorSpace = [[NSColorSpace alloc]
		initWithCGColorSpace:CGColorGetColorSpace(cgColor)];

	nsColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace:colorSpace
		components:CGColorGetComponents(cgColor)
		count:CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(cgColor)];
	[colorSpace release];
	CFRelease(cgColor);
    }
    return nsColor;
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488



489
490
491


492



493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501

502
503
504

505

506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516

517
518
519
520
521
522


523
524
525
526
527
528



529
530
531
532
533
534
535

void
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(
    GC gc,
    unsigned long pixel,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    OSStatus err = -1;
    CGColorRef cgColor = CopyCachedColor(gc, pixel);



    ThemeBrush brush;
    ThemeTextColor textColor;
    ThemeBackgroundKind background;






    if (!cgColor && GetThemeFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &brush,
	    &textColor, &background)) {
	if (brush) {
	    err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, context,
		    kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
	    if (err == noErr) {
		err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetStroke, brush, NULL, context,
			kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
	    }

	} else if (textColor) {
	    err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetTextFill, textColor, NULL, context,
		    kHIThemeOrientationNormal);

	} else if (background) {

	    CGRect rect = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(context);
	    HIThemeBackgroundDrawInfo info = { 0, kThemeStateActive,
		    background };

	    err = ChkErr(HIThemeApplyBackground, &rect, &info,
		    context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
	}
	if (err == noErr) {
	    return;
	}
	err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, pixel, brush, textColor, background,

		&cgColor);
	if (err == noErr) {
	    SetCachedColor(gc, pixel, cgColor);
	}
    } else if (!cgColor) {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Ignored unknown pixel value 0x%lx", pixel);


    }
    if (cgColor) {
	CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
	CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
	CGColorRelease(cgColor);
    }



}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetColor --
 *







|
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|


|


>
|
|

>
|
>
|
<
<
<


<
<
|
<
<
>
|
|
|
|
<
<
>
>






>
>
>







666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703



704
705


706


707
708
709
710
711


712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729

void
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(
    GC gc,
    unsigned long pixel,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    OSStatus err = noErr;
    CGColorRef cgColor = nil;
    struct SystemColorMapEntry entry;
    CGRect rect;
    int code = (pixel >> 24) & 0xff;
    HIThemeBackgroundDrawInfo info = {0, kThemeStateActive, 0};;
    static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL;

    if (!deviceRGBSpace) {
	deviceRGBSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
    }
    if (code < FIRST_SEMANTIC_COLOR) {
	cgColor = CopyCachedColor(gc, pixel);
    }
    if (!cgColor && GetEntryFromPixelCode(code, &entry)) {
	switch (entry.type) {
	case HIBrush:
	    err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, entry.value, NULL, context,
		    kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
	    if (err == noErr) {
		err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetStroke, entry.value, NULL, context,
			kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
	    }
	    break;
	case HIText:
	    err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetTextFill, entry.value, NULL, context,
		    kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
	    break;
	case HIBackground:
	    info.kind = entry.value;
	    rect = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(context);



	    err = ChkErr(HIThemeApplyBackground, &rect, &info,
		    context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);


	    break;


	default:
	    err = ChkErr(SetCGColorComponents, entry, pixel, &cgColor);
	    if (err == noErr) {
		SetCachedColor(gc, pixel, cgColor);
	    }


	    break;
	}
    }
    if (cgColor) {
	CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
	CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
	CGColorRelease(cgColor);
    }
    if (err != noErr) {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Ignored unknown pixel value 0x%lx", pixel);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetColor --
 *
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563

564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkColor *
TkpGetColor(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which color will be used. */
    Tk_Uid name)		/* Name of color to allocated (in form
				 * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */
{
    Display *display = tkwin != None ? Tk_Display(tkwin) : NULL;
    Colormap colormap = tkwin!= None ? Tk_Colormap(tkwin) : None;
    TkColor *tkColPtr;
    XColor color;

    /*
     * Check to see if this is a system color. Otherwise, XParseColor
     * will do all the work.
     */

    if (strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) {
	Tcl_Obj *strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(name+6, -1);
	int idx, result;

	result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, strPtr, systemColorMap,
		    sizeof(struct SystemColorMapEntry), NULL, TCL_EXACT, &idx);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(strPtr);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    OSStatus err;
	    CGColorRef c;
	    unsigned char pixelCode = idx + MIN_PIXELCODE;
	    ThemeBrush brush = systemColorMap[idx].brush;
	    ThemeTextColor textColor = systemColorMap[idx].textColor;
	    ThemeBackgroundKind background = systemColorMap[idx].background;

	    err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, 0, brush, textColor, background, &c);
	    if (err == noErr) {
		const size_t n = CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(c);
		const CGFloat *rgba = CGColorGetComponents(c);

		switch (n) {
		case 4:
		    color.red   = rgba[0] * 65535.0;
		    color.green = rgba[1] * 65535.0;
		    color.blue  = rgba[2] * 65535.0;
		    break;
		case 2:
		    color.red = color.green = color.blue = rgba[0] * 65535.0;
		    break;
		default:
		  Tcl_Panic("CGColor with %d components", (int) n);
		}
		color.pixel = ((((((pixelCode << 8)
		    | ((color.red   >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8)
		    | ((color.green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8)
		    | ((color.blue  >> 8) & 0xff));
		CGColorRelease(c);
		goto validXColor;
	    }
	    CGColorRelease(c);
	}
    }








|











>





|





|
<
<

|














|


|
|
|







739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770


771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkColor *
TkpGetColor(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which color will be used. */
    Tk_Uid name)		/* Name of color to be allocated (in form
				 * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */
{
    Display *display = tkwin != None ? Tk_Display(tkwin) : NULL;
    Colormap colormap = tkwin!= None ? Tk_Colormap(tkwin) : None;
    TkColor *tkColPtr;
    XColor color;

    /*
     * Check to see if this is a system color. Otherwise, XParseColor
     * will do all the work.
     */

    if (strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) {
	Tcl_Obj *strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(name+6, -1);
	int idx, result;

	result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, strPtr, systemColorMap,
		sizeof(struct SystemColorMapEntry), NULL, TCL_EXACT, &idx);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(strPtr);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    OSStatus err;
	    CGColorRef c;
	    unsigned char pixelCode = idx + MIN_PIXELCODE;
	    struct SystemColorMapEntry entry = systemColorMap[idx];



	    err = ChkErr(SetCGColorComponents, entry, 0, &c);
	    if (err == noErr) {
		const size_t n = CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(c);
		const CGFloat *rgba = CGColorGetComponents(c);

		switch (n) {
		case 4:
		    color.red   = rgba[0] * 65535.0;
		    color.green = rgba[1] * 65535.0;
		    color.blue  = rgba[2] * 65535.0;
		    break;
		case 2:
		    color.red = color.green = color.blue = rgba[0] * 65535.0;
		    break;
		default:
		    Tcl_Panic("CGColor with %d components", (int) n);
		}
		color.pixel = ((((((pixelCode << 8)
			| ((color.red   >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8)
			| ((color.green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8)
			| ((color.blue  >> 8) & 0xff));
		CGColorRelease(c);
		goto validXColor;
	    }
	    CGColorRelease(c);
	}
    }

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXConstants.h.

75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
#define NSCursorUpdate NSEventTypeCursorUpdate
#define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground
#define NSCompositeCopy NSCompositingOperationCopy
#define NSWarningAlertStyle NSAlertStyleWarning
#define NSInformationalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleInformational
#define NSCriticalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleCritical
#define NSCenterTextAlignment NSTextAlignmentCenter
#define NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask NSEventModifierFlagDeviceIndependentFlagsMask
#define NSCommandKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCommand
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption
#define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl
#define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad
#define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction
#define NSKeyUp NSEventTypeKeyUp
#define NSKeyDown NSEventTypeKeyDown
#define NSFlagsChanged NSEventTypeFlagsChanged
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAnyEventMask NSEventMaskAny
#define NSApplicationDefinedMask NSEventMaskApplicationDefined
#define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground
#define NSUtilityWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUtilityWindow
#define NSNonactivatingPanelMask NSWindowStyleMaskNonactivatingPanel
#define NSDocModalWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskDocModalWindow
#define NSHUDWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskHUDWindow
#define NSTitledWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTitled
#define NSClosableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskClosable
#define NSResizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskResizable







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<







75
76
77
78
79
80
81













82
83

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
#define NSCursorUpdate NSEventTypeCursorUpdate
#define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground
#define NSCompositeCopy NSCompositingOperationCopy
#define NSWarningAlertStyle NSAlertStyleWarning
#define NSInformationalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleInformational
#define NSCriticalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleCritical
#define NSCenterTextAlignment NSTextAlignmentCenter













#define NSAnyEventMask NSEventMaskAny
#define NSApplicationDefinedMask NSEventMaskApplicationDefined

#define NSUtilityWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUtilityWindow
#define NSNonactivatingPanelMask NSWindowStyleMaskNonactivatingPanel
#define NSDocModalWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskDocModalWindow
#define NSHUDWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskHUDWindow
#define NSTitledWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTitled
#define NSClosableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskClosable
#define NSResizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskResizable

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c.

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
    {NULL}
};

/*
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL;
				/* A pointer to the current cursor. */
static int gResizeOverride = false;
				/* A boolean indicating whether we should use
				 * the resize cursor during installations. */
static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;/* A boolean indicating whether Tk owns the
				 * cursor. If not (for instance, in the case
				 * where a Tk window is embedded in another
				 * app's window, and the cursor is out of the
				 * tk window, we will not attempt to adjust
				 * the cursor. */

/*
 * Declarations of procedures local to this file
 */

static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string);







|








|







181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
    {NULL}
};

/*
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

static TkMacOSXCursor *gCurrentCursor = NULL;
				/* A pointer to the current cursor. */
static int gResizeOverride = false;
				/* A boolean indicating whether we should use
				 * the resize cursor during installations. */
static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;/* A boolean indicating whether Tk owns the
				 * cursor. If not (for instance, in the case
				 * where a Tk window is embedded in another
				 * app's window, and the cursor is out of the
				 * Tk window, we will not attempt to adjust
				 * the cursor. */

/*
 * Declarations of procedures local to this file
 */

static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string);
274
275
276
277
278
279
280

281
282
283
284
285
286
287
		NSBitmapImageRep *bitmapImageRep = NULL;
		CGImageRef img = NULL, mask = NULL, maskedImg = NULL;
		static const CGFloat decodeWB[] = {1, 0};
		CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(
			kCGColorSpaceGenericGray);
		CGDataProviderRef provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL,
			bitmap, pix*pix/8, NULL);

		if (provider) {
		    img = CGImageCreate(pix, pix, 1, 1, pix/8, colorspace,
			    kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault, provider, decodeWB, 0,
			    kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
		    CFRelease(provider);
		}
		provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL, bitmap +







>







274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
		NSBitmapImageRep *bitmapImageRep = NULL;
		CGImageRef img = NULL, mask = NULL, maskedImg = NULL;
		static const CGFloat decodeWB[] = {1, 0};
		CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(
			kCGColorSpaceGenericGray);
		CGDataProviderRef provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL,
			bitmap, pix*pix/8, NULL);

		if (provider) {
		    img = CGImageCreate(pix, pix, 1, 1, pix/8, colorspace,
			    kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault, provider, decodeWB, 0,
			    kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
		    CFRelease(provider);
		}
		provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL, bitmap +
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302


303


304


305
306
307
308
309

310
311
312
313
314
315
316
		    maskedImg = CGImageCreateWithMask(img, mask);
		}
		if (maskedImg) {
		    bitmapImageRep = [[NSBitmapImageRep alloc]
			    initWithCGImage:maskedImg];
		    CFRelease(maskedImg);
		}
		if (mask) { CFRelease(mask); }


		if (img)  { CFRelease(img); }


		if (colorspace) { CFRelease(colorspace); }


		if (bitmapImageRep) {
		    image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(pix, pix)];
		    [image addRepresentation:bitmapImageRep];
		    [bitmapImageRep release];
		}

		uint16_t *hotSpotData = (uint16_t*)(bitmap + 2*pix*pix/8);
		hotSpot.y = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData++);
		hotSpot.x = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData);
		haveHotSpot = 1;
		break;
	    }
	    }







|
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>





>







296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
		    maskedImg = CGImageCreateWithMask(img, mask);
		}
		if (maskedImg) {
		    bitmapImageRep = [[NSBitmapImageRep alloc]
			    initWithCGImage:maskedImg];
		    CFRelease(maskedImg);
		}
		if (mask) {
		    CFRelease(mask);
		}
		if (img) {
		    CFRelease(img);
		}
		if (colorspace) {
		    CFRelease(colorspace);
		}
		if (bitmapImageRep) {
		    image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(pix, pix)];
		    [image addRepresentation:bitmapImageRep];
		    [bitmapImageRep release];
		}

		uint16_t *hotSpotData = (uint16_t*)(bitmap + 2*pix*pix/8);
		hotSpot.y = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData++);
		hotSpot.x = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData);
		haveHotSpot = 1;
		break;
	    }
	    }

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDefault.h.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36


37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
//#ifndef TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS
//#define TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS 1
//#endif

/*
 * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors.
 * NORMAL_BG -		Normal background color.

 * ACTIVE_BG -		Background color when widget is active.

 * SELECT_BG -		Background color for selected text.
 * SELECT_FG -		Foreground color for selected text.
 * TROUGH -		Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars.
 * INDICATOR -		Color for indicator when button is selected.
 * DISABLED -		Foreground color when widget is disabled.
 */

#define BLACK			"Black"
#define WHITE			"White"
#define NORMAL_BG		"systemWindowBody"


#define ACTIVE_BG		"systemButtonFacePressed"
#define ACTIVE_FG		"systemPushButtonPressedText"
#define SELECT_BG		"systemHighlight"
#define SELECT_FG		NULL
#define INACTIVE_SELECT_BG	"systemHighlightSecondary"
#define TROUGH			"#c3c3c3"
#define INDICATOR		"#b03060"
#define DISABLED		"#a3a3a3"

/*
 * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons:
 */

#define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	ACTIVE_FG
#define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE
/* #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR	"systemButtonFace"*/
#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR		WHITE
#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND		"none"
#define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT		"disabled"
#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_FG			"systemButtonText"
#define DEF_CHKRAD_FG			DEF_BUTTON_FG
#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		"systemButtonFrame"
#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"







>

>









|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|














<
|









|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
//#ifndef TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS
//#define TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS 1
//#endif

/*
 * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors.
 * NORMAL_BG -		Normal background color.
 * NORMAL_FG -		Normal foreground color.
 * ACTIVE_BG -		Background color when widget is active.
 * ACTIVE_FG -		Foreground color when widget is active.
 * SELECT_BG -		Background color for selected text.
 * SELECT_FG -		Foreground color for selected text.
 * TROUGH -		Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars.
 * INDICATOR -		Color for indicator when button is selected.
 * DISABLED -		Foreground color when widget is disabled.
 */

#define BLACK			"Black"
#define WHITE			"White"
#define NORMAL_BG		"systemWindowBackgroundColor"
#define TEXT_BG                 "systemTextBackgroundColor"
#define NORMAL_FG		"systemTextColor"
#define ACTIVE_BG		"systemWindowBackgroundColor"
#define ACTIVE_FG		"systemTextColor"
#define SELECT_BG		"systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor"
#define SELECT_FG		"systemSelectedTextColor"
#define INACTIVE_SELECT_BG	"systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor"
#define TROUGH			"#c3c3c3"
#define INDICATOR		"#b03060"
#define DISABLED		"#a3a3a3"

/*
 * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons:
 */

#define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	ACTIVE_FG
#define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE

#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND		"none"
#define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT		"disabled"
#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_FG			NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_CHKRAD_FG			DEF_BUTTON_FG
#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		"systemButtonFrame"
#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193

194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215

216

217
218
219
220
221
222
223
 */

#define MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH		3
#define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_BORDER		2
#define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_RELIEF		TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN
#define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_SELECT_RELIEF	TK_RELIEF_FLAT

#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR		"xterm"
#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
#define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT			"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"3" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"

#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"solid" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"

/*
 * Defaults for frames:
 */

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG







|








|


<

|




|
|
|
>



<


















>

>







168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186

187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199

200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
 */

#define MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH		3
#define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_BORDER		2
#define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_RELIEF		TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN
#define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_SELECT_RELIEF	TK_RELIEF_FLAT

#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR		TEXT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR		"xterm"
#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
#define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT			"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FG			NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK

#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG		"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"

#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"

/*
 * Defaults for frames:
 */

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_TILE		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
/*
 * Defaults for labelframes:
 */

#define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH	"2"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS		"Labelframe"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF		"groove"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG		"systemButtonText"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT		""
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR	"nw"

/*
 * Defaults for listboxes:
 */

#define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE	"dotbox"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR		WHITE
#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
#define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT		"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT		"10"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF		"solid"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND	""







|









|






|







237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
/*
 * Defaults for labelframes:
 */

#define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH	"2"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS		"Labelframe"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF		"groove"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG		NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT		""
#define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR	"nw"

/*
 * Defaults for listboxes:
 */

#define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE	"dotbox"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR		TEXT_BG
#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
#define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT		"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_FG			NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT		"10"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF		"solid"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
308
309
310
311
312
313
314

315
316
317
318
319
320
321
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuActiveText"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		"systemMenu"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuDisabled"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */







>







312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuActiveText"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		"systemMenu"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuDisabled"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */

#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	ACTIVE_FG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH	"2"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION	"below"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"1"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"4"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"3"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE	"-1"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH	"0"

/*
 * Defaults for messages:
 */

#define DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR		"center"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT		"150"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_MESSAGE_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADX		"-1"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADY		"-1"







|

|

|



|





|









|
|



















|







335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */

#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR		"w"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	ACTIVE_FG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION	"below"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"1"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE	"-1"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH	"0"

/*
 * Defaults for messages:
 */

#define DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR		"center"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT		"150"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_MESSAGE_FG			NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADX		"-1"
#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADY		"-1"
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
#define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR		BLACK
#define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_SCALE_FROM			"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_LABEL			""







|







444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
#define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_SCALE_FROM			"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_LABEL			""
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"15"

/*
 * Defaults for texts:
 */

#define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS	"1"
#define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR			"xterm"
#define DEF_TEXT_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
#define DEF_TEXT_FONT			"TkFixedFont"
#define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT			"24"
#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"3"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG		BLACK
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME		"600"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED	"none"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO		"0"







|




|






|







501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"15"

/*
 * Defaults for texts:
 */

#define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS	"1"
#define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR		TEXT_BG
#define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR			"xterm"
#define DEF_TEXT_FG			NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
#define DEF_TEXT_FONT			"TkFixedFont"
#define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT			"24"
#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"3"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG		NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME		"600"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED	"none"
#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO		"0"

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

29


30

31
32

33
34
35

36

37

38
39
40
41
42
43

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif
#define modalOther  -1
#define modalError  -2


/*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/


typedef struct {

    bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu
    bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable

    bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document"

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc"

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)"

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; // boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is included

    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions
    bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; // set of all allowed extensions includes *.*

    NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter

} filepanelFilterInfo;

filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;

NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
NSSavePanel *savepanel;

static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
    "-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum colorOptions {
    COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};







|



>
|
>
>

>
|
|
>
|
|
|
>
|
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>


|
<
|
|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOther  -1
#define modalError  -2

/*
 * Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.
 */

typedef struct {
    bool doFileTypes;			/* Show the accessory view which
					 * displays the filter menu */
    bool preselectFilter;		/* A filter was selected by the
					 * typevariable. */
    bool userHasSelectedFilter;		/* The user has changed the filter in
					 * the accessory view. */
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames;	/* Array of names, e.g. "Text
					 * document". */
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions;	/* Array of allowed extensions per
					 * name, e.g. "txt", "doc". */
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels;	/* Displayed string, e.g. "Text
					 * document (.txt, .doc)". */
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll;	/* Boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is
					 * included. */
    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions;	/* Set of all allowed extensions. */
    bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll;	/* Set of all allowed extensions
					 * includes *.* */
    NSUInteger fileTypeIndex;		/* Index of currently selected
					 * filter. */
} filepanelFilterInfo;

static filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;

static NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
static NSSavePanel *savepanel;

static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
    "-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum colorOptions {
    COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171

172




173
174
175
176
177
178
179
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{3, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{1, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNO] =		{6, 5, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{6, 5, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename.  Either may
 * be nil.  If both are nil, returns nil.
 */

static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {




    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }







|
|

>
|
>
>
>
>







170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{3, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{1, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNO] =		{6, 5, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{6, 5, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename. Either may be nil. If both
 * are nil, returns nil.
 */

static NSURL *
getFileURL(
    NSString *directory,
    NSString *filename)
{
    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}


- (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode
	contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    AlertCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) {
	Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(alertButtonStrings[







<







238
239
240
241
242
243
244

245
246
247
248
249
250
251
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}


- (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode
	contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    AlertCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) {
	Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(alertButtonStrings[
268
269
270
271
272
273
274


275
276
277



278
279

280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295

296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303

- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button      = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex   = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];


	/* setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from the
	 * NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an extension
	 * Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting any file */



	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {

	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button     = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex  = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {

	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}








>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>


>
|















>
|







280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322

- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button      = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex   = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];

	/*
	 * setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from
	 * the NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an
	 * extension. Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting
	 * any file.
	 */

	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes =
		[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button     = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex  = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes =
		[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

380
381
382
383
384
385
386

387
388
389
390
391
392
393
    [colorPanel orderOut:NSApp];
    [colorPanel setContinuous:NO];
    [colorPanel setBecomesKeyOnlyIfNeeded:NO];
    [colorPanel setShowsAlpha: NO];
    [colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES];
    if (title) {
	NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:title];

	[colorPanel setTitle:s];
	[s release];
    }
    if (initialColor) {
	[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
    }
    returnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:colorPanel];







>







399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
    [colorPanel orderOut:NSApp];
    [colorPanel setContinuous:NO];
    [colorPanel setBecomesKeyOnlyIfNeeded:NO];
    [colorPanel setShowsAlpha: NO];
    [colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES];
    if (title) {
	NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:title];

	[colorPanel setTitle:s];
	[s release];
    }
    if (initialColor) {
	[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
    }
    returnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:colorPanel];
411
412
413
414
415
416
417

418
419






420

421
422
423
424
425
426
427

428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448

449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474

475


476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494


495
496
497

498


499

500

501


502
503

504


505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519


520


521

522

523


524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
    }
    result = TCL_OK;

end:
    return result;
}


/* dissect the -filetype nested lists and store the information
 * in the filterInfo structure */






int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVariablePtr) {


    if (!fileTypesPtr) {
	filterInfo.doFileTypes = false;
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    FileFilterList fl;

    TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, fileTypesPtr, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    filterInfo.doFileTypes = (fl.filters != NULL);

    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = 0;
    filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeNames = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeLabels = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll = [NSMutableArray array];

    filterInfo.allowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = NO;

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name];

	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
	    [name release];
	    NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    bool allowsAll = NO;

	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		    const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    	str++;
		     }
		    if (*str) {
			NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
			    [filterInfo.allowedExtensions addObject:extension];
			}

			[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
			[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];

			[extension release];
		    } else {

			// it is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*)


			allowsAll = YES;
			filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = YES;
			[displayextensions addObject:@"*"];
		    }
		}
	    }
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:allowsAll]];

	    NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
	    [label appendString:@" ("];
	    [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
	    [label appendString:@")"];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
	    [label release];

	}

	/* Check if the typevariable exists and matches one of the names */


	filterInfo.preselectFilter = false;
	filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = false;
	if (typeVariablePtr) {

	    /* extract the variable content as a NSString */


	    Tcl_Obj *selectedFileTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);



	    /* check that the typevariable exists */


	    if (selectedFileTypeObj != NULL) {
		const char *selectedFileType = Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj);

		NSString *selectedFileTypeStr = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:selectedFileType];


		NSUInteger index = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr];

		if (index != NSNotFound) {
		    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = index;
		    filterInfo.preselectFilter = true;
		}
	    }
	}

    }

    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return TCL_OK;
}



bool filterCompatible(NSString *extension, int filterIndex) {


    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex];



    /* If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension */


    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterIndex] boolValue]) {
	return true;
    }

    return [allowedExtensions containsObject: extension];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Mac







>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







>




















|
>


|
|










|











>
|
>
>









|





|
|
|
|
>
>



>
|
>
>
|
>

>
|
>
>

|
>
|
>
>
|














>
>
|
>
>
|
>

>
|
>
>






<







431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582

583
584
585
586
587
588
589
    }
    result = TCL_OK;

end:
    return result;
}

/*
 * Dissect the -filetype nested lists and store the information in the
 * filterInfo structure.
 */

static int
parseFileFilters(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *typeVariablePtr)
{

    if (!fileTypesPtr) {
	filterInfo.doFileTypes = false;
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    FileFilterList fl;

    TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, fileTypesPtr, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    filterInfo.doFileTypes = (fl.filters != NULL);

    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = 0;
    filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeNames = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeLabels = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll = [NSMutableArray array];

    filterInfo.allowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = NO;

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    NSString *name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr->name];

	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
	    [name release];
	    NSMutableArray *clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    NSMutableArray *displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    bool allowsAll = NO;

	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		    const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    	str++;
		    }
		    if (*str) {
			NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
			    [filterInfo.allowedExtensions addObject:extension];
			}

			[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
			[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];

			[extension release];
		    } else {
			/*
			 * It is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*)
			 */

			allowsAll = YES;
			filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = YES;
			[displayextensions addObject:@"*"];
		    }
		}
	    }
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:allowsAll]];

	    NSMutableString *label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
	    [label appendString:@" ("];
	    [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
	    [label appendString:@")"];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
	    [label release];
	}

	/*
	 * Check if the typevariable exists and matches one of the names.
	 */

	filterInfo.preselectFilter = false;
	filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = false;
	if (typeVariablePtr) {
	    /*
	     * Extract the variable content as a NSString.
	     */

	    Tcl_Obj *selectedFileTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp,
		    typeVariablePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

	    /*
	     * Check that the typevariable exists.
	     */

	    if (selectedFileTypeObj != NULL) {
		const char *selectedFileType =
			Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj);
		NSString *selectedFileTypeStr =
			[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:selectedFileType];
		NSUInteger index =
			[filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr];

		if (index != NSNotFound) {
		    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = index;
		    filterInfo.preselectFilter = true;
		}
	    }
	}

    }

    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return TCL_OK;
}

static bool
filterCompatible(
    NSString *extension,
    int filterIndex)
{
    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions =
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex];

    /*
     * If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension.
     */

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterIndex] boolValue]) {
	return true;
    }

    return [allowedExtensions containsObject: extension];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Mac
627
628
629
630
631
632
633

634
635
636
637

638
639
640

641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660

661
662


663
664
665
666
667
668
669


670
671
672
673
674
675
676

677
678


679


680

681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695

696


697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715

716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723

724

725
726
727

728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743

744

745
746

747
748
749
750

751
752

753
754


755

756

757
758

759
760
761
762
763
764

765
766
767
768
769
770
771

772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788

789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809

810
811
812
813
814
815
816
	    break;
	}
    }

    if (title) {
	[openpanel setTitle:title];


	/* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored in the open panel.
	 * Prepend the title to the message in this case
	 * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but
	 * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/


	if (message) {
	    NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];

	    [message release];
	    [title release];
	    message = fullmessage;
	} else {
	    message = title;
	}
    }

    if (message) {
	[openpanel setMessage:message];
	[message release];
    }

    [openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {

	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];


	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:@"Filter:"];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];


	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {

	    /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and
	     * open the accessory view */


	    [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];


	    /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types

	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	    */
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	}

	if (filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll) {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
	}

	[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
    } else {

	/* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */


	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);

	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];

    } else {
	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);

	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal];
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) &&
	filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled

	 */

	NSUInteger selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	NSString *selectedFilter = NULL;

	if (filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
	    selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	} else {

	    /* Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings, but we must
	     * return something in the typevariable. First check if the preselected type is compatible

	     * with the selected file, otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list,
	     * finally fall back to the empty string */


	    NSURL *selectedFile;

	    if (multiple) {

		// Use the first file in the case of multiple selection
		// Anyway it is not overly useful here

		selectedFile = [[openpanel URLs] objectAtIndex:0];
	    } else {
		selectedFile = [openpanel URL];
	    }

	    NSString *extension = [selectedFile pathExtension];

	    if (filterInfo.preselectFilter &&
		filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) {
		selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;  // The preselection from the typevariable
		selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	    } else {
		// scan the list
		NSUInteger i;

		for (i = 0; i < [filterInfo.fileTypeNames count]; i++) {
		    if (filterCompatible(extension, i)) {
			selectedFilterIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
		if (i == selectedFilterIndex) {
		    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
		} else {
		    selectedFilter = @"";
		}

	    }
	}

	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    }


  end:
    return result;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "save file" dialog box for the Mac
 *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See user documentation.

 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */







>
|
|
|
|
>


|
>




















>
|
|
>
>






|
>
>







>
|
|
>
>

>
>
|
>















>
|
>
>

















|
|
>




|
|

|
>
|
>

|
|
>












|
|

|
>

>


>




>
|
|
>
|
|
>
>

>

>
|
|
>






>

|





>











<




|
>

<




<














>







679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867

868
869
870
871
872
873
874

875
876
877
878

879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
	    break;
	}
    }

    if (title) {
	[openpanel setTitle:title];

	/*
	 * From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored in the open
	 * panel.  Prepend the title to the message in this case.  NOTE should
	 * be conditional on OSX version, but -mmacosx-version-min does not
	 * revert this behaviour
	 */

	if (message) {
	    NSString *fullmessage =
		    [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@", title, message];
	    [message release];
	    [title release];
	    message = fullmessage;
	} else {
	    message = title;
	}
    }

    if (message) {
	[openpanel setMessage:message];
	[message release];
    }

    [openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc]
		initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc]
		initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];

	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:@"Filter:"];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc]
		initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];

	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
	    /*
	     * A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it
	     * and open the accessory view.
	     */

	    [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];

	    /*
	     * On OSX > 10.11, the options are not visible by default. Ergo
	     * allow all file types
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	    */
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	}

	if (filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll) {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
	}

	[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
    } else {
	/*
	 * No filters are given. Allow picking all files.
	 */

	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
	if (directory || filename) {
	    NSURL *fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);

	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) {
	    [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ];
	}];
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther :
		[NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
    } else {
	if (directory || filename) {
	    NSURL *fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);

	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal];
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton))
	    && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the
	 * dialog was not cancelled.
	 */

	NSUInteger selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	NSString *selectedFilter = NULL;

	if (filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
	    selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings,
	     * but we must return something in the typevariable. First check if
	     * the preselected type is compatible with the selected file,
	     * otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list,
	     * finally fall back to the empty string.
	     */

	    NSURL *selectedFile;

	    if (multiple) {
		/*
		 * Use the first file in the case of multiple selection.
		 * Anyway it is not overly useful here.
		 */
		selectedFile = [[openpanel URLs] objectAtIndex:0];
	    } else {
		selectedFile = [openpanel URL];
	    }

	    NSString *extension = [selectedFile pathExtension];

	    if (filterInfo.preselectFilter &&
		    filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) {
		selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;  // The preselection from the typevariable
		selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	    } else {
		// scan the list
		NSUInteger i;

		for (i = 0; i < [filterInfo.fileTypeNames count]; i++) {
		    if (filterCompatible(extension, i)) {
			selectedFilterIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
		if (i == selectedFilterIndex) {
		    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
		} else {
		    selectedFilter = @"";
		}

	    }
	}

	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1),
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "save file" dialog box for the Mac
 *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
    int index, len;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL, *fileTypesPtr = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil;
    NSString *message = nil, *title = nil;
    NSWindow *parent;
    savepanel =  [NSSavePanel savePanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], saveOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;







|







908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
    int index, len;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL, *fileTypesPtr = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil;
    NSString *message = nil, *title = nil;
    NSWindow *parent;
    savepanel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], saveOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
902
903
904
905
906
907
908

909
910
911
912


913
914

915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934

935
936


937
938
939
940
941
942
943


944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955

956
957
958


959

960
961
962
963
964
965
966
		break;
	}
    }

    if (title) {
	[savepanel setTitle:title];


	/* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored, if the save panel is a sheet.
	 * Prepend the title to the message in this case
	 * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but
	 * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/


	if (haveParentOption) {
	    if (message) {

		NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];
		[message release];
		[title release];
		message = fullmessage;
	    } else {
		message = title;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (message) {
	[savepanel setMessage:message];
	[message release];
    }

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {

	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];


	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];


	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];

	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll];
    } else if (defaultType) {

	/* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way
	 * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension,
	 * but don't display an accessory view */


	NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];

	[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    [savepanel setCanSelectHiddenExtension:YES];
    [savepanel setExtensionHidden:NO];







>
|
|
|
|
>
>


>
|



















>
|
|
>
>






|
>
>












>
|
|
|
>
>

>







986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
		break;
	}
    }

    if (title) {
	[savepanel setTitle:title];

	/*
	 * From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored, if the save
	 * panel is a sheet.  Prepend the title to the message in this case.
	 * NOTE: should be conditional on OSX version, but -mmacosx-version-min
	 * does not revert this behaviour.
	 */

	if (haveParentOption) {
	    if (message) {
		NSString *fullmessage =
		    [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];
		[message release];
		[title release];
		message = fullmessage;
	    } else {
		message = title;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (message) {
	[savepanel setMessage:message];
	[message release];
    }

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc]
		initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc]
		initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];

	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc]
		initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];

	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];

	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll];
    } else if (defaultType) {
	/*
	 * If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way to
	 * specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension, but
	 * don't display an accessory view.
	 */

	NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];

	[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    [savepanel setCanSelectHiddenExtension:YES];
    [savepanel setExtensionHidden:NO];
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984


985



986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995

996

997
998
999
1000


1001



1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016

1017
1018

1019


1020
1021
1022

1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
       parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
       if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}


	   /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/



	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];

    } else {
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}


	 /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/



	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal];
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {

	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled

	 */


	NSString * selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    }


  end:
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|
|


>
>
|
>
>
>






|
|

|
>
|
>




>
>
|
>
>
>














|
>

|
>

>
>
|

|
>

<







1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137

1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}

	/*
	 * Check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with
	 * uncaught exception if set to nil.
	 */

	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
		completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) {
	    [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
	}];
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther :
		[NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
    } else {
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}

	/*
	 * Check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with
	 * uncaught exception if set to nil.
	 */

	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal];
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if (typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)
	    && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the
	 * dialog was not cancelled.
	 */

	NSString *selectedFilter =
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1),
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132


1133



1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145

1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;


    /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/



    if (!directory) {
	directory = @"/";
    }
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }







>
>
|
>
>
>








|
|
|
|
>







1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    /*
     * Check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise
     * crashes with exception because of nil string parameter.
     */

    if (!directory) {
	directory = @"/";
    }
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
		completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) {
	    [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		    returnCode:returnCode
		    contextInfo:callbackInfo];
	}];
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208

1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225

1226

1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233

    /*
     * This replaces the old about dialog with a standard alert that displays
     * correctly on 10.14.
     */

    NSString *version =  @"Tcl " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL " & Tk " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL;
    NSString *url =   @"www.tcl-lang.org";
    NSTextView *credits = [[NSTextView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0,0,300,300)];
    NSFont *font = [NSFont systemFontOfSize:[NSFont systemFontSize]];
    NSDictionary *textAttributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObject:font
					        forKey:NSFontAttributeName];

    [credits insertText: [[NSAttributedString alloc]
		 initWithString:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"\n"
		"Tcl and Tk are distributed under a modified BSD license: "
		"www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/license.html\n\n"
		"%1$C 1987-%2$@ Tcl Core Team and Contributers.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2011-%2$@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2014-%2$@ Marc Culler.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2002-2012 Daniel A. Steffen.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2001-2009 Apple Inc.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid\n\n"
		"%1$C 1998-2000 Jim Ingham & Ray Johnson\n\n"
		"%1$C 1998-2000 Scriptics Inc.\n\n"
		"%1$C 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems Inc.", 0xA9, year]
	     attributes:textAttributes]
             replacementRange:NSMakeRange(0,0)];
    [credits setDrawsBackground:NO];
    [credits setEditable:NO];

     NSAlert *about = [[NSAlert alloc] init];

    [[about window] setTitle:@"About Tcl & Tk"];
    [about setMessageText: version];
    [about setInformativeText:url];
    about.accessoryView = credits;
    [about runModal];
    [about release];
}







|




>













|
|


>
|
>







1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355

    /*
     * This replaces the old about dialog with a standard alert that displays
     * correctly on 10.14.
     */

    NSString *version =  @"Tcl " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL " & Tk " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL;
    NSString *url = @"www.tcl-lang.org";
    NSTextView *credits = [[NSTextView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0,0,300,300)];
    NSFont *font = [NSFont systemFontOfSize:[NSFont systemFontSize]];
    NSDictionary *textAttributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObject:font
					        forKey:NSFontAttributeName];

    [credits insertText: [[NSAttributedString alloc]
		 initWithString:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"\n"
		"Tcl and Tk are distributed under a modified BSD license: "
		"www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/license.html\n\n"
		"%1$C 1987-%2$@ Tcl Core Team and Contributers.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2011-%2$@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2014-%2$@ Marc Culler.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2002-2012 Daniel A. Steffen.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2001-2009 Apple Inc.\n\n"
		"%1$C 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid\n\n"
		"%1$C 1998-2000 Jim Ingham & Ray Johnson\n\n"
		"%1$C 1998-2000 Scriptics Inc.\n\n"
		"%1$C 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems Inc.", 0xA9, year]
	    attributes:textAttributes]
            replacementRange:NSMakeRange(0,0)];
    [credits setDrawsBackground:NO];
    [credits setEditable:NO];

    NSAlert *about = [[NSAlert alloc] init];

    [[about window] setTitle:@"About Tcl & Tk"];
    [about setMessageText: version];
    [about setInformativeText:url];
    about.accessoryView = credits;
    [about runModal];
    [about release];
}
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381

1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
    if (indexDefaultOption) {
	/*
	 * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is
	 * why we do this here.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
		alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {

	    goto end;
	}

	/*
	 * Need to map from "ok" etc. to 1, 2, 3, right to left.
	 */

	defaultNativeButtonIndex =
		alertButtonIndexAndTypeToNativeButtonIndex[typeIndex][index];
	if (!defaultNativeButtonIndex) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("Illegal default option", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MSGBOX", "DEFAULT", NULL);
	    goto end;
	}
    }
    [alert setIcon:[NSApp applicationIconImage]];
    [alert setAlertStyle:alertStyles[iconIndex]];
    i = 0;
    while (i < 3 && alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i]) {
	[alert addButtonWithTitle:(NSString*)alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i++]];
    }
    buttons = [alert buttons];
    for (NSButton *b in buttons) {
	NSString *ke = [b keyEquivalent];

	if (([ke isEqualToString:@"\r"] || [ke isEqualToString:@"\033"]) &&
		![b keyEquivalentModifierMask]) {







|
>




















|







1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
    if (indexDefaultOption) {
	/*
	 * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is
	 * why we do this here.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
		alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}

	/*
	 * Need to map from "ok" etc. to 1, 2, 3, right to left.
	 */

	defaultNativeButtonIndex =
		alertButtonIndexAndTypeToNativeButtonIndex[typeIndex][index];
	if (!defaultNativeButtonIndex) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj("Illegal default option", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MSGBOX", "DEFAULT", NULL);
	    goto end;
	}
    }
    [alert setIcon:[NSApp applicationIconImage]];
    [alert setAlertStyle:alertStyles[iconIndex]];
    i = 0;
    while (i < 3 && alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i]) {
	[alert addButtonWithTitle:(NSString*) alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i++]];
    }
    buttons = [alert buttons];
    for (NSButton *b in buttons) {
	NSString *ke = [b keyEquivalent];

	if (([ke isEqualToString:@"\r"] || [ke isEqualToString:@"\033"]) &&
		![b keyEquivalentModifierMask]) {
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434

1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->typeIndex = typeIndex;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1090
 	[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert
			returnCode:returnCode
			contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

#else
	[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:@selector(tkAlertDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? 0 :







|
|
|
|
>







1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->typeIndex = typeIndex;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1090
 	[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) {
	    [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert
		    returnCode:returnCode
		    contextInfo:callbackInfo];
	}];
#else
	[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:@selector(tkAlertDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? 0 :
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474



1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481

typedef struct FontchooserData {
    Tcl_Obj *titleObj;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    Tk_Window parent;
} FontchooserData;

enum FontchooserEvent { FontchooserClosed, FontchooserSelection };




static void		FontchooserEvent(int kind);
static Tcl_Obj *	FontchooserCget(FontchooserData *fcdPtr,
			    int optionIndex);
static int		FontchooserConfigureCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);







|
>
>
>







1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608

typedef struct FontchooserData {
    Tcl_Obj *titleObj;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    Tk_Window parent;
} FontchooserData;

enum FontchooserEvent {
    FontchooserClosed,
    FontchooserSelection
};

static void		FontchooserEvent(int kind);
static Tcl_Obj *	FontchooserCget(FontchooserData *fcdPtr,
			    int optionIndex);
static int		FontchooserConfigureCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
@end

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserEvent --
 *
 *	This processes events generated by user interaction with the
 *	font panel.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue.
 *







|
|







1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
@end

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserEvent --
 *
 *	This processes events generated by user interaction with the font
 *	panel.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue.
 *
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserCget --
 *
 *	Helper for the FontchooserConfigure command to return the
 *	current value of any of the options (which may be NULL in
 *	the structure)
 *
 * Results:
 *	Tcl object of option value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







|
|
<







1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754

1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserCget --
 *
 *	Helper for the FontchooserConfigure command to return the current value
 *	of any of the options (which may be NULL in the structure).

 *
 * Results:
 *	Tcl object of option value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
	if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
	    resObj = fcdPtr->cmdObj;
	} else {
	    resObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
	break;
    case FontchooserVisible:
	resObj = Tcl_NewBooleanObj([[[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
		fontPanel:NO] isVisible]);
	break;
    default:
	resObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    }
    return resObj;
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserConfigureCmd --
 *
 *	Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser configure' ensemble command.
 *	See the user documentation for what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Per-interp data structure may be modified
 *







|
|












|
|







1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
	if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
	    resObj = fcdPtr->cmdObj;
	} else {
	    resObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
	break;
    case FontchooserVisible:
	resObj = Tcl_NewWideIntObj([[[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
		fontPanel:NO] isVisible] != 0);
	break;
    default:
	resObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    }
    return resObj;
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserConfigureCmd --
 *
 *	Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser configure' ensemble command.  See
 *	the user documentation for what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Per-interp data structure may be modified
 *
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825

1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
	    NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:NO];

	    [fp setPanelFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
	    [fm setSelectedFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
	    [fm setSelectedAttributes:fontPanelFontAttributes
		    isMultiple:NO];
	    if ([fp isVisible]) {
		TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);

	    }
	    break;
	case FontchooserCmd:
	    if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(fcdPtr->cmdObj);
	    }
	    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &len);







|
>







1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
	    NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:NO];

	    [fp setPanelFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
	    [fm setSelectedFont:fontPanelFont isMultiple:NO];
	    [fm setSelectedAttributes:fontPanelFontAttributes
		    isMultiple:NO];
	    if ([fp isVisible]) {
		TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent,
			"TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
	    }
	    break;
	case FontchooserCmd:
	    if (fcdPtr->cmdObj) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(fcdPtr->cmdObj);
	    }
	    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &len);
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserShowCmd --
 *
 *	Implements the 'tk fontchooser show' ensemble command. The
 *	per-interp configuration data for the dialog is held in an interp
 *	associated structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Font Panel may be shown.
 *







|
|
|







1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserShowCmd --
 *
 *	Implements the 'tk fontchooser show' ensemble command. The per-interp
 *	configuration data for the dialog is held in an interp associated
 *	structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Font Panel may be shown.
 *
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880

1881
1882

1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919

1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
	    NULL);

    if (fcdPtr->parent == None) {
	fcdPtr->parent = (Tk_Window) clientData;
	Tk_CreateEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
		FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
    }

    NSFontManager *fm = [NSFontManager sharedFontManager];
    NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:YES];

    if ([fp delegate] != NSApp) {
	[fp setDelegate:NSApp];
    }
    if (![fp isVisible]) {
	[fm orderFrontFontPanel:NSApp];
	TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
    }
    fontchooserInterp = interp;

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserHideCmd --
 *
 *	Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser hide' ensemble. See the
 *	user documentation for details.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Font Panel may be hidden.
 *
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
FontchooserHideCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    NSFontPanel *fp = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager] fontPanel:NO];

    if ([fp isVisible]) {
	[fp orderOut:NSApp];
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







>


>

















|
|


















>







2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
	    NULL);

    if (fcdPtr->parent == None) {
	fcdPtr->parent = (Tk_Window) clientData;
	Tk_CreateEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
		FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
    }

    NSFontManager *fm = [NSFontManager sharedFontManager];
    NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:YES];

    if ([fp delegate] != NSApp) {
	[fp setDelegate:NSApp];
    }
    if (![fp isVisible]) {
	[fm orderFrontFontPanel:NSApp];
	TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
    }
    fontchooserInterp = interp;

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontchooserHideCmd --
 *
 *	Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser hide' ensemble. See the user
 *	documentation for details.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Font Panel may be hidden.
 *
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
FontchooserHideCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    NSFontPanel *fp = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager] fontPanel:NO];

    if ([fp isVisible]) {
	[fp orderOut:NSApp];
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    FontchooserData *fcdPtr = clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
		FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
	fcdPtr->parent = None;
	FontchooserHideCmd(NULL, NULL, 0, NULL);
    }
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    FontchooserData *fcdPtr = clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
		FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
	fcdPtr->parent = NULL;
	FontchooserHideCmd(NULL, NULL, 0, NULL);
    }
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkInitFontchooser --
 *
 *	Associate the font chooser configuration data with the Tcl
 *	interpreter. There is one font chooser per interp.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	per-interp configuration data is destroyed.
 *







|
|







2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
}

/*
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkInitFontchooser --
 *
 *	Associate the font chooser configuration data with the Tcl interpreter.
 *	There is one font chooser per interp.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	per-interp configuration data is destroyed.
 *

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/*
 * tkMacOSXDraw.c --
 *
 *	This file contains functions that perform drawing to
 *	Xlib windows. Most of the functions simple emulate
 *	Xlib functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2014 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution



|
<
|







1
2
3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * tkMacOSXDraw.c --
 *
 *	This file contains functions that perform drawing to Xlib windows. Most

 *	of the functions simply emulate Xlib functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2014 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif
*/

#define radians(d) ((d) * (M_PI/180.0))

/*
 * Non-antialiased CG drawing looks better and more like X11 drawing when using
 * very fine lines, so decrease all linewidths by the following constant.
 */
#define NON_AA_CG_OFFSET .999

static int cgAntiAliasLimit = 0;
#define notAA(w) ((w) < cgAntiAliasLimit)

static int useThemedToplevel = 0;
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */







|








|







26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif
*/

#define radians(d)	((d) * (M_PI/180.0))

/*
 * Non-antialiased CG drawing looks better and more like X11 drawing when using
 * very fine lines, so decrease all linewidths by the following constant.
 */
#define NON_AA_CG_OFFSET .999

static int cgAntiAliasLimit = 0;
#define notAA(w)	((w) < cgAntiAliasLimit)

static int useThemedToplevel = 0;
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146

147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167


168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
 *      implementation does not work correctly.  Originally it relied on
 *      [NSBitmapImageRep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect] which was
 *      deprecated by Apple in OSX 10.14 and also required the use of other
 *      deprecated functions such as [NSView lockFocus]. Apple's suggested
 *      replacement is [NSView cacheDisplayInRect: toBitmapImageRep:] and that
 *      is what is being used here.  However, that method only works when the
 *      view has a valid CGContext, and a view is only guaranteed to have a
 *      valid context during a call to [NSView drawRect].  To further
 *      complicate matters, cacheDisplayInRect calls [NSView drawRect].
 *      Essentially it is asking the view to draw a subrectangle of itself into
 *      a special graphics context which is linked to the BitmapImageRep.  But
 *      our implementation of [NSView drawRect] does not allow recursive calls.
 *      If called recursively it returns immediately without doing any drawing.
 *      So the bottom line is that this function either returns a NULL pointer
 *      or a black image.  To make it useful would require a significant amount
 *      of rewriting of the drawRect method.  Perhaps the next release of OSX
 *      will include some more helpful ways of doing this.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
 *      rectangle of the given drawable.  This object is retained.
 *      The caller is responsible for releasing it.
 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
 *      origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSBitmapImageRep*
TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
        Drawable drawable,
	int x,
	int y,
	unsigned int width,
	unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context = NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image = NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep = NULL;
    NSView *view=NULL;
    if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {

	/*
	 * This MacDrawable is a bitmap, so its view is NULL.
	 */

	cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);


	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if ( sub_cg_image ) {
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if ( cg_image ) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {

	/*
	 * Convert Tk top-left to NSView bottom-left coordinates.
	 */

	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
			       view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
			       width, height);

	/*
	 * Attempt to copy from the view to a bitmapImageRep.  If the view does
	 * not have a valid CGContext, doing this will silently corrupt memory
	 * and make a big mess. So, in that case, we mark the view as needing
	 * display and return NULL.
	 */







|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|
|
|

|
|







>
|

|
|
|
|
|



|

|
|
<




<

>
>
|

|



|


|
<






|
|







114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

161
162
163
164

165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177

178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
 *      implementation does not work correctly.  Originally it relied on
 *      [NSBitmapImageRep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect] which was
 *      deprecated by Apple in OSX 10.14 and also required the use of other
 *      deprecated functions such as [NSView lockFocus]. Apple's suggested
 *      replacement is [NSView cacheDisplayInRect: toBitmapImageRep:] and that
 *      is what is being used here.  However, that method only works when the
 *      view has a valid CGContext, and a view is only guaranteed to have a
 *      valid context during a call to [NSView drawRect]. To further complicate
 *      matters, cacheDisplayInRect calls [NSView drawRect]. Essentially it is
 *      asking the view to draw a subrectangle of itself into a special
 *      graphics context which is linked to the BitmapImageRep. But our
 *      implementation of [NSView drawRect] does not allow recursive calls. If
 *      called recursively it returns immediately without doing any drawing.
 *      So the bottom line is that this function either returns a NULL pointer
 *      or a black image. To make it useful would require a significant amount
 *      of rewriting of the drawRect method. Perhaps the next release of OSX
 *      will include some more helpful ways of doing this.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given rectangle of
 *      the given drawable. This object is retained. The caller is responsible
 *      for releasing it.
 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system
 *      with origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSBitmapImageRep *
TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
    Drawable drawable,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context = NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image = NULL, sub_cg_image = NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep = NULL;
    NSView *view = NULL;
    if (mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {

	/*
	 * This MacDrawable is a bitmap, so its view is NULL.
	 */


	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);

	cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage((CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if (sub_cg_image) {
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if (cg_image) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ((view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) != NULL) {

	/*
	 * Convert Tk top-left to NSView bottom-left coordinates.
	 */

	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
		view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
		width, height);

	/*
	 * Attempt to copy from the view to a bitmapImageRep.  If the view does
	 * not have a valid CGContext, doing this will silently corrupt memory
	 * and make a big mess. So, in that case, we mark the view as needing
	 * display and return NULL.
	 */
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253

254
255
256




257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
 *
 *	Copies data from one drawable to another.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or
 *	bitmap.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XCopyArea(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable src,		/* Source drawable. */
    Drawable dst,		/* Destination drawable. */
    GC gc,				/* GC to use. */
    int src_x,			/* X & Y, width & height */
    int src_y,			/* define the source rectangle */
    unsigned int width,	/* that will be copied. */
    unsigned int height,
    int dest_x,			/* Dest X & Y on dest rect. */
    int dest_y)
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *) src;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep = NULL;
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGRect bounds, srcRect, dstRect;

    display->request++;
    if (!width || !height) {
	return;
    }

    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return;
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");

    }

    if ( dc.context ) {




	if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	    img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
	}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	    bitmap_rep =  TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src,
				   src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    if ( bitmap_rep ) {
		img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
	}

	if (img) {
	    bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);
	    srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img,
		     gc->foreground, gc->background, bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
	    CFRelease(img);
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to construct CGImage.");
	}

    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - no context.");
	return;
    }

    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCopyPlane --
 *
 *	Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination
 *	drawable. The plane argument specifies which bit plane of
 *	the source contains the bitmap. Note that this implementation
 *	ignores the gc->function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Changes the destination drawable.
 *







|
<









|


|
















<

>


|
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<









|
|
|
<







213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220

221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280





281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292

293
294
295
296
297
298
299
 *
 *	Copies data from one drawable to another.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or bitmap.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XCopyArea(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable src,		/* Source drawable. */
    Drawable dst,		/* Destination drawable. */
    GC gc,			/* GC to use. */
    int src_x,			/* X & Y, width & height */
    int src_y,			/* define the source rectangle */
    unsigned int width,		/* that will be copied. */
    unsigned int height,
    int dest_x,			/* Dest X & Y on dest rect. */
    int dest_y)
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *) src;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep = NULL;
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGRect bounds, srcRect, dstRect;

    display->request++;
    if (!width || !height) {
	return;
    }

    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {

	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");
	return;
    }

    if (!dc.context) {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - no context.");
	return;
    }

    if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
    } else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src,
		src_x, src_y, width, height);
	if (bitmap_rep) {
	    img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
    }

    if (img) {
	bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);
	srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
	dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
	TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img,
		gc->foreground, gc->background, bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
	CFRelease(img);
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to construct CGImage.");
    }






    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCopyPlane --
 *
 *	Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination drawable. The
 *	plane argument specifies which bit plane of the source contains the
 *	bitmap. Note that this implementation ignores the gc->function.

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Changes the destination drawable.
 *
330
331
332
333
334
335
336

337

338
339

340
341
342

343
344
345

346

347

348
349


350


351

352


353


354
355
356


357
358


359

360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369

370
371
372

373
374
375
376

377
378
379
380

381
382


383


384

385
386
387
388
389
390
391
    if (plane != 1) {
	Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane");
    }
    if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}

	CGContextRef context = dc.context;

	if (context) {
	    CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);

	    if (img) {
		TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask;
		unsigned long imageBackground  = gc->background;

                if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP){
		    srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
		    CGImageRef mask = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(clipPtr->value.pixmap);

		    CGImageRef submask = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(img, srcRect);

		    CGRect rect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);

		    rect = CGRectOffset(rect, dstDraw->xOff, dstDraw->yOff);
		    CGContextSaveGState(context);


		    /* Move the origin of the destination to top left. */


		    CGContextTranslateCTM(context, 0, rect.origin.y + CGRectGetMaxY(rect));

		    CGContextScaleCTM(context, 1, -1);


		    /* Fill with the background color, clipping to the mask. */


		    CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, submask);
		    TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->background, dc.context);
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);


		    /* Fill with the foreground color, clipping to the
		       intersection of img and mask. */


		    CGImageRef subimage = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(img, srcRect);

		    CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, subimage);
		    TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, context);
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);

		    srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
		    dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
		    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground,

					imageBackground, bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else { /* no image */

		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");

	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);


    } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */


	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);

    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --







>

>


>



>
|

|
>
|
>

>


>
>
|
>
>
|
>

>
>
|
>
>



>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>









|
>


|
>
|


|
>



|
>


>
>
|
>
>
|
>







326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
    if (plane != 1) {
	Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane");
    }
    if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}

	CGContextRef context = dc.context;

	if (context) {
	    CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);

	    if (img) {
		TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask;
		unsigned long imageBackground  = gc->background;

                if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP) {
		    srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
		    CGImageRef mask = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
			    clipPtr->value.pixmap);
		    CGImageRef submask = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(
			    img, srcRect);
		    CGRect rect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);

		    rect = CGRectOffset(rect, dstDraw->xOff, dstDraw->yOff);
		    CGContextSaveGState(context);

		    /*
		     * Move the origin of the destination to top left.
		     */

		    CGContextTranslateCTM(context,
			    0, rect.origin.y + CGRectGetMaxY(rect));
		    CGContextScaleCTM(context, 1, -1);

		    /*
		     * Fill with the background color, clipping to the mask.
		     */

		    CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, submask);
		    TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->background, dc.context);
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);

		    /*
		     * Fill with the foreground color, clipping to the
		     * intersection of img and mask.
		     */

		    CGImageRef subimage = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(
			    img, srcRect);
		    CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, subimage);
		    TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, context);
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0,
			    srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);
		    srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
		    dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
		    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img,
			    gc->foreground, imageBackground, bounds,
			    srcRect, dstRect);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else {
		/* no image */
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - "
		    "could not get a bitmap context.");
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Source drawable is a Window, not a Pixmap.
	 */

	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height,
		dest_x, dest_y);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static NSImage*
CreateNSImageWithPixmap(
    Pixmap pixmap,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    CGImageRef cgImage;
    NSImage *nsImage;







|







452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static NSImage *
CreateNSImageWithPixmap(
    Pixmap pixmap,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    CGImageRef cgImage;
    NSImage *nsImage;
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSImage*
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);







|







488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSImage *
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSImage*
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(
    Display *display,
    Pixmap bitmap,
    GC gc,
    int width,
    int height)
{







|







521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSImage *
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(
    Display *display,
    Pixmap bitmap,
    GC gc,
    int width,
    int height)
{
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558

559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
	kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
	kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
	char *data;
	CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);


	if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
	    bitsPerPixel = 8;
	    bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
	} else {
	    colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
	    bitsPerPixel = 32;
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	}
	bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3
		& ~15;
	len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
	data = ckalloc(len);
	bzero(data, len);
	macDraw->context = CGBitmapContextCreate(data, macDraw->size.width,
		macDraw->size.height, bitsPerComponent, bytesPerRow,
		colorspace, bitmapInfo);
	if (macDraw->context) {







|

|


|
>



|





|
|







572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
		kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
		kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
	char *data;
	CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0,
		macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
	    bitsPerPixel = 8;
	    bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo) kCGImageAlphaOnly;
	} else {
	    colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
	    bitsPerPixel = 32;
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	}
	bytesPerRow = ((size_t)
		macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3 & ~15;
	len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
	data = ckalloc(len);
	bzero(data, len);
	macDraw->context = CGBitmapContextCreate(data, macDraw->size.width,
		macDraw->size.height, bitsPerComponent, bytesPerRow,
		colorspace, bitmapInfo);
	if (macDraw->context) {
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
	    if (subImage) {
		image = subImage;
	    }
	}
	dstBounds = CGRectOffset(dstBounds, macDraw->xOff, macDraw->yOff);
	if (CGImageIsMask(image)) {
	    if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {

		/* Set fill color to black; background comes from the context,
		 * or is transparent.
		 */

		if (imageBackground != TRANSPARENT_PIXEL << 24) {
		    CGContextClearRect(context, dstBounds);
		}
		CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0);







|
|







653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
	    if (subImage) {
		image = subImage;
	    }
	}
	dstBounds = CGRectOffset(dstBounds, macDraw->xOff, macDraw->yOff);
	if (CGImageIsMask(image)) {
	    if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
		/*
		 * Set fill color to black; background comes from the context,
		 * or is transparent.
		 */

		if (imageBackground != TRANSPARENT_PIXEL << 24) {
		    CGContextClearRect(context, dstBounds);
		}
		CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0);
651
652
653
654
655
656
657

658
659
660
661
662

663
664
665
666
667
668
669
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
	CGContextSaveGState(context);
	CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.0);
	CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, 0, 0, 0, 0.1);
	CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0, 1, 0, 0.1);
	CGContextFillRect(context, dstBounds);
	CGContextStrokeRect(context, dstBounds);

	CGPoint p[4] = {dstBounds.origin,
	    CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
	    CGPointMake(CGRectGetMinX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
	    CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMinY(dstBounds))
	};

	CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, p, 4);
	CGContextRestoreGState(context);
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing CGImage at (x=%f, y=%f), (w=%f, h=%f)",
		dstBounds.origin.x, dstBounds.origin.y,
		dstBounds.size.width, dstBounds.size.height);
#else /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING */
	CGContextSaveGState(context);







>





>







678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
	CGContextSaveGState(context);
	CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.0);
	CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, 0, 0, 0, 0.1);
	CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0, 1, 0, 0.1);
	CGContextFillRect(context, dstBounds);
	CGContextStrokeRect(context, dstBounds);

	CGPoint p[4] = {dstBounds.origin,
	    CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
	    CGPointMake(CGRectGetMinX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
	    CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMinY(dstBounds))
	};

	CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, p, 4);
	CGContextRestoreGState(context);
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing CGImage at (x=%f, y=%f), (w=%f, h=%f)",
		dstBounds.origin.x, dstBounds.origin.y,
		dstBounds.size.width, dstBounds.size.height);
#else /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING */
	CGContextSaveGState(context);
732
733
734
735
736
737
738

739
740
741
742
743
744

745
746
747
748
749
750
751
			macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
	    } else {
		prevx += points[i].x;
		prevy += points[i].y;
		CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
	    }
	}

        /*
         * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points
         * are the same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also
         * at this point, this needs telling CoreGraphics that the
         * path is closed.
         */

        if ((points[0].x == points[npoints-1].x) &&
                (points[0].y == points[npoints-1].y)) {
            CGContextClosePath(dc.context);
        }
	CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);







>

|
|
|
<

>







761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772

773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
			macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
	    } else {
		prevx += points[i].x;
		prevy += points[i].y;
		CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
	    }
	}

        /*
         * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points are the
         * same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also at this point,
         * this needs telling CoreGraphics that the path is closed.

         */

        if ((points[0].x == points[npoints-1].x) &&
                (points[0].y == points[npoints-1].y)) {
            CGContextClosePath(dc.context);
        }
	CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
 *	Draws a filled polygon on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XFillPolygon(
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    XPoint* points,		/* Array of points. */
    int npoints,		/* Number of points. */
    int shape,			/* Shape to draw. */
    int mode)			/* Drawing mode. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    int i;







|


|







846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
 *	Draws a filled polygon on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XFillPolygon(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    XPoint *points,		/* Array of points. */
    int npoints,		/* Number of points. */
    int shape,			/* Shape to draw. */
    int mode)			/* Drawing mode. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    int i;
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
	return;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGRect rect;
	double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;

	rect = CGRectMake(
		macWin->xOff + x + o,
		macWin->yOff + y + o,
		width, height);
	CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}

#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawRectangles --
 *
 *	Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a
 *	five-point PolyLine protocol request were specified for each
 *	rectangle:
 *
 *	    [x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y]
 *
 *	For the specified rectangles, these functions do not draw a
 *	pixel more than once. XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in
 *	the order listed in the array. If rectangles intersect, the
 *	intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. Draws a
 *	rectangle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws rectangles on the specified drawable.
 *







|
<












|
|
<



|
|
|
|
<







928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935

936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949

950
951
952
953
954
955
956

957
958
959
960
961
962
963
	return;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGRect rect;
	double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;

	rect = CGRectMake(
		macWin->xOff + x + o, macWin->yOff + y + o,

		width, height);
	CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}

#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawRectangles --
 *
 *	Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a five-point
 *	PolyLine protocol request were specified for each rectangle:

 *
 *	    [x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y]
 *
 *	For the specified rectangles, these functions do not draw a pixel more
 *	than once. XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in the order listed in
 *	the array. If rectangles intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn
 *	multiple times. Draws a rectangle.

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws rectangles on the specified drawable.
 *
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
 *	Draws onto the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
XFillRectangles(
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    XRectangle *rectangles,	/* Rectangle array. */
    int n_rectangles)		/* Number of rectangles. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;







|







1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
 *	Draws onto the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
XFillRectangles(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    XRectangle *rectangles,	/* Rectangle array. */
    int n_rectangles)		/* Number of rectangles. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
















































1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
















































 * XDrawArc --
 *
 *	Draw an arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws an arc on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XDrawArc(
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    int x, int y,		/* Upper left of bounding rect. */
    unsigned int width,		/* Width & height. */
    unsigned int height,
    int angle1,			/* Staring angle of arc. */
    int angle2)			/* Extent of arc. */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>















|







1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder --
 *
 *	Draws a border rectangle of specified thickness inside the bounding
 *      rectangle of a Tk Window.  The border rectangle can be inset within the
 *      bounding rectangle.  For a highlight border the inset should be 0, but
 *      for a solid border around the actual window the inset should equal the
 *      thickness of the highlight border.  The color of the border rectangle
 *      is the foreground color of the graphics context passed to the function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws a rectangular border inside the bounding rectangle of a window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    GC gc,
    int inset,
    int thickness)
{
    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    CGRect outerRect, innerRect;

    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	outerRect = CGRectMake(Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin),
			       Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin));
	outerRect = CGRectInset(outerRect, inset, inset);
	innerRect = CGRectInset(outerRect, thickness, thickness);
	CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
	CGContextAddRect(dc.context, outerRect);
	CGContextAddRect(dc.context, innerRect);
	CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawArc --
 *
 *	Draw an arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws an arc on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XDrawArc(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    int x, int y,		/* Upper left of bounding rect. */
    unsigned int width,		/* Width & height. */
    unsigned int height,
    int angle1,			/* Staring angle of arc. */
    int angle2)			/* Extent of arc. */
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135

#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawArcs --
 *
 *	Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is
 *	specified by a rectangle and two angles. The center of the
 *	circle or ellipse is the center of the rect- angle, and the
 *	major and minor axes are specified by the width and height.
 *	Positive angles indicate counterclock- wise motion, and
 *	negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude
 *	of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, XDrawArcs truncates it
 *	to 360 degrees.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws an arc for each array element on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XDrawArcs(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XArc *arcArr,
    int nArcs)
{

    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    XArc *arcPtr;
    int i, lw = gc->line_width;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {







|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|


















<







1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179

1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201

1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208

#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawArcs --
 *
 *	Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is specified by a
 *	rectangle and two angles. The center of the circle or ellipse is the
 *	center of the rect- angle, and the major and minor axes are specified

 *	by the width and height.  Positive angles indicate counterclock- wise
 *	motion, and negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude
 *	of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, XDrawArcs truncates it to 360
 *	degrees.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws an arc for each array element on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XDrawArcs(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XArc *arcArr,
    int nArcs)
{

    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    XArc *arcPtr;
    int i, lw = gc->line_width;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
 *	Draws a filled arc on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XFillArc(
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    int x, int y,		/* Upper left of bounding rect. */
    unsigned int width,		/* Width & height. */
    unsigned int height,
    int angle1,			/* Staring angle of arc. */
    int angle2)			/* Extent of arc. */







|







1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
 *	Draws a filled arc on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XFillArc(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Draw on this. */
    GC gc,			/* Use this GC. */
    int x, int y,		/* Upper left of bounding rect. */
    unsigned int width,		/* Width & height. */
    unsigned int height,
    int angle1,			/* Staring angle of arc. */
    int angle2)			/* Extent of arc. */
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394

1395


1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401

1402


1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415

1416


1417
1418
1419

1420
1421

1422


1423
1424
1425
1426
1427

1428


1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkScrollWindow --
 *
 *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate
 *	a damage region.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage.
 *	Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after
 *	scrolling and returns 1.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Scrolls the bits in the window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkScrollWindow(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The window to be scrolled. */
    GC gc,			/* GC for window to be scrolled. */
    int x, int y,		/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
    int width, int height,
    int dx, int dy,		/* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
    TkRegion damageRgn)		/* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
    Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *)TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
    CGRect srcRect, dstRect;
    HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
    NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
    int result = 0;

    if ( view ) {

  	/*  Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */


  	bounds = [view bounds];
 	scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(macDraw->xOff + x,
			       bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
			       width, height);
 	scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);


  	/* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */


 	visRect = [view visibleRect];
 	scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
 	scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
 	if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) {
  	    /*
  	     * Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
	     * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);


	    /* Compute the damage. */


  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);

	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;


	    /* Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin. */


	    TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
	    if (extraRgn) {
		CFRelease(extraRgn);
	    }


 	    /* Scroll the rectangle. */


 	    [view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];
  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }








|
|


|
|
<


















|





|
>
|
>
>


|
|


>
|
>
>



|


|
|





>
|
>
>


|
>


>
|
>
>





>
|
>
>







1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441

1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkScrollWindow --
 *
 *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate a damage
 *	region.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage. Otherwise, sets
 *	the region that needs to be repainted after scrolling and returns 1.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Scrolls the bits in the window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkScrollWindow(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The window to be scrolled. */
    GC gc,			/* GC for window to be scrolled. */
    int x, int y,		/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
    int width, int height,
    int dx, int dy,		/* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
    TkRegion damageRgn)		/* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
    Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *) TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
    CGRect srcRect, dstRect;
    HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
    NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
    int result = 0;

    if (view) {
  	/*
	 * Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left).
	 */

  	bounds = [view bounds];
 	scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(macDraw->xOff + x,
		bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
		width, height);
 	scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);

  	/*
	 * Limit scrolling to the window content area.
	 */

 	visRect = [view visibleRect];
 	scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
 	scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
 	if (!NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst)) {
  	    /*
  	     * Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the
	     * bottom) and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);

	    /*
	     * Compute the damage.
	     */

  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn,
		    (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;

	    /*
	     * Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin.
	     */

	    TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
	    if (extraRgn) {
		CFRelease(extraRgn);
	    }

 	    /*
	     * Scroll the rectangle.
	     */

 	    [view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];
  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }

1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528

1529


1530

1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568



1569


1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583

1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetUpDrawingContext --
 *
 *	Set up a drawing context for the given drawable and GC.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Boolean indicating whether it is ok to draw; if false, drawing
 *	context was not setup, so do not attempt to draw and do not call
 *	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Bool
TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int useCG, /* advisory only ! */
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)d);
    Bool canDraw = true;
    NSWindow *win = NULL;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc = {};
    CGRect clipBounds;

    /*
     * If the drawable is not a pixmap and it has an associated
     * NSWindow then we know we are drawing to a window.
     */

    if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d);
    }

    /*
     * Check that we have a non-empty clipping region.
     */

    dc.clipRgn = TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(d);
    ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
    if (dc.clipRgn && HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn)) {
	canDraw = false;
	goto end;
    }

    /*
     * If we already have a CGContext, use it.  Otherwise, if we
     * are drawing to a window then we can get one from the
     * window.
     */

    dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (win) {
	NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);

	if (view) {




	    /*
	     * We can only draw into the view when the current CGContext is
	     * valid and belongs to the view.  Validity can only be guaranteed
	     * inside of a view's drawRect or setFrame methods.  The isDrawing
	     * attribute tells us whether we are being called from one of those
	     * methods.
	     *
	     * If the CGContext is not valid, or belongs to a different View,
	     * then we mark our view as needing display and return failure.
	     * It should get drawn in a later call to drawRect.
	     */

           if (view != [NSView focusView]) {
	       [view setNeedsDisplay:YES];
	       canDraw = false;
	       goto end;
	   }
	    dc.view = view;
	    dc.context = GET_CGCONTEXT;
	    dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
	    if (dc.clipRgn) {
		clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
		    "no NSView to draw into !");
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
		"no context to draw into !");
    }

    /*
     * Configure the drawing context.
     */

    if (dc.context) {
	CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0,



		.ty = dc.portBounds.size.height};


	dc.portBounds.origin.x += macDraw->xOff;
	dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
	CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
	CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	if (dc.clipRgn) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	    ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
	    CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	    CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
	    CGRect r;

	    if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
		    *HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
		    CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
		ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
		CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
	    }
	}







|
|












|


|






|
|


















|
|
<







>
|
>
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<










|
>
>
>
|
>
>














>







1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608

1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626

1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643




1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetUpDrawingContext --
 *
 *	Set up a drawing context for the given drawable and GC.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Boolean indicating whether it is ok to draw; if false, drawing context
 *	was not setup, so do not attempt to draw and do not call
 *	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Bool
TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int useCG,			/* advisory only ! */
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
    Bool canDraw = true;
    NSWindow *win = NULL;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc = {};
    CGRect clipBounds;

    /*
     * If the drawable is not a pixmap and it has an associated NSWindow then
     * we know we are drawing to a window.
     */

    if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d);
    }

    /*
     * Check that we have a non-empty clipping region.
     */

    dc.clipRgn = TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(d);
    ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
    if (dc.clipRgn && HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn)) {
	canDraw = false;
	goto end;
    }

    /*
     * If we already have a CGContext, use it.  Otherwise, if we are drawing to
     * a window then we can get one from the window.

     */

    dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (win) {
	NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);

	if (!view) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
		    "no NSView to draw into !");
	}

	/*
	 * We can only draw into the view when the current CGContext is valid
	 * and belongs to the view.  Validity can only be guaranteed inside of
	 * a view's drawRect or setFrame methods.  The isDrawing attribute
	 * tells us whether we are being called from one of those methods.

	 *
	 * If the CGContext is not valid, or belongs to a different View, then
	 * we mark our view as needing display and return failure. It should
	 * get drawn in a later call to drawRect.
	 */

	if (view != [NSView focusView]) {
	    [view setNeedsDisplay:YES];
	    canDraw = false;
	    goto end;
	}
	dc.view = view;
	dc.context = GET_CGCONTEXT;
	dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
	if (dc.clipRgn) {
	    clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
	}




    } else {
	Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
		"no context to draw into !");
    }

    /*
     * Configure the drawing context.
     */

    if (dc.context) {
	CGAffineTransform t = {
	    .a = 1, .b = 0,
	    .c = 0, .d = -1,
	    .tx = 0,
	    .ty = dc.portBounds.size.height
	};

	dc.portBounds.origin.x += macDraw->xOff;
	dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
	CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
	CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	if (dc.clipRgn) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	    ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
	    CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	    CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
	    CGRect r;

	    if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
		    *HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
		    CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
		ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
		CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
	    }
	}
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614


1615


1616
1617

1618


1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649


1650
1651

1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
	    double w = gc->line_width;

	    TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, dc.context);
	    if (win) {
		CGContextSetPatternPhase(dc.context, CGSizeMake(
			dc.portBounds.size.width, dc.portBounds.size.height));
	    }
	    if(gc->function != GXcopy) {
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Logical functions other than GXcopy are "
			"not supported for CG drawing!");
	    }


	    /* When should we antialias? */


	    shouldAntialias = !notAA(gc->line_width);
	    if (!shouldAntialias) {

		/* Make non-antialiased CG drawing look more like X11 */


		w -= (gc->line_width ? NON_AA_CG_OFFSET : 0);
	    }
	    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(dc.context, shouldAntialias);
	    CGContextSetLineWidth(dc.context, w);
	    if (gc->line_style != LineSolid) {
		int num = 0;
		char *p = &(gc->dashes);
		CGFloat dashOffset = gc->dash_offset;
		CGFloat lengths[10];

		while (p[num] != '\0' && num < 10) {
		    lengths[num] = p[num];
		    num++;
		}
		CGContextSetLineDash(dc.context, dashOffset, lengths, num);
	    }
	    if ((unsigned)gc->cap_style < sizeof(cgCap)/sizeof(CGLineCap)) {
		CGContextSetLineCap(dc.context,
			cgCap[(unsigned)gc->cap_style]);
	    }
	    if ((unsigned)gc->join_style < sizeof(cgJoin)/sizeof(CGLineJoin)) {
		CGContextSetLineJoin(dc.context,
			cgJoin[(unsigned)gc->join_style]);
	    }
	}
    }

end:
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    if (!canDraw && win != NULL) {
	TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win);


	if (winPtr) fprintf(stderr, "Cannot draw in %s - postponing.\n",
			    Tk_PathName(winPtr));

    }
#endif
    if (!canDraw && dc.clipRgn) {
	CFRelease(dc.clipRgn);
	dc.clipRgn = NULL;
    }
    *dcPtr = dc;







|



>
>
|
>
>


>
|
>
>






|









|

|



|








>
>
|
|
>







1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
	    double w = gc->line_width;

	    TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, dc.context);
	    if (win) {
		CGContextSetPatternPhase(dc.context, CGSizeMake(
			dc.portBounds.size.width, dc.portBounds.size.height));
	    }
	    if (gc->function != GXcopy) {
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Logical functions other than GXcopy are "
			"not supported for CG drawing!");
	    }

	    /*
	     * When should we antialias?
	     */

	    shouldAntialias = !notAA(gc->line_width);
	    if (!shouldAntialias) {
		/*
		 * Make non-antialiased CG drawing look more like X11.
		 */

		w -= (gc->line_width ? NON_AA_CG_OFFSET : 0);
	    }
	    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(dc.context, shouldAntialias);
	    CGContextSetLineWidth(dc.context, w);
	    if (gc->line_style != LineSolid) {
		int num = 0;
		char *p = &gc->dashes;
		CGFloat dashOffset = gc->dash_offset;
		CGFloat lengths[10];

		while (p[num] != '\0' && num < 10) {
		    lengths[num] = p[num];
		    num++;
		}
		CGContextSetLineDash(dc.context, dashOffset, lengths, num);
	    }
	    if ((unsigned) gc->cap_style < sizeof(cgCap)/sizeof(CGLineCap)) {
		CGContextSetLineCap(dc.context,
			cgCap[(unsigned) gc->cap_style]);
	    }
	    if ((unsigned)gc->join_style < sizeof(cgJoin)/sizeof(CGLineJoin)) {
		CGContextSetLineJoin(dc.context,
			cgJoin[(unsigned) gc->join_style]);
	    }
	}
    }

end:
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    if (!canDraw && win != NULL) {
	TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win);

	if (winPtr) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "Cannot draw in %s - postponing.\n",
		    Tk_PathName(winPtr));
	}
    }
#endif
    if (!canDraw && dc.clipRgn) {
	CFRelease(dc.clipRgn);
	dc.clipRgn = NULL;
    }
    *dcPtr = dc;
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721

1722

1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    HIShapeRef clipRgn = NULL;

    if (macDraw->winPtr && macDraw->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macDraw->winPtr);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("%s", macDraw->winPtr->pathName);

	NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);

	CGContextSaveGState(context);
	CGContextConcatCTM(context, CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0,
	      -1.0, 0.0, [view bounds].size.height));
	ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, macDraw->visRgn, context);
	CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	CGContextEOFillPath(context);
	CGContextRestoreGState(context);







>

>







1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    HIShapeRef clipRgn = NULL;

    if (macDraw->winPtr && macDraw->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macDraw->winPtr);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("%s", macDraw->winPtr->pathName);

	NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);

	CGContextSaveGState(context);
	CGContextConcatCTM(context, CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0,
	      -1.0, 0.0, [view bounds].size.height));
	ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, macDraw->visRgn, context);
	CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	CGContextEOFillPath(context);
	CGContextRestoreGState(context);
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn --
 *
 *	Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the
 *	specified X subwindow.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







|
|







1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn --
 *
 *	Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the specified
 *	X subwindow.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpClipDrawableToRect --
 *
 *	Clip all drawing into the drawable d to the given rectangle.
 *	If width or height are negative, reset to no clipping.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Subsequent drawing into d is offset and clipped as specified.
 *







|
|







1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpClipDrawableToRect --
 *
 *	Clip all drawing into the drawable d to the given rectangle. If width
 *	or height are negative, reset to no clipping.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Subsequent drawing into d is offset and clipped as specified.
 *
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
static void
ClipToGC(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */
{
    if (gc && gc->clip_mask &&
	    ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
	TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->value.region;
	int xOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->xOff + gc->clip_x_origin;
	int yOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->yOff + gc->clip_y_origin;
	HIShapeRef clipRgn = *clipRgnPtr, gcClipRgn;

	TkMacOSXOffsetRegion(gcClip, xOffset, yOffset);
	gcClipRgn = TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(gcClip);
	if (clipRgn) {







|
|







1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
static void
ClipToGC(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */
{
    if (gc && gc->clip_mask &&
	    ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
	TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->value.region;
	int xOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->xOff + gc->clip_x_origin;
	int yOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->yOff + gc->clip_y_origin;
	HIShapeRef clipRgn = *clipRgnPtr, gcClipRgn;

	TkMacOSXOffsetRegion(gcClip, xOffset, yOffset);
	gcClipRgn = TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(gcClip);
	if (clipRgn) {
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap --
 *
 *	Given a drawable and a stipple pattern this function draws the
 *	pattern repeatedly over the drawable. The drawable can then
 *	be used as a mask for bit-bliting a stipple pattern over an
 *	object.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A BitMap data structure.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







|
|
|
<







1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965

1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap --
 *
 *	Given a drawable and a stipple pattern this function draws the pattern
 *	repeatedly over the drawable. The drawable can then be used as a mask
 *	for bit-bliting a stipple pattern over an object.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A BitMap data structure.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawHighlightBorder --
 *
 *	This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of
 *	a widget to indicate that it has received the input focus.
 *
 *	On the Macintosh, this puts a 1 pixel border in the bgGC color
 *	between the widget and the focus ring, except in the case where
 *	highlightWidth is 1, in which case the border is left out.
 *
 *	For proper Mac L&F, use highlightWidth of 3.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable",
 *	corresponding to the outer area of "tkwin".
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawHighlightBorder (
    Tk_Window tkwin,







|
|

|
|
|







|
|







1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawHighlightBorder --
 *
 *	This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of a widget
 *	to indicate that it has received the input focus.
 *
 *	On the Macintosh, this puts a 1 pixel border in the bgGC color between
 *	the widget and the focus ring, except in the case where highlightWidth
 *	is 1, in which case the border is left out.
 *
 *	For proper Mac L&F, use highlightWidth of 3.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", corresponding
 *	to the outer area of "tkwin".
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawHighlightBorder (
    Tk_Window tkwin,
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943

1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawFrame --
 *
 *	This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user
 *	has requested themeing, it draws with the background theme.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawFrame(
    Tk_Window tkwin,

    Tk_3DBorder border,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    int relief)
{
    if (useThemedToplevel && Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
	static Tk_3DBorder themedBorder = NULL;

	if (!themedBorder) {
	    themedBorder = Tk_Get3DBorder(NULL, tkwin,
		    "systemWindowHeaderBackground");
	}
	if (themedBorder) {
	    border = themedBorder;
	}
    }

    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
	    border, highlightWidth, highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
	    borderWidth, relief);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|

|
|











|

>

















|
<
|
|
<










2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065

2066
2067

2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawFrameEx --
 *
 *	This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user has
 *	requested themeing, it draws with the background theme.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawFrameEx(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable drawable,
    Tk_3DBorder border,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    int relief)
{
    if (useThemedToplevel && Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
	static Tk_3DBorder themedBorder = NULL;

	if (!themedBorder) {
	    themedBorder = Tk_Get3DBorder(NULL, tkwin,
		    "systemWindowHeaderBackground");
	}
	if (themedBorder) {
	    border = themedBorder;
	}
    }

    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, border, highlightWidth,

	    highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);

}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c.

268
269
270
271
272
273
274







275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
     */

    if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, (Window *)&parent) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, (Window) parent);







    if (usePtr != NULL && !(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"window \"%s\" doesn't have -container option set",
		usePtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CONTAINER", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * The code below can probably be simplified given we have already
     * discovered 'usePtr' above.
     */

    /*
     * Save information about the container and the embedded window in a
     * Container structure. Currently, there must already be an existing
     * Container structure, since we only allow the case where both container
     * and embedded app. are in the same process.
     */

    for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (containerPtr->parent == (Window) parent) {
	    winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
	    containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








|
<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<







268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291


292

293



294
295
296
297
298
299
300
     */

    if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, (Window *)&parent) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, (Window) parent);
    if (usePtr == NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't create child of window \"%s\"", string));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "NO_TARGET", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (!(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"window \"%s\" doesn't have -container option set",
		usePtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CONTAINER", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Since we do not allow embedding into windows belonging to a different


     * process, we know that a container will exist showing the parent window

     * as the parent.  This loop finds that container.



     */

    for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (containerPtr->parent == (Window) parent) {
	    winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
	    containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335

336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
    macWin = ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
    if (macWin == NULL) {
	winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    macWin->winPtr = winPtr;
    winPtr->privatePtr = macWin;

    /*
     * The grafPtr will be NULL for a Tk in Tk embedded window. It is none of
     * our business what it is for a Tk not in Tk embedded window, but we will
     * initialize it to NULL, and let the registerWinProc set it. In any case,
     * you must always use TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort to get the portPtr. It will
     * correctly find the container's port.
     */

    macWin->view = nil;
    macWin->context = NULL;
    macWin->size = CGSizeZero;
    macWin->visRgn = NULL;
    macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
    macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
    macWin->referenceCount = 0;
    macWin->flags = TK_CLIP_INVALID;
    macWin->toplevel = macWin;
    macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;


    winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;

    /*
     * Make a copy of the TK_EMBEDDED flag, since sometimes we need this to
     * get the port after the TkWindow structure has been freed.
     */

    macWin->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;

    /*
     * Now check whether it is embedded in another Tk widget. If not (the
     * first case below) we see if there is an in-process embedding handler
     * registered, and if so, let that fill in the rest of the macWin.
     */

    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
	/*
	 * If someone has registered an in-process embedding handler, then
	 * see if it can handle this window...
	 */

	if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL ||
		tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->registerWinProc((long) parent,
		(Tk_Window) winPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "The window ID %s does not correspond to a valid Tk Window",
		    string));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "HANDLE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));

	containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
	containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin;
	containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr;
	containerPtr->nextPtr = firstContainerPtr;
	firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
    } else {
	/*
	 * The window is embedded in another Tk window.
	 */

	macWin->xOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->xOff +
		parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
		winPtr->changes.x;
	macWin->yOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->yOff +
		parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
		winPtr->changes.y;

	/*
	 * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded
	 * window's information.
	 */

	containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin;
	containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr;

	/*
	 * Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when
	 * tkwin is eventually deleted.
	 */

	Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc,
		winPtr);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











>








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
<







309
310
311
312
313
314
315










316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335



































336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357

358
359
360
361
362
363
364
    macWin = ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
    if (macWin == NULL) {
	winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    macWin->winPtr = winPtr;










    macWin->view = nil;
    macWin->context = NULL;
    macWin->size = CGSizeZero;
    macWin->visRgn = NULL;
    macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
    macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
    macWin->referenceCount = 0;
    macWin->flags = TK_CLIP_INVALID;
    macWin->toplevel = macWin;
    macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;

    winPtr->privatePtr = macWin;
    winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;

    /*
     * Make a copy of the TK_EMBEDDED flag, since sometimes we need this to
     * get the port after the TkWindow structure has been freed.
     */

    macWin->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;



































    macWin->xOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->xOff +
	    parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
	    winPtr->changes.x;
    macWin->yOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->yOff +
	    parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
	    winPtr->changes.y;

    /*
     * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded window's
     * information.
     */

    containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin;
    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr;

    /*
     * Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when
     * tkwin is eventually deleted.
     */

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
	    EmbeddedEventProc, winPtr);


    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpClaimFocus --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus to be
 *	put on a window in an embedded application, but the application
 *	doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the
 *	container application.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The input focus may change.
 *







|
<
<







494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501


502
503
504
505
506
507
508

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpClaimFocus --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus to be
 *	put on a window in an embedded application.


 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The input focus may change.
 *
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
    event.xfocus.type = FocusIn;
    event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display);
    event.xfocus.send_event = 1;
    event.xfocus.display = topLevelPtr->display;
    event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->parent;
    event.xfocus.mode = EMBEDDED_APP_WANTS_FOCUS;
    event.xfocus.detail = force;
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event,TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpTestembedCmd --
 *







|







533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
    event.xfocus.type = FocusIn;
    event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display);
    event.xfocus.send_event = 1;
    event.xfocus.display = topLevelPtr->display;
    event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->parent;
    event.xfocus.mode = EMBEDDED_APP_WANTS_FOCUS;
    event.xfocus.detail = force;
    Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpTestembedCmd --
 *
610
611
612
613
614
615
616

617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625









626





627
628
629

630
631
632
633
634





635

636
637
638
639
640
641
642

643

644
645
646
647



648
649

650
651
652
653
654
655
656
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    int all;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tcl_DString dString;
    char buffer[50];


    if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) {
	all = 1;
    } else {
	all = 0;
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {









	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);





	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {

	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}





	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {

	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}
	if (containerPtr->embedded == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");

	} else if (all) {

	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");



	}
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {

	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName);
	}
	Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString);
    }







>









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>



>
|




>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|
<
>
|
>
|
|
|
<
>
>
>
|
|
>







564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617

618
619
620
621
622
623

624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    int all;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tcl_DString dString;
    char buffer[50];
    Tcl_Interp *embeddedInterp = NULL, *parentInterp = NULL;

    if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) {
	all = 1;
    } else {
	all = 0;
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
	    embeddedInterp = containerPtr->embeddedPtr->mainPtr->interp;
	}
	if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
	    parentInterp = containerPtr->parentPtr->mainPtr->interp;
	}
	if (embeddedInterp != interp && parentInterp != interp) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);

	/*
	 * Parent id
	 */

	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x",
		    (size_t) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}

	/*
	 * Parent pathName
	 */

	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL ||
	    parentInterp != interp) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}


	/*
	 * On X11 embedded is a wrapper, which does not exist on macOS.
	 */

	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");


	/*
	 * Embedded window pathName
	 */

	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL ||
	    embeddedInterp != interp) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName);
	}
	Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString);
    }
799
800
801
802
803
804
805

806
807
808
809
810
811
812
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (!firstContainerPtr) {
	/*
	 * When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil.
	 */

	return;
    }

    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).







>







779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (!firstContainerPtr) {
	/*
	 * When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil.
	 */

	return;
    }

    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).
864
865
866
867
868
869
870


871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
	 * the screen.
	 */

	XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display,
		eventPtr->xmaprequest.window);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	/*


	 * The embedded application is gone. Destroy the container window.
	 */

	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
}








>
>
|







845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
	 * the screen.
	 */

	XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display,
		eventPtr->xmaprequest.window);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	/*
	 * It is not clear whether the container should be destroyed
	 * when an embedded window is destroyed.  See ticket [67384bce7d].
	 * Here we are following unix, by destroying the container.
	 */

	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
}

900
901
902
903
904
905
906








907
908
909
910
911
912
913
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {








	if (containerPtr->embedded != None) {
	    /*
	     * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
	     * deleted its window.
	     */

	    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {

	/*
         * Send a ConfigureNotify  to the embedded application.
         */

        if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != None) {
            TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr);
        }
	if (containerPtr->embedded != None) {
	    /*
	     * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
	     * deleted its window.
	     */

	    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
    int width, int height)	/* Size that the child has requested. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;

    /*
     * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
     * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
     * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make
     * this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so
     * that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want
     * to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a
     * configure event.
     */

    Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height);
    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
	/* Empty loop body. */
    }
    if ((winPtr->changes.width != width)







|
|
|
|
<







1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049

1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
    int width, int height)	/* Size that the child has requested. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;

    /*
     * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
     * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
     * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make this
     * happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so that the
     * geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want to do), and
     * if the window's size didn't change then generate a configure event.

     */

    Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height);
    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
	/* Empty loop body. */
    }
    if ((winPtr->changes.width != width)
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
 *
 * EmbedSendConfigure --
 *
 *	This is currently a stub. It is called to notify an embedded
 *	application of its current size and location. This procedure is called
 *	when the embedded application made a geometry request that we did not
 *	grant, so that the embedded application knows that its geometry didn't
 *	change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which
 *	we do not currently synthesize on the Mac
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







|
|







1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
 *
 * EmbedSendConfigure --
 *
 *	This is currently a stub. It is called to notify an embedded
 *	application of its current size and location. This procedure is called
 *	when the embedded application made a geometry request that we did not
 *	grant, so that the embedded application knows that its geometry didn't
 *	change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which we
 *	do not currently synthesize on the Mac
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
	     * Fabricate an event to do this.
	     */

	    if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL &&
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) {
		XEvent event;

		event.xany.serial =
			LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr));
		event.xany.send_event = False;
		event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);

		event.xany.type = DestroyNotify;
		event.xany.window = containerPtr->parent;
		event.xdestroywindow.event = containerPtr->parent;
		Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);







|
|







1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
	     * Fabricate an event to do this.
	     */

	    if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL &&
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) {
		XEvent event;

		event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(
			Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr));
		event.xany.send_event = False;
		event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);

		event.xany.type = DestroyNotify;
		event.xany.window = containerPtr->parent;
		event.xdestroywindow.event = containerPtr->parent;
		Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEntry.c.

120
121
122
123
124
125
126

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136

137
138
139
140
141
142
143
     * nicer.
     */

    if (isSpinbox) {
	int incDecWidth;

	/*

	 * Temporarily change the width of the widget so that the same code can
	 * be used for drawing the Entry portion of the Spinbox as is used to
	 * draw an ordinary Entry.  The width must be restored before
	 * returning.
	 */

	oldWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
	ComputeIncDecParameters(Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH,
		&incDecWidth);
	Tk_Width(tkwin) -= incDecWidth + 1;

    }

   /*
    * The focus ring is drawn with an Alpha at the outside part of the ring,
    * so we have to draw over the edges of the ring before drawing the focus
    * or the text will peep through.
    */







>
|
|
|
<



|
|
|
>







120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130

131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
     * nicer.
     */

    if (isSpinbox) {
	int incDecWidth;

	/*
	 * If native spinbox buttons are going to be drawn, then temporarily
	 * change the width of the widget so that the same code can be used
	 * for drawing the Entry portion of the Spinbox as is used to draw
	 * an ordinary Entry.  The width must be restored before returning.

	 */

	oldWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
	if (ComputeIncDecParameters(Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH,
		&incDecWidth) != 0) {
	    Tk_Width(tkwin) -= incDecWidth + 1;
	}
    }

   /*
    * The focus ring is drawn with an Alpha at the outside part of the ring,
    * so we have to draw over the edges of the ring before drawing the focus
    * or the text will peep through.
    */
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
 *	This procedure redraws the buttons of an spinbox widget. It overrides
 *	the generic button drawing code if the spinbox widget parameters are
 *	such that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just
 *	returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't
 *	have to implement it.
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May draw the entry border into pixmap.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(
    Spinbox *sbPtr,







|


|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
 *	This procedure redraws the buttons of an spinbox widget. It overrides
 *	the generic button drawing code if the spinbox widget parameters are
 *	such that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just
 *	returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't
 *	have to implement it.
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 if it has drawn the buttons, 0 if not.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May draw the buttons into pixmap.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(
    Spinbox *sbPtr,
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
    /*
     * We had to make the entry part of the window smaller so that we wouldn't
     * overdraw the spin buttons with the focus highlight. So now we have to
     * draw the highlightbackground.
     */

    bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(sbPtr->entry.highlightBgColorPtr, d);
    rects[0].x = bounds.origin.x;
    rects[0].y = 0;
    rects[0].width = Tk_Width(tkwin);
    rects[0].height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
    XFillRectangles(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, bgGC, rects, 1);

    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
	return 0;
    }
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);







|

|







255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
    /*
     * We had to make the entry part of the window smaller so that we wouldn't
     * overdraw the spin buttons with the focus highlight. So now we have to
     * draw the highlightbackground.
     */

    bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(sbPtr->entry.highlightBgColorPtr, d);
    rects[0].x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - incDecWidth - 1;
    rects[0].y = 0;
    rects[0].width = incDecWidth + 1;
    rects[0].height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
    XFillRectangles(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, bgGC, rects, 1);

    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
	return 0;
    }
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.c.

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139

140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXFlushWindows --
 *
 *	This routine is a stub called by XSync, which is called during the Tk
 *      update command.  The language specification does not require that the
 *      update command be synchronous but many of the tests assume that is the
 *      case.  It is not naturally the case on macOS since many idle tasks are
 *      run inside of the drawRect method of a window's contentView, and that
 *      method will not be called until after this function returns.  To make
 *      the tests work, we attempt to force this to be synchronous by waiting
 *      until drawRect has been called for each window.  The mechanism we use
 *      for this is to have drawRect post an ApplicationDefined NSEvent on the
 *      AppKit event queue when it finishes drawing, and wait for it here.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Calls the drawRect method of the contentView of each visible
 *      window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void)
{
    NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows];


    if ([macWindows count] > 0) {
	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)){}
    }
    if ([NSApp isDrawing]) {
	for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
	    if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) {
		[w setViewsNeedDisplay:YES];
	    }
	}
    } else {
	for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
	    if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) {
		[w display];
	    }
	}
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc







|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<




|
<
|







|
>
|
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120




121
122
123
124
125

126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136

137


138







139


140
141
142
143
144
145
146
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXFlushWindows --
 *
 *	This routine is a stub called by XSync, which is called during the Tk
 *      update command.  The language specification does not require that the
 *      update command be synchronous but many of the tests implicitly assume
 *      that it is.  It is definitely asynchronous on macOS since many idle
 *      tasks are run inside of the drawRect method of a window's contentView,
 *      which will not be called until after this function returns.




 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects: Processes all pending idle events then calls the display

 *	method of each visible window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void)
{
    if (Tk_GetNumMainWindows() == 0) {
	return;
    }

    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)){}


    for (NSWindow *w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) {







	[w display];


    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * tkMacOSXFont.c --
 *
 *	Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant
 *	font package interface.
 *
 * Copyright 2002-2004 Benjamin Riefenstahl, [email protected]
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.



|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * tkMacOSXFont.c --
 *
 *	Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent font
 *	package interface.
 *
 * Copyright 2002-2004 Benjamin Riefenstahl, [email protected]
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44

/*
 * The following structure represents our Macintosh-specific implementation
 * of a font object.
 */

typedef struct {
    TkFont font;		/* Stuff used by generic font package. Must
				 * be first in structure. */

    NSFont *nsFont;
    NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
} MacFont;

/*
 * The names for our "native" fonts.
 */







|
|
<







28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

37
38
39
40
41
42
43

/*
 * The following structure represents our Macintosh-specific implementation
 * of a font object.
 */

typedef struct {
    TkFont font;		/* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be
				 * first in structure. */

    NSFont *nsFont;
    NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
} MacFont;

/*
 * The names for our "native" fonts.
 */
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

89

90
91
92

93
94
95

96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
};
#undef ThemeFont

static int antialiasedTextEnabled = -1;
static NSCharacterSet *whitespaceCharacterSet = nil;
static NSCharacterSet *lineendingCharacterSet = nil;

static void GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(NSFont *nsFont,
	TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static NSFont *FindNSFont(const char *familyName, NSFontTraitMask traits,

	NSInteger weight, CGFloat size, int fallbackToDefault);

static void InitFont(NSFont *nsFont, const TkFontAttributes *reqFaPtr,
	MacFont * fontPtr);
static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,

	const char* name, TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static void DrawCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart,

	int rangeLength, int x, int y, double angle);

#pragma mark -
#pragma mark Font Helpers:

#define GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr) \
	((faPtr)->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? NSBoldFontMask : NSUnboldFontMask) | \
	((faPtr)->slant == TK_FS_ITALIC ? NSItalicFontMask : NSUnitalicFontMask)







|
|
|
>
|
>
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
>
|







78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
};
#undef ThemeFont

static int antialiasedTextEnabled = -1;
static NSCharacterSet *whitespaceCharacterSet = nil;
static NSCharacterSet *lineendingCharacterSet = nil;

static void		GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(NSFont *nsFont,
			    TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static NSFont *		FindNSFont(const char *familyName,
			    NSFontTraitMask traits, NSInteger weight,
			    CGFloat size, int fallbackToDefault);
static void		InitFont(NSFont *nsFont,
			    const TkFontAttributes *reqFaPtr,
			    MacFont *fontPtr);
static int		CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
			    TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static void		DrawCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
			    GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source,
			    int numBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength,
			    int x, int y, double angle);

#pragma mark -
#pragma mark Font Helpers:

#define GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr) \
	((faPtr)->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? NSBoldFontMask : NSUnboldFontMask) | \
	((faPtr)->slant == TK_FS_ITALIC ? NSItalicFontMask : NSUnitalicFontMask)
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246


247


248
249
250
251
252
253
254
    NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
    NSRect bounds;
    CGFloat kern = 0.0;
    NSFontRenderingMode renderingMode = NSFontDefaultRenderingMode;
    int ascent, descent/*, dontAA*/;
    static const UniChar ch[] = {'.', 'W', ' ', 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc7};
			/* ., W, Space, Auml, Aacute, Acirc, Atilde, Ccedilla */
    #define nCh (sizeof(ch) / sizeof(UniChar))
    CGGlyph glyphs[nCh];
    CGRect boundingRects[nCh];

    fontPtr->font.fid = (Font) fontPtr;
    faPtr = &fontPtr->font.fa;
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;


    // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit


    // dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];







|











>
>
|
>
>







231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
    NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
    NSRect bounds;
    CGFloat kern = 0.0;
    NSFontRenderingMode renderingMode = NSFontDefaultRenderingMode;
    int ascent, descent/*, dontAA*/;
    static const UniChar ch[] = {'.', 'W', ' ', 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc7};
			/* ., W, Space, Auml, Aacute, Acirc, Atilde, Ccedilla */
#define nCh	(sizeof(ch) / sizeof(UniChar))
    CGGlyph glyphs[nCh];
    CGRect boundingRects[nCh];

    fontPtr->font.fid = (Font) fontPtr;
    faPtr = &fontPtr->font.fa;
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;

    /*
     * Some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
     */

    // dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
	    [NSNumber numberWithInt:faPtr->overstrike ?
		NSUnderlineStyleSingle|NSUnderlinePatternSolid :
		NSUnderlineStyleNone], NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName,
	    [NSNumber numberWithInt:fmPtr->fixed ? 0 : 1],
		NSLigatureAttributeName,
	    [NSNumber numberWithDouble:kern], NSKernAttributeName, nil];
    fontPtr->nsAttributes = [nsAttributes retain];
    #undef nCh
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateNamedSystemFont --
 *







|







297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
	    [NSNumber numberWithInt:faPtr->overstrike ?
		NSUnderlineStyleSingle|NSUnderlinePatternSolid :
		NSUnderlineStyleNone], NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName,
	    [NSNumber numberWithInt:fmPtr->fixed ? 0 : 1],
		NSLigatureAttributeName,
	    [NSNumber numberWithDouble:kern], NSKernAttributeName, nil];
    fontPtr->nsAttributes = [nsAttributes retain];
#undef nCh
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateNamedSystemFont --
 *
354
355
356
357
358
359
360

361

362
363

364

365
366
367
368
369
370
371
{
    Tcl_Interp *interp = mainPtr->interp;
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) mainPtr->winPtr;
    const struct SystemFontMapEntry *systemFont = systemFontMap;
    NSFont *nsFont;
    TkFontAttributes fa;
    NSMutableCharacterSet *cs;

    /* Since we called before TkpInit, we need our own autorelease pool. */

    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];


    /* force this for now */

    if (!mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr) {
	mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
    }
    while (systemFont->systemName) {
	nsFont = (NSFont*) CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(
		HIThemeGetUIFontType(systemFont->id), 0, NULL);
	if (nsFont) {







>
|
>


>
|
>







361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
{
    Tcl_Interp *interp = mainPtr->interp;
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) mainPtr->winPtr;
    const struct SystemFontMapEntry *systemFont = systemFontMap;
    NSFont *nsFont;
    TkFontAttributes fa;
    NSMutableCharacterSet *cs;
    /*
     * Since we called before TkpInit, we need our own autorelease pool.
     */
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];

    /*
     * Force this for now.
     */
    if (!mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr) {
	mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
    }
    while (systemFont->systemName) {
	nsFont = (NSFont*) CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(
		HIThemeGetUIFontType(systemFont->id), 0, NULL);
	if (nsFont) {
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --
 *
 *	Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the
 *	native font. If a native font by the given name could not be
 *	found, the return value is NULL.
 *
 *	Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even
 *	if the name has already been seen before. The caller should call
 *	TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed.
 *
 *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated
 *	with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing
 *	the contents of the generics TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
|
|

|
|


|
|
|







420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --
 *
 *	Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the native
 *	font. If a native font by the given name could not be found, the return
 *	value is NULL.
 *
 *	Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if
 *	the name has already been seen before. The caller should call
 *	TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed.
 *
 *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
 *	the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
 *	contents of the generics TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
    } else if (strcmp(name, APPLFONT_NAME) == 0) {
	themeFontId = kThemeApplicationFont;
    } else if (strcmp(name, MENUITEMFONT_NAME) == 0) {
	themeFontId = kThemeMenuItemFont;
    } else {
	return NULL;
    }
    ctFont = CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(HIThemeGetUIFontType(
	    themeFontId), 0, NULL);
    if (ctFont) {
	fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont));
	InitFont((NSFont*) ctFont, NULL, fontPtr);
    }

    return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetFontFromAttributes --
 *
 *	Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with the
 *	closest matching attributes.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font
 *	with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes
 *	could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted
 *	automatically.
 *
 *	Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even
 *	if the specified attributes have already been seen before. The
 *	caller should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific
 *	data when the font is no longer needed.
 *
 *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated
 *	with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing
 *	the contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkFont *
TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
    TkFont *tkFontPtr,		/* If non-NULL, store the information in this
				 * existing TkFont structure, rather than
				 * allocating a new structure to hold the
				 * font; the existing contents of the font
				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
				 * structure is allocated. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
				/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
    MacFont *fontPtr;
    int points = (int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5);
    NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr);
    NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5);
    NSFont *nsFont;

    nsFont = FindNSFont(faPtr->family, traits, weight, points, 0);
    if (!nsFont) {
	const char *const *aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faPtr->family);







|
|

















|
|
|
<

|
|
|
|

|
|
|











|
|
|
|





|







456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484

485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
    } else if (strcmp(name, APPLFONT_NAME) == 0) {
	themeFontId = kThemeApplicationFont;
    } else if (strcmp(name, MENUITEMFONT_NAME) == 0) {
	themeFontId = kThemeMenuItemFont;
    } else {
	return NULL;
    }
    ctFont = CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(
	    HIThemeGetUIFontType(themeFontId), 0, NULL);
    if (ctFont) {
	fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont));
	InitFont((NSFont*) ctFont, NULL, fontPtr);
    }

    return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetFontFromAttributes --
 *
 *	Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with the
 *	closest matching attributes.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font with
 *	the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes could not
 *	be constructed, some other font will be substituted automatically.

 *
 *	Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if
 *	the specified attributes have already been seen before. The caller
 *	should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific data when
 *	the font is no longer needed.
 *
 *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
 *	the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
 *	contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkFont *
TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
    TkFont *tkFontPtr,		/* If non-NULL, store the information in this
				 * existing TkFont structure, rather than
				 * allocating a new structure to hold the font;
				 * the existing contents of the font will be
				 * released. If NULL, a new TkFont structure is
				 * allocated. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
				/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
    MacFont *fontPtr;
    int points = (int) (TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5);
    NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr);
    NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5);
    NSFont *nsFont;

    nsFont = FindNSFont(faPtr->family, traits, weight, points, 0);
    if (!nsFont) {
	const char *const *aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faPtr->family);
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDeleteFont --
 *
 *	Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or
 *	TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already
 *	released the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the
 *	generic TkFont code.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TkFont is deallocated.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







|
|
|







544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDeleteFont --
 *
 *	Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or
 *	TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already released the
 *	fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont
 *	code.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TkFont is deallocated.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetFontFamilies --
 *
 *	Return information about the font families that are available on
 *	the display of the given window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available
 *	font families.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.







|
|







573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetFontFamilies --
 *
 *	Return information about the font families that are available on the
 *	display of the given window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available
 *	font families.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetSubFonts --
 *
 *	A function used by the testing package for querying the actual
 *	screen fonts that make up a font object.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names
 *	of the screen fonts that make up the given font object.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
|


|
|







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetSubFonts --
 *
 *	A function used by the testing package for querying the actual screen
 *	fonts that make up a font object.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names of
 *	the screen fonts that make up the given font object.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
 *
 *	Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a
 *	given character.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The font attributes are stored in *faPtr.
 *







|
|







648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
 *
 *	Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given
 *	character.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The font attributes are stored in *faPtr.
 *
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
 *	that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the
 *	characters.
 *
 *	This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to
 *	all the characters on the line for context.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is the number of bytes from source that
 *	fit into the span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is
 *	filled with the x-coordinate of the right edge of the last
 *	character that did fit.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
|
|
<







751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760

761
762
763
764
765
766
767
 *	that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the
 *	characters.
 *
 *	This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to
 *	all the characters on the line for context.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the
 *	span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the
 *	x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
				 * character that would cross this x-position.
				 * If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
				 * the flags argument is ignored. */
    int flags,			/* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
				 * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
				 * which only partially fits on this line.
				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
				 * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
				 * means return at least one character even
				 * if no characters fit.  If TK_WHOLE_WORDS
				 * and TK_AT_LEAST_ONE are set and the first
				 * word doesn't fit, we return at least one
				 * character or whatever characters fit into
				 * maxLength.  TK_ISOLATE_END means that the
				 * last character should not be considered in
				 * context with the rest of the string (used
				 * for breaking lines). */
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */







|
|
|
|
|







779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
				 * character that would cross this x-position.
				 * If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
				 * the flags argument is ignored. */
    int flags,			/* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
				 * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
				 * which only partially fits on this line.
				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
				 * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE means
				 * return at least one character even if no
				 * characters fit.  If TK_WHOLE_WORDS and
				 * TK_AT_LEAST_ONE are set and the first word
				 * doesn't fit, we return at least one
				 * character or whatever characters fit into
				 * maxLength.  TK_ISOLATE_END means that the
				 * last character should not be considered in
				 * context with the rest of the string (used
				 * for breaking lines). */
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
		whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
	while (index > start &&
		[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
	    index--;
	}

        /*
         * If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between
         * its start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then
         * CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak() returns that very last index.
         * However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break
         * at a word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
         * is set, we must report that zero chars actually fit (in other
         * words the smallest word of the source string is still larger
         * than maxWidth).
         */

        if ((index >= start) && (index < len) &&
                (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) &&
                ![cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:index]]) {
            index = start;
        }







|
|

|
|
|
|
<







869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882

883
884
885
886
887
888
889
		whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
	while (index > start &&
		[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
	    index--;
	}

        /*
         * If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between its
         * start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then
         * CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak() returns that very last index.
         * However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break at a
         * word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE is set, we
         * must report that zero chars actually fit (in other words the
         * smallest word of the source string is still larger than maxWidth).

         */

        if ((index >= start) && (index < len) &&
                (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) &&
                ![cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:index]]) {
            index = start;
        }
899
900
901
902
903
904
905

906
907
908


909
910
911
912
913
914
915
	if (width < maxWidth && (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && index < len) {
	    range.length = ++index;
	    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	    width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    CFRelease(line);
	}


        /* The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always
           return at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded
           it or not.  Clean that up now. */


	while (width > maxWidth && !(flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK)
		&& index > start+(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	    range.length = --index;
	    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	    width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    CFRelease(line);
	}







>
|
|
|
>
>







907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
	if (width < maxWidth && (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && index < len) {
	    range.length = ++index;
	    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	    width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    CFRelease(line);
	}

        /*
	 * The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always return
	 * at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded it or not.
	 * Clean that up now.
	 */

	while (width > maxWidth && !(flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK)
		&& index > start+(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	    range.length = --index;
	    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	    width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    CFRelease(line);
	}
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
 *
 *	Draw a string of characters on the screen.
 *
 *	With ATSUI we need the line context to do this right, so we have the
 *	actual implementation in TkpDrawCharsInContext().
 *
 * Results:
  *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Information gets drawn on the screen.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_DrawChars(
    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
				 * be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that
				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * string when drawing. */
{
    DrawCharsInContext(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source, numBytes,
	    0, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
}

void
TkDrawAngledChars(
    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that
				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    double x, double y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)		/* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
{







|

















|
|




















|
|







953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
 *
 *	Draw a string of characters on the screen.
 *
 *	With ATSUI we need the line context to do this right, so we have the
 *	actual implementation in TkpDrawCharsInContext().
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Information gets drawn on the screen.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_DrawChars(
    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
				 * be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that is
				 * passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * string when drawing. */
{
    DrawCharsInContext(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source, numBytes,
	    0, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
}

void
TkDrawAngledChars(
    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that is
				 * passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    double x, double y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)		/* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
{
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
				 * be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char * source,	/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that
				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when







|
|







1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
				 * be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char * source,	/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that is
				 * passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
				 * be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char * source,	/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that
				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when







|
|







1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
				 * be the same as font used in GC. */
    const char * source,	/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
				 * should be stripped out of the string that is
				 * passed to this function. If they are not
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093

1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
	return;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	return;
    }

    context = drawingContext.context;
    fg = TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(gc, gc->foreground);
    attributes = [fontPtr->nsAttributes mutableCopy];
    [attributes setObject:(id)fg forKey:(id)kCTForegroundColorAttributeName];
    CFRelease(fg);
    nsFont = [attributes objectForKey:NSFontAttributeName];
    [nsFont setInContext:[NSGraphicsContext graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:







>







1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
	return;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	return;
    }

    context = drawingContext.context;
    fg = TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(gc, gc->foreground);
    attributes = [fontPtr->nsAttributes mutableCopy];
    [attributes setObject:(id)fg forKey:(id)kCTForegroundColorAttributeName];
    CFRelease(fg);
    nsFont = [attributes objectForKey:NSFontAttributeName];
    [nsFont setInContext:[NSGraphicsContext graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121

1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
    }
    CGContextConcatCTM(context, t);
    CGContextSetTextPosition(context, x, y);
    start = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart);
    len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart + rangeLength);
    if (start > 0) {
	CGRect clipRect = CGRectInfinite, startBounds;

	line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, start));
	startBounds = CTLineGetImageBounds(line, context);
	CFRelease(line);
	clipRect.origin.x = startBounds.origin.x + startBounds.size.width;
	CGContextClipToRect(context, clipRect);
    }
    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, len));







>







1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
    }
    CGContextConcatCTM(context, t);
    CGContextSetTextPosition(context, x, y);
    start = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart);
    len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart + rangeLength);
    if (start > 0) {
	CGRect clipRect = CGRectInfinite, startBounds;

	line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, start));
	startBounds = CTLineGetImageBounds(line, context);
	CFRelease(line);
	clipRect.origin.x = startBounds.origin.x + startBounds.size.width;
	CGContextClipToRect(context, clipRect);
    }
    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, len));
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243

1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
    if (nsFont && familyName) {
	NSFontTraitMask traits = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
		traitsOfFont:nsFont];
	id underline = [nsAttributes objectForKey:
		NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName];
	id strikethrough = [nsAttributes objectForKey:
		NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName];

	objv[i++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyName, -1);
	objv[i++] = Tcl_NewIntObj([nsFont pointSize]);
#define S(s) Tcl_NewStringObj(STRINGIFY(s),(int)(sizeof(STRINGIFY(s))-1))
	objv[i++] = (traits & NSBoldFontMask)	? S(bold)   : S(normal);
	objv[i++] = (traits & NSItalicFontMask)	? S(italic) : S(roman);
	if ([underline respondsToSelector:@selector(intValue)] &&
		([underline intValue] & (NSUnderlineStyleSingle |
		NSUnderlineStyleThick | NSUnderlineStyleDouble))) {
	    objv[i++] = S(underline);
	}







>

|
|







1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
    if (nsFont && familyName) {
	NSFontTraitMask traits = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
		traitsOfFont:nsFont];
	id underline = [nsAttributes objectForKey:
		NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName];
	id strikethrough = [nsAttributes objectForKey:
		NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName];

	objv[i++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyName, -1);
	objv[i++] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj([nsFont pointSize]);
#define S(s)    Tcl_NewStringObj(STRINGIFY(s), (int)(sizeof(STRINGIFY(s))-1))
	objv[i++] = (traits & NSBoldFontMask)	? S(bold)   : S(normal);
	objv[i++] = (traits & NSItalicFontMask)	? S(italic) : S(roman);
	if ([underline respondsToSelector:@selector(intValue)] &&
		([underline intValue] & (NSUnderlineStyleSingle |
		NSUnderlineStyleThick | NSUnderlineStyleDouble))) {
	    objv[i++] = S(underline);
	}
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271

1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText --
 *
 *	Enables or disables application-wide use of antialiased text (where
 *	available). Sets up a linked Tcl global variable to allow
 *	disabling of antialiased text from tcl.

 *	The possible values for this variable are:
 *
 *	-1 - Use system default as configurable in "System Prefs" -> "General".
 *	 0 - Unconditionally disable antialiasing.
 *	 1 - Unconditionally enable antialiasing.
 *
 * Results:







|
|
>







1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText --
 *
 *	Enables or disables application-wide use of antialiased text (where
 *	available). Sets up a linked Tcl global variable to allow disabling of
 *	antialiased text from Tcl.
 *
 *	The possible values for this variable are:
 *
 *	-1 - Use system default as configurable in "System Prefs" -> "General".
 *	 0 - Unconditionally disable antialiasing.
 *	 1 - Unconditionally enable antialiasing.
 *
 * Results:

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.h.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
/*
 * tkMacOSXFont.h --
 *
 *	Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant
 *	font package interface.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
/*
 * tkMacOSXFont.h --
 *
 *	Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent
 *	font package interface.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41


42
43
44
45
46
47
48
				 * AppleEvent */
} KillEvent;

/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
				 NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
				 Tcl_Interp *interp,
				 const char* procedure);
static int  MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int  ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);



#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender
{
    [self handleQuitApplicationEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];







|
|
|
<
|
|
>
>







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
				 * AppleEvent */
} KillEvent;

/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void		tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor *event,
			    NSAppleEventDescriptor *replyEvent,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char* procedure);

static int		MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int		ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);
static void		RunSimpleTclCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *command);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender
{
    [self handleQuitApplicationEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123

124
125
126
127
128






129








130
131
132
133
134
135
136
	Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *) eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
    }
}

- (void) handleOpenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
   Tcl_Interp *interp = _eventInterp;

    if (interp &&
	Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenApplication", NULL, 0)){
	int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenApplication",
			      -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	if (code != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_BackgroundException(_eventInterp, code);
	}
    }
}

- (void) handleReopenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];
    if (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp,
	    "::tk::mac::ReopenApplication", NULL, 0)) {
	int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ReopenApplication",
			      -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	if (code != TCL_OK){
	    Tcl_BackgroundException(_eventInterp, code);
	}
    }
}

- (void) handleShowPreferencesEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    if (_eventInterp &&
	    Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ShowPreferences", NULL, 0)){
	int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ShowPreferences",
			      -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	if (code != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_BackgroundException(_eventInterp, code);
	}
    }
}

- (void) handleOpenDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    tkMacOSXProcessFiles(event, replyEvent, _eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenDocument");

}

- (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{






    tkMacOSXProcessFiles(event, replyEvent, _eventInterp, "::tk::mac::PrintDocument");








}

- (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    OSStatus err;
    const AEDesc *theDesc = nil;







<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<






<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<





<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<





|
>





>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







75
76
77
78
79
80
81



82






83
84
85
86
87
88


89





90
91
92
93
94

95






96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
	Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *) eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
    }
}

- (void) handleOpenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{



    RunSimpleTclCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenApplication");






}

- (void) handleReopenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];


    RunSimpleTclCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ReopenApplication");





}

- (void) handleShowPreferencesEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{

    RunSimpleTclCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ShowPreferences");






}

- (void) handleOpenDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    tkMacOSXProcessFiles(event, replyEvent, _eventInterp,
	    "::tk::mac::OpenDocument");
}

- (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    NSString* file = [[event paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyDirectObject]
			 stringValue];
    const char *printFile = [file UTF8String];
    Tcl_DString print;

    Tcl_DStringInit(&print);
    if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::PrintDocument", NULL, 0)) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&print, "::tk::mac::PrintDocument", -1);
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&print, printFile);
    int tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&print),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&print), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (tclErr != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(_eventInterp, tclErr);
    }
}

- (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
    withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
    OSStatus err;
    const AEDesc *theDesc = nil;
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169

170
171
172
173
174
175

176
177
178
179
180
181
182

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200

201

202
203
204

205

206
207
208
209

210
211
212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229

230
231
232

233
234
235
236

237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246

247
248





















249
250
251
252

















253
254
255
256
257
258
259

    theDesc = [event aeDesc];
    if (theDesc == nil) {
	return;
    }

    err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &initialType,
			NULL, 0, NULL);
    if (err != noErr) {
	sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: GetParamDesc error %d", (int)err);
	AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar,
		      errString, strlen(errString));
	return;
    }

    if (MissedAnyParameters((AppleEvent*)theDesc)) {
    	sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: extra parameters");
    	AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar,
    		      errString, strlen(errString));
    	return;
    }


    if (initialType == typeFileURL || initialType == typeAlias) {
	/*
	 * The descriptor can be coerced to a file url.  Source the file, or
	 * pass the path as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptFile if
	 * that procedure exists.
	 */

	err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeFileURL, &type,
			    (Ptr) URLBuffer, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual);
	if (err == noErr && actual > 0){
	    URLBuffer[actual] = '\0';
	    NSString *urlString = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLBuffer];
	    NSURL *fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:urlString];
	    Tcl_DString command;

	    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
	    if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", NULL, 0)){
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", -1);
	    } else {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "source", -1);
	    }
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, [[fileURL path] UTF8String]);
	    tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
				 Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}
    } else if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type,
			   NULL, 0, &actual)) {
	if (actual > 0) {
	    /*
	     * The descriptor can be coerced to UTF8 text.  Evaluate as Tcl, or
	     * or pass the text as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptText
	     * if that procedure exists.
	     */

	    char *data = ckalloc(actual + 1);

	    if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type,
			    data, actual, NULL)) {
		if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText", NULL, 0)){

		    Tcl_DString command;

		    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText", -1);
		    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, data);
		    tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),

				 Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
		} else {
		    tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, data, actual, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);

		}
	    }
	    ckfree(data);
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * The descriptor can not be coerced to a fileURL or UTF8 text.
	 */
	for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
	    typeString[i] = ((char*)&initialType)[3-i];
	}
	typeString[4] = '\0';
	sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: invalid script type '%s', "
		"must be coercable to 'furl' or 'utf8'", typeString);
	AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar, errString,
		      strlen(errString));
    }

    /*
     * If we ran some Tcl code, put the result in the reply.
     */

    if (tclErr >= 0) {
	int reslen;
	const char *result =
	    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(_eventInterp), &reslen);

	if (tclErr == TCL_OK) {
	    AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyDirectObject, typeChar,
			  result, reslen);
	} else {
	    AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar,
			  result, reslen);
	    AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorNumber, typeSInt32,
			  (Ptr) &tclErr,sizeof(int));
	}
    }

    return;
}





















@end

#pragma mark -


















/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXProcessFiles --
 *
 *	Extract a list of fileURLs from an AppleEvent and call the specified
 *      procedure with the file paths as arguments.







|


|
|



|

|
|



>






>

|





>

|






|

|
|






>

>
|
|
|
>

>



|
>
|

|
>














|
|

>



>



|
>

|
|

|
|
|
|


>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303

    theDesc = [event aeDesc];
    if (theDesc == nil) {
	return;
    }

    err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &initialType,
	    NULL, 0, NULL);
    if (err != noErr) {
	sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: GetParamDesc error %d", (int)err);
	AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent *) [replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString,
		typeChar, errString, strlen(errString));
	return;
    }

    if (MissedAnyParameters((AppleEvent *) theDesc)) {
    	sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: extra parameters");
    	AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent *) [replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString,
		typeChar, errString, strlen(errString));
    	return;
    }

    Tcl_Preserve(_eventInterp);
    if (initialType == typeFileURL || initialType == typeAlias) {
	/*
	 * The descriptor can be coerced to a file url.  Source the file, or
	 * pass the path as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptFile if
	 * that procedure exists.
	 */

	err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeFileURL, &type,
		(Ptr) URLBuffer, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual);
	if (err == noErr && actual > 0){
	    URLBuffer[actual] = '\0';
	    NSString *urlString = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLBuffer];
	    NSURL *fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:urlString];
	    Tcl_DString command;

	    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
	    if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", NULL, 0)) {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", -1);
	    } else {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "source", -1);
	    }
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, [[fileURL path] UTF8String]);
	    tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}
    } else if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text,
	    &type, NULL, 0, &actual)) {
	if (actual > 0) {
	    /*
	     * The descriptor can be coerced to UTF8 text.  Evaluate as Tcl, or
	     * or pass the text as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptText
	     * if that procedure exists.
	     */

	    char *data = ckalloc(actual + 1);

	    if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text,
		    &type, data, actual, NULL)) {
		if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText",
			NULL, 0)) {
		    Tcl_DString command;

		    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText", -1);
		    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, data);
		    tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp,
			    Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
			    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
		} else {
		    tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, data, actual,
			    TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
		}
	    }
	    ckfree(data);
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * The descriptor can not be coerced to a fileURL or UTF8 text.
	 */
	for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
	    typeString[i] = ((char*)&initialType)[3-i];
	}
	typeString[4] = '\0';
	sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: invalid script type '%s', "
		"must be coercable to 'furl' or 'utf8'", typeString);
	AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString,
		typeChar, errString, strlen(errString));
    }

    /*
     * If we ran some Tcl code, put the result in the reply.
     */

    if (tclErr >= 0) {
	int reslen;
	const char *result =
		Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(_eventInterp), &reslen);

	if (tclErr == TCL_OK) {
	    AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent *) [replyEvent aeDesc], keyDirectObject,
		    typeChar, result, reslen);
	} else {
	    AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent *) [replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString,
		    typeChar, result, reslen);
	    AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent *) [replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorNumber,
		    typeSInt32, (Ptr) &tclErr, sizeof(int));
	}
    }
    Tcl_Release(_eventInterp);
    return;
}

- (void)handleURLEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor*)event
        withReplyEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor*)replyEvent
{
    NSString* url = [[event paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyDirectObject]
                        stringValue];
    const char *cURL = [url UTF8String];
    Tcl_DString launch;

    Tcl_DStringInit(&launch);
    if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::LaunchURL", NULL, 0)) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&launch, "::tk::mac::LaunchURL", -1);
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&launch, cURL);
    int tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&launch),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&launch), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (tclErr != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(_eventInterp, tclErr);
    }
}

@end

#pragma mark -

static void
RunSimpleTclCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *command)
{
    int code;

    if (interp && Tcl_FindCommand(interp, command, NULL, 0)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	if (code != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
	}
	Tcl_Release(interp);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXProcessFiles --
 *
 *	Extract a list of fileURLs from an AppleEvent and call the specified
 *      procedure with the file paths as arguments.
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290

291
292
293
294
295
296
297
    Size actual;
    long count, index;
    AEKeyword keyword;
    Tcl_DString command, pathName;
    int code;

    /*
     * Do nothing if we don't have an interpreter or the procedure doesn't exist.

     */

    if (!interp || !Tcl_FindCommand(interp, procedure, NULL, 0)) {
	return;
    }

    fileSpecDesc = [event aeDesc];







|
>







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
    Size actual;
    long count, index;
    AEKeyword keyword;
    Tcl_DString command, pathName;
    int code;

    /*
     * Do nothing if we don't have an interpreter or the procedure doesn't
     * exist.
     */

    if (!interp || !Tcl_FindCommand(interp, procedure, NULL, 0)) {
	return;
    }

    fileSpecDesc = [event aeDesc];
349
350
351
352
353
354
355

356
357
358
359
360
361

362
363
364
365
366
367
368
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */


    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *







>






>







394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);
    Tcl_Release(interp);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385

386
387
388
389
390
391
392
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)   /* not used */
{
    NSAppleEventManager *aeManager = [NSAppleEventManager sharedAppleEventManager];

    static Boolean initialized = FALSE;

    if (!initialized) {
	initialized = TRUE;

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleQuitApplicationEvent:withReplyEvent:)







|
>







425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)   /* not used */
{
    NSAppleEventManager *aeManager =
	    [NSAppleEventManager sharedAppleEventManager];
    static Boolean initialized = FALSE;

    if (!initialized) {
	initialized = TRUE;

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleQuitApplicationEvent:withReplyEvent:)
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417





418
419
420
421
422
423
424
	    forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEShowPreferences];

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:)
	    forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEOpenDocuments];

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:)
	    forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEPrintDocuments];

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleDoScriptEvent:withReplyEvent:)
	    forEventClass:kAEMiscStandards andEventID:kAEDoScript];





    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDoHLEvent --







|





>
>
>
>
>







453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
	    forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEShowPreferences];

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:)
	    forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEOpenDocuments];

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handlePrintDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:)
	    forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEPrintDocuments];

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleDoScriptEvent:withReplyEvent:)
	    forEventClass:kAEMiscStandards andEventID:kAEDoScript];

	[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
	    andSelector:@selector(handleURLEvent:withReplyEvent:)
	    forEventClass:kInternetEventClass andEventID:kAEGetURL];

    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDoHLEvent --
484
485
486
487
488
489
490



491
492

493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500

501
502
503
504
505
506
507

static int
ReallyKillMe(
    Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
    int flags)
{
    Tcl_Interp *interp = ((KillEvent *) eventPtr)->interp;



    int quit = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::Quit", NULL, 0)!=NULL;
    int code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, quit ? "::tk::mac::Quit" : "exit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);


    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Should be never reached...
	 */

	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }

    return 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MissedAnyParameters --







>
>
>

|
>








>







537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565

static int
ReallyKillMe(
    Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
    int flags)
{
    Tcl_Interp *interp = ((KillEvent *) eventPtr)->interp;

    Tcl_Preserve(interp);

    int quit = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::Quit", NULL, 0)!=NULL;
    int code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, quit ? "::tk::mac::Quit" : "exit", -1,
	    TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);

    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Should be never reached...
	 */

	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_Release(interp);
    return 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MissedAnyParameters --
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542

   err = AEGetAttributePtr(theEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
	    typeWildCard, &returnedType, NULL, 0, &actualSize);

   return (err != errAEDescNotFound);
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







<








585
586
587
588
589
590
591

592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599

   err = AEGetAttributePtr(theEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
	    typeWildCard, &returnedType, NULL, 0, &actualSize);

   return (err != errAEDescNotFound);
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.  Called
 *      in Tk_PutImage and (currently) nowhere else.







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.  Called
 *      in Tk_PutImage and (currently) nowhere else.
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84

85
86
87
88

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);

	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
				    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);

	}
    } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {

	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();

	if (image->width == 0 && image->height == 0) {

	    /*
	     * CGCreateImage complains on early macOS releases.
	     */

	    return NULL;
	}
	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		      kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big);
	bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaLast;
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);

	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.  It
 *      is essentially never used. At one time it was called by







|
>


|
|
>

<
|







<









|



|
>
















<







77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91

92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130

131
132
133
134
135
136
137
	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len,
		    releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height,
		    bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line,
		    provider, decode, 0);
	}

    } else if ((image->format == ZPixmap) && (image->bits_per_pixel == 32)) {
	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();

	if (image->width == 0 && image->height == 0) {

	    /*
	     * CGCreateImage complains on early macOS releases.
	     */

	    return NULL;
	}
	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big);
	bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaLast;
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len,
		    releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.  It
 *      is essentially never used. At one time it was called by
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
    unsigned int bytes_per_row, size, row, n, m;
    unsigned int scalefactor=1, scaled_height=height, scaled_width=width;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(drawable);
    static enum {unknown, no, yes} has_retina = unknown;

    if (win && has_retina == unknown) {
#ifdef __clang__
	has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]?
	    yes : no;
#else
	has_retina = no;
#endif
    }

    if (has_retina == yes) {

	/*
	 * We only allow scale factors 1 or 2, as Apple currently does.
	 */

#ifdef __clang__
	scalefactor = [win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0 ? 2 : 1;
#endif
	scaled_height *= scalefactor;
	scaled_width *= scalefactor;
    }

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    return NULL;
	}

	bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(drawable,
			  x, y, width, height);
	if (!bitmap_rep) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];
	size = [bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane];
	bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	bitmap = ckalloc(size);
	if (!bitmap                              ||
	    (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) ||
	    [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4    ||
	    [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0           ||
	    bytes_per_row < 4 * scaled_width    ||
	    size != bytes_per_row*scaled_height  ) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format");
	    CFRelease(bitmap_rep);
	    return NULL;
	}
	memcpy(bitmap, (char *)[bitmap_rep bitmapData], size);
	CFRelease(bitmap_rep);

	/*
	 * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in
	 * either BGRA or ABGR format.  For an XImage we need RGBA.
	 */

	struct pixel_fmt pixel = bitmap_fmt == 0 ? bgra : abgr;

	for (row = 0, n = 0; row < scaled_height; row++, n += bytes_per_row) {
	    for (m = n; m < n + 4*scaled_width; m += 4) {
		R = *(bitmap + m + pixel.r);
		G = *(bitmap + m + pixel.g);
		B = *(bitmap + m + pixel.b);
		A = *(bitmap + m + pixel.a);

		*(bitmap + m)     = R;
		*(bitmap + m + 1) = G;
		*(bitmap + m + 2) = B;
		*(bitmap + m + 3) = A;
	    }
	}
	imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
				(char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
				bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk
	 * code which pass an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap.
	 * XYPixmaps should be handled here.
	 */
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}

/*







|
|






<

















|








|
|
|
|
|
|








|
|


















|
|





|
|
|







175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189

190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
    unsigned int bytes_per_row, size, row, n, m;
    unsigned int scalefactor=1, scaled_height=height, scaled_width=width;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(drawable);
    static enum {unknown, no, yes} has_retina = unknown;

    if (win && has_retina == unknown) {
#ifdef __clang__
	has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)] ?
		yes : no;
#else
	has_retina = no;
#endif
    }

    if (has_retina == yes) {

	/*
	 * We only allow scale factors 1 or 2, as Apple currently does.
	 */

#ifdef __clang__
	scalefactor = [win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0 ? 2 : 1;
#endif
	scaled_height *= scalefactor;
	scaled_width *= scalefactor;
    }

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    return NULL;
	}

	bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(drawable,
		x, y, width, height);
	if (!bitmap_rep) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];
	size = [bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane];
	bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	bitmap = ckalloc(size);
	if (!bitmap
		|| (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1)
		|| [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4
		|| [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0
		|| bytes_per_row < 4 * scaled_width
		|| size != bytes_per_row * scaled_height) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format");
	    CFRelease(bitmap_rep);
	    return NULL;
	}
	memcpy(bitmap, (char *)[bitmap_rep bitmapData], size);
	CFRelease(bitmap_rep);

	/*
	 * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in either
	 * BGRA or ABGR format.  For an XImage we need RGBA.
	 */

	struct pixel_fmt pixel = bitmap_fmt == 0 ? bgra : abgr;

	for (row = 0, n = 0; row < scaled_height; row++, n += bytes_per_row) {
	    for (m = n; m < n + 4*scaled_width; m += 4) {
		R = *(bitmap + m + pixel.r);
		G = *(bitmap + m + pixel.g);
		B = *(bitmap + m + pixel.b);
		A = *(bitmap + m + pixel.a);

		*(bitmap + m)     = R;
		*(bitmap + m + 1) = G;
		*(bitmap + m + 2) = B;
		*(bitmap + m + 3) = A;
	    }
	}
	imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
		(char*) bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
		bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk code which pass
	 * an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap.  XYPixmaps should be handled
	 * here.
	 */
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}

/*
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351

352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32: {
		r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
		g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
		b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
		} else {
		    r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
		}*/
		break;
	    }
	    case 16:
		r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
		g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
		b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
		break;
	    case 8:
		r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
		g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
		b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
		r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
		g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
		b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);

		r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
		g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
		b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|







318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	case 32:
	    r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
	    g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
	    b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
	    /*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
	    } else {
		r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
	    }*/
	    break;

	case 16:
	    r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
	    g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
	    b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
	    break;
	case 8:
	    r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
	    g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
	    b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
	    r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
	    g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
	    b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
	    break;
	case 4: {
	    unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);

	    r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
	    g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
	    b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
	    break;
	}
	case 1:
	    r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
	    break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
385
386
387
388
389
390
391

392
393
394
395
396
397
398
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	    *((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
	} else {
	    unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	    switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {







>







384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	    *((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
	} else {
	    unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	    switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	    }
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *







|







416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	    }
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *
447
448
449
450
451
452
453

454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463


464
465
466

467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478

479


480
481
482
483
484
485
486
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;

    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;


    /* The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */

    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {

	/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */


	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &







>










>
>
|


>












>
|
>
>







447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;

    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;

    /*
     * The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */

    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {
	/*
	 * Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance.
	 */

	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a rectangular subimage of an XImage into a drawable.
 *      Currently this is only called by TkImgPhotoDisplay, using
 *      a Window as the drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *







|
|
|







514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a rectangular subimage of an XImage into a drawable.  Currently
 *      this is only called by TkImgPhotoDisplay, using a Window as the
 *      drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *
555
556
557
558
559
560
561

562
563
564
565
566
567
568

569
570
571
572
573
574
575
	 */

	if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	    CGContextSetBlendMode(dc.context, kCGBlendModeSourceAtop);
	}
	if (img) {


	    /* If the XImage has big pixels, the source is rescaled to reflect
	     * the actual pixel dimensions.  This is not currently used, but
	     * could arise if the image were copied from a retina monitor and
	     * redrawn on an ordinary monitor.
	     */

	    int pp = image->pixelpower;

	    bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width, image->height);
	    srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp);
	    dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(drawable, gc, dc.context,
				img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
				bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
	    CFRelease(img);







>
|






>







562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
	 */

	if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	    CGContextSetBlendMode(dc.context, kCGBlendModeSourceAtop);
	}
	if (img) {

	    /*
	     * If the XImage has big pixels, the source is rescaled to reflect
	     * the actual pixel dimensions.  This is not currently used, but
	     * could arise if the image were copied from a retina monitor and
	     * redrawn on an ordinary monitor.
	     */

	    int pp = image->pixelpower;

	    bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width, image->height);
	    srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp);
	    dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(drawable, gc, dc.context,
				img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
				bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
	    CFRelease(img);

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
/*
 * If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts directory
 * to the auto_path.
 */

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";








#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)

@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolLock = _poolLock;
@synthesize macMinorVersion = _macMinorVersion;
@synthesize isDrawing = _isDrawing;
@end

/*
 * #define this to see a message on stderr whenever _resetAutoreleasePool is
 * called while the pool is locked.
 */
#undef DEBUG_LOCK

@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
    if([self poolLock] == 0) {
	[_mainPool drain];
	_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    } else {
#ifdef DEBUG_LOCK
	fprintf(stderr, "Pool is locked with count %d!!!!\n", [self poolLock]);
#endif
    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>

















|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
/*
 * If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts directory
 * to the auto_path.
 */

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";

/*
 * Forward declarations...
 */

static int		TkMacOSXGetAppPathCmd(ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp *ip,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)

@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolLock = _poolLock;
@synthesize macMinorVersion = _macMinorVersion;
@synthesize isDrawing = _isDrawing;
@end

/*
 * #define this to see a message on stderr whenever _resetAutoreleasePool is
 * called while the pool is locked.
 */
#undef DEBUG_LOCK

@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
    if ([self poolLock] == 0) {
	[_mainPool drain];
	_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    } else {
#ifdef DEBUG_LOCK
	fprintf(stderr, "Pool is locked with count %d!!!!\n", [self poolLock]);
#endif
    }
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119

120
121
122
123
124

125









126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152

    /*
     * Construct the menu bar.
     */
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];


    /*
     * Initialize event processing.
     */
    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp);

    /*
     * Initialize the graphics context.
     */
    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(_eventInterp, -1);
    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(_eventInterp, TRUE, 0);
}

-(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification
{

    /*
     * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this
     * method is called.  Activating too early can cause the menu
     * bar to be unresponsive.
     */

    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];









}

- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{
    /*
     * Remember our interpreter.
     */
    _eventInterp = interp;

    /*
     * Install the global autoreleasePool.
     */
    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolLock:0];

    /*
     * Record the OS version we are running on.
     */
    int minorVersion;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 101000
    Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minorVersion);
#else
    NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion;
    systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
    minorVersion = systemVersion.minorVersion;
#endif
    [NSApp setMacMinorVersion: minorVersion];







<














>

|
|
<

>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



















|







105
106
107
108
109
110
111

112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168

    /*
     * Construct the menu bar.
     */
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];


    /*
     * Initialize event processing.
     */
    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp);

    /*
     * Initialize the graphics context.
     */
    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(_eventInterp, -1);
    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(_eventInterp, TRUE, 0);
}

-(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification
{

    /*
     * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this method is
     * called. Activating too early can cause the menu bar to be unresponsive.

     */

    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];

    /*
     * Process events to ensure that the root window is fully initialized. See
     * ticket 56a1823c73.
     */

    [NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS| TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {}
    [NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
}

- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{
    /*
     * Remember our interpreter.
     */
    _eventInterp = interp;

    /*
     * Install the global autoreleasePool.
     */
    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolLock:0];

    /*
     * Record the OS version we are running on.
     */
    int minorVersion;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000
    Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minorVersion);
#else
    NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion;
    systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
    minorVersion = systemVersion.minorVersion;
#endif
    [NSApp setMacMinorVersion: minorVersion];
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319











320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368


369
370


371
372
373
374
375



376
377
378

379
380
381
382
383
384
385

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}

	/*
	 * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be
	 * done before we check whether to open a console window.
	 */

	NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		[NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
				  [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
			      @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
				   [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
			      @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
			      nil]];
	[TKApplication sharedApplication];
	[pool drain];
	[NSApp _setup:interp];
	[NSApp finishLaunching];












	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||
		(!isatty(0) && (fstat(0, &st) ||
		(S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && st.st_blocks == 0)))) {
	    Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
	    Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN));
	    Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT));
	    Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR));

	    /*
	     * Only show the console if we don't have a startup script
	     * and tcl_interactive hasn't been set already.
	     */

	    if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) {
		const char *intvar = Tcl_GetVar2(interp,
			"tcl_interactive", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

		if (intvar == NULL) {
		    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tcl_interactive", NULL, "1",
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }

    Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }

    if (scriptPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "auto_path", NULL, scriptPath,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT|TCL_APPEND_VALUE);
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel",
	    TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd, NULL, NULL);


    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::iconBitmap",
	    TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd, NULL, NULL);



    /*
     * Workaround for 3efbe4a397; console not accepting keyboard input on 10.14
     * if displayed before main window. This places console in background and it
     * accepts input after being raised.



     */

    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {}


    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|
|














>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
















|
|


















<
<











>
>


>
>


<
<
<
>
>
>


<
>







313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382


383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401



402
403
404
405
406

407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}

	/*
	 * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be done before
	 * we check whether to open a console window.
	 */

	NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		[NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
				  [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
			      @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
				   [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
			      @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
			      nil]];
	[TKApplication sharedApplication];
	[pool drain];
	[NSApp _setup:interp];
	[NSApp finishLaunching];
	Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

	/*
	 * If the root window is mapped before the App has finished launching
	 * it will open off screen (see ticket 56a1823c73).  To avoid this we
	 * ask Tk to process an event with no wait.  We expect Tcl_DoOneEvent
	 * to wait until the Mac event loop has been created and then return
	 * immediately since the queue is empty.
	 */

	Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS | TCL_DONT_WAIT);

	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||
		(!isatty(0) && (fstat(0, &st) ||
		(S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && st.st_blocks == 0)))) {
	    Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
	    Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN));
	    Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT));
	    Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR));

	    /*
	     * Only show the console if we don't have a startup script and
	     * tcl_interactive hasn't been set already.
	     */

	    if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) {
		const char *intvar = Tcl_GetVar2(interp,
			"tcl_interactive", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

		if (intvar == NULL) {
		    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tcl_interactive", NULL, "1",
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }



    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }

    if (scriptPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "auto_path", NULL, scriptPath,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT|TCL_APPEND_VALUE);
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel",
	    TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::registerServiceWidget",
	    TkMacOSXRegisterServiceWidgetObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::iconBitmap",
	    TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::GetAppPath",
	    TkMacOSXGetAppPathCmd, NULL, NULL);

    /*



     * Initialize the NSServices object here. Apple's docs say to do this
     * in applicationDidFinishLaunching, but the Tcl interpreter is not
     * initialized until this function call.
     */


    TkMacOSXServices_Init(interp);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
















































419
420
421
422
423
424
425
	p = strrchr(name, '/');
	if (p != NULL) {
	    name = p+1;
	}
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, -1);
}

















































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayWarning --
 *
 *	This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
	p = strrchr(name, '/');
	if (p != NULL) {
	    name = p+1;
	}
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, -1);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetAppPathCmd --
 *
 *	Returns the path of the Wish application bundle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the application path.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
TkMacOSXGetAppPathCmd(
    ClientData ignored,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Get the application path URL and convert it to a string path reference.
     */

    CFURLRef mainBundleURL = CFBundleCopyBundleURL(CFBundleGetMainBundle());
    CFStringRef appPath =
	    CFURLCopyFileSystemPath(mainBundleURL, kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle);

    /*
     * Convert (and copy) the string reference into a Tcl result.
     */

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
	    CFStringGetCStringPtr(appPath, CFStringGetSystemEncoding()), -1));

    CFRelease(mainBundleURL);
    CFRelease(appPath);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayWarning --
 *
 *	This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
	CFURLRef appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef,
		CFSTR("AppMain"), CFSTR("tcl"), CFSTR("Scripts"));

	if (appMainURL != NULL) {
	    CFURLRef scriptFldrURL;
	    char startupScript[PATH_MAX + 1];

	    if (CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation (appMainURL, true,
		    (unsigned char *) startupScript, PATH_MAX)) {
		Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(startupScript,-1), NULL);
		scriptFldrURL = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL,
			appMainURL);
		if (scriptFldrURL != NULL) {
		    CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(scriptFldrURL, true,
			    (unsigned char *) scriptPath, PATH_MAX);







|







556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
	CFURLRef appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef,
		CFSTR("AppMain"), CFSTR("tcl"), CFSTR("Scripts"));

	if (appMainURL != NULL) {
	    CFURLRef scriptFldrURL;
	    char startupScript[PATH_MAX + 1];

	    if (CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(appMainURL, true,
		    (unsigned char *) startupScript, PATH_MAX)) {
		Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(startupScript,-1), NULL);
		scriptFldrURL = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL,
			appMainURL);
		if (scriptFldrURL != NULL) {
		    CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(scriptFldrURL, true,
			    (unsigned char *) scriptPath, PATH_MAX);

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInt.h.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73

74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    HIShapeRef visRgn;		/* Visible region of window */
    HIShapeRef aboveVisRgn;	/* Visible region of window & its children */
    HIShapeRef drawRgn;		/* Clipped drawing region */
    int referenceCount;		/* Don't delete toplevel until children are
				 * gone. */
    struct TkWindowPrivate *toplevel;
				/* Pointer to the toplevel datastruct. */

    int flags;			/* Various state see defines below. */
};
typedef struct TkWindowPrivate MacDrawable;

/*
 * Defines use for the flags field of the MacDrawable data structure.
 */

#define TK_SCROLLBAR_GROW	0x01
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x10
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x40


/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to







>















>







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
    HIShapeRef visRgn;		/* Visible region of window */
    HIShapeRef aboveVisRgn;	/* Visible region of window & its children */
    HIShapeRef drawRgn;		/* Clipped drawing region */
    int referenceCount;		/* Don't delete toplevel until children are
				 * gone. */
    struct TkWindowPrivate *toplevel;
				/* Pointer to the toplevel datastruct. */
    CGFloat fillRGBA[4];        /* Background used by the ttk FillElement */
    int flags;			/* Various state see defines below. */
};
typedef struct TkWindowPrivate MacDrawable;

/*
 * Defines use for the flags field of the MacDrawable data structure.
 */

#define TK_SCROLLBAR_GROW	0x01
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x10
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x40
#define TTK_HAS_CONTRASTING_BG  0x80

/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203

204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211









MODULE_SCOPE void TkpClipDrawableToRect(Display *display, Drawable d, int x,
	int y, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpRetainRegion(TkRegion r);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpReleaseRegion(TkRegion r);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpShiftButton(NSButton *button, NSPoint delta);
MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkpAppIsDrawing(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkTestAppIsDrawing(void);


/*
 * Include the stubbed internal platform-specific API.
 */

#include "tkIntPlatDecls.h"

#endif /* _TKMACINT */
















|
>








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpClipDrawableToRect(Display *display, Drawable d, int x,
	int y, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpRetainRegion(TkRegion r);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpReleaseRegion(TkRegion r);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpShiftButton(NSButton *button, NSPoint delta);
MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkpAppIsDrawing(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkTestLogDisplay(void);
MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkMacOSXInDarkMode(Tk_Window tkwin);

/*
 * Include the stubbed internal platform-specific API.
 */

#include "tkIntPlatDecls.h"

#endif /* _TKMACINT */

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_KEYBOARD
#endif
*/
#define NS_KEYLOG 0


static Tk_Window grabWinPtr = NULL;
				/* Current grab window, NULL if no grab. */
static Tk_Window keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL;
				/* Current keyboard grab window. */
static NSWindow *keyboardGrabNSWindow = nil;
                               /* NSWindow for the current keyboard grab window. */

static NSModalSession modalSession = nil;

static BOOL processingCompose = NO;
static BOOL finishedCompose = NO;

static int caret_x = 0, caret_y = 0, caret_height = 0;

static void setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state);

static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code);

unsigned short releaseCode;


#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

- (NSEvent *) tkProcessKeyEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
    NSWindow*	    w;
    NSEventType	    type = [theEvent type];
    NSUInteger modifiers = ([theEvent modifierFlags] &
			    NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask);
    NSUInteger	    len = 0;
    BOOL	    repeat = NO;
    unsigned short  keyCode = [theEvent keyCode];
    NSString	    *characters = nil, *charactersIgnoringModifiers = nil;
    static NSUInteger savedModifiers = 0;
    static NSMutableArray *nsEvArray;

    if (nsEvArray == nil)
      {
        nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1];
        processingCompose = NO;
      }

    w = [theEvent window];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
    XEvent xEvent;

    if (!winPtr) {







<
<
<



|
>

<


<


|
>
|













|
|


|
|
|
|



|
<


|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26



27
28
29
30
31
32

33
34

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_KEYBOARD
#endif
*/
#define NS_KEYLOG 0




static Tk_Window keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL;
				/* Current keyboard grab window. */
static NSWindow *keyboardGrabNSWindow = nil;
				/* NSWindow for the current keyboard grab
				 * window. */
static NSModalSession modalSession = nil;

static BOOL processingCompose = NO;
static BOOL finishedCompose = NO;

static int caret_x = 0, caret_y = 0, caret_height = 0;

static void		setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w,
			    unsigned int state);
static unsigned		isFunctionKey(unsigned int code);

unsigned short releaseCode;


#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

- (NSEvent *) tkProcessKeyEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
    NSWindow *w;
    NSEventType type = [theEvent type];
    NSUInteger modifiers = ([theEvent modifierFlags] &
			    NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask);
    NSUInteger len = 0;
    BOOL repeat = NO;
    unsigned short keyCode = [theEvent keyCode];
    NSString *characters = nil, *charactersIgnoringModifiers = nil;
    static NSUInteger savedModifiers = 0;
    static NSMutableArray *nsEvArray;

    if (nsEvArray == nil) {

        nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1];
        processingCompose = NO;
    }

    w = [theEvent window];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
    XEvent xEvent;

    if (!winPtr) {
108
109
110
111
112
113
114

115


116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152

153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169

170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179

180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206

207
208


209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244

245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257

258







259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271

272
273
274

275


276
277
278


279


280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307

308
309

310
311
312

313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329


330
331

332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339

340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374

375
376
377

378
379


380

381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394

395


396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404

405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412

413
414
415
416
417
418
419

420

421
422

423
424
425


426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434

435
436
437

438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455

456
457
458
459
460
461
462
#endif
	break;

    default:
	return theEvent; /* Unrecognized key event. */
    }


    /* Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. */


    if (!processingCompose) {
        unsigned int state = 0;

        if (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
          state |= LockMask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask) {
          state |= ShiftMask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSControlKeyMask) {
          state |= ControlMask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) {
          state |= Mod1Mask;		/* command key */
        }
        if (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) {
          state |= Mod2Mask;		/* option key */
        }
        if (modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask) {
          state |= Mod3Mask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
          state |= Mod4Mask;
        }

        /*
         * Events are only received for the front Window on the Macintosh.
	 * So to build an XEvent we look up the Tk window associated to the
	 * Front window. If a different window has a local grab we ignore
	 * the event.
         */

        TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
        Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

	if (tkwin) {
	    TkWindow *grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr;

	    if (grabWinPtr &&
		grabWinPtr != winPtr &&
		!winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags && /* this means the grab is local. */
		grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr) {
		return theEvent;
	    }
	} else {
	    tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
	}
        if (!tkwin) {
          TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");
          return theEvent;  /* Give up. No window for this event. */
        }

        /*
         * If it's a function key, or we have modifiers other than Shift or Alt,
         * pass it straight to Tk.  Otherwise we'll send for input processing.

         */

        int code = (len == 0) ?
          0 : [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0];
        if (type != NSKeyDown || isFunctionKey(code)
            || (len > 0 && state & (ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask))) {

            XEvent xEvent;
            setupXEvent(&xEvent, w, state);


            if (type == NSFlagsChanged) {
              if (savedModifiers > modifiers) {
                xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
              } else {
                xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
              }

              /*
               * Use special '-1' to signify a special keycode to our platform
               * specific code in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. This is rather like what
               * happens on Windows.
               */

              xEvent.xany.send_event = -1;

              /*
               * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier
               */

              xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers);
            } else {
              if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) {
		  xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
              } else {
                xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
              }


              /* For command key, take input manager's word so things
                 like dvorak / qwerty layout work. */


              if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask
                  && (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) != NSAlternateKeyMask
                  && len > 0 && !isFunctionKey(code)) {
                // head off keycode-based translation in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
                xEvent.xkey.nbytes = [characters length]; //len
              }

              if ([characters length] > 0) {
                xEvent.xkey.keycode =
                  (keyCode << 16) | (UInt16) [characters characterAtIndex:0];
                if (![characters getCString:xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
                                  maxLength:XMaxTransChars encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]) {
                  /* prevent SF bug 2907388 (crash on some composite chars) */
                  //PENDING: we might not need this anymore
                  TkMacOSXDbgMsg("characters too long");
                  return theEvent;
                }
              }

              if (repeat) {
                Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
                xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
                xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
              }
            }
            Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
            savedModifiers = modifiers;
            return theEvent;
          }  /* if send straight to TK */

      }  /* if not processing compose */

    if (type == NSKeyDown) {
        if (NS_KEYLOG)
          fprintf (stderr, "keyDown: %s compose sequence.\n",
                   processingCompose == YES ? "Continue" : "Begin");

        processingCompose = YES;
        [nsEvArray addObject: theEvent];
        [[w contentView] interpretKeyEvents: nsEvArray];
        [nsEvArray removeObject: theEvent];
      }

    savedModifiers = modifiers;

    return theEvent;
}
@end











@implementation TKContentView
/* <NSTextInput> implementation (called through interpretKeyEvents:]). */

/* <NSTextInput>: called when done composing;
   NOTE: also called when we delete over working text, followed immed.
         by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: */
- (void)insertText: (id)aString
{
  int i, len = [(NSString *)aString length];
  XEvent xEvent;

  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len);

  processingCompose = NO;
  finishedCompose = YES;


  /* first, clear any working text */


  if (privateWorkingText != nil)
    [self deleteWorkingText];



  /* now insert the string as keystrokes */


  setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
  xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;

  for (i =0; i<len; i++)
      {
	  xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i];
	  [[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)]
	      getCString: xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
	       maxLength: XMaxTransChars encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding];
	  xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars);
	  xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
	  releaseCode =  (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
	  Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
      }
  releaseCode =  (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
}


/* <NSTextInput>: inserts display of composing characters */
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
{
  NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ?
    [aString string] : aString;
  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"setMarkedText '%@' len =%lu range %lu from %lu", str,
	   (unsigned long) [str length], (unsigned long) selRange.length,
	   (unsigned long) selRange.location);


  if (privateWorkingText != nil)
    [self deleteWorkingText];

  if ([str length] == 0)
    return;


  processingCompose = YES;
  privateWorkingText = [str copy];

  //PENDING: insert workingText underlined
}


- (BOOL)hasMarkedText
{
  return privateWorkingText != nil;
}


- (NSRange)markedRange
{
  NSRange rng = privateWorkingText != nil
    ? NSMakeRange (0, [privateWorkingText length]) : NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0);


  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"markedRange request");

  return rng;
}


- (void)unmarkText
{
  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"unmark (accept) text");

  [self deleteWorkingText];
  processingCompose = NO;
}


/* used to position char selection windows, etc. */
- (NSRect)firstRectForCharacterRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
  NSRect rect;
  NSPoint pt;

  pt.x = caret_x;
  pt.y = caret_y;

  pt = [self convertPoint: pt toView: nil];
  pt = [[self window] tkConvertPointToScreen: pt];
  pt.y -= caret_height;

  rect.origin = pt;
  rect.size.width = caret_height;
  rect.size.height = caret_height;
  return rect;
}


- (NSInteger)conversationIdentifier
{
  return (NSInteger)self;
}


- (void)doCommandBySelector: (SEL)aSelector
{
  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector (aSelector));

  processingCompose = NO;
  if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:))
    {

      /* happens when user backspaces over an ongoing composition:
         throw a 'delete' into the event queue */


      XEvent xEvent;

      setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
      xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
      xEvent.xkey.nbytes = 1;
      xEvent.xkey.keycode = (0x33 << 16) | 0x7F;
      xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0x7F;
      xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[1] = 0x0;
      Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    }
}


- (NSArray *)validAttributesForMarkedText
{
  static NSArray *arr = nil;

  if (arr == nil) arr = [NSArray new];


 /* [[NSArray arrayWithObject: NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName] retain]; */
  return arr;
}


- (NSRange)selectedRange
{
  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"selectedRange request");

  return NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0);
}


- (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint
{
  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"characterIndexForPoint request");

  return 0;
}


- (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
  static NSAttributedString *str = nil;

  if (str == nil) str = [NSAttributedString new];

  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog (@"attributedSubstringFromRange request");

  return str;
}
/* End <NSTextInput> impl. */


@end


@implementation TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
/* delete display of composing characters [not in <NSTextInput>] */
- (void)deleteWorkingText
{
  if (privateWorkingText == nil)
    return;

  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    TKLog(@"deleteWorkingText len = %lu\n",
	    (unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]);

  [privateWorkingText release];
  privateWorkingText = nil;
  processingCompose = NO;

  //PENDING: delete working text
}
@end



/*
 *  Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input.
 */
static void
setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state)
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

    if (!winPtr) {
	return;
    }

    memset(xEvent, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
    xEvent->xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    xEvent->xany.send_event = false;







>
|
>
>




|


|


|


|


|


|


|



|
|
|
<







>
|
|
|
|






|
|



|
|
>


|
|

|
<

<

>

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|

|
|
|

|

|
|
|
|
|

>
|
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|




|
<
|


|
|
|
>




|


<



|
|
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







|
|

|
|
>
|
|

>
|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
|
|

|
<
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|






|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
>
|
|

|





|





|
|
>
>
|
|
>
|





|
|
>
|
|






|
|

|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|
|





|





|
|
>
|
|
<
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|






|
>
|
>
>
|
|





|
|
>
|





|
|
>
|





|
>
|
>
|
|
>
|


>
>







|
|
>
|
|
|
>
|
|
|

|



<
<

|






>







104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143

144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175

176

177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239

240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253

254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300

301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400

401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484


485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
#endif
	break;

    default:
	return theEvent; /* Unrecognized key event. */
    }

    /*
     * Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue.
     */

    if (!processingCompose) {
        unsigned int state = 0;

        if (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
	    state |= LockMask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask) {
	    state |= ShiftMask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSControlKeyMask) {
	    state |= ControlMask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) {
	    state |= Mod1Mask;		/* command key */
        }
        if (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) {
	    state |= Mod2Mask;		/* option key */
        }
        if (modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask) {
	    state |= Mod3Mask;
        }
        if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
	    state |= Mod4Mask;
        }

        /*
         * Events are only received for the front Window on the Macintosh. So
	 * to build an XEvent we look up the Tk window associated to the Front
	 * window. If a different window has a local grab we ignore the event.

         */

        TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
        Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

	if (tkwin) {
	    TkWindow *grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr;

	    if (grabWinPtr
		    && grabWinPtr != winPtr
		    && !winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags /* this means the grab is local. */
		    && grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr) {
		return theEvent;
	    }
	} else {
	    tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
	}
        if (!tkwin) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");
	    return theEvent;  /* Give up. No window for this event. */
        }

        /*
         * If it's a function key, or we have modifiers other than Shift or
         * Alt, pass it straight to Tk.  Otherwise we'll send for input
         * processing.
         */

        int code = (len == 0) ? 0 :
		[charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0];
        if (type != NSKeyDown || isFunctionKey(code)
		|| (len > 0 && state & (ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask))) {

            XEvent xEvent;


            setupXEvent(&xEvent, w, state);
            if (type == NSFlagsChanged) {
		if (savedModifiers > modifiers) {
		    xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
		} else {
		    xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
		}

		/*
		 * Use special '-1' to signify a special keycode to our
		 * platform specific code in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. This is rather
		 * like what happens on Windows.
		 */

		xEvent.xany.send_event = -1;

		/*
		 * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier
		 */

		xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers);
            } else {
		if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) {
		    xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
		} else {
		    xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
		}

		/*
		 * For command key, take input manager's word so things like
		 * dvorak / qwerty layout work.
		 */

		if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask
			&& (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) != NSAlternateKeyMask
			&& len > 0 && !isFunctionKey(code)) {
		    // head off keycode-based translation in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
		    xEvent.xkey.nbytes = [characters length]; //len
		}

		if ([characters length] > 0) {
		    xEvent.xkey.keycode = (keyCode << 16) |
			    (UInt16) [characters characterAtIndex:0];
		    if (![characters getCString:xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
			    maxLength:XMaxTransChars encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]) {
			/* prevent SF bug 2907388 (crash on some composite chars) */
			//PENDING: we might not need this anymore
			TkMacOSXDbgMsg("characters too long");
			return theEvent;
		    }
		}

		if (repeat) {
		    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
		    xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
		    xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
		}
            }
            Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
            savedModifiers = modifiers;
            return theEvent;
	}  /* if send straight to TK */

    }  /* if not processing compose */

    if (type == NSKeyDown) {
        if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	    TKLog(@"keyDown: %s compose sequence.\n",
		    processingCompose == YES ? "Continue" : "Begin");
	}
        processingCompose = YES;
        [nsEvArray addObject: theEvent];
        [[w contentView] interpretKeyEvents: nsEvArray];
        [nsEvArray removeObject: theEvent];
    }

    savedModifiers = modifiers;

    return theEvent;
}
@end


@implementation TKContentView

-(id)init {
    self = [super init];
    if (self) {
        _needsRedisplay = NO;
    }
    return self;
}

/* <NSTextInput> implementation (called through interpretKeyEvents:]). */

/* <NSTextInput>: called when done composing;
   NOTE: also called when we delete over working text, followed immed.
         by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: */
- (void)insertText: (id)aString
{
    int i, len = [(NSString *) aString length];
    XEvent xEvent;

    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len);
    }
    processingCompose = NO;
    finishedCompose = YES;

    /*
     * First, clear any working text.
     */

    if (privateWorkingText != nil) {
	[self deleteWorkingText];
    }

    /*
     * Now insert the string as keystrokes.
     */

    setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
    xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;

    for (i =0; i<len; i++) {

	xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i];
	[[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)]
	      getCString: xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
	       maxLength: XMaxTransChars encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding];
	xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars);
	xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
	releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    }
    releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
}


/* <NSTextInput>: inserts display of composing characters */
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
{
    NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ?
	[aString string] : aString;
    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"setMarkedText '%@' len =%lu range %lu from %lu", str,
	      (unsigned long) [str length], (unsigned long) selRange.length,
	      (unsigned long) selRange.location);
    }

    if (privateWorkingText != nil) {
	[self deleteWorkingText];
    }
    if ([str length] == 0) {
	return;
    }

    processingCompose = YES;
    privateWorkingText = [str copy];

    //PENDING: insert workingText underlined
}


- (BOOL)hasMarkedText
{
    return privateWorkingText != nil;
}


- (NSRange)markedRange
{
    NSRange rng = privateWorkingText != nil
	? NSMakeRange(0, [privateWorkingText length])
	: NSMakeRange(NSNotFound, 0);

    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"markedRange request");
    }
    return rng;
}


- (void)unmarkText
{
    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"unmark (accept) text");
    }
    [self deleteWorkingText];
    processingCompose = NO;
}


/* used to position char selection windows, etc. */
- (NSRect)firstRectForCharacterRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
    NSRect rect;
    NSPoint pt;

    pt.x = caret_x;
    pt.y = caret_y;

    pt = [self convertPoint: pt toView: nil];
    pt = [[self window] tkConvertPointToScreen: pt];
    pt.y -= caret_height;

    rect.origin = pt;
    rect.size.width = caret_height;
    rect.size.height = caret_height;
    return rect;
}


- (NSInteger)conversationIdentifier
{
    return (NSInteger) self;
}


- (void)doCommandBySelector: (SEL)aSelector
{
    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector(aSelector));
    }
    processingCompose = NO;
    if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:)) {

	/*
	 * Happens when user backspaces over an ongoing composition:
	 * throw a 'delete' into the event queue.
	 */

	XEvent xEvent;

	setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
	xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
	xEvent.xkey.nbytes = 1;
	xEvent.xkey.keycode = (0x33 << 16) | 0x7F;
	xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0x7F;
	xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[1] = 0x0;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    }
}


- (NSArray *)validAttributesForMarkedText
{
    static NSArray *arr = nil;

    if (arr == nil) {
	arr = [NSArray new];
    }
    /* [[NSArray arrayWithObject: NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName] retain]; */
    return arr;
}


- (NSRange)selectedRange
{
    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"selectedRange request");
    }
    return NSMakeRange(NSNotFound, 0);
}


- (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint
{
    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"characterIndexForPoint request");
    }
    return 0;
}


- (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
    static NSAttributedString *str = nil;
    if (str == nil) {
	str = [NSAttributedString new];
    }
    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"attributedSubstringFromRange request");
    }
    return str;
}
/* End <NSTextInput> impl. */

@synthesize needsRedisplay = _needsRedisplay;
@end


@implementation TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
/* delete display of composing characters [not in <NSTextInput>] */
- (void)deleteWorkingText
{
    if (privateWorkingText == nil) {
	return;
    }
    if (NS_KEYLOG) {
	TKLog(@"deleteWorkingText len = %lu\n",
	      (unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]);
    }
    [privateWorkingText release];
    privateWorkingText = nil;
    processingCompose = NO;

    //PENDING: delete working text
}
@end



/*
 * Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input.
 */
static void
setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state)
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

    if (!winPtr) {
	return;
    }

    memset(xEvent, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
    xEvent->xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    xEvent->xany.send_event = false;
496
497
498
499
500
501
502


503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
    Window grab_window,
    Bool owner_events,
    int pointer_mode,
    int keyboard_mode,
    Time time)
{
    keyboardGrabWinPtr = Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window);


    if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && grabWinPtr) {
	NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(grab_window);
	MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) grab_window;

	if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow*) grabWinPtr) {
	    if (modalSession) {
		Tcl_Panic("XGrabKeyboard: already grabbed");
	    }
	    keyboardGrabNSWindow = w;
	    [w retain];
	    modalSession = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:w];
	}







>
>
|



|







534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
    Window grab_window,
    Bool owner_events,
    int pointer_mode,
    int keyboard_mode,
    Time time)
{
    keyboardGrabWinPtr = Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window);
    TkWindow *captureWinPtr = (TkWindow *) TkMacOSXGetCapture();

    if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && captureWinPtr) {
	NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(grab_window);
	MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) grab_window;

	if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow *) captureWinPtr) {
	    if (modalSession) {
		Tcl_Panic("XGrabKeyboard: already grabbed");
	    }
	    keyboardGrabNSWindow = w;
	    [w retain];
	    modalSession = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:w];
	}
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
    }
    keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetCapture --
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the current grab window
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tk_Window
TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
{
    return grabWinPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetModalSession --
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the current modal session
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE NSModalSession
TkMacOSXGetModalSession(void)
{
    return modalSession;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpSetCapture --
 *
 *	This function captures the mouse so that all future events will be
 *	reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside the window. If
 *	the specified window is NULL, then the mouse is released.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets the capture flag and captures the mouse.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpSetCapture(
    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Capture window, or NULL. */
{
    while (winPtr && !Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
    }
    grabWinPtr = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_SetCaretPos --
 *
 *	This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called by







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







587
588
589
590
591
592
593




















594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609




























610
611
612
613
614
615
616
    }
    keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *




















 * TkMacOSXGetModalSession --
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the current modal session
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE NSModalSession
TkMacOSXGetModalSession(void)
{
    return modalSession;
}





























/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_SetCaretPos --
 *
 *	This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called by
667
668
669
670
671
672
673

674


675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744


745
746
747
748

749
750
751


752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
	y += Tk_Y(tkwin);
	tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return;
	}
    }


    /* But adjust for fact that NS uses flipped view. */


    y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y;

    caret_x = x;
    caret_y = y;
    caret_height = height;
}


static unsigned convert_ns_to_X_keysym[] =
{
  NSHomeFunctionKey,            0x50,
  NSLeftArrowFunctionKey,       0x51,
  NSUpArrowFunctionKey,         0x52,
  NSRightArrowFunctionKey,      0x53,
  NSDownArrowFunctionKey,       0x54,
  NSPageUpFunctionKey,          0x55,
  NSPageDownFunctionKey,        0x56,
  NSEndFunctionKey,             0x57,
  NSBeginFunctionKey,           0x58,
  NSSelectFunctionKey,          0x60,
  NSPrintFunctionKey,           0x61,
  NSExecuteFunctionKey,         0x62,
  NSInsertFunctionKey,          0x63,
  NSUndoFunctionKey,            0x65,
  NSRedoFunctionKey,            0x66,
  NSMenuFunctionKey,            0x67,
  NSFindFunctionKey,            0x68,
  NSHelpFunctionKey,            0x6A,
  NSBreakFunctionKey,           0x6B,

  NSF1FunctionKey,              0xBE,
  NSF2FunctionKey,              0xBF,
  NSF3FunctionKey,              0xC0,
  NSF4FunctionKey,              0xC1,
  NSF5FunctionKey,              0xC2,
  NSF6FunctionKey,              0xC3,
  NSF7FunctionKey,              0xC4,
  NSF8FunctionKey,              0xC5,
  NSF9FunctionKey,              0xC6,
  NSF10FunctionKey,             0xC7,
  NSF11FunctionKey,             0xC8,
  NSF12FunctionKey,             0xC9,
  NSF13FunctionKey,             0xCA,
  NSF14FunctionKey,             0xCB,
  NSF15FunctionKey,             0xCC,
  NSF16FunctionKey,             0xCD,
  NSF17FunctionKey,             0xCE,
  NSF18FunctionKey,             0xCF,
  NSF19FunctionKey,             0xD0,
  NSF20FunctionKey,             0xD1,
  NSF21FunctionKey,             0xD2,
  NSF22FunctionKey,             0xD3,
  NSF23FunctionKey,             0xD4,
  NSF24FunctionKey,             0xD5,

  NSBackspaceCharacter,         0x08,  /* 8: Not on some KBs. */
  NSDeleteCharacter,            0xFF,  /* 127: Big 'delete' key upper right. */
  NSDeleteFunctionKey,          0x9F,  /* 63272: Del forw key off main array. */

  NSTabCharacter,		0x09,
  0x19,				0x09,  /* left tab->regular since pass shift */
  NSCarriageReturnCharacter,	0x0D,
  NSNewlineCharacter,		0x0D,
  NSEnterCharacter,		0x8D,

  0x1B,				0x1B   /* escape */
};


static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned code)


{
    const unsigned last_keysym = (sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym)
                                / sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym[0]));
  unsigned keysym;

  for (keysym = 0; keysym < last_keysym; keysym += 2)
    if (code == convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym])
      return 0xFF00 | convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym+1];


  return 0;
 }

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







>
|
>
>










|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|



|
>
>

|
|
|
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
|









659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
	y += Tk_Y(tkwin);
	tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
	if (tkwin == NULL) {
	    return;
	}
    }

    /*
     * But adjust for fact that NS uses flipped view.
     */

    y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y;

    caret_x = x;
    caret_y = y;
    caret_height = height;
}


static unsigned convert_ns_to_X_keysym[] =
{
    NSHomeFunctionKey,		0x50,
    NSLeftArrowFunctionKey,	0x51,
    NSUpArrowFunctionKey,	0x52,
    NSRightArrowFunctionKey,	0x53,
    NSDownArrowFunctionKey,	0x54,
    NSPageUpFunctionKey,	0x55,
    NSPageDownFunctionKey,	0x56,
    NSEndFunctionKey,		0x57,
    NSBeginFunctionKey,		0x58,
    NSSelectFunctionKey,	0x60,
    NSPrintFunctionKey,		0x61,
    NSExecuteFunctionKey,	0x62,
    NSInsertFunctionKey,	0x63,
    NSUndoFunctionKey,		0x65,
    NSRedoFunctionKey,		0x66,
    NSMenuFunctionKey,		0x67,
    NSFindFunctionKey,		0x68,
    NSHelpFunctionKey,		0x6A,
    NSBreakFunctionKey,		0x6B,

    NSF1FunctionKey,		0xBE,
    NSF2FunctionKey,		0xBF,
    NSF3FunctionKey,		0xC0,
    NSF4FunctionKey,		0xC1,
    NSF5FunctionKey,		0xC2,
    NSF6FunctionKey,		0xC3,
    NSF7FunctionKey,		0xC4,
    NSF8FunctionKey,		0xC5,
    NSF9FunctionKey,		0xC6,
    NSF10FunctionKey,		0xC7,
    NSF11FunctionKey,		0xC8,
    NSF12FunctionKey,		0xC9,
    NSF13FunctionKey,		0xCA,
    NSF14FunctionKey,		0xCB,
    NSF15FunctionKey,		0xCC,
    NSF16FunctionKey,		0xCD,
    NSF17FunctionKey,		0xCE,
    NSF18FunctionKey,		0xCF,
    NSF19FunctionKey,		0xD0,
    NSF20FunctionKey,		0xD1,
    NSF21FunctionKey,		0xD2,
    NSF22FunctionKey,		0xD3,
    NSF23FunctionKey,		0xD4,
    NSF24FunctionKey,		0xD5,

    NSBackspaceCharacter,	0x08,  /* 8: Not on some KBs. */
    NSDeleteCharacter,		0xFF,  /* 127: Big 'delete' key upper right. */
    NSDeleteFunctionKey,	0x9F,  /* 63272: Del forw key off main array. */

    NSTabCharacter,		0x09,
    0x19,			0x09,  /* left tab->regular since pass shift */
    NSCarriageReturnCharacter,	0x0D,
    NSNewlineCharacter,		0x0D,
    NSEnterCharacter,		0x8D,

    0x1B,			0x1B   /* escape */
};


static unsigned
isFunctionKey(
    unsigned code)
{
    const unsigned last_keysym = (sizeof(convert_ns_to_X_keysym)
                                / sizeof(convert_ns_to_X_keysym[0]));
    unsigned keysym;

    for (keysym = 0; keysym < last_keysym; keysym += 2) {
	if (code == convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym]) {
	    return 0xFF00 | convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym + 1];
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c.

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
    KeyInfo *kPtr;
    int dummy;

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keycodeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keycodeTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym);
    }
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&vkeyTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vkeyTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym);
    }
    initialized = 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|





|







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
    KeyInfo *kPtr;
    int dummy;

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keycodeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keycodeTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym));
    }
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&vkeyTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vkeyTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym));
    }
    initialized = 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c.

189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
    [super insertItem:newItem atIndex:index + _tkOffset];
    _tkItemCount++;
}

- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
    if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
	if ((NSUInteger)index <= _tkOffset) {
	    _tkOffset++;
	} else {
	    NSAssert((NSUInteger)index >= _tkItemCount + _tkOffset,
		    @"Cannot insert in the middle of Tk menu");
	}
    }
    [super insertItem:newItem atIndex:index];
}

- (void) removeItemAtIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
    if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
	if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkOffset) {
	    _tkOffset--;
	} else if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkItemCount + _tkOffset) {
	    _tkItemCount--;
	}
    }
    [super removeItemAtIndex:index];
}

- (NSMenuItem *) newTkMenuItem: (TkMenuEntry *) mePtr
{
    NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[NSMenuItem alloc] initWithTitle:@""
	    action:@selector(tkMenuItemInvoke:) keyEquivalent:@""];

    [menuItem setTarget:self];
    [menuItem setTag:(NSInteger)mePtr];
    return menuItem;
}
@end

@implementation TKMenu(TKMenuActions)

- (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem







|


|









|

|












|







189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
    [super insertItem:newItem atIndex:index + _tkOffset];
    _tkItemCount++;
}

- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
    if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
	if ((NSUInteger) index <= _tkOffset) {
	    _tkOffset++;
	} else {
	    NSAssert((NSUInteger) index >= _tkItemCount + _tkOffset,
		    @"Cannot insert in the middle of Tk menu");
	}
    }
    [super insertItem:newItem atIndex:index];
}

- (void) removeItemAtIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
    if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
	if ((NSUInteger) index < _tkOffset) {
	    _tkOffset--;
	} else if ((NSUInteger) index < _tkItemCount + _tkOffset) {
	    _tkItemCount--;
	}
    }
    [super removeItemAtIndex:index];
}

- (NSMenuItem *) newTkMenuItem: (TkMenuEntry *) mePtr
{
    NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[NSMenuItem alloc] initWithTitle:@""
	    action:@selector(tkMenuItemInvoke:) keyEquivalent:@""];

    [menuItem setTarget:self];
    [menuItem setTag:(NSInteger) mePtr];
    return menuItem;
}
@end

@implementation TKMenu(TKMenuActions)

- (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
     * With the delegate matching key equivalents, when a menu action is sent
     * in response to a key equivalent, the sender is the whole menu and not the
     * specific menu item.  We use this to ignore key equivalents for Tk
     * menus (as Tk handles them directly via bindings).
     */

    if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) {
	NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *)sender;
	TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *)_tkMenu;
	TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)[menuItem tag];

	if (menuPtr && mePtr) {
	    Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;


	    /*Add time for errors to fire if necessary. This is sub-optimal
	     *but avoids issues with Tcl/Cocoa event loop integration.
	     */

	    //Tcl_Sleep(100);
	    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	    Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);

	    int result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);







|
|
|




>
|
|







248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
     * With the delegate matching key equivalents, when a menu action is sent
     * in response to a key equivalent, the sender is the whole menu and not the
     * specific menu item.  We use this to ignore key equivalents for Tk
     * menus (as Tk handles them directly via bindings).
     */

    if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) {
	NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) sender;
	TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) _tkMenu;
	TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) [menuItem tag];

	if (menuPtr && mePtr) {
	    Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;

	    /*
	     * Add time for errors to fire if necessary. This is sub-optimal
	     * but avoids issues with Tcl/Cocoa event loop integration.
	     */

	    //Tcl_Sleep(100);
	    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	    Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);

	    int result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
	 * Command-Shift-? has not been allowed as a keyboard equivalent since
	 * the first aqua port, for some mysterious reason.
	 */

	return NO;
    } else if (modifiers == (NSControlKeyMask | NSShiftKeyMask) &&
	    [event keyCode] == 48) {

	/* Starting with OSX 10.12 Control-Tab and Control-Shift-Tab are used
	 * to select window tabs.  But for some even more mysterious reason the
	 * Control-Shift-Tab event has character 0x19 = NSBackTabCharacter
	 * rather than 0x09 = NSTabCharacter.  At the same time, the
	 * keyEquivalent must be \0x09 in order for it to be displayed
	 * correctly in the menu. This makes it impossible for the standard
	 * "Select Previous Tab" to work correctly, unless we intervene.
	 */

	key = @"\t";
    } else if (([event modifierFlags] & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask) {

	/*
	 * If the command modifier is set, use the full character string so
	 * things like the dvorak / qwerty layout will work.
	 */

	key = [event characters];
    }







|
|










<







302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320

321
322
323
324
325
326
327
	 * Command-Shift-? has not been allowed as a keyboard equivalent since
	 * the first aqua port, for some mysterious reason.
	 */

	return NO;
    } else if (modifiers == (NSControlKeyMask | NSShiftKeyMask) &&
	    [event keyCode] == 48) {
	/*
	 * Starting with OSX 10.12 Control-Tab and Control-Shift-Tab are used
	 * to select window tabs.  But for some even more mysterious reason the
	 * Control-Shift-Tab event has character 0x19 = NSBackTabCharacter
	 * rather than 0x09 = NSTabCharacter.  At the same time, the
	 * keyEquivalent must be \0x09 in order for it to be displayed
	 * correctly in the menu. This makes it impossible for the standard
	 * "Select Previous Tab" to work correctly, unless we intervene.
	 */

	key = @"\t";
    } else if (([event modifierFlags] & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask) {

	/*
	 * If the command modifier is set, use the full character string so
	 * things like the dvorak / qwerty layout will work.
	 */

	key = [event characters];
    }
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
	attributes = TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(Tk_GetFontFromObj(
		mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, fontPtr));
	if (gc->foreground != defaultFg || gc->background != defaultBg) {
	    NSColor *color = TkMacOSXGetNSColor(gc,
		    gc->foreground!=defaultFg? gc->foreground:gc->background);

	    attributes = [[attributes mutableCopy] autorelease];
	    [(NSMutableDictionary *)attributes setObject:color
		    forKey:NSForegroundColorAttributeName];
	}
	if (attributes) {
	    attributedTitle = [[[NSAttributedString alloc]
		    initWithString:title attributes:attributes] autorelease];
	}
    }







|







646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
	attributes = TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(Tk_GetFontFromObj(
		mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, fontPtr));
	if (gc->foreground != defaultFg || gc->background != defaultBg) {
	    NSColor *color = TkMacOSXGetNSColor(gc,
		    gc->foreground!=defaultFg? gc->foreground:gc->background);

	    attributes = [[attributes mutableCopy] autorelease];
	    [(NSMutableDictionary *) attributes setObject:color
		    forKey:NSForegroundColorAttributeName];
	}
	if (attributes) {
	    attributedTitle = [[[NSAttributedString alloc]
		    initWithString:title attributes:attributes] autorelease];
	}
    }
686
687
688
689
690
691
692


693
694
695


696
697

698
699


700
701


702


703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
		 */

		submenu = nil;
	    } else {
		[submenu setTitle:title];

    		if ([menuItem isEnabled]) {


		  /* This menuItem might have been previously disabled (XXX:
		     track this), which would have disabled entries; we must
		     re-enable the entries here. */


		  int i = 0;
		  NSArray *itemArray = [submenu itemArray];

		  for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) {
		    TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i];


		    /* Work around an apparent bug where itemArray can have
                      more items than the menu's entries[] array. */


                    if (i >= menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries) break;


		    [item setEnabled: !(submePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)];
		    i++;
		  }
		}

	    }
	}
    }
    [menuItem setSubmenu:submenu];

    return TCL_OK;
}







>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
|

<







686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717

718
719
720
721
722
723
724
		 */

		submenu = nil;
	    } else {
		[submenu setTitle:title];

    		if ([menuItem isEnabled]) {

		    /*
		     * This menuItem might have been previously disabled (XXX:
		     * track this), which would have disabled entries; we must
		     * re-enable the entries here.
		     */

		    int i = 0;
		    NSArray *itemArray = [submenu itemArray];

		    for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) {
			TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i];

			/*
			 * Work around an apparent bug where itemArray can have
			 * more items than the menu's entries[] array.
			 */

			if (i >= (int) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries) {
			    break;
			}
			[item setEnabled: !(submePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)];
			i++;
		    }
		}

	    }
	}
    }
    [menuItem setSubmenu:submenu];

    return TCL_OK;
}
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758



759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789





790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798


799
800

801
802
803
804
805




806
807
808
809

810
811
812
813

814
815
816
817
818
819







































































































820
821
822
823
824
825
826
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a menu on the screen



 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted and handled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter this menu lives in */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
    int x,			/* The global x-coordinate of the top, left-
				 * hand corner of where the menu is supposed
				 * to be posted. */
    int y)			/* The global y-coordinate */
{


    /* Get the object that holds this Tk Window.*/
    Tk_Window root;
    root = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];





    int result;

    inPostMenu = 1;

    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
        inPostMenu = 0;
        return result;
    }



    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);

    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);

    frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
	    [win tkConvertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];





    NSMenu *menu = (NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData;
    NSPopUpButtonCell *popUpButtonCell = [[NSPopUpButtonCell alloc]
	    initTextCell:@"" pullsDown:NO];


    [popUpButtonCell setAltersStateOfSelectedItem:NO];
    [popUpButtonCell setMenu:menu];
    [popUpButtonCell selectItem:nil];

    [popUpButtonCell performClickWithFrame:frame inView:view];
    [popUpButtonCell release];
    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
    inPostMenu = 0;
    return TCL_OK;
}








































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpSetWindowMenuBar --
 *
 *	Associates a given menu with a window.







|
>
>
>


|











|
|
|
|

|
<
<
|
|



<



>
>
>
>
>
|


<





>
>
|
<
>
|
<
|
|
<
>
>
>
>

|
<
<
>
|
|
|
<
>
|
<
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791


792
793
794
795
796

797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807

808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815

816
817

818
819

820
821
822
823
824
825


826
827
828
829

830
831


832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a menu on the screen. If entry is < 0 then the menu is drawn so
 *      its top left corner is located at the point with screen coordinates
 *      (x,y).  Otherwise the top left corner of the specified entry is located
 *      at that point.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted and handled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter this menu lives in */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
    int x, int y,		/* The screen coordinates where the top left
				 * corner of the menu, or of the specified
				 * entry, will be located. */
    int index)
{
    int result;


    Tk_Window root = Tk_MainWindow(interp);

    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];
    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSMenu *menu = (NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData;
    NSInteger itemIndex = index;
    NSInteger numItems = [menu numberOfItems];
    NSMenuItem *item = nil;
    NSPoint location = NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y);

    inPostMenu = 1;

    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
        inPostMenu = 0;
        return result;
    }
    if (itemIndex >= numItems) {
    	itemIndex = numItems - 1;
    }

    if (itemIndex >= 0) {
	item = [menu itemAtIndex:itemIndex];

    }


    /*
     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
     * and should go away.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {


    	return TCL_OK;
    }

    [menu popUpMenuPositioningItem:item

			atLocation:[win tkConvertPointFromScreen:location]
			    inView:view];


    inPostMenu = 0;
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostTearoffMenu --
 *
 *	Tearoff menus are not supported on the Mac.  This placeholder function,
 *      which is simply a copy of the unix function, posts a completely useless
 *      window with a black background on the screen. If entry is < 0 then the
 *      window is positioned so that its top left corner is located at the
 *      point with screen coordinates (x, y).  Otherwise the window position is
 *      offset so that top left corner of the specified entry would be located
 *      at that point, if there actually were a menu.
 *
 *      Mac menus steal all mouse or keyboard input from the application until
 *      the menu is dismissed, with or without a selection, by a mouse or key
 *      event.  Posting a Mac menu in a regression test will cause the test to
 *      halt waiting for user input.  This is why the TkpPostMenu function is
 *      not being used as the placeholder.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A useless window is posted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostTearoffMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter this menu lives in */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
    int x, int y, int index)	/* The screen coordinates where the top left
				 * corner of the menu, or of the specified
				 * entry, will be located. */
{
    int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
    int result;

    if (index >= (int) menuPtr->numEntries) {
	index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
    }
    if (index >= 0) {
	y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
    }

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
    	return result;
    }

    /*
     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
     * and should go away.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
    	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
     * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
     *
     * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
     *    are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
     *    uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for
     *    the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root
     *    (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu
     *    itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead
     *    (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use
     *    for this...).
     * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be
     *    the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its
     *    requested size, not its actual size.
     */

    Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY,
	&vRootWidth, &vRootHeight);
    vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) {
	x = vRootX + vRootWidth;
    }
    if (x < vRootX) {
	x = vRootX;
    }
    vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) {
	y = vRootY + vRootHeight;
    }
    if (y < vRootY) {
	y = vRootY;
    }
    Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y);
    if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) {
	Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    }
    TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpSetWindowMenuBar --
 *
 *	Associates a given menu with a window.
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879

880









881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888








889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899






900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpSetMainMenubar --
 *
 *	Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only
 *	be called when the window is in front.
 *
 *      This is a no-op on all other platforms.  On OS X it is a no-op when
 *      passed a NULL menuName or a nonexistent menuName, with an exception
 *      for the first call in a new interpreter.  In that special case, passing a
 *      NULL menuName installs the default menu.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menubar may be changed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpSetMainMenubar(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the application */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The frame we are setting up */
    const char *menuName)	/* The name of the menu to put in front. */
{
    static Tcl_Interp *currentInterp = NULL;
    TKMenu *menu = nil;











    if (menuName) {
	TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

	if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin &&
		!strcmp(menuName, Tk_PathName(
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin))) {








	    menu = (TKMenu *) winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
	} else {
	    TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp,
		    menuName);

	    if (menuRefPtr && menuRefPtr->menuPtr &&
		    menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData) {
		menu = (TKMenu *) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
	    }
	}
    }






    if (menu || interp != currentInterp) {
	[NSApp tkSetMainMenu:menu];
    }
    currentInterp = interp;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CheckForSpecialMenu --
 *
 *	Given a menu, check to see whether or not it is a cascade in a menubar
 *	with one of the special names .apple, .help or .window If it is, the
 *	entry that points to this menu will be marked.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Will set entryFlags appropriately.
 *







|
|


|
|



















>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|

|
|
|
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











>
>
>
>
>
>












|
|







966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014

1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpSetMainMenubar --
 *
 *	Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only be
 *	called when the window is in front.
 *
 *      This is a no-op on all other platforms.  On OS X it is a no-op when
 *      passed a NULL menuName or a nonexistent menuName, with an exception for
 *      the first call in a new interpreter.  In that special case, passing a
 *      NULL menuName installs the default menu.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menubar may be changed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpSetMainMenubar(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the application */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The frame we are setting up */
    const char *menuName)	/* The name of the menu to put in front. */
{
    static Tcl_Interp *currentInterp = NULL;
    TKMenu *menu = nil;
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;

    /*
     * We will be called when an embedded window receives an ActivationNotify
     * event, but we should not change the menubar in that case.
     */

    if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
	return;
    }

    if (menuName) {
	Tk_Window menubar = NULL;

	if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr) {

	    menubar = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin;
	}

	/*
	 * Attempt to find the NSMenu directly.  If that fails, ask Tk to find
	 * it.
	 */

	if (menubar != NULL && strcmp(menuName, Tk_PathName(menubar)) == 0) {
	    menu = (TKMenu *) winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
	} else {
	    TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp,
		    menuName);

	    if (menuRefPtr && menuRefPtr->menuPtr &&
		    menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData) {
		menu = (TKMenu *) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * If we couldn't find a menu, do nothing unless the window belongs to a
     * different application.  In that case, install the default menubar.
     */

    if (menu || interp != currentInterp) {
	[NSApp tkSetMainMenu:menu];
    }
    currentInterp = interp;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CheckForSpecialMenu --
 *
 *	Given a menu, check to see whether or not it is a cascade in a menubar
 *	with one of the special names ".apple", ".help" or ".window". If it is,
 *	the entry that points to this menu will be marked.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Will set entryFlags appropriately.
 *
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089

1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099




1100
1101
1102
1103

1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135



1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182

1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188

1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219



1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* Structure describing menu. */
{

    Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
    int modifierCharWidth, menuModifierCharWidth;
    int x, y, modifierWidth, labelWidth, indicatorSpace;
    int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelWidth;
    int i, j, lastColumnBreak, maxWidth;
    int entryWidth, maxIndicatorSpace, borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, *columnEntryPtr;
    int haveAccel = 0;





    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
	return;
    }


    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
	    &borderWidth);
    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
	    &activeBorderWidth);
    x = y = borderWidth;
    windowHeight = maxWidth = lastColumnBreak = 0;
    maxIndicatorSpace = 0;

    /*
     * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so we
     * want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass
     * them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure
     * the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own
     * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font
     * and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font
     * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
     */

    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
    menuModifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(menuFont);

    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY || mePtr->accelLength > 0) {
	    haveAccel = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];



	if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
	    tkfont = menuFont;
	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
	    modifierCharWidth = menuModifierCharWidth;
	} else {
	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
	    fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
	    modifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(tkfont);
	}

	if ((i > 0) && mePtr->columnBreak) {
	    if (maxIndicatorSpace != 0) {
		maxIndicatorSpace += 2;
	    }
	    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < i; j++) {
		columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j];
		columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace;
		columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
			+ 2 * activeBorderWidth;
		columnEntryPtr->x = x;
		columnEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
	    }
	    x += maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	    maxWidth = maxIndicatorSpace = 0;
	    lastColumnBreak = i;
	    y = borderWidth;
	}
	accelWidth = modifierWidth = indicatorSpace = 0;
	if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY || mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    mePtr->height = menuSeparatorHeight;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
	     * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
	     * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
	     * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
	     * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
	     * on the type of the entry.
	     */

	    NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) mePtr->platformEntryData;
	    int haveImage = 0, width = 0, height = 0;

	    if (mePtr->image) {
		Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &width, &height);
		haveImage = 1;

	    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr) {
		Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
			mePtr->bitmapPtr);

		Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &width, &height);
		haveImage = 1;

	    }
	    if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
		NSAttributedString *attrTitle = [menuItem attributedTitle];
		NSSize size;

		if (attrTitle) {
		    size = [attrTitle size];
		} else {
		    size = [[menuItem title] sizeWithAttributes:
			TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(tkfont)];
		}
		size.width += menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin +
			menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin;
		if (size.height < fmPtr->linespace) {
		    size.height = fmPtr->linespace;
		}
		if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
		    int margin = width + menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin;

		    if (margin > menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin) {
			margin = menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin;
		    }
		    width += size.width + menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin - margin;
		    if (size.height > height) {
			height = size.height;
		    }
		} else {
		    width = size.width;
		    height = size.height;
		}
	    }



	    labelWidth = width + menuItemExtraWidth;
	    mePtr->height = height + menuItemExtraHeight;

	    if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
		modifierWidth = modifierCharWidth;
	    } else if (mePtr->accelLength == 0) {
		if (haveAccel && !mePtr->hideMargin) {
		    modifierWidth = modifierCharWidth;
		}
	    } else {







>





|

|


>
>
>
>
|



>





|







|
|
|






|







|

>
>
>










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|

















>






>











|
<
<
|
<















>
>
>


<







1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295


















1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334


1335

1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355

1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* Structure describing menu. */
{
    NSSize menuSize;
    Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
    int modifierCharWidth, menuModifierCharWidth;
    int x, y, modifierWidth, labelWidth, indicatorSpace;
    int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelWidth;
    int i, maxWidth;
    int entryWidth, maxIndicatorSpace, borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    int haveAccel = 0;

    /*
     * Do nothing if this menu is a clone.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL || menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
	return;
    }

    menuSize = [(NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData size];
    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
	    &borderWidth);
    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
	    &activeBorderWidth);
    x = y = borderWidth;
    windowHeight = maxWidth = 0;
    maxIndicatorSpace = 0;

    /*
     * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so we
     * want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass
     * them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure
     * the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own
     * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font and
     * metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font and
     * give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
     */

    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
    menuModifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(menuFont);

    for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY || mePtr->accelLength > 0) {
	    haveAccel = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
	    tkfont = menuFont;
	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
	    modifierCharWidth = menuModifierCharWidth;
	} else {
	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
	    fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
	    modifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(tkfont);
	}


















	accelWidth = modifierWidth = indicatorSpace = 0;
	if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
	    mePtr->height = menuSeparatorHeight;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
	     * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
	     * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
	     * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
	     * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
	     * on the type of the entry.
	     */

	    NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) mePtr->platformEntryData;
	    int haveImage = 0, width = 0, height = 0;

	    if (mePtr->image) {
		Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &width, &height);
		haveImage = 1;
		height += 2; /* tweak */
	    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr) {
		Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
			mePtr->bitmapPtr);

		Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &width, &height);
		haveImage = 1;
		height += 2; /* tweak */
	    }
	    if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
		NSAttributedString *attrTitle = [menuItem attributedTitle];
		NSSize size;

		if (attrTitle) {
		    size = [attrTitle size];
		} else {
		    size = [[menuItem title] sizeWithAttributes:
			TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(tkfont)];
		}
		size.width += menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin + menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin;


		size.height -= 1; /* tweak */

		if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
		    int margin = width + menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin;

		    if (margin > menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin) {
			margin = menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin;
		    }
		    width += size.width + menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin - margin;
		    if (size.height > height) {
			height = size.height;
		    }
		} else {
		    width = size.width;
		    height = size.height;
		}
	    }
	    else {
		/* image only. */
	    }
	    labelWidth = width + menuItemExtraWidth;
	    mePtr->height = height + menuItemExtraHeight;

	    if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
		modifierWidth = modifierCharWidth;
	    } else if (mePtr->accelLength == 0) {
		if (haveAccel && !mePtr->hideMargin) {
		    modifierWidth = modifierCharWidth;
		}
	    } else {
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252

1253
1254

1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276

1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
	    if (indicatorSpace > maxIndicatorSpace) {
		maxIndicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	    }
	    entryWidth = labelWidth + modifierWidth + accelWidth;
	    if (entryWidth > maxWidth) {
		maxWidth = entryWidth;
	    }

	    mePtr->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	}

	mePtr->y = y;
	y += menuPtr->entries[i]->height + borderWidth;
	if (y > windowHeight) {
	    windowHeight = y;
	}
    }

    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
	columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j];
	columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace;
	columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
		+ 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	columnEntryPtr->x = x;
	columnEntryPtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;
    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    if (windowWidth <= 0) {
	windowWidth = 1;
    }

    if (windowHeight <= 0) {
	windowHeight = 1;
    }
    menuPtr->totalWidth = windowWidth;
    menuPtr->totalHeight = windowHeight;
}








>


>


<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<



>







1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391


1392










1393



1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
	    if (indicatorSpace > maxIndicatorSpace) {
		maxIndicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	    }
	    entryWidth = labelWidth + modifierWidth + accelWidth;
	    if (entryWidth > maxWidth) {
		maxWidth = entryWidth;
	    }
	    menuPtr->entries[i]->width = entryWidth;
	    mePtr->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	}
	mePtr->x = x;
	mePtr->y = y;
	y += menuPtr->entries[i]->height + borderWidth;


    }










    windowWidth = menuSize.width;



    if (windowWidth <= 0) {
	windowWidth = 1;
    }
    windowHeight = menuSize.height;
    if (windowHeight <= 0) {
	windowHeight = 1;
    }
    menuPtr->totalWidth = windowWidth;
    menuPtr->totalHeight = windowHeight;
}

1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
    NSMenuItem *menuItem)
{
    TkMenu *menuPtr = [menu tkMenu];

    if (menuPtr) {
	int index = [menu tkIndexOfItem:menuItem];

	if (index < 0 || index >= menuPtr->numEntries ||
		(menuPtr->entries[index])->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
	    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
	} else {
	    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index);
	    MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
	    return true;
	}







|







1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
    NSMenuItem *menuItem)
{
    TkMenu *menuPtr = [menu tkMenu];

    if (menuPtr) {
	int index = [menu tkIndexOfItem:menuItem];

	if (index < 0 || index >= (int) menuPtr->numEntries ||
		(menuPtr->entries[index])->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
	    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
	} else {
	    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index);
	    MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
	    return true;
	}
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu to reset. */
{
    int i;

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	TkMenuEntry *mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];

	if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY
		&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
		&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
	    RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr);
	}







|







1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu to reset. */
{
    int i;

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	TkMenuEntry *mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];

	if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY
		&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
		&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
	    RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr);
	}
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXUseID --
 *
 *	Take the ID out of the available list for new menus. Used by the
 *	default menu bar's menus so that they do not get created at the tk
 *	level. See TkMacOSXGetNewMenuID for more information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if the id was not in use. Returns TCL_ERROR if the id
 *	was in use.
 *
 * Side effects:







|







1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXUseID --
 *
 *	Take the ID out of the available list for new menus. Used by the
 *	default menu bar's menus so that they do not get created at the Tk
 *	level. See TkMacOSXGetNewMenuID for more information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if the id was not in use. Returns TCL_ERROR if the id
 *	was in use.
 *
 * Side effects:
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent --
 *
 *	Given a menu id and an item, dispatches the command associated with
 *	it.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands for the event are scheduled for execution at idle time.
 *







|
<







1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824

1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent --
 *
 *	Given a menu id and an item, dispatches the command associated with it.

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands for the event are scheduled for execution at idle time.
 *
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755

1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount --
 *
 *	Has to be called after the first call to InsertMenu. Sets up the
 *	global variable for the number of items in the unmodified help menu.

 *	NB. Nobody uses this any more, since you can get the number of system
 *	help items from HMGetHelpMenu trivially. But it is in the stubs
 *	table...
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:







|
|
>
|







1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount --
 *
 *	Has to be called after the first call to InsertMenu. Sets up the global
 *	variable for the number of items in the unmodified help menu.
 *
 *	NB: Nobody uses this any more, since you can get the number of system
 *	help items from HMGetHelpMenu trivially. But it is in the stubs
 *	table...
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * tkMacOSXMenubutton.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the
 *	menubutton widget.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2007 Revar Desmera.
 * Copyright 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 *



|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * tkMacOSXMenubutton.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the menubutton
 *	widget.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2007 Revar Desmera.
 * Copyright 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 *
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53


54


55


56
57


58
59

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72






73




























74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148

149


150
151

152


153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167

168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
typedef struct {
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief;
    GC gc;
    int hasImageOrBitmap;
} DrawParams;


/*
 * Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
 */

typedef struct MacMenuButton {
    TkMenuButton info;		/* Generic button info. */
    int flags;
    ThemeButtonKind btnkind;
    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo drawinfo;
    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo lastdrawinfo;
    DrawParams drawParams;
} MacMenuButton;

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);


static void MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB ( MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);


static void MenuButtonContentDrawCB ( ThemeButtonKind kind, const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo * info, MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);


static void MenuButtonEventProc ( ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo);


static int TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr);
static void TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton (MacMenuButton *butPtr,

       GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);
static void DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(TkMenuButton* butPtr);

/*
 * The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of
 * procedures that can be invoked from generic window code.
 */

Tk_ClassProcs tkpMenubuttonClass = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    TkMenuButtonWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
};




































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateMenuButton --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated TkMenuButton structure.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkMenuButton *
TkpCreateMenuButton(
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacMenuButton));

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask,
	    MenuButtonEventProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
    mbPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
    mbPtr->btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
    bzero(&mbPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->drawinfo));
    bzero(&mbPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->lastdrawinfo));

    return (TkMenuButton *) mbPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayMenuButton --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to display a menubutton widget.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its
 *	current mode.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr    = (MacMenuButton *)clientData;
    TkMenuButton  *butPtr   = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin         = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;

    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr);

    /*
     * set up clipping region.  Make sure the we are using the port
     * for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
     */

    TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(pixmap);


    /* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */


    TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(mbPtr,  dpPtr->gc, pixmap);


    /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */


    if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
        if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
            Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
                Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
                butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID);
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyMenuButton --
 *
 *	Free data structures associated with the menubutton control.

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Restores the default control state.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDestroyMenuButton(
    TkMenuButton *mbPtr)







<














|


|
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
|
>
|
|











>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|


















|
<




<














|
<








|
|
|

|











|
|




>
|
>
>


>
|
>
>

|
|
<
|
|








|
>





|







28
29
30
31
32
33
34

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138

139
140
141
142

143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157

158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200

201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
typedef struct {
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief;
    GC gc;
    int hasImageOrBitmap;
} DrawParams;


/*
 * Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
 */

typedef struct MacMenuButton {
    TkMenuButton info;		/* Generic button info. */
    int flags;
    ThemeButtonKind btnkind;
    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo drawinfo;
    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo lastdrawinfo;
    DrawParams drawParams;
} MacMenuButton;

/*
 * Forward declarations for static functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB(MacMenuButton *ptr,
			    SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
static void		MenuButtonContentDrawCB(ThemeButtonKind kind,
			    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info,
			    MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth,
			    Boolean isColorDev);
static void		MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(TkMenuButton *butPtr,
			    ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
			    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo);
static void		TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(
			    TkMenuButton *butPtr, DrawParams *dpPtr);
static void		TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(MacMenuButton *butPtr, GC gc,
			    Pixmap pixmap);
static void		DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(TkMenuButton *butPtr);

/*
 * The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of
 * procedures that can be invoked from generic window code.
 */

Tk_ClassProcs tkpMenubuttonClass = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    TkMenuButtonWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
};

/*
 * We use Apple's Pop-Up Button widget to represent the Tk Menubutton.
 * However, we do not use the NSPopUpButton class for this control.  Instead we
 * render the Pop-Up Button using the HITheme library.  This imposes some
 * constraints on what can be done.  The HITheme renderer allows only specific
 * dimensions for the button.
 *
 * The HITheme library allows drawing a Pop-Up Button with an arbitrary bounds
 * rectangle.  However the button is always drawn as a rounded box which is 22
 * pixels high.  If the bounds rectangle is less than 22 pixels high, the
 * button is drawn at the top of the rectangle and the bottom of the button is
 * clipped away.  So we set a minimum height of 22 pixels for a Menubutton.  If
 * the bounds rectangle is more than 22 pixels high, then the button is drawn
 * centered vertically in the bounds rectangle.
 *
 * The content rectangle of the button is inset by 14 pixels on the left and 28
 * pixels on the right.  The rightmost part of the button contains the blue
 * double-arrow symbol which is 28 pixels wide.
 *
 * To maintain compatibility with code that runs on multiple operating systems,
 * the width and height of the content rectangle includes the borderWidth, the
 * highlightWidth and the padX and padY dimensions of the Menubutton.  However,
 * to be consistent with the standard Apple appearance, the content is always
 * be drawn at the left side of the content rectangle.  All of the excess space
 * appears on the right side of the content, and the anchor property is
 * ignored.  The easiest way to comply with Apple's Human Interface Guidelines
 * would be to set bd = highlightthickness = padx = 0 and to specify an
 * explicit width for the button.  Apple also recommends using the same width
 * for all Pop-Up Buttons in a given window.
 */

#define LEFT_INSET 8
#define RIGHT_INSET 28
#define MIN_HEIGHT 22

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateMenuButton  --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated TkMenuButton structure.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkMenuButton *
TkpCreateMenuButton(
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacMenuButton));

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);

    mbPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
    mbPtr->btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
    bzero(&mbPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->drawinfo));
    bzero(&mbPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->lastdrawinfo));

    return (TkMenuButton *) mbPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayMenuButton --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to display a menubutton widget.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its current mode.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    TkMenuButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;

    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr);

    /*
     * Set up clipping region.  Make sure the we are using the port for this
     * button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
     */

    TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(pixmap);

    /*
     * Draw the native portion of the buttons.
     */

    TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(mbPtr,  dpPtr->gc, pixmap);

    /*
     * Draw highlight border, if needed.
     */

    if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
        if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
	    GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);

	    TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(tkwin, gc, 0, butPtr->highlightWidth);
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyMenuButton --
 *
 *	Free data structures associated with the menubutton control. This is a
 *      no-op on the Mac.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDestroyMenuButton(
    TkMenuButton *mbPtr)
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234

235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285

286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
 */

void
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(butPtr)
    register TkMenuButton *butPtr;	/* Widget record for menu button. */
{
    int width, height, avgWidth, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton*)butPtr;
    int txtWidth, txtHeight;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    DrawParams drawParams;
    int paddingx = 0;
    int paddingy = 0;


    /*
     * First figure out the size of the contents of the button.
     */

    width = 0;
    height = 0;
    txtWidth = 0;
    txtHeight = 0;
    avgWidth = 0;

    TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);

    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
        Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    }

    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {

        Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
        butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
                butPtr->text, -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
                butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);

        txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
        txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
        avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
        Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
        haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
    }

    /*
     * If the button is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text),
     * the new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry.
     * We only honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an
     * image, because otherwise it is not really a compound button.
     */

    if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
        switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
            case COMPOUND_TOP:
            case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
                /*
                 * Image is above or below text
                 */

                height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
                width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
                break;
            }
            case COMPOUND_LEFT:
            case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
                /*
                 * Image is left or right of text
                 */

                width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
                height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
                break;
            }
            case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
                /*
                 * Image and text are superimposed
                 */

                width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
                height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
                break;
            }
            case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;}

        }

        if (butPtr->width > 0) {
            width = butPtr->width;
        }
        if (butPtr->height > 0) {
            height = butPtr->height;
        }

    } else {
        if (haveImage) {
            if (butPtr->width > 0) {
                width = butPtr->width;
            }
            if (butPtr->height > 0) {
                height = butPtr->height;
            }
        } else {
            width = txtWidth;
            height = txtHeight;
            if (butPtr->width > 0) {
                width = butPtr->width * avgWidth;
            }
            if (butPtr->height > 0) {
                height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
            }
        }
    }
    width  += 2 * butPtr->padX - 2;
    height += 2 * butPtr->padY - 2;

    /*Add padding for button arrows.*/
    width += 22;

    /*
     * Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button.
     */

    if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
        butPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }
    butPtr->inset = 0;
    butPtr->inset += butPtr->highlightWidth;

    TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams);

        HIRect tmpRect;
	HIRect contBounds;

	tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width, height);

	HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);



        /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
        if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
	  height = contBounds.size.height;
        }

        /* If the content region has a minimum width, match it. */
        if (width < contBounds.size.width) {
	  width = contBounds.size.width;
        }

        /* Pad to fill difference between content bounds and button bounds. */
        paddingx = tmpRect.origin.x - contBounds.origin.x;
        paddingy = tmpRect.origin.y - contBounds.origin.y;

    if (paddingx > 0) {
        width += paddingx;
    }
    if (paddingy > 0) {
        height += paddingy;
    }

    width += butPtr->inset*2;
    height += butPtr->inset*2;


    Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<


<
<
<
>


|








<
<








|
>




<




<



|
|
|
|


|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<
|
>










|






|



|


|



<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<







245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253



254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265


266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279

280
281
282
283

284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303

304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312

313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320

321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350


351










352

353





























354

355




356
357
358
359
360
361
362
 */

void
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(butPtr)
    register TkMenuButton *butPtr;	/* Widget record for menu button. */
{
    int width, height, avgWidth, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;

    int txtWidth, txtHeight;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;



    int highlightWidth = butPtr->highlightWidth > 0 ? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0;

    /*
     * First compute the size of the contents of the button.
     */

    width = 0;
    height = 0;
    txtWidth = 0;
    txtHeight = 0;
    avgWidth = 0;



    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
        Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    }

    if (butPtr->text && strlen(butPtr->text) > 0) {
	haveText = 1;
        Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
        butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
                butPtr->text, -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
                butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);

        txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
        txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
        avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
        Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);

    }

    /*
     * If the button is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text), the new
     * geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only honor
     * the compound bit if the button has both text and an image, because
     * otherwise it is not really a compound button.
     */

    if (haveImage && haveText) {
        switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
	case COMPOUND_TOP:
	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	    /*
	     * Image is above or below text
	     */

	    height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    /*
	     * Image is left or right of text
	     */

	    width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    /*
	     * Image and text are superimposed
	     */

	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break;
        }

        if (butPtr->width > 0) {
            width = butPtr->width;
        }
        if (butPtr->height > 0) {
            height = butPtr->height;
        }

    } else {
        if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
            if (butPtr->width > 0) {
                width = butPtr->width;
            }
            if (butPtr->height > 0) {
                height = butPtr->height;
            }
        } else { /* Text only */
            width = txtWidth;
            height = txtHeight;
            if (butPtr->width > 0) {
                width = butPtr->width * avgWidth + 2*butPtr->padX;
            }
            if (butPtr->height > 0) {
                height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace + 2*butPtr->padY;
            }
        }
    }













    butPtr->inset = highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth;

    width += LEFT_INSET + RIGHT_INSET + 2*butPtr->inset;





























    height += 2*butPtr->inset;

    height = height < MIN_HEIGHT ? MIN_HEIGHT : height;




    Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441

442


443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518


519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573

574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619






620


621



622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651

652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660

661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684

685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
 * Side effects:
 *        The image and text are drawn.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
void
DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
    TkMenuButton* butPtr)
{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton*)butPtr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap     pixmap;
    int        haveImage = 0;
    int        haveText = 0;
    int        imageWidth = 0;
    int        imageHeight = 0;
    int        imageXOffset = 0;
    int        imageYOffset = 0;
    int        textXOffset = 0;
    int        textYOffset = 0;
    int        width = 0;
    int        height = 0;
    int        fullWidth = 0;
    int        fullHeight = 0;
    int        pressed;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);


    if (butPtr->image != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    }

    imageWidth  = width;
    imageHeight = height;

    if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) {
        /* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */
        pressed = 1;
    }

  haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
   if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
        int x = 0;
        int y = 0;
        textXOffset = 0;
        textYOffset = 0;
        fullWidth = 0;
        fullHeight = 0;

        switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
            case COMPOUND_TOP:
            case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {

                /* Image is above or below text */


                if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
                    textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
                } else {
                    imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
                }
                fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
                fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
                        butPtr->textWidth);
                textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
                imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
                break;
            }
            case COMPOUND_LEFT:
            case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
                /*
                 * Image is left or right of text
                 */

                if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
                    textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX - 2;
                } else {
                    imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
                }
                fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
                fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
                        butPtr->textHeight);
                textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
                imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
                break;
            }
            case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
                /*
                 * Image and text are superimposed
                 */

                fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
                        butPtr->textWidth);
                fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
                        butPtr->textHeight);
                textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
                imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
                textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
                imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
                break;
            }
            case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;}

	}

        TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
                butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
                butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
                fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
        imageXOffset += x;
        imageYOffset += y;
        textYOffset -= 1;

        if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
                Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
                        height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
        } else {
            XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
                    imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
            XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
                    0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
                    imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
            XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
        }

        Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap,
                dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
                x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
        Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
                butPtr->textLayout,
                x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
                butPtr->underline);
    } else {


        if (haveImage) {
            int x = 0;
            int y;
            TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
                    butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
                    butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
                    width, height, &x, &y);
	        imageXOffset += x;
	    	imageYOffset += y;

               if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
		     Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
		         pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
            } else {
                XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
                XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap,
                        pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
                        0, 0, (unsigned int) width,
                        (unsigned int) height,
                        imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
                XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
            }
        } else {
	  /*Move x back by eight pixels to give the menubutton arrows room.*/
	  int x = 0;
	  int y;
	  textXOffset = 8;
	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
			    butPtr->textWidth, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	    Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
			      butPtr->textLayout, x - textXOffset, y, 0, -1);
	    y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
	  }
   }
}



/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton --
 *
 *        This function draws the tk menubutton using Mac controls
 *        In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed
 *        in the TkMenubutton.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        None.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr, /* Mac menubutton. */
    GC gc,                /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for
                           * the bevel button */
    Pixmap pixmap)        /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed
                           * for the bevel button */

{
    TkMenuButton * butPtr = ( TkMenuButton *)mbPtr;
    TkWindow * winPtr;
    HIRect       cntrRect;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    int useNewerHITools = 1;

    winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin;

    TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);

    cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff, Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin),Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));

     cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect,  butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset);


    if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
        HIRect contHIRec;
        static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo;

        MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB((MacMenuButton*) mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}


        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind  = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
            hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current;
        }







        HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);






	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);

        MenuButtonContentDrawCB( mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo, (MacMenuButton *)mbPtr, 32, true);
    } else {
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}


	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    }
    mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
 *
 *        This function draws the background that
 *        lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        The background gets updated to the current color.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
    MacMenuButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    TkMenuButton* butPtr = (TkMenuButton*)ptr;
    Tk_Window tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }
    pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
        Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MenuButtonContentDrawCB --
 *
 *        This function draws the label and image for the button.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        The content of the button gets updated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MenuButtonContentDrawCB (
    ThemeButtonKind kind,
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo,
    MacMenuButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    TkMenuButton  *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *)ptr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    DrawMenuButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MenuButtonEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
 *	events on buttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
	    || eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
	if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
	    return;
	}
	if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {







|

|
|
|
|
<
|
<
|
<
|
<
|
<
|
<
<





|
|
<









|


<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|






|
|
>
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|

|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
>



|
<

|




|
|













|
<


>
>

<
<




|
|
<
|
|
|



|
|
|
|



<
<
<
|

|

|

|


|
<
<





|
|
|









>



|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|

|


<
<


|
|
<
<





|
<




<


|







>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>

|
|




<
<










|
|


|


|



>






|
|

>



|
<

|







|


|


|



>








|
|




<
|







|
|















|
|







370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382

383

384

385

386

387


388
389
390
391
392
393
394

395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406





407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433

434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450

451
452
453
454
455
456

457
458
459
460
461
462
463

464
465
466
467
468
469

470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491

492
493
494
495
496


497
498
499
500
501
502

503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515



516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525


526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551

552
553
554
555
556
557
558


559
560
561
562


563
564
565
566
567
568

569
570
571
572

573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602


603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638

639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672

673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
 * Side effects:
 *        The image and text are drawn.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
void
DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
    TkMenuButton *butPtr)
{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;

    int imageWidth = 0, imageHeight = 0;

    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;

    int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;

    int width = 0, height = 0;

    int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0;



    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);


    if (butPtr->image != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
        Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
        haveImage = 1;
    }

    imageWidth = width;
    imageHeight = height;






    haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
    if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
        int x = 0, y = 0;

        textXOffset = 0;
        textYOffset = 0;
        fullWidth = 0;
        fullHeight = 0;

        switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
	case COMPOUND_TOP:
	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	    /*
	     * Image is above or below text.
	     */

	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
		textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
	    } else {
		imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
	    }
	    fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ?
		     width : butPtr->textWidth);
	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    /*
	     * Image is left or right of text
	     */

	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
		textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX - 2;
	    } else {
		imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
	    }
	    fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
                    butPtr->textHeight);
	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    /*
	     * Image and text are superimposed
	     */

	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : butPtr->textWidth);

	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
                    butPtr->textHeight);
	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth) / 2;
	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width) / 2;
	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight) / 2;
	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height) / 2;
	    break;

	case COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break;
	}

        TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
                butPtr->padX + butPtr->inset, butPtr->padY + butPtr->inset,

                fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
        imageXOffset = LEFT_INSET;
        imageYOffset += y;
        textYOffset -= 1;

        if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
	    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
                    height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
        } else {
            XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
                    imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
            XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
                    0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
                    imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
            XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
        }

        Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap,
                dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
                x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
        Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
                butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,

                butPtr->underline);
    } else {
	int x, y;

        if (haveImage) {


            TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
                    butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
                    butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
                    width, height, &x, &y);
	    imageXOffset = LEFT_INSET;
	    imageYOffset += y;

	    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
			       pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
            } else {
                XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
                XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap,
			   pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
			   0, 0, (unsigned int) width,
			   (unsigned int) height,
			   imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
                XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
            }
        } else {



	    textXOffset = LEFT_INSET;
	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
		    butPtr->textWidth, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	    Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
		    butPtr->textLayout, textXOffset, y, 0, -1);
	    y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
	}
   }
}



/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton --
 *
 *        This function draws the tk menubutton using Mac controls. In
 *        addition, this code may apply custom colors passed in the
 *        TkMenubutton.
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        None.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr, /* Mac menubutton. */
    GC gc,                /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for the bevel
                           * button */
    Pixmap pixmap)        /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed for the
                           * bevel button */
{

    TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) mbPtr;
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) butPtr->tkwin;
    HIRect cntrRect;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
    int useNewerHITools = 1;



    TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);

    cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff,
	    Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));



    if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
        HIRect contHIRec;
        static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo;

        MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB(mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}


        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
            hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current;
        }

	/*
	 * To avoid menubuttons with white text on a white background, we
	 * always set the state to inactive in Dark Mode.  It isn't perfect but
	 * it is usable.  Using a ttk::menubutton would be a better choice,
	 * however.
	 */

	if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(butPtr->tkwin)) {
	    hiinfo.state = kThemeStateInactive;
	}

        HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context,
		kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
        MenuButtonContentDrawCB(mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
		mbPtr, 32, true);
    } else {
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}


	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    }
    mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
 *
 *      This function draws the background that lies under checkboxes and
 *      radiobuttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *      None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The background gets updated to the current color.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
    MacMenuButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    TkMenuButton* butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) ptr;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    Pixmap pixmap;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }
    pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
            Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MenuButtonContentDrawCB --
 *
 *      This function draws the label and image for the button.
 *
 * Results:
 *      None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The content of the button gets updated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MenuButtonContentDrawCB (
    ThemeButtonKind kind,
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo,
    MacMenuButton *ptr,
    SInt16 depth,
    Boolean isColorDev)
{
    TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) ptr;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(butPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MenuButtonEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
 *	buttons.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = clientData;
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;

    if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
	    || eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
	if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
	    return;
	}
	if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764



765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams --
 *
 *      This procedure computes the various parameters used
 *        when creating a Carbon Appearance control.
 *      These are determined by the various tk button parameters
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        Sets the btnkind and drawinfo parameters
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(TkMenuButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)



{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)butPtr;

    if (butPtr->image || butPtr->bitmap) {
	/* TODO: allow for Small and Mini menubuttons. */
	*btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
    } else {
        if (!butPtr->text || !*butPtr->text) {
            *btnkind = kThemeArrowButton;
        } else {
            *btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
        }
    }

    drawinfo->value = kThemeButtonOff;

    if ((mbPtr->flags & FIRST_DRAW) != 0) {
	mbPtr->flags &= ~FIRST_DRAW;
	if (Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront()) {







|
|
|











|
>
>
>

|

|


|
<
|
<
<
<







716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747

748



749
750
751
752
753
754
755
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams --
 *
 *      This procedure computes the various parameters used when creating a
 *      Carbon Appearance control. These are determined by the various Tk
 *      button parameters
 *
 * Results:
 *        None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        Sets the btnkind and drawinfo parameters
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(
    TkMenuButton *butPtr,
    ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
{
    MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr;

    if (butPtr->image || butPtr->bitmap || butPtr->text) {
	/* TODO: allow for Small and Mini menubuttons. */
	*btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
    } else { /* This should never happen. */

	*btnkind = kThemeArrowButton;



    }

    drawinfo->value = kThemeButtonOff;

    if ((mbPtr->flags & FIRST_DRAW) != 0) {
	mbPtr->flags &= ~FIRST_DRAW;
	if (Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront()) {
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829


830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams --
 *
 *        This procedure computes the various parameters used
 *        when drawing a button
 *      These are determined by the various tk button parameters
 *
 * Results:
 *        1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *        Sets the button draw parameters
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(TkMenuButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr)


{
    dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL)
            || (butPtr->bitmap != None));
    dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder;
    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
        dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
    } else if (butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
        dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
        dpPtr->border = butPtr->activeBorder;
    } else {
        dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
    }

    return 1;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|
|
<


|


|




|
|
>
>

|
|









|
<
|
<








780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788

789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815

816

817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams --
 *
 *      This procedure selects an appropriate drawing context for drawing a
 *      menubutton.

 *
 * Results:
 *      None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Sets the button draw parameters.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(
    TkMenuButton *butPtr,
    DrawParams *dpPtr)
{
    dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap =
	    ((butPtr->image != NULL) || (butPtr->bitmap != None));
    dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder;
    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
        dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
    } else if (butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
        dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
        dpPtr->border = butPtr->activeBorder;
    } else {
        dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
    }
}



/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c.

173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
}

- (BOOL) validateUserInterfaceItem: (id <NSValidatedUserInterfaceItem>) anItem
{
    SEL action = [anItem action];

    if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(preferences:))) {

	return (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp,
		"::tk::mac::ShowPreferences", NULL, 0));
    } else if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(tkDemo:))) {
	BOOL haveDemo = NO;

	if (_eventInterp) {
	    Tcl_Obj *path = GetWidgetDemoPath(_eventInterp);







<







173
174
175
176
177
178
179

180
181
182
183
184
185
186
}

- (BOOL) validateUserInterfaceItem: (id <NSValidatedUserInterfaceItem>) anItem
{
    SEL action = [anItem action];

    if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(preferences:))) {

	return (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp,
		"::tk::mac::ShowPreferences", NULL, 0));
    } else if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(tkDemo:))) {
	BOOL haveDemo = NO;

	if (_eventInterp) {
	    Tcl_Obj *path = GetWidgetDemoPath(_eventInterp);
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331

332
333
334
335
336
337

338
339
340
341
342
343
344
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetWidgetDemoPath(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Tcl_Obj *libpath, *result = NULL;

    libpath = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "tk_library", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    if (libpath) {
	Tcl_Obj *demo[2] = {	Tcl_NewStringObj("demos", 5),
				Tcl_NewStringObj("widget", 6) };


	Tcl_IncrRefCount(libpath);
	result = Tcl_FSJoinToPath(libpath, 2, demo);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(libpath);
    } else {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }

    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect --







|

|
|
<
|

>

|

<
<

>







317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327

328
329
330
331
332
333


334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetWidgetDemoPath(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Tcl_Obj *result = NULL;

    if (Tcl_EvalEx(interp, "::tk::pkgconfig get demodir,runtime",
		   -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL) == TCL_OK) {

	Tcl_Obj *libpath, *demo[1] = { Tcl_NewStringObj("widget", 6) };

	libpath = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(libpath);
	result = Tcl_FSJoinToPath(libpath, 1, demo);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(libpath);


    }
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect --

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26


27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49










50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80





81
82



83


84



85

86

87
88



89
90
91

92
93
94
95
96
97

98
99


100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107



108

109
110
111
112










113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124

125
126
127
128

129
130
131
132






133
134


135




136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144


145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
typedef struct {
    unsigned int state;
    long delta;
    Window window;
    Point global;
    Point local;
} MouseEventData;



static int		GenerateButtonEvent(MouseEventData *medPtr);
static unsigned int	ButtonModifiers2State(UInt32 buttonState,
					      UInt32 keyModifiers);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)

enum {
    NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};
/*
 * In OS X 10.6 an NSEvent of type NSMouseMoved would always have a non-Nil
 * window attribute pointing to the active window.  As of 10.8 this behavior
 * had changed.  The new behavior was that if the mouse were ever moved outside
 * of a window, all subsequent NSMouseMoved NSEvents would have a Nil window
 * attribute.  To work around this the TKApplication remembers the last non-Nil
 * window that it received in a mouse event. If it receives an NSEvent with a
 * Nil window attribute then the saved window is used.
 */

@implementation TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *) tkProcessMouseEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{










#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
    NSWindow*    eventWindow = [theEvent window];
    NSEventType	 eventType = [theEvent type];
#if 0
    NSTrackingArea  *trackingArea = nil;
    NSInteger eventNumber, clickCount, buttonNumber;
#endif
    switch (eventType) {
    case NSMouseEntered:
    case NSMouseExited:
    case NSCursorUpdate:
    case NSLeftMouseDown:
    case NSLeftMouseUp:
    case NSRightMouseDown:
    case NSRightMouseUp:
    case NSOtherMouseDown:
    case NSOtherMouseUp:
    case NSLeftMouseDragged:
    case NSRightMouseDragged:
    case NSOtherMouseDragged:
    case NSMouseMoved:
    case NSTabletPoint:
    case NSTabletProximity:
    case NSScrollWheel:
        break;
    default: /* Unrecognized mouse event. */
	return theEvent;
    }






    /* Remember the window in case we need it next time. */
    if (eventWindow && eventWindow != _windowWithMouse) {



	if (_windowWithMouse) {


	    [_windowWithMouse release];



	}

	_windowWithMouse = eventWindow;

	[_windowWithMouse retain];
    }




    /* Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. */
    NSPoint global, local = [theEvent locationInWindow];

    if (eventWindow) { /* local will be in window coordinates. */
	global = [eventWindow tkConvertPointToScreen: local];
	local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y;
	global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y;
    } else { /* local will be in screen coordinates. */
	if (_windowWithMouse ) {

	    eventWindow = _windowWithMouse;
	    global = local;


	    local = [eventWindow tkConvertPointFromScreen: local];
	    local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y;
	    global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y;
	} else { /* We have no window. Use the screen???*/
	    local.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - local.y;
	    global = local;
	}
    }





    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(eventWindow);
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

    if (tkwin) {










	TkWindow *grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
	if (grabWinPtr &&
	    grabWinPtr != winPtr &&
	    !winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags && /* this means the grab is local. */
	    grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr) {
	    return theEvent;
	}
    } else {
	tkwin = TkMacOSXGetCapture();
    }
    if (!tkwin) {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");

	return theEvent; /* Give up.  No window for this event. */
    } else {
	winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
    }


    local.x -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
    local.y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;







    int win_x, win_y;
    tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y, &win_x, &win_y);







    unsigned int state = 0;
    NSInteger button = [theEvent buttonNumber];
    EventRef eventRef = (EventRef)[theEvent eventRef];
    UInt32 buttons;
    OSStatus err = GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseChord,
				     typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &buttons);

    if (err == noErr) {
    	state |= (buttons & ((1<<5) - 1)) << 8;


    } else if (button < 5) {
	switch (eventType) {
	case NSLeftMouseDown:
	case NSRightMouseDown:
	case NSLeftMouseDragged:
	case NSRightMouseDragged:
	case NSOtherMouseDown:
	    state |= 1 << (button + 8);
	    break;
	default:
	    break;
	}
    }

    NSUInteger modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags];







>
>



|



















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



<
<
<
<
<
<

















|




>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
|
>
>
>

<
|
>
|
|
|
<
|
|
>
|
<
>
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
|
|
>
>
>

>
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|



|
|
<
<
|
<
<
>
|
<
|
<
>




>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>

>
>
>
>

|



|


|
>
>
|






|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64






65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

114
115
116
117
118

119
120
121
122

123
124
125
126
127



128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155


156


157
158

159

160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
typedef struct {
    unsigned int state;
    long delta;
    Window window;
    Point global;
    Point local;
} MouseEventData;
static Tk_Window captureWinPtr = NULL;	/* Current capture window; may be
					 * NULL. */

static int		GenerateButtonEvent(MouseEventData *medPtr);
static unsigned int	ButtonModifiers2State(UInt32 buttonState,
			    UInt32 keyModifiers);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)

enum {
    NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};
/*
 * In OS X 10.6 an NSEvent of type NSMouseMoved would always have a non-Nil
 * window attribute pointing to the active window.  As of 10.8 this behavior
 * had changed.  The new behavior was that if the mouse were ever moved outside
 * of a window, all subsequent NSMouseMoved NSEvents would have a Nil window
 * attribute.  To work around this the TKApplication remembers the last non-Nil
 * window that it received in a mouse event. If it receives an NSEvent with a
 * Nil window attribute then the saved window is used.
 */

@implementation TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *) tkProcessMouseEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
    NSWindow *eventWindow = [theEvent window];
    NSEventType eventType = [theEvent type];
    TkWindow *winPtr = NULL, *grabWinPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    NSPoint local, global;
#if 0
    NSTrackingArea *trackingArea = nil;
    NSInteger eventNumber, clickCount, buttonNumber;
#endif

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif






    switch (eventType) {
    case NSMouseEntered:
    case NSMouseExited:
    case NSCursorUpdate:
    case NSLeftMouseDown:
    case NSLeftMouseUp:
    case NSRightMouseDown:
    case NSRightMouseUp:
    case NSOtherMouseDown:
    case NSOtherMouseUp:
    case NSLeftMouseDragged:
    case NSRightMouseDragged:
    case NSOtherMouseDragged:
    case NSMouseMoved:
    case NSTabletPoint:
    case NSTabletProximity:
    case NSScrollWheel:
	break;
    default: /* Unrecognized mouse event. */
	return theEvent;
    }

    /*
     * Compute the mouse position in Tk screen coordinates (global) and in the
     * Tk coordinates of its containing Tk Window (local). If a grab is in effect,
     * the local coordinates should be relative to the grab window.
     */

    if (eventWindow) {
	local = [theEvent locationInWindow];
	global = [eventWindow tkConvertPointToScreen: local];
	tkwin = TkMacOSXGetCapture();
	if (tkwin) {
	    winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
	    eventWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
	    if (eventWindow) {
		local = [eventWindow tkConvertPointFromScreen: global];
	    } else {
		return theEvent;
	    }
	}
	local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y;
	global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y;
    } else {

	/*
	 * If the event has no NSWindow, the location is in screen coordinates.
	 */


	global = [theEvent locationInWindow];
	tkwin = TkMacOSXGetCapture();
	if (tkwin) {
	    winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
	    eventWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

	} else {
	    eventWindow = [NSApp mainWindow];
	}
	if (!eventWindow) {

	    return theEvent;
	}
	local = [eventWindow tkConvertPointFromScreen: global];
	local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y;
	global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y;



    }

    /*
     * Make sure tkwin is the toplevel which should receive the event.
     */

    if (!tkwin) {
	winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(eventWindow);
	tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
    }
    if (!tkwin) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");
#endif
	return theEvent;	/* Give up.  No window for this event. */
    }

    /*
     * If another toplevel has a grab, we ignore the event.
     */

    grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
    if (grabWinPtr &&
	    grabWinPtr != winPtr &&
	    !winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags && /* this means the grab is local. */
	    grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr) {
	return theEvent;
    }





    /*
     * Convert local from NSWindow flipped coordinates to the toplevel's

     * coordinates.

     */

    local.x -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
    local.y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;

    /*
     * Find the containing Tk window, and convert local into the coordinates
     * of the Tk window.  (The converted local coordinates are only needed
     * for scrollwheel events.)
     */

    int win_x, win_y;
    tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y, &win_x, &win_y);
    local.x = win_x;
    local.y = win_y;

    /*
     *  Generate an XEvent for this mouse event.
     */

    unsigned int state = 0;
    int button = [theEvent buttonNumber] + Button1;
    EventRef eventRef = (EventRef)[theEvent eventRef];
    UInt32 buttons;
    OSStatus err = GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseChord,
	    typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &buttons);

    if (err == noErr) {
	state |= (buttons & 0x7F) * Button1Mask;
	/* Handle buttons 8/9 */
	state |= (buttons & 0x180) * (Button8Mask >> 7);
    } else if (button <= Button9) {
	switch (eventType) {
	case NSLeftMouseDown:
	case NSRightMouseDown:
	case NSLeftMouseDragged:
	case NSRightMouseDragged:
	case NSOtherMouseDown:
	    state |= TkGetButtonMask(button);
	    break;
	default:
	    break;
	}
    }

    NSUInteger modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags];
177
178
179
180
181
182
183




184
185

186
187
188




189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
	state |= Mod3Mask;
    }
    if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
	state |= Mod4Mask;
    }

    if (eventType != NSScrollWheel) {




#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
	TKLog(@"UpdatePointer %p x %f.0 y %f.0 %d", tkwin, global.x, global.y, state);

#endif
	Tk_UpdatePointer(tkwin, global.x, global.y, state);
    } else { /* handle scroll wheel event */




	CGFloat delta;
	int coarseDelta;
	XEvent xEvent;

	xEvent.type = MouseWheelEvent;
	xEvent.xbutton.x = local.x;
	xEvent.xbutton.y = local.y;
	xEvent.xbutton.x_root = global.x;
	xEvent.xbutton.y_root = global.y;
	xEvent.xany.send_event = false;
	xEvent.xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	xEvent.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

	delta = [theEvent deltaY];
	if (delta != 0.0) {
	    coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
		(signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
	    xEvent.xbutton.state = state;
	    xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
	    xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}
	delta = [theEvent deltaX];
	if (delta != 0.0) {
	    coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
		(signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
	    xEvent.xbutton.state = state | ShiftMask;
	    xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
	    xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}
    }
    return theEvent;







>
>
>
>

|
>


|
>
>
>
>
















|








|







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
	state |= Mod3Mask;
    }
    if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
	state |= Mod4Mask;
    }

    if (eventType != NSScrollWheel) {
	/*
	 * For normal mouse events, Tk_UpdatePointer will send the XEvent.
	 */

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
	TKLog(@"UpdatePointer %p x %f.0 y %f.0 %d",
		tkwin, global.x, global.y, state);
#endif
	Tk_UpdatePointer(tkwin, global.x, global.y, state);
    } else {
	/*
	 * For scroll wheel events we need to send the XEvent here.
	 */

	CGFloat delta;
	int coarseDelta;
	XEvent xEvent;

	xEvent.type = MouseWheelEvent;
	xEvent.xbutton.x = local.x;
	xEvent.xbutton.y = local.y;
	xEvent.xbutton.x_root = global.x;
	xEvent.xbutton.y_root = global.y;
	xEvent.xany.send_event = false;
	xEvent.xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	xEvent.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

	delta = [theEvent deltaY];
	if (delta != 0.0) {
	    coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
		    (signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
	    xEvent.xbutton.state = state;
	    xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
	    xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}
	delta = [theEvent deltaX];
	if (delta != 0.0) {
	    coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
		    (signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
	    xEvent.xbutton.state = state | ShiftMask;
	    xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
	    xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}
    }
    return theEvent;
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314


315
316
317
318
319
320
321
ButtonModifiers2State(
    UInt32 buttonState,
    UInt32 keyModifiers)
{
    unsigned int state;

    /*
     * Tk supports at most 5 buttons.
     */

    state = (buttonState & ((1<<5) - 1)) << 8;



    if (keyModifiers & alphaLock) {
	state |= LockMask;
    }
    if (keyModifiers & shiftKey) {
	state |= ShiftMask;
    }







|


|
>
>







359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
ButtonModifiers2State(
    UInt32 buttonState,
    UInt32 keyModifiers)
{
    unsigned int state;

    /*
     * Tk on OSX supports at most 9 buttons.
     */

    state = (buttonState & 0x7F) * Button1Mask;
    /* Handle buttons 8/9 */
    state |= (buttonState & 0x180) * (Button8Mask >> 7);

    if (keyModifiers & alphaLock) {
	state |= LockMask;
    }
    if (keyModifiers & shiftKey) {
	state |= ShiftMask;
    }
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
















































582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590

    /*
     * Tell the OSX core to generate the events to make it happen.
     */

    buttonState = [NSEvent pressedMouseButtons];
    CGEventType type = kCGEventMouseMoved;
    CGEventRef theEvent = CGEventCreateMouseEvent(NULL,
						  type,
						  pt,
						  buttonState);
    CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt);
    CGEventPost(kCGHIDEventTap, theEvent);
    CFRelease(theEvent);
}

















































/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|
<
<
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631


632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693

    /*
     * Tell the OSX core to generate the events to make it happen.
     */

    buttonState = [NSEvent pressedMouseButtons];
    CGEventType type = kCGEventMouseMoved;
    CGEventRef theEvent = CGEventCreateMouseEvent(NULL, type, pt,


	    buttonState);
    CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt);
    CGEventPost(kCGHIDEventTap, theEvent);
    CFRelease(theEvent);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpSetCapture --
 *
 *	This function captures the mouse so that all future events will be
 *	reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside the window. If
 *	the specified window is NULL, then the mouse is released.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets the capture flag and captures the mouse.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpSetCapture(
    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Capture window, or NULL. */
{
    while (winPtr && !Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
    }
    captureWinPtr = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetCapture --
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the current grab window
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tk_Window
TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
{
    return captureWinPtr;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
	Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData))

static void TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
static char* Tk_EventName[39] = {
    "",
    "",
    "KeyPress",		/*2*/
    "KeyRelease",      	/*3*/
    "ButtonPress",     	/*4*/
    "ButtonRelease",	/*5*/
    "MotionNotify",    	/*6*/







|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
	Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData))

static void TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
static const char *Tk_EventName[39] = {
    "",
    "",
    "KeyPress",		/*2*/
    "KeyRelease",      	/*3*/
    "ButtonPress",     	/*4*/
    "ButtonRelease",	/*5*/
    "MotionNotify",    	/*6*/
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
 * no longer, and perhaps never did need to set autoDisplay to NO, nor call
 * displayIfNeeded on our windows.  We can just leave all of that to the window
 * manager.
 */

/*
 * Since the contentView is the first responder for a Tk Window, it is
 * responsible for sending events up the responder chain.  We also check
 * the pasteboard here.
 */
- (void) sendEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
    [super sendEvent:theEvent];
    [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    fprintf(stderr, "Sending event of type %d\n", (int)[theEvent type]);







|
|







132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
 * no longer, and perhaps never did need to set autoDisplay to NO, nor call
 * displayIfNeeded on our windows.  We can just leave all of that to the window
 * manager.
 */

/*
 * Since the contentView is the first responder for a Tk Window, it is
 * responsible for sending events up the responder chain.  We also check the
 * pasteboard here.
 */
- (void) sendEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
    [super sendEvent:theEvent];
    [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    fprintf(stderr, "Sending event of type %d\n", (int)[theEvent type]);
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier --
 *
 *	This procedure is called during Tk initialization to create
 *	the event source for TkAqua events.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A new event source is created.
 *







|
|







186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier --
 *
 *	This procedure is called during Tk initialization to create the event
 *	source for TkAqua events.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A new event source is created.
 *
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
		 * Panic if main runloop is not on the main application thread.
		 */

		Tcl_Panic("Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier: %s",
		    "first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
				  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
				  NULL);
	    TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSModalPanelRunLoopMode);
	}
    }
}







|
<







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227

228
229
230
231
232
233
234
		 * Panic if main runloop is not on the main application thread.
		 */

		Tcl_Panic("Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier: %s",
		    "first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
		    TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, NULL);

	    TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSModalPanelRunLoopMode);
	}
    }
}
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293


294


295
296
297


298



299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333


334


335
336
337
338


339
340
341
342
343
344

345
346
347
348
349
350
351


352


353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360

361


362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379


380


381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
static void
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Not used. */
{
    TSD_INIT();

    Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
			  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
			  NULL);
    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the setup part of the MacOSX event
 *	source. It is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before calling
 *      TkMacOSXEventsProc to process all queued NSEvents.  In our
 *      case, all we need to do is to set the Tcl MaxBlockTime to
 *      0 before starting the loop to process all queued NSEvents.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *
 *	If NSEvents are queued, then the maximum block time will be set
 *	to 0 to ensure that control returns immediately to Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];


    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */


    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];


	/* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */



	NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
				       untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
				       inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
				       dequeue:NO];
	if (currentEvent) {
	    if (currentEvent.type > 0) {
		Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(&zeroBlockTime);
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc --
 *
 *	This procedure loops through all NSEvents waiting in the
 *      TKApplication event queue, generating X events from them.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the
 *      Tcl event queue.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];


    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */


    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
	NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
	NSModalSession modalSession;


	/* It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function
	 * returns.  This happens, for example, when we process an event which
	 * opens a modal window.  To prevent premature release of our
	 * application-wide autorelease pool by a nested call to the SetupProc,
	 * we must lock it here.
	 */

	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
	do {
	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:NO];


	    /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */


	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {

		/* Generate Xevents. */


		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
		NSEvent *processedEvent = [NSApp tkProcessEvent:currentEvent];
		Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
		if (processedEvent) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
		    TKLog(@"   event: %@", currentEvent);
#endif
		    if (modalSession) {
			[NSApp _modalSession:modalSession sendEvent:currentEvent];
		    } else {
			[NSApp sendEvent:currentEvent];
		    }
		}

	    } else {
		break;
	    }
	} while (1);


	/* Now we can unlock the pool. */


	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|
<








|
|
|
|
|






|
|










>
>
|
>
>



>
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|













|
|





|
|









>
>
|
>
>




>
>
|





>



|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>




|
|
|

>
|
>
>













<




>
>
|
>
>



<









253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260

261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395

396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407

408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
static void
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Not used. */
{
    TSD_INIT();

    Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
	    TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, NULL);

    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the setup part of the MacOSX event source. It
 *	is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before calling TkMacOSXEventsProc to
 *	process all queued NSEvents.  In our case, all we need to do is to set
 *	the Tcl MaxBlockTime to 0 before starting the loop to process all
 *	queued NSEvents.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *
 *	If NSEvents are queued, then the maximum block time will be set to 0 to
 *	ensure that control returns immediately to Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];

    /*
     * runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

	/*
	 * Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty.
	 */

	NSEvent *currentEvent =
	        [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
			untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
			inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
			dequeue:NO];
	if (currentEvent) {
	    if (currentEvent.type > 0) {
		Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(&zeroBlockTime);
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc --
 *
 *	This procedure loops through all NSEvents waiting in the TKApplication
 *      event queue, generating X events from them.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the Tcl
 *      event queue.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];

    /*
     * runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
	NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
	NSModalSession modalSession;

	/*
	 * It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function
	 * returns.  This happens, for example, when we process an event which
	 * opens a modal window.  To prevent premature release of our
	 * application-wide autorelease pool by a nested call to the SetupProc,
	 * we must lock it here.
	 */

	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
	do {
	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
		    untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
		    inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
		    dequeue:NO];

	    /*
	     * We must not steal any events during LiveResize.
	     */

	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
		    untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
		    inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
		    dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {
		/*
		 * Generate Xevents.
		 */

		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
		NSEvent *processedEvent = [NSApp tkProcessEvent:currentEvent];
		Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
		if (processedEvent) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
		    TKLog(@"   event: %@", currentEvent);
#endif
		    if (modalSession) {
			[NSApp _modalSession:modalSession sendEvent:currentEvent];
		    } else {
			[NSApp sendEvent:currentEvent];
		    }
		}

	    } else {
		break;
	    }
	} while (1);

	/*
	 * Now we can unlock the pool.
	 */

	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPort.h.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>

#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#   include <sys/select.h>
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>







>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#   include <sys/select.h>
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
 */

#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0)
#define TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr)
#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {}
#define TkpSync(display)

/*
 * The following macro returns the pixel value that corresponds to the
 * RGB values in the given XColor structure.
 */

#define PIXEL_MAGIC ((unsigned char) 0x69)
#define TkpGetPixel(p) ((((((PIXEL_MAGIC << 8) \
	| (((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \
	| (((p)->green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \
	| (((p)->blue >> 8) & 0xff))

/*
 * This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string.
 */

#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \
	sprintf((buf), "0x%lx", (unsigned long) (w))








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







124
125
126
127
128
129
130











131
132
133
134
135
136
137
 */

#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0)
#define TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr)
#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {}
#define TkpSync(display)












/*
 * This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string.
 */

#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \
	sprintf((buf), "0x%lx", (unsigned long) (w))

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165

166
167
168
169

170
171
172
173
174

175
176
177
 * Magic pixel code values for system colors.
 *
 * NOTE: values must be kept in sync with indices into the
 *	 systemColorMap array in tkMacOSXColor.c !
 */

#define TRANSPARENT_PIXEL		30
#define HIGHLIGHT_PIXEL			31
#define HIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_PIXEL	32
#define HIGHLIGHT_TEXT_PIXEL		33
#define HIGHLIGHT_ALTERNATE_PIXEL	34

#define CONTROL_TEXT_PIXEL		35
#define CONTROL_BODY_PIXEL		37
#define CONTROL_FRAME_PIXEL		39
#define WINDOW_BODY_PIXEL		41

#define MENU_ACTIVE_PIXEL		43
#define MENU_ACTIVE_TEXT_PIXEL		45
#define MENU_BACKGROUND_PIXEL		47
#define MENU_DISABLED_PIXEL		49
#define MENU_TEXT_PIXEL			51

#define APPEARANCE_PIXEL		52

#endif /* _TKMACPORT */







|
<
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
<
|
|
>
|


145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152

153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162

163
164
165
166
167
168
 * Magic pixel code values for system colors.
 *
 * NOTE: values must be kept in sync with indices into the
 *	 systemColorMap array in tkMacOSXColor.c !
 */

#define TRANSPARENT_PIXEL		30
#define APPEARANCE_PIXEL		52

#define PIXEL_MAGIC ((unsigned char) 0x69)

/*
 * The following macro returns the pixel value that corresponds to the
 * 16-bit RGB values in the given XColor structure.
 * The format is: (PIXEL_MAGIC <<< 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
 * where each of R, G and B is the high order byte of a 16-bit component.
 */

#define TkpGetPixel(p) ((((((PIXEL_MAGIC << 8) \

	| (((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \
	| (((p)->green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \
	| (((p)->blue >> 8) & 0xff))


#endif /* _TKMACPORT */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPrivate.h.

111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
#define ChkErr(f, ...) ({f(__VA_ARGS__);})
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG */

/*
 * Macro abstracting use of TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol to init named symbols.
 */


#define TkMacOSXInitNamedSymbol(module, ret, symbol, ...) \
    static ret (* symbol)(__VA_ARGS__) = (void*)(-1L); \
    if (symbol == (void*)(-1L)) { \
	symbol = TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(STRINGIFY(module), \
		STRINGIFY(symbol)); \
    }

/*
 * Structure encapsulating current drawing environment.
 */







>

|
|







111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
#define ChkErr(f, ...) ({f(__VA_ARGS__);})
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG */

/*
 * Macro abstracting use of TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol to init named symbols.
 */

#define UNINITIALISED_SYMBOL	((void*)(-1L))
#define TkMacOSXInitNamedSymbol(module, ret, symbol, ...) \
    static ret (* symbol)(__VA_ARGS__) = UNINITIALISED_SYMBOL; \
    if (symbol == UNINITIALISED_SYMBOL) { \
	symbol = TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(STRINGIFY(module), \
		STRINGIFY(symbol)); \
    }

/*
 * Structure encapsulating current drawing environment.
 */
229
230
231
232
233
234
235






236
237
238
239
240
241
242
			    NSWindow *macWindow);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);







#pragma mark Private Objective-C Classes

#define VISIBILITY_HIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("hidden")))

enum { tkMainMenu = 1, tkApplicationMenu, tkWindowsMenu, tkHelpMenu};








>
>
>
>
>
>







230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
			    NSWindow *macWindow);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE void       TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc,
			    int inset, int thickness);
MODULE_SCOPE int 	TkMacOSXServices_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXRegisterServiceWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);

#pragma mark Private Objective-C Classes

#define VISIBILITY_HIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("hidden")))

enum { tkMainMenu = 1, tkApplicationMenu, tkWindowsMenu, tkHelpMenu};

257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
@interface TKApplication : NSApplication {
@private
    Tcl_Interp *_eventInterp;
    NSMenu *_servicesMenu;
    TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu;
    NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems;
    NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems;
    NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    int _poolLock;
    int _macMinorVersion;
    Bool _isDrawing;
#endif







<







264
265
266
267
268
269
270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
@interface TKApplication : NSApplication {
@private
    Tcl_Interp *_eventInterp;
    NSMenu *_servicesMenu;
    TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu;
    NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems;
    NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems;

    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    int _poolLock;
    int _macMinorVersion;
    Bool _isDrawing;
#endif
323
324
325
326
327
328
329


330
331
332
333
334

335

336

337
338
339
340
341
342
343
		     withReplyEvent:   (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleOpenDocumentsEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
		   withReplyEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent:    (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
		   withReplyEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleDoScriptEvent:          (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
		   withReplyEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;


@end

VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKContentView : NSView <NSTextInput>
{

    NSString *privateWorkingText;

}

@end

@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
@end

@interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)







>
>





>

>

>







329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
		     withReplyEvent:   (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleOpenDocumentsEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
		   withReplyEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent:    (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
		   withReplyEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleDoScriptEvent:          (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
		   withReplyEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void)handleURLEvent:                (NSAppleEventDescriptor*)event
	           withReplyEvent:     (NSAppleEventDescriptor*)replyEvent;
@end

VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKContentView : NSView <NSTextInput>
{
@private
    NSString *privateWorkingText;
    Bool _needsRedisplay;
}
@property Bool needsRedisplay;
@end

@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
@end

@interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
 */

@interface NSApplication(TKMenu)
- (void) setAppleMenu: (NSMenu *) menu;
@end

#endif /* _TKMACPRIV */

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|








424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
 */

@interface NSApplication(TKMenu)
- (void) setAppleMenu: (NSMenu *) menu;
@end

#endif /* _TKMACPRIV */

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c.

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211

212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
 *
 * TkRectInRegion --
 *
 *	Implements the equivelent of the X window function XRectInRegion. See
 *	Xwindow documentation for more details.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a
 *	complete implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkRectInRegion(
    TkRegion region,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height)
{
    if ( TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region) ) {
	    return RectangleOut;
	}
    else {
	const CGRect r = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);

	return HIShapeIntersectsRect((HIShapeRef) region, &r) ?
	    RectanglePart : RectangleOut;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkClipBox --







|
|















|
|
<
|

>

|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208

209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
 *
 * TkRectInRegion --
 *
 *	Implements the equivelent of the X window function XRectInRegion. See
 *	Xwindow documentation for more details.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a complete
 *	implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkRectInRegion(
    TkRegion region,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height)
{
    if (TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region)) {
	return RectangleOut;

    } else {
	const CGRect r = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);

	return HIShapeIntersectsRect((HIShapeRef) region, &r) ?
		RectanglePart : RectangleOut;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkClipBox --
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkClipBox(
    TkRegion r,
    XRectangle* rect_return)
{
    CGRect rect;

    HIShapeGetBounds((HIShapeRef) r, &rect);
    rect_return->x = rect.origin.x;
    rect_return->y = rect.origin.y;
    rect_return->width = rect.size.width;







|







230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkClipBox(
    TkRegion r,
    XRectangle *rect_return)
{
    CGRect rect;

    HIShapeGetBounds((HIShapeRef) r, &rect);
    rect_return->x = rect.origin.x;
    rect_return->y = rect.origin.y;
    rect_return->width = rect.size.width;

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c.

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
 */
static ControlActionUPP scaleActionProc = NULL; /* Pointer to func. */

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

static void MacScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);

static pascal void ScaleActionProc(ControlRef theControl,
	ControlPartCode partCode);


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateScale --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkScale structure.







|
>
|
|
<







47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
 */
static ControlActionUPP scaleActionProc = NULL; /* Pointer to func. */

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

static void		MacScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static pascal void	ScaleActionProc(ControlRef theControl,
			    ControlPartCode partCode);


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateScale --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkScale structure.
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94

    macScalePtr->scaleHandle = NULL;
    if (scaleActionProc == NULL) {
	scaleActionProc = NewControlActionUPP(ScaleActionProc);
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ButtonPressMask,
	    MacScaleEventProc, (ClientData) macScalePtr);

    return (TkScale *) macScalePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94

    macScalePtr->scaleHandle = NULL;
    if (scaleActionProc == NULL) {
	scaleActionProc = NewControlActionUPP(ScaleActionProc);
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ButtonPressMask,
	    MacScaleEventProc, macScalePtr);

    return (TkScale *) macScalePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayScale --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay
 *	the contents of a scale widget.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The scale gets redisplayed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScale(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Widget record for scale. */
{
    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
    int result;
    char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    MacScale *macScalePtr = (MacScale *) clientData;
    Rect r;
    WindowRef windowRef;
    CGrafPtr destPort, savePort;
    Boolean portChanged;
    MacDrawable *macDraw;
    SInt32 initialValue, minValue, maxValue;
    UInt16 numTicks;







|
|














|




|







121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayScale --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay the contents
 *	of a scale widget.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The scale gets redisplayed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScale(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Widget record for scale. */
{
    TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
    int result;
    char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    MacScale *macScalePtr = clientData;
    Rect r;
    WindowRef windowRef;
    CGrafPtr destPort, savePort;
    Boolean portChanged;
    MacDrawable *macDraw;
    SInt32 initialValue, minValue, maxValue;
    UInt16 numTicks;
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (command executed by scale)");
	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
	}
	Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
    }
    scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND;
    if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) {
	Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
	return;
    }
    Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);

    /*
     * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for
     * horizontal and vertical scales: border and traversal
     * highlight.
     */

    if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
	GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));

	Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth,
		Tk_WindowId(tkwin));







|

|














|



|


|


|
|
<







164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199

200
201
202
203
204
205
206
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (command executed by scale)");
	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
	}
	Tcl_Release(interp);
    }
    scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND;
    if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) {
	Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
	return;
    }
    Tcl_Release(scalePtr);

    /*
     * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for horizontal and
     * vertical scales: border and traversal highlight.

     */

    if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
	GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));

	Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth,
		Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
    /*
     * Create Macintosh control.
     */

#define MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH 10

    if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	int offset = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2;

	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}

	r.left = macDraw->xOff + scalePtr->inset;
	r.top = macDraw->yOff + offset;
	r.right = macDraw->xOff+Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
	r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
    } else {
	int offset = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2;

	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}

	r.left = macDraw->xOff + offset;
	r.top = macDraw->yOff + scalePtr->inset;
	r.right = macDraw->xOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
	r.bottom = macDraw->yOff+Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
    }

    if (macScalePtr->scaleHandle == NULL) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Initialising scale");
#endif
	initialValue = scalePtr->value;







|










|








|







224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
    /*
     * Create Macintosh control.
     */

#define MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH 10

    if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	int offset = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH) / 2;

	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}

	r.left = macDraw->xOff + scalePtr->inset;
	r.top = macDraw->yOff + offset;
	r.right = macDraw->xOff+Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
	r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
    } else {
	int offset = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH) / 2;

	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}

	r.left = macDraw->xOff + offset;
	r.top = macDraw->yOff + scalePtr->inset;
	r.right = macDraw->xOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
	r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
    }

    if (macScalePtr->scaleHandle == NULL) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Initialising scale");
#endif
	initialValue = scalePtr->value;
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
	    numTicks = 0;
	} else {
	    numTicks = (maxValue - minValue)/scalePtr->tickInterval;
	}

	CreateSliderControl(windowRef, &r, initialValue, minValue, maxValue,
		kControlSliderPointsDownOrRight, numTicks, 1, scaleActionProc,
		&(macScalePtr->scaleHandle));
	SetControlReference(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, (UInt32) scalePtr);

	if (IsWindowActive(windowRef)) {
	    macScalePtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
	}
    } else {
	SetControlBounds(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, &r);
	SetControl32BitValue(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->value);
	SetControl32BitMinimum(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->fromValue);
	SetControl32BitMaximum(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->toValue);
    }

    /*
     * Finally draw the control.
     */

    SetControlVisibility(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,true,true);
    HiliteControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,0);
    Draw1Control(macScalePtr->scaleHandle);

    if (portChanged) {
	QDSwapPort(savePort, NULL);
    }
done:
    scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_ALL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScaleElement --
 *
 *	Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given
 *	point.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or
 *	OTHER, depending on which of the scale's active elements
 *	(if any) is under the point at (x,y).
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
















|
|














|
<


|
|
|







268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308

309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
	    numTicks = 0;
	} else {
	    numTicks = (maxValue - minValue)/scalePtr->tickInterval;
	}

	CreateSliderControl(windowRef, &r, initialValue, minValue, maxValue,
		kControlSliderPointsDownOrRight, numTicks, 1, scaleActionProc,
		&macScalePtr->scaleHandle);
	SetControlReference(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, (UInt32) scalePtr);

	if (IsWindowActive(windowRef)) {
	    macScalePtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
	}
    } else {
	SetControlBounds(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, &r);
	SetControl32BitValue(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->value);
	SetControl32BitMinimum(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->fromValue);
	SetControl32BitMaximum(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->toValue);
    }

    /*
     * Finally draw the control.
     */

    SetControlVisibility(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, true, true);
    HiliteControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, 0);
    Draw1Control(macScalePtr->scaleHandle);

    if (portChanged) {
	QDSwapPort(savePort, NULL);
    }
done:
    scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_ALL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScaleElement --
 *
 *	Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given point.

 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or OTHER,
 *	depending on which of the scale's active elements (if any) is under the
 *	point at (x,y).
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    }

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
    fprintf (stderr,"ScalePart %d, pos ( %d %d )\n", part, where.h, where.v );
#endif

    switch (part) {
	case inSlider:
	    return SLIDER;
	case inInc:
	    if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
		return TROUGH1;
	    } else {
		return TROUGH2;
	    }
	case inDecr:
	    if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
		return TROUGH2;
	    } else {
		return TROUGH1;
	    }
	default:
	    return OTHER;
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MacScaleEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for
 *	ButtonPress events on scales.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
 *	cleaned up. When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MacScaleEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|








|
|





|
|







351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
    }

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
    fprintf (stderr,"ScalePart %d, pos ( %d %d )\n", part, where.h, where.v );
#endif

    switch (part) {
    case inSlider:
	return SLIDER;
    case inInc:
	if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
	    return TROUGH1;
	} else {
	    return TROUGH2;
	}
    case inDecr:
	if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
	    return TROUGH2;
	} else {
	    return TROUGH1;
	}
    default:
	return OTHER;
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MacScaleEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for ButtonPress events
 *	on scales.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up. When
 *	it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
MacScaleEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
    Boolean portChanged;

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
    fprintf(stderr,"MacScaleEventProc\n" );
#endif

    /*
     * To call Macintosh control routines we must have the port
     * set to the window containing the control. We will then test
     * which part of the control was hit and act accordingly.
     */

    destPort = TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));
    portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort);
    TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));

    TkMacOSXWinBounds((TkWindow *) macScalePtr->info.tkwin, &bounds);







|
|
|







405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
    Boolean portChanged;

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
    fprintf(stderr,"MacScaleEventProc\n" );
#endif

    /*
     * To call Macintosh control routines we must have the port set to the
     * window containing the control. We will then test which part of the
     * control was hit and act accordingly.
     */

    destPort = TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));
    portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort);
    TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));

    TkMacOSXWinBounds((TkWindow *) macScalePtr->info.tkwin, &bounds);
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleActionProc --
 *
 *	Callback procedure used by the Macintosh toolbox call
 *	HandleControlClick. This call will update the display
 *	while the scrollbar is being manipulated by the user.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May change the display.
 *







|
|







455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScaleActionProc --
 *
 *	Callback procedure used by the Macintosh toolbox call
 *	HandleControlClick. This call will update the display while the
 *	scrollbar is being manipulated by the user.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May change the display.
 *
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) GetControlReference(theControl);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("ScaleActionProc");
#endif
    value = GetControlValue(theControl);
    TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, value, 1, 1);
    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
    TkMacOSXRunTclEventLoop();
    Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
}
#endif

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|

|











480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) GetControlReference(theControl);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("ScaleActionProc");
#endif
    value = GetControlValue(theControl);
    TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, value, 1, 1);
    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    TkMacOSXRunTclEventLoop();
    Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
}
#endif

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

29

30


31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78


79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95

96

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158










































































159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177

178
179
180
181
182




183
184


185


186
187

188


189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211

212


213
214
215

216



217

218



219
220


221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

289
290
291
292

293
294

295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
/*
 * tkMacOSXScrollbar.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the scrollbar
 *	widget.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Commununications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2018 Marc Culler

 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"


#define MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE		0

/*
 * Minimum slider length, in pixels (designed to make sure that the slider is
 * always easy to grab with the mouse).
 */

#define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH	5



/*Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling.*/


#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */

/*
 * Apple reversed the scroll direction with the release of OSX 10.7 Lion.
 */

#define SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE (NSAppKitVersionNumber < 1138)

/*
 * Declaration of an extended scrollbar structure with Mac specific additions.
 */

typedef struct MacScrollbar {
    TkScrollbar information;	/* Generic scrollbar info. */
    GC troughGC;		/* For drawing trough. */
    GC copyGC;			/* Used for copying from pixmap onto screen. */
    Bool buttonDown;            /* Is the mouse button down? */
    Bool mouseOver;             /* Is the pointer over the scrollbar. */
    HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info;  /* Controls how the scrollbar is drawn. */
} MacScrollbar;

/* Used to initialize a MacScrollbar's info field. */
HIThemeTrackDrawInfo defaultInfo = {
    .version = 0,
    .min = 0.0,
    .max = 100.0,
    .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb,
};

/*
 * The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. All fields except size
 * are left initialized to NULL, which should happen automatically since the
 * variable is declared at this scope.
 */

const Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    NULL,					/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,					/* createProc */
    NULL					/* modalProc */
};


/* Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.*/


typedef struct ScrollbarMetrics {
    SInt32 width, minThumbHeight;
    int minHeight, topArrowHeight, bottomArrowHeight;
    NSControlSize controlSize;
} ScrollbarMetrics;


static ScrollbarMetrics metrics = {
  15, 54, 26, 14, 14, kControlSizeNormal /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */

};


/*
 * Declarations of static functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void ScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);

static int ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);

static void UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar  *scrollPtr);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateScrollbar --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkScrollbar structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated TkScrollbar structure.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
		   Tk_Window tkwin)
{

    MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar));

    scrollPtr->troughGC = NULL;
    scrollPtr->copyGC = NULL;
    scrollPtr->info = defaultInfo;
    scrollPtr->buttonDown = false;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
			  ExposureMask        |
			  StructureNotifyMask |
			  FocusChangeMask     |
			  ButtonPressMask     |
			  ButtonReleaseMask   |
			  EnterWindowMask     |
			  LeaveWindowMask     |
			  VisibilityChangeMask,
			  ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);

    return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayScrollbar --
 *
 *	This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is
 *	invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's
 *	nothing else for the application to do.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws a scrollbar on the screen.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */











































































void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
		    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
    MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;

    scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
  	return;
    }

    MacDrawable *macWin =  (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
    NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
    if (!view ||

	macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW ||
	!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((Drawable) macWin, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
      return;
    }





    CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
    CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0,


			    .ty = viewHeight};


    CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);


    /*Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar.*/


    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
    	GC fgGC, bgGC;

    	bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin);
    	if (scrollPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
    	    fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin);
    	} else {
    	    fgGC = bgGC;
    	}
    	TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
    			       (Pixmap) macWin);
    }

    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
    		       scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
    		       Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
    		       Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
    		       scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief);
    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
    		       scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset,
    		       Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset,
    		       Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);


    /* Update values and then draw the native scrollbar over the rectangle.*/


    UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);

    if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) {

	HIThemeDrawTrack (&(msPtr->info), 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationInverted);



    } else {

	HIThemeDrawTrack (&(msPtr->info), 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);



    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);




    scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry --
 *
 *	After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this procedure
 *	recomputes various geometry information used in displaying the
 *	scrollbar.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */



extern void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
                           /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
                           * changed. */
{

   /*
    * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c but has been adjusted to
    * account for some differences between macOS and X11. The Unix scrollbar
    * has an arrow button on each end.  On macOS 10.6 (Snow Leopard) the
    * scrollbars by default have both arrow buttons at the bottom or right.
    * (There is a preferences setting to use the Unix layout, but we are not
    * supporting that!)  On more recent versions of macOS there are no arrow
    * buttons at all. The case of no arrow buttons can be handled as a special
    * case of having both buttons at the end, but where scrollPtr->arrowLength
    * happens to be zero.  To adjust for having both arrows at the same end we
    * shift the scrollbar up by the arrowLength.
    */

    int fieldLength;

    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
       scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) {
      scrollPtr->arrowLength = scrollPtr->width;
    } else {
      scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    }
    fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
           : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
           - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
    if (fieldLength < 0) {
       fieldLength = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction;

    /*
     * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the
     * scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be
     * grabbed with the mouse).

     */

    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
       scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;

    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {

       scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
       scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
       scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
    }
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst += -scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->inset;

    /*
     * Register the desired geometry for the window. Leave enough space for the
     * two arrows, if there are any arrows, plus a minimum-size slider, plus
     * border around the whole window, if any. Then arrange for the window to
     * be redisplayed.
     */

      if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
       Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
              scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset,
              2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
              + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight);
    } else {
       Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
              2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
              + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight,
              scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset);
    }
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyScrollbar --
 *
 *	Free data structures associated with the scrollbar control.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Frees the GCs associated with the scrollbar.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
		    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
    MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr;

    if (macScrollPtr->troughGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->troughGC);
    }
    if (macScrollPtr->copyGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->copyGC);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpConfigureScrollbar --
 *
 *	This procedure is called after the generic code has finished
 *	processing configuration options, in order to configure platform
 *	specific options.  There are no such option on the Mac, however.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Currently, none.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpConfigureScrollbar(
		      register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScrollbarPosition --
 *
 *	Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a given position.
 *










|
>








<
<
<





|
>

>
|
>
>

|

|






|











|


















|
|
|


|
|
>
>






<

|
>

<





|
>
|
>
|
|


















|

<
|







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|










|
|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|

|








|


|

|
>
|
|
|


>
>
>
>

|
>
>
|
>
>


>
|
>
>










|



|
|
|
|

|
|
|

>
|
>
>



>
|
>
>
>

>
|
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>


|


















<
<



|
|

<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|




|



|

|


|
|

|





<
|
<
>


|
|
>

|
>
|

|
|

|
|











|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|



|


















|

|








|





|
|
|












|

|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20



21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

89
90
91
92

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123

124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346


347
348
349
350
351
352

353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386

387

388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
/*
 * tkMacOSXScrollbar.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the scrollbar
 *	widget.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Commununications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Marc Culler
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"




/*
 * Minimum slider length, in pixels (designed to make sure that the slider is
 * always easy to grab with the mouse).
 */

#define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH	18
#define MIN_GAP			4

/*
 * Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling.
 */

#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum)	(((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum)	(((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */

/*
 * Apple reversed the scroll direction with the release of OSX 10.7 Lion.
 */

#define SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE	(NSAppKitVersionNumber < 1138)

/*
 * Declaration of an extended scrollbar structure with Mac specific additions.
 */

typedef struct MacScrollbar {
    TkScrollbar information;	/* Generic scrollbar info. */
    GC troughGC;		/* For drawing trough. */
    GC copyGC;			/* Used for copying from pixmap onto screen. */
    Bool buttonDown;            /* Is the mouse button down? */
    Bool mouseOver;             /* Is the pointer over the scrollbar. */
    HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info;	/* Controls how the scrollbar is drawn. */
} MacScrollbar;

/* Used to initialize a MacScrollbar's info field. */
HIThemeTrackDrawInfo defaultInfo = {
    .version = 0,
    .min = 0.0,
    .max = 100.0,
    .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb,
};

/*
 * The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. All fields except size
 * are left initialized to NULL, which should happen automatically since the
 * variable is declared at this scope.
 */

const Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
    NULL,			/* worldChangedProc */
    NULL,			/* createProc */
    NULL			/* modalProc */
};

/*
 * Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.
 */

typedef struct ScrollbarMetrics {
    SInt32 width, minThumbHeight;
    int minHeight, topArrowHeight, bottomArrowHeight;
    NSControlSize controlSize;
} ScrollbarMetrics;


static ScrollbarMetrics metrics = {
    /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */
    15, MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH, 26, 14, 14, kControlSizeNormal
};


/*
 * Declarations of static functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		ScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static int		ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateScrollbar --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkScrollbar structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated TkScrollbar structure.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{

    MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar));

    scrollPtr->troughGC = NULL;
    scrollPtr->copyGC = NULL;
    scrollPtr->info = defaultInfo;
    scrollPtr->buttonDown = false;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
	    ExposureMask        |
	    StructureNotifyMask |
	    FocusChangeMask     |
	    ButtonPressMask     |
	    ButtonReleaseMask   |
	    EnterWindowMask     |
	    LeaveWindowMask     |
	    VisibilityChangeMask,
	    ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);

    return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayScrollbar --
 *
 *	This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is
 *	invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing
 *	else for the application to do.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws a scrollbar on the screen.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1080

/*
 * This stand-alone drawing function is used on macOS 10.9 and newer because
 * the HIToolbox does not draw the scrollbar thumb at the expected size on
 * those systems.  The thumb is drawn too large, causing a mouse click on the
 * thumb to be interpreted as a mouse click in the trough.
 */

static void drawMacScrollbar(
    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
    MacScrollbar *msPtr,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
    CGPathRef path;
    CGPoint inner[2], outer[2], thumbOrigin;
    CGSize thumbSize;
    CGRect troughBounds = msPtr->info.bounds;
    troughBounds.origin.y = [view bounds].size.height -
	(troughBounds.origin.y + troughBounds.size.height);
    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
	thumbOrigin.x = troughBounds.origin.x + MIN_GAP;
	thumbOrigin.y = troughBounds.origin.y + scrollPtr->sliderFirst;
	thumbSize.width = troughBounds.size.width - 2*MIN_GAP + 1;
	thumbSize.height = scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst;
	inner[0] = troughBounds.origin;
	inner[1] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x,
			       inner[0].y + troughBounds.size.height);
	outer[0] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x + troughBounds.size.width - 1,
			       inner[0].y);
	outer[1] = CGPointMake(outer[0].x, inner[1].y);
    } else {
	thumbOrigin.x = troughBounds.origin.x + scrollPtr->sliderFirst;
	thumbOrigin.y = troughBounds.origin.y + MIN_GAP;
	thumbSize.width = scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst;
	thumbSize.height = troughBounds.size.height - 2*MIN_GAP + 1;
	inner[0] = troughBounds.origin;
	inner[1] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x + troughBounds.size.width,
			       inner[0].y + 1);
	outer[0] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x,
			       inner[0].y + troughBounds.size.height);
	outer[1] = CGPointMake(inner[1].x, outer[0].y);
    }
    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
    CGContextSetGrayFillColor(context, 250.0 / 255, 1.0);
    CGContextFillRect(context, troughBounds);
    CGContextSetGrayStrokeColor(context, 232.0 / 255, 1.0);
    CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, inner, 2);
    CGContextSetGrayStrokeColor(context, 238.0 / 255, 1.0);
    CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, outer, 2);

    /*
     * Do not display the thumb unless scrolling is possible.
     */

    if (scrollPtr->firstFraction > 0.0 || scrollPtr->lastFraction < 1.0) {
	CGRect thumbBounds = {thumbOrigin, thumbSize};
	path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(thumbBounds, 4, 4, NULL);
	CGContextBeginPath(context);
	CGContextAddPath(context, path);
	if (msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState != 0) {
	    CGContextSetGrayFillColor(context, 133.0 / 255, 1.0);
	} else {
	    CGContextSetGrayFillColor(context, 200.0 / 255, 1.0);
	}
	CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, true);
	CGContextFillPath(context);
	CFRelease(path);
    }
}
#endif

void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
    MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;

    scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	return;
    }

    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
    NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);

    if ((view == NULL)
	    || (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)
	    || !TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((Drawable) macWin, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Transform NSView coordinates to CoreGraphics coordinates.
     */

    CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
    CGAffineTransform t = {
	.a = 1, .b = 0,
	.c = 0, .d = -1,
	.tx = 0, .ty = viewHeight
    };

    CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);

    /*
     * Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar.
     */

    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
    	GC fgGC, bgGC;

    	bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin);
    	if (scrollPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
    	    fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin);
    	} else {
    	    fgGC = bgGC;
    	}
    	TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
    		(Pixmap) macWin);
    }

    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
	    scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
	    scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief);
    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
	    scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset,
	    Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);

    /*
     * Update values and then draw the native scrollbar over the rectangle.
     */

    UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);

    if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) {
	HIThemeDrawTrack(&msPtr->info, 0, dc.context,
			 kHIThemeOrientationInverted);
    } else if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] <= 8) {
	HIThemeDrawTrack(&msPtr->info, 0, dc.context,
			 kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1080

	/*
	 * Switch back to NSView coordinates and draw a modern scrollbar.
	 */

	CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	drawMacScrollbar(scrollPtr, msPtr, dc.context);
#endif
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry --
 *
 *	After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this procedure
 *	recomputes various geometry information used in displaying the
 *	scrollbar.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */



extern void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
				/* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
				 * changed. */
{

    /*
     * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c but has been adjusted to
     * account for some differences between macOS and X11. The Unix scrollbar
     * has an arrow button on each end.  On macOS 10.6 (Snow Leopard) the
     * scrollbars by default have both arrow buttons at the bottom or right.
     * (There is a preferences setting to use the Unix layout, but we are not
     * supporting that!)  On more recent versions of macOS there are no arrow
     * buttons at all. The case of no arrow buttons can be handled as a special
     * case of having both buttons at the end, but where scrollPtr->arrowLength
     * happens to be zero.  To adjust for having both arrows at the same end we
     * shift the scrollbar up by the arrowLength.
     */

    int fieldLength;

    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) {
	scrollPtr->arrowLength = scrollPtr->width;
    } else {
	scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    }
    fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
	    : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
	    - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
    if (fieldLength < 0) {
	fieldLength = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction;

    /*

     * Adjust the slider so that it has at least a minimal size and so there

     * is a small gap on either end which can be used to scroll by one page.
     */

    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < MIN_GAP) {
	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = MIN_GAP;
	scrollPtr->sliderLast += MIN_GAP;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength - MIN_GAP) {
	scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength - MIN_GAP;
	scrollPtr->sliderFirst -= MIN_GAP;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
	scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
    }
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst += -scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->inset;

    /*
     * Register the desired geometry for the window. Leave enough space for the
     * two arrows, if there are any arrows, plus a minimum-size slider, plus
     * border around the whole window, if any. Then arrange for the window to
     * be redisplayed.
     */

    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
		scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset,
		2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
		+ scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight);
    } else {
	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
		2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
		+ scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight,
		scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset);
    }
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyScrollbar --
 *
 *	Free data structures associated with the scrollbar control.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Frees the GCs associated with the scrollbar.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
    MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;

    if (macScrollPtr->troughGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->troughGC);
    }
    if (macScrollPtr->copyGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->copyGC);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpConfigureScrollbar --
 *
 *	This procedure is called after the generic code has finished processing
 *	configuration options, in order to configure platform specific options.
 *	There are no such option on the Mac, however.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Currently, none.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpConfigureScrollbar(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
    /* empty */
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScrollbarPosition --
 *
 *	Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a given position.
 *
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446


447


448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487

488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532

533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543

544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561


562
563
564

565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579

580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594

595
596


597


598

599
600
601

602
603
604
605
606
607
608

int
TkpScrollbarPosition(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
				/* Scrollbar widget record. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{

   /*
   * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c and needs no adjustment
   * since it does not involve the arrow buttons.
   */

    int length, width, tmp;
    register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset;

    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
  	length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
  	width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    } else {
  	tmp = x;
  	x = y;
  	y = tmp;
  	length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
  	width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    }

    if (x < inset || x >= width - inset ||
	y < inset || y >= length - inset) {
  	return OUTSIDE;
    }

    /*
     * Here we assume that the scrollbar is layed out with both arrow buttons
     * at the bottom (or right).  Except on 10.6, however, the arrows do not
     * actually exist, i.e. the arrowLength is 0.  These are the same
     * assumptions which are being made in TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry.
     */

    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + scrollPtr->arrowLength) {
  	return TOP_GAP;
      }
      if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
  	return SLIDER;
      }
      if (y < length - (2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
  	return BOTTOM_GAP;
      }


      /* On systems newer than 10.6 we have already returned. */


      if (y < length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
  	return TOP_ARROW;
      }
      return BOTTOM_ARROW;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UpdateControlValues --
 *
 *	This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to
 *	display the values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the
 *	key interface to the Mac-native  scrollbar; the Unix bindings
 *	drive scrolling in the Tk window and all the Mac scrollbar has
 *	to do is redraw itself.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The Macintosh control is updated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateControlValues(
		    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)		/* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
    MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    double dViewSize;
    HIRect  contrlRect;
    short width, height;

    NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
    CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
    NSRect frame;

    frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin),
		       Tk_Height(tkwin));
    frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset);
    frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height);

    contrlRect = NSRectToCGRect(frame);
    msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect;

    width = contrlRect.size.width;
    height = contrlRect.size.height;

    /*
     * Ensure we set scrollbar control bounds only once all size adjustments
     * have been computed.
     */

    msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect;
    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
      msPtr->info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal;
    } else {
      msPtr->info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal;
    }

    /*
     * Given the Tk parameters for the fractions of the start and end of the
     * thumb, the following calculation determines the location for the
     * Macintosh thumb. The Aqua scroll control works as follows. The
     * scrollbar's value is the position of the left (or top) side of the view
     * area in the content area being scrolled. The maximum value of the
     * control is therefore the dimension of the content area less the size of
     * the view area.
     */

    double maximum = 100,  factor;
    factor = RangeToFactor(maximum);
    dViewSize = (scrollPtr->lastFraction - scrollPtr->firstFraction)
	* factor;
    msPtr->info.max =  MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE +
	factor - dViewSize;
    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = dViewSize;
    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
      if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) {
	msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
      } else {
	msPtr->info.value = msPtr->info.max - factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;

      }
    } else {
	 msPtr->info.value =  MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    }

    if((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0)
       || height <= metrics.minHeight) {
    	msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack;
    } else {
        msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive;
    	msPtr->info.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |  kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost;

    }

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScrollbarEvent --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress>, <ButtonRelease>,
 *      <EnterNotify>, and <LeaveNotify> events. The Scrollbar appearance is
 *      modified for each event.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)


{
    MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr;


    /* The pressState does not indicate whether the moused button was
     * pressed at some location in the Scrollbar.  Rather, it indicates
     * that the scrollbar should appear as if it were pressed in that
     * location. The standard Mac behavior is that once the button is
     * pressed inside the Scrollbar the appearance should not change until
     * the button is released, even if the mouse moves outside of the
     * scrollbar.  However, if the mouse lies over the scrollbar but the
     * button is not pressed then the appearance should be the same as if
     * the button had been pressed on the slider, i.e. kThemeThumbPressed.
     * See the file Appearance.r, or HIToolbox.bridgesupport on 10.14.
     */

    if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
	msPtr->buttonDown = true;
	UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);

	int where = TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr,
					 eventPtr->xbutton.x,
					 eventPtr->xbutton.y);
	switch(where) {
	case OUTSIDE:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
	    break;
	case TOP_GAP:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeTopTrackPressed;
	    break;
	case SLIDER:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeThumbPressed;
	    break;
	case BOTTOM_GAP:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeBottomTrackPressed;

	    break;
	case TOP_ARROW:


	    /* This looks wrong and the docs say it is wrong but it works. */


	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeTopInsideArrowPressed;

	    break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeBottomOutsideArrowPressed;

	    break;
	}
    }
    if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) {
	msPtr->buttonDown = false;
	if (!msPtr->mouseOver) {
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;







<
|
|
|
|





|
|

|
|
|
|
|



|
|










|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
|
|

|





|
|
|
|
<












|

|



|





>

|







|








|

|












<
|
|
<
<
|


|
|
|
|
>
|

|


|
|



|
>

|
|
<





|
|
|





|
>
>

|

>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|





>

|
|
|










|
>


>
>
|
>
>
|
>


|
>







501
502
503
504
505
506
507

508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567

568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625

626
627


628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650

651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722

int
TkpScrollbarPosition(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
				/* Scrollbar widget record. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{

    /*
     * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c and needs no adjustment
     * since it does not involve the arrow buttons.
     */

    int length, width, tmp;
    register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset;

    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
	length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
	width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    } else {
	tmp = x;
	x = y;
	y = tmp;
	length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
	width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    }

    if (x < inset || x >= width - inset ||
	    y < inset || y >= length - inset) {
	return OUTSIDE;
    }

    /*
     * Here we assume that the scrollbar is layed out with both arrow buttons
     * at the bottom (or right).  Except on 10.6, however, the arrows do not
     * actually exist, i.e. the arrowLength is 0.  These are the same
     * assumptions which are being made in TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry.
     */

    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + scrollPtr->arrowLength) {
	return TOP_GAP;
    }
    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
	return SLIDER;
    }
    if (y < length - (2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
	return BOTTOM_GAP;
    }

    /*
     * On systems newer than 10.6 we have already returned.
     */

    if (y < length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
	return TOP_ARROW;
    }
    return BOTTOM_ARROW;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UpdateControlValues --
 *
 *	This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to display the
 *	values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the key interface to the
 *	Mac-native scrollbar; the Unix bindings drive scrolling in the Tk
 *	window and all the Mac scrollbar has to do is redraw itself.

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The Macintosh control is updated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateControlValues(
    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)		/* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
    MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    double dViewSize;
    HIRect contrlRect;
    short width, height;

    NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
    CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
    NSRect frame;

    frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin),
	    Tk_Height(tkwin));
    frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset);
    frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height);

    contrlRect = NSRectToCGRect(frame);
    msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect;

    width = contrlRect.size.width;
    height = contrlRect.size.height - scrollPtr->arrowLength;

    /*
     * Ensure we set scrollbar control bounds only once all size adjustments
     * have been computed.
     */

    msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect;
    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
	msPtr->info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal;
    } else {
	msPtr->info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal;
    }

    /*
     * Given the Tk parameters for the fractions of the start and end of the
     * thumb, the following calculation determines the location for the
     * Macintosh thumb. The Aqua scroll control works as follows. The
     * scrollbar's value is the position of the left (or top) side of the view
     * area in the content area being scrolled. The maximum value of the
     * control is therefore the dimension of the content area less the size of
     * the view area.
     */


    double factor = RangeToFactor(100.0);
    dViewSize = (scrollPtr->lastFraction - scrollPtr->firstFraction) * factor;


    msPtr->info.max = factor - dViewSize;
    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = dViewSize;
    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
	if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) {
	    msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	} else {
	    msPtr->info.value = msPtr->info.max -
		    factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	}
    } else {
	msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    }

    if ((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0)
	    || height <= metrics.minHeight) {
    	msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack;
    } else {
        msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive;
    	msPtr->info.attributes =
		kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost;
    }
}


/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScrollbarEvent --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress>,
 *      <ButtonRelease>, <EnterNotify>, and <LeaveNotify> events.  The
 *      Scrollbar appearance is modified for each event.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ScrollbarEvent(
    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;

    /*
     * The pressState does not indicate whether the moused button was pressed
     * at some location in the Scrollbar.  Rather, it indicates that the
     * scrollbar should appear as if it were pressed in that location. The
     * standard Mac behavior is that once the button is pressed inside the
     * Scrollbar the appearance should not change until the button is released,
     * even if the mouse moves outside of the scrollbar.  However, if the mouse
     * lies over the scrollbar but the button is not pressed then the
     * appearance should be the same as if the button had been pressed on the
     * slider, i.e. kThemeThumbPressed.  See the file Appearance.r, or
     * HIToolbox.bridgesupport on 10.14.
     */

    if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
	msPtr->buttonDown = true;
	UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);

	int where = TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr,
		eventPtr->xbutton.x, eventPtr->xbutton.y);

	switch (where) {
	case OUTSIDE:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
	    break;
	case TOP_GAP:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeTopTrackPressed;
	    break;
	case SLIDER:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeThumbPressed;
	    break;
	case BOTTOM_GAP:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState =
		    kThemeBottomTrackPressed;
	    break;
	case TOP_ARROW:

	    /*
	     * This looks wrong and the docs say it is wrong but it works.
	     */

	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState =
		    kThemeTopInsideArrowPressed;
	    break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState =
		    kThemeBottomOutsideArrowPressed;
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) {
	msPtr->buttonDown = false;
	if (!msPtr->mouseOver) {
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
616
617
618
619
620
621
622

623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
    }
    if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
	msPtr->mouseOver = false;
	if (!msPtr->buttonDown) {
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
	}
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}



/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScrollbarEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
 *	scrollbars.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up. When
 *	it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ScrollbarEventProc(
		   ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
		   XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;

    switch (eventPtr->type) {
    case UnmapNotify:
	TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow((TkWindow *) scrollPtr->tkwin, false);
	break;







>


|
<
<




















|
|







730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740


741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
    }
    if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
	msPtr->mouseOver = false;
	if (!msPtr->buttonDown) {
	    msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
	}
    }
    TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}



/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScrollbarEventProc --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
 *	scrollbars.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up. When
 *	it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ScrollbarEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
{
    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;

    switch (eventPtr->type) {
    case UnmapNotify:
	TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow((TkWindow *) scrollPtr->tkwin, false);
	break;
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
    case LeaveNotify:
    	ScrollbarEvent(clientData, eventPtr);
	break;
    default:
	TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr);
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|








777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
    case LeaveNotify:
    	ScrollbarEvent(clientData, eventPtr);
	break;
    default:
	TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr);
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c.

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
				 * list. */
} RegisteredInterp;

/*
 * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property
 * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a
 * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each
 * of the form
 *	window space name '\0'
 * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an
 * interpreter named "name".
 *
 * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or
 * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the
 * following type:







|







47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
				 * list. */
} RegisteredInterp;

/*
 * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property
 * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a
 * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each
 * of the form:
 *	window space name '\0'
 * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an
 * interpreter named "name".
 *
 * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or
 * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the
 * following type:
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
				 * none. See format description above; this is
				 * *not* terminated by the first null
				 * character. Dynamically allocated. */
    int allocedByX;		/* Non-zero means must free property with
				 * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */
} NameRegistry;

static int initialized = 0; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized
				 * yet. */

static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL;
				/* List of all interpreters registered by this
				 * process. */

/*







|







74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
				 * none. See format description above; this is
				 * *not* terminated by the first null
				 * character. Dynamically allocated. */
    int allocedByX;		/* Non-zero means must free property with
				 * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */
} NameRegistry;

static int initialized = 0;	/* A flag to denote if we have initialized
				 * yet. */

static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL;
				/* List of all interpreters registered by this
				 * process. */

/*
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
int
Tk_SendObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Used only for deletion */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interp we are sending from */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The arguments */
{
    const char *const sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "-", NULL};
    char *stringRep, *destName;
    /*int async = 0;*/
    int i, index, firstArg;
    RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK;








|







321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
int
Tk_SendObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Used only for deletion */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interp we are sending from */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The arguments */
{
    const char *const sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "--", NULL};
    char *stringRep, *destName;
    /*int async = 0;*/
    int i, index, firstArg;
    RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK;

Added macosx/tkMacOSXServices.c.

































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
/*
 * tkMacOSXServices.c --
 *\
 *	This file allows the integration of Tk and the Cocoa NSServices API.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2010-2019 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Adrian Robert.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include <CoreServices/CoreServices.h>
#include <tkInt.h>
#include <tkMacOSXInt.h>

static Tcl_Interp *ServicesInterp;

/*
 * Event proc which calls the PerformService procedure
 */

static int
ServicesEventProc(
    Tcl_Event *event,
    int flags)
{
    Tcl_GlobalEval(ServicesInterp, "::tk::mac::PerformService");
    return 1;
}

/*
 * Class declarations for TkService class.
 */

@interface TkService : NSView {

}

+ (void) initialize;
- (void)provideService:(NSPasteboard *)pboard userData:(NSString *)data error:(NSString **)error;
- (id)validRequestorForSendType:(NSString *)sendType returnType:(NSString *)returnType;
- (BOOL)writeSelectionToPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard  types:(NSArray *)types;

@end

/*
 * Class methods.
 */

@implementation TkService

+ (void) initialize {
    NSArray *sendTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"NSStringPboardType",
				  @"NSPasteboardTypeString", nil];
    [NSApp registerServicesMenuSendTypes:sendTypes returnTypes:sendTypes];
    return;
}


- (id)validRequestorForSendType:(NSString *)sendType
		     returnType:(NSString *)returnType
{
    if ([sendType isEqualToString:@"NSStringPboardType"] ||
	[sendType isEqualToString:@"NSPasteboardTypeString"]) {
	return self;
    }
    return [super validRequestorForSendType:sendType returnType:returnType];
}

/*
 * Make sure the view accepts events.
 */

- (BOOL)acceptsFirstResponder
{
    return YES;
}
- (BOOL)becomeFirstResponder
{
    return YES;
}

/*
 * Get selected text, copy to pasteboard.
 */

- (BOOL)writeSelectionToPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
			     types:(NSArray *)types
{
    NSArray *typesDeclared = nil;
    NSString *pboardType = nil;

    for (NSString *typeString in types) {
	if ([typeString isEqualToString:@"NSStringPboardType"] ||
	    [typeString isEqualToString:@"NSPasteboardTypeString"]) {
	    typesDeclared = [NSArray arrayWithObject:typeString];
	    pboardType = typeString;
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (!typesDeclared) {
	return NO;
    }
    Tcl_Eval(ServicesInterp, "selection get");

    char *copystring = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(ServicesInterp));
    NSString *writestring = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:copystring];

    [pboard declareTypes:typesDeclared owner:nil];
    return [pboard setString:writestring forType:pboardType];
}

/*
 * This is the method that actually calls the Tk service; this is the method
 * that must be defined in info.plist.
 */

- (void)provideService:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
	      userData:(NSString *)data
		 error:(NSString **)error
{
    NSString *pboardString = nil, *pboardType = nil;
    NSArray *types = [pboard types];
    Tcl_Event *event;

    /*
     * Get string from private pasteboard, write to general pasteboard to make
     * available to Tcl service.
     */

    for (NSString *typeString in types) {
	if ([typeString isEqualToString:@"NSStringPboardType"] ||
	    [typeString isEqualToString:@"NSPasteboardTypeString"]) {
	    pboardString = [pboard stringForType:typeString];
	    pboardType = typeString;
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (pboardString) {
	NSPasteboard *generalpasteboard = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
	[generalpasteboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects:pboardType, nil]
				  owner:nil];
	[generalpasteboard setString:pboardString forType:pboardType];
	event = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Event));
	event->proc = ServicesEventProc;
	Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    }
}
@end

/*
 * Register a specific widget to access the Services menu.
 */

int
TkMacOSXRegisterServiceWidgetObjCmd(
    ClientData cd,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    /*
     * Need proper number of args.
     */

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "path?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Get the object that holds this Tk Window...
     */

    Rect bounds;
    NSRect frame;
    Tk_Window path = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
	    Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), Tk_MainWindow(interp));

    if (path == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_MakeWindowExist(path);
    Tk_MapWindow(path);
    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(path);

    /*
     * Get NSView from Tk window and add subview.
     */

    TkService *serviceview = [[TkService alloc] init];
    NSView *view = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);

    if ([serviceview superview] != view) {
	[view addSubview:serviceview];
    }
    TkMacOSXWinBounds((TkWindow*)path, &bounds);

    /*
     * Hack to make sure subview is set to take up entire geometry of window.
     */

    frame = NSMakeRect(bounds.left, bounds.top, 100000, 100000);
    frame.origin.y = 0;
    if (!NSEqualRects(frame, [serviceview frame])) {
    	[serviceview setFrame:frame];
    }
    [serviceview release];
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Initalize the package in the Tcl interpreter, create Tcl commands.
 */

int
TkMacOSXServices_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    /*
     * Initialize instance of TclServices to provide service functionality.
     */

    TkService *service = [[TkService alloc] init];

    ServicesInterp = interp;
    [NSApp setServicesProvider:service];
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

75
76
77

78
79
80

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

91
92
93

94
95
96

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
     * deleting is being tracked by the grab code.
     */

    TkPointerDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr);
    TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr);
    macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;

    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) ) {
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	if (macWin->winPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	}
	if (macWin->visRgn) {
	    CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);

	}
	if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
	    CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);

	}
	if (macWin->drawRgn) {
	    CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);

	}

	if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(macWin->toplevel);
	}
	ckfree(macWin);
	return;
    }
    if (macWin->visRgn) {
	CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);

    }
    if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
	CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);

    }
    if (macWin->drawRgn) {
	CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);

    }
    macWin->view = nil;

    /*
     * Delay deletion of a toplevel data structure untill all children have
     * been deleted.
     */







|






>



>



>










>



>



>







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
     * deleting is being tracked by the grab code.
     */

    TkPointerDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr);
    TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr);
    macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;

    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	if (macWin->winPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	}
	if (macWin->visRgn) {
	    CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);
            macWin->visRgn = NULL;
	}
	if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
	    CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);
            macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
	}
	if (macWin->drawRgn) {
	    CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
            macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
	}

	if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(macWin->toplevel);
	}
	ckfree(macWin);
	return;
    }
    if (macWin->visRgn) {
	CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);
        macWin->visRgn = NULL;
    }
    if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
	CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);
        macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
    }
    if (macWin->drawRgn) {
	CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
        macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
    }
    macWin->view = nil;

    /*
     * Delay deletion of a toplevel data structure untill all children have
     * been deleted.
     */
126
127
128
129
130
131
132


133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159

160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169


170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177

178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193

194
195
196

197
198
199

200




201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

void
XMapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;


    XEvent event;

    /*
     * Under certain situations it's possible for this function to be called
     * before the toplevel window it's associated with has actually been
     * mapped. In that case we need to create the real Macintosh window now as
     * this function as well as other X functions assume that the portPtr is
     * valid.
     */

    if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(macWin->toplevel->winPtr)) {
	TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
    }

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
	    /*
	     * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped
	     * but we must not supply YES here.  This is because
	     * during Tk initialization the root window is mapped
	     * before applicationDidFinishLaunching returns. Forcing
	     * the app to activate too early can make the menu bar
	     * unresponsive.
	     */

	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);
	    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:NO];
	    [[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES];
	    if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    } else {
		[win orderFrontRegardless];
	    }
	} else {


	    /*
	     * Rebuild the container's clipping region and display
	     * the window.
	     */
	    TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window)contWinPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	}

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * Rebuild the parent's clipping region and display the window.
	 *

	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);

	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);




    }

    /*
     * Generate VisibilityNotify events for window and all mapped children.
     */

    event.xany.send_event = False;
    event.xany.display = display;
    event.xvisibility.type = VisibilityNotify;
    event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured;
    NotifyVisibility(macWin->winPtr, &event);

    /*
     * Make sure that subwindows get displayed.
     */

    GenerateConfigureNotify(macWin->winPtr, 1);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NotifyVisibility --
 *







>
>















|
|
|
|

|
|
<
|
|
|

>
|



|





>
>




|
|


>
|












|


>

|
<
>


|
>
|
>
>
>
>










|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162

163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207

208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228







229
230
231
232
233
234
235

void
XMapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
    TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
    XEvent event;

    /*
     * Under certain situations it's possible for this function to be called
     * before the toplevel window it's associated with has actually been
     * mapped. In that case we need to create the real Macintosh window now as
     * this function as well as other X functions assume that the portPtr is
     * valid.
     */

    if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(macWin->toplevel->winPtr)) {
	TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
    }

    display->request++;
    winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {

	    /*
	     * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped but we must not
	     * supply YES here.  This is because during Tk initialization the

	     * root window is mapped before applicationDidFinishLaunching
	     * returns. Forcing the app to activate too early can make the menu
	     * bar unresponsive.
	     */

	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, win);
	    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:NO];
	    [[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES];
	    if ([win canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    } else {
		[win orderFrontRegardless];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);

	    /*
	     * Rebuild the container's clipping region and display
	     * the window.
	     */

	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) contWinPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	}

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * For non-toplevel windows, rebuild the parent's clipping region

	 * and redisplay the window.
	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
    }

    if ([NSApp isDrawing]) {
	[[win contentView] setNeedsRedisplay:YES];
    } else {
	[[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES];
    }

    /*
     * Generate VisibilityNotify events for window and all mapped children.
     */

    event.xany.send_event = False;
    event.xany.display = display;
    event.xvisibility.type = VisibilityNotify;
    event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured;
    NotifyVisibility(winPtr, &event);







}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NotifyVisibility --
 *
273
274
275
276
277
278
279

280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312

313
314
315
316

317
318
319
320
321
322





323
324
325
326
327
328
329
XUnmapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
    TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
    TkWindow *parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;

    XEvent event;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);

	    if ([win isVisible]) {
		[[win parentWindow] removeChildWindow:win];
		[win orderOut:NSApp];
	    }
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the UnmapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
	event.xunmap.window = window;
	event.xunmap.event = window;
	event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * Rebuild the visRgn clip region for the parent so it will be allowed
	 * to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed.

	 */

	if (parentPtr && parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr),

					 parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(parentPtr);
    }
    winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;





}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XResizeWindow --
 *







>






<
<
<
<
|
<

















<


|
>



|
>
|





>
>
>
>
>







283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296




297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314

315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
XUnmapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
    TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
    TkWindow *parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
    XEvent event;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {




	    [win orderOut:nil];

	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the UnmapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
	event.xunmap.window = window;
	event.xunmap.event = window;
	event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * Rebuild the visRgn clip region for the parent so it will be allowed
	 * to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed and then
	 * redraw the window.
	 */

	if (parentPtr && parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(
		    TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr),
		    parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(parentPtr);
    }
    winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
    if ([NSApp isDrawing]) {
	[[win contentView] setNeedsRedisplay:YES];
    } else {
	[[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES];
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XResizeWindow --
 *
343
344
345
346
347
348
349

350
351
352

353
354

355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
XResizeWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window,		/* Window. */
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;

	if (w) {
	    NSRect r = [w contentRectForFrameRect:[w frame]];

	    r.origin.y += r.size.height - height;
	    r.size.width = width;
	    r.size.height = height;
	    [w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
	}
    } else {
	MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XMoveResizeWindow --
 *
 *	Move or resize a given X window. See X windows documentation
 *	for further details.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







>



>


>















|
|







355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
XResizeWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window,		/* Window. */
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;

	if (w) {
	    NSRect r = [w contentRectForFrameRect:[w frame]];

	    r.origin.y += r.size.height - height;
	    r.size.width = width;
	    r.size.height = height;
	    [w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
	}
    } else {
	MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XMoveResizeWindow --
 *
 *	Move or resize a given X window. See X windows documentation for
 *	further details.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
388
389
390
391
392
393
394

395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410

411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
    unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;

	if (w) {

	    /* We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get
	     * surprised (again) by what happens when you do arithmetic with
	     * unsigned ints.
	     */

	    CGFloat X = (CGFloat)x;
	    CGFloat Y = (CGFloat)y;
	    CGFloat Width = (CGFloat)width;
	    CGFloat Height = (CGFloat)height;
	    CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
	    CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
	    NSRect r = NSMakeRect(X + XOff,
	    			  tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - Y - YOff - Height,
	    			  Width, Height);

	    [w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
	}
    } else {
	MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XMoveWindow --
 *
 *	Move a given X window. See X windows documentation for further
 *	details.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







>

|
|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>












|
<







403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

441
442
443
444
445
446
447
    unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;

	if (w) {
	    /*
	     * We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get
	     * surprised (again) by what happens when you do arithmetic with
	     * unsigned ints.
	     */

	    CGFloat X = (CGFloat) x;
	    CGFloat Y = (CGFloat) y;
	    CGFloat Width = (CGFloat) width;
	    CGFloat Height = (CGFloat) height;
	    CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat) macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
	    CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat) macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
	    NSRect r = NSMakeRect(
		    X + XOff, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - Y - YOff - Height,
	    	    Width, Height);

	    [w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
	}
    } else {
	MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XMoveWindow --
 *
 *	Move a given X window. See X windows documentation for further details.

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
439
440
441
442
443
444
445

446
447

448
449
450
451
452
453
454
    int x, int y)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;

	if (w) {
	    [w setFrameTopLeftPoint:NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y)];

	}
    } else {
	MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
    }
}

/*







>

|
>







455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
    int x, int y)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;

	if (w) {
	    [w setFrameTopLeftPoint: NSMakePoint(
		    x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y)];
	}
    } else {
	MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
    }
}

/*
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504

    if (Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    macParent = contWinPtr->privatePtr;
	} else {

	    /*
	     * Here we should handle out of process embedding. At this point,
	     * we are assuming that the changes.x,y is not maintained, if you
	     * need the info get it from Tk_GetRootCoords, and that the
	     * toplevel sits at 0,0 when it is drawn.
	     */
	}
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: update all xOff & yOffs
	 */

	macParent = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr;
	parentBorderwidth = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width;
    }







<








<







499
500
501
502
503
504
505

506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513

514
515
516
517
518
519
520

    if (Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    macParent = contWinPtr->privatePtr;
	} else {

	    /*
	     * Here we should handle out of process embedding. At this point,
	     * we are assuming that the changes.x,y is not maintained, if you
	     * need the info get it from Tk_GetRootCoords, and that the
	     * toplevel sits at 0,0 when it is drawn.
	     */
	}
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: update all xOff & yOffs
	 */

	macParent = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr;
	parentBorderwidth = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width;
    }
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}

#if 0







<







598
599
600
601
602
603
604

605
606
607
608
609
610
611
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}

#if 0
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL);
    } else {

        /*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}
#endif








<







632
633
634
635
636
637
638

639
640
641
642
643
644
645
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL);
    } else {

        /*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}
#endif

680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692

693
694

695
696
697
698
699
700
701
	Rect bounds;
	NSRect r;

	if (view) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
	    TkMacOSXWinBounds(winPtr, &bounds);
	    r = NSMakeRect(bounds.left,
		[view bounds].size.height - bounds.bottom,
		bounds.right - bounds.left, bounds.bottom - bounds.top);
	    [view setNeedsDisplayInRect:r];
	}
    }


    /* TkGenWMMoveRequestEvent(macWin->winPtr,
	    macWin->winPtr->changes.x, macWin->winPtr->changes.y); */

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled --
 *







|
|




>
|
|
>







694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
	Rect bounds;
	NSRect r;

	if (view) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
	    TkMacOSXWinBounds(winPtr, &bounds);
	    r = NSMakeRect(bounds.left,
		    [view bounds].size.height - bounds.bottom,
		    bounds.right - bounds.left, bounds.bottom - bounds.top);
	    [view setNeedsDisplayInRect:r];
	}
    }

#if 0
    TkGenWMMoveRequestEvent(macWin->winPtr,
	    macWin->winPtr->changes.x, macWin->winPtr->changes.y);
#endif
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled --
 *
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
 *	The clipping regions for the window and its children are cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(
	TkWindow *winPtr,
	int flag)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;
    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;

    if (macWin) {
	if (flag ) {
	    macWin->flags &= ~TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
	} else {
	    macWin->flags |= TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set the flag for all children & their descendants, excluding
     * Toplevels. (??? Do we need to exclude Toplevels?)
     */

    childPtr = winPtr->childList;
    while (childPtr) {
	if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
	    TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(childPtr, flag);
	}







|
|





|







|
|







725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
 *	The clipping regions for the window and its children are cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    int flag)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;
    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;

    if (macWin) {
	if (flag) {
	    macWin->flags &= ~TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
	} else {
	    macWin->flags |= TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set the flag for all children & their descendants, excluding Toplevels.
     * (??? Do we need to exclude Toplevels?)
     */

    childPtr = winPtr->childList;
    while (childPtr) {
	if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
	    TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(childPtr, flag);
	}
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
		if (!HIShapeIsEmpty(diffRgn)) {
		    macWin->visRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(rgn);
		}
		CFRelease(diffRgn);
	    }
	    CFRelease(rgn);
	} else {

	    /*
	     * An unmapped window has empty clip regions to prevent any
	     * (erroneous) drawing into it or its children from becoming
	     * visible. [Bug 940117]
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {







<







905
906
907
908
909
910
911

912
913
914
915
916
917
918
		if (!HIShapeIsEmpty(diffRgn)) {
		    macWin->visRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(rgn);
		}
		CFRelease(diffRgn);
	    }
	    CFRelease(rgn);
	} else {

	    /*
	     * An unmapped window has empty clip regions to prevent any
	     * (erroneous) drawing into it or its children from becoming
	     * visible. [Bug 940117]
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965





966
967
968
969
970
971
972

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn --
 *
 *	This function returns the Macintosh clipping region for the given
 *	window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned
 *	region via TkDestroyRegion().
 *
 * Results:
 *	The region.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkRegion
TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    if (winPtr->privatePtr->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);
    }
    return (TkRegion)HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion --
 *
 *	This function invalidates the given region of a view.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Damage is created.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static OSStatus
InvalViewRect(int msg, HIShapeRef rgn, const CGRect *rect, void *ref) {





    static CGAffineTransform t;
    NSView *view = ref;

    if (!view) {
	return paramErr;
    }
    switch (msg) {







|
|

















|



















|
>
>
>
>
>







934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn --
 *
 *	This function returns the Macintosh clipping region for the given
 *	window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned region
 *	via TkDestroyRegion().
 *
 * Results:
 *	The region.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkRegion
TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    if (winPtr->privatePtr->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);
    }
    return (TkRegion) HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion --
 *
 *	This function invalidates the given region of a view.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Damage is created.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static OSStatus
InvalViewRect(
    int msg,
    HIShapeRef rgn,
    const CGRect *rect,
    void *ref)
{
    static CGAffineTransform t;
    NSView *view = ref;

    if (!view) {
	return paramErr;
    }
    switch (msg) {
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062

1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSWindow*
TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    NSWindow *result = nil;

    if (!macWin || macWin->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	result = nil;
    } else if (macWin->toplevel && macWin->toplevel->winPtr &&
	    macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
	    macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window) {
	result = macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
    } else if (macWin->winPtr && macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
	    macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window) {
	result = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
    } else if (macWin->toplevel && (macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    result = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow((Drawable) contWinPtr->privatePtr);
	}
    }
    return result;
}








|

















>







1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSWindow *
TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    NSWindow *result = nil;

    if (!macWin || macWin->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	result = nil;
    } else if (macWin->toplevel && macWin->toplevel->winPtr &&
	    macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
	    macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window) {
	result = macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
    } else if (macWin->winPtr && macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
	    macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window) {
	result = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
    } else if (macWin->toplevel && (macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    result = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow((Drawable) contWinPtr->privatePtr);
	}
    }
    return result;
}

1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129

1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSView*
TkMacOSXDrawableView(
    MacDrawable *macWin)
{
    NSView *result = nil;

    if (!macWin) {
	result = nil;
    } else if (!macWin->toplevel) {
	result = macWin->view;
    } else if (!(macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
	result = macWin->toplevel->view;
    } else {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    result = TkMacOSXDrawableView(contWinPtr->privatePtr);
	}
    }
    return result;
}








|













>







1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

NSView *
TkMacOSXDrawableView(
    MacDrawable *macWin)
{
    NSView *result = nil;

    if (!macWin) {
	result = nil;
    } else if (!macWin->toplevel) {
	result = macWin->view;
    } else if (!(macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
	result = macWin->toplevel->view;
    } else {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    result = TkMacOSXDrawableView(contWinPtr->privatePtr);
	}
    }
    return result;
}

1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void *
TkMacOSXGetRootControl(
    Drawable drawable)
{

    /*
     * will probably need to fix this up for embedding
     */

    return TkMacOSXDrawableView((MacDrawable *) drawable);
}








<







1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178

1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void *
TkMacOSXGetRootControl(
    Drawable drawable)
{

    /*
     * will probably need to fix this up for embedding
     */

    return TkMacOSXDrawableView((MacDrawable *) drawable);
}

1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274

1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
 */

void
TkMacOSXWinBounds(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    void *bounds)
{
    Rect *b = (Rect *)bounds;

    b->left = winPtr->privatePtr->xOff;
    b->top = winPtr->privatePtr->yOff;
    b->right = b->left + winPtr->changes.width;
    b->bottom = b->top + winPtr->changes.height;
}

/*







|
>







1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
 */

void
TkMacOSXWinBounds(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    void *bounds)
{
    Rect *b = (Rect *) bounds;

    b->left = winPtr->privatePtr->xOff;
    b->top = winPtr->privatePtr->yOff;
    b->right = b->left + winPtr->changes.width;
    b->bottom = b->top + winPtr->changes.height;
}

/*
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UpdateOffsets --
 *
 *	Updates the X & Y offsets of the given TkWindow from the TopLevel it is
 *	a decendant of.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The xOff & yOff fields for the Mac window datastructure is updated to
 *	the proper offset.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateOffsets(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    int deltaX,
    int deltaY)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;

    if (winPtr->privatePtr == NULL) {

	/*
	 * We haven't called Tk_MakeWindowExist for this window yet. The offset
	 * information will be postponed and calulated at that time. (This will
	 * usually only happen when a mapped parent is being moved but has
	 * child windows that have yet to be mapped.)
	 */








|




















<







1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359

1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UpdateOffsets --
 *
 *	Updates the X & Y offsets of the given TkWindow from the TopLevel it is
 *	a descendant of.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The xOff & yOff fields for the Mac window datastructure is updated to
 *	the proper offset.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateOffsets(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    int deltaX,
    int deltaY)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;

    if (winPtr->privatePtr == NULL) {

	/*
	 * We haven't called Tk_MakeWindowExist for this window yet. The offset
	 * information will be postponed and calulated at that time. (This will
	 * usually only happen when a mapped parent is being moved but has
	 * child windows that have yet to be mapped.)
	 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXTest.c.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21
22


23
24
25
26
27
28
29

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

/*
 * Forward declarations of procedures defined later in this file:
 */


static int		DebuggerObjCmd (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);



/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkplatformtestInit --
 *
 *	Defines commands that test platform specific functionality for







>

|
>
>







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

/*
 * Forward declarations of procedures defined later in this file:
 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
static int		DebuggerObjCmd (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
					int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkplatformtestInit --
 *
 *	Defines commands that test platform specific functionality for
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

91

92
93
94
95
96


97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104

105



106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
TkplatformtestInit(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
    /*
     * Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
     */


    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) 0, (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL);


    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DebuggerObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure simply calls the low level debugger.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


static int
DebuggerObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Not used. */
    int objc,				/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])			/* Not used. */
{
    Debugger();
    return TCL_OK;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkTestAppIsDrawing --
 *
 *      A test widget display procedure which records calls can use this to
 *      detect whether it is being called from within [NSView drawRect].
 *      If so, it probably should not be recording the call since it was
 *      probably generated spontaneously by the window manager rather than

 *      by an explicit call to update. This is just a wrapper for the NSApp

 *      property.
 *
 *
 * Results:
 *      Returns true if and only if called from within [NSView drawRect].


 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkTestAppIsDrawing(void) {

    return [NSApp isDrawing];



}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







>
|
<
>









|
>










>










>




|

|
|
|
|
>
|
>
|

<

|
>
>







|
>
|
>
>
>











45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102

103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
TkplatformtestInit(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
    /*
     * Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
     */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd, NULL, NULL);

#endif

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DebuggerObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure simply calls the low level debugger, which was
 *      deprecated in OSX 10.8.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
static int
DebuggerObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Not used. */
    int objc,				/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])			/* Not used. */
{
    Debugger();
    return TCL_OK;
}
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkTestLogDisplay --
 *
 *      The test image display procedure calls this to determine whether it
 *      should write a log message recording that it has being run.  On OSX
 *      10.14 and later, only calls to the display procedure which occur inside
 *      of the drawRect method should be logged, since those are the only ones
 *      which actually draw anything.  On earlier systems the opposite is true.
 *      The calls from within the drawRect method are redundant, since the
 *      first time the display procedure is run it will do the drawing and that
 *      first call will usually not occur inside of drawRect.
 *

 * Results:
 *      On OSX 10.14 and later, returns true if and only if called from
 *      within [NSView drawRect].  On earlier systems returns false if
 *      and only if called from with [NSView drawRect].
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkTestLogDisplay(void) {
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] >= 14) {
	return [NSApp isDrawing];
    } else {
	return ![NSApp isDrawing];
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124

- (void) windowBoundsChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
			 isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];
    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	NSRect bounds = [w frame];
	NSRect screenRect = [[w screen] frame];
	int x, y, width = -1, height = -1, flags = 0;
	int minY = 1 + [[NSApp mainMenu] menuBarHeight];

	x = bounds.origin.x;
	y = screenRect.size.height - (bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height);
	if (winPtr->changes.x != x || winPtr->changes.y != y) {
	    flags |= TK_LOCATION_CHANGED;
	} else {
	    x = y = -1;
	}
	if (!movedOnly && (winPtr->changes.width != bounds.size.width ||
		winPtr->changes.height !=  bounds.size.height)) {
	    width = bounds.size.width - wmPtr->xInParent;
	    height = bounds.size.height - wmPtr->yInParent;
	    flags |= TK_SIZE_CHANGED;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {

	    /*
	     * Propagate geometry changes immediately.
	     */

	    flags |= TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY;
	}

	/*
	 * Mac windows cannot go higher than the bottom of the menu bar.  The
	 * Tk window manager can request that a window be drawn so that it
	 * overlaps the menu bar, but it will actually be drawn immediately
	 * below the menu bar. In such a case it saves a lot of trouble and
	 * causes no harm if we let Tk think that the window is located at the
	 * requested point. (Many of the the tests assume that this is the
	 * case, especially for windows with upper left corner at (0,0).)  So
	 * we just tell a harmless white lie here.
	 */

	if (y == minY && wmPtr->y < minY) {
	    y = wmPtr->y;
	}
	TkGenWMConfigureEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, width, height, flags);
    }

}

- (void) windowExpanded: (NSNotification *) notification
{







|






<

<


|












<







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77

78

79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93

94
95
96
97
98
99
100














101
102
103
104
105
106
107

- (void) windowBoundsChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
	    isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];
    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	NSRect bounds = [w frame];

	int x, y, width = -1, height = -1, flags = 0;


	x = bounds.origin.x;
	y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height);
	if (winPtr->changes.x != x || winPtr->changes.y != y) {
	    flags |= TK_LOCATION_CHANGED;
	} else {
	    x = y = -1;
	}
	if (!movedOnly && (winPtr->changes.width != bounds.size.width ||
		winPtr->changes.height !=  bounds.size.height)) {
	    width = bounds.size.width - wmPtr->xInParent;
	    height = bounds.size.height - wmPtr->yInParent;
	    flags |= TK_SIZE_CHANGED;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {

	    /*
	     * Propagate geometry changes immediately.
	     */

	    flags |= TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY;
	}















	TkGenWMConfigureEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, width, height, flags);
    }

}

- (void) windowExpanded: (NSNotification *) notification
{
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178

179
180
181
182
183
184
185
	}
    }
}

- (NSRect)windowWillUseStandardFrame:(NSWindow *)window
                        defaultFrame:(NSRect)newFrame
{

    /*
     * This method needs to be implemented in order for [NSWindow isZoomed]
     * to give the correct answer.  But it suffices to always validate
     * every request.
     */

    return newFrame;
}

- (NSSize)window:(NSWindow *)window
  willUseFullScreenContentSize:(NSSize)proposedSize
{

    /*
     * We don't need to change the proposed size, but we do need to
     * implement this method.  Otherwise the full screen window will
     * be sized to the screen's visibleFrame, leaving black bands at
     * the top and bottom.
     */

    return proposedSize;
}

- (void) windowEnteredFullScreen: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);







<

|
|
|








<

|
|
|
<

>







135
136
137
138
139
140
141

142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153

154
155
156
157

158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
	}
    }
}

- (NSRect)windowWillUseStandardFrame:(NSWindow *)window
                        defaultFrame:(NSRect)newFrame
{

    /*
     * This method needs to be implemented in order for [NSWindow isZoomed] to
     * give the correct answer. But it suffices to always validate every
     * request.
     */

    return newFrame;
}

- (NSSize)window:(NSWindow *)window
  willUseFullScreenContentSize:(NSSize)proposedSize
{

    /*
     * We don't need to change the proposed size, but we do need to implement
     * this method.  Otherwise the full screen window will be sized to the
     * screen's visibleFrame, leaving black bands at the top and bottom.

     */

    return proposedSize;
}

- (void) windowEnteredFullScreen: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, w);
#endif
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	TkGenWMDestroyEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	if (_windowWithMouse == w) {
	    _windowWithMouse = nil;
	    [w release];
	}
    }

    /*
     * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window,
     * so can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window.
     */

    return (winPtr ? NO : YES);
}


#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS

- (void) windowDragStart: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}







<
<
<
<



|
|




<







194
195
196
197
198
199
200




201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209

210
211
212
213
214
215
216
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, w);
#endif
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	TkGenWMDestroyEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr);




    }

    /*
     * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window, so
     * can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window.
     */

    return (winPtr ? NO : YES);
}


#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS

- (void) windowDragStart: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	//Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
}


#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS */

- (void) _setupWindowNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];








<







243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
253
254
255
256
    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	//Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
}


#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS */

- (void) _setupWindowNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];

313
314
315
316
317
318
319
















320
321
322
323
324
325
326

- (void) applicationActivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
















}

- (void) applicationDeactivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317

- (void) applicationActivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];

    /*
     * When the application is activated with Command-Tab it will create a
     * zombie window for every Tk window which has been withdrawn.  So iterate
     * through the list of windows and order out any withdrawn window.
     */

    for (NSWindow *win in [NSApp windows]) {
	TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win);
	if (!winPtr || !winPtr->wmInfoPtr) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	    [win orderOut:nil];
	}
    }
}

- (void) applicationDeactivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395

396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpAppIsDrawing --
 *
 *      A widget display procedure can call this to determine whether it
 *      is being run inside of the drawRect method.  This is needed for
 *      some tests, especially of the Text widget, which record data in
 *      a global Tcl variable and assume that display procedures will be
 *      run in a predictable sequence as Tcl idle tasks.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True only while running the drawRect method of a TKContentView;
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkpAppIsDrawing(void) {
    return [NSApp isDrawing];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GenerateUpdates --
 *
 *	Given a Macintosh update region and a Tk window this function geneates







|
|
|
|
|









>




<







366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391

392
393
394
395
396
397
398
#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpAppIsDrawing --
 *
 *      A widget display procedure can call this to determine whether it is
 *      being run inside of the drawRect method. This is needed for some tests,
 *      especially of the Text widget, which record data in a global Tcl
 *      variable and assume that display procedures will be run in a
 *      predictable sequence as Tcl idle tasks.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True only while running the drawRect method of a TKContentView;
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkpAppIsDrawing(void) {
    return [NSApp isDrawing];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GenerateUpdates --
 *
 *	Given a Macintosh update region and a Tk window this function geneates
519
520
521
522
523
524
525

526

527
528
529
530
531
532
533

int
GenerateActivateEvents(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    int activeFlag)
{
    TkGenerateActivateEvents(winPtr, activeFlag);

    TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(winPtr, activeFlag);

    return true;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoWindowActivate --







>
|
>







510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526

int
GenerateActivateEvents(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    int activeFlag)
{
    TkGenerateActivateEvents(winPtr, activeFlag);
    if (activeFlag || ![NSApp isActive]) {
	TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(winPtr, activeFlag);
    }
    return true;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoWindowActivate --
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
     */

    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	if (flags & TK_LOCATION_CHANGED) {
	    wmPtr->x = x;
	    wmPtr->y = y;
	    //wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
	}
	if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) &&
		((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) {
	    if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
			+ (width - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
		if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
		    wmPtr->width = 0;
		}
	    } else {
		wmPtr->width = width;
	    }

	    if ((wmPtr->height == -1) && (height == winPtr->reqHeight)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
			+ (height - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
		if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
		    wmPtr->height = 0;
		}
	    } else {
		wmPtr->height = height;
	    }

	    wmPtr->configWidth = width;
	    wmPtr->configHeight = height;
	}
    }


    /*
     * Now set up the changes structure. Under X we wait for the
     * ConfigureNotify to set these values. On the Mac we know imediatly that
     * this is what we want - so we just set them. However, we need to make
     * sure the windows clipping region is marked invalid so the change is
     * visible to the subwindow.







<




<




<











<




<














<







669
670
671
672
673
674
675

676
677
678
679

680
681
682
683

684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694

695
696
697
698

699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712

713
714
715
716
717
718
719
     */

    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	if (flags & TK_LOCATION_CHANGED) {
	    wmPtr->x = x;
	    wmPtr->y = y;

	}
	if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) &&
		((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) {
	    if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
			+ (width - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
		if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
		    wmPtr->width = 0;
		}
	    } else {
		wmPtr->width = width;
	    }

	    if ((wmPtr->height == -1) && (height == winPtr->reqHeight)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
			+ (height - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
		if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
		    wmPtr->height = 0;
		}
	    } else {
		wmPtr->height = height;
	    }

	    wmPtr->configWidth = width;
	    wmPtr->configHeight = height;
	}
    }


    /*
     * Now set up the changes structure. Under X we wait for the
     * ConfigureNotify to set these values. On the Mac we know imediatly that
     * this is what we want - so we just set them. However, we need to make
     * sure the windows clipping region is marked invalid so the change is
     * visible to the subwindow.
877
878
879
880
881
882
883

884


885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893

894


895
896
897
898
899
900
901
























902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
 * Widgets it was necessary to use Apple private API calls.  In order to avoid
 * using private API calls, the NSView-based widgets have been replaced with
 * normal Tk widgets which draw themselves as native widgets by using the
 * HITheme API.
 *
 */


/*Restrict event processing to Expose events.*/


static Tk_RestrictAction
ExposeRestrictProc(
    ClientData arg,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    return (eventPtr->type==Expose && eventPtr->xany.serial==PTR2UINT(arg)
	    ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}


/*Restrict event processing to ConfigureNotify events.*/


static Tk_RestrictAction
ConfigureRestrictProc(
    ClientData arg,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    return (eventPtr->type==ConfigureNotify ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}

























@implementation TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect
{
    const NSRect *rectsBeingDrawn;
    NSInteger rectsBeingDrawnCount;

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
    if (winPtr) fprintf(stderr, "drawRect: drawing %s\n",
			Tk_PathName(winPtr));
#endif

    /*
     * We do not allow recursive calls to drawRect, but we only log
     * them on OSX > 10.13, where they should never happen.
     */

    if ([NSApp isDrawing]) {
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 13) {
	    TKLog(@"WARNING: a recursive call to drawRect was aborted.");
	}
	return;







>
|
>
>









>
|
>
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>















|
|







864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
 * Widgets it was necessary to use Apple private API calls.  In order to avoid
 * using private API calls, the NSView-based widgets have been replaced with
 * normal Tk widgets which draw themselves as native widgets by using the
 * HITheme API.
 *
 */

/*
 * Restrict event processing to Expose events.
 */

static Tk_RestrictAction
ExposeRestrictProc(
    ClientData arg,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    return (eventPtr->type==Expose && eventPtr->xany.serial==PTR2UINT(arg)
	    ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}

/*
 * Restrict event processing to ConfigureNotify events.
 */

static Tk_RestrictAction
ConfigureRestrictProc(
    ClientData arg,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    return (eventPtr->type==ConfigureNotify ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}

/*
 * If a window gets mapped inside the drawRect method, this will be run as an
 * idle task, after drawRect returns, to clean up the mess.
 */

static void
RedisplayView(
    ClientData clientdata)
{
    NSView *view = (NSView *) clientdata;

    /*
     * Make sure that we are not trying to displaying a view that no longer
     * exists.
     */

    for (NSWindow *w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) {
	if ([w contentView] == view) {
	    [view setNeedsDisplay:YES];
	    break;
	}
    }
}

@implementation TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect
{
    const NSRect *rectsBeingDrawn;
    NSInteger rectsBeingDrawnCount;

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
    if (winPtr) fprintf(stderr, "drawRect: drawing %s\n",
			Tk_PathName(winPtr));
#endif

    /*
     * We do not allow recursive calls to drawRect, but we only log them on OSX
     * > 10.13, where they should never happen.
     */

    if ([NSApp isDrawing]) {
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 13) {
	    TKLog(@"WARNING: a recursive call to drawRect was aborted.");
	}
	return;
941
942
943
944
945
946
947





948
949
950
951
952
953
954

	r.origin.y = height - (r.origin.y + r.size.height);
	HIShapeUnionWithRect(drawShape, &r);
    }
    [self generateExposeEvents:(HIShapeRef)drawShape];
    CFRelease(drawShape);
    [NSApp setIsDrawing: NO];






#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    fprintf(stderr, "drawRect: done.\n");
#endif
}

-(void) setFrameSize: (NSSize)newsize







>
>
>
>
>







958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976

	r.origin.y = height - (r.origin.y + r.size.height);
	HIShapeUnionWithRect(drawShape, &r);
    }
    [self generateExposeEvents:(HIShapeRef)drawShape];
    CFRelease(drawShape);
    [NSApp setIsDrawing: NO];

    if ([self needsRedisplay]) {
	[self setNeedsRedisplay:NO];
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RedisplayView, self);
    }

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    fprintf(stderr, "drawRect: done.\n");
#endif
}

-(void) setFrameSize: (NSSize)newsize
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
    if (winPtr) {
	unsigned int width = (unsigned int)newsize.width;
	unsigned int height=(unsigned int)newsize.height;
	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;

	/*
	 * This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.
	 * Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we
	 * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */

	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];

	/*
	 * Disable Tk drawing until the window has been completely configured.
	 */

	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 0);

	 /*
	  * Generate and handle a ConfigureNotify event for the new size.
	  */

	TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
			      TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY);
    	oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ConfigureRestrictProc, NULL, &oldArg);
    	Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);

	/*
	 * Now that Tk has configured all subwindows, create the clip regions.
	 */








|
|
|















|







988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
    if (winPtr) {
	unsigned int width = (unsigned int)newsize.width;
	unsigned int height=(unsigned int)newsize.height;
	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;

	/*
	 * This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.  Since it calls
	 * Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we don't clobber the
	 * AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */

	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];

	/*
	 * Disable Tk drawing until the window has been completely configured.
	 */

	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 0);

	 /*
	  * Generate and handle a ConfigureNotify event for the new size.
	  */

	TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
		TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY);
    	oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ConfigureRestrictProc, NULL, &oldArg);
    	Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);

	/*
	 * Now that Tk has configured all subwindows, create the clip regions.
	 */

1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118

1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
	 * were created when the expose events were processed.
	 */
	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {}
    }
}

/*
 * This method is called when a user changes between light and dark mode.
 * The implementation here generates a Tk virtual event which can be bound
 * to a function that redraws the window in an appropriate style.
 */

- (void) viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance
{
    XVirtualEvent event;
    int x, y;
    NSString *osxMode = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AppleInterfaceStyle"];
    NSWindow *w = [self window];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

    if (!winPtr) {
	return;
    }
    bzero(&event, sizeof(XVirtualEvent));
    event.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    event.send_event = false;
    event.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
    event.event = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    event.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
    event.subwindow = None;
    event.time = TkpGetMS();
    XQueryPointer(NULL, winPtr->window, NULL, NULL,
    		  &event.x_root, &event.y_root, &x, &y, &event.state);
    Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.x, &event.y);
    event.same_screen = true;
    if (osxMode == nil) {
	event.name = Tk_GetUid("LightAqua");
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	return;
    }
    if ([osxMode isEqual:@"Dark"]) {
	event.name = Tk_GetUid("DarkAqua");
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	return;
    }

}

/*
 * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget,
 * but we are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
 */

- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd);
#endif







|
|
|






<




















|
|
<
<
|
<
|
<
<

>



|
|







1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109

1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131


1132

1133


1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
	 * were created when the expose events were processed.
	 */
	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {}
    }
}

/*
 * This method is called when a user changes between light and dark mode. The
 * implementation here generates a Tk virtual event which can be bound to a
 * function that redraws the window in an appropriate style.
 */

- (void) viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance
{
    XVirtualEvent event;
    int x, y;

    NSWindow *w = [self window];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

    if (!winPtr) {
	return;
    }
    bzero(&event, sizeof(XVirtualEvent));
    event.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    event.send_event = false;
    event.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
    event.event = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    event.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
    event.subwindow = None;
    event.time = TkpGetMS();
    XQueryPointer(NULL, winPtr->window, NULL, NULL,
    		  &event.x_root, &event.y_root, &x, &y, &event.state);
    Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.x, &event.y);
    event.same_screen = true;
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	event.name = Tk_GetUid("DarkAqua");


    } else {

        event.name = Tk_GetUid("LightAqua");


    }
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

/*
 * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget, but we
 * are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
 */

- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd);
#endif

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
/*
 * tkMacOSXWm.c --
 *
 *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
 *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
 *	manager.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2017-2018 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"





|
<





|







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
/*
 * tkMacOSXWm.c --
 *
 *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
 *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window manager.

 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
	| kWindowNoActivatesAttribute	    | kWindowHideOnSuspendAttribute \
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)


static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },







<







49
50
51
52
53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
	| kWindowNoActivatesAttribute	    | kWindowHideOnSuspendAttribute \
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)


static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },
307
308
309
310
311
312
313


314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324

325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
static int		WmWinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		WmWinTabbingId(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);


static void		ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *macWindow, UInt64 oldAttributes,
			    int oldFlags, int create, int initial);
static void		ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *macWindow);
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);


#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}
#else
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif

@end

#pragma mark -







>
>











>

















|
<
<
<




|
<
<
<







305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343



344
345
346
347
348



349
350
351
352
353
354
355
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
static int		WmWinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		WmWinTabbingId(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		WmWinAppearance(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *macWindow, UInt64 oldAttributes,
			    int oldFlags, int create, int initial);
static void		ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *macWindow);
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);
static void             RemoveTransient(TkWindow *winPtr);

#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}
#else
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}};



    return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}};



    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif

@end

#pragma mark -
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396

397

398
399
400
401
402
403
404
	/*
	 * This avoids including the title bar for full screen windows
	 * but does include it for normal windows.
	 */

	if ([self styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) {
 	    frameRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect
				  styleMask:[self styleMask]];
	} else {
	    frameRect = [self frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect];
	}

	WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

	wmPtr->xInParent = -frameRect.origin.x;
	wmPtr->yInParent = frameRect.origin.y + frameRect.size.height;
	wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + frameRect.size.width;
	wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + frameRect.size.height;
    }
}








|



>

>







381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
	/*
	 * This avoids including the title bar for full screen windows
	 * but does include it for normal windows.
	 */

	if ([self styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) {
 	    frameRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect
		    styleMask:[self styleMask]];
	} else {
	    frameRect = [self frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect];
	}

	WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

	wmPtr->xInParent = -frameRect.origin.x;
	wmPtr->yInParent = frameRect.origin.y + frameRect.size.height;
	wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + frameRect.size.width;
	wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + frameRect.size.height;
    }
}

446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	fprintf(stderr, "Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{
    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	fprintf(stderr, "Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (oneway void) release {
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	fprintf(stderr, "Releasing <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    [super release];
}

- (void) dealloc {
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0){
	fprintf(stderr, ">>>> Freeing <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    [super dealloc];
}


#endif
@end

#pragma mark -

/*







|













|











|











|





<







443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493

494
495
496
497
498
499
500
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) {
	fprintf(stderr, "Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{
    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) {
	fprintf(stderr, "Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (oneway void) release {
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) {
	fprintf(stderr, "Releasing <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    [super release];
}

- (void) dealloc {
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0) {
	fprintf(stderr, ">>>> Freeing <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
		title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    [super dealloc];
}


#endif
@end

#pragma mark -

/*
617
618
619
620
621
622
623

624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639

    for (NSWindow *w in windows) {
	winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
	if (winPtr) {
	    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	    NSRect windowFrame = [w frame];
	    NSRect contentFrame = [w frame];

	    contentFrame.size.height  = [[w contentView] frame].size.height;
	    /*
	     * For consistency with other platforms, points in the
	     * title bar are not considered to be contained in the
	     * window.
	     */

	    if ((wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState ||
		 wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState)) {
		if (NSMouseInRect(p, contentFrame, NO)) {
		    return winPtr;
		} else if (NSMouseInRect(p, windowFrame, NO)) {
		    return NULL;
		}
	    }
	}







>
|







|







613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636

    for (NSWindow *w in windows) {
	winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
	if (winPtr) {
	    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	    NSRect windowFrame = [w frame];
	    NSRect contentFrame = [w frame];

	    contentFrame.size.height = [[w contentView] frame].size.height;
	    /*
	     * For consistency with other platforms, points in the
	     * title bar are not considered to be contained in the
	     * window.
	     */

	    if ((wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState ||
		    wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState)) {
		if (NSMouseInRect(p, contentFrame, NO)) {
		    return winPtr;
		} else if (NSMouseInRect(p, windowFrame, NO)) {
		    return NULL;
		}
	    }
	}
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683

684
685
686
687
688
689
690
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));

    wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
    wmPtr->reparent = None;
    wmPtr->titleUid = NULL;
    wmPtr->iconName = NULL;
    wmPtr->master = None;
    wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
    wmPtr->hints.input = True;
    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
    wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
    wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL;
    wmPtr->icon = NULL;
    wmPtr->iconFor = NULL;

    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags = 0;
    wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1;
    wmPtr->maxWidth = 0;
    wmPtr->maxHeight = 0;
    wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
    wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
    wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1;







|









<


>







661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677

678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));

    wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
    wmPtr->reparent = None;
    wmPtr->titleUid = NULL;
    wmPtr->iconName = NULL;
    wmPtr->master = NULL;
    wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
    wmPtr->hints.input = True;
    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
    wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
    wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
    wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;

    wmPtr->icon = NULL;
    wmPtr->iconFor = NULL;
    wmPtr->transientPtr = NULL;
    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags = 0;
    wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1;
    wmPtr->maxWidth = 0;
    wmPtr->maxHeight = 0;
    wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
    wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
    wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1;
882
883
884
885
886
887
888






889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930























931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942

943
944
945
946
947
948
949
    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr, *wmPtr2;

    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }






    Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, NULL, NULL);
    Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
	    TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
    }
    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
    }
    if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
    }
    if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
    }
    if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
    }
    if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
	wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
    }
    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr;
	wmPtr2->icon = NULL;
	wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
    }
    while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
	ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;

	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
    }
    if (wmPtr->commandObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->commandObj);
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
    }
























    /*
     * Delete the Mac window and remove it from the windowTable. The window
     * could be nil if the window was never mapped. However, we don't do this
     * for embedded windows, they don't go in the window list, and they do not
     * own their portPtr's.
     */

    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];

	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {







>
>
>
>
>
>















<
<
<











<












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|

>







879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906



907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917

918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr, *wmPtr2;

    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     *If the dead window is a transient, remove it from the master's list.
     */

    RemoveTransient(winPtr);
    Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, NULL, NULL);
    Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
	    TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
    }
    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
    }
    if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
    }
    if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
    }



    if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
	wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
    }
    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr;
	wmPtr2->icon = NULL;
	wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
    }
    while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
	ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;

	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
    }
    if (wmPtr->commandObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->commandObj);
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
    }

    /*
     * If the dead window has a transient, remove references to it from
     * the transient.
     */

    for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;
	    transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) {
    	TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr;
    	TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2);

    	if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
    	    wmPtr2 = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
    	    wmPtr2->master = NULL;
    	}
    }

    while (wmPtr->transientPtr != NULL) {
	Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;

	wmPtr->transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr;
	ckfree(transientPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Delete the Mac window and remove it from the windowTable. The window
     * could be nil if the window was never mapped. However, we don't do this
     * for embedded windows, they don't go in the window list, and they do not
     * own their portPtr's.
     */

    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];

	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {
961
962
963
964
965
966
967

968
969
970
971

972
973
974
975
976
977

978
979
980
981
982
983

984
985
986
987
988

989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
	wmPtr->window = NULL;
        [window release];

	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	for (id nswindow in windows) {
	    TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(nswindow);

	    if (winPtr2 && nswindow != window) {
		WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
		BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState ||
				  wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState);

		/*
		 * If no windows are left on the screen and the next
		 * window is iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to
		 * make it be the KeyWindow because that would cause
		 * it to be displayed on the screen.
		 */

		if ([nswindow canBecomeKeyWindow] && !minimized) {
		    [nswindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Process all window events immediately to force the closed window to
	 * be deallocated.  But don't do this for the root window as that is
	 * unnecessary and can lead to segfaults.
	 */

	if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
	    while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_WINDOW_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	}
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }
    ckfree(wmPtr);
    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;







>


|
|
>

|
|
|
|

>






>





>

|


<







984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020

1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
	wmPtr->window = NULL;
        [window release];

	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	for (id nswindow in windows) {
	    TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(nswindow);

	    if (winPtr2 && nswindow != window) {
		WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
		BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState
			|| wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState);

		/*
		 * If no windows are left on the screen and the next window is
		 * iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to make it be the
		 * KeyWindow because that would cause it to be displayed on the
		 * screen.
		 */

		if ([nswindow canBecomeKeyWindow] && !minimized) {
		    [nswindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Process all window events immediately to force the closed window to
	 * be deallocated.  But don't do this for the root window as that is
	 * unnecessary and can lead to segfaults.
	 */

	if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
	    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	}
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }
    ckfree(wmPtr);
    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length) == 0)
	    && (length >= 3)) {
	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmTracing));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	return Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing);
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {







|







1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length) == 0)
	    && (length >= 3)) {
	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmTracing != 0));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	return Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing);
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
    } else {







|
|
|
|







1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
    } else {
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

    switch (attribute) {
    case WMATT_ALPHA:
	result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj([macWindow alphaValue]);
	break;
    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
	break;
    case WMATT_MODIFIED:
	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj([macWindow isDocumentEdited]);
	break;
    case WMATT_NOTIFY:
	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal);
	break;
    case WMATT_TITLEPATH:
	result = Tcl_NewStringObj([[macWindow representedFilename] UTF8String],
		-1);
	break;
    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST);
	break;
    case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT);
	break;
    case WMATT_TYPE:
	result = Tcl_NewStringObj("unsupported", -1);
	break;
    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
    default:
	break;







|


|


|






|


|







1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

    switch (attribute) {
    case WMATT_ALPHA:
	result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj([macWindow alphaValue]);
	break;
    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
	result = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0);
	break;
    case WMATT_MODIFIED:
	result = Tcl_NewWideIntObj([macWindow isDocumentEdited] != 0);
	break;
    case WMATT_NOTIFY:
	result = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal != 0);
	break;
    case WMATT_TITLEPATH:
	result = Tcl_NewStringObj([[macWindow representedFilename] UTF8String],
		-1);
	break;
    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
	result = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != 0);
	break;
    case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
	result = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT) != 0);
	break;
    case WMATT_TYPE:
	result = Tcl_NewStringObj("unsupported", -1);
	break;
    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
    default:
	break;
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
	for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
		    WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, attribute));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
    } else if (objc == 4)  {	/* wm attributes $win -attribute */
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
		sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, attribute));
    } else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) {	/* wm attributes $win -att value... */
	int i;







|







1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
	for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
		    WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, attribute));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
    } else if (objc == 4) {	/* wm attributes $win -attribute */
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
		sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, attribute));
    } else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) {	/* wm attributes $win -att value... */
	int i;
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->commandObj != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, wmPtr->commandObj);
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->commandObj != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->commandObj);
	    wmPtr->commandObj = NULL;
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[3], &len) != TCL_OK) {







|







1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->commandObj != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, wmPtr->commandObj);
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	if (wmPtr->commandObj != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->commandObj);
	    wmPtr->commandObj = NULL;
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[3], &len) != TCL_OK) {
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788





















1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
	    ZoomState : NormalState);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, win);
    [win orderFront:nil];
    if (wmPtr->icon) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)wmPtr->icon);
    }





















    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmFocusmodelCmd --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
	    ZoomState : NormalState);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, win);
    [win orderFront:nil];
    if (wmPtr->icon) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)wmPtr->icon);
    }

    /*
     * If this window has a transient, the transient must also be deiconified if
     * it was withdrawn by the master.
     */

    for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;
	    transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) {
	TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr;
	WmInfo *wmPtr2 = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
	TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2);

    	if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
	    if ((wmPtr2->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) &&
		    ((transientPtr->flags & WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER) != 0)) {
		TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, NormalState);
		transientPtr->flags &= ~WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER;
	    }
	}
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmFocusmodelCmd --
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	/*
	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as







|
|
|
|







2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	/*
	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
		winPtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT",
		NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (wmPtr->master != None) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", winPtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",







|







2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
		winPtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT",
		NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (wmPtr->master != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", winPtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310

















2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
    if (wmPtr->icon) {
	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window)wmPtr->icon);
    }

















    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconmaskCmd --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
    if (wmPtr->icon) {
	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window)wmPtr->icon);
    }

    /*
     * If this window has a transient the transient must be withdrawn when
     * the master is iconified.
     */

    for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;
	    transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) {
	TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr;
	TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2);
    	if (masterPtr == winPtr &&
		winPtr2->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState) {
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, WithdrawnState);
	    transientPtr->flags |= WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER;
	}
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconmaskCmd --
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460

2461


2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470

2471
2472


2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479

2480


2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492

2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			 "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    /*Parse args.*/


    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			     "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }


    /*Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not
      support multiple images in Tk photos.*/


    char *icon;
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
    }	else {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    }


    /*Get image and convert to NSImage that can be displayed as icon.*/


    tk_icon = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, icon, NULL, NULL);
    if (tk_icon == NULL) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	      "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
	      icon));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    NSImage *newIcon;
    Tk_SizeOfImage(tk_icon, &width, &height);
    newIcon = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(winPtr->display, tk_icon, width, height);

    Tk_FreeImage(tk_icon);
    if (newIcon == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: newIcon];
    return TCL_OK;
}







>
|
>
>




|




>
|
|
>
>



|



>
|
>
>











|
>







2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			 "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Parse args.
     */

    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not
     * support multiple images in Tk photos.
     */

    char *icon;
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
    } else {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    }

    /*
     * Get image and convert to NSImage that can be displayed as icon.
     */

    tk_icon = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, icon, NULL, NULL);
    if (tk_icon == NULL) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	      "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
	      icon));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    NSImage *newIcon;
    Tk_SizeOfImage(tk_icon, &width, &height);
    newIcon = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(winPtr->display, tk_icon,
	    width, height);
    Tk_FreeImage(tk_icon);
    if (newIcon == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: newIcon];
    return TCL_OK;
}
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
    } else {
	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
	wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
    }
    return TCL_OK;







|
|









|







2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
    } else {
	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
	wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
    }
    return TCL_OK;
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
	}
	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
	wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
	wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
	wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
	if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {

	    /*
	     * If the window is in normal or zoomed state, the icon should be
	     * unmapped.
	     */

	    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState ||
		wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
		Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin2);
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}








<






|







2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722

2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
	}
	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
	wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
	wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
	wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
	if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {

	    /*
	     * If the window is in normal or zoomed state, the icon should be
	     * unmapped.
	     */

	    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState ||
		    wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
		Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin2);
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721

2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
	if (wmPtr == NULL) {
	    TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
	    if (winPtr->window == None) {
		Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
		macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
	    }
	    TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
	}
	wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
	macWin->toplevel = macWin;
	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
	RemapWindows(winPtr, macWin);
	winPtr->flags |=
		(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
	TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);

    } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
	/* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







<
<










>







2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783


2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
	if (wmPtr == NULL) {
	    TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
	    if (winPtr->window == None) {
		Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
		macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
	    }


	}
	wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
	macWin->toplevel = macWin;
	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
	RemapWindows(winPtr, macWin);
	winPtr->flags |=
		(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
	TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
    } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
	/* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMaxSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;







|
|







2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMaxSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMinSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;







|
|







2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMinSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &flag) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    atts.override_redirect = flag ? True : False;







|
|







2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect != 0));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &flag) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    atts.override_redirect = flag ? True : False;
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033

    /*
     * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
     * specified command, unless the command is empty.
     */

    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
	prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    if (protPtr->command)







|







3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106

    /*
     * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
     * specified command, unless the command is empty.
     */

    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    if (protPtr->command)
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089

3090

3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];


	results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));

	results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;







>
|
>
|







3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		(wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) == 0);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		(wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) == 0);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
	    result = index1 > index2;
	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
	    result = index1 < index2;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
	    result = index1 > index2;
	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
	    result = index1 < index2;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(result != 0));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378

3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385


3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403

3404
3405

3406
3407

3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}


	if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);

	    /*
	     * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
	     * window to be raised and receive focus
	     */


	} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
	    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
			winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE",
			"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (wmPtr->master != None) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
			winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);

	} else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);

	} else { /* OPT_ZOOMED */
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);

	}
    } else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("icon", -1));
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState ||
		wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
	    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = (TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ?







>
|






>
>
|








|








>
|

>
|

>







3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch (index) {
	case OPT_NORMAL:
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);

	    /*
	     * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
	     * window to be raised and receive focus
	     */

	    break;
	case OPT_ICONIC:
	    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
			winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE",
			"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (wmPtr->master != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
			winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
	    break;
	case OPT_WITHDRAWN:
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
	    break;
	default: /* OPT_ZOOMED */
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
	    break;
	}
    } else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("icon", -1));
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState ||
		wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
	    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = (TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ?
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509

3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554


3555


3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563


3564
3565

3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571



3572










3573



3574


3575


3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582

























































3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window master;

    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
    char *masterWindowName;
    int length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->master != None) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->masterWindowName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
	wmPtr->master = None;
	if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
	}
	wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL;
    } else {
	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &master) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	TkWindow* masterPtr = (TkWindow*) master;
	while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {

            /*
             * Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
             */

            masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
        }
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)masterPtr);

	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;


	/* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here */


	if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}



	if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(

		    "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	wmPtr->master = Tk_WindowId(masterPtr);



	masterWindowName = masterPtr->pathName;










	length = strlen(masterWindowName);



	if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {


	    ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);


	}
	wmPtr->masterWindowName = ckalloc(length+1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->masterWindowName, masterWindowName);
    }
    ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}


























































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmWithdrawCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command.







>

<
|






|

|



|
|
<
<
<
<




|

<

















>
>
|
>
>








>
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>

|
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592

3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607




3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613

3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window master;
    TkWindow *masterPtr, *w;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;

    Transient *transient;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->master != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(wmPtr->master), -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	RemoveTransient(winPtr);




    } else {
	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &master) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	masterPtr = (TkWindow*) master;
	while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {

            /*
             * Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
             */

            masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
        }
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)masterPtr);

	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;

	/*
	 * Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here.
	 */

	if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
		w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->master) {
	    if (w == winPtr) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
		    Tk_PathName(masterPtr)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Add the transient to the master's list, if it not already there.
	 */

	for (transient = wmPtr2->transientPtr;
	     transient != NULL && transient->winPtr != winPtr;
	     transient = transient->nextPtr) {}
	if (transient == NULL) {
	    transient = ckalloc(sizeof(Transient));
	    transient->winPtr = winPtr;
	    transient->flags = 0;
	    transient->nextPtr = wmPtr2->transientPtr;
	    wmPtr2->transientPtr = transient;
	}

	/*
	 * If the master is withdrawn or iconic then withdraw the transient.
	 */

	if ((wmPtr2->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState ||
		wmPtr2->hints.initial_state == IconicState) &&
		wmPtr->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState) {
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
	    transient->flags |= WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER;
	}

	wmPtr->master = (Tk_Window) masterPtr;
    }
    ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RemoveTransient --
 *
 *      Clears the transient's master record and removes the transient from the
 *      master's list.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      References to a master are removed from the transient's wmInfo
 *	structure and references to the transient are removed from its master's
 *	wmInfo.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
RemoveTransient(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr, *wmPtr2;
    TkWindow *masterPtr;
    Transient *transPtr, *temp;

    if (wmPtr == NULL || wmPtr->master == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    masterPtr = (TkWindow *) wmPtr->master;
    wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    if (wmPtr2 == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    wmPtr->master = NULL;
    transPtr = wmPtr2->transientPtr;
    while (transPtr != NULL) {
	if (transPtr->winPtr != winPtr) {
	    break;
	}
	temp = transPtr->nextPtr;
	ckfree(transPtr);
	transPtr = temp;
    }
    wmPtr2->transientPtr = transPtr;
    while (transPtr != NULL) {
	if (transPtr->nextPtr && transPtr->nextPtr->winPtr == winPtr) {
	    temp = transPtr->nextPtr;
	    transPtr->nextPtr = temp->nextPtr;
	    ckfree(temp);
	} else {
	    transPtr = transPtr->nextPtr;
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmWithdrawCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command.
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622

3623

3624
3625
3626
















3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);

    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win orderOut:nil];
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];

















    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
 * Schedules a geometry update.
 */

static void
WmUpdateGeom(
    WmInfo *wmPtr,
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{







>

>



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|

|
|







3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);

    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win orderOut:nil];
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];

    /*
     * If this window has a transient, the transient must also be withdrawn.
     */

    for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;
	    transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) {
	TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr;
	TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2);

    	if (masterPtr == winPtr &&
		winPtr2->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState) {
	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, WithdrawnState);
	    transientPtr->flags |= WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER;
	}
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.  Schedules a geometry
 * update.
 */

static void
WmUpdateGeom(
    WmInfo *wmPtr,
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
	    && ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
		    == (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
     * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
     * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
     * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
     * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
     * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
     * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
     * units but just happened to have been specified before this procedure
     * was called.
     */

    if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	wmPtr->width = -1;
	wmPtr->height = -1;
    }








|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<







3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904

3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
	    && ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
		    == (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
     * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel units
     * and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the new
     * requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have been
     * registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle handlers).
     * However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just leave the
     * window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid units but
     * just happened to have been specified before this procedure was called.

     */

    if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	wmPtr->width = -1;
	wmPtr->height = -1;
    }

4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247

4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257

4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
     */

    wmPtr->width = width;
    wmPtr->height = height;
    if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
	int borderwidth = wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width;
	int newWidth = width == -1 ? winPtr->changes.width : width;

	x = (x == -1) ?
	    wmPtr->x + winPtr->changes.width - newWidth :
	    wmPtr->vRootWidth - x - newWidth - borderwidth;
    }
    if (x == -1) {
	x = wmPtr->x;
    }
    if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
	int borderheight = wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height;
	int newHeight = height == -1 ? winPtr->changes.height : height;

	y = (y == -1) ?
	    wmPtr->y + winPtr->changes.height - newHeight :
	    wmPtr->vRootHeight - y - newHeight - borderheight;
    }
    if (y == -1) {
	y = wmPtr->y;
    }
    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
	wmPtr->configX = x;
	wmPtr->configY = y;







>

|
|







>

|
|







4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
     */

    wmPtr->width = width;
    wmPtr->height = height;
    if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
	int borderwidth = wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width;
	int newWidth = width == -1 ? winPtr->changes.width : width;

	x = (x == -1) ?
		wmPtr->x + winPtr->changes.width - newWidth :
		wmPtr->vRootWidth - x - newWidth - borderwidth;
    }
    if (x == -1) {
	x = wmPtr->x;
    }
    if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
	int borderheight = wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height;
	int newHeight = height == -1 ? winPtr->changes.height : height;

	y = (y == -1) ?
		wmPtr->y + winPtr->changes.height - newHeight :
		wmPtr->vRootHeight - y - newHeight - borderheight;
    }
    if (y == -1) {
	y = wmPtr->y;
    }
    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
	wmPtr->configX = x;
	wmPtr->configY = y;
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
 *	This is a Macintosh specific implementation of this function. Given
 *	the root coordinates of a point, this procedure returns the token for
 *	the top-most window covering that point, if there exists such a window
 *	in this application.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
 *	rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
 *	window.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
<







4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566

4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
 *	This is a Macintosh specific implementation of this function. Given
 *	the root coordinates of a point, this procedure returns the token for
 *	the top-most window covering that point, if there exists such a window
 *	in this application.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
 *	rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such window.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744

    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
    }
    wmPtr->x = x;
    wmPtr->y = y;
    wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
    //    wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
    if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
    }

    /*
     * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry







<







4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914

4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921

    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
    }
    wmPtr->x = x;
    wmPtr->y = y;
    wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;

    if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
    }

    /*
     * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792

4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806

4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815

4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821

4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827

4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int macAboveBelow = (aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow);
    int otherNumber = 0; /* 0 will be used when otherPtr is NULL. */

    /*
     * If the Tk windows has no drawable, or is withdrawn do nothing.
     */

    if (winPtr->window == None ||
	wmPtr == NULL          ||
	wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    if (macWindow == nil) {
	return;
    }
    if (otherPtr) {
	/*
	 * When otherPtr is non-NULL, if the other window has no
	 * drawable or is withdrawn, do nothing.
	 */

	WmInfo *otherWmPtr = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	if (winPtr->window == None ||
	    otherWmPtr == NULL     ||
	    otherWmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
	}
	otherMacWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window);
	if (otherMacWindow == nil) {
	    return;

	} else {
	    /*
	     * If the other window is OK, get its number.
	     */
	    otherNumber = [otherMacWindow windowNumber];
	}

    }

    /*
     * Just let the Mac window manager deal with all the subtleties
     * of keeping track of off-screen windows, etc.
     */

    [macWindow orderWindow:macAboveBelow relativeTo:otherNumber];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --







>

|
|








|
|

>


|
|
|




>
|
|
|
|
<
|
>



|
|

>







4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999

5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int macAboveBelow = (aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow);
    int otherNumber = 0; /* 0 will be used when otherPtr is NULL. */

    /*
     * If the Tk windows has no drawable, or is withdrawn do nothing.
     */

    if (winPtr->window == None ||
	    wmPtr == NULL      ||
	    wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    if (macWindow == nil) {
	return;
    }
    if (otherPtr) {
	/*
	 * When otherPtr is non-NULL, if the other window has no drawable or is
	 * withdrawn, do nothing.
	 */

	WmInfo *otherWmPtr = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	if (winPtr->window == None ||
		otherWmPtr == NULL ||
		otherWmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	    return;
	}
	otherMacWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window);
	if (otherMacWindow == nil) {
	    return;
	}

	/*
	 * If the other window is OK, get its number.
	 */


	otherNumber = [otherMacWindow windowNumber];
    }

    /*
     * Just let the Mac window manager deal with all the subtleties of keeping
     * track of off-screen windows, etc.
     */

    [macWindow orderWindow:macAboveBelow relativeTo:otherNumber];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * InitialWindowBounds --
 *
 *	This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac toplevel
 *	window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user this code will
 *	auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially across the main
 *	monitor of the Mac.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Window bounds.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







|
|







5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * InitialWindowBounds --
 *
 *	This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac toplevel
 *	window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user this code will
 *	auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially across the main monitor
 *	of the Mac.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Window bounds.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Window
TkGetTransientMaster(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL) {
	return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->master;
    }
    return None;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetXWindow --
 *







|




|

|







5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tk_Window
TkGetTransientMaster(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL) {
	return (Tk_Window)winPtr->wmInfoPtr->master;
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetXWindow --
 *
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    NSWindow *macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    return [macWindow isZoomed];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
 *
 *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a







<







5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448

5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    NSWindow *macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    return [macWindow isZoomed];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
 *
 *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379

5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388

5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395






5396






5397


5398












5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    static const char *const subcmds[] = {
	"style", "tabbingid", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE, TKMWS_TABID
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], subcmds,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (((enum SubCmds) index) == TKMWS_STYLE) {

	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?class attributes?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	return WmWinStyle(interp, winPtr, objc, objv);
    } else if (((enum SubCmds) index) == TKMWS_TABID) {
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 12) {
	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
	        "\n    (TabbingIdentifiers only exist on OSX 10.12 or later)");

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tabbingid window ?newid?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	return WmWinTabbingId(interp, winPtr, objc, objv);






    }






    /* won't be reached */


    return TCL_ERROR;












}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmWinStyle --
 *







|


|









<

















|
>





|

|
|
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540

5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    static const char *const subcmds[] = {
	"style", "tabbingid", "appearance", "isdark", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE, TKMWS_TABID, TKMWS_APPEARANCE, TKMWS_ISDARK
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], subcmds,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch((enum SubCmds) index) {
    case TKMWS_STYLE:
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?class attributes?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	return WmWinStyle(interp, winPtr, objc, objv);
    case TKMWS_TABID:
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 12) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                "Tabbing identifiers did not exist until OSX 10.12.", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "TABBINGID", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tabbingid window ?newid?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	return WmWinTabbingId(interp, winPtr, objc, objv);
    case TKMWS_APPEARANCE:
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 9) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
                "Window appearances did not exist until OSX 10.9.", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "APPEARANCE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?appearancename?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 4 && [NSApp macMinorVersion] < 14) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "Window appearances cannot be changed before OSX 10.14.",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "APPEARANCE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	return WmWinAppearance(interp, winPtr, objc, objv);
    case TKMWS_ISDARK:
	if ((objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "isdark window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)));
	return TCL_OK;
    default:
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmWinStyle --
 *
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592

5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmWinTabbingId --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the
 *	"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid" subcommand. The command
 *	allows you to get or set the tabbingIdentifier for the NSWindow
 *      associated with a Tk Window.  The syntax is:

 *      tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newId?
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the tabbingIdentifier of the window prior to calling this
 *      function.  If the optional newId argument is omitted, the window's
 *      tabbingIdentifier is not changed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Windows may only be grouped together as tabs if they all have the same
 *      tabbingIdentifier.  In particular, by giving a window a unique
 *      tabbingIdentifier one can prevent it from becoming a tab in any other
 *      window.  Note, however, that changing the tabbingIdentifier of a window
 *      which is already a tab does not cause it to become a separate window.
 *
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmWinTabbingId(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */







|
>
|












<







5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813

5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmWinTabbingId --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the
 *	"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid" subcommand. The command
 *	allows you to get or set the tabbingIdentifier for the NSWindow
 *	associated with a Tk Window.  The syntax is:
 *
 *	    tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newId?
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the tabbingIdentifier of the window prior to calling this
 *      function.  If the optional newId argument is omitted, the window's
 *      tabbingIdentifier is not changed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Windows may only be grouped together as tabs if they all have the same
 *      tabbingIdentifier.  In particular, by giving a window a unique
 *      tabbingIdentifier one can prevent it from becoming a tab in any other
 *      window.  Note, however, that changing the tabbingIdentifier of a window
 *      which is already a tab does not cause it to become a separate window.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmWinTabbingId(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644




5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651





































































































5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658

	/*
	 * If the tabbingIdentifier of a tab is changed we also turn it into a
	 * separate window so we don't violate the rule that all tabs in the
	 * same frame must have the same tabbingIdentifier.
	 */

	if ([idString compare:newIdString] != NSOrderedSame && [win tab]) {




	    [win moveTabToNewWindow:nil];
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
#endif
    return TCL_ERROR;
}






































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMakeMenuWindow --
 *
 *	Configure the window to be either a undecorated pull-down (or pop-up)







|
>
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970

	/*
	 * If the tabbingIdentifier of a tab is changed we also turn it into a
	 * separate window so we don't violate the rule that all tabs in the
	 * same frame must have the same tabbingIdentifier.
	 */

	if ([idString compare:newIdString] != NSOrderedSame
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101200
		&& [win tab]
#endif
		) {
	    [win moveTabToNewWindow:nil];
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
#endif
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmWinAppearance --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the
 *	"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle appearance" subcommand. The command
 *	allows you to get or set the appearance for the NSWindow associated
 *	with a Tk Window.  The syntax is:
 *
 *	    tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newAppearance?
 *
 *      Allowed appearance names are "aqua", "darkaqua", and "auto".
 *
 * Results:
 *      Returns the appearance setting of the window prior to calling this
 *	function.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The underlying NSWindow's appearance property is set to the specified
 *      value if the optional newAppearance argument is supplied. Otherwise the
 *      window's appearance property is not changed.  If the appearance is set
 *      to aqua or darkaqua then the window will use the associated
 *      NSAppearance even if the user has selected a different appearance with
 *      the system preferences.  If it is set to auto then the appearance
 *      property is set to nil, meaning that the preferences will determine the
 *      appearance.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmWinAppearance(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to be manipulated. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj * const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1090
    static const char *const appearanceStrings[] = {
	"aqua", "darkaqua", "auto", NULL
    };
    enum appearances {
	APPEARANCE_AQUA, APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA, APPEARANCE_AUTO
    };
    Tcl_Obj *result = NULL;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101300
    NSAppearanceName appearance;
#else
    NSString *appearance;
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101300
    const char *resultString = "unrecognized";
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    if (win) {
	appearance = win.appearance.name;
	if (appearance == nil) {
	    resultString = appearanceStrings[APPEARANCE_AUTO];
	} else if (appearance == NSAppearanceNameAqua) {
	    resultString = appearanceStrings[APPEARANCE_AQUA];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
	} else if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
	    if (appearance == NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua) {
		resultString = appearanceStrings[APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA];
	    }
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
	}
	result = Tcl_NewStringObj(resultString, strlen(resultString));
    }
    if (result == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Failed to read appearance name.");
    }
    if (objc == 4) {
	int index;
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], appearanceStrings,
                sizeof(char *), "appearancename", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
	switch ((enum appearances) index) {
	case APPEARANCE_AQUA:
	    win.appearance = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed:
		NSAppearanceNameAqua];
	    break;
	case APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA:
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
	    if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) {
		win.appearance = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed:
		    NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua];
	    }
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400
	    break;
	default:
	    win.appearance = nil;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
    return TCL_OK;
#else // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1090
    return TCL_ERROR;
#endif
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMakeMenuWindow --
 *
 *	Configure the window to be either a undecorated pull-down (or pop-up)
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
    if (TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
	return;
    }

    macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;

    /*
     * If this is embedded, make sure its container's toplevel exists,
     * then return...
     */

    if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr != NULL) {
	    TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(







|
|







6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
    if (TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
	return;
    }

    macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;

    /*
     * If this is embedded, make sure its container's toplevel exists, then
     * return...
     */

    if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr != NULL) {
	    TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762

	/*
	 * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
	 */
    }

    /*
     * If this is an override-redirect window, the NSWindow is created
     * first as a document window then converted to a simple window.
     */

    if (overrideRedirect) {
	wmPtr->macClass = kDocumentWindowClass;
    }
    macClass = wmPtr->macClass;
    wmPtr->attributes &= (tkAlwaysValidAttributes |







|
|







6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074

	/*
	 * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
	 */
    }

    /*
     * If this is an override-redirect window, the NSWindow is created first as
     * a document window then converted to a simple window.
     */

    if (overrideRedirect) {
	wmPtr->macClass = kDocumentWindowClass;
    }
    macClass = wmPtr->macClass;
    wmPtr->attributes &= (tkAlwaysValidAttributes |
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828

5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857

5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
    [window setReleasedWhenClosed:NO];
    if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
	[(NSPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
    }
    if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
	    !(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Textured windows are draggable
	 *                               from opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }
    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);
    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width +=  structureRect.size.width;
    geometry.size.height += structureRect.size.height;
    geometry.origin.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (geometry.origin.y +
	    geometry.size.height);
    [window setFrame:geometry display:YES];
    TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow((Window) macWin, window);

    macWin->flags |= TK_HOST_EXISTS;
    if (overrideRedirect) {
    	XSetWindowAttributes atts;

    	atts.override_redirect = True;
    	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
    	ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayWindow --
 *
 *      Mark the contentView of this window as needing display so the
 *      window will be drawn by the window manager.  If this is called
 *      within the drawRect method, do nothing.
 *
 * Results:
 *      None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The window's contentView is marked as needing display.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void
TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin) {
    if (![NSApp isDrawing]) {
    	TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin;
    	NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

    	[[w contentView] setNeedsDisplay: YES];
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow --
 *
 *	This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table
 *	that maps Mac windows to root X windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	An entry is added to the windowTable hash table.
 *







|
|








|









>











|
|
|













|

>









|
|







6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
    [window setReleasedWhenClosed:NO];
    if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
	[(NSPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
    }
    if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
	    !(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Textured windows are draggable from
	 *                               opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }
    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);
    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width += structureRect.size.width;
    geometry.size.height += structureRect.size.height;
    geometry.origin.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (geometry.origin.y +
	    geometry.size.height);
    [window setFrame:geometry display:YES];
    TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow((Window) macWin, window);

    macWin->flags |= TK_HOST_EXISTS;
    if (overrideRedirect) {
    	XSetWindowAttributes atts;

    	atts.override_redirect = True;
    	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
    	ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDisplayWindow --
 *
 *      Mark the contentView of this window as needing display so the window
 *      will be drawn by the window manager.  If this is called within the
 *      drawRect method, do nothing.
 *
 * Results:
 *      None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The window's contentView is marked as needing display.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void
TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin) {
    if (![NSApp isDrawing]) {
    	TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    	NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

    	[[w contentView] setNeedsDisplay: YES];
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow --
 *
 *	This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table that
 *	maps Mac windows to root X windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	An entry is added to the windowTable hash table.
 *
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225


6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpChangeFocus --
 *
 *	This procedure is a stub on the Mac because we always own the focus if
 *	we are a front most application.


 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the
 *	focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change
 *	events that were queued before the command. If the procedure doesn't
 *	actually change the focus then it returns 0.
 *







|
|
>
>







6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpChangeFocus --
 *
 *	This function is called when Tk moves focus from one window to another.
 *      It should be passed a non-embedded TopLevel. That toplevel gets raised
 *      to the top of the Tk stacking order and the associated NSWindow is
 *      ordered Front.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the
 *	focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change
 *	events that were queued before the command. If the procedure doesn't
 *	actually change the focus then it returns 0.
 *
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251

6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
				 * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's
				 * application. */
{
    if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
	return 0;
    }

    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ){
    	NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

    	TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
    	if (force ) {
    	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
    	}
	if ( win && [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
	    [win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	}
    }

    /*
     * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
     * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,







|

>

|


|







6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
				 * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's
				 * application. */
{
    if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
	return 0;
    }

    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
    	NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

    	TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
    	if (force) {
    	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
    	}
	if (win && [win canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
	    [win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	}
    }

    /*
     * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
     * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414

6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423

void
TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *macWindow)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

    ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, 0, 0, 0, 1);
    if (wmPtr->master != None || winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
	ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, macWindow);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>

|







6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741

void
TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *macWindow)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

    ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, 0, 0, 0, 1);
    if (wmPtr->master != NULL || winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
	ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, macWindow);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458

6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465

6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
    UInt64 newAttributes = ForceAttributes(wmPtr->attributes, wmPtr->macClass);
    UInt64 changedAttributes = newAttributes ^ ForceAttributes(oldAttributes,
	    wmPtr->macClass);

    if (changedAttributes || wmPtr->flags != oldFlags || initial) {
	if (!macWindow) {
	    if (winPtr->window == None) {
		if (create) {
		    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
		} else {
		    return;
		}

	    }
	    if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
		if (create) {
		    TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
		} else {
		    return;
		}

	    }
	    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
	}
	if ((changedAttributes & kWindowCloseBoxAttribute) || initial) {
	    [[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowCloseButton]
		    setEnabled:!!(newAttributes & kWindowCloseBoxAttribute)];
	}







|
<
<


>


|
<
<


>







6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772


6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778


6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
    UInt64 newAttributes = ForceAttributes(wmPtr->attributes, wmPtr->macClass);
    UInt64 changedAttributes = newAttributes ^ ForceAttributes(oldAttributes,
	    wmPtr->macClass);

    if (changedAttributes || wmPtr->flags != oldFlags || initial) {
	if (!macWindow) {
	    if (winPtr->window == None) {
		if (!create) {


		    return;
		}
		Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	    }
	    if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
		if (!create) {


		    return;
		}
		TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
	    }
	    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
	}
	if ((changedAttributes & kWindowCloseBoxAttribute) || initial) {
	    [[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowCloseButton]
		    setEnabled:!!(newAttributes & kWindowCloseBoxAttribute)];
	}
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501

6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
	}
	if ((changedAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) || initial) {
	    [macWindow setShowsToolbarButton:
		    !!(newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute)];
	    if ((newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) &&
		    ![macWindow toolbar]) {
		NSToolbar *toolbar = [[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier:@""];

		[toolbar setVisible:NO];
		[macWindow setToolbar:toolbar];
		[toolbar release];
		NSCell *toolbarButtonCell = [[macWindow standardWindowButton:
			NSWindowToolbarButton] cell];
		[toolbarButtonCell setTarget:[macWindow contentView]];
		[toolbarButtonCell setAction:@selector(tkToolbarButton:)];







>







6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
	}
	if ((changedAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) || initial) {
	    [macWindow setShowsToolbarButton:
		    !!(newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute)];
	    if ((newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) &&
		    ![macWindow toolbar]) {
		NSToolbar *toolbar = [[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier:@""];

		[toolbar setVisible:NO];
		[macWindow setToolbar:toolbar];
		[toolbar release];
		NSCell *toolbarButtonCell = [[macWindow standardWindowButton:
			NSWindowToolbarButton] cell];
		[toolbarButtonCell setTarget:[macWindow contentView]];
		[toolbarButtonCell setAction:@selector(tkToolbarButton:)];
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560

6561
6562
6563
6564

6565
6566
6567

6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
	     * full screen, was included in the default as of OSX 10.13.  For
	     * uniformity we use the new default in all versions of the OS
	     * after 10.10.
	     */

#if !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000)
	    if (!(macWindow.styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask)) {

		/*
		 * Exclude overrideredirect, transient, and "help"-styled
		 * windows from moving into their own fullscreen space.
		 *
		 */

		if ((winPtr->atts.override_redirect) ||
		    (wmPtr->master != None) ||
		    (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass == kHelpWindowClass)) {
		    b |= (NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces |
			  NSWindowCollectionBehaviorFullScreenAuxiliary);
		} else {
		    NSSize screenSize = [[macWindow screen]frame].size;
		    b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorFullScreenPrimary;


		    /* The default max size has height less than the screen height.
		     * This causes the window manager to refuse to allow the window
		     * to be resized when it is a split window.  To work around
		     * this we make the max size equal to the screen size.

		     */

		    [macWindow setMaxFullScreenContentSize:screenSize];

		}
	    }
#endif

	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {







<



<



|
|

|

|


>
|
|
|
|
>

|
|
>







6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861

6862
6863
6864

6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
	     * full screen, was included in the default as of OSX 10.13.  For
	     * uniformity we use the new default in all versions of the OS
	     * after 10.10.
	     */

#if !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000)
	    if (!(macWindow.styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask)) {

		/*
		 * Exclude overrideredirect, transient, and "help"-styled
		 * windows from moving into their own fullscreen space.

		 */

		if ((winPtr->atts.override_redirect) ||
			(wmPtr->master != NULL) ||
			(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass == kHelpWindowClass)) {
		    b |= (NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces |
			    NSWindowCollectionBehaviorFullScreenAuxiliary);
		} else {
		    NSSize screenSize = [[macWindow screen] frame].size;
		    b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorFullScreenPrimary;

		    /*
		     * The default max size has height less than the screen
		     * height. This causes the window manager to refuse to
		     * allow the window to be resized when it is a split
		     * window. To work around this we make the max size equal
		     * to the screen size.  (For 10.11 and up, only)
		     */
		    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 10) {
			[macWindow setMaxFullScreenContentSize:screenSize];
		    }
		}
	    }
#endif

	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596

6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603

	/*
	 * The change of window class/attributes might have changed the window
	 * frame geometry:
	 */

	NSRect structureRect = [macWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect];

	wmPtr->xInParent = -structureRect.origin.x;
	wmPtr->yInParent = structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height;
	wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + structureRect.size.width;
	wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + structureRect.size.height;
    }
}








>







6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922

	/*
	 * The change of window class/attributes might have changed the window
	 * frame geometry:
	 */

	NSRect structureRect = [macWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect];

	wmPtr->xInParent = -structureRect.origin.x;
	wmPtr->yInParent = structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height;
	wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + structureRect.size.width;
	wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + structureRect.size.height;
    }
}

6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629

6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
    NSWindow *macWindow)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
    int oldFlags = wmPtr->flags;
    unsigned long styleMask;
    NSRect structureRect;


    if (!macWindow && winPtr->window != None &&
	    TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
	macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    }
    styleMask = [macWindow styleMask];








>







6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
    NSWindow *macWindow)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
    int oldFlags = wmPtr->flags;
    unsigned long styleMask;
    NSRect structureRect;
    NSWindow *parentWindow;

    if (!macWindow && winPtr->window != None &&
	    TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
	macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    }
    styleMask = [macWindow styleMask];

6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695

6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713









6714
6715






6716
6717
6718

6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725

6726
6727




6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
		        NSMiniaturizableWindowMask |
		        NSResizableWindowMask;
	} else {
	    styleMask |= NSTitledWindowMask;
	}
    }
    if (macWindow) {
	NSWindow *parentWindow = [macWindow parentWindow];
	structureRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect
				  styleMask:styleMask];

	/*
	 * Synchronize the wmInfoPtr to match the new window configuration
	 * so windowBoundsChanged won't corrupt the window manager info.
	 */

	wmPtr->xInParent = -structureRect.origin.x;
	wmPtr->yInParent = structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height;
	wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + structureRect.size.width;
	wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + structureRect.size.height;
	if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
	    [macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
	    [macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask];
	    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState) {
		[macWindow orderFront:nil];
	    }
	    if (wmPtr->master != None) {
		wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST;
	    } else {
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
	    }
	} else {
	    const char *title = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->titleUid;

	    if (!title) {
		title = winPtr->nameUid;
	    }
	    [macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask];
	    [macWindow setTitle:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:title]];
	    [macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
	}
	if (wmPtr->master != None) {
	    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
	    TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *)
		    Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, wmPtr->master);

	    if (masterWinPtr && masterWinPtr->window != None &&
		    TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(masterWinPtr)) {
		NSWindow *masterMacWin =
			TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(masterWinPtr->window);










		if (masterMacWin && masterMacWin != parentWindow &&
			(winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {






		    if (parentWindow) {
			[parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow];
		    }

		    [masterMacWin addChildWindow:macWindow
			    ordered:NSWindowAbove];
		    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) {
			[macWindow setLevel:kCGUtilityWindowLevel];
		    }
		}
	    }

	} else if (parentWindow) {
	    [parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow];




	}
	ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldAttributes,
		oldFlags, 0, 0);
    }
}

/*







<

|
















|






>









<
|
<

|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>

|
<
<
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>







6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989

6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024

7025

7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054


7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
		        NSMiniaturizableWindowMask |
		        NSResizableWindowMask;
	} else {
	    styleMask |= NSTitledWindowMask;
	}
    }
    if (macWindow) {

	structureRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect
		styleMask:styleMask];

	/*
	 * Synchronize the wmInfoPtr to match the new window configuration
	 * so windowBoundsChanged won't corrupt the window manager info.
	 */

	wmPtr->xInParent = -structureRect.origin.x;
	wmPtr->yInParent = structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height;
	wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + structureRect.size.width;
	wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + structureRect.size.height;
	if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
	    [macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
	    [macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask];
	    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState) {
		[macWindow orderFront:nil];
	    }
	    if (wmPtr->master != NULL) {
		wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST;
	    } else {
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
	    }
	} else {
	    const char *title = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->titleUid;

	    if (!title) {
		title = winPtr->nameUid;
	    }
	    [macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask];
	    [macWindow setTitle:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:title]];
	    [macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
	}
	if (wmPtr->master != None) {

	    TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *) wmPtr->master;


	    if (masterWinPtr && (masterWinPtr->window != None)
		    && TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(masterWinPtr)) {
		NSWindow *masterMacWin = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(
			masterWinPtr->window);

		/*
		 * Try to add the transient window as a child window of the
		 * master. A child NSWindow retains its relative position with
		 * respect to the parent when the parent is moved.  This is
		 * pointless if the parent is offscreen, and adding a child to
		 * an offscreen window causes the parent to be displayed as a
		 * zombie.  So we only do this if the parent is visible.
		 */

		if (masterMacWin && [masterMacWin isVisible]
			&& (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
		    /*
		     * If the transient is already a child of some other window,
		     * remove it.
		     */

		    parentWindow = [macWindow parentWindow];
		    if (parentWindow && parentWindow != masterMacWin) {
			[parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow];
		    }

		    [masterMacWin addChildWindow:macWindow
					 ordered:NSWindowAbove];


		}
	    }
	} else {
	    parentWindow = [macWindow parentWindow];
	    if (parentWindow) {
		[parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow];
	    }
	}
	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) {
	    [macWindow setLevel:kCGUtilityWindowLevel];
	}
	ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldAttributes,
		oldFlags, 0, 0);
    }
}

/*
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908

6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925

6926


6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933

static void
RemapWindows(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    MacDrawable *parentWin)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;

    /*
     * Remove the OS specific window. It will get rebuilt when the window gets
     * Mapped.
     */

    if (winPtr->window != None) {
	MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;

	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
	macWin->toplevel = parentWin->toplevel;
	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
#ifdef TK_REBUILD_TOPLEVEL
	winPtr->flags |= TK_REBUILD_TOPLEVEL;
#endif
    }


    /* Repeat for all the children */


    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
	RemapWindows(childPtr, (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window);
    }
}

/*







>

















>
|
>
>







7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274

static void
RemapWindows(
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    MacDrawable *parentWin)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;

    /*
     * Remove the OS specific window. It will get rebuilt when the window gets
     * Mapped.
     */

    if (winPtr->window != None) {
	MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;

	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
	macWin->toplevel = parentWin->toplevel;
	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
#ifdef TK_REBUILD_TOPLEVEL
	winPtr->flags |= TK_REBUILD_TOPLEVEL;
#endif
    }

    /*
     * Repeat for all the children.
     */

    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
	RemapWindows(childPtr, (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window);
    }
}

/*

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.h.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38











39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72



73
74
75
76
77
78
79
    char* command;		/* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;













/*
 * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
 * information for each top-level window in an application.
 */

typedef struct TkWmInfo {
    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Pointer to main Tk information for this
				 * window. */
    Window reparent;		/* If the window has been reparented, this
				 * gives the ID of the ancestor of the window
				 * that is a child of the root window (may not
				 * be window's immediate parent). If the window
				 * isn't reparented, this has the value
				 * None. */
    Tk_Uid titleUid;		/* Title to display in window caption. If NULL,
				 * use name of widget. */
    char *iconName;		/* Name to display in icon. */
    Window master;		/* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property, or
				 * None. */
    XWMHints hints;		/* Various pieces of information for window
				 * manager. */
    char *leaderName;		/* Path name of leader of window group
				 * (corresponds to hints.window_group).
				 * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
				 * updated if leader is destroyed. */
    char *masterWindowName;	/* Path name of window specified as master in
				 * "wm transient" command, or NULL. Malloc-ed.
				 * Note: this field doesn't get updated if
				 * masterWindowName is destroyed. */
    Tk_Window icon;		/* Window to use as icon for this window, or
				 * NULL. */
    Tk_Window iconFor;		/* Window for which this window is icon, or
				 * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */




    /*
     * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window
     * manager:
     */

    int sizeHintsFlags;		/* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


















|







<
<
<
<




>
>
>







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75




76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
    char* command;		/* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

/* The following data structure is used in the TkWmInfo to maintain a list of all of the
 * transient windows belonging to a given master.
 */

typedef struct Transient {
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int flags;
    struct Transient *nextPtr;
} Transient;

#define WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER 0x1

/*
 * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
 * information for each top-level window in an application.
 */

typedef struct TkWmInfo {
    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Pointer to main Tk information for this
				 * window. */
    Window reparent;		/* If the window has been reparented, this
				 * gives the ID of the ancestor of the window
				 * that is a child of the root window (may not
				 * be window's immediate parent). If the window
				 * isn't reparented, this has the value
				 * None. */
    Tk_Uid titleUid;		/* Title to display in window caption. If NULL,
				 * use name of widget. */
    char *iconName;		/* Name to display in icon. */
    Tk_Window master;		/* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property, or
				 * None. */
    XWMHints hints;		/* Various pieces of information for window
				 * manager. */
    char *leaderName;		/* Path name of leader of window group
				 * (corresponds to hints.window_group).
				 * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
				 * updated if leader is destroyed. */




    Tk_Window icon;		/* Window to use as icon for this window, or
				 * NULL. */
    Tk_Window iconFor;		/* Window for which this window is icon, or
				 * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
    Transient *transientPtr;    /* First item in a list of all transient windows
				 * belonging to this window, or NULL if there
				 * are no transients. */

    /*
     * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window
     * manager:
     */

    int sizeHintsFlags;		/* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c.

174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 101000
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;







|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
     * However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there
     * is!
     */

    display->request++;
}

void
Tk_FreeXId(
    Display *display,
    XID xid)
{
    /* no-op function needed for stubs implementation. */
}

int
XSync(
    Display *display,
    Bool flag)
{
    TkMacOSXFlushWindows();
    display->request++;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







671
672
673
674
675
676
677








678
679
680
681
682
683
684
     * However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there
     * is!
     */

    display->request++;
}









int
XSync(
    Display *display,
    Bool flag)
{
    TkMacOSXFlushWindows();
    display->request++;

Changes to macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

35
36
37

38

39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51






































































52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

62


63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

84
85
86
87
88

89
90
91
92
93
















































94



























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































95
96
97
98
99
100
101

102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118

119
120
121
122
123
124


125
126


127

128
129
130
131

132
133
134
135
136

137

138
139

140
141


142


















143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152




153
154




155
156
157
158
159

160





161

162






163

164
165
166
167
168




169
170
171
172

173
174

175
176
177
178
179
180










181
182
183

184

185
186
187

188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204


205


206
207
208
209


210
211
















212




































213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274

275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287

288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298




299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307


308


309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321



322


323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336

337
338




339
340
341
342
343
344
345


346


347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360













361

362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374

375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382

383
384




385
386
387
388
389
390
391


392


393
394





395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402

403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415

416
417
418
419
420
421

422
423


424
425
426


427
428
429
430
431




432
433
434
435
436
437
438


439


440
441
442
443
444





























445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452





453
454








455
456
457
458
459









460
461
462
463
464

465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478


479
480











481
482
483
484
485
486
487




488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496


497


498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508











509


510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530













531
532
533

534
535




536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543

























































544
545
546
547


548


549
550

551
552
553







554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562



563


564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577

578





579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614




615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625


626


627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655

656
657

658
659
660













661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674

675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682

683
684




685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729




730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739


740


741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753


754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767













768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
































































































































































































































































779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789




790
791
792
793
794
795
796




797
798
799
800
801
802
803

804
805
806



807


808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

822
823
824
825
826




827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844




845
846
847
848
849
850
851

852
853
854
855
856
857
858

859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872

873


874



















875








876
877
878

879

880
881
882
883


884


885
886














887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895

896
897
898
899




900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935

936
937


938


939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958










































959

960


961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968

969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979










































980
981


982


983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994














995


996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009

1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018




1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030


1031


1032
1033


1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044

1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098

1099

1100
1101
1102

1103
1104






1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
















1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125

1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135

1136

1137

1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152


1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159


1160
1161
1162
1163

1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174




1175


1176



1177












1178

1179
1180
1181

1182



1183
1184
1185
1186

1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194

1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
/*
 * ttkMacOSXTheme.c --
 *
 *	Tk theme engine for Mac OSX, using the Appearance Manager API.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English
 * Copyright (c) 2005 Neil Madden
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright 2009 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
 *	Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/APIIndex.html >
 *
 * Notes:
 *	"Active" means different things in Mac and Tk terminology --
 *	On Aqua, widgets are "Active" if they belong to the foreground window,
 *	"Inactive" if they are in a background window.
 *	Tk uses the term "active" to mean that the mouse cursor
 *	is over a widget; aka "hover", "prelight", or "hot-tracked".
 *	Aqua doesn't use this kind of feedback.
 *
 *	The QuickDraw/Carbon coordinate system is relative to the
 *	top-level window, not to the Tk_Window.  BoxToRect()
 *	accounts for this.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"


/*
 * Use this version in the core:

 */

#define BEGIN_DRAWING(d) { \
	TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; \
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((d), NULL, 1, &dc)) {return;}
#define END_DRAWING \
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); }

#define HIOrientation kHIThemeOrientationNormal


#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */







































































/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Utilities.
 */

/*
 * BoxToRect --
 *	Convert a Ttk_Box in Tk coordinates relative to the given Drawable
 *	to a native Rect relative to the containing port.
 */

static inline CGRect BoxToRect(Drawable d, Ttk_Box b)


{
    MacDrawable *md = (MacDrawable*)d;
    CGRect rect;

    rect.origin.y	= b.y + md->yOff;
    rect.origin.x	= b.x + md->xOff;
    rect.size.height	= b.height;
    rect.size.width	= b.width;

    return rect;
}

/*
 * Table mapping Tk states to Appearance manager ThemeStates
 */

static Ttk_StateTable ThemeStateTable[] = {
    {kThemeStateUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
    {kThemeStatePressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
    {kThemeStateInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0},
    {kThemeStateActive, 0, 0}

/* Others: Not sure what these are supposed to mean.
   Up/Down have something to do with "little arrow" increment controls...
   Dunno what a "Rollover" is.
   NEM: Rollover is TTK_STATE_ACTIVE... but we don't handle that yet, by the
   looks of things

    {kThemeStateRollover, 0, 0},
    {kThemeStateUnavailableInactive, 0, 0}
    {kThemeStatePressedUp, 0, 0},
    {kThemeStatePressedDown, 0, 0}
*/
















































};




























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button element: Used for elements drawn with DrawThemeButton.
 */

/*
 * Extra margins to account for drop shadow.

 */
static Ttk_Padding ButtonMargins = {2,2,2,2};

#define NoThemeMetric 0xFFFFFFFF

typedef struct {
    ThemeButtonKind kind;
    ThemeMetric heightMetric;
} ThemeButtonParams;

static ThemeButtonParams
    PushButtonParams = { kThemePushButton, kThemeMetricPushButtonHeight },
    CheckBoxParams = { kThemeCheckBox, kThemeMetricCheckBoxHeight },
    RadioButtonParams = { kThemeRadioButton, kThemeMetricRadioButtonHeight },
    BevelButtonParams = { kThemeBevelButton, NoThemeMetric },
    PopupButtonParams = { kThemePopupButton, kThemeMetricPopupButtonHeight },

    DisclosureParams = { kThemeDisclosureButton, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight },

    ListHeaderParams = { kThemeListHeaderButton, kThemeMetricListHeaderHeight };

static Ttk_StateTable ButtonValueTable[] = {
    { kThemeButtonMixed, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
    { kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
    { kThemeButtonOff, 0, 0 }


/* Others: kThemeDisclosureRight, kThemeDisclosureDown, kThemeDisclosureLeft */
};




static Ttk_StateTable ButtonAdornmentTable[] = {
    { kThemeAdornmentDefault| kThemeAdornmentFocus,
	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE| TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
    { kThemeAdornmentDefault, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },

    { kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
    { kThemeAdornmentNone, 0, 0 }
};

/*

 * computeButtonDrawInfo --

 *	Fill in an appearance manager HIThemeButtonDrawInfo record.
 */

static inline HIThemeButtonDrawInfo computeButtonDrawInfo(
	ThemeButtonParams *params, Ttk_State state)


{


















    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.kind = params ? params->kind : 0,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
    };
    return info;
}





static void ButtonElementSizeNoPadding(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;

    if (params->heightMetric != NoThemeMetric) {

	SInt32 height;







	ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, params->heightMetric, &height);






	*heightPtr = height;

    }
}

static void ButtonElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, 0);

    static const CGRect scratchBounds = {{0, 0}, {100, 100}};
    CGRect contentBounds;


    ButtonElementSizeNoPadding(
	clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
	widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);

    /*










     * To compute internal padding, query the appearance manager
     * for the content bounds of a dummy rectangle, then use
     * the difference as the padding.

     */

    ChkErr(HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds,
	&scratchBounds, &info, &contentBounds);


    paddingPtr->left = CGRectGetMinX(contentBounds);
    paddingPtr->top = CGRectGetMinY(contentBounds);
    paddingPtr->right = CGRectGetMaxX(scratchBounds) - CGRectGetMaxX(contentBounds) + 1;
    paddingPtr->bottom = CGRectGetMaxY(scratchBounds) - CGRectGetMaxY(contentBounds);

    /*
     * Now add a little extra padding to account for drop shadows.
     * @@@ SHOULD: call GetThemeButtonBackgroundBounds() instead.
     */

    *paddingPtr = Ttk_AddPadding(*paddingPtr, ButtonMargins);
    *widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ButtonMargins);
    *heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(ButtonMargins);
}

static void ButtonElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, ButtonMargins));
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, state);



    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
















    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);




































    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    ButtonElementSize,
    ButtonElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 */


/* Tab position logic, c.f. ttkNotebook.c TabState() */

#define TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST	TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST 	TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable TabStyleTable[] = {
    { kThemeTabFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND},
    { kThemeTabNonFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND},
    { kThemeTabFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED|TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    { kThemeTabNonFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED},
    { kThemeTabFront, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    { kThemeTabNonFrontPressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED},
    { kThemeTabNonFront, 0}
};

static Ttk_StateTable TabAdornmentTable[] = {
    { kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone,
	    TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST|TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
    {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST},
    {kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
    {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, 0 },
};

static Ttk_StateTable TabPositionTable[] = {
    { kHIThemeTabPositionOnly,
	    TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST|TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
    { kHIThemeTabPositionFirst, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST},
    { kHIThemeTabPositionLast, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
    { kHIThemeTabPositionMiddle, 0 },
};

/*
 * Apple XHIG Tab View Specifications:
 *
 * Control sizes: Tab views are available in regular, small, and mini sizes.
 * The tab height is fixed for each size, but you control the size of the pane
 * area. The tab heights for each size are listed below:
 *  - Regular size: 20 pixels.
 *  - Small: 17 pixels.
 *  - Mini: 15 pixels.
 *
 * Label spacing and fonts: The tab labels should be in a font that’s
 * proportional to the size of the tab view control. In addition, the label
 * should be placed so that there are equal margins of space before and after
 * it. The guidelines below provide the specifications you should use for tab
 * labels:
 *  - Regular size: System font. Center in tab, leaving 12 pixels on each side.

 *  - Small: Small system font. Center in tab, leaving 10 pixels on each side.
 *  - Mini: Mini system font. Center in tab, leaving 8 pixels on each side.
 *
 * Control spacing: Whether you decide to inset a tab view in a window or
 * extend its edges to the window sides and bottom, you should place the top
 * edge of the tab view 12 or 14 pixels below the bottom edge of the title bar
 * (or toolbar, if there is one). If you choose to inset a tab view in a
 * window, you should leave a margin of 20 pixels between the sides and bottom
 * of the tab view and the sides and bottom of the window (although 16 pixels
 * is also an acceptable margin-width). If you need to provide controls below
 * the tab view, leave enough space below the tab view so the controls are 20
 * pixels above the bottom edge of the window and 12 pixels between the tab
 * view and the controls.

 * If you choose to extend the tab view sides and bottom so that they meet the
 * window sides and bottom, you should leave a margin of at least 20 pixels
 * between the content in the tab view and the tab-view edges.
 *
 * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/userexperience/Conceptual/
 *       AppleHIGuidelines/XHIGControls/XHIGControls.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/
 *       TP30000359-TPXREF116>
 */

static void TabElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *)heightPtr);
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(0, 0, 0, 2);

}

static void TabElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    HIThemeTabDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 1,
	.style = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabStyleTable, state),
	.direction = kThemeTabNorth,
	.size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabAdornmentTable, state),
	.kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
	.position = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabPositionTable, state),
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)



    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTab, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);


    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TabElementSize,
    TabElementDraw
};

/*
 * Notebook panes:
 */

static void PaneElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(9, 5, 9, 9);
}

static void PaneElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    HIThemeTabPaneDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 1,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.direction = kThemeTabNorth,
	.size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
	.kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
	.adornment = kHIThemeTabPaneAdornmentNormal,
    };

    bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
    bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)













    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTabPane, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);

    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PaneElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    PaneElementSize,
    PaneElementDraw
};

/*
 * Labelframe borders:

 * Use "primary group box ..."
 * Quoth DrawThemePrimaryGroup reference:
 * "The primary group box frame is drawn inside the specified
 * rectangle and is a maximum of 2 pixels thick."
 *
 * "Maximum of 2 pixels thick" is apparently a lie;
 * looks more like 4 to me with shading.
 */

static void GroupElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(4);
}

static void GroupElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);





    const HIThemeGroupBoxDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.kind = kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque,
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGroupBox, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);

    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec GroupElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    GroupElementSize,
    GroupElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Entry element --

 *	3 pixels padding for focus rectangle
 *	2 pixels padding for EditTextFrame
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;

} EntryElement;



static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec EntryElementOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	    Tk_Offset(EntryElement,backgroundObj), "white" },


    {0}
};

static void EntryElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(5);
}

static void EntryElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    EntryElement *e = elementRecord;
    Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin,e->backgroundObj);
    Ttk_Box inner = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(3));
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, inner);





























    const HIThemeFrameDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.kind = kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.isFocused = state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS,
    };

    /*





     * Erase w/background color:
     */








    XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
	    Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
	    inner.x,inner.y, inner.width, inner.height);

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)









    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    /*if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
	ChkErr(DrawThemeFocusRect, &bounds, 1);
    }*/
    END_DRAWING

}

static Ttk_ElementSpec EntryElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(EntryElement),
    EntryElementOptions,
    EntryElementSize,
    EntryElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Combobox:
 *
 * NOTES:


 *	kThemeMetricComboBoxLargeDisclosureWidth -> 17
 *	Padding and margins guesstimated by trial-and-error.











 */

static Ttk_Padding ComboboxPadding = { 2, 3, 17, 1 };
static Ttk_Padding ComboboxMargins = { 3, 3, 4, 4 };

static void ComboboxElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *widthPtr = 0;
    *heightPtr = 0;
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_AddPadding(ComboboxMargins, ComboboxPadding);
}

static void ComboboxElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, ComboboxMargins));
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.kind = kThemeComboBox,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)











    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);


    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    ComboboxElementSize,
    ComboboxElementDraw
};





/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Spinbuttons.
 *
 * From Apple HIG, part III, section "Controls", "The Stepper Control":
 * there should be 2 pixels of space between the stepper control
 * (AKA IncDecButton, AKA "little arrows") and the text field it modifies.













 */

static Ttk_Padding SpinbuttonMargins = {2,0,2,0};

static void SpinButtonElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    SInt32 s;

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsWidth, &s);
    *widthPtr = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins);
    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsHeight, &s);
    *heightPtr = s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins);

























































}

static void SpinButtonElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));

    /* @@@ can't currently distinguish PressedUp (== Pressed) from PressedDown;
     * ignore this bit for now [see #2219588]
     */







    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & ~TTK_STATE_PRESSED),
	.kind = kThemeIncDecButton,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
	.adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone,
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)



    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);


    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SpinButtonElementSize,
    SpinButtonElementDraw
};


/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawThemeTrack-based elements --

 * Progress bars and scales. (See also: <<NOTE-TRACKS>>)





 */

static Ttk_StateTable ThemeTrackEnableTable[] = {
    { kThemeTrackDisabled, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
    { kThemeTrackInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0 },
    { kThemeTrackActive, 0, 0 }
    /* { kThemeTrackNothingToScroll, ?, ? }, */
};

typedef struct {	/* TrackElement client data */
    ThemeTrackKind	kind;
    SInt32		thicknessMetric;
} TrackElementData;

static TrackElementData ScaleData = {
    kThemeSlider, kThemeMetricHSliderHeight
};


typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;		/* minimum value */
    Tcl_Obj *toObj;		/* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;		/* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;		/* horizontal / vertical */
} TrackElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TrackElementOptions[] = {
    { "-from", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,fromObj) },
    { "-to", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,toObj) },
    { "-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,valueObj) },
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,orientObj) },
    {0,0,0}
};

static void TrackElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    TrackElementData *data = clientData;
    SInt32 size = 24;	/* reasonable default ... */

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, data->thicknessMetric, &size);
    *widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}

static void TrackElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    TrackElementData *data = clientData;
    TrackElement *elem = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
    double from = 0, to = 100, value = 0, factor;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, elem->orientObj, &orientation);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->fromObj, &from);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->toObj, &to);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->valueObj, &value);
    factor = RangeToFactor(to - from);

    HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.kind = data->kind,
	.bounds = BoxToRect(d, b),
	.min = from * factor,
	.max = to * factor,
	.value = value * factor,
	.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
		(orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ?
		kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
	.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
	.trackInfo.progress.phase = 0,
    };

    if (info.kind == kThemeSlider) {
	info.trackInfo.slider.pressState = state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED ?
		kThemeThumbPressed : 0;

	info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbPlain;
    }



    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)













    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TrackElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(TrackElement),
    TrackElementOptions,
    TrackElementSize,
    TrackElementDraw
};

/*
 * Slider element -- <<NOTE-TRACKS>>

 * Has geometry only. The Scale widget adjusts the position of this element,
 * and uses it for hit detection. In the Aqua theme, the slider is actually
 * drawn as part of the trough element.
 *
 * Also buggy: The geometry here is a Wild-Assed-Guess; I can't
 * figure out how to get the Appearance Manager to tell me the
 * slider size.
 */

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *widthPtr = *heightPtr = 24;
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SliderElementSize,
    TtkNullElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Progress bar element (new):
 *
 * @@@ NOTE: According to an older revision of the Aqua reference docs,
 * @@@ the 'phase' field is between 0 and 4. Newer revisions say
 * @@@ that it can be any UInt8 value.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;		/* horizontal / vertical */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;		/* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *maximumObj;	/* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *phaseObj;		/* animation phase */
    Tcl_Obj *modeObj;		/* progress bar mode */
} PbarElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(PbarElement,orientObj), "horizontal" },
    { "-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
	Tk_Offset(PbarElement,valueObj), "0" },
    { "-maximum", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
	Tk_Offset(PbarElement,maximumObj), "100" },
    { "-phase", TK_OPTION_INT,
	Tk_Offset(PbarElement,phaseObj), "0" },
    { "-mode", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(PbarElement,modeObj), "determinate" },
    {0,0,0,0}
};

static void PbarElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    SInt32 size = 24;	/* @@@ Check HIG for correct default */

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLargeProgressBarThickness, &size);
    *widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    PbarElement *pbar = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, phase = 0;
    double value = 0, maximum = 100, factor;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pbar->orientObj, &orientation);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->valueObj, &value);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->maximumObj, &maximum);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, pbar->phaseObj, &phase);
    factor = RangeToFactor(maximum);

    HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,


	.kind = (!strcmp("indeterminate", Tcl_GetString(pbar->modeObj)) && value) ?
		kThemeIndeterminateBar : kThemeProgressBar,
	.bounds = BoxToRect(d, b),
	.min = 0,
	.max = maximum * factor,
	.value = value * factor,
	.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
		(orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ?
		kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
	.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
	.trackInfo.progress.phase = phase,
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)













    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(PbarElement),
    PbarElementOptions,
    PbarElementSize,
    PbarElementDraw
};

































































































































































































































































/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Separator element.
 *
 * DrawThemeSeparator() guesses the orientation of the line from
 * the width and height of the rectangle, so the same element can
 * can be used for horizontal, vertical, and general separators.
 */

static void SeparatorElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *widthPtr = *heightPtr = 1;
}

static void SeparatorElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    const HIThemeSeparatorDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	/* Separator only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND),

    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)



    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawSeparator, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);


    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SeparatorElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SeparatorElementSize,
    SeparatorElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Size grip element.
 */

static const ThemeGrowDirection sizegripGrowDirection
	= kThemeGrowRight|kThemeGrowDown;

static void SizegripElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = kThemeStateActive,
	.kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal,
	.direction = sizegripGrowDirection,
	.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
    };
    CGRect bounds = CGRectZero;

    ChkErr(HIThemeGetGrowBoxBounds, &bounds.origin, &info, &bounds);
    *widthPtr = bounds.size.width;
    *heightPtr = bounds.size.height;
}

static void SizegripElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	/* Grow box only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND),

	.kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal,
	.direction = sizegripGrowDirection,
	.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGrowBox, &bounds.origin, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);

    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SizegripElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SizegripElementSize,
    SizegripElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Background and fill elements.
 *

 *	This isn't quite right: In Aqua, the correct background for


 *	a control depends on what kind of container it belongs to,



















 *	and the type of the top-level window.








 *
 *	Also: patterned backgrounds should be aligned with the coordinate
 *	system of the top-level window.  If we're drawing into an

 *	off-screen graphics port this leads to alignment glitches.

 */

static void FillElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);














    ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)
	    ? kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive
	    : kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive;

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    //QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
    CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
    END_DRAWING

}

static void BackgroundElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    FillElementDraw(
	clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
	d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin), state);
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec FillElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TtkNullElementSize,
    FillElementDraw
};

static Ttk_ElementSpec BackgroundElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TtkNullElementSize,
    BackgroundElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ ToolbarBackground element -- toolbar style for frames.
 *
 *	This is very similar to the normal background element, but uses a
 *	different ThemeBrush in order to get the lighter pinstripe effect
 *	used in toolbars. We use SetThemeBackground() rather than
 *	ApplyThemeBackground() in order to get the right style.
 *
 * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
 *	Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/
 *	/apple_ref/doc/uid/TP30000243/C005321>
 *
 */

static void ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    ThemeBrush brush = kThemeBrushToolbarBackground;
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin));

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    //QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
    CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TtkNullElementSize,
    ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------










































 * +++ Treeview header

 *	Redefine the header to use a kThemeListHeaderButton.


 */

#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW	TTK_STATE_USER1
static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderValueTable[] = {
    { kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE},
    { kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    { kThemeButtonOff, 0}
};

static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderAdornmentTable[] = {
    { kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonSortUp,
	    TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW},
    { kThemeAdornmentDefault,
	    TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW},
    { kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE},
    { kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    { kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS},
    { kThemeAdornmentNone, 0}
};











































static void TreeHeaderElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.kind = params->kind,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderValueTable, state),
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderAdornmentTable, state),
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)














    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);


    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeHeaderElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    ButtonElementSizeNoPadding,
    TreeHeaderElementDraw
};

/*
 * Disclosure triangle:
 */

#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN 	TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF 	TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable DisclosureValueTable[] = {
    { kThemeDisclosureDown, TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN, 0 },
    { kThemeDisclosureRight, 0, 0 },
};

static void DisclosureElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,




    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    SInt32 s;

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleWidth, &s);
    *widthPtr = s;
    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight, &s);
    *heightPtr = s;
}

static void DisclosureElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,


    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)


{
    if (!(state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF)) {


	CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
	const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	    .version = 0,
	    .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	    .kind = kThemeDisclosureTriangle,
	    .value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(DisclosureValueTable, state),
	    .adornment = kThemeAdornmentDrawIndicatorOnly,
	};

	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);

	END_DRAWING
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec DisclosureElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    DisclosureElementSize,
    DisclosureElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget layouts.
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)

TTK_LAYOUT("Toolbar",
    TTK_NODE("Toolbar.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH))

TTK_LAYOUT("TButton",
    TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	    TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TRadiobutton",
    TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	    TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TCheckbutton",
    TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	    TTK_NODE("Checkbutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
    TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	    TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
    TTK_GROUP("Combobox.button", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_FILL_X,
	TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	    TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_X))))

/* Notebook tabs -- no focus ring */
TTK_LAYOUT("Tab",
    TTK_GROUP("Notebook.tab", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_GROUP("Notebook.padding", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	    TTK_NODE("Notebook.label", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH))))

/* Progress bars -- track only */
TTK_LAYOUT("TSpinbox",

    TTK_NODE("Spinbox.spinbutton", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_STICK_E)

    TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X,
	TTK_NODE("Spinbox.textarea", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X)))


TTK_LAYOUT("TProgressbar",
    TTK_NODE("Progressbar.track", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH))







/* Tree heading -- no border, fixed height */
TTK_LAYOUT("Heading",
    TTK_NODE("Treeheading.cell", TTK_FILL_X)
    TTK_NODE("Treeheading.image", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
    TTK_NODE("Treeheading.text", 0))

/* Tree items -- omit focus ring */
TTK_LAYOUT("Item",
    TTK_GROUP("Treeitem.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Treeitem.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
	TTK_NODE("Treeitem.image", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
	TTK_NODE("Treeitem.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))

















TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Initialization.
 */

static int AquaTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)

{
    Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "aqua", NULL);

    if (!themePtr) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Elements:
     */

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "background", &BackgroundElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "fill", &FillElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbar.background",
	&ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Button.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &PushButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Checkbutton.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &CheckBoxParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Radiobutton.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &RadioButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbutton.border",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &BevelButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Menubutton.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &PopupButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.spinbutton",
    	&SpinButtonElementSpec, 0);


    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.button",
	&ComboboxElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeitem.indicator",
	&DisclosureElementSpec, &DisclosureParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeheading.cell",
	&TreeHeaderElementSpec, &ListHeaderParams);



    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.tab", &TabElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.client", &PaneElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Labelframe.border",&GroupElementSpec,0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Entry.field",&EntryElementSpec,0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.field",&EntryElementSpec,0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "separator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "hseparator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "vseparator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "sizegrip",&SizegripElementSpec,0);

    /*
     * <<NOTE-TRACKS>>




     * The Progressbar widget adjusts the size of the pbar element.


     * In the Aqua theme, the appearance manager computes the bar geometry;



     * we do all the drawing in the ".track" element and leave the .pbar out.












     */

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.trough",
	&TrackElementSpec, &ScaleData);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.slider",&SliderElementSpec,0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Progressbar.track", &PbarElementSpec, 0);




    /*
     * Layouts:
     */

    Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);

    Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::aqua", TTK_VERSION);
    return TCL_OK;
}

MODULE_SCOPE
int Ttk_MacOSXPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)

{
    return AquaTheme_Init(interp);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */




|






>







|


|
|
|
|
<
|

|
|
<




>


<
>

>
|



|


>






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







|
|

>
|
>
>

|


|
|
|
|













>
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






|
>

<
<
<





<

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
>
|
|

|
|
|
>
>
|
<
>
>

>

|
|
|
>
|
|


<
>
|
>
|

>

|
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|







>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
|




>
|
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>




|
>
>
>
>
|


|
>

|
>

<
|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>

>


|
>
|
|
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<



|
>
>
|
>
>


|
|
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>















<

<
<
<

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

<

|
<
|
|
|

<

|
<
|
|
|

















|
>













>










|
>
>
>
>
|

|





|
>
>
|
>
>













>
>
>
|
>
>














>

|
>
>
>
>
|





|
>
>
|
>
>


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>











|
|
>
|
|
<
|

|
|

>

|
>
>
>
>
|





|
>
>
|
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
>












|
>
|
|



|
>


>
>

|
|
>
>




|
>
>
>
>
|

|



|
>
>
|
>
>


<


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
|
>











|


>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|
<


|
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|



|
>
>
|
>
>

|









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>











<
<
<
<

|

|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
|




|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|
|
>
>
|
>
>


>
|
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|






>
>
>
|
>
>



|



|
|

<



>
|
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|



|
|
|






<

|
|
|
|



|
|
|
|
|

<

|
>
>
>
>
|


|


|



|
>
>
|
>
>




















|
|






|
>
|
|
>
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|
|
>




<
<
<

>

|
>
>
>
>
|

|











|







|
|
|
|
|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

<

|
>
>
>
>
|

|


|



|
>
>
|
>
>













>
>
|
|





|
|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|
|
|



|
>
>
>
>
|

|



|
>
>
>
>
|




|
|
>



>
>
>
|
>
>












|

>

|


|
>
>
>
>
|











|
|



|
>
>
>
>
|




|
|
>






|
>












|

>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
>
|
>



|
>
>
|
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


<
|
|
|
|
|
>



|
>
>
>
>
|

<
|
|









<











|
|
|
|

|
|
|


>

|
>
>
|
>
>




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>


<

|
|
|

>

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
|
>
>












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>







|



|
|

>
|
|

|
|

<

|
>
>
>
>
|




|

|



|
>
>
|
>
>


>
>



|






|
>













|









|
|



|
|



|
|



|
|


|
|
|




|
|

|

>
|
>
|
|

>

|
>
>
>
>
>
>



|

|




|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|


|
>










>
|
>

>













|
|
>
>







>
>



|
>
|
|

|
|
|

|



>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
|
|
>
|
>
>
>




>







|
>



|








<
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33
34
35
36

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183



1184
1185
1186
1187
1188

1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206

1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219

1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309

1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336

1337




1338



1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423

1424



1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433

1434
1435

1436
1437
1438
1439

1440
1441

1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560








1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595

1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631


1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686

1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755



1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774

1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788

1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845




1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952


1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984

1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012

2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026

2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116



2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166

2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682

2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698

2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709

2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807

2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923

2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186

/*
 * ttkMacOSXTheme.c --
 *
 *      Tk theme engine for Mac OSX, using the Appearance Manager API.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English
 * Copyright (c) 2005 Neil Madden
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright 2009 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright 2019 Marc Culler
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
 *      Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/APIIndex.html >
 *
 * Notes:
 *      "Active" means different things in Mac and Tk terminology --
 *      On Aqua, widgets are "Active" if they belong to the foreground window,
 *      "Inactive" if they are in a background window.  Tk uses the term
 *      "active" to mean that the mouse cursor is over a widget; aka "hover",

 *      "prelight", or "hot-tracked".  Aqua doesn't use this kind of feedback.
 *
 *      The QuickDraw/Carbon coordinate system is relative to the top-level
 *      window, not to the Tk_Window.  BoxToRect() accounts for this.

 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"
#include <math.h>

/*

 * Macros for handling drawing contexts.
 */

#define BEGIN_DRAWING(d) {	   \
	TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; \
	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((d), NULL, 1, &dc)) {return;}
#define END_DRAWING \
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);}

#define HIOrientation kHIThemeOrientationNormal
#define NoThemeMetric 0xFFFFFFFF

#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */

#define TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB     TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB      TTK_STATE_USER2
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW    TTK_STATE_USER1

/*
 * Colors and gradients used in Dark Mode.
 */

static CGFloat darkButtonFace[4] = {
    112.0 / 255, 113.0 / 255, 115.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkPressedBevelFace[4] = {
    135.0 / 255, 136.0 / 255, 138.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkSelectedBevelFace[4] = {
    162.0 / 255, 163.0 / 255, 165.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkDisabledButtonFace[4] = {
    86.0 / 255, 87.0 / 255, 89.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkInactiveSelectedTab[4] = {
    159.0 / 255, 160.0 / 255, 161.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkFocusRing[4] = {
    38.0 / 255, 113.0 / 255, 159.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkFocusRingTop[4] = {
    50.0 / 255, 124.0 / 255, 171.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkFocusRingBottom[4] = {
    57.0 / 255, 130.0 / 255, 176.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkTabSeparator[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.25};
static CGFloat darkTrack[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.25};
static CGFloat darkFrameTop[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0625};
static CGFloat darkFrameBottom[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.125};
static CGFloat darkFrameAccent[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0625};
static CGFloat darkTopGradient[8] = {
    1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.3,
    1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0
};
static CGFloat darkBackgroundGradient[8] = {
    0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1,
    0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.25
};
static CGFloat darkInactiveGradient[8] = {
    89.0 / 255, 90.0 / 255, 93.0 / 255, 1.0,
    119.0 / 255, 120.0 / 255, 122.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkSelectedGradient[8] = {
    23.0 / 255, 111.0 / 255, 232.0 / 255, 1.0,
    20.0 / 255, 94.0 / 255,  206.0 / 255, 1.0
};

/*
 * When building on systems earlier than 10.8 there is no reasonable way to
 * convert an NSColor to a CGColor.  We do run-time checking of the OS version,
 * and never need the CGColor property on older systems, so we can use this
 * CGCOLOR macro, which evaluates to NULL without raising compiler warnings.
 * Similarly, we never draw rounded rectangles on older systems which did not
 * have CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect, so we just redefine it to return NULL.
 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1080
#define CGCOLOR(nscolor) nscolor.CGColor
#else
#define CGCOLOR(nscolor) (0 ? (CGColorRef) nscolor : NULL)
#define CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(w, x, y, z) NULL
#endif

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Utilities.
 */

/*
 * BoxToRect --
 *    Convert a Ttk_Box in Tk coordinates relative to the given Drawable
 *    to a native Rect relative to the containing port.
 */

static inline CGRect BoxToRect(
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b)
{
    MacDrawable *md = (MacDrawable *) d;
    CGRect rect;

    rect.origin.y       = b.y + md->yOff;
    rect.origin.x       = b.x + md->xOff;
    rect.size.height    = b.height;
    rect.size.width     = b.width;

    return rect;
}

/*
 * Table mapping Tk states to Appearance manager ThemeStates
 */

static Ttk_StateTable ThemeStateTable[] = {
    {kThemeStateUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
    {kThemeStatePressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
    {kThemeStateInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0},
    {kThemeStateActive, 0, 0}

    /* Others: Not sure what these are supposed to mean.  Up/Down have
     * something to do with "little arrow" increment controls...  Dunno what
     * a "Rollover" is.
     * NEM: Rollover is TTK_STATE_ACTIVE... but we don't handle that yet, by
     * the looks of things
     *
     * {kThemeStateRollover, 0, 0},
     * {kThemeStateUnavailableInactive, 0, 0}
     * {kThemeStatePressedUp, 0, 0},
     * {kThemeStatePressedDown, 0, 0}
     */
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * NormalizeButtonBounds --
 *
 *      Apple's Human Interface Guidelines only allow three specific heights
 *      for most buttons: Regular, small and mini. We always use the regular
 *      size.  However, Ttk may provide an arbitrary bounding rectangle.  We
 *      always draw the button centered vertically on the rectangle, and
 *      having the same width as the rectangle.  This function returns the
 *      actual bounding rectangle that will be used in drawing the button.
 *
 *      The BevelButton is allowed to have arbitrary size, and also has
 *      external padding.  This is handled separately here.
 */

static CGRect NormalizeButtonBounds(
    SInt32 heightMetric,
    CGRect bounds)
{
    SInt32 height;

    if (heightMetric != (SInt32) NoThemeMetric) {
	ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, heightMetric, &height);
	bounds.origin.y += (bounds.size.height - height) / 2;
	bounds.size.height = height;
    }
    return bounds;
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Backgrounds
 *
 * Support for contrasting background colors when GroupBoxes or Tabbed
 * panes are nested inside each other.  Early versions of macOS used ridged
 * borders, so do not need contrasting backgrounds.
 */

/*
 * For systems older than 10.14, [NSColor windowBackGroundColor] generates
 * garbage when called from this function.  In 10.14 it works correctly, and
 * must be used in order to have a background color which responds to Dark
 * Mode.  So we use this hard-wired RGBA color on the older systems which don't
 * support Dark Mode anyway.
 */

static CGFloat windowBackground[4] = {
    235.0 / 255, 235.0 / 255, 235.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat whiteRGBA[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0};
static CGFloat blackRGBA[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * GetBackgroundColor --
 *
 *      Fills the array rgba with the color coordinates for a background color.
 *      Start with the background color of a window's geometry master, or the
 *      standard ttk window background if there is no master. If the contrast
 *      parameter is nonzero, modify this color to be darker, for the aqua
 *      appearance, or lighter for the DarkAqua appearance.  This is primarily
 *      used by the Fill and Background elements.
 */

static void GetBackgroundColor(
    CGContextRef context,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int contrast,
    CGFloat *rgba)
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetGeomMaster(tkwin);

    while (masterPtr != NULL) {
	if (masterPtr->privatePtr->flags & TTK_HAS_CONTRASTING_BG) {
	    break;
	}
	masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetGeomMaster(masterPtr);
    }
    if (masterPtr) {
	for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
	    rgba[i] = masterPtr->privatePtr->fillRGBA[i];
	}
    } else {
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 13) {
	    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
	    NSColor *windowColor = [[NSColor windowBackgroundColor]
		colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB];
	    [windowColor getComponents: rgba];
	} else {
	    for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
		rgba[i] = windowBackground[i];
	    }
	}
    }
    if (contrast) {
	int isDark = (rgba[0] + rgba[1] + rgba[2] < 1.5);

	if (isDark) {
	    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
		rgba[i] += 8.0 / 255.0;
	    }
	} else {
	    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
		rgba[i] -= 8.0 / 255.0;
	    }
	}
	winPtr->privatePtr->flags |= TTK_HAS_CONTRASTING_BG;
	for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
	    winPtr->privatePtr->fillRGBA[i] = rgba[i];
	}
    }
}


/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Single Arrow Buttons --
 *
 * Used in ListHeaders and Comboboxes.
 */

static void DrawDownArrow(
    CGContextRef context,
    CGRect bounds,
    CGFloat inset,
    CGFloat size,
    CGFloat *rgba)
{
    CGFloat x, y;

    CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
    CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
    x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
    y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height / 2);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGPoint arrow[3] = {
	{x, y - size / 4}, {x + size / 2, y + size / 4},
	{x + size, y - size / 4}
    };
    CGContextAddLines(context, arrow, 3);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
}

static void DrawUpArrow(
    CGContextRef context,
    CGRect bounds,
    CGFloat inset,
    CGFloat size,
    CGFloat *rgba)
{
    CGFloat x, y;

    CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
    CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
    x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
    y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height / 2);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGPoint arrow[3] = {
	{x, y + size / 4}, {x + size / 2, y - size / 4},
	{x + size, y + size / 4}
    };
    CGContextAddLines(context, arrow, 3);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Double Arrow Buttons --
 *
 * Used in MenuButtons and SpinButtons.
 */

static void DrawUpDownArrows(
    CGContextRef context,
    CGRect bounds,
    CGFloat inset,
    CGFloat size,
    CGFloat *rgba)
{
    CGFloat x, y;

    CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
    CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
    x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
    y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height / 2);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGPoint bottomArrow[3] =
    {{x, y + 2}, {x + size / 2, y + 2 + size / 2}, {x + size, y + 2}};
    CGContextAddLines(context, bottomArrow, 3);
    CGPoint topArrow[3] =
    {{x, y - 2}, {x + size / 2, y - 2 - size / 2}, {x + size, y - 2}};
    CGContextAddLines(context, topArrow, 3);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
}


/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ FillButtonBackground --
 *
 *      Fills a rounded rectangle with a transparent black gradient.
 *      This is a no-op if building on 10.8 or older.
 */

static void FillButtonBackground(
    CGContextRef context,
    CGRect bounds,
    CGFloat radius)
{
    CGPathRef path;
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    CGGradientRef backgroundGradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents(
	deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, darkBackgroundGradient, NULL, 2);
    CGPoint backgroundEnd = {
	bounds.origin.x,
	bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height
    };

    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL);
    CGContextAddPath(context, path);
    CGContextClip(context);
    CGContextDrawLinearGradient(context, backgroundGradient,
	bounds.origin, backgroundEnd, 0);
    CFRelease(path);
    CFRelease(backgroundGradient);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ HighlightButtonBorder --
 *
 * Accent the top border of a rounded rectangle with a transparent
 * white gradient.
 */

static void HighlightButtonBorder(
    CGContextRef context,
    CGRect bounds)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    CGPoint topEnd = {bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y + 3};
    CGGradientRef topGradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents(
	deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, darkTopGradient, NULL, 2);

    CGContextSaveGState(context);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextAddArc(context, bounds.origin.x + 4, bounds.origin.y + 4,
	4, PI, 3 * PI / 2, 0);
    CGContextAddArc(context, bounds.origin.x + bounds.size.width - 4,
	bounds.origin.y + 4, 4, 3 * PI / 2, 0, 0);
    CGContextReplacePathWithStrokedPath(context);
    CGContextClip(context);
    CGContextDrawLinearGradient(context, topGradient, bounds.origin, topEnd,
	0.0);
    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
    CFRelease(topGradient);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * DrawGroupBox --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws the contrasting
 *      rounded rectangular box for LabelFrames and Notebook panes used in
 *      more recent versions of macOS.
 */

static void DrawGroupBox(
    CGRect bounds,
    CGContextRef context,
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    CGPathRef path;
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *borderColor, *bgColor;
    static CGFloat border[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.25};
    CGFloat fill[4];

    GetBackgroundColor(context, tkwin, 1, fill);
    bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: fill
	count: 4];
    CGContextSetFillColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
    CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(bgColor));
    path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, 4, 4, NULL);
    CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextAddPath(context, path);
    CGContextFillPath(context);
    borderColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: border
	count: 4];
    CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(borderColor));
    [borderColor getComponents: fill];
    CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, fill[0], fill[1], fill[2], fill[3]);

    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextAddPath(context, path);
    CGContextReplacePathWithStrokedPath(context);
    CGContextFillPath(context);
    CFRelease(path);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * SolidFillRoundedRectangle --
 *
 *      Fill a rounded rectangle with a specified solid color.
 */

static void SolidFillRoundedRectangle(
    CGContextRef context,
    CGRect bounds,
    CGFloat radius,
    NSColor *color)
{
    CGPathRef path;

    CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(color));
    path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextAddPath(context, path);
    CGContextFillPath(context);
    CFRelease(path);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawListHeader --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws column headers for
 *      a Treeview in the Aqua appearance.  The HITheme headers have not
 *      matched the native ones since OSX 10.8.  Note that the header image is
 *      ignored, but we draw arrows according to the state.
 */

static void DrawListHeader(
    CGRect bounds,
    CGContextRef context,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int state)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *strokeColor, *bgColor;
    static CGFloat borderRGBA[4] = {
	200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 1.0
    };
    static CGFloat separatorRGBA[4] = {
	220.0 / 255, 220.0 / 255, 220.0 / 255, 1.0
    };
    static CGFloat activeBgRGBA[4] = {
	238.0 / 255, 238.0 / 255, 238.0 / 255, 1.0
    };
    static CGFloat inactiveBgRGBA[4] = {
	246.0 / 255, 246.0 / 255, 246.0 / 255, 1.0
    };

    /*
     * Apple changes the background of a list header when the window is not
     * active.  But Ttk does not indicate that in the state of a TreeHeader.
     * So we have to query the Apple window manager.
     */

    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
    CGFloat *bgRGBA = [win isKeyWindow] ? activeBgRGBA : inactiveBgRGBA;
    CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y;
    CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height;
    CGPoint top[2] = {{x, y + 1}, {x + w, y + 1}};
    CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}};
    CGPoint separator[2] = {{x + w - 1, y + 3}, {x + w - 1, y + h - 3}};

    bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	components: bgRGBA
	count: 4];
    CGContextSaveGState(context);
    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
    CGContextSetFillColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
    CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(bgColor));
    CGContextAddRect(context, bounds);
    CGContextFillPath(context);
    strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	components: separatorRGBA
	count: 4];
    CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor));
    CGContextAddLines(context, separator, 2);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	components: borderRGBA
	count: 4];
    CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor));
    CGContextAddLines(context, top, 2);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    CGContextRestoreGState(context);

    if (state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW) {
	CGRect arrowBounds = bounds;
	arrowBounds.origin.x = bounds.origin.x + bounds.size.width - 16;
	arrowBounds.size.width = 16;
	if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
	    DrawUpArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, blackRGBA);
	} else if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
	    DrawDownArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, blackRGBA);
	}
    }
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Drawing procedures for widgets in Apple's "Dark Mode" (10.14 and up).
 *
 *      The HIToolbox does not support Dark Mode, and apparently never will,
 *      so to make widgets look "native" we have to provide analogues of the
 *      HITheme drawing functions to be used in DarkAqua.  We continue to use
 *      HITheme in Aqua, since it understands earlier versions of the OS.
 *
 *      Drawing the dark widgets requires NSColors that were introduced in OSX
 *      10.14, so we make some of these functions be no-ops when building on
 *      systems older than 10.14.
 */

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * GradientFillRoundedRectangle --
 *
 *      Fill a rounded rectangle with a specified gradient.
 */

static void GradientFillRoundedRectangle(
    CGContextRef context,
    CGRect bounds,
    CGFloat radius,
    CGFloat *colors,
    int numColors)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    CGPathRef path;
    CGPoint end = {
	bounds.origin.x,
	bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height
    };
    CGGradientRef gradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents(
	deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, colors, NULL, numColors);

    path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextAddPath(context, path);
    CGContextClip(context);
    CGContextDrawLinearGradient(context, gradient, bounds.origin, end, 0);
    CFRelease(path);
    CFRelease(gradient);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkButton --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws PushButtons and
 *      PopupButtons in the Dark Mode style.
 */

static void DrawDarkButton(
    CGRect bounds,
    ThemeButtonKind kind,
    Ttk_State state,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *faceColor;

    /*
     * To match the appearance of Apple's buttons we need to increase the
     * height by 1 pixel.
     */

    bounds.size.height += 1;

    CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
    FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 5);

    /*
     * Fill the button face with the appropriate color.
     */

    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
    if (kind == kThemePushButton && (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED)) {
	GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4,
	    darkSelectedGradient, 2);
    } else {
	if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	    faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
		components: darkDisabledButtonFace
		count: 4];
	} else {
	    faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
		components: darkButtonFace
		count: 4];
	}
	SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);
    }

    /*
     * If this is a popup, draw the arrow button.
     */

    if ((kind == kThemePopupButton) | (kind == kThemeComboBox)) {
	CGRect arrowBounds = bounds;
	arrowBounds.size.width = 16;
	arrowBounds.origin.x += bounds.size.width - 16;

        /*
         * If the toplevel is front, paint the button blue.
         */

	if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) &&
	    !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) {
	    GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, arrowBounds, 4,
		darkSelectedGradient, 2);
	}
	if (kind == kThemePopupButton) {
	    DrawUpDownArrows(context, arrowBounds, 3, 7, whiteRGBA);
	} else {
	    DrawDownArrow(context, arrowBounds, 4, 8, whiteRGBA);
	}
    }

    HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkIncDecButton --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws an IncDecButton
 *      (as used in a Spinbox) in the Dark Mode style.
 */

static void DrawDarkIncDecButton(
    CGRect bounds,
    ThemeDrawState drawState,
    Ttk_State state,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *faceColor;

    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 0, -1);
    CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
    FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 6);

    /*
     * Fill the button face with the appropriate color.
     */

    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkDisabledButtonFace
	    count: 4];
    } else {
	faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkButtonFace
	    count: 4];
    }
    SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);

    /*
     * If pressed, paint the appropriate half blue.
     */

    if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
	CGRect clip = bounds;
	clip.size.height /= 2;
	CGContextSaveGState(context);
	if (drawState == kThemeStatePressedDown) {
	    clip.origin.y += clip.size.height;
	}
	CGContextClipToRect(context, clip);
	GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 5,
	    darkSelectedGradient, 2);
	CGContextRestoreGState(context);
    }
    DrawUpDownArrows(context, bounds, 3, 5, whiteRGBA);
    HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkBevelButton --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws RoundedBevelButtons
 *      in the Dark Mode style.
 */

static void DrawDarkBevelButton(
    CGRect bounds,
    Ttk_State state,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *faceColor;

    CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
    FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 5);

    /*
     * Fill the button face with the appropriate color.
     */

    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
    if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
	faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkPressedBevelFace
	    count: 4];
    } else if ((state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ||
	(state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE)) {
	faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkDisabledButtonFace
	    count: 4];
    } else if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
	faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkSelectedBevelFace
	    count: 4];
    } else {
	faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkButtonFace
	    count: 4];
    }
    SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);
    HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkCheckBox --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws Checkboxes in the
 *      Dark Mode style.
 */

static void DrawDarkCheckBox(
    CGRect bounds,
    Ttk_State state,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    CGRect checkbounds = {{0, bounds.size.height / 2 - 8}, {16, 16}};
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *stroke;
    CGFloat x, y;

    bounds = CGRectOffset(checkbounds, bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y);
    x = bounds.origin.x;
    y = bounds.origin.y;

    CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
    FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 4);
    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
    if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) &&
	!(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) &&
	((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE))) {
	GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 3,
	    darkSelectedGradient, 2);
    } else {
	GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 3,
	    darkInactiveGradient, 2);
    }
    HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
    if ((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE)) {
	CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
	if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	    stroke = [NSColor disabledControlTextColor];
	} else {
	    stroke = [NSColor controlTextColor];
	}
	CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke));
    }
    if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
	CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
	CGContextBeginPath(context);
	CGPoint check[3] = {{x + 4, y + 8}, {x + 7, y + 11}, {x + 11, y + 4}};
	CGContextAddLines(context, check, 3);
	CGContextStrokePath(context);
    } else if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
	CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 2.0);
	CGContextBeginPath(context);
	CGPoint bar[2] = {{x + 4, y + 8}, {x + 12, y + 8}};
	CGContextAddLines(context, bar, 2);
	CGContextStrokePath(context);
    }
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkRadioButton --
 *
 *    This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws RadioButtons
 *    in the Dark Mode style.
 */

static void DrawDarkRadioButton(
    CGRect bounds,
    Ttk_State state,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    CGRect checkbounds = {{0, bounds.size.height / 2 - 9}, {18, 18}};
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *fill;
    CGFloat x, y;

    bounds = CGRectOffset(checkbounds, bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y);
    x = bounds.origin.x;
    y = bounds.origin.y;

    CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);
    FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 9);
    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
    if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) &&
	!(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) &&
	((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE))) {
	GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 8,
	    darkSelectedGradient, 2);
    } else {
	GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 8,
	    darkInactiveGradient, 2);
    }
    HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
    if ((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE)) {
	CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
	if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	    fill = [NSColor disabledControlTextColor];
	} else {
	    fill = [NSColor controlTextColor];
	}
	CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fill));
    }
    if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
	CGContextBeginPath(context);
	CGRect dot = {{x + 6, y + 6}, {6, 6}};
	CGContextAddEllipseInRect(context, dot);
	CGContextFillPath(context);
    } else if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
	CGRect bar = {{x + 5, y + 8}, {8, 2}};
	CGContextFillRect(context, bar);
    }
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkTab --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws Tabbed Pane
 *      Tabs in the Dark Mode style.
 */

static void DrawDarkTab(
    CGRect bounds,
    Ttk_State state,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *faceColor, *stroke;
    CGRect originalBounds = bounds;

    CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.0);
    CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds);

    /*
     * Extend the bounds to one or both sides so the rounded part will be
     * clipped off.
     */

    if (!(state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB)) {
	bounds.origin.x -= 10;
	bounds.size.width += 10;
    }

    if (!(state & TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB)) {
	bounds.size.width += 10;
    }

    /*
     * Fill the tab face with the appropriate color or gradient.  Use a solid
     * color if the tab is not selected, otherwise use a blue or gray
     * gradient.
     */

    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
    if (!(state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)) {
	if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	    faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
		components: darkDisabledButtonFace
		count: 4];
	} else {
	    faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
		components: darkButtonFace
		count: 4];
	}
	SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);

        /*
         * Draw a separator line on the left side of the tab if it
         * not first.
         */

	if (!(state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB)) {
	    CGContextSaveGState(context);
	    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
	    stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
		components: darkTabSeparator
		count: 4];
	    CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke));
	    CGContextBeginPath(context);
	    CGContextMoveToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x,
		originalBounds.origin.y + 1);
	    CGContextAddLineToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x,
		originalBounds.origin.y + originalBounds.size.height - 1);
	    CGContextStrokePath(context);
	    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
	}
    } else {

        /*
         * This is the selected tab; paint it blue.  If it is first, cover up
         * the separator line drawn by the second one.  (The selected tab is
         * always drawn last.)
         */

	if ((state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB) && !(state & TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB)) {
	    bounds.size.width += 1;
	}
	if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) {
	    GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4,
		darkSelectedGradient, 2);
	} else {
	    faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
		components: darkInactiveSelectedTab
		count: 4];
	    SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor);
	}
	HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
    }
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkSeparator --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws a separator widget
 *      in Dark Mode.
 */

static void DrawDarkSeparator(
    CGRect bounds,
    CGContextRef context,
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{
    static CGFloat fill[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.3};
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *fillColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	components: fill
	count:4];

    CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fillColor));
    CGContextFillRect(context, bounds);
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkFocusRing --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws a focus ring around
 *      an Entry widget in Dark Mode.
 */

static void DrawDarkFocusRing(
    CGRect bounds,
    CGContextRef context)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *strokeColor;
    NSColor *fillColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace:deviceRGB
					   components:darkFocusRing
						count:4];
    CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y;
    CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height;
    CGPoint topPart[4] = {
	{x, y + h}, {x, y + 1}, {x + w - 1, y + 1}, {x + w - 1, y + h}
    };
    CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}};

    CGContextSaveGState(context);
    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
				    components: darkFocusRingTop
					 count: 4];
    CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor));
    CGContextAddLines(context, topPart, 4);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
				    components: darkFocusRingBottom
					 count: 4];
    CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor));
    CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, true);
    CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fillColor));
    CGPathRef path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(CGRectInset(bounds, -3, -3),
						 4, 4, NULL);
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextAddPath(context, path);
    CGContextAddRect(context, bounds);
    CGContextEOFillPath(context);
    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawDarkFrame --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws various
 *      types of borders in Dark Mode.
 */

static void DrawDarkFrame(
    CGRect bounds,
    CGContextRef context,
    HIThemeFrameKind kind)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *stroke;

    CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
    CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y;
    CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height;
    CGPoint topPart[4] = {
	{x, y + h - 1}, {x, y + 1}, {x + w, y + 1}, {x + w, y + h - 1}
    };
    CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}};
    CGPoint accent[2] = {{x, y + 1}, {x + w, y + 1}};

    switch (kind) {
    case kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare:
	CGContextSaveGState(context);
	CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
	CGContextBeginPath(context);
	stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkFrameTop
	    count: 4];
	CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke));
	CGContextAddLines(context, topPart, 4);
	CGContextStrokePath(context);
	stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkFrameBottom
	    count: 4];
	CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke));
	CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2);
	CGContextStrokePath(context);
	stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkFrameAccent
	    count: 4];
	CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke));
	CGContextAddLines(context, accent, 2);
	CGContextStrokePath(context);
	CGContextRestoreGState(context);
	break;
    default:
	break;
    }
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawListHeader --
 *
 *      This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws column
 *      headers for a Treeview in the Dark Mode.
 */

static void DrawDarkListHeader(
    CGRect bounds,
    CGContextRef context,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int state)
{
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *stroke;

    CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
    CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y;
    CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height;
    CGPoint top[2] = {{x, y}, {x + w, y}};
    CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}};
    CGPoint separator[2] = {{x + w, y + 3}, {x + w, y + h - 3}};

    CGContextSaveGState(context);
    CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
    stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	components: darkFrameBottom
	count: 4];
    CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke));
    CGContextBeginPath(context);
    CGContextAddLines(context, top, 2);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    CGContextAddLines(context, separator, 2);
    CGContextStrokePath(context);
    CGContextRestoreGState(context);

    if (state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW) {
	CGRect arrowBounds = bounds;

	arrowBounds.origin.x = bounds.origin.x + bounds.size.width - 16;
	arrowBounds.size.width = 16;
	if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
	    DrawUpArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, whiteRGBA);
	} else if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
	    DrawDownArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, whiteRGBA);
	}
    }
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button element: Used for elements drawn with DrawThemeButton.
 */

/*
 * When Ttk draws the various types of buttons, a pointer to one of these
 * is passed as the clientData.
 */




typedef struct {
    ThemeButtonKind kind;
    ThemeMetric heightMetric;
} ThemeButtonParams;

static ThemeButtonParams
    PushButtonParams =  {kThemePushButton, kThemeMetricPushButtonHeight},
    CheckBoxParams =    {kThemeCheckBox, kThemeMetricCheckBoxHeight},
    RadioButtonParams = {kThemeRadioButton, kThemeMetricRadioButtonHeight},
    BevelButtonParams = {kThemeRoundedBevelButton, NoThemeMetric},
    PopupButtonParams = {kThemePopupButton, kThemeMetricPopupButtonHeight},
    DisclosureParams =  {
    kThemeDisclosureButton, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight
},
    ListHeaderParams =
{kThemeListHeaderButton, kThemeMetricListHeaderHeight};
static Ttk_StateTable ButtonValueTable[] = {
    {kThemeButtonMixed, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
    {kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
    {kThemeButtonOff, 0, 0}

    /*
     * Others: kThemeDisclosureRight, kThemeDisclosureDown,

     * kThemeDisclosureLeft
     */

};
static Ttk_StateTable ButtonAdornmentTable[] = {
    {kThemeAdornmentDefault | kThemeAdornmentFocus,
     TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE | TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0},
    {kThemeAdornmentDefault, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
    {kThemeAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
    {kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0},
    {kThemeAdornmentNone, 0, 0}
};


/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ computeButtonDrawInfo --
 *
 *      Fill in an appearance manager HIThemeButtonDrawInfo record.
 */

static inline HIThemeButtonDrawInfo computeButtonDrawInfo(
    ThemeButtonParams *params,
    Ttk_State state,
    Tk_Window tkwin)
{

    /*
     * See ButtonElementDraw for the explanation of why we always draw
     * PushButtons in the active state.
     */

    SInt32 HIThemeState;

    HIThemeState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state);
    switch (params->kind) {
    case kThemePushButton:
	HIThemeState &= ~kThemeStateInactive;
	HIThemeState |= kThemeStateActive;
	break;
    default:
	break;
    }

    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = HIThemeState,
	.kind = params ? params->kind : 0,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
    };
    return info;
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button elements.
 */

static void ButtonElementMinSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;

    if (params->heightMetric != NoThemeMetric) {
	ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, params->heightMetric, minHeight);

        /*
         * The theme height does not include the 1-pixel border around
         * the button, although it does include the 1-pixel shadow at
         * the bottom.
         */

	*minHeight += 2;

        /*
         * The minwidth must be 0 to force the generic ttk code to compute the
         * correct text layout.  For example, a non-zero value will cause the
         * text to be left justified, no matter what -anchor setting is used in
         * the style.
         */

	*minWidth = 0;
    }
}

static void ButtonElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info =
	computeButtonDrawInfo(params, 0, tkwin);
    static const CGRect scratchBounds = {{0, 0}, {100, 100}};
    CGRect contentBounds, backgroundBounds;
    int verticalPad;


    ButtonElementMinSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
	minWidth, minHeight, paddingPtr);

    /*
     * Given a hypothetical bounding rectangle for a button, HIToolbox will
     * compute a bounding rectangle for the button contents and a bounding
     * rectangle for the button background.  The background bounds are large
     * enough to contain the image of the button in any state, which might
     * include highlight borders, shadows, etc.  The content rectangle is not
     * centered vertically within the background rectangle, presumably because
     * shadows only appear on the bottom.  Nonetheless, when HITools is asked
     * to draw a button with a certain bounding rectangle it draws the button
     * centered within the rectangle.
     *
     * To compute the effective padding around a button we request the
     * content and bounding rectangles for a 100x100 button and use the
     * padding between those.  However, we symmetrize the padding on the
     * top and bottom, because that is how the button will be drawn.
     */

    ChkErr(HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds,
	&scratchBounds, &info, &contentBounds);
    ChkErr(HIThemeGetButtonBackgroundBounds,
	&scratchBounds, &info, &backgroundBounds);
    paddingPtr->left = contentBounds.origin.x - backgroundBounds.origin.x;
    paddingPtr->right =
	CGRectGetMaxX(backgroundBounds) - CGRectGetMaxX(contentBounds);

    verticalPad = backgroundBounds.size.height - contentBounds.size.height;




    paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = verticalPad / 2;



}

static void ButtonElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, state, tkwin);

    bounds = NormalizeButtonBounds(params->heightMetric, bounds);

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	switch (info.kind) {
	case kThemePushButton:
	case kThemePopupButton:
	    DrawDarkButton(bounds, info.kind, state, dc.context);
	    break;
	case kThemeCheckBox:
	    DrawDarkCheckBox(bounds, state, dc.context);
	    break;
	case kThemeRadioButton:
	    DrawDarkRadioButton(bounds, state, dc.context);
	    break;
	case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
	    DrawDarkBevelButton(bounds, state, dc.context);
	    break;
	default:
	    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context,
		HIOrientation, NULL);
	}
    } else {

        /*
         * Apple's PushButton and PopupButton do not change their fill color
         * when the window is inactive.  However, except in 10.7 (Lion), the
         * color of the arrow button on a PopupButton does change.  For some
         * reason HITheme fills inactive buttons with a transparent color that
         * allows the window background to show through, leading to
         * inconsistent behavior.  We work around this by filling behind an
         * inactive PopupButton with a text background color before asking
         * HIToolbox to draw it. For PushButtons, we simply draw them in the
         * active state.
         */

	if (info.kind == kThemePopupButton &&
	    (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) {
	    CGRect innerBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1);
	    NSColor *whiteRGBA = [NSColor whiteColor];
	    SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, innerBounds, 4, whiteRGBA);
	}

        /*
         * A BevelButton with mixed value is drawn borderless, which does make
         * much sense for us.
         */

	if (info.kind == kThemeRoundedBevelButton &&
	    info.value == kThemeButtonMixed) {
	    info.value = kThemeButtonOff;
	    info.state = kThemeStateInactive;
	}
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
	    NULL);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    ButtonElementSize,
    ButtonElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 */


/* Tab position logic, c.f. ttkNotebook.c TabState() */



static Ttk_StateTable TabStyleTable[] = {
    {kThemeTabFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_SELECTED | TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND},
    {kThemeTabNonFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND},
    {kThemeTabFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED | TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    {kThemeTabNonFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED},
    {kThemeTabFront, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    {kThemeTabNonFrontPressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED},
    {kThemeTabNonFront, 0}
};

static Ttk_StateTable TabAdornmentTable[] = {
    {kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB | TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB},

    {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB},
    {kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB},
    {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, 0},
};

static Ttk_StateTable TabPositionTable[] = {
    {kHIThemeTabPositionOnly, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB | TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB},

    {kHIThemeTabPositionFirst, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB},
    {kHIThemeTabPositionLast, TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB},
    {kHIThemeTabPositionMiddle, 0},
};

/*
 * Apple XHIG Tab View Specifications:
 *
 * Control sizes: Tab views are available in regular, small, and mini sizes.
 * The tab height is fixed for each size, but you control the size of the pane
 * area. The tab heights for each size are listed below:
 *  - Regular size: 20 pixels.
 *  - Small: 17 pixels.
 *  - Mini: 15 pixels.
 *
 * Label spacing and fonts: The tab labels should be in a font that’s
 * proportional to the size of the tab view control. In addition, the label
 * should be placed so that there are equal margins of space before and after
 * it. The guidelines below provide the specifications you should use for tab
 * labels:
 *  - Regular size: System font. Center in tab, leaving 12 pixels on each
 *side.
 *  - Small: Small system font. Center in tab, leaving 10 pixels on each side.
 *  - Mini: Mini system font. Center in tab, leaving 8 pixels on each side.
 *
 * Control spacing: Whether you decide to inset a tab view in a window or
 * extend its edges to the window sides and bottom, you should place the top
 * edge of the tab view 12 or 14 pixels below the bottom edge of the title bar
 * (or toolbar, if there is one). If you choose to inset a tab view in a
 * window, you should leave a margin of 20 pixels between the sides and bottom
 * of the tab view and the sides and bottom of the window (although 16 pixels
 * is also an acceptable margin-width). If you need to provide controls below
 * the tab view, leave enough space below the tab view so the controls are 20
 * pixels above the bottom edge of the window and 12 pixels between the tab
 * view and the controls.
 *
 * If you choose to extend the tab view sides and bottom so that they meet the
 * window sides and bottom, you should leave a margin of at least 20 pixels
 * between the content in the tab view and the tab-view edges.
 *
 * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/userexperience/Conceptual/
 *       AppleHIGuidelines/XHIGControls/XHIGControls.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/
 *       TP30000359-TPXREF116>
 */

static void TabElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *) minHeight);
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(0, 0, 0, 2);

}

static void TabElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    HIThemeTabDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 1,
	.style = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabStyleTable, state),
	.direction = kThemeTabNorth,
	.size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabAdornmentTable, state),
	.kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
	.position = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabPositionTable, state),
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	DrawDarkTab(bounds, state, dc.context);
    } else {
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTab, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
	    NULL);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TabElementSize,
    TabElementDraw
};

/*
 * Notebook panes:
 */

static void PaneElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(9, 5, 9, 9);
}

static void PaneElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);









    bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
    bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
    } else {
	HIThemeTabPaneDrawInfo info = {
	    .version = 1,
	    .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	    .direction = kThemeTabNorth,
	    .size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
	    .kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
	    .adornment = kHIThemeTabPaneAdornmentNormal,
	    };
	bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
	bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTabPane, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PaneElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    PaneElementSize,
    PaneElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Labelframe elements --
 *
 * Labelframe borders: Use "primary group box ..."  Quoth
 * DrawThemePrimaryGroup reference: "The primary group box frame is drawn

 * inside the specified rectangle and is a maximum of 2 pixels thick."
 *
 * "Maximum of 2 pixels thick" is apparently a lie; looks more like 4 to me
 * with shading.
 */

static void GroupElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(4);
}

static void GroupElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
    } else {
	const HIThemeGroupBoxDrawInfo info = {
	    .version = 0,
	    .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	    .kind = kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque,
	    };


	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGroupBox, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec GroupElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    GroupElementSize,
    GroupElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Entry elements --
 *
 *    3 pixels padding for focus rectangle
 *    2 pixels padding for EditTextFrame
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj     *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj     *fieldbackgroundObj;
} EntryElement;

#define ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND "systemTextBackgroundColor"

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec EntryElementOptions[] = {
    {"-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
     offsetof(EntryElement, backgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND},
    {"-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
     offsetof(EntryElement, fieldbackgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND},
    {0}
};

static void EntryElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(7, 5, 7, 6);
}

static void EntryElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    EntryElement *e = elementRecord;

    Ttk_Box inner = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(3));
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, inner);
    NSColor *background;
    Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = NULL;
    static const char *defaultBG = ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND;

    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
	CGFloat fill[4];
	GetBackgroundColor(dc.context, tkwin, 1, fill);

	/*
	 * Lighten the background to provide contrast.
	 */

	for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
		fill[i] += 9.0 / 255.0;
	    }
	background = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: fill
	    count: 4];
	CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(background));
	CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
	if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
	    DrawDarkFocusRing(bounds, dc.context);
	} else {
	    DrawDarkFrame(bounds, dc.context, kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare);
	}
	END_DRAWING
    } else {
	const HIThemeFrameDrawInfo info = {
	    .version = 0,
	    .kind = kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare,
	    .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	    .isFocused = state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS,
	};

        /*
         * Earlier versions of the Aqua theme ignored the -fieldbackground
         * option and used the -background as if it were -fieldbackground.
         * Here we are enabling -fieldbackground.  For backwards
         * compatibility, if -fieldbackground is set to the default color and
         * -background is set to a different color then we use -background as
         * -fieldbackground.
         */

	if (0 != strcmp(Tcl_GetString(e->fieldbackgroundObj), defaultBG)) {
	    backgroundPtr =
		Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, e->fieldbackgroundObj);
	} else if (0 != strcmp(Tcl_GetString(e->backgroundObj), defaultBG)) {
	    backgroundPtr = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, e->backgroundObj);
	}
	if (backgroundPtr != NULL) {
	    XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
		Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
		inner.x, inner.y, inner.width, inner.height);
	}
	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	if (backgroundPtr == NULL) {
	    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
		background = [NSColor textBackgroundColor];
		CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(background));
	    } else {
		CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0);
	    }
	    CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
	}
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);



	END_DRAWING
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec EntryElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(EntryElement),
    EntryElementOptions,
    EntryElementSize,
    EntryElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Combobox elements --
 *
 * NOTES:
 *      The HIToolbox has incomplete and inconsistent support for ComboBoxes.
 *      There is no constant available to get the height of a ComboBox with
 *      GetThemeMetric. In fact, ComboBoxes are the same (fixed) height as

 *      PopupButtons and PushButtons, but they have no shadow at the bottom.
 *      As a result, they are drawn 1 pixel above the center of the bounds
 *      rectangle rather than being centered like the other buttons.  One can
 *      request background bounds for a ComboBox, and it is reported with
 *      height 23, while the actual button face, including its 1-pixel border
 *      has height 21. Attempting to request the content bounds returns a 0x0
 *      rectangle.  Measurement indicates that the arrow button has width 18.
 *
 *      With no help available from HIToolbox, we have to use hard-wired
 *      constants for the padding. We shift the bounding rectangle downward by
 *      1 pixel to account for the fact that the button is not centered.
 */

static Ttk_Padding ComboboxPadding = {4, 2, 20, 2};


static void ComboboxElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *minWidth = 24;
    *minHeight = 23;
    *paddingPtr = ComboboxPadding;
}

static void ComboboxElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.kind = kThemeComboBox,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    bounds.origin.y += 1;
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	    bounds.size.height += 1;
	DrawDarkButton(bounds, info.kind, state, dc.context);
	} else if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	    if ((state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) &&
		!(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) {
	    NSColor *background = [NSColor textBackgroundColor];
	    CGRect innerBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 2);
	    SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, innerBounds, 4, background);
	}
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
		NULL);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    ComboboxElementSize,
    ComboboxElementDraw
};





/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Spinbutton elements --
 *
 *      From Apple HIG, part III, section "Controls", "The Stepper Control":
 *      there should be 2 pixels of space between the stepper control (AKA
 *      IncDecButton, AKA "little arrows") and the text field it modifies.
 *
 *      Ttk expects the up and down arrows to be distinct elements but
 *      HIToolbox draws them as one widget with two different pressed states.
 *      We work around this by defining them as separate elements in the
 *      layout, but making each one have a drawing method which also draws the
 *      other one.  The down button does no drawing when not pressed, and when
 *      pressed draws the entire IncDecButton in its "pressed down" state.
 *      The up button draws the entire IncDecButton when not pressed and when
 *      pressed draws the IncDecButton in its "pressed up" state.  NOTE: This
 *      means that when the down button is pressed the IncDecButton will be
 *      drawn twice, first in unpressed state by the up arrow and then in
 *      "pressed down" state by the down button.  The drawing must be done in
 *      that order.  So the up button must be listed first in the layout.
 */

static Ttk_Padding SpinbuttonMargins = {0, 0, 2, 0};

static void SpinButtonUpElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    SInt32 s;

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsWidth, &s);
    *minWidth = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins);
    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsHeight, &s);
    *minHeight = (s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins)) / 2;
}

static void SpinButtonUpElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));
    int infoState;

    bounds.size.height *= 2;
    if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
	infoState = kThemeStatePressedUp;
    } else {
	infoState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state);
    }
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = infoState,
	.kind = kThemeIncDecButton,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
	.adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone,
    };
    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	DrawDarkIncDecButton(bounds, infoState, state, dc.context);
    } else {
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
	       NULL);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonUpElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SpinButtonUpElementSize,
    SpinButtonUpElementDraw
};
static void SpinButtonDownElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    SInt32 s;

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsWidth, &s);
    *minWidth = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins);
    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsHeight, &s);
    *minHeight = (s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins)) / 2;
}

static void SpinButtonDownElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));
    int infoState = 0;



    bounds.origin.y -= bounds.size.height;
    bounds.size.height *= 2;
    if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
	infoState = kThemeStatePressedDown;
    } else {
	return;
    }
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = infoState,
	.kind = kThemeIncDecButton,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
	.adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone,
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	DrawDarkIncDecButton(bounds, infoState, state, dc.context);
    } else {
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
	       NULL);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonDownElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SpinButtonDownElementSize,
    SpinButtonDownElementDraw
};


/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ DrawThemeTrack-based elements --
 *
 *    Progress bars and scales. (See also: <<NOTE-TRACKS>>)
 */

/*
 * Apple does not change the appearance of a slider when the window becomes
 * inactive.  So we shouldn't either.
 */

static Ttk_StateTable ThemeTrackEnableTable[] = {
    {kThemeTrackDisabled, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
    {kThemeTrackActive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0},
    {kThemeTrackActive, 0, 0}
    /* { kThemeTrackNothingToScroll, ?, ? }, */
};

typedef struct {        /* TrackElement client data */
    ThemeTrackKind kind;
    SInt32 thicknessMetric;
} TrackElementData;

static TrackElementData ScaleData = {
    kThemeSlider, kThemeMetricHSliderHeight
};


typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;           /* minimum value */
    Tcl_Obj *toObj;             /* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;          /* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;         /* horizontal / vertical */
} TrackElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TrackElementOptions[] = {
    {"-from", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, offsetof(TrackElement, fromObj)},
    {"-to", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, offsetof(TrackElement, toObj)},
    {"-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, offsetof(TrackElement, valueObj)},
    {"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, offsetof(TrackElement, orientObj)},
    {0, 0, 0}
};

static void TrackElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    TrackElementData *data = clientData;
    SInt32 size = 24;   /* reasonable default ... */

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, data->thicknessMetric, &size);
    *minWidth = *minHeight = size;
}

static void TrackElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    TrackElementData *data = clientData;
    TrackElement *elem = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
    double from = 0, to = 100, value = 0, factor;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, elem->orientObj, &orientation);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->fromObj, &from);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->toObj, &to);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->valueObj, &value);
    factor = RangeToFactor(to - from);

    HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.kind = data->kind,
	.bounds = BoxToRect(d, b),
	.min = from * factor,
	.max = to * factor,
	.value = value * factor,
	.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
	    (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ?
	    kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
	.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
	.trackInfo.progress.phase = 0,
    };

    if (info.kind == kThemeSlider) {
	info.trackInfo.slider.pressState = state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED ?
	    kThemeThumbPressed : 0;
	if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
	    info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbDownward;
	} else {
	    info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbPlain;
	}
    }
    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
	NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
	NSColor *trackColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkTrack
	    count: 4];
	if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, bounds.size.height / 2 - 2);
	} else {
	    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, bounds.size.width / 2 - 3, 2);
	}
	SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, bounds, 2, trackColor);
    }
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TrackElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(TrackElement),
    TrackElementOptions,
    TrackElementSize,
    TrackElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Slider elements -- <<NOTE-TRACKS>>
 *
 * Has geometry only. The Scale widget adjusts the position of this element,
 * and uses it for hit detection. In the Aqua theme, the slider is actually
 * drawn as part of the trough element.
 *



 */

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *minWidth = *minHeight = 24;
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SliderElementSize,
    TtkNullElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Progress bar elements --
 *
 * @@@ NOTE: According to an older revision of the Aqua reference docs,
 * @@@ the 'phase' field is between 0 and 4. Newer revisions say
 * @@@ that it can be any UInt8 value.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;         /* horizontal / vertical */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;          /* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *maximumObj;        /* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *phaseObj;          /* animation phase */
    Tcl_Obj *modeObj;           /* progress bar mode */
} PbarElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
    {"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
     offsetof(PbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal"},
    {"-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
     offsetof(PbarElement, valueObj), "0"},
    {"-maximum", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
     offsetof(PbarElement, maximumObj), "100"},
    {"-phase", TK_OPTION_INT,
     offsetof(PbarElement, phaseObj), "0"},
    {"-mode", TK_OPTION_STRING,
     offsetof(PbarElement, modeObj), "determinate"},
    {0, 0, 0, 0}
};

static void PbarElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    SInt32 size = 24;           /* @@@ Check HIG for correct default */

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLargeProgressBarThickness, &size);
    *minWidth = *minHeight = size;
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    PbarElement *pbar = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, phase = 0;
    double value = 0, maximum = 100, factor;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pbar->orientObj, &orientation);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->valueObj, &value);
    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->maximumObj, &maximum);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, pbar->phaseObj, &phase);
    factor = RangeToFactor(maximum);

    HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.kind =
	    (!strcmp("indeterminate",
	    Tcl_GetString(pbar->modeObj)) && value) ?
	    kThemeIndeterminateBar : kThemeProgressBar,
	.bounds = BoxToRect(d, b),
	.min = 0,
	.max = maximum * factor,
	.value = value * factor,
	.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
	    (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ?
	    kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
	.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
	.trackInfo.progress.phase = phase,
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
	NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
	NSColor *trackColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: darkTrack
	    count: 4];
	if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, bounds.size.height / 2 - 3);
	} else {
	    bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, bounds.size.width / 2 - 3, 1);
	}
	SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, bounds, 3, trackColor);
    }
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(PbarElement),
    PbarElementOptions,
    PbarElementSize,
    PbarElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Scrollbar elements
 */

typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ScrollbarElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = {
    {"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
     offsetof(ScrollbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal"},
    {0, 0, 0, 0}
};
static void TroughElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
    SInt32 thickness = 15;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricScrollBarWidth, &thickness);
    if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	*minHeight = thickness;
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 7) {
	    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(4, 4, 4, 3);
	}
    } else {
	*minWidth = thickness;
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 7) {
	    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(4, 4, 3, 4);
	}
    }
}

static CGFloat lightTrough[4] = {250.0 / 255, 250.0 / 255, 250.0 / 255, 1.0};
static CGFloat darkTrough[4] = {45.0 / 255, 46.0 / 255, 49.0 / 255, 1.0};
static CGFloat lightInactiveThumb[4] = {
    200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat lightActiveThumb[4] = {
    133.0 / 255, 133.0 / 255, 133.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkInactiveThumb[4] = {
    116.0 / 255, 117.0 / 255, 118.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static CGFloat darkActiveThumb[4] = {
    158.0 / 255, 158.0 / 255, 159.0 / 255, 1.0
};
static void TroughElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
    NSColor *troughColor;
    CGFloat *rgba = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin) ? darkTrough : lightTrough;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
    if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 0, 1);
    } else {
	bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 0);
    }
    troughColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	components: rgba
	count: 4];
    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(troughColor));
    } else {
	ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, NULL,
	    dc.context, HIOrientation);
    }
    CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
    ScrollbarElementOptions,
    TroughElementSize,
    TroughElementDraw
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
    if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
	*minHeight = 18;
	*minWidth = 8;
    } else {
	*minHeight = 8;
	*minWidth = 18;
    }
}

static void ThumbElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord;
    int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;

    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);

    /*
     * In order to make ttk scrollbars work correctly it is necessary to be
     * able to display the thumb element at the size and location which the ttk
     * scrollbar widget requests.  The algorithm that HIToolbox uses to
     * determine the thumb geometry from the input values of min, max, value
     * and viewSize is undocumented.  A seemingly natural algorithm is
     * implemented below.  This code uses that algorithm for older OS versions,
     * because using HITools also handles drawing the buttons and 3D thumb used
     * on those systems.  For newer systems the cleanest approach is to just
     * draw the thumb directly.
     */

    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	CGRect thumbBounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
	NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
	NSColor *thumbColor;
	CGFloat *rgba;
	if ((orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL &&
	    thumbBounds.size.width >= Tk_Width(tkwin) - 8) ||
	    (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL &&
	    thumbBounds.size.height >= Tk_Height(tkwin) - 8)) {
	    return;
	}
	int isDark = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin);
	if ((state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) ||
	    (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER)) {
	    rgba = isDark ? darkActiveThumb : lightActiveThumb;
	} else {
	    rgba = isDark ? darkInactiveThumb : lightInactiveThumb;
	}
	thumbColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
	    components: rgba
	    count: 4];
	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, thumbBounds, 4, thumbColor);
	END_DRAWING
    } else {
	double thumbSize, trackSize, visibleSize, factor, fraction;
	MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
	CGRect troughBounds = {{macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff},
			       {Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin)}};

        /*
         * The info struct has integer fields, which will be converted to
         * floats in the drawing routine.  All of values provided in the info
         * struct, namely min, max, value, and viewSize are only defined up to
         * an arbitrary scale factor.  To avoid roundoff error we scale so
         * that the viewSize is a large float which is smaller than the
         * largest int.
         */

	HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
	    .version = 0,
	    .bounds = troughBounds,
	    .min = 0,
	    .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
		kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost,
	    .enableState = kThemeTrackActive
	};
	factor = RangeToFactor(100.0);
	if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    trackSize = troughBounds.size.width;
	    thumbSize = b.width;
	    fraction = b.x / trackSize;
	} else {
	    trackSize = troughBounds.size.height;
	    thumbSize = b.height;
	    fraction = b.y / trackSize;
	}
	visibleSize = (thumbSize / trackSize) * factor;
	info.max = factor - visibleSize;
	info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = visibleSize;
	if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 8 ||
	    orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    info.value = factor * fraction;
	} else {
	    info.value = info.max - factor * fraction;
	}
	if ((state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) ||
	    (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER)) {
	    info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeThumbPressed;
	} else {
	    info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
	}
	if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal;
	} else {
	    info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal;
	}
	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	HIThemeDrawTrack(&info, 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
	END_DRAWING
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
    ScrollbarElementOptions,
    ThumbElementSize,
    ThumbElementDraw
};
static void ArrowElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 8) {
	*minHeight = *minWidth = 14;
    } else {
	*minHeight = *minWidth = -1;
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
    ScrollbarElementOptions,
    ArrowElementSize,
    TtkNullElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Separator element.
 *
 *    DrawThemeSeparator() guesses the orientation of the line from the width
 *    and height of the rectangle, so the same element can can be used for
 *    horizontal, vertical, and general separators.
 */

static void SeparatorElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    *minWidth = *minHeight = 1;
}

static void SeparatorElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    unsigned int state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    const HIThemeSeparatorDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
        /* Separator only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable,
	    state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND),
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	DrawDarkSeparator(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
    } else {
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawSeparator, &bounds, &info, dc.context,
	    HIOrientation);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SeparatorElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SeparatorElementSize,
    SeparatorElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Size grip elements -- (obsolete)
 */

static const ThemeGrowDirection sizegripGrowDirection
    = kThemeGrowRight | kThemeGrowDown;

static void SizegripElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = kThemeStateActive,
	.kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal,
	.direction = sizegripGrowDirection,
	.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
    };
    CGRect bounds = CGRectZero;

    ChkErr(HIThemeGetGrowBoxBounds, &bounds.origin, &info, &bounds);
    *minWidth = bounds.size.width;
    *minHeight = bounds.size.height;
}

static void SizegripElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    unsigned int state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
        /* Grow box only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable,
	    state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND),
	.kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal,
	.direction = sizegripGrowDirection,
	.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGrowBox, &bounds.origin, &info, dc.context,
	HIOrientation);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SizegripElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    SizegripElementSize,
    SizegripElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Background and fill elements --
 *
 *      Before drawing any ttk widget, its bounding rectangle is filled with a
 *      background color.  This color must match the background color of the
 *      containing widget to avoid looking ugly. The need for care when doing
 *      this is exacerbated by the fact that ttk enforces its "native look" by
 *      not allowing user control of the background or highlight colors of ttk
 *      widgets.
 *
 *      This job is made more complicated in recent versions of macOS by the
 *      fact that the Appkit GroupBox (used for ttk LabelFrames) and
 *      TabbedPane (used for the Notebook widget) both place their content
 *      inside a rectangle with rounded corners that has a color which
 *      contrasts with the dialog background color.  Moreover, although the
 *      Apple human interface guidelines recommend against doing so, there are
 *      times when one wants to nest these widgets, for example placing a
 *      GroupBox inside of a TabbedPane.  To have the right contrast, each
 *      level of nesting requires a different color.
 *
 *      Previous Tk releases used the HIThemeDrawGroupBox routine to draw
 *      GroupBoxes and TabbedPanes. This meant that the best that could be
 *      done was to set the GroupBox to be of kind
 *      kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque, and set its fill color to be the
 *      system background color.  If widgets inside the box were drawn with
 *      the system background color the backgrounds would match.  But this
 *      produces a GroupBox with no contrast, the only visual clue being a
 *      faint highlighting around the top of the GroupBox.  Moreover, the
 *      TabbedPane does not have an Opaque version, so while it is drawn
 *      inside a contrasting rounded rectangle, the widgets inside the pane
 *      needed to be enclosed in a frame with the system background
 *      color. This added a visual artifact since the frame's background color
 *      does not match the Pane's background color.  That code has now been
 *      replaced with the standalone drawing procedure macOSXDrawGroupBox,
 *      which draws a rounded rectangle with an appropriate contrasting
 *      background color.
 *
 *      Patterned backgrounds, which are now obsolete, should be aligned with
 *      the coordinate system of the top-level window.  Apparently failing to
 *      do this used to cause graphics anomalies when drawing into an
 *      off-screen graphics port.  The code for handling this is currently
 *      commented out.
 */

static void FillElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);

    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
	NSColor *bgColor;
	CGFloat fill[4];
	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	GetBackgroundColor(dc.context, tkwin, 0, fill);
	bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: fill
					 count: 4];
	CGContextSetFillColorSpace(dc.context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
	CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(bgColor));
	CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
	END_DRAWING
    } else {
	ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)
	    ? kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive
	    : kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive;

	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
	//QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
	CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
	END_DRAWING
    }
}

static void BackgroundElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    unsigned int state)
{

    FillElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin),
	state);
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec FillElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TtkNullElementSize,
    FillElementDraw
};

static Ttk_ElementSpec BackgroundElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TtkNullElementSize,
    BackgroundElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ ToolbarBackground element -- toolbar style for frames.
 *
 *    This is very similar to the normal background element, but uses a
 *    different ThemeBrush in order to get the lighter pinstripe effect
 *    used in toolbars. We use SetThemeBackground() rather than
 *    ApplyThemeBackground() in order to get the right style.
 *
 *    <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
 *    Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/
 *    /apple_ref/doc/uid/TP30000243/C005321>
 *
 */

static void ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    ThemeBrush brush = kThemeBrushToolbarBackground;
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin));

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
    //QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
    CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TtkNullElementSize,
    ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Field elements --
 *
 *      Used for the Treeview widget. This is like the BackgroundElement
 *      except that the fieldbackground color is configureable.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj     *backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    {"-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
     offsetof(FieldElement, backgroundObj), "white"},
    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

static void FieldElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    FieldElement *e = elementRecord;
    Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr =
	Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, e->backgroundObj);

    XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
	Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
	b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(FieldElement),
    FieldElementOptions,
    TtkNullElementSize,
    FieldElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Treeview headers --
 *
 *    On systems older than 10.9 The header is a kThemeListHeaderButton drawn
 *    by HIToolbox.  On newer systems those buttons do not match the Apple
 *    buttons, so we draw them from scratch.
 */


static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderValueTable[] = {
    {kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE},
    {kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    {kThemeButtonOff, 0}
};

static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderAdornmentTable[] = {
    {kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonSortUp,
     TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE | TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW},
    {kThemeAdornmentDefault,
     TTK_STATE_SELECTED | TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW},
    {kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE},
    {kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
    {kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS},
    {kThemeAdornmentNone, 0}
};

static void TreeAreaElementSize (
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{

    /*
     * Padding is needed to get the heading text to align correctly, since the
     * widget expects the heading to be the same height as a row.
     */

    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	paddingPtr->top = 4;
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeAreaElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TreeAreaElementSize,
    TtkNullElementDraw
};
static void TreeHeaderElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
	*minHeight = 24;
    } else {
	ButtonElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, minWidth,
	    minHeight, paddingPtr);
    }
}

static void TreeHeaderElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
    CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
    const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	.version = 0,
	.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
	.kind = params->kind,
	.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderValueTable, state),
	.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderAdornmentTable, state),
    };

    BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
    if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {

        /*
         * Compensate for the padding added in TreeHeaderElementSize, so
         * the larger heading will be drawn at the top of the widget.
         */

	bounds.origin.y -= 4;
	if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
	    DrawDarkListHeader(bounds, dc.context, tkwin, state);
	} else {
	    DrawListHeader(bounds, dc.context, tkwin, state);
	}
    } else {
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
	    NULL);
    }
    END_DRAWING
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeHeaderElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    TreeHeaderElementSize,
    TreeHeaderElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Disclosure triangles --
 */

#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN         TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF         TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable DisclosureValueTable[] = {
    {kThemeDisclosureDown, TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN, 0},
    {kThemeDisclosureRight, 0, 0},
};

static void DisclosureElementSize(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *minWidth,
    int *minHeight,
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    SInt32 s;

    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleWidth, &s);
    *minWidth = s;
    ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight, &s);
    *minHeight = s;
}

static void DisclosureElementDraw(
    void *clientData,
    void *elementRecord,
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d,
    Ttk_Box b,
    Ttk_State state)
{
    if (!(state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF)) {
	int triangleState = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin) ?
	    kThemeStateInactive : kThemeStateActive;
	CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
	const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
	    .version = 0,
	    .state = triangleState,
	    .kind = kThemeDisclosureTriangle,
	    .value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(DisclosureValueTable, state),
	    .adornment = kThemeAdornmentDrawIndicatorOnly,
	};

	BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
	ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
	    NULL);
	END_DRAWING
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec DisclosureElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(NullElement),
    TtkNullElementOptions,
    DisclosureElementSize,
    DisclosureElementDraw
};

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget layouts --
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)

TTK_LAYOUT("Toolbar",
    TTK_NODE("Toolbar.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH))

TTK_LAYOUT("TButton",
    TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TRadiobutton",
    TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TCheckbutton",
    TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Checkbutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
    TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))

TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
    TTK_GROUP("Combobox.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))

/* Notebook tabs -- no focus ring */
TTK_LAYOUT("Tab",
    TTK_GROUP("Notebook.tab", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_GROUP("Notebook.padding", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Notebook.label", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH))))

/* Spinbox -- buttons 2px to the right of the field. */
TTK_LAYOUT("TSpinbox",
    TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.buttons", TTK_PACK_RIGHT,
    TTK_NODE("Spinbox.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP | TTK_STICK_E)
    TTK_NODE("Spinbox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM | TTK_STICK_E))
    TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_X,
    TTK_NODE("Spinbox.textarea", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_X)))

/* Progress bars -- track only */
TTK_LAYOUT("TProgressbar",
    TTK_NODE("Progressbar.track", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH))

/* Treeview -- no border. */
TTK_LAYOUT("Treeview",
    TTK_GROUP("Treeview.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_GROUP("Treeview.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Treeview.treearea", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))

/* Tree heading -- no border, fixed height */
TTK_LAYOUT("Heading",
    TTK_NODE("Treeheading.cell", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
    TTK_NODE("Treeheading.image", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
    TTK_NODE("Treeheading.text", TTK_PACK_TOP))

/* Tree items -- omit focus ring */
TTK_LAYOUT("Item",
    TTK_GROUP("Treeitem.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
    TTK_NODE("Treeitem.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
    TTK_NODE("Treeitem.image", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
    TTK_NODE("Treeitem.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))

/* Scrollbar Layout -- Buttons at the bottom (Snow Leopard and Lion only) */

TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScrollbar",
    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_Y,
    TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb",
    TTK_PACK_TOP | TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH)
    TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM)
    TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM)))

TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScrollbar",
    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_X,
    TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb",
    TTK_PACK_LEFT | TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH)
    TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
    TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)))

TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Initialization --
 */

static int AquaTheme_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "aqua", NULL);

    if (!themePtr) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Elements:
     */

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "background", &BackgroundElementSpec,
	0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "fill", &FillElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "field", &FieldElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbar.background",
	&ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Button.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &PushButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Checkbutton.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &CheckBoxParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Radiobutton.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &RadioButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbutton.border",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &BevelButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Menubutton.button",
	&ButtonElementSpec, &PopupButtonParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.uparrow",
	&SpinButtonUpElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.downarrow",
	&SpinButtonDownElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.button",
	&ComboboxElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeitem.indicator",
	&DisclosureElementSpec, &DisclosureParams);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeheading.cell",
	&TreeHeaderElementSpec, &ListHeaderParams);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeview.treearea",
	&TreeAreaElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.tab", &TabElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.client", &PaneElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Labelframe.border", &GroupElementSpec,
	0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Entry.field", &EntryElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.field", &EntryElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "separator", &SeparatorElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "hseparator", &SeparatorElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "vseparator", &SeparatorElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "sizegrip", &SizegripElementSpec, 0);

    /*
     * <<NOTE-TRACKS>>
     * In some themes the Layouts for a progress bar has a trough element and a
     * pbar element.  But in our case the appearance manager draws both parts
     * of the progress bar, so we just have a single element called ".track".
     */

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Progressbar.track", &PbarElementSpec,
	0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scale.trough", &TrackElementSpec,
	&ScaleData);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scale.slider", &SliderElementSpec, 0);

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.trough",
	&TroughElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb",
	&ThumbElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough",
	&TroughElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb",
	&ThumbElementSpec, 0);

    /*
     * If we are not in Snow Leopard or Lion the arrows won't actually be
     * displayed.
     */

    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow",
	&ArrowElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow",
	&ArrowElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow",
	&ArrowElementSpec, 0);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow",
	&ArrowElementSpec, 0);

    /*
     * Layouts:
     */

    Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);

    Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::aqua", TTK_VERSION);
    return TCL_OK;
}

MODULE_SCOPE
int Ttk_MacOSXPlatformInit(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    return AquaTheme_Init(interp);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to tests/arc.tcl.

95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109

bind .t.c <Shift-1> {
    set curx %x
    set cury %y
}

bind .t.c <Shift-B1-Motion> {
    .t.c move circle [expr %x-$curx] [expr %y-$cury]
    set curx %x
    set cury %y
}

# The binding below flashes the closest item to the mouse.

bind .t.c <Control-c> {







|







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109

bind .t.c <Shift-1> {
    set curx %x
    set cury %y
}

bind .t.c <Shift-B1-Motion> {
    .t.c move circle [expr {%x-$curx}] [expr {%y-$cury}]
    set curx %x
    set cury %y
}

# The binding below flashes the closest item to the mouse.

bind .t.c <Control-c> {
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
	    set delta -5
	}
	if {$i <= 5} {
	    set delta 5
	}
	incr i $delta
	c -start $i
	c -extent [expr 360-2*$i]
	after 20
	update
    }
}

bind .t.c b {set go 0}








|







123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
	    set delta -5
	}
	if {$i <= 5} {
	    set delta 5
	}
	incr i $delta
	c -start $i
	c -extent [expr {360-2*$i}]
	after 20
	update
    }
}

bind .t.c b {set go 0}

Changes to tests/bell.test.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bell-1.1 {bell command} -body {
    bell a
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.2 {bell command} -body {
    bell a b 
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.3 {bell command} -body {
    bell -displayof gorp
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "gorp"}

test bell-1.4 {bell command} -body {







|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bell-1.1 {bell command} -body {
    bell a
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.2 {bell command} -body {
    bell a b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.3 {bell command} -body {
    bell -displayof gorp
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "gorp"}

test bell-1.4 {bell command} -body {

Changes to tests/bind.test.

5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
    event generate .t.f <Key-X> -state 1
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {X x {keysym X}}


test bind-29.1 {Tk_BackgroundError procedure} -setup {
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x errorInfo
        set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
    }
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f







|







5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
    event generate .t.f <Key-X> -state 1
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {X x {keysym X}}


test bind-29.1 {Tcl_BackgroundError procedure} -setup {
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x errorInfo
        set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
    }
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}
} -result {{This is a test} {This is a test
    while executing
"error "This is a test""
    (command bound to event)}}
    
test bind-29.2 {Tk_BackgroundError procedure} -setup {
    proc do {} {
        event generate .t.f <Button>
        event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease>
    }
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x errorInfo
        set x [list $msg $errorInfo]







|







5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}
} -result {{This is a test} {This is a test
    while executing
"error "This is a test""
    (command bound to event)}}
    
test bind-29.2 {Tcl_BackgroundError procedure} -setup {
    proc do {} {
        event generate .t.f <Button>
        event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease>
    }
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x errorInfo
        set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
    event generate .t.f <a>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {a11}
test bind-33.2 {should prefer most specific event} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> { lappend x "Double" }
    bind .t.f <1><1> { lappend x "11" }
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    # This test case shows that old implementation has an issue, because
    # it is expected that <Double-1> is matching, this binding
    # is more specific. But new implementation will be conform to old,
    # and so "11" is the expected result.
} -result {11}
test bind-33.3 {should prefer most specific event} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <a><Double-1><a> { lappend x "Double" }
    bind .t.f <a><1><1><a> { lappend x "11" }
    event generate .t.f <a>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <a>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    # Also this test case shows that old implementation has an issue, it is
    # expected that <a><Double-1><a> is matching, because <Double-1> is more
    # specific than <1><1>. But new implementation will be conform to old,
    # and so "11" is the expected result.
} -result {11}
test bind-33.4 {prefer most specific event} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <1><1> { lappend x "11" }







|












<
<
<
<
|
|














<
<
<
<
|







6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373




6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389




6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
    event generate .t.f <a>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {a11}
test bind-33.2 {prefer most specific event} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> { lappend x "Double" }
    bind .t.f <1><1> { lappend x "11" }
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f




} -result {Double}
test bind-33.3 {prefer most specific event} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <a><Double-1><a> { lappend x "Double" }
    bind .t.f <a><1><1><a> { lappend x "11" }
    event generate .t.f <a>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <a>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f




} -result {Double}
test bind-33.4 {prefer most specific event} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <1><1> { lappend x "11" }
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <2>
    event generate .t.f <2>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    # This test case shows that old implementation has an issue, because
    # it is expected that first one is matching, this binding
    # is more specific. But new implementation will be conform to old,
    # and so "last" is the expected result.
} -result {last}
test bind-33.12 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Control-1><1> { lappend x "first" }







<
<
<
<
|







6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519




6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <1>
    event generate .t.f <2>
    event generate .t.f <2>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f




} -result {first}
test bind-33.12 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup {
    pack [frame .t.f]
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Control-1><1> { lappend x "first" }

Changes to tests/bitmap.test.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bitmap-1.1 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -body {
    set x gray25
    lindex $x 0             
    button .b -bitmap $x
    lindex $x 0
    testbitmap gray25
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{1 0}}
test bitmap-1.2 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - discard stale bitmap} -constraints {







|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bitmap-1.1 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -body {
    set x gray25
    lindex $x 0
    button .b -bitmap $x
    lindex $x 0
    testbitmap gray25
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{1 0}}
test bitmap-1.2 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - discard stale bitmap} -constraints {
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}

test bitmap-2.1 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap bad_name
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bad_name" not defined}
test bitmap-2.2 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap @xyzzy
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading bitmap file "xyzzy"}

test bitmap-3.1 {Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {







|




|







50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}

test bitmap-2.1 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap bad_name
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bad_name" not defined}
test bitmap-2.2 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap @xyzzy
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading bitmap file "xyzzy"}

test bitmap-3.1 {Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {

Changes to tests/border.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkBorder.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test border-1.1 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -body {
    set x orange
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -bg $x -text .b1
    lindex $x 0
    testborder orange
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -result {{1 0}}
test border-1.2 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - discard stale border} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test border-1.3 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - reuse existing border} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    pack .b1 .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test border-1.4 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - try other borders in list} -constraints {  
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    pack .b1 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .t.b -bg $x -text Second
    pack .t.b -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Third
    pack .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}

test border-2.1 {Tk_Free3DBorder - reference counts} -constraints {  
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple












|
|









|
|












|
|












|




















|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkBorder.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test border-1.1 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
    testborder
} -body {
    set x orange
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -bg $x -text .b1
    lindex $x 0
    testborder orange
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -result {{1 0}}
test border-1.2 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - discard stale border} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test border-1.3 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - reuse existing border} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    pack .b1 .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test border-1.4 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - try other borders in list} -constraints {
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    pack .b1 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .t.b -bg $x -text Second
    pack .t.b -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Third
    pack .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}

test border-2.1 {Tk_Free3DBorder - reference counts} -constraints {
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
    destroy .b2
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t.b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 0} {2 1}} {{1 0} {1 1}} {{1 0}} {}}
test border-2.2 {Tk_Free3DBorder - unlinking from list} -constraints {  
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    toplevel .t3 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    set result {}







|







90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
    destroy .b2
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t.b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 0} {2 1}} {{1 0} {1 1}} {{1 0}} {}}
test border-2.2 {Tk_Free3DBorder - unlinking from list} -constraints {
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    toplevel .t3 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    set result {}
123
124
125
126
127
128
129

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b .t2 .t3 .t
} -result {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}


test border-3.1 {FreeBorderObjProc} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -setup {
    set result {}
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy purple]
    button .b -bg $x -text .b1
    set y [copy purple]







>
|
|







123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b .t2 .t3 .t
} -result {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}


test border-3.1 {FreeBorderObjProc} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy purple]
    button .b -bg $x -text .b1
    set y [copy purple]

Changes to tests/busy.test.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    tk busy
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy options ?arg arg ...?"}

test busy-2.1 {tk busy hold} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy hold
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy hold window ?option value ...?"}
test busy-2.2 {tk busy hold root window} -body {
    tk busy hold .
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.3 {tk busy hold root window with shortcut} -body {
    tk busy .
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.4 {tk busy hold nested window} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.5 {tk busy hold nested window with shortcut} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.6 {tk busy hold toplevel window} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.7 {tk busy hold toplevel window with shortcut} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.8 {tk busy hold non existing window} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.9 {tk busy hold (shortcut) non existing window} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.10 {tk busy hold root window with cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor arrow
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.11 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor arrow
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {







|

>


|

|

>


|



|

>



|



|

>



|



|

>



|



|

>



|









|

>


|

|

>


|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
    tk busy
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy options ?arg arg ...?"}

test busy-2.1 {tk busy hold} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy hold
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy hold window ?option value ...?"}
test busy-2.2 {tk busy hold root window} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.3 {tk busy hold root window with shortcut} -body {
    set res [tk busy .]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.4 {tk busy hold nested window} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-2.5 {tk busy hold nested window with shortcut} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    set res [tk busy .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-2.6 {tk busy hold toplevel window} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f._Busy}
test busy-2.7 {tk busy hold toplevel window with shortcut} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    set res [tk busy .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f._Busy}
test busy-2.8 {tk busy hold non existing window} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.9 {tk busy hold (shortcut) non existing window} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.10 {tk busy hold root window with cursor} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold . -cursor arrow]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.11 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, cursor} -body {
    set res [tk busy . -cursor arrow]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
























476
477
    tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
    lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f2
    destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}

























::tcltest::cleanupTests
return








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
    lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f2
    destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}

test busy-8.1 {tk busy busywindow with a busy toplevel} -body {
    toplevel .top
    tk busy .top
    tk busy busywindow .top
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .top
    destroy .top
} -result {.top._Busy}
test busy-8.2 {tk busy busywindow with a busy widget} -body {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy .f
    tk busy busywindow .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-8.3 {tk busy busywindow with a nonexisting widget} -body {
    tk busy .
    tk busy busywindow .nonExistingWidget
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}


::tcltest::cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/button.test.

558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629

test button-1.57 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .l cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.58 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.59 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .b cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.60 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.61 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .c cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.62 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.63 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .r cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.64 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update







|


















|


















|


















|







558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629

test button-1.57 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .l cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.58 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.59 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .b cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.60 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.61 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .c cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.62 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.63 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .r cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.64 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
} -body {
    .r configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test button-1.103 {configuration option: "font" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .l cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.104 {configuration option: "activebackground" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.105 {configuration option: "font" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .b cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.106 {configuration option: "activebackground" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.107 {configuration option: "font" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .c cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.108 {configuration option: "activebackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.109 {configuration option: "font" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .r cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.110 {configuration option: "activebackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}







|









|








|









|








|









|








|









|







999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
} -body {
    .r configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test button-1.103 {configuration option: "font" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .l cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.104 {configuration option: "activebackground" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.105 {configuration option: "font" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .b cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.106 {configuration option: "activebackground" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.107 {configuration option: "font" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .c cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.108 {configuration option: "activebackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.109 {configuration option: "font" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .r cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.110 {configuration option: "activebackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
    checkbutton .c
    .c configure -selectcolor {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

# ex-tests 3.*
test button-2.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough arguments} -body {   
    button
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test button-2.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} -body {
    label .x
    winfo class .x
} -cleanup {







|







2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
    checkbutton .c
    .c configure -selectcolor {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

# ex-tests 3.*
test button-2.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough arguments} -body {
    button
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test button-2.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} -body {
    label .x
    winfo class .x
} -cleanup {
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
    destroy .x
    rename gorp button
} -result {Button}

test button-2.7 {ButtonCreate - bad window name} -body {
    button foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy foo             
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
######### test ex 3.8 
test button-2.8 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body { 
    option add *funny.background bogus
    button .funny
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"} 
test button-2.9 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
   option add *funny.background bogus
    catch {button .funny}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"
    (database entry for "-background" in widget ".funny")
    invoked from within
"button .funny"}

test button-2.10 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {    
    button .x -gorp foo
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"} 
test button-2.11 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
    catch {button .x -gorp foo} 
    winfo exists .x
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -result 0
######### ex 3.10
test button-2.12 {ButtonCreate procedure - return value} -body {
    set x [button .abcd]







|

|
|





|












|



|

|







2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
    destroy .x
    rename gorp button
} -result {Button}

test button-2.7 {ButtonCreate - bad window name} -body {
    button foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy foo
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
######### test ex 3.8
test button-2.8 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
    option add *funny.background bogus
    button .funny
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test button-2.9 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
   option add *funny.background bogus
    catch {button .funny}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"
    (database entry for "-background" in widget ".funny")
    invoked from within
"button .funny"}

test button-2.10 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
    button .x -gorp foo
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-2.11 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
    catch {button .x -gorp foo}
    winfo exists .x
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -result 0
######### ex 3.10
test button-2.12 {ButtonCreate procedure - return value} -body {
    set x [button .abcd]
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850

#ex 4.7
test button-3.6 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.7 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.8 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-variable"}

test button-3.9 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.10 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-value"}

test button-3.11 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.12 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -onvalue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-onvalue"}

# ex 4.6
test button-3.13 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b -highlightthickness 3
    lindex [.b configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
}  -result {3}
test button-3.14 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    llength [.c configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {41} 
test button-3.15 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b configure -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-3.16 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {







|





|












|












|



















|







2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850

#ex 4.7
test button-3.6 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.7 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.8 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-variable"}

test button-3.9 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.10 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-value"}

test button-3.11 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.12 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -onvalue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-onvalue"}

# ex 4.6
test button-3.13 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b -highlightthickness 3
    lindex [.b configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
}  -result {3}
test button-3.14 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    llength [.c configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {41}
test button-3.15 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b configure -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-3.16 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
test button-3.21 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    .c d
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0} 
test button-3.22 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar green
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {green} 
test button-3.23 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {} 

test button-3.24 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {  
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.25 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c deselect}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {







|







|







|

|







|







2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
test button-3.21 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    .c d
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0}
test button-3.22 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar green
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {green}
test button-3.23 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {}

test button-3.24 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.25 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c deselect}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -match {glob} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.27 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r deselect}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {







|







2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -match {glob} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted}
test button-3.27 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r deselect}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be ".b flash"}
test button-3.29 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l flash
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "flash": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.30 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {                    
    button .b
    catch {.b flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.31 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {                    
    checkbutton .c
    catch {.c flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.32 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {                    
    radiobutton .r
    catch {.r f}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}

test button-3.33 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -body {







|





|





|







2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be ".b flash"}
test button-3.29 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l flash
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "flash": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.30 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    button .b
    catch {.b flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.31 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    catch {.c flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.32 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    catch {.r f}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}

test button-3.33 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -body {
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
    set checkvar bogus
    .c s
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result  {lovely}
test button-3.43 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red    
    set radiovar green
    .r select
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result  {red}
test button-3.44 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body { 
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.45 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r select}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {







|






|







|







3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
    set checkvar bogus
    .c s
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result  {lovely}
test button-3.43 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar green
    .r select
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result  {red}
test button-3.44 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted}
test button-3.45 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r select}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
    lappend result $checkvar
    .c toggle
    lappend result $checkvar
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {sunshine rain sunshine}
test button-3.51 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {  
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.52 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle} 
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} abc}
test button-3.53 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {   
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.54 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle} 
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} xyz}
test button-3.55 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": variable is array} 
test button-3.56 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    catch {.c toggle}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c







|







|




|








|







|




|










|






|


|







3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
    lappend result $checkvar
    .c toggle
    lappend result $checkvar
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {sunshine rain sunshine}
test button-3.51 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.52 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} abc}
test button-3.53 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.54 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} xyz}
test button-3.55 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": variable is array}
test button-3.56 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    catch {.c toggle}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
    button .b1 -image image1
    button .b2 -fg #ff0000 -text "Button 2"
    button .b3 -state active -text "Button 3"
    button .b4 -disabledforeground #0000ff -state disabled -text "Button 4"
    checkbutton .b5 -variable x -text "Checkbutton 5"
    set x 1
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    update 
    deleteWindows  
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    image delete image1
} -result {} 

test button-5.1 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    .b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"} 
test button-5.2 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    catch {.b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus} 
    list [.b cget -bd] [.b cget -bg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {4 green}
test button-5.3 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -textvariable x
    set x From-x







|
|



|






|


|







3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
    button .b1 -image image1
    button .b2 -fg #ff0000 -text "Button 2"
    button .b3 -state active -text "Button 3"
    button .b4 -disabledforeground #0000ff -state disabled -text "Button 4"
    checkbutton .b5 -variable x -text "Checkbutton 5"
    set x 1
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    update
    deleteWindows
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    image delete image1
} -result {}

test button-5.1 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    .b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test button-5.2 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    catch {.b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus}
    list [.b cget -bd] [.b cget -bg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {4 green}
test button-5.3 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -textvariable x
    set x From-x
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
    imageCleanup
} -result {image2}

test button-5.6 {ConfigureButton - default value for variable} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c 
} -result {c}
test button-5.7 {ConfigureButton - setting selected state from variable} -body {
    set x 0
    set y Shiny
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    .c configure -variable y -onvalue Shiny
    .c toggle







|







3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
    imageCleanup
} -result {image2}

test button-5.6 {ConfigureButton - default value for variable} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {c}
test button-5.7 {ConfigureButton - setting selected state from variable} -body {
    set x 0
    set y Shiny
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    .c configure -variable y -onvalue Shiny
    .c toggle
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
    destroy .r
} -result {}

test button-5.10 {ConfigureButton - error in setting variable} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -variable x 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}

test button-5.11 {ConfigureButton - bad image name} -body {
    button .b -image bogus







|







3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
    destroy .r
} -result {}

test button-5.10 {ConfigureButton - error in setting variable} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -variable x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}

test button-5.11 {ConfigureButton - bad image name} -body {
    button .b -image bogus
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted} 
test button-5.15 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x}
	return $x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -result {foo}

#ex 6.14
test button-5.16 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body { 
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "1i"} 
test button-5.17 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result  {expected integer but got "1i"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width 1i"}
test button-5.18 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body { 
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -height 0.5c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"} 
test button-5.19 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body { 
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5c} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -height 0.5c"}
#ex 6.16
test button-5.20 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    .b configure -width abc
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result  {bad screen distance "abc"} 
test button-5.21 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    catch {.b configure -width abc} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width abc"}
test button-5.22 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
    button .b -image image1
    .b configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"} 
test button-5.23 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
#ztestImageType
    button .b -image image1
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5x} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -result  {bad screen distance "0.5x"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within







|












|




|










|




|
|

|













|


|

















|







|







3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-5.15 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x}
	return $x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -result {foo}

#ex 6.14
test button-5.16 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "1i"}
test button-5.17 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result  {expected integer but got "1i"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width 1i"}
test button-5.18 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -height 0.5c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"}
test button-5.19 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5c}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -height 0.5c"}
#ex 6.16
test button-5.20 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    .b configure -width abc
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result  {bad screen distance "abc"}
test button-5.21 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    catch {.b configure -width abc}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width abc"}
test button-5.22 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
    button .b -image image1
    .b configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"}
test button-5.23 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
#ztestImageType
    button .b -image image1
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5x}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -result  {bad screen distance "0.5x"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
    # 1. button with text
    .b configure -text "Sample text"
    pack .b
    set textwidth [font measure [.b cget -font] -displayof .b [.b cget -text]]
    set expectedwidth [expr {$textwidth + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -padx]}]
    incr expectedwidth 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    set result [expr $expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]]
    set linespace [lindex [font metrics [.b cget -font] -displayof .b] 5]
    set expectedheight [expr {$linespace + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -pady]}]
    incr expectedheight 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr $expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]]
    # 2. button with a bitmap image
    # there is no access to characteristics the predefined bitmaps,
    # so define one as an image (copied from questhead.xbm)
    set myquesthead [image create bitmap -data {
        #define myquesthead_width 20
        #define myquesthead_height 22
        static unsigned char myquesthead_bits[] = {
           0xf8, 0x1f, 0x00, 0xac, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00, 0xeb, 0xaf, 0x00,
           0xf5, 0x5f, 0x01, 0xfb, 0xbf, 0x00, 0x75, 0x5d, 0x01, 0xfb, 0xbe, 0x02,
           0x75, 0x5d, 0x05, 0xab, 0xbe, 0x0a, 0x55, 0x5f, 0x07, 0xab, 0xaf, 0x00,
           0xd6, 0x57, 0x01, 0xac, 0xab, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x57, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xaa, 0x00,
           0x50, 0x55, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x0b, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x17, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x0b, 0x00,
           0x58, 0x15, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x2a, 0x00};
    }]
    .b configure -image $myquesthead
    set expectedwidth [expr {[image width $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}]
    incr expectedwidth 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr $expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]]
    set expectedheight [expr {[image height $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}]
    incr expectedheight 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr $expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test button-5.25 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
} -body {







|




|


















|



|







3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
    # 1. button with text
    .b configure -text "Sample text"
    pack .b
    set textwidth [font measure [.b cget -font] -displayof .b [.b cget -text]]
    set expectedwidth [expr {$textwidth + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -padx]}]
    incr expectedwidth 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    set result [expr {$expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]}]
    set linespace [lindex [font metrics [.b cget -font] -displayof .b] 5]
    set expectedheight [expr {$linespace + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -pady]}]
    incr expectedheight 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr {$expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
    # 2. button with a bitmap image
    # there is no access to characteristics the predefined bitmaps,
    # so define one as an image (copied from questhead.xbm)
    set myquesthead [image create bitmap -data {
        #define myquesthead_width 20
        #define myquesthead_height 22
        static unsigned char myquesthead_bits[] = {
           0xf8, 0x1f, 0x00, 0xac, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00, 0xeb, 0xaf, 0x00,
           0xf5, 0x5f, 0x01, 0xfb, 0xbf, 0x00, 0x75, 0x5d, 0x01, 0xfb, 0xbe, 0x02,
           0x75, 0x5d, 0x05, 0xab, 0xbe, 0x0a, 0x55, 0x5f, 0x07, 0xab, 0xaf, 0x00,
           0xd6, 0x57, 0x01, 0xac, 0xab, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x57, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xaa, 0x00,
           0x50, 0x55, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x0b, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x17, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x0b, 0x00,
           0x58, 0x15, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x2a, 0x00};
    }]
    .b configure -image $myquesthead
    set expectedwidth [expr {[image width $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}]
    incr expectedwidth 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr {$expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]}]
    set expectedheight [expr {[image height $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}]
    incr expectedheight 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr {$expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test button-5.25 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
} -body {
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
    list [info command .b*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{} {}}

test button-8.1 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    set result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0 1 0}

test button-8.2 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {     
    set x 0
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.3 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {1}
test button-8.4 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {   
    set x 1
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.5 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 1
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {0}

test button-8.6 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body { 
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {0 red red}

test button-8.7 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {  
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .r invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.8 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body { 
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.r invoke}
    list $errorInfo $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r







|










|

|









|








|

|









|











|










|








|







3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
    list [info command .b*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{} {}}

test button-8.1 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    set result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0 1 0}

test button-8.2 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.3 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {1}
test button-8.4 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 1
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.5 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 1
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {0}

test button-8.6 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {0 red red}

test button-8.7 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .r invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.8 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.r invoke}
    list $errorInfo $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
    set new [winfo reqwidth .b]
    expr {$old == $new}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {0}

test button-11.1 {ButtonImageProc procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 0 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    image create test image1
} -body {
    .l configure -image image1 -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0
    pack .l
    set result "[winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]"







|







3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
    set new [winfo reqwidth .b]
    expr {$old == $new}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {0}

test button-11.1 {ButtonImageProc procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 0 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    image create test image1
} -body {
    .l configure -image image1 -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0
    pack .l
    set result "[winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]"
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791














































































3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804

3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959







































3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967

test button-13.1 {size behavior: label} -setup {
    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 














































































	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 
test button-13.2 {size behavior: label} -setup {

    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.3 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 
test button-13.4 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.5 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.6 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.7 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.8 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-14.1 {bug fix: [011706ec42] tk::ButtonInvoke unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_button {} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.b]} {
            destroy .top.b
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    button .top.b -text Foo -command destroy_button
    bind .top.b <space> destroy_button
    pack .top.b
    focus -force .top.b
    update
    event generate .top.b <space>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.b .top
} -result {} 








































imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











|
|
>
|
|
|


|











|

|
|
|
|


|











|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
|
|


|











|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921









3922









3923

3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941




























































3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006

test button-13.1 {size behavior: label} -setup {
    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}
test button-13.2 {size behavior: label} -setup {
    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.3 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}
test button-13.4 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.5 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.6 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.7 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}



















test button-13.8 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {

    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}





























































test button-14.1 {bug fix: [011706ec42] tk::ButtonInvoke unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_button {} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.b]} {
            destroy .top.b
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    button .top.b -text Foo -command destroy_button
    bind .top.b <space> destroy_button
    pack .top.b
    focus -force .top.b
    update
    event generate .top.b <space>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.b .top
} -result {}

test button-15.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to segfault
    set var INIT
    button .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
	.b configure -textvariable {}
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset var}
    update
    destroy .b
} {}
test button-15.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to leak traces
    set var INIT
    button .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
	.b configure -textvariable new
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
    update
    destroy .b
    unset new
} {}
test button-15.3 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to leak traces
    set var INIT
    checkbutton .b -variable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
	.b configure -variable {}
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset var}
    update
    destroy .b
} {}


imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/canvImg.test.

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168

169

170





171
172
173
174
175
176
177
    .c itemconfigure i1 -image {}
    update
    list $x [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{{foo free}} {}}
test canvImg-4.2 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    set y {}

    .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2

    update





    list $x $y [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
	image delete foo2
} -result {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60}} {50 100 130 160}}
test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {







|


|






>

>

>
>
>
>
>







152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    .c itemconfigure i1 -image {}
    update
    list $x [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{{foo free}} {}}
test canvImg-4.2 {ConfigureImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    set y {}
    set timer [after 300 {lappend y "timeout"}]
    .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2
    update idletasks
    update
    # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run.
    while {"timeout" ni $y && [lindex $y end 1] ne "display"} {
        vwait y
    }
    after cancel timer
    list $x $y [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
	image delete foo2
} -result {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60}} {50 100 130 160}}
test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor s
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {5 15 35 30}
test canvImg-6.10 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor sw
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 15 50 30}
test canvImg-6.11 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor w
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 23 50 38}
test canvImg-6.12 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor center
    .c bbox i1







|












|












|







318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor s
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {5 15 35 30}
test canvImg-6.10 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor sw
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 15 50 30}
test canvImg-6.11 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor w
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 23 50 38}
test canvImg-6.12 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor center
    .c bbox i1
716
717
718
719
720
721
722






723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768






769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
    .c scale image 25 0 2.0 1.5
    .c bbox image
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {75 150 105 165}







test canvImg-10.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    update
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 2 4 6 8}}

test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    update
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 0 0 40 50}}
test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor center
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    .c bbox image
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {30 75 70 125}






test canvImg-11.3 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    update
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
	image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60

    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    .c create image 70 110 -image foo2 -anchor nw
    update
    set y {}
    image create test foo -variable x
    update
    return $y
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo foo2
} -result {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40}}

# cleanup
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>














|

















|













>
>
>
>
>
>

|





|













|









723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
    .c scale image 25 0 2.0 1.5
    .c bbox image
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {75 150 105 165}

if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} {
    # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image.
    set result_10_1 {{foo display 0 0 30 15}}
} else {
    set result_10_1 {{foo display 2 4 6 8}}
}
test canvImg-10.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    update
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result $result_10_1

test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    update
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 0 0 40 50}}
test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor center
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    .c bbox image
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {30 75 70 125}
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} {
    # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image.
    set result_11_3 {{foo2 display 0 0 80 60}}
} else {
    set result_11_3 {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40}}
}
test canvImg-11.3 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    update
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60

    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    .c create image 70 110 -image foo2 -anchor nw
    update
    set y {}
    image create test foo -variable x
    update
    return $y
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo foo2
} -result $result_11_3

# cleanup
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/canvMoveto.test.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
test canvMoveto-1.5 {Bad args handling for "moveto" command} -body {
    .c moveto test 12 20 -anchor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c moveto tagOrId x y"}

test canvMoveto-2.1 {Canvas "moveto" command coordinates} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c bbox test
} {200 150 272 232} 
test canvMoveto-2.2 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank y coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c moveto test 150 {}
    .c bbox test
} {150 150 222 232}
test canvMoveto-2.3 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank x coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150







|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
test canvMoveto-1.5 {Bad args handling for "moveto" command} -body {
    .c moveto test 12 20 -anchor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c moveto tagOrId x y"}

test canvMoveto-2.1 {Canvas "moveto" command coordinates} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c bbox test
} {200 150 272 232}
test canvMoveto-2.2 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank y coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c moveto test 150 {}
    .c bbox test
} {150 150 222 232}
test canvMoveto-2.3 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank x coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150

Changes to tests/canvRect.test.

224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.9] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 25.1] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 29.9] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.1] eq $xId}]
		
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}
test canvRect-6.3 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -width 1 -outline black







|







224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.9] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 25.1] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 29.9] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.1] eq $xId}]

} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}
test canvRect-6.3 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -width 1 -outline black
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
test canvRect-6.4 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure  y -width 1 -outline black
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.4] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.6] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.4] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.6] eq $xId}]		
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test canvRect-6.5 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]







|







246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
test canvRect-6.4 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure  y -width 1 -outline black
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.4] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.6] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.4] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.6] eq $xId}]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test canvRect-6.5 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
	.c itemconfigure x -fill {} -outline black -width 3
	.c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.2] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.3] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.7] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.8] eq $xId}] 
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}
		
test canvRect-6.7 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -outline {} -fill black]		
	set yId [.c create rectangle 40 40 50 50 -outline {} -fill black]
    list [expr {[.c find closest 35 35] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 36 36] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 37 37] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 38 38] eq $yId}] 
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}


test canvRect-7.1 {RectToArea procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -fill green -outline {}]







|



|

|




|







271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
	.c itemconfigure x -fill {} -outline black -width 3
	.c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.2] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.3] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.7] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.8] eq $xId}]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test canvRect-6.7 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -outline {} -fill black]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 40 40 50 50 -outline {} -fill black]
    list [expr {[.c find closest 35 35] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 36 36] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 37 37] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 38 38] eq $yId}]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}


test canvRect-7.1 {RectToArea procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -fill green -outline {}]

Changes to tests/canvText.test.

265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
} -body {
    set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
    set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
    set ax [font measure $font 0]
    .c create text 0 0 -tag test
    .c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
    expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor n; .c bbox test] \
	      eq "[expr -$ax/2-1] 0 [expr $ax/2+1] $ay"}
} -cleanup {
    .c delete test
} -result 1
test canvText-6.2 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .c delete test
} -body {
    set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
    set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
    set ax [font measure $font 0]
    .c create text 0 0 -tag test
    .c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
    expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor nw; .c bbox test] \
	      eq "-1 0 [expr $ax+1] $ay"}
} -cleanup {
    .c delete test
} -result 1
test canvText-6.3 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .c delete test
} -body {
    set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"







|












|







265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
} -body {
    set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
    set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
    set ax [font measure $font 0]
    .c create text 0 0 -tag test
    .c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
    expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor n; .c bbox test] \
	      eq "[expr {-$ax/2-1}] 0 [expr {$ax/2+1}] $ay"}
} -cleanup {
    .c delete test
} -result 1
test canvText-6.2 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .c delete test
} -body {
    set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
    set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
    set ax [font measure $font 0]
    .c create text 0 0 -tag test
    .c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
    expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor nw; .c bbox test] \
	      eq "-1 0 [expr {$ax+1}] $ay"}
} -cleanup {
    .c delete test
} -result 1
test canvText-6.3 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .c delete test
} -body {
    set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"

Changes to tests/canvas.test.

336
337
338
339
340
341
342


343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
} -body {
    .c create arc -100 10 100 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style arc -tags arc1
    set arcBox [.c bbox arc1]
    .c create arc 100 10 300 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style chord -tags arc2
    set coordBox [.c bbox arc2]
    .c create arc 300 10 500 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style pieslice -tags arc3
    set pieBox [.c bbox arc3]


    list $arcBox $coordBox $pieBox
} -result {{48 21 100 94} {248 21 300 94} {398 21 500 112}}

test canvas-9.1 {canvas id creation and deletion} -setup {
    catch {destroy .c}
    canvas .c
} -body {
    # With Tk 8.0.4 the ids are now stored in a hash table. You can use this
    # test as a performance test with older versions by changing the value of
    # size.
    set size 15
    for {set i 0} {$i < $size} {incr i} {
	set x [expr {-10 + 3*$i}]
	for {set j 0; set y -10} {$j < 10} {incr j; incr y 3} {
	    .c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr $x+2]c [expr $y+2]c \
		    -outline black -fill blue -tags rect
	    .c create text [expr $x+1]c [expr $y+1]c -text "$i,$j" \
		    -anchor center -tags text
	}
    }
    # The actual bench mark - this code also exercises all the hash table
    # changes.
    set time [lindex [time {
	foreach id [.c find withtag all] {







>
>
|
|












|

|







336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
} -body {
    .c create arc -100 10 100 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style arc -tags arc1
    set arcBox [.c bbox arc1]
    .c create arc 100 10 300 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style chord -tags arc2
    set coordBox [.c bbox arc2]
    .c create arc 300 10 500 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style pieslice -tags arc3
    set pieBox [.c bbox arc3]
    .c create arc 100 200 300 200 -height [expr {(1-0.5*sqrt(3))*200}] -style arc -tags arc4
    set arcSegBox [.c bbox arc4]
    list $arcBox $coordBox $pieBox $arcSegBox
} -result {{48 21 100 94} {248 21 300 94} {398 21 500 112} {98 171 302 202}}

test canvas-9.1 {canvas id creation and deletion} -setup {
    catch {destroy .c}
    canvas .c
} -body {
    # With Tk 8.0.4 the ids are now stored in a hash table. You can use this
    # test as a performance test with older versions by changing the value of
    # size.
    set size 15
    for {set i 0} {$i < $size} {incr i} {
	set x [expr {-10 + 3*$i}]
	for {set j 0; set y -10} {$j < 10} {incr j; incr y 3} {
	    .c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr {$x+2}]c [expr {$y+2}]c \
		    -outline black -fill blue -tags rect
	    .c create text [expr {$x+1}]c [expr {$y+1}]c -text "$i,$j" \
		    -anchor center -tags text
	}
    }
    # The actual bench mark - this code also exercises all the hash table
    # changes.
    set time [lindex [time {
	foreach id [.c find withtag all] {
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
    .c coords 1
} {}

test canvas-12.1 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set qx [expr {1.+1.}] 
    # qx has type double and no string representation 
    .c scale all $qx 0 1. 1.
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation 
    list $qx [string length $qx]
} -result {2.0 3}
test canvas-12.2 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set val 10
    incr val
    # qx has type double and no string representation 
    .c scale all $val 0 1 1
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation 
    incr val
} -result 12

# procedure used in 13.1 test case
proc kill_canvas {w} {
    destroy $w
    pack [canvas $w -height 200 -width 200] -fill both -expand yes







|
|

|








|

|







535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
    .c coords 1
} {}

test canvas-12.1 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set qx [expr {1.+1.}]
    # qx has type double and no string representation
    .c scale all $qx 0 1. 1.
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation
    list $qx [string length $qx]
} -result {2.0 3}
test canvas-12.2 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set val 10
    incr val
    # qx has type double and no string representation
    .c scale all $val 0 1 1
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation
    incr val
} -result 12

# procedure used in 13.1 test case
proc kill_canvas {w} {
    destroy $w
    pack [canvas $w -height 200 -width 200] -fill both -expand yes
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
} -returnCodes error -body {
    .c create window 0
} -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvas-15.19 "basic coords check: centimeters are larger than pixels" -setup {
    destroy .c
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create rect 0 0 1cm 1cm] 
    expr {[lindex [.c coords $id] 2]>1}
} -result {1}
destroy .c

test canvas-16.1 {arc coords check} -setup {
    canvas .c
} -body {







|







725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
} -returnCodes error -body {
    .c create window 0
} -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvas-15.19 "basic coords check: centimeters are larger than pixels" -setup {
    destroy .c
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create rect 0 0 1cm 1cm]
    expr {[lindex [.c coords $id] 2]>1}
} -result {1}
destroy .c

test canvas-16.1 {arc coords check} -setup {
    canvas .c
} -body {
946
947
948
949
950
951
952

































































































































































































































































































953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}


































































































































































































































































































# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}

# Procedure used in test cases 20.1 20.2 20.3
proc matchPixels {pixels expected} {
    set matched 1
    foreach pline $pixels eline $expected {
        foreach ppixel $pline epixel $eline {
            if {$ppixel != $epixel} {
                set matched 0
                break
            }
        }
    }
    return $matched
}

test canvas-20.1 {canvas image} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 0 9 -fill #000080 -outline #000080
    .c image testimage
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.2 {canvas image with subsample} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 1 9 -fill #008000 -outline #008000
    .c image testimage 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.3 {canvas image with subsample and zoom} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 9 0 -fill #800000 -outline #800000
    .c image testimage 1 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-21.1 {canvas very small arc} -setup {
    catch {destroy .c}
    canvas .c
} -body {
    # no Inf or NaN must be generated even for very small arcs
    .c create arc 0 100 0 100 -height 100 -style arc -outline "" -tags arc1
    set arcBox [.c bbox arc1]
    .c create arc 0 100 0 100 -height 100 -style arc -outline blue -tags arc2
    set outlinedArcBox [.c bbox arc2]
    set coords [.c coords arc1]
    set start [.c itemcget arc1 -start]
    set extent [.c itemcget arc1 -extent]
    set width [.c itemcget arc1 -width]
    set height [.c itemcget arc1 -height]
    list $arcBox $outlinedArcBox $coords $start $extent $width $height
} -result {{-1 99 1 101} {-2 98 2 102} {0.0 100.0 0.0 100.0} 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0}


destroy .c
test canvas-21.1 {canvas rotate} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create line 50 50 50 100 100 100
    .c rotate all 75 75 90
    lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {50.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 50.00}
test canvas-21.2 {canvas rotate} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create line 50 50 50 100 100 100
    .c rotate all 75 75 -10
    lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {54.72 46.04 46.04 95.28 95.28 103.96}
test canvas-21.3 {canvas rotate: syntax} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c rotate all 75 75
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {wrong # args: should be ".c rotate tagOrId x y angle"}
test canvas-21.4 {canvas rotate: syntax} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c rotate all 75 75 123 123
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {wrong # args: should be ".c rotate tagOrId x y angle"}
test canvas-21.5 {canvas rotate: syntax} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c rotate {!} 1 1 1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {missing tag in tag search expression}
test canvas-21.6 {canvas rotate: syntax} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c rotate all x 1 1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {bad screen distance "x"}
test canvas-21.7 {canvas rotate: syntax} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c rotate all 1 x 1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {bad screen distance "x"}
test canvas-21.8 {canvas rotate: syntax} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c rotate all 1 1 x
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {expected floating-point number but got "x"}
test canvas-21.9 {canvas rotate: nothing to rotate} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c rotate all 75 75 10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}
test canvas-21.10 {canvas rotate: multiple things to rotate} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create line 50 50 50 100 -tag a
    .c create line 50 50 100 50 -tag b
    .c rotate all 75 75 45
    list [lmap c [.c coords a] {format %.2f $c}] [lmap c [.c coords b] {format %.2f $c}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{39.64 75.00 75.00 110.36} {39.64 75.00 75.00 39.64}}

test canvas-22.1 {canvas rotate: arc item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create arc 50 50 75 75 -start 45 -extent 90
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {-start -extent} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{50.00 125.00 75.00 150.00} {45.0 90.0} {52 123 73 140}}
test canvas-22.2 {canvas rotate: bitmap item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create bitmap 50 50 -bitmap info -anchor se
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {-bitmap -anchor} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{50.00 150.00} {info se} {42 129 50 150}}
test canvas-22.3 {canvas rotate: image item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
    image create photo dummy -width 50 -height 50
} -body {
    .c create image 50 50 -image dummy -anchor se
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {-image -anchor} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete dummy
} -result {{50.00 150.00} {dummy se} {0 100 50 150}}
test canvas-22.4 {canvas rotate: line item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create line 50 50 75 50 50 75 75 75
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{50.00 150.00 50.00 125.00 75.00 150.00 75.00 125.00} {} {48 123 77 152}}
test canvas-22.5 {canvas rotate: oval item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create oval 50 50 65 85
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{60.00 125.00 75.00 160.00} {} {59 124 76 161}}
test canvas-22.6 {canvas rotate: polygon item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create polygon 50 50 75 50 50 75 75 75
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{50.00 150.00 50.00 125.00 75.00 150.00 75.00 125.00} {} {49 124 76 151}}
test canvas-22.7 {canvas rotate: rectangle item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create rectangle 50 50 75 75
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{50.00 125.00 75.00 150.00} {} {49 124 76 151}}
test canvas-22.8 {canvas rotate: text item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create text 50 50 -text foo -angle 45
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {-text -angle} {.c itemcget all $o}]
    # [.c bbox all]
    # No testing of text bounding box; fonts too variable!
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{50.00 150.00} {foo 45.0}}
test canvas-22.9 {canvas rotate: window item rotation behaviour} -setup {
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    .c create window 50 50 -window [frame .c.f -width 25 -height 25] \
	-anchor se
    .c rotate all 100 100 90
    list [lmap c [.c coords all] {format %.2f $c}] \
	[lmap o {} {.c itemcget all $o}] \
	[.c bbox all]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {{50.00 150.00} {} {25 125 50 150}}

# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/clipboard.test.

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
    clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} 
test clipboard-4.5 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD







|







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
    clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test clipboard-4.5 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD

Changes to tests/clrpick.test.

74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
    tk_chooseColor -initialcolor ##badbadbaadcolor
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "##badbadbaadcolor"}


# tests 3.1 and 3.2 fail when individually run
# if there is no catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
# before settin isNative
catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg 
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::dialog::color::] eq ""}]

proc ToPressButton {parent btn} {
    global isNative
    if {!$isNative} {
	after 200 "SendButtonPress . $btn mouse"
    }







|







74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
    tk_chooseColor -initialcolor ##badbadbaadcolor
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "##badbadbaadcolor"}


# tests 3.1 and 3.2 fail when individually run
# if there is no catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
# before settin isNative
catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::dialog::color::] eq ""}]

proc ToPressButton {parent btn} {
    global isNative
    if {!$isNative} {
	after 200 "SendButtonPress . $btn mouse"
    }

Changes to tests/cmap.tcl.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
    set red 0
    set green 0
    set blue 0
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
	for {set x 0} {$x < 8} {incr x} {
	    frame $w.f$x,$y -width 40 -height 40 -bd 2 -relief raised \
		    -bg [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]
	    place $w.f$x,$y -x [expr 40*$x] -y [expr 40*$y]
	    incr red $redInc
	    incr green $greenInc
	    incr blue $blueInc
	}
    }
}








|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
    set red 0
    set green 0
    set blue 0
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
	for {set x 0} {$x < 8} {incr x} {
	    frame $w.f$x,$y -width 40 -height 40 -bd 2 -relief raised \
		    -bg [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]
	    place $w.f$x,$y -x [expr {40*$x}] -y [expr {40*$y}]
	    incr red $redInc
	    incr green $greenInc
	    incr blue $blueInc
	}
    }
}

Changes to tests/cmds.test.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}
    tkwait visibility .f.b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {window ".f.b" was deleted before its visibility changed} 
test cmds-1.6 {tkwait visibility, window gets deleted} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}







|







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}
    tkwait visibility .f.b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {window ".f.b" was deleted before its visibility changed}
test cmds-1.6 {tkwait visibility, window gets deleted} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}

Changes to tests/color.test.

164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
    set result {}
    while {[gets $fd line] != -1} {
    	if {[string index $line 0] == "!"} continue
	set rgb [c255 [winfo rgb . [lrange $line 3 end]]]
	if {$rgb != [lrange $line 0 2] } {
		append result $line\n
	}
	
    }
    return $result
} {}

test color-2.1 {Tk_GetColor procedure} colorsFree {
    c255 [winfo rgb .t #FF0000]
} {255 0 0}







|







164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
    set result {}
    while {[gets $fd line] != -1} {
    	if {[string index $line 0] == "!"} continue
	set rgb [c255 [winfo rgb . [lrange $line 3 end]]]
	if {$rgb != [lrange $line 0 2] } {
		append result $line\n
	}

    }
    return $result
} {}

test color-2.1 {Tk_GetColor procedure} colorsFree {
    c255 [winfo rgb .t #FF0000]
} {255 0 0}

Changes to tests/config.test.

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    killTables
    option clear
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test config-3.7 {Tk_InitOptions - bad initial value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    option add *a.color non-existent
    catch {testobjconfig alltypes .a} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
    option clear
} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"
    (database entry for "-color" in widget ".a")
    invoked from within







|







192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    killTables
    option clear
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test config-3.7 {Tk_InitOptions - bad initial value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    option add *a.color non-existent
    catch {testobjconfig alltypes .a}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
    option clear
} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"
    (database entry for "-color" in widget ".a")
    invoked from within
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color {}
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.42 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {32}
test config-4.43 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
test config-4.44 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables







|







|








|







554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color {}
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.42 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {32}
test config-4.43 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
test config-4.44 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray75}
test config-4.55 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {128}
test config-4.56 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50 
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray50}
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {







|





|







661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray75}
test config-4.55 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {128}
test config-4.56 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray50}
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
} -body {
    testobjconfig internal .foo -border #123456
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {#123456}
test config-4.67 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {256}
test config-4.68 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}







|







|







741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
} -body {
    testobjconfig internal .foo -border #123456
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {#123456}
test config-4.67 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {256}
test config-4.68 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
    testobjconfig internal .foo -relief ridge
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {ridge}
test config-4.73 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {512}
test config-4.74 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat 
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {flat}

test config-4.75 {DoObjConfig - cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor arrow







|





|







786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
    testobjconfig internal .foo -relief ridge
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {ridge}
test config-4.73 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {512}
test config-4.74 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {flat}

test config-4.75 {DoObjConfig - cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor arrow
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
test config-4.91 {DoObjConfig - invalid anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "foo": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test config-4.92 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {4096}
test config-4.93 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n
    .foo cget -anchor







|







911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
test config-4.91 {DoObjConfig - invalid anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "foo": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test config-4.92 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {4096}
test config-4.93 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n
    .foo cget -anchor
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
    .foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.bar}
test config-4.103 {DoObjConfig - invalid window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window foo 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test config-4.104 {DoObjConfig - null window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window {}
} -cleanup {







|







989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
    .foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.bar}
test config-4.103 {DoObjConfig - invalid window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test config-4.104 {DoObjConfig - null window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window {}
} -cleanup {
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
test config-7.3 {Tk_SetOptions - synonym} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    .a configure -synonym blue
    .a cget -color
} -result {blue}
test config-7.4 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color green -relief 
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-relief" missing}
test config-7.5 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color green -relief} 
    .a cget -color
} -result {green}
test config-7.6 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    .a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.7 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    catch {.a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus}
    list [.a cget -color] [.a cget -int] [.a cget -relief] [.a cget -double]
} -result {red 7 raised 3.14159}

test config-7.8 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color bogus 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.9 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color bogus}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"







|




|






|












|







1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
test config-7.3 {Tk_SetOptions - synonym} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    .a configure -synonym blue
    .a cget -color
} -result {blue}
test config-7.4 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color green -relief
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-relief" missing}
test config-7.5 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color green -relief}
    .a cget -color
} -result {green}
test config-7.6 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    .a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.7 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    catch {.a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus}
    list [.a cget -color] [.a cget -int] [.a cget -relief] [.a cget -double]
} -result {red 7 raised 3.14159}

test config-7.8 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.9 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color bogus}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
".a configure -synonym bogus"}
test config-7.12 {Tk_SetOptions - returning mask} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    format %x [.a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159]
} -result {226}
test config-7.13 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -custom bad 
} -returnCodes error -result {expected good value, got "BAD"}
test config-7.14 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -custom bad}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {expected good value, got "BAD"







|







1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
".a configure -synonym bogus"}
test config-7.12 {Tk_SetOptions - returning mask} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    format %x [.a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159]
} -result {226}
test config-7.13 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -custom bad
} -returnCodes error -result {expected good value, got "BAD"}
test config-7.14 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -custom bad}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {expected good value, got "BAD"

Changes to tests/cursor.test.

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {
	setWincur wincur
    button .b -cursor [list @$wincur(file)]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
	removeDirectory $wincur(dir)
	unset wincur	
} -result {.b}
test cursor-2.4 {Tk_GetCursor procedure: cursor specs are lists} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
	unset -nocomplain wincur
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {







|







104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {
	setWincur wincur
    button .b -cursor [list @$wincur(file)]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
	removeDirectory $wincur(dir)
	unset wincur
} -result {.b}
test cursor-2.4 {Tk_GetCursor procedure: cursor specs are lists} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
	unset -nocomplain wincur
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {

Changes to tests/entry.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable 
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

test entry-1.7 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-1.8 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update







|







102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

test entry-1.7 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-1.8 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
} -body {
    .e configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.19 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test entry-1.20 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}







|









|







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
} -body {
    .e configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.19 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test entry-1.20 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
623
624
625
626
627
628
629

















630
631
632
633
634
635
636
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand {Some command}
    .e cget -xscrollcommand
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some command}




















test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry gorp







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand {Some command}
    .e cget -xscrollcommand
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some command}

test entry-1.59 {configuration option: "-placeholder"} -setup {
    pack [entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text}
    .e cget -placeholder
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some text}

test entry-1.60 {configuration option: "-placeholderforeground"} -setup {
    pack [entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text} -placeholderforeground red
    .e cget -placeholderforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {red}


test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry gorp
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
    entry .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test entry-3.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test entry-3.2 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.3 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.4 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bogus"}
test entry-3.5 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Previously the result was count using previousli counted font measurements 
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test entry-3.6 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.7 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test entry-3.8 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test entry-3.9 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test entry-3.10 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.11 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.12 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.13 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test entry-3.14 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.15 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {36}
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test entry-3.17 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.18 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.19 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.20 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.21 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bar"}
test entry-3.22 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test entry-3.23 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test entry-3.24 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test entry-3.25 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.27 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test entry-3.28 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test entry-3.29 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.30 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.31 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}
test entry-3.32 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test entry-3.33 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.34 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test entry-3.35 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test entry-3.36 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.37 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.38 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.39 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test entry-3.40 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.40a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.41 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.42 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.43 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.44 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test entry-3.45 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test entry-3.46 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test entry-3.47 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test entry-3.48 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, from, present, range, or to}

test entry-3.49 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test entry-3.50 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-3.50.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test entry-3.51 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test entry-3.52 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.53 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.54 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {







|








|








|








|








|








|


















|












|










|











|









|






|






|






|







|






|

|






|








|






|






|






|








|








|










|




















|










|












|










|






|






|






|








|






|






|








|








|








|






|






|








|










|












|










|






|










|








|








|










|












|






|







|






|






|






|













|








|











|












|







675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
    entry .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test entry-3.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test entry-3.2 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.3 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.4 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bogus"}
test entry-3.5 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Previously the result was count using previousli counted font measurements
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test entry-3.6 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.7 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test entry-3.8 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test entry-3.9 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test entry-3.10 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.11 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.12 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.13 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test entry-3.14 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.15 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {38}
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test entry-3.17 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.18 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.19 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.20 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.21 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bar"}
test entry-3.22 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test entry-3.23 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test entry-3.24 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test entry-3.25 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.27 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test entry-3.28 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test entry-3.29 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.30 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.31 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}
test entry-3.32 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test entry-3.33 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.34 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test entry-3.35 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test entry-3.36 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.37 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.38 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.39 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test entry-3.40 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.40a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.41 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.42 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.43 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.44 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test entry-3.45 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test entry-3.46 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test entry-3.47 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test entry-3.48 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, from, present, range, or to}

test entry-3.49 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test entry-3.50 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-3.50.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test entry-3.51 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test entry-3.52 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.53 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.54 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
} -body {
    .e select to 2 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection to index"}

test entry-3.65 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.7f %.7f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.0537634 0.2688172}
test entry-3.66 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "gorp"}
test entry-3.67 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test entry-3.68 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test entry-3.69 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test entry-3.70 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test entry-3.71 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test entry-3.72 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test entry-3.73 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test entry-3.74 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test entry-3.75 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test entry-3.76 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test entry-3.77 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test entry-3.78 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test entry-3.79 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-3.80 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test entry-3.86 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF







|











|








|













|








|








|











|








|

|










|












|













|







|





|







|





|








|

|










|













|











|







1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
} -body {
    .e select to 2 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection to index"}

test entry-3.65 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.7f %.7f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.0537634 0.2688172}
test entry-3.66 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "gorp"}
test entry-3.67 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test entry-3.68 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test entry-3.69 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test entry-3.70 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test entry-3.71 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number pages|units"}
test entry-3.72 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test entry-3.73 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test entry-3.74 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test entry-3.75 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test entry-3.76 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test entry-3.77 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be pages or units}
test entry-3.78 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test entry-3.79 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-3.80 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test entry-3.86 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test entry-3.82 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}







|







1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test entry-3.82 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
    trace variable x w override
    .e insert 0 "Some text"
    .e configure -textvariable x
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x;  
} -result {12345 12345}

test entry-5.5 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    entry .e1
    entry .e2
} -body {







|







1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
    trace variable x w override
    .e insert 0 "Some text"
    .e configure -textvariable x
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x;
} -result {12345 12345}

test entry-5.5 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    entry .e1
    entry .e2
} -body {
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test entry-5.6 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-5.6.1 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get} 
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test entry-5.7 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}


test entry-5.8 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update







|






|











|






|















|







1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test entry-5.6 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-5.6.1 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get}
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test entry-5.7 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}


test entry-5.8 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
} -result {}

# No tests for DisplayEntry.

test entry-6.1 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.2 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify center -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.3 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify right -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.4 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.5 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5 	    
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.6 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10 
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}







|













|













|











|














|













|







1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
} -result {}

# No tests for DisplayEntry.

test entry-6.1 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.2 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify center -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.3 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify right -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.4 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.5 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.6 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
} -result {116 39}
test entry-6.9 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0 
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {25 39}
test entry-6.10 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts 
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show .
    .e insert 0 12345
    update







|






|







1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
} -result {116 39}
test entry-6.9 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {25 39}
test entry-6.10 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show .
    .e insert 0 12345
    update
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
    list [.e index @80] [.e index @81] [.e index @115] [.e index @116]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6 7 7 8}


test entry-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test entry-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update







|














|
|







1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
    list [.e index @80] [.e index @81] [.e index @115] [.e index @116]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6 7 7 8}


test entry-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test entry-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307









2308
2309
2310

2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test entry-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test entry-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {59}

test entry-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test entry-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test entry-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test entry-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test entry-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test entry-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test entry-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4









    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e

} -result {31}

test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    entry .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x
} -result {12345 12345}


test entry-10.1 {EntrySetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    entry .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x 
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 24}
test entry-10.2 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-10.3 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test entry-10.4 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test entry-10.5 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-10.6 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test entry-10.7 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test entry-10.8 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"







|











|










|











|














|












|













|













|












|















|















|















|













|















|












|















|















|












|












|












|












|












|












|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>
|




















|








|












|












|












|














|















|














|







2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test entry-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test entry-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {59}

test entry-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test entry-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test entry-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test entry-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test entry-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test entry-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test entry-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4
    # To check that deletion actually happened we measure the new width
    # of the widget, based on the measuring width of the remaining text ("xyy")
    # in the widget. For that purpose we have to mirror the code in tkEntry.c
    # for computation of the reqwidth
    # note: XPAD corresponds to the hardcoded    #define XPAD 1
    set XPAD 1
    set expected [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "xyy"] \
                          + 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
                                [.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) } ]
    expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    unset XPAD expected
} -result {1}

test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    entry .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x
} -result {12345 12345}


test entry-10.1 {EntrySetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    entry .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 24}
test entry-10.2 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-10.3 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test entry-10.4 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test entry-10.5 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-10.6 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test entry-10.7 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test entry-10.8 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test entry-13.2 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e 
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "abogus"}
test entry-13.3 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e







|







2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test entry-13.2 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "abogus"}
test entry-13.3 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

# why when string in .e index changed to not beginning with s, 
# it behaves differently?
test entry-13.12.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4







|



















|
















|


















|







2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

# why when string in .e index changed to not beginning with s,
# it behaves differently?
test entry-13.12.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668




















2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "sbogus"}

test entry-13.14 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 




















# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.14.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e  
    catch {selection get} 
    .e index sbogus      
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.15 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "@xyz"}

test entry-13.16 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|














|







2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727




















2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "sbogus"}

test entry-13.14 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.14.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e




















    catch {selection get}
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.15 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "@xyz"}

test entry-13.16 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test entry-13.19 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|







2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test entry-13.19 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test entry-13.22 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "1xyz"}
test entry-13.23 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-13.24 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test entry-13.25 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|









|










|










|







2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test entry-13.22 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "1xyz"}
test entry-13.23 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-13.24 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test entry-13.25 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
test entry-14.3 {EntryFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    entry .e
    .e insert end $x    
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}








|







2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
test entry-14.3 {EntryFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    entry .e
    .e insert end $x
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}

2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
} -result {Text Text}

# is scrollcommand needed here??
test entry-16.1 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................." 
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test entry-16.2 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts
} -body {







|







2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
} -result {Text Text}

# is scrollcommand needed here??
test entry-16.1 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................."
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test entry-16.2 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts
} -body {
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1} 

##
## Entry widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#







|







3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1}

##
## Entry widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
    entry .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}








|







3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
    entry .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}

3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##







|







3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503




























3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
    destroy .e
} -body {
    catch {entry .e -textvariable thisnsdoesntexist::myvar} result1
    set result1
} -cleanup {
  destroy .e
} -result {can't trace "thisnsdoesntexist::myvar": parent namespace doesn't exist}





























# Gathered comments about lacks
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryBlinkProc, EntryFocusProc,
# and EntryTextVarProc.
# No tests for DisplayEntry.
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryScanTo and EntrySelectTo.
# No tests for EventuallyRedraw







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
    destroy .e
} -body {
    catch {entry .e -textvariable thisnsdoesntexist::myvar} result1
    set result1
} -cleanup {
  destroy .e
} -result {can't trace "thisnsdoesntexist::myvar": parent namespace doesn't exist}

test entry-25.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name
    set var INIT
    entry .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -textvariable {}
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset var}
    update
    destroy .b
    info exists {}
} 0
test entry-25.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to leak traces
    set var INIT
    entry .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -textvariable new
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
    update
    destroy .b
    unset new
} {}


# Gathered comments about lacks
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryBlinkProc, EntryFocusProc,
# and EntryTextVarProc.
# No tests for DisplayEntry.
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryScanTo and EntrySelectTo.
# No tests for EventuallyRedraw

Changes to tests/event.test.

353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    
    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {[$e compare $current <= $selend]} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        set current [$e index [list $current + 1 char]]







|







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {[$e compare $current <= $selend]} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        set current [$e index [list $current + 1 char]]
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    
    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {$current <= $selend} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        incr current







|







420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {$current <= $selend} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        incr current
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {select 11 7 select 4 { select} {Word select} 2}

test event-5.1(triple-click-drag) {Triple click and drag across lines in a 
        text widget, this should extend the selection to the new line} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [text $t.e]
    pack $e
    tkwait visibility $e







|







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {select 11 7 select 4 { select} {Word select} 2}

test event-5.1(triple-click-drag) {Triple click and drag across lines in a
        text widget, this should extend the selection to the new line} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [text $t.e]
    pack $e
    tkwait visibility $e
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
    _pause 50

    set result [list]
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]
  
    # Clear selection by clicking at 0,0

    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50








|







791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
    _pause 50

    set result [list]
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]

    # Clear selection by clicking at 0,0

    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50

819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {4 A 4 A}

test event-8 {event generate with keysyms corresponding to
              multi-byte virtual keycodes - bug 
              e36963bfe8df9f5e528134707a91b9c0051de723} -constraints nonPortable -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set res [list ]
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [entry $t.e]
    pack $e







|







819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {4 A 4 A}

test event-8 {event generate with keysyms corresponding to
              multi-byte virtual keycodes - bug
              e36963bfe8df9f5e528134707a91b9c0051de723} -constraints nonPortable -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set res [list ]
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [entry $t.e]
    pack $e

Changes to tests/filebox.test.

163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
    test filebox-1.1.2-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua)

    catch {tk_getOpenFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options
    
    foreach option $options {
        if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-1.2-$mode$option "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
		tk_getOpenFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
        }
    }







|







163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
    test filebox-1.1.2-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua)

    catch {tk_getOpenFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
        if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-1.2-$mode$option "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
		tk_getOpenFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
        }
    }

Changes to tests/focus.test.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
test focus-1.6 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".gorp"}
test focus-1.7 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp a
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option ".gorp": must be -displayof, -force, or -lastfor}
test focus-1.8 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, focussing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .t2
} -body {
    focusClear
    toplevel .t2
    wm geom .t2 +10+10
    frame .t2.f -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised







|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
test focus-1.6 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".gorp"}
test focus-1.7 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp a
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option ".gorp": must be -displayof, -force, or -lastfor}
test focus-1.8 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, focussing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
    destroy .t2
} -body {
    focusClear
    toplevel .t2
    wm geom .t2 +10+10
    frame .t2.f -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
    lappend x [focus]
    destroy .t2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t2
} -result {.t2.f2 .t2 .t2}
test focus-1.9 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focus -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.10 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focus -displayof a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.11 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focus -displayof .lousy
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".lousy"}
test focus-1.12 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
}  -result {}
test focus-1.13 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus -force .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.14 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix altDisplay







|




|




|




|






|







126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
    lappend x [focus]
    destroy .t2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t2
} -result {.t2.f2 .t2 .t2}
test focus-1.9 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focus -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.10 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focus -displayof a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.11 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focus -displayof .lousy
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".lousy"}
test focus-1.12 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
}  -result {}
test focus-1.13 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus -force .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.14 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix altDisplay
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
    focusClear
    focus .t.b1
    set x  [list [focus]]
    focus -force .t.b1
    lappend x [focus]
} -result {{} .t.b1}
test focus-1.20 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focus -lastfor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.21 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focus -lastfor 1 2
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.22 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focus -lastfor who_knows?
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "who_knows?"}
test focus-1.23 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    focus .b
    focus .t.b1
    list [focus -lastfor .] [focus -lastfor .t.b3]
} -result {.b .t.b1}
test focus-1.24 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    update
    focus -lastfor .t.b2
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.25 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {







|




|




|




|








|







181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
    focusClear
    focus .t.b1
    set x  [list [focus]]
    focus -force .t.b1
    lappend x [focus]
} -result {{} .t.b1}
test focus-1.20 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focus -lastfor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.21 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focus -lastfor 1 2
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.22 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focus -lastfor who_knows?
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "who_knows?"}
test focus-1.23 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    focus .b
    focus .t.b1
    list [focus -lastfor .] [focus -lastfor .t.b3]
} -result {.b .t.b1}
test focus-1.24 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    update
    focus -lastfor .t.b2
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.25 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {

Changes to tests/font.test.

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119


test font-4.1 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font actual xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font actual
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.3 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 0
    font actual xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.4 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} -body {







|







105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119


test font-4.1 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font actual xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font actual
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.3 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 0
    font actual xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.4 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} -body {
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} -result {times}
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    font actual {-family times} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} -body {
    font actual xyz -style
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-4.12 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \ud800
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.13 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.14 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {-family times} -family -- \ud800\udc00
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-4.15 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00\ud800
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {expected a single character but got "*"}


test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL)
    font configure xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-5.3 {font command: configure: "deleted" font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (nfPtr->deletePending != 0) 
    font create xyz
    .t.f configure -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    font configure xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}







|











|






|












|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} -result {times}
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    font actual {-family times} -family
} -result {times}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} -body {
    font actual xyz -style
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-4.12 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \ud800
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.13 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.14 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {-family times} -family -- \ud800\udc00
} -result {times}
test font-4.15 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00\ud800
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {expected a single character but got "*"}


test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL)
    font configure xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-5.3 {font command: configure: "deleted" font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)
    font create xyz
    .t.f configure -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    font configure xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    font configure font2 -family
} -cleanup {
    font delete font1 font2 font3
} -result {four}
test font-6.5 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # name was specified so skip = 3 
    font create xyz -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.6 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -body {
    # name was not specified so skip = 2 
    font create -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.7 {font command: create: already exists} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (CreateNamedFont() != TCL_OK)
    font create xyz
    font create xyz
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" already exists}

test font-7.1 {font command: delete: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font delete fontname ?fontname ...?"}
test font-7.2 {font command: delete: loop test} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
	set x {}
} -body {
    # for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) 
    font create a -underline 1
    font create b -underline 1
    font create c -underline 1
    font create d -underline 1
    font create e -underline 1
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
    font delete a e c b







|





|













|






|







259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    font configure font2 -family
} -cleanup {
    font delete font1 font2 font3
} -result {four}
test font-6.5 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # name was specified so skip = 3
    font create xyz -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.6 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -body {
    # name was not specified so skip = 2
    font create -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.7 {font command: create: already exists} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (CreateNamedFont() != TCL_OK)
    font create xyz
    font create xyz
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" already exists}

test font-7.1 {font command: delete: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font delete fontname ?fontname ...?"}
test font-7.2 {font command: delete: loop test} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
	set x {}
} -body {
    # for (i = 2; i < objc; i++)
    font create a -underline 1
    font create b -underline 1
    font create c -underline 1
    font create d -underline 1
    font create e -underline 1
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
    font delete a e c b
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
} -cleanup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -result {{a b c d e} {b c e}}
test font-7.4 {font command: delete: non-existent} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL) 
    font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-7.5 {font command: delete: mark for later deletion} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update







|







317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
} -cleanup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -result {{a b c d e} {b c e}}
test font-7.4 {font command: delete: non-existent} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL)
    font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-7.5 {font command: delete: mark for later deletion} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402


test font-9.1 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    expr {[font measure xyz -displayof] > 0}
} -returnCodes ok -result 1
test font-9.2 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4) 
    font measure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.3 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4) 
    font measure xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.4 {font command: measure: arguments} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (tkfont == NULL)
    font measure "\{xyz" abc
} -returnCodes error -result "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"
test font-9.5 {font command: measure} -body {







|



|







384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402


test font-9.1 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    expr {[font measure xyz -displayof] > 0}
} -returnCodes ok -result 1
test font-9.2 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4)
    font measure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.3 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4)
    font measure xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.4 {font command: measure: arguments} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (tkfont == NULL)
    font measure "\{xyz" abc
} -returnCodes error -result "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"
test font-9.5 {font command: measure} -body {
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.2 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font metrics
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.4 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 0
    font metrics xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.5 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {







|







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.2 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font metrics
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.4 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 0
    font metrics xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.5 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623


test font-14.1 {Tk_GetFont procedure} -body {
} -result {}


test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -font $x
    lindex $x 0
    testfont counts {Times 16}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{1 0}}
test font-15.2 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - discard stale font} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
    button .b2 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test font-15.3 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - reuse existing font} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]







|












|














|







581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623


test font-14.1 {Tk_GetFont procedure} -body {
} -result {}


test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -font $x
    lindex $x 0
    testfont counts {Times 16}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{1 0}}
test font-15.2 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - discard stale font} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
    button .b2 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test font-15.3 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - reuse existing font} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
} -result {-family}
test font-15.5 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr != NULL) 
    font create xyz 
    .t.f config -font xyz 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
    font delete xyz
} -result {}
test font-15.6 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: not a named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (namedHashPtr != NULL)
    .t.f config -font {times 20}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family} -result {}
test font-15.7 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL) 
    .t.f config -font fixed
} -result {}
test font-15.8 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	win 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL) 
    .t.f config -font oemfixed
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}
test font-15.9 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get attribute font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr == NULL) 
    .t.f config -font {xxx yyy zzz}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "yyy"}
test font-15.10 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: no match} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (ParseFontNameObj() != TCL_OK)
    font actual "\{xyz"







|
|
|















|





|



|






|









|







640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
} -result {-family}
test font-15.5 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr != NULL)
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
    font delete xyz
} -result {}
test font-15.6 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: not a named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (namedHashPtr != NULL)
    .t.f config -font {times 20}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family} -result {}
test font-15.7 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL)
    .t.f config -font fixed
} -result {}
test font-15.8 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL)
    .t.f config -font oemfixed
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}
test font-15.9 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get attribute font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr == NULL)
    .t.f config -font {xxx yyy zzz}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "yyy"}
test font-15.10 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: no match} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (ParseFontNameObj() != TCL_OK)
    font actual "\{xyz"
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) because size was < 10
    .t.f config -text "underline" -font "times -8 underline"
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}    


test font-16.1 {Tk_NameOfFont procedure} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -font -family\ fixed
    .t.f cget -font
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family fixed}


test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Courier 12}
    button .b1 -font $x
    button .b3 -font $x







|















|







720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) because size was < 10
    .t.f config -text "underline" -font "times -8 underline"
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}


test font-16.1 {Tk_NameOfFont procedure} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -font -family\ fixed
    .t.f cget -font
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family fixed}


test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Courier 12}
    button .b1 -font $x
    button .b3 -font $x
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
} -result {-family fixed}
test font-17.4 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) 
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
    destroy .t.f
    getnondefaultfonts
} -result {xyz}
test font-17.5 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr->refCount == 0) 
    font create xyz -underline 1
    .t.f config -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz -underline]
    destroy .t.f
    list [font actual xyz -underline] $x
} -result {0 1}
test font-17.6 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font not deleted yet} -setup {
    destroy .t.f .t.b
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    font create xyz 
    .t.f config -font xyz
    button .t.b -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz]
    destroy .t.b
    list [lindex [font actual xyz] 0] [lindex $x 0]
} -cleanup {







|











|













|







781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
} -result {-family fixed}
test font-17.4 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL)
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
    destroy .t.f
    getnondefaultfonts
} -result {xyz}
test font-17.5 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr->refCount == 0)
    font create xyz -underline 1
    .t.f config -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz -underline]
    destroy .t.f
    list [font actual xyz -underline] $x
} -result {0 1}
test font-17.6 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font not deleted yet} -setup {
    destroy .t.f .t.b
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
    button .t.b -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz]
    destroy .t.b
    list [lindex [font actual xyz] 0] [lindex $x 0]
} -cleanup {
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
    destroy .t.w1 .t.w2
} -result {}


# Procedure used in 21.* tests
proc psfontname {name} {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
    set a [.t.c itemcget text -font]
    .t.c itemconfig text -text "We need text" -font $name
    set post [.t.c postscript]
    .t.c itemconfig text -font $a







|







866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
    destroy .t.w1 .t.w2
} -result {}


# Procedure used in 21.* tests
proc psfontname {name} {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
    set a [.t.c itemcget text -font]
    .t.c itemconfig text -text "We need text" -font $name
    set post [.t.c postscript]
    .t.c itemconfig text -font $a
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
    if {[string match *avant*garde $x]} {
		psfontname "{itc avant garde} 10"
    } else {
		set x {AvantGarde-Book}
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.2 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win 
} -body {
    psfontname "arial 10"
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.3 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win 
} -body {
    psfontname "{times new roman} 10"
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.4 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win 
} -body {
    psfontname "{courier new} 10"
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.5 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    set x [font actual {{lucida bright} 10} -family]
    if {[string match lucida*bright $x]} {
		psfontname "{lucida bright} 10"
    } else {
		set x {LucidaBright}
    }
} -result {LucidaBright}
test font-21.6 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	x11 
} -body {
    psfontname "{new century schoolbook} 10"
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}

test font-21.7 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Book
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.8 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Demi
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Demi}
test font-21.9 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-BookOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-BookOblique}
test font-21.10 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-DemiOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-DemiOblique}

test font-21.11 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Light
    }
} -result {Bookman-Light}
test font-21.12 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Demi
    }
} -result {Bookman-Demi}
test font-21.13 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-LightItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-LightItalic}
test font-21.14 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-DemiItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-DemiItalic}

test font-21.15 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier
    }
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.16 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Bold
    }
} -result {Courier-Bold}
test font-21.17 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Oblique
    }
} -result {Courier-Oblique}
test font-21.18 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Courier-BoldOblique}

test font-21.19 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica
    }
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.20 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Bold
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Bold}
test font-21.21 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Oblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Oblique}
test font-21.22 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-BoldOblique}

test font-21.23 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
test font-21.24 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Bold}
test font-21.25 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Italic}
test font-21.26 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic}

test font-21.27 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Roman
    }
} -result {Palatino-Roman}
test font-21.28 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Bold
    }
} -result {Palatino-Bold}
test font-21.29 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Italic
    }
} -result {Palatino-Italic}
test font-21.30 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Palatino-BoldItalic}

test font-21.31 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.32 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.33 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.34 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}

test font-21.35 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Roman
    }
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.36 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Bold
    }
} -result {Times-Bold}
test font-21.37 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Italic
    }
} -result {Times-Italic}
test font-21.38 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}

test font-21.39 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.40 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.41 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.42 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}

test font-21.43 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.44 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.45 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.46 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }







|




|




|




|









|





|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|







892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
    if {[string match *avant*garde $x]} {
		psfontname "{itc avant garde} 10"
    } else {
		set x {AvantGarde-Book}
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.2 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win
} -body {
    psfontname "arial 10"
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.3 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win
} -body {
    psfontname "{times new roman} 10"
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.4 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win
} -body {
    psfontname "{courier new} 10"
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.5 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    set x [font actual {{lucida bright} 10} -family]
    if {[string match lucida*bright $x]} {
		psfontname "{lucida bright} 10"
    } else {
		set x {LucidaBright}
    }
} -result {LucidaBright}
test font-21.6 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	x11
} -body {
    psfontname "{new century schoolbook} 10"
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}

test font-21.7 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Book
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.8 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Demi
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Demi}
test font-21.9 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-BookOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-BookOblique}
test font-21.10 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-DemiOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-DemiOblique}

test font-21.11 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Light
    }
} -result {Bookman-Light}
test font-21.12 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Demi
    }
} -result {Bookman-Demi}
test font-21.13 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-LightItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-LightItalic}
test font-21.14 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-DemiItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-DemiItalic}

test font-21.15 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier
    }
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.16 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Bold
    }
} -result {Courier-Bold}
test font-21.17 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Oblique
    }
} -result {Courier-Oblique}
test font-21.18 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Courier-BoldOblique}

test font-21.19 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica
    }
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.20 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Bold
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Bold}
test font-21.21 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Oblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Oblique}
test font-21.22 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-BoldOblique}

test font-21.23 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
test font-21.24 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Bold}
test font-21.25 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Italic}
test font-21.26 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic}

test font-21.27 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Roman
    }
} -result {Palatino-Roman}
test font-21.28 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Bold
    }
} -result {Palatino-Bold}
test font-21.29 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Italic
    }
} -result {Palatino-Italic}
test font-21.30 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Palatino-BoldItalic}

test font-21.31 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.32 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.33 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.34 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}

test font-21.35 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Roman
    }
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.36 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Bold
    }
} -result {Times-Bold}
test font-21.37 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Italic
    }
} -result {Times-Italic}
test font-21.38 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}

test font-21.39 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.40 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.41 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.42 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}

test font-21.43 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.44 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.45 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.46 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
    win
} -body {
    set x [psfontname {{times new roman} 12 italic bold}]
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}


test font-22.1 {Tk_TextWidth procedure} -setup {
	destroy .t.l 
} -body {
	label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
		-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.l
	set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    expr {[font measure [.t.l cget -font] "000"] eq $ax*3}
} -cleanup {







|







1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
    win
} -body {
    set x [psfontname {{times new roman} 12 italic bold}]
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}


test font-22.1 {Tk_TextWidth procedure} -setup {
	destroy .t.l
} -body {
	label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
		-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.l
	set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    expr {[font measure [.t.l cget -font] "000"] eq $ax*3}
} -cleanup {
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.t
} -result {}


# Data used in 24.* tests
destroy .t.l 
label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
	-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.l
update
set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
test font-24.1 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: empty string} -body {







|







1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.t
} -result {}


# Data used in 24.* tests
destroy .t.l
label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
	-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.l
update
set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
test font-24.1 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: empty string} -body {
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
	.t.l config -text "0000\n"
	update
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq [expr {$ax * 4}]}]
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq [expr {$ay * 2}]}]
    return $x
} -result {1 1 1 1}
destroy .t.l 

test font-24.15 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: justification} -setup {
    set x {}
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    csetup "000\n00000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -just left
    lappend x [.t.c index text @[expr $ax*2],0]







|




|







1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
	.t.l config -text "0000\n"
	update
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq [expr {$ax * 4}]}]
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq [expr {$ay * 2}]}]
    return $x
} -result {1 1 1 1}
destroy .t.l

test font-24.15 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: justification} -setup {
    set x {}
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    csetup "000\n00000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -just left
    lappend x [.t.c index text @[expr $ax*2],0]
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -text foo
    .t.f config -text boo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}
    

# Canvas created for tests: 26.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-26.1 {Tk_DrawTextLayout procedure: auto-detect last char} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update







|



|







1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -text foo
    .t.f config -text boo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}


# Canvas created for tests: 26.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-26.1 {Tk_DrawTextLayout procedure: auto-detect last char} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 28.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-28.1 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: above all lines} -body {
    csetup "000"
    .t.c index text @-1,0
} -result {0}







|







1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 28.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-28.1 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: above all lines} -body {
    csetup "000"
    .t.c index text @-1,0
} -result {0}
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 30.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-30.1 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
	.t.c bind all <Enter> {lappend x [.t.c index current @%x,%y]}
    set x {}







|







1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 30.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-30.1 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
	.t.c bind all <Enter> {lappend x [.t.c index current @%x,%y]}
    set x {}
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
	bind all <Enter> {}
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


# Canvas created for tests 31.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-31.1 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
    .t.c find overlapping 0 0 0 0
} -result [.t.c find withtag text]







|







1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
	bind all <Enter> {}
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


# Canvas created for tests 31.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-31.1 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
    .t.c find overlapping 0 0 0 0
} -result [.t.c find withtag text]
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
    .t.c find overlapping 5 -7 7 -5
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} -setup {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    # If there were a whole bunch of returns or tabs in a row, then the
    # temporary buffer could overflow and write on the stack.
    csetup "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 800
    .t.c insert text end "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c insert text end "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
    .t.c insert text end "end"
    set x [.t.c postscript]
    set i [string first "(qwerty" $x] 
    string range $x $i [expr {$i + 278}]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.c
} -result {(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[()]
[()]







|












|







1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
    .t.c find overlapping 5 -7 7 -5
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} -setup {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    # If there were a whole bunch of returns or tabs in a row, then the
    # temporary buffer could overflow and write on the stack.
    csetup "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 800
    .t.c insert text end "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c insert text end "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
    .t.c insert text end "end"
    set x [.t.c postscript]
    set i [string first "(qwerty" $x]
    string range $x $i [expr {$i + 278}]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.c
} -result {(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[()]
[()]
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
	font delete xyz
} -result {italic}
test font-37.6 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: underline} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -underline yes
	font config xyz -underline 
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {1}
test font-37.7 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: overstrike} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -overstrike no
	font config xyz -overstrike 
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {0}


# In tests below, one field is set to "xyz" so that font name doesn't
# look like a native X font, so that ParseFontNameObj or TkParseXLFD will







|








|







2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
	font delete xyz
} -result {italic}
test font-37.6 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: underline} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -underline yes
	font config xyz -underline
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {1}
test font-37.7 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: overstrike} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -overstrike no
	font config xyz -overstrike
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {0}


# In tests below, one field is set to "xyz" so that font name doesn't
# look like a native X font, so that ParseFontNameObj or TkParseXLFD will
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365


test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body {
    font actual {snarky 10} -family
} -result [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {times 10} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints {noExceed} -body {
    if {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq "Times New Roman"} {
        # avoid test failure on systems that have a real "times new roman" font
        set res 1
    } else {
        set res [expr {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq \
                       [font actual {times 10} -family]} ]







|







2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365


test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body {
    font actual {snarky 10} -family
} -result [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {times 10} -family
} -result {times}
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints {noExceed} -body {
    if {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq "Times New Roman"} {
        # avoid test failure on systems that have a real "times new roman" font
        set res 1
    } else {
        set res [expr {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq \
                       [font actual {times 10} -family]} ]

Changes to tests/frame.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14


15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

52










53

54
55










56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157

158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "frame" and "toplevel"
# commands of Tk.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands



# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
#
# Arguments:
# w -		Name of toplevel window to create.

proc eatColors {w} {
    catch {destroy $w}
    toplevel $w
    wm geom $w +0+0
    canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
    pack $w.c
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
	for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
	    set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0]
	    $w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \
		    [expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \
		    -fill $color
	}
    }
    update
}

# colorsFree --
#
# Returns 1 if there appear to be free colormap entries in a window,
# 0 otherwise.
#
# Arguments:
# w -			Name of window in which to check.
# red, green, blue -	Intensities to use in a trial color allocation
#			to see if there are colormap entries free.

proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \

	    && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)










}













test frame-1.1 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Frame NewFrame} 
test frame-1.2 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class Different
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -class option after widget is created}

test frame-1.3 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -colormap new
    .f configure -colormap
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-colormap colormap Colormap {} new}
test frame-1.4 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -colormap new
    .f configure -colormap .
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -colormap option after widget is created}

test frame-1.5 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -visual default
    .f configure -visual
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-visual visual Visual {} default}
test frame-1.6 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -visual default
    .f configure -visual best
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -visual option after widget is created}

test frame-1.7 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -screen bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-screen"}
test frame-1.8 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -container true
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-1.9 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -container true
    .f configure -container
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-container container Container 0 1}
test frame-1.10 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -container bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test frame-1.11 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f
    .f configure -container 1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -container option after widget is created}
test frame-1.12 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Make sure all options can be set to the default value
    frame .f
    set opts {}
    foreach opt [.f configure] {
        if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
            lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
        }
    }
    eval frame .g $opts
    destroy .f .g
} -cleanup {

    deleteWindows
} -result {}

destroy .f
frame .f
test frame-1.13 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -background #ff0000
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -background [lindex [.f configure -background] 3]
} -result {#ff0000}
test frame-1.14 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-1.15 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bd 4
    lindex [.f configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bd [lindex [.f configure -bd] 3]
} -result {4}
test frame-1.16 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bd badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-1.17 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bg #00ff00
    lindex [.f configure -bg] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bg [lindex [.f configure -bg] 3]
} -result {#00ff00}
test frame-1.18 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-1.19 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -borderwidth 1.3
    lindex [.f configure -borderwidth] 4
} -cleanup {
|
|









|


>
>

|
|












|
|
|
|







|
|







|
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|





|





|

|
<

|











|

|
<

|











|

|
<

|






|














|






|



|

|

|









|
<

>

|








|

















|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95

96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111

112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176

177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "frame", "labelframe" and
# "toplevel" commands of Tk.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

tcltest::testConstraint x11 [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"}]

# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to use up all
# the slots in an 8-bit colormap.
#
# Arguments:
# w -		Name of toplevel window to create.

proc eatColors {w} {
    catch {destroy $w}
    toplevel $w
    wm geom $w +0+0
    canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
    pack $w.c
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
	for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
	    set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr {$x*6}] [expr {$y*30}] 0]
	    $w.c create rectangle [expr {10*$x}] [expr {20*$y}] \
		[expr {10*$x + 10}] [expr {20*$y + 20}] -outline {} \
		-fill $color
	}
    }
    update
}

# colorsFree --
#
# Returns 1 if there appear to be free colormap entries in a window, 0
# otherwise.
#
# Arguments:
# w -			Name of window in which to check.
# red, green, blue -	Intensities to use in a trial color allocation
#			to see if there are colormap entries free.

proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    lassign [winfo rgb $w [format "#%02x%02x%02x" $red $green $blue]] r g b
    expr {($r/256 == $red) && ($g/256 == $green) && ($b/256 == $blue)}
}

# uniq --
#
# Returns the unique items of a list in the order they first appear.
#
# Arguments:
# list -		The list to uniq-ify.
proc uniq {list} {
    set d {}
    foreach item $list {
	dict set d $item {}
    }
    return [dict keys $d]
}

# optnames --
#
# Returns the option names out of a list of option details.
#
# Arguments:
# options -		The option detail list.
proc optnames {options} {
    lsort [lmap desc $options {lindex $desc 0}]
}

test frame-1.1 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Frame NewFrame}
test frame-1.2 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class Different
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -class option after widget is created}

test frame-1.3 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -colormap new
    .f configure -colormap
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-colormap colormap Colormap {} new}
test frame-1.4 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -colormap new
    .f configure -colormap .
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -colormap option after widget is created}

test frame-1.5 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -visual default
    .f configure -visual
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-visual visual Visual {} default}
test frame-1.6 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -visual default
    .f configure -visual best
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -visual option after widget is created}

test frame-1.7 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -screen bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-screen"}
test frame-1.8 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -container true
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-1.9 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -container true
    .f configure -container
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-container container Container 0 1}
test frame-1.10 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -container bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test frame-1.11 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f
    .f configure -container 1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -container option after widget is created}
test frame-1.12 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Make sure all options can be set to the default value
    frame .f
    set opts {}
    foreach opt [.f configure] {
        if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
            lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
        }
    }
    frame .g {*}$opts

} -cleanup {
    destroy .f .g
    deleteWindows
} -result .g

destroy .f
frame .f
test frame-1.13 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -background #ff0000
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -background [lindex [.f configure -background] 3]
} -result "#ff0000"
test frame-1.14 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-1.15 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bd 4
    lindex [.f configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bd [lindex [.f configure -bd] 3]
} -result {4}
test frame-1.16 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bd badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-1.17 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bg #00ff00
    lindex [.f configure -bg] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bg [lindex [.f configure -bg] 3]
} -result "#00ff00"
test frame-1.18 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-1.19 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -borderwidth 1.3
    lindex [.f configure -borderwidth] 4
} -cleanup {
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
    .f configure -height not_a_number
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}
test frame-1.25 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightbackground #112233
    lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightbackground [lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 3]
} -result {#112233}
test frame-1.26 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightbackground ugly
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "ugly"}
test frame-1.27 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightcolor #123456
    lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightcolor [lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 3]
} -result {#123456}
test frame-1.28 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-1.29 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightthickness 6
    lindex [.f configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {







|








|







236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
    .f configure -height not_a_number
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}
test frame-1.25 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightbackground #112233
    lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightbackground [lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 3]
} -result "#112233"
test frame-1.26 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightbackground ugly
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "ugly"}
test frame-1.27 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightcolor #123456
    lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightcolor [lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 3]
} -result "#123456"
test frame-1.28 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-1.29 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightthickness 6
    lindex [.f configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371





372



373

374







375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436




437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485

486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-1.35 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -relief ridge
    lindex [.f configure -relief] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -relief [lindex [.f configure -relief] 3]
} -result {ridge}
test frame-1.36 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -relief badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test frame-1.37 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -takefocus {any string}
    lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -takefocus [lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 3]
} -result {any string}
test frame-1.38 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -width 32
    lindex [.f configure -width] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -width [lindex [.f configure -width] 3]
} -result {32}
test frame-1.39 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
destroy .f


test frame-2.1 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -class NewClass
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Toplevel NewClass}
test frame-2.2 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -class NewClass
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -class Another
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -class option after widget is created}

test frame-2.3 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -colormap
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-colormap colormap Colormap {} new}
test frame-2.4 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -colormap .
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -colormap option after widget is created}

test frame-2.5 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -container 1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -container option after widget is created}
test frame-2.6 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    catch {.t configure -container 1}
    .t configure -container
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-container container Container 0 0}

test frame-2.7 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "bogus"}


test frame-2.8 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -use 0x44022
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {window "0x44022" doesn't exist}
test frame-2.9 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {





    deleteWindows



} -body {

    catch {destroy .t}







    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    catch {.t configure -use 0x44022}
    .t configure -use
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-use use Use {} {}}

test frame-2.10 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints {
    nonwin
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -use 0x44022
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -use option after widget is created}
test frame-2.11 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints {
    nonwin
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    catch {.t configure -use 0x44022}
    .t configure -use
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-use use Use {} {}}

test frame-2.12 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual default
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -visual
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-visual visual Visual {} default}
test frame-2.13 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual default
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -visual best
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -visual option after widget is created}

test frame-2.14 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual who_knows?
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown or ambiguous visual name "who_knows?": class must be best, directcolor, grayscale, greyscale, pseudocolor, staticcolor, staticgray, staticgrey, truecolor, or default}




test frame-2.15 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints haveDISPLAY -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen $env(DISPLAY)
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    string compare [.t configure -screen] "-screen screen Screen {} $env(DISPLAY)"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test frame-2.16 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints haveDISPLAY -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen $env(DISPLAY)
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -screen another
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -screen option after widget is created}

test frame-2.17 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't connect to display "bogus"}
test frame-2.18 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    toplevel .x -container 1 -use [winfo id .t]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {windows cannot have both the -use and the -container option set}
test frame-2.19 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    set opts {}
} -body {
    # Make sure all options can be set to the default value
    toplevel .f
    foreach opt [.f configure] {
        if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
            lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
        }
    }
    eval toplevel .g $opts
    destroy .f .g
} -cleanup {

    deleteWindows
} -result {}


destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
test frame-2.20 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -background #ff0000
    lindex [.t configure -background] 4
} -result {#ff0000}
test frame-2.21 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-2.22 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bd 4
    lindex [.t configure -bd] 4
} -result {4}
test frame-2.23 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bd badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-2.24 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bg #00ff00
    lindex [.t configure -bg] 4
} -result {#00ff00}
test frame-2.25 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-2.26 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -borderwidth 1.3
    lindex [.t configure -borderwidth] 4
} -result {1}







|

|

















<

|













|

|
<

|













|

|
<

|




|

|



<







<

|





<
<
|
<
<
|

<






|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>

>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|

<









<



|

|
<

|


|

|
>
>
>
>
|
|



|


|
|





|

|
<

|






|




|

|

|









|
<

>

|
<








|













|







282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308

309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326

327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344

345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356

357
358
359
360
361
362
363

364
365
366
367
368
369
370


371


372
373

374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408



























409
410
411

412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420

421
422
423
424
425
426

427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455

456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483

484
485
486
487

488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-1.35 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -relief ridge
    lindex [.f configure -relief] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -relief [lindex [.f configure -relief] 3]
} -result {ridge}
test frame-1.36 {frame configuration options} -returnCodes error -body {
    .f configure -relief badValue
} -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test frame-1.37 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -takefocus {any string}
    lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -takefocus [lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 3]
} -result {any string}
test frame-1.38 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -width 32
    lindex [.f configure -width] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -width [lindex [.f configure -width] 3]
} -result {32}
test frame-1.39 {frame configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
destroy .f


test frame-2.1 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -class NewClass
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Toplevel NewClass}
test frame-2.2 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -class NewClass
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -class Another
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -class option after widget is created}

test frame-2.3 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -colormap
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-colormap colormap Colormap {} new}
test frame-2.4 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -colormap .
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -colormap option after widget is created}

test frame-2.5 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -container 1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -container option after widget is created}
test frame-2.6 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {

    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    catch {.t configure -container 1}
    .t configure -container
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-container container Container 0 0}

test frame-2.7 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "bogus"}


test frame-2.8 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints win -setup {


    deleteWindows
} -body {

    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -use 0x44022
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {window "0x44022" doesn't exist}
test frame-2.9 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints win -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    catch {.t configure -use 0x44022}
    .t configure -use
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-use use Use {} {}}
test frame-2.10 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints nonwin -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -use 0x44022
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -use option after widget is created}
test frame-2.11 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints nonwin -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    catch {.t configure -use 0x44022}
    .t configure -use
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-use use Use {} {}}



























test frame-2.12 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {

    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual default
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -visual
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-visual visual Visual {} default}
test frame-2.13 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {

    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual default
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -visual best
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -visual option after widget is created}

test frame-2.14 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual who_knows?
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {unknown or ambiguous visual name "who_knows?": class must be best, directcolor, grayscale, greyscale, pseudocolor, staticcolor, staticgray, staticgrey, truecolor, or default}
set expectedScreen ""
if {[tcltest::testConstraint haveDISPLAY]} {
    set expectedScreen [list -screen screen Screen {} $env(DISPLAY)]
}
test frame-2.15 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints {x11 haveDISPLAY} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen $env(DISPLAY)
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -screen
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result $expectedScreen
test frame-2.16 {toplevel configuration options} -constraints {x11 haveDISPLAY} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen $env(DISPLAY)
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    .t configure -screen another
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -screen option after widget is created}

test frame-2.17 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't connect to display "bogus"}
test frame-2.18 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    toplevel .x -container 1 -use [winfo id .t]
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {windows cannot have both the -use and the -container option set}
test frame-2.19 {toplevel configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set opts {}
} -body {
    # Make sure all options can be set to the default value
    toplevel .f
    foreach opt [.f configure] {
        if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
            lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
        }
    }
    toplevel .g {*}$opts

} -cleanup {
    destroy .f .g
    deleteWindows
} -result .g


destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
test frame-2.20 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -background #ff0000
    lindex [.t configure -background] 4
} -result "#ff0000"
test frame-2.21 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-2.22 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bd 4
    lindex [.t configure -bd] 4
} -result {4}
test frame-2.23 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bd badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-2.24 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bg #00ff00
    lindex [.t configure -bg] 4
} -result "#00ff00"
test frame-2.25 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -bg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-2.26 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -borderwidth 1.3
    lindex [.t configure -borderwidth] 4
} -result {1}
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
} -result {100}
test frame-2.31 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -height not_a_number
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}
test frame-2.32 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -highlightcolor #123456
    lindex [.t configure -highlightcolor] 4
} -result {#123456}
test frame-2.33 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-2.34 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -highlightthickness 3
    lindex [.t configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -result {3}







|







531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
} -result {100}
test frame-2.31 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -height not_a_number
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}
test frame-2.32 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -highlightcolor #123456
    lindex [.t configure -highlightcolor] 4
} -result "#123456"
test frame-2.33 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-2.34 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -highlightthickness 3
    lindex [.t configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -result {3}
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670






671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680

681
682

683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
test frame-2.39 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -pady badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-2.40 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -relief ridge
    lindex [.t configure -relief] 4
} -result {ridge}
test frame-2.41 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -relief badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test frame-2.42 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -width 32
    lindex [.t configure -width] 4
} -result {32}
test frame-2.43 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
destroy .t


test frame-3.1 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -body {
    frame
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "frame pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test frame-3.2 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    frame .f
} -body {
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Frame Frame}
test frame-3.3 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
} -body {
    .t configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Toplevel Toplevel}
test frame-3.4 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 350 -class NewClass -bg black -visual default -height 90
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    list [lindex [.t configure -width] 4] \
	    [lindex [.t configure -background] 4] \
	    [lindex [.t configure -height] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {350 black 90}

# Be sure that the -class, -colormap, and -visual options are processed
# before configuring the widget.
test frame-3.5 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *NewFrame.background #123456
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {#123456}
test frame-3.6 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *NewFrame.background #123456
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {#123456}
test frame-3.7 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *NewFrame.background #332211
    option add *f.class NewFrame
    frame .f
    list [lindex [.f configure -class] 4] [lindex [.f configure -background] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {NewFrame #332211}
test frame-3.8 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *Silly.background #122334
    option add *f.Class Silly
    frame .f
    list [lindex [.f configure -class] 4] [lindex [.f configure -background] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {Silly #122334}
test frame-3.9 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green
    tkwait visibility .x
    list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
	    [expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
	    [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {






    deleteWindows
} -result {0 0 140 300}
test frame-3.10 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    option add *x.use [winfo id .t]

    toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -bg green
    tkwait visibility .x

    list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
	    [expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
	    [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    option clear
} -result {0 0 140 300}

# The tests below require specific display characteristics (i.e. that
# they are run on a pseudocolor display of depth 8).  Even so, they
# are non-portable: some machines don't seem to ever run out of
# colors.
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
    eatColors .t1
}
test frame-3.11 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test frame-3.12 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.13 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *t.class Toplevel2
    option add *Toplevel2.colormap new
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.14 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *t.class Toplevel3
    option add *Toplevel3.Colormap new
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.15 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use and -colormap} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 unix nonPortable
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green -colormap new
    tkwait visibility .x
    list [colorsFree .t] [colorsFree .x]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 1}
test frame-3.16 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -visual default
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test frame-3.17 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -visual default \
	    -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.18 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.19 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *t.class T4
    option add *T4.visual {grayscale 8}
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    list [colorsFree .t 131 131 131] [lindex [.t configure -visual] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.20 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set x ok
    option add *t.class T5
    option add *T5.Visual {grayscale 8}
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    list [colorsFree .t 131 131 131] [lindex [.t configure -visual] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.21 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set x ok
    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
    destroy .t1
}

test frame-3.22 {TkCreateFrame procedure, default dimensions} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    set result "[winfo reqwidth .t] [winfo reqheight .t]"
    frame .t.f -bg red
    pack .t.f







|

|









<
|

|

|







|








|










<



|









|









|










|












|









>
>
>
>
>
>










>


>







<
|
|
|
<




|

|






|


|

|






|


|

|









|


|

|









|




|










|

|






|


|

|







|


|

|

|




|


|

|









|


|

|

<








|


|

|

<
|




|




<

|







560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578

579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610

611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694

695
696
697

698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824

825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839

840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849

850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
test frame-2.39 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -pady badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-2.40 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -relief ridge
    lindex [.t configure -relief] 4
} -result {ridge}
test frame-2.41 {toplevel configuration options} -returnCodes error -body {
    .t configure -relief badValue
} -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test frame-2.42 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -width 32
    lindex [.t configure -width] 4
} -result {32}
test frame-2.43 {toplevel configuration options} -body {
    .t configure -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
destroy .t


test frame-3.1 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -returnCodes error -body {
    frame
} -result {wrong # args: should be "frame pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test frame-3.2 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    frame .f
} -body {
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Frame Frame}
test frame-3.3 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
} -body {
    .t configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Toplevel Toplevel}
test frame-3.4 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 350 -class NewClass -bg black -visual default -height 90
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    list [lindex [.t configure -width] 4] \
	    [lindex [.t configure -background] 4] \
	    [lindex [.t configure -height] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {350 black 90}

# Be sure that the -class, -colormap, and -visual options are processed
# before configuring the widget.
test frame-3.5 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *NewFrame.background #123456
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {#123456}
test frame-3.6 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *NewFrame.background #123456
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {#123456}
test frame-3.7 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *NewFrame.background #332211
    option add *f.class NewFrame
    frame .f
    list [lindex [.f configure -class] 4] [lindex [.f configure -background] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {NewFrame #332211}
test frame-3.8 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    option add *Silly.background #122334
    option add *f.Class Silly
    frame .f
    list [lindex [.f configure -class] 4] [lindex [.f configure -background] 4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    option clear
} -result {Silly #122334}
test frame-3.9 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green
    tkwait visibility .x
    list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
	    [expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
	    [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
    # This call to update idletasks was added to prevent a crash that was
    # observed on OSX 10.12 (Sierra) only.  Any change, such as using the
    # Development version to make debugging symbols available, adding a print
    # statement, or calling update idletasks here, would make the test pass
    # with no segfault.
    update idletasks
    deleteWindows
} -result {0 0 140 300}
test frame-3.10 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    option add *x.use [winfo id .t]
    update
    toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -bg green
    tkwait visibility .x
    update
    list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
	    [expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
	    [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    option clear
} -result {0 0 140 300}

# The tests below require specific display characteristics (i.e. that they are
# run on a pseudocolor display of depth 8).  Even so, they are non-portable:
# some machines don't seem to ever run out of colors.

if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
    eatColors .t1
}
test frame-3.11 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0}
test frame-3.12 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test frame-3.13 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    option add *t.class Toplevel2
    option add *Toplevel2.colormap new
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test frame-3.14 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    option add *t.class Toplevel3
    option add *Toplevel3.Colormap new
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test frame-3.15 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use and -colormap} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 unix nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green -colormap new
    tkwait visibility .x
    list [colorsFree .t] [colorsFree .x]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 1}
test frame-3.16 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -visual default
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0}
test frame-3.17 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -visual default \
	    -colormap new
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test frame-3.18 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test frame-3.19 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    option add *t.class T4
    option add *T4.visual {grayscale 8}
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    list [colorsFree .t 131 131 131] [lindex [.t configure -visual] 4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.20 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {

    option add *t.class T5
    option add *T5.Visual {grayscale 8}
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    option clear
    list [colorsFree .t 131 131 131] [lindex [.t configure -visual] 4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.21 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
    defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {

    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
    destroy .t1
}

test frame-3.22 {TkCreateFrame procedure, default dimensions} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    set result "[winfo reqwidth .t] [winfo reqheight .t]"
    frame .t.f -bg red
    pack .t.f
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
test frame-3.24 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -colormap new -bogus option
    wm geometry .t +0+0
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-bogus"}


test frame-4.1 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {frame .f -gorp glob}
    winfo exists .f
} -result 0
test frame-4.2 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    list [frame .f -width 200 -height 100] [winfo exists .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f 1}


frame .f -highlightcolor black
test frame-5.1 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure} -body {
    .f
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".f option ?arg ...?"}
test frame-5.2 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} -body {
    .f cget







<

|





|





<







869
870
871
872
873
874
875

876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888

889
890
891
892
893
894
895
test frame-3.24 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -colormap new -bogus option
    wm geometry .t +0+0
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-bogus"}


test frame-4.1 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {frame .f -gorp glob}
    winfo exists .f
} -result 0
test frame-4.2 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    list [frame .f -width 200 -height 100] [winfo exists .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f 1}


frame .f -highlightcolor black
test frame-5.1 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure} -body {
    .f
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".f option ?arg ...?"}
test frame-5.2 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} -body {
    .f cget
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097

1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151

1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    .t cget -screen
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *

test frame-5.8 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    llength [.f configure]
} -result {18}
test frame-5.9 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    .f configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test frame-5.10 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    .f configure -gorp bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test frame-5.11 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    .f configure -width 200 -height
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-height" missing}
test frame-5.12 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure} -body {
    .f swizzle
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "swizzle": must be cget or configure}
test frame-5.13 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    llength [. configure]
} -result {21}
destroy .f

test frame-6.1 {ConfigureFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -width 150
    list [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {150 1}
test frame-6.2 {ConfigureFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -height 97
    list [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 97}
test frame-6.3 {ConfigureFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f
    set result {}
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
    .f configure -width 100 -height 180
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
    .f configure -width 0 -height 0
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 100 180 100 180}

test frame-7.1 {FrameEventProc procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .frame2
    set result [info commands .frame2]
    destroy .frame2
    lappend result [info commands .frame2]
} -result {.frame2 {}}
test frame-7.2 {FrameEventProc procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    set x {}
} -body {
    frame .f1 -bg #543210
    rename .f1 .f2
    lappend x [winfo children .]
    lappend x [.f2 cget -bg]
    destroy .f1
    lappend x [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f1 #543210 {} {}}

test frame-8.1 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1
    rename .f1 {}
    list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test frame-8.2 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .f1 -menu .m
    wm geometry .f1 +0+0
    update
    rename .f1 {}
    update
    list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
#
# This one fails with the dash-patch!!!! Still don't know why  :-(
#
#test frame-8.3 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} -setup {
#    eval destroy [winfo children .]
#    deleteWindows
#} -body {
#    toplevel .f1 -menu .m
#    wm geometry .f1 +0+0
#    menu .m
#    update
#    rename .f1 {}
#    update
#    list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
#} -cleanup {
#    eval destroy [winfo children .]
#    deleteWindows
#} -result {{} .m}

test frame-9.1 {MapFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    set result [winfo ismapped .t]
    update idletasks
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .t]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0 1}
test frame-9.2 {MapFrame procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    destroy .t
    update
    winfo exists .t
} -result {0}
test frame-9.3 {MapFrame procedure, window deleted while mapping} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t2
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    frame .t2.f -width 50 -height 50
    bind .t2.f <Configure> {destroy .t}
    pack .t2.f -side top
    update idletasks
    winfo exists .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}


test frame-10.1 {frame widget vs hidden commands} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    frame .t
    interp hide {} .t
    destroy .t
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test frame-11.1 {TkInstallFrameMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
    menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
    .m1.system add command -label foo
    toplevel .t -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.t}
test frame-11.2 {TkInstallFrameMenu - frame renamed} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {rename foo {}}

    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
    menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
    .m1.system add command -label foo
    toplevel .t
    rename .t foo
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test frame-12.1 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test -bd -padx and -pady
    frame .f -borderwidth 2 -padx 3 -pady 4
    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 40 -height 40
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
    update
    list [winfo x .f.f] [winfo y .f.f] [winfo width .f.f] [winfo height .f.f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {5 6 30 28}
test frame-12.2 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test all -labelanchor positions
    set font {helvetica 12}
    labelframe .f -highlightthickness 1 -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 2 -font $font \
            -text "Mupp"
    set fh [expr {[font metrics $font -linespace] + 2 - 3}]
    set fw [expr {[font measure $font "Mupp"] + 2 - 3}]
    if {$fw < 0} {set fw 0}
    if {$fh < 0} {set fh 0}
    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 100 -height 100
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1

    set result {} 
    foreach lp {nw n ne en e es se s sw ws w wn} {
        .f configure -labelanchor $lp
        update
        set expx 5
        set expy 6
        set expw 90
        set exph 88
        switch -glob $lp {
            n* {incr expy $fh ; incr exph -$fh}
            s* {incr exph -$fh}
            w* {incr expx $fw ; incr expw -$fw}
            e* {incr expw -$fw}
        }
        lappend result [expr {\
                [winfo x .f.f] == $expx && [winfo y .f.f] == $expy &&\
                [winfo width .f.f] == $expw && [winfo height .f.f] == $exph}]

    }
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1}
test frame-12.3 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Check reaction on font change
    font create myfont -family courier -size 10
    labelframe .f -font myfont -text Mupp
    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 40 -height 40
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
    update
    set h1 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
    set y1 [winfo y .f.f]
    font configure myfont -size 20
    update
    set h2 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
    set y2 [winfo y .f.f]
    expr {($h2 - $h1) - ($y2 - $y1)}
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    font delete myfont
} -result {0}


test frame-13.1 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Labelframe NewFrame}
test frame-13.2 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class Different
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -class option after widget is created}
test frame-13.3 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -colormap new
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-13.4 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -visual default
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-13.5 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -screen bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-screen"}
test frame-13.6 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -container true
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-13.7 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -container true
    .f configure -container
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-container container Container 0 1}
test frame-13.8 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
     labelframe .f -container bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test frame-13.9 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f
    .f configure -container 1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {can't modify -container option after widget is created}

destroy .f
labelframe .f
test frame-13.10 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -background #ff0000
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -background [lindex [.f configure -background] 3]
} -result {#ff0000}
test frame-13.11 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.12 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bd 4
    lindex [.f configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bd [lindex [.f configure -bd] 3]
} -result {4}
test frame-13.13 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -bd badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.14 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bg #00ff00
    lindex [.f configure -bg] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bg [lindex [.f configure -bg] 3]
} -result {#00ff00}
test frame-13.15 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -bg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.16 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -borderwidth 1.3
    lindex [.f configure -borderwidth] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -borderwidth [lindex [.f configure -borderwidth] 3]
} -result {1}
test frame-13.17 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -borderwidth badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.18 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -cursor arrow
    lindex [.f configure -cursor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -cursor [lindex [.f configure -cursor] 3]
} -result {arrow}
test frame-13.19 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -cursor badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test frame-13.20 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -fg #0000ff
    lindex [.f configure -fg] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -fg [lindex [.f configure -fg] 3]
} -result {#0000ff}
test frame-13.21 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -fg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.22 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -font {courier 8}
    lindex [.f configure -font] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -font [lindex [.f configure -font] 3]
} -result {courier 8}
test frame-13.23 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -foreground #ff0000
    lindex [.f configure -foreground] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -foreground [lindex [.f configure -foreground] 3]
} -result {#ff0000}
test frame-13.24 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -foreground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.25 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -height 100
    lindex [.f configure -height] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -height [lindex [.f configure -height] 3]
} -result {100}
test frame-13.26 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -height not_a_number
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}
test frame-13.27 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightbackground #112233
    lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightbackground [lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 3]
} -result {#112233}
test frame-13.28 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -highlightbackground ugly
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "ugly"}
test frame-13.29 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightcolor #123456
    lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightcolor [lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 3]
} -result {#123456}
test frame-13.30 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.31 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightthickness 6
    lindex [.f configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightthickness [lindex [.f configure -highlightthickness] 3]
} -result {6}
test frame-13.32 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.33 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -labelanchor se
    lindex [.f configure -labelanchor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -labelanchor [lindex [.f configure -labelanchor] 3]
} -result {se}
test frame-13.34 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -labelanchor badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad labelanchor "badValue": must be e, en, es, n, ne, nw, s, se, sw, w, wn, or ws}
test frame-13.35 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -padx 3
    lindex [.f configure -padx] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -padx [lindex [.f configure -padx] 3]
} -result {3}
test frame-13.36 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -padx badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.37 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -pady 4
    lindex [.f configure -pady] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -pady [lindex [.f configure -pady] 3]
} -result {4}
test frame-13.38 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -pady badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.39 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -relief ridge
    lindex [.f configure -relief] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -relief [lindex [.f configure -relief] 3]
} -result {ridge}
test frame-13.40 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -relief badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test frame-13.41 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -takefocus {any string}
    lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -takefocus [lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 3]
} -result {any string}
test frame-13.42 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -text {any string}
    lindex [.f configure -text] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -text [lindex [.f configure -text] 3]
} -result {any string}
test frame-13.43 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -width 32
    lindex [.f configure -width] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -width [lindex [.f configure -width] 3]
} -result {32}
test frame-13.44 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
        .f configure -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
destroy .f


test frame-14.1 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test that label is moved in stacking order
    label .l -text Mupp -font {helvetica 8}
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    frame .f.f -width 50 -height 50
    pack .f.f
    update
    list [winfo children .] [winfo width .f] \
        [expr {[winfo height .f] - [winfo height .l]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{.f .l} 54 52}
test frame-14.2 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test the labelframe's reaction if the label is destroyed
    label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    pack .f.l
    update
    set res [list [.f cget -labelwidget]]
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
    destroy .l
    lappend res [.f cget -labelwidget]
    update
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .f.l]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.l 12 {} 4}
test frame-14.3 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test the labelframe's reaction if the label is stolen
    label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    pack .f.l
    update
    set res [list [.f cget -labelwidget]]
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
    pack .l
    lappend res [.f cget -labelwidget]
    update
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .f.l]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.l 12 {} 4}
test frame-14.4 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test the label's reaction if the labelframe is destroyed
    label .l -text Mupp
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    update
    set res [list [winfo manager .l]]
    destroy .f
    lappend res [winfo manager .l]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {labelframe {}}
test frame-14.5 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test that the labelframe reacts on changes in label
    label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    pack .f.l







<

|
|













|
|



|







|







|













|







|













|








|














<










<




|










|








|















<

|

<



|
<
<
|

<

|










|
<

>










<

|











|





|
|
<
<


<
|













|
|
|
>






|



















<

|











|

|

|






|






|






|














|






|



|

|
<







|

|








|






|

|








|








|






|

|












|

|








|






|

|






|

|








|







|
|
|







|








|







|
|
|



















|



<

|














|


















|


















|













|







910
911
912
913
914
915
916

917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013

1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023

1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063

1064
1065
1066

1067
1068
1069
1070


1071
1072

1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085

1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097

1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118


1119
1120

1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164

1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231

1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397

1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    .t cget -screen
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result *

test frame-5.8 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    optnames [.f configure]
} -result {-background -backgroundimage -bd -bg -bgimg -borderwidth -class -colormap -container -cursor -height -highlightbackground -highlightcolor -highlightthickness -padx -pady -relief -takefocus -tile -visual -width}
test frame-5.9 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    .f configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test frame-5.10 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    .f configure -gorp bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test frame-5.11 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    .f configure -width 200 -height
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-height" missing}
test frame-5.12 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure} -body {
    .f swizzle
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "swizzle": must be cget or configure}
test frame-5.13 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} -body {
    optnames [. configure]
} -result {-background -backgroundimage -bd -bg -bgimg -borderwidth -class -colormap -container -cursor -height -highlightbackground -highlightcolor -highlightthickness -menu -padx -pady -relief -screen -takefocus -tile -use -visual -width}
destroy .f

test frame-6.1 {ConfigureFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -width 150
    list [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {150 1}
test frame-6.2 {ConfigureFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -height 97
    list [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 97}
test frame-6.3 {ConfigureFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f
    set result {}
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
    .f configure -width 100 -height 180
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
    .f configure -width 0 -height 0
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 100 180 100 180}

test frame-7.1 {FrameEventProc procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .frame2
    set result [info commands .frame2]
    destroy .frame2
    lappend result [info commands .frame2]
} -result {.frame2 {}}
test frame-7.2 {FrameEventProc procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set x {}
} -body {
    frame .f1 -bg #543210
    rename .f1 .f2
    lappend x [winfo children .]
    lappend x [.f2 cget -bg]
    destroy .f1
    lappend x [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f1 #543210 {} {}}

test frame-8.1 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1
    rename .f1 {}
    list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test frame-8.2 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .f1 -menu .m
    wm geometry .f1 +0+0
    update
    rename .f1 {}
    update
    list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
#
# This one fails with the dash-patch!!!! Still don't know why  :-(
#
#test frame-8.3 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} -setup {

#    deleteWindows
#} -body {
#    toplevel .f1 -menu .m
#    wm geometry .f1 +0+0
#    menu .m
#    update
#    rename .f1 {}
#    update
#    list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
#} -cleanup {

#    deleteWindows
#} -result {{} .m}

test frame-9.1 {MapFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    set result [winfo ismapped .t]
    update idletasks
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .t]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0 1}
test frame-9.2 {MapFrame procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    destroy .t
    update
    winfo exists .t
} -result {0}
test frame-9.3 {MapFrame procedure, window deleted while mapping} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t2
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    frame .t2.f -width 50 -height 50
    bind .t2.f <Configure> {destroy .t}
    pack .t2.f -side top
    update idletasks
    winfo exists .t
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}


test frame-10.1 {frame widget vs hidden commands} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {

    frame .t
    interp hide {} .t
    destroy .t
    list [winfo children .] [lsort [interp hidden]]


} -result [list {} [lsort [interp hidden]]]


test frame-11.1 {TkInstallFrameMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
    menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
    .m1.system add command -label foo
    toplevel .t -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.t}
test frame-11.2 {TkInstallFrameMenu - frame renamed} -setup {
    deleteWindows

    catch {rename foo {}}
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
    menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
    .m1.system add command -label foo
    toplevel .t
    rename .t foo
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test frame-12.1 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test -bd -padx and -pady
    frame .f -borderwidth 2 -padx 3 -pady 4
    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 40 -height 40
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
    update
    list [winfo x .f.f] [winfo y .f.f] [winfo width .f.f] [winfo height .f.f]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {5 6 30 28}
test frame-12.2 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test all -labelanchor positions
    set font {helvetica 12}
    labelframe .f -highlightthickness 1 -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 2 -font $font \
            -text "Mupp"
    set fh [expr {max([font metrics $font -linespace] + 2 - 3, 0)}]
    set fw [expr {max([font measure $font "Mupp"] + 2 - 3, 0)}]


    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 100 -height 100
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1

    set result {}
    foreach lp {nw n ne en e es se s sw ws w wn} {
        .f configure -labelanchor $lp
        update
        set expx 5
        set expy 6
        set expw 90
        set exph 88
        switch -glob $lp {
            n* {incr expy $fh ; incr exph -$fh}
            s* {incr exph -$fh}
            w* {incr expx $fw ; incr expw -$fw}
            e* {incr expw -$fw}
        }
        lappend result [expr {
	    [winfo x .f.f] == $expx && [winfo y .f.f] == $expy &&
	    [winfo width .f.f] == $expw && [winfo height .f.f] == $exph
	}]
    }
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1}
test frame-12.3 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Check reaction on font change
    font create myfont -family courier -size 10
    labelframe .f -font myfont -text Mupp
    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 40 -height 40
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
    update
    set h1 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
    set y1 [winfo y .f.f]
    font configure myfont -size 20
    update
    set h2 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
    set y2 [winfo y .f.f]
    expr {($h2 - $h1) - ($y2 - $y1)}
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    font delete myfont
} -result {0}


test frame-13.1 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Labelframe NewFrame}
test frame-13.2 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class Different
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -class option after widget is created}
test frame-13.3 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -colormap new
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-13.4 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -visual default
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-13.5 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -screen bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-screen"}
test frame-13.6 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -container true
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.f}
test frame-13.7 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f -container true
    .f configure -container
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-container container Container 0 1}
test frame-13.8 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
     labelframe .f -container bogus
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test frame-13.9 {labelframe configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    labelframe .f
    .f configure -container 1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't modify -container option after widget is created}

destroy .f
labelframe .f
test frame-13.10 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -background #ff0000
    lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -background [lindex [.f configure -background] 3]
} -result "#ff0000"
test frame-13.11 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.12 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bd 4
    lindex [.f configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bd [lindex [.f configure -bd] 3]
} -result {4}
test frame-13.13 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bd badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.14 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bg #00ff00
    lindex [.f configure -bg] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -bg [lindex [.f configure -bg] 3]
} -result "#00ff00"
test frame-13.15 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -bg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.16 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -borderwidth 1.3
    lindex [.f configure -borderwidth] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -borderwidth [lindex [.f configure -borderwidth] 3]
} -result {1}
test frame-13.17 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -borderwidth badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.18 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -cursor arrow
    lindex [.f configure -cursor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -cursor [lindex [.f configure -cursor] 3]
} -result {arrow}
test frame-13.19 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -cursor badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}
test frame-13.20 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -fg #0000ff
    lindex [.f configure -fg] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -fg [lindex [.f configure -fg] 3]
} -result "#0000ff"
test frame-13.21 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -fg non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.22 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -font {courier 8}
    lindex [.f configure -font] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -font [lindex [.f configure -font] 3]
} -result {courier 8}
test frame-13.23 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -foreground #ff0000
    lindex [.f configure -foreground] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -foreground [lindex [.f configure -foreground] 3]
} -result "#ff0000"
test frame-13.24 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -foreground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.25 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -height 100
    lindex [.f configure -height] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -height [lindex [.f configure -height] 3]
} -result {100}
test frame-13.26 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -height not_a_number
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}
test frame-13.27 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightbackground #112233
    lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightbackground [lindex [.f configure -highlightbackground] 3]
} -result "#112233"
test frame-13.28 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightbackground ugly
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "ugly"}
test frame-13.29 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightcolor #123456
    lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightcolor [lindex [.f configure -highlightcolor] 3]
} -result "#123456"
test frame-13.30 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test frame-13.31 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightthickness 6
    lindex [.f configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -highlightthickness [lindex [.f configure -highlightthickness] 3]
} -result {6}
test frame-13.32 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -highlightthickness badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.33 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -labelanchor se
    lindex [.f configure -labelanchor] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -labelanchor [lindex [.f configure -labelanchor] 3]
} -result {se}
test frame-13.34 {labelframe configuration options} -returnCodes error -body {
    .f configure -labelanchor badValue
} -result {bad labelanchor "badValue": must be e, en, es, n, ne, nw, s, se, sw, w, wn, or ws}
test frame-13.35 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -padx 3
    lindex [.f configure -padx] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -padx [lindex [.f configure -padx] 3]
} -result {3}
test frame-13.36 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -padx badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.37 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -pady 4
    lindex [.f configure -pady] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -pady [lindex [.f configure -pady] 3]
} -result {4}
test frame-13.38 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -pady badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test frame-13.39 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -relief ridge
    lindex [.f configure -relief] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -relief [lindex [.f configure -relief] 3]
} -result {ridge}
test frame-13.40 {labelframe configuration options} -returnCodes error -body {
    .f configure -relief badValue
} -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test frame-13.41 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -takefocus {any string}
    lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -takefocus [lindex [.f configure -takefocus] 3]
} -result {any string}
test frame-13.42 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -text {any string}
    lindex [.f configure -text] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -text [lindex [.f configure -text] 3]
} -result {any string}
test frame-13.43 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -width 32
    lindex [.f configure -width] 4
} -cleanup {
    .f configure -width [lindex [.f configure -width] 3]
} -result {32}
test frame-13.44 {labelframe configuration options} -body {
    .f configure -width badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
destroy .f


test frame-14.1 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test that label is moved in stacking order
    label .l -text Mupp -font {helvetica 8}
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    frame .f.f -width 50 -height 50
    pack .f.f
    update
    list [winfo children .] [winfo width .f] \
        [expr {[winfo height .f] - [winfo height .l]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{.f .l} 54 52}
test frame-14.2 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test the labelframe's reaction if the label is destroyed
    label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    pack .f.l
    update
    set res [list [.f cget -labelwidget]]
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
    destroy .l
    lappend res [.f cget -labelwidget]
    update
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .f.l]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.l 12 {} 4}
test frame-14.3 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test the labelframe's reaction if the label is stolen
    label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    pack .f.l
    update
    set res [list [.f cget -labelwidget]]
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
    pack .l
    lappend res [.f cget -labelwidget]
    update
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .f.l]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.l 12 {} 4}
test frame-14.4 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test the label's reaction if the labelframe is destroyed
    label .l -text Mupp
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    update
    set res [list [winfo manager .l]]
    destroy .f
    lappend res [winfo manager .l]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {labelframe {}}
test frame-14.5 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Test that the labelframe reacts on changes in label
    label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
    labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    pack .f.l
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518


1519













1520




















































































































































































1521













































































1522







1523





1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
    update
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] > $first}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {12 12 1 12 1}
test frame-14.6 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Destroying a labelframe with a child label caused a crash
    # when not handling mapping of the label correctly.
    # This test does not test anything directly, it's just ment
    # to catch if the same mistake is made again.
    labelframe .f
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    .f configure -labelwidget .f.l
    update
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


deleteWindows













rename eatColors {}




















































































































































































rename colorsFree {}





















































































# cleanup





cleanupTests
return











|

|
|
|
|








>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
    update
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
    lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] > $first}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {12 12 1 12 1}
test frame-14.6 {labelframe labelwidget option} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Destroying a labelframe with a child label caused a crash when not
    # handling mapping of the label correctly.
    # This test does not test anything directly, it's just ment to catch if
    # the same mistake is made again.
    labelframe .f
    pack .f
    label .f.l -text Mupp
    .f configure -labelwidget .f.l
    update
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}

test frame-15.1 {TIP 262: frame background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
} -body {
    frame .f -width 100 -height 100
    pack .f
    list [image inuse gorp] [.f configure -backgroundimage gorp;update] \
	[image inuse gorp] [winfo width .f] [winfo height .f]
} -cleanup {
    image delete gorp
    deleteWindows
} -result {0 {} 1 100 100}
test frame-15.2 {TIP 262: frame background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {rename gorp ""}
} -body {
    frame .f -width 100 -height 100
    pack .f
    update
    .f configure -backgroundimage gorp
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {image "gorp" doesn't exist}
test frame-15.3 {TIP 262: frame background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
} -body {
    frame .f -width 100 -height 100 -backgroundimage gorp
    pack .f
    .f configure -tile yes
    update
    list [.f cget -bgimg] [.f cget -tile]
} -cleanup {
    image delete gorp
    deleteWindows
} -result {gorp 1}
test frame-15.4 {TIP 262: frame background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
} -body {
    frame .f -width 100 -height 100 -backgroundimage gorp
    pack .f
    .f configure -tile yes
    update
    gorp put red -to 15 15 20 20
    update
    list [.f cget -bgimg] [.f cget -tile]
} -cleanup {
    image delete gorp
    deleteWindows
} -result {gorp 1}
test frame-15.5 {TIP 262: frame background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
    set result {}
} -body {
    frame .f -width 100 -height 100 -backgroundimage gorp
    pack .f
    .f configure -tile yes
    update
    image delete gorp
    update
    set result [list [.f cget -bgimg] [.f cget -tile]]
    image create photo gorp -width 250 -height 250
    update
    lappend result [.f cget -backgroundimage]
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gorp}
    deleteWindows
} -result {gorp 1 gorp}
test frame-15.6 {TIP 262: frame background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
    . configure -width 200 -height 200
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    pack [frame .f -width 100 -height 100 -bgimg gorp]
    update idletasks; update
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 0 0 30 15}}
test frame-15.6a {TIP 262: frame background images (offsets)} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
    . configure -width 200 -height 200
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    pack [frame .f -width 10 -height 10 -bgimg gorp]
    update idletasks; update
    # On MacOS must wait for the test image display procedure to run.
    set timer [after 300 {lappend result "timedout"}]
    while {"timedout" ni $result &&
	   "gorp display 10 2 10 10" ni $result} {
       vwait result
    }
    after cancel $timer
    update idletasks; update
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 10 2 10 10}}
test frame-15.7 {TIP 262: frame background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
    . configure -width 200 -height 200
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    pack [frame .f -width 50 -height 25 -bgimg gorp -tile 1]
    update idletasks; update
    # On MacOS must wait for the test image display procedure to run.
    set timer [after 300 {lappend result "timedout"}]
    while {"timedout" ni $result &&
	   "gorp display 0 0 20 10" ni $result} {
	vwait result
    }
    after cancel $timer
    if {[lindex $result end] eq "timedout"} {
	return [lreplace $result end end]
    }
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 0 0 30 15} {gorp display 0 0 30 10} {gorp display 0 0 20 15} {gorp display 0 0 20 10}}
test frame-15.7a {TIP 262: frame background images (offsets)} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
    . configure -width 200 -height 200
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    pack [frame .f -width 50 -height 25 -bgimg gorp -tile 1 -highlightthick 1]
    update idletasks; update
    # On MacOS must wait for the test image display procedure to run.
    set timer [after 300 {lappend result "timedout"}]
    while {"timedout" ni $result &&
	   "gorp display 0 0 18 8" ni $result} {
	vwait result
   }
    after cancel $timer
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 0 0 30 15} {gorp display 0 0 30 8} {gorp display 0 0 18 15} {gorp display 0 0 18 8}}
test frame-15.7b {TIP 262: frame background images (offsets)} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
    . configure -width 200 -height 200
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    pack [frame .f -width 50 -height 25 -bgimg gorp -tile 1 -bd 2]
    update idletasks; update
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 0 0 30 15} {gorp display 0 0 30 6} {gorp display 0 0 16 15} {gorp display 0 0 16 6}}
test frame-15.7c {TIP 262: frame background images (offsets)} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
    . configure -width 200 -height 200
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    pack [frame .f -width 50 -height 25 -bgimg gorp -tile 1 -bd 2 -highlightthick 1]
    update idletasks; update
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 0 0 30 15} {gorp display 0 0 30 4} {gorp display 0 0 14 15} {gorp display 0 0 14 4}}
test frame-15.8 {TIP 262: toplevel background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 100
    update
    # Used to verify that setting a background image doesn't change the widget size
    set w [winfo width .t]
    set h [winfo height .t]
    list [image inuse gorp] [.t configure -backgroundimage gorp;update] \
	[image inuse gorp] \
	[expr {$w-[winfo width .t]}] [expr {$h-[winfo height .t]}]
} -cleanup {
    image delete gorp
    deleteWindows
} -result {0 {} 1 0 0}
test frame-15.9 {TIP 262: toplevel background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {rename gorp ""}
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 100
    update
    .t configure -backgroundimage gorp
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {image "gorp" doesn't exist}
test frame-15.10 {TIP 262: toplevel background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 100 -backgroundimage gorp -tile yes
    update
    list [.t cget -bgimg] [.t cget -tile]
} -cleanup {
    image delete gorp
    deleteWindows
} -result {gorp 1}
test frame-15.11 {TIP 262: toplevel background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 100 -backgroundimage gorp -tile yes
    update
    gorp put red -to 15 15 20 20
    update
    list [.t cget -bgimg] [.t cget -tile]
} -cleanup {
    image delete gorp
    deleteWindows
} -result {gorp 1}
test frame-15.12 {TIP 262: toplevel background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create photo gorp -width 10 -height 10
    gorp put black -to 2 2 7 7
    set result {}
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 100 -backgroundimage gorp -tile yes
    update
    image delete gorp
    update
    set result [list [.t cget -bgimg] [.t cget -tile]]
    image create photo gorp -width 250 -height 250
    update
    lappend result [.t cget -backgroundimage]
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gorp}
    deleteWindows
} -result {gorp 1 gorp}
test frame-15.13 {TIP 262: toplevel background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    toplevel .t -width 100 -height 100 -bgimg gorp
    wm overrideredirect .t 1;	# Reduce trouble from window managers
    update idletasks; update
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 0 0 30 15}}
test frame-15.14 {TIP 262: toplevel background images} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set result {}
} -constraints testImageType -body {
    image create test gorp -variable result
    toplevel .t -width 50 -height 25 -bgimg gorp -tile 1
    wm overrideredirect .t 1;	# Reduce trouble from window managers
    update idletasks; update
    # On MacOS must wait for the test image display procedure to run.
    set timer [after 300 {lappend result "timedout"}]
    while {"timedout" ni $result &&
	   "gorp display 0 0 20 10" ni $result} {
	vwait result
   }
    after cancel $timer
    return [uniq $result]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {image delete gorp}
} -result {{gorp get} {gorp display 0 0 30 15} {gorp display 0 0 30 10} {gorp display 0 0 20 15} {gorp display 0 0 20 10}}

# cleanup
deleteWindows
apply {cmds {foreach cmd $cmds {rename $cmd {}}}} {
    eatColors colorsFree uniq optnames
}

cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/geometry.test.

266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
    }
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t
    update
    pack [frame .t.f] 
    button .t.quit -text Quit -command exit
    pack .t.quit -in .t.f
    wm iconify .t
    set x 0
    after 500 {set x 1}
    tkwait variable x
    wm deiconify .t







|







266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
    }
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t
    update
    pack [frame .t.f]
    button .t.quit -text Quit -command exit
    pack .t.quit -in .t.f
    wm iconify .t
    set x 0
    after 500 {set x 1}
    tkwait variable x
    wm deiconify .t

Changes to tests/grid.test.

75
76
77
78
79
80
81

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test grid-1.9 {basic argument checking} -body {
    button .b
    grid configure x .b
} -cleanup {
    grid_reset 1.9
} -returnCodes ok -result {}


test grid-2.1 {bbox} -body {
    grid bbox .
} -result {0 0 0 0}
test grid-2.2 {bbox} -body {
    button .b
    grid .b







>







75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test grid-1.9 {basic argument checking} -body {
    button .b
    grid configure x .b
} -cleanup {
    grid_reset 1.9
} -returnCodes ok -result {}


test grid-2.1 {bbox} -body {
    grid bbox .
} -result {0 0 0 0}
test grid-2.2 {bbox} -body {
    button .b
    grid .b
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
























195
196
197
198
199
200
201
} -result {.b}
test grid-3.9 {configure: basic argument checking} -body {
    button .b
    grid configure y .b
} -cleanup {
    grid_reset 3.9
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid window shortcut, "y" should be '-', 'x', or '^'}

























test grid-4.1 {forget: basic argument checking} -body {
    grid forget foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test grid-4.2 {forget} -body {
    button .c
    grid [button .b]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
} -result {.b}
test grid-3.9 {configure: basic argument checking} -body {
    button .b
    grid configure y .b
} -cleanup {
    grid_reset 3.9
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid window shortcut, "y" should be '-', 'x', or '^'}
test grid-3.10 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} -body {
    frame .f
    grid .f -in .f
} -cleanup {
    grid_reset 3.10
} -returnCodes error -result {window can't be managed in itself}
test grid-3.11 {prevent management loops} -body {
    frame .f1
    frame .f2
    grid .f1 -in .f2
    grid .f2 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
    grid_reset 3.11
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f2 inside .f1, would cause management loop}
test grid-3.12 {prevent management loops} -body {
    frame .f1
    frame .f2
    frame .f3
    grid .f1 -in .f2
    grid .f2 -in .f3
    grid .f3 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
    grid_reset 3.12
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f3 inside .f1, would cause management loop}

test grid-4.1 {forget: basic argument checking} -body {
    grid forget foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test grid-4.2 {forget} -body {
    button .c
    grid [button .b]
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
    frame .t.f
    label .t.f.l -text foobar
    grid .t.f.l
    destroy .t
    set result ok
} -result ok


test grid-18.1 {test respect for internalborder} -body {
    toplevel .pack
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
    labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
    pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
    frame .pack.lf.f







<







1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827

1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
    frame .t.f
    label .t.f.l -text foobar
    grid .t.f.l
    destroy .t
    set result ok
} -result ok


test grid-18.1 {test respect for internalborder} -body {
    toplevel .pack
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
    labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
    pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
    frame .pack.lf.f
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020



















































































































2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
    pack .f
    update
    pack forget .f
    update
    winfo ismapped .t ; # must return 1
} {1}
grid_reset 23




















































































































# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
    pack .f
    update
    pack forget .f
    update
    winfo ismapped .t ; # must return 1
} {1}
grid_reset 23

test grid-24.1 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.1
} -result {1}
test grid-24.2 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last grid remove} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid remove .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.2
} -result {1}
test grid-24.3 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last gridded child destruction} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {incr A}
    destroy .1
    update
    set A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.3
} -result {1}
test grid-24.4 {<Configure> does not fire on last grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    grid_reset 24.4
} -result {0}
test grid-24.5 {<Configure> fires on forelast grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    grid [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    grid_reset 24.5
} -result {1}
test grid-24.6 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on forelast grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    grid [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.6
} -result {0}
test grid-24.7 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on grid anchor} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid anchor . w
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    grid anchor . nw
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.7
} -result {0}
test grid-24.8 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on last grid forget if propagation is off} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    grid propagate . 0
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.8
} -result {0}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/image.test.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

65

66








67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
test image-1.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image create
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image create type ?name? ?-option value ...?"}
test image-1.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image c bad_type
} -returnCodes error -result {image type "bad_type" doesn't exist}
test image-1.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -body {
    list [image create test myimage] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {myimage myimage}
test image-1.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    scan [image create test] image%d first
    image create test myimage
    scan [image create test -variable x] image%d second
    expr $second-$first
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}

test image-1.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    update
    set x {}

    image create test myimage -variable x

    update








    return $x
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -body {
    image create test -badName foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option name "-badName"}
test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -body {
    catch {image create test -badName foo}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test image-1.11 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option with same name as main window} -body {
    set code [loadTkCommand]
    append code {







|






|






|





|








>

>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|


















|




|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
test image-1.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image create
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image create type ?name? ?-option value ...?"}
test image-1.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image c bad_type
} -returnCodes error -result {image type "bad_type" doesn't exist}
test image-1.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -body {
    list [image create test myimage] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {myimage myimage}
test image-1.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    scan [image create test] image%d first
    image create test myimage
    scan [image create test -variable x] image%d second
    expr {$second-$first}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}

test image-1.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    update
    set x {}
    set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timeout"}]
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update idletasks
    update
    # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run.
    while {"timeout" ni $x && [lindex $x end 1] ne "display"} {
        vwait x
    }
    after cancel timer
    if {[lindex $x end] eq "timeout"} {
       return [lreplace $x end end]
    }
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -body {
    image create test -badName foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option name "-badName"}
test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -body {
    catch {image create test -badName foo}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test image-1.11 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option with same name as main window} -body {
    set code [loadTkCommand]
    append code {
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
    image delete $i $j
} -result works

test image-2.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -body {
    image delete
} -result {}
test image-2.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set result {}
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    lappend result [lsort [imageNames]]
    image d myimage img2
    lappend result [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{img2 myimage} {}}
test image-2.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    image delete myimage gorp img2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "gorp" doesn't exist}
test image-2.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    catch {image delete myimage gorp img2}
    imageNames







|













|










|







148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
    image delete $i $j
} -result works

test image-2.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -body {
    image delete
} -result {}
test image-2.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set result {}
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    lappend result [lsort [imageNames]]
    image d myimage img2
    lappend result [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{img2 myimage} {}}
test image-2.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    image delete myimage gorp img2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "gorp" doesn't exist}
test image-2.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    catch {image delete myimage gorp img2}
    imageNames
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
test image-3.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image height name"}
test image-3.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-3.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image h myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image height myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {15 50}


test image-4.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -body {
    image names x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image names"}
test image-4.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    interp eval testinterp {
        image delete {*}[image names]







|
















|







196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
test image-3.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image height name"}
test image-3.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-3.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image h myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image height myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {15 50}


test image-4.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -body {
    image names x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image names"}
test image-4.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    interp eval testinterp {
        image delete {*}[image names]
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347





348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357

358

359





360
361
362
363
364






365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
    image type a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image type name"}
test image-5.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -body {
    image type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}

test image-5.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {test}
test image-5.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}
test image-5.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {oldtest}
test image-5.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}


test image-6.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -body {
    image types x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image types"}
test image-6.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -body {
    lsort [image types]
} -result {bitmap oldtest photo test}


test image-7.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-7.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image w myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image width myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {30 60}


test image-8.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "inuse" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set res {}
    destroy .b
} -body {
    image create test myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
    button .b -image myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {destroy .b}
} -result [list 0 1]
    






test image-9.1 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
    update
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    update
    set x {}

    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15

    update





    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 7 8}}






test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
    update
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    .c create image 90 100 -image foo
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 25 9} {foo display 0 0 12 14}}


test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    .c create image 100 10 -image bad_name
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup







|









|











|









|


















|















|













|













|
>
>
>
>
>
|









>

>

>
>
>
>
>




|
>
>
>
>
>
>
















<
|







255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408

409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
    image type a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image type name"}
test image-5.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -body {
    image type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}

test image-5.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {test}
test image-5.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}
test image-5.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {oldtest}
test image-5.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}


test image-6.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -body {
    image types x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image types"}
test image-6.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -body {
    lsort [image types]
} -result {bitmap oldtest photo test}


test image-7.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-7.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image w myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image width myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {30 60}


test image-8.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "inuse" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set res {}
    destroy .b
} -body {
    image create test myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
    button .b -image myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {destroy .b}
} -result [list 0 1]

if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} {
    # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image in drawRect.
    set result_9_1 {{foo display 0 0 30 15}}
} else {
    set result_9_1 {{foo display 5 6 7 8}}
}
test image-9.1 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
    update
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    update
    set x {}
    set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timeout"}]
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update idletasks
    update
    # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run.
    while {"timeout" ni $x && [lindex $x end 1] ne "display"} {
        vwait x
    }
    after cancel timer
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result $result_9_1
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} {
    # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image.
    set result_9_2 {{foo display 0 0 30 15} {foo display 0 0 30 15}}
} else {
    set result_9_2 {{foo display 5 6 25 9} {foo display 0 0 12 14}}
}
test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
    update
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    .c create image 90 100 -image foo
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup

} -result $result_9_2

test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    .c create image 100 10 -image bad_name
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
    lappend x [imageNames]
    image create photo foo -width 20 -height 20
    lappend x [.c bbox i1] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {10 10 20 20 foo {} {10 10 30 30} foo}
    
destroy .c
imageFinish

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|










638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
    lappend x [imageNames]
    image create photo foo -width 20 -height 20
    lappend x [.c bbox i1] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {10 10 20 20 foo {} {10 10 30 30} foo}

destroy .c
imageFinish

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Added tests/imgListFormat.test.











































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the default image data format
# ("list format") implementend in the file tkImgListFormat.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 2017 Simon Bachmann
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Simon Bachmann ([email protected])

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

imageInit

# find the teapot.ppm file for use in these tests
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
testConstraint hasTeapotPhoto [file exists $teapotPhotoFile]
# let's see if we have the semi-transparent one as well
set transpTeapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapotTransparent.png]
testConstraint hasTranspTeapotPhoto [file exists $transpTeapotPhotoFile]

# ---------------------------------------------------------------------


test imgListFormat-1.1 {ParseFormatOptions: default values} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red green} {blue black}}
    lindex [photo1 data] 1 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {#000000}
test imgListFormat-1.2 {ParseFormatOptions: format name as first arg} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put #1256ef -format {default} -to 0 0 10 10
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}
test imgListFormat-1.3 {ParseFormatOptions: unknown option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "-bogus": must be -colorformat}
test imgListFormat-1.4 {ParseFormatOptions: option not allowed} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put yellow -format {default -colorformat rgb}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad format option "-colorformat": no options allowed}
test imgListFormat-1.5 {ParseFormatOptions: no -colorformat value} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data black
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat}
} -returnCodes error -result {the "-colorformat" option requires a value}
test imgListFormat-1.6 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat val #1} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put yellow
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "bogus": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.7 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat val #2} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat tkcolor}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "tkcolor": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.8 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat #3} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat emptystring}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "emptystring": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.9 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat #4} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb-short}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "rgb-short": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.10 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat #5} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba-short}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "rgba-short": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.11 {valid colorformats} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white#78
    set result {}
    lappend result [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb}]
    lappend result [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}]
    lappend result [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list}]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset result
} -result {{{#ffffff}} {{#ffffff78}} {{{255 255 255 120}}}}

# GetBadOptMsg: only use case already tested with imgListFormat-1.4

test imgListFormat-3.1 {StringMatchDef: data is not a list} -body {
    testphotostringmatch {not a " proper list}
    # " (this comment is here only for editor highlighting)
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open quote in list}
# empty data case tested with imgPhoto-4.95 (imgPhoto.test)
test imgListFormat-3.2 {StringMatchDef: \
        list element not a proper list} -body {
    testphotostringmatch {{red white} {not "} {blue green}}
    # "
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open quote in list}
test imgListFormat-3.3 {StringMatchDef: \
        sublists with differen lengths} -body {
    testphotostringmatch {{#001122 #334455 #667788}
		{#99AABB #CCDDEE}
		{#FF0011 #223344 #556677}}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid row # 1: all rows must have the same number of elements}
test imgListFormat-3.4 {StringMatchDef: base64 data is not parsed as valid \
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {
	iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAIAAAACCA
	YAAAEFsT2yAAAABGdBTUEAAYagMeiWXwAA
	ABdJREFUCJkFwQEBAAAAgiD6P9pACRoqDk
	fUBvt1wUFKAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC
    } -format default
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAIAAAACCA"}
test imgListFormat-3.5 {StringMatchDef: valid data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blue green}
		{yellow magenta}
	        {#000000 #FFFFFFFF}}
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] \
	[photo1 get 0 2 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {2 3 {0 0 0 255}}

# ImgStringRead: most of the error cases cannot be tested with current code,
# as the errors are detected by StringMatchDef
test imgListFormat-4.1 {StringReadDef: use with -format opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -format "default"
    photo1 get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 255 255}
test imgListFormat-4.2 {StringReadDef: suboptions to format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -format {default -bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad format option "-bogus": no options allowed}
test imgListFormat-4.3 {StringReadDef: erroneous non-option argument} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put orange -format {default bogus}
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "bogus": no options allowed}
test imgListFormat-4.4 {StringReadDef: normal use case} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    photo2 put $imgData
    string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset imgData
} -result {1}
test imgListFormat-4.5 {StringReadDef: correct compositing rule} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 put #FF0000 -to 0 0 50 50
    photo2 put [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}] -to 10 10 40 40
    list [photo2 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo2 get 20 25 -withalpha] \
	[photo2 get 49 49 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{255 0 0 255} {0 78 185 225} {255 0 0 255}}

test imgListFormat-5.1 {StringWriteDef: format options not a list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default " bogus}
    # "
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open quote in list}
test imgListFormat-5.2 {StringWriteDef: invalid format option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "-bogus": must be -colorformat}
test imgListFormat-5.3 {StringWriteDef: non-option arg in format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "bogus": must be -colorformat}
test imgListFormat-5.4 {StringWriteDef: empty image} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}
test imgListFormat-5.5 {StirngWriteDef: size of data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put blue -to 0 0 35 64
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    list [llength [lindex $imgData 0]] [llength $imgData]
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {35 64}
test imgListFormat-5.6 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #1} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    set result {}
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    # note: with [lindex], the coords are inverted (y x)
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 0 0]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 255 255]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#135cc0} #135cc0 #a06d52 #e1c8ba #135cc0}
test imgListFormat-5.7 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #2} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    set result {}
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}]
    # note: with [lindex], the coords are inverted (y x)
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 0 0]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 255 255]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#135cc0ff} #135cc0ff #a06d52ff #e1c8baff #135cc0ff}
test imgListFormat-5.8 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #3} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb}]
    set result {}
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#004eb9} #a14100 #ffca9f}
test imgListFormat-5.9 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #4} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}]
    set result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#004eb9e1} #a14100aa #ffca9faf}
test imgListFormat-5.10 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #5} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list}]
    set result {}
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 78 185 225} {161 65 0 170} {255 202 159 175}}

test imgListFormat-6.1 {ParseColor: empty string} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {{"" ""} {"" ""}}
    lappend result [image width photo1]
    lappend result [image height photo1]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {2 2 {0 0 0 0}}
test imgListFormat-6.2 {ParseColor: empty string, mixed} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{black white} {{} white}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 0 0 255} {0 0 0 0}}
test imgListFormat-6.3 {ParseColor: color name too long} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set longstr {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 100} {incr i} {
        append longstr "z"
    }
} -body {
    photo1 put [list [list blue] [list $longstr]]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset longstr
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color}
test imgListFormat-6.4 {ParseColor: #XXX color, different forms} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#A123 #334455} {#012 #fffefd#00}}
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#aa112233 #334455ff} {#001122ff #fffefd00}}
test imgListFormat-6.5 {ParseColor: list format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put [list [list [list 255 255 255]]]
    photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 255 255 255}
test imgListFormat-6.6 {ParseColor: string format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put [list [list [list white]]]
    photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 255 255 255}
test imgListFormat-6.7 {ParseColor: invalid color} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blue red} {green bogus}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "bogus"}
test imgListFormat-6.8 {ParseColor: overall test} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {
		{[email protected] snow#80 snow#8 #[email protected] #fffffabbfacc#8}
		{#fffffafffaff#80 #[email protected] #ffffaafaa#8 #ffffaafaa#80 #fee#8}
		{#fee#80 #[email protected] #[email protected] #fffafa#8 #fffafa#80}
		{{0xff 250 0xfa 128} {255 250 250} #fee8 #fffafa80 snow}}
    for {set y 0} {$y < 4} {incr y} {
		for {set x 0} {$x < 5} {incr x} {
			lappend result [photo1 get $x $y -withalpha]
		}
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset result
} -result \
{{255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 136} {255 250 250 128}\
{255 250 250 136} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 136}\
{255 250 250 128} {255 238 238 136} {255 238 238 128} {255 238 238 128}\
{255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 136} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 128}\
{255 250 250 255} {255 238 238 136} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 255}}

# Note: these tests were written for an earlier implementation of
# ParseColorAsList. For this reason, their order and layout do not follow the
# current code very well. Test coverage is pretty good, nevertheless.
test imgListFormat-7.1 {ParseColorAsList: invalid list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{123 45 67 89} {123 45 " 67}}}
	#"
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "123 45 " 67"}
#"
test imgListFormat-7.2 {ParseColorAsList: too few elements in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0 255 0 255} {0 255}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "0 255"}
test imgListFormat-7.3 {ParseColorAsList: too many elements in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0 100 200 255} {0 100 200 255 0}}}
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "0 100 200 255 0"}
test imgListFormat-7.4 {ParseColorAsList: not an integer value} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{9 0xf3 87 65} {43 21 10 1.0}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "43 21 10 1.0"}
test imgListFormat-7.5 {ParseColorAsList: negative value in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{121 121 121} {121 121 -1}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "121 121 -1"}
test imgListFormat-7.6 {ParseColorAsList: value in list too large} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0 1 2 3} {254 255 256}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "254 255 256"}
test imgListFormat-7.7 {ParseColorAsList: suffix not allowed} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{100 100 100} {100 100 100#FE}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "100 100 100#FE"}
test imgListFormat-7.8 {ParseColorAsList: valid list form} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0x0 0x10 0xfe 0xff} {0 100 254}}
		{{30 30 30 0} {1 1 254 1}}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 16 254 255} {0 100 254 255} {30 30 30 0} {1 1 254 1}}
test imgListFormat-7.9 {ParseColorAsList: additional spaces in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put { { { 1 2 3} {1  2	 3} } { {1 2 3  } {  1  2  3   4  }  } }
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#010203ff #010203ff} {#010203ff #01020304}}
test imgListFormat-7.10 {ParseColorAsList: list format, string rep} -setup {
	image create photo photo1
} -body {
	photo1 put {{"111 222 33 44"}}
	photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
	imageCleanup
} -result {111 222 33 44}

test imgListFormat-8.1 {ParseColorAsHex: RGB format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#010 #001100}}
    photo1 data
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#001100 #001100}}
test imgListFormat-8.2 {ParseColorAsHex: invalid hex digit} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#ABCD #ABCZ}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#ABCZ"}
test imgListFormat-8.3 {ParseColorAsHex: RGB with suffix, 8 chars} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#FFfFFf #AbCdef#0}}
    photo1 data
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#ffffff #abcdef}}
test imgListFormat-8.4 {ParseColor: valid #RGBA color} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#9bd5020d #7acF}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{155 213 2 13} {119 170 204 255}}

test imgListFormat-9.1 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        Tk color, valid suffixes} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {{[email protected] #114433#C} {#8D4#1A magenta}}
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 0 255 181} {17 68 51 204} {136 221 68 26} {255 0 255 255}}
test imgListFormat-9.2 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        Tk color with and w/o suffixes} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#52D8a0 #2B5} {#[email protected] maroon#4}}
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {{82 216 160 255} {34 187 85 255} {238 68 119 3} {128 0 0 68}}
test imgListFormat-9.3 {ParseColorAsStandard: wrong digit count} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#000 #00}}
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#00"}
test imgListFormat-9.4 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A suffix, not a float} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{[email protected] blue@bogus}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha suffix "@bogus": expected floating-point value}
test imgListFormat-9.5 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A, value too low} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {[email protected] [email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha suffix "@-0.1": value must be in the range from 0 to 1}
test imgListFormat-9.6 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A, value too high} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#000000@0 #[email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha suffix "@1.0001": value must be in the range from 0 to 1}
test imgListFormat-9.7 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A suffix, edge values} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{yellow@1e-22 [email protected] [email protected] \
		 [email protected]}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 2 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 3 0 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{255 255 0 0} {255 255 0 31} {255 255 0 32} {255 255 0 255}}
test imgListFormat-9.8 {ParseColorAsStandard: # suffix, no hex digits} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{black#f} {black#}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#"}
test imgListFormat-9.9 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        '#' suffix, too many digits} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#ABC#12 #ABC#123}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#123"}
test imgListFormat-9.10 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        invalid digit in #X suffix} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#000#a #000#g}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#g": expected hex digit}
test imgListFormat-9.11 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        invalid digit in #XX suffix} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {green#2 green#2W}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#2W": expected hex digit}
test imgListFormat-9.12 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        invalid color: not a hex digit} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#[email protected] #[email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#[email protected]"}
test imgListFormat-9.13 {ParseColorAsStandard: suffix not allowed #1} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#[email protected] #[email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#[email protected]"}
test imgListFormat-9.14 {ParseColorAsStandard: suffix not allowed #2} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#1111 #1111#1}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#1111#1"}


# ---------------------------------------------------------------------

imageFinish

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/imgPhoto.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12




































































13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "photo" image type and the other
# procedures in the file tkImgPhoto.c. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Donal K. Fellows
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected])





































































package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands


# Used for 4.65 - 4.73 tests
# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.

proc foreachPixel {img xVar yVar script} {
    upvar 1 $xVar x $yVar y
    set width [image width $img]
    set height [image height $img]
    for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
	for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
	    uplevel 1 $script












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|
>
|
<
<
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87


88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "photo" image type and the other
# procedures in the file tkImgPhoto.c. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Donal K. Fellows
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected])

#
# This file is somewhat caothic: the order of the tests does not
# really follow the order of the corresponding functions in
# tkImgPhoto.c. Probably, because early versions had only a few tests
# and over time test cases were added in bits and pieces.
# To be noted, also, that this file is not complete: large portions of
# code in tkImgPhoto.c have no test coverage.
#
# To help keeping the overview, the table below lists where to find
# tests for each of the functions in tkImgPhoto.c. The function are
# listed in the order as they appear in the source file.
#

#
# Function name                         Tests for function
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# PhotoFormatThreadExitProc             no tests
# Tk_Create*PhotoImageFormat            no tests
# ImgPhotoCreate                        imgPhoto-2.*
# ImgPhotoCmd                           imgPhoto-4.*, imgPhoto-17.*
# GetExtension:                         no tests
# ParseSubcommandOptions:               imgPhoto-1.*
# ImgPhotoConfigureMaster:              imgPhoto-3.*, imgPhoto-15.*
# toggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded:           no tests
# ImgPhotoDelete:                       imgPhoto-8.*
# ImgPhotoCmdDeleteProc:                imgPhoto-9.*
# ImgPhotoSetSize:                      no tests
# MatchFileFormat:                      imgPhoto-18.*
# MatchSringFormat:                     imgPhoto-19.*
# Tk_FindPhoto:                         imgPhoto-11.*
# Tk_PhotoPutBlock:                     imgPhoto-10.*, imgPhoto-16.*
# Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock:               imgPhoto-12.*
# Tk_DitherPhoto:                       no tets
# Tk_PhotoBlank:                        no tests
# Tk_PhotoExpand:                       no tests
# Tk_PhotoGetSize:                      no tests
# Tk_PhotoSetSize:                      no tests
# TkGetPhotoValidRegion:                no tests
# ImgGetPhoto:                          no tests
# Tk_PhotoGetImage                      no tests
# ImgPostscriptPhoto                    no tests
# Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite          no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite    no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic                  no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic                no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic          no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic                 no tests, probably none needed
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#

#
# Some tests are not specific to a function in tkImgPhoto.c. They are:
#

#
# Test name(s)          Description
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# imgPhoto-5.*          Do not really belong to this file. ImgPhotoGet and
#                       ImgPhotoFree are defined in tkImgPhInstance.c.
# imgPhoto-6.*          Do not really belong to this file. ImgPhotoDisplay
#                       is defined in tkImgPhInstance.c.
# imgPhoto-7.*          Do not really belong to this file. ImgPhotoFree is
#                       defined in tkImgPhInstance.c.
# imgPhoto-13.*         Tests for separation in different interpreters
# imgPhoto-14.*         Test GIF format. Would belong to imgGIF.test
#                       - which does not exist.
#

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

#
# Used for imgPhoto-4.65 - imgPhoto-4.73


#
proc foreachPixel {img xVar yVar script} {
    upvar 1 $xVar x $yVar y
    set width [image width $img]
    set height [image height $img]
    for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
	for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
	    uplevel 1 $script
54
55
56
57
58
59
60



61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
set README [makeFile {
    README -- Tk test suite design document.
} README-imgPhoto]

# find the teapot.ppm file for use in these tests
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
testConstraint hasTeapotPhoto [file exists $teapotPhotoFile]




proc base64ok {} {
    expr {
        ![catch {package require base64}]
    }
}

testConstraint base64PackageNeeded [base64ok]







>
>
>
|







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
set README [makeFile {
    README -- Tk test suite design document.
} README-imgPhoto]

# find the teapot.ppm file for use in these tests
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
testConstraint hasTeapotPhoto [file exists $teapotPhotoFile]
# let's see if we have the semi-transparent one as well
set transpTeapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapotTransparent.png]
testConstraint hasTranspTeapotPhoto [file exists $transpTeapotPhotoFile]

proc base64ok {} {
    expr {
        ![catch {package require base64}]
    }
}

testConstraint base64PackageNeeded [base64ok]
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
















118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.10 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo -data
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-data" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.11 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -format
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}

















test imgPhoto-2.1 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    catch {image create photo -blah blah}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-2.2 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.10 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo -data
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-data" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.11 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -format
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.12 {option -alpha, normal use} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put "white" -to 0 0
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255}
test imgPhoto-1.13 {option -withalpha, normal use} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blue green}}
    photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 128 0 255}

test imgPhoto-2.1 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    catch {image create photo -blah blah}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-2.2 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
# test imgPhoto-2.3 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure: creation failure} {
#     image create photo photo1
#     image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
#     catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg
#     photo1 copy photo2
#     set msg
# } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory}

test imgPhoto-3.1 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1







|







221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
# test imgPhoto-2.3 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure: creation failure} {
#     image create photo photo1
#     image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
#     catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg
#     photo1 copy photo2
#     set msg
# } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory}

test imgPhoto-3.1 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
170
171
172
173
174
175
176

































177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
    update
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [.c bbox photo1.1] [.c bbox photo1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {10 10 266 266} {300 10 556 266}}


































test imgPhoto-4.1 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 option ?arg ...?"}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
    update
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [.c bbox photo1.1] [.c bbox photo1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {10 10 266 266} {300 10 556 266}}
test imgPhoto-3.4 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster: -data <ppm>} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -format ppm -from 100 100 120 120]
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {20 20}
test imgPhoto-3.5 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster: -data <png>} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -format png -from 120 120 140 140]
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {20 20}
test imgPhoto-3.6 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster: -data <default>} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -from 80 90 100 110]
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {20 20}

test imgPhoto-4.1 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 option ?arg ...?"}
369
370
371
372
373
374
375

376
377
378
379
380
381
382


383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406


407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430


431



432
433
434
435

436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
    photo1 conf -height 0
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10}

test imgPhoto-4.22 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile
    list [photo1 get 100 100] [photo1 get 150 100] [photo1 get 100 150]


} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {{169 117 90} {172 115 84} {35 35 35}}
test imgPhoto-4.23 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 256 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.24 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 -1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.25 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 get x y"}


test imgPhoto-4.26 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.27 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{white} {white white}}
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {all elements of color list must have the same number of elements}
test imgPhoto-4.28 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blahgle}}
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't parse color "blahgle"}
test imgPhoto-4.29 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {


    photo1 put -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}



    photo1 get 19 19
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {255 255 255}

test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 read fileName ?-option value ...?"}







>

|



|
|
>
>


|

















|


|
>
>













|






|



>
>
|
>
>
>




>







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
    photo1 conf -height 0
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10}
# tests for <imageName> data: imgPhoto-4.
test imgPhoto-4.22 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    list [photo1 get 100 100 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 150 100 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 100 150] [photo1 get 150 150]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {{175 71 0 162} {179 73 0 168} {14 8 0} {0 0 0}}
test imgPhoto-4.23 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 256 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.24 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 -1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.25 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 get x y ?-withalpha?"}
# more test for image get: 4.101-4.102
test imgPhoto-4.26 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.27 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{white} {white white}}
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {invalid row # 1: all rows must have the same number of elements}
test imgPhoto-4.28 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blahgle}}
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "blahgle"}
test imgPhoto-4.29 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    # SB: odd thing - this test passed with tk 8.6.6, even if the data
    # is in the wrong position:
    #photo1 put -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}

    # this is how it's supposed to be:
    photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20
    photo1 get 19 19
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {255 255 255}
# more tests for image put: 4.90-4.100
test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 read fileName ?-option value ...?"}
510
511
512
513
514
515
516

517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
test imgPhoto-4.39 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 write teapot.tmp -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is unknown}

test imgPhoto-4.40 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency option ?arg ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.41 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.42 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.43 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.44 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}







>













|






|



|


|







641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
test imgPhoto-4.39 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 write teapot.tmp -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is unknown}
# more tests on "imageName write": imgPhoto-17.*
test imgPhoto-4.40 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency option ?arg ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.41 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.42 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.43 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 0 -alpha
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.44 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
597
598
599
600
601
602
603

604
605
606
607
608
609

610
611
612
613
614
615
616

617
618
619
620
621
622
623

624
625
626
627
628
629
630

631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647

648
649
650
651
652
653
654
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 blank
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1

test imgPhoto-4.52 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.53 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.54 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.55 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.56 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set bogus 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.57 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.58 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1

} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.59 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1







>






>
|






>
|






>
|



|


>
|
















>







729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 blank
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1
# more tests for transparency get: 4.65, 4.66, 4.76-4.81
test imgPhoto-4.52 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.53 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.54 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.55 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 0 -alpha
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.56 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set bogus 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.57 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.58 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put blue
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.59 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
692
693
694
695
696
697
698

699
700
701
702
703
704
705
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1

# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.
test imgPhoto-4.65 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 3 3
    checkImgTrans photo1







>







830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1
# more tests for transparency set: 4.67, 4.68, 4.82-4.89
# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.
test imgPhoto-4.65 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 3 3
    checkImgTrans photo1
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834




































835
















































































































































































































































































































































































836
837
838
839
840
841
842
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
    file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-4.76 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy to same image} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    # non-regression test for bug [5239fd749b] - shall just not crash
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 0 2000 1000
    photo1 copy photo1 -subsample 2 2 -shrink
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}





















































































































































































































































































































































































































test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {







|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
    file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-4.76 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy to same image} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    # non-regression test for bug [5239fd749b] - shall just not crash
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 0 2000 1000
    photo1 copy photo1 -subsample 2 2 -shrink
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-4.76 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparancy get: too many options} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.77 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -alpha}
test imgPhoto-4.78 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: normal use} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1
    set result [photo1 transparency get 0 0]
    lappend result [photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 255}
test imgPhoto-4.79 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: no option} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    set result {}
} -body {
    set pixelCoords {{156 239} {76 207} {153 213} {139 43} {75 112}}
    foreach coord $pixelCoords {
	lappend result [photo1 transparency get {*}$coord]
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 1 0 0 0}
# test imgPhoto-4.80: deleted (was transparency get: -boolean)
test imgPhoto-4.81 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: -alpha} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    set result {}
} -body {
    set pixelCoords {{156 239} {76 207} {153 213} {139 43} {75 112}}
    foreach coord $pixelCoords {
	lappend result [photo1 transparency get {*}$coord -alpha]
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 0 1 254 206}
test imgPhoto-4.82 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: too many opts} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 -alpha -bogus 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.83 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data black
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -alpha}
test imgPhoto-4.84 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid newVal} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data white
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 bogus -alpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.85 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid newVal} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data red
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 -1 -alpha
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha value "-1": must be integer between 0 and 255}
test imgPhoto-4.86 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid newVal} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data green
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 256 -alpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha value "256": must be integer between 0 and 255}
test imgPhoto-4.87 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: no opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 2 1
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0
    photo1 transparency set 1 0 1
    list [photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha] \
        [photo1 transparency get 1 0 -alpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 0}
# deleted: test imgPhoto-4.88 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: -boolean}
test imgPhoto-4.89 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: -alpha} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 2 2
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 -alpha
    photo1 transparency set 1 0 1 -alpha
    photo1 transparency set 0 1 254 -alpha
    photo1 transparency set 1 1 255 -alpha
    list [photo1 transparency get 0 0] [photo1 transparency get 1 0] \
	[photo1 transparency get 0 1] [photo1 transparency get 1 1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 0 0 0}
test imgPhoto-4.90 {ImgPhotoCmd put: existing but not allowed opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put yellow -from 0 0 1 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-from": must be -format, or -to}
test imgPhoto-4.91 {ImgPhotoCmd put: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{0 1 2 3}} -bogus x
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -format, or -to}
test imgPhoto-4.92 {ImgPhotocmd put: missing data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put -to 0 0
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.93 {ImgPhotoCmd put: data in ppm format} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    set imgdata [photo1 data -format ppm]
    photo2 put $imgdata -format ppm
    set result {}
    if {[image width photo1] != [image width photo2] \
            || [image height photo1] != [image height photo2]} {
        lappend result [list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]]
    } else {
        lappend result 1
    }
    foreach point {{206 125} {67 12} {13 46} {19 184}} {
        if {[photo1 get {*}$point] ne [photo2 get {*}$point]} {
            lappend result [photo2 get {*}$point]
        } else {
            lappend result 1
        }
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 1 1 1 1}
test imgPhoto-4.94 {ImgPhotoCmd put: unknown format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {no real data} -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image format "bogus" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-4.95 {ImgPhotoCmd put: default fmt, invalid data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red green blue} {red " blue}}
    #"
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open quote in list}
test imgPhoto-4.96 {ImgPhotoCmd put: "default" handler is selected} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2
    set imgData {{{1 2 3 4} {5 6 7 8} {9 10 11 12}}
        {{13 14 15 15} {17 18 19 20} {21 22 23 24}}}
} -body {
    photo1 put $imgData
    photo2 put $imgData -format default
    set result {}
    lappend result [list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]]
    lappend result [list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]]
    lappend result [string equal \
        [photo1 data -format "default -colorformat rgba"] \
        [photo2 data -format "default -colorformat rgba"]]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset result
    unset imgData
} -result {{3 2} {3 2} 1}
test imgPhoto-4.97 {ImgPhotoCmd put: image size} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red green blue} {blue red green}}
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {3 2}
test imgPhoto-4.98 {ImgPhotoCmd put: -to with 2 coords} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{"alice blue" "blanched almond"}
		{"deep sky blue" "ghost white"}
		{#AABBCC #AABBCCDD}} -to 5 6
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {7 9}
test imgPhoto-4.99 {ImgPhotoCmd put: -to with 4 coords} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#123 #456 #678} {#9AB #CDE #F01}} -to 1 2 20 21
    set result {}
    lappend result [photo1 get 19 20 -withalpha]
    lappend result [string equal \
	[photo1 data -from 1 2 4 4] [photo1 data -from 4 2 7 4]]
    lappend result [string equal \
	[photo1 data -from 10 12 13 14] [photo1 data -from 16 16 19 18]]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{17 34 51 255} 1 1}
test imgPhoto-4.100 {ImgPhotoCmd put: no changes on empty data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{brown blue} {cyan coral}}
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    photo1 put {}
    string equal $imgData [photo1 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}
test imgPhoto-4.101 {ImgPhotoCmd get: too many args} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 get x y ?-withalpha?"}
test imgPhoto-4.102 {ImgPhotoCmd get: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 0 -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -withalpha}
test imgPhoto-4.103 {ImgPhotoCmd data: accepted opts} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data black
} -body {
    photo1 data -format default -from 0 0 -grayscale -background blue
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#000000}}
test imgPhoto-4.104 {ImgPhotoCmd data: existing but not accepted opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -to
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
{unrecognized option "-to": must be -background, -format, -from, or -grayscale}
test imgPhoto-4.105 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
{unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -background, -format, -from, or -grayscale}
test imgPhoto-4.106 {ImgPhotoCmd data: extra arg before options} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data bogus -grayscale
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.107 {ImgPhotoCmd data: extra arg after options} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format default bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.108 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #1} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 2 0
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.109 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #2} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 0 2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.110 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #3} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 0 0 2 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.111 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #4} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 0 0 1 2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.112 {ImgPhotoCmd data: -from with 2 coords} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {
        {black black black black black}
        {white white white white white}
        {green green green green green}}
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -from 2 1]
    list [llength [lindex $imgData 0]] [llength $imgData]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset imgData
} -result {3 2}
test imgPhoto-4.113 {ImgPhotoCmd data: default is rgb format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data red
} -body {
    photo1 data
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#ff0000}}
test imgPhoto-4.114 {ImgPhotoCmd data: unknown format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image string format "bogus" is unknown}
test imgPhoto-4.115 {ImgPhotoCmd data: rgb colorformat} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{red#a green#b} {blue#c white}}
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb}
} -result {{#ff0000 #008000} {#0000ff #ffffff}}
test imgPhoto-4.116 {ImgPhotoCmd data: rgba colorformat} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{red green} {blue white}}
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -result {{#ff0000ff #008000ff} {#0000ffff #ffffffff}}
test imgPhoto-4.117 {ImgPhotoCmd data: list colorformat} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{red#a green} {blue#c white#d}}
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list}
} -result {{{255 0 0 170} {0 128 0 255}} {{0 0 255 204} {255 255 255 221}}}
test imgPhoto-4.118 {ImgPhotoCmd data: using data for new image
    results in same image as orignial } -constraints {
        hasTeapotPhoto
        hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo teapot -file $teapotPhotoFile
    teapot copy teapot -from 50 60 70 80 -shrink
    image create photo teapotTransp -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    teapotTransp copy teapotTransp -from 100 110 120 130 -shrink
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    set result {}
    # We don't test gif here, as there seems to be a problem with
    # <imgName> data and gif format ("too many colors", probably a bug)
    foreach fmt {ppm png {default -colorformat rgba} \
            {default -colorformat list}} {
        set imgData [teapotTransp data -format $fmt]
        photo1 blank
        photo1 put $imgData
        if { ! [string equal [photo1 data] [teapotTransp data]]} {
            lappend result $fmt
        }
    }
    set imgData [teapot data -format default]
    photo1 blank
    photo1 put $imgData
    if { ! [string equal [photo1 data] [teapot data]]} {
        lappend result default
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
    .c delete i1.2
    photo1 configure -height 1
    update
    image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-6.1 {ImgPhotoDisplay procedure, blank display} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -width 10 -height 10
    photo1 blank
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-7.1 {ImgPhotoFree procedure, resource freeing} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {







|













|







1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
    .c delete i1.2
    photo1 configure -height 1
    update
    image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-6.1 {ImgPhotoDisplay procedure, blank display} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -width 10 -height 10
    photo1 blank
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-7.1 {ImgPhotoFree procedure, resource freeing} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
    destroy .b1
    update
    .f.b2 configure -image {}
    update
    destroy .f
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-8.1 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image delete photo2
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-8.2 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {







|







1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
    destroy .b1
    update
    .f.b2 configure -image {}
    update
    destroy .f
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-8.1 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image delete photo2
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-8.2 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
    image delete photo2
    photo1 copy photo2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {image "photo2" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-9.1 {ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    rename photo2 {}
    list [lsearch -exact [imageNames] photo2] [catch {photo2 foo} msg] $msg
} -result {-1 1 {invalid command name "photo2"}}

test imgPhoto-10.1 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put "{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000}" -to 0 0
    photo1 put "{#00ff00 #00ff00}" -to 2 0
    list [photo1 get 2 0] [photo1 get 3 0] [photo1 get 4 0]







|







|







1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
    image delete photo2
    photo1 copy photo2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {image "photo2" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-9.1 {ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    rename photo2 {}
    list [lsearch -exact [imageNames] photo2] [catch {photo2 foo} msg] $msg
} -result {-1 1 {invalid command name "photo2"}}

test imgPhoto-10.1 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put "{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000}" -to 0 0
    photo1 put "{#00ff00 #00ff00}" -to 2 0
    list [photo1 get 2 0] [photo1 get 3 0] [photo1 get 4 0]
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 0}


test imgPhoto-11.1 {Tk_FindPhoto} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create bitmap i1
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy i1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-12.1 {Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo p3 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    set result [list [p3 get 50 50] [p3 get 100 100]]
    p3 copy p3 -zoom 2
    lappend result [image width p3] [image height p3] [p3 get 100 100]
} -cleanup {
    image delete p3







<









|







1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554

1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 0}


test imgPhoto-11.1 {Tk_FindPhoto} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create bitmap i1
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy i1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-12.1 {Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo p3 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    set result [list [p3 get 50 50] [p3 get 100 100]]
    p3 copy p3 -zoom 2
    lappend result [image width p3] [image height p3] [p3 get 100 100]
} -cleanup {
    image delete p3
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
} -body {
    x1 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
    x2 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete x1
    interp delete x2
} -result T1_data

test imgPhoto-14.1 {GIF writes work correctly} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM
	hASs3MTcjAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA







|







1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
} -body {
    x1 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
    x2 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete x1
    interp delete x2
} -result T1_data

test imgPhoto-14.1 {GIF writes work correctly} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM
	hASs3MTcjAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213

































1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
    # This erroneously produced "malformed image" error.
    # The animated GIF "deferredClearCode.gif" has two frames, and calling for -index 2
    # simply is an easy way to trigger the problem of improper management of a deferred
    # clear code. The effect was that the GIF decoder bailed out before the end of the
    # image reading, and produced the inappropriate "malformed image error".
    image create photo -file $fileName -format "gif -index 2"
} -returnCodes error -result {no image data for this index}


































test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -body {
    # This is not portable to very large machines with more than around 3GB of
    # free memory available...
    image create photo -width 32000 -height 32000
} -returnCodes error -result {not enough free memory for image buffer}

test imgPhoto-16.1 {copying to self doesn't access freed memory} -setup {
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    # Bug 877950 makes this crash when trying to copy out of a deallocated
    # area.
    $i put red -to 0 0 1000 1000
    $i copy $i -from 0 0 1000 1000 -to 500 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result {}

# Check that we can guess our supported output formats [Bug 2983824]
test imgPhoto-17.1 {photo write: format guessing from filename} -setup {
    set i [image create photo -width 3 -height 3]
} -body {
    set f [makeFile {} test.png]
    $i write $f
    set fd [open $f]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








|










|







1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
    # This erroneously produced "malformed image" error.
    # The animated GIF "deferredClearCode.gif" has two frames, and calling for -index 2
    # simply is an easy way to trigger the problem of improper management of a deferred
    # clear code. The effect was that the GIF decoder bailed out before the end of the
    # image reading, and produced the inappropriate "malformed image error".
    image create photo -file $fileName -format "gif -index 2"
} -returnCodes error -result {no image data for this index}

test imgPhoto-14.6 {Access Subimage after Subimage with buffer overflow. Ticket 4da2191b} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM
	hASs3MTcjAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMDAwP8AAAD/
	AP//AAAA//8A/wD//////ywAAAAAYwA5AAAI/wAZCBxIsKDBgwgTKlzIsKHD
	hxAjSpxIsaLFixgzatzIsaPHjyBDihxJsqTJkyhTqlzJsqXLlzBjypxJs6bN
	mzhz6tzJs6fPn0CDCh1KtKhRiwoSKEXAtGlTpUqPGkyagOmCq1edNsWalWkC
	BUSXIuDqFepBqFWtZv3KU+zYrkrBSqT6dgECtjOTbu16NwFHvV3lshRLti/J
	qlgRCE6ZuO9ik4Dt+k0ZVyZiyVIvXr77ODPEy5g9T4zMWfTEzXdNz1VbWvXn
	uqldP1TAOrbshqBb314Y2W7n3Qdpv7UNPCHpycUVbv6dnODy5sqzQldIe8H0
	hciva9/Ovbv37+BzBgE7ACH5BAFkAAMALAAAAAAEAAQAAAMEKLrckgA7
    }
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -data $data -format "GIF -index 1"
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete photo1}
} -result photo1

test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -body {
    # This is not portable to very large machines with more than around 3GB of
    # free memory available...
    image create photo -width 32000 -height 32000
} -returnCodes error -result {not enough free memory for image buffer}

test imgPhoto-16.1 {copying to self doesn't access freed memory} -setup {
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    # Bug 877950 makes this crash when trying to copy out of a deallocated
    # area.
    $i put red -to 0 0 1000 1000
    $i copy $i -from 0 0 1000 1000 -to 500 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result {}

# Check that we can guess our supported output formats [Bug 2983824]
test imgPhoto-17.1 {photo write: format guessing from filename} -setup {
    set i [image create photo -width 3 -height 3]
} -body {
    set f [makeFile {} test.png]
    $i write $f
    set fd [open $f]
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271







































































































1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
    set fd [open $f]
    read $fd 3
} -cleanup {
    catch {close $fd}
    image delete $i
    catch {removeFile $f}
} -result "P6\n"








































































































# Reject corrupted or truncated image [Bug b601ce3ab1].
# WARNING - tests 18.1-18.9 will cause a segfault on 8.5.19 and lower,
#           and on 8.6.6 and lower.
test imgPhoto-18.1 {Reject corrupted GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
    base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
    set fd [open $f]
    read $fd 3
} -cleanup {
    catch {close $fd}
    image delete $i
    catch {removeFile $f}
} -result "P6\n"
test imgPhoto-17.4 {photo write: default format not supported} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{blue blue} {red red} {green green}}
    set f [makeFile {} test.txt]
} -body {
    photo1 write $f -format default
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {removeFile $f}
    unset f
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {image file format "default" has no file writing capability}
test imgPhoto-17.5 {photo write: file with extension .default} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{black}}
    set f [makeFile {} test.default]
} -body {
    photo1 write $f
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {removeFile $f}
    unset f
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {image file format "default" has no file writing capability}

test imgPhoto-18.1 {MatchFileFormat: "default" format not supported} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set f [makeFile {} test.txt]
} -body {
    photo1 read $f -format default
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {removeFile $f}
    unset f
} -returnCodes error -result {-file option isn't supported for default images}

test imgPhoto-19.1 {MatchStringFormat: with "-format default"} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red blue red} {yellow green yellow}} -format default
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {3 2}
test imgPhoto-19.2 {MatchStringFormat: without -format option,
        default fmt} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put {{red} {green}}
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 2}
test imgPhoto-19.3 {MatchStringFormat: "-format ppm"} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2
    photo2 put {cyan cyan}
    set imgData [photo2 data -format ppm]
} -body {
    photo1 put $imgData -format ppm
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 2}
test imgPhoto-19.4 {MatchStringFormat: ppm fmt, without opt} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format ppm]
    photo2 put $imgData
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset imgData
} -result {256 256}
test imgPhoto-19.5 {MatchStirngFormat: unknown -format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {} -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image format "bogus" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-19.6 {MatchStringFormat: invalid data for default} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-19.7 {MatchStringFormat: invalid data for default} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put bogus -format dEFault
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-19.8 {MatchStirngFormat: invalid data for gif} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put bogus -format giF
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}

# Reject corrupted or truncated image [Bug b601ce3ab1].
# WARNING - tests 18.1-18.9 will cause a segfault on 8.5.19 and lower,
#           and on 8.6.6 and lower.
test imgPhoto-18.1 {Reject corrupted GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
    base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {

Added tests/imgSVGnano.test.







































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the code in tkImgSVGnano.c, which reads
# and write SVG-format image files for photo widgets. The files is organized
# in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 2018 Rene Zaumseil
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
imageInit

namespace eval svgnano {
    variable data
    set data(plus) {<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="100" height="100">
<path fill="none" stroke="#000000" d="M0 0 h16 v16 h-16 z"/>
<path fill="none" stroke="#000000" d="M8 4 v 8 M4 8 h 8"/>
<circle fill="yellow" stroke="red" cx="10" cy="80" r="10" />
<ellipse fill="none" stroke="blue" stroke-width="3" cx="60" cy="60" rx="10" ry="20" />
<line x1="10" y1="90" x2="50" y2="99"/>
<rect fill="none" stroke="green"  x="20" y="20" width="60" height="50" rx="3" ry="3"/>
<polyline fill="red" stroke="purple" points="80,10 90,20 85,40"/>
<polygon fill ="yellow" points="80,80 70,85 90,90"/>
</svg>}
    set data(bad) {<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="0" height="0:w
">
</svg>}

test imgSVGnano-1.1 {reading simple image} -setup {
    catch {rename foo ""}
} -body {
    image create photo foo -data $data(plus)
    list [image width foo] [image height foo]
} -cleanup {
    rename foo ""
} -result {100 100}

test imgSVGnano-1.2 {simple image with options} -setup {
    catch {rename foo ""}
} -body {
    image create photo foo -data $data(plus) -format {svg -dpi 100 -scale 3}
    list [image width foo] [image height foo]
} -cleanup {
    rename foo ""
} -result {300 300}

# test on crash found by Koen Danckaert
test imgSVGnano-1.3 {reformat image options} -setup {
    catch {rename foo ""}
} -body {
    image create photo foo -data $data(plus)
    catch {foo configure -format {svg -scale}}
    list {}
} -cleanup {
    rename foo ""
} -result {{}}

test imgSVGnano-1.4 {image options} -setup {
    catch {rename foo ""}
} -body {
    image create photo foo -data $data(plus)
    foo configure -format {svg -scale 2}
    foo configure -format {svg -unit pt}
    foo configure -format {svg -unit mm}
    foo configure -format {svg -unit cm}
    foo configure -format {svg -unit in}
    foo configure -format {svg -unit px}
    foo configure -format {svg -dpi 600}
    list [image width foo] [image height foo]
} -cleanup {
    rename foo ""
} -result {100 100}


test imgSVGnano-2.1 {reading a bad image} -body {
    image create photo foo -format svg -data $data(bad)
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}
test imgSVGnano-2.2 {using bad option} -body {
    image create photo foo -data $data(plus) -format {svg -scale 0}
} -returnCodes error -result {-scale value must be positive}
test imgSVGnano-2.3 {using bad option} -body {
    image create photo foo -data $data(plus)
    foo configure -format {svg 1.0}
} -cleanup {
    rename foo ""
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "1.0": must be -dpi, -scale, or -unit}

};# end of namespace svgnano

namespace delete svgnano
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:

Changes to tests/listbox.test.

1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list a b c d 1 2 3 4]]
test listbox-4.12 {ConfigureListbox procedure, listvar -> different listvar} -setup {
    destroy .l2
} -body {
    set x [list a b c d]
    set y [list 1 2 3 4]
    listbox .l2 
    .l2 configure -listvar x
    .l2 configure -listvar y
    .l2 insert end 5 6 7 8
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8]]







|







1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list a b c d 1 2 3 4]]
test listbox-4.12 {ConfigureListbox procedure, listvar -> different listvar} -setup {
    destroy .l2
} -body {
    set x [list a b c d]
    set y [list 1 2 3 4]
    listbox .l2
    .l2 configure -listvar x
    .l2 configure -listvar y
    .l2 insert end 5 6 7 8
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8]]
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
    # If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.

    pack [listbox .l -font {{open look glyph}}]
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {}
    

# Listbox used in 6.*, 7.* tests
destroy .l
listbox .l -height 2 -xscrollcommand "record x" -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
update
test listbox-6.1 {InsertEls procedure} -body {







|







1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
    # If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.

    pack [listbox .l -font {{open look glyph}}]
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {}


# Listbox used in 6.*, 7.* tests
destroy .l
listbox .l -height 2 -xscrollcommand "record x" -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
update
test listbox-6.1 {InsertEls procedure} -body {
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
    listbox .l1
    rename .l1 {}
    list [info command .l*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test listbox-9.2 {ListboxCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
	fonts 
} -setup {
    destroy .top
} -body {
    toplevel .top
    wm geom .top +0+0
    listbox .top.l -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
    pack .top.l







|







1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
    listbox .l1
    rename .l1 {}
    list [info command .l*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test listbox-9.2 {ListboxCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    destroy .top
} -body {
    toplevel .top
    wm geom .top +0+0
    listbox .top.l -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
    pack .top.l
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
    .l insert end a b c
    .l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
    .l insert 0 1 2 3 4
    list [.l itemcget 0 -fg] [.l itemcget 4 -fg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {{} red}
    

# state issues
test listbox-26.1 {listbox disabled state disallows inserts} -setup {
    destroy .l
} -body {
    listbox .l
    .l insert end a b c







|







2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
    .l insert end a b c
    .l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
    .l insert 0 1 2 3 4
    list [.l itemcget 0 -fg] [.l itemcget 4 -fg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {{} red}


# state issues
test listbox-26.1 {listbox disabled state disallows inserts} -setup {
    destroy .l
} -body {
    listbox .l
    .l insert end a b c
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178



























3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
    event generate .l <1> -x 5 -y 5  ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
    selection clear                  ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires again
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {{.l 0} {{} {}}}




























resetGridInfo
deleteWindows
option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>













3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
    event generate .l <1> -x 5 -y 5  ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
    selection clear                  ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires again
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {{.l 0} {{} {}}}

test listbox-32.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name
    set var INIT
    listbox .b -listvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -listvariable {}
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset var}
    update
    destroy .b
    info exists {}
} 0
test listbox-32.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to leak traces
    set var INIT
    listbox .b -listvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -listvariable new
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
    update
    destroy .b
    unset new
} {}

resetGridInfo
deleteWindows
option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return





Changes to tests/main.test.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
} -body {
	read $f
} -cleanup {
	close $f
	removeFile script
} -result "script {} 0\n0\n"

    # Procedure to simulate interactive typing of commands, line by line, 
	# for test 2.3
    proc type {chan script} {
        foreach line [split $script \n] {
            if {[catch {
                puts $chan $line
                flush $chan
            }]} {







|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
} -body {
	read $f
} -cleanup {
	close $f
	removeFile script
} -result "script {} 0\n0\n"

    # Procedure to simulate interactive typing of commands, line by line,
	# for test 2.3
    proc type {chan script} {
        foreach line [split $script \n] {
            if {[catch {
                puts $chan $line
                flush $chan
            }]} {

Changes to tests/menu.test.

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1 foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "foo"}
test menu-1.4 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -body {
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.5 {Tk_MenuCmd - creating menubar} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label Test -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-1.6 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure menu ref no cascade} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.7 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure one clone cascade} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.8 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.9 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades different order} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [menu .m2]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.10 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades menus last} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [menu .m2]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.11 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure three clones cascades} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    toplevel .t4 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t4 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [menu .m2]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.12 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    list [menu .m1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.13 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [menu .m1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.14 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    toplevel .t4 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t4 +0+0
    list [menu .m1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}

# Used for 2.1 - 2.30 tests
destroy .m1
menu .m1
test menu-2.1 {configuration options -activebackground #012345} -body {
    .m1 configure -activebackground #012345







|








|


|





|


|







|


|









|


|









|


|









|


|











|


|





|


|







|


|









|







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1 foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "foo"}
test menu-1.4 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -body {
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.5 {Tk_MenuCmd - creating menubar} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label Test -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-1.6 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure menu ref no cascade} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.7 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure one clone cascade} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.8 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.9 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades different order} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [menu .m2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.10 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades menus last} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [menu .m2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.11 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure three clones cascades} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    toplevel .t4 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t4 +0+0
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [menu .m2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}
test menu-1.12 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    list [menu .m1]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.13 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [menu .m1]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-1.14 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    toplevel .t4 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t4 +0+0
    list [menu .m1]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}

# Used for 2.1 - 2.30 tests
destroy .m1
menu .m1
test menu-2.1 {configuration options -activebackground #012345} -body {
    .m1 configure -activebackground #012345
171
172
173
174
175
176
177








178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    .m1 configure -activeforeground #ff0000
    .m1 cget -activeforeground
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.6 {configuration options -activeforeground non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}









test menu-2.7 {configuration options -background #ff0000} -body {
    .m1 configure -background #ff0000
    .m1 cget -background
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.8 {configuration options -background non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
    .m1 configure -activeforeground #ff0000
    .m1 cget -activeforeground
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.6 {configuration options -activeforeground non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test menu-2.6a {configuration options -activerelief sunken} -body {
    .m1 configure -activerelief sunken
    .m1 cget -activerelief
} -result {sunken}
test menu-2.6b {configuration options -activerelief badValue} -body {
    .m1 configure -activerelief badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}

test menu-2.7 {configuration options -background #ff0000} -body {
    .m1 configure -background #ff0000
    .m1 cget -background
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.8 {configuration options -background non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
    .m1 cget -tearoffcommand
} -result {any old string}
destroy .m1

# We need to test all of the options with all of the different types of
# menu entries. The following code sets up .m1 with 6 items. It then
# runs through the 2.31 - 2.228 tests below
# index 0 is tearoff, 1 command, 2 cascade, 3 separator, 4 checkbutton, 
# 5 radiobutton
deleteWindows
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add command -label "command"
menu .m2 -tearoff 1
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2







|







280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
    .m1 cget -tearoffcommand
} -result {any old string}
destroy .m1

# We need to test all of the options with all of the different types of
# menu entries. The following code sets up .m1 with 6 items. It then
# runs through the 2.31 - 2.228 tests below
# index 0 is tearoff, 1 command, 2 cascade, 3 separator, 4 checkbutton,
# 5 radiobutton
deleteWindows
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add command -label "command"
menu .m2 -tearoff 1
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.132 {entry configuration options 5 -image bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.133 {entry configuration options 0 -image {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -image 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.134 {entry configuration options 1 -image {} command} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.135 {entry configuration options 2 -image {} cascade} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.136 {entry configuration options 3 -image {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -image 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.137 {entry configuration options 4 -image {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.138 {entry configuration options 5 -image {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.139 {entry configuration options 0 -indicatoron 1 tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -indicatoron 1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-indicatoron"}








|





|






|




|



|




|







775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.132 {entry configuration options 5 -image bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.133 {entry configuration options 0 -image {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -image
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.134 {entry configuration options 1 -image {} command} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.135 {entry configuration options 2 -image {} cascade} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.136 {entry configuration options 3 -image {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -image
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.137 {entry configuration options 4 -image {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.138 {entry configuration options 5 -image {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.139 {entry configuration options 0 -indicatoron 1 tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -indicatoron 1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-indicatoron"}

1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.192 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.193 {entry configuration options 0 -selectimage {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.194 {entry configuration options 1 -selectimage {} command} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.195 {entry configuration options 2 -selectimage {} cascade} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.196 {entry configuration options 3 -selectimage {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.197 {entry configuration options 4 -selectimage {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.198 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.199 {entry configuration options 0 -state normal tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 0 -state] 4
} -result {normal}







|



|



|



|



|




|







1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.192 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.193 {entry configuration options 0 -selectimage {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.194 {entry configuration options 1 -selectimage {} command} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.195 {entry configuration options 2 -selectimage {} cascade} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.196 {entry configuration options 3 -selectimage {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.197 {entry configuration options 4 -selectimage {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.198 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.199 {entry configuration options 0 -state normal tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 0 -state] 4
} -result {normal}
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 option ?arg ...?"}
test menu-3.2 {MenuWidgetCmd, Tcl_Preserve and Tcl_Release} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body  {
    menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.2: Hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test menu-3.3 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {    
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 activate index"}
test menu-3.4 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {







|











|







1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 option ?arg ...?"}
test menu-3.2 {MenuWidgetCmd, Tcl_Preserve and Tcl_Release} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body  {
    menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.2: Hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test menu-3.3 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 activate index"}
test menu-3.4 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
test menu-3.18 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    llength [.m1 configure]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {20}
test menu-3.19 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test menu-3.20 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {







|







1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
test menu-3.18 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    llength [.m1 configure]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {21}
test menu-3.19 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test menu-3.20 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.26 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"
    .m1 delete 1 0 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.27 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1







|







1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.26 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"
    .m1 delete 1 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.27 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "On Windows, hit Escape to get this menu to go away"
    .m1 post
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 post x y"}
test menu-3.48 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 post foo 40
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test menu-3.49 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 post 40 bar
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test menu-3.50 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.53: hit Escape" -command "puts hello"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.51 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {







|




















|

|







1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "On Windows, hit Escape to get this menu to go away"
    .m1 post
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 post x y ?index?"}
test menu-3.48 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 post foo 40
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "foo"}
test menu-3.49 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 post 40 bar
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test menu-3.50 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.50: hit Escape" -command "puts hello"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.51 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.53 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.56 - hit Escape"
    menu .m2
    .m1 post 40 40
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 postcascade 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -result {}







|

|







1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.53 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.53 - hit Escape"
    menu .m2
    .m1 post 40 40
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 postcascade 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -result {}
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 unpost"}
test menu-3.64 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.68 - hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40 
    .m1 unpost
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.65 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {







|

|
|







1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 unpost"}
test menu-3.64 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.64 - hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40
    .m1 unpost
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.65 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "foo": must be activate, add, cget, clone, configure, delete, entrycget, entryconfigure, index, insert, invoke, post, postcascade, type, unpost, xposition, or yposition}
test menu-3.68 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, fix for bug#508988} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set t .t
    set m1 .t.m1
    set c1 .t.c1
    set c2 .t.c2
    toplevel .t
    menu $m1 -tearoff 1
    menu $c1 -tearoff 1
    $c1 add command -label c1
    menu $c2 -tearoff 1
    $c2 add command -label c2
    $m1 add cascade -label c1 -menu $c1
    $t configure -menu $m1
    $m1 entryconfigure 1 -menu $c2 -label c2
    $t configure -menu ""
    list [winfo exists $c1] [winfo exists $c2]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {1 1}
test menu-3.69 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "xposition" option} -setup {
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1
} -body {
    .m1 xposition
} -cleanup {







|

















|







1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "foo": must be activate, add, cget, clone, configure, delete, entrycget, entryconfigure, index, insert, invoke, post, postcascade, type, unpost, xposition, or yposition}
test menu-3.68 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, fix for bug#508988} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    set t .t
    set m1 .t.m1
    set c1 .t.c1
    set c2 .t.c2
    toplevel .t
    menu $m1 -tearoff 1
    menu $c1 -tearoff 1
    $c1 add command -label c1
    menu $c2 -tearoff 1
    $c2 add command -label c2
    $m1 add cascade -label c1 -menu $c1
    $t configure -menu $m1
    $m1 entryconfigure 1 -menu $c2 -label c2
    $t configure -menu ""
    list [winfo exists $c1] [winfo exists $c2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1 1}
test menu-3.69 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "xposition" option} -setup {
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1
} -body {
    .m1 xposition
} -cleanup {
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
} -result {0 off}
test menu-4.2 {TkInvokeMenu: tearoff} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
	catch {.m1 invoke 0}
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-4.3 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton -on} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off







|







1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
} -result {0 off}
test menu-4.2 {TkInvokeMenu: tearoff} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
	catch {.m1 invoke 0}
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-4.3 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton -on} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
    destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 off 0 {}}
test menu-4.5 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton array element} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo(1) -onvalue on 
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(1)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {







|







1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
    destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 off 0 {}}
test menu-4.5 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton array element} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo(1) -onvalue on
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(1)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 menu-4.8 0 menu-4.8 0 {}}
test menu-4.11 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label "test" -menu .m1.m2
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1







|







1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 menu-4.8 0 menu-4.8 0 {}}
test menu-4.11 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label "test" -menu .m1.m2
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [destroy .m2] [.m1 entrycget 1 -menu] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} .m2 {} {}}
test menu-5.6 {DestroyMenuInstance - cascades of cloned menus} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0







|







2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [destroy .m2] [.m1 entrycget 1 -menu] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} .m2 {} {}}
test menu-5.6 {DestroyMenuInstance - cascades of cloned menus} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
    destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 clone .m1.m3
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok 
test menu-6.5 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    destroy .m1
    winfo exists .m2







|
|







2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
    destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 clone .m1.m3
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok
test menu-6.5 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    destroy .m1
    winfo exists .m2
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.5 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    menu .m3
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2 .m3]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.6 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    menu .m3
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m2] [destroy .m1 .m3]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.7 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    menu .m3
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m3] [destroy .m1 .m2]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.8 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.9 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {







|










|










|










|







2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.5 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    menu .m3
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2 .m3]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.6 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    menu .m3
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m2] [destroy .m1 .m3]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.7 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    menu .m3
    .m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
    .m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
    list [destroy .m3] [destroy .m1 .m2]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.8 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test menu-7.9 {UnhookCascadeEntry} -setup {
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.4 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}} 
test menu-8.5 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.6 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} two {}}
test menu-8.7 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m2 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


# test menu-9 - Can only change when fonts change on system, which cannot
# be done from tcl.
test menu-9.1 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"] [.m1 cget -postcommand] 
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} beep}
test menu-9.2 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 configure -tearoff 0] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-9.3 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"] [.m1 cget -postcommand]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} beep}
test menu-9.4 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -fg red
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-9.5 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    .m1 configure -fg red
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-9.6 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    .m1 add command -label "three"
    .m1 configure -fg red
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-9.7 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m1 configure -fg red] [.m2 cget -fg]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} red}
test menu-9.8 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m2 configure -fg red] [.m1 cget -fg]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} red}
test menu-9.9 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menu-10.1 {PostProcessEntry: array variable} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    set foo(1) on
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo(1) -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
    set foo(1)
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {on}
test menu-10.2 {PostProcessEntry: array variable} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo(1) -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
    set foo(1)
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {off}


test menu-11.1 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -variable bar] [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} bar}
test menu-11.2 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label ""] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-11.3 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.4 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -accel "S"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -accel]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} S}
test menu-11.5 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.6 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.7 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.8 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.9 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m3
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.10 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.11 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.12 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2 
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3 
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4 
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m5 
    .m5 add cascade
    .m5 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.13 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2 
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3 
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4 
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    .m3 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.14 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -variable "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.15 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.16 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "test"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.17 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -onvalue "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -onvalue]







|
















|














|

|








|







|








|









|










|


|





|


|





|







|












|









|











|








|








|


|

|



|


|





|


|





|


|






|


|





|


|





|


|





|


|





|


|


|

|

|

|



|


|


|

|

|



|


|





|


|




|


|




|







2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.4 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.5 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.6 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} two {}}
test menu-8.7 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m2 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


# test menu-9 - Can only change when fonts change on system, which cannot
# be done from tcl.
test menu-9.1 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"] [.m1 cget -postcommand]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} beep}
test menu-9.2 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 configure -tearoff 0] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-9.3 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"] [.m1 cget -postcommand]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} beep}
test menu-9.4 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -fg red
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-9.5 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    .m1 configure -fg red
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-9.6 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    .m1 add command -label "three"
    .m1 configure -fg red
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-9.7 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m1 configure -fg red] [.m2 cget -fg]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} red}
test menu-9.8 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m2 configure -fg red] [.m1 cget -fg]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} red}
test menu-9.9 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menu-10.1 {PostProcessEntry: array variable} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    set foo(1) on
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo(1) -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
    set foo(1)
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {on}
test menu-10.2 {PostProcessEntry: array variable} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo(1) -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
    set foo(1)
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {off}


test menu-11.1 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -variable bar] [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} bar}
test menu-11.2 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label ""] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-11.3 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.4 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -accel "S"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -accel]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} S}
test menu-11.5 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.6 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.7 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.8 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.9 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m3
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.10 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.11 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.12 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m5
    .m5 add cascade
    .m5 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.13 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    .m3 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.14 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -variable "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.15 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.16 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "test"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.17 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -onvalue "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -onvalue]
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164




























3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 entrycget -1 -label
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-13.9 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 999 -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-13.10 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert 999 command -label "test"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {test}
test menu-13.11 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "1test"
    .m1 entrycget 1test -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {1test}
test menu-13.12 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2" -command "beep"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 entrycget test2 -command
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {beep}

test menu-14.1 {MenuCmdDeletedProc} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok
test menu-14.2 {MenuCmdDeletedProc} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok

test menu-15.1 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-15.2 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 insert 2 command -label "test2"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-15.3 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-15.4 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}

test menu-16.1 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert foo command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-16.2 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert test command -label "foo"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.3 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert -1 command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-16.4 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert 0 command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-16.5 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.6 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.7 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.8 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.9 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.10 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add blork
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry type "blork": must be cascade, checkbutton, command, radiobutton, or separator}
test menu-16.11 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.12 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 clone .m3
    list [.m2 add command -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [.m3 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test test}
test menu-16.13 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 clone .m3
    list [.m3 add command -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [.m2 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test test}
test menu-16.14 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -blork
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-blork"}
test menu-16.15 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "File"
    menu .container
    . configure -menu .container
    list [.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.16 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m2]
    list [.m2 add cascade -menu .m1] [$tearoff unpost]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.17 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .container
    . configure -menu .container
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .container]
    list [.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.18 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .container
    .container add cascade -menu .m1
    . configure -menu .container
    list [.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.19 {MenuAddOrInsert - Insert a cascade deep into the tree} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .menubar
    menu .menubar.test -tearoff 0
    .menubar add cascade -label Test -underline 0 -menu .menubar.test
    menu .menubar.test.cascade -tearoff 0
    .menubar.test.cascade add command -label SubItem -command "puts SubItemSelected"
    . configure -menu .menubar
    list [catch {.menubar.test add cascade -label SubMenu \
		-menu .menubar.test.cascade}] \
		[info commands .\#menubar.\#menubar\#test.\#menubar\#test\#cascade] \
		[. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0 .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#test#cascade {}}


test menu-17.1 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    set foo "hello"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[unset foo]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
# menu-17.2 - Don't know how to generate the flags in the if
test menu-17.2 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-17.3 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    set foo "hello"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo "hello"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} hello {}}
test menu-17.4 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set foo "goodbye"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo "hello"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} hello {}}
test menu-17.5 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set foo "hello"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo "goodbye"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} goodbye {}}






























test menu-18.1 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-18.2 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-18.3 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 activate 1
    .m1 activate 2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-18.4 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 activate 1
    .m1 activate 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-19.1 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body { 
    menu .m1 -postcommand "set menu_test menu-19.1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.1 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost] [set menu_test]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {menu-19.1 {} menu-19.1}
test menu-19.2 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.2 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}

test menu-20.1 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.2 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 normal
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.3 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.4 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 menubar
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.5 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu type "foo": must be normal, tearoff, or menubar}
test menu-20.6 {CloneMenu - hooking up bookeeping ptrs} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.7 {CloneMenu - hooking up bookeeping ptrs - multiple children} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 clone .m3
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.8 {CloneMenu - cascade entries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.9 {CloneMenu - cascades entries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.10 {CloneMenu - tearoff fields} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    list [.m1 clone .m2 normal] [.m2 cget -tearoff]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} 1}
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 clone .m2
} -returnCodes error -result {window name "m2" already exists in parent}

test menu-21.1 {MenuDoYPosition} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 yposition glorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "glorp"}
test menu-21.2 {MenuDoYPosition} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "Test"
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result {*}

test menu-22.1 {GetIndexFromCoords} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.2 {GetIndexFromCoords} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.3 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window, y only} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.4 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window x,y} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.5 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped wide window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    wm geometry .m1 200x100
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}

test menu-23.1 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    . configure -menu ""
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-23.2 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m2
    .m2 add command -label "test2"
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label "test1" -menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    . configure -menu ""
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}

test menu-24.1 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-24.2 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m1\#0
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-24.3 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .#m
    rename .#m hideme
    list [catch {. configure -menu [menu .m]}] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .#m] \
		[destroy .m] [destroy hideme]
} -result {0 {} {} {} {}}


test menu-25.1 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.2 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.3 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.4 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    menu .m2
    list [. configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.5 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    menu .m3
    list [. configure -menu .m3] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.6 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    . configure -menu .m2
    menu .m3
    list [. configure -menu .m3] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.7 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    list [.t2 configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.8 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.9 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [.t3 configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.10 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [.t2 configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.11 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [. configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.12 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.13 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.14 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.15 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.16 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [toplevel .t2 -menu m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.t2 {}}


test menu-26.1 {DestroyMenuHashTable} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    interp eval testinterp {menu .m1}
    interp delete testinterp
} -returnCodes ok -result {}


test menu-27.1 {GetMenuHashTable} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    list [catch {interp eval testinterp {menu .m1}} msg] $msg [interp delete testinterp]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0 .m1 {}}


test menu-28.1 {TkCreateMenuReferences - not there before} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-28.2 {TkCreateMenuReferences - there already} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}


test menu-29.1 {TkFindMenuReferences - not there} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menu-30.1 {TkFindMenuReferences - there already} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menu-31.1 {TkFreeMenuReferences - menuPtr} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-31.2 {TkFreeMenuReferences - cascadePtr} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -menu .m3
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-31.3 {TkFreeMenuReferences - topLevelListPtr} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu .m1
    . configure -menu ""
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test menu-31.4 {TkFreeMenuReferences - not empty} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m3
    menu .m2
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m3
    .m2 entryconfigure 1 -menu ".foo"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-32.1 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 delete 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.2 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 delete 2 3
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.3 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 configure -tearoff 1
    .m1 delete 1 2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.4 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 delete 2 3
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.5 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 activate one
    .m1 delete one
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.6 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - reentrancy - crashes tk8.0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label test \
		-command ".m1 delete test ; .m1 add command -label test -command \".m1 delete test\"; .m1 delete test"
    .m1 invoke test
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.7 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - one entry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label Hello
    .m1 delete Hello
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.8 {Ensure all menu clone commands are deleted} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # SF bug #465324
    menu .menubar
    . configure -menu .menubar
    menu .menubar.test
    .menubar.test add command -label "hi"
    for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
		.menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.test -label "Test"
		.menubar delete Test
    }

    info commands .#menubar*test*
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.9 {Ensure deleting of clones doesn't corrupt menu refs} -setup {
    set res {}
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .menubar
    . configure -menu .menubar
    menu .menubar.test
    .menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.test -label "Test"
    menu .menubar.cascade

    .menubar.test add cascade -menu .menubar.cascade -label "Cascade"
    lappend res [.menubar.test entrycget 1 -menu]
    lappend res [.#menubar.#menubar#test entrycget 1 -menu]
    destroy .menubar.test
    menu .menubar.test
    .menubar.test add cascade -menu .menubar.cascade -label "Cascade"
    lappend res [.menubar.test entrycget 1 -menu]
    lappend res [.#menubar.#menubar#test entrycget 1 -menu]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {.menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade .menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade}


test menu-33.1 {menu vs command hiding} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
	set l [interp hidden]
    menu .m
    interp hide {} .m
    destroy .m
    set result [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
	expr {$result eq [list {} $l]}
} -result 1

# menu-34 MenuInit only called at boot time

# creating menus on two different screens then deleting the
# menu from the first screen crashes Tk8.3.1
#
test menu-34.1 {menus on multiple screens - crashes tk8.3.1, Bug 5454} -constraints {
	altDisplay
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .one
    menu .one.m
    toplevel .two -screen $::env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    menu .two.m
    destroy .one
    destroy .two
} -result {}

test menu-35.1 {menu -underline string overruns Bug 1599877} -setup {
   destroy .m
} -body {
    # ensure that -underline does not do string overruns [Bug 1599877]
    menu .m
    .m add command -label "File" -underline [expr {1<<30}]
    . configure -menu .m
    update
    tk::TraverseToMenu . "e"
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}

test menu-37.1 {menubar menues cannot be posted - bug 2160206} -setup {
    catch {destroy .m}
} -body {
    # On Linux the following used to panic
    # It now returns an error (on all platforms)







|






|


|





|


|





|


|







|



|




|


|





|



|




|


|






|


|





|


|




|



|





|





|


|





|






|


|




|


|




|


|




|


|




|


|




|


|





|




|


|






|


|






|


|





|







|


|






|


|







|


|







|


|












|




|







|



|






|


|







|


|






|


|






|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|





|


|





|


|







|


|







|




|
|




|


|
|




|



|




|


|



|


|




|


|




|


|





|




|


|





|


|





|


|






|


|




|


|







|





|





|



|






|


|






|


|








|


|










|


|











|



|





|


|








|



|




|


|





|


|









|




|


|




|


|






|


|







|


|








|


|








|


|









|


|










|


|











|


|











|


|











|


|





|


|




|


|





|


|




|


|






|





|










|





|




|



|


|





|




|






|




|







|




|




|


|






|


|




|


|







|




|






|


|

|








|


|










|


|










|


|








|


|






|


|





|


|













|



|

















|




|

















|



















|







2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 entrycget -1 -label
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-13.9 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 999 -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-13.10 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert 999 command -label "test"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {test}
test menu-13.11 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "1test"
    .m1 entrycget 1test -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1test}
test menu-13.12 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2" -command "beep"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 entrycget test2 -command
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {beep}

test menu-14.1 {MenuCmdDeletedProc} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok
test menu-14.2 {MenuCmdDeletedProc} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok

test menu-15.1 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-15.2 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 insert 2 command -label "test2"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-15.3 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-15.4 {MenuNewEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}

test menu-16.1 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert foo command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-16.2 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert test command -label "foo"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.3 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert -1 command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-16.4 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert 0 command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-16.5 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.6 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.7 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.8 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.9 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.10 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add blork
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry type "blork": must be cascade, checkbutton, command, radiobutton, or separator}
test menu-16.11 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-16.12 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 clone .m3
    list [.m2 add command -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [.m3 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} test test}
test menu-16.13 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 clone .m3
    list [.m3 add command -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [.m2 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} test test}
test menu-16.14 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -blork
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-blork"}
test menu-16.15 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "File"
    menu .container
    . configure -menu .container
    list [.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.16 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m2]
    list [.m2 add cascade -menu .m1] [$tearoff unpost]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.17 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .container
    . configure -menu .container
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .container]
    list [.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.18 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .container
    .container add cascade -menu .m1
    . configure -menu .container
    list [.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-16.19 {MenuAddOrInsert - Insert a cascade deep into the tree} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .menubar
    menu .menubar.test -tearoff 0
    .menubar add cascade -label Test -underline 0 -menu .menubar.test
    menu .menubar.test.cascade -tearoff 0
    .menubar.test.cascade add command -label SubItem -command "puts SubItemSelected"
    . configure -menu .menubar
    list [catch {.menubar.test add cascade -label SubMenu \
		-menu .menubar.test.cascade}] \
		[info commands .\#menubar.\#menubar\#test.\#menubar\#test\#cascade] \
		[. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0 .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#test#cascade {}}


test menu-17.1 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    set foo "hello"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[unset foo]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
# menu-17.2 - Don't know how to generate the flags in the if
test menu-17.2 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-17.3 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    set foo "hello"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo "hello"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} hello {}}
test menu-17.4 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set foo "goodbye"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo "hello"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} hello {}}
test menu-17.5 {MenuVarProc} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set foo "hello"
    list [.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye] \
		[set foo "goodbye"] [unset foo]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} goodbye {}}
test menu-17.6 {MenuVarProc [5d991b822e]} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Want this not to crash
    menu .b
    set var INIT
    .b add checkbutton -variable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b entryconfigure 1 -variable {}
    }}}
    unset var
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-17.7 {MenuVarProc [5d991b822e]} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Want this not to duplicate traces
    menu .b
    set var INIT
    .b add checkbutton -variable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b entryconfigure 1 -variable new
    }}}
    unset var
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-18.1 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate 1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-18.2 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-18.3 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 activate 1
    .m1 activate 2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-18.4 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 activate 1
    .m1 activate 1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-19.1 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -postcommand "set menu_test menu-19.1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.1 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost] [set menu_test]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {menu-19.1 {} menu-19.1}
test menu-19.2 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.2 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}

test menu-20.1 {CloneMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.2 {CloneMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 normal
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.3 {CloneMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.4 {CloneMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 menubar
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.5 {CloneMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2 foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu type "foo": must be normal, tearoff, or menubar}
test menu-20.6 {CloneMenu - hooking up bookeeping ptrs} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.7 {CloneMenu - hooking up bookeeping ptrs - multiple children} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 clone .m3
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.8 {CloneMenu - cascade entries} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.9 {CloneMenu - cascades entries} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.10 {CloneMenu - tearoff fields} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    list [.m1 clone .m2 normal] [.m2 cget -tearoff]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} 1}
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 clone .m2
} -returnCodes error -result {window name "m2" already exists in parent}

test menu-21.1 {MenuDoYPosition} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 yposition glorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "glorp"}
test menu-21.2 {MenuDoYPosition} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "Test"
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok -match glob -result {*}

test menu-22.1 {GetIndexFromCoords} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.2 {GetIndexFromCoords} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5,5
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.3 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window, y only} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.4 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window x,y} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.5 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped wide window} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    wm geometry .m1 200x100
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0}

test menu-23.1 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    . configure -menu ""
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-23.2 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m2
    .m2 add command -label "test2"
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label "test1" -menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    . configure -menu ""
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}

test menu-24.1 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-24.2 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m1\#0
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-24.3 {TkNewMenuName} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .#m
    rename .#m hideme
    list [catch {. configure -menu [menu .m]}] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .#m] \
		[destroy .m] [destroy hideme]
} -result {0 {} {} {} {}}


test menu-25.1 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.2 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.3 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    destroy .m1
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.4 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    menu .m2
    list [. configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.5 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    menu .m3
    list [. configure -menu .m3] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.6 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    . configure -menu .m2
    menu .m3
    list [. configure -menu .m3] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.7 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    list [.t2 configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.8 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.9 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [.t3 configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.10 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [.t2 configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.11 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    . configure -menu .m1
    toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t2 +0+0
    toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
    wm geometry .t3 +0+0
    list [. configure -menu .m2] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.12 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.13 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.14 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.15 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-25.16 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [toplevel .t2 -menu m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.t2 {}}


test menu-26.1 {DestroyMenuHashTable} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    interp eval testinterp {menu .m1}
    interp delete testinterp
} -returnCodes ok -result {}


test menu-27.1 {GetMenuHashTable} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    list [catch {interp eval testinterp {menu .m1}} msg] $msg [interp delete testinterp]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {0 .m1 {}}


test menu-28.1 {TkCreateMenuReferences - not there before} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}
test menu-28.2 {TkCreateMenuReferences - there already} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    menu .m2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m2}


test menu-29.1 {TkFindMenuReferences - not there} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menu-30.1 {TkFindMenuReferences - there already} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menu-31.1 {TkFreeMenuReferences - menuPtr} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-31.2 {TkFreeMenuReferences - cascadePtr} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu ""
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -menu .m3
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-31.3 {TkFreeMenuReferences - topLevelListPtr} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    . configure -menu .m1
    . configure -menu ""
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test menu-31.4 {TkFreeMenuReferences - not empty} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m3
    menu .m2
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m3
    .m2 entryconfigure 1 -menu ".foo"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-32.1 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 delete 1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.2 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {

    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 delete 2 3
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.3 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 configure -tearoff 1
    .m1 delete 1 2
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.4 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m2 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 delete 2 3
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.5 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 activate one
    .m1 delete one
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.6 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - reentrancy - crashes tk8.0} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label test \
		-command ".m1 delete test ; .m1 add command -label test -command \".m1 delete test\"; .m1 delete test"
    .m1 invoke test
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.7 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - one entry} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label Hello
    .m1 delete Hello
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.8 {Ensure all menu clone commands are deleted} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    # SF bug #465324
    menu .menubar
    . configure -menu .menubar
    menu .menubar.test
    .menubar.test add command -label "hi"
    for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
		.menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.test -label "Test"
		.menubar delete Test
    }

    info commands .#menubar*test*
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.9 {Ensure deleting of clones doesn't corrupt menu refs} -setup {
    set res {}
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .menubar
    . configure -menu .menubar
    menu .menubar.test
    .menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.test -label "Test"
    menu .menubar.cascade

    .menubar.test add cascade -menu .menubar.cascade -label "Cascade"
    lappend res [.menubar.test entrycget 1 -menu]
    lappend res [.#menubar.#menubar#test entrycget 1 -menu]
    destroy .menubar.test
    menu .menubar.test
    .menubar.test add cascade -menu .menubar.cascade -label "Cascade"
    lappend res [.menubar.test entrycget 1 -menu]
    lappend res [.#menubar.#menubar#test entrycget 1 -menu]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade .menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade}


test menu-33.1 {menu vs command hiding} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
	set l [interp hidden]
    menu .m
    interp hide {} .m
    destroy .m
    set result [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
	expr {$result eq [list {} $l]}
} -result 1

# menu-34 MenuInit only called at boot time

# creating menus on two different screens then deleting the
# menu from the first screen crashes Tk8.3.1
#
test menu-34.1 {menus on multiple screens - crashes tk8.3.1, Bug 5454} -constraints {
	altDisplay
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .one
    menu .one.m
    toplevel .two -screen $::env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    menu .two.m
    destroy .one
    destroy .two
} -result {}

test menu-35.1 {menu -underline string overruns Bug 1599877} -setup {
   destroy .m
} -body {
    # ensure that -underline does not do string overruns [Bug 1599877]
    menu .m
    .m add command -label "File" -underline [expr {1<<30}]
    . configure -menu .m
    update
    tk::TraverseToMenu . "e"
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}

test menu-37.1 {menubar menues cannot be posted - bug 2160206} -setup {
    catch {destroy .m}
} -body {
    # On Linux the following used to panic
    # It now returns an error (on all platforms)

Changes to tests/menuDraw.test.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
} -body {
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}


test menuDraw-2.1 {TkIntializeMenuEntryDrawingFields} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}







|







16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
} -body {
    menu .m1
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}


test menuDraw-2.1 {TkInitializeMenuEntryDrawingFields} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
} -result {}
test menuDraw-5.3 {TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions - no disabledFg} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}  


test menuDraw-6.1 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - no tkfont specified} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"







|







72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
} -result {}
test menuDraw-5.3 {TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions - no disabledFg} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}


test menuDraw-6.1 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - no tkfont specified} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
    update idletasks
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-11.1 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw not pending} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update idletasks
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.2 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw pending} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.3 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry not selected} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1







|
















|















|







317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
    update idletasks
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-11.1 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw not pending} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update idletasks
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.2 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw pending} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.3 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry not selected} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
    .m1 add command -label "six"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-12.6 {Display menu - testing for extra space and menubars} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    update







|







447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
    .m1 add command -label "six"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-12.6 {Display menu - testing for extra space and menubars} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    update
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    .m2 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to get rid of this menu"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0 
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-17.1 {AdjustMenuCoords - menubar} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows







|







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    .m2 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to get rid of this menu"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-17.1 {AdjustMenuCoords - menubar} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows

Changes to tests/menubut.test.

390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
test menubutton-4.1 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    .mb1 configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "1i"} 
test menubutton-4.2 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    catch {.mb1 configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {







|







390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
test menubutton-4.1 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    .mb1 configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "1i"}
test menubutton-4.2 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    catch {.mb1 configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
    deleteWindows
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".mb1 configure -width abc"}

test menubutton-4.7 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    .mb1 configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"}
test menubutton-4.8 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5x}







|












|







447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
    deleteWindows
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".mb1 configure -width abc"}

test menubutton-4.7 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    .mb1 configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"}
test menubutton-4.8 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5x}
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    deleteWindows
} -result {102 46 20 12}

test menubutton-4.10 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"
    .mb configure -direction badValue 
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad direction "badValue": must be above, below, flush, left, or right}
test menubutton-4.11 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"







|







495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    deleteWindows
} -result {102 46 20 12}

test menubutton-4.10 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"
    .mb configure -direction badValue
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad direction "badValue": must be above, below, flush, left, or right}
test menubutton-4.11 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"
538
539
540
541
542
543
544




545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
    menubutton .mb1
    rename .mb1 {}
    list [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}






test menubutton-7.1 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 4 -highlightthickness 0
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {38 23}
test menubutton-7.2 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 1 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {36 21}
test menubutton-7.3 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 2 -padx 5 -pady 5
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {34 19}
test menubutton-7.4 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {48 23}
test menubutton-7.5 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -height 30 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {38 38}
test menubutton-7.6 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {25 35}
test menubutton-7.7 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
        -highlightthickness 1
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {46 33}
test menubutton-7.8 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised -height 50 \
        -highlightthickness 1
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {23 56}
test menubutton-7.9 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text String -bd 2 -relief raised -padx 0 -pady 0 \
        -highlightthickness 1







>
>
>
>
|

|










|

|




|





|

|




|





|

|











|

|











|









|









|









|







538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
    menubutton .mb1
    rename .mb1 {}
    list [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}

if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} {
    set extraWidth 36
} else {
    set extraWidth 0
}
test menubutton-7.1 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 4 -highlightthickness 0
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 23]
test menubutton-7.2 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 23]
test menubutton-7.3 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 1 -highlightthickness 3 -padx 5 -pady 5
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 23]
test menubutton-7.4 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result [list [expr {48 + $extraWidth}] 23]
test menubutton-7.5 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -height 30 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 38]
test menubutton-7.6 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result [list [expr {25 + $extraWidth}] 35]
test menubutton-7.7 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
        -highlightthickness 1
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result [list [expr {46 + $extraWidth}] 33]
test menubutton-7.8 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised -height 50 \
        -highlightthickness 1
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result [list [expr {23 + $extraWidth}] 56]
test menubutton-7.9 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text String -bd 2 -relief raised -padx 0 -pady 0 \
        -highlightthickness 1
742
743
744
745
746
747
748





























749
750
751
752
753
754
755
    menubutton .mb
    interp hide {} .mb
    destroy .mb
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
































deleteWindows
option clear
imageFinish








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    menubutton .mb
    interp hide {} .mb
    destroy .mb
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1

test menubutton-9.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name
    unset -nocomplain {}
    set var INIT
    menubutton .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -textvariable {}
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset var}
    update
    destroy .b
    info exists {}
} 0
test menubutton-9.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to leak traces
    set var INIT
    menubutton .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -textvariable new
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
    update
    destroy .b
    unset new
} {}




deleteWindows
option clear
imageFinish

Changes to tests/message.test.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
eval tcltest::configure $argv


test message-1.1 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold} 
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor w
    .m cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {w}
test message-1.2 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}

test message-1.3 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect 3
    .m cget -aspect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {3}
test message-1.4 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}

test message-1.5 {configuration option: "background"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -background #ff0000
    .m cget -background
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.6 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.7 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -bd 4
    .m cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {4}
test message-1.8 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.9 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -bg #ff0000 
    .m cget -bg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.10 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.11 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .m cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1}
test message-1.12 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.13 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor arrow
    .m cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {arrow}
test message-1.14 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}

test message-1.15 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -fg #00ff00
    .m cget -fg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#00ff00}
test message-1.16 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -fg badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.17 {configuration option: "font"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -font fixed
    .m cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {fixed}
test message-1.18 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}

test message-1.19 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  green
    .m cget -foreground 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {green}
test message-1.20 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.21 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  #112233
    .m cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#112233}
test message-1.22 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  ugly
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "ugly"}

test message-1.23 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor #123456
    .m cget -highlightcolor 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#123456}
test message-1.24 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.25 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  2
    .m cget -highlightthickness 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.26 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.27 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -justify  right
    .m cget -justify
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {right}
test message-1.28 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}

test message-1.29 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -padx  12m
    .m cget -padx 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.30 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.31 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -pady  12m
    .m cget -pady
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.32 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.33 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -relief ridge
    .m cget -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {ridge}
test message-1.34 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -relief  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}

test message-1.35 {configuration options: "text"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -text "Sample text"
    .m cget -text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {Sample text}

test message-1.36 {configuration option: "textvariable"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -textvariable  i
    .m cget -textvariable 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {i}

test message-1.37 {configuration option: "width"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -width  2
    .m cget -width 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.38 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update







|
|


















|


|
















|


|
















|


|
















|


|

|














|


|
















|


|
















|


|
















|


|
















|


|


|













|


|
















|


|


|













|


|


|













|


|
















|


|


|













|


|
















|


|


|













|


|







|


|


|




|


|


|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
eval tcltest::configure $argv


test message-1.1 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor w
    .m cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {w}
test message-1.2 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}

test message-1.3 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect 3
    .m cget -aspect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {3}
test message-1.4 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}

test message-1.5 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -background #ff0000
    .m cget -background
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.6 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.7 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bd 4
    .m cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {4}
test message-1.8 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.9 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bg #ff0000
    .m cget -bg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.10 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.11 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .m cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1}
test message-1.12 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.13 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor arrow
    .m cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {arrow}
test message-1.14 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}

test message-1.15 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -fg #00ff00
    .m cget -fg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#00ff00}
test message-1.16 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -fg badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.17 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -font fixed
    .m cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {fixed}
test message-1.18 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}

test message-1.19 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  green
    .m cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {green}
test message-1.20 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.21 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  #112233
    .m cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#112233}
test message-1.22 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  ugly
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "ugly"}

test message-1.23 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor #123456
    .m cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#123456}
test message-1.24 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.25 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  2
    .m cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.26 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.27 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -justify  right
    .m cget -justify
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {right}
test message-1.28 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}

test message-1.29 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -padx  12m
    .m cget -padx
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.30 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.31 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -pady  12m
    .m cget -pady
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.32 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.33 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -relief ridge
    .m cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {ridge}
test message-1.34 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -relief  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}

test message-1.35 {configuration options: "text"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -text "Sample text"
    .m cget -text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {Sample text}

test message-1.36 {configuration option: "textvariable"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -textvariable  i
    .m cget -textvariable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {i}

test message-1.37 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -width  2
    .m cget -width
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.38 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
    message
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message foo
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test message-2.3 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message foo}  
    winfo child .
} -result {}

test message-2.4 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message .s -gorp dump
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test message-2.5 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message .s -gorp dump}  
    winfo child .
} -result {} 


test message-3.1 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m option ?arg ...?"}
test message-3.2 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "cget"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m cget







|







|

|





|







399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
    message
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message foo
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test message-2.3 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message foo}
    winfo child .
} -result {}

test message-2.4 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message .s -gorp dump
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test message-2.5 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message .s -gorp dump}
    winfo child .
} -result {}


test message-3.1 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m option ?arg ...?"}
test message-3.2 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "cget"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m cget
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}

test message-3.4 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m configure -text foobar
    lindex [.m configure -text] 4 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {foobar}
test message-3.5 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    llength [.m configure]







|







438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}

test message-3.4 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m configure -text foobar
    lindex [.m configure -text] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {foobar}
test message-3.5 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    llength [.m configure]
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472




























473
474
} -body {
    .m configure -bd 4
    .m configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.m configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {4}





























cleanupTests
return








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
} -body {
    .m configure -bd 4
    .m configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.m configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {4}

test message-4.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name
    unset -nocomplain {}
    set var INIT
    message .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -textvariable {}
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset var}
    update
    destroy .b
    info exists {}
} 0
test message-4.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to leak traces
    set var INIT
    message .b -textvariable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -textvariable new
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
    update
    destroy .b
    unset new
} {}

cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/msgbox.test.

117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
    }
}
#
# Try out all combinations of (type) x (default button) and
# (type) x (icon).
#
test msgbox-2.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" -type abortretryignore
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.2 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon warning
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.3 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon error
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.4 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon info
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.5 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon question
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.6 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -default abort
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.7 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type abortretryignore -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.8 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ignore
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ignore" \
        -type abortretryignore -default ignore
} -result {ignore}
test msgbox-2.9 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.10 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.11 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.12 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.13 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.14 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.15 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type okcancel
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.16 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.17 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.18 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.19 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.20 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.21 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type okcancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.22 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" -type retrycancel
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.23 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon warning
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.24 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon error
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.25 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon info
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.26 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon question
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.27 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.28 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type retrycancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.29 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesno
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.30 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.31 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.32 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.33 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.34 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.35 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesno -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.36 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesnocancel
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.37 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.38 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.39 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.40 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.41 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.42 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesnocancel -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.43 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type yesnocancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}


# These tests will hang your test suite if they fail.
test msgbox-3.1 {tk_messageBox handles withdrawn parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    wm withdraw .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .
} -result {ok}

test msgbox-3.2 {tk_messageBox handles iconified parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    wm iconify .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .







|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|









|










|







117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
    }
}
#
# Try out all combinations of (type) x (default button) and
# (type) x (icon).
#
test msgbox-2.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" -type abortretryignore
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.2 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon warning
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.3 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon error
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.4 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon info
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.5 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon question
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.6 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -default abort
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.7 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type abortretryignore -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.8 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ignore
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ignore" \
        -type abortretryignore -default ignore
} -result {ignore}
test msgbox-2.9 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.10 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.11 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.12 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.13 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.14 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.15 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type okcancel
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.16 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.17 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.18 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.19 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.20 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.21 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type okcancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.22 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" -type retrycancel
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.23 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon warning
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.24 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon error
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.25 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon info
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.26 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon question
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.27 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.28 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type retrycancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.29 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesno
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.30 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.31 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.32 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.33 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.34 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.35 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesno -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.36 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesnocancel
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.37 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.38 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.39 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.40 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.41 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.42 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesnocancel -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.43 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type yesnocancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}


# These tests will hang your test suite if they fail.
test msgbox-3.1 {tk_messageBox handles withdrawn parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    wm withdraw .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .
} -result {ok}

test msgbox-3.2 {tk_messageBox handles iconified parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    wm iconify .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .

Changes to tests/option.file1.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brown
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:	  
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.







|


9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brown
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.

Changes to tests/option.file3.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brówn
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:	  
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.







|


9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brówn
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.

Changes to tests/option.test.

281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
} -result {}
test option-12.6 {stack pushing/popping} -body {
    option get .op1 z Color2
} -result {}

# Test the major priority levels (widgetDefault, etc.)

# Configurations for tests 13.* 
option clear
option add $appName.op1.a 100 100
option add $appName.op1.A interactive interactive
option add $appName.op1.b userDefault userDefault
option add $appName.op1.B startupFile startupFile
option add $appName.op1.c widgetDefault widgetDefault
option add $appName.op1.C 0 0







|







281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
} -result {}
test option-12.6 {stack pushing/popping} -body {
    option get .op1 z Color2
} -result {}

# Test the major priority levels (widgetDefault, etc.)

# Configurations for tests 13.*
option clear
option add $appName.op1.a 100 100
option add $appName.op1.A interactive interactive
option add $appName.op1.b userDefault userDefault
option add $appName.op1.B startupFile startupFile
option add $appName.op1.c widgetDefault widgetDefault
option add $appName.op1.C 0 0

Changes to tests/pack.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "pack" command
# of Tk.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "pack" command of Tk.  It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
    label .pack.$i.label -text $i -relief raised
    place .pack.$i.label -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
}
.pack.a config -width 20 -height 40
.pack.b config -width 50 -height 30
.pack.c config -width 80 -height 80
.pack.d config -width 40 -height 30

test pack-1.1 {-side option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
    label .pack.$i.label -text $i -relief raised
    place .pack.$i.label -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
}
.pack.a config -width 20 -height 40
.pack.b config -width 50 -height 30
.pack.c config -width 80 -height 80
.pack.d config -width 40 -height 30

test pack-1.1 {-side option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx {5 15} -fill x
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {280x40+5+0 300x160+0+40}

test pack-2.22 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -padx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -padx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-2.23 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipadx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipadx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-3.1 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right -pady 20
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update







<


















<







227
228
229
230
231
232
233

234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx {5 15} -fill x
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {280x40+5+0 300x160+0+40}

test pack-2.22 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -padx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -padx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-2.23 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipadx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipadx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-3.1 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right -pady 20
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipady 5 -pady {1 19} -fill y
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {20x50+140+1 300x130+0+70}

test pack-3.22 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -pady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -pady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-3.23 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-4.1 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor n
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a







<


















<







414
415
416
417
418
419
420

421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438

439
440
441
442
443
444
445
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipady 5 -pady {1 19} -fill y
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {20x50+140+1 300x130+0+70}

test pack-3.22 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -pady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -pady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-3.23 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-4.1 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor n
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
test pack-4.9 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a
} -result {30x70+135+65}


# Repeat above tests, but with a frame that isn't at (0,0), so that
# we can be sure that the frame offset is being added in correctly.

test pack-5.1 {more anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {







<







496
497
498
499
500
501
502

503
504
505
506
507
508
509
test pack-4.9 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a
} -result {30x70+135+65}


# Repeat above tests, but with a frame that isn't at (0,0), so that
# we can be sure that the frame offset is being added in correctly.

test pack-5.1 {more anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side  top
    pack .pack.c -side left
    pack .pack.b -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.b
} -result {60x60+160+90}


test pack-6.1 {-expand option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \







<







581
582
583
584
585
586
587

588
589
590
591
592
593
594
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side  top
    pack .pack.c -side left
    pack .pack.b -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.b
} -result {60x60+160+90}


test pack-6.1 {-expand option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
    pack .pack.b -side top -expand yes -fill both
    pack .pack.c -side right -expand 1 -fill both
    pack .pack.d -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} -result {100x200+0+0 200x100+100+0 160x100+140+100 40x100+100+100}

test pack-6.12 {-expand option} -setup {
    toplevel .pack2 -height 400 -width 400
    wm geometry .pack2 +0+0
    pack propagate .pack2 0
    foreach i {w1 w2 w3} {
        frame .pack2.$i -width 30 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
        label .pack2.$i.l -text $i







<







687
688
689
690
691
692
693

694
695
696
697
698
699
700
    pack .pack.b -side top -expand yes -fill both
    pack .pack.c -side right -expand 1 -fill both
    pack .pack.d -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} -result {100x200+0+0 200x100+100+0 160x100+140+100 40x100+100+100}

test pack-6.12 {-expand option} -setup {
    toplevel .pack2 -height 400 -width 400
    wm geometry .pack2 +0+0
    pack propagate .pack2 0
    foreach i {w1 w2 w3} {
        frame .pack2.$i -width 30 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
        label .pack2.$i.l -text $i
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
    pack .pack2.w1 .pack2.w2 .pack2.w3 -padx 5 -ipadx 4 -pady 2 \
        -ipady 6 -expand 1 -side top
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack2.w1] [winfo geometry .pack2.w2] [winfo geometry .pack2.w3]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack2
} -result {38x42+181+45 38x42+181+178 38x42+181+312}


wm geometry .pack {}
test pack-7.1 {requesting size for parent} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left -padx 5 -pady 10
    update







<







720
721
722
723
724
725
726

727
728
729
730
731
732
733
    pack .pack2.w1 .pack2.w2 .pack2.w3 -padx 5 -ipadx 4 -pady 2 \
        -ipady 6 -expand 1 -side top
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack2.w1] [winfo geometry .pack2.w2] [winfo geometry .pack2.w3]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack2
} -result {38x42+181+45 38x42+181+178 38x42+181+312}


wm geometry .pack {}
test pack-7.1 {requesting size for parent} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left -padx 5 -pady 10
    update
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    pack .pack.c -side bottom
    pack .pack.d -side top
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} -result {100 110}


# For the tests below, create a couple of "pad" windows to shrink
# the available space for the remaining windows.  The tests have to
# be done this way rather than shrinking the whole window, because
# some window managers like mwm won't let a top-level window get
# very small.








<







778
779
780
781
782
783
784

785
786
787
788
789
790
791
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    pack .pack.c -side bottom
    pack .pack.d -side top
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} -result {100 110}


# For the tests below, create a couple of "pad" windows to shrink
# the available space for the remaining windows.  The tests have to
# be done this way rather than shrinking the whole window, because
# some window managers like mwm won't let a top-level window get
# very small.

868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
test pack-8.9 {insufficient space} -body {
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} -result {20x40+0+20 1 50x30+100+25 1 80x80+20+0 1}
pack forget .pack.right .pack.bottom


test pack-9.1 {window ordering} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
    pack .pack.a -after .pack.b
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.b .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d}







<







859
860
861
862
863
864
865

866
867
868
869
870
871
872
test pack-8.9 {insufficient space} -body {
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} -result {20x40+0+20 1 50x30+100+25 1 80x80+20+0 1}
pack forget .pack.right .pack.bottom


test pack-9.1 {window ordering} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
    pack .pack.a -after .pack.b
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.b .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d}
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    pack .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b -after .pack.a
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b}


test pack-10.1 {retaining/clearing configuration state} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side bottom -anchor n -padx 1 -pady 2 -ipadx 3 -ipady 4 \
    -fill both -expand 1
    pack forget .pack.a
    pack .pack.a







<







931
932
933
934
935
936
937

938
939
940
941
942
943
944
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    pack .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b -after .pack.a
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b}


test pack-10.1 {retaining/clearing configuration state} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side bottom -anchor n -padx 1 -pady 2 -ipadx 3 -ipady 4 \
    -fill both -expand 1
    pack forget .pack.a
    pack .pack.a
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979




















980
981
982
983
984
985
986
} -result {{} {}}
test pack-10.4 {bad -in window does not change master} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    winfo manager .pack.a
    pack .pack.a -in .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside itself}






















test pack-11.1 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -in .pack
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -in]+1]







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
} -result {{} {}}
test pack-10.4 {bad -in window does not change master} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    winfo manager .pack.a
    pack .pack.a -in .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside itself}
test pack-10.5 {prevent management loops} -body {
    frame .f1
    frame .f2
    pack .f1 -in .f2
    pack .f2 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f1
    destroy .f2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f2 inside .f1, would cause management loop}
test pack-10.6 {prevent management loops} -body {
    frame .f1
    frame .f2
    frame .f3
    pack .f1 -in .f2
    pack .f2 -in .f3
    pack .f3 -in .f1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f1
    destroy .f2
    destroy .f3
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f3 inside .f1, would cause management loop}

test pack-11.1 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -in .pack
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -in]+1]
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
test pack-11.19 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -side]+1]
} -result right


test pack-12.1 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test pack-12.2 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}







<







1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122

1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
test pack-11.19 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -side]+1]
} -result right


test pack-12.1 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test pack-12.2 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test pack-12.46 {command options and errors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack lousy .pack
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "lousy": must be configure, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}


test pack-13.1 {window deletion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    pack .pack.a .pack.d .pack.b .pack.c -side top
    update
    destroy .pack.d
    update
    set result [list [pack slaves .pack] [winfo geometry .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo geometry .pack.c]]
} -result {{.pack.right .pack.bottom .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c} 20x40+30+0 50x30+15+40 80x80+0+70}


test pack-14.1 {respond to changes in expansion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    wm geom .pack {}







<












<







1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364

1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376

1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test pack-12.46 {command options and errors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack lousy .pack
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "lousy": must be configure, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}


test pack-13.1 {window deletion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    pack .pack.a .pack.d .pack.b .pack.c -side top
    update
    destroy .pack.d
    update
    set result [list [pack slaves .pack] [winfo geometry .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo geometry .pack.c]]
} -result {{.pack.right .pack.bottom .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c} 20x40+30+0 50x30+15+40 80x80+0+70}


test pack-14.1 {respond to changes in expansion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    wm geom .pack {}
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
    pack .pack.a -before .pack.b -side top
    update
    lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f1 .pack.f2
} -result {50x16+25+22 1 50x16+25+22 0}


test pack-16.1 {geometry manager name} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    set result {}
} -body {
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack forget .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
} -result {{} pack {}}


test pack-17.1 {PackLostSlaveProc procedure} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a
    update
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10







<










<







1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502

1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512

1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
    pack .pack.a -before .pack.b -side top
    update
    lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f1 .pack.f2
} -result {50x16+25+22 1 50x16+25+22 0}


test pack-16.1 {geometry manager name} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    set result {}
} -body {
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack forget .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
} -result {{} pack {}}


test pack-17.1 {PackLostSlaveProc procedure} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a
    update
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
    update
    winfo manager .pack.a
    winfo geometry .pack.a
    pack info .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".pack.a" isn't packed}


test pack-18.1 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -constraints {
    tempNotPc
} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100

    # On the PC, when the width/height is configured while the window is 
    # unmapped, the changes don't take effect until the window is remapped.
    # Who knows why?

    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
    frame .pack.a -width 100 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .pack.a
    update







<





<






|







1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534

1535
1536
1537
1538
1539

1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
    update
    winfo manager .pack.a
    winfo geometry .pack.a
    pack info .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".pack.a" isn't packed}


test pack-18.1 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -constraints {
    tempNotPc
} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100

    # On the PC, when the width/height is configured while the window is
    # unmapped, the changes don't take effect until the window is remapped.
    # Who knows why?

    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
    frame .pack.a -width 100 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .pack.a
    update
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} -result {1 0 200 75 0 1}
test pack-18.2 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100
    frame .pack.a -relief raised -bd 2
    frame .pack.b -width 70 -height 30 -relief sunken -bd 2







<







1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568

1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} -result {1 0 200 75 0 1}
test pack-18.2 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100
    frame .pack.a -relief raised -bd 2
    frame .pack.b -width 70 -height 30 -relief sunken -bd 2
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
    update
    lappend result [winfo width .pack.b ] [winfo height .pack.b] \
    [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -result {1 0 100 30 0 1}


test pack-19.1 {test respect for internalborder} -setup {
    catch {eval pack forget [pack slaves .pack]}
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -body {
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10







<







1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590

1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
    update
    lappend result [winfo width .pack.b ] [winfo height .pack.b] \
    [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -result {1 0 100 30 0 1}


test pack-19.1 {test respect for internalborder} -setup {
    catch {eval pack forget [pack slaves .pack]}
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -body {
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628























































































1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635

    .pack.lf configure -labelanchor ws
    update
    lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -result {162x127+0+0 172x112+0+0}

























































































# cleanup
cleanupTests
return











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




|
|
>
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
    .pack.lf configure -labelanchor ws
    update
    lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -result {162x127+0+0 172x112+0+0}

test pack-20.1 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {1}
test pack-20.2 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last packed child destruction} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {incr A}
    destroy .1
    update
    set A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {1}
test pack-20.3 {<Configure> does not fire on last pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {0}
test pack-20.4 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on forelast pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    pack [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1 .2
} -result {0}
test pack-20.5 {<Configure> does not fire on last pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    pack [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    destroy .1 .2
} -result {1}
test pack-20.6 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on last pack forget if propagation is off} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    pack propagate . 0
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {0}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/panedwindow.test.

494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.10 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f] [frame .p.f2]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  2} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 0 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]


test panedwindow-7.1 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows







|












|







494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.10 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f] [frame .p.f2]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  2} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 0 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]


test panedwindow-7.1 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
} -body {
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b] [button .c]
    .p sash dragto 0 0 bar
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
    

test panedwindow-9.1 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar]
    .p sash mark 0 10 10







|







618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
} -body {
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b] [button .c]
    .p sash dragto 0 0 bar
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}


test panedwindow-9.1 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar]
    .p sash mark 0 10 10
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
    update
    .p sash place 1 200 0
    update
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {68 100}
    

test panedwindow-12.1 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    set result {}
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2
    foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}







|







921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
    update
    .p sash place 1 200 0
    update
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {68 100}


test panedwindow-12.1 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    set result {}
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2
    foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
    set result ""
} -result {}
test panedwindow-13.2 {PanedWindowLostSlaveProc, widget yields management} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Check that the paned window correctly yields geometry management of
    # a slave when some other geometry manager steals the slave from us.
    
    # This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause a
    # memory leak.
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b]
    pack .p
    update
    pack .b







|







1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
    set result ""
} -result {}
test panedwindow-13.2 {PanedWindowLostSlaveProc, widget yields management} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Check that the paned window correctly yields geometry management of
    # a slave when some other geometry manager steals the slave from us.

    # This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause a
    # memory leak.
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b]
    pack .p
    update
    pack .b
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 30 0
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {30 0}]
test panedwindow-17.2 {MoveSash, move right (unmapped) clipped by reqwidth} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.3 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width < reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width < reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.4 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width > reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 200 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 100 0]
test panedwindow-17.5 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.6 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.7 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 62 0]
test panedwindow-17.8 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 52 0]
test panedwindow-17.9 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-17.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 50 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 50 0] [list 52 0]]
test panedwindow-17.11 {MoveSash, move left} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 10 0
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {10 0}]
test panedwindow-17.12 {MoveSash, move left, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 -100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.13 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.14 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-17.15 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.16 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.17 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 0]
test panedwindow-17.18 {MoveSash, move left, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 10 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 8 0] [list 10 0]]


test panedwindow-18.1 {MoveSash, move down} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 0 30
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 30}]
test panedwindow-18.2 {MoveSash, move down (unmapped) clipped by reqheight} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqheight of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.3 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height < reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a height < reqheight
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible height of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.4 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height > reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 200
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 100]
test panedwindow-18.5 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.6 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.7 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 62]
test panedwindow-18.8 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 52]
test panedwindow-18.9 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-18.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 50
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 50] [list 0 52]]
test panedwindow-18.11 {MoveSash, move up} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 0 10
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 10}]
test panedwindow-18.12 {MoveSash, move up, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 -100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.13 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.14 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-18.15 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.16 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.17 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 42]
test panedwindow-18.18 {MoveSash, move up, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 10
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 8] [list 0 10]]









|

|

















|













|





|













|





|















|















|














|















|
















|
|















|
|
















|

|

















|















|















|














|















|
















|
|















|
|



















|

|


















|














|





|














|





|
















|
















|
















|
















|

















|
|
















|
|

















|

|


















|
















|
















|















|
















|

















|
|
















|
|







1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    .p sash place 0 30 0

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {30 0}]
test panedwindow-17.2 {MoveSash, move right (unmapped) clipped by reqwidth} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.3 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width < reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width < reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.4 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width > reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 200 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 100 0]
test panedwindow-17.5 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.6 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.7 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 62 0]
test panedwindow-17.8 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 52 0]
test panedwindow-17.9 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-17.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 50 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 50 0] [list 52 0]]
test panedwindow-17.11 {MoveSash, move left} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    .p sash place 0 10 0

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {10 0}]
test panedwindow-17.12 {MoveSash, move left, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 -100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.13 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.14 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-17.15 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.16 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.17 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 0]
test panedwindow-17.18 {MoveSash, move left, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 10 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 8 0] [list 10 0]]


test panedwindow-18.1 {MoveSash, move down} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    .p sash place 0 0 30

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 30}]
test panedwindow-18.2 {MoveSash, move down (unmapped) clipped by reqheight} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqheight of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.3 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height < reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a height < reqheight
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible height of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.4 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height > reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 200

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 100]
test panedwindow-18.5 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.6 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.7 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 62]
test panedwindow-18.8 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 52]
test panedwindow-18.9 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-18.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 50

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 50] [list 0 52]]
test panedwindow-18.11 {MoveSash, move up} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    .p sash place 0 0 10

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 10}]
test panedwindow-18.12 {MoveSash, move up, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 -100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.13 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.14 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-18.15 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.16 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.17 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 42]
test panedwindow-18.18 {MoveSash, move up, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 10

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 8] [list 0 10]]


4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
    destroy .f
    winfo reqwidth .p
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result 20
    

test panedwindow-21.1 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    .p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew







|







4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
    destroy .f
    winfo reqwidth .p
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result 20


test panedwindow-21.1 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    .p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew

Added tests/pkgconfig.test.





































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
# -*- tcl -*-
# Commands covered:  pkgconfig
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tk
# built-in commands.  Sourcing this file into Tk runs the tests and
# generates output for errors.  No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2017 Stuart Cassoff <[email protected]>
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test pkgconfig-1.1 {query keys} nonwin {
    lsort [::tk::pkgconfig list]
} [list \
    64bit bindir,install bindir,runtime debug demodir,install demodir,runtime \
    docdir,install docdir,runtime fontsystem includedir,install includedir,runtime \
    libdir,install libdir,runtime mem_debug optimized profiled \
    scriptdir,install scriptdir,runtime threaded \
]
test pkgconfig-1.2 {query keys multiple times} {
    string compare [::tk::pkgconfig list] [::tk::pkgconfig list]
} 0
test pkgconfig-1.3 {query value multiple times} {
    string compare \
	    [::tk::pkgconfig get 64bit] \
	    [::tk::pkgconfig get 64bit]
} 0


test pkgconfig-2.0 {error: missing subcommand} {
    catch {::tk::pkgconfig} msg
    set msg
} {wrong # args: should be "::tk::pkgconfig subcommand ?arg?"}
test pkgconfig-2.1 {error: illegal subcommand} {
    catch {::tk::pkgconfig foo} msg
    set msg
} {bad subcommand "foo": must be get or list}
test pkgconfig-2.2 {error: list with arguments} {
    catch {::tk::pkgconfig list foo} msg
    set msg
} {wrong # args: should be "::tk::pkgconfig list"}
test pkgconfig-2.3 {error: get without arguments} {
    catch {::tk::pkgconfig get} msg
    set msg
} {wrong # args: should be "::tk::pkgconfig get key"}
test pkgconfig-2.4 {error: query unknown key} {
    catch {::tk::pkgconfig get foo} msg
    set msg
} {key not known}
test pkgconfig-2.5 {error: query with to many arguments} {
    catch {::tk::pkgconfig get foo bar} msg
    set msg
} {wrong # args: should be "::tk::pkgconfig subcommand ?arg?"}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/place.test.

114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121



















122
123
124
125
126
127
128
    place .t.f2 -in .t.f2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to itself}
test place-4.4 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} -setup {
    place forget .t.f2
} -body {
    place .t.f2 -in .
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to .}





















test place-5.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} -body {
    place .t.f2 -relwidth abcd
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "abcd"}
test place-5.2 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} -setup {
    place forget .t.f2
} -body {







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
    place .t.f2 -in .t.f2
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to itself}
test place-4.4 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} -setup {
    place forget .t.f2
} -body {
    place .t.f2 -in .
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to .}
test place-4.5 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} -setup {
} -body {
    frame .t.f1
    place .t.f1 -in .t.f1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f1 relative to itself}
test place-4.6 {prevent management loops} -setup {
    place forget .t.f1
} -body {
    place .t.f1 -in .t.f2
    place .t.f2 -in .t.f1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .t.f2 inside .t.f1, would cause management loop}
test place-4.7 {prevent management loops} -setup {
    place forget .t.f1
    place forget .t.f2
} -body {
    frame .t.f3
    place .t.f1 -in .t.f2
    place .t.f2 -in .t.f3
    place .t.f3 -in .t.f1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't put .t.f3 inside .t.f1, would cause management loop}

test place-5.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} -body {
    place .t.f2 -relwidth abcd
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "abcd"}
test place-5.2 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} -setup {
    place forget .t.f2
} -body {
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place configure .foo -x 0 -y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .foo
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-y" missing}
    

test place-11.1 {PlaceObjCmd, slaves command} -setup {
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place slaves .foo
} -cleanup {







|







411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place configure .foo -x 0 -y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .foo
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-y" missing}


test place-11.1 {PlaceObjCmd, slaves command} -setup {
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place slaves .foo
} -cleanup {

Changes to tests/raise.test.

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
test raise-3.1 {raise internal windows after creation} -body {
    raise_setup
    update
    raise .raise.a .raise.d
    raise_getOrder
} -result {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.2 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist 
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.b
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.3 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist 
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.4 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist 
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.c .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}







|








|








|







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
test raise-3.1 {raise internal windows after creation} -body {
    raise_setup
    update
    raise .raise.a .raise.d
    raise_getOrder
} -result {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.2 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.b
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.3 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.4 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.c .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}

Changes to tests/safe.test.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37








38
39
40
41
42
43












44
45
46
47
48
49
50
#     invoked from within
# "uplevel #0 [list source $file]"
#
#
# This probably means that tk wasn't installed properly.

## it indicates that something went wrong sourcing tk.tcl.
## Ensure that any changes that occured to tk.tcl will work or are properly
## prevented in a safe interpreter.  -- hobbs

# The set of hidden commands is platform dependent:

set hidden_cmds {bell cd clipboard encoding exec exit fconfigure glob grab load menu open pwd selection socket source tcl:encoding:dirs toplevel unload wm}
lappend hidden_cmds {*}[apply {{} {








    foreach cmd {
	atime attributes copy delete dirname executable exists extension
	isdirectory isfile link lstat mkdir mtime nativename normalize owned
	readable readlink rename rootname size stat tail tempfile type
	volumes writable
    } {lappend result tcl:file:$cmd}; return $result












}}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
    lappend hidden_cmds tk_chooseColor tk_chooseDirectory tk_getOpenFile \
	tk_getSaveFile tk_messageBox
}
if {[llength [info commands send]]} {
    lappend hidden_cmds send







|




|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
#     invoked from within
# "uplevel #0 [list source $file]"
#
#
# This probably means that tk wasn't installed properly.

## it indicates that something went wrong sourcing tk.tcl.
## Ensure that any changes that occurred to tk.tcl will work or are properly
## prevented in a safe interpreter.  -- hobbs

# The set of hidden commands is platform dependent:

set hidden_cmds {bell cd clipboard encoding exec exit fconfigure}
lappend hidden_cmds {*}[apply {{} {
    if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} {
	lappend result file
    }
    lappend result glob grab load menu open pwd selection socket source tcl:encoding:dirs
    if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} {
	lappend result tcl:encoding:system
    }
    lappend result toplevel unload wm
    foreach cmd {
	atime attributes copy delete dirname executable exists extension
	isdirectory isfile link lstat mkdir mtime nativename normalize owned
	readable readlink rename rootname size stat tail tempdir tempfile type
	volumes writable
    } {lappend result tcl:file:$cmd}
    if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} {
	foreach cmd {
	    cmdtype nameofexecutable
	} {lappend result tcl:info:$cmd}
	foreach cmd {
	    autopurge list purge status
	} {lappend result tcl:process:$cmd}
	foreach cmd {
	    lmkimg lmkzip mkimg mkkey mkzip mount  mount_data unmount
	} {lappend result tcl:zipfs:$cmd}
    }
    return $result
}}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
    lappend hidden_cmds tk_chooseColor tk_chooseDirectory tk_getOpenFile \
	tk_getSaveFile tk_messageBox
}
if {[llength [info commands send]]} {
    lappend hidden_cmds send

Changes to tests/scale.test.

320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
destroy .s


test scale-2.1 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "scale pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test scale-2.2 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale foo 
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test scale-2.3 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {scale foo}
    winfo child .
} -result {}
test scale-2.4 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale .s -gorp dumb







|







320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
destroy .s


test scale-2.1 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "scale pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test scale-2.2 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test scale-2.3 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {scale foo}
    winfo child .
} -result {}
test scale-2.4 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale .s -gorp dumb
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184



































1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
} -result {untouched empty}


# Widget used in 14.* tests
destroy .s
pack [scale .s]
update
test scale-14.1 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result 72
test scale-14.2 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result 76

test scale-14.3 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result 28
test scale-14.4 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result 24

test scale-14.5 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from -100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {-28}
test scale-14.6 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from -100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {-24}

test scale-14.7 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to -100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {-72}
test scale-14.8 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to -100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {-76}

test scale-14.9 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 2.25  -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {1.64}
test scale-14.10 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 2.25  -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {1.69}

test scale-14.11 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 225 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0 -digits 5
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {164.25}
test scale-14.12 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 225 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0 -digits 5
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {168.75}
destroy .s





































test scale-15.1 {ScaleVarProc procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    set y -130
    scale .s -from 0 -to -200 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150







|





|






|





|






|





|






|





|






|





|






|





|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
} -result {untouched empty}


# Widget used in 14.* tests
destroy .s
pack [scale .s]
update
test scale-14.1 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result 72
test scale-14.2 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result 76

test scale-14.3 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result 28
test scale-14.4 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result 24

test scale-14.5 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from -100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {-28}
test scale-14.6 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from -100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {-24}

test scale-14.7 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to -100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {-72}
test scale-14.8 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to -100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {-76}

test scale-14.9 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 2.25  -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {1.64}
test scale-14.10 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 2.25  -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {1.69}

test scale-14.11 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 225 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0 -digits 5
    update
    .s get 84 152
} -result {164.25}
test scale-14.12 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body {
    .s configure -from 0 -to 225 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \
        -orient horizontal -resolution 0 -digits 5
    update
    .s get 86 152
} -result {168.75}
destroy .s

test scale-14.13 {RoundValueToResolution procedure, round-off errors} -setup {
    # see [220665ffff], and duplicates [220265ffff] and [779559ffff]
    set x NotSet
    pack [scale .s -orient horizontal -resolution .1 -from -180 -to 180 -command "set x"]
    update
} -body {
    .s configure -background red
    update
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {NotSet}

test scale-14a.1 {RoundValueToResolution, RoundIntervalToResolution procedures} -setup {
    pack [scale .s -orient horizontal]
    update
} -body {
    .s configure -length 400 -bd 0 -from 1 -to 9 -resolution 2 -tickinterval 1
    update
    .s get 200 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {5}
test scale-14a.2 {RoundValueToResolution, RoundIntervalToResolution procedures} -setup {
    pack [scale .s -orient horizontal]
    update
} -body {
    .s configure -length 400 -bd 0 -from -1.5 -to 1.5 -resolution 1 \
            -tickinterval 1 -digits 2
    update
    .s get 250 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {0.5}


test scale-15.1 {ScaleVarProc procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    set y -130
    scale .s -from 0 -to -200 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525


























1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
} -body {
    pack [scale .s]
    # non-regression test for bug [55b95f578a] - shall just not crash
    .s configure -from -6.8e99 -to 8.8e99
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {}



























option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
} -body {
    pack [scale .s]
    # non-regression test for bug [55b95f578a] - shall just not crash
    .s configure -from -6.8e99 -to 8.8e99
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {}

test scale-22.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to crash
    set var INIT
    scale .b -variable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -variable {}
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset var}
    update
    destroy .b
} {}
test scale-22.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} {
    # Want this not to leak traces
    set var INIT
    scale .b -variable var
    trace add variable var unset {apply {args {
        .b configure -variable new
    }}}
    pack .b
    bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var}
    update
    destroy .b
    unset new
} {}

option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/scrollbar.test.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
    set scrollInfo $args
}

proc getTroughSize {w} {
    if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
        # Only Windows has [testmetrics]
	if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	    return [expr [winfo height $w] - 2*[testmetrics cyvscroll $w]]
	} else {
	    return [expr [winfo width $w] - 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll $w]]
	}	    
    } else {
        if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
            # Calculations here assume that the arrow area is a square.
	    if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	        return [expr [winfo height $w] \
		        - ([winfo width $w] \
			    - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			    - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
	    } else {
	        return [expr [winfo width $w] \
		        - ([winfo height $w] \
			    - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			    - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
	    }
        } else {
            # macOS aqua
	    if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	        return [expr [winfo height $w] \
			- ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			  +[$w cget -bd])*2]
	    } else {
	        return [expr [winfo width $w] \
			- ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			  +[$w cget -bd])*2]
	    }
        }
    }
}

# XXX Note: this test file is woefully incomplete.  Right now there are
# only bits and pieces of tests.  Please make this file more complete
# as you fix bugs and add features.

foreach {width height} [wm minsize .] {
    set height [expr ($height < 200) ? 200 : $height]
    set width [expr ($width < 1) ? 1 : $width]
} 

frame .f -height $height -width $width
pack .f -side left
scrollbar .s
pack .s -side right -fill y
update
set i 1







|

|
|




|


|

|


|




|

|

|

|










|
|
|







16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
    set scrollInfo $args
}

proc getTroughSize {w} {
    if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
        # Only Windows has [testmetrics]
	if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	    return [expr {[winfo height $w] - 2*[testmetrics cyvscroll $w]}]
	} else {
	    return [expr {[winfo width $w] - 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll $w]}]
	}
    } else {
        if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
            # Calculations here assume that the arrow area is a square.
	    if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	        return [expr {[winfo height $w] \
		        - ([winfo width $w] \
			    - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			    - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2}]
	    } else {
	        return [expr {[winfo width $w] \
		        - ([winfo height $w] \
			    - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			    - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2}]
	    }
        } else {
            # macOS aqua
	    if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	        return [expr {[winfo height $w] \
			- ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			  +[$w cget -bd])*2}]
	    } else {
	        return [expr {[winfo width $w] \
			- ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			  +[$w cget -bd])*2}]
	    }
        }
    }
}

# XXX Note: this test file is woefully incomplete.  Right now there are
# only bits and pieces of tests.  Please make this file more complete
# as you fix bugs and add features.

foreach {width height} [wm minsize .] {
    set height [expr {($height < 200) ? 200 : $height}]
    set width [expr {($width < 1) ? 1 : $width}]
}

frame .f -height $height -width $width
pack .f -side left
scrollbar .s
pack .s -side right -fill y
update
set i 1
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
    list [catch {.s delta 18 xxyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xxyz"}}
test scrollbar-3.25 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s delta 20 0]
} {0}
test scrollbar-3.26 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 20]
} [format %.6g [expr 20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)]]
test scrollbar-3.27 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 -20]
} [format %.6g [expr -20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)]]
test scrollbar-3.28 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
    wm geom .t +0+0
    scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
    place .t.s -width 201
    update
    set result [list [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta 0 20]] \
	    [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta [expr [getTroughSize .t.s] - 1] 0]]]
    destroy .t
    set result
} {0 1}
test scrollbar-3.29 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    list [catch {.s fraction 24} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s fraction x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.30 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {







|


|







|







229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
    list [catch {.s delta 18 xxyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xxyz"}}
test scrollbar-3.25 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s delta 20 0]
} {0}
test scrollbar-3.26 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 20]
} [format %.6g [expr {20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)}]]
test scrollbar-3.27 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 -20]
} [format %.6g [expr {-20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)}]]
test scrollbar-3.28 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
    toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
    wm geom .t +0+0
    scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
    place .t.s -width 201
    update
    set result [list [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta 0 20]] \
	    [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta [expr {[getTroughSize .t.s] - 1}] 0]]]
    destroy .t
    set result
} {0 1}
test scrollbar-3.29 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    list [catch {.s fraction 24} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s fraction x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.30 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 0]
} {0}
test scrollbar-3.34 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 1000]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21]
} [format %.6g [expr (21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
       /([getTroughSize .s] - 1)]]
test scrollbar-3.36 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 179]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.37 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.38 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 178]
} {0.993711}
test scrollbar-3.39 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics win} {
    expr \
    [format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2]]] \
	== [format %g [expr (200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2) \
			   / ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)]]
} 1

toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
wm geom .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
place .t.s -width 201
update

test scrollbar-3.41 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0.5}
if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
    # Only Windows has [testmetrics]
    place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]+1]
} else {
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
        place configure .t.s -width [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd] + 1)]
    } else {
        # macOS aqua
        place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd])]
    }
}
update
test scrollbar-3.42 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0}
destroy .t







|
|




|





|
|
|
|













|


|


|







264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 0]
} {0}
test scrollbar-3.34 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 1000]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21]
} [format %.6g [expr {(21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
       /([getTroughSize .s] - 1)}]]
test scrollbar-3.36 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 179]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.37 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr {200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.38 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 178]
} {0.993711}
test scrollbar-3.39 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics win} {
    expr {
    [format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr {200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2}]]]
	== [format %g [expr {(200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2)
			   / ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)}]]}
} 1

toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
wm geom .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
place .t.s -width 201
update

test scrollbar-3.41 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0.5}
if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
    # Only Windows has [testmetrics]
    place configure .t.s -width [expr {2*[testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]+1}]
} else {
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
        place configure .t.s -width [expr {[winfo height .t.s] - 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd] + 1)}]
    } else {
        # macOS aqua
        place configure .t.s -width [expr {2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd])}]
    }
}
update
test scrollbar-3.42 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0}
destroy .t
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]
    }
    set result
} {0.0 0.3}
test scrollbar-3.60 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 1.1 .4 
    .s get
} {1.0 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.61 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 -.3 
    .s get
} {0.5 0.5}
test scrollbar-3.62 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 87 
    .s get
} {0.5 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.63 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .4 .3
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]







|



|



|







376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]
    }
    set result
} {0.0 0.3}
test scrollbar-3.60 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 1.1 .4
    .s get
} {1.0 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.61 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 -.3
    .s get
} {0.5 0.5}
test scrollbar-3.62 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 87
    .s get
} {0.5 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.63 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .4 .3
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
test scrollbar-3.66 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "ghi"}}
test scrollbar-3.67 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "jkl"}}
test scrollbar-3.68 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set -10 50 20 30 
    .s get
} {0 50 0 0}
test scrollbar-3.69 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 -10 20 30 
    .s get
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 50 30 20 
    .s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}








|



|



|




|


|







408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
test scrollbar-3.66 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "ghi"}}
test scrollbar-3.67 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "jkl"}}
test scrollbar-3.68 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set -10 50 20 30
    .s get
} {0 50 0 0}
test scrollbar-3.69 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 -10 20 30
    .s get
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 50 30 20
    .s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}

469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
test scrollbar-6.4 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 3 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.6 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 19 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.7 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] -1
} {}
test scrollbar-6.8 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s]]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.9 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify -1 [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [winfo width .s] [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.11.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 4
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.11.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 4
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.12.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 19
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.12.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 19
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.14 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] 0 
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.15 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.16 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 20
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.17 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix nonPortable} {
    # Don't know why this is non-portable, but it doesn't work on
    # some platforms.
    .s identify 8 51
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.18 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.19 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
						+ [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.20 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 52
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.21 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix nonPortable} {
    # Don't know why this is non-portable, but it doesn't work on
    # some platforms.
    .s identify 8 83
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.22 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] \
	[expr int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1] + 0.5) + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.23 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
						 + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.24 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 84
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.25 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 179
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.27 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
						 + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] \
						 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.29.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 180
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.29.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 180
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.30.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.30.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 195
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.32 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2]  [expr [winfo height .s] \
						  - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.33 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] - 1]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.34 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 4 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.35 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 18 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.37 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify 0 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.38 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] - 1] 100
} {trough2}

catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -relief sunken -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
place .t.s -width 200
.t.s set .2 .4
update

test scrollbar-6.39.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .t.s identify 4 8
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.39.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .t.s identify 4 8
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.40 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 0 [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.41.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .t.s identify 82 8
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.41.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .t.s identify 82 8
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.43 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .t.s identify [expr int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s] \
		       - 1] [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2] 
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.44 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .t.s identify 100 18
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.46 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 100 [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 1]
} {trough2}

test scrollbar-7.1 {EventuallyRedraw} {
    .s configure -orient horizontal
    update
    set result [.s cget -orient]
    .s configure -orient vertical







|


|


|


|
















|


|










|


|
|










|
|


|
|








|
|


|
|
















|
|


|











|


















|









|
|





|







469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
test scrollbar-6.4 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 3 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.6 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 19 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.7 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] -1
} {}
test scrollbar-6.8 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [winfo height .s]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.9 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify -1 [expr {[winfo height .s] / 2}]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [winfo width .s] [expr {[winfo height .s] / 2}]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.11.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 4
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.11.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 4
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.12.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 19
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.12.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 19
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.14 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] 0
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.15 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.16 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 20
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.17 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix nonPortable} {
    # Don't know why this is non-portable, but it doesn't work on
    # some platforms.
    .s identify 8 51
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.18 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.19 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1])
						+ [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}]
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.20 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 52
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.21 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix nonPortable} {
    # Don't know why this is non-portable, but it doesn't work on
    # some platforms.
    .s identify 8 83
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.22 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] \
	[expr {int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1] + 0.5) + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.23 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1])
						 + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.24 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 84
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.25 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 179
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.27 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1])
						 + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s]
						 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.29.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 180
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.29.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 180
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.30.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.30.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 195
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.32 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}]  [expr {[winfo height .s]
						  - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.33 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s] - 1}]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.34 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 4 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.35 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 18 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.37 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify 0 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.38 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] - 1}] 100
} {trough2}

catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -relief sunken -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
place .t.s -width 200
.t.s set .2 .4
update

test scrollbar-6.39.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .t.s identify 4 8
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.39.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .t.s identify 4 8
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.40 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 0 [expr {[winfo height .t.s] / 2}]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.41.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .t.s identify 82 8
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.41.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .t.s identify 82 8
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.43 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .t.s identify [expr {int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]
		       - 1}] [expr {[winfo height .t.s] / 2}]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.44 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .t.s identify 100 18
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.46 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 100 [expr {[winfo height .t.s] - 1}]
} {trough2}

test scrollbar-7.1 {EventuallyRedraw} {
    .s configure -orient horizontal
    update
    set result [.s cget -orient]
    .s configure -orient vertical
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
    wm geometry .t 100x100
    .t.f.s set 0 .5
    update
    set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
    event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5
    event generate .t <ButtonRelease> -button 1
    update
    lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
    rename bgerror {}
    set result
} {1 0 0}
test scrollbar-8.2 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} notAqua {
    # constrained by notAqua because this test clicks on an arrow of the
    # scrollbar - but macOS has no such arrows in modern scrollbars
    proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f.s }
    proc bgerror {args} {}
    destroy .t.f
    frame .t.f
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
    wm geometry .t 100x100
    .t.f.s set 0 .5
    update
    set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
    event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -button 1
    update
    lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
    rename bgerror {}
    set result
} {1 0 1}








|




















|







641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
    wm geometry .t 100x100
    .t.f.s set 0 .5
    update
    set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
    event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr {[winfo width .t.f.s] / 2}] -y 5
    event generate .t <ButtonRelease> -button 1
    update
    lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
    rename bgerror {}
    set result
} {1 0 0}
test scrollbar-8.2 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} notAqua {
    # constrained by notAqua because this test clicks on an arrow of the
    # scrollbar - but macOS has no such arrows in modern scrollbars
    proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f.s }
    proc bgerror {args} {}
    destroy .t.f
    frame .t.f
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
    wm geometry .t 100x100
    .t.f.s set 0 .5
    update
    set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
    event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr {[winfo width .t.f.s] / 2}] -y 5
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -button 1
    update
    lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
    rename bgerror {}
    set result
} {1 0 1}

755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    pack .top.s
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {} 
test scrollbar-11.2 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_scrollbar {{y 0}} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
            destroy .top.s
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    wm minsize .top 50 400
    update
    scrollbar .top.s
    bind .top.s <2> {after idle destroy_scrollbar}
    pack .top.s -expand true -fill y
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2> -x 2 -y [expr {[winfo height .top.s] / 2}]
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {} 

catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .t}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







|


















|







755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    pack .top.s
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {}
test scrollbar-11.2 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_scrollbar {{y 0}} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
            destroy .top.s
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    wm minsize .top 50 400
    update
    scrollbar .top.s
    bind .top.s <2> {after idle destroy_scrollbar}
    pack .top.s -expand true -fill y
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2> -x 2 -y [expr {[winfo height .top.s] / 2}]
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {}

catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .t}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/select.test.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
proc handler {type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo
    lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}

proc errIncrHandler {type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo pass
    if {$offset == 4000} {
	if {$pass == 0} {
	    # Just sizing the selection;  don't do anything here.
	    set pass 1
	} else {
	    # Fetching the selection;  wait long enough to cause a timeout.
	    after 6000
	}
    }
    lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}

proc errHandler args {
    error "selection handler aborted"
}

proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo
    selection handle -type $type $path {}
    lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
proc reallyBadHandler {path type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo pass
    if {$offset == 4000} {
	if {$pass == 0} {
	    set pass 1
	} else {
	    selection handle -type $type $path {}
	}
    }
    lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}

# Eliminate any existing selection on the screen.  This is needed in case
# there is a selection in some other application, in order to prevent races
# from causing false errors in the tests below.

selection clear .







|


















|














|















|







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
proc handler {type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo
    lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}]
}

proc errIncrHandler {type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo pass
    if {$offset == 4000} {
	if {$pass == 0} {
	    # Just sizing the selection;  don't do anything here.
	    set pass 1
	} else {
	    # Fetching the selection;  wait long enough to cause a timeout.
	    after 6000
	}
    }
    lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}]
}

proc errHandler args {
    error "selection handler aborted"
}

proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo
    selection handle -type $type $path {}
    lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}]
}
proc reallyBadHandler {path type offset count} {
    global selValue selInfo pass
    if {$offset == 4000} {
	if {$pass == 0} {
	    set pass 1
	} else {
	    selection handle -type $type $path {}
	}
    }
    lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
    set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
    if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	return ""
    }
    string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}]
}

# Eliminate any existing selection on the screen.  This is needed in case
# there is a selection in some other application, in order to prevent races
# from causing false errors in the tests below.

selection clear .
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
} -result {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}}

##############################################################################
# note, we are not testing MULTIPLE style selections

# most control paths have been exercised above
test select-10.1 {ConvertSelection procedure, race with selection clear} -constraints {
    x11 
} -setup {
    setup
} -body {
    proc Ready {fd} {
	variable x
	lappend x [gets $fd]
    }







|







948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
} -result {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}}

##############################################################################
# note, we are not testing MULTIPLE style selections

# most control paths have been exercised above
test select-10.1 {ConvertSelection procedure, race with selection clear} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
} -body {
    proc Ready {fd} {
	variable x
	lappend x [gets $fd]
    }
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
    set result ""
    set pass 0
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{selection owner didn't respond} {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}}
test select-10.5 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    x11 
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
    selection handle -type STRING .f1 { badHandler .f1 STRING }
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000}}
test select-10.6 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    x11 
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
	destroy .f1
	handler $type $offset $count







|














|







1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
    set result ""
    set pass 0
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{selection owner didn't respond} {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}}
test select-10.5 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
    selection handle -type STRING .f1 { badHandler .f1 STRING }
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000}}
test select-10.6 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
	destroy .f1
	handler $type $offset $count
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
    set selInfo ""
    set result [list [selection get TARGETS] $selInfo]
    selection handle .f1 {} TARGETS
    lappend result [selection get TARGETS]
} -result {{Targets value} {TARGETS.f1 0 4000} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}

test select-13.1 {SelectionSize procedure, handler deleted} -constraints {
    x11 
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
	global selValue selInfo abortCount
	incr abortCount -1
	if {$abortCount == 0} {
	    selection handle -type $type $path {}
	}
	lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
	set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
	if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	    return ""
	}
	string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
    }
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {badHandler .f1 STRING}
    set result ""
    set abortCount 2
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]







|















|







1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
    set selInfo ""
    set result [list [selection get TARGETS] $selInfo]
    selection handle .f1 {} TARGETS
    lappend result [selection get TARGETS]
} -result {{Targets value} {TARGETS.f1 0 4000} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}

test select-13.1 {SelectionSize procedure, handler deleted} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
	global selValue selInfo abortCount
	incr abortCount -1
	if {$abortCount == 0} {
	    selection handle -type $type $path {}
	}
	lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
	set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
	if {$numBytes <= 0} {
	    return ""
	}
	string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}]
    }
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {badHandler .f1 STRING}
    set result ""
    set abortCount 2
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]

Changes to tests/send.test.

193
194
195
196
197
198
199

200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
} "name2 {$commId name2\n}"
test send-7.4 {Tk_SetAppName procedure, name in use} {secureserver testsend} {
    tk appname name1
    testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n"
    list [tk appname foo] [testsend prop root InterpRegistry]
} "{foo #4} {$commId foo #4\n$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n}"


test send-8.1 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
    setupbg
    set app [dobg {tk appname}]
    set a 66
    send -async $app [list send [tk appname] set a 77]
    set result $a
    after 200 set x 40
    tkwait variable x







>
|







193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
} "name2 {$commId name2\n}"
test send-7.4 {Tk_SetAppName procedure, name in use} {secureserver testsend} {
    tk appname name1
    testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n"
    list [tk appname foo] [testsend prop root InterpRegistry]
} "{foo #4} {$commId foo #4\n$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n}"

#macOS does not send to other processes
test send-8.1 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver notAqua} {
    setupbg
    set app [dobg {tk appname}]
    set a 66
    send -async $app [list send [tk appname] set a 77]
    set result $a
    after 200 set x 40
    tkwait variable x
218
219
220
221
222
223
224

225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
    set a altDisplay
    tk appname xyzgorp
    list \[send xyzgorp set a\] \[send -displayof .t xyzgorp set a\]
    "]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} {altDisplay homeDisplay}

test send-8.3 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
    list [catch {send -- -async foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "-async"}}
test send-8.4 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
    list [catch {send -gorp foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "-gorp"}}
test send-8.5 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
    list [catch {send -async foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "send ?-option value ...? interpName arg ?arg ...?"}}
test send-8.6 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
    list [catch {send foo} msg] $msg







>
|


|







219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
    set a altDisplay
    tk appname xyzgorp
    list \[send xyzgorp set a\] \[send -displayof .t xyzgorp set a\]
    "]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} {altDisplay homeDisplay}
# Since macOS has no registry of interpreters, 8.3, 8.4 and 8.10 will fail.
test send-8.3 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver notAqua} {
    list [catch {send -- -async foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "-async"}}
test send-8.4 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver notAqua} {
    list [catch {send -gorp foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "-gorp"}}
test send-8.5 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
    list [catch {send -async foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "send ?-option value ...? interpName arg ?arg ...?"}}
test send-8.6 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
    list [catch {send foo} msg] $msg
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    string tolower [list [catch {send [tk appname] open bad_file} msg] \
	    $msg $errorInfo $errorCode]
} {1 {couldn't open "bad_file": no such file or directory} {couldn't open "bad_file": no such file or directory
    while executing
"open bad_file"
    invoked from within
"send [tk appname] open bad_file"} {posix enoent {no such file or directory}}}
test send-8.10 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, no such interpreter} {secureserver} {
    list [catch {send bogus_name bogus_command} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "bogus_name"}}

catch {
    newApp "" t_s_1 Test
    t_s_1 eval wm withdraw .
}







|







251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
    string tolower [list [catch {send [tk appname] open bad_file} msg] \
	    $msg $errorInfo $errorCode]
} {1 {couldn't open "bad_file": no such file or directory} {couldn't open "bad_file": no such file or directory
    while executing
"open bad_file"
    invoked from within
"send [tk appname] open bad_file"} {posix enoent {no such file or directory}}}
test send-8.10 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, no such interpreter} {secureserver notAqua} {
    list [catch {send bogus_name bogus_command} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "bogus_name"}}

catch {
    newApp "" t_s_1 Test
    t_s_1 eval wm withdraw .
}
538
539
540
541
542
543
544

545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559

560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
test send-12.1 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver testsend} {
    testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id dummy\n"
    list [catch {send dummy foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0}}

catch {testsend prop root InterpRegistry ""}


test send-12.2 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver} {
    winfo interps
    tk appname tktest
    update
    setupbg
    set app [dobg {
	after 10 {after 10 {after 5000; exit}}
	tk appname
    }]
    after 200
    set result [list [catch {send $app foo} msg] $msg]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} {1 {target application died}}


winfo interps
tk appname tktest
test send-13.1 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver} {
    setupbg
    set app [dobg {rename send {}; tk appname}]
    set result [list [catch {send $app foo} msg] $msg [winfo interps]]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} {1 {no application named "tktest #2"} tktest}
test send-13.2 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver} {
    winfo interps
    tk appname tktest
    rename send {}
    set result {}
    lappend result [winfo interps] [info commands send]
    tk appname foo
    lappend result [winfo interps] [info commands send]







>
|














>


|






|







540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
test send-12.1 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver testsend} {
    testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id dummy\n"
    list [catch {send dummy foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0}}

catch {testsend prop root InterpRegistry ""}

#macOS does not send to other processes
test send-12.2 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver notAqua} {
    winfo interps
    tk appname tktest
    update
    setupbg
    set app [dobg {
	after 10 {after 10 {after 5000; exit}}
	tk appname
    }]
    after 200
    set result [list [catch {send $app foo} msg] $msg]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} {1 {target application died}}

#macOS does not send to other processes
winfo interps
tk appname tktest
test send-13.1 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver notAqua} {
    setupbg
    set app [dobg {rename send {}; tk appname}]
    set result [list [catch {send $app foo} msg] $msg [winfo interps]]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} {1 {no application named "tktest #2"} tktest}
test send-13.2 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver notAqua} {
    winfo interps
    tk appname tktest
    rename send {}
    set result {}
    lappend result [winfo interps] [info commands send]
    tk appname foo
    lappend result [winfo interps] [info commands send]

Changes to tests/spinbox.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable 
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
    spinbox .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test spinbox-3.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test spinbox-3.2 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.3 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.4 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bogus"}
test spinbox-3.5 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Oryginaly the result was count using measurements 
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test spinbox-3.6 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.7 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test spinbox-3.8 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test spinbox-3.9 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test spinbox-3.10 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.11 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.12 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.13 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test spinbox-3.14 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.15 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {49}
test spinbox-3.16 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test spinbox-3.17 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.18 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.19 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.20 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.21 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bar"}
test spinbox-3.22 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test spinbox-3.23 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test spinbox-3.24 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test spinbox-3.25 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.27 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test spinbox-3.28 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test spinbox-3.29 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.30 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.31 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}
test spinbox-3.32 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test spinbox-3.33 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.34 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test spinbox-3.35 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test spinbox-3.36 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.37 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.38 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.39 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test spinbox-3.40 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.40.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.41 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.42 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.43 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.44 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test spinbox-3.45 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test spinbox-3.46 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test spinbox-3.47 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test spinbox-3.48 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, element, from, present, range, or to}

test spinbox-3.49 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test spinbox-3.50 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-3.50.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test spinbox-3.51 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test spinbox-3.52 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.53 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.54 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {







|








|








|








|








|








|


















|












|










|











|









|






|






|






|







|






|

|






|








|






|






|






|








|








|










|




















|










|












|










|






|






|






|








|






|






|








|








|








|






|






|








|










|












|










|






|










|








|








|










|












|






|







|






|






|






|













|








|











|












|







1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
    spinbox .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test spinbox-3.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test spinbox-3.2 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.3 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.4 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bogus"}
test spinbox-3.5 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Oryginaly the result was count using measurements
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test spinbox-3.6 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.7 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test spinbox-3.8 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test spinbox-3.9 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test spinbox-3.10 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.11 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.12 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.13 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test spinbox-3.14 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.15 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {51}
test spinbox-3.16 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test spinbox-3.17 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.18 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.19 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.20 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.21 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bar"}
test spinbox-3.22 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test spinbox-3.23 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test spinbox-3.24 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test spinbox-3.25 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.27 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test spinbox-3.28 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test spinbox-3.29 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.30 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.31 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}
test spinbox-3.32 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test spinbox-3.33 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.34 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test spinbox-3.35 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test spinbox-3.36 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.37 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.38 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.39 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test spinbox-3.40 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.40.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.41 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.42 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.43 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.44 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test spinbox-3.45 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test spinbox-3.46 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test spinbox-3.47 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test spinbox-3.48 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, element, from, present, range, or to}

test spinbox-3.49 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test spinbox-3.50 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-3.50.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test spinbox-3.51 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test spinbox-3.52 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.53 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.54 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
    .e configure -state normal
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 4}

test spinbox-3.65 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.053763 0.268817}
test spinbox-3.66 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.67 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test spinbox-3.68 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test spinbox-3.69 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test spinbox-3.70 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test spinbox-3.71 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test spinbox-3.72 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.73 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test spinbox-3.74 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test spinbox-3.75 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test spinbox-3.76 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test spinbox-3.77 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test spinbox-3.78 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test spinbox-3.79 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-3.80 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test spinbox-3.81 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF







|











|








|













|








|








|











|








|

|










|












|













|







|





|







|





|








|

|










|













|











|







1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
    .e configure -state normal
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 4}

test spinbox-3.65 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.053763 0.268817}
test spinbox-3.66 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.67 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test spinbox-3.68 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test spinbox-3.69 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test spinbox-3.70 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test spinbox-3.71 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number pages|units"}
test spinbox-3.72 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.73 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test spinbox-3.74 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test spinbox-3.75 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test spinbox-3.76 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test spinbox-3.77 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be pages or units}
test spinbox-3.78 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test spinbox-3.79 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-3.80 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test spinbox-3.81 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test spinbox-3.82 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}







|







1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test spinbox-3.82 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test spinbox-5.6 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-5.6.1 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get} 
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test spinbox-5.7 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}

test spinbox-5.8 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update







|






|











|






|














|







1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test spinbox-5.6 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-5.6.1 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get}
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test spinbox-5.7 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}

test spinbox-5.8 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074















2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
    .e configure -font {{open look glyph}}
    .e scan dragto 30
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {}
















# No tests for DisplaySpinbox.

test spinbox-6.1 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.2 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify center \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.3 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify right \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.4 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.5 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5 	    
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.6 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10 
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






|












|













|











|














|













|







2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
    .e configure -font {{open look glyph}}
    .e scan dragto 30
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {}
test spinbox-5.12 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -from and -to swapping} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    # this statement used to trigger error "-to value must be greater than -from value"
    # because default value for -to is zero (bug [841280ffff])
    set res [catch {.e configure -from 10}]
    .e configure -from 1971 -to 2016  ; # standard case
    lappend res [.e cget -from] [.e cget -to]
    .e configure -from 2016 -to 1971  ; # auto-swapping happens
    lappend res [.e cget -from] [.e cget -to]
    .e configure -to 1971 -from 2016 ; # auto-swapping, order of options does not matter
    lappend res [.e cget -from] [.e cget -to]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0 1971.0 2016.0 1971.0 2016.0 1971.0 2016.0}

# No tests for DisplaySpinbox.

test spinbox-6.1 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.2 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify center \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.3 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify right \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.4 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.5 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.6 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
} -result {133 39}
test spinbox-6.9 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0 
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {42 39}


test spinbox-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test spinbox-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update







|








|














|
|







2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
} -result {133 39}
test spinbox-6.9 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {42 39}


test spinbox-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test spinbox-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594














2595
2596
2597

2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test spinbox-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test spinbox-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {70}

test spinbox-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test spinbox-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test spinbox-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test spinbox-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test spinbox-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test spinbox-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test spinbox-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4














    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e

} -result {42}

test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    spinbox .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
} -result {12345 12345}


test spinbox-10.1 {SpinboxSetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    spinbox .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x 
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 35}
test spinbox-10.2 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-10.3 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test spinbox-10.4 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test spinbox-10.5 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-10.6 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test spinbox-10.7 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test spinbox-10.8 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"







|











|










|











|














|











|
|












|
|












|
|












|















|















|















|













|















|












|















|















|












|












|












|












|












|












|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>
|



















|








|












|












|












|














|















|














|







2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test spinbox-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test spinbox-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {70}

test spinbox-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test spinbox-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test spinbox-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test spinbox-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test spinbox-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test spinbox-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test spinbox-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4
    # To check that deletion actually happened we measure the new width
    # of the widget, based on the measuring width of the remaining text ("xyy")
    # in the widget. For that purpose we have to mirror the code in tkEntry.c
    # for computation of the reqwidth
    # note: XPAD corresponds to the hardcoded    #define XPAD 1
    set XPAD 1
    set buttonWidth [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "0"] + 2 * (1 + $XPAD) }]
    if {$buttonWidth < 11} {
        set buttonWidth 11
    }
    set expected [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "xyy"] \
                          + 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
                                [.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) \
                          + $buttonWidth } ]
    expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    unset XPAD buttonWidth expected
} -result {1}

test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    spinbox .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
} -result {12345 12345}


test spinbox-10.1 {SpinboxSetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    spinbox .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 35}
test spinbox-10.2 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-10.3 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test spinbox-10.4 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test spinbox-10.5 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-10.6 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test spinbox-10.7 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test spinbox-10.8 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test spinbox-13.2 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e 
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "abogus"}
test spinbox-13.3 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e







|







2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test spinbox-13.2 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "abogus"}
test spinbox-13.3 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6}

test spinbox-13.10 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test spinbox-13.11 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test spinbox-13.12 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4







|



















|
















|







2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6}

test spinbox-13.10 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test spinbox-13.11 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}

test spinbox-13.12 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947




















2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "sbogus"}

test spinbox-13.14 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 




















# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.14.1 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e  
    catch {selection get} 
    .e index sbogus      
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.15 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "@xyz"}

test spinbox-13.16 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.17 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @11
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.18 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test spinbox-13.19 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6-11}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {8}
test spinbox-13.20 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 5}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.21 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.22 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "1xyz"}
test spinbox-13.23 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-13.24 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test spinbox-13.25 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|














|










|










|










|










|










|









|









|










|










|







2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009




















3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "sbogus"}

test spinbox-13.14 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.14.1 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e




















    catch {selection get}
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.15 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "@xyz"}

test spinbox-13.16 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.17 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @11
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.18 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test spinbox-13.19 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6-11}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {8}
test spinbox-13.20 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 5}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.21 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.22 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "1xyz"}
test spinbox-13.23 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-13.24 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test spinbox-13.25 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
test spinbox-14.3 {SpinboxFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    spinbox .e
    .e insert end $x    
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}








|







3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
test spinbox-14.3 {SpinboxFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    spinbox .e
    .e insert end $x
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}

3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
} -result {Text Text}


test spinbox-16.1 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................." 
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test spinbox-16.2 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]







|







3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
} -result {Text Text}


test spinbox-16.1 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................."
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test spinbox-16.2 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1} 

##
## Spinbox widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#







|







3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1}

##
## Spinbox widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
    spinbox .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}








|







3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
    spinbox .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}

3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##







|







3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##

Added tests/teapotTransparent.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/text.test.

906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
    destroy .t
} -result {2 red}
test text-2.7 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.8 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    aqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.9 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    unix notAqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {raised}
test text-2.10 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
    list [text .t] [winfo class .t]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







|








|








|







906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
    destroy .t
} -result {2 red}
test text-2.7 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.8 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    aqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.9 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    unix notAqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {raised}
test text-2.10 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
    list [text .t] [winfo class .t]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488












1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
    proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
    .t edit undo
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    rename .t {}
    rename test.t .t
    destroy .t
} -result {{edit undo} {delete 2.1 2.4} {mark set insert 2.1} {see insert} {insert 2.1 ef} {mark set insert 2.3} {see insert}}












test text-8.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option with undo} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
    proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
    .t edit undo
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    rename .t {}
    rename test.t .t
    destroy .t
} -result [list {edit undo} {delete 2.1 2.4} {mark set insert 2.1} {see insert} \
                {mark set tk::undoMarkL2 2.1} {mark set tk::undoMarkR2 2.4} \
                {mark gravity tk::undoMarkL2 left} {mark gravity tk::undoMarkR2 right} \
                {insert 2.1 ef} {mark set insert 2.3} {see insert} \
                {mark set tk::undoMarkL1 2.1} {mark set tk::undoMarkR1 2.3} \
                {mark gravity tk::undoMarkL1 left} {mark gravity tk::undoMarkR1 right} \
                {mark names} \
                {index tk::undoMarkL1} {index tk::undoMarkR1} \
                {mark unset tk::undoMarkL1 tk::undoMarkR1} \
                {index tk::undoMarkL2} {index tk::undoMarkR2} \
                {mark unset tk::undoMarkL2 tk::undoMarkR2} \
                {compare 2.1 > 2.3} {compare 2.6 > 2.3} ]

test text-8.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option with undo} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
    .t tag configure elide -elide 1
    .t tag add elide 5.2 5.4
    .t window create 5.4
    .t delete 5.4 
    .t tag add elide 5.5 5.6
    .t get -displaychars 5.2 5.8
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {Grl}









|







2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
    .t tag configure elide -elide 1
    .t tag add elide 5.2 5.4
    .t window create 5.4
    .t delete 5.4
    .t tag add elide 5.5 5.6
    .t get -displaychars 5.2 5.8
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {Grl}


2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
test text-9.2.45 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
    text .t
    pack .t
    update
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
      .t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
    }
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    .t tag add hidden 2.15 3.10
    .t configure -wrap none
    set res [.t count -displaylines 2.0 3.0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







|







2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
test text-9.2.45 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
    text .t
    pack .t
    update
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
      .t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
    }
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    .t tag add hidden 2.15 3.10
    .t configure -wrap none
    set res [.t count -displaylines 2.0 3.0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
    .mytop.t delete 1.0 end
    update
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
      #                    0          1          2          3          4
      #                    012345 678901234 567890123 456789012 34567890123456789
      .mytop.t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
    }
    .mytop.t tag configure hidden -elide true
    .mytop.t tag add hidden 2.30 3.10
    lappend res [.mytop.t count -displaylines 2.0 3.0]
    lappend res [.mytop.t count -displaylines 2.0 3.50]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .mytop







|







2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
    .mytop.t delete 1.0 end
    update
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
      #                    0          1          2          3          4
      #                    012345 678901234 567890123 456789012 34567890123456789
      .mytop.t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
    }
    .mytop.t tag configure hidden -elide true
    .mytop.t tag add hidden 2.30 3.10
    lappend res [.mytop.t count -displaylines 2.0 3.0]
    lappend res [.mytop.t count -displaylines 2.0 3.50]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .mytop
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index end] 
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display chars"]
} -cleanup {







|







2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index end]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display chars"]
} -cleanup {
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
    toplevel .top
    pack [text .top.yt]
    update
    set content {}
    for {set i 1} {$i < 300} {incr i} {
        append content [string repeat "$i " 50] \n
    }
    # Sync the widget and process all <<WidgetViewSync>> events before binding. 
    .top.yt sync
    update
    bind .top.yt <<WidgetViewSync>> {lappend res Sync:%d}
    set res {}
    # The next line triggers <<WidgetViewSync>> with %d==0 i.e. out of sync.
    .top.yt insert 1.0 $content
    vwait res







|







3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
    toplevel .top
    pack [text .top.yt]
    update
    set content {}
    for {set i 1} {$i < 300} {incr i} {
        append content [string repeat "$i " 50] \n
    }
    # Sync the widget and process all <<WidgetViewSync>> events before binding.
    .top.yt sync
    update
    bind .top.yt <<WidgetViewSync>> {lappend res Sync:%d}
    set res {}
    # The next line triggers <<WidgetViewSync>> with %d==0 i.e. out of sync.
    .top.yt insert 1.0 $content
    vwait res
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
    destroy .top.t .top
} -body {
    set res {}
    toplevel .top
    pack [text .top.t]
    update
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10000} {incr i} {
        .top.t insert end "Hello world!\n" 
    }
    bind .top.t <<WidgetViewSync>> {destroy .top.t}
    .top.t tag add mytag 1.5 8000.8    ; # shall not crash
    update
    set res "Still doing fine!"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.t .top







|







3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
    destroy .top.t .top
} -body {
    set res {}
    toplevel .top
    pack [text .top.t]
    update
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10000} {incr i} {
        .top.t insert end "Hello world!\n"
    }
    bind .top.t <<WidgetViewSync>> {destroy .top.t}
    .top.t tag add mytag 1.5 8000.8    ; # shall not crash
    update
    set res "Still doing fine!"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.t .top
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
} -result {1 1 0}
test text-14.5 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {30 foo}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric} 
test text-14.6 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    catch {.t configure -tabs {30 foo}} 
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric
    (while processing -tabs option)
    invoked from within
".t configure -tabs {30 foo}"}
test text-14.7 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t configure -tabs {}
    .t cget -tabs
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.8 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
   text .t 
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad wrap "bogus": must be char, none, or word}
test text-14.9 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2







|



|


















|







3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
} -result {1 1 0}
test text-14.5 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {30 foo}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test text-14.6 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    catch {.t configure -tabs {30 foo}}
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric
    (while processing -tabs option)
    invoked from within
".t configure -tabs {30 foo}"}
test text-14.7 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t configure -tabs {}
    .t cget -tabs
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.8 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
   text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad wrap "bogus": must be char, none, or word}
test text-14.9 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth {}
    .t tag cget sel -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.11 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t 
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "foo"}
test text-14.12 {ConfigureText procedure} -body {
    text .t







|







3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth {}
    .t tag cget sel -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.11 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "foo"}
test text-14.12 {ConfigureText procedure} -body {
    text .t
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476






3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493

3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {1234}
test text-14.18 {ConfigureText procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 
    pack .top.t
    update
    set geom [wm geometry .top]
    set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.






test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    wm geometry .top
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {20x10+0+0}
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.

test text-14.20 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    set result [wm geometry .top]
    wm geometry .top 15x8
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
    .top.t configure -wrap word
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {20x10+0+0 15x8+0+0 15x8+0+0}


test text-15.1 {TextWorldChanged procedure, spacing options} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10 -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    set result [winfo reqheight .t]







|











>
>
>
>
>
>







|




|




>







|










|







3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {1234}
test text-14.18 {ConfigureText procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10
    pack .top.t
    update
    set geom [wm geometry .top]
    set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
# On macOS, however, there is no way to make the window overlap the menubar.
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} {
    set minY 23
} else {
    set minY 0
}
test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+$minY
    update
    wm geometry .top
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result "20x10+0+$minY"
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
# On macOS we again use minY as a workaround.
test text-14.20 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+$minY
    update
    set result [wm geometry .top]
    wm geometry .top 15x8
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
    .top.t configure -wrap word
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result "20x10+0+$minY 15x8+0+$minY 15x8+0+$minY"


test text-15.1 {TextWorldChanged procedure, spacing options} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10 -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    set result [winfo reqheight .t]
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
    list [info command .tx*] [winfo exists .tx1]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .txt1
} -result {{} 0}
test text-17.2 {TextCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
   toplevel .top 
   text .top.t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold} \
    -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
   pack .top.t
   update
   set geom [wm geometry .top]
   set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
   rename .top.t {}







|







3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
    list [info command .tx*] [winfo exists .tx1]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .txt1
} -result {{} 0}
test text-17.2 {TextCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
   toplevel .top
   text .top.t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold} \
    -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
   pack .top.t
   update
   set geom [wm geometry .top]
   set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
   rename .top.t {}
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
    .t search -backwards "\n\n" 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.119 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath 
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.120 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
# Practical example which used to crash Tk, but only after the
# search is complete.  This is memory corruption caused by
# a bug in Tcl's handling of string objects.
# (Tcl bug 635200)
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath 
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.121 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {
static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath 
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -backwards -all -regexp $markExpr end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







|
















|













|







4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
    .t search -backwards "\n\n" 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.119 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.120 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
# Practical example which used to crash Tk, but only after the
# search is complete.  This is memory corruption caused by
# a bug in Tcl's handling of string objects.
# (Tcl bug 635200)
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.121 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {
static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -backwards -all -regexp $markExpr end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
test text-23.4 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
    .t configure -tabs {100 right 200 left 300 center 400 numeric}
    update idletasks
    list [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
	    [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {100 200 300 400}
test text-23.5 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
    .t configure -tabs {105 r 205 l 305 c 405 n}
    update idletasks
    list [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
	    [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {105 205 305 405}
test text-23.6 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t







|

|











|

|







6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
test text-23.4 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
    .t configure -tabs {100 right 200 left 300 center 400 numeric}
    update idletasks
    list [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]}] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
	    [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2}] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {100 200 300 400}
test text-23.5 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
    .t configure -tabs {105 r 205 l 305 c 405 n}
    update idletasks
    list [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]}] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \
	    [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2}] \
	    [lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {105 205 305 405}
test text-23.6 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "!44"}


test text-24.1 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.2 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump -all
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.3 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump -command
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.4 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump -bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "-bogus": must be -all, -command, -image, -mark, -tag, -text, or -window}
test text-24.5 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test text-24.6 {TextDumpCmd procedure, one index} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"







|







|







|







|







|







6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "!44"}


test text-24.1 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.2 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump -all
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.3 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump -command
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.4 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump -bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "-bogus": must be -all, -command, -image, -mark, -tag, -text, or -window}
test text-24.5 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test text-24.6 {TextDumpCmd procedure, one index} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
    .t dump 1.5 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.10 {TextDumpCmd procedure, negative range} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump 1.5 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.11 {TextDumpCmd procedure, stop at begin-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "Line One\nLine Two\nLine Three\nLine Four"







|







6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
    .t dump 1.5 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.10 {TextDumpCmd procedure, negative range} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump 1.5 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.11 {TextDumpCmd procedure, stop at begin-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "Line One\nLine Two\nLine Three\nLine Four"
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559

6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
} -result {1}
test text-27.11 {TextEditCmd procedure, set modified flag repeat} -setup {
    text .t
    pack .t
# Make sure the Text is mapped before we start
    update
    set ::retval {}

} -body {
    bind .t <<Modified>> "lappend ::retval modified"
# Shouldn't require [update idle] to trigger event [Bug 1809538]
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
    .t edit modified 1
    update
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]







>







6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
} -result {1}
test text-27.11 {TextEditCmd procedure, set modified flag repeat} -setup {
    text .t
    pack .t
# Make sure the Text is mapped before we start
    update
    set ::retval {}
    update
} -body {
    bind .t <<Modified>> "lappend ::retval modified"
# Shouldn't require [update idle] to trigger event [Bug 1809538]
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
    .t edit modified 1
    update
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961




























































6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
    .t edit undo
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
    .t edit reset
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}






























































test text-28.1 {bug fix - 624372, ControlUtfProc long lines} -body {
    pack [text .t -wrap none]
    .t insert end [string repeat "\1" 500]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
    .t edit undo
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
    .t edit reset
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}
test text-27.26 {edit undo and edit redo return ranges} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t -undo true -autoseparators false
    .t insert end "Hello "
    .t edit separator
    .t insert end "World!\n"
    .t insert 1.6 "GREAT "
    .t insert end "Another edit here!!"
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
    .t edit separator
    .t delete 1.6
    .t delete 1.9 1.10
    .t insert 1.9 L
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
    .t replace 1.6 1.10 Tcl/Tk
    .t replace 2.8 2.12 "one bites the dust"
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list {1.6 2.0}           \
                {1.6 2.19}          \
                {1.6 1.7 1.10 1.12} \
                {1.6 1.7 1.9 1.11}  \
                {1.6 1.16 2.8 2.19} \
                {1.6 1.16 2.8 2.30} ]
test text-27.27 {edit undo and edit redo return ranges} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t -undo true -autoseparators false
    for {set i 3} {$i >= 1} {incr i -1} {
        .t insert 1.0 "Line $i\n"
    }
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list {1.0 2.0} \
                {1.0 4.0} ]
test text-27.28 {edit undo and edit redo do not leave \
                 spurious temporary marks behind them} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    pack [text .t -undo true -autoseparators false]
    .t insert end "Hello World.\n"
    .t edit separator
    .t insert end "Again hello.\n"
    .t edit undo
    lappend res [lsearch [.t mark names] tk::undoMark*]
    .t edit redo
    lappend res [lsearch [.t mark names] tk::undoMark*]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list -1 -1]


test text-28.1 {bug fix - 624372, ControlUtfProc long lines} -body {
    pack [text .t -wrap none]
    .t insert end [string repeat "\1" 500]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
test text-31.14 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 
    lappend res [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0]
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{} {1.0 2.0 4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0}}
test text-31.15 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {} {} {}}
test text-31.16 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	.t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \







|




















|



















|







7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
test text-31.14 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
    lappend res [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0]
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{} {1.0 2.0 4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0}}
test text-31.15 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {} {} {}}
test text-31.16 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	.t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 11.0
    lappend res [.t index sel.first]
    lappend res [.t index sel.last]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 11.0} 
test text-31.19 {peer widgets} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag delete sel
    .t index sel.first







|







7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 11.0
    lappend res [.t index sel.first]
    lappend res [.t index sel.last]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 11.0}
test text-31.19 {peer widgets} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag delete sel
    .t index sel.first
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366






























































































7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
    set w [makeText]
    update ; after 1000 ; update
    set before [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    $w insert 1.0 "a"
    update
    set after [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    destroy .g
    expr {$before eq $after} 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}































































































test text-32.2 {peer widget -start, -end and deletion (bug 1630262)} -setup {
    destroy .t .pt
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t
    .t peer create .pt







|



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
    set w [makeText]
    update ; after 1000 ; update
    set before [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    $w insert 1.0 "a"
    update
    set after [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    destroy .g
    expr {$before eq $after}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}

test text-32.2 {peer widget -start, -end and deletion (bug 1630262)} -setup {
    destroy .t .pt
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t
    .t peer create .pt
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
      .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t configure -startline 5
    # none of the following delete shall crash
    # (all did before fixing bug 1630262)
    # 1. delete on the same line: line1 == line2 in DeleteIndexRange,
    #    and resetView is true neither for .t not for .pt
    .pt delete 2.0 2.2
    # 2. delete just one line: line1 < line2 in DeleteIndexRange,
    #    and resetView is true only for .t, not for .pt
    .pt delete 2.0 3.0
    # 3. delete several lines: line1 < line2 in DeleteIndexRange,
    #    and resetView is true only for .t, not for .pt
    .pt delete 2.0 5.0
    # 4. delete to the end line: line1 < line2 in DeleteIndexRange,
    #    and resetView is true only for .t, not for .pt
    .pt delete 2.0 end
    # this test succeeds provided there is no crash
    set res 1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pt
} -result {1}

test text-32.3 {peer widget -start, -end and deletion (bug 1630262)} -setup {
    destroy .t .pt
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t
    .t peer create .pt
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
      .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t configure -startline 5
    .pt configure -startline 3
    # the following delete shall not crash
    # (it did before fixing bug 1630262)
    .pt delete 2.0 3.0
    # moreover -startline shall be correct
    # (was wrong before fixing bug 1630262)
    lappend res [.t cget -start] [.pt cget -start]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pt
} -result {4 3}

test text-32.4 {peer widget -start, -end and deletion (bug 1630262)} -setup {
    destroy .t .pt
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t
    .t peer create .pt
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
      .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t configure -startline 5 -endline 15
    .pt configure -startline 8 -endline 12
    # .pt now shows a range entirely inside the range of .pt
    # from .t, delete lines located after [.pt cget -end]
    .t delete 9.0 10.0
    # from .t, delete lines straddling [.pt cget -end]
    .t delete 6.0 9.0
    lappend res [.t cget -start] [.t cget -end] [.pt cget -start] [.pt cget -end]
    .t configure -startline 5 -endline 12
    .pt configure -startline 8 -endline 12
    # .pt now shows again a range entirely inside the range of .pt
    # from .t, delete lines located before [.pt cget -start]
    .t delete 2.0 3.0
    # from .t, delete lines straddling [.pt cget -start]
    .t delete 2.0 5.0
    lappend res [.t cget -start] [.t cget -end] [.pt cget -start] [.pt cget -end]
    .t configure -startline 22 -endline 31
    .pt configure -startline 42 -endline 51
    # .t now shows a range entirely before the range of .pt
    # from .t, delete some lines, then do it from .pt
    .t delete 2.0 3.0
    .t delete 2.0 5.0
    .pt delete 2.0 5.0
    lappend res [.t cget -start] [.t cget -end] [.pt cget -start] [.pt cget -end]
    .t configure -startline 55 -endline 75
    .pt configure -startline 60 -endline 70
    # .pt now shows a range entirely inside the range of .t
    # from .t, delete a range straddling the entire range of .pt
    .t delete 3.0 18.0
    lappend res [.t cget -start] [.t cget -end] [.pt cget -start] [.pt cget -end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pt .t
} -result {5 11 8 10 5 8 6 8 22 27 38 44 55 60 57 57}

test text-32.2 {peer widget -start, -end and deletion (bug 1630262)} -setup {
    destroy .t .pt
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t
    .t peer create .pt

Changes to tests/textBTree.test.

418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
    for {set i 0} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append bigText2 "Line $i\n"
    }
} -body {
    setup
    .t insert 1.1 $bigText2
    for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
        set j [expr $i+2]
        set k [expr 1+2*$i]
        .t tag add x $j.1 $j.3
        .t tag add y $k.1 $k.6
    }
    .t delete 2.0 200.0
    list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} -result {{3.0 3.1 3.4 3.12 4.2 4.6} {1.1 1.6 3.4 3.5}}
test btree-6.6 {very large deletes, with tags} -setup {
    set bigText2 {}
    for {set i 0} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append bigText2 "Line $i\n"
    }
} -body {
    setup
    .t insert 1.1 $bigText2
    for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
        set j [expr $i+2]
        set k [expr 1+2*$i]
        .t tag add x $j.1 $j.3
        .t tag add y $k.1 $k.6
    }
    for {set i 199} {$i >= 2} {incr i -1} {
        .t delete $i.0 [expr $i+1].0
    }
    list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} -result {{3.0 3.1 3.4 3.12 4.2 4.6} {1.1 1.6 3.4 3.5}}


test btree-7.1 {tag addition and removal} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end







|
|















|
|




|







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
    for {set i 0} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append bigText2 "Line $i\n"
    }
} -body {
    setup
    .t insert 1.1 $bigText2
    for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
        set j [expr {$i+2}]
        set k [expr {1+2*$i}]
        .t tag add x $j.1 $j.3
        .t tag add y $k.1 $k.6
    }
    .t delete 2.0 200.0
    list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} -result {{3.0 3.1 3.4 3.12 4.2 4.6} {1.1 1.6 3.4 3.5}}
test btree-6.6 {very large deletes, with tags} -setup {
    set bigText2 {}
    for {set i 0} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append bigText2 "Line $i\n"
    }
} -body {
    setup
    .t insert 1.1 $bigText2
    for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
        set j [expr {$i+2}]
        set k [expr {1+2*$i}]
        .t tag add x $j.1 $j.3
        .t tag add y $k.1 $k.6
    }
    for {set i 199} {$i >= 2} {incr i -1} {
        .t delete $i.0 [expr {$i+1}].0
    }
    list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} -result {{3.0 3.1 3.4 3.12 4.2 4.6} {1.1 1.6 3.4 3.5}}


test btree-7.1 {tag addition and removal} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end

Changes to tests/textDisp.test.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43





44



45
46
47
48
49
50
51
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.

catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack .f -side left






set fixedFont {Courier -12}



# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP







>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.

catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack .f -side left

# On macOS the font "Courier New" has different metrics than "Courier",
# and this causes tests 20.1 - 20.5 to fail.  So we use "Courier" as the
# fixed font for testing on Aqua.

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
   set fixedFont {Courier -12}
} else {
  set fixedFont {"Courier New" -12}
}
# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
.t tag delete x y

test textDisp-2.1 {LayoutDLine, basics} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [expr 5 + $fixedWidth * 19] 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr 5 + $fixedHeight] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.2 {LayoutDLine, basics} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.3 {LayoutDLine, basics} {textfonts} {







|







234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
.t tag delete x y

test textDisp-2.1 {LayoutDLine, basics} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [expr {5 + $fixedWidth * 19}] 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {5 + $fixedHeight}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.2 {LayoutDLine, basics} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.3 {LayoutDLine, basics} {textfonts} {
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
    list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.11]
} [list [list 19 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 40 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 82 5 7 $fixedHeight]]
foreach m [.t mark names] {
    catch {.t mark unset $m}
}
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d width height
test textDisp-2.8 {LayoutDLine, extra chunk at end of dline} {textfonts} {
    wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
    update
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isxx some sample text for testing."
    .t mark set foo 1.20
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 8 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]







|







278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
    list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.11]
} [list [list 19 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 40 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 82 5 7 $fixedHeight]]
foreach m [.t mark names] {
    catch {.t mark unset $m}
}
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d width height
test textDisp-2.8 {LayoutDLine, extra chunk at end of dline} {textfonts} {
    wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height
    update
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isxx some sample text for testing."
    .t mark set foo 1.20
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 8 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag delete x y
    .t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
    .t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
    .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    .t configure -spacing1 2 -spacing2 1 -spacing3 3
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4]
    list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 2 7 10 15]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.23 {LayoutDLine, spacing options} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag delete x y
    .t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
    .t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
    .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
    .t configure -spacing1 4 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 4
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 1 -spacing2 2 -spacing3 3
    .t tag add x 1.0 end
    .t tag configure y -spacing1 0 -spacing2 3
    .t tag add y 2.19 end
    .t tag raise y
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4]
    list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 1 5 13 16]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.24 {LayoutDLine, tabs, saving from first chunk} {textfonts} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag delete x y
    .t tag configure x -tabs 70







|

|

|

|


|

|

|

|











|

|

|

|







|

|

|

|







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag delete x y
    .t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
    .t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
    .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    .t configure -spacing1 2 -spacing2 1 -spacing3 3
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}]
    list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 2 7 10 15]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.23 {LayoutDLine, spacing options} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag delete x y
    .t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
    .t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
    .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}]
    .t configure -spacing1 4 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 4
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 1 -spacing2 2 -spacing3 3
    .t tag add x 1.0 end
    .t tag configure y -spacing1 0 -spacing2 3
    .t tag add y 2.19 end
    .t tag raise y
    set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
    set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
    set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
    set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}]
    set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
    set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}]
    list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 1 5 13 16]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.24 {LayoutDLine, tabs, saving from first chunk} {textfonts} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag delete x y
    .t tag configure x -tabs 70
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
} [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 1 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 1 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}]
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
    wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-4.6 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so 
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }







|







594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
} [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 1 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 1 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}]
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
    wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-4.6 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
test textDisp-4.7 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so 
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 1.0
    update
    .t yview 16.0
    update
    set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
    wm overrideredirect . 0
    update 
    set x
} {8.0 {16.0 17.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0} {8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0}}
test textDisp-4.8 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 16.0
    update







|















|







626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
test textDisp-4.7 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 1.0
    update
    .t yview 16.0
    update
    set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
    wm overrideredirect . 0
    update
    set x
} {8.0 {16.0 17.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0} {8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0}}
test textDisp-4.8 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 16.0
    update
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
    update
    list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 {2.0 eof}}
test textDisp-9.13 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
        .t insert end "Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
    }
    .t tag add hidden 2.8 2.17
    .t tag add hidden 6.8 7.17
    .t tag configure hidden -background red
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    update
    .t tag configure hidden -elide false







|







1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
    update
    list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 {2.0 eof}}
test textDisp-9.13 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
        .t insert end "Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
    }
    .t tag add hidden 2.8 2.17
    .t tag add hidden 6.8 7.17
    .t tag configure hidden -background red
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    update
    .t tag configure hidden -elide false
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
    pack .top.t
    .top.t insert end "Line 1"
    for {set i 2} {$i <= 100} {incr i} {
	.top.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    update
    scan [wm geometry .top] "%dx%d" w2 h2
    wm geometry .top ${w2}x[expr $h2-2]
    update
    .top.t yview 1.0
    update
    set tk_textRedraw {}
    .top.t see 5.0
    update
    # Note, with smooth scrolling, the results of this test







|







1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
    pack .top.t
    .top.t insert end "Line 1"
    for {set i 2} {$i <= 100} {incr i} {
	.top.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    update
    scan [wm geometry .top] "%dx%d" w2 h2
    wm geometry .top ${w2}x[expr {$h2-2}]
    update
    .top.t yview 1.0
    update
    set tk_textRedraw {}
    .top.t see 5.0
    update
    # Note, with smooth scrolling, the results of this test
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
    lappend x [.t bbox 30.60]
    .t see 30.65
    lappend x [.t bbox 30.65]
    .t see 30.90
    lappend x [.t bbox 30.90]
} [list [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-13.9 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    wm geom . [expr $width-2]x$height
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t yview moveto 0
    .t tag add sel 30.20
    .t tag add sel 30.50
    update
    .t see 30.50
    set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]







|







1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
    lappend x [.t bbox 30.60]
    .t see 30.65
    lappend x [.t bbox 30.65]
    .t see 30.90
    lappend x [.t bbox 30.90]
} [list [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-13.9 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    wm geom . [expr {$width-2}]x$height
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t yview moveto 0
    .t tag add sel 30.20
    .t tag add sel 30.50
    update
    .t see 30.50
    set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
    .t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
    .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
    .t xview m 1.4
    .t xview
} [list [expr {9.0/14}] 1.0]
test textDisp-14.10 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-14.11 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-14.12 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll gorp units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "gorp"}}
test textDisp-14.13 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"







|


|







1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
    .t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
    .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
    .t xview m 1.4
    .t xview
} [list [expr {9.0/14}] 1.0]
test textDisp-14.10 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number pages|pixels|units"}}
test textDisp-14.11 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number pages|pixels|units"}}
test textDisp-14.12 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll gorp units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "gorp"}}
test textDisp-14.13 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
} {2.36 2.18 2.0}
test textDisp-14.14 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"
    .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 21 u  
    set x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -1 u
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -15 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
} {2.21 2.20 2.99 2.84}
test textDisp-14.15 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll 14 globs} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "globs": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-14.16 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview flounder} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "flounder": must be moveto or scroll}}

.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 99} {incr i} {







|










|







1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
} {2.36 2.18 2.0}
test textDisp-14.14 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"
    .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 21 u
    set x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -1 u
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -15 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
} {2.21 2.20 2.99 2.84}
test textDisp-14.15 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview scroll 14 globs} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "globs": must be pages, pixels, or units}}
test textDisp-14.16 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t xview flounder} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "flounder": must be moveto or scroll}}

.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 99} {incr i} {
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
    .top1.t yview moveto 0.3333
    set result [.top1.t yview]
    destroy .top1
    set result
} [list [expr {1.0/3}] [expr {5.0/6}]]
test textDisp-16.19 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-16.20 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-16.21 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.21.2 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "badInt"}}
test textDisp-16.22 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
    .t yview 50.0
    update
    .t yview scroll -1 pages
    .t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-16.22.1 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll -3 p} res] $res
} {1 {ambiguous argument "p": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.23 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
    .t yview 50.0
    update
    .t yview scroll -3 pa
    .t index @0,0
} {26.0}
test textDisp-16.24 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {







|


|


|











|







2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
    .top1.t yview moveto 0.3333
    set result [.top1.t yview]
    destroy .top1
    set result
} [list [expr {1.0/3}] [expr {5.0/6}]]
test textDisp-16.19 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number pages|pixels|units"}}
test textDisp-16.20 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number pages|pixels|units"}}
test textDisp-16.21 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be pages, pixels, or units}}
test textDisp-16.21.2 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "badInt"}}
test textDisp-16.22 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
    .t yview 50.0
    update
    .t yview scroll -1 pages
    .t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-16.22.1 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll -3 p} res] $res
} {1 {ambiguous argument "p": must be pages, pixels, or units}}
test textDisp-16.23 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
    .t yview 50.0
    update
    .t yview scroll -3 pa
    .t index @0,0
} {26.0}
test textDisp-16.24 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
    .t yview scroll 2 pages
    .t index @0,0
} {66.0}
test textDisp-16.28 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 98.0
    update
    .t yview scroll 1 page
    set res [expr int([.t index @0,0])]
    if {$fixedDiff > 1} {
	incr res -1
    }
    set res
} {102}
test textDisp-16.29 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
    .t configure -height 1







|







2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
    .t yview scroll 2 pages
    .t index @0,0
} {66.0}
test textDisp-16.28 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 98.0
    update
    .t yview scroll 1 page
    set res [expr {int([.t index @0,0])}]
    if {$fixedDiff > 1} {
	incr res -1
    }
    set res
} {102}
test textDisp-16.29 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
    .t configure -height 1
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
    .t yview 149.0
    update
    .t yview scroll 4 units
    .t index @0,0
} {151.40}
test textDisp-16.32 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll 12 bogoids} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogoids": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.33 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t yview bad_arg 1 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bad_arg": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.34 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
    set res {}
    .t yview 1.0
    lappend res [format %.12g [expr {[lindex [.t yview] 0]







|







2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
    .t yview 149.0
    update
    .t yview scroll 4 units
    .t index @0,0
} {151.40}
test textDisp-16.32 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t yview scroll 12 bogoids} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogoids": must be pages, pixels, or units}}
test textDisp-16.33 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.t yview bad_arg 1 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bad_arg": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.34 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
    set res {}
    .t yview 1.0
    lappend res [format %.12g [expr {[lindex [.t yview] 0]
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
    .t delete 1.0 end
    foreach x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0] {
      .t insert end "$x aaa1\n$x bbb2\n$x ccc3\n$x ddd4\n$x eee5\n$x fff6"
      .t insert end "$x 1111\n$x 2222\n$x 3333\n$x 4444\n$x 5555\n$x 6666" hidden
    }
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true ; # 5 hidden lines
    update
    .t see [expr {5 + [winfo height .t] / $fixedHeight} + 1].0
    update
    .t index @0,0
} {2.0}

.t delete 1.0 end
foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i 11111 $i 22222 $i 33333 $i 44444 $i 55555"







|







2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
    .t delete 1.0 end
    foreach x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0] {
      .t insert end "$x aaa1\n$x bbb2\n$x ccc3\n$x ddd4\n$x eee5\n$x fff6"
      .t insert end "$x 1111\n$x 2222\n$x 3333\n$x 4444\n$x 5555\n$x 6666" hidden
    }
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true ; # 5 hidden lines
    update
    .t see [expr {5 + [winfo height .t] / $fixedHeight + 1}].0
    update
    .t index @0,0
} {2.0}

.t delete 1.0 end
foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i 11111 $i 22222 $i 33333 $i 44444 $i 55555"
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {6.12 2.5}
test textDisp-17.8 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 1.0
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t scan mark 0 60
    .t scan dragto 30 100
    .t scan dragto 25 95 
    .t index @0,0
} {4.7}
test textDisp-17.9 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview end
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    .t scan mark 90 60







|







2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {6.12 2.5}
test textDisp-17.8 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 1.0
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t scan mark 0 60
    .t scan dragto 30 100
    .t scan dragto 25 95
    .t index @0,0
} {4.7}
test textDisp-17.9 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview end
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    .t scan mark 90 60
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
    pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
    .top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5"
    # Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
    update ; after 10
    scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
    wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr $theight - 3]
    update
    .top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
test textDisp-19.13 {GetYView procedure, partially visible last line} {textfonts} {
    catch {destroy .top}
    toplevel .top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
    pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
    .top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4 has enough text to wrap around at least once"
    # Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
    update ; after 10
    scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
    wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr $theight - 3]
    update
    .top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
catch {destroy .top}
test textDisp-19.14 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end







|













|







2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
    pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
    .top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5"
    # Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
    update ; after 10
    scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
    wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr {$theight - 3}]
    update
    .top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
test textDisp-19.13 {GetYView procedure, partially visible last line} {textfonts} {
    catch {destroy .top}
    toplevel .top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
    pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
    .top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4 has enough text to wrap around at least once"
    # Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
    update ; after 10
    scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
    wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr {$theight - 3}]
    update
    .top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
catch {destroy .top}
test textDisp-19.14 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} { 
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview -pickplace 53.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.21]
} [list [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {12 + $fixedDiff/2}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 49.0







|







2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview -pickplace 53.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.21]
} [list [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {12 + $fixedDiff/2}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 49.0
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
test textDisp-21.4 {count -displaylines regression} {
    set message {
   QOTW:  "C/C++, which is used by 16% of users, is the most popular programming language, but Tcl, used by 0%, seems to be the language of choice for the highest scoring users."
(new line)
Use the Up (cursor) key to scroll up one line at a time.  At the second press, the cursor either gets locked or jumps several lines.

Connect with Tkcon.  The command
.u count -displaylines \ 
3.10 2.173
should give answer -1; it gives me 5.

Using 8.5a4 (ActiveState beta 4) under Linux.  No problem with ActiveState beta 3.
}

toplevel .tt







|







2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
test textDisp-21.4 {count -displaylines regression} {
    set message {
   QOTW:  "C/C++, which is used by 16% of users, is the most popular programming language, but Tcl, used by 0%, seems to be the language of choice for the highest scoring users."
(new line)
Use the Up (cursor) key to scroll up one line at a time.  At the second press, the cursor either gets locked or jumps several lines.

Connect with Tkcon.  The command
.u count -displaylines \
3.10 2.173
should give answer -1; it gives me 5.

Using 8.5a4 (ActiveState beta 4) under Linux.  No problem with ActiveState beta 3.
}

toplevel .tt
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 3 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height-1]
    update
    list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 3]]
test textDisp-22.4 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+1]
    update
    list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 5]]
test textDisp-22.5 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off char} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . [expr $width-95]x$height
    update
    .t bbox 15.6
} [list 45 [expr {3+5*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-22.6 {TkTextCharBbox, line visible but not char} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    .t tag add big 20.2 20.5
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+3]
    update
    list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1] [.t bbox 20.2]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 17 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 14 7]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-22.7 {TkTextCharBbox, different character sizes} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char







|






|






|







|







2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 3 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height-1}]
    update
    list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 3]]
test textDisp-22.4 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+1}]
    update
    list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 5]]
test textDisp-22.5 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off char} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . [expr {$width-95}]x$height
    update
    .t bbox 15.6
} [list 45 [expr {3+5*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-22.6 {TkTextCharBbox, line visible but not char} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    .t tag add big 20.2 20.5
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+3}]
    update
    list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1] [.t bbox 20.2]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 17 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 14 7]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-22.7 {TkTextCharBbox, different character sizes} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
	    [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.9]
} [list [list 24 11 10 4] [list 55 [expr {$fixedDiff/2 + 15}] 10 4] [list 10 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 43}] 10 4] [list 76 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 40}] 10 4] [list 10 11 7 $fixedHeight] [list 69 [expr {$fixedDiff + 34}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
.t tag delete spacing
test textDisp-22.10 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of elided lines} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
        .t insert end "Line $i - Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
    }
    .t tag add hidden 2.8 2.13
    .t tag add hidden 6.8 7.13
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    update
    list \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.9]  0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \







|







3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
	    [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.9]
} [list [list 24 11 10 4] [list 55 [expr {$fixedDiff/2 + 15}] 10 4] [list 10 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 43}] 10 4] [list 76 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 40}] 10 4] [list 10 11 7 $fixedHeight] [list 69 [expr {$fixedDiff + 34}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
.t tag delete spacing
test textDisp-22.10 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of elided lines} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
        .t insert end "Line $i - Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
    }
    .t tag add hidden 2.8 2.13
    .t tag add hidden 6.8 7.13
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    update
    list \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.9]  0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.1]  0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.12] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}]
} [list 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0]
test textDisp-22.11 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of wrapped elided lines} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
        .t insert end "Line $i - Line _$i - Lines .$i - Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
    }
    .t tag add hidden 1.30 2.5
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    update
    list \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.4]  0]}] \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.5]  0]}]







|







3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.1]  0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.12] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}]
} [list 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0]
test textDisp-22.11 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of wrapped elided lines} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
        .t insert end "Line $i - Line _$i - Lines .$i - Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n"
    }
    .t tag add hidden 1.30 2.5
    .t tag configure hidden -elide true
    update
    list \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.4]  0]}] \
        [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.5]  0]}]
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-23.4 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height-1]
    update
    list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-23.5 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+1]
    update
    list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-23.6 {TkTextDLineInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none







|






|







3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-23.4 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height-1}]
    update
    list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-23.5 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
    .t yview 10.0
    wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+1}]
    update
    list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-23.6 {TkTextDLineInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.2 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.3 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.4 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, newline not visible} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 01234567890123456789\n012345678901234567890







|







|







3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.2 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.3 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.4 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, newline not visible} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 01234567890123456789\n012345678901234567890
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.7 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.8 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.9 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr $width-6]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 5 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.10 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr $width-7]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 4 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.11 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space that doesn't quite fit} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "01234567890123456789 \nabcdefg"
    wm geom . [expr $width-2]x$height
    update
    set result {}
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]
    .t mark set insert 1.21
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 145 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 145 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.12 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, tab causes wrap} {textfonts} {







|







|







|







|







|







3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.7 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.8 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.9 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr {$width-6}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 5 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.10 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
    wm geom . [expr {$width-7}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 4 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.11 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space that doesn't quite fit} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "01234567890123456789 \nabcdefg"
    wm geom . [expr {$width-2}]x$height
    update
    set result {}
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]
    .t mark set insert 1.21
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 145 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 145 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.12 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, tab causes wrap} {textfonts} {
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-24.14 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 5 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.15 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 3 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.16 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, no chars fit} {textfonts} {
    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }







|







|







3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-24.14 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 5 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.15 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 3 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.16 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, no chars fit} {textfonts} {
    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
test textDisp-26.3 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough tabs specified} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -tabs {40 70 right}
    .t tag add x 1.0 end
    list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] \
	    [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 2]] \
	    [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]] \
	    [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 2]]
} [list 40 70 100 130]
test textDisp-26.4 {AdjustForTab procedure, different alignments} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 a\tbc\tde\tfg\thi
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -tabs {40 center 80 left 130 right}
    .t tag add x 1.0 end







|
|
|







3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
test textDisp-26.3 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough tabs specified} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -tabs {40 70 right}
    .t tag add x 1.0 end
    list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] \
	    [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 2]}] \
	    [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]}] \
	    [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 2]}]
} [list 40 70 100 130]
test textDisp-26.4 {AdjustForTab procedure, different alignments} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 a\tbc\tde\tfg\thi
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -tabs {40 center 80 left 130 right}
    .t tag add x 1.0 end
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
    update ; update
    set xv [.t2.t xview]
    set xd [expr {[lindex $xv 1] - [lindex $xv 0]}]
    .t2.t xview moveto [expr {1.0-$xd}]
    set iWidth [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
    .t2.t xview scroll 2 units
    set iWidth2 [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
    
    if {($iWidth == $iWidth2) && $iWidth >= 2} {
	set result "correct"
    } else {
	set result "last character is not completely visible when it should be"
    }
} {correct}
test textDisp-29.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {







|







3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
    update ; update
    set xv [.t2.t xview]
    set xd [expr {[lindex $xv 1] - [lindex $xv 0]}]
    .t2.t xview moveto [expr {1.0-$xd}]
    set iWidth [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
    .t2.t xview scroll 2 units
    set iWidth2 [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]

    if {($iWidth == $iWidth2) && $iWidth >= 2} {
	set result "correct"
    } else {
	set result "last character is not completely visible when it should be"
    }
} {correct}
test textDisp-29.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {

Changes to tests/textImage.test.

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.6 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image configure index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.7 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure blurf 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.8 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure 1.1 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.9 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image create index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.10 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create blurf 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.11 {basic argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {







|









|









|



















|







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.6 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image configure index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.7 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure blurf
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.8 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure 1.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.9 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image create index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.10 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create blurf
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.11 {basic argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
        small put red -to 0 0 4 4
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach i {align padx pady image name} {
        lappend result $i:[.t image cget small -$i]
    } 
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small
} -result {align:center padx:0 pady:0 image:small name:}

test textImage-1.18 {basic configure options} -setup {







|







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
        small put red -to 0 0 4 4
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach i {align padx pady image name} {
        lappend result $i:[.t image cget small -$i]
    }
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small
} -result {align:center padx:0 pady:0 image:small name:}

test textImage-1.18 {basic configure options} -setup {
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
        large put green -to 0 0 50 50
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach {option value}  {align top padx 5 pady 7 image large name none} {
        .t image configure small -$option $value
    } 
    update
    .t image configure small
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small large
} -result {{-align {} {} center top} {-padx {} {} 0 5} {-pady {} {} 0 7} {-image {} {} {} large} {-name {} {} {} none}}








|







239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
        large put green -to 0 0 50 50
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach {option value}  {align top padx 5 pady 7 image large name none} {
        .t image configure small -$option $value
    }
    update
    .t image configure small
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small large
} -result {{-align {} {} center top} {-padx {} {} 0 5} {-pady {} {} 0 7} {-image {} {} {} large} {-name {} {} {} none}}

305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
    .t image create end -image vary -align top
    update
    lappend result base:[.t bbox vary]
    foreach i {10 20 40} {
        vary configure -width $i -height $i
        update
        lappend result $i:[.t bbox vary]
    } 
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete vary
} -result {{base:0 0 5 5} {10:0 0 10 10} {20:0 0 20 20} {40:0 0 40 40}}

test textImage-3.2 {delayed image management, see also bug 1591493} -setup {







|







305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
    .t image create end -image vary -align top
    update
    lappend result base:[.t bbox vary]
    foreach i {10 20 40} {
        vary configure -width $i -height $i
        update
        lappend result $i:[.t bbox vary]
    }
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete vary
} -result {{base:0 0 5 5} {10:0 0 10 10} {20:0 0 20 20} {40:0 0 40 40}}

test textImage-3.2 {delayed image management, see also bug 1591493} -setup {

Changes to tests/textIndex.test.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font {Courier -12} -width 20 -height 10
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
  
# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .







|







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font {Courier -12} -width 20 -height 10
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
    testtext .t byteindex 1 0
} {1.0 0}
test textIndex-1.9 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: shortcut for 0} {testtext} {
    # not (byteIndex == 0)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 80
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.10 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) 
    # one segment

    testtext .t byteindex 3 5
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.11 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    #     index += segPtr->size
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2 
    set x [testtext .t byteindex 3 7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.12 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 7







|









|







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
    testtext .t byteindex 1 0
} {1.0 0}
test textIndex-1.9 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: shortcut for 0} {testtext} {
    # not (byteIndex == 0)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 80
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.10 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # one segment

    testtext .t byteindex 3 5
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.11 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    #     index += segPtr->size
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2
    set x [testtext .t byteindex 3 7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.12 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 7
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    set x
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
    testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) 
    # Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).

    set x [testtext .t byteindex 5 2]
    list $x [.t get insert]
} {{5.2 4} y}
test textIndex-1.18 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) 
    testtext .t byteindex 5 1
    .t get insert
} "\u4e4f"

test textIndex-2.1 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
    # (lineIndex < 0)
    .t index -1.3







|







|







113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    set x
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
    testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
    # Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).

    set x [testtext .t byteindex 5 2]
    list $x [.t get insert]
} {{5.2 4} y}
test textIndex-1.18 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
    testtext .t byteindex 5 1
    .t get insert
} "\u4e4f"

test textIndex-2.1 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
    # (lineIndex < 0)
    .t index -1.3
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178

    .t index 3.5
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.9 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2 
    set x [.t index 3.7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.10 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    .t index 3.7







|







164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178

    .t index 3.5
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.9 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2
    set x [.t index 3.7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.10 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    .t index 3.7
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
    # border condition: last char

    .t index {2.3 + 10 chars}
} 2.13
test textIndex-12.6 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # for ( ; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # border condition: segPtr == NULL -> beginning of next line
    
    .t index {2.3 + 11 chars}
} 3.0
test textIndex-12.7 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.8 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (charCount == 0)
    # No more chars, so we found byte offset.

    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.9 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # not (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)

    .t image create 2.4 -image textimage
    set x [.t get {2.3 + 3 chars}]
    .t delete 2.4
    set x    
} "f"
test textIndex-12.10 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # dstPtr->byteIndex += segPtr->size - byteOffset
    # When moving to next segment, account for bytes in last segment.
    # Wrong answer would be 2.4

    .t mark set foo 2.4







|


















|







435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
    # border condition: last char

    .t index {2.3 + 10 chars}
} 2.13
test textIndex-12.6 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # for ( ; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # border condition: segPtr == NULL -> beginning of next line

    .t index {2.3 + 11 chars}
} 3.0
test textIndex-12.7 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.8 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (charCount == 0)
    # No more chars, so we found byte offset.

    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.9 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # not (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)

    .t image create 2.4 -image textimage
    set x [.t get {2.3 + 3 chars}]
    .t delete 2.4
    set x
} "f"
test textIndex-12.10 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # dstPtr->byteIndex += segPtr->size - byteOffset
    # When moving to next segment, account for bytes in last segment.
    # Wrong answer would be 2.4

    .t mark set foo 2.4
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602

    .t mark set foo 3.4
    set x [.t index {3.5 - 10 chars}]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 2.9
test textIndex-14.12 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # (lineIndex == 0) 
    .t index {1.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.0
test textIndex-14.13 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # not (lineIndex == 0) 
    .t index {2.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.2
test textIndex-14.14 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # for (segPtr = oldPtr; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Set byteIndex to end of previous line so we can subtract more
    # bytes from it.  Otherwise we get an TkTextIndex with a negative
    # byteIndex.







|



|







584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602

    .t mark set foo 3.4
    set x [.t index {3.5 - 10 chars}]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 2.9
test textIndex-14.12 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # (lineIndex == 0)
    .t index {1.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.0
test textIndex-14.13 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # not (lineIndex == 0)
    .t index {2.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.2
test textIndex-14.14 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # for (segPtr = oldPtr; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Set byteIndex to end of previous line so we can subtract more
    # bytes from it.  Otherwise we get an TkTextIndex with a negative
    # byteIndex.

Changes to tests/textMark.test.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
  
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .







|







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"

# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

Changes to tests/textTag.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12















13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
















destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10
testConstraint haveCourier12 [expr {[catch {
    .t configure -font {Courier 12}
}] == 0}]

pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on

wm geometry . {}
set bigFont {Helvetica 24}
  
# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm, to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"

test textTag-1.1 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -background #012345
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.2 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.3 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple gray50
    .t tag cget x -bgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray50}
test textTag-1.4 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple badStipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badStipple" not defined}
test textTag-1.5 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 2
    .t tag cget x -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.6 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 46q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "46q"}
test textTag-1.7 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple gray25
    .t tag cget x -fgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray25}
test textTag-1.8 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bogus" not defined}
test textTag-1.9 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -font fixed
    .t tag cget x -font
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -font [lindex [.t tag configure x -font] 3]
} -result {fixed}
test textTag-1.10 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -foreground #001122
    .t tag cget x -foreground
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -result {#001122}
test textTag-1.11 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -foreground {silly color}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "silly color"}
test textTag-1.12 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag cget x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -result {left}
test textTag-1.13 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -justify middle
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "middle": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-1.14 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.15 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.16 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.17 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.17a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor lightgreen
    .t tag cget x -lmargincolor
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -result {lightgreen}
test textTag-1.17b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.18 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag cget x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.19 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -offset 100xyz
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "100xyz"}
test textTag-1.20 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -result {on}
test textTag-1.21 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.21a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg red
    .t tag cget x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.21b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}
test textTag-1.22 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -relief raised
    .t tag cget x -relief
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -result {raised}
test textTag-1.23 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -relief stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "stupid": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test textTag-1.24 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin 10
    .t tag cget x -rmargin
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.25 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.25a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor darkblue
    .t tag cget x -rmargincolor












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



<
<
<






<
|
















|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<















|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<















|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30



31
32
33
34
35
36

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54


55
56
57
58
59
60


61
62
63
64
65


66
67
68
69
70
71


72
73
74
75
76


77
78
79
80
81
82


83
84
85
86
87


88
89
90
91
92
93


94
95
96
97
98


99
100
101
102
103
104


105
106
107
108
109
110


111
112
113
114
115


116
117
118
119
120
121


122
123
124
125
126


127
128
129
130
131
132


133
134
135
136
137


138
139
140
141
142
143


144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159


160
161
162
163
164
165


166
167
168
169
170


171
172
173
174
175
176


177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192


193
194
195
196
197
198


199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209


210
211
212
213
214
215
216
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

set textWidgetFont {Courier 12}
set bigFont        {Courier 24}

# what is needed is a font that is both fixed-width and featuring a
# specific size because in some tests (that will be constrained by
# haveFontSizes), a tag applying the $bigFont will be set to some
# characters, which action has the effect of changing what character
# is under the mouse pointer, which is the purpose of the tests
testConstraint haveFontSizes [expr {
    [font metrics $textWidgetFont -fixed] &&
    [font actual  $textWidgetFont -size] == 12 &&
    [font metrics $bigFont -fixed] &&
    [font actual  $bigFont -size] == 24 }
]

destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10




pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on

wm geometry . {}


# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm, to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"

test textTag-1.1 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -background #012345
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.2 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.3 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -bgstipple gray50
    .t tag cget x -bgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray50}
test textTag-1.4 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -bgstipple badStipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badStipple" not defined}
test textTag-1.5 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 2
    .t tag cget x -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.6 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 46q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "46q"}
test textTag-1.7 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -fgstipple gray25
    .t tag cget x -fgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray25}
test textTag-1.8 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -fgstipple bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bogus" not defined}
test textTag-1.9 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -font fixed
    .t tag cget x -font
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -font [lindex [.t tag configure x -font] 3]
} -result {fixed}
test textTag-1.10 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -foreground #001122
    .t tag cget x -foreground
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -result {#001122}
test textTag-1.11 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -foreground {silly color}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "silly color"}
test textTag-1.12 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag cget x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -result {left}
test textTag-1.13 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -justify middle
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "middle": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-1.14 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.15 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.16 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.17 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.17a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor lightgreen
    .t tag cget x -lmargincolor
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -result {lightgreen}
test textTag-1.17b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.18 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag cget x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.19 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -offset 100xyz
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "100xyz"}
test textTag-1.20 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -result {on}
test textTag-1.21 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -overstrike stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.21a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg red
    .t tag cget x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.21b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}
test textTag-1.22 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -relief raised
    .t tag cget x -relief
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -result {raised}
test textTag-1.23 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -relief stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "stupid": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test textTag-1.24 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -rmargin 10
    .t tag cget x -rmargin
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.25 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -rmargin bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.25a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor darkblue
    .t tag cget x -rmargincolor
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.25f {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.26 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.27 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.28 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.29 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.30 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.31 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.32 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t tag cget x -tabs
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -result {10 20 30}
test textTag-1.33 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 fork}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tab alignment "fork": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test textTag-1.34 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underline no
    .t tag cget x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -result {no}
test textTag-1.35 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.36 {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg red
    .t tag cget x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.37 {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}


test textTag-2.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag option ?arg ...?"}
test textTag-2.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tag option "gorp": must be add, bind, cget, configure, delete, lower, names, nextrange, prevrange, raise, ranges, or remove}
test textTag-2.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag add foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag add tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-2.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag add x gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.2 gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete sel
} -body {
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.0
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {3.2 3.4}
test textTag-2.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 1.end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 1.6}
test textTag-2.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.2 1.3}
test textTag-2.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result 34
test textTag-2.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t configure -exportselection 0
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
}  -result {Text}
test textTag-2.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4}
test textTag-2.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 2.5}
test textTag-2.14 {tag add before -startline - Bug 1615425} haveCourier12 {
    text .tt
    for {set i 1} {$i <10} {incr i} {
        .tt insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .tt tag configure mytag -font {Courier 12 bold}
    .tt peer create .ptt
    .ptt configure -startline 3 -endline 7
    # the test succeeds if next line does not crash
    .tt tag add mytag 1.0 1.end
    destroy .ptt .tt
    set res 1
} {1}


test textTag-3.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind 1 2 3 4
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1}
test textTag-3.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Gorp> script2
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}
test textTag-3.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {requested illegal events; only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual events may be used}
test textTag-3.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    catch {.t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2} 
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {<Enter>}
test textTag-3.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Leave> script2
    .t tag bind x a xyzzy
    list [lsort [.t tag bind x]] [.t tag bind x <Enter>] [.t tag bind x a]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{<Enter> <Leave> a} script1 xyzzy}
test textTag-3.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter> +script2
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1
script2}
test textTag-3.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-3.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {no event type or button # or keysym}


test textTag-4.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag cget a
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag cget a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete foo
    .t tag cget foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-4.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag cget sel bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "bogus"}
test textTag-4.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {red}


test textTag-5.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag configure tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?"}
test textTag-5.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test textTag-5.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -background red -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-underline" missing}
test textTag-5.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline yes
    .t tag configure x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underline {} {} {} yes}
test textTag-5.4a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underlinefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {on}
test textTag-5.5a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-overstrikefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "foo"}
test textTag-5.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-5.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag configure x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-justify {} {} {} left}
test textTag-5.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify fill
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "fill": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag configure x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-offset {} {} {} 2}
test textTag-5.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 1.0q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "1.0q"}
test textTag-5.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2 -lmargin2 4 -rmargin 5 \
        -lmargincolor darkblue -rmargincolor lightgreen
    list [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargin] [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargincolor]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result [list {-lmargin1 {} {} {} 2} {-lmargin2 {} {} {} 4} \
                {-rmargin {} {} {} 5} \
                {-lmargincolor {} {} {} darkblue} {-rmargincolor {} {} {} lightgreen} \
          ]
test textTag-5.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.15 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 gorp
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "gorp"}
test textTag-5.15a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
test textTag-5.16 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargin 140.1.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "140.1.1"}
test textTag-5.16a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
.t tag delete x
test textTag-5.17 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 6
    list [.t tag configure x -spacing1] [.t tag configure x -spacing2] \
        [.t tag configure x -spacing3]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{-spacing1 {} {} {} 2} {-spacing2 {} {} {} 4} {-spacing3 {} {} {} 6}}
test textTag-5.18 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.19 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 lousy
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "lousy"}
test textTag-5.20 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 4.2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "4.2.3"}
test textTag-5.21 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth 2 -selectforeground blue \
        -selectbackground black
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth 4 -foreground green -background yellow
    set x {}
    foreach i {-selectborderwidth -selectforeground -selectbackground} {
        lappend x [lindex [.t configure $i] 4]
    }
    return $x
} -result {4 green yellow}
test textTag-5.22 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth 20
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth {}
    .t cget -selectborderwidth
} -result {}
test textTag-5.23 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    set x {}
    # when [.t tag cget sel -selectbackground] == "", mirroring happens between







|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<

















|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<






|
<
<







|
<
<







|
<
<











|
<
<












|
<
<




|
<
<






|











|


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<





|
<
<


|
<
<






|
<
<


|




|
<
<








|
<
<








|
<
<





|
<
<







|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<



|
<
<


|
<
<








|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<




|
<
<













|
<
<













|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<






|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<






|
<
<


















|
<
<





|
<
<











|
<
<












|
<
<







|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<









|
<
<







240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247


248
249
250
251
252
253


254
255
256
257
258


259
260
261
262
263
264


265
266
267
268
269


270
271
272
273
274
275


276
277
278
279
280


281
282
283
284
285
286


287
288
289
290
291


292
293
294
295
296
297


298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315


316
317
318


319
320
321


322
323
324


325
326
327


328
329
330


331
332
333
334
335
336
337


338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345


346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353


354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365


366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378


379
380
381
382
383


384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405


406
407
408


409
410
411


412
413
414
415
416
417


418
419
420


421
422
423
424
425
426
427


428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435


436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444


445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453


454
455
456
457
458
459


460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467


468
469
470


471
472
473


474
475
476
477


478
479
480


481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489


490
491
492


493
494
495


496
497
498
499
500


501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514


515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528


529
530
531
532
533


534
535
536
537
538
539


540
541
542
543
544
545
546


547
548
549
550
551
552


553
554
555
556
557
558


559
560
561
562
563
564
565


566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584


585
586
587
588
589
590


591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602


603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615


616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623


624
625
626
627
628
629


630
631
632
633
634
635


636
637
638
639
640
641


642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651


652
653
654
655
656
657
658
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.25f {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.26 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing1 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.27 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.28 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing2 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.29 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.30 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing3 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.31 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing3 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.32 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t tag cget x -tabs
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -result {10 20 30}
test textTag-1.33 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 fork}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tab alignment "fork": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test textTag-1.34 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -underline no
    .t tag cget x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -result {no}
test textTag-1.35 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.36 {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg red
    .t tag cget x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.37 {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}


test textTag-2.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag option ?arg ...?"}
test textTag-2.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tag option "gorp": must be add, bind, cget, configure, delete, lower, names, nextrange, prevrange, raise, ranges, or remove}
test textTag-2.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag add foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag add tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-2.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag add x gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag add x 1.2 gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete sel
} -body {
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.0
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {3.2 3.4}
test textTag-2.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 1.end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 1.6}
test textTag-2.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.2 1.3}
test textTag-2.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result 34
test textTag-2.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t configure -exportselection 0
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
}  -result {Text}
test textTag-2.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4}
test textTag-2.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 2.5}
test textTag-2.14 {tag add before -startline - Bug 1615425} -body {
    text .tt
    for {set i 1} {$i <10} {incr i} {
        .tt insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .tt tag configure mytag -font {Courier 12 bold}
    .tt peer create .ptt
    .ptt configure -startline 3 -endline 7
    # the test succeeds if next line does not crash
    .tt tag add mytag 1.0 1.end
    destroy .ptt .tt
    set res 1
} -result {1}


test textTag-3.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind 1 2 3 4
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1}
test textTag-3.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind x <Gorp> script2
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}
test textTag-3.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {requested illegal events; only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual events may be used}
test textTag-3.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    catch {.t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2}
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {<Enter>}
test textTag-3.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Leave> script2
    .t tag bind x a xyzzy
    list [lsort [.t tag bind x]] [.t tag bind x <Enter>] [.t tag bind x a]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{<Enter> <Leave> a} script1 xyzzy}
test textTag-3.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter> +script2
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1
script2}
test textTag-3.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-3.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {no event type or button # or keysym}


test textTag-4.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag cget a
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag cget a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag delete foo
    .t tag cget foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-4.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag cget sel bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "bogus"}
test textTag-4.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {red}


test textTag-5.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag configure tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?"}
test textTag-5.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure x -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test textTag-5.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure x -background red -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-underline" missing}
test textTag-5.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline yes
    .t tag configure x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underline {} {} {} yes}
test textTag-5.4a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underlinefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {on}
test textTag-5.5a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-overstrikefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure x -overstrike foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "foo"}
test textTag-5.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-5.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag configure x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-justify {} {} {} left}
test textTag-5.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify fill
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "fill": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag configure x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-offset {} {} {} 2}
test textTag-5.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 1.0q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "1.0q"}
test textTag-5.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2 -lmargin2 4 -rmargin 5 \
        -lmargincolor darkblue -rmargincolor lightgreen
    list [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargin] [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargincolor]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result [list {-lmargin1 {} {} {} 2} {-lmargin2 {} {} {} 4} \
                {-rmargin {} {} {} 5} \
                {-lmargincolor {} {} {} darkblue} {-rmargincolor {} {} {} lightgreen} \
          ]
test textTag-5.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.15 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 gorp
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "gorp"}
test textTag-5.15a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
test textTag-5.16 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargin 140.1.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "140.1.1"}
test textTag-5.16a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
.t tag delete x
test textTag-5.17 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 6
    list [.t tag configure x -spacing1] [.t tag configure x -spacing2] \
        [.t tag configure x -spacing3]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{-spacing1 {} {} {} 2} {-spacing2 {} {} {} 4} {-spacing3 {} {} {} 6}}
test textTag-5.18 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.19 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 lousy
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "lousy"}
test textTag-5.20 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 4.2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "4.2.3"}
test textTag-5.21 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t configure -selectborderwidth 2 -selectforeground blue \
        -selectbackground black
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth 4 -foreground green -background yellow
    set x {}
    foreach i {-selectborderwidth -selectforeground -selectbackground} {
        lappend x [lindex [.t configure $i] 4]
    }
    return $x
} -result {4 green yellow}
test textTag-5.22 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t configure -selectborderwidth 20
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth {}
    .t cget -selectborderwidth
} -result {}
test textTag-5.23 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    set x {}
    # when [.t tag cget sel -selectbackground] == "", mirroring happens between
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478

1479
1480
1481
1482








1483
1484
1485
1486
1487

1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
    lappend x [.t tag cget sel -selectforeground]
    .t configure -selectforeground black
    .t tag configure sel -selectforeground white
    lappend x [.t cget -selectforeground]
    return $x
} -result {yellow blue red white}

test textTag-6.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag delete tagName ?tagName ...?"}
test textTag-6.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete zork
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-6.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    .t tag delete y z
    lsort [.t tag names]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {sel x}
test textTag-6.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    eval .t tag delete [.t tag names]
    .t tag names
} -result {sel}
test textTag-6.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> foo
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background black
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-7.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag lower
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag lower tagName ?belowThis?"}
test textTag-7.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag lower foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag lower sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c sel a b d}
test textTag-7.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a d b c}
test textTag-7.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b a c d}


test textTag-8.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag names a b
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag names ?index?"}
test textTag-8.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b c d}
test textTag-8.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag add "a b" 2.1 2.6
    .t tag add c 2.4 2.7
    .t tag names 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c {a b}}


test textTag-9.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag nextrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag nextrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag nextrange foo 1.0
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-9.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag nextrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-9.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0 bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-9.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-9.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.10
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.11
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-9.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-10.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange foo end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-10.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-10.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-10.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-10.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.6
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-10.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-11.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag raise
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag raise tagName ?aboveThis?"}
test textTag-11.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag raise foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag raise sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b c a d}


test textTag-12.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag ranges
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag ranges tagName"}
test textTag-12.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag ranges x
} -result {}
test textTag-12.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2
    .t tag add x 2.7 4.15
    .t tag add x 5.2 5.5
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 4.6 5.2 5.5}
test textTag-12.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 3.0
    .t tag add x 4.0 end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 3.0 4.0 8.0}


test textTag-13.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag remove
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag remove tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-13.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2 2.11
    .t tag remove x 2.3 2.7
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 2.11}
test textTag-13.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t configure -exportselection 1
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 2.4 3.3
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag remove sel 2.7 3.1
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result {Text}


test textTag-14.1 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
.t tag delete a b c d
test textTag-14.2 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
    foreach i {d c b a} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
test textTag-14.3 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
test textTag-14.4 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag configure x$i -background black
    }
    for {set i 29} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}




set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y1 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]








set x2 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y2 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y3 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]


test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
    set x {}







|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<










|
<
<








|
<
<









|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<











|
<
<











|
<
<













|
<
<




|
<
<










|
<
<














|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<







|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<











|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<






|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<











|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<











|
<
<











|
<
<













|
<
<


|
<
<



|
<
<









|
<
<










|
<
<


|
<
<








|
<
<















|










|












|









|














|
>

|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
>

|







696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703


704
705
706


707
708
709


710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720


721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729


730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739


740
741
742


743
744
745


746
747
748


749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760


761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772


773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786


787
788
789
790
791


792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802


803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817


818
819
820


821
822
823


824
825
826


827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834


835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844


845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854


855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864


865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874


875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884


885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894


895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904


905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914


915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924


925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936


937
938
939


940
941
942


943
944
945
946
947
948
949


950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959


960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969


970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979


980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989


990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999


1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009


1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019


1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029


1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039


1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049


1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061


1062
1063
1064


1065
1066
1067


1068
1069
1070


1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082


1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094


1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108


1109
1110
1111


1112
1113
1114
1115


1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125


1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136


1137
1138
1139


1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148


1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
    lappend x [.t tag cget sel -selectforeground]
    .t configure -selectforeground black
    .t tag configure sel -selectforeground white
    lappend x [.t cget -selectforeground]
    return $x
} -result {yellow blue red white}

test textTag-6.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -body {


    .t tag delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag delete tagName ?tagName ...?"}
test textTag-6.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -body {


    .t tag delete zork
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-6.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    .t tag delete y z
    lsort [.t tag names]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {sel x}
test textTag-6.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    eval .t tag delete [.t tag names]
    .t tag names
} -result {sel}
test textTag-6.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -body {


    .t tag bind x <Enter> foo
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background black
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-7.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -body {


    .t tag lower
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag lower tagName ?belowThis?"}
test textTag-7.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -body {


    .t tag lower foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -body {


    .t tag lower sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c sel a b d}
test textTag-7.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a d b c}
test textTag-7.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b a c d}


test textTag-8.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -body {


    .t tag names a b
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag names ?index?"}
test textTag-8.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b c d}
test textTag-8.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag add "a b" 2.1 2.6
    .t tag add c 2.4 2.7
    .t tag names 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c {a b}}


test textTag-9.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -body {


    .t tag nextrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -body {


    .t tag nextrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -body {


    .t tag nextrange foo 1.0
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-9.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag nextrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-9.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0 bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-9.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-9.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.10
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.11
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-9.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-10.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -body {


    .t tag prevrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -body {


    .t tag prevrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange foo end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-10.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-10.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-10.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-10.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.6
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-10.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-11.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -body {


    .t tag raise
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag raise tagName ?aboveThis?"}
test textTag-11.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -body {


    .t tag raise foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -body {


    .t tag raise sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b c a d}


test textTag-12.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -body {


    .t tag ranges
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag ranges tagName"}
test textTag-12.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag ranges x
} -result {}
test textTag-12.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2
    .t tag add x 2.7 4.15
    .t tag add x 5.2 5.5
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 4.6 5.2 5.5}
test textTag-12.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 3.0
    .t tag add x 4.0 end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 3.0 4.0 8.0}


test textTag-13.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -body {


    .t tag remove
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag remove tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-13.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2 2.11
    .t tag remove x 2.3 2.7
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 2.11}
test textTag-13.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -setup {


    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t configure -exportselection 1
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 2.4 3.3
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag remove sel 2.7 3.1
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result {Text}


test textTag-14.1 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
.t tag delete a b c d
test textTag-14.2 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
    foreach i {d c b a} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
test textTag-14.3 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
test textTag-14.4 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag configure x$i -background black
    }
    for {set i 29} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}


set curFont [.t cget -font]
set curWrap [.t cget -wrap]
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}]
set y1 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x2 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}]
set y2 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}]
set y3 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}]
.t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
update
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x4 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y4 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x5 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y5 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
.t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap

test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
    set x {}
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {}
} -result {x-up up up y-up up}

test textTag-15.2 {TkTextBindProc} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonPress> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}







|







1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {}
} -result {x-up up up y-up up}

test textTag-15.2 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonPress> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | x-up x-leave y-enter}

test textTag-15.3 {TkTextBindProc} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}







|







1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | x-up x-leave y-enter}

test textTag-15.3 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601

1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611

1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-2> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x200
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | | x-up | x-leave y-enter}


test textTag-16.1 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
    set x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-1> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x100
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-3> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -result {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}

test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    set x [.t index current]
    .t tag add big 3.0
    update
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete big

} -result {3.2 3.1}

test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"







|
<
<




















|



>


|
|






>


|
<
<







1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320


1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359


1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-2> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x200
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | | x-up | x-leave y-enter}


test textTag-16.1 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
    set x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-1> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x100
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-3> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -result {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}

test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x4 -y $y4
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    set x [.t index current]
    .t tag add big 3.0
    update
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.2 3.1}

test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b | leave-b enter-c | leave-a leave-c}

test textTag-16.4 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"







|
<
<







1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386


1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b | leave-b enter-c | leave-a leave-c}

test textTag-16.4 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677

1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686

1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695

1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705

1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714

1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727

1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}

test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.2}

test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.1}

test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2

    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 2.1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.1}


test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    # Objectification of the text widget had a problem







|





>


|


|



>



|





>


|


|




>



|





>





|


|




>







1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}

test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.2}

test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.1}

test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2

    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 2.1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.1}


test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    # Objectification of the text widget had a problem
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
    destroy .t
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
      -highlightthickness 10 -pady 2
    pack .t
    update ; # map the window, otherwise -warp can't be done
    
    .t insert end " Tag here " TAG " no tag here"
    .t tag configure TAG -borderwidth 4 -relief raised
    .t tag bind TAG <Enter>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Enter"}
    .t tag bind TAG <Leave>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Leave"}
    bind .t <Enter> {lappend res Enter}
    bind .t <Leave> {lappend res Leave}








|







1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
    destroy .t
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
      -highlightthickness 10 -pady 2
    pack .t
    update ; # map the window, otherwise -warp can't be done

    .t insert end " Tag here " TAG " no tag here"
    .t tag configure TAG -borderwidth 4 -relief raised
    .t tag bind TAG <Enter>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Enter"}
    .t tag bind TAG <Leave>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Leave"}
    bind .t <Enter> {lappend res Enter}
    bind .t <Leave> {lappend res Leave}

Changes to tests/textWind.test.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40





41
42
43
44
45
46
47
# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .






set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
set padx [expr {$bw+$px+$hlth}]
set pady [expr {$bw+$py+$hlth}]







>
>
>
>
>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

# This update is needed on MacOS to make sure that the window is mapped
# when the tests begin.

update

set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
set padx [expr {$bw+$px+$hlth}]
set pady [expr {$bw+$py+$hlth}]

Changes to tests/tk.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12


13
14
15
16
17
18
19
# This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test



test tk-1.1 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk subcommand ?arg ...?"}
test tk-1.2 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown or ambiguous subcommand "xyz": must be appname, busy, caret, fontchooser, inactive, scaling, useinputmethods, or windowingsystem}













>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

testConstraint testprintf [llength [info command testprintf]]

test tk-1.1 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk subcommand ?arg ...?"}
test tk-1.2 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown or ambiguous subcommand "xyz": must be appname, busy, caret, fontchooser, inactive, scaling, useinputmethods, or windowingsystem}

172
173
174
175
176
177
178




179
180
181
182
183
184
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
    safe::interpCreate foo
    safe::loadTk foo
    foo eval {tk inactive reset}
} -cleanup {
    ::safe::interpDelete foo
} -returnCodes 1 -result {resetting the user inactivity timer is not allowed in a safe interpreter}





# tests of [tk busy] in busy.test

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







>
>
>
>






174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
    safe::interpCreate foo
    safe::loadTk foo
    foo eval {tk inactive reset}
} -cleanup {
    ::safe::interpDelete foo
} -returnCodes 1 -result {resetting the user inactivity timer is not allowed in a safe interpreter}

test tk-8.1 {Test for ticket [1cc44617e2], see if TCL_LL_MODIFIER works as expected on all platforms} -constraints testprintf -body {
    testprintf -21474836480
} -result {-21474836480 18446744052234715136}

# tests of [tk busy] in busy.test

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/ttk/combobox.test.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45











46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
} -result 2

test combobox-2.3 "current -- change value" -body {
    .cb set "b"
    .cb current
} -result 1

test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body { 
    .cb set "z"
    .cb current
} -result -1












test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }

test combobox-3 "Read postoffset value dynamically from current style" -body {
    ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c] -style "DerivedStyle.TCombobox"
    pack .cb -expand true -fill both 
    ttk::style configure DerivedStyle.TCombobox -postoffset [list 25 0 0 0]
    ttk::combobox::Post .cb
    expr {[winfo rootx .cb.popdown] - [winfo rootx .cb]}
} -result 25 -cleanup {
    destroy .cb
}








|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
} -result 2

test combobox-2.3 "current -- change value" -body {
    .cb set "b"
    .cb current
} -result 1

test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body {
    .cb set "z"
    .cb current
} -result -1

test combobox-2.5 "current -- set to end index" -body {
    .cb configure -values [list a b c d e thelastone]
    .cb current end
    .cb get
} -result thelastone

test combobox-2.6 "current -- set to unknown index" -body {
    .cb configure -values [list a b c d e]
    .cb current notanindex
} -returnCodes error -result {Incorrect index notanindex}

test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }

test combobox-3 "Read postoffset value dynamically from current style" -body {
    ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c] -style "DerivedStyle.TCombobox"
    pack .cb -expand true -fill both
    ttk::style configure DerivedStyle.TCombobox -postoffset [list 25 0 0 0]
    ttk::combobox::Post .cb
    expr {[winfo rootx .cb.popdown] - [winfo rootx .cb]}
} -result 25 -cleanup {
    destroy .cb
}

Changes to tests/ttk/entry.test.

99
100
101
102
103
104
105


106




107
108





















109
110
111
112
113
114
115
    .e delete 0 end
    .e bbox 0
} -result [list $bd $bd 0 $ch]

test entry-3.2 "xview" -body {
    .e delete 0 end;
    .e insert end [string repeat "0" 40]


    update idletasks




    set result [.e xview]
} -result {0.0 0.5}






















test entry-3.last "Series 3 cleanup" -body {
    destroy .e
}

# Selection tests:








>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
    .e delete 0 end
    .e bbox 0
} -result [list $bd $bd 0 $ch]

test entry-3.2 "xview" -body {
    .e delete 0 end;
    .e insert end [string repeat "0" 40]
    set result [.e xview]
} -result {0.0 0.5}

test entry-3.3 "xview" -body {
    .e delete 0 end;
    .e insert end abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
    .e xview end
    set result [.e index @0]
} -result {7}

test entry-3.4 "xview" -body {
    .e delete 0 end;
    .e insert end abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
    .e xview moveto 1.0
    set result [.e index @0]
} -result {7}

test entry-3.5 "xview" -body {
    .e delete 0 end;
    .e insert end abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
    .e xview scroll 5 units
    set result [.e index @0]
} -result {5}

test entry-3.6 "xview" -body {
    .e delete 0 end;
    .e insert end [string repeat abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 5]
    .e xview scroll 2 pages
    set result [.e index @0]
} -result {40}

test entry-3.last "Series 3 cleanup" -body {
    destroy .e
}

# Selection tests:

275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282


















283
    .e insert insert d ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    .e insert insert e ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    set result
} -result [list 1 3  2 3  3 3  3 3  3 3] -cleanup {
    unset V
    destroy .e
}



















tcltest::cleanupTests








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
    .e insert insert d ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    .e insert insert e ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    set result
} -result [list 1 3  2 3  3 3  3 3  3 3] -cleanup {
    unset V
    destroy .e
}

test entry-10.1 {configuration option: "-placeholder"} -setup {
    pack [ttk::entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text}
    .e cget -placeholder
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some text}

test entry-10.2 {configuration option: "-placeholderforeground"} -setup {
    pack [ttk::entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text} -placeholderforeground red
    .e cget -placeholderforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {red}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/image.test.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
    pack [set w [ttk::label .ttk_image20 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .ttk_image20
} -result {}
    
test image-2.1 "Deletion of displayed image (checkbutton)" -setup {
     image create photo test.image -width 10 -height 10
} -body {
    pack [set w [ttk::checkbutton .ttk_image21 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
    pack [set w [ttk::label .ttk_image20 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .ttk_image20
} -result {}

test image-2.1 "Deletion of displayed image (checkbutton)" -setup {
     image create photo test.image -width 10 -height 10
} -body {
    pack [set w [ttk::checkbutton .ttk_image21 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update

Changes to tests/ttk/labelframe.test.

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# Re-run series labelframe-3.x with nonchild slaves.
#
# @@@ ODDITY, 14 Nov 2005:
# @@@ labelframe-4.1 fails if .cb is a [checkbutton],
# @@@ but seems to succeed if it's some other widget class.
# @@@ I suspect a race condition; unable to track it down ATM.
#
# @@@ FOLLOWUP: This *may* have been caused by a bug in ManagerIdleProc 
# @@@ (see manager.c r1.11). There's still probably a race condition in here.
#
test labelframe-4.1 "Add nonchild slave" -body {
    checkbutton .cb -text "abcde"
    .lf configure -labelwidget .cb
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .cb] [winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]







|







66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# Re-run series labelframe-3.x with nonchild slaves.
#
# @@@ ODDITY, 14 Nov 2005:
# @@@ labelframe-4.1 fails if .cb is a [checkbutton],
# @@@ but seems to succeed if it's some other widget class.
# @@@ I suspect a race condition; unable to track it down ATM.
#
# @@@ FOLLOWUP: This *may* have been caused by a bug in ManagerIdleProc
# @@@ (see manager.c r1.11). There's still probably a race condition in here.
#
test labelframe-4.1 "Add nonchild slave" -body {
    checkbutton .cb -text "abcde"
    .lf configure -labelwidget .cb
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .cb] [winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]

Changes to tests/ttk/panedwindow.test.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
test panedwindow-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .pw }

#
# ...
#
test panedwindow-3.0 "configure pane" -body {
    ttk::panedwindow .pw
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb1] 
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb2] 
    .pw pane 1 -weight 2
    .pw pane 1 -weight
} -result 2

test panedwindow-3.1 "configure pane -- errors" -body {
    .pw pane 1 -weight -4
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "-weight must be nonnegative"







|
|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
test panedwindow-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .pw }

#
# ...
#
test panedwindow-3.0 "configure pane" -body {
    ttk::panedwindow .pw
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb1]
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb2]
    .pw pane 1 -weight 2
    .pw pane 1 -weight
} -result 2

test panedwindow-3.1 "configure pane -- errors" -body {
    .pw pane 1 -weight -4
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "-weight must be nonnegative"
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    wm geometry . {}
    ttk::panedwindow .pw -orient vertical

    frame .pw.f1 -width 100 -height 50
    frame .pw.f2 -width 100 -height 50

    list [winfo reqwidth .pw.f1] [winfo reqheight .pw.f1]
} -result [list 100 50] 

test paned-propagation-1 "Initial request size" -body {
    .pw add .pw.f1
    .pw add .pw.f2
    propagate-geometry
    list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw]
} -result [list 100 105]







|







249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    wm geometry . {}
    ttk::panedwindow .pw -orient vertical

    frame .pw.f1 -width 100 -height 50
    frame .pw.f2 -width 100 -height 50

    list [winfo reqwidth .pw.f1] [winfo reqheight .pw.f1]
} -result [list 100 50]

test paned-propagation-1 "Initial request size" -body {
    .pw add .pw.f1
    .pw add .pw.f2
    propagate-geometry
    list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw]
} -result [list 100 105]

Changes to tests/ttk/progressbar.test.

78
79
80
81
82
83
84







































85
    set PB		;# NOTREACHED
} -cleanup { unset PB } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*YIPES!"

test progressbar-end "Cleanup" -body {
    destroy .pb
}








































tcltest::cleanupTests







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
    set PB		;# NOTREACHED
} -cleanup { unset PB } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*YIPES!"

test progressbar-end "Cleanup" -body {
    destroy .pb
}

# check existence and default value of each non-core option of the widget
test progressbar-3.1 "progressbar non-core options" -setup {
    set res {}
    ttk::progressbar .defaultpb
} -body {
    foreach option {-anchor -foreground -justify -style -text -wraplength \
                    -length -maximum -mode -orient -phase -value -variable} {
        lappend res [.defaultpb cget $option]
    }
    set res
} -cleanup {
    unset res
    destroy .defaultpb
} -result {w black left {} {} 0 100 100 determinate horizontal 0 0.0 {}}

test progressbar-3.2 "TIP #442 options are taken into account" -setup {
    set res {}
    pack [ttk::progressbar .p -value 0 -maximum 50 -orient horizontal -mode determinate -length 500]
    set thefont [font actual {Arial 10}]
} -body {
    .p configure -anchor c -foreground blue -justify right \
            -text "TIP #442\noptions are now tested" -wraplength 100
    update
    .p step 10
    .p configure -anchor e -font $thefont -foreground green -justify center \
            -text "Changing the value of each option\nfrom TIP #442" -wraplength 250
    update
    .p step 20
    .p configure -orient vertical -text "Cannot be seen"
    update
    foreach option {-anchor -foreground -justify -text -wraplength} {
        lappend res [list $option [.p cget $option]]
    }
    set res
} -cleanup {
    unset res thefont
    destroy .p
} -result {{-anchor e} {-foreground green} {-justify center} {-text {Cannot be seen}} {-wraplength 250}}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/scrollbar.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6








7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46



47
48
49
50
51
52



53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands

testConstraint coreScrollbar [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]









test scrollbar-swapout-1 "Use core scrollbars on OSX..." -constraints {

    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda"
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Scrollbar yadda] -cleanup { 
    destroy .sb 
}

test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... unless -style is specified ..." -constraints {

    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \
    	[ttk::style layout Vertical.TScrollbar] ; # See #1833339
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -style Custom.TScrollbar 
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command] [.sb cget -style]
} -result [list TScrollbar yadda Custom.TScrollbar] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -class Custom.TScrollbar 
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Custom.TScrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-1.0 "Setup" -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .tsb
} -result .tsb

test scrollbar-1.1 "Set method" -body {
    .tsb set 0.2 0.4
    .tsb get
} -result [list 0.2 0.4]

test scrollbar-1.2 "Set orientation" -body {
    .tsb configure -orient vertical



    set w [winfo reqwidth .tsb] ; set h [winfo reqheight .tsb]
    expr {$h > $w}
} -result 1

test scrollbar-1.3 "Change orientation" -body {
    .tsb configure -orient horizontal



    set w [winfo reqwidth .tsb] ; set h [winfo reqheight .tsb]
    expr {$h < $w}
} -result 1

#
# Scale tests:
#







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|



|
|


|
>




|





|


|
















>
>
>
|





>
>
>
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands

testConstraint coreScrollbar [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]

# Before 2019 the code in library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl would replace the
# constructor of ttk::scrollbar with the constructor of tk::scrollbar
# unless the -class or -style options were specified..
# Now there is an implementation of ttk::scrollbar for macOS.  The
# tests are left in place, though, except that scrollbar-swapout-1
# test was changed to expect the class to be TScrollbar instead of
# Scrollbar.

test scrollbar-swapout-1 "Don't use core scrollbars on OSX..." \
 -constraints {
     coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda"
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list TScrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... regardless of whether -style ..." \
-constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \
    	[ttk::style layout Vertical.TScrollbar] ; # See #1833339
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -style Custom.TScrollbar
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command] [.sb cget -style]
} -result [list TScrollbar yadda Custom.TScrollbar] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class is specified." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -class Custom.TScrollbar
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Custom.TScrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-1.0 "Setup" -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .tsb
} -result .tsb

test scrollbar-1.1 "Set method" -body {
    .tsb set 0.2 0.4
    .tsb get
} -result [list 0.2 0.4]

test scrollbar-1.2 "Set orientation" -body {
    .tsb configure -orient vertical
    pack .tsb -side right -anchor e -expand 1 -fill y
    wm geometry . 200x200
    update
    set w [winfo width .tsb] ; set h [winfo height .tsb]
    expr {$h > $w}
} -result 1

test scrollbar-1.3 "Change orientation" -body {
    .tsb configure -orient horizontal
    pack .tsb -side bottom -anchor s -expand 1 -fill x
    wm geometry . 200x200
    update
    set w [winfo width .tsb] ; set h [winfo height .tsb]
    expr {$h < $w}
} -result 1

#
# Scale tests:
#

Changes to tests/ttk/spinbox.test.

249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list 55 55]

test spinbox-nostomp-4 "don't stomp on -variable (configure; -values)" -body {
    set SBV Apr
    ttk::spinbox .sb 
    .sb configure -textvariable SBV -values {Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug}
    list $SBV [.sb get]
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list Apr Apr]








|







249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list 55 55]

test spinbox-nostomp-4 "don't stomp on -variable (configure; -values)" -body {
    set SBV Apr
    ttk::spinbox .sb
    .sb configure -textvariable SBV -values {Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug}
    list $SBV [.sb get]
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list Apr Apr]

274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs

    set result
} -result [list 07 08 09 10 11 10 09 08 07] -cleanup { 
    destroy .sb
    unset secs
}

test spinbox-dieoctaldie-2 "Cope with general bad input" -body {
    set result [list]
    ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 100 -format %03.0f







|







274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs

    set result
} -result [list 07 08 09 10 11 10 09 08 07] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
    unset secs
}

test spinbox-dieoctaldie-2 "Cope with general bad input" -body {
    set result [list]
    ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 100 -format %03.0f

Changes to tests/ttk/treetags.test.

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
} -result [list [list] [list item2] [list]]

test treetags-1.8 "tag names" -body {
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3]

test treetags-1.9 "tag names - tag added to item" -body {
    $tv item item1 -tags tag4 
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]

test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
    $tv tag configure tag5
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]







|







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
} -result [list [list] [list item2] [list]]

test treetags-1.8 "tag names" -body {
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3]

test treetags-1.9 "tag names - tag added to item" -body {
    $tv item item1 -tags tag4
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]

test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
    $tv tag configure tag5
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
    $tv tag configure tag2 -font {times 20}
}

test treetags-3.4 "stomp tags in tag binding procedure" -body {
    set result [list]
    $tv tag bind rm1 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm1 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }
    $tv tag bind rm2 <<Remove>> {
    	lappend ::result rm2 [%W focus] <<Remove>> 
	%W item [%W focus] -tags {tag1}
    }
    $tv tag bind rm3 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm3 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }

    $tv item item1 -tags {rm1 rm2 rm3} 
    $tv focus item1
    event generate $tv <<Remove>>
    set result
} -cleanup {
    treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list rm1 item1 <<Remove>> rm2 item1 <<Remove>> rm3 item1 <<Remove>>]

#

test treetags-end "Cleanup" -body { destroy $tv }

tcltest::cleanupTests







|




|












197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
    $tv tag configure tag2 -font {times 20}
}

test treetags-3.4 "stomp tags in tag binding procedure" -body {
    set result [list]
    $tv tag bind rm1 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm1 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }
    $tv tag bind rm2 <<Remove>> {
    	lappend ::result rm2 [%W focus] <<Remove>>
	%W item [%W focus] -tags {tag1}
    }
    $tv tag bind rm3 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm3 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }

    $tv item item1 -tags {rm1 rm2 rm3}
    $tv focus item1
    event generate $tv <<Remove>>
    set result
} -cleanup {
    treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list rm1 item1 <<Remove>> rm2 item1 <<Remove>> rm3 item1 <<Remove>>]

#

test treetags-end "Cleanup" -body { destroy $tv }

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/treeview.test.

454
455
456
457
458
459
460

























461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472












473
474
475
476
477
478
479
    .tv selection set {}
    .tv selection
} -result {}

test treeview-8.5 "Selection - bad operation" -body {
    .tv selection badop foo
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {bad selection operation "badop": must be *}


























### NEED: more tests for see/yview/scrolling

proc scrollcallback {args} {
    set ::scrolldata $args
}
test treeview-9.0 "scroll callback - empty tree" -body {
    .tv configure -yscrollcommand scrollcallback
    .tv delete [.tv children {}]
    update
    set ::scrolldata
} -result [list 0.0 1.0]













### identify tests:
#
proc identify* {tv comps args} {
    foreach {x y} $args {
	foreach comp $comps {
	    lappend result [$tv identify $comp $x $y]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
    .tv selection set {}
    .tv selection
} -result {}

test treeview-8.5 "Selection - bad operation" -body {
    .tv selection badop foo
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {bad selection operation "badop": must be *}

test treeview-8.6 "Selection - <<TreeviewSelect>> on selection add" -body {
    .tv selection set {}
    bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {set res 1}
    set res 0
    .tv selection add newnode.n1
    update
    set res
} -result {1}

test treeview-8.7 "<<TreeviewSelect>> on selected item deletion" -body {
    .tv selection set {}
    .tv insert "" end -id selectedDoomed -text DeadItem
    .tv insert "" end -id doomed -text AlsoDead
    .tv selection add selectedDoomed
    update
    bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {lappend res 1}
    set res 0
    .tv delete doomed
    update
    set res [expr {$res == 0}]
    .tv delete selectedDoomed
    update
    set res
} -result {1 1}

### NEED: more tests for see/yview/scrolling

proc scrollcallback {args} {
    set ::scrolldata $args
}
test treeview-9.0 "scroll callback - empty tree" -body {
    .tv configure -yscrollcommand scrollcallback
    .tv delete [.tv children {}]
    update
    set ::scrolldata
} -result [list 0.0 1.0]

test treeview-9.1 "scrolling" -setup {
    pack [ttk::treeview .tree -show tree] -fill y
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
        .tree insert {} end -text $i
    }
} -body {
    .tree yview scroll 5 units
    .tree identify item 2 2
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tree
} -result {I006}

### identify tests:
#
proc identify* {tv comps args} {
    foreach {x y} $args {
	foreach comp $comps {
	    lappend result [$tv identify $comp $x $y]
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638











































































































639
} -body {
    set item [.tv insert {} end]
    .tv tag remove foo $item
    .tv item $item -tags
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result [list]












































































































tcltest::cleanupTests








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
} -body {
    set item [.tv insert {} end]
    .tv tag remove foo $item
    .tv item $item -tags
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result [list]

test treeview-368fa4561e "indicators cannot be clicked on leafs" -setup {
    pack [ttk::treeview .tv]
    .tv insert {} end -id foo -text "<-- (1) Click the blank space to my left"
    update
} -body {
    foreach {x y w h} [.tv bbox foo #0] {}
    set res [.tv item foo -open]
    # using $h even for x computation is intentional here in order to simulate
    # a mouse click on the (invisible since we're on a leaf) indicator
    event generate .tv <ButtonPress-1> \
            -x [expr {$x + $h / 2}] \
            -y [expr {$y + $h / 2}]
    lappend res [.tv item foo -open]
    .tv insert foo end -text "sub"
    lappend res [.tv item foo -open]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result {0 0 0}

test treeview-ce470f20fd-1 "dragging further than the right edge of the treeview is forbidden" -setup {
    pack [ttk::treeview .tv]
    .tv heading #0 -text "Drag my right edge -->"
    update
} -body {
    set res [.tv column #0 -width]
    .tv drag #0 400
    lappend res [expr {[.tv column #0 -width] > $res}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result {200 0}

proc nostretch {tv} {
    foreach col [$tv cget -columns] {
        $tv column $col -stretch 0
    }
    $tv column #0 -stretch 0
    update idletasks ; # redisplay $tv
}

test treeview-ce470f20fd-2 "changing -stretch resizes columns" -setup {
    pack [ttk::treeview .tv -columns {bar colA colB colC foo}]
    foreach col [.tv cget -columns] {
        .tv heading $col -text $col
    }
    nostretch .tv
    .tv column colA -width 50 ; .tv column colB -width 50 ; # slack created
    update idletasks ; # redisplay treeview
} -body {
    # when no column is stretchable and one of them becomes stretchable
    # the stretchable column takes the slack and the widget is redisplayed
    # automatically at idle time
    set res [.tv column colA -width]
    .tv column colA -stretch 1
    update idletasks ; # no slack anymore, widget redisplayed
    lappend res [expr {[.tv column colA -width] > $res}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result {50 1}

test treeview-ce470f20fd-3 "changing -stretch resizes columns" -setup {
    pack [ttk::treeview .tv -columns {bar colA colB colC foo}]
    foreach col [.tv cget -columns] {
        .tv heading $col -text $col
    }
    .tv configure -displaycolumns {colB colA colC}
    nostretch .tv
    .tv column colA -width 50 ; .tv column colB -width 50 ; # slack created
    update idletasks ; # redisplay treeview
} -body {
    # only some columns are displayed (and in a different order than declared
    # in -columns), a displayed column becomes stretchable  --> the stretchable
    # column expands
    set res [.tv column colA -width]
    .tv column colA -stretch 1
    update idletasks ; # no slack anymore, widget redisplayed
    lappend res [expr {[.tv column colA -width] > $res}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result {50 1}

test treeview-ce470f20fd-4 "changing -stretch resizes columns" -setup {
    pack [ttk::treeview .tv -columns {bar colA colB colC foo}]
    foreach col [.tv cget -columns] {
        .tv heading $col -text $col
    }
    .tv configure -displaycolumns {colB colA colC}
    nostretch .tv
    .tv column colA -width 50 ; .tv column bar -width 60 ; # slack created
    update idletasks ; # redisplay treeview
} -body {
    # only some columns are displayed (and in a different order than declared
    # in -columns), a non-displayed column becomes stretchable  --> nothing
    # happens
    set origTreeWidth [winfo width .tv]
    set res [list [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width]]
    .tv column bar -stretch 1
    update idletasks ; # no change, widget redisplayed
    lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width]
    # this column becomes visible  --> widget resizes
    .tv configure -displaycolumns {bar colC colA colB}
    update idletasks ; # no slack anymore because the widget resizes (shrinks)
    lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width] \
                [expr {[winfo width .tv] < $origTreeWidth}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result {60 50 60 50 60 50 1}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/ttk.test.

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
    .t.b invoke
    list [winfo exists .t] [winfo exists .t.b]
} -result [list 0 0]

#
# Basic tests.
#
test ttk-1.1 "Create button" -body {
    pack [ttk::button .t] -expand true -fill both
    update
}

test ttk-1.2 "Check style" -body {
    .t cget -style
} -result {}








|
|







130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
    .t.b invoke
    list [winfo exists .t] [winfo exists .t.b]
} -result [list 0 0]

#
# Basic tests.
#
test ttk-1.1 "Create multiline button showing justified text" -body {
    pack [ttk::button .t -text "Hello\nWorld!!" -justify center] -expand true -fill both
    update
}

test ttk-1.2 "Check style" -body {
    .t cget -style
} -result {}

202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
    set x
} -result 1

test ttk-2.8 "bug 3223850: button state disabled during click" -setup {
    destroy .b
    set ttk28 {}
    pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}]
} -body { 
    bind .b <ButtonPress-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}}
    after 1 {event generate .b <ButtonPress-1>}
    after 20 {event generate .b <ButtonRelease-1>}
    set aid [after 100 {set ::ttk28 [.b instate {disabled !pressed}]}]
    vwait ::ttk28
    after cancel $aid
    set ttk28







|







202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
    set x
} -result 1

test ttk-2.8 "bug 3223850: button state disabled during click" -setup {
    destroy .b
    set ttk28 {}
    pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}]
} -body {
    bind .b <ButtonPress-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}}
    after 1 {event generate .b <ButtonPress-1>}
    after 20 {event generate .b <ButtonRelease-1>}
    set aid [after 100 {set ::ttk28 [.b instate {disabled !pressed}]}]
    vwait ::ttk28
    after cancel $aid
    set ttk28
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
# (@@@ "-font" is a compatibility option now, so tests 4.1-4.3
# don't really test anything useful at the moment.)
#

test ttk-4.0 "Setup" -body {
    catch { destroy .t }
    pack [ttk::label .t -text "Button 1"]
    testConstraint fontOption [expr ![catch { set prevFont [.t cget -font] }]]
    ok
}

test ttk-4.1 "Change font" -constraints fontOption -body {
    .t configure -font "Helvetica 18 bold"
}
test ttk-4.2 "Check font" -constraints fontOption -body {







|







265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
# (@@@ "-font" is a compatibility option now, so tests 4.1-4.3
# don't really test anything useful at the moment.)
#

test ttk-4.0 "Setup" -body {
    catch { destroy .t }
    pack [ttk::label .t -text "Button 1"]
    testConstraint fontOption [expr {![catch { set prevFont [.t cget -font] }]}]
    ok
}

test ttk-4.1 "Change font" -constraints fontOption -body {
    .t configure -font "Helvetica 18 bold"
}
test ttk-4.2 "Check font" -constraints fontOption -body {

Changes to tests/ttk/validate.test.

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171

test validate-1.18 {entry widget validation} -constraints coreEntry -body {
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e nextdata
    list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} -result {none {.e -1 -1 nextdata newdata {} all forced}}
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't validate when setting linked -variable
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't disable validation 

proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
    set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
    set ::e mydata
    return 1
}








|







157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171

test validate-1.18 {entry widget validation} -constraints coreEntry -body {
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e nextdata
    list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} -result {none {.e -1 -1 nextdata newdata {} all forced}}
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't validate when setting linked -variable
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't disable validation

proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
    set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
    set ::e mydata
    return 1
}

Changes to tests/unixButton.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37








38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
imageInit

# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
 
option add *Label.borderWidth 2
option add *Label.highlightThickness 0
option add *Label.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Button.borderWidth 2
option add *Button.highlightThickness 2
option add *Button.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Checkbutton.borderWidth 2
option add *Checkbutton.highlightThickness 2
option add *Checkbutton.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Radiobutton.borderWidth 2
option add *Radiobutton.highlightThickness 2
option add *Radiobutton.font {Helvetica -12 bold}


proc bogusTrace args {
    error "trace aborted"
}










test unixbutton-1.1 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1







|


















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
imageInit

# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.

option add *Label.borderWidth 2
option add *Label.highlightThickness 0
option add *Label.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Button.borderWidth 2
option add *Button.highlightThickness 2
option add *Button.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Checkbutton.borderWidth 2
option add *Checkbutton.highlightThickness 2
option add *Checkbutton.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Radiobutton.borderWidth 2
option add *Radiobutton.highlightThickness 2
option add *Radiobutton.font {Helvetica -12 bold}


proc bogusTrace args {
    error "trace aborted"
}

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    set smallIndicator 20
    set bigIndicator 20
    set defaultBorder 10
} else {
    set smallIndicator 27
    set bigIndicator 40
    set defaultBorder 20
}
test unixbutton-1.1 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60



61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78



79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
    list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    image delete image1
} -result {68 48 74 54 112 52 112 52}



test unixbutton-1.2 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 1
    radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 2 -pady 0
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {23 33 29 39 54 37 54 37}



test unixbutton-1.3 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 4
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 0
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 \
        -indicatoron 0







|
>
>
>

|















|
>
>
>

|







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
    list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    image delete image1
} -result [list 68 48 \
                74 54 \
	        [expr {72 + $bigIndicator}] 52 \
	        [expr {72 + $bigIndicator}] 52]
test unixbutton-1.2 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 1
    radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 2 -pady 0
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result [list 23 33 \
	        29 39 \
	        [expr {27 + $smallIndicator}] 37 \
	        [expr {27 + $smallIndicator}] 37]
test unixbutton-1.3 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 4
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 0
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 \
        -indicatoron 0
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {62 30 56 24 58 22 62 22}
test unixbutton-1.9 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default active
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.10 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default normal
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.11 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default disabled
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {27 37}


test unixbutton-2.1 {disabled coloring check, bug 669595} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {unset value}
} -body {
    # this was just a visual bug, but at least this shows the visual
    set on 1
    set off 0







|







|

|







|

|











|







188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {62 30 56 24 58 22 62 22}
test unixbutton-1.9 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default active
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result [list [expr {17 + $defaultBorder}] [expr {27 + $defaultBorder}]]
test unixbutton-1.10 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default normal
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result [list [expr {17 + $defaultBorder}] [expr {27 + $defaultBorder}]]
test unixbutton-1.11 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default disabled
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {27 37}


test unixbutton-2.1 {disabled coloring check, bug 669595} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {unset value}
} -body {
    # this was just a visual bug, but at least this shows the visual
    set on 1
    set off 0

Changes to tests/unixEmbed.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12































13
14
15
16
17
18
19
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file 
# tkUnixEmbed.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
































setupbg
dobg {wm withdraw .}

# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
|











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkUnixEmbed.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Proc ::_test_tmp::testInterp
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Command that creates an unsafe child interpreter and tries to load Tk.
# This code is borrowed from safePrimarySelection.test
# This is necessary for loading Tktest if the tests are done in the build
# directory without installing Tk.  In that case the usual auto_path loading
# mechanism cannot work because the tk binary is not where pkgIndex.tcl says
# it is.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {
    variable TkLoadCmd
}

foreach pkg [info loaded] {
    if {[lindex $pkg 1] eq "Tk"} {
	set ::_test_tmp::TkLoadCmd [list load {*}$pkg]
	break
    }
}

proc ::_test_tmp::testInterp {name} {
    variable TkLoadCmd
    interp create $name
    $name eval [list set argv [list -name $name]]
    catch {{*}$TkLoadCmd $name}
}

setupbg
dobg {wm withdraw .}

# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
	    && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}

test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test unixEmbed-1.2 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use 47
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't create child of window "47"}
test unixEmbed-1.3 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} -constraints {
	unix nonPortable







|






|







82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
	    && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}

test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test unixEmbed-1.2 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use 47
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't create child of window "47"}
test unixEmbed-1.3 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} -constraints {
	unix nonPortable
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115





















116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133























134
135
136
137
138
139
140
    toplevel .x -use [winfo id .t]
    colorsFree .x
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {1}

test unixEmbed-1.5 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    dobg "set w [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	eval destroy [winfo child .]
	toplevel .t -use $w
	list [testembed] [expr [lindex [lindex [testembed all] 0] 0] - $w]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0}





















test unixEmbed-1.6 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg "set w2 [winfo id .f2]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    toplevel .t2 -use $w2
	    testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows























} -result {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}}
test unixEmbed-1.7 {TkpUseWindow procedure, container and embedded in same app} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50







|















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
    toplevel .x -use [winfo id .t]
    colorsFree .x
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {1}

test unixEmbed-1.5 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
	unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    dobg "set w [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	eval destroy [winfo child .]
	toplevel .t -use $w
	list [testembed] [expr [lindex [lindex [testembed all] 0] 0] - $w]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0}
test unixEmbed-1.5a {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
    unix testembed
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    slave alias w winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t -use [w]
        list [testembed] [expr {[lindex [lindex [testembed all] 0] 0] - [w]}]
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0}
test unixEmbed-1.6 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
	unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg "set w2 [winfo id .f2]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    toplevel .t2 -use $w2
	    testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}}
test unixEmbed-1.6a {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints {
    unix testembed
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave alias w2 winfo id .f2
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        toplevel .t2 -use [w2]
        testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}}
test unixEmbed-1.7 {TkpUseWindow procedure, container and embedded in same app} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
























175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192






















193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238





















239
240
241
242

243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274























275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293























294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314






















315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337

























338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
} -result {{XXX .f2 {} .t2} {XXX .f1 {} .t1}}

# Can't think of any way to test the procedures TkpMakeWindow,
# TkpMakeContainer, or EmbedErrorProc.


test unixEmbed-2.1 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    testembed
    }
    destroy .f1
    update
    dobg {
	    testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
























test unixEmbed-2.2 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    testembed
	    destroy .t1
	    testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}






















test unixEmbed-2.3 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
    update
    destroy .f1
    testembed
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.4 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]

    update
    destroy .t1
    set x [testembed]
    update
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {}}


test unixEmbed-3.1 {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} -constraints {
    unix testembed nonPortable
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    set x [testembed]
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    wm withdraw .t1
    }
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 XXX {}}}}





















test unixEmbed-3.2 {ContainerEventProc procedure, set size on creation} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows

} -body {
    toplevel .t1 -container 1
    wm geometry .t1 +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t1] -bg red
    update
    wm geometry .t2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -bd 2 -relief raised
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 +30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix 























} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300x100+0+0}























test unixEmbed-3.5 {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
    }
    update
    list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [dobg {wm geometry .t1}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300 80 300x80+0+0}






















test unixEmbed-3.6 {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    set x unmapped
	    bind .t1 <Map> {set x mapped}
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    after 100
	    update
	    set x
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {mapped}

























test unixEmbed-3.7 {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}







|



















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|















|
<

>


<

|


|


















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|


>










|



















|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|



















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|





















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331

332
333
334
335

336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
} -result {{XXX .f2 {} .t2} {XXX .f1 {} .t1}}

# Can't think of any way to test the procedures TkpMakeWindow,
# TkpMakeContainer, or EmbedErrorProc.


test unixEmbed-2.1 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    testembed
    }
    destroy .f1
    update
    dobg {
	    testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.1a {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
    unix testembed
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        testembed
    }
    destroy .f1
    update
    slave eval {
        testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.2 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    testembed
	    destroy .t1
	    testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.2a {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
    unix testembed
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        testembed
        destroy .t1
        testembed
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.3 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
    update
    destroy .f1
    testembed
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-2.4 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    pack [frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50]

    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
    set x [testembed]
    update
    destroy .t1

    update
    list $x [winfo exists .t1] [winfo exists .f1] [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result "{{XXX .f1 {} .t1}} 0 0 {}"


test unixEmbed-3.1 {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} -constraints {
    unix testembed nonPortable
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    set x [testembed]
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    wm withdraw .t1
    }
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 XXX {}}}}
test unixEmbed-3.1a {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} -constraints {
    unix testembed
} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    set x [testembed]
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        wm withdraw .t1
    }
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 {} {}}}}
test unixEmbed-3.2 {ContainerEventProc procedure, set size on creation} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    update
} -body {
    toplevel .t1 -container 1
    wm geometry .t1 +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t1] -bg red
    update
    wm geometry .t2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -bd 2 -relief raised
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 +30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3a {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -bd 2 -relief raised
        update
        wm geometry .t1 +30+40
        update
        wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4a {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        update
        wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
        update
        wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {300x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.5 {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
    }
    update
    list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [dobg {wm geometry .t1}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300 80 300x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.5a {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        .t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
        update
    }
    list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [slave eval {wm geometry .t1}]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {300 80 300x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.6 {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    set x unmapped
	    bind .t1 <Map> {set x mapped}
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    after 100
	    update
	    set x
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {mapped}
test unixEmbed-3.6a {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        set x unmapped
        bind .t1 <Map> {set x mapped}
        update
        after 100
        update
        set x
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {mapped}
test unixEmbed-3.7 {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}
354
355
356
357
358
359
360


















361






362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385























386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400

401
402
403
404















405







406

407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427


























428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
























450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
	    destroy .t1
    }
    update
    list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {dead 0}


























test unixEmbed-4.1 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    .t1 configure -width 180 -height 100
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    winfo geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {180x100+0+0}























test unixEmbed-4.2 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    set x [testembed]
    destroy .f1

    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}}

























test unixEmbed-5.1 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
	    bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
	    set x {}
    }
    focus -force .f1
    update
    dobg {set x}
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{focus in .t1}}


























test unixEmbed-5.2 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	eval destroy [winfo child .]
	toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    after 200 {destroy .t1}
    }
    after 400
    focus -force .f1
    update
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
























test unixEmbed-5.3 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>


|





















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|













>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>

|



















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|







589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
	    destroy .t1
    }
    update
    list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {dead 0}
test unixEmbed-3.7a {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}
    set x alive
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        update
        destroy .t1
    }
    update
    list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {dead 0}

test unixEmbed-4.1 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    .t1 configure -width 180 -height 100
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    winfo geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {180x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-4.1a {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        update
        .t1 configure -width 180 -height 100
        update
        winfo geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {180x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-4.2 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
	unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    set x [testembed]
    destroy .f1
    update
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-4.2a {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
    unix testembed
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    update
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
    }
    set x [testembed]
    destroy .f1
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result "{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {}"


test unixEmbed-5.1 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
	    bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
	    set x {}
    }
    focus -force .f1
    update
    dobg {set x}
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{focus in .t1}}
test unixEmbed-5.1a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
        bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
        update
        set x {}
    }
    focus -force .f1
    update
    slave eval {set x}
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{focus in .t1}}
test unixEmbed-5.2 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	eval destroy [winfo child .]
	toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    after 200 {destroy .t1}
    }
    after 400
    focus -force .f1
    update
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-5.2a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        update
        after 200 {destroy .t1}
    }
    after 400
    focus -force .f1
    update
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-5.3 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
467
468
469
470
471
472
473


















474










475

476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500

























501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522





















523


524

525

526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
    set x [dobg {update; set x}]
    focus .
    update
    list $x [dobg {update; set x}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}































test unixEmbed-6.1 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
	    set x {}
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
	    update
	    list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 300 120}} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix 

























} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    after 300 {set x done}
    vwait x
    dobg {
	    bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
	    set x {}
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
	    update
	    list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 200 200}} 200x200+0+0}
























# Can't think up any tests for TkpGetOtherWindow procedure.




test unixEmbed-7.1 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    deleteWindows
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>

|









<
|
<









|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









<
<
|
<



|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>

>


|







823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871

872

873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917


918

919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
    set x [dobg {update; set x}]
    focus .
    update
    list $x [dobg {update; set x}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}
test unixEmbed-5.3a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        set x {}
        bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
        bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
        update
    }
    focus -force .f1
    update
    set x [slave eval {update; set x }]
    focus .
    update
    list $x [slave eval {update; set x}]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}


test unixEmbed-6.1 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1

            update

	    bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
	    set x {}
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
	    update
	    list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 300 120}} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.1a {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        update
        bind .t1 <Configure> {set x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
        set x {}
        .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
        update
        list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{configure .t1 300 120} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1


            update

	    bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
	    set x {}
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
            update
	    list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 200 200}} 200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2a {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
    update
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
        update
        bind .t1 <Configure> {set x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
	set x {}
        .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
        update
        list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{configure .t1 200 200} 200x200+0+0}

# Can't think up any tests for TkpGetOtherWindow procedure.

test unixEmbed-7.1 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    deleteWindows
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555



































556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
	    event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym a
	    set y
    }]
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{{key a 1}} {}}



































test unixEmbed-7.2 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|







977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
	    event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym a
	    set y
    }]
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{{key a 1}} {}}
# TkpRedirectKeyEvent is not implemented in win or aqua.  If someone
# implements it they should change the constraints for this test.
test unixEmbed-7.1a {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints {
    unix notAqua
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    deleteWindows
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
    }
    focus -force .
    bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A %E}}
    set x {}
    set y [slave eval {
        update
        bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
        set y {}
        event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym a
        set y
    }]
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{{key a 1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-7.2 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
579
580
581
582
583
584
585














586



















587
588


589
590
591
592
593
594
595
    }]
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{} {{key b}}}



































test unixEmbed-8.1 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup {


	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>







1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
    }]
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{} {{key b}}}
test unixEmbed-7.2a {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1]
    }
    update
    focus -force .f1
    update
    bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A}}
    set x {}
    set y [slave eval {
        update
        bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
        set y {}
        event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym b
        set y
    }]
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{} {{key b}}}

test unixEmbed-8.1 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints {
    unix notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614























615





616
617
618
619
620

621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
	    update
	    after 500
	    update
	    lappend x [focus]
    }] [focus]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{} .t1} .f1}
test unixEmbed-8.2 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
	deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete child}























    deleteWindows





} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    interp create child

    child eval "set argv {-use [winfo id .f1]}"
    load {} Tk child
    child eval {
	    . configure -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken
    }
    focus -force .f2
    update
    list [child eval {
	    focus .
	    set x [list [focus]]
	    update
	    lappend x [focus]
    }] [focus]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{} .} .f1}
catch {interp delete child}


test unixEmbed-9.1 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check parentPtr} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50








|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>




|
>

















<







1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166

1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
	    update
	    after 500
	    update
	    lappend x [focus]
    }] [focus]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{} .t1} .f1}
test unixEmbed-8.1a {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    update
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    }
    # This should clear focus from the application embedded in .f1
    focus -force .f2
    update
    list [slave eval {
        set x [list [focus]]
        focus .t1
	update
        lappend x [focus]
    }] [focus]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{{} .t1} .f1}
test unixEmbed-8.2 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete child}
    interp create child
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1 .f2
    update
    set w1 [winfo id .f1]
    child eval "set argv {-use [winfo id .f1]}"
    load {} Tk child
    child eval {
	    . configure -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken
    }
    focus -force .f2
    update
    list [child eval {
	    focus .
	    set x [list [focus]]
	    update
	    lappend x [focus]
    }] [focus]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{} .} .f1}
catch {interp delete child}


test unixEmbed-9.1 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check parentPtr} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666

667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678


















679




680

681
682
683
684
685
686

687

688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
	    lappend x [testembed]
    }
    set x
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f3 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-9.2 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} -constraints {
	unix testembed
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1

    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	    set x {}
	    lappend x [testembed]
	    destroy .t1
	    lappend x [testembed]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}

























test unixEmbed-10.1 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50

    pack .f1

    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update
    wm geometry .t1 +40+50
    update
    wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {150x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-10.2 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update
    wm geometry .t1 70x300+10+20
    update
    wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {70x300+0+0}

# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupbg
cleanupTests
return








|





>












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

>

|




>

>









|



















<
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270

	    lappend x [testembed]
    }
    set x
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f3 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-9.2 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} -constraints {
	unix testembed notAqua
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    update
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	    set x {}
	    lappend x [testembed]
	    destroy .t1
	    lappend x [testembed]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-9.2a {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} -constraints {
    unix testembed
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave
    load {} Tktest slave
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    slave alias w1 winfo id .f1
    slave eval {
        destroy [winfo child .]
        toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
        set x {}
        lappend x [testembed]
        destroy .t1
        lappend x [testembed]
    }
} -cleanup {
    interp delete slave
    deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}


test unixEmbed-10.1 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    update
    pack .f1
    update
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update
    wm geometry .t1 +40+50
    update
    wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {150x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-10.2 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update
    wm geometry .t1 70x300+10+20
    update
    wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {70x300+0+0}

# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupbg
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/unixFont.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c. 
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.  Some tests depend on the
# fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid
# at all sites.  
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
|







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.  Some tests depend on the
# fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid
# at all sites.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} x11 {
    # On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
    # actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
    # unexpectedly.  Now falls back to another font if that happens.

    font actual {-size 14}
    set x {}
} {}    

test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} x11 {
    font actual {-family xyz}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} x11 {







|







120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} x11 {
    # On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
    # actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
    # unexpectedly.  Now falls back to another font if that happens.

    font actual {-size 14}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} x11 {
    font actual {-family xyz}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} x11 {

Changes to tests/unixMenu.test.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
test unixMenu-2.1 {TkpDestroyMenu - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-3.1 {TkpDestroymenuEntry - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-4.1 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - non-cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label test
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -label foo] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-4.2 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label test
    menu .m1.foo -tearoff 0
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -menu .m1.foo] [destroy .m1]







|








|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
test unixMenu-2.1 {TkpDestroyMenu - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-3.1 {TkpDestroymenuEntry - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-4.1 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - non-cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label test
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -label foo] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-4.2 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label test
    menu .m1.foo -tearoff 0
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -menu .m1.foo] [destroy .m1]
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}


test unixMenu-7.1 {TkpSetMainMenubar - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-8.1 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.2 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - not checkbutton or radio} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1







|









|







75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}


test unixMenu-7.1 {TkpSetMainMenubar - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-8.1 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.2 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - not checkbutton or radio} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    image create test image1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok 
test unixMenu-8.4 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.5 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40







|

|










|







108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    image create test image1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.4 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.5 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
    .m1 add radiobutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.7 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok 
test unixMenu-8.8 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.9 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - hideMargin} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -hidemargin 1
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok 


test unixMenu-9.1 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.2 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - non-null label} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+S"
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.3 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - null label} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok


test unixMenu-10.1 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active menubar} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 activate 1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-10.2 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff activate 0
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-10.3 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - non-active} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-11.1 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - menubar} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# drawArrow parameter is never false under Unix
test unixMenu-11.2 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
}  -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.3 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - normal entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.4 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - null entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-12.1 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - non-check or radio} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.2 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.3 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.4 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.5 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.6 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.7 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]







|








|

|










|








|



|









|



















|



















|











|










|









|









|











|









|









|









|










|









|









|







146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
    .m1 add radiobutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.7 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.8 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.9 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - hideMargin} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -hidemargin 1
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok


test unixMenu-9.1 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.2 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - non-null label} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+S"
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.3 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - null label} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok


test unixMenu-10.1 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active menubar} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 activate 1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-10.2 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff activate 0
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-10.3 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - non-active} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-11.1 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - menubar} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# drawArrow parameter is never false under Unix
test unixMenu-11.2 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
}  -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.3 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - normal entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.4 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - null entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-12.1 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - non-check or radio} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.2 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.3 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.4 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.5 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.6 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.7 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
    list [tk::MbPost .mb] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}


# Don't know how to reproduce the case where the tkwin has been deleted.

test unixMenu-19.1 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - zero entries} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# Don't know how to generate one width windows
test unixMenu-19.2 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.3 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - entry with different font} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Courier 24"
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Helvetica 18"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.4 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.5 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.6 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry too wide} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 10x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.7 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 200x200
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.8 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 2nd don't fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.9 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 1st dont fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.10 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; neither fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0 -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1







|









|









|









|









|









|










|











|











|











|







442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
    list [tk::MbPost .mb] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}


# Don't know how to reproduce the case where the tkwin has been deleted.

test unixMenu-19.1 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - zero entries} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# Don't know how to generate one width windows
test unixMenu-19.2 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.3 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - entry with different font} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Courier 24"
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Helvetica 18"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.4 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.5 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.6 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry too wide} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 10x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.7 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 200x200
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.8 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 2nd don't fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.9 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 1st dont fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.10 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; neither fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0 -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
    .m1 add cascade -label "B"
    .m1 add cascade -label "C"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.19 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.20 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in middle} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.21 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.22 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item fits} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.23 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item does not fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help -font "Helvetica 72"
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.24 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item only one} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1







|















|















|















|













|













|







641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
    .m1 add cascade -label "B"
    .m1 add cascade -label "C"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.19 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.20 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in middle} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.21 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.22 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item fits} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.23 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item does not fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help -font "Helvetica 72"
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.24 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item only one} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m1.test
    list [menu .m1.test] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.test {}}
# Don't know how to automate missing tkwins
test unixMenu-22.2 {SetHelpMenu - menubar but no help menu} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.file
    list [menu .m1.file] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.file {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.3 {SetHelpMenu - menubar with help menu} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.help {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.4 {SetHelpMenu - multiple menubars with same help menu} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2
} -body {
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +40+40
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2]
} -result {.m1.help {} {} {}}


test unixMenu-23.1 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and not strict motif} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.2 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active menu item with its own gc} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.3 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and strict motif} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.4 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledfg and custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled -background red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.5 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.6 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled - no disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.7 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -foreground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.8 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.9 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -selectcolor orange
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.10 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.11 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activebackground green
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.12 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.13 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - strict motif} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.14 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground yellow
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.15 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.16 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -font "Helvectica 72"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]







|









|









|














|










|










|











|









|









|









|

















|










|










|



















|











|



















|







762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m1.test
    list [menu .m1.test] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.test {}}
# Don't know how to automate missing tkwins
test unixMenu-22.2 {SetHelpMenu - menubar but no help menu} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.file
    list [menu .m1.file] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.file {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.3 {SetHelpMenu - menubar with help menu} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.help {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.4 {SetHelpMenu - multiple menubars with same help menu} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2
} -body {
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +40+40
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2]
} -result {.m1.help {} {} {}}


test unixMenu-23.1 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and not strict motif} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.2 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active menu item with its own gc} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.3 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and strict motif} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.4 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledfg and custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled -background red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.5 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.6 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled - no disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.7 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -foreground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.8 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.9 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -selectcolor orange
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.10 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.11 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activebackground green
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.12 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.13 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - strict motif} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.14 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground yellow
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.15 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.16 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -font "Helvectica 72"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.20 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - disabled cascade item} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file
    .m1.file add command -label foo







|







987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.20 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - disabled cascade item} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file
    .m1.file add command -label foo
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "This is a test."
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-25.1 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - no entries} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.2 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.3 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - more than one entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.4 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.5 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - tearoff entry} -constraints {
    unix nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .mb
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "test" -menu .mb.m
    menu .mb.m
    .mb.m add command -label test
    pack .mb
    catch {tk::MbPost .mb}
    list [update] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.6 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - standard label geometry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.7 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - different font for entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Helvetica 12"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -font "Courier 12"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.8 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second entry larger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.9 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first entry larger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.10 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - accelerator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "Ctrl+S"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.11 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel larger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.12 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel smaller} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.13 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - indicator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]







|







|








|









|




















|








|








|









|









|








|









|









|







1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "This is a test."
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-25.1 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - no entries} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.2 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.3 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - more than one entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.4 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.5 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - tearoff entry} -constraints {
    unix nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .mb
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "test" -menu .mb.m
    menu .mb.m
    .mb.m add command -label test
    pack .mb
    catch {tk::MbPost .mb}
    list [update] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.6 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - standard label geometry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.7 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - different font for entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Helvetica 12"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -font "Courier 12"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.8 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second entry larger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.9 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first entry larger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.10 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - accelerator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "Ctrl+S"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.11 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel larger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.12 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel smaller} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.13 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - indicator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1
    .m1 invoke 1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 2
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.16 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - zero sized menus} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.17 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first column bigger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three -columnbreak 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.18 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second column bigger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.19 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - three columns} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]    
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.20 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - hide margin} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add checkbutton -label one -hidemargin 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}







|







|










|










|










|


|







1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1
    .m1 invoke 1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 2
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.16 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - zero sized menus} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.17 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first column bigger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three -columnbreak 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.18 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second column bigger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.19 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - three columns} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.20 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - hide margin} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add checkbutton -label one -hidemargin 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}

Changes to tests/unixWm.test.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42















43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
    deleteWindows
    foreach i {.raise1 .raise2 .raise3} {
	toplevel $i
	wm geom $i 150x100+0+0
	update
    }
}
















set i 1
foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0} {
    destroy .t
    test unixWm-1.$i {initial window position} unix {
	toplevel .t -width 200 -height 150
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	wm geom .t
    } 200x150$geom








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
    deleteWindows
    foreach i {.raise1 .raise2 .raise3} {
	toplevel $i
	wm geom $i 150x100+0+0
	update
    }
}

# On macOS windows are not allowed to overlap the menubar at the top
# of the screen.  So tests which move a window and then check whether
# it got moved to the requested location should use a y coordinate
# larger than the height of the menubar (normally 23 pixels).

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
    set Y0 23
    set Y2 25
    set Y5 28
} else {
    set Y0 0
    set Y2 2
    set Y5 5
}

set i 1
foreach geom "+23+80 +80+23 +0+$Y0" {
    destroy .t
    test unixWm-1.$i {initial window position} unix {
	toplevel .t -width 200 -height 150
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	wm geom .t
    } 200x150$geom
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
wm geom .t +200+200
update
wm geom .t +150+150
update
scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d+%d+%d width height x y
set xerr [expr 150-$x]
set yerr [expr 150-$y]
foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+0 -10-5 -10+5 +10-5} {
    test unixWm-2.$i {moving window while mapped} unix {
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d%1s%d%1s%d width height xsign x ysign y
	format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
		[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
    } $geom
    incr i
}

set i 1
foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+0 -10-5 -10+5 +10-5} {
    test unixWm-3.$i {moving window while iconified} unix {
	wm iconify .t
	sleep 200
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	wm deiconify .t
	animationDelay
	scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d%1s%d%1s%d width height xsign x ysign y
	format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
		[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
    } $geom
    incr i
}

set i 1
foreach geom {+20+80 +100+40 +0+0} {
    test unixWm-4.$i {moving window while withdrawn} unix {
	wm withdraw .t
	sleep 200
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	wm deiconify .t
	animationDelay







|











|















|







78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
wm geom .t +200+200
update
wm geom .t +150+150
update
scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d+%d+%d width height x y
set xerr [expr 150-$x]
set yerr [expr 150-$y]
foreach geom "+20+80 +80+23 +0+$Y0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+$Y0 -10-5 -10+$Y5 +10-5" {
    test unixWm-2.$i {moving window while mapped} unix {
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d%1s%d%1s%d width height xsign x ysign y
	format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
		[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
    } $geom
    incr i
}

set i 1
foreach geom "+20+80 +80+23 +0+$Y0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+$Y0 -10-5 -10+$Y5 +10-5" {
    test unixWm-3.$i {moving window while iconified} unix {
	wm iconify .t
	sleep 200
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	wm deiconify .t
	animationDelay
	scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d%1s%d%1s%d width height xsign x ysign y
	format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
		[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
    } $geom
    incr i
}

set i 1
foreach geom "+20+80 +100+40 +0+$Y0" {
    test unixWm-4.$i {moving window while withdrawn} unix {
	wm withdraw .t
	sleep 200
	wm geom .t $geom
	update
	wm deiconify .t
	animationDelay
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
    wm withdraw .t
    wm iconify .t
    list [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic}

destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
wm geom .t +10+10
wm minsize .t 1 1
update
test unixWm-6.1 {size changes} unix {
    .t config -width 180 -height 150
    update
    wm geom .t
} 180x150+10+10
test unixWm-6.2 {size changes} unix {
    wm geom .t 250x60
    .t config -width 170 -height 140
    update
    wm geom .t
} 250x60+10+10
test unixWm-6.3 {size changes} unix {
    wm geom .t 250x60
    .t config -width 170 -height 140
    wm geom .t {}
    update
    wm geom .t
} 170x140+10+10
test unixWm-6.4 {size changes} {unix nonPortable userInteraction} {
    wm minsize .t 1 1
    update
    puts stdout "Please resize window \"t\" with the mouse (but don't move it!),"
    puts -nonewline stdout "then hit return: "
    flush stdout
    gets stdin







|






|





|






|







190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
    wm withdraw .t
    wm iconify .t
    list [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic}

destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
wm geom .t +10+23
wm minsize .t 1 1
update
test unixWm-6.1 {size changes} unix {
    .t config -width 180 -height 150
    update
    wm geom .t
} 180x150+10+23
test unixWm-6.2 {size changes} unix {
    wm geom .t 250x60
    .t config -width 170 -height 140
    update
    wm geom .t
} 250x60+10+23
test unixWm-6.3 {size changes} unix {
    wm geom .t 250x60
    .t config -width 170 -height 140
    wm geom .t {}
    update
    wm geom .t
} 170x140+10+23
test unixWm-6.4 {size changes} {unix nonPortable userInteraction} {
    wm minsize .t 1 1
    update
    puts stdout "Please resize window \"t\" with the mouse (but don't move it!),"
    puts -nonewline stdout "then hit return: "
    flush stdout
    gets stdin
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
test unixWm-17.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t 12 13} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm focusmodel window ?active|passive?"}}
test unixWm-17.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be active or passive}}
test unixWm-17.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    set result {} 
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t active
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t passive
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    set result
} {passive active passive}







|







654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
test unixWm-17.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t 12 13} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm focusmodel window ?active|passive?"}}
test unixWm-17.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be active or passive}}
test unixWm-17.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    set result {}
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t active
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t passive
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    set result
} {passive active passive}
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
    wm iconbitmap .t {}
    set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0x4 & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
	    WM_HINTS] 0]]]
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
} {{} questhead 0x4 {} 0x0}
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} {
    set result_22_3 {0 {}} 
} else {
    set result_22_3 {1 {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}}
}
test unixWm-22.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconbitmap" option for unix only} \
unix {
    list [catch {wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap} msg] $msg
} $result_22_3







|







820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
    wm iconbitmap .t {}
    set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0x4 & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
	    WM_HINTS] 0]]]
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
} {{} questhead 0x4 {} 0x0}
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} {
    set result_22_3 {0 {}}
} else {
    set result_22_3 {1 {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}}
}
test unixWm-22.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconbitmap" option for unix only} \
unix {
    list [catch {wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap} msg] $msg
} $result_22_3
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374

destroy .t .icon

test unixWm-40.1 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, set grid dimensions before turning on grid} {unix nonPortable} {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 30x10+0+0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 -setgrid 1 
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 200x100+0+0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    .t.l configure -setgrid 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} {20x20+0+0}

test unixWm-41.1 {ConfigureEvent procedure, internally generated size changes} unix {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t -width 400 -height 150
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t
    set result {}







|







|
|





|







1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389

destroy .t .icon

test unixWm-40.1 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, set grid dimensions before turning on grid} {unix nonPortable} {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 30x10+0+0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 -setgrid 1
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 200x100+0+$Y0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    .t.l configure -setgrid 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} "20x20+0+$Y0"

test unixWm-41.1 {ConfigureEvent procedure, internally generated size changes} unix {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t -width 400 -height 150
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t
    set result {}
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
} [list 5 [expr [winfo screenheight .t] - 70]]
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
test unixWm-44.8 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} unix {
    tkwait visibility .t
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    update
    wm geometry .t -30+2
    update
    list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t]
} [list [expr [winfo screenwidth .t] - 110] 2]
destroy .t

test unixWm-44.9 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, updating fixed dimensions} {unix testwrapper} {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
    wm resizable .t 0 0
    wm geometry .t +0+0







|


|







1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
} [list 5 [expr [winfo screenheight .t] - 70]]
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
test unixWm-44.8 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} unix {
    tkwait visibility .t
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    update
    wm geometry .t -30+$Y2
    update
    list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t]
} [list [expr [winfo screenwidth .t] - 110] $Y2]
destroy .t

test unixWm-44.9 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, updating fixed dimensions} {unix testwrapper} {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
    wm resizable .t 0 0
    wm geometry .t +0+0
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
    frame .t.m.f -width 20 -height 10 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.m.f -x 50 -y 5
    frame .t.f -width 20 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 10 -y 30
    testmenubar window .t .t.m
    update
    list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
	    [expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y] 
} {52 7 12 62}

deleteWindows
wm withdraw .
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} {
    # Modern mac windows have no border.
    set result_50_1 {{} {} .t .t .t2 {} .t2 .t .t} 
} else {
    # Windows are assumed to have a border (invisible in Gnome 3).
    set result_50_1 {{} {} .t {} .t2 {} .t2 {} .t}
}
test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords, title bar} unix {
    update
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg green







|






|







1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
    frame .t.m.f -width 20 -height 10 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.m.f -x 50 -y 5
    frame .t.f -width 20 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 10 -y 30
    testmenubar window .t .t.m
    update
    list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
	    [expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y]
} {52 7 12 62}

deleteWindows
wm withdraw .
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} {
    # Modern mac windows have no border.
    set result_50_1 {{} {} .t .t .t2 {} .t2 .t .t}
} else {
    # Windows are assumed to have a border (invisible in Gnome 3).
    set result_50_1 {{} {} .t {} .t2 {} .t2 {} .t}
}
test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords, title bar} unix {
    update
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg green
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
	 [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y + 450]]
} {{} {} .t .t .t2 .t2 .t {}}
test unixWm-50.3 {
	Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel with embedding
} tempNotWin {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}
    
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg blue
    wm geom .t +100+100
    frame .t.f -container 1 -bg red
    place .t.f -x 150 -y 50
    tkwait visibility .t.f
    update
    interp create slave







|







1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
	 [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y + 450]]
} {{} {} .t .t .t2 .t2 .t {}}
test unixWm-50.3 {
	Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel with embedding
} tempNotWin {
    deleteWindows
    catch {interp delete slave}

    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg blue
    wm geom .t +100+100
    frame .t.f -container 1 -bg red
    place .t.f -x 150 -y 50
    tkwait visibility .t.f
    update
    interp create slave

Changes to tests/util.test.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
test util-1.3 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview 0
    .l yview moveto .5
    .l yview
} -result {0.5 0.75}
test util-1.4 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll a
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number units|pages"}
test util-1.5 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number units|pages"}
test util-1.6 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll xyz units
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test util-1.7 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview 0
    .l yview scroll 2 pages
    .l nearest 0







|


|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
test util-1.3 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview 0
    .l yview moveto .5
    .l yview
} -result {0.5 0.75}
test util-1.4 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll a
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number pages|units"}
test util-1.5 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number pages|units"}
test util-1.6 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll xyz units
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test util-1.7 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview 0
    .l yview scroll 2 pages
    .l nearest 0
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
test util-1.10 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview 15
    .l yview scroll -2 units
    .l nearest 0
} -result {13}
test util-1.11 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll 3 zips
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "zips": must be units or pages}
test util-1.12 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview dropdead 3 times
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "dropdead": must be moveto or scroll}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return








|








53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
test util-1.10 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview 15
    .l yview scroll -2 units
    .l nearest 0
} -result {13}
test util-1.11 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview scroll 3 zips
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "zips": must be pages or units}
test util-1.12 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} -body {
    .l yview dropdead 3 times
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "dropdead": must be moveto or scroll}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/visual.test.

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
    catch {destroy $w}
    toplevel $w
    wm geom $w +0+0
    canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
    pack $w.c
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
        for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
            set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0]
            $w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \
                [expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \
                -fill $color
        }
    }
    update
}

# colorsFree --
#
# Returns 1 if there appear to be free colormap entries in a window,
# 0 otherwise.
#
# Arguments:
# w -            Name of window in which to check.
# red, green, blue -    Intensities to use in a trial color allocation
#            to see if there are colormap entries free.

proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
        && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}

# If more than one visual type is available for the screen, pick one
# that is *not* the default.

set default "[winfo visual .] [winfo depth .]"
set avail [winfo visualsavailable .]







|
|
|


















|
|







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
    catch {destroy $w}
    toplevel $w
    wm geom $w +0+0
    canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
    pack $w.c
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
        for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
            set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr {$x*6}] [expr {$y*30}] 0]
            $w.c create rectangle [expr {10*$x}] [expr {20*$y}] \
                [expr {10*$x + 10}] [expr {20*$y + 20}] -outline {} \
                -fill $color
        }
    }
    update
}

# colorsFree --
#
# Returns 1 if there appear to be free colormap entries in a window,
# 0 otherwise.
#
# Arguments:
# w -            Name of window in which to check.
# red, green, blue -    Intensities to use in a trial color allocation
#            to see if there are colormap entries free.

proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr {([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green)
        && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)}
}

# If more than one visual type is available for the screen, pick one
# that is *not* the default.

set default "[winfo visual .] [winfo depth .]"
set avail [winfo visualsavailable .]

Changes to tests/visual_bb.test.

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
    # menu bar and a message explaining the basic operation
    # of the program.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    frame .menu -relief raised -borderwidth 1
    message .msg -font {Times 18} -relief raised -width 4i \
        -borderwidth 1 -text "This application provides a collection of visual tests for the Tk toolkit.  Each menu entry invokes a test, which displays information on the screen.  You can then verify visually that the information is being displayed in the correct way.  The tests under the \"Postscript\" menu exercise the Postscript-generation capabilities of canvas widgets."
   
    pack .menu -side top -fill x
    pack .msg -side bottom -expand yes -fill both

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # The code below creates all the menus, which invoke procedures
    # to create particular demonstrations of various widgets.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    menubutton .menu.file -text "File" -menu .menu.file.m
    menu .menu.file.m
    .menu.file.m add command -label "Quit" -command end
   
    menubutton .menu.group1 -text "Group 1" -menu .menu.group1.m
    menu .menu.group1.m
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Canvas arcs" -command {runTest arc.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Beveled borders in text widgets" \
        -command {runTest bevel.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Colormap management" \
        -command {runTest cmap.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button geometry" \
        -command {runTest butGeom.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button colors" \
        -command {runTest butGeom2.tcl}
   
    menubutton .menu.ps -text "Canvas Postscript" -menu .menu.ps.m
    menu .menu.ps.m
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Rectangles and other graphics" \
        -command {runTest canvPsGrph.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Text" \
        -command {runTest canvPsText.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Bitmaps" \
        -command {runTest canvPsBmap.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Images" \
        -command {runTest canvPsImg.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Arcs" \
        -command {runTest canvPsArc.tcl}
   
    pack .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps -side left -padx 1m
   
    # Set up for keyboard-based menu traversal
   
    bind . <Any-FocusIn> {
    if {("%d" == "NotifyVirtual") && ("%m" == "NotifyNormal")} {
        focus .menu
    }
    }
    tk_menuBar .menu .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps








|











|











|












|

|

|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
    # menu bar and a message explaining the basic operation
    # of the program.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    frame .menu -relief raised -borderwidth 1
    message .msg -font {Times 18} -relief raised -width 4i \
        -borderwidth 1 -text "This application provides a collection of visual tests for the Tk toolkit.  Each menu entry invokes a test, which displays information on the screen.  You can then verify visually that the information is being displayed in the correct way.  The tests under the \"Postscript\" menu exercise the Postscript-generation capabilities of canvas widgets."

    pack .menu -side top -fill x
    pack .msg -side bottom -expand yes -fill both

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # The code below creates all the menus, which invoke procedures
    # to create particular demonstrations of various widgets.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    menubutton .menu.file -text "File" -menu .menu.file.m
    menu .menu.file.m
    .menu.file.m add command -label "Quit" -command end

    menubutton .menu.group1 -text "Group 1" -menu .menu.group1.m
    menu .menu.group1.m
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Canvas arcs" -command {runTest arc.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Beveled borders in text widgets" \
        -command {runTest bevel.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Colormap management" \
        -command {runTest cmap.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button geometry" \
        -command {runTest butGeom.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button colors" \
        -command {runTest butGeom2.tcl}

    menubutton .menu.ps -text "Canvas Postscript" -menu .menu.ps.m
    menu .menu.ps.m
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Rectangles and other graphics" \
        -command {runTest canvPsGrph.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Text" \
        -command {runTest canvPsText.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Bitmaps" \
        -command {runTest canvPsBmap.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Images" \
        -command {runTest canvPsImg.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Arcs" \
        -command {runTest canvPsArc.tcl}

    pack .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps -side left -padx 1m

    # Set up for keyboard-based menu traversal

    bind . <Any-FocusIn> {
    if {("%d" == "NotifyVirtual") && ("%m" == "NotifyNormal")} {
        focus .menu
    }
    }
    tk_menuBar .menu .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps

Changes to tests/winDialog.test.

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
test winDialog-5.5 {GetFileName: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() == TCL_OK} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile -title bar]}
    set y [then {
        Click cancel
    }]
    # Note this also tests fix for 
    # http://core.tcl.tk/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6
    # $x is expected to be empty
    append x $y
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.6 {GetFileName: valid option, but missing value} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {







|







251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
test winDialog-5.5 {GetFileName: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() == TCL_OK} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile -title bar]}
    set y [then {
        Click cancel
    }]
    # Note this also tests fix for
    # http://core.tcl.tk/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6
    # $x is expected to be empty
    append x $y
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.6 {GetFileName: valid option, but missing value} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
    unset msg
} -result bar.c


test winDialog-5.7.6 {GetFileName: All/extension } -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    # In 8.6.4 this combination resulted in bar.ext.ext which is bad
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{All *}} -defaultextension {ext} -title Save]}
    set msg {}
    then {
	if {[catch {SetText [vista? 0x47C 0x3e9] bar} msg]} {
	    Click cancel
	} else {
	    Click ok
	}
    }
    set x "[file tail $x]$msg"
} -cleanup {
    unset msg
} -result bar.ext

test winDialog-5.7.7 {tk_getOpenFile: -defaultextension} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    unset -nocomplain x
    tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 7.ext" [initialdir]
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \
                      -defaultextension ext \
                      -initialdir [file nativename [initialdir]] \
                      -initialfile "5 7 7" -title Foo]}
    then {
        Click ok
    }
    return $x
} -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 7.ext"]

test winDialog-5.7.8 {tk_getOpenFile: -defaultextension} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    unset -nocomplain x
    tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 8.ext" [initialdir]
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \
                      -defaultextension ext \
                      -initialdir [file nativename [initialdir]] \
                      -initialfile "5 7 8.ext" -title Foo]}
    then {
        Click ok
    }
    return $x
} -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 8.ext"]

test winDialog-5.8 {GetFileName: extension doesn't begin with .} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -defaultextension foo -title Save]}
    set msg {}
    then {







|
|











|





|

|






|





|

|

|




|







372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
    unset msg
} -result bar.c


test winDialog-5.7.6 {GetFileName: All/extension } -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    # In 8.6.4 this combination resulted in bar.aaa.aaa which is bad
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{All *}} -defaultextension {aaa} -title Save]}
    set msg {}
    then {
	if {[catch {SetText [vista? 0x47C 0x3e9] bar} msg]} {
	    Click cancel
	} else {
	    Click ok
	}
    }
    set x "[file tail $x]$msg"
} -cleanup {
    unset msg
} -result bar.aaa

test winDialog-5.7.7 {tk_getOpenFile: -defaultextension} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    unset -nocomplain x
    tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 7.aaa" [initialdir]
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \
                      -defaultextension aaa \
                      -initialdir [file nativename [initialdir]] \
                      -initialfile "5 7 7" -title Foo]}
    then {
        Click ok
    }
    return $x
} -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 7.aaa"]

test winDialog-5.7.8 {tk_getOpenFile: -defaultextension} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    unset -nocomplain x
    tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 8.aaa" [initialdir]
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \
                      -defaultextension aaa \
                      -initialdir [file nativename [initialdir]] \
                      -initialfile "5 7 8.aaa" -title Foo]}
    then {
        Click ok
    }
    return $x
} -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 8.aaa"]

test winDialog-5.8 {GetFileName: extension doesn't begin with .} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -defaultextension foo -title Save]}
    set msg {}
    then {
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
} -cleanup {
    unset msg
} -result bar.foo
test winDialog-5.9 {GetFileName: file types} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    #        case FILE_TYPES:
    
    start {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo files" .foo FOOF}} -title Foo}
    # XXX - currently disabled for vista style dialogs because the file
    # types control has no control ID and we don't have a mechanism to
    # locate it.
    if {[vista?]} {
        then {
            Click cancel







|







437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
} -cleanup {
    unset msg
} -result bar.foo
test winDialog-5.9 {GetFileName: file types} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    #        case FILE_TYPES:

    start {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo files" .foo FOOF}} -title Foo}
    # XXX - currently disabled for vista style dialogs because the file
    # types control has no control ID and we don't have a mechanism to
    # locate it.
    if {[vista?]} {
        then {
            Click cancel
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
    }
    return $x
} -result [file normalize [file join ~ "5 12 1"]]

test winDialog-5.12.2 {tk_getSaveFile: initial directory: ~user} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    
    # Note: this test will fail on Tcl versions 8.6.4 and earlier due
    # to a bug in file normalize for names of the form ~xxx that
    # returns the wrong dir on Windows.  In particular (in Win8 at
    # least) it returned /users/Default instead of /users/USERNAME...

    unset -nocomplain x
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile \







|







500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
    }
    return $x
} -result [file normalize [file join ~ "5 12 1"]]

test winDialog-5.12.2 {tk_getSaveFile: initial directory: ~user} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {

    # Note: this test will fail on Tcl versions 8.6.4 and earlier due
    # to a bug in file normalize for names of the form ~xxx that
    # returns the wrong dir on Windows.  In particular (in Win8 at
    # least) it returned /users/Default instead of /users/USERNAME...

    unset -nocomplain x
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile \
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
    }
    return $x
} -result {1}
test winDialog-5.17 {GetFileName: title} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
#        case FILE_TITLE:
   
    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Narf}
    then {
        Click cancel
    }
} -result {0}
if {[vista?]} {
    # In the newer file dialogs, the file type widget does not even exist







|







727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
    }
    return $x
} -result {1}
test winDialog-5.17 {GetFileName: title} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
#        case FILE_TITLE:

    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Narf}
    then {
        Click cancel
    }
} -result {0}
if {[vista?]} {
    # In the newer file dialogs, the file type widget does not even exist
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
        destroy .t
    }
} -result {}
test winDialog-5.21 {GetFileName: call GetOpenFileName} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent english
} -body {
#        winCode = GetOpenFileName(&ofn);
   
    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Open}
    then {
        set x [GetText ok]
        Click cancel
    }
    return $x
} -result {&Open}







|







790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
        destroy .t
    }
} -result {}
test winDialog-5.21 {GetFileName: call GetOpenFileName} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent english
} -body {
#        winCode = GetOpenFileName(&ofn);

    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Open}
    then {
        set x [GetText ok]
        Click cancel
    }
    return $x
} -result {&Open}
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
    string tolower [set x]
} -result [string tolower [initialdir]]
test winDialog-9.8 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: initial directory: Tcl_TranslateFilename()} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {
#        if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string,
#            &utfDirString) == NULL)
   
    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir ~12x/455
} -returnCodes error -result {user "12x" doesn't exist}


test winDialog-10.1 {Tk_FontchooserObjCmd: no arguments} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {







|







923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
    string tolower [set x]
} -result [string tolower [initialdir]]
test winDialog-9.8 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: initial directory: Tcl_TranslateFilename()} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {
#        if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string,
#            &utfDirString) == NULL)

    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir ~12x/455
} -returnCodes error -result {user "12x" doesn't exist}


test winDialog-10.1 {Tk_FontchooserObjCmd: no arguments} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {

Changes to tests/winFont.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked. 
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} -result {{Times New Roman} {Times New Roman} {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} -result {{Courier New} {Courier New} {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} -result {Arial Arial Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    # No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} -result {}









|








|








|







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} -result {Times Times {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} -match regexp -result {Courier (Courier|Monaco) {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} -match regexp -result {Helvetica (Helvetica|Geneva) Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    # No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} -result {}


137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
} -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap 0 -text "000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: static width buffer exceeded} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap 100000 -text "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 256*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: all chars did fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 8*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: not all chars fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*6] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include last partial char} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.c
}  -body {
    canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
    set t [.t.c create text 0 0 -anchor nw -just left -font $courier]
    pack .t.c
    update

    .t.c dchars $t 0 end
    .t.c insert $t 0 "0000"
    .t.c index $t @[expr int($cx*2.5)],1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.c
} -result {2}

test winfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: at least one char on line} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq $ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 6*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: whole words} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*8] -text "000000 0000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000000    0000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000  00   00000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: make first part of word fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "0000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 12*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: check for kerning} -constraints {
    win nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
   
    set font [.t.l cget -font]
    .t.l config -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8} -text "W"
    set width [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    .t.l config -text "XaYoYaKaWx"
    set x [lindex [getsize] 0]
    .t.l config -font $font
    expr $x < ($width*10)
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1}


test winfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} -constraints win -setup {
    destroy .t.l







|


















|


















|
|

















|
|


















|















|


















|
|

















|
|

















|
|

















|
|















|






|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
} -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap 0 -text "000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: static width buffer exceeded} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap 100000 -text "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 256*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: all chars did fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*10}] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 8*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: not all chars fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*6}] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include last partial char} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.c
}  -body {
    canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
    set t [.t.c create text 0 0 -anchor nw -just left -font $courier]
    pack .t.c
    update

    .t.c dchars $t 0 end
    .t.c insert $t 0 "0000"
    .t.c index $t @[expr {int($cx*2.5)}],1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.c
} -result {2}

test winfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: at least one char on line} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq $ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 6*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: whole words} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*8}] -text "000000 0000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*12}] -text "000000    0000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*12}] -text "000  00   00000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: make first part of word fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*12}] -text "0000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 12*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: check for kerning} -constraints {
    win nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update

    set font [.t.l cget -font]
    .t.l config -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8} -text "W"
    set width [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    .t.l config -text "XaYoYaKaWx"
    set x [lindex [getsize] 0]
    .t.l config -font $font
    expr {$x < ($width*10)}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1}


test winfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} -constraints win -setup {
    destroy .t.l

Changes to tests/winMenu.test.

477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
    .m1 add command -command {error 1} -label "winMenu-11.2: Please select this menu item."
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [update] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {1 {1
    while executing
"error 1"
    (menu invoke)}} {} {}}

   
# Can't test WM_MENUCHAR

test winMenu-11.4 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_MEASUREITEM} -constraints {
    win userInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {







|







477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
    .m1 add command -command {error 1} -label "winMenu-11.2: Please select this menu item."
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [update] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {1 {1
    while executing
"error 1"
    (menu invoke)}} {} {}}


# Can't test WM_MENUCHAR

test winMenu-11.4 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_MEASUREITEM} -constraints {
    win userInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
test winMenu-22.1 {DrawMenuUnderline} -constraints win -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -underline 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}  


test winMenu-23.1 {Don't know how to test MenuKeyBindProc} -constraints {
    win emptyTest
} -body {}









|







784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
test winMenu-22.1 {DrawMenuUnderline} -constraints win -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -underline 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test winMenu-23.1 {Don't know how to test MenuKeyBindProc} -constraints {
    win emptyTest
} -body {}


1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]   
} -result {{} {}}


test winMenu-33.1 {TkpNotifyTopLevelCreate - no menu yet} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2







|







1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test winMenu-33.1 {TkpNotifyTopLevelCreate - no menu yet} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2

Changes to tests/winSend.test.

114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
} {a}
test winSend-2.3 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interpreter} winSend {
    newApp testApp
    list [catch {send testApp {set foo b}} msg] $msg [interp delete testApp]
} {0 b {}}
test winSend-2.4 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interp with errors} winSend {
    newApp testApp
    list [catch {send testApp {expr 2 / 0}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo [interp delete testApp]
} "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n    while executing\n\"expr 2 / 0\"\n    invoked from within\n\"send testApp {expr 2 / 0}\"} {}"
test winSend-2.5 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app async} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }







|
|







114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
} {a}
test winSend-2.3 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interpreter} winSend {
    newApp testApp
    list [catch {send testApp {set foo b}} msg] $msg [interp delete testApp]
} {0 b {}}
test winSend-2.4 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interp with errors} winSend {
    newApp testApp
    list [catch {send testApp {expr {2 / 0}}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo [interp delete testApp]
} "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n    while executing\n\"expr {2 / 0}\"\n    invoked from within\n\"send testApp {expr {2 / 0}}\"} {}"
test winSend-2.5 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app async} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
test winSend-2.7 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app - error} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    list [catch {send $interp {expr 2 / 0}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo
} "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n    while executing\n\"expr 2 / 0\"\n    invoked from within\n\"send \$interp {expr 2 / 0}\"}"

test winSend-3.1 {TkGetInterpNames} winSend {
    set origLength [llength $currentInterps]
    set newLength [llength [winfo interps]]
    expr {($newLength - 2) == $origLength}
} {1}








|
|







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
test winSend-2.7 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app - error} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    list [catch {send $interp {expr {2 / 0}}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo
} "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n    while executing\n\"expr {2 / 0}\"\n    invoked from within\n\"send \$interp {expr {2 / 0}}\"}"

test winSend-3.1 {TkGetInterpNames} winSend {
    set origLength [llength $currentInterps]
    set newLength [llength [winfo interps]]
    expr {($newLength - 2) == $origLength}
} {1}

166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
test winSend-5.1 {ExecuteRemoteObject - no error} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    list [send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr 2 / 1}}]
} {2}
test winSend-5.2 {ExecuteRemoteObject - error} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    list [catch {send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr 2 / 0}}} msg] $msg
} {1 {divide by zero}}

test winSend-6.1 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_CONNECT} winSend {
    set foo "Hello, World"
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {







|








|







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
test winSend-5.1 {ExecuteRemoteObject - no error} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    list [send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr {2 / 1}}}]
} {2}
test winSend-5.2 {ExecuteRemoteObject - error} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    list [catch {send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr {2 / 0}}}} msg] $msg
} {1 {divide by zero}}

test winSend-6.1 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_CONNECT} winSend {
    set foo "Hello, World"
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
    set foo 3
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    set command "send [tk appname] {expr $foo + 1}"
    list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg
} {0 4}
test winSend-6.7 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_EXECUTE} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    set command "send [tk appname] {expr 4 / 2}"
    list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg
} {0 2}
test winSend-6.8 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_WILDCONNECT} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break







|









|







242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
    set foo 3
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    set command "send [tk appname] {expr {$foo + 1}}"
    list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg
} {0 4}
test winSend-6.7 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_EXECUTE} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
	}
    }
    set command "send [tk appname] {expr {4 / 2}}"
    list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg
} {0 2}
test winSend-6.8 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_WILDCONNECT} winSend {
    set newInterps [winfo interps]
    foreach interp $newInterps {
	if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
	    break
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
	}
    }
    send $interp {set foo winSend-10.17}
    list [catch {dde request Tk $interp foo} msg] $msg
} {0 winSend-10.17}
test winSend-10.18 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - services} winSend {
    set currentService [list Tk [tk appname]]
    list [catch {dde services Tk {}} msg] [expr [lsearch $msg $currentService] >= 0]
} {0 1}

# Get rid of the other app and all of its interps

set newInterps [winfo interps]
while {[llength $newInterps] != [llength $currentInterps]} {
    foreach interp $newInterps {







|







382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
	}
    }
    send $interp {set foo winSend-10.17}
    list [catch {dde request Tk $interp foo} msg] $msg
} {0 winSend-10.17}
test winSend-10.18 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - services} winSend {
    set currentService [list Tk [tk appname]]
    list [catch {dde services Tk {}} msg] [expr {[lsearch $msg $currentService] >= 0}]
} {0 1}

# Get rid of the other app and all of its interps

set newInterps [winfo interps]
while {[llength $newInterps] != [llength $currentInterps]} {
    foreach interp $newInterps {

Changes to tests/winWm.test.

241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
    toplevel .t
    frame .t.f -width 150 -height 50 -background red
    pack .t.f
    wm geometry .t -0-0
    update
    set y [winfo rooty .t]
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    menu .t.m
    .t configure -menu .t.m
    .t.m add command -label foo
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    update
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    lappend result [expr {$y - [winfo rooty .t]}]







|







241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
    toplevel .t
    frame .t.f -width 150 -height 50 -background red
    pack .t.f
    wm geometry .t -0-0
    update
    set y [winfo rooty .t]
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    menu .t.m -tearoff 1
    .t configure -menu .t.m
    .t.m add command -label foo
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    update
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    lappend result [expr {$y - [winfo rooty .t]}]
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
        toplevel $w
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm90proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    }
    global winwm90done
    set winwm90done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {    
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm90proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm90done timeout}
    vwait winwm90done
    set winwm90done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
        rename winwm90$cmd {}
    }
    destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result {ok} 

test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
    proc winwm91click {w} {
        if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
        event generate $w <Enter>
        focus -force $w
        event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5







|










|







470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
        toplevel $w
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm90proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    }
    global winwm90done
    set winwm90done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm90proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm90done timeout}
    vwait winwm90done
    set winwm90done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
        rename winwm90$cmd {}
    }
    destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result {ok}

test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
    proc winwm91click {w} {
        if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
        event generate $w <Enter>
        focus -force $w
        event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm91proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    }
    destroy .t
    global winwm91done
    set winwm91done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {    
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm91proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm91done timeout}
    vwait winwm91done
    set winwm91done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {







|







515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm91proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    }
    destroy .t
    global winwm91done
    set winwm91done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm91proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm91done timeout}
    vwait winwm91done
    set winwm91done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {

Changes to tests/winfo.test.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
    destroy $w
    eval toplevel $w $options
    wm geom $w +0+0
    canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
    pack $w.c
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
        for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
            set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0]
            $w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \
                [expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \
                -fill $color
        }
    }
    update
}

# XXX - This test file is woefully incomplete.  At present, only a







|
|
|







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
    destroy $w
    eval toplevel $w $options
    wm geom $w +0+0
    canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
    pack $w.c
    for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
        for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
            set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr {$x*6}] [expr {$y*30}] 0]
            $w.c create rectangle [expr {10*$x}] [expr {20*$y}] \
                [expr {10*$x + 10}] [expr {20*$y + 20}] -outline {} \
                -fill $color
        }
    }
    update
}

# XXX - This test file is woefully incomplete.  At present, only a
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 550 -height 400
    frame .t.f -width 80 -height 60 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 50 -y 50
    wm geom .t +0+0
    update

    winfo containing [expr [winfo rootx .t.f]-1] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f]-1]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result .t
test winfo-4.7 {"winfo containing" command} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 550 -height 400
    frame .t.f -width 80 -height 60 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 50 -y 50
    wm geom .t +0+0
    update

    set x [winfo containing -display .t.f [expr [winfo rootx .t]+600] \
        [expr [winfo rooty .t.f]+450]]
    expr {($x == ".") || ($x == "")}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test winfo-5.1 {"winfo interps" command} -body {







|












|
|







152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 550 -height 400
    frame .t.f -width 80 -height 60 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 50 -y 50
    wm geom .t +0+0
    update

    winfo containing [expr {[winfo rootx .t.f]-1}] [expr {[winfo rooty .t.f]-1}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result .t
test winfo-4.7 {"winfo containing" command} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t -width 550 -height 400
    frame .t.f -width 80 -height 60 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 50 -y 50
    wm geom .t +0+0
    update

    set x [winfo containing -display .t.f [expr {[winfo rootx .t]+600}] \
        [expr {[winfo rooty .t.f]+450}]]
    expr {($x == ".") || ($x == "")}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test winfo-5.1 {"winfo interps" command} -body {
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
    llength [lindex [winfo visualsa .] 0]
} -result {2}
test winfo-11.5 {"winfo visualid" command} -body {
    llength [lindex [winfo visualsa . includeids] 0]
} -result {3}
test winfo-11.6 {"winfo visualid" command} -body {
    set x [lindex [lindex [winfo visualsa . includeids] 0] 2]
    expr $x + 2 - $x
} -result {2}


test winfo-12.1 {GetDisplayOf procedure} -body {
    winfo atom - foo x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "winfo atom ?-displayof window? name"}
test winfo-12.2 {GetDisplayOf procedure} -body {







|







360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
    llength [lindex [winfo visualsa .] 0]
} -result {2}
test winfo-11.5 {"winfo visualid" command} -body {
    llength [lindex [winfo visualsa . includeids] 0]
} -result {3}
test winfo-11.6 {"winfo visualid" command} -body {
    set x [lindex [lindex [winfo visualsa . includeids] 0] 2]
    expr {$x + 2 - $x}
} -result {2}


test winfo-12.1 {GetDisplayOf procedure} -body {
    winfo atom - foo x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "winfo atom ?-displayof window? name"}
test winfo-12.2 {GetDisplayOf procedure} -body {
390
391
392
393
394
395
396







397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419

    list rootx [expr {[winfo rootx .emb] == [winfo rootx .con]}] \
        rooty [expr {[winfo rooty .emb] == [winfo rooty .con]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {rootx 1 rooty 1}








test winfo-13.2 {destroying embedded toplevel} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .con -container 1
    pack .con -expand yes -fill both
    toplevel .emb -use [winfo id .con] -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0
    button .emb.b
    pack .emb.b -expand yes -fill both
    update

    destroy .emb
    update
    list embedded [winfo exists .emb.b] container [winfo exists .con]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {embedded 0 container 1}

test winfo-13.3 {destroying container window} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .con -container 1
    pack .con -expand yes -fill both
    toplevel .emb -use [winfo id .con] -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0







>
>
>
>
>
>
>















|







390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426

    list rootx [expr {[winfo rootx .emb] == [winfo rootx .con]}] \
        rooty [expr {[winfo rooty .emb] == [winfo rooty .con]}]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {rootx 1 rooty 1}

# Windows does not destroy the container when an embedded window is
# destroyed.  Unix and macOS do destroy it.  See ticket [67384bce7d].
if {[tk windowingsystem] == "win32"} {
   set result_13_2 {embedded 0 container 1}
} else {
   set result_13_2 {embedded 0 container 0}
}
test winfo-13.2 {destroying embedded toplevel} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .con -container 1
    pack .con -expand yes -fill both
    toplevel .emb -use [winfo id .con] -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0
    button .emb.b
    pack .emb.b -expand yes -fill both
    update

    destroy .emb
    update
    list embedded [winfo exists .emb.b] container [winfo exists .con]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result $result_13_2

test winfo-13.3 {destroying container window} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .con -container 1
    pack .con -expand yes -fill both
    toplevel .emb -use [winfo id .con] -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0

Changes to tests/wm.test.

1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
    wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-5.2 {A normal toplevel can't be raised above an \
    overrideredirect toplevel on unix} -constraints x11 -body {
    toplevel .t
    tkwait visibility .t	    
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    raise .
    update
    raiseDelay
    wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result 0
test wm-stackorder-5.2.1 {A normal toplevel can be raised above an \
    overrideredirect toplevel on macOS or win} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
    toplevel .t
    tkwait visibility .t	    
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    raise .
    update
    raiseDelay
    wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result 1
test wm-stackorder-5.3 {An overrideredirect window\
        can be explicitly lowered} -body {
    toplevel .t
    tkwait visibility .t	    
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    lower .t
    update
    raiseDelay
    wm stackorder .t isbelow .
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







|











|











|







1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
    wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-5.2 {A normal toplevel can't be raised above an \
    overrideredirect toplevel on unix} -constraints x11 -body {
    toplevel .t
    tkwait visibility .t
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    raise .
    update
    raiseDelay
    wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result 0
test wm-stackorder-5.2.1 {A normal toplevel can be raised above an \
    overrideredirect toplevel on macOS or win} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
    toplevel .t
    tkwait visibility .t
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    raise .
    update
    raiseDelay
    wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result 1
test wm-stackorder-5.3 {An overrideredirect window\
        can be explicitly lowered} -body {
    toplevel .t
    tkwait visibility .t
    wm overrideredirect .t 1
    lower .t
    update
    raiseDelay
    wm stackorder .t isbelow .
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644










1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".icon" a master: it is an icon for .top}
test wm-transient-1.7 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    toplevel .master
    wm transient .master .master
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".master" its own master}
test wm-transient-1.8 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {










    toplevel .master
    frame .master.f
    wm transient .master .master.f
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".master" its own master}

test wm-transient-2.1 {basic get/set of master} -setup {
    set results [list]
} -body {
    toplevel .master
    toplevel .subject
    lappend results [wm transient .subject]







|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|







1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
    deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".icon" a master: it is an icon for .top}
test wm-transient-1.7 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    toplevel .master
    wm transient .master .master
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {setting ".master" as master creates a transient/master cycle}
test wm-transient-1.8 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    toplevel .t1
    toplevel .t2
    toplevel .t3
    wm transient .t2 .t1
    wm transient .t3 .t2
    wm transient .t1 .t3
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {setting ".t3" as master creates a transient/master cycle}
test wm-transient-1.9 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    toplevel .master
    frame .master.f
    wm transient .master .master.f
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {setting ".master" as master creates a transient/master cycle}

test wm-transient-2.1 {basic get/set of master} -setup {
    set results [list]
} -body {
    toplevel .master
    toplevel .subject
    lappend results [wm transient .subject]

Changes to unix/Makefile.in.

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
# Directory in which to install html documentation:
HTML_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR)

# Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh:
CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir)

# Directory in which to install the demo files:
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY)/demos

# The directory containing the Tcl sources and headers appropriate
# for this version of Tk ("srcdir" will be replaced or has already
# been replaced by the configure script):
TCL_GENERIC_DIR		= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/generic

# The directory containing the platform specific Tcl sources and headers







|







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
# Directory in which to install html documentation:
HTML_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR)

# Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh:
CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir)

# Directory in which to install the demo files:
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)@DEMO_DIR@

# The directory containing the Tcl sources and headers appropriate
# for this version of Tk ("srcdir" will be replaced or has already
# been replaced by the configure script):
TCL_GENERIC_DIR		= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/generic

# The directory containing the platform specific Tcl sources and headers
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
# XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP.
KEYSYM_FLAGS		=
#KEYSYM_FLAGS		= -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	=
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to
# determine which shell to use for executing commands:
SHELL			= @SHELL@

# BUILD_TCLSH is the fully qualified path name of the tclsh shell
# in the Tcl build directory. Test that need to be run in the







|
|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
# XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP.
KEYSYM_FLAGS		=
#KEYSYM_FLAGS		= -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to
# determine which shell to use for executing commands:
SHELL			= @SHELL@

# BUILD_TCLSH is the fully qualified path name of the tclsh shell
# in the Tcl build directory. Test that need to be run in the
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
INSTALL			= $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_LIBRARY		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA		= ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_DATA_DIR	= ${INSTALL} -d -m 755

# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.in for a description of what it means.
# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script.

SHLIB_CFLAGS		= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ -DBUILD_tk

# To enable support for stubs in Tcl.
STUB_LIB_FILE		= @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@








|







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
INSTALL			= $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_LIBRARY		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA		= ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_DATA_DIR	= ${INSTALL} -d -m 755

# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.ac for a description of what it means.
# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script.

SHLIB_CFLAGS		= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ -DBUILD_tk

# To enable support for stubs in Tcl.
STUB_LIB_FILE		= @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276

# Libraries to use when linking.  This definition is determined by the
# configure script.
LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@
WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@

# The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.in for a description of what the
# symbols mean.  The values of the symbols are normally set by the
# configure script.  You shouldn't normally need to modify any of
# these definitions by hand.

STLIB_LD		= @STLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD		= @SHLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD_LIBS		= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@







|







262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276

# Libraries to use when linking.  This definition is determined by the
# configure script.
LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@
WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@

# The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.ac for a description of what the
# symbols mean.  The values of the symbols are normally set by the
# configure script.  You shouldn't normally need to modify any of
# these definitions by hand.

STLIB_LD		= @STLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD		= @SHLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD_LIBS		= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373

374
375
376
377
378
379
380
	tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o

CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \
	tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \
	tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o

IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \
	tkImgPhoto.o tkImgPhInstance.o

TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \
	tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o

# either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft)
#
FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@

GENERIC_OBJS = tk3d.o tkArgv.o tkAtom.o tkBind.o tkBitmap.o tkBusy.o \
	tkClipboard.o \
	tkCmds.o tkColor.o tkConfig.o tkConsole.o tkCursor.o tkError.o \
	tkEvent.o tkFocus.o tkFont.o tkGet.o tkGC.o tkGeometry.o tkGrab.o \
	tkGrid.o tkMain.o tkObj.o tkOldConfig.o tkOption.o tkPack.o tkPlace.o \
	tkSelect.o tkStyle.o tkUndo.o tkUtil.o tkVisual.o tkWindow.o


TTK_OBJS = \
	ttkBlink.o ttkButton.o ttkCache.o ttkClamTheme.o ttkClassicTheme.o \
	ttkDefaultTheme.o ttkElements.o ttkEntry.o ttkFrame.o ttkImage.o \
	ttkInit.o ttkLabel.o ttkLayout.o ttkManager.o ttkNotebook.o \
	ttkPanedwindow.o ttkProgress.o ttkScale.o ttkScrollbar.o ttkScroll.o \
	ttkSeparator.o ttkSquare.o ttkState.o \







|












|
|
>







352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
	tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o

CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \
	tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \
	tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o

IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \
	tkImgPhoto.o tkImgPhInstance.o tkImgListFormat.o tkImgSVGnano.o

TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \
	tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o

# either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft)
#
FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@

GENERIC_OBJS = tk3d.o tkArgv.o tkAtom.o tkBind.o tkBitmap.o tkBusy.o \
	tkClipboard.o \
	tkCmds.o tkColor.o tkConfig.o tkConsole.o tkCursor.o tkError.o \
	tkEvent.o tkFocus.o tkFont.o tkGet.o tkGC.o tkGeometry.o tkGrab.o \
	tkGrid.o tkMain.o tkObj.o tkOldConfig.o tkOption.o tkPack.o \
	tkPkgConfig.o tkPlace.o	tkSelect.o tkStyle.o tkUndo.o tkUtil.o \
	tkVisual.o tkWindow.o

TTK_OBJS = \
	ttkBlink.o ttkButton.o ttkCache.o ttkClamTheme.o ttkClassicTheme.o \
	ttkDefaultTheme.o ttkElements.o ttkEntry.o ttkFrame.o ttkImage.o \
	ttkInit.o ttkLabel.o ttkLayout.o ttkManager.o ttkNotebook.o \
	ttkPanedwindow.o ttkProgress.o ttkScale.o ttkScrollbar.o ttkScroll.o \
	ttkSeparator.o ttkSquare.o ttkState.o \
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398

399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
	tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \
	tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o

AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \
	tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \
	tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \
	tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXImage.o \
	tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \

	tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \
	tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \
	tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \
	xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \
	ttkMacOSXTheme.o

AQUA_TKTEST_OBJS = tkMacOSXTest.o








|
>


|







392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
	tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \
	tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o

AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \
	tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \
	tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \
	tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXImage.o \
	tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXMenu.o \
	tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \
	tkMacOSXServices.o tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \
	tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \
	xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \
	ttkMacOSXTheme.o

AQUA_TKTEST_OBJS = tkMacOSXTest.o

427
428
429
430
431
432
433

434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451

452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c \

	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \

	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c







>


















>

|







429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPkgConfig.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgSVGnano.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgSVGnano.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgListFormat.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524

525
526
527

528
529
530
531
532
533
534
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \

	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \

	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c \
	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c \
	$(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c \







|
>



>







521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c \
	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c \
	$(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c \
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
		else true; \
		fi; \
	    done;
	@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
	    echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    (\
	    echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
	    relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
	    if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
	    echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	    else \
	    echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	    echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\







|







726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
		else true; \
		fi; \
	    done;
	@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
	    echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    (\
	    echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} return";\
	    relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
	    if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
	    echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	    else \
	    echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	    echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011


























1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c

tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c

tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c



























tkPlace.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c

tkSelect.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c

tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c

tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c

# TIP #59, embedding of configuration information into the binary library.
#
# Part of Tk's configuration information are the paths where it was installed
# and where it will look for its libraries (which can be different). We derive
# this information from the variables which can be overridden by the user. As
# every path can be configured separately we do not remember one general
# prefix/exec_prefix but all the different paths individually.

tkPkgConfig.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPkgConfig.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES)					\
		-DCFG_INSTALL_LIBDIR="\"$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"" \
		-DCFG_INSTALL_BINDIR="\"$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"" \
		-DCFG_INSTALL_SCRDIR="\"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"" \
		-DCFG_INSTALL_INCDIR="\"$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"" \
		-DCFG_INSTALL_DOCDIR="\"$(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)\"" \
		-DCFG_INSTALL_DEMODIR="\"$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\"" \
		\
		-DCFG_RUNTIME_LIBDIR="\"$(libdir)\"" \
		-DCFG_RUNTIME_BINDIR="\"$(bindir)\"" \
		-DCFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR="\"$(TK_LIBRARY)\"" \
		-DCFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR="\"$(includedir)\"" \
		-DCFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR="\"$(mandir)\"" \
		-DCFG_RUNTIME_DEMODIR="\"$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\"" \
		\
		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPkgConfig.c

tkPlace.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c

tkSelect.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c

1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108



1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117



1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124

tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c

tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c




tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c

tkImgPNG.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c

tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c




tkImgPhoto.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c

tkImgPhInstance.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c

tkOldTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c







>
>
>









>
>
>







1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162

tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c

tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c

tkImgListFormat.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgListFormat.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgListFormat.c

tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c

tkImgPNG.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c

tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c

tkImgSVGnano.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgSVGnano.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgSVGnano.c

tkImgPhoto.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c

tkImgPhInstance.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c

tkOldTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315



1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322

tkMacOSXScrlbr.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c

tkMacOSXSend.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c




tkMacOSXSubwindows.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c

tkMacOSXTest.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c
	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c

tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c







>
>
>







1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363

tkMacOSXScrlbr.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c

tkMacOSXSend.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c

tkMacOSXServices.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c

tkMacOSXSubwindows.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c

tkMacOSXTest.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c
	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c

tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
	@echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date."
	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \
		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls

#
# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs
# tables.
#

checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE)







|







1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
	@echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date."
	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \
		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls

#
# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs
# tables.
#

checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE)
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534



1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579

1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593

1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
#

DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME	 = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR	 = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
TCLDIR   = @TCL_SRC_DIR@



$(UNIX_DIR)/configure: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4
	cd $(UNIX_DIR); autoconf
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoheader; touch $@

dist:   $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure genstubs
	rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
	mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/unix
	cp -p $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/*.h $(DISTDIR)/unix
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
	chmod 664 $(DISTDIR)/unix/Makefile.in
	cp $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(TCLDIR)/unix/install-sh \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
	chmod 775 $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure.in
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \
		       $$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \
		$(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)
	rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch]
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	cp -p $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \
		$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
		$(DISTDIR)/win

	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx

	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/compat
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TCLDIR)/compat/unistd.h \
		$(TCLDIR)/compat/stdlib.h \
		$(DISTDIR)/compat
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
		$(DISTDIR)/library
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
		$(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,png,ppm,xbm} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
	cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk

alldist: dist
	rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
	cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \
		gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME)

#







>
>
>
|







|

|
|
|
<
|




|
|






|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
<



>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|



|

>
|
|
|


|
|


|
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|


|


|


|


|












|


|


|
|

|
|


|
|







1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591

1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618

1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648


1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
#

DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME	 = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR	 = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
TCLDIR   = @TCL_SRC_DIR@
DIST_INSTALL_DATA   = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 644
DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 755

$(UNIX_DIR)/configure: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4
	cd $(UNIX_DIR); autoconf
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoheader; touch $@

dist: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure genstubs
	rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/*.h $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix

	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(TCLDIR)/unix/install-sh \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \
		       $$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \
		$(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README.md \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)
	rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch]
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \
		$(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.ac \

		$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
		$(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/compat
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/compat


	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
		$(DISTDIR)/library
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/doc
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
		$(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/tests
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,png,ppm,xbm} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk

alldist: dist
	rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
	cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \
		gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME)

#

Changes to unix/configure.

more than 10,000 changes

Added unix/configure.ac.

























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT([tk],[8.7])
AC_PREREQ(2.69)

dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac
m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [
    AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in])
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H  -imacros tkConfig.h"])
    AH_TOP([
    #ifndef _TKCONFIG
    #define _TKCONFIG])
    AH_BOTTOM([
    /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
     * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])

TK_VERSION=8.7
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=7
TK_PATCH_LEVEL="a2"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -lt 9 ; then
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
fi

SC_PROG_TCLSH
SC_BUILD_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe.  If so, use it.
# It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
	tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no)
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
    if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
    fi
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embedded configuration information, encoding to use for the values, TIP #59
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS

SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_BIGENDIAN

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
# search path to reflect this.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)'

if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
fi

if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
    AC_MSG_WARN([
        Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
        [[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
#	that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
#	This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX.  Some
#	systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
#	other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
#	pernicious.  If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
#	special flag.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[fd_set readMask, writeMask;],
	tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes, tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no)])
tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [
	AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h,
	     tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)])
    if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?])
	tk_ok=yes
    fi
fi
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?])
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#       Find out all about time handling differences.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
#	they don't exist.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_UID_T

AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])
AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \
	    none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])

#-------------------------------------------
#     In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pwd.h>],
	    [struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos;],
	    tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes, tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no],
	    [use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]),
	[tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no])
    if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
	tk_aqua=yes
	if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua])
    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
	if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
		done
		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
		    tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no)
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
		done])
	fi
	# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
	# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
	if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
	    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
	    done
	fi
    fi
    if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [
	    hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <math.h>], [double f = sin(1.0);],
		tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes, tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no)
	    LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h)
    if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #endif
		    int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
		], [rand();],
		tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes, tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?])
	fi
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available],
	    tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #endif
		    #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
		    #include <sys/cdefs.h>
		],,tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes, tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1,
		    [Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?])
	fi
    fi
else
    tk_aqua=no
fi

if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?])
    LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit"
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
    if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
        AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?])
    fi
else
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    #	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
    #	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
    #	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
    #	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
    #	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
    #	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    SC_PATH_X
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
#	find shared libraries:
#	1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
#	   add the X library location into that search path.
#	2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
#	   search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
#	   directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
#	3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
#	   and the other for when the linker is invoked directly.  In
#	   the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
#	   be replaced by spaces.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
  if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
  fi
fi
if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for the existence of various libraries.  The order here
#	is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
#	command line generated by make.  The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
#	require a couple of special tricks:
#	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
#	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
#	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
#	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
#	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
#	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
#	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
#	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
#	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
#	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
#	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# One more check related to the X libraries.  The standard releases
# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined.  However, there are usually copies
# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
#
# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XOpenDisplay(0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
	XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
    ], AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft],
	    [use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]),
	[enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"])
    XFT_CFLAGS=""
    XFT_LIBS=""
    if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft])
    else
	found_xft="yes"
	dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config
	dnl says that xft is present.
	XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    found_xft=yes
	    XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	    XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	fi
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft])
	dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [
		XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
	    ], [])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable])
	    fi
	    enable_xft=no
	    XFT_CFLAGS=""
	    XFT_LIBS=""
	else
            enable_xft=yes
	fi
    fi
    if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?])
    else
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
    fi
    AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS)
    AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS)
    AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS)
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [
	xkblib_header_found=yes
    ], [
	xkblib_header_found=no
    ], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
    if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
	], [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
	])
    else
	xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
    fi
    if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
    ], [
    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	AC_DEFINE(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED, 1, [Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated?])
	])
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# XXX Do this last.
# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
#
# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
    xss_header_found=no
    xss_lib_found=no
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss],
	    [use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]),
	[enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes])
    if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
	AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [
	    xss_header_found=yes
	],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
		xss_lib_found=yes
	    ], [
		AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		    if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
			# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
			# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
		    else
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
		    fi
		    xss_lib_found=yes
		],, -lXext)
	    ])
	])
    fi
    if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Figure out whether "char" is unsigned.  If so, set a
#	#define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
#	building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"

# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.

eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"

if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
    TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
fi

TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'

# Note:  in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..":  this is because
# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
# up the Tcl library.

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`"
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
    echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
    AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in])
    for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
    TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
fi

if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
    AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?])
    # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
    # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk &&
        f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
        rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
        ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
        ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
        if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
        unset n f v
    ], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua})
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
    if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
        # override libdir default
        libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
    fi
    TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
    TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
    TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
    libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
    TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
    TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
    TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
    WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
    includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
    PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
    HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
    EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
    EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
	bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
    fi
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
    # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
    # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
    # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
    # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
else
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
        EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
    fi
    # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
    eval libdir="$libdir"
    if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
	TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    else
	if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
	else
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	fi
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    fi
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#       The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
#       stub support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}"

if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
else
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi

TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Demo dir
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AS_IF([test x"${DEMO_DIR}" = x], [DEMO_DIR='$(TK_LIBRARY)/demos'])
eval "TK_DEMO_DIR=\"`echo ${DEMO_DIR} | tr '()' '{}'`\""
eval "TK_DEMO_DIR=\"`echo ${TK_DEMO_DIR} | tr '()' '{}'`\""
AC_SUBST(DEMO_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_DEMO_DIR)

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)

AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)
AC_SUBST(LOCALES)

AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM)
AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR)
AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR)

AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS)

AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(REZ)
AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS)

AC_CONFIG_FILES([
    Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in
    tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in
    tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in
])
AC_OUTPUT

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:

Deleted unix/configure.in.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT([tk],[8.6])
AC_PREREQ(2.59)

dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac
m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [
    AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in])
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H  -imacros tkConfig.h"])
    AH_TOP([
    #ifndef _TKCONFIG
    #define _TKCONFIG])
    AH_BOTTOM([
    /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
     * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi

SC_PROG_TCLSH
SC_BUILD_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol,
# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS).
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tk_ok=1, tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
if test $tk_ok = 0; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe.  If so, use it.
# It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
	tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no)
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
    if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
    fi
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_THREADS

# Add the threads support libraries
LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS"

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS

SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_BIGENDIAN

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
# search path to reflect this.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)'

if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
fi

if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
    AC_MSG_WARN([
        Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
        [[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
#	that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
#	This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX.  Some
#	systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
#	other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
#	pernicious.  If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
#	special flag.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[fd_set readMask, writeMask;],
	tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes, tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no)])
tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [
	AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h,
	     tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)])
    if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?])
	tk_ok=yes
    fi
fi
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?])
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#       Find out all about time handling differences.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
#	they don't exist.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_UID_T

AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])
AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \
	    none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])

#-------------------------------------------
#     In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pwd.h>],
	    [struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos;],
	    tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes, tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no],
	    [use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]),
	[tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no])
    if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
	tk_aqua=yes
	if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua])
    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
	if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
		done
		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
		    tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no)
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
		done])
	fi
	# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
	# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
	if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
	    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
	    done
	fi
    fi
    if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [
	    hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <math.h>], [double f = sin(1.0);],
		tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes, tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no)
	    LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h)
    if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #endif
		    int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
		], [rand();],
		tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes, tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?])
	fi
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available],
	    tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #endif
		    #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
		    #include <sys/cdefs.h>
		],,tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes, tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1,
		    [Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?])
	fi
    fi
else
    tk_aqua=no
fi

if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?])
    LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit"
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
    if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
        AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?])
    fi
else
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    #	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
    #	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
    #	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
    #	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
    #	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
    #	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    SC_PATH_X
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
#	find shared libraries:
#	1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
#	   add the X library location into that search path.
#	2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
#	   search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
#	   directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
#	3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
#	   and the other for when the linker is invoked directly.  In
#	   the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
#	   be replaced by spaces.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
  if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
  fi
fi
if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for the existence of various libraries.  The order here
#	is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
#	command line generated by make.  The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
#	require a couple of special tricks:
#	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
#	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
#	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
#	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
#	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
#	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
#	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
#	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
#	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
#	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
#	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# One more check related to the X libraries.  The standard releases
# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined.  However, there are usually copies
# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
#
# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XOpenDisplay(0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
	XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
    ], AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft],
	    [use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]),
	[enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"])
    XFT_CFLAGS=""
    XFT_LIBS=""
    if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft])
    else
	found_xft="yes"
	dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config
	dnl says that xft is present.
	XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    found_xft=yes
	    XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	    XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	fi
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft])
	dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [
		XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
	    ], [])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable])
	    fi
	    enable_xft=no
	    XFT_CFLAGS=""
	    XFT_LIBS=""
	else
            enable_xft=yes
	fi
    fi
    if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?])
    else
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
    fi
    AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS)
    AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS)
    AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS)
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [
	xkblib_header_found=yes
    ], [
	xkblib_header_found=no
    ], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
    if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
	], [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
	])
    else
	xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
    fi
    if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
    ], [
    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	AC_DEFINE(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED, 1, [Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated?])
	])
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# XXX Do this last.
# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
#
# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
    xss_header_found=no
    xss_lib_found=no
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss],
	    [use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]),
	[enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes])
    if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
	AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [
	    xss_header_found=yes
	],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
		xss_lib_found=yes
	    ], [
		AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		    if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
			# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
			# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
		    else
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
		    fi
		    xss_lib_found=yes
		],, -lXext)
	    ])
	])
    fi
    if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Figure out whether "char" is unsigned.  If so, set a
#	#define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
#	building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"

# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.

eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"

if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
    TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
fi

TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'

# Note:  in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..":  this is because
# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
# up the Tcl library.

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`"
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
    echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
    AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in])
    for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
    TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
fi

if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
    AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?])
    # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
    # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk &&
        f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
        rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
        ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
        ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
        if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
        unset n f v
    ], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua})
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
    if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
        # override libdir default
        libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
    fi
    TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
    TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
    TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
    libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
    TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
    TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
    TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
    WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
    includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
    PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
    HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
    EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
    EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
	bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
    fi
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
    # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
    # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
    # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
    # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
else
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
        EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
    fi
    # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
    eval libdir="$libdir"
    if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
	TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    else
	if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
	else
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	fi
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    fi
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#       The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
#       stub support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}"

if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
else
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi

TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)

AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)
AC_SUBST(LOCALES)

AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM)
AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR)
AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR)

AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS)

AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(REZ)
AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS)

AC_CONFIG_FILES([
    Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in
    tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in
    tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in
])
AC_OUTPUT

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to unix/tcl.m4.

92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi







|
|







92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi







|
|







225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
543
544
545
546
547
548
549

550
551
552
553
554
555
556
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi

])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK --
#
#	Allows the building of shared libraries into frameworks
#







>







543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi
    AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK --
#
#	Allows the building of shared libraries into frameworks
#
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
		AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
	    fi
	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
	fi
    fi
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
#	Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
#		--enable-threads
#
#	Sets the following vars:
#		THREADS_LIBS	Thread library(s)
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_THREADS
#		_REENTRANT
#		_THREAD_SAFE
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
	    [build with threads (default: on)]),
	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])

    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
	tcl_threaded_core=1;
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
	TCL_THREADS=1
	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
	AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
	    [Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
	AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
	if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
		    [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
	fi
	AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	    # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
	    # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
	    # defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
	    # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
	    # exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	fi

	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    # The space is needed
	    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
	else
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
		# The space is needed
		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
	    else
		AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
		if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
		    AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
			tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
			# The space is needed
			THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
		    else
			TCL_THREADS=0
			AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile...])
		    fi
		fi
	    fi
	fi

	# Does the pthread-implementation provide
	# 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?

	ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
	LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork)
	LIBS=$ac_saved_libs
    else
	TCL_THREADS=0
    fi
    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
	if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (threaded core)])
	else
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	fi
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
    fi

    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
#	can also be enabled.
#







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







594
595
596
597
598
599
600











































































































601
602
603
604
605
606
607
		AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
	    fi
	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
	fi
    fi
])












































































































#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
#	can also be enabled.
#
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
#
#	Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
#	on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
#	"uname" command, but there are a few systems, like Next, where
#	this doesn't work.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Defines the following var:
#
#	system -	System/platform/version identification code.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
	if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
	else
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
	    else
		# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
		# results, and the version is kept in special file).

		if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
		    tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $[3]}' /etc/.relid`
		fi
		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
		fi
	    fi
	fi
    ])
    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version







|
<








<




|
|






<
<
<
<
<
<







786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793

794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801

802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813






814
815
816
817
818
819
820
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
#
#	Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
#	on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
#	"uname" command.

#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Defines the following var:
#
#	system -	System/platform/version identification code.

#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
	else
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
	    else






		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
		fi
	    fi
	fi
    ])
    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
#                       into a shared library.
#       SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
#                       creating shared libraries.  This symbol typically
#                       goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
#                       shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
#                       "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
#                       be specified when creating a shared library.  If
#                       dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
#                       SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
#                       general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
#                       libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
#                       as its value.
#       SHLIB_SUFFIX -  Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
#                       extensions.  An empty string means we don't know how
#                       to use shared libraries on this platform.
# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS







|
|







866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
#                       into a shared library.
#       SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
#                       creating shared libraries.  This symbol typically
#                       goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
#                       shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
#                       "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
#                       be specified when creating a shared library.  If
#                       dependent libraries should not be specified (as on some
#                       SunOS systems, where they cause the link to fail, or in
#                       general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
#                       libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
#                       as its value.
#       SHLIB_SUFFIX -  Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
#                       extensions.  An empty string means we don't know how
#                       to use shared libraries on this platform.
# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
    ], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
    ])
    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
    PLAT_OBJS=""
    PLAT_SRCS=""
    LDAIX_SRC=""
    AS_IF([test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x],[SHLIB_VERSION=".1.0"],[SHLIB_VERSION=".${SHLIB_VERSION}"])
    case $system in
	AIX-*)
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [
		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
		case "${CC}" in
		    *_r|*_r\ *)
			# ok ...
			;;
		    *)
			# Make sure only first arg gets _r







|










|


|







982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-arith"
    ], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
    ])
    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
    PLAT_OBJS=""
    PLAT_SRCS=""
    LDAIX_SRC=""
    AS_IF([test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x], [SHLIB_VERSION="1.0"])
    case $system in
	AIX-*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" != "yes"], [
		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
		case "${CC}" in
		    *_r|*_r\ *)
			# ok ...
			;;
		    *)
			# Make sure only first arg gets _r
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	CYGWIN_*|MINGW32*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}'
	    PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}'
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"







|







1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	CYGWIN_*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}'
	    PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}'
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
		], [],
		ac_cv_cygwin=no,
		ac_cv_cygwin=yes)
	    )
	    if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.])
	    fi
	    if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads])
	    fi
	    do64bit_ok=yes
	    if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
		echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args"
		# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
		if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix
		then :
		else







<
<
<







1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123



1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
		], [],
		ac_cv_cygwin=no,
		ac_cv_cygwin=yes)
	    )
	    if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.])
	    fi



	    do64bit_ok=yes
	    if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
		echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args"
		# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
		if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix
		then :
		else
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
		AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [
		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
		    do64bit_ok=yes
		])
	   ])

	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
	    # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
	    # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
	    # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.

	    AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"])
	    ;;
	Lynx*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    ;;
	MP-RAS-02*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	MP-RAS-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OpenBSD-*)
	    arch=`arch -s`
	    case "$arch" in
	    alpha|sparc64)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
		;;
	    *)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
		;;
	    esac
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
		#		Don't link with -lpthread
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
	    ])
	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	NetBSD-*)
	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
	    ])
	    ;;
	DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots







|


















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















|


<
|
|
|
|
<















<
|
|
|
|
<













<
|
|
|
|







1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332





















1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352

1353
1354
1355
1356

1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371

1372
1373
1374
1375

1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388

1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
		AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [
		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
		    do64bit_ok=yes
		])
	   ])

	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
	    # functions like strtol()/strtoul(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
	    # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
	    # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.

	    AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"])
	    ;;
	Lynx*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    ;;





















	OpenBSD-*)
	    arch=`arch -s`
	    case "$arch" in
	    alpha|sparc64)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
		;;
	    *)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
		;;
	    esac
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"

	    # On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
	    #		Don't link with -lpthread
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"

	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	NetBSD-*)
	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}

	    # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"

	    ;;
	DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])

	    # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [
		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
	    AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
		"`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"])
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag],
		    tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes,
			tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no)







<
<
<
<







1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461




1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [
		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""




	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag],
		    tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes,
			tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no)
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
			AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1,
			    [Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?])
                        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
		    ])
		])
	    ])
	    ;;
	NEXTSTEP-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OS/390-*)
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
	    AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1,	# needed in sys/socket.h
		[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
	    ;;
	OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
	    # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    # Hack: make package name same as library name
	    SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export $@:'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OSF1-1.*)
	    # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"], [
	        SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OSF1-V*)
	    # Digital OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ])
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
		], [
		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
		])
	    ])
	    ;;
	QNX-6*)
	    # QNX RTP
	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<







1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536










1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542

























1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559

1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567

1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
			AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1,
			    [Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?])
                        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
		    ])
		])
	    ])
	    ;;










	OS/390-*)
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
	    AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1,	# needed in sys/socket.h
		[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
	    ;;

























	OSF1-V*)
	    # Digital OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ])
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa

	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
	    ], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"

	    ])
	    ;;
	QNX-6*)
	    # QNX RTP
	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SINIX*5.4*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SunOS-4*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}

	    # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
	    # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead.  Also, it
	    # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
	    # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0

	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case

	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.

	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601





























1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;





























	SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case

	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.

	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
    # standard manufacturer compiler.

    AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
	case $system in
	    AIX-*) ;;
	    BSD/OS*) ;;
	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;;
	    IRIX*) ;;
	    NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
	    Darwin-*) ;;
	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
	esac])








|







1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
    # standard manufacturer compiler.

    AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
	case $system in
	    AIX-*) ;;
	    BSD/OS*) ;;
	    CYGWIN_*) ;;
	    IRIX*) ;;
	    NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
	    Darwin-*) ;;
	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
	esac])

2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
#
#	Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files.  Special
#	notes:
#	    - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol, strtoul, or
#	      strtod insome versions of SunOS
#	    - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such
#	      as strstr
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Defines some of the following vars:
#		NO_DIRENT_H
#		NO_VALUES_H
#		NO_STDLIB_H
#		NO_STRING_H
#		NO_SYS_WAIT_H
#		NO_DLFCN_H
#		HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#
#		HAVE_STRING_H ?







|
|










<







1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927

1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
#
#	Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files.  Special
#	notes:
#	    - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol or strtoul in some
#	      versions of SunOS
#	    - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such
#	      as strstr
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Defines some of the following vars:
#		NO_DIRENT_H

#		NO_STDLIB_H
#		NO_STRING_H
#		NO_SYS_WAIT_H
#		NO_DLFCN_H
#		HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#
#		HAVE_STRING_H ?
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
closedir(d);
], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)])

    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
    fi

    AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])])
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])])
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)








<
<



<







1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964


1965
1966
1967

1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
closedir(d);
], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)])

    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
    fi



    AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)

    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)

2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
    SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
    case $system in
	OSF*)
	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
	    ;;
	SunOS-4*)
	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
	    ;;
	*)
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
	    ;;
    esac
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------







<
<
<
<







2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105




2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
    SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
    case $system in
	OSF*)
	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
	    ;;




	*)
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
	    ;;
    esac
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410







2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS
#
#	Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
#	Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
#	-lnsl) are dealt with here.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:







#
#	Might append to the following vars:
#		LIBS
#		MATH_LIBS
#
#	Might define the following vars:
#		HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H







|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS
#
#	Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
#	Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
#	-lnsl) or thread library (-lpthread) are dealt with here.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:
#
#	Sets the following vars:
#		THREADS_LIBS	Thread library(s)
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		_REENTRANT
#		_THREAD_SAFE
#
#	Might append to the following vars:
#		LIBS
#		MATH_LIBS
#
#	Might define the following vars:
#		HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468

















































2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
	    [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])

















































])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
#
#	Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
#	features are available.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
	    [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])

    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
    AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
	# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
	# defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
	# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
	# exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	# The space is needed
	THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
    else
	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
	_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    # The space is needed
	    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
	else
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
		AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
			tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
		if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
		    # The space is needed
		    THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
		else
		    AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must edit the LIBS in the Makefile...])
		fi
	    fi
	fi
    fi

    # Does the pthread-implementation provide
    # 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?

    ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork)
    LIBS=$ac_saved_libs

    # TIP #509
    AC_CHECK_DECLS([PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE],tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no, [[#include <pthread.h>]])
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
#
#	Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
#	features are available.
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
	    tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
        AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) {
            case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ;
        }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
    else
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
	    [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])

	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[







|






|
|







2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
	    tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
	# See if we could use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
        AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) {
            case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ;
        }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Do 'long' and 'long long' have the same size (64-bit)?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
    else
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
	    [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])

	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071



























































































































3072
3073
3074
if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then
   AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1,
        [Use compat implementation of getaddrinfo() and friends])
   AC_LIBOBJ([fake-rfc2553])
   AC_CHECK_FUNC(strlcpy)
fi
])



























































































































# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then
   AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1,
        [Use compat implementation of getaddrinfo() and friends])
   AC_LIBOBJ([fake-rfc2553])
   AC_CHECK_FUNC(strlcpy)
fi
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CC_FOR_BUILD
#	For cross compiles, locate a C compiler that can generate native binaries.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		CC_FOR_BUILD
#		EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

dnl Get a default for CC_FOR_BUILD to put into Makefile.
AC_DEFUN([AX_CC_FOR_BUILD],[# Put a plausible default for CC_FOR_BUILD in Makefile.
    if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
      if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
        CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)'
      else
        AC_MSG_CHECKING([for gcc])
        AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_cc, [
            search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
            for dir in $search_path ; do
                for j in `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` \
                        `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` ; do
                    if test x"$ac_cv_path_cc" = x ; then
                        if test -f "$j" ; then
                            ac_cv_path_cc=$j
                            break
                        fi
                    fi
                done
            done
        ])
      fi
    fi
    AC_SUBST(CC_FOR_BUILD)
    # Also set EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD.
    if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
      EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(EXEEXT)'
      OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(OBJEXT)'
    else
      OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='.no'
      AC_CACHE_CHECK([for build system executable suffix], bfd_cv_build_exeext,
        [rm -f conftest*
         echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
         bfd_cv_build_exeext=
         ${CC_FOR_BUILD} -o conftest conftest.c 1>&5 2>&5
         for file in conftest.*; do
           case $file in
           *.c | *.o | *.obj | *.ilk | *.pdb) ;;
           *) bfd_cv_build_exeext=`echo $file | sed -e s/conftest//` ;;
           esac
         done
         rm -f conftest*
         test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" = x && bfd_cv_build_exeext=no])
      EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=""
      test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=${bfd_cv_build_exeext}
    fi
    AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl
    AC_SUBST(OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl
])


#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
#	Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		ZIP_PROG
#       ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS
#       ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH
#       ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT], [
    ZIP_PROG=""
    ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS=""
    ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH=""
    ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS=""

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for zip])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_zip, [
    search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
    for dir in $search_path ; do
        for j in `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` \
            `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` ; do
        if test x"$ac_cv_path_zip" = x ; then
            if test -f "$j" ; then
            ac_cv_path_zip=$j
            break
            fi
        fi
        done
    done
    ])
    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_zip" ; then
        ZIP_PROG="$ac_cv_path_zip"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([$ZIP_PROG])
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-rq"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="*"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([Found INFO Zip in environment])
        # Use standard arguments for zip
    else
        # It is not an error if an installed version of Zip can't be located.
        # We can use the locally distributed minizip instead
        ZIP_PROG="./minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-o -r"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="*"
        ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS="minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([No zip found on PATH. Building minizip])
    fi
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS)
])

# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

Changes to unix/tk.pc.in.

1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
# tk pkg-config source file

prefix=@prefix@
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
libdir=@libdir@
includedir=@includedir@


Name: The Tk Toolkit
Description: Tk is a cross-platform graphical user interface toolkit, the standard GUI not only for Tcl, but for many other dynamic languages as well.
URL: http://www.tcl.tk/
Version: @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@
Requires: tcl >= 8.6
Libs: -L${libdir} @TK_LIB_FLAG@ @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@






>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# tk pkg-config source file

prefix=@prefix@
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
libdir=@libdir@
includedir=@includedir@
demodir=@TK_DEMO_DIR@

Name: The Tk Toolkit
Description: Tk is a cross-platform graphical user interface toolkit, the standard GUI not only for Tcl, but for many other dynamic languages as well.
URL: http://www.tcl.tk/
Version: @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@
Requires: tcl >= 8.6
Libs: -L${libdir} @TK_LIB_FLAG@ @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@

Changes to unix/tk.spec.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tk
Summary:       Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version:       8.6.9
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version
Requires:      tcl >= %version

%description
The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for
creating integration applications that tie together diverse
applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.  When paired with
the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to
create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.  Tcl






|






|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tk
Summary:       Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version:       8.7a2
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= 8.6.0
Requires:      tcl >= 8.6.0

%description
The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for
creating integration applications that tie together diverse
applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.  When paired with
the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to
create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.  Tcl

Changes to unix/tkAppInit.c.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75



76
77
78
79
80
81
82
int
main(
    int argc,			/* Number of command-line arguments. */
    char **argv)		/* Values of command-line arguments. */
{
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);



#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*







>
>
>







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
int
main(
    int argc,			/* Number of command-line arguments. */
    char **argv)		/* Values of command-line arguments. */
{
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#elif (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION > 6)
    /* This doesn't work with Tcl 8.6 */
    TclZipfs_AppHook(&argc, &argv);
#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*

Changes to unix/tkConfig.h.in.

134
135
136
137
138
139
140



141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION

/* Is this a static build? */
#undef STATIC_BUILD

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS




/* Is this a 64-bit build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT

/* Is this an optimized build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED

/* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG

/* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS

/* Is memory debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG

/* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */
#undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT

/* Are we building with threads enabled? */
#undef TCL_THREADS

/* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG

/* What type should be used to define wide integers? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE

/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */







>
>
>



















<
<
<







134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162



163
164
165
166
167
168
169
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION

/* Is this a static build? */
#undef STATIC_BUILD

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS

/* What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info? */
#undef TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING

/* Is this a 64-bit build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT

/* Is this an optimized build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED

/* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG

/* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS

/* Is memory debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG

/* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */
#undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT




/* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG

/* What type should be used to define wide integers? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE

/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */

Changes to unix/tkConfig.sh.in.

91
92
93
94
95
96
97



TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'

# Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory.
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@'

# Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory.
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@'










>
>
>
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'

# Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory.
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@'

# Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory.
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@'

# Top-level directory in which Tk's demo files are installed.
TK_DEMO_DIR='@TK_DEMO_DIR@'

Changes to unix/tkUnix3d.c.

439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
	borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor);
	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel;
	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
	return;
    }

    if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
	borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, tkwin,
		Tk_GetUid("gray50"));
	if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border");
	}
    }
    if (borderPtr->visual->map_entries > 2) {
	/*







|







439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
	borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor);
	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel;
	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
	return;
    }

    if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
	borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap(NULL, tkwin,
		Tk_GetUid("gray50"));
	if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border");
	}
    }
    if (borderPtr->visual->map_entries > 2) {
	/*

Changes to unix/tkUnixButton.c.

392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
    }
}

void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y, relief;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;







|







392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
    }
}

void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y, relief;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;

Changes to unix/tkUnixColor.c.

153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
			}
		    }
		}
	}
	}
	if (strlen(name) > 99) {
	/* Don't bother to parse this. [Bug 2809525]*/
	return (TkColor *) NULL;
    } else if (XAllocNamedColor(display, colormap, name, &screen, &color) != 0) {
	    DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Couldn't allocate the color. Try translating the name to a
	     * color value, to see whether the problem is a bad color name or
	     * a full colormap. If the colormap is full, then pick an







|







153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
			}
		    }
		}
	}
	}
	if (strlen(name) > 99) {
	/* Don't bother to parse this. [Bug 2809525]*/
	return NULL;
    } else if (XAllocNamedColor(display, colormap, name, &screen, &color) != 0) {
	    DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Couldn't allocate the color. Try translating the name to a
	     * color value, to see whether the problem is a bad color name or
	     * a full colormap. If the colormap is full, then pick an

Changes to unix/tkUnixDefault.h.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
#define BLACK		"#000000"
#define WHITE		"#ffffff"

#define NORMAL_BG	"#d9d9d9"
#define ACTIVE_BG	"#ececec"
#define SELECT_BG	"#c3c3c3"
#define TROUGH		"#b3b3b3"
#define CHECK_INDICATOR	WHITE
#define MENU_INDICATOR  BLACK
#define DISABLED	"#a3a3a3"

/*
 * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons:
 */

#define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"







|
<







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
#define BLACK		"#000000"
#define WHITE		"#ffffff"

#define NORMAL_BG	"#d9d9d9"
#define ACTIVE_BG	"#ececec"
#define SELECT_BG	"#c3c3c3"
#define TROUGH		"#b3b3b3"
#define INDICATOR	WHITE

#define DISABLED	"#a3a3a3"

/*
 * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons:
 */

#define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADX			"3m"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADY			"1m"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR		CHECK_INDICATOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_BUTTON_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT			""
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE		"-1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH		"0"
#define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"







|














|

|


|







59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADX			"3m"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADY			"1m"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR		INDICATOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_BUTTON_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT			""
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE		"-1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH		"0"
#define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
#define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION	""
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH		"10c"
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"

/*







|







117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
#define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION	""
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH		"10c"
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"

/*
149
150
151
152
153
154
155


156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176

177

178
179
180
181
182
183
184
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"


#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"

/*
 * Defaults for frames:
 */

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG







>
>










|

|








>

>







148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG		"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"

/*
 * Defaults for frames:
 */

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_TILE		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276

277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH		"20"

/*
 * Defaults for individual entries of menus:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND 	"none"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE	"-1"

/*
 * Defaults for menus overall:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"raised"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_INDICATOR
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */








|






|
|
|
|


|

|
|

|

|
|


|

|
|

|











>










|


|
|







232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH		"20"

/*
 * Defaults for individual entries of menus:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND 	"none"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE	"-1"

/*
 * Defaults for menus overall:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"raised"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */

312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"4p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"3p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"







|







316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	BLACK
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"4p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"3p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
#define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR		TROUGH
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH		"30"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_SCALE_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_TO			"100"
#define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH			"15"

/*
 * Defaults for scrollbars:







|







426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
#define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR		TROUGH
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH		"30"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_SCALE_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_TO			"100"
#define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH			"15"

/*
 * Defaults for scrollbars:
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP		"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT		"vertical"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY	"300"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR	TROUGH
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"11"

/*
 * Defaults for texts:
 */







|







453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP		"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT		"vertical"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY	"300"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS	NULL
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR	TROUGH
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"11"

/*
 * Defaults for texts:
 */
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
#define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_TEXT_TABS			""
#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE		"tabular"
#define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_TEXT_UNDO			"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH			"80"
#define DEF_TEXT_WRAP			"char"
#define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND	""

/*







|







501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
#define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_TEXT_TABS			""
#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE		"tabular"
#define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_TEXT_UNDO			"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH			"80"
#define DEF_TEXT_WRAP			"char"
#define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND	""

/*

Changes to unix/tkUnixDraw.c.

204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226

227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
{
    TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawFrame --
 *
 *	This function draws the rectangular frame area.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawFrame(
    Tk_Window tkwin,

    Tk_3DBorder border,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    int relief)
{
    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
	    highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c







|













|

>





|







204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
{
    TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawFrameEx --
 *
 *	This function draws the rectangular frame area.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawFrameEx(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable drawable,
    Tk_3DBorder border,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    int relief)
{
    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, border, highlightWidth,
	    highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c

Changes to unix/tkUnixEmbed.c.

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
				 * in this process. Note that this is *not*
				 * the same window as wrapper: wrapper is the
				 * parent of embeddedPtr. */
    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in this
				 * process. */
} Container;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    Container *firstContainerPtr;
				/* First in list of all containers managed by
				 * this process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*







|







38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
				 * in this process. Note that this is *not*
				 * the same window as wrapper: wrapper is the
				 * parent of embeddedPtr. */
    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in this
				 * process. */
} Container;

typedef struct {
    Container *firstContainerPtr;
				/* First in list of all containers managed by
				 * this process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
499
500
501
502
503
504
505







506

507
508
509
510
511
512
513
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {







	if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) {

	    /*
	     * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
	     * deleted its window.
	     */

	    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
		    -1, -1, NULL, NULL);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>







499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
        /*
         * Send a ConfigureNotify  to the embedded application.
         */

        if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != None) {
            TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr);
        }
	if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) {

	    /*
	     * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
	     * deleted its window.
	     */

	    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
		    -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
869
870
871
872
873
874
875

876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886









887

888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895

896

897
898
899
900
901

902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909

910

911
912
913
914
915
916
917
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    int all;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tcl_DString dString;
    char buffer[50];

    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) {
	all = 1;
    } else {
	all = 0;
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {









	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);

	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}

	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {

	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}

	if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->wrapper);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}

	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {

	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName);
	}
	Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString);
    }







>











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>



|




>
|
>





>



|




>
|
>







877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    int all;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tcl_DString dString;
    char buffer[50];
    Tcl_Interp *embeddedInterp = NULL, *parentInterp = NULL;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) {
	all = 1;
    } else {
	all = 0;
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
	    embeddedInterp = containerPtr->embeddedPtr->mainPtr->interp;
	}
	if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
	    parentInterp = containerPtr->parentPtr->mainPtr->interp;
	}
	if (embeddedInterp != interp && parentInterp != interp) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
	/* Parent id */
	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	/* Parent pathName */
	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL ||
	    parentInterp != interp) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}
        /* Wrapper */
	if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t) containerPtr->wrapper);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	/* Embedded window pathName */
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL ||
	    embeddedInterp != interp) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName);
	}
	Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString);
    }

Changes to unix/tkUnixEvent.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
#endif

/*
 * The following static indicates whether this module has been initialized in
 * the current thread.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions that are referenced only in this file:
 */







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
#endif

/*
 * The following static indicates whether this module has been initialized in
 * the current thread.
 */

typedef struct {
    int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions that are referenced only in this file:
 */
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
    int event = 0;
    int error = 0;
    int major = 1;
    int minor = 0;
    int reason = 0;
    unsigned int use_xkb = 0;
    /* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */
#if 0 && defined(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
    static int xinited = 0;
    static Tcl_Mutex xinitMutex = NULL;

    if (!xinited) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&xinitMutex);
	if (!xinited) {
	    /* Necessary for threaded apps, of no consequence otherwise  */







|







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
    int event = 0;
    int error = 0;
    int major = 1;
    int minor = 0;
    int reason = 0;
    unsigned int use_xkb = 0;
    /* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */
#if 0 && defined(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED)
    static int xinited = 0;
    static Tcl_Mutex xinitMutex = NULL;

    if (!xinited) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&xinitMutex);
	if (!xinited) {
	    /* Necessary for threaded apps, of no consequence otherwise  */
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
 */

static void
DisplayFileProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* The display pointer. */
    int flags)			/* Should be TCL_READABLE. */
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
    Display *display = dispPtr->display;
    int numFound;

    XFlush(display);
    numFound = XEventsQueued(display, QueuedAfterReading);
    if (numFound == 0) {
	/*







|







464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
 */

static void
DisplayFileProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* The display pointer. */
    int flags)			/* Should be TCL_READABLE. */
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData;
    Display *display = dispPtr->display;
    int numFound;

    XFlush(display);
    numFound = XEventsQueued(display, QueuedAfterReading);
    if (numFound == 0) {
	/*

Changes to unix/tkUnixFont.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
#include <netinet/in.h>		/* for htons() prototype */
#include <arpa/inet.h>		/* inet_ntoa() */

/*
 * The preferred font encodings.
 */

static const char *const encodingList[] = {
    "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL
};

/*
 * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
 * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
 * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
 * family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT		10

#define FONTMAP_PAGES		(1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    int refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
    /*
     * Key.
     */

    Tk_Uid foundry;		/* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */







|
|














|

|




|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
#include <netinet/in.h>		/* for htons() prototype */
#include <arpa/inet.h>		/* inet_ntoa() */

/*
 * The preferred font encodings.
 */

static const char encodingList[][10] = {
    "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212"
};

/*
 * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
 * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
 * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
 * family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT		12

#define FONTMAP_PAGES		(1 << (21 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
    /*
     * Key.
     */

    Tk_Uid foundry;		/* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
 */

typedef struct FontAttributes {
    TkFontAttributes fa;
    TkXLFDAttributes xa;
} FontAttributes;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
				 * currently loaded. As screen fonts are
				 * loaded, this list grows to hold information
				 * about what characters exist in each font
				 * family. */
    FontFamily controlFamily;	/* FontFamily used to handle control character
				 * expansions. The encoding of this FontFamily
				 * converts UTF-8 to backslashed escape
				 * sequences. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
 * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
 */

static EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
    {"gb2312-raw",	"gb2312*"},
    {"big5",		"big5*"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*-1"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*.1-0"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*-2"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*.2-0"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0201*"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0202*"},
    {"jis0208",		"jisc6226*"},
    {"jis0208",		"jisx0208*"},
    {"jis0212",		"jisx0212*"},
    {"tis620",		"tis620*"},
    {"ksc5601",		"ksc5601*"},
    {"dingbats",	"*dingbats"},
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
    {"unicode",		"iso10646-1"},
#else
    /*
     * ucs-2be is needed if native order isn't BE.
     */
    {"ucs-2be",		"iso10646-1"},
#endif
    {NULL,		NULL}
};

/*
 * Functions used only in this file.
 */








|

















|














<
<
<
<
<
<

<







149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188






189

190
191
192
193
194
195
196
 */

typedef struct FontAttributes {
    TkFontAttributes fa;
    TkXLFDAttributes xa;
} FontAttributes;

typedef struct {
    FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
				 * currently loaded. As screen fonts are
				 * loaded, this list grows to hold information
				 * about what characters exist in each font
				 * family. */
    FontFamily controlFamily;	/* FontFamily used to handle control character
				 * expansions. The encoding of this FontFamily
				 * converts UTF-8 to backslashed escape
				 * sequences. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
 * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
 */

static const EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
    {"gb2312-raw",	"gb2312*"},
    {"big5",		"big5*"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*-1"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*.1-0"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*-2"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*.2-0"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0201*"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0202*"},
    {"jis0208",		"jisc6226*"},
    {"jis0208",		"jisx0208*"},
    {"jis0212",		"jisx0212*"},
    {"tis620",		"tis620*"},
    {"ksc5601",		"ksc5601*"},
    {"dingbats",	"*dingbats"},






    {"ucs-2be",		"iso10646-1"},

    {NULL,		NULL}
};

/*
 * Functions used only in this file.
 */

242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
static char **		ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, const char*faceName,
			    int *numNamesPtr);
static unsigned		RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr,
			    FontAttributes *gotPtr);
static void		ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr);
static void		ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr);
static int		SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
static int		Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
#endif

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontPkgCleanup --
 *
 *	This function is called when an application is created. It initializes







<








<







235
236
237
238
239
240
241

242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
253
254
255
256
static char **		ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, const char*faceName,
			    int *numNamesPtr);
static unsigned		RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr,
			    FontAttributes *gotPtr);
static void		ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr);
static void		ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr);
static int		SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);

static int		Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
static int		UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);


/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FontPkgCleanup --
 *
 *	This function is called when an application is created. It initializes
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325

326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352

353
354
355
356
357
358
359


360
361
362
363
364
365
366

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    Tcl_EncodingType type;
    SubFont dummy;
    int i;


    if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding == NULL) {
	type.encodingName = "X11ControlChars";
	type.toUtfProc = ControlUtfProc;
	type.fromUtfProc = ControlUtfProc;
	type.freeProc = NULL;
	type.clientData = NULL;
	type.nullSize = 0;


	tsdPtr->controlFamily.refCount = 2;
	tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
	tsdPtr->controlFamily.isTwoByteFont = 0;

	dummy.familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
	dummy.fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap;
	for (i = 0x00; i < 0x20; i++) {
	    FontMapInsert(&dummy, i);
	    FontMapInsert(&dummy, i + 0x80);
	}

#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
	/*
	 * UCS-2BE is unicode (UCS-2) in big-endian format. Define this if
	 * native order isn't BE. It is used in iso10646 fonts.
	 */

	type.encodingName = "ucs-2be";

	type.toUtfProc = Ucs2beToUtfProc;
	type.fromUtfProc = UtfToUcs2beProc;
	type.freeProc = NULL;
	type.clientData = NULL;
	type.nullSize = 2;
	Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
#endif


	Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(FontPkgCleanup, NULL);
    }
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<


>


<
<
<
<
<
<

>











<


|


|
>
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
>
>







307
308
309
310
311
312
313

314
315
316
317
318






319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331

332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339




340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    SubFont dummy;
    int i;
    Tcl_Encoding ucs2;

    if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding == NULL) {







	Tcl_EncodingType type = {"X11ControlChars", ControlUtfProc, ControlUtfProc, NULL, NULL, 0};
	tsdPtr->controlFamily.refCount = 2;
	tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
	tsdPtr->controlFamily.isTwoByteFont = 0;

	dummy.familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
	dummy.fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap;
	for (i = 0x00; i < 0x20; i++) {
	    FontMapInsert(&dummy, i);
	    FontMapInsert(&dummy, i + 0x80);
	}


	/*
	 * UCS-2BE is unicode (UCS-2) in big-endian format. Define this if
	 * if it doesn't exist yet. It is used in iso10646 fonts.
	 */

	ucs2 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "ucs-2be");
	if (ucs2 == NULL) {
	    Tcl_EncodingType ucs2type = {"ucs-2be", Ucs2beToUtfProc, UtfToUcs2beProc, NULL, NULL, 2};




	    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&ucs2type);
	} else {
	    Tcl_FreeEncoding(ucs2);
	}
	Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(FontPkgCleanup, NULL);
    }
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
				 * output buffer. */
{
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    int ch, result;
    static char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
    static char mapChars[] = {
	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
	'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
    };

    result = TCL_OK;

    srcStart = src;







|
|







387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
				 * output buffer. */
{
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    int ch, result;
    static const char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
    static const char mapChars[] = {
	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
	'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
    };

    result = TCL_OK;

    srcStart = src;
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
    return result;
}

#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Ucs2beToUtfProc --
 *
 *	Convert from UCS-2BE (big-endian 16-bit Unicode) to UTF-8.
 *	This is only defined on LE machines.







<







439
440
441
442
443
444
445

446
447
448
449
450
451
452
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
    return result;
}


/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Ucs2beToUtfProc --
 *
 *	Convert from UCS-2BE (big-endian 16-bit Unicode) to UTF-8.
 *	This is only defined on LE machines.
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
	srcLen--;
    }

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - TCL_UTF_MAX;

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}








|







499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
	srcLen--;
    }

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 4;

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}

591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
    int result, numChars;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
    if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) {
	srcClose -= TCL_UTF_MAX;
    }

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {







|







574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
    int result, numChars;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
    if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) {
	srcClose -= 4;
    }

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
	*dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}
#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --
 *
 *	Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.







<







611
612
613
614
615
616
617

618
619
620
621
622
623
624
	*dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
    return result;
}


/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --
 *
 *	Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    int i;

    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    familyPtr->refCount--;
    if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }
    if (familyPtr->encoding) {
	Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
    }
    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {







<
|







1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901

1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    int i;

    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    if (familyPtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }
    if (familyPtr->encoding) {
	Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
    }
    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
	} else if (diff < 0) {
	    penalty += 150;
	    diff = -diff;
	}
	penalty += diff;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
	int i;
	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;

	penalty += 65000;
	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
	wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
	if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
	    penalty += 30000;
	    for (i = 0; encodingList[i] != NULL; i++) {
		if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
		    penalty -= 30000;
		    break;
		}
		penalty += 20000;
	    }
	}







|







|







2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
	} else if (diff < 0) {
	    penalty += 150;
	    diff = -diff;
	}
	penalty += diff;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
	size_t i;
	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;

	penalty += 65000;
	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
	wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
	if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
	    penalty += 30000;
	    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(encodingList)/sizeof(encodingList[0]); i++) {
		if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
		    penalty -= 30000;
		    break;
		}
		penalty += 20000;
	    }
	}
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static const char *
GetEncodingAlias(
    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
{
    EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;

    for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
	if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) {
	    return aliasPtr->realName;
	}
	aliasPtr++;
    }
    return name;
}








|


|







2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static const char *
GetEncodingAlias(
    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
{
    const EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;

    for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
	if (Tcl_StringCaseMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern, 0)) {
	    return aliasPtr->realName;
	}
	aliasPtr++;
    }
    return name;
}


Changes to unix/tkUnixKey.c.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131

const char *
TkpGetString(
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
    int len;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;

    /*
     * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
     */

    if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
	memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
		(unsigned) kePtr->charValueLen+1);
	return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Only do this for KeyPress events, otherwise
     * further Xlib function behavior might be undefined.
     */







|










|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131

const char *
TkpGetString(
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
    TkSizeT len;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;

    /*
     * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
     */

    if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
	memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
		kePtr->charValueLen+1);
	return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Only do this for KeyPress events, otherwise
     * further Xlib function behavior might be undefined.
     */
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
     * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
     * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
     */

done:
    kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1);
    kePtr->charValueLen = len;
    memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), (unsigned) len + 1);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*
 * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
 * modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking
 * into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.







|







227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
     * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
     * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
     */

done:
    kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1);
    kePtr->charValueLen = len;
    memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), len + 1);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*
 * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
 * modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking
 * into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.

Changes to unix/tkUnixMenu.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
/*
 * tkUnixMenu.c --
 *
 *	This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

/*
 * Constants used for menu drawing.
 */

#define MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH	2
#define MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT	2











|
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
/*
 * tkUnixMenu.c --
 *
 *	This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Constants used for menu drawing.
 */

#define MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH	2
#define MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT	2
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
    	bgBorder = activeBorder;

	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
		|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
	} else {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
	}

	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		activeBorderWidth, relief);
    } else {
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);







|

<







439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447

448
449
450
451
452
453
454
    	bgBorder = activeBorder;

	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
		|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
	} else {
	    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->activeReliefPtr, &relief);
	}

	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		activeBorderWidth, relief);
    } else {
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
    int x, int y,
    int width, int height)
{
    if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
	int len;

	/*
	 * Do the unicode call just to prevent overruns.
	 */

	Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len);
	if (mePtr->underline < len) {
	    int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge;
	    const char *label, *start, *end;

	    label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
	    start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
	    end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);







<
<
<
<
|







852
853
854
855
856
857
858




859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
    int x, int y,
    int width, int height)
{
    if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
	int len;





	len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr);
	if (mePtr->underline < len) {
	    int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge;
	    const char *label, *start, *end;

	    label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
	    start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
	    end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892



893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909































































































910
911
912
913
914
915
916
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a menu on the screen



 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted and handled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    int x, int y)
{
    return TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);































































































}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetMenuSeparatorGeometry --
 *







|
>
>
>














|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the
 *      specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates.
 *      If the entry parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the
 *      menu itself is placed at the point.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted and handled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    int x, int y, int index)
{
    return TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostTearoffMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a tearoff menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the
 *      specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates.
 *      If the index parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the menu
 *      itself is placed at the point.  On unix this is called when posting
 *      any menu.  Adjusts the menu's position so that it fits on the screen,
 *      and maps and raises the menu.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl Error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostTearoffMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the menu */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
    int x, int y, int index)	/* The root X,Y coordinates where the
				 * specified entry will be posted */
{
    int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
    int result;

    if (index >= (int)menuPtr->numEntries) {
	index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
    }
    if (index >= 0) {
	y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
    }

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
    	return result;
    }

    /*
     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
     * and should go away.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
    	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
     * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
     *
     * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
     *    are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
     *    uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for
     *    the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root
     *    (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu
     *    itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead
     *    (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use
     *    for this...).
     * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be
     *    the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its
     *    requested size, not its actual size.
     */

    Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY,
	&vRootWidth, &vRootHeight);
    vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) {
	x = vRootX + vRootWidth;
    }
    if (x < vRootX) {
	x = vRootX;
    }
    vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) {
	y = vRootY + vRootHeight;
    }
    if (y < vRootY) {
	y = vRootY;
    }
    Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y);
    if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) {
	Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    }
    TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetMenuSeparatorGeometry --
 *
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
	 * has a font set, we will measure it as we come to it, and then we
	 * decide which set to give the geometry routines.
	 */

	menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);

	for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	    mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
	    if (mePtr->fontPtr != NULL) {
		tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
		Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
		fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
	    } else {







|







1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
	 * has a font set, we will measure it as we come to it, and then we
	 * decide which set to give the geometry routines.
	 */

	menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);

	for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	    mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
	    if (mePtr->fontPtr != NULL) {
		tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
		Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
		fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
	    } else {
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
	    lastEntry--;
	}
	if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width
		+ borderWidth > maxWidth)) {
	    maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth;
	}
	x = borderWidth;
	for (j = lastRowBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
	    if (j == helpMenuIndex) {
		continue;
	    }
	    menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
		    - menuPtr->entries[j]->height;
	    menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	    x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width;







|







1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
	    lastEntry--;
	}
	if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width
		+ borderWidth > maxWidth)) {
	    maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth;
	}
	x = borderWidth;
	for (j = lastRowBreak; j < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
	    if (j == helpMenuIndex) {
		continue;
	    }
	    menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
		    - menuPtr->entries[j]->height;
	    menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	    x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width;
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
     * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
     */

    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
    accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);

    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
	    tkfont = menuFont;
	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
	} else {
	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);







|







1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
     * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
     */

    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
    accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);

    for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
	    tkfont = menuFont;
	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
	} else {
	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
	    windowHeight = y;
	}
    }

    if (accelWidth != 0) {
	labelWidth += accelSpace;
    }
    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;

    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
     */








|









<







1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816

1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
	    windowHeight = y;
	}
    }

    if (accelWidth != 0) {
	labelWidth += accelSpace;
    }
    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;

    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
     */

Changes to unix/tkUnixMenubu.c.

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization needed only to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y = 0;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin;







|







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization needed only to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y = 0;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin;

Changes to unix/tkUnixPort.h.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37

#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#ifdef NO_STDLIB_H
#   include "../compat/stdlib.h"
#else
#   include <stdlib.h>
#endif

#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#   include <sys/select.h>
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>







<
<
<
|
<
>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25



26

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <pwd.h>



#include <stdlib.h>

#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#   include <sys/select.h>
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
#   else
#       include <time.h>
#   endif
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
#    include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#ifndef NO_UNISTD_H
#   include <unistd.h>
#else
#   include "../compat/unistd.h"
#endif
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
#include <X11/keysym.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/Xproto.h>
#include <X11/Xresource.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>







<
|
<
<
<







44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51



52
53
54
55
56
57
58
#   else
#       include <time.h>
#   endif
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
#    include <inttypes.h>
#endif

#include <unistd.h>



#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
#include <X11/keysym.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/Xproto.h>
#include <X11/Xresource.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>

Changes to unix/tkUnixRFont.c.

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58





59

60
61


62
63
64
65
66
67



68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
} UnixFtFont;

/*
 * Used to describe the current clipping box. Can't be passed normally because
 * the information isn't retrievable from the GC.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    Region clipRegion;		/* The clipping region, or None. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*





 * Package initialization:

 * 	Nothing to do here except register the fact that we're using Xft in
 * 	the TIP 59 configuration database.


 */

#ifndef TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
#endif




void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    static Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
	{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
	{ 0,0 }
    };

    Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
}

static XftFont *
GetFont(
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr,
    FcChar32 ucs4,
    double angle)







|





>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
<
>
>
|
|
|
<
|
|
>
>
>




<
<
<
<
<
<







46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

67
68
69
70
71

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80






81
82
83
84
85
86
87
} UnixFtFont;

/*
 * Used to describe the current clipping box. Can't be passed normally because
 * the information isn't retrievable from the GC.
 */

typedef struct {
    Region clipRegion;		/* The clipping region, or None. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpFontPkgInit --
 *
 *	This procedure is called when an application is created. It
 *	initializes all the structures that are used by the
 *	platform-dependant code on a per application basis.
 *	Note that this is called before TkpInit() !

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:

 *	None.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{






}

static XftFont *
GetFont(
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr,
    FcChar32 ucs4,
    double angle)
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    int c,			/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c;
				/* UCS-4 character to map */
    XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4, 0.0);







|







617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    int c,         		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c;
				/* UCS-4 character to map */
    XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4, 0.0);

Changes to unix/tkUnixScale.c.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, double value, int top);

static void		DisplayVerticalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayVerticalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, double value, int rightEdge);


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateScale --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkScale structure.







|
>



|
>







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, double value, int top,
			    const char *format);
static void		DisplayVerticalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayVerticalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, double value, int rightEdge,
			    const char *format);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCreateScale --
 *
 *	Allocate a new TkScale structure.
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
		    / (double) scalePtr->fontHeight;
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
	    }
	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
		    tickValue += tickInterval) {
		/*
		 * The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
		 * round-off errors, if any.
		 */

		tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
		if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
		    if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		} else {
		    if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		}
		DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
			scalePtr->vertTickRightX);
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Display the value, if it is desired.
     */

    if (scalePtr->showValue) {
	DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
		scalePtr->vertValueRightX);
    }

    /*
     * Display the trough and the slider.
     */

    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable,







|



|










|










|







148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		    / (double) scalePtr->fontHeight;
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
	    }
	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
		    tickValue += tickInterval) {
		/*
		 * The TkRoundValueToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
		 * round-off errors, if any.
		 */

		tickValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
		if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
		    if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		} else {
		    if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		}
		DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
			scalePtr->vertTickRightX, scalePtr->tickFormat);
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Display the value, if it is desired.
     */

    if (scalePtr->showValue) {
	DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
		scalePtr->vertValueRightX, scalePtr->valueFormat);
    }

    /*
     * Display the trough and the slider.
     */

    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable,
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239

    if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
	Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
		scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
                scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->vertLabelX,
                scalePtr->inset + (3*fm.ascent)/2);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayVerticalValue --







|
|







226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241

    if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
	Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
		scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
		scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->vertLabelX,
		scalePtr->inset + (3 * fm.ascent) / 2);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayVerticalValue --
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265

266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
    register TkScale *scalePtr,	/* Information about widget in which to
				 * display value. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
				 * value. */
    double value,		/* Y-coordinate of number to display,
				 * specified in application coords, not in
				 * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
    int rightEdge)		/* X-coordinate of right edge of text,
				 * specified in pixels. */

{
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int y, width, length;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */

    if ((y - fm.ascent) < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) {
	y = scalePtr->inset + SPACING + fm.ascent;
    }
    if ((y + fm.descent) > (Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING)) {
	y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - fm.descent;
    }
    Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
	    scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length, rightEdge - width, y);
}

/*







|

>








|
|









|


|







259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
    register TkScale *scalePtr,	/* Information about widget in which to
				 * display value. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
				 * value. */
    double value,		/* Y-coordinate of number to display,
				 * specified in application coords, not in
				 * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
    int rightEdge,		/* X-coordinate of right edge of text,
				 * specified in pixels. */
    const char *format)		/* Format string to use for the value */
{
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int y, width, length;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, format, value) < 0) {
	valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */

    if (y - fm.ascent < scalePtr->inset + SPACING) {
	y = scalePtr->inset + SPACING + fm.ascent;
    }
    if (y + fm.descent > Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING) {
	y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - fm.descent;
    }
    Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
	    scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length, rightEdge - width, y);
}

/*
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
    XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr)	/* Initally contains area of window; if only a
				 * part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified
				 * to reflect the part of the window that was
				 * redrawn. */
{
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth;
    double tickValue, tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval;
    Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder;

    /*
     * Display the information from bottom to top across the window.
     */

    if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER)) {







|







323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
    XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr)	/* Initally contains area of window; if only a
				 * part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified
				 * to reflect the part of the window that was
				 * redrawn. */
{
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth;
    double tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval;
    Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder;

    /*
     * Display the information from bottom to top across the window.
     */

    if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER)) {
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388

389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
    if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) {
	/*
	 * Display the tick marks.
	 */

	if (tickInterval != 0) {
	    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
	    double ticks, maxTicks;

	    /*
	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
	     * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
	     * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
	     */

	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
		    / tickInterval);
            if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                    scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
                valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
            }
	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
		    / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
	    }
	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
		 tickValue += tickInterval) {
		/*
		 * The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
		 * round-off errors, if any.
		 */

		tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
		if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
		    if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		} else {
		    if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		}
		DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
			scalePtr->horizTickY);

	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Display the value, if it is desired.
     */

    if (scalePtr->showValue) {
	DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
		scalePtr->horizValueY);
    }

    /*
     * Display the trough and the slider.
     */

    y = scalePtr->horizTroughY;







|









|
|
|
|



|

|
|

|



|










|
>










|







347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
    if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) {
	/*
	 * Display the tick marks.
	 */

	if (tickInterval != 0) {
	    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
	    double ticks, maxTicks, tickValue;

	    /*
	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
	     * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
	     * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
	     */

	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
		    / tickInterval);
	    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->tickFormat,
		    scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
		valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
	    }
	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
		    / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= ticks / maxTicks;
	    }
	    tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue;
	    while (1) {
		/*
		 * The TkRoundValueToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
		 * round-off errors, if any.
		 */

		tickValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
		if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
		    if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		} else {
		    if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
			break;
		    }
		}
		DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
			scalePtr->horizTickY, scalePtr->tickFormat);
		tickValue += tickInterval;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Display the value, if it is desired.
     */

    if (scalePtr->showValue) {
	DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
		scalePtr->horizValueY, scalePtr->valueFormat);
    }

    /*
     * Display the trough and the slider.
     */

    y = scalePtr->horizTroughY;
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

    if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
	Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
		scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
                scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->inset + fm.ascent/2,
                scalePtr->horizLabelY + fm.ascent);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayHorizontalValue --







|
|







449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464

    if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
	Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
		scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
		scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->inset + fm.ascent/2,
		scalePtr->horizLabelY + fm.ascent);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayHorizontalValue --
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486

487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
    register TkScale *scalePtr,	/* Information about widget in which to
				 * display value. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
				 * value. */
    double value,		/* X-coordinate of number to display,
				 * specified in application coords, not in
				 * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
    int top)			/* Y-coordinate of top edge of text, specified
				 * in pixels. */

{
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int x, y, length, width;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = top + fm.ascent;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */

    x -= (width)/2;
    if (x < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) {
	x = scalePtr->inset + SPACING;
    }

    /*
     * Check the right border so use starting point +text width for the check.
     */








|

>









|
|









|
|







482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
    register TkScale *scalePtr,	/* Information about widget in which to
				 * display value. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
				 * value. */
    double value,		/* X-coordinate of number to display,
				 * specified in application coords, not in
				 * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
    int top,			/* Y-coordinate of top edge of text, specified
				 * in pixels. */
    const char *format)		/* Format string to use for the value */
{
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int x, y, length, width;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = top + fm.ascent;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, format, value) < 0) {
	valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */

    x -= width / 2;
    if (x < scalePtr->inset + SPACING) {
	x = scalePtr->inset + SPACING;
    }

    /*
     * Check the right border so use starting point +text width for the check.
     */

537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScale(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Widget record for scale. */
{
    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int result;
    char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    XRectangle drawnArea;
    Tcl_DString buf;

    scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((scalePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(scalePtr->tkwin)) {
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {







|




















|
|
|
|







542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScale(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Widget record for scale. */
{
    TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int result;
    char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    XRectangle drawnArea;
    Tcl_DString buf;

    scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((scalePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(scalePtr->tkwin)) {
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat,
		scalePtr->value) < 0) {
	    string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
	}
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
	if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
	    GC gc;

	    if (scalePtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
		gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
	    } else {
		gc = Tk_GCForColor(
                        Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap);
	    }
	    Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
	}
    }

#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
    /*







|







635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
	if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
	    GC gc;

	    if (scalePtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
		gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
	    } else {
		gc = Tk_GCForColor(
			Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap);
	    }
	    Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
	}
    }

#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
    /*
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
	    return OTHER;
	}
	sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
		- scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
	if (y < sliderFirst) {
	    return TROUGH1;
	}
	if (y < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) {
	    return SLIDER;
	}
	return TROUGH2;
    }

    if ((y < scalePtr->horizTroughY)
	    || (y >= (scalePtr->horizTroughY + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth +
	    scalePtr->width))) {
	return OTHER;
    }
    if ((x < scalePtr->inset)
	    || (x >= (Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->inset))) {
	return OTHER;
    }
    sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
	    - scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
    if (x < sliderFirst) {
	return TROUGH1;
    }
    if (x < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) {
	return SLIDER;
    }
    return TROUGH2;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|



















|












697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
	    return OTHER;
	}
	sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
		- scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
	if (y < sliderFirst) {
	    return TROUGH1;
	}
	if (y < sliderFirst + scalePtr->sliderLength) {
	    return SLIDER;
	}
	return TROUGH2;
    }

    if ((y < scalePtr->horizTroughY)
	    || (y >= (scalePtr->horizTroughY + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth +
	    scalePtr->width))) {
	return OTHER;
    }
    if ((x < scalePtr->inset)
	    || (x >= (Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->inset))) {
	return OTHER;
    }
    sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
	    - scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
    if (x < sliderFirst) {
	return TROUGH1;
    }
    if (x < sliderFirst + scalePtr->sliderLength) {
	return SLIDER;
    }
    return TROUGH2;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c.

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    XPoint points[7];
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief, width, elementBorderWidth;
    Pixmap pixmap;

    if ((scrollPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {







|







93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    XPoint points[7];
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int relief, width, elementBorderWidth;
    Pixmap pixmap;

    if ((scrollPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {

Changes to unix/tkUnixSelect.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
				 * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
				 * been transferred for this conversion. -2
				 * means only the final zero-length transfer
				 * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
				 * offset of the next chunk of data to
				 * transfer. */
    Tcl_EncodingState state;	/* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks.*/
} ConvertInfo;

/*
 * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
 * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
 * function and TkSelPropProc.







|







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
				 * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
				 * been transferred for this conversion. -2
				 * means only the final zero-length transfer
				 * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
				 * offset of the next chunk of data to
				 * transfer. */
    Tcl_EncodingState state;	/* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
    char buffer[4];		/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks.*/
} ConvertInfo;

/*
 * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
 * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
 * function and TkSelPropProc.
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
    Time time;			/* Timestamp corresponding to selection at
				 * beginning of request; used to abort
				 * transfer if selection changes. */
    struct IncrInfo *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all INCR-style retrievals
				 * currently pending. */
} IncrInfo;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    IncrInfo *pendingIncrs;	/* List of all incr structures currently
				 * active. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Largest property that we'll accept when sending or receiving the selection:







|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
    Time time;			/* Timestamp corresponding to selection at
				 * beginning of request; used to abort
				 * transfer if selection changes. */
    struct IncrInfo *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all INCR-style retrievals
				 * currently pending. */
} IncrInfo;

typedef struct {
    IncrInfo *pendingIncrs;	/* List of all incr structures currently
				 * active. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Largest property that we'll accept when sending or receiving the selection:
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
			(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));

		/*
		 * Preserve any left-over bytes.
		 */

		if (srcLen > TCL_UTF_MAX) {
		    Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
		}
		memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1);
		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.
		 */

		char *propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer,







|


|







442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
			(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));

		/*
		 * Preserve any left-over bytes.
		 */

		if (srcLen > 4) {
		    Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
		}
		memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, srcLen + 1);
		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.
		 */

		char *propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer,
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776

	Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"selection owner didn't respond", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "IGNORED", NULL);
	retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	retrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc,
		(ClientData) retrPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ConvertSelection --







|







762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776

	Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"selection owner didn't respond", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "IGNORED", NULL);
	retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	retrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc,
		retrPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ConvertSelection --
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
	    }
	}

	if (selPtr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Nobody seems to know about this kind of request. If it's of a
	     * sort that we can handle without any help, do it. Otherwise mark
	     * the request as an errror.
	     */

	    numItems = TkSelDefaultSelection(infoPtr, target, (char *) buffer,
		    TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE, &type);
	    if (numItems < 0) {
		incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
		continue;







|







915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
	    }
	}

	if (selPtr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Nobody seems to know about this kind of request. If it's of a
	     * sort that we can handle without any help, do it. Otherwise mark
	     * the request as an error.
	     */

	    numItems = TkSelDefaultSelection(infoPtr, target, (char *) buffer,
		    TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE, &type);
	    if (numItems < 0) {
		incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
		continue;

Changes to unix/tkUnixSend.c.

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
    int gotResponse;		/* 1 means a response has been received, 0
				 * means the command is still outstanding. */
    struct PendingCommand *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of all outstanding commands.
				 * NULL means end of list. */
} PendingCommand;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    PendingCommand *pendingCommands;
				/* List of all commands currently being waited
				 * for. */
    RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr;
				/* List of all interpreters registered in the
				 * current process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;







|







93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
    int gotResponse;		/* 1 means a response has been received, 0
				 * means the command is still outstanding. */
    struct PendingCommand *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of all outstanding commands.
				 * NULL means end of list. */
} PendingCommand;

typedef struct {
    PendingCommand *pendingCommands;
				/* List of all commands currently being waited
				 * for. */
    RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr;
				/* List of all interpreters registered in the
				 * current process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
	    XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
		    8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
		    p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));
            Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
	}
    } else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(localData.sendSerial+1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|











2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
	    XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
		    8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
		    p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));
            Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
	}
    } else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(localData.sendSerial+1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to unix/tkUnixWm.c.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))

/*
 * Data for [wm attributes] command:
 */

typedef struct {
    double alpha;		/* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */







|







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    (offsetof(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1 + cmdLength)

/*
 * Data for [wm attributes] command:
 */

typedef struct {
    double alpha;		/* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
	WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
	WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
	WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
	WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
	WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
	WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
    int index, length;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    Tk_Window targetWin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0)
	    && (length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		    dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (wmTracing) {
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;







|











|
|
|







|
|







1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
	WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
	WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
	WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
	WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
	WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
	WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
    int index;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    Tk_Window targetWin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", objv[1]->length) == 0)
	    && (objv[1]->length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		    (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) != 0));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (wmTracing) {
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
    } else {







|
|
|
|







1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
    } else {
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

    switch (attribute) {
    case WMATT_ALPHA:
	return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
	return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.topmost);
    case WMATT_ZOOMED:
	return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.zoomed);
    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
	return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen);
    case WMATT_TYPE:
	return GetNetWmType(winPtr);
    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:	/*NOTREACHED*/
	break;
    }
    /*NOTREACHED*/
    return NULL;







|

|

|







1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;

    switch (attribute) {
    case WMATT_ALPHA:
	return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
	return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->attributes.topmost != 0);
    case WMATT_ZOOMED:
	return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->attributes.zoomed != 0);
    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
	return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen != 0);
    case WMATT_TYPE:
	return GetNetWmType(winPtr);
    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:	/*NOTREACHED*/
	break;
    }
    /*NOTREACHED*/
    return NULL;
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
				"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
	    }
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
    strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	XTextProperty textProp;
	Tcl_DString ds;

	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,







<












|















|







1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459

1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
				"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
	    }
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
    strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	XTextProperty textProp;
	Tcl_DString ds;

	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	/*
	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as







|
|
|
|







1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	/*
	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {







<











|







2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073

2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
    const char *argv3;


    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
	}
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
    }
    UpdateHints(winPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







|







2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
	}
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
    }
    UpdateHints(winPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}







<














|
|







2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334

2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    memset(iconPropertyData, 0, sizeof(unsigned long) * size);

    for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
	if (photo == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Free((char *) iconPropertyData);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);

	/*
	 * Each image data will be placed as an array of 32bit packed







|







2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    memset(iconPropertyData, 0, sizeof(unsigned long) * size);

    for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
	if (photo == NULL) {
	    ckfree((char *) iconPropertyData);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);

	/*
	 * Each image data will be placed as an array of 32bit packed
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
    } else {







|
|







2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
    } else {
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
|







2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minWidth);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minHeight);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
|







2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minWidth);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minHeight);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (curValue != boolean) {
	/*







|







2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(curValue != 0));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (curValue != boolean) {
	/*
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
    Atom protocol;
    const char *cmd;
    int cmdLength;

    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*







|







3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
    Atom protocol;
    const char *cmd;
    TkSizeT cmdLength;

    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;
	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);







|







3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;
	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
|







3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
	    result = index1 > index2;
	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
	    result = index1 < index2;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
	    result = index1 > index2;
	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
	    result = index1 < index2;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(result));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->title) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;







<















|
|







3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470

3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->title) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {







|







3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, *w;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595


3596
3597

3598
3599
3600



3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}



	if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(

		    "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;



	} else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
	    /*
	     * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
	     * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
	     * reflect the state of the master.
	     */

	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {







>
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
|







3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
	     w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr) {
	    if (w == winPtr) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
		    Tk_PathName(masterPtr)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
	    /*
	     * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
	     * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
	     * reflect the state of the master.
	     */

	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465

    if (objc > 0) {
	atoms = ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
    }

    for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
	Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
	int len;
	char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);

	Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));







|
|







5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467

    if (objc > 0) {
	atoms = ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
    }

    for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
	Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
	TkSizeT len;
	char *name = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);

	Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462

    if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2,
	    &children, &numChildren) == 0) {
	ckfree(windows);
	windows = NULL;
    } else {
	for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) {
	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) children[i]);
	    if (hPtr != NULL) {
		childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
		*window_ptr++ = childWinPtr;
	    }
	}

	/*







|







6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464

    if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2,
	    &children, &numChildren) == 0) {
	ckfree(windows);
	windows = NULL;
    } else {
	for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) {
	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, children[i]);
	    if (hPtr != NULL) {
		childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
		*window_ptr++ = childWinPtr;
	    }
	}

	/*

Changes to unix/tkUnixXId.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
/*
 * tkUnixXId.c --
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkUnixInt.h"


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeXId --
 *
 *	This function is called to indicate that an X resource identifier is
 *	now free.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The identifier is added to the stack of free identifiers for its
 *	display, so that it can be re-used.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_FreeXId(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which xid was allocated. */
    XID xid)			/* Identifier that is no longer in use. */
{
    /*
     * This does nothing, because the XC-MISC extension takes care of
     * freeing XIDs for us.  It has been a standard X11 extension for
     * about 15 years as of 2008.  Keith Packard and another X.org
     * developer suggested that we remove the previous code that used:
     * #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS.
     */
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetPixmap --
 *
 *	Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

































13
14
15
16
17
18
19
/*
 * tkUnixXId.c --
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkUnixInt.h"



































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetPixmap --
 *
 *	Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource

Changes to win/Makefile.in.

203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218

219
220
221
222
223
224
225
COPY		= cp

BUILD_TCLSH	= @BUILD_TCLSH@

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	=
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@


CC_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
-I"${GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${WIN_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE}" -I"${TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE}" \
${AC_FLAGS} $(NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS








|
|







>







203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
COPY		= cp

BUILD_TCLSH	= @BUILD_TCLSH@

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@
WINE    		= @WINE@

CC_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
-I"${GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${WIN_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE}" -I"${TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE}" \
${AC_FLAGS} $(NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS

313
314
315
316
317
318
319

320
321
322

323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338

339
340
341
342
343
344
345
	tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \

	tkImgGIF.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPNG.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPPM.$(OBJEXT) \

	tkImgPhoto.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPhInstance.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgUtil.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkListbox.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMacWinMenu.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMain.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMain2.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMenu.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMenubutton.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMenuDraw.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMessage.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPanedWindow.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkObj.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkOldConfig.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkOption.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPack.$(OBJEXT) \

	tkPlace.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPointer.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkRectOval.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkScale.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkScrollbar.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkSelect.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkStyle.$(OBJEXT) \







>



>
















>







314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
	tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgListFormat.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgGIF.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPNG.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPPM.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgSVGnano.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPhoto.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPhInstance.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgUtil.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkListbox.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMacWinMenu.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMain.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMain2.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMenu.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMenubutton.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMenuDraw.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkMessage.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPanedWindow.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkObj.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkOldConfig.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkOption.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPack.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPkgConfig.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPlace.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkPointer.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkRectOval.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkScale.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkScrollbar.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkSelect.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkStyle.$(OBJEXT) \
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
# args to tcltest, ie:
#	% make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test"

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32)

test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32)

runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT)

# This target can be used to run wish from the build directory
# via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=foo.tcl`
shell: binaries
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(SCRIPT)

demo: $(WISH)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/widget

# This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight
gdb: binaries
	@echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library" > gdb.run
	@echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library" >> gdb.run
	PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH; \
	gdb ./$(WISH) --command=gdb.run







|
|


|
|


|




|


|







439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
# args to tcltest, ie:
#	% make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test"

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | $(WINE) ./$(CAT32)

test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | $(WINE) ./$(CAT32)

runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT)

# This target can be used to run wish from the build directory
# via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=foo.tcl`
shell: binaries
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(WISH) $(SCRIPT)

demo: $(WISH)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(WISH) $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/widget

# This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight
gdb: binaries
	@echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library" > gdb.run
	@echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library" >> gdb.run
	PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH; \
	gdb ./$(WISH) --command=gdb.run
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
		echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
		$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
	    fi; \
	    done
	@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
	@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
	@(\
	echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
	echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]] Tk]";\
	echo "} else {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	echo "}";\
	) > $(PKG_INDEX);







|







487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
		echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
		$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
	    fi; \
	    done
	@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
	@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
	@(\
	echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} return";\
	echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]] Tk]";\
	echo "} else {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	echo "}";\
	) > $(PKG_INDEX);
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"

#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#







|







730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"

#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#

Changes to win/README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tk 8.6 for Windows

Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs

This is the directory where you configure and compile the Windows
version of Tk.  This directory also contains source files for Tk
that are specific to Microsoft Windows.  The rest of this file
contains information specific to the Windows version of Tk.
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tk 8.7 for Windows

Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs

This is the directory where you configure and compile the Windows
version of Tk.  This directory also contains source files for Tk
that are specific to Microsoft Windows.  The rest of this file
contains information specific to the Windows version of Tk.

Changes to win/configure.

1
2
3
4

5


6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18


19

20
21
22
23
24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31





































32














































33



34
35
36
37
38




39


40















































41






42





















43
























44
45




























46





47
48















































































49


50
51





























































52

53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63





64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72



73



74
75
76
77

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106

107


108
109
110
111
112
113
114

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131

132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177




178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186


187

188

189


190
191
192
193

194
195

196
197


198
199
200
201
202

203

204

205
206
207


208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216

217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224

225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254

255

256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272

273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312












































































































































313


















314
315
316
317


318
319
320
321
322
323
324
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.
#

# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.


# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
## --------------------- ##

# Be Bourne compatible

if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'


elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  set -o posix
fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh

# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_unset=unset

else
  as_unset=false
fi







































# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.














































$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH



PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.




for as_var in \


  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \















































  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \






  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME





















do
























  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var




























  else





    $as_unset $as_var
  fi















































































done



# Required to use basename.





























































if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi







# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  s/.*/./; q'`



# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
  chmod +x conf$$.sh
  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  else
    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  fi
  rm -f conf$$.sh
fi


  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
  # relative or not.

  case $0 in


    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break

done

       ;;
  esac
  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
    as_myself=$0
  fi
  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
  fi
  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
  '')
    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH

do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
	 case $as_dir in
	 /*)
	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
	     export CONFIG_SHELL
	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
	   fi;;
	 esac
       done
done
;;
  esac

  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
  sed '=' <$as_myself |
    sed '
      N
      s,$,-,
      : loop
      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
      t loop
      s,-$,,
      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }





  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
  . ./$as_me.lineno
  # Exit status is that of the last command.
  exit
}




case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in

  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='

' ECHO_T='	' ;;


  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac


if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_expr=expr

else
  as_expr=false


fi

rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then

  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic

  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).

  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
    as_ln_s='cp -p'


  else
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
  fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
  as_ln_s=ln
else
  as_ln_s='cp -p'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file


if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p=:
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi


as_executable_p="test -f"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" 	$as_nl"

# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH


# Name of the host.
# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
# so uname gets run too.
ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`

exec 6>&1

#
# Initializations.
#
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local

ac_config_libobj_dir=.

cross_compiling=no
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME=
PACKAGE_TARNAME=
PACKAGE_VERSION=
PACKAGE_STRING=
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=


ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h"
# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
#  include <stdlib.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
#  include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDINT_H
#  include <stdint.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif"

ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP AR ac_ct_AR RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB RC ac_ct_RC SET_MAKE TCL_THREADS TCL_VERSION TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCL_DEFS CYGPATH CELIB_DIR DL_LIBS CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING MAN2TCLFLAGS CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE BUILD_TCLSH TCLSH_PROG TK_WIN_VERSION MACHINE TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_DBGX TK_LIB_FILE TK_DLL_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_SRC_DIR TK_BIN_DIR TCL_MAJOR_VERSION TCL_MINOR_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_DBGX CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX EXTRA_CFLAGS DEPARG CC_OBJNAME CC_EXENAME LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE LDFLAGS_CONSOLE LDFLAGS_WINDOW TK_RES STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX TK_SHARED_BUILD LIBS_GUI DLLSUFFIX LIBPREFIX LIBSUFFIX EXESUFFIX LIBRARIES MAKE_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB POST_MAKE_LIB MAKE_DLL MAKE_EXE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS RC_OUT RC_TYPE RC_INCLUDE RC_DEFINE RC_DEFINES RES LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'












































































































































ac_subst_files=''



















# Initialize some variables set by options.
ac_init_help=
ac_init_version=false


# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
cache_file=/dev/null
exec_prefix=NONE
no_create=
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE


|

>
|
>
>


|
|
|

|
>
|


|


>
>
|
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>





>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|





>
>
>
>
>

<
|


|
<
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
|







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
|
|
<
|
|
<
<
>
|
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|

|
<

|
|
<

>
>
>
>


|
|




|
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
<


>
|
<
>

<
>
>

<
<
|
|
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
|
>
>

|

<
<

|

|
>


|





>
|








<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
|


|



<
<




>

>




<
<
<
<
<
<







>





|


|


|



|



|
|




|


|

|
|
|
<

|



|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27


28



29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437

438
439
440
441

442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463












464

465
466

467
468


469
470
471
472
473


474



475
476
477






478








479




































480
481
482
483

484
485
486

487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510

511
512
513
514

515
516

517
518
519


520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527

528
529
530
531
532
533


534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556





557


558
559
560
561
562
563
564


565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575






576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616

617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.
#
#
# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## -------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## -------------------- ##

# Be more Bourne compatible
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
  *posix*) :
    set -o posix ;; #(


  *) :



     ;;
esac

fi


as_nl='
'
export as_nl
# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='print -r --'
  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='printf %s\n'
  as_echo_n='printf %s'
else
  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
  else
    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
    as_echo_n_body='eval
      arg=$1;
      case $arg in #(
      *"$as_nl"*)
	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
      esac;
      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
    '
    export as_echo_n_body
    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
  fi
  export as_echo_body
  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
fi

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  }
fi


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
IFS=" ""	$as_nl"

# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
as_myself=
case $0 in #((
  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

     ;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
  as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
  exit 1
fi

# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
done
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LANGUAGE=C
export LANGUAGE

# CDPATH.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH

# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
  # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
  if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
    _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
    # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
BASH_ENV=/dev/null
ENV=/dev/null
(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
case $- in # ((((
  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
  * ) as_opts= ;;
esac
exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
# out after a failed `exec'.
$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
as_fn_exit 255
  fi
  # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
          { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
  *posix*) :
    set -o posix ;; #(
  *) :
     ;;
esac
fi
"
  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }

exitcode=0
as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :

else
  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
fi
test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
test -x / || exit 1"
  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
  as_have_required=yes
else
  as_have_required=no
fi
  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :

else
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
as_found=false
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  as_found=:
  case $as_dir in #(
	 /*)
	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
  break 2
fi
fi
	   done;;
       esac
  as_found=false
done
$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
fi; }
IFS=$as_save_IFS


      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
  export CONFIG_SHELL
             # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
BASH_ENV=/dev/null
ENV=/dev/null
(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
case $- in # ((((
  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
  * ) as_opts= ;;
esac
exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
# out after a failed `exec'.
$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
exit 255
fi

    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
  else
    $as_echo "$0: Please tell [email protected] about your system,
$0: including any error possibly output before this
$0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run
$0: the script under such a shell if you do have one."
  fi
  exit 1
fi
fi
fi
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
export SHELL
# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS

## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
## --------------------- ##
# as_fn_unset VAR
# ---------------
# Portably unset VAR.
as_fn_unset ()
{
  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
}
as_unset=as_fn_unset

# as_fn_set_status STATUS
# -----------------------
# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
as_fn_set_status ()
{
  return $1
} # as_fn_set_status

# as_fn_exit STATUS
# -----------------
# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
as_fn_exit ()
{
  set +e
  as_fn_set_status $1
  exit $1
} # as_fn_exit

# as_fn_mkdir_p
# -------------
# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
as_fn_mkdir_p ()
{

  case $as_dir in #(
  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
  esac
  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
    as_dirs=
    while :; do
      case $as_dir in #(
      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
      esac
      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`
      test -d "$as_dir" && break
    done
    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"


} # as_fn_mkdir_p

# as_fn_executable_p FILE
# -----------------------
# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
as_fn_executable_p ()
{
  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
} # as_fn_executable_p
# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
# ----------------------
# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
# implementations.
if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1+=\$2
  }'
else
  as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1=\$$1\$2
  }
fi # as_fn_append

# as_fn_arith ARG...
# ------------------
# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=$(( $* ))
  }'
else
  as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
  }
fi # as_fn_arith


# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
# ----------------------------------------
# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
as_fn_error ()
{
  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
  if test "$4"; then
    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
  as_fn_exit $as_status
} # as_fn_error

if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi

if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_dirname=dirname
else
  as_dirname=false
fi


as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`

# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits















  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO

  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {


  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
  sed -n '
    p
    /[$]LINENO/=
  ' <$as_myself |


    sed '



      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
      t lineno
      b






      :lineno








      N




































      :loop
      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
      t loop
      s/-\n.*//

    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }


  # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
  # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
  # in an infinite loop.  This has already happened in practice.
  _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
  . "./$as_me.lineno"
  # Exit status is that of the last command.
  exit
}

ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
case `echo -n x` in #(((((
-n*)
  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
       ECHO_T='	';;
  esac;;
*)
  ECHO_N='-n';;

esac

rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if test -d conf$$.dir; then

  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
else

  rm -f conf$$.dir
  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
fi


if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
    # ... but there are two gotchas:
    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||

      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s=ln
  else
    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  fi


else
  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null

if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi

as_test_x='test -x'
as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"







test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null


exec 6>&1

# Name of the host.
# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
# so uname gets run too.
ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`



#
# Initializations.
#
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
ac_clean_files=
ac_config_libobj_dir=.
LIBOBJS=
cross_compiling=no
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=







# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME=
PACKAGE_TARNAME=
PACKAGE_VERSION=
PACKAGE_STRING=
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
PACKAGE_URL=

ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h"
# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#  include <stdlib.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
#  include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>

#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif"

ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
LIBOBJS
RES
RC_DEFINES
RC_DEFINE
RC_INCLUDE
RC_TYPE
RC_OUT
TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS
TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC
TK_LIB_SPEC
TK_LIB_FLAG
MAKE_EXE
MAKE_DLL
POST_MAKE_LIB
MAKE_STUB_LIB
MAKE_LIB
LIBRARIES
EXESUFFIX
LIBSUFFIX
LIBPREFIX
DLLSUFFIX
LIBS_GUI
TK_SHARED_BUILD
SHLIB_SUFFIX
SHLIB_CFLAGS
SHLIB_LD_LIBS
SHLIB_LD
STLIB_LD
TK_RES
LDFLAGS_WINDOW
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
LDFLAGS_DEBUG
CC_EXENAME
CC_OBJNAME
DEPARG
EXTRA_CFLAGS
CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX
CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX
TCL_DBGX
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
TCL_MINOR_VERSION
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION
TK_BIN_DIR
TK_SRC_DIR
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC
TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG
TK_STUB_LIB_FILE
TK_DLL_FILE
TK_LIB_FILE
TK_DBGX
TK_PATCH_LEVEL
TK_MINOR_VERSION
TK_MAJOR_VERSION
TK_VERSION
MACHINE
TK_WIN_VERSION
TCLSH_PROG
BUILD_TCLSH
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
CFLAGS_DEFAULT
MAN2TCLFLAGS
CFLAGS_WARNING
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
CFLAGS_DEBUG
DL_LIBS
WINE
CYGPATH
TCL_DEFS
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC
TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG
TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE
TCL_LIB_SPEC
TCL_LIB_FLAG
TCL_LIB_FILE
TCL_ZIP_FILE
TCL_SRC_DIR
TCL_BIN_DIR
TCL_VERSION
SHARED_BUILD
SET_MAKE
RC
RANLIB
AR
EGREP
GREP
CPP
OBJEXT
EXEEXT
ac_ct_CC
CPPFLAGS
LDFLAGS
CFLAGS
CC
target_alias
host_alias
build_alias
LIBS
ECHO_T
ECHO_N
ECHO_C
DEFS
mandir
localedir
libdir
psdir
pdfdir
dvidir
htmldir
infodir
docdir
oldincludedir
includedir
localstatedir
sharedstatedir
sysconfdir
datadir
datarootdir
libexecdir
sbindir
bindir
program_transform_name
prefix
exec_prefix
PACKAGE_URL
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
PACKAGE_STRING
PACKAGE_VERSION
PACKAGE_TARNAME
PACKAGE_NAME
PATH_SEPARATOR
SHELL
OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD'
ac_subst_files=''
ac_user_opts='
enable_option_checking
enable_shared
with_tcl
enable_64bit
enable_symbols
enable_embedded_manifest
'
      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
host_alias
target_alias
CC
CFLAGS
LDFLAGS
LIBS
CPPFLAGS
CPP'


# Initialize some variables set by options.
ac_init_help=
ac_init_version=false
ac_unrecognized_opts=
ac_unrecognized_sep=
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
cache_file=/dev/null
exec_prefix=NONE
no_create=
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
333
334
335
336
337
338
339

340
341
342
343

344
345
346
347
348
349

350






351
352
353

354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362

363



364
365
366
367


368
369
370
371
372
373
374
x_libraries=NONE

# Installation directory options.
# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
# by default will actually change.
# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.

bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datadir='${prefix}/share'

sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'

infodir='${prefix}/info'






mandir='${prefix}/man'

ac_prev=

for ac_option
do
  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
    ac_prev=
    continue
  fi


  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`




  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.

  case $ac_option in



  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
    ac_prev=bindir ;;
  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)







>



|
>



<


>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>




|




>
|
>
>
>



|
>
>







803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818

819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
x_libraries=NONE

# Installation directory options.
# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
# by default will actually change.
# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
datadir='${datarootdir}'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'

includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE}'
infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
htmldir='${docdir}'
dvidir='${docdir}'
pdfdir='${docdir}'
psdir='${docdir}'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
mandir='${datarootdir}/man'

ac_prev=
ac_dashdash=
for ac_option
do
  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
    ac_prev=
    continue
  fi

  case $ac_option in
  *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
  *=)   ac_optarg= ;;
  *)    ac_optarg=yes ;;
  esac

  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.

  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
  --)
    ac_dashdash=yes ;;

  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
    ac_prev=bindir ;;
  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391



392



393
394
395
396
397
398
399










400




401



402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411

412
413


414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;

  --config-cache | -C)
    cache_file=config.cache ;;

  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
    ac_prev=datadir ;;
  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \



  | --da=*)



    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -disable-* | --disable-*)
    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2










   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }




    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`



    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;

  -enable-* | --enable-*)
    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
    case $ac_option in

      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;


    esac
    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;

  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \







|

|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|


|

|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|


|

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>

|







867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;

  --config-cache | -C)
    cache_file=config.cache ;;

  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
    ac_prev=datadir ;;
  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -disable-* | --disable-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"enable_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;

  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
    ac_prev=docdir ;;
  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -enable-* | --enable-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"enable_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;

  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
434
435
436
437
438
439
440






441
442
443
444
445
446
447
  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
    ac_init_help=short ;;

  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;







  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
    ac_prev=includedir ;;
  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;







>
>
>
>
>
>







945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
    ac_init_help=short ;;

  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;

  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
  | --ht=*)
    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
    ac_prev=includedir ;;
  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465





466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479

  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;






  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
    ac_prev=mandir ;;
  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;









>
>
>
>
>

|
<


|
<







975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989

990
991
992

993
994
995
996
997
998
999

  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
    ac_prev=localedir ;;
  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)

    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)

    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
    ac_prev=mandir ;;
  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;

529
530
531
532
533
534
535










536
537
538
539
540
541
542
  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;











  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
    silent=yes ;;

  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
    ac_prev=sbindir ;;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;

  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
    ac_prev=psdir ;;
  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
    silent=yes ;;

  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593

594
595


596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604

605


606





607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633

634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654

655






656
657
658

659



660
661

662
663


664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678

679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704








705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716



717



718



719



720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735







736



737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772

773
774
775
776
777
778
779
  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
    verbose=yes ;;

  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
    ac_init_version=: ;;

  -with-* | --with-*)
    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
    case $ac_option in

      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;


    esac
    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;

  -without-* | --without-*)
    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`


    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;






  --x)
    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
    with_x=yes ;;

  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;

  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;

  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ;;

  *=*)
    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.

    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
    export $ac_envvar ;;

  *)
    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
    ;;

  esac
done

if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2

   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }






fi

# Be sure to have absolute paths.

for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix



do
  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`

  case $ac_val in
    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;


    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  esac
done

# Be sure to have absolute paths.
for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
	      localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
do
  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
  case $ac_val in
    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  esac

done

# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
# FIXME: To remove some day.
build=$build_alias
host=$host_alias
target=$target_alias

# FIXME: To remove some day.
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
    cross_compiling=maybe
    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
    cross_compiling=yes
  fi
fi

ac_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-

test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null










# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
  ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$0" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  s/.*/./; q'`
  srcdir=$ac_confdir
  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
    srcdir=..
  fi
else
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
  else
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
  fi







fi



(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
  { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP


#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.







|

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>

|


|

|
|
<
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>



















|
|
<





>
|
|
<
|
|




|

|
|







|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
>
|
>
>
>

|
>

<
>
>
|
<

<
<
|
<
<
<
<

|
|
<

>













<
<











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|

|





|
|
<
<
<
|
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
>







1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136

1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167

1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175

1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203

1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212

1213
1214
1215

1216


1217




1218
1219
1220

1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235


1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263

1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290



1291

1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304


1305













1306

1307












1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
    verbose=yes ;;

  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
    ac_init_version=: ;;

  -with-* | --with-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"with_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;

  -without-* | --without-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"

    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"with_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;

  --x)
    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
    with_x=yes ;;

  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;

  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;

  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
Try \`$0 --help' for more information"

    ;;

  *=*)
    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    case $ac_envvar in #(
      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
      as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;

    esac
    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
    export $ac_envvar ;;

  *)
    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
    : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
    ;;

  esac
done

if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
  as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
fi

if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
  case $enable_option_checking in
    no) ;;
    fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
  esac
fi


# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
		libdir localedir mandir
do
  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
  # Remove trailing slashes.
  case $ac_val in

    */ )
      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;

  esac


  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.




  case $ac_val in
    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;

  esac
  as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
done

# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
# FIXME: To remove some day.
build=$build_alias
host=$host_alias
target=$target_alias

# FIXME: To remove some day.
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
    cross_compiling=maybe


  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
    cross_compiling=yes
  fi
fi

ac_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-

test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null


ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
  as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
  as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"


# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`
  srcdir=$ac_confdir
  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
    srcdir=..
  fi
else
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."



  as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"

fi
ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
ac_abs_confdir=`(
	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
	pwd)`
# When building in place, set srcdir=.
if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
  srcdir=.
fi
# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
case $srcdir in


*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;













esac

for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do












  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
done

#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827


828

829





830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840

841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862

863
864
865
866
867
868
869

870

871
872
873
874
875
876


877
878
879
880


881
882
883




884
885
886


887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898

899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964


965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
























































































































































973




































































































































974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982

983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014

1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.

Configuration:
  -h, --help              display this help and exit
      --help=short        display options specific to this package
      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
  -V, --version           display version information and exit
  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']

_ACEOF

  cat <<_ACEOF
Installation directories:
  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
			  [$ac_default_prefix]
  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
			  [PREFIX]

By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.

For better control, use the options below.

Fine tuning of the installation directories:
  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]


  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]

  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]





_ACEOF

  cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then

  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:

  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)
  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)
  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
  --enable-embedded-manifest
                          embed manifest if possible (default: yes)

Optional Packages:
  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
                          (tclConfig.sh)
  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR

Some influential environment variables:
  CC          C compiler command
  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
              nonstandard directory <lib dir>

  CPPFLAGS    C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
              headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
  CPP         C preprocessor

Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.


_ACEOF

fi

if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
  ac_popdir=`pwd`
  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue


    test -d $ac_dir || continue
    ac_builddir=.

if test "$ac_dir" != .; then


  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`




else
  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi



case $srcdir in
  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.
    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
       ac_top_srcdir=.
    else
       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
    fi ;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;

  *) # Relative path.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac

# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
  case "$ac_dir" in
  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_top_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac

    cd $ac_dir
    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
    if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
      echo
      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
      echo
      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
	   test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
      echo
      $ac_configure --help
    else
      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
    fi
    cd $ac_popdir
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF



Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit 0
fi
exec 5>config.log
























































































































































cat >&5 <<_ACEOF




































































































































This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF

{
cat <<_ASUNAME
## --------- ##
## Platform. ##
## --------- ##

hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`

/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`

/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`

_ASUNAME

as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  echo "PATH: $as_dir"
done


} >&5

cat >&5 <<_ACEOF


## ----------- ##







|





<
<
<


|

|









|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>











>


<


<









<






>
|
|





>

>




<

>
>
|


|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>


|

<
|
<
|
<
|

|
>
|
|
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
<
<

|
|
|



|


>
>

|



|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|




>


















|











|
|
>







1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340



1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357

1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387

1388
1389

1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398

1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419

1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444

1445

1446

1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453

1454










1455













1456













1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464


1465


1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.

Configuration:
  -h, --help              display this help and exit
      --help=short        display options specific to this package
      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
  -V, --version           display version information and exit
  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking ...' messages
      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']




Installation directories:
  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
                          [$ac_default_prefix]
  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
                          [PREFIX]

By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.

For better control, use the options below.

Fine tuning of the installation directories:
  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]

  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/PACKAGE]
  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
_ACEOF

  cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then

  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]

  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)

  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
  --enable-embedded-manifest
                          embed manifest if possible (default: yes)

Optional Packages:
  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
                          (tclConfig.sh)


Some influential environment variables:
  CC          C compiler command
  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
  CPPFLAGS    (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
  CPP         C preprocessor

Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.

Report bugs to the package provider.
_ACEOF
ac_status=$?
fi

if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.

  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
      continue
    ac_builddir=.

case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
*)
  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
  esac ;;
esac
ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
# for backward compatibility:
ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix

case $srcdir in
  .)  # We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.

    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub

    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;

  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
  *) # Relative name.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir

    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;










esac













ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix














    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
    # Check for guested configure.
    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
      echo &&
      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
      echo &&


      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive


    else
      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
    fi || ac_status=$?
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
configure
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi

## ------------------------ ##
## Autoconf initialization. ##
## ------------------------ ##

# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
# --------------------------
# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
	 test ! -s conftest.err
       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

	ac_retval=1
fi
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_compile

# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
# ----------------------
# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && {
	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
	 test ! -s conftest.err
       }; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

    ac_retval=1
fi
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp

# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
# ----------------------
# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
# that executables *can* be run.
ac_fn_c_try_run ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
  { { case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
       $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

       ac_retval=$ac_status
fi
  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_run

# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR INCLUDES
# ---------------------------------------------
# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared in INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR
# accordingly.
ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  as_decl_name=`echo $2|sed 's/ *(.*//'`
  as_decl_use=`echo $2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'`
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $as_decl_name is declared" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether $as_decl_name is declared... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$4
int
main ()
{
#ifndef $as_decl_name
#ifdef __cplusplus
  (void) $as_decl_use;
#else
  (void) $as_decl_name;
#endif
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  eval "$3=yes"
else
  eval "$3=no"
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_decl

# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
# -------------------------------------------------------
# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$4
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  eval "$3=yes"
else
  eval "$3=no"
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile

# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
# -------------------------------------------------------
# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using
# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR
# accordingly.
ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
else
  # Is the header compilable?
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$4
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_header_compiler=yes
else
  ac_header_compiler=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }

# Is the header present?
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_header_preproc=yes
else
  ac_header_preproc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }

# So?  What about this header?
case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #((
  yes:no: )
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ;;
  no:yes:* )
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ;;
esac
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler"
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
fi
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
cat <<_ASUNAME
## --------- ##
## Platform. ##
## --------- ##

hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`

/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`

/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`

_ASUNAME

as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

} >&5

cat >&5 <<_ACEOF


## ----------- ##
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095




1096











1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109


1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120



1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134



1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193



1194

1195
1196


1197






1198
1199

1200
1201

1202
1203
1204


1205
1206
1207
1208
1209




1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250




1251
1252






1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273


1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279



1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=
ac_sep=
ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
  for ac_arg
  do
    case $ac_arg in
    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
      continue ;;
    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
      ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    esac
    case $ac_pass in
    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
    2)
      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
      else
	case $ac_arg in
	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
	esac
      fi
      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
      # Get rid of the leading space.
      ac_sep=" "
      ;;
    esac
  done
done
$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }

# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
# would cause problems or look ugly.
# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
trap 'exit_status=$?
  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
  {
    echo

    cat <<\_ASBOX
## ---------------- ##
## Cache variables. ##
## ---------------- ##
_ASBOX
    echo
    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,




{











  (set) 2>&1 |
    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
    *ac_space=\ *)
      sed -n \
	"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
      ;;
    *)
      sed -n \
	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
      ;;
    esac;
}


    echo

    cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------------- ##
## Output variables. ##
## ----------------- ##
_ASBOX
    echo
    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
    do
      eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`



      echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
    done | sort
    echo

    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
      cat <<\_ASBOX
## ------------- ##
## Output files. ##
## ------------- ##
_ASBOX
      echo
      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
      do
	eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`



	echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
      done | sort
      echo
    fi

    if test -s confdefs.h; then
      cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------- ##
## confdefs.h. ##
## ----------- ##
_ASBOX
      echo
      sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
      echo
    fi
    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
      echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
    echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
  } >&5
  rm -f core *.core &&
  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
    exit $exit_status
     ' 0
for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
done
ac_signal=0

# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo >confdefs.h

# Predefined preprocessor variables.

cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
_ACEOF






# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.


if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then






  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"

  else
    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"

  fi
fi
for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do


  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
    . "$ac_site_file"




  fi
done

if test -r "$cache_file"; then
  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
    case $cache_file in
      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
    esac
  fi
else
  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
  >$cache_file
fi

# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
# value.
ac_cache_corrupted=false
for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
	       sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
    set,)
      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,set)
      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,);;
    *)
      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then




	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}






	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
echo "$as_me:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
echo "$as_me:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
	ac_cache_corrupted=:
      fi;;
  esac
  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
    case $ac_new_val in
    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
      ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
    esac
    case " $ac_configure_args " in
      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
    esac
  fi
done
if $ac_cache_corrupted; then


  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi




ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu





















# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then







<










|
|


|

|















|
<
<




|
|




|
|





<
|

|
<


>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|

|
|
|

<
|

|
<
>
>


<
|

|
<



|
>
>
>
|




<
|
|
|
<



|
>
>
>
|





<
|

|
<

|



|
|

|
|

|

|




|
|
|







<



<





<



<





>
>
>

>

|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
|
<
|
>
>
|
|
|

|
>
>
>
>




|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|
|






|
<


|
|


|
|


|
|




>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
<





<
|




|




>
>
|
|
<
|
<

>
>
>










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|

|
|







1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834

1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867


1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884

1885
1886
1887

1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913

1914
1915
1916

1917
1918
1919
1920

1921
1922
1923

1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935

1936
1937
1938

1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951

1952
1953
1954

1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982

1983
1984
1985

1986
1987
1988
1989
1990

1991
1992
1993

1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057

2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089

2090
2091
2092
2093
2094

2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108

2109

2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123

















2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=

ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
  for ac_arg
  do
    case $ac_arg in
    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
      continue ;;
    *\'*)
      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    esac
    case $ac_pass in
    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
    2)
      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
      else
	case $ac_arg in
	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
	esac
      fi
      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"


      ;;
    esac
  done
done
{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}

# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
# would cause problems or look ugly.
# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
trap 'exit_status=$?
  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
  {
    echo


    $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
## Cache variables. ##
## ---------------- ##"

    echo
    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
(
  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
    case $ac_val in #(
    *${as_nl}*)
      case $ac_var in #(
      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
      esac
      case $ac_var in #(
      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
      esac ;;
    esac
  done
  (set) 2>&1 |
    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
      sed -n \
	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
      ;; #(
    *)

      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
      ;;
    esac |

    sort
)
    echo


    $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
## Output variables. ##
## ----------------- ##"

    echo
    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
    do
      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
      case $ac_val in
      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
      esac
      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
    done | sort
    echo

    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then

      $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
## File substitutions. ##
## ------------------- ##"

      echo
      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
      do
	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
	case $ac_val in
	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
	esac
	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
      done | sort
      echo
    fi

    if test -s confdefs.h; then

      $as_echo "## ----------- ##
## confdefs.h. ##
## ----------- ##"

      echo
      cat confdefs.h
      echo
    fi
    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
  } >&5
  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
    exit $exit_status
' 0
for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
done
ac_signal=0

# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h

$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h

# Predefined preprocessor variables.

cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
_ACEOF

cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
_ACEOF


# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
ac_site_file1=NONE
ac_site_file2=NONE
if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
  # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
  case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
    -*)  ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
    */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
    *)   ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
  esac
elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
else
  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
fi

for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
do
  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
  if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
    . "$ac_site_file" \
      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
  fi
done

if test -r "$cache_file"; then
  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
  # actually), so we avoid doing that.  DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
  if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
    case $cache_file in
      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
    esac
  fi
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
  >$cache_file
fi

# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
# value.
ac_cache_corrupted=false
for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do

  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
    set,)
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,set)
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,);;
    *)
      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
	else
	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
	fi
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}

      fi;;
  esac
  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
    case $ac_new_val in

    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
    esac
    case " $ac_configure_args " in
      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
    esac
  fi
done
if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}

  as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5

fi
## -------------------- ##
## Main body of script. ##
## -------------------- ##

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu





















# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.7
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=7
TK_PATCH_LEVEL="a2"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369

1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380

1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407

1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419









1420

1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449

1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534

1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557

1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586

1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597

1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628

1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639

1640
1641
1642
1643









1644

1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660

1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672







1673
1674

1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698














1699






1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711

1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725


1726

1727
1728
1729



1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735


1736





1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744


1745
1746
1747

1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793






1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826



























































1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848






1849
1850
1851
1852
1853

1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935




1936
1937








1938


1939



1940





1941
1942
1943

1944
1945








1946

1947



1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983

1984
1985
1986

1987
1988

1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  CC=$ac_ct_CC

else
  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi

if test -z "$CC"; then
  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi

fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done

fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi

  CC=$ac_ct_CC
else
  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi

fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
  ac_prog_rejected=no
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
       ac_prog_rejected=yes
       continue
     fi
    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
  shift
  if test $# != 0; then
    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
    shift
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
  fi
fi
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  for ac_prog in cl
  do
    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


    test -n "$CC" && break
  done
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  for ac_prog in cl
do
  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
done










  CC=$ac_ct_CC

fi

fi


test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

# Provide some information about the compiler.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
     "checking for C compiler version" >&5
ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5

  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?







  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }


cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
# of exeext.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`














if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5






  (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
  # Find the output, starting from the most likely.  This scheme is
# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
# resort.

# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
ac_cv_exeext=
# b.out is created by i960 compilers.

for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
	;;
    conftest.$ac_ext )
	# This is the source file.
	;;
    [ab].out )
	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
	# certainly right.
	break;;
    *.* )


	ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`

	# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
	# but it would be cool to find out if it's true.  Does anybody
	# maintain Libtool? --akim.



	export ac_cv_exeext
	break;;
    * )
	break;;
  esac
done


else





  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }


fi

ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6

# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
    cross_compiling=no
  else
    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
	cross_compiling=yes
    else
	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    fi
  fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6

rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5






  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
# `rm'.
for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
	  export ac_cv_exeext
	  break;;
    * ) break;;
  esac
done
else
  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi

rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6

rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
ac_exeext=$EXEEXT



























































echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5






  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
  for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do

  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
       break;;
  esac
done
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi

rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
ac_objext=$OBJEXT
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{
#ifndef __GNUC__
       choke me
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_compiler_gnu=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`




ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS








CFLAGS="-g"


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5



echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6





if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */








_ACEOF

cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext



cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5

sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
  else
    CFLAGS="-g"
  fi
else
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-O2"
  else
    CFLAGS=
  fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
ac_save_CC=$CC
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
static char *e (p, i)
     char **p;
     int i;
{







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|
|

|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




|
|
|
|










|
|





|



|
>

















|
|

|
|

>




|



|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|



|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|
|
|
|
<


<
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
|
|
<
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>

|
<
<
<
<











|



|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
<
<
<
|
<
|
|
|
>
|



|
<
<
<






>
>
|
>
|
<
<
>
>
>
|





>
>

>
>
>
>
>
|


|
|
|
|
|
>
>

|
<
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|







|

<





|
|
|
|
<

<
|
|
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<











|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
>

|





|


|
|
|
|
<

<


|
|


|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|



|
|
|
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
<

>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
>
>
>
|










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
>
|
|
<
>

|
>

|
|















|
|
|
|

|

|
<
<
<
<



<
|







2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292


























2293
2294















2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459

2460
2461

2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469


2470
2471
2472

2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486




2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529



2530

2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539



2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550


2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579

2580
2581
2582
2583






























2584
2585
2586







2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608

2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617

2618

2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690




2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728

2729

2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741




2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754







2755














2756
2757



2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823







2824














2825


2826
2827
2828

2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858




2859
2860
2861

2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
    CC=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    CC=$ac_ct_CC
  fi
else
  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi

if test -z "$CC"; then
          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi




























  fi















fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
  ac_prog_rejected=no
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
       ac_prog_rejected=yes
       continue
     fi
    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
  shift
  if test $# != 0; then
    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
    shift
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
  fi
fi
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  for ac_prog in cl.exe
  do
    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


    test -n "$CC" && break
  done
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  for ac_prog in cl.exe
do
  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
done

  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
    CC=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    CC=$ac_ct_CC
  fi
fi

fi


test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }


# Provide some information about the compiler.

$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
set X $ac_compile
ac_compiler=$2
for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;


esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5

  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    sed '10a\
... rest of stderr output deleted ...
         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
  fi
  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }
done

cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
# of exeext.
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`

# The possible output files:
ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"

ac_rmfiles=
for ac_file in $ac_files
do
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
  esac
done
rm -f $ac_rmfiles

if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :



  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.

# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
# Autoconf.
for ac_file in $ac_files ''
do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )



	;;
    [ab].out )
	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
	# certainly right.
	break;;
    *.* )
	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
	then :; else
	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
	fi
	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not


	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
	# actually working.
	break;;
    * )
	break;;
  esac
done
test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=

else
  ac_file=''
fi
if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5

$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext































rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save







{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
# `rm'.
for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`

	  break;;
    * ) break;;
  esac
done
else
  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }

fi

rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }

rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdio.h>
int
main ()
{
FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
 return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
  { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }
  if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
  { { case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
    cross_compiling=no
  else
    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
	cross_compiling=yes
    else
	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
    fi
  fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }

rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
       break;;
  esac
done
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }

fi

rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
ac_objext=$OBJEXT
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{
#ifndef __GNUC__
       choke me
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
else



  ac_compiler_gnu=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
  GCC=yes
else
  GCC=
fi
ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
   CFLAGS="-g"
   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes

else
  CFLAGS=""
      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :

else
  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
	 CFLAGS="-g"
	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes


fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi

rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
  else
    CFLAGS="-g"
  fi
else
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-O2"
  else
    CFLAGS=
  fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
ac_save_CC=$CC
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>

struct stat;
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
static char *e (p, i)
     char **p;
     int i;
{
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050





2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105

2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112



2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320

2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
  va_end (v);
  return s;
}

/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
   that's true only with -std1.  */
int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];






int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
int argc;
char **argv;
int
main ()
{
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
# breaks some systems' header files.
# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
# HP-UX 10.20 and later	-Ae
# HP-UX older versions	-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
do
  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
break
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext

done
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
CC=$ac_save_CC

fi

case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in



  x|xno)
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
  *)
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
esac

# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
#ifndef __cplusplus
  choke me
#endif
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  for ac_declaration in \
   '' \
   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
   'void exit (int);'
do
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_declaration
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_declaration
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  break
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
done
rm -f conftest*
if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
fi

else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  ac_cv_c_inline=no
for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifndef __cplusplus
typedef int foo_t;
static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
#endif

_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

done

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6


case $ac_cv_c_inline in
  inline | yes) ;;
  *)
    case $ac_cv_c_inline in
      no) ac_val=;;
      *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;







|


|

>
>
>
>
>















<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<

|
>

|



|
|
>
>
>
|
|
|

|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







|
|
|
|



|
<
<
<
<








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<

|
>



|
|
<







2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909


2910




2911
2912
2913







2914














2915





2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937

















































2938

































2939










2940
















































2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955




2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963







2964














2965




2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973

2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
  va_end (v);
  return s;
}

/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
   that's true only with -std.  */
int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];

/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
   inside strings and character constants.  */
#define FOO(x) 'x'
int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];

int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
int argc;
char **argv;
int
main ()
{
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF


for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \




	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
do
  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"







  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg





fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
done
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
CC=$ac_save_CC

fi
# AC_CACHE_VAL
case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
  x)
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
  xno)
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
  *)
    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
esac
if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :



















































































fi



























































ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inline" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for inline... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_c_inline+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_cv_c_inline=no
for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifndef __cplusplus
typedef int foo_t;
static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
#endif

_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw




fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
  test "$ac_cv_c_inline" != no && break
done

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6; }


case $ac_cv_c_inline in
  inline | yes) ;;
  *)
    case $ac_cv_c_inline in
      no) ac_val=;;
      *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582



























2583



2584







2585







2586


2587
2588




2589
2590















































2591











2592







2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701

2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745

2746

2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783

2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821

2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833









2834

2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862

2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873

2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900

2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912









2913

2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941

2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952

2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979

2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991









2992

2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004

3005
3006
3007
3008

3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014

3015
3016

3017
3018

3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090

3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112

3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134

3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
esac

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
  CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
    do
      ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
  break
fi

    done
    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP

fi
  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
else
  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
  :
else
  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else



























  if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1



    then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'







    else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'







    fi


fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5




echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
 EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep



































































echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <float.h>

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <string.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  :
else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  :
else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
  :
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ctype.h>

#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
#else
# define ISLOWER(c) \
		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
#endif

#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
int
main ()
{
  int i;
  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
      exit(2);
  exit (0);
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

( exit $ac_status )
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi

fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
_ACEOF

fi


if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
if test -n "$AR"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
  ac_ct_AR=$AR
  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  AR=$ac_ct_AR

else
  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB

else
  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
if test -n "$RC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
  ac_ct_RC=$RC
  # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  RC=$ac_ct_RC

else
  RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`

if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF

all:
	@echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"'
_ACEOF
# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then

  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
else

  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
fi

rm -f conftest.make
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
  SET_MAKE=
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------




#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_threads"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi;

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (default)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes (default)" >&6
	TCL_THREADS=1
	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_THREADS 1
_ACEOF

	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
_ACEOF

    else
	TCL_THREADS=0
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
    fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_shared"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi;


    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_shared"
	tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
	tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6
	SHARED_BUILD=0

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STATIC_BUILD 1
_ACEOF

    fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    #
    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
    # First, look for one uninstalled.
    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
    #

    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
	no_tcl=true

# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
  withval="$with_tcl"
  with_tclconfig="${withval}"
fi;

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
	if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else


	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
		    */tclConfig.sh )
			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
			fi ;;
		esac
		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
		else
		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
		fi
	    fi

	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in \
			../tcl \







|
|





|
|













|
<
<
<
<








<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<



|

|

|
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<




|



|
|











|
|









|
<
<
<
<








<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<



|

|

|
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<




|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|
<









|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|



|
<
<
<
<





|
|









|
<
<
<
<





|
|









|


|
<
<
<
<


>



















|
|


<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<
<
<
|

|
>

>


|
|


<
|
<







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>









|
|
|
>
|
|


>

|

|
|
<
>
|
<
>
|
<
>


|
|
|


|
|










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







|
|
|
|
<
|


|
>









|
|


|
|


<
|
<


>

















|
|
<
|
|
>
|
|
|
|








|
|






<
|
<







2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017




3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025






3026











3027
3028



3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036




3037
3038
3039






3040











3041
3042
3043



3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076




3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084






3085











3086
3087



3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095




3096
3097
3098






3099











3100
3101
3102



3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118

3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263




3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277







3278














3279
3280



3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287




3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304




3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324




3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350




3351






3352
3353





3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365

3366

3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665

3666
3667

3668
3669

3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689





































3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700

3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722

3723

3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745

3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768

3769

3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
esac

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
  CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
  if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
    do
      ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :












else



  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :











  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else



  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
  break
fi

    done
    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP

fi
  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
else
  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :












else



  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :











  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else



  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then :

else
  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }

fi

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -z "$GREP"; then
  ac_path_GREP_found=false
  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
*GNU*)
  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
*)
  ac_count=0
  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
  while :
  do
    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
    fi
    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
  done
  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
esac

      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
    done
  done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS
  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
  fi
else
  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
fi

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
 GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
   else
     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_prog in egrep; do
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
*GNU*)
  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
*)
  ac_count=0
  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
  while :
  do
    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
    fi
    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
  done
  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
esac

      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
    done
  done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS
  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
  fi
else
  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
fi

   fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
 EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <float.h>

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
else



  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <string.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  :
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
#else
# define ISLOWER(c) \
		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
#endif

#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
int
main ()
{
  int i;
  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
      return 2;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF




if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :







else





  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
fi

fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then


$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h


fi


if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
if test -n "$AR"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5
$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
  ac_ct_AR=$AR
  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
    AR=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    AR=$ac_ct_AR
  fi
else
  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
    RANLIB=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
  fi
else
  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_RC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
if test -n "$RC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RC" >&5
$as_echo "$RC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
  ac_ct_RC=$RC
  # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_RC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_RC" = x; then
    RC=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    RC=$ac_ct_RC
  fi
else
  RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
set x ${MAKE-make}
ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
SHELL = /bin/sh
all:
	@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
_ACEOF
# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in

  *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;

  *)
    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;

esac
rm -f conftest.make
fi
if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
  SET_MAKE=
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------









































#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to build libraries" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking how to build libraries... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :

  enableval=$enable_shared; tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_shared"
	tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
	tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: shared" >&5
$as_echo "shared" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: static" >&5
$as_echo "static" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=0


$as_echo "#define STATIC_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    #
    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
    # First, look for one uninstalled.
    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
    #

    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
	no_tcl=true

# Check whether --with-tcl was given.
if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then :

  withval=$with_tcl; with_tclconfig="${withval}"
fi

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl configuration... " >&6; }
	if ${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else


	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
		    */tclConfig.sh )
			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
			    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
			fi ;;
		esac
		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
		else

		    as_fn_error $? "${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5

		fi
	    fi

	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in \
			../tcl \
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
	    fi

fi


	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	else
	    no_tcl=
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
	fi
    fi


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
    else
        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
    fi

    #
    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC







<
|
<



|
|




|
|


|
|


|
|







3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832

3833

3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
	    fi

fi


	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"

	    as_fn_error $? "Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5

	else
	    no_tcl=
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
$as_echo "found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
	fi
    fi


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... " >&6; }

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: loading" >&5
$as_echo "loading" >&6; }
	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
    else
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
$as_echo "could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
    fi

    #
    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263

3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #


    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""







>







3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #

    eval "TCL_ZIP_FILE=\"${TCL_ZIP_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286


3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303

3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457

3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466



3467
3468




















3469















3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544









if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.









for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
do
as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_includes_default

#include <$ac_header>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF

fi

done




    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_64bit"
  do64bit=$enableval
else
  do64bit=no
fi;
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6

    # Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-wince or --disable-wince was given.
if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_wince"
  doWince=$enableval
else
  doWince=no
fi;
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doWince" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$doWince" >&6

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... $ECHO_C" >&6

# Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given.
if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then
  withval="$with_celib"
  CELIB_DIR=$withval
else
  CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB
fi;
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CELIB_DIR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CELIB_DIR" >&6

    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
_ACEOF


    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CYGPATH" >&6
else



  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6




















fi

















    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"

    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then

      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_cross+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #ifndef _WIN32
		#error cross-compiler
	    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_cross=no
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_cross=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cross" >&6

      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
		LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
		AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"







>
>

<
<
<
|
|
|
<

|
<
<
<
|
|
|
<
>









<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

|











|
|
|
|
<
|


|
<
<

<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
|
<




|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>






|
|

>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|







3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900



3901
3902
3903

3904
3905



3906
3907
3908

3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918









3919
3920
3921
3922












3923




























3924
3925






3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942

3943
3944
3945
3946


3947

3948











3949


3950










3951
3952
3953

3954

3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046




4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060







4061














4062
4063



4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077








if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -lt 9 ; then
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then



    as_fn_error $? "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better." "$LINENO" 5

fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6; then



    as_fn_error $? "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better." "$LINENO" 5

fi
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.









for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
do :
  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`












ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default




























"
if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :






  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF

fi

done




    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit support is requested... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-64bit was given.
if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then :

  enableval=$enable_64bit; do64bit=$enableval
else
  do64bit=no
fi




    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bit" >&5











$as_echo "$do64bit" >&6; }













    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""


$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern" >>confdefs.h



    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


    # Extract the first word of "wine", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy wine; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_WINE+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$WINE"; then
  ac_cv_prog_WINE="$WINE" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_WINE="wine"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
WINE=$ac_cv_prog_WINE
if test -n "$WINE"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $WINE" >&5
$as_echo "$WINE" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi



    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"

    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then

      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_cross+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #ifndef _WIN32
		#error cross-compiler
	    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_cross=no
else



  ac_cv_cross=yes
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_cross" >&6; }

      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
		LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
		AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672

































3673
3674
3675








3676

3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779

    if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
	conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
	echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
	echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
	echo "END" >> $conftest

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... $ECHO_C" >&6
	cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
	if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } ; then
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
	else
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
	    CYGPATH=echo
	fi
	conftest=
	cyg_conftest=
    fi

    if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
        DEPARG='"$<"'
    else
        DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
    fi

    # set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	extra_cflags="-pipe"
	extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_win32+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#ifdef _WIN32
		    #error win32
		#endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_win32=no
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_win32=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_win32" >&6
	if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	fi

	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working -municode linker flag" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for working -municode linker flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_municode+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

































  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF








cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext

cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	#include <windows.h>
	int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_municode=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_municode=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_municode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_municode" >&6
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
	if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
	    extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
	else
	    extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
	fi
    fi

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking compiler flags" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6
    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	SHLIB_LD=""
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
	# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
	LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
	STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
	RC_OUT=-o
	RC_TYPE=
	RC_INCLUDE=--include
	RC_DEFINE=--define
	RES=res.o
	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \$@"
	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \$@"
	LIBPREFIX="lib"

	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
	    runtime=
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6

	    # ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
	    if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	    fi

	    runtime=
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.

	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"







|
|


|


|
|
|
|

|
|

















|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|

<
|
<



|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
|

|
|


|
|








|
|




















|
|





|
|



<
<
|
|
<







4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141




4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155







4156














4157
4158



4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166

4167

4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235





















4236
4237
4238



4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288


4289
4290

4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297

    if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
	conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
	echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
	echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
	echo "END" >> $conftest

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... " >&6; }
	cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
	if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'
  { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_try\""; } >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; } ; then
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
	else
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
	    CYGPATH=echo
	fi
	conftest=
	cyg_conftest=
    fi

    if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
        DEPARG='"$<"'
    else
        DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
    fi

    # set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	extra_cflags="-pipe"
	extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_win32+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#ifdef _WIN32
		    #error win32
		#endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_win32=no
else



  ac_cv_win32=yes
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_win32" >&6; }
	if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then

	    as_fn_error $? "${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." "$LINENO" 5

	fi

	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working -municode linker flag" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for working -municode linker flag... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_municode+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
# -----------------------
# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
ac_fn_c_try_link ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
	 test ! -s conftest.err
       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
	 test -x conftest$ac_exeext
       }; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

	ac_retval=1
fi
  # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
  # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
  # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
  # left behind by Apple's compiler.  We do this before executing the actions.
  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_link
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	#include <windows.h>
	int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF





















if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_municode=yes
else



  ac_cv_municode=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_municode" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_municode" >&6; }
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
	if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
	    extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
	else
	    extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
	fi
    fi

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking compiler flags" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking compiler flags... " >&6; }
    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	SHLIB_LD=""
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
	# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
	LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
	STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
	RC_OUT=-o
	RC_TYPE=
	RC_INCLUDE=--include
	RC_DEFINE=--define
	RES=res.o
	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \$@"
	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \$@"
	LIBPREFIX="lib"

	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using static flags" >&5
$as_echo "using static flags" >&6; }
	    runtime=
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using shared flags" >&5
$as_echo "using shared flags" >&6; }

	    # ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
	    if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then


		as_fn_error $? "${CC} does not support the -shared option.
                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." "$LINENO" 5

	    fi

	    runtime=
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.

	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"








|







4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-arith"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"

3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
	#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"

	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
		;;
	    ia64)
		MACHINE="IA64"
		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
		;;
	    *)
		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

		    #ifndef _WIN64
			#error 32-bit
		    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_win_64bit=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_win_64bit=no

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
		if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
			do64bit=amd64
			MACHINE="AMD64"
			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
		fi
		;;
	esac
    else
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
	    runtime=-MT
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
	    runtime=-MD
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"







|
|



|
|


|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|


|



|
|






|
|





|
|







4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353




4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367







4368














4369
4370



4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
	#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"

	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
		;;
	    ia64)
		MACHINE="IA64"
		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
		;;
	    *)
		cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

		    #ifndef _WIN64
			#error 32-bit
		    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_win_64bit=yes
else



  tcl_win_64bit=no

fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
		if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
			do64bit=amd64
			MACHINE="AMD64"
			{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
		fi
		;;
	esac
    else
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using static flags" >&5
$as_echo "using static flags" >&6; }
	    runtime=-MT
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using shared flags" >&5
$as_echo "using shared flags" >&6; }
	    runtime=-MD
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
		    ;;
		ia64)
		    MACHINE="IA64"
		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
		    ;;
	    esac
	    if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&2;}
	    fi
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
	fi

	LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"

	case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
		    ;;
		*)
		    ;;
	esac

	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.  TEA has the
	    # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue.
	    # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't
	    # need to modify CC.
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether _WIN64 is declared" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether _WIN64 is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
#ifndef _WIN64
  char *p = (char *) _WIN64;
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&6
if test $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64 = yes; then
  :
else
  CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
fi

	    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""







|
|

|
|


















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|







4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456













































4457




4458






4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
		    ;;
		ia64)
		    MACHINE="IA64"
		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
		    ;;
	    esac
	    if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&2;}
	    fi
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
	fi

	LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"

	case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
		    ;;
		*)
		    ;;
	esac

	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.  TEA has the
	    # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue.
	    # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't
	    # need to modify CC.













































	    ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "_WIN64" "ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" "$ac_includes_default"




if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" = xyes; then :







else
  CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
fi

	    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
	    # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
	    CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
	    TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
	    ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
	    PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
	    if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
		# If !yes then the user specified something
		# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
		ARCH=
		eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
	if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
	if ($1 < 400)	  { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
	if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
	if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
	if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
		}'`
		if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
		    ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
		fi
	    fi
	    OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
	    if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
		WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
		if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
		    WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
		SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
		    SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
	    WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	    fi
	    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
		-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	    else
		CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
		if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
		    CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
		fi
		CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
	    fi
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
	    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
	    else
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
	    fi
	    CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
	    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
	    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
	    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
	    for i in $defs ; do
		cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define $i 1
_ACEOF

	    done
#	    if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
#		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
#	    fi
	    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF

	    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF

	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
	    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
	    lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""

	    if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
	    else
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
	    fi
	    # celib currently stuck at wce300 status
	    #LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
	    LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
	    LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
	else
	    LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
	fi

	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<







4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485







































































































4486

4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi








































































































	LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"


	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254

4255
4256

4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847

4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924

4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi

    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1
_ACEOF

    fi

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for SEH support in compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_seh+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
  tcl_cv_seh=no
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
	    #include <windows.h>
	    #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
		int a, b = 0;
		__try {
		    a = 666 / b;
		}
		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
		    return 0;
		}
		return 1;
	    }

_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_seh=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

( exit $ac_status )
tcl_cv_seh=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi


fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_seh" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1
_ACEOF

	fi

	#
	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
	#
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#	    include <windows.h>
#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int
_ACEOF

	fi

	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#define VOID void
		#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
		#include <windows.h>
		#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		CHAR c;
		SHORT s;
		LONG l;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1
_ACEOF

	fi

	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
	# warning when initializing a union member.

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

		  union foo { int i; double d; };
		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1
_ACEOF

	fi
    fi

    # DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version






#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
else
  # Is the header compilable?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h usability" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_includes_default
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_header_compiler=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_header_compiler=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6

# Is the header present?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h presence" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  ac_header_preproc=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  ac_header_preproc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6

# So?  What about this header?
case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
  yes:no: )
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ac_header_preproc=yes
    ;;
  no:yes:* )
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
    (
      cat <<\_ASBOX
## ------------------------------------------ ##
## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists.  ##
## ------------------------------------------ ##
_ASBOX
    ) |
      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
    ;;
esac
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  ac_cv_header_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6

fi
if test $ac_cv_header_errno_h = yes; then
  :
else
  MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H"
fi




#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking availability of _strtoi64... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_strtoi64+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
_strtoi64(0,0,0)
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_strtoi64=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NO_STRTOI64 1
_ACEOF

fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uxtheme.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for uxtheme.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <windows.h>

#include <uxtheme.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h = yes; then
  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1
_ACEOF

else
  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5
echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;}
fi


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for vssym32.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for vssym32.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_vssym32_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>

#include <vssym32.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h = yes; then
  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_VSSYM32_H 1
_ACEOF

fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_symbols"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=no
fi;

# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	DBGX=""

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NDEBUG 1
_ACEOF

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6

	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1
_ACEOF

    else
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	DBGX=g
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6
	fi
    fi



    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF

    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1
_ACEOF

    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6
	else
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6
	fi
    fi


TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to embed manifest... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest or --disable-embedded-manifest was given.
if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_embedded_manifest"
  embed_ok=$enableval
else
  embed_ok=yes
fi;


    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
    result=no
    if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
       -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
	# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
print("manifest needed")
#endif

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then

	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
	# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
	# in this compiler case
	# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
	# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
	# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
	result=yes
	if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then
	    result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)"
	fi

fi
rm -f conftest*

    fi
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $result" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$result" >&6





    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
    BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6



    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6

    if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
	for dir in $search_path ; do
	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
		    if test -f "$j" ; then
			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
			break
		    fi
		fi
	    done
	done

fi


    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6
    else
	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
	TCLSH_PROG=""
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6
    fi



#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------







|









<
|
<




|
|
|
|

|


|
<
<
<
<


















<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
|

|
>


>

|
|


<
|
<









|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<
















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|


<
|
<







|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<



















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|


<
|
<







|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|


<
|
<















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<











|
|
|
|


|
<
<
<
<










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
|

|
|

|
|


<
|
<







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<


|
|



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<












|
|
|
|
<
|


|
>






<
|
<

|
|

<
|
<






|
|







<
|
<





<
|
<


<
|
<





|
|

|
|











|
|
|
|
|
<


|
>







|
<
<
<
<








|


















|
|





|
|

|
|



|
|

|
|




















|
|



|
|







4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526

4527

4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540




4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558




4559






4560
4561





4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573

4574

4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589




4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605







4606














4607
4608



4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617

4618

4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631




4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650







4651














4652
4653



4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662

4663

4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676




4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689







4690














4691
4692



4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701

4702

4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717


















4718



















































































































4719
4720



4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738




4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748





















4749
4750
4751



4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760

4761

4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768











4769
4770
























4771












4772

4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779











4780
4781
4782
























4783












4784

4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800

4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811

4812

4813
4814
4815
4816

4817

4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832

4833

4834
4835
4836
4837
4838

4839

4840
4841

4842

4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868

4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880




4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi

    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then

	$as_echo "#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for SEH support in compiler... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_seh+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  tcl_cv_seh=no
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
	    #include <windows.h>
	    #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
		int a, b = 0;
		__try {
		    a = 666 / b;
		}
		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
		    return 0;
		}
		return 1;
	    }

_ACEOF




if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :






  tcl_cv_seh=yes
else





  tcl_cv_seh=no
fi
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
fi


fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_seh" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then


$as_echo "#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1" >>confdefs.h


	fi

	#
	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
	#
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#	    include <windows.h>
#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
else



  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then


$as_echo "#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int" >>confdefs.h


	fi

	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#define VOID void
		#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
		#include <windows.h>
		#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		CHAR c;
		SHORT s;
		LONG l;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
else



  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then


$as_echo "#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1" >>confdefs.h


	fi

	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
	# warning when initializing a union member.

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cast to union support" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for cast to union support... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

		  union foo { int i; double d; };
		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
else



  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then


$as_echo "#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1" >>confdefs.h


	fi
    fi

    # DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version






#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------



















ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "errno.h" "ac_cv_header_errno_h" "$ac_includes_default"



















































































































if test "x$ac_cv_header_errno_h" = xyes; then :




else
  MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H"
fi




#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking availability of _strtoi64... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_strtoi64+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
_strtoi64(0,0,0)
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF





















if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes
else



  tcl_cv_strtoi64=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6; }
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then


$as_echo "#define NO_STRTOI64 1" >>confdefs.h


fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------












ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "uxtheme.h" "ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" "#include <windows.h>
"
























if test "x$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" = xyes; then :












  $as_echo "#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1" >>confdefs.h


else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;}
fi













ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "vssym32.h" "ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" "#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
"
























if test "x$ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" = xyes; then :












  $as_echo "#define HAVE_VSSYM32_H 1" >>confdefs.h


fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for build with symbols" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for build with symbols... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-symbols was given.
if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then :

  enableval=$enable_symbols; tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=no
fi

# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	DBGX=""


$as_echo "#define NDEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h


	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }


	$as_echo "#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1" >>confdefs.h


    else
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	DBGX=g
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
$as_echo "yes (standard debugging)" >&6; }
	fi
    fi



    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then


$as_echo "#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then


$as_echo "#define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h




$as_echo "#define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5
$as_echo "enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6; }
	else
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
$as_echo "enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6; }
	fi
    fi


TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether to embed manifest... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest was given.
if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then :
  enableval=$enable_embedded_manifest; embed_ok=$enableval

else
  embed_ok=yes
fi


    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
    result=no
    if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
       -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
	# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
	cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
print("manifest needed")
#endif

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
	# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
	# in this compiler case
	# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
	# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
	# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
	result=yes
	if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then
	    result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)"
	fi

fi
rm -f conftest*

    fi
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $result" >&5
$as_echo "$result" >&6; }





    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... " >&6; }
    BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
$as_echo "$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6; }



    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh... " >&6; }

    if ${ac_cv_path_tclsh+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
	for dir in $search_path ; do
	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
		    if test -f "$j" ; then
			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
			break
		    fi
		fi
	    done
	done

fi


    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
$as_echo "$TCLSH_PROG" >&6; }
    else
	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
	TCLSH_PROG=""
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
$as_echo "No tclsh found on PATH" >&6; }
    fi



#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173

5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
















5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210

5211
5212

5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221



5222
5223











5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255






5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262

5263
5264
5265
5266
5267






5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276


5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282

5283
5284
5285
5286

5287

5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297

5298
5299
5300
5301

5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311

5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320

5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326


5327

5328



5329
5330













































5331

5332
5333






5334

5335










5336






5337
5338



5339

5340


5341



5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350

5351
5352


5353
5354





5355





5356


5357
5358
5359






























































5360

5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371





5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380



5381



5382
5383
5384
5385

5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396

5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425


5426
5427
5428

5429

5430


5431







5432
5433
5434
5435





5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458


5459
5460
5461




5462


5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472

5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481

5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494


5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504


5505



5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517

5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524

5525
5526
5527

5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534









5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577

5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584

5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595

5596
5597
5598
5599

5600
5601
5602

5603
5604
5605
5606
5607


5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619

5620

5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628


5629

5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638





5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678


5679
5680
5681


5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693

5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710





5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716






5717



5718
5719


5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731

5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744


5745
5746

5747



5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763

5764
5765
5766
5767

5768
5769
5770










5771


5772


5773
5774
5775
5776
5777


5778

5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796


5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809

5810




5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819


5820
5821
5822


5823
5824
5825
5826

5827
5828
5829


5830
5831



5832
5833
5834


5835
5836


5837
5838
5839


5840
5841
5842
5843
5844


5845
5846

5847
5848
5849
5850
5851

5852
5853
5854
5855
5856


5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862


5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868

5869
5870
5871
5872

5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880

5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888



5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897

5898
5899

5900
5901


5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914


5915







5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925

5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944

5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950





5951
5952
5953
5954






5955
5956
5957






5958











5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967

5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979


5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997


5998
5999


6000



6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010


6011
6012
6013




6014
6015
6016


6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028

6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097


6098

6099

6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106

6107
6108




6109

6110
6111




6112
6113
6114
6115









6116
6117
6118




6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126


6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133




6134








6135
6136
6137

6138
6139


6140
6141
6142

6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152



6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173




6174
6175
6176







                              ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"

cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
# following values.

_ACEOF

# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
















{
  (set) 2>&1 |
    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
    *ac_space=\ *)
      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
      sed -n \
	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
      ;;
    *)
      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
      sed -n \
	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
      ;;
    esac;

} |
  sed '

     t clear
     : clear
     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
     t end
     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
     : end' >>confcache
if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
  if test -w $cache_file; then
    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"



    cat confcache >$cache_file
  else











    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
  fi
fi
rm -f confcache

test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'

# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/;
s/:*$//;
s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//;
}'
fi

# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
#
# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF






t clear
: clear
s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
d

: quote
s,[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
s,\[,\\&,g
s,\],\\&,g
s,\$,$$,g






p
_ACEOF
# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
# line-breaks from the sub-command output.  A line-break within
# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
# would break.
ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`


DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
rm -f confdef2opt.sed


ac_libobjs=
ac_ltlibobjs=

for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
  ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
	 sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`

  # 2. Add them.

  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
done
LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs

LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs



: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}

ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}

cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
#! $SHELL
# Generated by $as_me.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in config.log if it exists.

debug=false
ac_cs_recheck=false
ac_cs_silent=false

SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
## --------------------- ##

# Be Bourne compatible

if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'


elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  set -o posix



fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh















































# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then






  as_unset=unset

else










  as_unset=false






fi






# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.


$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH



PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.
for as_var in \
  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME

do
  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then


    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
  else





    $as_unset $as_var





  fi


done

# Required to use basename.






























































if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi







# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  s/.*/./; q'`



# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh

  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
  chmod +x conf$$.sh
  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  else
    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  fi
  rm -f conf$$.sh
fi


  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
  # relative or not.
  case $0 in
    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
done

       ;;


  esac
  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.

  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then

    as_myself=$0


  fi







  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }





  fi
  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
  '')
    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
	 case $as_dir in
	 /*)
	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
	     export CONFIG_SHELL
	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
	   fi;;


	 esac
       done
done




;;


  esac

  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)

  sed '=' <$as_myself |
    sed '
      N
      s,$,-,
      : loop
      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
      t loop
      s,-$,,
      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,

    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
  . ./$as_me.lineno
  # Exit status is that of the last command.
  exit
}




case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
' ECHO_T='	' ;;
  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac

if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then


  as_expr=expr



else
  as_expr=false
fi

rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
    as_ln_s='cp -p'

  else
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
  fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
  as_ln_s=ln
else
  as_ln_s='cp -p'

fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file


if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p=:
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi










as_executable_p="test -f"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" 	$as_nl"

# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH

exec 6>&1

# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
exec 5>>config.log
{
  echo
  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
## Running $as_me. ##
_ASBOX
} >&5
cat >&5 <<_CSEOF

This file was extended by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@

_CSEOF
echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5

echo >&5
_ACEOF

# Files that config.status was made for.
if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi


if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi

if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi

if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS

fi

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF


ac_cs_usage="\
\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
current configuration.


Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...

  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
  -V, --version    print version number, then exit


  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
		   instantiate the configuration file FILE

Configuration files:
$config_files

Report bugs to <bug-auto[email protected]>."
_ACEOF


cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF

ac_cs_version="\\
config.status
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
  with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."


srcdir=$srcdir

_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
ac_need_defaults=:
while test $# != 0
do
  case $1 in





  --*=*)
    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
    ac_shift=:
    ;;
  -*)
    ac_option=$1
    ac_optarg=$2
    ac_shift=shift
    ;;
  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
     # arguments.
     ac_option=$1
     ac_need_defaults=false;;
  esac

  case $ac_option in
  # Handling of the options.
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
  --version | --vers* | -V )
    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
  --he | --h)
    # Conflict between --help and --header
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  --help | --hel | -h )
    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
  --debug | --d* | -d )
    debug=: ;;
  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
    $ac_shift
    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
    ac_need_defaults=false;;
  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )


    $ac_shift
    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
    ac_need_defaults=false;;


  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
    ac_cs_silent=: ;;

  # This is an error.
  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;

  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;


  esac
  shift
done

ac_configure_extra_args=

if $ac_cs_silent; then
  exec 6>/dev/null
  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
fi

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
  echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
  exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion





fi

_ACEOF














cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF


for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
  case "$ac_config_target" in
  # Handling of arguments.
  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
  "tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;;
  "wish.exe.manifest" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;;
  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  esac
done


# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
if $ac_need_defaults; then
  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
fi

# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.


$debug ||
{

  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0



  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
}

# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.

{
  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
}  ||
{
  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
} ||
{
   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }

}

_ACEOF


cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF

#










# CONFIG_FILES section.


#



# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.


  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;

   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t


s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t

s,@CC@,$CC,;t t




s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
s,@AR@,$AR,;t t


s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t
s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t


s,@RC@,$RC,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RC@,$ac_ct_RC,;t t
s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t

s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t


s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t



s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t


s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_DEFS@,$TCL_DEFS,;t t


s,@CYGPATH@,$CYGPATH,;t t
s,@CELIB_DIR@,$CELIB_DIR,;t t
s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t


s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t
s,@MAN2TCLFLAGS@,$MAN2TCLFLAGS,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t


s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL,;t t

s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE,;t t
s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t
s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t
s,@TK_WIN_VERSION@,$TK_WIN_VERSION,;t t
s,@MACHINE@,$MACHINE,;t t

s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TK_DBGX@,$TK_DBGX,;t t


s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_DLL_FILE@,$TK_DLL_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t


s,@TK_BIN_DIR@,$TK_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_MINOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TCL_DBGX@,$TCL_DBGX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t

s,@CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@EXTRA_CFLAGS@,$EXTRA_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@DEPARG@,$DEPARG,;t t

s,@CC_OBJNAME@,$CC_OBJNAME,;t t
s,@CC_EXENAME@,$CC_EXENAME,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@,$LDFLAGS_CONSOLE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_WINDOW@,$LDFLAGS_WINDOW,;t t
s,@TK_RES@,$TK_RES,;t t
s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t

s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t
s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t
s,@LIBS_GUI@,$LIBS_GUI,;t t
s,@DLLSUFFIX@,$DLLSUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBPREFIX@,$LIBPREFIX,;t t



s,@LIBSUFFIX@,$LIBSUFFIX,;t t
s,@EXESUFFIX@,$EXESUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBRARIES@,$LIBRARIES,;t t
s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t
s,@POST_MAKE_LIB@,$POST_MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_DLL@,$MAKE_DLL,;t t
s,@MAKE_EXE@,$MAKE_EXE,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t

s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t

s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t


s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
s,@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@RC_OUT@,$RC_OUT,;t t
s,@RC_TYPE@,$RC_TYPE,;t t
s,@RC_INCLUDE@,$RC_INCLUDE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINE@,$RC_DEFINE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINES@,$RC_DEFINES,;t t
s,@RES@,$RES,;t t
s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
CEOF



_ACEOF








  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
  ac_max_sed_lines=48
  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
  ac_more_lines=:
  ac_sed_cmds=

  while $ac_more_lines; do
    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
    else
      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
    fi
    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
      ac_more_lines=false
    else
      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
      (echo ':t
  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
      else
	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"

      fi
      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
      ac_beg=$ac_end
      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
    fi
  done





  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
    ac_sed_cmds=cat
  fi
fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"







_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF






for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue











  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
  case $ac_file in
  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
	cat >$tmp/stdin
	ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;

  esac

  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$ac_file" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }


  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  s/.*/./; q'`
  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
  else
    as_dir="$ac_dir"
    as_dirs=
    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$as_dir" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }


  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }


  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  s/.*/./; q'`
    done
    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }

  ac_builddir=.

if test "$ac_dir" != .; then


  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`




else
  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi



case $srcdir in
  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.
    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
       ac_top_srcdir=.
    else
       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
    fi ;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;

  *) # Relative path.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac

# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
  case "$ac_dir" in
  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_top_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac



  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
    rm -f "$ac_file"
  fi
  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
    configure_input=
  else
    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
  fi
  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
				     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."

  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
  # src tree.
  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
    for f in $ac_file_in; do
      case $f in
      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
      [\\/$]*)


	 # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)

	 test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5

echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	 echo "$f";;
      *) # Relative
	 if test -f "$f"; then
	   # Build tree
	   echo "$f"

	 elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
	   # Source tree




	   echo "$srcdir/$f"

	 else
	   # /dev/null tree




	   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	 fi;;









      esac
    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
_ACEOF




cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
  sed "$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
:t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t


s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t




s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t








" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
  rm -f $tmp/stdin
  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then

    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
  else


    cat $tmp/out
    rm -f $tmp/out
  fi


done
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF

{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
_ACEOF
chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save





# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
# need to make the FD available again.
if test "$no_create" != yes; then
  ac_cs_success=:
  ac_config_status_args=
  test "$silent" = yes &&
    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
  exec 5>/dev/null
  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
  exec 5>>config.log
  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }




fi









|
>


















|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
|



|


<
|

|
>
|

>

|


|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|

|

<
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
|
<




>


<
|
>
|
>
|
|







|
>


|
|
>
|









>

|
|
|
|
|
|

|
>
|


|


>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
>

>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>





<
|
<
|
>
|
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|





>
>
>
>
>

<
|


|
<
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
|







|
<
|
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
>
>
|
<
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>

|
<
<
|
|
<
|
<
<
>
|
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
>
|
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
|
|
<
<
|
<
|
>
|
<

>

|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








|
|
|
<
<
|
|
|

<
|
|

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

|







<
|
>
|


<
|
|
<
>

<
<
<

<
<
<

<
|
>
|

|

>

|
|
>

|


|
>
>
|


|
|




|
<

>
|
>


|
|

|


>
>
|
>


|
|
<




>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|


|




<
<
<
<




<
<


|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|



|
<
<
>
>
|
|

>
>





<
<
|
|
<

|
>













|

<
|
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>

|
>
>


|
<
|
|
|
|
|
<


>










|

|
>
>


>
|
>
>
>
|

<



|
|


|
|
<
<
|
<
>
|
|
<
|
>
|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>

|
<
<
<
>
>
|
>
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
<
<
<
>
|
<
<
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
>
>
<
<
>
>
|
<
<
>
>
|
|
|
<
<
>
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
<
|
>
|
|
|
<
<
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
<
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
|
<
>
|
|
>
>
|
<
<
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
|
>
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
<
|
<
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
|
|
<
<
<
|
>


<
|



|
<
|
|
|
>
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
|


|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>


|

<
|
<
|
<
|

|
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<

>
>
>
>
|
|


|


|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
|
|
|
>

|
<

<

|

<

>
>
>




















|
>
>
>
>



5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167

5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208















5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228

5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241








5242
5243
5244

5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251

5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402

5403

5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509

5510
5511
5512
5513

5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536

5537
5538
5539








5540
5541


5542













5543
5544
5545
5546
5547

5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563



5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569








5570


5571









5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586


5587
5588

5589


5590
5591
5592



5593


5594
5595
5596
5597



5598



5599



5600
5601
5602
5603
5604




5605
5606

5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613


5614








5615
5616
5617


5618

5619
5620
5621

5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651


5652
5653
5654
5655

5656
5657
5658
5659








5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669

5670
5671
5672
5673
5674

5675
5676

5677
5678



5679



5680

5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708

5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728

5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747




5748
5749
5750
5751


5752
5753
5754
5755
5756







5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762


5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774


5775
5776

5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794

5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823

5824
5825
5826
5827
5828

5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855

5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864


5865

5866
5867
5868

5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891



5892
5893
5894
5895
5896


5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908


5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917





5918

5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925


5926




5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935



5936
5937


5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945


5946
5947


5948
5949
5950


5951
5952
5953
5954
5955


5956
5957
5958

5959
5960
5961
5962

5963
5964
5965
5966
5967


5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985


5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994

5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014

6015
6016

6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022


6023
6024
6025






6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037



6038



6039
6040
6041
6042
6043

6044
6045
6046
6047
6048







6049



6050
6051

6052


6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069


6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089

6090
6091



6092
6093
6094
6095

6096
6097
6098
6099
6100

6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
















6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118





6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140

6141

6142

6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
































6150






6151
6152
6153
6154




















6155


6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162


6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168

6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175

6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181


6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191

6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240

6241

6242
6243
6244

6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276







ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"

cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
# following values.

_ACEOF

# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
(
  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
    case $ac_val in #(
    *${as_nl}*)
      case $ac_var in #(
      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
      esac
      case $ac_var in #(
      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
      esac ;;
    esac
  done

  (set) 2>&1 |
    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
      sed -n \
	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
      ;; #(
    *)
      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.

      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
      ;;
    esac |
    sort
) |
  sed '
     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
     t clear
     :clear
     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
     t end
     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
     :end' >>confcache
if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
    if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
      if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
	cat confcache >"$cache_file"
      else
        case $cache_file in #(
        */* | ?:*)
	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
	  mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
        *)
	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
	esac
      fi
    fi
  else
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
  fi
fi
rm -f confcache

test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
















# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
#
# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
# take arguments), then branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
ac_script='
:mline
/\\$/{
 N
 s,\\\n,,
 b mline
}
t clear
:clear
s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
t quote
s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
t quote

b any
:quote
s/[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
s/\[/\\&/g
s/\]/\\&/g
s/\$/$$/g
H
:any
${
	g
	s/^\n//
	s/\n/ /g
	p








}
'
DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`



ac_libobjs=
ac_ltlibobjs=
U=
for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.

  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
done
LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs

LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs



: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
ac_write_fail=0
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
as_write_fail=0
cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
#! $SHELL
# Generated by $as_me.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in config.log if it exists.

debug=false
ac_cs_recheck=false
ac_cs_silent=false

SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
export SHELL
_ASEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
## -------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## -------------------- ##

# Be more Bourne compatible
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
  *posix*) :
    set -o posix ;; #(
  *) :
     ;;
esac
fi


as_nl='
'
export as_nl
# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='print -r --'
  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='printf %s\n'
  as_echo_n='printf %s'
else
  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
  else
    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
    as_echo_n_body='eval
      arg=$1;
      case $arg in #(
      *"$as_nl"*)
	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
      esac;
      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
    '
    export as_echo_n_body
    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
  fi
  export as_echo_body
  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
fi

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  }
fi


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
IFS=" ""	$as_nl"

# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
as_myself=
case $0 in #((
  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

     ;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
  as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
  exit 1
fi

# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
done
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.

LC_ALL=C

export LC_ALL
LANGUAGE=C
export LANGUAGE

# CDPATH.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH


# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
# ----------------------------------------
# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
as_fn_error ()
{
  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
  if test "$4"; then
    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
  as_fn_exit $as_status
} # as_fn_error


# as_fn_set_status STATUS
# -----------------------
# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
as_fn_set_status ()
{
  return $1
} # as_fn_set_status

# as_fn_exit STATUS
# -----------------
# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
as_fn_exit ()
{
  set +e
  as_fn_set_status $1
  exit $1
} # as_fn_exit

# as_fn_unset VAR
# ---------------
# Portably unset VAR.
as_fn_unset ()
{
  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
}
as_unset=as_fn_unset
# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
# ----------------------
# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
# implementations.
if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1+=\$2
  }'
else
  as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1=\$$1\$2
  }
fi # as_fn_append

# as_fn_arith ARG...
# ------------------
# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=$(( $* ))
  }'
else
  as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
  }
fi # as_fn_arith


if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi

if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_dirname=dirname
else
  as_dirname=false
fi


as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`

# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits

ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=

case `echo -n x` in #(((((
-n*)
  case `echo 'xy\c'` in








  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;


  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null













       ECHO_T='	';;
  esac;;
*)
  ECHO_N='-n';;
esac


rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if test -d conf$$.dir; then
  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
else
  rm -f conf$$.dir
  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
fi
if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
    # ... but there are two gotchas:
    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||



      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s=ln
  else
    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  fi








else


  as_ln_s='cp -pR'









fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null


# as_fn_mkdir_p
# -------------
# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
as_fn_mkdir_p ()
{

  case $as_dir in #(
  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
  esac
  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {


    as_dirs=
    while :; do

      case $as_dir in #(


      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
      esac



      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"


      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \



	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||



$as_echo X"$as_dir" |



    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{




	    s//\1/
	    q

	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/


	    q








	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`
      test -d "$as_dir" && break


    done

    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"



} # as_fn_mkdir_p
if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi


# as_fn_executable_p FILE
# -----------------------
# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
as_fn_executable_p ()
{
  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
} # as_fn_executable_p
as_test_x='test -x'
as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"


exec 6>&1
## ----------------------------------- ##
## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##


## ----------------------------------- ##
_ASEOF
test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1


cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.








ac_log="
This file was extended by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@


on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
"

_ACEOF


case $ac_config_files in *"
"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;

esac










cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# Files that config.status was made for.
config_files="$ac_config_files"

_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_usage="\
\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...

  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
      --config     print configuration, then exit
  -q, --quiet, --silent
                   do not print progress messages
  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
                   instantiate the configuration file FILE

Configuration files:
$config_files

Report bugs to the package provider."


_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
config.status
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
srcdir='$srcdir'
test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.

ac_need_defaults=:
while test $# != 0
do
  case $1 in
  --*=?*)
    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
    ac_shift=:
    ;;
  --*=)
    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
    ac_optarg=
    ac_shift=:
    ;;
  *)
    ac_option=$1
    ac_optarg=$2
    ac_shift=shift
    ;;




  esac

  case $ac_option in
  # Handling of the options.


  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
  --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )







    $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
    debug=: ;;
  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
    $ac_shift
    case $ac_optarg in


    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
    esac
    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
    ac_need_defaults=false;;
  --he | --h |  --help | --hel | -h )
    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
    ac_cs_silent=: ;;

  # This is an error.


  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;


  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
     ac_need_defaults=false ;;

  esac
  shift
done

ac_configure_extra_args=

if $ac_cs_silent; then
  exec 6>/dev/null
  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
fi

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
if \$ac_cs_recheck; then

  set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
  shift
  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
  export CONFIG_SHELL
  exec "\$@"
fi

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
exec 5>>config.log
{
  echo
  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
## Running $as_me. ##
_ASBOX
  $as_echo "$ac_log"
} >&5

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1

# Handling of arguments.
for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
  case $ac_config_target in

    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
    "tkConfig.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;;
    "wish.exe.manifest") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;;

  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;

  esac
done


# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
if $ac_need_defaults; then
  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
fi

# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
$debug ||
{
  tmp= ac_tmp=
  trap 'exit_status=$?
  : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
  { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
' 0
  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
}

# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.

{
  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
  test -d "$tmp"
}  ||
{
  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")


} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5

ac_tmp=$tmp

# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.

# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then


ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
fi
ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
else
  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
fi

echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
_ACEOF





{
  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
  echo "_ACEOF"
} >conf$$subs.sh ||


  as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
ac_delim='%!_!# '
for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5

  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
    break
  elif $ac_last_try; then
    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5


  else
    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
  fi
done
rm -f conf$$subs.sh

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
_ACEOF





sed -n '

h
s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
p
g
s/^[^!]*!//
:repl
t repl


s/'"$ac_delim"'$//




t delim
:nl
h
s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
t more1
s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
p
n
b repl



:more1
s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/


p
g
s/.\{148\}//
t nl
:delim
h
s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
t more2


s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
p


b
:more2
s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/


p
g
s/.\{148\}//
t delim
' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '


/^[^""]/{
  N
  s/\n//

}
' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
rm -f conf$$subs.awk
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1

_ACAWK
cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
  FS = ""



}
{
  line = $ 0
  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
  substed = 0
  len = length(field[1])
  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
    key = field[i]
    keylen = length(key)
    if (S_is_set[key]) {
      value = S[key]
      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
      substed = 1
    } else
      len += 1 + keylen
  }



  print line
}

_ACAWK
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
else

  cat
fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
  || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
_ACEOF

# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=[	 ]*/{
h
s///
s/^/:/
s/[	 ]*$/:/
s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
s/^:*//
s/:*$//

x
s/\(=[	 ]*\).*/\1/

G
s/\n//
s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
}'
fi



cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"








eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES      "
shift
for ac_tag
do
  case $ac_tag in
  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
  esac
  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
  :[FHL]*:*);;
  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;



  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;



  esac
  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
  IFS=:
  set x $ac_tag
  IFS=$ac_save_IFS

  shift
  ac_file=$1
  shift

  case $ac_mode in







  :L) ac_source=$1;;



  :[FH])
    ac_file_inputs=

    for ac_f


    do
      case $ac_f in
      -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
	   case $ac_f in
	   [\\/$]*) false;;
	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
	   esac ||
	   as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
      esac
      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
    done



    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
    configure_input='Generated from '`
	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
	`' by configure.'
    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
    fi
    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
    case $configure_input in #(
    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
    esac

    case $ac_tag in

    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
      || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;



    esac
    ;;
  esac


  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
	    s//\1/
















	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`





  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
  ac_builddir=.

case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
*)
  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
  esac ;;
esac
ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
# for backward compatibility:
ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix

case $srcdir in
  .)  # We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.

    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub

    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;

  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
  *) # Relative name.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
































    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;






esac
ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix






















  case $ac_mode in


  :F)
  #
  # CONFIG_FILE
  #

_ACEOF



cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
ac_sed_dataroot='
/datarootdir/ {

  p
  q
}
/@datadir@/p
/@docdir@/p
/@infodir@/p
/@localedir@/p

/@mandir@/p'
case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}


_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
  ac_datarootdir_hack='
  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
esac

_ACEOF

# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
:t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
$ac_datarootdir_hack
"
eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
  >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5

test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' \
      "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}

  rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
  case $ac_file in
  -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
  esac \
  || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
 ;;



  esac

done # for ac_tag




as_fn_exit 0
_ACEOF

ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save

test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
  as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5


# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
# need to make the FD available again.
if test "$no_create" != yes; then
  ac_cs_success=:
  ac_config_status_args=
  test "$silent" = yes &&
    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
  exec 5>/dev/null
  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
  exec 5>>config.log
  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
fi
if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
fi


Added win/configure.ac.













































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
#! /bin/bash -norc
# This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
# generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
# to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT(../generic/tk.h)
AC_PREREQ(2.69)

# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.7
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=7
TK_PATCH_LEVEL="a2"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix=/usr/local
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
eval libdir="$libdir"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE
AC_HEADER_STDC

AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_PROG_MAKE_SET

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_OBJEXT
AC_EXEEXT

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG($TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -lt 9 ; then
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better.])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better.])
fi
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H")
AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS)

#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [
    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],
	    [_strtoi64(0,0,0)],
	    tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes, tcl_cv_strtoi64=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)],
	[AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])],
	[#include <windows.h>])
AC_CHECK_HEADER([vssym32.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VSSYM32_H)], [],
	[#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_EMBED_MANIFEST(wish.exe.manifest)

SC_BUILD_TCLSH
SC_PROG_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"

TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"

CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=${TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
    fi
    TK_RES=""
else
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES=""
    fi
    TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi

# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
     *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
     *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
     *)   TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
esac
TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION)
# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
AC_SUBST(MACHINE)

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_DLL_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)

AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX)

AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
AC_SUBST(DEPARG)
AC_SUBST(CC_OBJNAME)
AC_SUBST(CC_EXENAME)

# win/tcl.m4 doesn't set (LDFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
AC_SUBST(AR)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
AC_SUBST(TK_RES)

AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)

AC_SUBST(LIBS)
AC_SUBST(LIBS_GUI)
AC_SUBST(DLLSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBPREFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(EXESUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBRARIES)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(POST_MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_DLL)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_EXE)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

# undefined at this point for win
AC_SUBST(TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)

AC_SUBST(RC)
AC_SUBST(RC_OUT)
AC_SUBST(RC_TYPE)
AC_SUBST(RC_INCLUDE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINES)
AC_SUBST(RES)

AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest)

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf;
dnl End:

Deleted win/configure.in.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
#! /bin/bash -norc
# This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
# generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
# to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT(../generic/tk.h)
AC_PREREQ(2.59)

# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix=/usr/local
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
eval libdir="$libdir"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE
AC_HEADER_STDC

AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_PROG_MAKE_SET

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_OBJEXT
AC_EXEEXT

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_THREADS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG($TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H")
AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS)

#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [
    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],
	    [_strtoi64(0,0,0)],
	    tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes, tcl_cv_strtoi64=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)],
	[AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])],
	[#include <windows.h>])
AC_CHECK_HEADER([vssym32.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VSSYM32_H)], [],
	[#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_EMBED_MANIFEST(wish.exe.manifest)

SC_BUILD_TCLSH
SC_PROG_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"

TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"

CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=${TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
    fi
    TK_RES=""
else
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES=""
    fi
    TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi

# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
     *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
     *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
     *)   TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
esac
TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION)
# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
AC_SUBST(MACHINE)

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_DLL_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)

AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX)

AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
AC_SUBST(DEPARG)
AC_SUBST(CC_OBJNAME)
AC_SUBST(CC_EXENAME)

# win/tcl.m4 doesn't set (LDFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
AC_SUBST(AR)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
AC_SUBST(TK_RES)

AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)

AC_SUBST(LIBS)
AC_SUBST(LIBS_GUI)
AC_SUBST(DLLSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBPREFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(EXESUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBRARIES)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(POST_MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_DLL)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_EXE)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

# undefined at this point for win
AC_SUBST(TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)

AC_SUBST(RC)
AC_SUBST(RC_OUT)
AC_SUBST(RC_TYPE)
AC_SUBST(RC_INCLUDE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINES)
AC_SUBST(RES)

AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest)

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf;
dnl End:
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to win/makefile.vc.

110
111
112
113
114
115
116







117
118
119
120
121
122
123
!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]
!message *** Include ttk square demo widget
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 1
!else
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 0
!endif
!endif








WISHC 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

TKTEST		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"
CAT32		= "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"

WISHOBJS = \







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]
!message *** Include ttk square demo widget
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 1
!else
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 0
!endif
!endif

TK_NO_DEPRECATED = 0
!if "$(CHECKS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
TK_NO_DEPRECATED = 1
!endif
!endif

WISHC 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

TKTEST		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"
CAT32		= "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"

WISHOBJS = \
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

211
212
213

214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229

230
231
232
233
234
235
236
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \

	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPNG.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \

	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhInstance.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkListbox.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMacWinMenu.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenu.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenubutton.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenuDraw.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMessage.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPanedWindow.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkObj.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldConfig.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkOption.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPack.obj \

	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPlace.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPointer.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkRectOval.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkScale.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkScrollbar.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkSelect.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStyle.obj \







>



>
















>







211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgListFormat.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPNG.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgSVGnano.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhInstance.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkListbox.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMacWinMenu.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenu.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenubutton.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenuDraw.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMessage.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPanedWindow.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkObj.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldConfig.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkOption.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPack.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPkgConfig.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPlace.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPointer.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkRectOval.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkScale.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkScrollbar.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkSelect.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStyle.obj \
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313



314
315
316
317
318
319
320
BITMAPDIR	= $(ROOT)\bitmaps

# Additional include and C macro definitions for the implicit rules
# defined in rules.vc
PRJ_INCLUDES	= -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)"

CONFIG_DEFS     =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \
		 -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \
!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)
		 -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \
!endif
!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)
		 -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \



!endif

PRJ_DEFINES	= -DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE

# Additional Link libraries needed beyond those in rules.vc
PRJ_LIBS   = netapi32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib userenv.lib








|







>
>
>







309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
BITMAPDIR	= $(ROOT)\bitmaps

# Additional include and C macro definitions for the implicit rules
# defined in rules.vc
PRJ_INCLUDES	= -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)"

CONFIG_DEFS     =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \
		 -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \
!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)
		 -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \
!endif
!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)
		 -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \
!endif
!if $(TK_NO_DEPRECATED)
		 -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED=1
!endif

PRJ_DEFINES	= -DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE

# Additional Link libraries needed beyond those in rules.vc
PRJ_LIBS   = netapi32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib userenv.lib

332
333
334
335
336
337
338



339
340
341
342
343
344
345
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

release:  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)
all:	  release $(CAT32)
core:	  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)
cwish:	  $(WISHC)
install:  install-binaries install-libraries install-docs



tktest:	  setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)

setup: default-setup

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)







>
>
>







345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

release:  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)
all:	  release $(CAT32)
core:	  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)
cwish:	  $(WISHC)
install:  install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
!if $(SYMBOLS)
install:    install-pdbs
!endif
tktest:	  setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)

setup: default-setup

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
512
513
514
515
516
517
518





519
520
521
522
523
524
525
install-docs:
!if exist("$(CHMFILE)")
	@echo Installing compiled HTML help
	@$(CPY) "$(CHMFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
# "emacs font-lock highlighting fix






#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Special case object file targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -DTK_TEST \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \







>
>
>
>
>







528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
install-docs:
!if exist("$(CHMFILE)")
	@echo Installing compiled HTML help
	@$(CPY) "$(CHMFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
# "emacs font-lock highlighting fix

install-pdbs:
	@echo Installing debug symbols
	@$(CPY) "$(OUT_DIR)\*.pdb" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
# "emacs font-lock highlighting fix

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Special case object file targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -DTK_TEST \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<







|







657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<

Deleted win/mkd.bat.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
@echo off

if exist %1\nul goto end

md %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end

echo Created directory %1

:end


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
























Changes to win/rc/tk.rc.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//
#if TCL_THREADS
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    "t"
#else
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    ""
#endif

#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO	VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG










<
<
<
<
<
<






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10






11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//






#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO	VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG

Changes to win/rc/wish.rc.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//
#if TCL_THREADS
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    "t"
#else
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    ""
#endif

#if STATIC_BUILD
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    "s"
#else
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    ""
#endif

#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION    TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG










<
<
<
<
<
<












|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10






11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//






#if STATIC_BUILD
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    "s"
#else
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    ""
#endif

#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION    TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG

Deleted win/rmd.bat.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
@echo off

if not exist %1\nul goto end

echo Removing directory %1

if "%OS%" == "Windows_NT" goto winnt

deltree /y %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end
goto success

:winnt
rmdir /s /q %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end

:success
echo Deleted directory %1

:end
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








































Changes to win/rules-ext.vc.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
# We extract version numbers using the nmakehlp program. For now use
# the local copy of nmakehlp. Once we locate Tcl, we will use that
# one if it is newer.
!if [$(CC) -nologo "nmakehlp.c" -link -subsystem:console > nul]
!endif

# First locate the Tcl directory that we are working with.
!ifdef TCLDIR

_RULESDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\)

!else

# If an installation path is specified, that is also the Tcl directory.
# Also Tk never builds against an installed Tcl, it needs Tcl sources







|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
# We extract version numbers using the nmakehlp program. For now use
# the local copy of nmakehlp. Once we locate Tcl, we will use that
# one if it is newer.
!if [$(CC) -nologo "nmakehlp.c" -link -subsystem:console > nul]
!endif

# First locate the Tcl directory that we are working with.
!if "$(TCLDIR)" != ""

_RULESDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\)

!else

# If an installation path is specified, that is also the Tcl directory.
# Also Tk never builds against an installed Tcl, it needs Tcl sources

Changes to win/rules.vc.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
!ifndef _RULES_VC
_RULES_VC = 1

# The following macros define the version of the rules.vc nmake build system
# For modifications that are not backward-compatible, you *must* change
# the major version.
RULES_VERSION_MAJOR = 1
RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 1

# The PROJECT macro must be defined by parent makefile.
!if "$(PROJECT)" == ""
!error *** Error: Macro PROJECT not defined! Please define it before including rules.vc
!endif

!if "$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)" == ""







|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
!ifndef _RULES_VC
_RULES_VC = 1

# The following macros define the version of the rules.vc nmake build system
# For modifications that are not backward-compatible, you *must* change
# the major version.
RULES_VERSION_MAJOR = 1
RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 3

# The PROJECT macro must be defined by parent makefile.
!if "$(PROJECT)" == ""
!error *** Error: Macro PROJECT not defined! Please define it before including rules.vc
!endif

!if "$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)" == ""
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tk.^
*** Please set the TKDIR macro to point to the Tk sources.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif


# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl installation root dir then reset to the
# lib dir for installing extensions
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
!endif

# END Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension
!endif # if $(DOING_TCL)







|







389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tk.^
*** Please set the TKDIR macro to point to the Tk sources.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif


# If INSTALLDIR set to Tcl installation root dir then reset to the
# lib dir for installing extensions
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
!endif

# END Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension
!endif # if $(DOING_TCL)
470
471
472
473
474
475
476















477
478
479
480
481
482
483
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" != "$(ARCH)"
!error Specified MACHINE macro $(MACHINE) does not match detected target architecture $(ARCH).
!endif
!else
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
!endif
















#------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry

!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
!else







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" != "$(ARCH)"
!error Specified MACHINE macro $(MACHINE) does not match detected target architecture $(ARCH).
!endif
!else
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
!endif

#---------------------------------------------------------------
# The PLATFORM_IDENTIFY macro matches the values returned by
# the Tcl platform::identify command
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-x86_64
!else
PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-ix86
!endif

# The MULTIPLATFORM macro controls whether binary extensions are installed
# in platform-specific directories. Intended to be set/used by extensions.
!ifndef MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL
MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL = 0
!endif

#------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry

!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
!else
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
TCL_THREADS	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 0
!else
TCL_THREADS	= 1
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
!message *** Doing symbols
DEBUG		= 1
!else
DEBUG		= 0
!endif








|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|







741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748







749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
!endif

# Yes, it's weird that the "symbols" option controls DEBUG and







# the "pdbs" option controls SYMBOLS. That's historical.
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
!message *** Doing symbols
DEBUG		= 1
!else
DEBUG		= 0
!endif

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
PGO		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
!message *** Warning: ignoring option "loimpact" - deprecated on modern Windows.
!endif

# TBD - should get rid of this option
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
!message *** Doing thrdalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
!message *** Doing unchecked
UNCHECKED = 1







<
<
<
<
<
<







778
779
780
781
782
783
784






785
786
787
788
789
790
791
PGO		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
!message *** Warning: ignoring option "loimpact" - deprecated on modern Windows.
!endif







!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
!message *** Doing unchecked
UNCHECKED = 1
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
################################################################
# 10. Construct output directory and file paths
# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
# In order to avoid inadvertent mixing of object files built using
# different compilers, build configurations etc.,
#
# Naming convention (suffixes):
#   t = full thread support.
#   s = static library (as opposed to an import library)
#   g = linked to the debug enabled C run-time.
#   x = special static build when it links to the dynamic C run-time.
#
# The following macros are set in this section:
# SUFX - the suffix to use for binaries based on above naming convention
# BUILDDIRTOP - the toplevel default output directory







|







968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
################################################################
# 10. Construct output directory and file paths
# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
# In order to avoid inadvertent mixing of object files built using
# different compilers, build configurations etc.,
#
# Naming convention (suffixes):
#   t = full thread support. (Not used for Tcl >= 8.7)
#   s = static library (as opposed to an import library)
#   g = linked to the debug enabled C run-time.
#   x = special static build when it links to the dynamic C run-time.
#
# The following macros are set in this section:
# SUFX - the suffix to use for binaries based on above naming convention
# BUILDDIRTOP - the toplevel default output directory
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
EXT	    = lib
!if !$(MSVCRT)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
!endif
!endif

!if !$(TCL_THREADS)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)
!endif

!ifndef TMP_DIR
TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
!ifndef OUT_DIR







|







1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
EXT	    = lib
!if !$(MSVCRT)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
!endif
!endif

!if !$(TCL_THREADS) || $(TCL_VERSION) > 86
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)
!endif

!ifndef TMP_DIR
TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
!ifndef OUT_DIR
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123

# The name of the stubs library for the project being built
STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub

# Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions
!if $(DOING_TCL)

TCLSHNAME       = $(PROJECT)sh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
TCLSH		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSHNAME)
TCLIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
TCLLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TCLLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLLIBNAME)

TCLSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIBNAME)
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"

!else # ! $(DOING_TCL)

!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl

# When building extensions, we need to locate tclsh. Depending on version
# of Tcl we are building against, this may or may not have a "t" suffix.
# Try various possibilities in turn.
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
!if !exist("$(TCLSH)") && $(TCL_THREADS)
TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe
!endif
!if !exist("$(TCLSH)")
TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif

TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"

!else # Building against Tcl sources

TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe
!endif
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"








|
















|
<
<
<

|



|



|









|
<
<
<

|


|



|







1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083



1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103



1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119

# The name of the stubs library for the project being built
STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub

# Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions
!if $(DOING_TCL)

TCLSHNAME       = $(PROJECT)sh$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
TCLSH		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSHNAME)
TCLIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
TCLLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TCLLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLLIBNAME)

TCLSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIBNAME)
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"

!else # ! $(DOING_TCL)

!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl

# When building extensions, we need to locate tclsh. Depending on version
# of Tcl we are building against, this may or may not have a "t" suffix.
# Try various possibilities in turn.
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe



!if !exist("$(TCLSH)")
TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif

TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"

!else # Building against Tcl sources

TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe



!if !exist($(TCLSH))
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"

1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
!endif # TKINSTALL
tklibs = "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(TKIMPLIB)"

!endif # $(DOING_TK)
!endif # $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)

# Various output paths
PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)

PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)

# If extension parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,
# we will generate one from standard template.







|
|







1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
!endif # TKINSTALL
tklibs = "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(TKIMPLIB)"

!endif # $(DOING_TK)
!endif # $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)

# Various output paths
PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).$(EXT)
PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)

PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)

# If extension parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,
# we will generate one from standard template.
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228




1229
1230

1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
# The following macros get defined in this section:
# LIB_INSTALL_DIR - where libraries should be installed
# BIN_INSTALL_DIR - where the executables should be installed
# DOC_INSTALL_DIR - where documentation should be installed
# SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR - where scripts should be installed
# INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR - where C include files should be installed
# DEMO_INSTALL_DIR - where demos should be installed
# PRJ_INSTALL_DIR - where package will be installed (not set for tcl and tk)

!if $(DOING_TCL) || $(DOING_TK)
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc
!if $(DOING_TCL)
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!else # DOING_TK
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!endif
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\include

!else # extension other than Tk

PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)




LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)

DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\include

!endif

###################################################################
# 12. Set up actual options to be passed to the compiler and linker
# Now we have all the information we need, set up the actual flags and
# options that we will pass to the compiler and linker. The main







|
















>
>
>
>


>



|







1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
# The following macros get defined in this section:
# LIB_INSTALL_DIR - where libraries should be installed
# BIN_INSTALL_DIR - where the executables should be installed
# DOC_INSTALL_DIR - where documentation should be installed
# SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR - where scripts should be installed
# INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR - where C include files should be installed
# DEMO_INSTALL_DIR - where demos should be installed
# PRJ_INSTALL_DIR - where package will be installed (not set for Tcl and Tk)

!if $(DOING_TCL) || $(DOING_TK)
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc
!if $(DOING_TCL)
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!else # DOING_TK
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!endif
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\include

!else # extension other than Tk

PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)
!if $(MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL)
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\$(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY)
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\$(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY)
!else
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
!endif
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include

!endif

###################################################################
# 12. Set up actual options to be passed to the compiler and linker
# Now we have all the information we need, set up the actual flags and
# options that we will pass to the compiler and linker. The main
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
!endif
!if $(TCL_THREADS)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
!endif
!endif
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD







|







1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
!endif
!if $(TCL_THREADS) && $(TCL_VERSION) < 86
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
!endif
!endif
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
### Declarations common to all linker versions
lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
lflags	= $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib
!endif

# Old linkers (Visual C++ 6 in particular) will link for fast loading
# on Win98. Since we do not support Win98 any more, we specify nowin98
# as recommended for NT and later. However, this is only required by
# IX86 on older compilers and only needed if we are not doing a static build.

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98 $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
# Align sections for PE size savings.
lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
!endif
!endif

dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows

# Libraries that are required for every image.
# Extensions should define any additional libraries with $(PRJ_LIBS)
winlibs   = kernel32.lib advapi32.lib







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450












1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
### Declarations common to all linker versions
lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
lflags	= $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib
!endif













dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows

# Libraries that are required for every image.
# Extensions should define any additional libraries with $(PRJ_LIBS)
winlibs   = kernel32.lib advapi32.lib
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515





1516
1517
1518

1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528

1529

1530






1531
1532
1533
1534
1535

1536


1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546





1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
RESCMD  = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \
	    $(TCL_INCLUDES) \
	    -DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
	    -DCOMMAVERSION=$(DOTVERSION:.=,),0 \
	    -DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \
	    -DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \
	    -DSUFX=\"$(SUFX)\" \
            -DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \
            -DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\"

!ifndef DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET
DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = $(PROJECT)
!endif

default-target: $(DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET)






default-pkgindex:
	@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
	    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl


default-pkgindex-tea:
	@if exist $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in nmakehlp -s << $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@PACKAGE_VERSION@    $(DOTVERSION)
@PACKAGE_NAME@       $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PACKAGE_TCLNAME@    $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PKG_LIB_FILE@       $(PRJLIBNAME)
<<



default-install: default-install-binaries default-install-libraries








default-install-binaries: $(PRJLIB)
	@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL


default-install-libraries: $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl


	@echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)

default-install-stubs:
	@echo Installing stubs library to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL






default-install-docs-html:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.html" "$(DOCDIR)\*.css" "$(DOCDIR)\*.png") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"

default-install-docs-n:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'







|
|
|







>
>
>
>
>



>









|
>
|
>

>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
|

>
|
>
>










>
>
>
>
>







1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
RESCMD  = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \
	    $(TCL_INCLUDES) \
	    -DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
	    -DCOMMAVERSION=$(DOTVERSION:.=,),0 \
	    -DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \
	    -DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \
	    -DSUFX=\"$(SUFX:t=)\" \
	    -DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \
	    -DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\"

!ifndef DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET
DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = $(PROJECT)
!endif

default-target: $(DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET)

!if $(MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL)
default-pkgindex:
	@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
	    [list load [file join $$dir $(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY) $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
!else
default-pkgindex:
	@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
	    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
!endif

default-pkgindex-tea:
	@if exist $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in nmakehlp -s << $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@PACKAGE_VERSION@    $(DOTVERSION)
@PACKAGE_NAME@       $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PACKAGE_TCLNAME@    $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PKG_LIB_FILE@       $(PRJLIBNAME)
<<

default-install: default-install-binaries default-install-libraries
!if $(SYMBOLS)
default-install: default-install-pdbs
!endif

# Again to deal with historical brokenness, there is some confusion
# in terminlogy. For extensions, the "install-binaries" was used to
# locate target directory for *binary shared libraries* and thus
# the appropriate macro is LIB_INSTALL_DIR since BIN_INSTALL_DIR is
# for executables (exes). On the other hand the "install-libraries"
# target is for *scripts* and should have been called "install-scripts".
default-install-binaries: $(PRJLIB)
	@echo Installing binaries to '$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

# Alias for default-install-scripts
default-install-libraries: default-install-scripts

default-install-scripts: $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
	@echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)

default-install-stubs:
	@echo Installing stubs library to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

default-install-pdbs:
	@echo Installing PDBs to '$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) "$(OUT_DIR)\*.pdb" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"

default-install-docs-html:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.html" "$(DOCDIR)\*.css" "$(DOCDIR)\*.png") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"

default-install-docs-n:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
!if $(CONFIG_CHECK)
!ifdef TCLNMAKECONFIG
!include $(TCLNMAKECONFIG)

!if defined(CORE_MACHINE) && "$(CORE_MACHINE)" != "$(MACHINE)"
!error ERROR: Build target ($(MACHINE)) does not match the Tcl library architecture ($(CORE_MACHINE)).
!endif
!if defined(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) && $(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) != $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
!message WARNING: Value of USE_THREAD_ALLOC ($(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)) does not match its Tcl core value ($(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC)).
!endif
!if defined(CORE_DEBUG) && $(CORE_DEBUG) != $(DEBUG)
!message WARNING: Value of DEBUG ($(DEBUG)) does not match its Tcl library configuration ($(DEBUG)).
!endif
!endif

!endif # TCLNMAKECONFIG








<
<
<







1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733



1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
!if $(CONFIG_CHECK)
!ifdef TCLNMAKECONFIG
!include $(TCLNMAKECONFIG)

!if defined(CORE_MACHINE) && "$(CORE_MACHINE)" != "$(MACHINE)"
!error ERROR: Build target ($(MACHINE)) does not match the Tcl library architecture ($(CORE_MACHINE)).
!endif



!if defined(CORE_DEBUG) && $(CORE_DEBUG) != $(DEBUG)
!message WARNING: Value of DEBUG ($(DEBUG)) does not match its Tcl library configuration ($(DEBUG)).
!endif
!endif

!endif # TCLNMAKECONFIG

Changes to win/stubs.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
#include "tk.h"

/*
 * Undocumented Xlib internal function
 */

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * Undocumented Xlib internal function
 */

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(

Changes to win/tcl.m4.

247
248
249
250
251
252
253

254
255
256
257
258
259
260
#
# Results:
#
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR
#		TCL_SRC_DIR
#		TCL_LIB_FILE

#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then







>







247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
#
# Results:
#
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR
#		TCL_SRC_DIR
#		TCL_LIB_FILE
#		TCL_ZIP_FILE
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
279
280
281
282
283
284
285

286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #


    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""

    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)


    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)

    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)







>












>







280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #

    eval "TCL_ZIP_FILE=\"${TCL_ZIP_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""

    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)

    AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIP_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)

    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
#	Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
#		--enable-threads=yes|no
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_THREADS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING(for building with threads)
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, [  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)],
	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)])
	TCL_THREADS=1
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS)
	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
	AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
    else
	TCL_THREADS=0
	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
    fi
    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|







379
380
381
382
383
384
385



































386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi



































    AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562

563
564
565
566
567
568
569

    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
    AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)

    # Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,[  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)], [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
    AC_MSG_RESULT($doWince)

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
    AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR],
	    CELIB_DIR=$withval, CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB)
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$CELIB_DIR])

    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])

    AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)


    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





>







508
509
510
511
512
513
514











515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527

    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
    AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)












    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])

    AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
    AC_CHECK_PROG(WINE, wine, wine,)

    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"

723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"








|







681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-arith"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"

867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
	    # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
	    CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
	    TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
	    ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
	    PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
	    if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
		# If !yes then the user specified something
		# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
		ARCH=
		eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
	if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
	if ([$]1 < 400)	  { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
	if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
	if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
	if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
		}'`
		if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
		    ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
		fi
	    fi
	    OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
	    if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
		WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
		if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
		    WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
		SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
		    SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
	    WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid celib directory "${CELIB_DIR}"])
	    fi
	    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
		-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
	    else
		CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
		if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
		    CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
		fi
		CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
	    fi
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
	    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
	    else
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
	    fi
	    CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
	    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
	    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
	    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
	    for i in $defs ; do
		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i)
	    done
#	    if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
#		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
#	    fi
	    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION)
	    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION)
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
	    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
	    lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
	    AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
	    if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
	    else
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
	    fi
	    # celib currently stuck at wce300 status
	    #LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
	    LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
	    LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
	else
	    LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
	fi

	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<







825
826
827
828
829
830
831


























































































832

833
834
835
836
837
838
839
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi



























































































	LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"


	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi







|







856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
#		--with-tcl=...
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the tcl build dir.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [
    if test -d ../../tcl8.6$1/win;  then
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6$1/win
    else
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6/win
    fi

    AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [  --with-tcl=DIR          use Tcl 8.6 binaries from DIR],
	    TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`)
    if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist)
    fi
    if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(There is no Makefile in $TCL_BIN_DIR:  perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?)
    else







|
|

|


|







989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
#		--with-tcl=...
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the tcl build dir.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [
    if test -d ../../tcl8.7$1/win;  then
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.7$1/win
    else
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.7/win
    fi

    AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [  --with-tcl=DIR          use Tcl 8.7 binaries from DIR],
	    TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`)
    if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist)
    fi
    if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(There is no Makefile in $TCL_BIN_DIR:  perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?)
    else
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299



























































































































	fi
	])
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])


































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
	fi
	])
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CC_FOR_BUILD
#	For cross compiles, locate a C compiler that can generate native binaries.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		CC_FOR_BUILD
#		EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

dnl Get a default for CC_FOR_BUILD to put into Makefile.
AC_DEFUN([AX_CC_FOR_BUILD],
[# Put a plausible default for CC_FOR_BUILD in Makefile.
if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
  if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
    CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)'
  else
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for gcc])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_cc, [
	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
	for dir in $search_path ; do
	    for j in `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` \
		    `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` ; do
		if test x"$ac_cv_path_cc" = x ; then
		    if test -f "$j" ; then
			ac_cv_path_cc=$j
			break
		    fi
		fi
	    done
	done
    ])
  fi
fi
AC_SUBST(CC_FOR_BUILD)
# Also set EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD.
if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
  EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(EXEEXT)'
  OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(OBJEXT)'
else
  OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='.no'
  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for build system executable suffix], bfd_cv_build_exeext,
    [rm -f conftest*
     echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
     bfd_cv_build_exeext=
     ${CC_FOR_BUILD} -o conftest conftest.c 1>&5 2>&5
     for file in conftest.*; do
       case $file in
       *.c | *.o | *.obj | *.ilk | *.pdb) ;;
       *) bfd_cv_build_exeext=`echo $file | sed -e s/conftest//` ;;
       esac
     done
     rm -f conftest*
     test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" = x && bfd_cv_build_exeext=no])
  EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=""
  test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=${bfd_cv_build_exeext}
fi
AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl
AC_SUBST(OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl



#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
#	Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		ZIP_PROG
#       ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS
#       ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH
#       ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT], [
    ZIP_PROG=""
    ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS=""
    ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH=""
    ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS=""

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for zip])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_zip, [
    search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
    for dir in $search_path ; do
        for j in `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` \
            `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` ; do
        if test x"$ac_cv_path_zip" = x ; then
            if test -f "$j" ; then
            ac_cv_path_zip=$j
            break
            fi
        fi
        done
    done
    ])
    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_zip" ; then
        ZIP_PROG="$ac_cv_path_zip"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([$ZIP_PROG])
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-rq"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="*"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([Found INFO Zip in environment])
        # Use standard arguments for zip
    else
        # It is not an error if an installed version of Zip can't be located.
        # We can use the locally distributed minizip instead
        ZIP_PROG="./minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-o -r"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="*"
        ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS="minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([No zip found on PATH building minizip])
    fi
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS)
])

Changes to win/tkWin.h.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28



29
30
31
32
33
34
35
#define _TKWIN

/*
 * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular
 * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that
 * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments.
 *
 * WINVER = 0x0500 means Windows 2000 and above

 */

#ifndef WINVER
#define WINVER 0x0500
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500



#endif

#ifndef _TK
#include <tk.h>
#endif

#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN







|
>



|


|
>
>
>







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
#define _TKWIN

/*
 * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular
 * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that
 * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments.
 *
 * WINVER = 0x0600 means Windows Vista and above. Even though we still
 * support Windows XP, but the Vista-specifics are tested at runtime.
 */

#ifndef WINVER
#   define WINVER 0x0600
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#   define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_IE
#   define _WIN32_IE 0x0700
#endif

#ifndef _TK
#include <tk.h>
#endif

#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

Changes to win/tkWinButton.c.

59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73

/*
 * Cached information about the boxes bitmap, and the default border width for
 * a button in string form for use in Tk_OptionSpec for the various button
 * widget classes.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    BITMAPINFOHEADER *boxesPtr;	/* Information about the bitmap. */
    DWORD *boxesPalette;	/* Pointer to color palette. */
    LPSTR boxesBits;		/* Pointer to bitmap data. */
    DWORD boxHeight;		/* Height of each sub-image. */
    DWORD boxWidth;		/* Width of each sub-image. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;







|







59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73

/*
 * Cached information about the boxes bitmap, and the default border width for
 * a button in string form for use in Tk_OptionSpec for the various button
 * widget classes.
 */

typedef struct {
    BITMAPINFOHEADER *boxesPtr;	/* Information about the bitmap. */
    DWORD *boxesPalette;	/* Pointer to color palette. */
    LPSTR boxesBits;		/* Pointer to bitmap data. */
    DWORD boxHeight;		/* Height of each sub-image. */
    DWORD boxWidth;		/* Width of each sub-image. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
    HRSRC hrsrc;
    HGLOBAL hblk;
    LPBITMAPINFOHEADER newBitmap;
    size_t size;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    hrsrc = FindResource(module, TEXT("buttons"), RT_BITMAP);
    if (hrsrc == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("FindResource() failed for buttons bitmap resource, "
            "resources in tk_base.rc must be linked into Tk dll or static executable");
    } else {
	hblk = LoadResource(module, hrsrc);
	tsdPtr->boxesPtr = (LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)LockResource(hblk);
    }







|







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
    HRSRC hrsrc;
    HGLOBAL hblk;
    LPBITMAPINFOHEADER newBitmap;
    size_t size;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    hrsrc = FindResource(module, L"buttons", RT_BITMAP);
    if (hrsrc == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("FindResource() failed for buttons bitmap resource, "
            "resources in tk_base.rc must be linked into Tk dll or static executable");
    } else {
	hblk = LoadResource(module, hrsrc);
	tsdPtr->boxesPtr = (LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)LockResource(hblk);
    }
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
CreateProc(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
    Window parentWin,		/* Parent of new window. */
    ClientData instanceData)	/* Button instance data. */
{
    Window window;
    HWND parent;
    const TCHAR *class;
    WinButton *butPtr = (WinButton *)instanceData;

    parent = Tk_GetHWND(parentWin);
    if (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_LABEL) {
	class = TEXT("STATIC");
	butPtr->style = SS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
    } else {
	class = TEXT("BUTTON");
	butPtr->style = BS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
    }
    butPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(class, NULL, butPtr->style,
	    Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
	    parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
    SetWindowPos(butPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
		    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);







|




|


|







238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
CreateProc(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
    Window parentWin,		/* Parent of new window. */
    ClientData instanceData)	/* Button instance data. */
{
    Window window;
    HWND parent;
    const WCHAR *class;
    WinButton *butPtr = (WinButton *)instanceData;

    parent = Tk_GetHWND(parentWin);
    if (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_LABEL) {
	class = L"STATIC";
	butPtr->style = SS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
    } else {
	class = L"BUTTON";
	butPtr->style = BS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
    }
    butPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(class, NULL, butPtr->style,
	    Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
	    parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
    SetWindowPos(butPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
		    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326

void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    TkWinDCState state;
    HDC dc;
    register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y, relief;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;







|







312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326

void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    TkWinDCState state;
    HDC dc;
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y, relief;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408



409
410
411
412
413
414
415
	}
    }

    /*
     * Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons.
     */

    if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {



	defaultWidth = ((butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE)
		? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0);
	offset = 1;
    } else {
	defaultWidth = 0;
	if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
	    offset = 1;







|
>
>
>







401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
	}
    }

    /*
     * Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons.
     */

    if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) {
	defaultWidth = butPtr->highlightWidth;
        offset = 0;
    } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
	defaultWidth = ((butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE)
		? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0);
	offset = 1;
    } else {
	defaultWidth = 0;
	if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
	    offset = 1;
755
756
757
758
759
760
761


762





763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
		defaultWidth, defaultWidth,
		Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
		Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
		butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
    }
    if (defaultWidth != 0) {


	dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state);





	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, Tk_Height(tkwin) - defaultWidth,
		Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
	TkWinFillRect(dc, Tk_Width(tkwin) - defaultWidth, 0,
		defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
    }

    if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
	Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, x, y, 0 /* not used */);
    }








>
>

>
>
>
>
>

|

|


|


|







758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
		defaultWidth, defaultWidth,
		Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
		Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
		butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
    }
    if (defaultWidth != 0) {
        int highlightColor;

	dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state);
        if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) {
            highlightColor = (int) Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder)->pixel;
        } else {
            highlightColor = (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel;
        }
	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
		highlightColor);
	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
		highlightColor);
	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, Tk_Height(tkwin) - defaultWidth,
		Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
		highlightColor);
	TkWinFillRect(dc, Tk_Width(tkwin) - defaultWidth, 0,
		defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
		highlightColor);
	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
    }

    if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
	Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, x, y, 0 /* not used */);
    }

1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
    case WM_ENABLE:
	break;

    case WM_PAINT: {
	PAINTSTRUCT ps;
	BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
	EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
	TkpDisplayButton((ClientData)butPtr);

	/*
	 * Special note: must cancel any existing idle handler for
	 * TkpDisplayButton; it's no longer needed, and TkpDisplayButton
	 * cleared the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
	 */

	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData)butPtr);
	return 0;
    }
    case BN_CLICKED: {
	/*
	 * OOPS: chromium fires WM_NULL regularly to ping if plugin is still
	 * alive. When using an external window (i.e. via the tcl plugin), this
	 * causes all buttons to fire once a second, so we need to make sure
	 * that we are not dealing with the chromium life check.
	*/
        if (wParam != 0 || lParam != 0) {
	    int code;
	    Tcl_Interp *interp = butPtr->info.interp;

	    if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) {
		Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp);
		code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr);
		if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE
			&& code != TCL_BREAK) {
		    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (button invoke)");
		    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
		}
		Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp);
	    }
	    Tcl_ServiceAll();
	    return 0;
	}
    }

    default:







|







|














|






|







1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
    case WM_ENABLE:
	break;

    case WM_PAINT: {
	PAINTSTRUCT ps;
	BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
	EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
	TkpDisplayButton(butPtr);

	/*
	 * Special note: must cancel any existing idle handler for
	 * TkpDisplayButton; it's no longer needed, and TkpDisplayButton
	 * cleared the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
	 */

	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, butPtr);
	return 0;
    }
    case BN_CLICKED: {
	/*
	 * OOPS: chromium fires WM_NULL regularly to ping if plugin is still
	 * alive. When using an external window (i.e. via the tcl plugin), this
	 * causes all buttons to fire once a second, so we need to make sure
	 * that we are not dealing with the chromium life check.
	*/
        if (wParam != 0 || lParam != 0) {
	    int code;
	    Tcl_Interp *interp = butPtr->info.interp;

	    if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) {
		Tcl_Preserve(interp);
		code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr);
		if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE
			&& code != TCL_BREAK) {
		    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (button invoke)");
		    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
		}
		Tcl_Release(interp);
	    }
	    Tcl_ServiceAll();
	    return 0;
	}
    }

    default:

Changes to win/tkWinClipboard.c.

75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
    if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_UNICODETEXT)) {
	handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
	if (!handle) {
	    CloseClipboard();
	    goto error;
	}
	data = GlobalLock(handle);
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *)data,
		Tcl_UniCharLen((Tcl_UniChar *)data), &ds);
	GlobalUnlock(handle);
    } else if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_TEXT)) {
	/*
	 * Determine the encoding to use to convert this text.
	 */

	if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_LOCALE)) {







<
|
<







75
76
77
78
79
80
81

82

83
84
85
86
87
88
89
    if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_UNICODETEXT)) {
	handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
	if (!handle) {
	    CloseClipboard();
	    goto error;
	}
	data = GlobalLock(handle);

	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((WCHAR *)data, -1, &ds);

	GlobalUnlock(handle);
    } else if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_TEXT)) {
	/*
	 * Determine the encoding to use to convert this text.
	 */

	if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_LOCALE)) {
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	drop = (DROPFILES *) GlobalLock(handle);
	if (drop->fWide) {
	    WCHAR *fname = (WCHAR *) ((char *) drop + drop->pFiles);
	    Tcl_DString dsTmp;
	    int count = 0, len;


	    while (*fname != 0) {
		if (count) {
		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "\n", 1);
		}
		len = Tcl_UniCharLen((Tcl_UniChar *) fname);
		Tcl_DStringInit(&dsTmp);
		Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *) fname, len, &dsTmp);
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsTmp),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&dsTmp));
		Tcl_DStringFree(&dsTmp);
		fname += len + 1;
		count++;
	    }
	    noBackslash = (count > 0);







|
>





|
|
<







145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

161
162
163
164
165
166
167
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	drop = (DROPFILES *) GlobalLock(handle);
	if (drop->fWide) {
	    WCHAR *fname = (WCHAR *) ((char *) drop + drop->pFiles);
	    Tcl_DString dsTmp;
	    int count = 0;
	    size_t len;

	    while (*fname != 0) {
		if (count) {
		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "\n", 1);
		}
		len = wcslen(fname);
		Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(fname, len * sizeof(WCHAR), &dsTmp);

		Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsTmp),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&dsTmp));
		Tcl_DStringFree(&dsTmp);
		fname += len + 1;
		count++;
	    }
	    noBackslash = (count > 0);
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
    *buffer = '\0';

    /*
     * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system
     * encoding before placing it on the clipboard.
     */

#ifdef UNICODE
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(rawText, -1, &ds);
	ckfree(rawText);
	handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
	if (!handle) {
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    return;
	}
	buffer = GlobalLock(handle);
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
	GlobalUnlock(handle);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle);
#else
	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, rawText, -1, &ds);
	ckfree(rawText);
	handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1);
	if (!handle) {
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    return;
	}
	buffer = GlobalLock(handle);
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1);
	GlobalUnlock(handle);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, handle);
#endif
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkSelUpdateClipboard --
 *







<















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







328
329
330
331
332
333
334

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
















350
351
352
353
354
355
356
    *buffer = '\0';

    /*
     * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system
     * encoding before placing it on the clipboard.
     */


	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(rawText, -1, &ds);
	ckfree(rawText);
	handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
	if (!handle) {
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    return;
	}
	buffer = GlobalLock(handle);
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
	GlobalUnlock(handle);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle);
















}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkSelUpdateClipboard --
 *

Changes to win/tkWinColor.c.

360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
	entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts,
		INT2PTR(color->pixel), &new);
	if (new) {
	    refCount = 1;
	} else {
	    refCount = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr) + 1;
	}
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (void *)refCount);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Determine what color will actually be used on non-colormap systems.
	 */

	color->pixel = GetNearestColor(dc,
		RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue));







|







360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
	entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts,
		INT2PTR(color->pixel), &new);
	if (new) {
	    refCount = 1;
	} else {
	    refCount = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr) + 1;
	}
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount));
    } else {
	/*
	 * Determine what color will actually be used on non-colormap systems.
	 */

	color->pixel = GetNearestColor(dc,
		RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue));
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
		    ckfree(entries);
		    cmap->size--;
		} else {
		    Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated");
		}
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (size_t)refCount);
	    }
	}
    }
    ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
    return Success;
}








|







442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
		    ckfree(entries);
		    cmap->size--;
		} else {
		    Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated");
		}
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount));
	    }
	}
    }
    ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
    return Success;
}


Changes to win/tkWinCursor.c.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
/*
 * The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its
 * resource identifier.
 */

static struct CursorName {
    const char *name;
    LPCTSTR id;
} cursorNames[] = {
    {"starting",		IDC_APPSTARTING},
    {"arrow",			IDC_ARROW},
    {"ibeam",			IDC_IBEAM},
    {"icon",			IDC_ICON},
    {"no",			IDC_NO},
    {"size",			IDC_SIZEALL},







|







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
/*
 * The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its
 * resource identifier.
 */

static struct CursorName {
    const char *name;
    LPCWSTR id;
} cursorNames[] = {
    {"starting",		IDC_APPSTARTING},
    {"arrow",			IDC_ARROW},
    {"ibeam",			IDC_IBEAM},
    {"icon",			IDC_ICON},
    {"no",			IDC_NO},
    {"size",			IDC_SIZEALL},

Changes to win/tkWinDefault.h.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADX			"1"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADY			"1"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR		INDICATOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_BUTTON_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT			""
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE		"-1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH		"0"







|















|


|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADX			"1"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_PADY			"1"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY		"1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR		INDICATOR
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_BUTTON_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT			""
#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE	""
#define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE		"-1"
#define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE		""
#define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH		"0"
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
#define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION	""
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH		"10c"
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"

/*







|







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
#define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION	""
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH		"10c"
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD		""
#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"

/*
153
154
155
156
157
158
159


160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

181

182
183
184
185
186
187
188
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		TEXT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"


#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	"SystemButtonFace"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"

/*
 * Defaults for frames:
 */

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG







>
>










|

|








>

>







153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		TEXT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG		"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	"SystemButtonFace"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"

/*
 * Defaults for frames:
 */

#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_FRAME_BG_TILE		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279

280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH		"20"

/*
 * Defaults for individual entries of menus:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND 	"none"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE	"-1"

/*
 * Defaults for menus overall:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		MENU_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */








|






|
|
|
|


|

|
|

|

|
|


|

|
|

|











>













|
|







236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH		"20"

/*
 * Defaults for individual entries of menus:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND 	"none"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE		"normal"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE	NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE	"-1"

/*
 * Defaults for menus overall:
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		MENU_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		NULL
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */

315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	HIGHLIGHT
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"4p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"3p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"







|







320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		NORMAL_FG
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	HIGHLIGHT
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		NULL
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"0"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"4p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"3p"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
#define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR		TROUGH
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH		"30"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_SCALE_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_TO			"100"
#define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH			"15"

/*
 * Defaults for scrollbars:







|







430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
#define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR		TROUGH
#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE		"1"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH		"30"
#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_SCALE_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL		"0"
#define DEF_SCALE_TO			"100"
#define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE		""
#define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH			"15"

/*
 * Defaults for scrollbars:
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT	HIGHLIGHT
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP		"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT		"vertical"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY	"300"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS	((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR	TROUGH
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"10"

/*
 * Defaults for texts:
 */







|







457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT	HIGHLIGHT
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP		"0"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT		"vertical"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY	"300"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS	NULL
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR	TROUGH
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"10"

/*
 * Defaults for texts:
 */
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
#define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_TEXT_TABS			""
#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE		"tabular"
#define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_TEXT_UNDO			"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH			"80"
#define DEF_TEXT_WRAP			"char"
#define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND	""

/*







|







505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
#define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3		"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_STATE			"normal"
#define DEF_TEXT_TABS			""
#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE		"tabular"
#define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS		NULL
#define DEF_TEXT_UNDO			"0"
#define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH			"80"
#define DEF_TEXT_WRAP			"char"
#define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND	""

/*

Changes to win/tkWinDialog.c.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

/* This "new" dialog style is now actually the "old" dialog style post-Vista */
#ifndef BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE
#define BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE 0x0040
#endif

#ifndef BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED
#ifdef UNICODE
#define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 4
#else
#define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 3
#endif
#endif /* BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int debugFlag;		/* Flags whether we should output debugging
				 * information while displaying a builtin
				 * dialog. */
    Tcl_Interp *debugInterp;	/* Interpreter to used for debugging. */
    UINT WM_LBSELCHANGED;	/* Holds a registered windows event used for
				 * communicating between the Directory Chooser
				 * dialog and its hook proc. */







<

<
<
<


|







37
38
39
40
41
42
43

44



45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

/* This "new" dialog style is now actually the "old" dialog style post-Vista */
#ifndef BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE
#define BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE 0x0040
#endif

#ifndef BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED

#define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 4



#endif /* BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED */

typedef struct {
    int debugFlag;		/* Flags whether we should output debugging
				 * information while displaying a builtin
				 * dialog. */
    Tcl_Interp *debugInterp;	/* Interpreter to used for debugging. */
    UINT WM_LBSELCHANGED;	/* Holds a registered windows event used for
				 * communicating between the Directory Chooser
				 * dialog and its hook proc. */
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195

/*
 * The following structure is used to pass information between the directory
 * chooser function, Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(), and its dialog hook proc.
 */

typedef struct {
   TCHAR initDir[MAX_PATH];	/* Initial folder to use */
   TCHAR retDir[MAX_PATH];	/* Returned folder to use */
   Tcl_Interp *interp;
   int mustExist;		/* True if file must exist to return from
				 * callback */
} ChooseDir;

/*
 * The following structure is used to pass information between GetFileName
 * function and OFN dialog hook procedures. [Bug 2896501, Patch 2898255]
 */

typedef struct OFNData {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interp, used only if debug is turned on,
				 * for setting the "tk_dialog" variable. */
    int dynFileBufferSize;	/* Dynamic filename buffer size, stored to
				 * avoid shrinking and expanding the buffer
				 * when selection changes */
    TCHAR *dynFileBuffer;	/* Dynamic filename buffer */
} OFNData;

/*
 * The following structure is used to gather options used by various
 * file dialogs
 */
typedef struct OFNOpts {
    Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Owner window for dialog */
    Tcl_Obj *extObj;            /* Default extension */
    Tcl_Obj *titleObj;          /* Title for dialog */
    Tcl_Obj *filterObj;         /* File type filter list */
    Tcl_Obj *typeVariableObj;   /* Variable in which to store type selected */
    Tcl_Obj *initialTypeObj;    /* Initial value of above, or NULL */
    Tcl_DString utfDirString;   /* Initial dir */
    int multi;                  /* Multiple selection enabled */
    int confirmOverwrite;       /* Confirm before overwriting */
    int mustExist;              /* Used only for  */
    int forceXPStyle;          /* XXX - Force XP style even on newer systems */
    TCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; /* File name
                                      XXX - fixed size because it was so
                                      historically. Why not malloc'ed ?
                                      XXX - also, TCHAR should really be WCHAR
                                      because TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding is always
                                      UCS2.
                                   */
} OFNOpts;

/* Define the operation for which option parsing is to be done. */
enum OFNOper {
    OFN_FILE_SAVE,              /* tk_getOpenFile */
    OFN_FILE_OPEN,              /* tk_getSaveFile */







|
|
















|


















|


<
<
<







135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181



182
183
184
185
186
187
188

/*
 * The following structure is used to pass information between the directory
 * chooser function, Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(), and its dialog hook proc.
 */

typedef struct {
   WCHAR initDir[MAX_PATH];	/* Initial folder to use */
   WCHAR retDir[MAX_PATH];	/* Returned folder to use */
   Tcl_Interp *interp;
   int mustExist;		/* True if file must exist to return from
				 * callback */
} ChooseDir;

/*
 * The following structure is used to pass information between GetFileName
 * function and OFN dialog hook procedures. [Bug 2896501, Patch 2898255]
 */

typedef struct OFNData {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interp, used only if debug is turned on,
				 * for setting the "tk_dialog" variable. */
    int dynFileBufferSize;	/* Dynamic filename buffer size, stored to
				 * avoid shrinking and expanding the buffer
				 * when selection changes */
    WCHAR *dynFileBuffer;	/* Dynamic filename buffer */
} OFNData;

/*
 * The following structure is used to gather options used by various
 * file dialogs
 */
typedef struct OFNOpts {
    Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Owner window for dialog */
    Tcl_Obj *extObj;            /* Default extension */
    Tcl_Obj *titleObj;          /* Title for dialog */
    Tcl_Obj *filterObj;         /* File type filter list */
    Tcl_Obj *typeVariableObj;   /* Variable in which to store type selected */
    Tcl_Obj *initialTypeObj;    /* Initial value of above, or NULL */
    Tcl_DString utfDirString;   /* Initial dir */
    int multi;                  /* Multiple selection enabled */
    int confirmOverwrite;       /* Confirm before overwriting */
    int mustExist;              /* Used only for  */
    int forceXPStyle;          /* XXX - Force XP style even on newer systems */
    WCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; /* File name
                                      XXX - fixed size because it was so
                                      historically. Why not malloc'ed ?



                                   */
} OFNOpts;

/* Define the operation for which option parsing is to be done. */
enum OFNOper {
    OFN_FILE_SAVE,              /* tk_getOpenFile */
    OFN_FILE_OPEN,              /* tk_getSaveFile */
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
static int 		MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr,
			    int *indexPtr);
static UINT APIENTRY	OFNHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
			    LPARAM lParam);
static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void		SetTkDialog(ClientData clientData);
static const char *ConvertExternalFilename(TCHAR *filename,
			    Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static void             LoadShellProcs(void);


/* Definitions of dynamically loaded Win32 calls */
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc)(
    PCWSTR pszPath, IBindCtx *pbc, REFIID riid, void **ppv);







|







585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
static int 		MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr,
			    int *indexPtr);
static UINT APIENTRY	OFNHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
			    LPARAM lParam);
static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void		SetTkDialog(ClientData clientData);
static const char *ConvertExternalFilename(WCHAR *filename,
			    Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static void             LoadShellProcs(void);


/* Definitions of dynamically loaded Win32 calls */
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc)(
    PCWSTR pszPath, IBindCtx *pbc, REFIID riid, void **ppv);
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
static void LoadShellProcs()
{
    static HMODULE shell32_handle = NULL;

    if (shell32_handle != NULL)
        return; /* We have already been through here. */

    shell32_handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("shell32.dll"));
    if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */
        return;

    ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName =
        (SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc*) GetProcAddress(shell32_handle,
                                                         "SHCreateItemFromParsingName");
}







|







633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
static void LoadShellProcs()
{
    static HMODULE shell32_handle = NULL;

    if (shell32_handle != NULL)
        return; /* We have already been through here. */

    shell32_handle = GetModuleHandle(L"shell32.dll");
    if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */
        return;

    ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName =
        (SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc*) GetProcAddress(shell32_handle,
                                                         "SHCreateItemFromParsingName");
}
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
    chooseColor.hwndOwner	= NULL;
    chooseColor.hInstance	= NULL;
    chooseColor.rgbResult	= oldColor;
    chooseColor.lpCustColors	= dwCustColors;
    chooseColor.Flags		= CC_RGBINIT | CC_FULLOPEN | CC_ENABLEHOOK;
    chooseColor.lCustData	= (LPARAM) NULL;
    chooseColor.lpfnHook	= (LPOFNHOOKPROC) ColorDlgHookProc;
    chooseColor.lpTemplateName	= (LPTSTR) interp;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	int index;
	const char *string;
	Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;

	optionPtr = objv[i];







|







786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
    chooseColor.hwndOwner	= NULL;
    chooseColor.hInstance	= NULL;
    chooseColor.rgbResult	= oldColor;
    chooseColor.lpCustColors	= dwCustColors;
    chooseColor.Flags		= CC_RGBINIT | CC_FULLOPEN | CC_ENABLEHOOK;
    chooseColor.lCustData	= (LPARAM) NULL;
    chooseColor.lpfnHook	= (LPOFNHOOKPROC) ColorDlgHookProc;
    chooseColor.lpTemplateName	= (LPWSTR) interp;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	int index;
	const char *string;
	Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;

	optionPtr = objv[i];
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389

    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {
        Tcl_DString ds;
        const char *src;

        src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj);
        wstr = (LPWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, optsPtr->extObj->length, &ds);
        if (wstr[0] == L'.')
            ++wstr;
        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetDefaultExtension(fdlgIf, wstr);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
        if (FAILED(hr))
            goto vamoose;
    }








|







1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382

    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {
        Tcl_DString ds;
        const char *src;

        src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj);
        wstr = (LPWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, optsPtr->extObj->length, &ds);
        if (wstr[0] == '.')
            ++wstr;
        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetDefaultExtension(fdlgIf, wstr);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
        if (FAILED(hr))
            goto vamoose;
    }

1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648

	/*
	 * Starting buffer size. The buffer will be expanded by the OFN dialog
	 * procedure when necessary
	 */

	ofnData.dynFileBufferSize = 512;
	ofnData.dynFileBuffer = ckalloc(512 * sizeof(TCHAR));
    }

    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {
        str = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj);
        if (str[0] == '.')
            ++str;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(str, -1, &extString);
	ofn.lpstrDefExt = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&extString);
    }

    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&utfFilterString), &filterString);
    ofn.lpstrFilter = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString);
    ofn.nFilterIndex = filterIndex;

    if (Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString)[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&optsPtr->utfDirString), &dirString);
    } else {
	/*







|







|




|







1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641

	/*
	 * Starting buffer size. The buffer will be expanded by the OFN dialog
	 * procedure when necessary
	 */

	ofnData.dynFileBufferSize = 512;
	ofnData.dynFileBuffer = ckalloc(512 * sizeof(WCHAR));
    }

    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {
        str = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj);
        if (str[0] == '.')
            ++str;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(str, -1, &extString);
	ofn.lpstrDefExt = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&extString);
    }

    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&utfFilterString), &filterString);
    ofn.lpstrFilter = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString);
    ofn.nFilterIndex = filterIndex;

    if (Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString)[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&optsPtr->utfDirString), &dirString);
    } else {
	/*
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	} else {
	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&cwd),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&cwd), &dirString);
	}
	Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd);
    }
    ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString);

    if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->titleObj), -1, &titleString);
	ofn.lpstrTitle = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
    }

    /*
     * Popup the dialog.
     */

    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);







|



|







1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	} else {
	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&cwd),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&cwd), &dirString);
	}
	Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd);
    }
    ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString);

    if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->titleObj), -1, &titleString);
	ofn.lpstrTitle = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
    }

    /*
     * Popup the dialog.
     */

    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
     */

    cdlgerr = CommDlgExtendedError();

    /*
     * We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The
     * filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog
     * procedure to accomodate all selected files.
     */

    if ((winCode != 0)
	    || ((cdlgerr == FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL)
		    && (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT))) {
	int gotFilename = 0;	/* Flag for tracking whether we have any
				 * filename at all. For details, see
				 * http://stackoverflow.com/q/9227859/301832
				 */

	if (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT) {
	    /*
	     * The result in dynFileBuffer contains many items, separated by
	     * NUL characters. It is terminated with two nulls in a row. The
	     * first element is the directory path.
	     */

	    TCHAR *files = ofnData.dynFileBuffer;
	    Tcl_Obj *returnList = Tcl_NewObj();
	    int count = 0;

	    /*
	     * Get directory.
	     */








|

















|







1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
     */

    cdlgerr = CommDlgExtendedError();

    /*
     * We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The
     * filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog
     * procedure to accommodate all selected files.
     */

    if ((winCode != 0)
	    || ((cdlgerr == FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL)
		    && (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT))) {
	int gotFilename = 0;	/* Flag for tracking whether we have any
				 * filename at all. For details, see
				 * http://stackoverflow.com/q/9227859/301832
				 */

	if (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT) {
	    /*
	     * The result in dynFileBuffer contains many items, separated by
	     * NUL characters. It is terminated with two nulls in a row. The
	     * first element is the directory path.
	     */

	    WCHAR *files = ofnData.dynFileBuffer;
	    Tcl_Obj *returnList = Tcl_NewObj();
	    int count = 0;

	    /*
	     * Get directory.
	     */

1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
	 * operation so it should not incur any noticeable delay. See [Bug
	 * 2987995]
	 */

	if (notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_FILEOK ||
		notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_SELCHANGE) {
	    int dirsize, selsize;
	    TCHAR *buffer;
	    int buffersize;

	    /*
	     * Change of selection. Unscramble the unholy mess that's in the
	     * selection buffer, resizing it if necessary.
	     */








|







1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
	 * operation so it should not incur any noticeable delay. See [Bug
	 * 2987995]
	 */

	if (notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_FILEOK ||
		notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_SELCHANGE) {
	    int dirsize, selsize;
	    WCHAR *buffer;
	    int buffersize;

	    /*
	     * Change of selection. Unscramble the unholy mess that's in the
	     * selection buffer, resizing it if necessary.
	     */

1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
	    /*
	     * Just empty the buffer if dirsize indicates an error. [Bug
	     * 3071836]
	     */

	    if ((selsize > 1) && (dirsize > 0)) {
		if (ofnData->dynFileBufferSize < buffersize) {
		    buffer = ckrealloc(buffer, buffersize * sizeof(TCHAR));
		    ofnData->dynFileBufferSize = buffersize;
		    ofnData->dynFileBuffer = buffer;
		}

		SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
		buffer += dirsize;

		SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer);

		/*
		 * If there are multiple files, delete the quotes and change
		 * every second quote to NULL terminator
		 */

		if (buffer[0] == '"') {
		    BOOL findquote = TRUE;
		    TCHAR *tmp = buffer;

		    while (*buffer != '\0') {
			if (findquote) {
			    if (*buffer == '"') {
				findquote = FALSE;
			    }
			    buffer++;







|
















|







1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
	    /*
	     * Just empty the buffer if dirsize indicates an error. [Bug
	     * 3071836]
	     */

	    if ((selsize > 1) && (dirsize > 0)) {
		if (ofnData->dynFileBufferSize < buffersize) {
		    buffer = ckrealloc(buffer, buffersize * sizeof(WCHAR));
		    ofnData->dynFileBufferSize = buffersize;
		    ofnData->dynFileBuffer = buffer;
		}

		SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
		buffer += dirsize;

		SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer);

		/*
		 * If there are multiple files, delete the quotes and change
		 * every second quote to NULL terminator
		 */

		if (buffer[0] == '"') {
		    BOOL findquote = TRUE;
		    WCHAR *tmp = buffer;

		    while (*buffer != '\0') {
			if (findquote) {
			    if (*buffer == '"') {
				findquote = FALSE;
			    }
			    buffer++;
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
		     */

		    Tcl_DString tmpfile;
		    ConvertExternalFilename(buffer, &tmpfile);
		    if (TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE ==
			    Tcl_GetPathType(Tcl_DStringValue(&tmpfile))) {
			/* re-get the full path to the start of the buffer */
			buffer = (TCHAR *) ofnData->dynFileBuffer;
			SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
		    } else {
			*(buffer-1) = '\\';
		    }
		    buffer[selsize] = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */
		    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmpfile);
		}







|







2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
		     */

		    Tcl_DString tmpfile;
		    ConvertExternalFilename(buffer, &tmpfile);
		    if (TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE ==
			    Tcl_GetPathType(Tcl_DStringValue(&tmpfile))) {
			/* re-get the full path to the start of the buffer */
			buffer = (WCHAR *) ofnData->dynFileBuffer;
			SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
		    } else {
			*(buffer-1) = '\\';
		    }
		    buffer[selsize] = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */
		    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmpfile);
		}
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
	*p++ = '.';
	*p++ = '*';
	*p++ = '\0';
	*p++ = '\0';
	*p = '\0';

    } else {
	size_t len;

	if (valuePtr == NULL) {
	    len = 0;
	} else {
	    (void) Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
	    len = valuePtr->length;
	}

	/*
	 * We format the filetype into a string understood by Windows: {"Text
	 * Documents" {.doc .txt} {TEXT}} becomes "Text Documents
	 * (*.doc,*.txt)\0*.doc;*.txt\0"
	 *







|




|
<







2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115

2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
	*p++ = '.';
	*p++ = '*';
	*p++ = '\0';
	*p++ = '\0';
	*p = '\0';

    } else {
	TkSizeT len;

	if (valuePtr == NULL) {
	    len = 0;
	} else {
	    (void) TkGetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &len);

	}

	/*
	 * We format the filetype into a string understood by Windows: {"Text
	 * Documents" {.doc .txt} {TEXT}} becomes "Text Documents
	 * (*.doc,*.txt)\0*.doc;*.txt\0"
	 *
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
 */
static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr)
{
    if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) {
        DWORD dw;
        for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) {
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName != NULL)
                ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName);
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec != NULL)
                ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec);
        }
        ckfree(dlgFilterPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|

|







2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
 */
static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr)
{
    if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) {
        DWORD dw;
        for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) {
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName != NULL)
                ckfree((char *)dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName);
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec != NULL)
                ckfree((char *)dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec);
        }
        ckfree(dlgFilterPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342

2343
2344
2345

2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
    Tcl_DStringInit(&patterns);
    dlgFilterPtr = ckalloc(flist.numFilters * sizeof(*dlgFilterPtr));

    for (i = 0, filterPtr = flist.filters;
         filterPtr;
         filterPtr = filterPtr->next, ++i) {
        const char *sep;
        FileFilterClause *clausePtr;
        int nbytes;

        /* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */
        if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0)
            initialIndex = i+1; /* Windows filter indices are 1-based */

        /* First stash away the text description of the pattern */
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(filterPtr->name, -1, &ds);
        nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
        nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR);         /* Terminating \0 */
        dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName = ckalloc(nbytes);
        memmove((void *) dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

        /*
         * Loop through and join patterns with a ";" Each "clause"
         * corresponds to a single textual description (called typename)
         * in the tk_getOpenFile docs. Each such typename may occur
         * multiple times and all these form a single filter entry
         * with one clause per occurence. Further each clause may specify
         * multiple patterns. Hence the nested loop here.
         */
        sep = "";
        for (clausePtr=filterPtr->clauses ; clausePtr;
             clausePtr=clausePtr->next) {
            GlobPattern *globPtr;
            for (globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
                 globPtr = globPtr->next) {
                Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, -1);
                Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, -1);
                sep = ";";
            }
        }

        /* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&patterns), -1, &ds);
        nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
        nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR);         /* Terminating \0 */
        dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec = ckalloc(nbytes);
        memmove((void *)dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&patterns);
    }


    if (initialIndex == 0)
        initialIndex = 1;       /* If no default, show first entry */

    *initialIndexPtr = initialIndex;
    *dlgFilterPtrPtr = dlgFilterPtr;
    *countPtr = flist.numFilters;

    TkFreeFileFilters(&flist);
    return TCL_OK;
}







|
|
|

|
|


|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|

|
|
|
|
|
|

>

|
|
>







2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
    Tcl_DStringInit(&patterns);
    dlgFilterPtr = ckalloc(flist.numFilters * sizeof(*dlgFilterPtr));

    for (i = 0, filterPtr = flist.filters;
         filterPtr;
         filterPtr = filterPtr->next, ++i) {
	const char *sep;
	FileFilterClause *clausePtr;
	int nbytes;

	/* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */
	if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0)
            initialIndex = i+1; /* Windows filter indices are 1-based */

	/* First stash away the text description of the pattern */
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(filterPtr->name, -1, &ds);
	nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
	nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR);         /* Terminating \0 */
	dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName = ckalloc(nbytes);
	memmove((void *) dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

	/*
	 * Loop through and join patterns with a ";" Each "clause"
	 * corresponds to a single textual description (called typename)
	 * in the tk_getOpenFile docs. Each such typename may occur
	 * multiple times and all these form a single filter entry
	 * with one clause per occurence. Further each clause may specify
	 * multiple patterns. Hence the nested loop here.
	 */
	sep = "";
	for (clausePtr=filterPtr->clauses ; clausePtr;
	     clausePtr=clausePtr->next) {
	    GlobPattern *globPtr;
	    for (globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
		    globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, -1);
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, -1);
		sep = ";";
	    }
	}

	/* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&patterns), -1, &ds);
	nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
	nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR);         /* Terminating \0 */
	dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec = ckalloc(nbytes);
	memmove((void *)dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(&patterns, 0);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&patterns);

    if (initialIndex == 0) {
	initialIndex = 1;       /* If no default, show first entry */
    }
    *initialIndexPtr = initialIndex;
    *dlgFilterPtrPtr = dlgFilterPtr;
    *countPtr = flist.numFilters;

    TkFreeFileFilters(&flist);
    return TCL_OK;
}
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
int
Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    TCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
    int oldMode, result;
    LPCITEMIDLIST pidl;		/* Returned by browser */
    BROWSEINFO bInfo;		/* Used by browser */
    ChooseDir cdCBData;	    /* Structure to pass back and forth */
    LPMALLOC pMalloc;		/* Used by shell */
    HWND hWnd;
    TCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH];
    Tcl_DString titleString;	/* Title */
    Tcl_DString tempString;	/* temporary */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    OFNOpts ofnOpts;
    const char *utfDir;

    result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv,







|






|







2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
int
Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    WCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
    int oldMode, result;
    LPCITEMIDLIST pidl;		/* Returned by browser */
    BROWSEINFO bInfo;		/* Used by browser */
    ChooseDir cdCBData;	    /* Structure to pass back and forth */
    LPMALLOC pMalloc;		/* Used by shell */
    HWND hWnd;
    WCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH];
    Tcl_DString titleString;	/* Title */
    Tcl_DString tempString;	/* temporary */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    OFNOpts ofnOpts;
    const char *utfDir;

    result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv,
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
    path[0] = '\0';
    ZeroMemory(&cdCBData, sizeof(ChooseDir));
    cdCBData.interp = interp;
    cdCBData.mustExist = ofnOpts.mustExist;

    utfDir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString);
    if (utfDir[0] != '\0') {
	const TCHAR *uniStr;

        Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString), -1,
                          &tempString);
        uniStr = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString);

        /* Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog happy. */

        GetFullPathName(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL);
        _tcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH);
    }

    /* XXX - rest of this (original) code has no error checks at all. */

    /*
     * Get ready to call the browser
     */

    Tk_MakeWindowExist(ofnOpts.tkwin);
    hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(ofnOpts.tkwin));

    /*
     * Setup the parameters used by SHBrowseForFolder
     */

    bInfo.hwndOwner = hWnd;
    bInfo.pszDisplayName = path;
    bInfo.pidlRoot = NULL;
    if (_tcslen(cdCBData.initDir) == 0) {
	GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.initDir);
    }
    bInfo.lParam = (LPARAM) &cdCBData;

    if (ofnOpts.titleObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(ofnOpts.titleObj), -1, &titleString);
	bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
    } else {
	bInfo.lpszTitle = TEXT("Please choose a directory, then select OK.");
    }

    /*
     * Set flags to add edit box, status text line and use the new ui. Allow
     * override with magic variable (ignore errors in retrieval). See
     * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb773205(VS.85).aspx for
     * possible flag values.







|



|




|


















|






|

|







2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
    path[0] = '\0';
    ZeroMemory(&cdCBData, sizeof(ChooseDir));
    cdCBData.interp = interp;
    cdCBData.mustExist = ofnOpts.mustExist;

    utfDir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString);
    if (utfDir[0] != '\0') {
	const WCHAR *uniStr;

        Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString), -1,
                          &tempString);
        uniStr = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString);

        /* Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog happy. */

        GetFullPathName(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL);
        wcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH);
    }

    /* XXX - rest of this (original) code has no error checks at all. */

    /*
     * Get ready to call the browser
     */

    Tk_MakeWindowExist(ofnOpts.tkwin);
    hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(ofnOpts.tkwin));

    /*
     * Setup the parameters used by SHBrowseForFolder
     */

    bInfo.hwndOwner = hWnd;
    bInfo.pszDisplayName = path;
    bInfo.pidlRoot = NULL;
    if (wcslen(cdCBData.initDir) == 0) {
	GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.initDir);
    }
    bInfo.lParam = (LPARAM) &cdCBData;

    if (ofnOpts.titleObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(ofnOpts.titleObj), -1, &titleString);
	bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
    } else {
	bInfo.lpszTitle = L"Please choose a directory, then select OK.";
    }

    /*
     * Set flags to add edit box, status text line and use the new ui. Allow
     * override with magic variable (ignore errors in retrieval). See
     * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb773205(VS.85).aspx for
     * possible flag values.
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
	if (pidl != NULL) {
	    if (!SHGetPathFromIDList(pidl, path)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"error: not a file system folder", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "DIRDIALOG", "PSEUDO", NULL);
	    }
	    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void *) pidl);
	} else if (_tcslen(cdCBData.retDir) > 0) {
	    _tcscpy(path, cdCBData.retDir);
	}
	pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
    }
    SetCurrentDirectory(saveDir);
    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);

    /*







|
|







2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
	if (pidl != NULL) {
	    if (!SHGetPathFromIDList(pidl, path)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"error: not a file system folder", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "DIRDIALOG", "PSEUDO", NULL);
	    }
	    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void *) pidl);
	} else if (wcslen(cdCBData.retDir) > 0) {
	    wcscpy(path, cdCBData.retDir);
	}
	pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
    }
    SetCurrentDirectory(saveDir);
    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);

    /*
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
static UINT APIENTRY
ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    UINT message,
    LPARAM lParam,
    LPARAM lpData)
{
    TCHAR selDir[MAX_PATH];
    ChooseDir *chooseDirSharedData = (ChooseDir *) lpData;
    Tcl_DString tempString;
    Tcl_DString initDirString;
    TCHAR string[MAX_PATH];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
	tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) chooseDirSharedData->interp;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hwnd);
    }
    chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
    switch (message) {
    case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED:
	/*
	 * First save and check to see if it is a valid path name, if so then
	 * make that path the one shown in the window. Otherwise, it failed
	 * the check and should be treated as such. Use
	 * Set/GetCurrentDirectory which allows relative path names and names
	 * with forward slashes. Use Tcl_TranslateFileName to make sure names
	 * like ~ are converted correctly.
	 */

	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((TCHAR *) lParam, -1, &initDirString);
	if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(chooseDirSharedData->interp,
		Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), &tempString) == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Should we expose the error (in the interp result) to the user
	     * at this point?
	     */

	    chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
	    return 1;
	}
	Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString), -1, &initDirString);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&tempString);
	_tcsncpy(string, (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString),
		MAX_PATH);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);

	if (SetCurrentDirectory(string) == 0) {

	    /*
	     * Get the full path name to the user entry, at this point it does
	     * not exist so see if it is supposed to. Otherwise just return
	     * it.
	     */

	    GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH,
		    chooseDirSharedData->retDir, NULL);
	    if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) {
		/*
		 * User HAS to select a valid directory.
		 */

		wsprintf(selDir, TEXT("Directory '%s' does not exist,\n")
		        TEXT("please select or enter an existing directory."),
			chooseDirSharedData->retDir);
		MessageBox(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
		chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
		return 1;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*







|



|



















|













|


















|
|







2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
static UINT APIENTRY
ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    UINT message,
    LPARAM lParam,
    LPARAM lpData)
{
    WCHAR selDir[MAX_PATH];
    ChooseDir *chooseDirSharedData = (ChooseDir *) lpData;
    Tcl_DString tempString;
    Tcl_DString initDirString;
    WCHAR string[MAX_PATH];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
	tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) chooseDirSharedData->interp;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hwnd);
    }
    chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
    switch (message) {
    case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED:
	/*
	 * First save and check to see if it is a valid path name, if so then
	 * make that path the one shown in the window. Otherwise, it failed
	 * the check and should be treated as such. Use
	 * Set/GetCurrentDirectory which allows relative path names and names
	 * with forward slashes. Use Tcl_TranslateFileName to make sure names
	 * like ~ are converted correctly.
	 */

	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((WCHAR *) lParam, -1, &initDirString);
	if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(chooseDirSharedData->interp,
		Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), &tempString) == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Should we expose the error (in the interp result) to the user
	     * at this point?
	     */

	    chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
	    return 1;
	}
	Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString), -1, &initDirString);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&tempString);
	wcsncpy(string, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString),
		MAX_PATH);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);

	if (SetCurrentDirectory(string) == 0) {

	    /*
	     * Get the full path name to the user entry, at this point it does
	     * not exist so see if it is supposed to. Otherwise just return
	     * it.
	     */

	    GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH,
		    chooseDirSharedData->retDir, NULL);
	    if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) {
		/*
		 * User HAS to select a valid directory.
		 */

		wsprintf(selDir, L"Directory '%s' does not exist,\n"
		        L"please select or enter an existing directory.",
			chooseDirSharedData->retDir);
		MessageBox(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
		chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
		return 1;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
	    SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
	}
	UpdateWindow(hwnd);
	return 1;

    case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
	/*
	 * Directory browser intializing - tell it where to start from, user
	 * specified parameter.
	 */

	TCHAR *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->initDir;

	SetCurrentDirectory(initDir);

	if (*initDir == '\\') {
	    /*
	     * BFFM_SETSELECTION only understands UNC paths as pidls, so
	     * convert path to pidl using IShellFolder interface.
	     */

	    LPMALLOC pMalloc;
	    LPSHELLFOLDER psfFolder;

	    if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc))) {
		if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetDesktopFolder(&psfFolder))) {
		    LPITEMIDLIST pidlMain;
		    ULONG ulCount, ulAttr;

		    if (SUCCEEDED(psfFolder->lpVtbl->ParseDisplayName(
			    psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, (TCHAR *)
			    initDir, &ulCount,&pidlMain,&ulAttr))
			    && (pidlMain != NULL)) {
			SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, FALSE,
				(LPARAM) pidlMain);
			pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, pidlMain);
		    }
		    psfFolder->lpVtbl->Release(psfFolder);







|



|


















|







2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
	    SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
	}
	UpdateWindow(hwnd);
	return 1;

    case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
	/*
	 * Directory browser initializing - tell it where to start from, user
	 * specified parameter.
	 */

	WCHAR *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->initDir;

	SetCurrentDirectory(initDir);

	if (*initDir == '\\') {
	    /*
	     * BFFM_SETSELECTION only understands UNC paths as pidls, so
	     * convert path to pidl using IShellFolder interface.
	     */

	    LPMALLOC pMalloc;
	    LPSHELLFOLDER psfFolder;

	    if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc))) {
		if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetDesktopFolder(&psfFolder))) {
		    LPITEMIDLIST pidlMain;
		    ULONG ulCount, ulAttr;

		    if (SUCCEEDED(psfFolder->lpVtbl->ParseDisplayName(
			    psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, (WCHAR *)
			    initDir, &ulCount,&pidlMain,&ulAttr))
			    && (pidlMain != NULL)) {
			SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, FALSE,
				(LPARAM) pidlMain);
			pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, pidlMain);
		    }
		    psfFolder->lpVtbl->Release(psfFolder);
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
	    }
	}
	flags = buttonFlagMap[defaultBtnIdx];
    }

    flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND;

    tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj)
	    : Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(NULL, 0);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    if (detailObj) {
	const Tcl_UniChar twoNL[] = { '\n', '\n' };

	Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(tmpObj, twoNL, 2);
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj);
    }

    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);

    /*
     * MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode error







|
<


<
|
<







2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908

2909
2910

2911

2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
	    }
	}
	flags = buttonFlagMap[defaultBtnIdx];
    }

    flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND;

    tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj) : Tcl_NewObj();

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    if (detailObj) {

	Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(tmpObj, "\n\n", NULL);

	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj);
    }

    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);

    /*
     * MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode error
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
SetTkDialog(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    char buf[32];

    sprintf(buf, "0x%p", (HWND) clientData);
    Tcl_SetVar2(tsdPtr->debugInterp, "tk_dialog", NULL, buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}

/*
 * Factored out a common pattern in use in this file.
 */

static const char *
ConvertExternalFilename(
    TCHAR *filename,
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
{
    char *p;

    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(filename, -1, dsPtr);
    for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); *p != '\0'; p++) {
	/*







|









|







3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
SetTkDialog(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    char buf[32];

    sprintf(buf, "0x%p", clientData);
    Tcl_SetVar2(tsdPtr->debugInterp, "tk_dialog", NULL, buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}

/*
 * Factored out a common pattern in use in this file.
 */

static const char *
ConvertExternalFilename(
    WCHAR *filename,
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
{
    char *p;

    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(filename, -1, dsPtr);
    for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); *p != '\0'; p++) {
	/*
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089

    resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(plf->lfFaceName, -1, &ds);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    pt = -MulDiv(plf->lfHeight, 72, GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(pt));
    if (plf->lfWeight >= 700) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("bold", -1));
    }
    if (plf->lfItalic) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("italic", -1));
    }







|







3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080

    resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(plf->lfFaceName, -1, &ds);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    pt = -MulDiv(plf->lfHeight, 72, GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pt));
    if (plf->lfWeight >= 700) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("bold", -1));
    }
    if (plf->lfItalic) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("italic", -1));
    }
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hwndDlg);
	}
	if (phd->titleObj != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DString title;

	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(phd->titleObj), -1, &title);
	    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&title) > 0) {
		SetWindowText(hwndDlg, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&title));
	    }
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&title);
	}

	/*
	 * Disable the colour combobox (0x473) and its label (0x443).
	 */







|







3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hwndDlg);
	}
	if (phd->titleObj != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DString title;

	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(phd->titleObj), -1, &title);
	    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&title) > 0) {
		SetWindowText(hwndDlg, (LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&title));
	    }
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&title);
	}

	/*
	 * Disable the colour combobox (0x473) and its label (0x443).
	 */
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
	if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
	    resObj = hdPtr->cmdObj;
	} else {
	    resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
	}
	break;
    case FontchooserVisible:
	resObj = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(hdPtr->hwnd && IsWindow(hdPtr->hwnd));
	break;
    default:
	resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
    }
    return resObj;
}








|







3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
	if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
	    resObj = hdPtr->cmdObj;
	} else {
	    resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
	}
	break;
    case FontchooserVisible:
	resObj = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((hdPtr->hwnd != NULL) && IsWindow(hdPtr->hwnd));
	break;
    default:
	resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
    }
    return resObj;
}

3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488

	if (f == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	fontPtr = (TkFont *) f;
	cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(fontPtr->fa.family, -1, &ds);
	_tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		LF_FACESIZE-1);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
	lf.lfHeight = -MulDiv((int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size) + 0.5),
	    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY), 72);
	if (fontPtr->fa.weight == TK_FW_BOLD) {
	    lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;







|







3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479

	if (f == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	fontPtr = (TkFont *) f;
	cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(fontPtr->fa.family, -1, &ds);
	wcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		LF_FACESIZE-1);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
	lf.lfHeight = -MulDiv((int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size) + 0.5),
	    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY), 72);
	if (fontPtr->fa.weight == TK_FW_BOLD) {
	    lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;

Changes to win/tkWinDraw.c.

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

/*
 * The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions.
 */

typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, const POINT *points, int npoints);

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    POINT *winPoints;		/* Array of points that is reused. */
    int nWinPoints;		/* Current size of point array. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:







|







99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

/*
 * The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions.
 */

typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, const POINT *points, int npoints);

typedef struct {
    POINT *winPoints;		/* Array of points that is reused. */
    int nWinPoints;		/* Current size of point array. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506

1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
{
    TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawFrame --
 *
 *	This function draws the rectangular frame area.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawFrame(
    Tk_Window tkwin,

    Tk_3DBorder border,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    int relief)
{
    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
	    highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|













|

>





|











1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
{
    TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDrawFrameEx --
 *
 *	This function draws the rectangular frame area.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDrawFrameEx(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable drawable,
    Tk_3DBorder border,
    int highlightWidth,
    int borderWidth,
    int relief)
{
    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, border, highlightWidth,
	    highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to win/tkWinEmbed.c.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
				 * or NULL if the embedded application isn't
				 * in this process. */
    HWND embeddedMenuHWnd;	/* Tk's embedded menu window handler. */
    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in this
				 * process. */
} Container;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    Container *firstContainerPtr;
				/* First in list of all containers managed by
				 * this process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

static void		ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData,







|







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
				 * or NULL if the embedded application isn't
				 * in this process. */
    HWND embeddedMenuHWnd;	/* Tk's embedded menu window handler. */
    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in this
				 * process. */
} Container;

typedef struct {
    Container *firstContainerPtr;
				/* First in list of all containers managed by
				 * this process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

static void		ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData,
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
	    /* empty body */
	}

	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
    }
    Tcl_Release((ClientData)winPtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpUseWindow --
 *







|







169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
	    /* empty body */
	}

	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
    }
    Tcl_Release(winPtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpUseWindow --
 *
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
    } else {
	/*
	 * Proceed if the user decide to do so because it can be a legacy
	 * container application. However we may have to return a TCL_ERROR in
	 * order to avoid bug 1096074 in future.
	 */

	TCHAR msg[256];

	wsprintf(msg, TEXT("Unable to get information of window \"%.40hs\".  Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching."), string);
	if (IDCANCEL == MessageBox(hwnd, msg, TEXT("Tk Warning"),
		MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) {
    	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "Operation has been canceled", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CANCEL", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }







|

|
|







299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
    } else {
	/*
	 * Proceed if the user decide to do so because it can be a legacy
	 * container application. However we may have to return a TCL_ERROR in
	 * order to avoid bug 1096074 in future.
	 */

	WCHAR msg[256];

	wsprintf(msg, L"Unable to get information of window \"%.40hs\".  Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching.", string);
	if (IDCANCEL == MessageBox(hwnd, msg, L"Tk Warning",
		MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) {
    	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "Operation has been canceled", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CANCEL", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
    winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_MAPPED);

    /*
     * Preserve the winPtr and create an idle handler to map the embedded
     * window.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) winPtr);
    Tcl_DoWhenIdle((Tcl_IdleProc*) Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow, (ClientData) winPtr);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|
|







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
    winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_MAPPED);

    /*
     * Preserve the winPtr and create an idle handler to map the embedded
     * window.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(winPtr);
    Tcl_DoWhenIdle((Tcl_IdleProc*) Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow, winPtr);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
     * that will be done by sending to the container window a WM_USER message,
     * which will be intercepted by TkWinContainerProc.
     *
     * We need to get structure events of the container itself, though.
     */

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
	    ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) containerPtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinEmbeddedEventProc --
 *







|







388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
     * that will be done by sending to the container window a WM_USER message,
     * which will be intercepted by TkWinContainerProc.
     *
     * We need to get structure events of the container itself, though.
     */

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
	    ContainerEventProc, containerPtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinEmbeddedEventProc --
 *
852
853
854
855
856
857
858









859
860
861
862
863
864
865
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr;

    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {









	/*
	 * Resize the embedded window, if there is any.
	 */

	if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) {
	    SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0,
		    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), SWP_NOZORDER);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr;

    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {

	/*
         * Send a ConfigureNotify  to the embedded application.
         */

        if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
            TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr);
        }

	/*
	 * Resize the embedded window, if there is any.
	 */

	if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) {
	    SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0,
		    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), SWP_NOZORDER);

Changes to win/tkWinFont.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
/*
 * tkWinFont.c --
 *
 *	Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independant font
 *	package interface.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
/*
 * tkWinFont.c --
 *
 *	Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independent font
 *	package interface.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT	    10

#define FONTMAP_PAGES	    	(1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */







|

|







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT	    12

#define FONTMAP_PAGES	    	(1 << (21 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
     * Derived properties.
     */

    Tcl_Encoding encoding;	/* Encoding for this font family. */
    int isSymbolFont;		/* Non-zero if this is a symbol font. */
    int isWideFont;		/* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0
				 * otherwise. */
    BOOL (WINAPI *textOutProc)(HDC hdc, int x, int y, TCHAR *str, int len);
				/* The procedure to use to draw text after it
				 * has been converted from UTF-8 to the
				 * encoding of this font. */
    BOOL (WINAPI *getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE);
				/* The procedure to use to measure text after
				 * it has been converted from UTF-8 to the
				 * encoding of this font. */

    char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES];
				/* Two-level sparse table used to determine
				 * quickly if the specified character exists.







|



|







46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
     * Derived properties.
     */

    Tcl_Encoding encoding;	/* Encoding for this font family. */
    int isSymbolFont;		/* Non-zero if this is a symbol font. */
    int isWideFont;		/* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0
				 * otherwise. */
    BOOL (WINAPI *textOutProc)(HDC hdc, int x, int y, WCHAR *str, int len);
				/* The procedure to use to draw text after it
				 * has been converted from UTF-8 to the
				 * encoding of this font. */
    BOOL (WINAPI *getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(HDC, WCHAR *, int, LPSIZE);
				/* The procedure to use to measure text after
				 * it has been converted from UTF-8 to the
				 * encoding of this font. */

    char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES];
				/* Two-level sparse table used to determine
				 * quickly if the specified character exists.
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
    {DEFAULT_GUI_FONT,	    "defaultgui"},
    {OEM_FIXED_FONT,	    "oemfixed"},
    {SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT,	    "systemfixed"},
    {SYSTEM_FONT,	    "system"},
    {-1,		    NULL}
};

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
				 * currently loaded. As screen fonts are
				 * loaded, this list grows to hold information
				 * about what characters exist in each font
				 * family. */
    Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;







|







164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
    {DEFAULT_GUI_FONT,	    "defaultgui"},
    {OEM_FIXED_FONT,	    "oemfixed"},
    {SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT,	    "systemfixed"},
    {SYSTEM_FONT,	    "system"},
    {-1,		    NULL}
};

typedef struct {
    FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
				 * currently loaded. As screen fonts are
				 * loaded, this list grows to hold information
				 * about what characters exist in each font
				 * family. */
    Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
     * Identify an available fixed font. Equivalent to ANSI_FIXED_FONT but
     * more reliable on Russian Windows.
     */

    {
	LOGFONT lfFixed = {
	    0, 0, 0, 0, FW_NORMAL, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, DEFAULT_CHARSET,
	    0, 0, DEFAULT_QUALITY, FIXED_PITCH | FF_MODERN, TEXT("")
	};
	long pointSize, dpi;
	HDC hdc = GetDC(NULL);
	dpi = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
	pointSize = -MulDiv(ncMetrics.lfMessageFont.lfHeight, 72, dpi);
	lfFixed.lfHeight = -MulDiv(pointSize+1, dpi, 72);
	ReleaseDC(NULL, hdc);







|







442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
     * Identify an available fixed font. Equivalent to ANSI_FIXED_FONT but
     * more reliable on Russian Windows.
     */

    {
	LOGFONT lfFixed = {
	    0, 0, 0, 0, FW_NORMAL, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, DEFAULT_CHARSET,
	    0, 0, DEFAULT_QUALITY, FIXED_PITCH | FF_MODERN, L""
	};
	long pointSize, dpi;
	HDC hdc = GetDC(NULL);
	dpi = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
	pointSize = -MulDiv(ncMetrics.lfMessageFont.lfHeight, 72, dpi);
	lfFixed.lfHeight = -MulDiv(pointSize+1, dpi, 72);
	ReleaseDC(NULL, hdc);
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		    (int) (p - start), &runString);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
		    &size);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
		moretomeasure = 1;
		break;
	    }







|







854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		    (int) (p - start), &runString);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
		    &size);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
		moretomeasure = 1;
		break;
	    }
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
	 * without a break. Just measure the last run and that's it.
	 */

	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		(int) (p - start), &runString);
	size.cx = 0;
	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
		&size);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
	    moretomeasure = 1;
	} else {
	    curX += size.cx;







|







881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
	 * without a break. Just measure the last run and that's it.
	 */

	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		(int) (p - start), &runString);
	size.cx = 0;
	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
		&size);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
	    moretomeasure = 1;
	} else {
	    curX += size.cx;
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
		    (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		    &dstWrote, NULL);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
		    &size);
	    if ((curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
		break;
	    }
	    lastSize = size.cx;
	    p = next;







|







915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
		    (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		    &dstWrote, NULL);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
		    &size);
	    if ((curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
		break;
	    }
	    lastSize = size.cx;
	    p = next;
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500

	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
	    if (p > source) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			(int) (p - source), &runString);
		familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
		familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
			&size);
		x += size.cx;
		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    }
	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
	    source = p;
	    SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
	    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
	}
	p = next;
    }
    if (p > source) {
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
		(int) (p - source), &runString);
	familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
		(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
    }
    SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
}

static inline HFONT







|


|

















|







1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500

	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
	    if (p > source) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			(int) (p - source), &runString);
		familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
			(WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
		familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
			(WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
			&size);
		x += size.cx;
		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    }
	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
	    source = p;
	    SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
	    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
	}
	p = next;
    }
    if (p > source) {
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
		(int) (p - source), &runString);
	familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
		(WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
    }
    SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
}

static inline HFONT
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
    HFONT oldFont;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    Window window;
    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];

    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);

    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);







|







1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
    HFONT oldFont;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    Window window;
    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
    WCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];

    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);

    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
    int base)			/* Non-zero if this font family is to be used
				 * in the base font of a font object. */
{
    Tk_Uid faceName;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
    GetTextFace(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf);
    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, (char *) buf, -1, &faceString);
    faceName = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));







|







1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
    int base)			/* Non-zero if this font family is to be used
				 * in the base font of a font object. */
{
    Tk_Uid faceName;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    WCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
    GetTextFace(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf);
    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, (char *) buf, -1, &faceString);
    faceName = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
	 * some other location.
	 */

	encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, faceName);
    }

    if (encoding == NULL) {
	encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
	familyPtr->textOutProc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutW;
	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32W;
	familyPtr->isWideFont = 1;
    } else {
	familyPtr->textOutProc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutA;
	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32A;
	familyPtr->isWideFont = 0;
    }

    familyPtr->encoding = encoding;

    return familyPtr;
}







|

|

|



|

|







1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
	 * some other location.
	 */

	encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, faceName);
    }

    if (encoding == NULL) {
	encoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
	familyPtr->textOutProc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, WCHAR *, int)) TextOutW;
	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, WCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32W;
	familyPtr->isWideFont = 1;
    } else {
	familyPtr->textOutProc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, WCHAR *, int)) TextOutA;
	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, WCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32A;
	familyPtr->isWideFont = 0;
    }

    familyPtr->encoding = encoding;

    return familyPtr;
}
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
    const char *const *aliases;
    const char *const *anyFallbacks;
    const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
    const char *fallbackName;
    SubFont *subFontPtr;
    Tcl_DString ds;


    if ((ch < BASE_CHARS) || (ch >= 0x10000)) {
	return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
    }

    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
	if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
	    return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
	}







<
|







1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945

1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
    const char *const *aliases;
    const char *const *anyFallbacks;
    const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
    const char *fallbackName;
    SubFont *subFontPtr;
    Tcl_DString ds;


    if (ch < BASE_CHARS) {
	return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
    }

    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
	if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
	    return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
	}
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
 *	the associated HFONT can (1) or cannot (0) display the characters on
 *	the page.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Mempry allocated.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
FontMapLoadPage(
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be







|







2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
 *	the associated HFONT can (1) or cannot (0) display the characters on
 *	the page.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory allocated.
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
FontMapLoadPage(
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
    lf.lfCharSet	= DEFAULT_CHARSET;
    lf.lfOutPrecision	= OUT_TT_PRECIS;
    lf.lfClipPrecision	= CLIP_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
    lf.lfQuality	= DEFAULT_QUALITY;
    lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH | FF_DONTCARE;

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &ds);
    _tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), LF_FACESIZE-1);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
    hFont = CreateFontIndirect(&lf);
    return hFont;
}

/*







|







2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
    lf.lfCharSet	= DEFAULT_CHARSET;
    lf.lfOutPrecision	= OUT_TT_PRECIS;
    lf.lfClipPrecision	= CLIP_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
    lf.lfQuality	= DEFAULT_QUALITY;
    lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH | FF_DONTCARE;

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &ds);
    wcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), LF_FACESIZE-1);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
    hFont = CreateFontIndirect(&lf);
    return hFont;
}

/*
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
FamilyExists(
    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
{
    int result;
    Tcl_DString faceString;

    /*
     * Just immediately rule out the following fonts, because they look so
     * ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the
     * corresponding appropriate TrueType fonts to be selected.
     */

    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Courier") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Times") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Helvetica") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);

    /*
     * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
     * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
     * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
     * non-zero value.
     */

    result = EnumFontFamilies(hdc, (TCHAR*) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString),
	    (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontExistProc, 0);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
    return (result == 0);
}

static const char *
FamilyOrAliasExists(







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









|







2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
















2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
FamilyExists(
    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
{
    int result;
    Tcl_DString faceString;

















    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);

    /*
     * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
     * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
     * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
     * non-zero value.
     */

    result = EnumFontFamilies(hdc, (WCHAR*) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString),
	    (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontExistProc, 0);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
    return (result == 0);
}

static const char *
FamilyOrAliasExists(

Changes to win/tkWinInit.c.

133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
	    return;
	}
    }
#endif /* !STATIC_BUILD */

    len = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, titleString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN);
    msgString = &titleString[len + 1];
    titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1] = L'\0';
    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, msg, -1, msgString, (TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1) - len);
    /*
     * Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen
     * and cause possible oversized window error.
     */
    if (titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1] != L'\0') {
	memcpy(titleString + (TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 5), L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR));
    }
    if (IsDebuggerPresent()) {
	titleString[len - 1] = L':';
	titleString[len] = L' ';
	OutputDebugStringW(titleString);
    } else {
	titleString[len - 1] = L'\0';
	MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, titleString,
		MB_OK | MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_SYSTEMMODAL
		| MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_TOPMOST);
    }
}

/*







|





|



|
|


|







133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
	    return;
	}
    }
#endif /* !STATIC_BUILD */

    len = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, titleString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN);
    msgString = &titleString[len + 1];
    titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1] = '\0';
    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, msg, -1, msgString, (TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1) - len);
    /*
     * Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen
     * and cause possible oversized window error.
     */
    if (titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1] != '\0') {
	memcpy(titleString + (TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 5), L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR));
    }
    if (IsDebuggerPresent()) {
	titleString[len - 1] = ':';
	titleString[len] = ' ';
	OutputDebugStringW(titleString);
    } else {
	titleString[len - 1] = '\0';
	MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, titleString,
		MB_OK | MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_SYSTEMMODAL
		| MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_TOPMOST);
    }
}

/*
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj*
TkWin32ErrorObj(
    HRESULT hrError)
{
    LPTSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL;
    TCHAR  sBuffer[30];
    Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL;
#ifdef _UNICODE
    Tcl_DString ds;
#endif

    FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
	    | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, (DWORD)hrError,
	    LANG_NEUTRAL, (LPTSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL);

    if (lpBuffer == NULL) {
	lpBuffer = sBuffer;
	wsprintf(sBuffer, TEXT("Error Code: %08lX"), hrError);
    }

    if ((p = _tcsrchr(lpBuffer, TEXT('\r'))) != NULL) {
	*p = TEXT('\0');
    }

#ifdef _UNICODE
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(lpBuffer, (int)wcslen(lpBuffer) * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
#else
    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(lpBuffer, (int)strlen(lpBuffer));
#endif /* _UNICODE */

    if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) {
	LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer);
    }

    return errPtr;
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|
|

<

<



|



|


|
|


<
|


<
<
<







<








174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183

184

185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198

199
200
201



202
203
204
205
206
207
208

209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj*
TkWin32ErrorObj(
    HRESULT hrError)
{
    LPWSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL;
    WCHAR  sBuffer[30];
    Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL;

    Tcl_DString ds;


    FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
	    | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, (DWORD)hrError,
	    LANG_NEUTRAL, (LPWSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL);

    if (lpBuffer == NULL) {
	lpBuffer = sBuffer;
	wsprintf(sBuffer, L"Error Code: %08lX", hrError);
    }

    if ((p = wcsrchr(lpBuffer, '\r')) != NULL) {
	*p = '\0';
    }


    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(lpBuffer, -1, &ds);
    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);




    if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) {
	LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer);
    }

    return errPtr;
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to win/tkWinInt.h.

113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

#define TkWinGetPalette(colormap) (((TkWinColormap *) colormap)->palette)

/*
 * The following macros define the class names for Tk Window types.
 */

#define TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME TEXT("TkTopLevel")
#define TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME TEXT("TkChild")

/*
 * The following variable is a translation table between X gc functions and
 * Win32 raster and BitBlt op modes.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const int tkpWinRopModes[];







|
|







113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

#define TkWinGetPalette(colormap) (((TkWinColormap *) colormap)->palette)

/*
 * The following macros define the class names for Tk Window types.
 */

#define TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME L"TkTopLevel"
#define TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME L"TkChild"

/*
 * The following variable is a translation table between X gc functions and
 * Win32 raster and BitBlt op modes.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const int tkpWinRopModes[];
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
 */

#ifndef GetClassLongPtr
#   define GetClassLongPtrA	GetClassLongA
#   define GetClassLongPtrW	GetClassLongW
#   define SetClassLongPtrA	SetClassLongA
#   define SetClassLongPtrW	SetClassLongW
#   ifdef UNICODE
#	define GetClassLongPtr	GetClassLongPtrW
#	define SetClassLongPtr	SetClassLongPtrW
#   else
#	define GetClassLongPtr	GetClassLongPtrA
#	define SetClassLongPtr	SetClassLongPtrA
#   endif /* !UNICODE */
#endif /* !GetClassLongPtr */
#ifndef GCLP_HICON
#   define GCLP_HICON		GCL_HICON
#endif /* !GCLP_HICON */
#ifndef GCLP_HICONSM
#   define GCLP_HICONSM		(-34)
#endif /* !GCLP_HICONSM */

#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
#   define GetWindowLongPtrA	GetWindowLongA
#   define GetWindowLongPtrW	GetWindowLongW
#   define SetWindowLongPtrA	SetWindowLongA
#   define SetWindowLongPtrW	SetWindowLongW
#   ifdef UNICODE
#	define GetWindowLongPtr	GetWindowLongPtrW
#	define SetWindowLongPtr	SetWindowLongPtrW
#   else
#	define GetWindowLongPtr	GetWindowLongPtrW
#	define SetWindowLongPtr	SetWindowLongPtrW
#   endif /* !UNICODE */
#endif /* !GetWindowLongPtr */
#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC
#define GWLP_WNDPROC		GWL_WNDPROC
#define GWLP_HINSTANCE		GWL_HINSTANCE
#define GWLP_HWNDPARENT		GWL_HWNDPARENT
#define GWLP_USERDATA		GWL_USERDATA
#define GWLP_ID			GWL_ID
#endif /* !GWLP_WNDPROC */

#endif /* _TKWININT */







<


<
<
<
<













<


<
<
<
<










213
214
215
216
217
218
219

220
221




222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234

235
236




237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
 */

#ifndef GetClassLongPtr
#   define GetClassLongPtrA	GetClassLongA
#   define GetClassLongPtrW	GetClassLongW
#   define SetClassLongPtrA	SetClassLongA
#   define SetClassLongPtrW	SetClassLongW

#	define GetClassLongPtr	GetClassLongPtrW
#	define SetClassLongPtr	SetClassLongPtrW




#endif /* !GetClassLongPtr */
#ifndef GCLP_HICON
#   define GCLP_HICON		GCL_HICON
#endif /* !GCLP_HICON */
#ifndef GCLP_HICONSM
#   define GCLP_HICONSM		(-34)
#endif /* !GCLP_HICONSM */

#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
#   define GetWindowLongPtrA	GetWindowLongA
#   define GetWindowLongPtrW	GetWindowLongW
#   define SetWindowLongPtrA	SetWindowLongA
#   define SetWindowLongPtrW	SetWindowLongW

#	define GetWindowLongPtr	GetWindowLongPtrW
#	define SetWindowLongPtr	SetWindowLongPtrW




#endif /* !GetWindowLongPtr */
#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC
#define GWLP_WNDPROC		GWL_WNDPROC
#define GWLP_HINSTANCE		GWL_HINSTANCE
#define GWLP_HWNDPARENT		GWL_HWNDPARENT
#define GWLP_USERDATA		GWL_USERDATA
#define GWLP_ID			GWL_ID
#endif /* !GWLP_WNDPROC */

#endif /* _TKWININT */

Changes to win/tkWinKey.c.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
	 * trans_chars members.
	 */

	KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);

	if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
		|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {
	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
	}
    }
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*







|







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
	 * trans_chars members.
	 */

	KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);

	if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
		|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {
	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(keysym & 255, buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
	}
    }
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
KeycodeToKeysym(
    unsigned int keycode,
    int state,
    int noascii)
{
    BYTE keys[256];
    int result, deadkey, shift;
    TCHAR buf[4];
    unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);

    /*
     * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToUnicode(). One of ToUnicode()'s
     * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
     * to mess that up.
     */







|







182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
KeycodeToKeysym(
    unsigned int keycode,
    int state,
    int noascii)
{
    BYTE keys[256];
    int result, deadkey, shift;
    WCHAR buf[4];
    unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);

    /*
     * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToUnicode(). One of ToUnicode()'s
     * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
     * to mess that up.
     */
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
	    return;
	}
    }
    if (keySym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keySym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    shift = result >> 8;
	    if (shift & 1)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
	    if (shift & 2)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
	    if (shift & 4)







|







568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
	    return;
	}
    }
    if (keySym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((WCHAR) keySym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    shift = result >> 8;
	    if (shift & 1)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
	    if (shift & 2)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
	    if (shift & 4)
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
	    return ((KeyCode) i);
	}
    }
    if (keysym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keysym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
	}
    }

    return 0;
}







|







621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
	    return ((KeyCode) i);
	}
    }
    if (keysym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((WCHAR) keysym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
	}
    }

    return 0;
}

Changes to win/tkWinMenu.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

/*
 * The class of the window for popup menus.
 */

#define MENU_CLASS_NAME			TEXT("MenuWindowClass")
#define EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME	TEXT("EmbeddedMenuWindowClass")

/*
 * Used to align a windows bitmap inside a rectangle
 */

#define ALIGN_BITMAP_LEFT	0x00000001
#define ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT	0x00000002







|
|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

/*
 * The class of the window for popup menus.
 */

#define MENU_CLASS_NAME			L"MenuWindowClass"
#define EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME	L"EmbeddedMenuWindowClass"

/*
 * Used to align a windows bitmap inside a rectangle
 */

#define ALIGN_BITMAP_LEFT	0x00000001
#define ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT	0x00000002
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
static int indicatorDimensions[2];
				/* The dimensions of the indicator space in a
				 * menu entry. Calculated at init time to save
				 * time. */

static BOOL showMenuAccelerators;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int inPostMenu;		/* We cannot be re-entrant like X Windows. */
    WORD lastCommandID;		/* The last command ID we allocated. */
    HWND menuHWND;		/* A window to service popup-menu messages
				 * in. */
    HWND embeddedMenuHWND;	/* A window to service embedded menu
				 * messages */
    int oldServiceMode;		/* Used while processing a menu; we need to







|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
static int indicatorDimensions[2];
				/* The dimensions of the indicator space in a
				 * menu entry. Calculated at init time to save
				 * time. */

static BOOL showMenuAccelerators;

typedef struct {
    int inPostMenu;		/* We cannot be re-entrant like X Windows. */
    WORD lastCommandID;		/* The last command ID we allocated. */
    HWND menuHWND;		/* A window to service popup-menu messages
				 * in. */
    HWND embeddedMenuHWND;	/* A window to service embedded menu
				 * messages */
    int oldServiceMode;		/* Used while processing a menu; we need to
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
	/*
	 * Remove the menu from the menu hash table, then destroy the handle.
	 * If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
	 */

	if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
	    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr =
		Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, (char *) winMenuHdl);

	    if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
	    }
	}
 	DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
    }







|







416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
	/*
	 * Remove the menu from the menu hash table, then destroy the handle.
	 * If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
	 */

	if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
	    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr =
		Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, winMenuHdl);

	    if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
	    }
	}
 	DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
    }
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
ReconfigureWindowsMenu(
    ClientData clientData)	/* The menu we are rebuilding */
{
    TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
    char *itemText = NULL;
    const TCHAR *lpNewItem;
    UINT flags;
    UINT itemID;
    int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base;
    Tcl_DString translatedText;

    if (NULL == winMenuHdl) {
    	return;







|







569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
ReconfigureWindowsMenu(
    ClientData clientData)	/* The menu we are rebuilding */
{
    TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
    char *itemText = NULL;
    const WCHAR *lpNewItem;
    UINT flags;
    UINT itemID;
    int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base;
    Tcl_DString translatedText;

    if (NULL == winMenuHdl) {
    	return;
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
	    continue;
	}

	itemText = GetEntryText(menuPtr, mePtr);
	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		|| (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(itemText, -1, &translatedText);
	    lpNewItem = (const TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&translatedText);
	    flags |= MF_STRING;
	} else {
	    lpNewItem = (LPCTSTR) mePtr;
	    flags |= MF_OWNERDRAW;
	}

	/*
	 * Set enabling and disabling correctly.
	 */








|


|







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
	    continue;
	}

	itemText = GetEntryText(menuPtr, mePtr);
	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		|| (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(itemText, -1, &translatedText);
	    lpNewItem = (const WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&translatedText);
	    flags |= MF_STRING;
	} else {
	    lpNewItem = (LPCWSTR) mePtr;
	    flags |= MF_OWNERDRAW;
	}

	/*
	 * Set enabling and disabling correctly.
	 */

739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746



747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780







781
782
783
784
785
786
787
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a menu on the screen



 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted and handled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    int x, int y)
{
    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
    int result, flags;
    RECT noGoawayRect;
    POINT point;
    Tk_Window parentWindow = Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin);
    int oldServiceMode = Tcl_GetServiceMode();
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    tsdPtr->inPostMenu++;

    CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr);

    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
	return result;
    }








    /*
     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means
     * we are dead and should go away.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {







|
>
>
>














|











<







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775

776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the
 *      specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates.
 *      If the entry parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the
 *      menu itself is placed at the point.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted and handled.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    TkMenu *menuPtr,
    int x, int y, int index)
{
    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
    int result, flags;
    RECT noGoawayRect;
    POINT point;
    Tk_Window parentWindow = Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin);
    int oldServiceMode = Tcl_GetServiceMode();
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    tsdPtr->inPostMenu++;

    CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr);

    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
	return result;
    }

    if (index >= (int)menuPtr->numEntries) {
	index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
    }
    if (index >= 0) {
	y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
    }

    /*
     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means
     * we are dead and should go away.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
833
834
835
836
837
838
839






























































































840
841
842
843
844
845
846
    Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, point.x, point.y);

    if (tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
	tsdPtr->inPostMenu = 0;
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMenuNewEntry --
 *
 *	Adds a pointer to a new menu entry structure with the platform-







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
    Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, point.x, point.y);

    if (tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
	tsdPtr->inPostMenu = 0;
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpPostTearoffMenu --
 *
 *	Posts a tearoff menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the
 *      specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates.
 *      If the index parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the menu
 *      itself is placed at the point.  Adjusts the menu's position so that it
 *      fits on the screen, and maps and raises the menu.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl Error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The menu is posted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpPostTearoffMenu(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the menu */
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
    int x, int y, int index)	/* The root X,Y coordinates where we are
				 * posting */
{
    int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
    int result;

    if (index >= (int)menuPtr->numEntries) {
	index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
    }
    if (index >= 0) {
	y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
    }

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
    result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
    	return result;
    }

    /*
     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
     * and should go away.
     */

    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
    	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
     * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
     *
     * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
     *    are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
     *    uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for
     *    the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root
     *    (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu
     *    itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead
     *    (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use
     *    for this...).
     * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be
     *    the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its
     *    requested size, not its actual size.
     */

    Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY,
	&vRootWidth, &vRootHeight);
    vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) {
	x = vRootX + vRootWidth;
    }
    if (x < vRootX) {
	x = vRootX;
    }
    vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin);
    if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) {
	y = vRootY + vRootHeight;
    }
    if (y < vRootY) {
	y = vRootY;
    }
    Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y);
    if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) {
	Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    }
    TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMenuNewEntry --
 *
 *	Adds a pointer to a new menu entry structure with the platform-
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    switch (*pMessage) {
    case WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP:
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		(char *) *pwParam);
	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
	    if ((menuPtr->menuRefPtr != NULL)
		    && (menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) {
		TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp,
			menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, NULL);
	    }
	}
	break;

    case WM_INITMENU:
	TkMenuInit();
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		(char *) *pwParam);
	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
	    tsdPtr->oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
	    tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = menuPtr;
	    CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr);
	    RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr);
	    if (!tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {







|













|







1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    switch (*pMessage) {
    case WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP:
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		*pwParam);
	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
	    if ((menuPtr->menuRefPtr != NULL)
		    && (menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) {
		TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp,
			menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, NULL);
	    }
	}
	break;

    case WM_INITMENU:
	TkMenuInit();
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		*pwParam);
	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
	    tsdPtr->oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
	    tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = menuPtr;
	    CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr);
	    RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr);
	    if (!tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148

1149

1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158

1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166



1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174

1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
	    *plResult = 0;
	    returnResult = 1;
	}
	break;

    case WM_MENUCHAR: {
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		(char *) *plParam);
	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
	    int i, len, underline;
	    Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;

	    Tcl_UniChar *wlabel, menuChar;


	    *plResult = 0;
	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
	    /*
	     * Assume we have something directly convertable to Tcl_UniChar.
	     * True at least for wide systems.
	     */
	    menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((Tcl_UniChar) LOWORD(*pwParam));


	    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
		underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline;
		labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
		if ((underline >= 0) && (labelPtr != NULL)) {
		    /*
		     * Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check
		     */
		    wlabel = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(labelPtr, &len);



		    if ((underline < len) && (menuChar ==
				Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) {
			*plResult = (2 << 16) | i;
			returnResult = 1;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }

	}
	break;
    }

    case WM_MEASUREITEM: {
	LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) *plParam;








|

|

>
|
>







|

>



|



|
>
>
>
|







>







1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
	    *plResult = 0;
	    returnResult = 1;
	}
	break;

    case WM_MENUCHAR: {
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		*plParam);
	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
	    TkSizeT i, len, underline;
	    Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;
	    WCHAR *wlabel;
	    int menuChar;
	    Tcl_DString ds;

	    *plResult = 0;
	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
	    /*
	     * Assume we have something directly convertable to Tcl_UniChar.
	     * True at least for wide systems.
	     */
	    menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(LOWORD(*pwParam));

	    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
		underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline;
		labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
		if ((underline != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) && (labelPtr != NULL)) {
		    /*
		     * Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check
		     */
		    const char *src = TkGetStringFromObj(labelPtr, &len);

		    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
		    wlabel = (WCHAR *) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, len, &ds);
		    if ((underline + 1 < len + 1) && (menuChar ==
				Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) {
			*plResult = (2 << 16) | i;
			returnResult = 1;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	}
	break;
    }

    case WM_MEASUREITEM: {
	LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) *plParam;

1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
		Tcl_SetServiceMode(tsdPtr->oldServiceMode);
		RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    menuPtr = NULL;
	    if (*plParam != 0) {
		hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
			(char *) *plParam);
		if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
		    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
		}
	    }

	    if (menuPtr != NULL) {
		long entryIndex = LOWORD(*pwParam);

                if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && menuPtr->tearoff) {
                    /*
                     * Windows passes the entry index starting at 0 for
                     * the first menu entry. However this entry #0 is the
                     * tearoff entry for Tk (the menu has -tearoff 1),
                     * which is ignored for MENUBAR menues on Windows.
                     */

                    entryIndex++;
                }
                mePtr = NULL;
		if (flags != 0xFFFF) {
		    if ((flags&MF_POPUP) && (entryIndex<menuPtr->numEntries)) {
			mePtr = menuPtr->entries[entryIndex];
		    } else {
			hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
				INT2PTR(entryIndex));
			if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
			    mePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
			}
		    }
		}

		if ((mePtr == NULL) || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)) {
		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
		} else {
		    if (mePtr->index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
			Tcl_Panic("Trying to activate an entry which doesn't exist");
		    }
		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index);
		}
		MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
		Tcl_ServiceAll();
		*plResult = 0;







|




















|













|







1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
		Tcl_SetServiceMode(tsdPtr->oldServiceMode);
		RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    menuPtr = NULL;
	    if (*plParam != 0) {
		hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
			*plParam);
		if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
		    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
		}
	    }

	    if (menuPtr != NULL) {
		long entryIndex = LOWORD(*pwParam);

                if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && menuPtr->tearoff) {
                    /*
                     * Windows passes the entry index starting at 0 for
                     * the first menu entry. However this entry #0 is the
                     * tearoff entry for Tk (the menu has -tearoff 1),
                     * which is ignored for MENUBAR menues on Windows.
                     */

                    entryIndex++;
                }
                mePtr = NULL;
		if (flags != 0xFFFF) {
		    if ((flags&MF_POPUP) && (entryIndex < (int)menuPtr->numEntries)) {
			mePtr = menuPtr->entries[entryIndex];
		    } else {
			hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
				INT2PTR(entryIndex));
			if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
			    mePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
			}
		    }
		}

		if ((mePtr == NULL) || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)) {
		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
		} else {
		    if (mePtr->index >= (int)menuPtr->numEntries) {
			Tcl_Panic("Trying to activate an entry which doesn't exist");
		    }
		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index);
		}
		MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
		Tcl_ServiceAll();
		*plResult = 0;
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu to reset. */
{
    int i;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
    	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {







|







1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu to reset. */
{
    TkSizeT i;
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;

    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
    MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
    	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
	if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414

    if (menuPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
	int newEntry;

	winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		(char *) winMenuHdl);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
	DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
	winMenuHdl = CreateMenu();
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		(char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, menuPtr);
	menuPtr->platformData = (TkMenuPlatformData) winMenuHdl;







|







1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524

    if (menuPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
	int newEntry;

	winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		winMenuHdl);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
	DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
	winMenuHdl = CreateMenu();
	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
		(char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, menuPtr);
	menuPtr->platformData = (TkMenuPlatformData) winMenuHdl;
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
    int y,			/* Top Edge */
    int width,			/* Width of entry */
    int height)			/* Height of entry */
{
    if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
	int len;

	/* do the unicode call just to prevent overruns */
	Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len);
	if (mePtr->underline < len) {
	    const char *label, *start, *end;

	    label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
	    start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
	    end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);
	    Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d,







<
|







2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079

2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
    int y,			/* Top Edge */
    int width,			/* Width of entry */
    int height)			/* Height of entry */
{
    if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
	int len;


	len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr);
	if (mePtr->underline < len) {
	    const char *label, *start, *end;

	    label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
	    start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
	    end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);
	    Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d,
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
     * windows events, so we need to invoke C code to generate the
     * WM_SYSKEYDOWNS and WM_SYSKEYUPs appropriately. Trick is, we can't
     * create a C level binding directly since we may want to modify the
     * binding in Tcl code.
     */

    (void) Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "tk::WinMenuKey",
	    TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL);

    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
	    "<Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);

    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
	    "<KeyRelease-Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);








|
<







2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260

2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
     * windows events, so we need to invoke C code to generate the
     * WM_SYSKEYDOWNS and WM_SYSKEYUPs appropriately. Trick is, we can't
     * create a C level binding directly since we may want to modify the
     * binding in Tcl code.
     */

    (void) Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "tk::WinMenuKey",
	    TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd, Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);


    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
	    "<Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);

    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
	    "<KeyRelease-Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);

2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
    }

    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
	if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) {
	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y,
		    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
	} else if ((mePtr->image != NULL)
		&& (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != NULL)) {
	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC,
		    leftEdge + imageXOffset,
		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset),
		    (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
	}
    }
}







|







2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
    }

    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
	if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) {
	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y,
		    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
	} else if ((mePtr->image != NULL)
		&& menuPtr->disabledImageGC) {
	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC,
		    leftEdge + imageXOffset,
		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset),
		    (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
	}
    }
}
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801



2802
2803












2804
2805

2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
    int x,			/* left edge */
    int y,			/* top edge */
    int width,			/* width of rectangle to draw */
    int height)			/* height of rectangle to draw */
{
    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
		|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {



	bgBorder = activeBorder;
    }












    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0,
	    TK_RELIEF_FLAT);

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
 *







>
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>







2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
    int x,			/* left edge */
    int y,			/* top edge */
    int width,			/* width of rectangle to draw */
    int height)			/* height of rectangle to draw */
{
    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
		|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {
	int relief;
	int activeBorderWidth;

	bgBorder = activeBorder;

	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
		|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
	} else {
	    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->activeReliefPtr, &relief);
	}
	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		activeBorderWidth, relief);
    } else {
        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0,
                TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
 *
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870

    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
    accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
	    menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);

    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr == NULL) {
	    tkfont = menuFont;
	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
	} else {
	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
		    menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr);
    	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);







|







2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994

    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
    accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
	    menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);

    for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr == NULL) {
	    tkfont = menuFont;
	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
	} else {
	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
		    menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr);
    	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
	    GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
	    	    fmPtr, &width, &height);
	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
	} else if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
	    	    fmPtr, &width, &height);
	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;

	} else {
	    /*
	     * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
	     * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
	     * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
	     * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
	     * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,







<







3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023

3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
	    GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
	    	    fmPtr, &width, &height);
	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
	} else if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
	    	    fmPtr, &width, &height);
	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;

	} else {
	    /*
	     * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
	     * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
	     * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
	     * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
	     * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
	    windowHeight = y;
	}
    }

    if (accelWidth != 0) {
	labelWidth += accelSpace;
    }
    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;


    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
     */








|









<
<







3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080


3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
	    windowHeight = y;
	}
    }

    if (accelWidth != 0) {
	labelWidth += accelSpace;
    }
    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;


    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
     */

3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
    const char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
    const char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = NULL;

    if ((strcmp(dbName, "activeBorderWidth") == 0) ||
	    (strcmp(dbName, "borderWidth") == 0)) {
	valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(defaultBorderWidth);
    } else if (strcmp(dbName, "font") == 0) {
	valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&menuFontDString), -1);
    }

    return valuePtr;
}








|







3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
    const char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
    const char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = NULL;

    if ((strcmp(dbName, "activeBorderWidth") == 0) ||
	    (strcmp(dbName, "borderWidth") == 0)) {
	valuePtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(defaultBorderWidth);
    } else if (strcmp(dbName, "font") == 0) {
	valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&menuFontDString), -1);
    }

    return valuePtr;
}

3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
    HDC scratchDC;
    int bold = 0;
    int italic = 0;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    int pointSize;
    HFONT menuFont;
    /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */
    struct {
        NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;
#if (WINVER < 0x0600)
        int padding;
#endif
    } nc;
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    /*
     * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
     * of options via a break statement.
     */

    defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER);
    if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER) > defaultBorderWidth) {
	defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
    }

    scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (!firstTime) {
	Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);

    nc.metrics.cbSize = sizeof(nc);

    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
    GetVersionExW(&os);
    if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
	nc.metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
    }

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize,
	    &nc.metrics, 0);
    menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont);
    SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
    GetTextMetrics(scratchDC, &tm);
    GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
    pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
	    72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
    if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
	bold = 1;







<
|
<
<
<
<


















|




|


|
|
|







3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335

3336




3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
    HDC scratchDC;
    int bold = 0;
    int italic = 0;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    int pointSize;
    HFONT menuFont;
    /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */

    NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;




    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    /*
     * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
     * of options via a break statement.
     */

    defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER);
    if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER) > defaultBorderWidth) {
	defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
    }

    scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (!firstTime) {
	Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);

    metrics.cbSize = sizeof(metrics);

    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
    GetVersionExW(&os);
    if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
	metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
    }

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, metrics.cbSize,
	    &metrics, 0);
    menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&metrics.lfMenuFont);
    SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
    GetTextMetrics(scratchDC, &tm);
    GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
    pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
	    72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
    if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
	bold = 1;
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394

void
TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    tsdPtr->menuHWND = CreateWindow(MENU_CLASS_NAME, TEXT("MenuWindow"), WS_POPUP,
	    0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);

    if (!tsdPtr->menuHWND) {
	Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the menu window");
    }

    tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND =
	    CreateWindow(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, TEXT("EmbeddedMenuWindow"),
	    WS_POPUP, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);

    if (!tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND) {
	Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the embedded menu window");
    }

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);







|







|







3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510

void
TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    tsdPtr->menuHWND = CreateWindow(MENU_CLASS_NAME, L"MenuWindow", WS_POPUP,
	    0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);

    if (!tsdPtr->menuHWND) {
	Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the menu window");
    }

    tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND =
	    CreateWindow(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, L"EmbeddedMenuWindow",
	    WS_POPUP, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);

    if (!tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND) {
	Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the embedded menu window");
    }

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

Changes to win/tkWinPixmap.c.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
	    LPVOID lpMsgBuf;

	    repeatError = 1;
	    if (FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
		    FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
		    NULL, GetLastError(),
		    MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
		    (LPTSTR)&lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) {
		MessageBox(NULL, (LPTSTR) lpMsgBuf,
			TEXT("Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection"),
			MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION);
		LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
	    }
	}
    }

    if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {







|
|
|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
	    LPVOID lpMsgBuf;

	    repeatError = 1;
	    if (FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
		    FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
		    NULL, GetLastError(),
		    MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
		    (LPWSTR)&lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) {
		MessageBox(NULL, (LPWSTR) lpMsgBuf,
			L"Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection",
			MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION);
		LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
	    }
	}
    }

    if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {

Changes to win/tkWinPointer.c.

76
77
78
79
80
81
82






83
84
85
86
87
88
89
	state |= Button1Mask;
    }
    if (GetKeyState(VK_MBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
	state |= Button2Mask;
    }
    if (GetKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
	state |= Button3Mask;






    }
    return state;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>







76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
	state |= Button1Mask;
    }
    if (GetKeyState(VK_MBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
	state |= Button2Mask;
    }
    if (GetKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
	state |= Button3Mask;
    }
    if (GetKeyState(VK_XBUTTON1) & 0x8000) {
	state |= Button4Mask;
    }
    if (GetKeyState(VK_XBUTTON2) & 0x8000) {
	state |= Button5Mask;
    }
    return state;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to win/tkWinPort.h.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following sets of #includes and #ifdefs are required to get Tcl to
 * compile under the windows compilers.
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


#include <wchar.h>
#include <io.h>
#include <stdlib.h>

#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <malloc.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>







>



>







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following sets of #includes and #ifdefs are required to get Tcl to
 * compile under the windows compilers.
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#include <stdio.h>
#include <wchar.h>
#include <io.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <malloc.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>

Changes to win/tkWinScrlbr.c.

219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
	style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
		| SBS_VERT;
    } else {
	style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
		| SBS_HORZ;
    }

    scrollPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(TEXT("SCROLLBAR"), NULL, style,
	    Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
	    parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);

    /*
     * Ensure new window is inserted into the stacking order at the correct
     * place.
     */







|







219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
	style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
		| SBS_VERT;
    } else {
	style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
		| SBS_HORZ;
    }

    scrollPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(L"SCROLLBAR", NULL, style,
	    Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
	    parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);

    /*
     * Ensure new window is inserted into the stacking order at the correct
     * place.
     */
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *) clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->info.tkwin;

    scrollPtr->info.flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Destroy and recreate the scrollbar control if the orientation has
     * changed.
     */

    if (scrollPtr->lastVertical != scrollPtr->info.vertical) {
	HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));

	SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc);
	DestroyWindow(hwnd);

	CreateProc(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(Tk_Parent(tkwin)),
		(ClientData) scrollPtr);
    } else {
	UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|



















|







271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->info.tkwin;

    scrollPtr->info.flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Destroy and recreate the scrollbar control if the orientation has
     * changed.
     */

    if (scrollPtr->lastVertical != scrollPtr->info.vertical) {
	HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));

	SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc);
	DestroyWindow(hwnd);

	CreateProc(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(Tk_Parent(tkwin)),
		scrollPtr);
    } else {
	UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
ModalLoop(
    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    int oldMode;

    if (scrollPtr->hwnd) {
	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)scrollPtr);
	scrollPtr->winFlags |= IN_MODAL_LOOP;
	oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	TkWinResendEvent(scrollPtr->oldProc, scrollPtr->hwnd, eventPtr);
	(void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
	scrollPtr->winFlags &= ~IN_MODAL_LOOP;
	if (scrollPtr->hwnd && scrollPtr->winFlags & ALREADY_DEAD) {
	    DestroyWindow(scrollPtr->hwnd);
	}
	Tcl_Release((ClientData)scrollPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScrollbarPosition --







|








|







613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
ModalLoop(
    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    int oldMode;

    if (scrollPtr->hwnd) {
	Tcl_Preserve(scrollPtr);
	scrollPtr->winFlags |= IN_MODAL_LOOP;
	oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	TkWinResendEvent(scrollPtr->oldProc, scrollPtr->hwnd, eventPtr);
	(void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
	scrollPtr->winFlags &= ~IN_MODAL_LOOP;
	if (scrollPtr->hwnd && scrollPtr->winFlags & ALREADY_DEAD) {
	    DestroyWindow(scrollPtr->hwnd);
	}
	Tcl_Release(scrollPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScrollbarPosition --

Changes to win/tkWinTest.c.

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
    /*
     * Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
     */

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testclipboard", TestclipboardObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinevent", TestwineventObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfindwindow", TestfindwindowObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testgetwindowinfo", TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinlocale", TestwinlocaleObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

struct TestFindControlState {
    int  id;
    HWND control;
};







|

|

|

|

|







63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
    /*
     * Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
     */

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testclipboard", TestclipboardObjCmd,
	    Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinevent", TestwineventObjCmd,
	    Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfindwindow", TestfindwindowObjCmd,
	    Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testgetwindowinfo", TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd,
	    Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinlocale", TestwinlocaleObjCmd,
	    Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

struct TestFindControlState {
    int  id;
    HWND control;
};
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
	if (error == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) {
	    strcpy(msgBuf, "function not supported under Win32s");
	} else {
	    sprintf(msgBuf, "unknown error: %ld", error);
	}
	msg = msgBuf;
    } else {
	Tcl_Encoding encoding;
	char *msgPtr;

	encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, (char *) wMsgPtr, -1, &ds);
	Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
	LocalFree(wMsgPtr);

	msgPtr = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);

	/*
	 * Trim the trailing CR/LF from the system message.







<


<
|
<







171
172
173
174
175
176
177

178
179

180

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
	if (error == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) {
	    strcpy(msgBuf, "function not supported under Win32s");
	} else {
	    sprintf(msgBuf, "unknown error: %ld", error);
	}
	msg = msgBuf;
    } else {

	char *msgPtr;


	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(wMsgPtr, -1, &ds);

	LocalFree(wMsgPtr);

	msgPtr = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);

	/*
	 * Trim the trailing CR/LF from the system message.
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
static int
TestclipboardObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;

    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD"),
	    XA_STRING, SetSelectionResult, NULL);







|







237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
static int
TestclipboardObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;

    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD"),
	    XA_STRING, SetSelectionResult, NULL);
286
287
288
289
290
291
292










293
294
295
296
297
298
299
    UINT message;
    WPARAM wParam;
    LPARAM lParam;
    LRESULT result;
    static const TkStateMap messageMap[] = {
	{WM_LBUTTONDOWN,	"WM_LBUTTONDOWN"},
	{WM_LBUTTONUP,		"WM_LBUTTONUP"},










	{WM_CHAR,		"WM_CHAR"},
	{WM_GETTEXT,		"WM_GETTEXT"},
	{WM_SETTEXT,		"WM_SETTEXT"},
	{WM_COMMAND,            "WM_COMMAND"},
	{-1,			NULL}
    };








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
    UINT message;
    WPARAM wParam;
    LPARAM lParam;
    LRESULT result;
    static const TkStateMap messageMap[] = {
	{WM_LBUTTONDOWN,	"WM_LBUTTONDOWN"},
	{WM_LBUTTONUP,		"WM_LBUTTONUP"},
	{WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK,		"WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"},
	{WM_MBUTTONDOWN,	"WM_MBUTTONDOWN"},
	{WM_MBUTTONUP,		"WM_MBUTTONUP"},
	{WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK,		"WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"},
	{WM_RBUTTONDOWN,	"WM_RBUTTONDOWN"},
	{WM_RBUTTONUP,		"WM_RBUTTONUP"},
	{WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK,		"WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"},
	{WM_XBUTTONDOWN,	"WM_XBUTTONDOWN"},
	{WM_XBUTTONUP,		"WM_XBUTTONUP"},
	{WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK,		"WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK"},
	{WM_CHAR,		"WM_CHAR"},
	{WM_GETTEXT,		"WM_GETTEXT"},
	{WM_SETTEXT,		"WM_SETTEXT"},
	{WM_COMMAND,            "WM_COMMAND"},
	{-1,			NULL}
    };

431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
static int
TestfindwindowObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    const TCHAR  *title = NULL, *class = NULL;
    Tcl_DString titleString, classString;
    HWND hwnd = NULL;
    int r = TCL_OK;
    DWORD myPid;

    Tcl_DStringInit(&classString);
    Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);







|







438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
static int
TestfindwindowObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    const WCHAR  *title = NULL, *class = NULL;
    Tcl_DString titleString, classString;
    HWND hwnd = NULL;
    int r = TCL_OK;
    DWORD myPid;

    Tcl_DStringInit(&classString);
    Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
#endif

    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
	r = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    }

    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
    return r;

}

static BOOL CALLBACK
EnumChildrenProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TRUE;
}

static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    long hwnd;
    Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
    TCHAR buf[512];
    int cch, cchBuf = 256;
    Tcl_DString ds;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    cch = GetClassName(INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf);
    if (cch == 0) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1));
    	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	Tcl_DString ds;
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds);
	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    }

    dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
	Tcl_NewLongObj(GetWindowLongA(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID)));

    cch = GetWindowText(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf);
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, cch * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
    textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
	Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((INT2PTR(hwnd))))));

    childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    EnumChildWindows(INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
TestwinlocaleObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)GetThreadLocale()));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|















|










|


|








|


|














|

|






|


|

















|










486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
#endif

    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
	r = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    }

    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
    return r;

}

static BOOL CALLBACK
EnumChildrenProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TRUE;
}

static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_WideInt hwnd;
    Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
    WCHAR buf[512];
    int cch, cchBuf = 256;
    Tcl_DString ds;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    cch = GetClassName((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, buf, cchBuf);
    if (cch == 0) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1));
    	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	Tcl_DString ds;
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds);
	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    }

    dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetWindowLongPtr((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, GWL_ID)));

    cch = GetWindowText((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, buf, cchBuf);
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, cch * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
    textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((HWND)(size_t)hwnd))));

    childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    EnumChildWindows((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
TestwinlocaleObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetThreadLocale()));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to win/tkWinWindow.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
    Tcl_HashTable windowTable;  /* The windowTable maps from HWND to Tk_Window
				 * handles. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*







|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"

typedef struct {
    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
    Tcl_HashTable windowTable;  /* The windowTable maps from HWND to Tk_Window
				 * handles. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81

    if (twdPtr == NULL) {
	twdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
	twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW;
	twdPtr->window.winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    } else if (twdPtr->window.handle != NULL) {
	entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable,
		(char *)twdPtr->window.handle);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Insert the new HWND into the window table.
     */








|







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81

    if (twdPtr == NULL) {
	twdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
	twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW;
	twdPtr->window.winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    } else if (twdPtr->window.handle != NULL) {
	entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable,
		twdPtr->window.handle);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Insert the new HWND into the window table.
     */

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
    }
    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char *) hwnd);
    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
	return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*







|







111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
    }
    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, hwnd);
    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
	return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
    /*
     * Remove references to the window in the pointer module then release the
     * drawable.
     */

    TkPointerDeadWindow(winPtr);

    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char*)hwnd);
    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
    }

    ckfree(twdPtr);

    /*







|







319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
    /*
     * Remove references to the window in the pointer module then release the
     * drawable.
     */

    TkPointerDeadWindow(winPtr);

    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, hwnd);
    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
    }

    ckfree(twdPtr);

    /*

Changes to win/tkWinWm.c.

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))

/*
 * Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
 */

typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
    Tcl_HashTable *table;







|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    (offsetof(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1 + cmdLength)

/*
 * Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
 */

typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
    Tcl_HashTable *table;
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377

static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
    "wm",			/* name */
    TopLevelReqProc,		/* requestProc */
    NULL,			/* lostSlaveProc */
};

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    HPALETTE systemPalette;	/* System palette; refers to the currently
				 * installed foreground logical palette. */
    TkWindow *createWindow;	/* Window that is being constructed. This
				 * value is set immediately before a call to
				 * CreateWindowEx, and is used by SetLimits.
				 * This is a gross hack needed to work around
				 * Windows brain damage where it sends the







|







363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377

static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
    "wm",			/* name */
    TopLevelReqProc,		/* requestProc */
    NULL,			/* lostSlaveProc */
};

typedef struct {
    HPALETTE systemPalette;	/* System palette; refers to the currently
				 * installed foreground logical palette. */
    TkWindow *createWindow;	/* Window that is being constructed. This
				 * value is set immediately before a call to
				 * CreateWindowEx, and is used by SetLimits.
				 * This is a gross hack needed to work around
				 * Windows brain damage where it sends the
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
	    ZeroMemory(&class, sizeof(WNDCLASS));

	    class.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
	    class.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
	    class.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME;
	    class.lpfnWndProc = WmProc;
	    if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
		class.hIcon = LoadIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), TEXT("tk"));
	    } else {
		class.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG);
		if (class.hIcon == NULL) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}

		/*







|







879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
	    ZeroMemory(&class, sizeof(WNDCLASS));

	    class.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
	    class.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
	    class.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME;
	    class.lpfnWndProc = WmProc;
	    if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
		class.hIcon = LoadIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), L"tk");
	    } else {
		class.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG);
		if (class.hIcon == NULL) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}

		/*
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266

	file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
	if (file == NULL) {
	    return NULL;
	}
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(file, -1, &ds2);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM,
		sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON);

	if (res != 0) {
	    SHFILEINFO sfi;
	    unsigned size;

	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	    res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi,
		    sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON);

	    /*
	     * Account for extra icon, if necessary.
	     */

	    size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)







|







|







1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266

	file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
	if (file == NULL) {
	    return NULL;
	}
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(file, -1, &ds2);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM,
		sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON);

	if (res != 0) {
	    SHFILEINFO sfi;
	    unsigned size;

	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	    res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi,
		    sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON);

	    /*
	     * Account for extra icon, if necessary.
	     */

	    size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141

	tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ?
		wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString);

	wmPtr->wrapper = CreateWindowEx(wmPtr->exStyle,
		TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME,
		(LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
		wmPtr->style, x, y, width, height,
		parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
	SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr);
	tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL;

	if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED) {







|







2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141

	tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ?
		wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString);

	wmPtr->wrapper = CreateWindowEx(wmPtr->exStyle,
		TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME,
		(LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
		wmPtr->style, x, y, width, height,
		parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
	SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr);
	tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL;

	if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED) {
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
	WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE,
	WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
	WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
	WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
	WMOPT_WITHDRAW
    };
    int index;
    size_t length;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
    length = objv[1]->length;
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length)
	    && (length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		    dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (wmTracing) {
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;







|










|
<









|
|







2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815

2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
	WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE,
	WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
	WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
	WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
	WMOPT_WITHDRAW
    };
    int index;
    TkSizeT length;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);

    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length)
	    && (length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
		    (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) != 0));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (wmTracing) {
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
    } else {







|
|
|
|







2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
    } else {
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
    const char *string;
    int i, boolean;
    size_t length;
    int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0;
    int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0;

    if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) {
    configArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window"







|







3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
    const char *string;
    int i, boolean;
    TkSizeT length;
    int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0;
    int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0;

    if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) {
    configArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window"
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((style & WS_DISABLED)));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-topmost", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
	length = objv[i]->length;
	if ((length < 2) || (string[0] != '-')) {
	    goto configArgs;
	}
	if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", length) == 0) {
	    stylePtr = &style;
	    styleBit = WS_DISABLED;
	} else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", length) == 0)







|



|



|



|




|
<







3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079

3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj((style & WS_DISABLED) != 0));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW) != 0));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("-topmost", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		Tcl_NewWideIntObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST) != 0));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
	string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

	if ((length < 2) || (string[0] != '-')) {
	    goto configArgs;
	}
	if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", length) == 0) {
	    stylePtr = &style;
	    styleBit = WS_DISABLED;
	} else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", length) == 0)
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
		    if (dval < 0.0) {
			dval = 0;
		    } else if (dval > 1.0) {
			dval = 1;
		    }
		    wmPtr->alpha = dval;
		} else {			/* -transparentcolor */
		    const char *crefstr = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);

		    length = objv[i+1]->length;
		    if (length == 0) {
			/* reset to no transparent color */
			if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
			    wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
			}
		    } else {







|

<







3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148

3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
		    if (dval < 0.0) {
			dval = 0;
		    } else if (dval > 1.0) {
			dval = 1;
		    }
		    wmPtr->alpha = dval;
		} else {			/* -transparentcolor */
		    const char *crefstr = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &length);


		    if (length == 0) {
			/* reset to no transparent color */
			if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
			    wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
			}
		    } else {
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
	    if ((i < objc-1)
		    && Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolean)
			    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (config_fullscreen) {
		if (objc == 4) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
			    wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN));
		} else {
		    fullscreen_attr_changed = 1;
		    fullscreen_attr = boolean;
		}
		config_fullscreen = 0;
	    } else if (objc == 4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
			Tcl_NewBooleanObj(*stylePtr & styleBit));
	    } else if (boolean) {
		*stylePtr |= styleBit;
	    } else {
		*stylePtr &= ~styleBit;
	    }
	}
	if ((styleBit == WS_EX_TOPMOST) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {







|
|







|







3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
	    if ((i < objc-1)
		    && Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolean)
			    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (config_fullscreen) {
		if (objc == 4) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
			    (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0));
		} else {
		    fullscreen_attr_changed = 1;
		    fullscreen_attr = boolean;
		}
		config_fullscreen = 0;
	    } else if (objc == 4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj((*stylePtr & styleBit) != 0));
	    } else if (boolean) {
		*stylePtr |= styleBit;
	    } else {
		*stylePtr &= ~styleBit;
	    }
	}
	if ((styleBit == WS_EX_TOPMOST) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    size_t length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    length = objv[3]->length;
    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));







|












|
<







3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339

3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    TkSizeT length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);

    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
    if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmGeometryCmd --







|







3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
    if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmGeometryCmd --
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	/*
	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as







|
|
|
|







3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
	    results[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
	    results[3] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	/*
	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    const char *argv3;
    size_t length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    length = objv[3]->length;
    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {







|











|
<







3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937

3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    const char *argv3;
    TkSizeT length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);

    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    size_t length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		(wmPtr->iconName ? wmPtr->iconName : ""), -1));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	length = objv[3]->length;
	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	memcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3, length + 1);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;







|













|
<







4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260

4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    TkSizeT length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		(wmPtr->iconName ? wmPtr->iconName : ""), -1));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);

	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	memcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3, length + 1);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
	 * converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure.
	 */

	ZeroMemory(&iconInfo, sizeof(iconInfo));
	iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE;

	/*
	 * Create device-independant color bitmap.
	 */

	ZeroMemory(&bmInfo, sizeof bmInfo);
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height;
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;







|







4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
	 * converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure.
	 */

	ZeroMemory(&iconInfo, sizeof(iconInfo));
	iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE;

	/*
	 * Create device-independent color bitmap.
	 */

	ZeroMemory(&bmInfo, sizeof bmInfo);
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height;
	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
    } else {







|
|







4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	    results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
	    results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
    } else {
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
|







4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMinSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
|







4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	GetMinSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(width);
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(height);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else {
	curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (curValue != boolean) {
	if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {







|







4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else {
	curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(curValue != 0));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (curValue != boolean) {
	if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
    Atom protocol;
    const char *cmd;
    size_t cmdLength;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {







|







4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
    Atom protocol;
    const char *cmd;
    TkSizeT cmdLength;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
    cmdLength = objv[4]->length;
    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;
	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);







|
<







5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009

5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);

    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;
	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
|







5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	Tcl_Obj *results[2];

	results[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	results[1] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
	    result = index1 > index2;
	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
	    result = index1 < index2;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
	    result = index1 > index2;
	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
	    result = index1 < index2;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(result));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    size_t length;
    HWND wrapper;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
	wrapper = (HWND) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0);
    } else {
	wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wrapper) {
	    TCHAR buf[256];
	    Tcl_DString titleString;
	    int size = 256;

	    GetWindowText(wrapper, buf, size);
	    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &titleString);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&titleString)));
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    (wmPtr->title ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	length = objv[3]->length;
	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
	memcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3, length + 1);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DString titleString;

	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString);
	    SetWindowText(wrapper, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString));
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







|














|

















|
<







|







5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480

5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    TkSizeT length;
    HWND wrapper;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
	wrapper = (HWND) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0);
    } else {
	wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wrapper) {
	    WCHAR buf[256];
	    Tcl_DString titleString;
	    int size = 256;

	    GetWindowText(wrapper, buf, size);
	    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &titleString);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&titleString)));
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    (wmPtr->title ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);

	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
	memcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3, length + 1);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DString titleString;

	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString);
	    SetWindowText(wrapper, (LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString));
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {







|







5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr, *w;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587

5588
5589

5590
5591
5592


5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
	if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}


	if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(

		    "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;


	} else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
	    /*
	     * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
	     * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
	     * reflect the state of the master.
	     */

	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {







|
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
>
>
|







5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
	if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
	     w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr) {
	    if (w == winPtr) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
		    Tk_PathName(masterPtr)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
	    /*
	     * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
	     * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
	     * reflect the state of the master.
	     */

	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
    TkWindow *childWinPtr;

    TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
	    (TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;

    /*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, (char *) hwnd);
    if (hPtr != NULL) {
	childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice.
	 */








|







6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
    TkWindow *childWinPtr;

    TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
	    (TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;

    /*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/

    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, hwnd);
    if (hPtr != NULL) {
	childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice.
	 */

Changes to win/tkWinX.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37









38
39
40
41
42
43
44
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"

/*
 * The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE by
 * default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API in
 * commctrl.h.
 */

#ifndef _WIN32_IE
#define _WIN32_IE 0x0550 /* IE 5.5 */
#endif

#include <commctrl.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
#   pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
#endif

/*
 * The zmouse.h file includes the definition for WM_MOUSEWHEEL.
 */

#include <zmouse.h>










/*
 * imm.h is needed by HandleIMEComposition
 */

#include <imm.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "imm32.lib")







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







9
10
11
12
13
14
15










16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"











#include <commctrl.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
#   pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
#endif

/*
 * The zmouse.h file includes the definition for WM_MOUSEWHEEL.
 */

#include <zmouse.h>

/*
 * WM_MOUSEHWHEEL is normally defined by Winuser.h for Vista/2008 or later,
 * but is also usable on 2000/XP if IntelliPoint drivers are installed.
 */

#ifndef WM_MOUSEHWHEEL
#define WM_MOUSEHWHEEL 0x020E
#endif

/*
 * imm.h is needed by HandleIMEComposition
 */

#include <imm.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "imm32.lib")
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

86

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

static const char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */
static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL;	/* Application instance handle. */
static int childClassInitialized;	/* Registered child class? */
static WNDCLASS childClass;		/* Window class for child windows. */
static int tkPlatformId = 0;		/* version of Windows platform */
static int tkWinTheme = 0;		/* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */
static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL;
					/* The current character encoding for
					 * keyboard input */
static int keyInputCharset = -1;	/* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard
					 * encoding */
static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL;
					/* The UNICODE encoding */

/*
 * Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its own
 * TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of the thread-
 * specific date for threads.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    TkDisplay *winDisplay;	/* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
				 * screen. */
    int updatingClipboard;	/* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */
    int surrogateBuffer;	/* Buffer for first of surrogate pair. */
    DWORD wheelTickPrev;	/* For high resolution wheels. */

    short wheelAcc;		/* For high resolution wheels. */

} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
 */








<















|




|
>
|
>







56
57
58
59
60
61
62

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

static const char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */
static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL;	/* Application instance handle. */
static int childClassInitialized;	/* Registered child class? */
static WNDCLASS childClass;		/* Window class for child windows. */

static int tkWinTheme = 0;		/* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */
static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL;
					/* The current character encoding for
					 * keyboard input */
static int keyInputCharset = -1;	/* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard
					 * encoding */
static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL;
					/* The UNICODE encoding */

/*
 * Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its own
 * TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of the thread-
 * specific date for threads.
 */

typedef struct {
    TkDisplay *winDisplay;	/* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
				 * screen. */
    int updatingClipboard;	/* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */
    int surrogateBuffer;	/* Buffer for first of surrogate pair. */
    DWORD vWheelTickPrev;	/* For high resolution wheels (vertical). */
    DWORD hWheelTickPrev;	/* For high resolution wheels (horizontal). */
    short vWheelAcc;		/* For high resolution wheels (vertical). */
    short hWheelAcc;		/* For high resolution wheels (horizontal). */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
 */

123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
				 * display and server. */
{
    static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    if (!buffer[0]) {
	HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("NTDLL"));
	int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
		(int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
	    GetVersionExW(&os);
	}
	/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */







|







123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
				 * display and server. */
{
    static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    if (!buffer[0]) {
	HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandle(L"NTDLL");
	int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
		(int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
	    GetVersionExW(&os);
	}
	/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277

    /*
     * Initialize input language info
     */

    if (GetLocaleInfo(LANGIDFROMLCID(PTR2INT(GetKeyboardLayout(0))),
	       LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE | LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER,
	       (LPTSTR) &lpCP, sizeof(lpCP)/sizeof(TCHAR))
	    && TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(lpCP), &lpCs, TCI_SRCCODEPAGE)) {
	UpdateInputLanguage((int) lpCs.ciCharset);
    }

    /*
     * Make sure we cleanup on finalize.
     */

    TkCreateExitHandler(TkWinXCleanup, (ClientData) hInstance);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinXCleanup --
 *







|








|







254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277

    /*
     * Initialize input language info
     */

    if (GetLocaleInfo(LANGIDFROMLCID(PTR2INT(GetKeyboardLayout(0))),
	       LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE | LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER,
	       (LPWSTR) &lpCP, sizeof(lpCP)/sizeof(WCHAR))
	    && TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(lpCP), &lpCs, TCI_SRCCODEPAGE)) {
	UpdateInputLanguage((int) lpCs.ciCharset);
    }

    /*
     * Make sure we cleanup on finalize.
     */

    TkCreateExitHandler(TkWinXCleanup, hInstance);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinXCleanup --
 *
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkWinXCleanup(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    HINSTANCE hInstance = (HINSTANCE) clientData;

    /*
     * Clean up our own class.
     */

    if (childClassInitialized) {
	childClassInitialized = 0;







|







286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkWinXCleanup(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    HINSTANCE hInstance = clientData;

    /*
     * Clean up our own class.
     */

    if (childClassInitialized) {
	childClassInitialized = 0;
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
    TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance);
    TkWinCleanupContainerList();
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinGetPlatformId --
 *
 *	Determines whether running under NT, 95, or Win32s, to allow runtime
 *	conditional code. Win32s is no longer supported.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is one of:
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s	   Win32s on Windows 3.1 (not supported)
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS Win32 on Windows 95, 98, ME (not supported)
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT	Win32 on Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE	Win32 on Windows CE
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkWinGetPlatformId(void)
{
    if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
	OSVERSIONINFOW os;

	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	GetVersionExW(&os);
	tkPlatformId = os.dwPlatformId;

	/*
	 * Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. The
	 * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running under XP if the
	 * windows classic theme was selected.
	 */

	if ((os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) &&
		(os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) {
	    HKEY hKey;
	    LPCTSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance");
	    LPCTSTR szCurrent = TEXT("Current");
	    DWORD dwSize = 200;
	    char pBuffer[200];

	    memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize);
	    if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, szSubKey, 0L,
		    KEY_READ, &hKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
		tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
	    } else {
		RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (LPBYTE) pBuffer, &dwSize);
		RegCloseKey(hKey);
		if (strcmp(pBuffer, "Windows Standard") == 0) {
		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
		} else {
		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
	}
    }
    return tkPlatformId;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinGetPlatformTheme --
 *
 *	Return the Windows drawing style we should be using.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is one of:
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC	95/98/NT or XP in classic mode
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_XP		XP not in classic mode
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Could invoke TkWinGetPlatformId.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void)
{
    if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
	TkWinGetPlatformId();
    }
    return tkWinTheme;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetDefaultScreenName --







|

|
<



|
|
<
<
<
<
<





|

|




<







<
|

|
|




















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322

323
324
325
326
327





328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339

340
341
342
343
344
345
346

347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370



























371
372
373
374
375
376
377
    TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance);
    TkWinCleanupContainerList();
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinGetPlatformTheme --
 *
 *	Return the Windows drawing style we should be using.

 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is one of:
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC	95/98/NT or XP in classic mode
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_XP		XP not in classic mode





 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void)
{
    if (tkWinTheme == 0) {
	OSVERSIONINFOW os;

	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	GetVersionExW(&os);


	/*
	 * Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. The
	 * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running under XP if the
	 * windows classic theme was selected.
	 */


	if ((os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) {
	    HKEY hKey;
	    LPCWSTR szSubKey = L"Control Panel\\Appearance";
	    LPCWSTR szCurrent = L"Current";
	    DWORD dwSize = 200;
	    char pBuffer[200];

	    memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize);
	    if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, szSubKey, 0L,
		    KEY_READ, &hKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
		tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
	    } else {
		RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (LPBYTE) pBuffer, &dwSize);
		RegCloseKey(hKey);
		if (strcmp(pBuffer, "Windows Standard") == 0) {
		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
		} else {
		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
	}
    }



























    return tkWinTheme;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetDefaultScreenName --
551
552
553
554
555
556
557

558
559
560
561
562
563
564
    const char *display_name)
{
    Screen *screen;
    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr;
    Display *display;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));


    if (tsdPtr->winDisplay != NULL) {
	if (!strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name)) {
	    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
	} else {
	    return NULL;
	}







>







516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
    const char *display_name)
{
    Screen *screen;
    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr;
    Display *display;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    DWORD initialWheelTick;

    if (tsdPtr->winDisplay != NULL) {
	if (!strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name)) {
	    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
	} else {
	    return NULL;
	}
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613


614






615
616
617
618
619
620
621

    TkWinDisplayChanged(display);

    tsdPtr->winDisplay = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    ZeroMemory(tsdPtr->winDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display;
    tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE;
    tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = GetTickCount();


    tsdPtr->wheelAcc = 0;







    /*
     * Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event".
     */
    TkpInitKeymapInfo(tsdPtr->winDisplay);

    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;







|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>







572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595

    TkWinDisplayChanged(display);

    tsdPtr->winDisplay = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    ZeroMemory(tsdPtr->winDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display;
    tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE;
    initialWheelTick = GetTickCount();
    tsdPtr->vWheelTickPrev = initialWheelTick;
    tsdPtr->hWheelTickPrev = initialWheelTick;
    tsdPtr->vWheelAcc = 0;
    tsdPtr->hWheelAcc = 0;

    /*
     * Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event".
     */
    TkpInitKeymapInfo(tsdPtr->winDisplay);

    /*
     * Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event".
     */
    TkpInitKeymapInfo(tsdPtr->winDisplay);

    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
	ckfree(display->display_name);
    }
    if (display->screens != NULL) {
	if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
	    ckfree(display->screens->root_visual);
	}
	if (display->screens->root != None) {
	    ckfree(display->screens->root);
	}
	if (display->screens->cmap != None) {
	    XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap);
	}
	ckfree(display->screens);
    }
    ckfree(display);







|







631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
	ckfree(display->display_name);
    }
    if (display->screens != NULL) {
	if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
	    ckfree(display->screens->root_visual);
	}
	if (display->screens->root != None) {
	    ckfree((char *)display->screens->root);
	}
	if (display->screens->cmap != None) {
	    XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap);
	}
	ckfree(display->screens);
    }
    ckfree(display);
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
    if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->applicationAtom);
	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->windowAtom);

	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
	Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
	dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
    if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->applicationAtom);
	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->windowAtom);

	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
	Tcl_Release(dispPtr->clipWindow);
	dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
911
912
913
914
915
916
917


918
919
920

921
922
923
924
925
926
927

    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
    case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
    case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:


    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
    case WM_RBUTTONUP:

    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
	Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam));
	return 1;

    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
	if (wParam == VK_PACKET) {







>
>



>







885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904

    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
    case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
    case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
    case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
    case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK:
    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
    case WM_XBUTTONUP:
    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
	Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam));
	return 1;

    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
	if (wParam == VK_PACKET) {
938
939
940
941
942
943
944

945
946
947
948
949
950
951
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
    case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
    case WM_UNICHAR:
    case WM_CHAR:
    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
    case WM_KEYUP:
    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:

	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	return 1;
    case WM_MENUCHAR:
	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);

	/*
	 * MNC_CLOSE is the only one that looks right. This is a hack.







>







915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
    case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
    case WM_UNICHAR:
    case WM_CHAR:
    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
    case WM_KEYUP:
    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
    case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	return 1;
    case WM_MENUCHAR:
	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);

	/*
	 * MNC_CLOSE is the only one that looks right. This is a hack.
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    XEvent event;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (message == WM_MOUSEWHEEL) {
	union {LPARAM lParam; POINTS point;} root;
	POINT pos;
	root.lParam = lParam;

	/*
	 * Redirect mousewheel events to the window containing the cursor.
	 * That feels much less strange to users, and is how all the other







|







960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    XEvent event;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if ((message == WM_MOUSEWHEEL) || (message == WM_MOUSEHWHEEL)) {
	union {LPARAM lParam; POINTS point;} root;
	POINT pos;
	root.lParam = lParam;

	/*
	 * Redirect mousewheel events to the window containing the cursor.
	 * That feels much less strange to users, and is how all the other
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103

1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
	event.type = SelectionClear;
	event.xselectionclear.selection =
		Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window)winPtr, "CLIPBOARD");
	event.xselectionclear.time = TkpGetMS();
	break;

    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:

    case WM_CHAR:
    case WM_UNICHAR:
    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
    case WM_KEYUP: {
	unsigned int state = GetState(message, wParam, lParam);







>







1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
	event.type = SelectionClear;
	event.xselectionclear.selection =
		Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window)winPtr, "CLIPBOARD");
	event.xselectionclear.time = TkpGetMS();
	break;

    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
    case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
    case WM_CHAR:
    case WM_UNICHAR:
    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
    case WM_KEYUP: {
	unsigned int state = GetState(message, wParam, lParam);
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
































1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170

1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
	/*
	 * Now set up event specific fields.
	 */

	switch (message) {
	case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: {
	    /*
	     * Support for high resolution wheels.
	     */

	    DWORD wheelTick = GetTickCount();

	    if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev < 1500) {
		tsdPtr->wheelAcc += (short) HIWORD(wParam);
	    } else {
		tsdPtr->wheelAcc = (short) HIWORD(wParam);
	    }
	    tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = wheelTick;
	    if (abs(tsdPtr->wheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) {
































		return;
	    }

	    /*
	     * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It
	     * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has
	     * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to
	     * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in
	     * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340].
	     */

	    event.type = MouseWheelEvent;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;

	    event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->wheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA;
	    tsdPtr->wheelAcc = tsdPtr->wheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA;
	    break;
	}
	case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
	case WM_KEYDOWN:
	    /*
	     * Check for translated characters in the event queue. Setting
	     * xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the Windows implementation







|




|
|

|

|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>














>
|
|







1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
	/*
	 * Now set up event specific fields.
	 */

	switch (message) {
	case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: {
	    /*
	     * Support for high resolution wheels (vertical).
	     */

	    DWORD wheelTick = GetTickCount();

	    if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->vWheelTickPrev < 1500) {
		tsdPtr->vWheelAcc += (short) HIWORD(wParam);
	    } else {
		tsdPtr->vWheelAcc = (short) HIWORD(wParam);
	    }
	    tsdPtr->vWheelTickPrev = wheelTick;
	    if (abs(tsdPtr->vWheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) {
		return;
	    }

	    /*
	     * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It
	     * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has
	     * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to
	     * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in
	     * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340].
	     */

	    event.type = MouseWheelEvent;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
	    event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->vWheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA;
	    tsdPtr->vWheelAcc = tsdPtr->vWheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA;
	    break;
	}
	case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: {
	    /*
	     * Support for high resolution wheels (horizontal).
	     */

	    DWORD wheelTick = GetTickCount();

	    if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->hWheelTickPrev < 1500) {
		tsdPtr->hWheelAcc -= (short) HIWORD(wParam);
	    } else {
		tsdPtr->hWheelAcc = -((short) HIWORD(wParam));
	    }
	    tsdPtr->hWheelTickPrev = wheelTick;
	    if (abs(tsdPtr->hWheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) {
		return;
	    }

	    /*
	     * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It
	     * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has
	     * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to
	     * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in
	     * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340].
	     */

	    event.type = MouseWheelEvent;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
	    event.xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
	    event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->hWheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA;
	    tsdPtr->hWheelAcc = tsdPtr->hWheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA;
	    break;
	}
	case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
	case WM_KEYDOWN:
	    /*
	     * Check for translated characters in the event queue. Setting
	     * xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the Windows implementation
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetState --
 *
 *	This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons and
 *	modifier keys as they were before the event occured.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state flags
 *	that were set at the time the event occurred.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.







|







1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetState --
 *
 *	This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons and
 *	modifier keys as they were before the event occurred.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state flags
 *	that were set at the time the event occurred.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546


1547

1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Encoding
TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void)
{
    if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) {


	unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");

    }
    return unicodeEncoding;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
|
>







1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Encoding
TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void)
{
    if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) {
	unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-16");
	if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) {
	    unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
	}
    }
    return unicodeEncoding;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
    ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
    return 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeXId --
 *
 *	This interface is not needed under Windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_FreeXId(
    Display *display,
    XID xid)
{
    /* Do nothing */
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinResendEvent --
 *
 *	This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the
 *	specified windo function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Windows result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Invokes the window function
 *







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



|







1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
























1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
    ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
    return 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
























 * TkWinResendEvent --
 *
 *	This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the
 *	specified window function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Windows result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Invokes the window function
 *
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732








1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744






1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
	msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
	wparam = MK_MBUTTON;
	break;
    case Button3:
	msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
	wparam = MK_RBUTTON;
	break;








    default:
	return 0;
    }

    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button1Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_LBUTTON;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button2Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_MBUTTON;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button3Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_RBUTTON;






    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ShiftMask) {
	wparam |= MK_SHIFT;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ControlMask) {
	wparam |= MK_CONTROL;
    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












>
>
>
>
>
>







1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
	msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
	wparam = MK_MBUTTON;
	break;
    case Button3:
	msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
	wparam = MK_RBUTTON;
	break;
    case Button4:
	msg = WM_XBUTTONDOWN;
	wparam = MAKEWPARAM(MK_XBUTTON1, XBUTTON1);
	break;
    case Button5:
	msg = WM_XBUTTONDOWN;
	wparam = MAKEWPARAM(MK_XBUTTON2, XBUTTON2);
	break;
    default:
	return 0;
    }

    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button1Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_LBUTTON;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button2Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_MBUTTON;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button3Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_RBUTTON;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button4Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_XBUTTON1;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button5Mask) {
	wparam |= MK_XBUTTON2;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ShiftMask) {
	wparam |= MK_SHIFT;
    }
    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ControlMask) {
	wparam |= MK_CONTROL;
    }
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
 *
 *	Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Milliseconds of user inactive time or -1 if the user32.dll doesn't
 *	have the symbol GetLastInputInfo or GetLastInputInfo returns an error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

long
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
     Display *dpy)		/* Ignored on Windows */
{
    LASTINPUTINFO li;

    li.cbSize = sizeof(li);
    if (!(BOOL)GetLastInputInfo(&li)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Last input info is in milliseconds, since restart time.
     */








|
|














|







1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
 *
 *	Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Milliseconds of user inactive time or -1 if GetLastInputInfo
 *	returns an error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

long
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
     Display *dpy)		/* Ignored on Windows */
{
    LASTINPUTINFO li;

    li.cbSize = sizeof(li);
    if (!GetLastInputInfo(&li)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Last input info is in milliseconds, since restart time.
     */

1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
 *
 *	Reset the user inactivity timer
 *
 * Results:
 *	none
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset
 *	to zero.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(







|







1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
 *
 *	Reset the user inactivity timer
 *
 * Results:
 *	none
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The user inactivity timer of the underlying windowing system is reset
 *	to zero.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(

Changes to win/ttkWinMonitor.c.

68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
}

static HWND
CreateThemeMonitorWindow(HINSTANCE hinst, Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WNDCLASSEX wc;
    HWND       hwnd = NULL;
    TCHAR      title[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorWindow");
    TCHAR      name[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorClass");

    wc.cbSize        = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
    wc.style         = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
    wc.lpfnWndProc   = (WNDPROC)WndProc;
    wc.cbClsExtra    = 0;
    wc.cbWndExtra    = 0;
    wc.hInstance     = hinst;







|
|







68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
}

static HWND
CreateThemeMonitorWindow(HINSTANCE hinst, Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WNDCLASSEX wc;
    HWND       hwnd = NULL;
    WCHAR      title[32] = L"TtkMonitorWindow";
    WCHAR      name[32] = L"TtkMonitorClass";

    wc.cbSize        = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
    wc.style         = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
    wc.lpfnWndProc   = (WNDPROC)WndProc;
    wc.cbClsExtra    = 0;
    wc.cbWndExtra    = 0;
    wc.hInstance     = hinst;
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);

MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_WinPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    HWND hwnd;

    hwnd = CreateThemeMonitorWindow(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), interp);
    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, (ClientData)hwnd, DestroyThemeMonitorWindow);

    TtkWinTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
    TtkXPTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);

    return TCL_OK;
}







|






148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);

MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_WinPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    HWND hwnd;

    hwnd = CreateThemeMonitorWindow(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), interp);
    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, hwnd, DestroyThemeMonitorWindow);

    TtkWinTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
    TtkXPTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);

    return TCL_OK;
}

Changes to win/ttkWinTheme.c.

184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|







184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
} BorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF, offsetof(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
    	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|







235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
    	offsetof(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void FieldElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*highlightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,highlightColorObj), "black" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|

|

|







286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*highlightColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	offsetof(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(ButtonBorderElement,highlightColorObj), "black" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	offsetof(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *fillColorObj;
} FillFocusElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FillFocusElementOptions[] = {
    { "-focusfill", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(FillFocusElement,fillColorObj), "white" },
    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

	/* @@@ FIX THIS */
static void FillFocusElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)







|







414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *fillColorObj;
} FillFocusElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FillFocusElementOptions[] = {
    { "-focusfill", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	offsetof(FillFocusElement,fillColorObj), "white" },
    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};

	/* @@@ FIX THIS */
static void FillFocusElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ThumbElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|







538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, offsetof(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ThumbElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;  /* orientation of the slider widget */
} SliderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
      "horizontal" },
      { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|







594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;  /* orientation of the slider widget */
} SliderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, offsetof(SliderElement,orientObj),
      "horizontal" },
      { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void SliderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)

Changes to win/ttkWinXPTheme.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
 *  	shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
 */


#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */
#include <tkWinInt.h>
int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else

#define WINVER 0x0501	/* Requires Windows XP APIs */

#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
#   include <vssym32.h>
#else
#   include <tmschema.h>
#endif

#include <tkWinInt.h>

#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"

typedef HTHEME  (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
		 LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
                 HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,







>


<



<
<








<
<







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21
22
23


24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31


32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
 *  	shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
 */

#include <tkWinInt.h>
#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */

int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else



#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
#   include <vssym32.h>
#else
#   include <tmschema.h>
#endif



#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"

typedef HTHEME  (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
		 LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
                 HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
{
    /*
     * Load the library "uxtheme.dll", where the native widget
     * drawing routines are implemented.  This will only succeed
     * if we are running at least on Windows XP.
     */
    HINSTANCE handle;
    *phlib = handle = LoadLibrary(TEXT("uxtheme.dll"));
    if (handle != 0)
    {
	/*
	 * We have successfully loaded the library. Proceed in storing the
	 * addresses of the functions we want to use.
	 */
	XPThemeProcs *procs = ckalloc(sizeof(XPThemeProcs));







|







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
{
    /*
     * Load the library "uxtheme.dll", where the native widget
     * drawing routines are implemented.  This will only succeed
     * if we are running at least on Windows XP.
     */
    HINSTANCE handle;
    *phlib = handle = LoadLibrary(L"uxtheme.dll");
    if (handle != 0)
    {
	/*
	 * We have successfully loaded the library. Proceed in storing the
	 * addresses of the functions we want to use.
	 */
	XPThemeProcs *procs = ckalloc(sizeof(XPThemeProcs));
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
 * static data from the C object and only the ElementData needs freeing.
 */
static void DestroyElementData(void *clientData)
{
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    if (elementData->info->flags & HEAP_ELEMENT) {
	ckfree(elementData->info->statemap);
	ckfree(elementData->info->className);
	ckfree(elementData->info->elementName);
	ckfree(elementData->info);
    }
    ckfree(clientData);
}

/*
 * InitElementData --







|
|







424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
 * static data from the C object and only the ElementData needs freeing.
 */
static void DestroyElementData(void *clientData)
{
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    if (elementData->info->flags & HEAP_ELEMENT) {
	ckfree(elementData->info->statemap);
	ckfree((char *)elementData->info->className);
	ckfree((char *)elementData->info->elementName);
	ckfree(elementData->info);
    }
    ckfree(clientData);
}

/*
 * InitElementData --
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
 */

static int
InitElementData(ElementData *elementData, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d)
{
    Window win = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    if (win != None) {
	elementData->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(win);
    } else  {
	elementData->hwnd = elementData->procs->stubWindow;
    }

    elementData->hTheme = elementData->procs->OpenThemeData(
	elementData->hwnd, elementData->info->className);







|







447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
 */

static int
InitElementData(ElementData *elementData, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d)
{
    Window win = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);

    if (win) {
	elementData->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(win);
    } else  {
	elementData->hwnd = elementData->procs->stubWindow;
    }

    elementData->hTheme = elementData->procs->OpenThemeData(
	elementData->hwnd, elementData->info->className);
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831



832
833
834
835


836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853

854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864



865
866
867
868


869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878


879
880
881
882
883
884
885
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;
    Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} TextElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" },
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
    { NULL }
};

static void TextElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    TextElement *element = elementRecord;
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    RECT rc = {0, 0};
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;




    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
	return;



    hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
	    Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
	    NULL,
	    &rc);

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	*widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left;
	*heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top;
    }
    if (*widthPtr < 80) *widthPtr = 80;
    if (*heightPtr < 20) *heightPtr = 20;


    FreeElementData(elementData);
}

static void TextElementDraw(
    ClientData clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    TextElement *element = elementRecord;
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;




    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
	return;



    hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
	    Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
	    (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0,
	    &rc);


    FreeElementData(elementData);
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec =
{
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(TextElement),







|

|











>
>
>




>
>





|












>











>
>
>




>
>





|




>
>







807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;
    Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} TextElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	offsetof(TextElement,textObj), "" },
    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
	offsetof(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
    { NULL }
};

static void TextElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
    TextElement *element = elementRecord;
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    RECT rc = {0, 0};
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
    const char *src;
    TkSizeT len;
    Tcl_DString ds;

    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
	return;

    src = TkGetStringFromObj(element->textObj, &len);
    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, len, &ds);
    hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
	    (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
	    NULL,
	    &rc);

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	*widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left;
	*heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top;
    }
    if (*widthPtr < 80) *widthPtr = 80;
    if (*heightPtr < 20) *heightPtr = 20;

    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    FreeElementData(elementData);
}

static void TextElementDraw(
    ClientData clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    TextElement *element = elementRecord;
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
    const char *src;
    TkSizeT len;
    Tcl_DString ds;

    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
	return;

    src = TkGetStringFromObj(element->textObj, &len);
    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, len, &ds);
    hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
	    (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
	    (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0,
	    &rc);

    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    FreeElementData(elementData);
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec =
{
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(TextElement),
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
static int
GetSysFlagFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
{
    static const char *names[] = {
	"SM_CXBORDER", "SM_CYBORDER", "SM_CXVSCROLL", "SM_CYVSCROLL",
	"SM_CXHSCROLL", "SM_CYHSCROLL", "SM_CXMENUCHECK", "SM_CYMENUCHECK",
	"SM_CXMENUSIZE", "SM_CYMENUSIZE", "SM_CXSIZE", "SM_CYSIZE", "SM_CXSMSIZE",
	"SM_CYSMSIZE"
    };
    int flags[] = {
	SM_CXBORDER, SM_CYBORDER, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
	SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, SM_CXMENUCHECK, SM_CYMENUCHECK,
	SM_CXMENUSIZE, SM_CYMENUSIZE, SM_CXSIZE, SM_CYSIZE, SM_CXSMSIZE,
	SM_CYSMSIZE
    };







|







1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
static int
GetSysFlagFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
{
    static const char *names[] = {
	"SM_CXBORDER", "SM_CYBORDER", "SM_CXVSCROLL", "SM_CYVSCROLL",
	"SM_CXHSCROLL", "SM_CYHSCROLL", "SM_CXMENUCHECK", "SM_CYMENUCHECK",
	"SM_CXMENUSIZE", "SM_CYMENUSIZE", "SM_CXSIZE", "SM_CYSIZE", "SM_CXSMSIZE",
	"SM_CYSMSIZE", NULL
    };
    int flags[] = {
	SM_CXBORDER, SM_CYBORDER, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
	SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, SM_CXMENUCHECK, SM_CYMENUCHECK,
	SM_CXMENUSIZE, SM_CYMENUSIZE, SM_CXSIZE, SM_CYSIZE, SM_CXSMSIZE,
	SM_CYSMSIZE
    };
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113

1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131

1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219

1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249

1250




1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
    const char *elementName,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    XPThemeData *themeData = clientData;
    ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
    ClientData elementData;
    Tcl_UniChar *className;
    int partId = 0;
    Ttk_StateTable *stateTable;
    Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0};
    int flags = 0;
    int length = 0;
    char *name;
    LPWSTR wname;
    Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec;


    static const char *optionStrings[] =
	{ "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize",
	  "-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL };
    enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE,
	   O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
	    "missing required arguments 'class' and/or 'partId'", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "REQUIRED", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &partId) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    className = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length);


    /* flags or padding */
    if (objc > 3) {
	int i = 3, option = 0;
	for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
	    int tmp = 0;
	    if (i == objc -1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"Missing value for \"%s\".",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "MISSING", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    switch (option) {
	    case O_PADDING:
		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		break;
	    case O_MARGINS:
		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		flags |= PAD_MARGINS;
		break;
	    case O_WIDTH:
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		pad.left = pad.right = tmp;
		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
		break;
	    case O_HEIGHT:
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp;
		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
		break;
	    case O_SYSSIZE:
		if (GetSysFlagFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		elementSpec = &GenericSizedElementSpec;
		flags |= (tmp & 0xFFFF);
		break;
	    case O_HALFHEIGHT:
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (tmp)
		    flags |= HALF_HEIGHT;
		break;
	    case O_HALFWIDTH:
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (tmp)
		    flags |= HALF_WIDTH;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    /* convert a statemap into a state table */
    if (objc > 2) {
	Tcl_Obj **specs;
	int n,j,count, status = TCL_OK;
	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &count, &specs) != TCL_OK)
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	/* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */
	stateTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
	memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
	for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) {
	    Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0};
	    status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[n], &spec);
	    if (status == TCL_OK) {
		stateTable[j].onBits = spec.onbits;
		stateTable[j].offBits = spec.offbits;
		status = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, specs[n+1],
			&stateTable[j].index);
	    }
	}
	if (status != TCL_OK) {
	    ckfree(stateTable);

	    return status;
	}
    } else {
	stateTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
	memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
    }

    elementPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ElementInfo));
    elementPtr->elementSpec = elementSpec;
    elementPtr->partId = partId;
    elementPtr->statemap = stateTable;
    elementPtr->padding = pad;
    elementPtr->flags = HEAP_ELEMENT | flags;

    /* set the element name to an allocated copy */
    name = ckalloc(strlen(elementName) + 1);
    strcpy(name, elementName);
    elementPtr->elementName = name;

    /* set the class name to an allocated copy */
    wname = ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1));
    wcscpy(wname, className);
    elementPtr->className = wname;

    elementData = NewElementData(themeData->procs, elementPtr);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
	theme, elementName, elementPtr->elementSpec, elementData);

    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, elementData, DestroyElementData);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));

    return TCL_OK;




}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Initialization routine:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd)







|




|



>

|















|
>











|



|



|




|





|






|






|






|






|













|















>




















|









>

>
>
>
>







1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
    const char *elementName,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    XPThemeData *themeData = clientData;
    ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
    ClientData elementData;
    WCHAR *className;
    int partId = 0;
    Ttk_StateTable *stateTable;
    Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0};
    int flags = 0;
    TkSizeT length = 0;
    char *name;
    LPWSTR wname;
    Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec;
    Tcl_DString classBuf;

    static const char *const optionStrings[] =
	{ "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize",
	  "-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL };
    enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE,
	   O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
	    "missing required arguments 'class' and/or 'partId'", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "REQUIRED", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &partId) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    name = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
    className = (WCHAR *) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(name, length, &classBuf);

    /* flags or padding */
    if (objc > 3) {
	int i = 3, option = 0;
	for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
	    int tmp = 0;
	    if (i == objc -1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"Missing value for \"%s\".",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "MISSING", NULL);
		goto retErr;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
		goto retErr;
	    switch (option) {
	    case O_PADDING:
		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto retErr;
		}
		break;
	    case O_MARGINS:
		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto retErr;
		}
		flags |= PAD_MARGINS;
		break;
	    case O_WIDTH:
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto retErr;
		}
		pad.left = pad.right = tmp;
		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
		break;
	    case O_HEIGHT:
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto retErr;
		}
		pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp;
		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
		break;
	    case O_SYSSIZE:
		if (GetSysFlagFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto retErr;
		}
		elementSpec = &GenericSizedElementSpec;
		flags |= (tmp & 0xFFFF);
		break;
	    case O_HALFHEIGHT:
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto retErr;
		}
		if (tmp)
		    flags |= HALF_HEIGHT;
		break;
	    case O_HALFWIDTH:
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto retErr;
		}
		if (tmp)
		    flags |= HALF_WIDTH;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    /* convert a statemap into a state table */
    if (objc > 2) {
	Tcl_Obj **specs;
	int n,j,count, status = TCL_OK;
	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &count, &specs) != TCL_OK)
	    goto retErr;
	/* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */
	stateTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
	memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
	for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) {
	    Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0};
	    status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[n], &spec);
	    if (status == TCL_OK) {
		stateTable[j].onBits = spec.onbits;
		stateTable[j].offBits = spec.offbits;
		status = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, specs[n+1],
			&stateTable[j].index);
	    }
	}
	if (status != TCL_OK) {
	    ckfree(stateTable);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&classBuf);
	    return status;
	}
    } else {
	stateTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
	memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
    }

    elementPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ElementInfo));
    elementPtr->elementSpec = elementSpec;
    elementPtr->partId = partId;
    elementPtr->statemap = stateTable;
    elementPtr->padding = pad;
    elementPtr->flags = HEAP_ELEMENT | flags;

    /* set the element name to an allocated copy */
    name = ckalloc(strlen(elementName) + 1);
    strcpy(name, elementName);
    elementPtr->elementName = name;

    /* set the class name to an allocated copy */
    wname = ckalloc(Tcl_DStringLength(&classBuf) + sizeof(WCHAR));
    wcscpy(wname, className);
    elementPtr->className = wname;

    elementData = NewElementData(themeData->procs, elementPtr);
    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
	theme, elementName, elementPtr->elementSpec, elementData);

    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, elementData, DestroyElementData);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classBuf);
    return TCL_OK;

retErr:
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classBuf);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Initialization routine:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd)

Changes to win/winMain.c.

141
142
143
144
145
146
147



148
149
150
151
152
153
154
	if (*p == '\\') {
	    *p = '/';
	}
    }

#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);



#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*







>
>
>







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
	if (*p == '\\') {
	    *p = '/';
	}
    }

#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#elif defined(UNICODE) && ((TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION > 6))
    /* This doesn't work on Windows without UNICODE, neither does it work with Tcl 8.6 */
    TclZipfs_AppHook(&argc, &argv);
#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*

Changes to xlib/X11/X.h.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
				 * defined as a short, which wouldn't be big
				 * enough. */

/*****************************************************************
 * RESERVED RESOURCE AND CONSTANT DEFINITIONS
 *****************************************************************/

#ifndef _WIN32
#   define None              0L      /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */
#endif

#define ParentRelative       1L	/* background pixmap in CreateWindow
				    and ChangeWindowAttributes */

#define CopyFromParent       0L	/* border pixmap in CreateWindow
				       and ChangeWindowAttributes
				   special VisualID and special window







<
|
<







69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76

77
78
79
80
81
82
83
				 * defined as a short, which wouldn't be big
				 * enough. */

/*****************************************************************
 * RESERVED RESOURCE AND CONSTANT DEFINITIONS
 *****************************************************************/


/* #define None              0L      See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */


#define ParentRelative       1L	/* background pixmap in CreateWindow
				    and ChangeWindowAttributes */

#define CopyFromParent       0L	/* border pixmap in CreateWindow
				       and ChangeWindowAttributes
				   special VisualID and special window
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203


/* Key masks. Used as modifiers to GrabButton and GrabKey, results of QueryPointer,
   state in various key-, mouse-, and button-related events. */

#define ShiftMask		(1<<0)
#define LockMask		(1<<1)
#ifndef _WIN32
#   define ControlMask		(1<<2) /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */
#endif
#define Mod1Mask		(1<<3)
#define Mod2Mask		(1<<4)
#define Mod3Mask		(1<<5)
#define Mod4Mask		(1<<6)
#define Mod5Mask		(1<<7)

/* See bug [9e31fd9449], this way prevents conflicts with Win32 headers */
#ifdef _WIN32
enum _Bug9e31fd9449 { None = 0, ControlMask = (1<<2) };
#endif

/* modifier names.  Used to build a SetModifierMapping request or
   to read a GetModifierMapping request.  These correspond to the
   masks defined above. */
#define ShiftMapIndex		0
#define LockMapIndex		1
#define ControlMapIndex		2







<
|
<







<

<







175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182

183
184
185
186
187
188
189

190

191
192
193
194
195
196
197


/* Key masks. Used as modifiers to GrabButton and GrabKey, results of QueryPointer,
   state in various key-, mouse-, and button-related events. */

#define ShiftMask		(1<<0)
#define LockMask		(1<<1)

/* #define ControlMask		(1<<2) See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */

#define Mod1Mask		(1<<3)
#define Mod2Mask		(1<<4)
#define Mod3Mask		(1<<5)
#define Mod4Mask		(1<<6)
#define Mod5Mask		(1<<7)

/* See bug [9e31fd9449], this way prevents conflicts with Win32 headers */

enum _Bug9e31fd9449 { None = 0, ControlMask = (1<<2) };


/* modifier names.  Used to build a SetModifierMapping request or
   to read a GetModifierMapping request.  These correspond to the
   masks defined above. */
#define ShiftMapIndex		0
#define LockMapIndex		1
#define ControlMapIndex		2

Changes to xlib/X11/Xlib.h.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

#ifndef X_WCHAR
#ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV
#define X_WCHAR
#endif
#endif

#ifndef X_WCHAR
#include <stddef.h>
#else
/* replace this with #include or typedef appropriate for your system */
typedef unsigned long wchar_t;
#endif

typedef char *XPointer;

#define Bool int
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
/* Use define rather than typedef, since may need to undefine this later */
#define Status int
#else







<
<
<
<
<
<
<







41
42
43
44
45
46
47







48
49
50
51
52
53
54

#ifndef X_WCHAR
#ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV
#define X_WCHAR
#endif
#endif








typedef char *XPointer;

#define Bool int
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
/* Use define rather than typedef, since may need to undefine this later */
#define Status int
#else
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
 */
typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int keycode;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
        char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars];
				/* translated characters */
	int nbytes;
} XKeyEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int button;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XButtonEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	char is_hint;		/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XMotionEvent;
typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	int mode;		/* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
	int detail;
	/*







|




















|

















|
















|







530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
 */
typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int keycode;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
        char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars];
				/* translated characters */
	int nbytes;
} XKeyEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int button;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XButtonEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	char is_hint;		/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XMotionEvent;
typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	int mode;		/* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
	int detail;
	/*
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
typedef struct {
    char           *chars;
    int             nchars;
    int             delta;
    XFontSet        font_set;
} XmbTextItem;

typedef struct {
    wchar_t        *chars;
    int             nchars;
    int             delta;
    XFontSet        font_set;
} XwcTextItem;

typedef void (*XIMProc)();

typedef struct _XIM *XIM;
typedef struct _XIC *XIC;

typedef unsigned long XIMStyle;








<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044







1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
typedef struct {
    char           *chars;
    int             nchars;
    int             delta;
    XFontSet        font_set;
} XmbTextItem;








typedef void (*XIMProc)();

typedef struct _XIM *XIM;
typedef struct _XIC *XIC;

typedef unsigned long XIMStyle;

1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149

typedef struct _XIMText {
    unsigned short length;
    XIMFeedback *feedback;
    Bool encoding_is_wchar;
    union {
	char *multi_byte;
	wchar_t *wide_char;
    } string;
} XIMText;

typedef struct _XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct {
    int caret;		/* Cursor offset within pre-edit string */
    int chg_first;	/* Starting change position */
    int chg_length;	/* Length of the change in character count */







<







1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127

1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134

typedef struct _XIMText {
    unsigned short length;
    XIMFeedback *feedback;
    Bool encoding_is_wchar;
    union {
	char *multi_byte;

    } string;
} XIMText;

typedef struct _XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct {
    int caret;		/* Cursor offset within pre-edit string */
    int chg_first;	/* Starting change position */
    int chg_length;	/* Length of the change in character count */

Changes to xlib/X11/Xutil.h.

539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* dx */,
    int			/* dy */
#endif
);

extern Bool XPointInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* x */,
    int			/* y */
#endif
);

extern Region XPolygonRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XPoint*		/* points */,
    int			/* n */,
    int			/* fill_rule */
#endif
);

extern int XRectInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* x */,
    int			/* y */,
    unsigned int	/* width */,
    unsigned int	/* height */







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







539
540
541
542
543
544
545
















546
547
548
549
550
551
552
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* dx */,
    int			/* dy */
#endif
);

















extern int XRectInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* x */,
    int			/* y */,
    unsigned int	/* width */,
    unsigned int	/* height */
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
    char**		/* list */,
    int			/* count */,
    XICCEncodingStyle	/* style */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop_return */
#endif
);

extern int XwcTextListToTextProperty(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    wchar_t**		/* list */,
    int			/* count */,
    XICCEncodingStyle	/* style */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop_return */
#endif
);

extern void XwcFreeStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    wchar_t**		/* list */
#endif
);

extern Status XTextPropertyToStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern int XmbTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern int XwcTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    wchar_t***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern void XUnionRectWithRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XRectangle*		/* rectangle */,
    Region		/* src_region */,
    Region		/* dest_region_return */
#endif
);







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







744
745
746
747
748
749
750
















751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767









768
769
770
771
772
773
774
    char**		/* list */,
    int			/* count */,
    XICCEncodingStyle	/* style */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop_return */
#endif
);

















extern Status XTextPropertyToStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern int XmbTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);










extern void XUnionRectWithRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XRectangle*		/* rectangle */,
    Region		/* src_region */,
    Region		/* dest_region_return */
#endif
);

Changes to xlib/xcolors.c.

343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
{
    if (spec[0] == '#') {
	char *p;
	Tcl_WideInt value = parseHex64bit(++spec, &p);

	/*
	 * If *p does not point to the end of the string, there were invalid
	 * digits in the spec. Ergo, it is not a vailid color string.
	 * (Bug f0188aca9e)
	 */

	if (*p != '\0') {
	    return 0;
	}








|







343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
{
    if (spec[0] == '#') {
	char *p;
	Tcl_WideInt value = parseHex64bit(++spec, &p);

	/*
	 * If *p does not point to the end of the string, there were invalid
	 * digits in the spec. Ergo, it is not a valid color string.
	 * (Bug f0188aca9e)
	 */

	if (*p != '\0') {
	    return 0;
	}

Changes to xlib/xgc.c.

80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
    if (gc->clip_mask != None) {
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	if (((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
	    TkpReleaseRegion(((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
	}
#endif
	ckfree(gc->clip_mask);
	gc->clip_mask = None;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
    if (gc->clip_mask != None) {
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	if (((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
	    TkpReleaseRegion(((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
	}
#endif
	ckfree((char *) gc->clip_mask);
	gc->clip_mask = None;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
    XGCValues *values)
{
    GC gp;

    /*
     * In order to have room for a dash list, MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE extra chars
     * are defined, which is invisible from the outside. The list is assumed
     * to end with a 0-char, so this must be set explicitely during
     * initialization.
     */

#define MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE 10

    gp = ckalloc(sizeof(XGCValues) + MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE + gcCacheSize);
    if (!gp) {







|







113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
    XGCValues *values)
{
    GC gp;

    /*
     * In order to have room for a dash list, MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE extra chars
     * are defined, which is invisible from the outside. The list is assumed
     * to end with a 0-char, so this must be set explicitly during
     * initialization.
     */

#define MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE 10

    gp = ckalloc(sizeof(XGCValues) + MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE + gcCacheSize);
    if (!gp) {
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
 *	uses of TkSetRegion are currently in DisplayFrame and in
 *	ImgPhotoDisplay, which use the GC immediately.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Allocates or dealloates a TkpClipMask.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkSetRegion(
    Display *display,







|







449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
 *	uses of TkSetRegion are currently in DisplayFrame and in
 *	ImgPhotoDisplay, which use the GC immediately.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Allocates or deallocates a TkpClipMask.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkSetRegion(
    Display *display,